diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-8.txt | 12772 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 253580 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 3323446 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/6721-h.htm | 16398 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 80041 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 104333 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 112238 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig004a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52204 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig004b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32274 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 137457 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 161170 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 117459 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig008.jpg | bin | 0 -> 171595 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 71631 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 67166 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 139391 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig012.jpg | bin | 0 -> 126590 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig013.jpg | bin | 0 -> 107407 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 196752 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 123105 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig016.jpg | bin | 0 -> 89185 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig017.jpg | bin | 0 -> 62556 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig018.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59005 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig019.jpg | bin | 0 -> 84741 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig020.jpg | bin | 0 -> 164245 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 148573 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig022.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66137 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig023.jpg | bin | 0 -> 58885 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig024.jpg | bin | 0 -> 116043 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig025.jpg | bin | 0 -> 141659 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56589 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig027.jpg | bin | 0 -> 88970 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721-h/images/fig028.jpg | bin | 0 -> 125827 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721.txt | 12772 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 6721.zip | bin | 0 -> 253530 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vscot10.txt | 12340 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/vscot10.zip | bin | 0 -> 246319 bytes |
40 files changed, 54298 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/6721-8.txt b/6721-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caa13d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12772 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Voyages of Captain Scott + Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's + Last Expedition' + +Author: Charles Turley + +Release Date: January 7, 2006 [EBook #6721] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + + + + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + + + + +[Page ii] +[Illustration: Captain Robert F. Scott R.N. + +_J. Russell & Sons, Southsea, photographers_] + + +[Page iii] +THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT + + +_Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's Last +Expedition'_ + + +BY CHARLES TURLEY + +Author of 'Godfrey Marten, Schoolboy,' 'A Band of Brothers,' etc. + + +With an introduction by + +SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. + + +Numerous illustrations in colour and black and white and a map + + + + +[Page v] +CONTENTS + + INTRODUCTION + + THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + + Chapter + I. The 'Discovery'. + II. Southward Ho! + III. In Search of Winter Quarters. + IV. The Polar Winter. + V. The Start of the Southern Journey. + VI. The Return. + VII. A Second Winter. + VIII. The Western Journey. + IX. The Return from the West. + X. Release. + + THE LAST EXPEDITION + + Chapter + Preface to 'Scott's Last Expedition'. + Biographical Note. + British Antarctic Expedition, 1910. +[Page vi] + I. Through Stormy Seas. + II. Depôt Laying to One Ton Camp. + III. Perils. + IV. A Happy Family. + V. Winter. + VI. Good-bye to Cape Evans. + VII. The Southern Journey Begins. + VIII. On the Beardmore Glacier. + IX. The South Pole. + X. On the Homeward Journey. + XI. The Last March. + Search Party Discovers the Tent. + In Memoriam. + Farewell Letters. + Message to the Public. + Index. + + + + +[Page vii] +ILLUSTRATIONS + + _PHOTOGRAVURE PLATE_ + + Portrait of Captain Robert F. Scott + _From a photograph by J. Russell & Son, Southsea_. + + _COLOURED PLATES_ + + _From Water-Colour Drawings by Dr. Edward A. Wilson._. + + Sledding. + Mount Erebus. + Lunar Corona. + 'Birdie' Bowers reading the thermometer on the ramp. + + _DOUBLE PAGE PLATE_ + + Panorama at Cape Evans. + Berg in South Bay. + + _FULL PAGE PLATES_ + + Robert F. Scott at the age of thirteen as a naval cadet. + The 'Discovery'. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt. + Pinnacled ice at mouth of Ferrar Glacier. + Pressure ridges north side of Discovery Bluff. + The 'Terra Nova' leaving the Antarctic. + Pony Camp on the barrier. + Snowed-up tent after three days' blizzard. + Pitching the double tent on the summit. +[Page viii] + Adélie Penguin on nest. + Emperor Penguins on sea-ice. + Dog party starting from Hut Point. + Dog lines. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt. + Looking south from Lower Glacier depôt, + Man hauling camp, 87th parallel. + The party at the South Pole. + 'The Last Rest'. + + Facsimile of the last words of Captain Scott's Journal. + + Track chart of main southern journey. + + + + +[Page 1] +INTRODUCTION + +BY SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. + +On the night of my original meeting with Scott he was but lately +home from his first adventure into the Antarctic and my chief +recollection of the occasion is that having found the entrancing +man I was unable to leave him. In vain he escorted me through the +streets of London to my home, for when he had said good-night I then +escorted him to his, and so it went on I know not for how long through +the small hours. Our talk was largely a comparison of the life of +action (which he pooh-poohed) with the loathsome life of those who +sit at home (which I scorned); but I also remember that he assured +me he was of Scots extraction. As the subject never seems to have +been resumed between us, I afterwards wondered whether I had drawn +this from him with a promise that, if his reply was satisfactory, I +would let him go to bed. However, the family traditions (they are +nothing more) do bring him from across the border. According to +them his great-great-grandfather was the Scott of Brownhead whose +estates were sequestered after the '45. His dwelling was razed +to the ground and he fled with his wife, to whom after some grim +privations a son was born in a fisherman's hut on September 14, +1745. This son eventually settled in Devon, where he prospered, +[Page 2] +for it was in the beautiful house of Oatlands that he died. He +had four sons, all in the Royal Navy, of whom the eldest had as +youngest child John Edward Scott, father of the Captain Scott who +was born at Oatlands on June 6, 1868. About the same date, or perhaps +a little earlier, it was decided that the boy should go into the +Navy like so many of his for-bears. + +I have been asked to write a few pages about those early days of +Scott at Oatlands, so that the boys who read this book may have +some slight acquaintance with the boy who became Captain Scott; +and they may be relieved to learn (as it holds out some chance +for themselves) that the man who did so many heroic things does +not make his first appearance as a hero. He enters history aged +six, blue-eyed, long-haired, inexpressibly slight and in velveteen, +being held out at arm's length by a servant and dripping horribly, +like a half-drowned kitten. This is the earliest recollection of +him of a sister, who was too young to join in a children's party +on that fatal day. But Con, as he was always called, had intimated +to her that from a window she would be able to see him taking a +noble lead in the festivities in the garden, and she looked; and +that is what she saw. He had been showing his guests how superbly +he could jump the leat, and had fallen into it. + +Leat is a Devonshire term for a running stream, and a branch of +the leat ran through the Oatlands garden while there was another +branch, more venturesome, at the bottom of the fields. These were +the waters first ploughed by Scott, and he invented many ways of +being in them accidentally, it being forbidden +[Page 3] +to enter them of intent. Thus he taught his sisters and brother +a new version of the oldest probably of all pastimes, the game of +'Touch.' You had to touch 'across the leat,' and, with a little +good fortune, one of you went in. Once you were wet, it did not +so much matter though you got wetter. + +An easy way of getting to the leat at the foot of the fields was +to walk there, but by the time he was eight Scott scorned the easy +ways. He invented parents who sternly forbade all approach to this +dangerous waterway; he turned them into enemies of his country and +of himself (he was now an admiral), and led parties of gallant tars +to the stream by ways hitherto unthought of. At foot of the avenue +was an oak tree which hung over the road, and thus by dropping from +this tree you got into open country. The tree was (at this time) +of an enormous size, with sufficient room to conceal a navy, and +the navy consisted mainly of the sisters and the young brother. +All had to be ready at any moment to leap from the tree and join +issue with the enemy on the leat. In the fields there was also a +mighty ocean, called by dull grown-ups 'the pond,' and here Scott's +battleship lay moored. It seems for some time to have been an English +vessel, but by and by he was impelled, as all boys are, to blow +something up, and he could think of nothing more splendid for his +purpose than the battleship. Thus did it become promptly a ship +of the enemy doing serious damage to the trade of those parts, +and the valiant Con took to walking about with lips pursed, brows +frowning as he cogitated how to remove the +[Page 4] +Terror of Devon. You may picture the sisters and brother trotting +by his side and looking anxiously into his set face. At last he +decided to blow the accursed thing up with gunpowder. His crew +cheered, and then waited to be sent to the local shop for a pennyworth +of gunpowder. But Con made his own gunpowder, none of the faithful +were ever told how, and on a great day the train was laid. Con applied +the match and ordered all to stand back. A deafening explosion was +expected, but a mere puff of flame was all that came; the Terror +of Devon, which to the unimaginative was only a painted plank, +still rode the waters. With many boys this would be the end of +the story, but not with Con. He again retired to the making of +gunpowder, and did not desist from his endeavors until he had blown +that plank sky-high. + +His first knife is a great event in the life of a boy: it is probably +the first memory of many of them, and they are nearly always given +it on condition that they keep it shut. So it was with Con, and a +few minutes after he had sworn that he would not open it he was +begging for permission to use it on a tempting sapling. 'Very well,' +his father said grimly, 'but remember, if you hurt yourself, don't +expect any sympathy from me.' The knife was opened, and to cut +himself rather badly proved as easy as falling into the leat. The +father, however, had not noticed, and the boy put his bleeding +hand into his pocket and walked on unconcernedly. He was really +considerably damaged; and this is a good story of a child of seven +who all his life suffered extreme nausea from +[Page 5] +the sight of blood; even in the _Discovery_ days, to get accustomed +to 'seeing red,' he had to force himself to watch Dr. Wilson skinning +his specimens. + +When he was about eight Con passed out of the hands of a governess, +and became a school-boy, first at a day school in Stoke Damerel +and later at Stubbington House, Fareham. He rode grandly between +Oatlands and Stoke Damerel on his pony, Beppo, which bucked in +vain when he was on it, but had an ingratiating way of depositing +other riders on the road. From what one knows of him later this +is a characteristic story. One day he dismounted to look over a +gate at a view which impressed him (not very boyish this), and when +he recovered from a brown study there was no Beppo to be seen. He +walked the seven miles home, but what was characteristic was that +he called at police-stations on the way to give practical details +of his loss and a description of the pony. Few children would have +thought of this, but Scott was naturally a strange mixture of the +dreamy and the practical, and never more practical than immediately +after he had been dreamy. He forgot place and time altogether when +thus abstracted. I remember the first time he dined with me, when +a number of well-known men had come to meet him, he arrived some +two hours late. He had dressed to come out, then fallen into one +of his reveries, forgotten all about the engagement, dined by himself +and gone early to bed. Just as he was falling asleep he remembered +where he should be, arose hastily and joined us as speedily as +possible. It was equally characteristic of him to say +[Page 6] +of the other guests that it was pleasant to a sailor to meet so +many interesting people. When I said that to them the sailor was +by far the most interesting person in the room he shouted with +mirth. It always amused Scott to find that anyone thought him a +person of importance. + +[Illustration: ROBERT F. SCOTT AT THE AGE OF 13 AS A NAVAL CADET.] + +I suppose everyone takes for granted that in his childhood, as later +when he made his great marches, Scott was muscular and strongly +built. This was so far from being the case that there were many +anxious consultations over him, and the local doctor said he could +not become a sailor as he could never hope to obtain the necessary +number of inches round the chest. He was delicate and inclined to +be pigeon-breasted. Judging from the portrait of him here printed, +in his first uniform as a naval cadet, all this had gone by the +time he was thirteen, but unfortunately there are no letters of +this period extant and thus little can be said of his years on +the _Britannia_ where 'you never felt hot in your bunk because you +could always twist, and sleep with your feet out at port hole.' +He became a cadet captain, a post none can reach who is not thought +well of by the other boys as well as by their instructors, but none +of them foresaw that he was likely to become anybody in particular. +He was still 'Old Mooney,' as his father had dubbed him, owing to +his dreamy mind; it was an effort to him to work hard, he cast a +wistful eye on 'slackers,' he was not a good loser, he was untidy +to the point of slovenliness, and he had a fierce temper. All this +I think has been proved to me up to the +[Page 7] +hilt, and as I am very sure that the boy of fifteen or so cannot +be very different from the man he grows into it leaves me puzzled. +The Scott I knew, or thought I knew, was physically as hard as +nails and flung himself into work or play with a vehemence I cannot +remember ever to have seen equaled. I have fished with him, played +cricket and football with him, and other games, those of his own +invention being of a particularly arduous kind, for they always +had a moment when the other players were privileged to fling a hard +ball at your undefended head. 'Slackness,' was the last quality +you would think of when you saw him bearing down on you with that +ball, and it was the last he asked of you if you were bearing down +on him. He was equally strenuous of work; indeed I have no clearer +recollection of him than his way of running from play to work or work +to play, so that there should be the least possible time between. +It is the 'time between' that is the 'slacker's' kingdom, and Scott +lived less in it than anyone I can recall. Again, I found him the +best of losers, with a shout of delight for every good stroke by +an opponent: what is called an ideal sportsman. He was very neat +and correct in his dress, quite a model for the youth who come +after him, but that we take as a matter of course; it is 'good +form' in the Navy. His temper I should have said was bullet-proof. +I have never seen him begin to lose it for a second of time, and +I have seen him in circumstances where the loss of it would have +been excusable. + +However, 'the boy makes the man,' and Scott was +[Page 8] +none of those things I saw in him but something better. The faults +of his youth must have lived on in him as in all of us, but he +got to know they were there and he took an iron grip of them and +never let go his hold. It was this self-control more than anything +else that made the man of him of whom we have all become so proud. +I get many proofs of this in correspondence dealing with his manhood +days which are not strictly within the sphere of this introductory +note. The horror of slackness was turned into a very passion for +keeping himself 'fit.' Thus we find him at one time taking charge +of a dog, a 'Big Dane,' so that he could race it all the way between +work and home, a distance of three miles. Even when he was getting +the _Discovery_ ready and doing daily the work of several men, he +might have been seen running through the streets of London from +Savile Row or the Admiralty to his home, not because there was +no time for other method of progression, but because he must be +fit, fit, fit. No more 'Old Mooney' for him; he kept an eye for +ever on that gentleman, and became doggedly the most practical of +men. And practical in the cheeriest of ways. In 1894 a disastrous +change came over the fortunes of the family, the father's money +being lost and then Scott was practical indeed. A letter he wrote I +at this time to his mother, tenderly taking everything and everybody +on his shoulders, must be one of the best letters ever written by +a son, and I hope it may be some day published. His mother was the +great person of his early life, more to him even than his brother +[Page 9] +or his father, whom circumstances had deprived of the glory of +following the sailor's profession and whose ambitions were all +bound up in this son, determined that Con should do the big things +he had not done himself. For the rest of his life Con became the +head of the family, devoting his time and his means to them, not +in an it-must-be-done manner, but with joy and even gaiety. He +never seems to have shown a gayer front than when the troubles +fell, and at a farm to which they retired for a time he became +famous as a provider of concerts. Not only must there be no 'Old +Mooney' in him, but it must be driven out of everyone. His concerts, +in which he took a leading part, became celebrated in the district, +deputations called to beg for another, and once in these words, 'Wull +'ee gie we a concert over our way when the comic young gentleman +be here along?' + +Some servants having had to go at this period, Scott conceived +the idea that he must even help domestically in the house, and +took his own bedroom under his charge with results that were +satisfactory to the casual eye, though not to the eyes of his sisters. +It was about this time that he slew the demon of untidiness so +far as his own dress was concerned and doggedly became a model +for still younger officers. Not that his dress was fine. While +there were others to help he would not spend his small means on +himself, and he would arrive home in frayed garments that he had +grown out of and in very tarnished lace. But neat as a pin. In +the days when he returned from +[Page 10] +his first voyage in the Antarctic and all England was talking of him, +one of his most novel adventures was at last to go to a first-class +tailor and be provided with a first-class suit. He was as elated by +the possession of this as a child. When going about the country +lecturing in those days he traveled third class, though he was +sometimes met at the station by mayors and corporations and red +carpets. + +The hot tempers of his youth must still have lain hidden, but by +now the control was complete. Even in the naval cadet days of which +unfortunately there is so little to tell, his old friends who remember +the tempers remember also the sunny smile that dissipated them. When +I knew him the sunny smile was there frequently, and was indeed +his greatest personal adornment, but the tempers never reached +the surface. He had become master of his fate and captain of his +soul. + +In 1886 Scott became a middy on the _Boadicea_, and later on various +ships, one of them the _Rover_, of which Admiral Fisher was at +that time commander. The Admiral has a recollection of a little +black pig having been found under his bunk one night. He cannot +swear that Scott was the leading culprit, but Scott was certainly +one of several who had to finish the night on deck as a punishment. +In 1888 Scott passed his examinations for sub-lieutenant, with +four first-class honours and one second, and so left his boyhood +behind. I cannot refrain however from adding as a conclusion to +these notes a letter from Sir Courtauld +[Page 11] +Thomson that gives a very attractive glimpse of him in this same +year: + +'In the late winter a quarter of a century ago I had to find my +way from San Francisco to Alaska. The railway was snowed up and +the only transport available at the moment was an ill-found tramp +steamer. My fellow passengers were mostly Californians hurrying off +to a new mining camp and, with the crew, looked a very unpleasant lot +of ruffians. Three singularly unprepossessing Frisco toughs joined +me in my cabin, which was none too large for a single person. I was +then told that yet another had somehow to be wedged in. While I +was wondering if he could be a more ill-favored or dirtier specimen +of humanity than the others the last comer suddenly appeared--the +jolliest and breeziest English naval Second Lieutenant. It was Con +Scott. I had never seen him before, but we at once became friends +and remained so till the end. He was going up to join his ship +which, I think, was the _Amphion_, at Esquimault, B. C. + +'As soon as we got outside the Golden Gates we ran into a full +gale which lasted all the way to Victoria, B. C. The ship was so +overcrowded that a large number of women and children were allowed +to sleep on the floor of the only saloon there was on condition +that they got up early, so that the rest of the passengers could +come in for breakfast and the other meals. + +'I need scarcely say that owing to the heavy weather hardly a woman +was able to get up, and the +[Page 12] +saloon was soon in an indescribable condition. Practically no attempt +was made to serve meals and the few so-called stewards were themselves +mostly out of action from drink or sea-sickness. + +'Nearly all the male passengers who were able to be about spent +their time drinking and quarrelling. The deck cargo and some of +our top hamper were washed away and the cabins got their share +of the waves that were washing the deck. + +'Then it was I first knew that Con Scott was no ordinary human +being. Though at that time still only a boy he practically took +command of the passengers and was at once accepted by them as their +Boss during the rest of the trip. With a small body of volunteers +he led an attack on the saloon--dressed the mothers, washed the +children, fed the babies, swabbed down the floors and nursed the +sick, and performed every imaginable service for all hands. On +deck he settled the quarrels and established order either by his +personality, or, if necessary, by his fists. Practically by day +and night he worked for the common good, never sparing himself, +and with his infectious smile gradually made us all feel the whole +thing was jolly good fun. + +'I daresay there are still some of the passengers like myself who, +after a quarter of a century, have imprinted on their minds the +vision of this fair-haired English sailor boy with the laughing +blue eyes who at that early age knew how to sacrifice himself for +the welfare and happiness of others.' + + + + +[Page 13] +THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + +[Illustration: THE 'DISCOVERY'. Reproduced from a drawing by Dr. +E. A. Wilson.] + + + + +[Page 15] +CHAPTER I + +THE _DISCOVERY_ + + Do ye, by star-eyed Science led, explore + Each lonely ocean, each untrodden shore. + +In June, 1899, Robert Falcon Scott was spending his short leave in +London, and happened to meet Sir Clements Markham in the Buckingham +Palace Road. On that afternoon he heard for the first time of a +prospective Antarctic expedition, and on the following day he called +upon Sir Clements and volunteered to command it. Of this eventful +visit Sir Clements wrote: 'On June 5, 1899, there was a remarkable +coincidence. Scott was then torpedo lieutenant of the _Majestic_. I +was just sitting down to write to my old friend Captain Egerton[1] +about him, when he was announced. He came to volunteer to command +the expedition. I believed him to be the best man for so great a +trust, either in the navy or out of it. Captain Egerton's reply +and Scott's testimonials and certificates most fully confirmed +a foregone conclusion.' + +[Footnote 1: Now Admiral Sir George Egerton, K.C.B.] + +The tale, however, of the friendship between Sir +[Page 16] +Clements and Scott began in 1887, when the former was the guest of +his cousin, the Commodore of the Training Squadron, and made the +acquaintance of every midshipman in the four ships that comprised +it. During the years that followed, it is enough to say that Scott +more than justified the hopes of those who had marked him down +as a midshipman of exceptional promise. Through those years Sir +Clements had been both friendly and observant, until by a happy +stroke of fortune the time came when he was as anxious for this +Antarctic expedition to be led by Scott as Scott was to lead it. So +when, on June 30, 1900, Scott was promoted to the rank of Commander, +and shortly afterwards was free to undertake the work that was +waiting for him, one great anxiety was removed from the shoulders +of the man who had not only proposed the expedition, but had also +resolved that nothing should prevent it from going. + +Great difficulties and troubles had, however, to be encountered +before the _Discovery_ could start upon her voyage. First and foremost +was the question of money, but owing to indefatigable efforts the +financial horizon grew clearer in the early months of 1899. Later +on in the same year Mr. Balfour expressed his sympathy with the +objects of the undertaking, and it was entirely due to him that +the Government eventually agreed to contribute £45,000, provided +that a similar sum could be raised by private subscriptions. + +In March, 1900, the keel of the new vessel, that the +[Page 17] +special Ship Committee had decided to build for the expedition, +was laid in the yard of the Dundee Shipbuilding Company. A definite +beginning, at any rate, had been made; but very soon after Scott had +taken up his duties he found that unless he could obtain some control +over the various committees and subcommittees of the expedition, the +only day to fix for the sailing of the ship was Doomsday. A visit +to Norway, where he received many practical suggestions from Dr. +Nansen, was followed by a journey to Berlin, and there he discovered +that the German expedition, which was to sail from Europe at the same +time as his own, was already in an advanced state of preparation. +Considerably alarmed, he hurried back to England and found, as +he had expected, that all the arrangements, which were in full +swing in Germany, were almost at a standstill in England. The +construction of the ship was the only work that was progressing, +and even in this there were many interruptions from the want of +some one to give immediate decisions on points of detail. + +A remedy for this state of chaos had to be discovered, and on November +4, 1900, the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the Royal +Geographical Society passed a resolution, which left Scott practically +with a free hand to push on the work in every department, under a +given estimate of expenditure in each. To safeguard the interests +of the two Societies the resolution provided that this expenditure +should be supervised by a Finance Committee, +[Page 18] +and to this Committee unqualified gratitude was due. Difficulties +were still to crop up, and as there were many scientific interests +to be served, differences of opinion on points of detail naturally +arose, but as far as the Finance Committee was concerned, it is mere +justice to record that no sooner was it formed than its members +began to work ungrudgingly to promote the success of the undertaking. + +In the meantime Scott's first task was to collect, as far as possible, +the various members of the expedition. Before he had left the _Majestic_ +he had written, 'I cannot gather what is the intention as regards +the crew; is it hoped to be able to embody them from the R.N.? I +sincerely trust so.' In fact he had set his heart on obtaining a +naval crew, partly because he thought that their sense of discipline +would be invaluable, but also because he doubted his ability to +deal with any other class of men. + +The Admiralty, however, was reluctant to grant a concession that +Scott considered so necessary, and this reluctance arose not from +any coldness towards the enterprise, but from questions of principle +and precedent. At first the Admiralty assistance in this respect +was limited to two officers, Scott himself and Royds, then the +limit was extended to include Skelton the engineer, a carpenter and +a boatswain, and thus at least a small naval nucleus was obtained. +But it was not until the spring of 1901 that the Admiralty, thanks to +Sir Anthony Hoskins and Sir Archibald Douglas, gave in altogether, +and as the selection of +[Page 19] +the most fitting volunteers had not yet been made, the chosen men +did not join until the expedition was almost on the point of sailing. + +For many reasons Scott was obliged to make his own headquarters +in London, and the room that had been placed at his disposal in +Burlington House soon became a museum of curiosities. Sledges, +ski, fur clothing and boots were crowded into every corner, while +tables and shelves were littered with correspondence and samples +of tinned foods. And in the midst of this medley he worked steadily +on, sometimes elated by the hope that all was going well, sometimes +depressed by the thought that the expedition could not possibly +be ready to start at the required date. + +During these busy months of preparation he had the satisfaction +of knowing that the first lieutenant, the chief engineer and the +carpenter were in Dundee, and able to look into the numerous small +difficulties that arose in connection with the building of the +ship. Other important posts in the expedition had also been filled +up, and expeditionary work was being carried on in many places. +Some men were working on their especial subjects in the British +Museum, others were preparing themselves at the Physical Laboratory +at Kew, and others, again, were traveling in various directions +both at home and abroad. Of all these affairs the central office +was obliged to take notice, and so for its occupants idle moments +were few and very far between. Nansen said once that the hardest work +[Page 20] +of a Polar voyage came in its preparation, and during the years +1900-1, Scott found ample cause to agree with him. But in spite +of conflicting interests, which at times threatened to wreck the +well-being of the expedition, work, having been properly organized, +went steadily forward; until on March 21, 1901, the new vessel was +launched at Dundee and named the '_Discovery_' by Lady Markham. + +In the choice of a name it was generally agreed that the best plan +was to revive some time-honoured title, and that few names were more +distinguished than 'Discovery.' She was the sixth of that name, +and inherited a long record of honourable and fortunate service. + +The _Discovery_ had been nothing more than a skeleton when it was +decided that she should be loaded with her freight in London; +consequently, after she had undergone her trials, she was brought +round from Dundee, and on June 3, 1901, was berthed in the East +India Docks. There, during the following weeks, all the stores +were gathered together, and there the vessel, which was destined +to be the home of the expedition for more than three years, was +laden. + +Speaking at the Geographical Congress at Berlin in 1899, Nansen +strongly recommended a vessel of the _Fram_ type with fuller lines +for South Polar work, but the special Ship Committee, appointed to +consider the question of a vessel for this expedition, had very +sound reasons for not following his advice. Nansen's +[Page 21] +celebrated _Fram_ was built for the specific object of remaining +safely in the North Polar pack, in spite of the terrible pressures +which were to be expected in such a vast extent of ice. This object +was achieved in the simplest manner by inclining the sides of the +vessel until her shape resembled a saucer, and lateral pressure +merely tended to raise her above the surface. Simple as this design +was, it fulfilled so well the requirements of the situation that its +conception was without doubt a stroke of genius. What, however, has +been generally forgotten is that the safety of the _Fram_ was secured +at the expense of her sea-worthiness and powers of ice-penetration. + +Since the _Fram_ was built there have been two distinct types of +Polar vessels, the one founded on the idea of passive security in +the ice, the other the old English whaler type designed to sail +the high seas and push her way through the looser ice-packs. And +a brief consideration of southern conditions will show which of +these types is more serviceable for Antarctic exploration, because +it is obvious that the exploring ship must first of all be prepared +to navigate the most stormy seas in the world, and then be ready +to force her way through the ice-floes to the mysteries beyond. + +By the general consent of those who witnessed her performances, the +old _Discovery_ (the fifth of her name) of 1875 was the best ship +that had ever been employed on Arctic service, and the Ship Committee +eventually decided that the new vessel should be built on more +[Page 22] +or less the same lines. The new _Discovery_ had the honour to be +the first vessel ever built for scientific exploration, and the +decision to adopt well-tried English lines for her was more than +justified by her excellent qualities. + +The greatest strength lay in her bows, and when ice-floes had to +be rammed the knowledge that the keel at the fore-end of the ship +gradually grew thicker, until it rose in the enormous mass of solid +wood which constituted the stem, was most comforting. No single +tree could provide the wood for such a stem, but the several trees +used were cunningly scarfed to provide the equivalent of a solid +block. In further preparation for the battle with ice-floes, the +stem itself and the bow for three or four feet on either side were +protected with numerous steel plates, so that when the ship returned +to civilization not a scratch remained to show the hard knocks +received by the bow. + +The shape of the stem was also a very important consideration. In +the outline drawing of the _Discovery_ will be seen how largely +the stem overhangs, and this was carried to a greater extent than +in any former Polar vessel. The object with which this was fitted +was often fulfilled during the voyage. Many a time on charging +a large ice-floe the stem of the ship glided upwards until the +bows were raised two or three feet, then the weight of the ship +acting downwards would crack the floe beneath, the bow would drop, +and gradually the ship would forge ahead to tussle against the +[Page 23] +next obstruction. Nothing but a wooden structure has the elasticity +and strength to thrust its way without injury through the thick +Polar ice. + +In Dundee the building of the _Discovery_ aroused the keenest interest, +and the peculiar shape of her overhanging stern, an entirely new +feature in this class of vessel, gave rise to the strongest criticism. +All sorts of misfortunes were predicted, but events proved that +this overhanging rounded form of stem was infinitely superior for +ice-work to the old form of stem, because it gave better protection +to the rudder, rudder post and screw, and was more satisfactory +in heavy seas. + +[Illustration: PROFILE DRAWING OF 'DISCOVERY'.] + +[Illustration: OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF 'DISCOVERY' AND 'FRAM'.] + +Both in the building and in the subsequent work of the _Discovery_ +the deck-house, marked on the drawing 'Magnetic Observatory,' was +an important place. For the best of reasons it was important that +the magnetic observations taken on the expedition should be as +accurate as possible, and it will be readily understood that magnetic +observations cannot be taken in a place closely surrounded by iron. +The ardor of the magnetic experts on the Ship Committee had led +them at first to ask that there should be neither iron nor steel +in the vessel, but after it had been pointed out that this could +scarcely be, a compromise was arrived at and it was agreed that +no magnetic materials should be employed within thirty feet of +the observatory. This decision caused immense trouble and expense, +but in the end it was justified, for the magnetic observations +taken on board throughout the voyage +[Page 25] +required very little correction. And if the demands of the magnetic +experts were a little exacting, some amusement was also derived from +them. At one time those who lived within the circle were threatened +with the necessity of shaving with brass razors; and when the ship was +on her way home from New Zealand a parrot fell into dire disgrace, +not because it was too talkative, but because it had been hanging +on the mess-deck during a whole set of observations, and the wires +of its cage were made of iron. + +The _Discovery_ was, in Scott's opinion, the finest vessel ever +built for exploring purposes, and he was as enthusiastic about +his officers and men as he was about the ship herself. + +The senior of the ten officers who messed with Scott in the small +wardroom of the _Discovery_ was Lieutenant A. B. Armitage, R.N.R. +He brought with him not only an excellent practical seamanship +training in sailing ships, but also valuable Polar experience; +for the P. and O. Company, in which he held a position, had in +1894 granted him leave of absence to join the Jackson-Harmsworth +Expedition to Franz-Josef Land. + +Reginald Koettlitz, the senior doctor, had also seen Arctic service +in the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition. As his medical duties were +expected to be light, he combined them with those of official botanist. + +The task of Thomas V. Hodgson, biologist, was to collect by hook +or crook all the strange beasts +[Page 26] +that inhabit the Polar seas, and no greater enthusiast for his work +could have been chosen. + +Charles W. R. Royds was the first lieutenant, and had all to do +with the work of the men and the internal economy of the ship in +the way that is customary with a first lieutenant of a man-of-war. +Throughout the voyage he acted as meteorologist, and in face of +great difficulties he secured the most valuable records. + +Michael Barne, the second naval lieutenant, had served with Scott in +the Majestic. 'I had thought him,' Scott wrote after the expedition +had returned, 'as he proved to be, especially fitted for a voyage +where there were many elements of dangers and difficulty.' + +The original idea in appointing two doctors to the _Discovery_ was +that one of them should be available for a detached landing-party. +This idea was practically abandoned, but the expedition had reason +to be thankful that it ever existed, for the second doctor appointed +was Edward A. Wilson. In view of the glorious friendship which arose +between them, and which in the end was destined to make history, it +is of inestimable value to be able to quote what is believed to +be Scott's first written opinion of Wilson. In a letter headed +'At sea, Sept. 27,' he said: 'I now come to the man who will do +great things some day--Wilson. He has quite the keenest intellect +on board and a marvelous capacity for work. You know his artistic +talent, but would be surprised at +[Page 27] +the speed at which he paints, and the indefatigable manner in which +he is always at it. He has fallen at once into ship-life, helps +with any job that may be in hand... in fact is an excellent fellow +all round. + +Wilson, in addition to his medical duties, was also vertebrate +zoologist and artist to the expedition. In the first capacity he +dealt scientifically with the birds and seals, and in the second +he produced a very large number of excellent pictures and sketches +of the wild scenes among which he was living. + +One of Scott's earliest acts on behalf of the expedition was to +apply for the services of Reginald W. Skelton as chief engineer. +At the time Skelton was senior engineer of the Majestic, and his +appointment to the _Discovery_ was most fortunate in every way. From +first to last there was no serious difficulty with the machinery +or with anything connected with it. + +The geologist, Hartley T. Ferrar, only joined the expedition a +short time before the _Discovery_ sailed, and the physicist, Louis +Bernacchi, did not join until the ship reached New Zealand. + +In addition there were two officers who did not serve throughout +the whole term. Owing to ill-health Ernest H. Shackleton was obliged +to return from the Antarctic in 1903, and his place was taken by +George F. A. Mulock, who was a sub-lieutenant in the Navy when +he joined. + +Apart from Koettlitz, who was forty, and Hodgson, +[Page 28] +who was thirty-seven, the average age of the remaining members +of the wardroom mess was just over twenty-four years, and at that +time Scott had little doubt as to the value of youth for Polar +service. Very naturally, however, this opinion was less pronounced +as the years went by, and on August 6, 1911, he wrote during his +last expedition: 'We (Wilson and I) both conclude that it is the +younger people who have the worst time... Wilson (39) says he never +felt cold less than he does now; I suppose that between 30 and +40 is the best all-round age. Bower is a wonder of course. He is +29. When past the forties it is encouraging to remember that Peary +was 52!' + +The fact that these officers lived in complete harmony for three +years was proof enough that they were well and wisely chosen, and +Scott was equally happy in his selection of warrant officers, petty +officers and men, who brought with them the sense of naval discipline +that is very necessary for such conditions as exist in Polar service. +The _Discovery_, it must be remembered, was not in Government +employment, and so had no more stringent regulations to enforce +discipline than those contained in the Merchant Shipping Act. But +everyone on board lived exactly as though the ship was under the +Naval Discipline Act; and as the men must have known that this +state of affairs was a fiction, they deserved as much credit as +the officers, if not more, for continuing rigorously to observe +it. + +[Page 29] +Something remains to be said about the _Discovery's_ prospective +course, and of the instructions given to Captain Scott. + +For purposes of reference Sir Clements Markham had suggested that +the Antarctic area should be divided into four quadrants, to be +named respectively the Victoria, the Ross, the Weddell, and the +Enderby, and when he also proposed that the Ross quadrant should +be the one chosen for this expedition, his proposal was received +with such unanimous approval that long before the _Discovery_ was +built her prospective course had been finally decided. In fact +every branch of science saw a greater chance of success in the +Ross quadrant than in any other region. Concerning instructions +on such a voyage as the _Discovery's_ it may be thought that, when +once the direction is settled, the fewer there are the better. +Provided, however, that they leave the greatest possible freedom +to the commander, they may be very useful in giving him a general +view of the situation, and in stating the order in which the various +objects are held. If scientific interests clash, it is clearly to +the commander's advantage to know in what light these interests +are regarded by those responsible for the enterprise. Of such a +nature were the instructions Scott received before sailing for +the South. + +During the time of preparation many busy men gave most valuable +assistance to the expedition; but even with all this kindly aid it is +doubtful if the _Discovery_ would ever have started had it not been +[Page 30] +that among these helpers was one who, from the first, had given +his whole and undivided attention to the work in hand. After all +is said and done Sir Clements Markham conceived the idea of this +Antarctic Expedition, and it was his masterful personality which +swept aside all obstacles and obstructions. + + + + +[Page 31] +CHAPTER II + +SOUTHWARD HO! + + They saw the cables loosened, they saw the gangways cleared, + They heard the women weeping, they heard the men who cheered. + Far off-far off the tumult faded and died away. + And all alone the sea wind came singing up the Bay. + --NEWBOLT. + +On July 31, 1901, the _Discovery_ left the London Docks, and slowly +wended her way down the Thames; and at Cowes, on August 5, she +was honoured by a visit from King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra. +This visit must be ever memorable for the interest their Majesties +showed in the minutest details of equipment; but at the same time +it was natural for the members of the expedition to be obsessed +by the fear that they might start with a flourish of trumpets and +return with failure. The grim possibilities of the voyage were +also not to be forgotten--a voyage to the Antarctic, the very map +of which had remained practically unaltered from 1843-93. + +With no previous Polar experience to help him, Scott was following +on the track of great Polar explorers, notably of James Cook and +James Ross, of whom it has been well said that the one defined the +Antarctic region and the other discovered it. Can it be wondered +therefore that his great anxieties were +[Page 32] +to be off and doing, to justify the existence of the expedition at +the earliest possible moment, and to obey the instructions which +had been given him? + +Before the _Discovery_ had crossed the Bay of Biscay it was evident +that she did not possess a turn of speed under any conditions, +and that there must be none but absolutely necessary delays on +the voyage, if she was to arrive in the Antarctic in time to take +full advantage of the southern summer of 1901-2 for the first +exploration in the ice. This proved a serious drawback, as it had +been confidently expected that there would be ample time to make +trial of various devices for sounding and dredging in the deep +sea, while still in a temperate climate. The fact that no trials +could be made on the outward voyage was severely felt when the +Antarctic was reached. + +On October 2 the _Discovery_ arrived within 150 miles of the Cape, +and on the 5th was moored off the naval station at Simon's Bay. +The main object of staying at the Cape was to obtain comparisons +with the magnetic instruments, but Scott wrote: 'It is much to +be deplored that no permanent Magnetic Station now exists at the +Cape. The fact increased the number and difficulty of our own +observations, and it was quite impossible to spare the time for such +repetitions and verifications as, under the circumstances, could +alone have placed them beyond dispute.' Armitage and Barne, however, +worked like Trojans in taking observations, and received so much +valuable assistance 'that they were able to accomplish a maximum +[Page 33] +amount of work in the limited time at their disposal.' In every +way, indeed, the kindliest sympathy was shown at the Cape. + +The magnetic work was completed on October 12, and two days later +the _Discovery_ once more put out to sea; and as time went on those +on board became more and more satisfied with her seaworthy qualities. +Towards the end of October there was a succession of heavy following +gales, but she rose like a cork to the mountainous seas that followed +in her wake, and, considering her size, she was wonderfully free +of water on the upper deck. With a heavy following sea, however, +she was, owing to her buoyancy, extremely lively, and rolls of +more than 40º were often recorded. The peculiar shape of the stern, +to which reference has been made, was now well tested. It gave +additional buoyancy to the after-end, causing the ship to rise +more quickly to the seas, but the same lifting effect was also +directed to throwing the ship off her course, and consequently +she was difficult to steer. The helmsmen gradually became more +expert, but on one occasion when Scott and some other officers were +on the bridge the ship swerved round, and was immediately swept by +a monstrous sea which made a clean breach over her. Instinctively +those on the bridge clutched the rails, and for several moments +they were completely submerged while the spray dashed as high as +the upper topsails. + +On November 12 the _Discovery_ was in lat. 51 S., long. 131 E., +and had arrived in such an extremely +[Page 34] +interesting magnetic area that they steered to the south to explore +it. This new course took them far out of the track of ships and +towards the regions of ice, and they had scarcely arrived in those +lonely waters when Scott was aroused from sleep by a loud knocking +and a voice shouting, 'Ship's afire, sir.' Without waiting to give +any details of this alarming news the informant fled, and when +Scott appeared hastily on the scenes he found that the deck was +very dark and obstructed by numerous half-clad people, all of whom +were as ignorant as he was. Making his way forward he discovered +that the fire had been under the forecastle, and had been easily +extinguished when the hose was brought to bear on it. In these +days steel ships and electric light tend to lessen the fear of +fire, but in a wooden vessel the possible consequences are too +serious not to make the danger very real and alarming. Henceforth +the risk of fire was constantly in Scott's thoughts, but this was +the first and last occasion on which an alarm was raised in the +_Discovery_. + +On November 15 the 60th parallel was passed, and during the following +morning small pieces of sea-ice, worn into fantastic shape by the +action of the waves, appeared and were greeted with much excitement +and enthusiasm. As the afternoon advanced signs of a heavier pack +were seen ahead, and soon the loose floes were all about the ship, +and she was pushing her way amongst them and receiving her baptism +of ice. + +[Page 35] +This was Scott's first experience of pack-ice, and he has recorded +how deeply he was impressed by the novelty of his surroundings. +'The wind had died away; what light remained was reflected in a +ghostly glimmer from the white surface of the pack; now and again +a white snow petrel flitted through the gloom, the grinding of the +floes against the ship's side was mingled with the more subdued +hush of their rise and fall on the long swell, and for the first +time we felt something of the solemnity of these great Southern +solitudes.' + +The _Discovery_ was now within 200 miles of Adélie Land, and with +steam could easily have pushed on towards it. But delays had already +been excessive, and they could not be added to if New Zealand was +to be reached betimes. Reluctantly the ship's head was again turned +towards the North, and soon passed into looser ice. + +One great feature of the tempestuous seas of these southern oceans +is the quantity and variety of their bird life. Not only are these +roaming, tireless birds to be seen in the distance, but in the +majority of cases they are attracted by a ship and for hours gather +close about her. The greater number are of the petrel tribe, and +vary in size from the greater albatrosses, with their huge spread +of wing and unwavering flight, to the small Wilson stormy petrel, +which flits under the foaming crests of the waves. For centuries +these birds have been the friends of sailors, and as Wilson was +able to distinguish and +[Page 36] +name the various visitors to the _Discovery_, the interest of the +voyage was very greatly increased. + +'At 11 A.M. on the 22nd,' Scott wrote in his official report of +the Proceedings of the expedition, 'we sighted Macquarie Island, +exactly at the time and in the direction expected, a satisfactory +fact after so long an absence from land. As the island promised so +much of interest to our naturalists I thought a delay of the few +hours necessary for landing would be amply justified.... A landing +was effected without much difficulty, and two penguin rookeries which +had been observed from the ship were explored with much interest. +One proved to be inhabited by the beautifully marked King penguin, +while the other contained a smaller gold-crested broad-billed +species.... At 8 P.M. the party returned to the ship, and shortly +after we weighed anchor and proceeded. Including those collected +in the ice, we had no fewer than 50 birds of various sorts to be +skinned, and during the next few days several officers and men +were busily engaged in this work under the superintendence of Dr. +Wilson. The opportunity was taken of serving out the flesh of the +penguins for food. I had anticipated considerable prejudice on +the part of the men to this form of diet which it will so often +be essential to enforce, and was agreeably surprised to find that +they were by no means averse to it. Many pronounced it excellent, +and all seemed to appreciate the necessity of cultivating a taste +for it. I found no prejudice more difficult to conquer than my +own.' + +[Page 37] +Perhaps the most excited member of the party over this visit to +Macquarie Island was Scott's Aberdeen terrier 'Scamp,' who was most +comically divided between a desire to run away from the penguins, +and a feeling that in such strange company it behooved him to be very +courageous. This, however, was Scamp's first and last experience +of penguins, for it was felt that he would be unable to live in +the Antarctic, and so a comfortable home was found for him in New +Zealand. + +Late on November 29 the _Discovery_ arrived off Lyttelton Heads, +and on the following day she was berthed alongside a jetty in the +harbor. For both the private and the public kindness which was +shown to the expedition in New Zealand, no expressions of gratitude +can be too warm. On every possible occasion, and in every possible +way, efficient and kindly assistance was given, and this was all +the more valuable because a lot of work had to be done before the +ship could sail from Lyttelton. The rigging had to be thoroughly +overhauled and refitted; the magneticians had to undertake the +comparison of their delicate instruments, and as this was the last +occasion on which it could be done special attention was necessary; +and a large quantity of stores had to be shipped, because some of +those in the _Discovery_ had been damaged by the leaky state of +the ship. This leak had never been dangerous, but all the same +it had entailed many weary hours of pumping, and had caused much +waste of time and of provisions. Among the many skilled +[Page 38] +workmen, whose united labour had produced the solid structure of +the _Discovery_'s hull, had been one who had shirked his task, and +although the ship was docked and most determined and persistent +efforts were made to find the leak, it succeeded in avoiding detection. + +As the month of December advanced the scene on the ship was a very +busy one, but at last the day for sailing from Lyttelton arrived, +though not for the final departure from civilization, because a +short visit was to be paid to Port Chalmers in the south to complete +the stock of coal. On Saturday, December 21, the ship lay alongside +the wharf ready for sea and very deeply laden. 'One could reflect +that it would have been impossible to have got more into her, and +that all we had got seemed necessary for the voyage, for the rest +we could only trust that Providence would vouch-safe to us fine +weather and an easy passage to the south.' + +New Zealand, to the last, was bent on showing its enthusiasm for the +expedition. Two men-of-war steamed slowly out ahead of the _Discovery_, +while no fewer than five steamers, crowded with passengers, and +with bands playing and whistles hooting, also accompanied her, +until the open sea was reached and the _Discovery_ slowly steamed +out between the war-ships that seemed to stand as sentinels to +the bay. And then, before the cheers of thousands of friends were +hardly out of the ears of those on board, a tragedy happened. Among +the ship's company who had crowded into the rigging to wave their +farewells was one young seaman, named Charles Bonner, who, +[Page 39] +more venturesome than the rest, had climbed above the crow's-nest +to the top of the main-mast. There, seated on the truck, he had +remained cheering, until in a moment of madness he raised himself +into a standing position, and almost directly afterwards he fell +and was instantaneously killed. On the Monday the ship arrived +at Port Chalmers, and Bonner was buried with naval honours. + +By noon on the following day the _Discovery_ was clear of the harbor +bar, and was soon bowling along under steam and sail towards the +south. The last view of civilization, the last sight of fields and +flowers had come and gone on Christmas Eve, 1901, and Christmas +Day found the ship in the open expanse of the Southern Ocean, though +after such a recent parting from so many kind friends no one felt +inclined for the customary festivities. + +In good sea trim the _Discovery_ had little to fear from the worst +gales, but at this time she was so heavily laden that had she +encountered heavy seas the consequences must have been very unpleasant. +Inevitably much of her large deck cargo must have been lost; the +masses of wood on the superstructure would have been in great danger, +while all the sheep and possibly many of the dogs would have been +drowned. Fine weather, however, continued, and on January 3 Scott +and his companions crossed the Antarctic Circle, little thinking +how long a time would elapse before they would recross it. At length +they had entered the Antarctic regions; before them lay +[Page 40] +the scene of their work, and all the trials of preparation, and +the anxiety of delays, were forgotten in the fact that they had +reached their goal in time to make use of the best part of the +short open season in these icebound regions. + +Soon the pack was on all sides of them, but as yet so loose that +there were many large pools of open water. And then for several +days the ship had really to fight her way, and Scott gave high +praise to the way she behaved: 'The "Discovery" is a perfect gem +in the pack. Her size and weight behind such a stem seem to give +quite the best combination possible for such a purpose. We have +certainly tried her thoroughly, for the pack which we have come +through couldn't have been looked at by Ross even with a gale of +wind behind him.' + +Necessarily progress became slow, but life abounds in the pack, and +the birds that came to visit the ship were a source of perpetual +interest. The pleasantest and most constant of these visitors was +the small snow petrel, with its dainty snow-white plumage relieved +only by black beak and feet, and black, beady eye. These little +birds abound in the pack-ice, but the blue-grey southern fulmar +and the Antarctic petrel were also to be seen, and that unwholesome +scavenger, the giant petrel, frequently lumbered by; while the skua +gull, most pugnacious of bullies, occasionally flapped past, on +his way to make some less formidable bird disgorge his hard-earned +dinner. + +The squeak of the penguin was constantly heard, at +[Page 41] +first afar and often long before the birds were seen. Curiosity +drew them to the ship, and as she forced her way onward these little +visitors would again and again leap into the water, and journey +from floe to floe in their eagerness to discover what this strange +apparition could be. Some of the sailors became very expert in +imitating their calls, and could not only attract them from a long +distance, but would visibly add to their astonishment when they +approached. These were busy days for the penguins. + +In all parts of the pack seals are plentiful and spend long hours +asleep on the floes. The commonest kind is the crab-eater or white +seal, but the Ross seal is not rare, and there and there is found +the sea-leopard, ranging wide and preying on the penguins and even +on the young of its less powerful brethren. It is curious to observe +that both seals and penguins regard themselves as safe when out of +the water. In the sea they are running risks all the time, and in +that element Nature has made them swift to prey or to avoid being +preyed upon. But once on ice or land they have known no enemy, +and cannot therefore conceive one. The seal merely raises its head +when anyone approaches, and then with but little fear; whereas it +is often difficult to drive the penguin into the water, for he +is firmly convinced that the sea is the sole source of danger. +Several seals were killed for food, and from the first seal-meat +was found palatable, if not altogether the form of diet to recommend +to an epicure. The great drawback to the seal is that there is no +fat except blubber, +[Page 42] +and blubber has a very strong taste and most penetrating smell. +At this time blubber was an abomination to everyone both in taste +and smell, and if the smallest scrap happened to have been cooked +with the meat, dinner was a wasted meal. Later on, however, this +smell lost most of its terrors, while seal-steaks and seal-liver +and kidneys were treated almost as luxuries. + +On the morning of January 8 a strong water sky could be seen, and +soon afterwards the officer of the watch hailed from aloft the glad +tidings of an open sea to the south. Presently the ship entered +a belt where the ice lay in comparatively small pieces, and after +pushing her way through this for over a mile, she reached the hard +line where the ice abruptly ended, and to the south nothing but +a clear sky could be seen. At 10.30 P.M. on the same evening the +joy of being again in the open sea was intensified by a shout of +'Land in sight,' and all who were not on deck quickly gathered +there to take their first look at the Antarctic Continent. The +sun, near the southern horizon, still shone in a cloudless sky, and +far away to the south-west the blue outline of the high mountain +peaks of Victoria Land could be seen. The course was now directed for +Robertson Bay, and after some difficulty, owing to the reappearance +of loose streams of pack-ice, the ship was eventually steered into +the open water within the bay. + +Robertson Bay is formed by the long peninsula of Cape Adare, within +which, standing but slightly above the level of the sea, is a curious +triangular +[Page 43] +spit, probably the morainic remains of the vaster ice conditions +of former ages. It was on this spit that the expedition sent forth +by Sir George Newnes and commanded by Borchgrevink spent their +winter in 1896, the first party to winter on the shores of the +Antarctic Continent. Here Scott decided to land for a short time, +and very soon Armitage, Bernacchi and Barne were at work among +the thousands of penguins that abounded, while the naturalists +wandered further afield in search of specimens. In the center of +Cape Adare beach the hut used by the members of Borchgrevink's +party was still found to be standing in very good condition, though +at the best of times deserted dwellings are far from cheerful to +contemplate. Bernacchi had been a member of this small party of +eight, and on the spot he recalled the past, and told of the unhappy +death of Hanson--one of his comrades. + +Later on Bernacchi and some others landed again to visit Hanson's +grave, and to see that all was well with it. They took a tin cylinder +containing the latest report of the voyage with them, and were told +to place it in some conspicuous part of the hut. In the following +year this cylinder was found by the _Morning_,[1] and so the first +information was given that the _Discovery_ had succeeded in reaching +these southern regions. + +[Footnote 1: The relief ship.] + +On January 10, when the weather was still calm and bright, the ship +again stood out to sea, and was steered close around Cape Adare +in the hope of finding +[Page 44] +a clear channel near at hand. Very soon, however, the tidal stream +began to make from the south, and the whole aspect of the streams +of heavy pack-ice rapidly changed. Almost immediately the pack was +about the ship, and she was being rapidly borne along with it. +Across the entrance to the bay was a chain of grounded icebergs, +and it was in this direction that she was being carried. For the +first time they faced the dangers of the pack, and realized its +mighty powers. Little or nothing could be done, for the floes around +them were heavier than anything they had yet encountered. Twist and +turn as they would no appreciable advance could be made, and in +front of one colossal floe the ship was brought to a standstill for +nearly half an hour. But they still battled on; Armitage remained +aloft, working the ship with admirable patience; the engine-room, as +usual, answered nobly to the call for more steam, and the _Discovery_ +exerted all her powers in the struggle; but, in spite of these +efforts, progress was so slow that it looked almost certain that +she would be carried down among the bergs. 'It was one of those +hours,' Scott says, 'which impress themselves for ever on the memory. +Above us the sun shone in a cloudless sky, its rays were reflected +from a myriad points of tire glistening pack; behind us lay the +lofty snow-clad mountains, the brown sun-kissed cliffs of the Cape, +and the placid glassy waters of the bay; the air about us was almost +breathlessly still; crisp, clear and sun-lit, it seemed an atmosphere +in which all Nature should rejoice; +[Page 45] +the silence was broken only by the deep panting of our engines +and the slow, measured hush of the grinding floes; yet, beneath +all, ran this mighty, relentless tide, bearing us on to possible +destruction. It seemed desperately unreal that danger could exist +in the midst of so fair a scene, and as one paced to and fro on +the few feet of throbbing plank that constituted our bridge, it was +difficult to persuade oneself that we were so completely impotent.' + +With the exception of Scott himself only those who were actually +on watch were on deck during this precarious time, for the hour was +early, and the majority were asleep in their bunks below, happily +oblivious of the possible dangers before them. And the fact that +they were not aroused is a proof that a fuss was rarely made in +the _Discovery_, if it could by any conceivable means be avoided. + +At last, however, release came from this grave danger, and it came +so gradually that it was difficult to say when it happened. Little +by little the tidal stream slackened, the close-locked floes fell +slightly apart, and under her full head of steam the ship began +to forge ahead towards the open sea and safety. 'For me,' Scott +adds, 'the lesson had been a sharp and, I have no doubt, a salutary +one; we were here to fight the elements with their icy weapons, +and once and for all this taught me not to undervalue the enemy.' +During the forenoon the ship was within seven or eight miles of +the high bold coast-line to the south of Cape Adare, but later +she had to be turned outwards +[Page 46] +so that the heavy stream of pack-ice drifting along the land could +be avoided. By the morning of the 11th she was well clear of the +land, but the various peaks and headlands which Sir James Ross +had named could be distinctly seen, and gave everyone plenty to +talk and think about. Progress, however, was slow, owing to a brisk +S. E. wind and the fact that only one boiler was being used. + +Of all economies practiced on board the most important was that +of coal, but Scott was not at all sure that this decision to use +only one boiler was really economical. Certainly coal was saved but +time was also wasted, and against an adverse wind the _Discovery_ +could only make fifty-five miles on the 11th, and on the 12th she +scarcely made any headway at all, for the wind had increased and +a heavy swell was coming up from the south. + +To gain shelter Scott decided to turn in towards the high cliffs +of Coulman Island, the land of which looked illusively near as +they approached it. So strong was this deception that the engines +were eased when the ship was still nearly two miles away from the +cliffs. Later on, in their winter quarters and during their sledge +journeys, they got to know how easy it was to be deluded as regards +distance, and what very false appearances distant objects could +assume. This matter is of interest, because it shows that Polar +explorers must be exceedingly cautious in believing the evidence of +their own eyes, and it also explains the errors which the _Discovery_ +expedition found to +[Page 47] +have been made by former explorers, and which they knew must have +been made in all good faith. + +During the night of the 13th the ship lay under the shelter of +Coulman Island, but by the morning the wind had increased to such +a furious gale, and the squalls swept down over the cliffs with +such terrific violence, that in spite of every effort to keep her +in her station she began to lose ground. In the afternoon the wind +force was ninety miles an hour, and as they continued to lose ground +they got into a more choppy sea, which sent the spray over them +in showers, to freeze as it fell. + +Again the situation was far from pleasant; to avoid one berg they +were forced to go about, and in doing so they ran foul of another. As +they came down on it the bowsprit just swept clear of its pinnacled +sides, and they took the shock broad on their bows. It sent the +ship reeling round, but luckily on the right tack to avoid further +complications. The following night was dismal enough; again and +again small bergs appeared through the blinding spray and drift, and +only with great difficulty could the unmanageable ship be brought +to clear them. Even gales, however, must have an end, and towards +morning the wind moderated, and once more they were able to steam +up close to the island. And there, between two tongues of ice off +Cape Wadworth, they landed on the steep rocks and erected a staff +bearing a tin cylinder with a further record of the voyage. By +the time this had been done the wind had fallen completely, and in +[Page 48] +the evening the ship entered a long inlet between Cape Jones and +the barrier-ice, and later turned out, of this into a smaller inlet +in the barrier-ice itself. She was now in a very well-sheltered +spot, and night, as often happened in the Antarctic regions, was +turned into day so that several seals could be killed. 'It, seemed +a terrible desecration,' Scott says, 'to come to this quiet spot +only to murder its innocent inhabitants, and stain the white snow +with blood.' But there was the best of all excuses, namely necessity, +for this massacre, because there was no guarantee that seals would +be found near the spot in which the ship wintered, and undoubtedly +the wisest plan was to make sure of necessary food. + +While the seal carcasses and some ice for the boilers were being +obtained, Scott turned in to get some rest before putting out to +sea again, and on returning to the deck at 7.30 he was told that +the work was completed, but that some five hours before Wilson, +Ferrar, Cross and Weller had got adrift of a floe, and that no one +had thought of picking them up. Although the sun had been shining +brightly all night, the temperature had been down to 18°, and afar +off Scott could see four disconsolate figures tramping about, and +trying to keep themselves warm on a detached floe not more than +fifteen yards across. + +When at length the wanderers scrambled over the side it was very +evident that they had a grievance, and not until they had been warmed +by hot cocoa could they talk with ease of their experiences. They +[Page 49] +had been obliged to keep constantly on the move, and when they +thought of smoking to relieve the monotony they found that they +had pipes and tobacco, but no matches. While, however, they were +dismally bemoaning this unfortunate state of affairs Wilson, who +did not smoke, came to the rescue and succeeded in producing fire +with a small pocket magnifying glass--a performance which testified +not only to Wilson's resource, but also to the power of the sun +in these latitudes. + +On the 17th the ship had to stand out farther and farther from +the land to clear the pack, and when on the 18th she arrived in +the entrance to Wood Bay it was also found to be heavily packed. A +way to the N. and N.W. the sharp peaks of Monteagle and Murchison, +among bewildering clusters of lesser summits, could be seen; across +the bay rose the magnificent bare cliff of Cape Sibbald, while +to the S.W. the eye lingered pleasantly upon the uniform outline +of Mount Melbourne. This fine mountain rears an almost perfect +volcanic cone to a height of 9,000 feet, and with no competing +height to take from its grandeur, it constitutes the most magnificent +landmark on the coast. Cape Washington, a bold, sharp headland, +projects from the foot of the mountain on its eastern side, and +finding such heavy pack in Wood Bay, Scott decided to turn to the +south to pass around this cape. + +From this point the voyage promised to be increasingly interesting, +since the coast to the south of Cape Washington was practically +unknown. Pack-ice was +[Page 50] +still a formidable obstacle, but on the 20th the _Discovery_ pushed +her way into an inlet where she met ice which had been formed inside +and but recently broken up. The ice was perfectly smooth, and as +it showed absolutely no sign of pressure there was no doubting +that this inlet would make a secure wintering harbor. Already a +latitude had been reached in which it was most desirable to find +safe winter quarters for the ship. In England many people had thought +that Wood Bay would be the most southerly spot where security was +likely to be found, but Scott had seen enough of the coast-line to +the south of that place to realize the impossibility of traveling +along it in sledges, and to convince him that if any advance to +the south was to be made, a harbor in some higher latitude must +be found. + +This inlet was afterwards named Granite Harbor, and so snug and +secure a spot was it to winter in that Scott expressed his thankfulness +that he did not yield to its allurements. 'Surrounded as we should +have been by steep and lofty hills, we could have obtained only the +most local records of climatic conditions, and our meteorological +observations would have been comparatively valueless; but the greatest +drawback would have been that we should be completely cut off from +traveling over the sea-ice beyond the mouth of our harbor.... It +is when one remembers how naturally a decision to return to this +place might have been made, that one sees how easily the results +of the expedition might have been missed.' + +[Page 51] +It was, however, consoling at the time to know that, in default +of a better place, a safe spot had been found for wintering, so +with Granite Harbor in reserve the ship again took up her battle +with the ice; and on the 21st she was in the middle of McMurdo +Sound, and creeping very slowly through the pack-ice, which appeared +from the crow's-nest to extend indefinitely ahead. They were now +within a few miles of the spot where they ultimately took up their +winter quarters, but nearly three weeks were to pass before they +returned there. 'At 8 P.M. on the 21st,' Scott says, 'we thought +we knew as much of this region as our heavy expenditure of coal +in the pack-ice would justify us in finding out, and as before +us lay the great unsolved problem of the barrier and of what lay +beyond it, we turned our course with the cry of Eastward ho!' + + + + +[Page 52] +CHAPTER III + +IN SEARCH OF WINTER QUARTERS + + Beholde I see the haven near at hand + To which I mean my wearie course to bend; + Vere the main sheet and bear up to the land + To which afore is fairly to be ken'd. + --SPENSER, Faerie Queene. + +In their journey from Cape Washington to the south something had +already been done to justify the dispatch of the expedition. A +coast-line which hitherto had been seen only at a great distance, +and reported so indefinitely that doubts were left with regard to +its continuity, had been resolved into a concrete chain of mountains; +and the positions and forms of individual heights, with the curious +ice formations and the general line of the coast, had been observed. +In short the map of the Antarctic had already received valuable +additions, and whatever was to happen in the future that, at any +rate, was all to the good. + +At 8 P.M. on the 22nd the ship arrived off the bare land to the +westward of Cape Crozier, where it was proposed to erect a post +and leave a cylinder containing an account of their doings, so +that the chain of records might be completed. After a landing had +[Page 53] +been made with some difficulty, a spot was chosen in the center +of the penguin rookery on a small cliff overlooking the sea, and +here the post was set up and anchored with numerous boulders. In +spite of every effort to mark the place, at a few hundred yards it +was almost impossible to distinguish it; but although this small +post on the side of a vast mountain looked a hopeless clue, it +eventually brought the _Morning_ into McMurdo Sound. + +While Bernacchi and Barne set up their magnetic instruments and +began the chilly task of taking observations, the others set off +in twos and threes to climb the hillside. Scott, Royds and Wilson +scrambled on until at last they reached the summit of the highest +of the adjacent volcanic cones, and were rewarded by a first view +of the Great Ice Barrier.[1] + +[Footnote 1: The immense sheet of ice, over 400 miles wide and of +still greater length.] + +'Perhaps,' Scott says, 'of all the problems which lay before us in +the south we were most keenly interested in solving the mysteries +of this great ice-mass.... For sixty years it had been discussed +and rediscussed, and many a theory had been built on the slender +foundation of fact which alone the meager information concerning it +could afford. Now for the first time this extraordinary ice-formation +was seen from above.... It was an impressive sight and the very +vastness of what lay at our feet seemed to add to our sense of +its mystery.' + +Early on the 23rd they started to steam along the +[Page 54] +ice-face of the barrier; and in order that nothing should be missed +it was arranged that the ship should continue to skirt close to the +ice-cliff, that the officers of the watch should repeatedly observe +and record its height, and that three times in the twenty-four +hours the ship should be stopped and a sounding taken. In this +manner a comparatively accurate survey of the northern limit of +the barrier was made. + +On steaming along the barrier it was found that although they were +far more eager to gain new information than to prove that old +information was incorrect, a very strong case soon began to arise +against the Parry Mountains, which Ross had described as 'probably +higher than we have yet seen'; and later on it was known with absolute +certainty that these mountains did not exist. This error on the part +of such a trustworthy and cautious observer, Scott ascribes to +the fact that Ross, having exaggerated the height of the barrier, +was led to suppose that anything seen over it at a distance must +be of great altitude. 'But,' he adds, 'whatever the cause, the +facts show again how deceptive appearances may be and how easily +errors may arise. In fact, as I have said before, one cannot always +afford to trust the evidence of one's own eyes.' Though the ship +was steaming along this ice-wall for several days, the passage was +not in the least monotonous, because new variations were continually +showing themselves, and all of them had to be carefully observed and +recorded. This work continued for several days until, on January +29, they arrived at a particularly interesting place, to +[Page 55] +the southward and eastward of the extreme position reached by Ross +in 1842. From that position he had reported a strong appearance +of land to the southeast, and consequently all eyes were directed +over the icy cliffs in that direction. But although the afternoon +was bright and clear, nothing from below or from aloft could be +seen, and the only conclusion to be made was that the report was +based on yet another optical illusion. + +But in spite of the disappointment at being unable to report that +Ross's 'appearance of land' rested on solid foundations, there was +on the afternoon of the 29th an indescribable sense of impending +change. 'We all felt that the plot was thickening, and we could not +fail to be inspirited by the fact that we had not so far encountered +the heavy pack-ice which Ross reported in this region, and that +consequently we were now sailing in an open sea into an unknown +world.' + +The course lay well to the northward of east, and the change came at +8 P.M. when suddenly the ice-cliff turned to the east, and becoming +more and more irregular continued in that direction for about five +miles, when again it turned sharply to the north. Into the deep bay +thus formed they ran, and as the ice was approached they saw at +once that it was unlike anything yet seen. The ice-foot descended +to various heights of ten or twenty feet above the water, and behind +it the snow surface rose in long undulating slopes to rounded ridges, +the heights of which could only be guessed. Whatever doubt remained +in their minds that this was snow-covered land, a sounding of 100 +fathoms quickly removed it. + +[Page 56] +But what a land! On the swelling mounds of snow above them there +was not one break, not a feature to give definition to the hazy +outline. No scene could have been more perfectly devised to produce +optical illusions. And then, while there was so much to observe, +a thick fog descended, and blotted out all hope of seeing what +lay beyond the ice-foot. During the afternoon of January 30 the +fog was less dense, but still no sign of bare land could be seen, +and it was not until the bell had sounded for the evening meal that +two or three little black patches, which at first were mistaken +for detached cloud, appeared. 'We gazed idly enough at them till +someone remarked that he did not believe they were clouds; then all +glasses were leveled; assertions and contradictions were numerous, +until the small black patches gradually assumed more and more definite +shape, and all agreed that at last we were looking at real live +rock, the actual substance of our newly discovered land.... It is +curious to reflect now on the steps which led us to the discovery +of King Edward's Land, and the chain of evidence which came to us +before the actual land itself was seen: at first there had been +the shallow soundings, and the sight of gently rising snow-slopes, +of which, in the nature of things, one is obliged to retain a doubt; +then the steeper broken slopes of snow, giving a contrast to convey +a surer evidence to the eye; and, finally the indubitable land +itself, but even then surrounded with such mystery as to leave us +far from complete satisfaction with our discovery.' + +[Page 57] +The temptation to push farther and farther to the east was almost +irresistible, but with the young ice forming rapidly around them, +Scott, on February 1, decided to return, and on their way back +along the barrier they experienced much lower temperatures than +on the outward journey. During the return journey they landed on +the barrier, and on February 4 preparations for a balloon ascent +were made. 'The honour,' Scott says, 'of being the first aeronaut to +make an ascent in the Antarctic Regions, perhaps somewhat selfishly, +I chose for myself, and I may further confess that in so doing +I was contemplating the first ascent I had made in any region, +and as I swayed about in what appeared a very inadequate basket +and gazed down on the rapidly diminishing figures below, I felt +some doubt as to whether I had been wise in my choice.' + +If, however, this ascent was not altogether enjoyed by the aeronaut, +it, at any rate, gave him considerable information about the barrier +surface towards the south; and, to his surprise, he discovered +that instead of the continuous level plain that he had expected, +it continued in a series of long undulations running approximately +east and west, or parallel to the barrier surface. Later on, however, +when the sledge-party taken out by Armitage returned, they reported +that these undulations were not gradual as had been supposed from +the balloon, but that the crest of each wave was flattened into a +long plateau, from which the descent into the succeeding valley +was comparatively sharp. On the evening of the 4th they put out +[Page 58] +to sea again, and on the 8th they were once more in McMurdo Sound, +with high hopes that they would soon find a sheltered nook in which +the _Discovery_ could winter safely, and from which the sledge-parties +could set forth upon the task of exploring the vast new world around +them. + +Without any delay they set out to examine their immediate surroundings, +and found a little bay which promised so well for the winter that +Scott's determination to remain in this region was at once strengthened. +The situation, however, was surrounded with difficulties, for although +the ice had broken far afield it refused to move out of the small +bay on which they had looked with such eager eyes; consequently +they were forced to cling to the outskirts of the bay with their +ice-anchors, in depths that were too great to allow the large anchors +to be dropped to the bottom. The weather also was troublesome, +for after the ship had lain quietly during several hours a sudden +squall would fling her back on her securing ropes, and, uprooting +the ice-anchors, would ultimately send her adrift. + +In spite, however, of the difficulty of keeping the ship in position, +steady progress was made with the work on shore, and this consisted +mainly in erecting the various huts which had been brought in pieces. +The original intention had been that the _Discovery_ should not +winter in the Antarctic, but should land a small party and turn +northward before the season closed, and for this party a large hut +had been carried south. But even when it had been decided to keep the +[Page 59] +ship as a home, it was obvious that a shelter on shore must be +made before exploring parties could be safely sent away; since +until the ship was frozen in a heavy gale might have driven her off +her station for several days, if not altogether. In seeking winter +quarters so early in February, Scott had been firmly convinced that +the season was closing in. 'With no experience to guide us, our +opinion could only be based on the very severe and unseasonable +conditions which we had met with to the east. But now to our +astonishment we could see no sign of a speedy freezing of the bay; +the summer seemed to have taken a new lease, and for several weeks +the fast sea-ice continued to break silently and to pass quietly +away to the north in large floes.' + +In addition to the erection of the main hut, two small huts which +had been brought for the magnetic instruments had to be put together. +The parts of these were, of course, numbered, but the wood was +so badly warped that Dailey, the carpenter, had to use a lot of +persuasion before the joints would fit. + +On February 14 Scott wrote in his diary: 'We have landed all the +dogs, and their kennels are ranged over the hillside below the +huts.... It is surprising what a number of things have to be done, +and what an unconscionable time it takes to do them. The hut-building +is slow work, and much of our time has been taken in securing the +ship.... Names have been given to the various landmarks in our +vicinity. The end of our peninsula is to be called "Cape Armitage," +after our excellent navigator. The sharp hill above it +[Page 60] +is to be "Observation Hill."... Next comes the "Gap," through which +we can cross the peninsula at a comparatively low level. North +of the "Gap" are "Crater Heights," and the higher volcanic peak +beyond is to be "Crater Hill"; it is 1,050 feet in height. Our +protecting promontory is to be "Hut Point," with "Arrival Bay" on +the north and "Winter Quarter Bay" on the south; above "Arrival +Bay" are the "Arrival Heights," which continue with breaks for +about three miles to a long snow-slope, beyond which rises the most +conspicuous landmark on our peninsula, a high, precipitous-sided +rock with a flat top, which has been dubbed "Castle Rock"; it is +1,350 feet in height. + +'In spite of the persistent wind, away up the bay it is possible +to get some shelter, and here we take our ski exercise.... Skelton +is by far the best of the officers, though possibly some of the +men run him close.' + +On the 19th the first small reconnoitering sledge party went out, +and on their return three days later they were so excited by their +experiences that some time passed before they could answer the +questions put to them. Although the temperature had not been severe +they had nearly got into serious trouble by continuing their march +in a snowstorm, and when they did stop to camp they were so exhausted +that frost-bites were innumerable. The tent had been difficult to +get up, and all sorts of trouble with the novel cooking apparatus +had followed. 'It is strange now,' Scott wrote three years later, +'to look back on +[Page 61] +these first essays at sledding, and to see how terribly hampered +we were by want of experience.' + +By February 26 the main hut was practically finished, and as a +quantity of provisions and oil, with fifteen tons of coal, had been +landed, the ship could be left without anxiety, and arrangements for +the trip, which Scott hoped to lead himself, were pushed forward. +The object of this journey was to try and reach the record at Cape +Crozier over the barrier, and to leave a fresh communication there +with details of the winter quarters. On the following day, however, +Scott damaged his right knee while skiing, and had to give up all +idea of going to Cape Crozier. 'I already foresaw how much there +was to be learnt if we were to do good sledding work in the spring, +and to miss such an opportunity of gaining experience was terribly +trying; however, there was nothing to be done but to nurse my wounded +limb and to determine that never again would I be so rash as to +run hard snow-slopes on ski.' + +By March 4 the preparation of the sledge party was completed. The +party consisted of four officers, Royds, Koettlitz, Skelton and +Barne, and eight men, and was divided into two teams, each pulling +a single sledge and each assisted by four dogs. But again the want +of experience was badly felt, and in every respect the lack of system +was apparent. Though each requirement might have been remembered, all +were packed in a confused mass, and, to use a sailor's expression, +'everything was on top and nothing handy.' +[Page 62] +Once more Scott comments upon this lack of experience: 'On looking +back I am only astonished that we bought that experience so cheaply, +for clearly there were the elements of catastrophe as well as of +discomfort in the disorganized condition in which our first sledge +parties left the ship.' + +The days following the departure of the sledge party were exceptionally +fine, but on Tuesday, March 11, those on board the ship woke to +find the wind blowing from the east; and in the afternoon the wind +increased, and the air was filled with thick driving snow. This +Tuesday was destined to be one of the blackest days spent by the +expedition in the Antarctic, but no suspicion that anything untoward +had happened to the sledge party arose until, at 8.30 P.M., there +was a report that four men were walking towards the ship. Then the +sense of trouble was immediate, and the first disjointed sentences +of the newcomers were enough to prove that disasters had occurred. +The men, as they emerged from their thick clothing, were seen to +be Wild, Weller, Heald and Plumley, but until Scott had called +Wild, who was the most composed of the party, aside, he could not +get any idea of what had actually happened, and even Wild was too +exhausted, and excited to give anything but a meager account. + +Scott, however, did manage to discover that a party of nine, In +charge of Barne, had been sent back, and early in the day had reached +the crest of the hills somewhere by Castle Rock. In addition, Wild +told him, to the four who had returned, the party had +[Page 63] +consisted of Barne, Quartley, Evans, Hare and Vince. They had thought +that they were quite close to the ship, and when the blizzard began +they had left their tents and walked towards her supposed position. +Then they found themselves on a steep slope and tried to keep close +together, but it was impossible to see anything. Suddenly Hare +had disappeared, and a few minutes after Evans went. Barne and +Quartley had left them to try to find out what had become of Evans, +and neither of them had come back, though they waited. Afterwards +they had gone on, and had suddenly found themselves at the edge +of a precipice with the sea below; Vince had shot past over the +edge. Wild feared all the others must be lost; he was sure Vince had +gone. Could he guide a search party to the scene of the accident? +He thought he could--at any rate he would like to try. + +The information was little enough but it was something on which +to act, and though the first disastrous news had not been brought +until 8.30 P.M. the relieving party had left the ship before 9 +P.M. Owing to his knee Scott could not accompany the party, and +Armitage took charge of it. + +Subsequently the actual story of the original sledge party was +known, and the steps that led to the disaster could be traced. +On their outward journey they had soon come to very soft snow, +and after three days of excessive labour Royds had decided that +the only chance of making progress was to use snow-shoes; but +unfortunately there were only three pairs of ski +[Page 64] +with the party, and Royds resolved to push on to Cape Crozier with +Koettlitz and Skelton, and to send the remainder back in charge +of Barne. + +The separation took place on the 9th, and on the 11th the returning +party, having found an easier route than on their way out, were +abreast of Castle Rock. Scarcely, however, had they gained the +top of the ridge about half a mile south-west of Castle Rock, when +a blizzard came on and the tents were hastily pitched. + +'We afterwards weathered many a gale,' Scott says, 'in our staunch +little tents, whilst their canvas sides flapped thunderously hour +after hour.... But to this party the experience was new; they expected +each gust that swept down on them would bear the tents bodily away, +and meanwhile the chill air crept through their leather boots and +ill-considered clothing, and continually some frost-bitten limb +had to be nursed back to life.' + +At ordinary times hot tea or cocoa would have revived their spirits, +but now the cooking apparatus was out of order, and taking everything +into consideration it was small wonder that they resolved to make +for the ship, which they believed to be only a mile or so distant. + +'Before leaving,' Barne wrote in his report, 'I impressed on the +men, as strongly as I could, the importance of keeping together, as +it was impossible to distinguish any object at a greater distance +than ten yards on account of the drifting snow.' But after they +had struggled a very short distance, Hare, who +[Page 65] +had been at the rear of the party, was reported to be missing, +and soon afterwards Evans 'stepped back on a patch of bare smooth +ice, fell, and shot out of sight immediately.' + +Then Barne, having cautioned his men to remain where they were, +sat down and deliberately started to slide in Evans's track. In +a moment the slope grew steeper, and he was going at such a pace +that all power to check himself had gone. In the mad rush he had +time to wonder vaguely what would come next, and then his flight was +arrested, and he stood up to find Evans within a few feet of him. +They had scarcely exchanged greetings when the figure of Quartley +came hurtling down upon them from the gloom, for he had started on +the same track, and had been swept down in the same breathless +and alarming manner. To return by the way they had come down was +impossible, and so they decided to descend, but within four paces +of the spot at which they had been brought to rest, they found +that the slope ended suddenly in a steep precipice, beyond which +nothing but clouds of snow could be seen. For some time after this +they sat huddled together, forlornly hoping that the blinding drift +would cease, but at last they felt that whatever happened they +must keep on the move, and groping their way to the right they +realized that the sea was at their feet, and that they had been +saved from it by a patch of snow almost on the cornice of the cliff. +Presently a short break in the storm enabled them to see Castle +Rock above their heads, and slowly making their way +[Page 66] +up the incline, they sought the shelter of a huge boulder; and there, +crouched together, they remained for several hours. + +Meanwhile the party had remained in obedience to orders at the +head of the slope, and had shouted again and again in the lulls +of the whirling storm. But after waiting for a long time they felt +that something was amiss, and that it was hopeless to remain where +they were. 'As usual on such occasions,' Scott says, 'the leading +spirit came to the fore, and the five who now remained submitted +themselves to the guidance of Wild, and followed him in single file +as he again struck out in the direction in which they supposed the +ship to lie.' In this manner they descended for about 500 yards, +until Wild suddenly saw the precipice beneath his feet, and far +below, through the wreathing snow, the sea. He sprang back with +a cry of warning, but in an instant Vince had flashed past and +disappeared. + +Then, horror-stricken and dazed, they vaguely realized that at all +costs they must ascend the slope down which they had just come. All +of them spoke afterwards of that ascent with horror, and wondered +how it had ever been made. They could only hold themselves by the +soles of their boots, and to slip to their knees meant inevitably +to slide backwards towards the certain fate below. Literally their +lives depended on each foothold. Wild alone had a few light nails +in his boots, and to his great credit he used this advantage to +give a helping hand in turn to each +[Page 67] +of his companions. When, after desperate exertions, they did reach +the top of the slope their troubles were not finished, for they +were still ignorant of the position of the ship. Wild, however, +again took the lead, and it was largely due to him that the party +eventually saw the ship looming through the whirl of snow. 'It +is little wonder that after such an experience they should have +been, as I have mentioned, both excited and tired.' + +The hours following the departure of Armitage and his search party +on this fatal night were unforgettable. Scott, hatefully conscious +of his inability to help on account of his injured leg, admits +that he could not think of any further means to render assistance, +but he says, 'as was always my experience in the _Discovery_, my +companions were never wanting in resource.' Soon the shrill screams +of the siren were echoing among the hills, and in ten minutes after +the suggestion had been made, a whaler was swinging alongside ready +to search the cliffs on the chance of finding Vince. + +But for Scott and those who had to wait inactively on board there +was nothing to do but stand and peer through the driving snow, and +fully three hours passed before there was a hail from without, +and Ferrar appeared leading three of the lost--Barne, Evans and +Quartley. An hour later the main search party returned, having +done all that men could do in such weather. A more complete search +was impossible, but it had to be admitted that the chance of seeing +[Page 68] +Hare or Vince again was very small. Sadly it had to be realized +that two men were almost certainly lost, but there was also no +disguising the fact that a far greater tragedy might have happened. +Indeed, it seemed miraculous that any of the party were alive to +tell the tale, and had not Barne, Evans and Quartley heard the +faint shrieks of the siren, and in response to its welcome sound +made one more effort to save themselves, the sledge party would +in all probability not have found them. All three of them were +badly frost-bitten, and one of Barne's hands was in such a serious +condition that for many days it was thought that his fingers would +have to be amputated. + +The end of this story, however, is not yet told, for on March 13 +Scott wrote in his diary: 'A very extraordinary thing has happened. +At 10 A.M. a figure was seen descending the hillside. At first we +thought it must be some one who had been for an early walk; but +it was very soon seen that the figure was walking weakly, and, +immediately after, the men who were working in the hut were seen +streaming out towards it. In a minute or two we recognized the figure +as that of young Hare, and in less than five he was on board.... We +soon discovered that though exhausted, weak, and hungry, he was in +full possession of his faculties and quite free from frost-bites. +He went placidly off to sleep whilst objecting to the inadequacy +of a milk diet.' + +Later on Hare, who like Vince had been wearing fur boots, explained +that he had left his companions +[Page 69] +to return to the sledges and get some leather boots, and had imagined +that the others understood what he intended to do. Soon after he had +started back he was wandering backwards and forwards, and knew that +he was walking aimlessly to and fro. The last thing he remembered +was making for a patch of rock where he hoped to find shelter, and +there he must have lain in the snow for thirty-six hours, though +he required a lot of persuasion before he could be convinced of +this. When he awoke he found himself covered with snow, but on +raising himself he recognized Crater Hill and other landmarks, +and realized exactly where the ship lay. Then he started towards +her, but until his intense stiffness wore off he was obliged to +travel upon his hands and knees. + +But though Hare was safe, Vince was undoubtedly gone. 'Finally +and sadly we had to resign ourselves to the loss of our shipmate, +and the thought was grievous to all.... Life was a bright thing +to him, and it is something to think that death must have come +quickly in the grip of that icy sea.' + +This fatal mishap naturally caused increased anxiety about the +three men who had gone on, and anxiety was not diminished when, +on the 19th, Skelton was seen coming down, the hill alone. The +others, however, were close behind him, and all three of them were +soon safely on board. + +On the 15th Royds had been compelled to abandon the attempt to +reach the record at Cape Crozier, but he did not turn back until +it was evident that a better +[Page 70] +equipped party with more favorable weather would easily get to +it. On comparing notes with his party, Scott recognized what a +difference there might be in the weather conditions of places within +easy reach of the ship, and not only in temperature but also in +the force and direction of the wind. It had not occurred to anyone +that within such a short distance of the ship any large difference +of temperature was probable, and as the summer was barely over, +Royds, Koettlitz and Skelton had only taken a light wolf-skin fur +suit for night-wear. This, however, had proved totally inadequate +when the thermometer fell to -42°, and on the night of the 16th +uncontrollable paroxysms of shivering had prevented them from getting +any sleep. The value of proper clothing and the wisdom of being +prepared for the unexpected rigors of such a fickle climate, were +two of the lessons learnt from the experiences of the Cape Crozier +party. + +As the days of March went by Scott began really to wonder whether +the sea ever intended to freeze over satisfactorily, and at such an +advanced date there were many drawbacks in this unexpected state of +affairs. Until the ship was frozen in, the security of their position +was very doubtful; economy of coal had long since necessitated the +extinction of fires in the boilers, and if a heavy gale drove the +ship from her shelter, steam could only be raised with difficulty +and after the lapse of many hours. There was, too, the possibility +that the ship, if once driven off, would not be able to return, +and so it was obviously unsafe +[Page 71] +to send a large party away from her, because if she went adrift +most of them would be needed. + +Another annoying circumstance was that until they had a solid sheet +of ice around them they could neither set up the meteorological +screen, nor, in short, carry out any of the routine scientific +work which was such an important object of the expedition. + +At this time Scott was eager to make one more sledding effort before +the winter set in. The ostensible reason was to layout a depôt +of provisions to the south in preparation for the spring, but 'a +more serious purpose was to give himself and those who had not been +away already a practical insight into the difficulties of sledge +traveling. But as this party would have to include the majority of +those on board, he was forced to wait until the ship was firmly +fixed, and it may be said that the _Discovery_ was as reluctant to +freeze-in as she was difficult to get out when once the process +had been completed. + +On March 28, however, Scott was able to write in his diary: 'The +sea is at last frozen over, and if this weather lasts the ice should +become firm enough to withstand future gales. We have completed +the packing of our sledges, though I cannot say I am pleased with +their appearance; the packing is not neat enough, and we haven't +got anything like a system.' + +Three days later a party of twelve, divided into two teams, each +with a string of sledges and nine dogs, made a start. Their loads +were arranged on the theory +[Page 72] +of 200 lbs. to each man, and 100 lbs. to each dog, but they very +quickly discovered that the dogs were not going to have anything +to do with such a theory as this. The best of them would only pull +about 50 lbs., and some of the others had practically to be pulled. + +Later on Scott learned that it was a bad plan to combine men and +dogs on a sledge, because the dogs have their own pace and manner +of pulling, and neither of these is adapted to the unequal movement +caused by the swing of marching men. And on this occasion another +reason for the inefficiency of the dogs was that they were losing +their coats, and had but little protection against the bitterly +cold wind. 'As a matter of fact, our poor dogs suffered a great +deal from their poorly clothed condition during the next week or +two, and we could do little to help them; but Nature seemed to +realize the mistake, and came quickly to the rescue: the new coats +grew surprisingly fast, and before the winter had really settled +down on us all the animals were again enveloped in their normally +thick woolly covering. + +The refusal of the dogs to work on this trip meant that the men +had to do far more than their share, and from the first they had +no chance of carrying out their intentions. Each hour, however, +was an invaluable experience, and when a return was made to the +ship Scott was left with much food for thought. 'In one way or +another each journey had been a failure; we had little or nothing +to show for our labours. The errors were patent; food, clothing, +everything was +[Page 73] +wrong, the whole system was bad. It was clear that there would +have to be a thorough reorganization before the spring, and it +was well to think that before us lay a long winter in which this +might be effected.' + +But in a sense even these failures were successful, for everyone +resolved to profit by the mistakes that had been made and the experience +that had been gained, and the successful sledge journeys subsequently +made in the spring were largely due to the failures of the autumn. + + + + +[Page 74] +CHAPTER IV + +THE POLAR WINTER + + The cold ice slept below, + Above the cold sky shone, + And all around + With a chilling sound + From caves of ice and fields of snow + The breath of night like death did flow + Beneath the sinking moon.--SHELLEY. + +The sun was due to depart before the end of April, and so no time +could be wasted if the outside work, which had been delayed by +the tardy formation of the ice-sheet, was to be completed before +the daylight vanished. + +One of the most urgent operations was to get up the meteorological +screen, which had been made under the superintendence of Royds. +The whole of this rather elaborate erection was, placed about 100 +yards astern of the ship, and consequently in a direction which, +with the prevalent south-easterly winds, would be to windward of +her. To obtain a complete record of meteorological observations +was one of the most important scientific objects of the expedition, +and it was decided that the instruments should be read and recorded +every two hours. Consequently in calm or storm +[Page 75] +some member of the community had to be on the alert, and every +other hour to make the rounds of the various instruments. On a +fine night this was no great hardship, but in stormy weather the +task was not coveted by anyone. On such occasions it was necessary +to be prepared to resist the wind and snowdrift, and the round +itself was often full of exasperating annoyances. In fact the trials +and tribulations of the meteorological observers were numerous, +and it was arranged that throughout the winter each officer should +take it in turn to make the night observations from 10 P.M. to 6 +A.M. Wilson nobly offered always to take the 8 A.M. observation, +but the lion's share of the work fell on Royds himself, since besides +taking his share of the night work he also, throughout the first +winter and a great part of the second, took all the observations +between 10 A.M. and 10 P.M. + +The magnetic huts and all that appertained to them were Bernacchi's +special business, and many times daily he was to be seen journeying +to and fro in attendance upon his precious charge. The general +reader may well ask why so much trouble should be taken to ascertain +small differences in the earth's magnetism, and he can scarcely be +answered in a few words. Broadly speaking, however, the earth is +a magnet, and its magnetism is constantly changing. But why it is +a magnet, or indeed what magnetism may be, is unknown, and obviously +the most hopeful way of finding an explanation of a phenomenon is +to study it. For many reasons the _Discovery_'s winter station in the +[Page 76] +Antarctic was an especially suitable place in which to record the +phenomenon of magnetism. + +Besides establishing the routine of scientific work many preparations +had to be made for the comfort and well-being of the ship during +the winter, and long before the sun had disappeared the little +company had settled down to a regular round of daily life. + +Later in the year Scott wrote in his diary: 'The day's routine for +the officers gives four clear hours before tea and three after; +during these hours all without exception are busily employed except +for the hour or more devoted to exercise.... It would be difficult +to say who is the most diligent, but perhaps the palm would be +given to Wilson, who is always at work; every rough sketch made +since we started is reproduced in an enlarged and detailed form, +until we now possess a splendid pictorial representation of the +whole coastline of Victoria Land.... At home many no doubt will +remember the horrible depression of spirit that has sometimes been +pictured as a pendant to the long polar night. We cannot even claim +to be martyrs in this respect; with plenty of work the days pass +placidly and cheerfully.' + +Nearly seven months before Scott wrote in this cheerful spirit of +the winter, he had expressed himself warmly about those who were +to spend it with him. 'I have,' he said in a letter dispatched +from Port Chalmers on the voyage out, 'the greatest admiration for +the officers and men, and feel that their allegiance to me is a +thing assured. Our little society in the +[Page 77] +wardroom is governed by a spirit of good fellowship and patience +which is all that the heart of man could desire; I am everlastingly +glad to be one of the company and not forced to mess apart.... The +absence of friction and the fine comradeship displayed throughout +is beyond even my best expectation.' + +This spirit of good-fellowship and give-and-take was a remarkable +feature of life during the time spent in the _Discovery_, and the +only man Scott had a word to say against was the cook. 'We shipped +him at the last moment in New Zealand, when our trained cook became +too big for his boots, and the exchange was greatly for the worse; +I am afraid he is a thorough knave, but what is even worse, he +is dirty--an unforgivable crime in a cook.' + +Under such circumstances it is obvious that tempers might have +been overstrained, and apart from the sins of the cook the weather +was unexpectedly troublesome. Almost without exception the North +Polar winter has been recorded as a period of quiescence, but in +the Antarctic the wind blew with monotonous persistency, and calm +days were very few and far between. Nevertheless Scott had little +reason to change his original opinion about his companions, all of +whom were prepared to put up with some unavoidable discomforts, +and to make the best of a long job. + +During the winter a very regular weekly routine was kept up, each +day having its special food and its special tasks. The week's work +ended on Friday, and Saturday was devoted to 'clean ship,' the +officers doing +[Page 78] +their share of the scrubbing. In the forenoon the living-spaces +were thoroughly cleaned, holes and corners were searched, and while +the tub and scrubber held sway the deck became a 'snipe marsh.' +At this time the holds also were cleared up, the bilges pumped +out, the upper deck was 'squared up,' and a fresh layer of clean +snow was sprinkled over that which had been soiled by the traffic +of the week. Then a free afternoon for all hands followed, and +after dinner in the wardroom the toast was the time-honoured one +of 'Sweethearts and Wives.' + +On Sunday a different garment was put on, not necessarily a newer or +a cleaner one, the essential point being that it should be different +from that which had been worn during the week. By 9.30 the decks +had been cleared up, the tables and shelves tidied, and the first +lieutenant reported 'All ready for rounds.' A humble imitation of +the usual man-of-war walk-round Sunday inspection followed, and +Scott had the greatest faith in this system of routine, not only +because it had a most excellent effect on the general discipline and +cleanliness of the ship, but also because it gave an opportunity +to raise and discuss each new arrangement that was made to increase +the comfort of all on board. + +After this inspection of both ship and men, the mess-deck was prepared +for church; harmonium, reading-desk and chairs were all placed +according to routine, and the bell was tolled. Scott read the service, +Koettlitz the lessons, and Royds played the harmonium. + +[Page 79] +Service over, all stood off for the day and looked forward to the +feast of mutton which was limited to Sunday. 'By using it thus +sparingly the handsome gift of the New Zealand farmers should last +us till the early spring. But it is little use to think of the +sad day when it will fail; for the present I must confess that +we always take an extra walk to make quite sure of our appetites +on Sunday.' + +On June 23 the festival of mid-winter was celebrated, and the mess-deck +was decorated with designs in coloured papers and festooned with +chains and ropes of the same materials. Among the messes there was +a great contest to have the best decorations, and some astonishing +results were achieved with little more than brightly coloured papers, +a pair of scissors and a pot of paste. On each table stood a grotesque +figure or fanciful erection of ice, which was cunningly lighted up +by candles from within and sent out shafts of sparkling light. +'If,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'the light-hearted scenes of to-day +can end the first period of our captivity, what room for doubt +is there that we shall triumphantly weather the whole term with +the same general happiness and contentment?' + +During the winter months the _South Polar Times_, edited by Shackleton, +appeared regularly, and was read with interest and amusement by +everyone. At first it had been decided that each number should +contain, besides the editorial, a summary of the events and +meteorological conditions of the past month, some scientifically +instructive articles dealing with the work +[Page 80] +and surroundings, and others written in a lighter vein; but, as the +scheme developed, it was found that such features as caricatures +and acrostics could be added. One of the pleasantest points in +connection with the _Times_ was that the men contributed as well as +the officers; in fact some of the best, and quite the most amusing, +articles were written by the occupants of the mess-deck. But beyond +all else the journal owed its excellence to Wilson, who produced +drawings that deserved--and ultimately obtained--a far wider +appreciation than could be given to them in the Antarctic. So great +was the desire to contribute to the first number of the _S. P. T._ +that the editor's box was crammed with manuscripts by the time +the date for sending in contributions had arrived. From these there +was no difficulty in making a selection, but as there was also some +danger of hurting the feelings of those whose contributions had +been rejected, a supplementary journal named _The Blizzard_ was +produced. This publication, however, had but a brief career, for +in spite of some good caricatures and a very humorous frontispiece +by Barne, it was so inferior to the _S. P. T._ that even its +contributors realized that their mission in life did not lie in +the paths of literary composition. _The Blizzard_, in short, served +its purpose, and then ceased to exist. + +In considering the arrangements to make the ship comfortable during +the dark months, the question of artificial light was as difficult as +it was important. Paraffin had from the first been suggested as the most +[Page 81] +suitable illuminant, its main disadvantage being that it is not +a desirable oil to carry in quantities in a ship. 'Our luckiest +find,' Scott says, 'was perhaps the right sort of lamp in which to +burn this oil. Fortunately an old Arctic explorer, Captain Egerton, +presented me with a patent lamp in which the draught is produced +by a fan worked by clockwork mechanism, and no chimney is needed. +One can imagine the great mortality there would be in chimneys +if we were obliged to employ them, so that when, on trial, this +lamp was found to give an excellent light, others of the same sort +were purchased, and we now use them exclusively in all parts of +the ship with extremely satisfactory results.' + +There was, however, a still brighter illuminant within their reach +in the shape of acetylene, but not until it became certain that +they would have to spend a second winter in the Antarctic, did +their thoughts fly to the calcium carbide which had been provided +for the hut, and which they had not previously thought of using. +'In this manner the darkness of our second winter was relieved by +a light of such brilliancy that all could pursue their occupations +by the single burner placed in each compartment. I lay great stress +on this, because I am confident that this is in every way the best +illuminant that can be taken for a Polar winter, and no future +expedition should fail to supply themselves with it.' + +As has already been said, the meteorological observations had to +be read and recorded every two hours, and on July 21 Scott gave +in his diary a full and +[Page 82] +graphic account of the way he occupied himself during his 'night +on.' 'Each of us has his own way of passing the long, silent hours. +My own custom is to devote some of it to laundry-work, and I must +confess I make a very poor fist of it. However, with a bath full +of hot water, I commence pretty regularly after the ten o'clock +observation, and labour away until my back aches. There is little +difficulty with the handkerchiefs, socks and such-like articles, +but when it comes to thick woolen vests and pajamas, I feel ready +to own my incapacity; one always seems to be soaping and rubbing +at the same place, and one is forced to wonder at the area of stuff +which it takes to cover a comparatively small body. My work is +never finished by midnight, but I generally pretend that it is, +and after taking the observations for that hour, return to wring +everything out. I am astonished to find that even this is no light +task; as one wrings out one end the water seems to fly to the other; +then I hang some heavy garment on a hook and wring until I can wring +no more; but even so, after it has been hung for a few minutes +on the wardroom clothes-line, it will begin to drip merrily on +the floor, and I have to tackle it afresh. I shall always have +a high respect for laundry-work in future, but I do not think it +can often have to cope with such thick garments as we wear. + +'Washing over, one can devote oneself to pleasanter occupations. +The night-watchman is always allowed a box of sardines, which are +scarce enough to be a great luxury, and is provided with tea or +cocoa and a spirit-lamp. +[Page 83] +Everyone has his own ideas as to how sardines should be prepared... +and I scarcely like to record that there is a small company of +_gourmets_, who actually wake one another up in order that the +night-watchman may present his fellow epicures with a small finger +of buttered toast, on which are poised two sardines "done to a +turn." The awakened sleeper devours the dainty morsel, grunts his +satisfaction, and goes placidly off into dreamland again. + +'I find that after my labours at the wash-tub and the pleasing supper +that follows, I can safely stretch myself out in a chair without +fear of being overcome by sleep, and so, with the ever-soothing pipe +and one's latest demand on the library book-shelves, one settles +down in great peace and contentment whilst keeping an eye on the +flying hours, ready to sally forth into the outer darkness at the +appointed time. + +'The pleasure or pain of that periodic journey is of course entirely +dependent on the weather. On a fine night it may be quite a pleasure, +but when, as is more common, the wind is sweeping past the ship, +the observer is often subjected to exasperating difficulties, and +to conditions when his conscience must be at variance with his +inclination. + +'Sometimes the lantern will go out at the screen, and he is forced +to return on board to light it; sometimes it will refuse to shine on +the thin threads of mercury of the thermometer until it is obvious +that his proximity has affected the reading, and he is forced to +stand off until it has again fallen to the air temperature.... +[Page 84] +These and many other difficulties in taking observations which may +be in themselves valueless are met in the right spirit. I think +we all appreciate that they are part of a greater whole whose value +must stand or fall by attention to detail.' + +At the end of July a most unpleasant fact had to be faced in a +mishap to the boats. Early in the winter they had been hoisted +out to give more room for the awning, and had been placed in a +line about a hundred yards from the ice-foot on the sea-ice. The +earliest gale drifted them up nearly gunwale high, and thus for +the next two months they remained in sight. But then another gale +brought more snow, and was so especially generous with it in the +neighborhood of the boats, that they were afterwards found to be +buried three or four feet beneath the surface. With no feelings +of anxiety, but rather to provide occupation, Scott ordered the +snow on the top of them to be removed, and not until the first +boat had been reached was the true state of affairs revealed. She +was found lying in a mass of slushy ice with which she was nearly +filled, and though for a moment there was a wild hope that she +could be pulled up, this soon vanished; for the air temperature +promptly converted the slush into hardened ice, and so she was +stuck fast. + +Nothing more could be done at that time to recover the boats, because +as fast as the sodden ice could be dug out, more sea-water would +have come in and frozen. But to try and prevent bad going to worse +before the summer brought hope with it, parties were +[Page 85] +engaged day after day in digging away at the snow covering, and in +the course of months many tons must have been removed. The danger +was that fresh gales bringing more snow might have sunk the boats +so far below the surface that they could never be recovered, and +after each gale the diggers were naturally despondent, as to all +appearances they had to begin all over again. The prospect, however, +of having to leave the Antarctic without a single boat in the ship, +and also the feeling that so much labour must tell in the end, spurred +on the diggers to renewed vigour, but it was not until December +that the boats were finally liberated. + +Early in August another gale with blinding drift was responsible +for an experience to Bernacchi and Skelton that once again emphasized +the bewildering effect of a blizzard. They were in the smaller +compartment of the main hut completing a set of pendulum observations, +while Royds was in the larger compartment--the hut was used for +many and various purposes--rehearsing his nigger minstrel troupe. +Either because nigger minstrelsy and scientific work did not go +hand in hand, or because their work was finished, Bernacchi and +Skelton, soon after the rehearsal began, left the hut to return +to the ship. Fully an hour and a half afterwards Royds and his +troupe, numbering more than a dozen, started back, and found that +the gale had increased and that the whirling snow prevented them +from seeing anything. Being, however, in such numbers, they were +able to join hands and sweep along until they caught the guide-rope +leading to the gangway; +[Page 86] +and then as they traveled along it they heard feeble shouts, and +again extending their line suddenly fell upon Bernacchi and Skelton, +who, having entirely lost their bearings, had been reduced to shouting +on the chance of being heard and rescued. + +The hut was scarcely 200 yards from the ship, and the latter was not +only a comparatively big object but was surrounded by guide-ropes and +other means of direction, which if encountered would have informed +the wanderers of their position. Additionally Bernacchi and Skelton +could be trusted to take the most practical course in any difficulty, +and so it seems the more incredible that they could actually have +been lost for two hours. Both of them were severely frostbitten +about the face and legs, but bitter as their experience was it +served as yet another warning to those who were to go sledding +in the spring that no risks could be taken in such a capricious +climate. Had not Royds been rehearsing his troupe on this occasion +the results to Bernacchi and Skelton must have been more disastrous +than they were; consequently the idea of using the large hut as +a place of entertainment was fortunate in more ways than one. + +During the first week of May a concert had been given in the hut, +but this was more or less in the nature of an experiment; for Royds, +who took infinite pains over these entertainments, had arranged +a long program with the object of bringing to light any possible +talent. The result of this was that even the uncritical had to +confess that most of the performers would have +[Page 87] +been less out of place among the audience. So much dramatic ability, +however, was shown that Barne was entrusted with the work of producing +a play, which, after many rehearsals conducted with due secrecy, +was produced on June 25. + +This play was entitled 'The Ticket of Leave,' 'a screaming comedy +in one act,' and was produced with unqualified success. 'I for +one,' Scott says, 'have to acknowledge that I have rarely been so +gorgeously entertained.' + +Later on Royds began to organize his nigger minstrel troupe, and +when the doors of the Royal Terror Theatre opened at 7.30 on August +6, the temperature outside them was -40°, while inside it was well +below zero. Under these conditions it is small wonder that the +audience was glad when the curtain went up. + +'There is no doubt,' Scott says in reference to this performance, +'that sailors dearly love to make up; on this occasion they had +taken an infinity of trouble to prepare themselves.... "Bones" and +"Skins" had even gone so far as to provide themselves with movable +top-knots which could be worked at effective moments by pulling a +string below.... To-night the choruses and plantation-songs led +by Royds were really well sung, and they repay him for the very +great pains he has taken in the rehearsals.' + +So with entertainments to beguile the time, and with blizzards +to endure, and with preparations to make for sledding, the days +passed by until on August 21 the sun was once more due to return. +But on that +[Page 88] +day a few hours of calm in the morning were succeeded by whirling +snow-squalls from the south, and each lull was followed by a wild +burst of wind. Scott was glad enough to have everyone on board in +such weather, and at noon when he had hoped to be far over the +hills only vast sheets of gleaming snow could be seen. The following +day, however, was an ideal one for the first view of the long-absent +sun, and Scott went to the top of Crater Hill to watch and welcome. +'Over all the magnificent view the sunlight spreads with gorgeous +effect after its long absence; a soft pink envelops the western +ranges, a brilliant red gold covers the northern sky; to the north +also each crystal of snow sparkles with reflected light. The sky +shows every gradation of light and shade; little flakes of golden +sunlit cloud float against the pale blue heaven, and seem to hover +in the middle heights, whilst far above them a feathery white cirrus +shades to grey on its unlit sides.' + +But when the men were told that the sun could be seen from Hut Point, +to Scott's astonishment they displayed little or no enthusiasm. +Everyone seemed glad to think that it had been punctual in keeping its +appointment, but after all they had seen the sun a good many times +before, and in the next few months they would in all probability +see it a good many times again, and there was no sense in getting +excited about it. Some of them did set off at a run for the point, +while others, since it seemed the right thing to do, followed at +a walk, but a good +[Page 89] +number remained on board and had their dinner. On August 25 the +Feast of the Sun was duly celebrated, and the days that followed +were fuller than ever with preparations for the spring journeys. The +only sewing-machine clattered away all day long, and the whole company +plied their needles as if they were being sweated by iron-handed +taskmasters. The long winter was at an end, and everyone, in the +best of spirits, was looking forward eagerly to the spring sledge +journeys, and making garments in which to bid defiance to the wind +and the weather. As regards the actual sledge equipment which was +taken to the south, Scott had depended on the experience of others, +and especially on that of Armitage, but owing to a variety of reasons +the difficulty of providing an efficient sledding outfit had been +immense. + +In England twenty-five years had passed since any important sledding +expedition had been accomplished, and during that time not a single +sledge, and very few portions of a sledge equipment, had been made +in the country. The popular accounts of former expeditions were +not written to supply the minute details required, and no memory +could be expected to retain these details after such a lapse of +time. In fact the art of sledge-making was lost in England, but +fortunately the genius of Nansen had transferred it to Norway. +In the autumn of 1900 Scott had visited Christiania, and there +received much advice and assistance from Nansen himself. It was +not, however, until Armitage agreed to serve as second in +[Page 90] +command of the expedition that Scott had anyone on whom he could +rely to provide the sledding outfit. + +In making these preparations for long journeys in the south, there +was no previous experience to go upon except that which had been +gained in the north; indeed it was necessary to assume that southern +conditions would be more or less similar to those of the north, +and in so far as they proved different the sledding outfit ran the +risk of failure. Experience taught Scott that in many respects the +sledding conditions of the south were different from those of the +north, and so it is only fair to consider the sledge journeys taken +by the _Discovery_ expedition as pioneer efforts. These differences +are both climatic and geographical. For instance, the conditions +in the south are more severe than those in the north, both in the +lowness of the temperatures and in the distressing frequency of +blizzards and strong winds. And the geographical difference between +the work of the northern and the southern sledge-traveler is as +great as the climatic, if not greater, for the main part of northern +traveling has been and will be done on sea-ice, while the larger +part of southern traveling has been and will be done over land +surfaces, or what in this respect are their equivalents. + +[Illustration: LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPÔT. _Photo by +Capt. R. F. Scott._] + +So impressed was Scott by the impossibility of dragging a sledge +over the surfaces of the Great Barrier to the South at the rate +maintained by the old English travelers on the northern sea-ice, +that he began seriously to think that the British race of explorers +[Page 91] +must have deteriorated rapidly and completely in stamina. But later +on, in carrying out exploration to the west, he had to travel over +the sea-ice of the strait, and then he discovered that--given the +surface there was nothing wrong with the pace at which his sledge +parties could travel. Probably, however, the distances recorded by +the northern travelers will never be exceeded in the south, for +the Antarctic explorer has to meet severer climatic conditions, +and while pulling his sledge over heavier surfaces he is not likely +to meet with fewer obstacles in his path. To make marching records +is not, of course, the main purpose of sledge-travelers, but all the +same, where conditions are equal, speed and the distance traveled +are a direct test of the efficiency of sledding preparations, and +of the spirit of those who undertake this arduous service. + +The main differences between the sledges used by the _Discovery_ +expedition and those used by other explorers were a decrease in +breadth and an increase in runner surface. Measured across from +the center of one runner to the center of the other Scott's sledges +were all, with one exception, 1 foot 5 inches. The runners themselves +were 3-3/4 inches across, so that the sledge track from side to +side measured about 1 foot 8-3/4 inches. The lengths varied from +12 feet to 7 feet, but the 11-foot sledges proved to be by far the +most convenient--a length of 12 feet seeming to pass just beyond +the limit of handiness. + +Taking then 11 feet as about the best length for this type of sledge, +it will be seen that it differed +[Page 92] +considerably from the old Arctic type, which was 10 feet long and +3 feet broad. The weight of such all 11-foot sledge was anything +between 40 and 47 lbs., and this was none too light when the full +strength of the structure was required. Generally speaking, the +full load that could be put upon them was about 600 lbs. The most +important part of the sledge is the runner, in which the grain must +be perfectly straight and even, or it will splinter very easily; +but it surprised Scott to find what a lot of wear a good wood runner +would stand, provided that it was only taken over snow. 'Some of +our 9-foot sledges must,' he says, 'have traveled 1,000 miles, +and there was still plenty of wear left in the runners.' + +In point of numbers the _Discovery_'s crew was far behind the old +Northern expeditions; and it was this fact that made Scott decide, +in arranging a sledge equipment where men and not dogs would do most +of the haulage, to divide his parties into the smallest workable +units. The old Northern plan had allowed for parties of at least +eight, who, having a common tent and cooking arrangements, could +not be subdivided. Scott's plan was not necessarily to limit the +number of men in his parties, but to divide them into units of +three, which should be self-contained, so that whenever it was +advisable a unit could be detached from the main party. Under such +a system it is obvious that each unit must have its own tent, +sleeping-bag, cooker, and so on; and therein lay a disadvantage, +as economy of material and weight can +[Page 93] +be better carried out with a large unit than with a small one. + +The weights of a party naturally divide themselves under two headings: +the permanent, which will not diminish throughout the trip, and +the consumable, including food, oil, &c. The following is a list +of the permanent weights carried on Scott's journey to the west, +and it will give some idea of the variety of articles, exclusive +of provisions. The party numbered six. + + lbs. + 2 Sledges with fittings complete 130 + Trace 5 + 2 Cookers, pannikins and spoons 30 + 2 Primus lamps, filled 10 + 2 Tents complete 60 + 2 Spades 9 + 2 Sleeping-bags with night-gear 100 + Sleeping jackets, crampons, spare finnesko[1] 50 + Medical bag 6 + 3 Ice-axes 8 + Bamboos and marks 11.5 + Instruments and camera 50 + Alpine rope 9 + Repair and tool bags, sounding-line, tape, + sledge brakes 15 + Ski boots for party 15 + Ski for party 60 + + Total 568.5 + +[Footnote 1: Reindeer-fur boots.] + +[Page 94] +Roughly speaking, a man can drag from 200 to 240 lbs., but his load +was rarely above 200 lbs. This for six men gave a total carrying +capacity of 1,200 lbs. and hence about 630 lbs. could be devoted +to provisions. + +Again, speaking very roughly, this amount is about six weeks' food +for a party of six, but as such a short period is often not long +enough to satisfy sledge-travelers, they are compelled to organize +means by which their journey can be prolonged. This can be done +in two ways; they may either go out earlier in the season and lay +a depôt at a considerable distance towards their goal, or they +may arrange to receive assistance from a supporting party, which +accompanies them for a certain distance on the road and helps their +advance party to drag a heavier load than they can accomplish alone. + +Both of these plans were adopted by Scott on the more important +journeys, and his parties were able to be absent from the ship +for long periods and to travel long distances. + + + + +[Page 95] +CHAPTER V + +THE START OF THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY + + Hold hard the breath and bend up every spirit + To its full height... + + ...Shew us here + That you are worth your breeding, which I doubt not. + For there is none so mean or base + That have not noble lustre in your eyes. + I see you stand like greyhounds in the slips, + Straining upon the start. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +During the later months of the dark season all thoughts had been +turned to the prospects of the spring journeys, and many times the +advantages and disadvantages of dogs for sledding were discussed. +This question of the sacrifice of animal life was one on which +Scott felt strongly from the time he became an explorer to the end +of his life. Argue with himself as he might, the idea was always +repugnant to his nature. + +'To say,' he wrote after his first expedition, that dogs do not +greatly increase the radius of action is absurd; to pretend that +they can be worked to this end without pain, suffering, and death, is +equally futile. The question is whether the latter can be justified +by the gain, and I think that logically it may be; +[Page 96] +but the introduction of such sordid necessity must and does rob +sledge-traveling of much of its glory. In my mind no journey ever +made with dogs can approach the height of that fine conception +which is realized when a party of men go forth to face hardships, +dangers, and difficulties with their own unaided efforts, and by +days and weeks of hard physical labour succeed in solving some +problem of the great unknown. Surely in this case the conquest is +more nobly and splendidly won.' + +When the spring campaign opened in 1902 the original team of dogs +had been sadly diminished. Of the nineteen that remained for the +southern journey, all but one--and he was killed at an earlier +period--left their bones on the great southern plains. This briefly +is the history of the dogs, but the circumstances under which they +met their deaths will be mentioned later on. + +[Illustration: SLEDDING.] + +Before Scott started on the southern journey he decided to make a +short trip to the north with the dogs and a party of six officers +and men, his main purposes being to test the various forms of harness, +and to find out whether the dogs pulled best in large or small +teams. During part of this journey, which only lasted from September +2 to 5, the four sledges were taken independently with four dogs +harnessed to each, and it was discovered that if the first team +got away all right, the others were often keen to play the game +of 'follow my leader.' Sometimes, indeed, there was a positive +spirit of rivalry, and on one occasion two +[Page 97] +competing teams got closer and closer to each other, with the natural +result that when they were near enough to see what was happening, +they decided that the easiest way to settle the matter was by a +free fight. So they turned inwards with one accord and met with +a mighty shock. In a moment there was a writhing mass of fur and +teeth, and an almost hopeless confusion of dog traces. But even +in this short trip some experience had been gained; for results +showed how unwise it was to divide the dogs into small parties, +and also there was no mistaking which were the strong and which +the weak dogs, and, what was of more importance, which the willing +and which the lazy ones. + +On September 10, Royds and Koettlitz started off to the south-west +with Evans, Quartley, Lashly and Wild. And of this party Scott +wrote: 'They looked very workmanlike, and one could see at a glance +the vast improvement that has been made since last year. The sledges +were uniformly packed.... One shudders now to think of the slovenly +manner in which we conducted things last autumn; at any rate here +is a first result of the care and attention of the winter.' + +Armitage and Ferrar with four men left for the west on the following +day, but owing to the necessity of making fresh harness for the +dogs and to an exasperating blizzard, Scott was not able to start +on his southern reconnaissance journey until September 17. + +On the morning of that day he and his two companions, +[Page 98] +Barne and Shackleton, with thirteen dogs divided into two teams, +left the ship in bright sunshine; but by 1.15 P.M., when they camped +for lunch, the wind was blowing from the east and the thermometer +was down to -43°. + +The sledges carried a fortnight's food for all concerned, together +with a quantity of stores to form a depôt, the whole giving a load +of about 90 lbs. per dog; but this journey was destined to be only +a short and bitter experience. + +The reason was that on the night of the 17th the travelers were +so exhausted that they did not heap enough snow on the skirting +of the tent, and when Scott woke up on the following morning he +found himself in the open. 'At first, as I lifted the flap of my +sleeping-bag, I could not think what had happened. I gazed forth +on a white sheet of drifting snow, with no sign of the tent or my +companions. For a moment I wondered what in the world it could +mean, but the lashing of the snow in my face very quickly awoke +me to full consciousness, and I sat up to find that in some +extraordinary way I had rolled out of the tent.' + +At the time a violent gale was raging, and through the blinding +snow Scott could only just see the tent, though it was flapping +across the foot of his bag; but when he had wriggled back to the +tent the snow was whirling as freely inside as without, and the +tent itself was straining so madly at what remained of its securing, +that something had to be done at once to prevent it from blowing +away altogether. +[Page 99] +So with freezing fingers they gripped the skirting and gradually +pulled it inwards, and half sitting upon it, half grasping it, +they tried to hold it against the wild blasts of the storm, while +they discussed the situation. Discussion, however, was useless. An +attempt to secure the tent properly in such weather was impossible, +while they felt that if once they loosed their grip, the tent would +hasten to leave them at once and for ever. Every now and then they +were forced to get a fresh hold, and lever themselves once more over +the skirt. And as they remained hour after hour grimly hanging on +and warning each other of frostbitten features, their sleeping-bags +became fuller and fuller of snow, until they were lying in masses +of chilly slush. Not until 6 P.M. had they by ceaseless exertions +so far become masters of the situation, that there was no further +need for the tent to be held with anything except the weight of +their sleeping-bags. Then an inspection of hands showed a number +of frostbites, but Barne, whose fingers had not recovered from +the previous year, had suffered the most. 'To have hung on to the +tent through all those hours must have been positive agony to him, +yet he never uttered a word of complaint.' + +By 10 P.M. the worst of the storm had passed, and after a few hours' +sleep and a hot meal, they soon decided that to push on after this +most miserable experience was very unwise, since by returning to +the ship they would only lose one day's march and everything could +be dried for a fresh start. + +[Page 100] +Apart from 'Brownie,' who spent his time inside the tent, the rest +of the dogs never uttered a sound during the storm, and were found +quite happily sleeping in their nests of snow. On the journey back +the thermometer recorded -53°, and the effect of such a temperature +upon wet clothing may be imagined. 'I shall remember the condition +of my trousers for a long while; they might have been cut out of +sheet iron. It was some time before I could walk with any sort of +ease, and even when we reached the ship I was conscious of carrying +an armor plate behind me.... It will certainly be a very long time +before I go to sleep again in a tent which is not properly secured.' + +On September 24 Scott was ready to start again, but Barne's fingers +had suffered so severely that his place was taken by the boatswain, +Feather, who had taken a keen interest in every detail of sledding. +Owing to the dogs refusing to do what was expected of them, and +to gales, slow progress was made, but the wind had dropped by the +morning of September 29, and Scott was so anxious to push on that +he took no notice of a fresh bank of cloud coming up from the south, +with more wind and drift. Taking the lead himself, he gave orders +to the two teams to follow rigidly in his wake, whatever turns and +twists he might make. Notwithstanding the bad light he could see +the bridged crevasses, where they ran across the bare ice surface, +by slight differences in shade, and though he could not see them +where they dived into the valleys, he found that the bridges were +strong enough to bear. In +[Page 101] +his desire to use the snowy patches as far as possible, the course +he took was very irregular, and the dogs invariably tried to cut +corners. In this manner they proceeded for some time, until Scott +suddenly heard a shout, and looking back saw to his horror that +Feather had vanished. The dog team and sledges were there all right, +but their leader was lost to sight. Hurrying back he found that +the trace had disappeared down a formidable crevasse, but to his +great relief Feather was at the end of the trace, and was soon +hauled up. One strand of Feather's harness was cut clean through +where it fell across the ice-edge, and although, being a man of +few words, he was more inclined to swear at 'Nigger' for trying to +cut a corner than to marvel at his own escape, there is no doubt +that he had a very close call. + +After this accident the dog teams were joined, and reluctant to +give up they advanced again; but very soon the last of the four +sledges disappeared, and was found hanging vertically up and down +in an ugly-looking chasm. To the credit of the packing not a single +thing had come off, in spite of the jerk with which it had fallen. +It was, however, too heavy to haul up as it was, but, after some +consultation, the indefatigable Feather proposed that he should +be let down and undertake the very cold job of unpacking it. So +he was slung with one end of the Alpine rope, while the other was +used for hauling up the various packages; and at last the load +was got up, and the lightened sledge soon followed. + +After this incident they thought it prudent to treat these numerous +crevasses with more respect, and on +[Page 102] +proceeding they roped themselves together; but although no more +mishaps occurred, Scott afterwards was more inclined to attribute +this to good luck than to good judgment. 'Looking back on this day, +I cannot but think our procedure was extremely rash. I have not +the least doubt now that this region was a very dangerous one, and +the fact that we essayed to cross it in this light-hearted fashion +can only be ascribed to our ignorance. With us, I am afraid, there +were not a few occasions when one might have applied the proverb +that "Fools rush in where angels fear to tread."' + +The depôt, leaving six weeks' provision for three men and 150 lbs. +of dog-food, was made on the morning of October 1, and besides +marking it with a large black flag, Scott was also careful to take +angles with a prismatic compass to all the points he could see. +Then they started home, and the dogs knowing at once what was meant +no longer required any driving. On the homeward march the travelers +went for all they were worth, and in spite of perpetual fog covered +eighty-five statute miles in less than three days. + +On returning to the ship Scott admits that he found it a most delightful +place. The sense of having done what he wanted to do had something +to do with this feeling of satisfaction, but it was the actual +physical comfort after days of privation that chiefly affected him. +The joy of possessing the sledding appetite was sheer delight, and +for many days after the travelers returned from their sledding-trips, +they retained a hunger which it seemed impossible to satisfy. + +[Page 103] +In short Scott, on the night of his return, was very pleased with +himself and the world in general, but before he went to bed all +his sense of comfort and peace had gone. For he had discovered +what Armitage, wishing to give him some hours of unmixed enjoyment, +had not meant to mention until the following morning, and this +was that there had been an outbreak of scurvy--the disease that +has played a particularly important, and often a tragic, part in +the adventures of Polar travelers, and the seriousness of which +everyone who has read the history of Polar explorations cannot +fail to realize. + +This outbreak had occurred during Armitage's journey, and when +he, after much anxiety, had got his men back to the ship, Wilson's +medical examination proved that Ferrar, Heald and Cross were all +attacked, while the remainder of the party were not above suspicion. + +Very soon, however, symptoms of the disease began to abate, but +the danger lurking around them was continually in Scott's thoughts, +and he was determined not to give the dreaded enemy another chance +to break out. + +Everything possible was done to make the ship and everything in +her sweet and clean, and after a large seal-killing party, sent +out at Wilson's suggestion, had returned, the order was given that +no tinned meat of any description should be issued. By October 20 +this grave disease had to all intents and purposes passed away, +but although evidence showed that it was +[Page 104] +caused by tinned meats which were to all appearances of the best +quality, and by apparently fresh mutton taken in small quantities, +there was no positive proof that these were the causes of the trouble. + +This attack of scurvy came as a great surprise to everyone, for +when the long winter was over and all of them were in good health +and high spirits, they had naturally congratulated themselves on +the effectiveness of their precautions. The awakening from this +pleasant frame of mind was rude, and though the disease vanished +with astonishing rapidity, it was--quite apart from the benefit lost +to medical science--very annoying not to be able to say definitely +from what the evil had sprung. + +But although the seriousness of this outbreak was not underrated, +and every precaution was taken to prevent its recurrence, preparations +for the various journeys were pushed on with no less vigour and +enthusiasm. The game to play was that there was nothing really to +be alarmed about, and everyone played it with the greatest success. + +Scott's journey to the south had indicated that the main party +would have to travel directly over the snow-plain at a long distance +from, and perhaps out of sight of, land; and as in all probability +no further depôts could be established, it was desirable that this +party should be supported as far as possible on their route. To +meet these requirements it was decided that Barne, with a party +of twelve men, should accompany the dog-team, until the weights +were reduced to an amount +[Page 105] +which the dogs could drag without assistance. Then Barne was to +return to the ship, and after a short rest start again with six +men, to follow the coast-line west of the Bluff. As soon as this +was in train, Armitage was to have at his disposal all the men and +material left in the ship for his attack on the western region. + +On Friday, October 24, Royds, who had left the ship three weeks +before with Skelton, Lashly, Evans, Quartley and Wild, returned +with the good news that he had been able to communicate with the +'Record' post at Cape Crozier. If a relief ship was going to be +sent out, Scott now had the satisfaction of knowing that she had +a good prospect of being guided to the winter quarters of the +expedition. It was also a great source of satisfaction to find +that although Royds and his party had left almost immediately after +the outbreak of scurvy, they had all returned safe and with no +symptom of the disease. + +From the 13th to the 18th this party had been kept in their tents +by a most persistent blizzard, and before the blizzard ceased they +were practically buried in the heart of a snowdrift; in fact one +tent had literally to be dug out before its occupants could be +got into the open, while the sledges and everything left outside +were completely buried. As the snow gradually accumulated round +the tents it became heavier and heavier on every fold of canvas, +and reduced the interior space to such an extent that those inside +were obliged to lie with their knees bent double. Royds, whose +reports were invariably very brief and to +[Page 106] +the point, dismissed the tale of these five days in half a page, +but no great effort of imagination is needed to grasp the horrible +discomforts everyone must have endured. And yet when this party +recounted their adventures on board the ship, the hardships were +scarcely mentioned, and all that the men seemed to remember were +the amusing incidents that had happened. + +On this journey a colony of Emperor penguins was discovered, and +among them were several which were nursing chicks. 'I will only +testify,' Scott says, 'to the joy which greeted this discovery +on board the ship. We had felt that this penguin was the truest +type of our region. All other birds fled north when the severity +of winter descended upon us: the Emperor alone was prepared to +face the extremest rigors of our climate; and we gathered no small +satisfaction from being the first to throw light on the habits +of a creature, which so far surpasses in hardihood all others of +the feathered tribe.' + +Before the end of October everything was prepared for the southern +journey; every eventuality seemed to be provided for, and as it +was expected that the dogs would travel faster than the men Barne +and his party started off on October 30, while the dog team left a +few days later. 'The supporting party started this morning, amidst +a scene of much enthusiasm; all hands had a day off, and employed +it in helping to drag the sledges for several miles... Barne's +banner floated on the first, the next bore a Union Jack, and +[Page 107] +another carried a flag with a large device stating "_No dogs needs +apply_"; the reference was obvious. It was an inspiriting sight to +see nearly the whole of our small company step out on the march +with ringing cheers, and to think that all work of this kind promised +to be done as heartily.' + +And then the day that Scott had been so eagerly looking forward +to arrived, and at ten o'clock on the morning of November 2, he, +Shackleton and Wilson, amidst the wild cheers of their comrades, +started on the southern journey. 'Every soul was gathered on the +floe to bid us farewell, and many were prepared to accompany us +for the first few miles.' The dogs, as if knowing that a great +effort was expected of them, had never been in such form, and in +spite of the heavy load and the fact that at first two men had +to sit on the sledges to check them, it was as much as the rest +of the party could do to keep up. By noon the volunteers had all +tailed off, and the three travelers were alone with the dogs, and +still breathlessly trying to keep pace with them. Soon afterwards +they caught sight of a dark spot ahead and later on made this out +to be the supporting party, who, when they were overtaken on the +same evening, reported that they had been kept in their tents by +bad weather. Having relieved them of some of their loads, Scott +camped, while they pushed on to get the advantage of a night march. + +During the next few days the two parties constantly passed and re-passed +each other, since it was +[Page 108] +impossible for Scott to push on ahead of Barne's party, and the +latter's progress was very slow, as they could get no hold with +their fur boots, and they found their ski leather boots dreadfully +cold for their feet. To add to the slowness of the journey the +weather was very unfavorable, and the greater parts of the 8th +and 9th were entirely wasted by a blizzard. On the 10th Depôt A, +that had previously been laid, was reached and Scott wrote: 'Already +it seems to me that the dogs feel the monotony of a long march over +the snow more than we do; they seem easily to get dispirited, and +that it is not due to fatigue is shown when they catch a glimpse +of anything novel.... To-day, for instance, they required some +driving until they caught sight of the depôt flag, when they gave +tongue loudly and dashed off as though they barely felt the load +behind them.' + +The names of the dogs were: + + Nigger Birdie Wolf + Jim Nell Vic + Spud Blanco Bismarck + Snatcher Grannie Kid + Fitzclarence Lewis Boss + Stripes Gus Brownie + Joe + +Each of them had his peculiar characteristics, and what the Southern +party did not already know concerning their individualities, they +had ample opportunities of finding out in the course of the next +few weeks. + +[Page 109] +Nigger was the leader of the team; a place he chose naturally for +himself, and if he was put into any other position he behaved so +unpleasantly to his neighbors, and so generally upset things, that +he was quickly shifted. A more perfect sledge-dog could scarcely +be imagined. He seemed to know the meaning of every move, and in +camp would be still as a graven image until he saw the snow being +shoveled from the skirting of the tent, when he would spring up +and pace to and fro at his picket, and give a low throaty bark +of welcome if anyone approached him. A few minutes later, when +the leading man came to uproot his picket, he would watch every +movement, and a slow wagging of the tail quite obviously showed +his approval: then, as the word came to start, he would push +affectionately against the leader, as much as to say, 'Now come +along!' and brace his powerful chest to the harness. At the evening +halt after a long day he would drop straight in his tracks and +remain perfectly still, with his magnificent black head resting +on his paws. Other dogs might clamor for food, but Nigger knew +perfectly well that the tent had first to be put up. Afterwards, +however, when the dog-food was approached his deep bell-like note +could always be distinguished amid the howling chorus, and if +disturbance was to be avoided it was well to attend to him first +of all. + +Of the other dogs Lewis was noisily affectionate and hopelessly +clumsy; Jim could pull splendidly when he chose, but he was up +to all the tricks of the trade and was extraordinarily cunning at +pretending to pull; +[Page 110] +Spud was generally considered to be daft; Birdie evidently had been +treated badly in his youth and remained distrustful and suspicious +to the end; Kid was the most indefatigable worker in the team; +Wolf's character possessed no redeeming point of any kind, while +Brownie though a little too genteel for very hard work was charming +as a pet, and it may also be said of him that he never lost an +opportunity of using his pleasant appearance and delightful ways +to lighten his afflictions. The load for this dog team after Depôt +A had been passed was 1,850 lbs., which, considering that some of +the dogs were of little use, was heavy. But it must not be forgotten +that the men also expected to pull, and that each night the weight +would be reduced by thirty or forty pounds. By the 13th the travelers +were nearly up to the 79th parallel, and therefore farther south +than anyone had yet been. 'The announcement of the fact caused +great jubilation, and I am extremely glad that there are no fewer +than fifteen of us to enjoy this privilege of having broken the +record.' A photograph of the record-breakers was taken, and then +half of the supporting party started to return, and the other half +stepped out once more on a due south line, with the dogs following. + +By the 15th, however, when the rest of the supporting party turned +back, Scott had begun to be anxious about the dogs. 'The day's +work has cast a shadow on our high aspirations, and already it is +evident that if we are to achieve much it will be only by extreme +toil, for the dogs have not pulled well to-day.... +[Page 111] +We have decided that if things have not improved in the morning +we will take on half a load at a time; after a few days of this +sort of thing the loads will be sufficiently lightened for us to +continue in the old way again.' + +On the following day an attempt to start with the heavy loads promptly +and completely failed, and the only thing to do was to divide the +load into two portions and take half on at a time. This meant, of +course, that each mile had to be traveled three times, but there +was no alternative to this tedious form of advance. Even, however, +with the half-loads the dogs seemed to have lost all their spirit, +and at the end of the march on the 18th they were practically 'done.' +Only five geographical miles[1] were gained on that day, but to +do it they had to cover fifteen. + +[Footnote 1: 7 geographical miles = a little more than 8 statute +miles.] + +On the night of the 19th matters had gone from bad to worse, and +it had to be acknowledged that the fish diet the dogs were eating +permanently disagreed with them. Originally Scott had intended +to take ordinary dog-biscuits for the animals, but in an unlucky +moment he was persuaded by an expert in dog-driving to take fish. +The fish taken was the Norwegian stock-fish, such as is split, +dried and exported from that country in great quantities for human +food. But one important point was overlooked, namely the probability +of the fish being affected on passing through the tropics. The +lesson, Scott said, was obvious, that in future travelers in the +south should safeguard their +[Page 112] +dogs as carefully as they do their men, for in this case it was +the dogs that called the halts; and so the party had to spend hours +in their tent which might have been devoted to marching. + +Day after day relay work continued, the only relief from the monotony +of their toil being that land was sighted on the 21st, and as the +prospects of reaching a high latitude were steadily disappearing, +it was decided to alter their course to S. S. W. and edge towards +it. Then the surface over which they were traveling showed signs +of improvement, but the travelers themselves were beginning to +suffer from blistered noses and cracked lips, and their eyes were +also troubling them. Appetites, however, were increasing by leaps +and bounds. 'The only thing to be looked to on our long marches +is the prospect of the next meal.' + +On November 24 a new routine was started which made a little variation +in the dull toil of relay work. After pushing on the first half-load +one of the three stopped with it, and got up the tent and prepared +the meal while the other two brought up the second half-load. And +then on the following day came one of those rewards which was all the +sweeter because it had been gained by ceaseless and very monotonous +toil. + +'Before starting to-day I took a meridian altitude,' Scott wrote, +'and to my delight found the latitude to be 80° 1'. All our charts of +the Antarctic region show a plain white circle beyond the eightieth +parallel... It has always been our ambition to get inside that white +[Page 113] +space, and now we are there the space can no longer be a blank; +this compensates for a lot of trouble.' + +A blizzard followed upon this success, but the dogs were so exhausted +that a day's rest had been thought of even if the weather had not +compelled it. Wilson, to his great discomfort, was always able to +foretell these storms, for when they were coming on he invariably +suffered from rheumatism; so, however reluctant, he could not help +being a very effective barometer. + +After the storm had passed an attempt was made on the morning of +the 27th to start with the full load, but it took next to no time +to discover that the dogs had not benefited by their rest, and +there was nothing to do except to go on with the old routine of +relay work. As the days passed with no signs of improvement in +the dogs, it became more and more necessary to reach the land in +hopes of making a depôt; so the course was laid to the westward +of S. W., which brought the high black headland, for which they +were making, on their port bow. 'I imagine it to be about fifty +miles off, but hope it is not so much; nine hours' work to-day +has only given us a bare four miles.' + +Then for some days the only change in the toil of relay work and +the sickening task of driving tired dogs on and on was that they +marched by night, and rested by day. The breakfast hour was between +4 and 5 P.M., the start at 6 P.M., and they came to camp somewhere +between three and four in the morning. Thus they rested while the +sun was at its greatest +[Page 114] +height; but although there were certainly advantages in this, Scott +could not get rid of a curious feeling that something was amiss +with such a topsy-turvy method of procedure. + +By December 3 they were close enough to the land to make out some +of its details. On their right was a magnificent range of mountains, +which by rough calculations Scott made out to be at least fifty miles +away. By far the nearest point of land was an isolated snow-cape, +an immense, and almost dome-shaped, snow-covered mass. At first +no rock at all could be seen on it, but as they got nearer a few +patches began to appear. For one of these patches they decided +to make so that they might establish a depôt, but at the rate at +which they were traveling there was little hope of reaching it +for several days. + +By this time the appetites of the party were so ravenous that when +the pemmican bag was slung alongside a tin of paraffin, and both +smelt and tasted of oil, they did not really mind. But what saddened +them more than this taste of paraffin was the discovery, on December +5, that their oil was going too fast. A gallon was to have lasted +twelve days, but on investigation it was found on an average to +have lasted only ten, which meant that in the future each gallon +would have to last a fortnight. 'This is a distinct blow, as we +shall have to sacrifice our hot luncheon meal and to economize +greatly at both the others. We started the new routine to-night, +and for lunch ate some frozen seal-meat and our allowance of sugar +and biscuit.' + +[Page 115] +It was perhaps fortunate that their discovery about the oil was +not delayed any longer, but nevertheless it came at a time when +the outlook was dreary and dispiriting enough without additional +discomforts. On the 6th Spud gnawed through his trace, and when +Scott went outside before breakfast, one glance at the dog's +balloon-like appearance was enough to show how he had spent his +hours of freedom. He had, in fact, eaten quite a week's allowance +of the precious seal-meat, and though rather somnolent after his +gorge, he did not seem to be suffering any particular discomfort +from the enormous increase of his waist. On the next day there was +a blizzard, duly predicted by Wilson's twinges of rheumatism, and +on the 8th Scott reluctantly records that the dogs were steadily going +downhill. 'The lightening of the load is more than counter-balanced +by the weakening of the animals, and I can see no time in which +we can hope to get the sledges along without pulling ourselves.' + +By the 10th they were within ten or twelve miles of the coast, +but so exhausted that they felt no certainty of reaching it; and +even supposing they did get there and make a depôt, they doubted +very much if they would be in any condition to go on. One dog, +Snatcher, was already dead, and some of the others had only been got +to move with the second load by the ignominious device of carrying +food in front of them. To see the dogs suffering was agony to those +who had to drive and coax them on, and though Scott refers often +in these days to the hunger that was nipping him, +[Page 116] +no one can read his diary without seeing how infinitely more he +was concerned over the suffering of the dogs than about his own +troubles. 'It is terrible,' he says, 'to see them.' + +At last, on December 14, they arrived, when they were almost spent, +at a place where dog-food could be left. In their march they had +only managed to do two miles after the most strenuous exertions, +for the snow became softer as they approached the land, and the +sledge-runners sank from three to four inches. On any particularly +soft patch they could do little more than mark time, and even to +advance a yard was an achievement. + +No wonder that Scott, after they had left three weeks' provisions +and a quantity of dog-food in Depôt B and had resumed their march, +sounded a note of thankfulness: 'As I write I scarcely know how +to describe the blessed relief it is to be free from our relay +work. For one-and-thirty awful days we have been at it, and whilst +I doubt if our human endurance could have stood it much more, I +am quite sure the dogs could not. It seems now like a nightmare, +which grew more terrible towards its end.' The sense of relief +was, however, not destined to last, for on December 21 the dogs +were in such a hopeless condition that they might at any moment +have completely collapsed. This was a fact that had to be faced, +and the question whether under such circumstances it was wise to +push on had to be asked and answered. The unanimous answer was +that the risk +[Page 117] +of going on should be taken, but on that same night Wilson, in view +of future plans, reported to Scott that his medical examinations +revealed that Shackleton had decidedly angry-looking gums, and that +for some time they had been slowly but surely getting worse. It +was decided not to tell Shackleton of these symptoms of scurvy, +and as the bacon they were using seemed likely to be the cause of +them, it was discarded and an increased allowance of seal given +in its place. This was a loss in weight which was serious, for +already they were reduced almost to starvation rations of about +a pound and a half a day. + +Supper was the best meal, for then they had a _hoosh_ which ran +from between three-quarters to a whole pannikin apiece, but even +this they could not afford to make thick. While it was being heated +in the central cooker, cocoa was made in the outer, but the lamp +was turned out directly the _hoosh_ boiled, and by that time the +chill was barely off the contents of the outer cooker. Of course +the cocoa was not properly dissolved, but they were long past +criticizing the quality of their food. All they wanted was something +to 'fill up,' but needless to say they never got it. Half an hour +after supper was over they were as hungry as ever. + +When they had started from the ship, there had been a vague idea +that they could go as they pleased with the food, but experience +showed that this would not do, and that there must be a rigid system +of shares. Consequently they used to take it in turn to divide +[Page 118] +things into three equal portions, and as the man who made the division +felt called upon to take the smallest share, the game of 'shut-eye' +was invented to stop all arguments and remonstrances. The shares +were divided as equally as possible by someone, then one of the +other two turned his head away and the divider pointed to a portion +and said, 'Whose is this?' He of the averted head named the owner, +and thus this simple but useful game was played. + +Wilson's examination of Shackleton on December 24 was not encouraging, +but they had reached a much harder surface and under those conditions +Scott and Wilson agreed that it was not yet time to say 'Turn.' +Besides, Christmas Day was in front of them, and for a week they +had all agreed that it would be a crime to go to bed hungry on that +night. In fact they meant it to be a wonderful day, and everything +conspired to make it so. + +The sun shone gloriously from a clear sky, and not a breath of +wind disturbed the calmness of the morning, but entrancing as the +scene was they did not stay to contemplate it, because for once +they were going to have a really substantial breakfast, and this +was an irresistible counter-attraction. + +And afterwards, when they felt more internally comfortable than +they had for weeks, the surface continued to be so much better +that the sledges could be pulled without any help from the dogs. +On that day they had the satisfaction of covering nearly eleven +miles, the longest march they had made for a long +[Page 119] +time. So when camp was pitched they were thoroughly pleased with +the day, and ready to finish it off with a supper to be remembered. +A double 'whack' of everything was poured into the cooking-pot, +and in the _hoosh_ that followed a spoon would stand without any +support, and the cocoa was also brought to boiling-point. + +'I am writing,' Scott says, 'over my second pipe. The sun is still +circling our small tent in a cloudless sky, the air is warm and +quiet. All is pleasant without, and within we have a sense of comfort +we have not known for many a day; we shall sleep well tonight--no +dreams, no tightening of the belt. + +'We have been chattering away gaily, and not once has the conversation +turned to food. We have been wondering what Christmas is like in +England... and how our friends picture us. They will guess that +we are away on our sledge journey, and will perhaps think of us +on plains of snow; but few, I think, will imagine the truth, that +for us this has been the reddest of all red-letter days.' + + + + +[Page 120] +CHAPTER VI + +THE RETURN + + How many weary steps + Of many weary miles you have o'ergone, + Are numbered to the travel of one mile. + SHAKESPEARE. + +Some days passed before the pleasing effects of Christmas Day wore +off, for it had been a delightful break in an otherwise uninterrupted +spell of semi-starvation, and the memories lingered long after +hunger had again gripped the three travelers. By this time they +knew that they had cut themselves too short in the matter of food, +but the only possible alteration that could now be made in their +arrangements was to curtail their journey, and rather than do that +they were ready cheerfully to face the distress of having an enormous +appetite, and very little with which to appease it. + +Thinking over the homeward marches after he had returned to the +ship, Scott expresses his emphatic opinion that the increasing +weariness showed that they were expending their energies at a greater +rate than they could renew them, and that the additional +[Page 121] +weight, caused by carrying a proper allowance of food, would have +been amply repaid by the preservation of their full strength and +vigour. + +Apart, however, from the actual pangs of hunger, there was another +disadvantage from this lack of food, for try as they would it was +impossible not to think and talk incessantly of eating. Before +they went to sleep it was almost certain that one of them would +give a detailed description of what he considered an ideal feast, +while on the march they found themselves counting how many footsteps +went to the minute, and how many, therefore, had to be paced before +another meal. + +But if, during these days of hunger, thoughts of what they could +eat if only the chance was given to them kept constantly cropping +up, there were also very real compensations for both their mental +and physical weariness. Day by day, as they journeyed on, they knew +that they were penetrating farther and farther into the unknown. +Each footstep was a gain, and made the result of their labours more +assured. And as they studied the slowly revolving sledge-meter +or looked for the calculated results of their observations, it +is not surprising that above all the desires for food was an +irresistible eagerness to go on and on, and to extend the line +which they were now drawing on the white space of the Antarctic +chart. + +Day by day, too, the magnificent panorama of the Western land was +passing before their eyes. 'Rarely a march passed without the disclosure +of some new +[Page 122] +feature, something on which the eye of man had never rested; we +should have been poor souls indeed had we not been elated at the +privilege of being the first to gaze on these splendid scenes.' + +From the point of view of further exploration their position on +December 26 was not very hopeful. On their right lay a high undulating +snow-cap and the steep irregular coast-line, to the south lay a cape +beyond which they could not hope to pass, and to all appearances +these conditions were likely to remain to the end of their journey. +But on that night they had christened a distant and lofty peak +'Mount Longstaff,' in honour of the man whose generosity had alone +made the expedition possible, and although they thought that this +was the most southerly land to which they would be able to give a +name, they were in no mood to turn back because the outlook was +unpromising. Arguing on the principle that it was impossible to tell +what may turn up, they all decided to push on; and their decision was +wise, for had they returned at that point one of the most important +features of the whole coast-line would have been missed. + +On the 26th and 27th Wilson had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, +which caused him the most intense agony. Some days before Scott had +remarked in his diary upon Wilson's extraordinary industry: 'When +it is fine and clear, at the end of our fatiguing days he will +spend two or three hours seated in the door of the tent sketching +each detail of the splendid mountainous coast-scene to the west. +His sketches +[Page 123] +are most astonishingly accurate; I have tested his proportions by +actual angular measurements and found them correct.... But these +long hours in the glare are very bad for the eyes; we have all +suffered a good deal from snow-blindness of late, though we generally +march with goggles, but Wilson gets the worst bouts, and I fear +it is mainly due to his sketching.' + +The attack, however, after Christmas was very much worse than anything +that had gone before, and all day long during the 27th Wilson was +pulling alongside the sledges with his eyes completely covered. +To march blindfold with an empty stomach must touch the bottom +of miserable monotony, but Wilson had not the smallest intention +of giving in. With Scott walking opposite to him and telling him +of the changes that were happening around them he plodded steadily +on, and during the afternoon of the 27th it happened that a most +glorious mountainous scene gradually revealed itself. With some +excitement Scott noticed that new mountain ridges were appearing +as high as anything they had seen to the north, and his excitement +increased when these ridges grew higher and higher. Then, instead +of a downward turn in the distant outline came a steep upward line, +and as they pressed on apace to see what would happen next, Scott +did his best to keep Wilson posted up in the latest details. The +end came in a gloriously sharp double peak crowned with a few flecks +of cirrus cloud, and all they could think of in camp that night +was this splendid twin-peaked mountain, which even in such +[Page 124] +a lofty country looked like a giant among pigmies. 'At last we +have found something which is fitting to bear the name of him whom +we must always the most delight to honour, and "Mount Markham" +it shall be called in memory of the father of the expedition.' + +Wilson, in spite of his recent experiences, did not mean to miss +this, and however much his eyes had to suffer the scene had to +be sketched. Fortunately a glorious evening provided a perfect +view of their surroundings, for very soon they knew that the limit +of their journey would be reached, and that they would have but +few more opportunities to increase their stock of information. + +After a day that had brought with it both fine weather and most +interesting discoveries, they settled down in their sleeping-bags, +full of hope that the morrow would be equally kind. But instead +of the proposed advance the whole day had to be spent in the tent +while a strong southerly blizzard raged without, and when they +got up on the following morning they found themselves enveloped +in a thick fog. + +Reluctantly the decision was made that this camp must be their +last, and consequently their southerly limit had been reached. +Observations gave it as between 82.16 S. and 82.17 S., and though +this record may have compared poorly with what Scott had hoped for +when leaving the ship, it was far more favorable than he anticipated +when the dogs had begun to fail. 'Whilst,' he says, 'one cannot help +a deep sense of disappointment in reflecting on the "might have been" +[Page 125] +had our team remained in good health, one cannot but remember that +even as it is we have made a greater advance towards a pole of +the earth than has ever yet been achieved by a sledge party.' + +With less than a fortnight's provision to take them back to Depôt +B, they turned their faces homewards on the last day of the year, +and it was significant of the terrible condition of the surviving +dogs that the turn did not cause the smallest excitement. Many +of them were already dead, killed to keep the others alive, but +those which remained seemed to guess how poor a chance they had +of getting back to the ship. Again and again Scott refers to the +suffering of the dogs on the homeward march, and how intensely he +felt for them is proved beyond all manner of doubt. 'January 3. +This afternoon, shortly after starting, "Gus" fell, quite played +out, and just before our halt, to our greater grief, "Kid" caved +in. One could almost weep over this last case; he has pulled like +a Trojan throughout, and his stout little heart bore him up till +his legs failed beneath him.' Only seven of the team now remained, +and of them Jim seemed to be the strongest, but Nigger, though +weak, was still capable of surprising efforts. But at the end of +a week on the return journey, all of the remaining dogs were asked +to do nothing except walk by the sledges. + +For several hours on January 7 the men pulled steadily and covered +ten good miles. But the distance they succeeded in traveling was as +nothing compared with the relief they felt at no longer having to drive +[Page 126] +a worn-out team. In the future no more cheering and dragging in +front would be needed, no more tangled traces would have to be +put straight, and above all there would be no more whip. So far +steady though rather slow progress had been made, but January 8 +brought an unpleasant surprise. Try as they would the sledge could +scarcely be made to move, and after three hours of the hardest +work only a mile and a quarter had been gained. Sadly they were +compelled to admit that the surface had so completely changed that +the only thing to do was to remain in camp until it improved. But +whether it would improve was an anxious matter, for they had less +than a week's provisions and were at least fifty miles from Depôt B. + +The next day, however, saw an improvement in the surface, and a +fairly good march was done. By this time only four dogs were left, +Nigger, Jim, Birdie and Lewis, and poor Nigger was so lost out +of harness that he sometimes got close to the traces and marched +along as if he was still doing his share of the pulling. But this +more or less ordinary day was followed on the 10th by a march in +a blizzard that exhausted Scott and Wilson, and had even a more +serious effect upon Shackleton. With the wind behind them they +had gained many miles, but the march had tired them out, because +instead of the steady pulling to which they were accustomed they +had been compelled sometimes to run, and sometimes to pull forwards, +backwards, sideways, and always with their senses keenly alert +and their muscles strung up for instant action. + +[Page 127] +On that night Scott in no very cheerful frame of mind wrote: 'We +cannot now be far from our depôt, but then we do not exactly know +where we are; there is not many days' food left, and if this thick +weather continues we shall probably not be able to find it.' And +after two more days of bad surface and thick weather he wrote again: +'There is no doubt we are approaching a very critical time. The +depôt is a very small spot on a very big ocean of snow; with luck +one might see it at a mile and a half or two miles, and fortune +may direct our course within this radius of it; but, on the other +hand, it is impossible not to contemplate the ease with which such +a small spot can be missed.... The annoying thing is that one good +clear sight of the land would solve all our difficulties.' + +At noon on January 13 the outlook was more hopeless than ever. +Three hours' incessant labour had gained only three-quarters of a +mile, and consequently they had to halt though their food-bag was a +mere trifle to lift, and they could have finished all that remained +in it at one sitting and still have been hungry. But later on Scott +caught a glimpse of the sun in the tent, and tumbled hastily out of +his sleeping-bag in the hope of obtaining a meridional altitude; +and after getting the very best result he could under the very +difficult conditions prevailing, he casually lowered the telescope +and swept it round the horizon. Suddenly a speck seemed to flash +by, and a vehement hope as suddenly arose. Then he brought the +telescope slowly back, and there it was again, and accompanied this +[Page 128] +time by two smaller specks on either side of it. Without a shadow +of doubt it was the depôt which meant the means of life to them. +'I sprang up and shouted, "Boys, there's the depôt." We are not +a demonstrative party, but I think we excused ourselves for the +wild cheer that greeted this announcement.' + +In five minutes everything was packed on the sledges, but though +the work was as heavy as before the workers were in a very different +mood to tackle it. To reach those distant specks as quickly as +possible was their one desire and all minor troubles were forgotten +as they marched, for before them was the knowledge that they were +going to have the fat _hoosh_ which would once more give them an +internal sense of comfort. In two hours they were at the depôt, +and there they found everything as they had left it. + +On that same morning they had stripped off the German silver from +the runners of one of their sledges, and now fortified by the fat +_hoosh_ of their dreams they completed the comparison between the +two sledges, which respectively had metal and wood runners. Having +equalized the weights as much as possible they towed the sledges +round singly, and found that two of them could scarcely move the +metalled sledge as fast as one could drag the other. + +Of course they decided to strip the second sledge, and with only +about 130 miles to cover to their next depôt, a full three weeks' +provisions, and the prospect of better traveling on wood runners, +they went to bed +[Page 129] +feeling that a heavy load of anxiety had been lifted. The chief +cause of worry left was the question of health, and the result +of a thorough medical examination on the morning of the 14th did +nothing to remove this. Shackleton was found to be very far indeed +from well, but although Scott and Wilson both showed symptoms of +scurvy they still felt that, as far as they were concerned, there +was no danger of a breakdown. + +On that day they made a fairly good march, but at the end of it +Wilson had to warn Scott that Shackleton's condition was really +alarming. Commenting on this Scott wrote: 'It's a bad case, but +we must make the best of it and trust to its not getting worse; +now that human life is at stake, all other objects must be +sacrificed.... It went to my heart to give the order, but it had +to be done, and the dogs are to be killed in the morning. + +'One of the difficulties we foresee with Shackleton, with his restless, +energetic spirit, is to keep him idle in camp, so to-night I have +talked seriously to him. He is not to do any camping work, but +to allow everything to be done for him.... Every effort must be +devoted to keeping him on his legs, and we must trust to luck to +bring him through.' + +With the morning of the 15th came the last scene in the tragic +story of the dogs, and poor Nigger and Jim, the only survivors +of that team of nineteen, were taken a short distance from the +camp and killed. 'I think we could all have wept.... Through our +most troublous time we always looked forward to getting +[Page 130] +some of our animals home. At first it was to have been nine, then +seven, then five, and at the last we thought that surely we should +be able to bring back these two.' + +During the part of the return journey which was now beginning, +they had promised themselves an easier time, but instead of that it +resolved itself into days of grim struggle to save a sick companion. +The weather also added to their troubles, because it was so overcast +that steering was extremely difficult. For nearly ten consecutive +days this gloomy weather continued to harass them, but on the 20th +it cleared as they were on their march, and on the following day +with a brisk southerly breeze and their sail set they traveled +along at a fine rate. The state of Shackleton's health was still +a source of acutest anxiety, but each march brought safety nearer +and nearer, and on the 23rd Scott was able to write in a much more +hopeful spirit. Next day a glimpse of the Bluff to the north was +seen, but this encouraging sight was accompanied by a new form +of surface which made the pulling very wearisome. An inch or so +beneath the soft snow surface was a thin crust, almost, but not +quite, sufficient to bear their weight. The work of breaking such +a surface as this would, Scott says, have finished Shackleton in +no time, but luckily he was able to go on ski and avoid the jars. +'In spite of our present disbelief in ski, one is bound to confess +that if we get back safely Shackleton will owe much to the pair +he is now using.' + +[Illustration: MOUNT EREBUS.] + +[Page 131] +But in spite of bad surfaces and increasingly heavy work, Scott and +Wilson were determined to leave as little as possible to chance, +and to get their invalid along as quickly as his condition would +allow. Directly breakfast was over Shackleton started off and got +well ahead, while Scott and Wilson packed up camp; and after lunch +the same procedure was adopted. By this means he was able to take +things easily, and though eager to do his share of the work he +was wise enough to see that every precaution taken was absolutely +necessary. + +Encouragements in this stern struggle were few and far between, +but when the smoke of Erebus was seen on the 25th, it cheered them +to think that they had seen something that was actually beyond the +ship. Probably it was more than a hundred miles away, but they +had become so accustomed to seeing things at a distance that they +were not in the least astonished by this. + +January 26, too, had its consolations, for while plodding on as usual +the travelers suddenly saw a white line ahead, and soon afterwards +discovered that it was a sledge track. There was no doubt that +the track was Barne's on his way back from his survey work to the +west, but it was wonderful what that track told them. They could +see that there had been six men with two sledges, and that all of +the former had been going strong and well on ski. From the state +of the track this party had evidently passed about four days before +on the homeward route, and from +[Page 132] +the zig-zagging of the course it was agreed that the weather must +have been thick at the time. Every imprint in the soft snow added +some small fact, and the whole made an excellent detective study. +But the main point was that they knew for certain that Barne and +his party were safe, and this after their own experiences was a +great relief. + +Another day and a half of labour brought them to the depôt, and +the land of plenty. 'Directly,' Scott wrote on the 28th, 'our tent +was up we started our search among the snow-heaps with childish +glee. One after another our treasures were brought forth: oil enough +for the most lavish expenditure, biscuit that might have lasted +us for a month, and, finally, a large brown provision-bag which +we knew would contain more than food alone. We have just opened +this provision-bag and feasted our eyes on the contents. There +are two tins of sardines, a large tin of marmalade, soup squares, +pea soup, and many other delights that already make our mouths +water. For each one of us there is some special trifle which the +forethought of our kind people has provided, mine being an extra +packet of tobacco; and last, but not least, there are a whole heap +of folded letters and notes--_billets-doux_ indeed. I wonder if +a mail was ever more acceptable.' + +The news, too, was good; Royds, after desperate labour, had succeeded +in rescuing the boats; Blissett had discovered an Emperor penguin's +egg, and his messmates expected him to be knighted. But the meal +itself, though 'pure joy' at first, was not an +[Page 133] +unqualified success, for after being accustomed to starvation or +semi-starvation rations, they were in no condition either to resist +or to digest any unstinted meal, and both Scott and Wilson suffered +acutely. + +On the next morning they awoke to find a heavy blizzard, and the first +thought of pushing on at all hazards was abandoned when Shackleton +was found to be extremely ill. Everything now depended upon the +weather, for should the blizzard continue Scott doubted if Shackleton +would even be well enough to be carried on the sledge. 'It is a +great disappointment; last night we thought ourselves out of the +wood with all our troubles behind us, and to-night matters seem +worse than ever. Luckily Wilson and I are pretty fit, and we have +lots of food.' By great luck the weather cleared on the morning +of the 30th, and as Shackleton after a very bad night revived a +little it was felt that the only chance was to go on. 'At last +he was got away, and we watched him almost tottering along with +frequent painful halts. Re-sorting our provisions, in half an hour +we had packed our camp, set our sail, and started with the sledges. +It was not long before we caught our invalid, who was so exhausted +that we thought it wiser he should sit on the sledges, where for +the remainder of the forenoon, with the help of our sail, we carried +him.' + +In Wilson's opinion Shackleton's relapse was mainly due to the blizzard, +but fortune favored them during the last stages of the struggle +homewards, and the glorious weather had a wonderful effect upon the +[Page 134] +sick man. By the night of February 2 they were within ten or twelve +miles of their goal, and saw a prospect of a successful end to their +troubles. During the afternoon they had passed round the corner +of White Island, and as they did so the old familiar outline of the +friendly peninsula suddenly opened up before them. On every side +were suggestions of home, and their joy at seeing the well-known +landmarks was increased by the fact that they were as nearly 'spent +as three persons can well be.' + +Shackleton, it is true, had lately shown an improvement, but his +companions placed but little confidence in that, for they knew +how near he had been, and still was, to a total collapse. And both +Scott and Wilson knew also that their scurvy had again been advancing +rapidly, but they scarcely dared to admit either to themselves or +each other how 'done' they were. For many a day Wilson had suffered +from lameness, and each morning had vainly tried to disguise his +limp, but from his set face Scott knew well enough how much he +suffered before the first stiffness wore off. 'As for myself, for +some time I have hurried through the task of changing my foot-gear +in an attempt to forget that my ankles are considerably swollen. +One and all we want rest and peace, and, all being well, tomorrow, +thank Heaven, we shall get them.' + +These are the final words written in Scott's sledge-diary during this +remarkable journey, for on the next morning they packed up their camp +for the last time and set their faces towards Observation Hill. +[Page 135] +Brilliant weather still continued, and after plodding on for some +hours two specks appeared, which at first were thought to be penguins, +but presently were seen to be men hurrying towards them. Early in the +morning they had been reported by watchers on the hills, and Skelton +and Bernacchi had hastened out to meet them. + +Then the tent was put up, and while cocoa was made they listened to +a ceaseless stream of news, for not only had all the other travelers +returned safe and sound with many a tale to tell, but the relief +ship, the _Morning_, had also arrived and brought a whole year's +news. + +So during their last lunch and during the easy march that followed, +they, gradually heard of the events in the civilized world from +December, 1901, to December, 1902, and these kept their thoughts +busy until they rounded the cape and once more saw their beloved +ship. + +Though still held fast in her icy prison the _Discovery_ looked +trim and neat, and to mark the especial nature of the occasion +a brave display of bunting floated gently in the breeze, while +as they approached, the side and the rigging were thronged with +their cheering comrades. + +With every want forestalled, and every trouble lifted from their +shoulders by companions vying with one another to attend to them, +no welcome could have been more delightful, and yet at the time +it appeared unreal to their dull senses. 'It seemed too good to +be true that all our anxieties had so completely ended, +[Page 136] +and that rest for brain and limb was ours at last.' For ninety-three +days they had plodded over a vast snow-field and slept beneath the +fluttering canvas of a tent; during that time they had covered 960 +statute miles; and if the great results hoped for in the beginning +had not been completely achieved, they knew at any rate that they +had striven and endured to the limit of their powers. + + + + +[Page 137] +CHAPTER VII + +A SECOND WINTER + + As cold waters to a thirsty soul, + So is good news from a far country. + PROVERBS. + +In a very short time Scott discovered that the sledding resources +of the ship had been used to their fullest extent during his absence, +and that parties had been going and coming and ever adding to the +collection of knowledge. + +On November 2 Royds had gone again to Cape Crozier to see how the +Emperor penguins were faring, and in the meantime such rapid progress +had been made in the preparations for the western party that November +9, being King Edward's birthday, was proclaimed a general holiday +and given up to the eagerly anticipated athletic sports. + +Of all the events perhaps the keenest interest was shown in the +toboggan race, for which the men entered in pairs. Each couple +had to provide their own toboggan, subject to the rule that no +sledge, or part of a sledge, and no ski should be used. The start +was high up the hillside, and as the time for it approached the +[Page 138] +queerest lot of toboggans gradually collected. The greater number +were roughly made from old boxes and cask staves, but something of +a sensation was caused when the canny Scottish carpenter's mate +arrived with a far more pretentious article, though built from the +same material. In secret he had devoted himself to making what +was really a very passable sledge, and when he and his companion +secured themselves to this dark horse, the result of the race was +considered a foregone conclusion. But soon after the start it was +seen that this couple had laboured in vain; for although they shot +ahead at first, their speed was so great that they could not control +their machine. In a moment they were rolling head-over-heels in +clouds of snow, and while the hare was thus amusing itself a tortoise +slid past and won the race. + +By the end of November everything was ready for the western journey, +and a formidable party set out on the 29th to cross McMurdo Sound and +attack the mainland. In Armitage's own party were Skelton and ten +men, while the supports consisted of Koettlitz, Ferrar, Dellbridge +and six men. Excellent pioneer work was done by Armitage and his party +during their seven weeks' journey. Without a doubt a practicable +road to the interior was discovered and traversed, and the barrier +of mountains that had seemed so formidable an obstruction from the +ship was conquered. It was equally certain that the party could +claim to be the first to set foot on the interior of Victoria Land +but they had been forced to turn back at an extremely +[Page 139] +interesting point, and in consequence were unable to supply very +definite information with regard to the ice-cap. They had, however, +fulfilled their main object, and in doing so had disclosed problems +that caused the deepest interest to be focussed upon the direction +in which they had traveled. + +Perhaps the most promising circumstance of all was that among the +rock specimens brought back were fragments of quartz-grits. These, +with other observations, showed the strong probability of the existence +of sedimentary deposits which might be reached and examined, and +which alone could serve to reveal the geological history of this +great southern continent. At all hazards Scott determined that +the geologist of the expedition must be given a chance to explore +this most interesting region. + +The extensive preparations for the western journey had practically +stripped the ship of sledge equipment, and those who went out on +shorter journeys were obliged to make the best of the little that +remained. This did not, however, balk their energies, and by resorting +to all kinds of shifts and devices they made many useful expeditions. + +While these efforts at exploration were being carried out the ship +was left in the charge of Royds, who employed everyone on board +in the most important task of freeing the boats. Drastic measures +had to be taken before they could be released from their beds of +ice, and with sawing and blasting going on in the unseen depths, +it was not possible +[Page 140] +that the task could be accomplished without doing considerable +damage. When at length all of them had been brought to the surface +their condition was exceedingly dilapidated; indeed only two of +them were in a condition to float; but although it was evident +that the carpenter would be busy for many weeks before they would +be seaworthy, their reappearance was a tremendous relief. + +Long before his departure to the south, Scott had given instructions +that the _Discovery_ should be prepared for sea by the end of January. +Consequently, after the boats had been freed, there was still plenty +of employment for everybody, since 'preparations for sea' under +such circumstances meant a most prodigious amount of labour. Tons +and tons of snow had to be dug out from the deck with pick-axes +and shoveled over the side; aloft, sails and ropes had to be looked +to, the running-gear to be re-rove, and everything got ready for +handling the ship under sail; many things that had been displaced +or landed near the shore-station had to be brought on board and +secured in position; thirty tons of ice had to be fetched, melted, +and run into the boilers; below, steam-pipes had to be rejointed, +glands re-packed, engines turned by hand, and steam raised to see +that all was in working order. + +Not doubting that the ice would soon break up and release the ship, +this work was carried on so vigorously that when the southern travelers +returned all was ready for them to put to sea again. + +[Page 141] +But eleven days before Scott and his companions struggled back to +safety the great event of the season had happened in the arrival +of the _Morning_. How the funds were raised by means of which this +ship was sent is a tale in itself; briefly, however, it was due to +the untiring zeal and singleness of purpose shown by Sir Clements +Markham that the _Morning_, commanded by Lieutenant William Colbeck, +R.N.R., was able to leave the London Docks on July 9, 1902. + +Long before the _Discovery_ had left New Zealand the idea of a +relief ship had been discussed, and although Scott saw great +difficulties in the way, he also felt quite confident that if the +thing was to be done Sir Clements was the man to do it. Obviously +then it was desirable to leave as much information as possible +on the track, and the relief ship was to try and pick up clues +at the places where Scott had said that he would attempt to leave +them. These places were Cape Adare, Possession Islands, Coulman +Island, Wood Bay, Franklin Island and Cape Crozier. + +On January 8 a landing was effected at Cape Adare, and there Colbeck +heard of the _Discovery's_ safe arrival in the south. The Possession +Islands were drawn blank, because Scott had not been able to land +there, and south of this the whole coast was so thickly packed that +the _Morning_ could not approach either Coulman Island or Wood +Bay. + +Franklin Island was visited on January 14, but +[Page 142] +without result; and owing to the quantities of pack ice it was not +until four days later that a landing was made at Cape Crozier. Colbeck +himself joined the landing party, and after spending several hours +in fruitless search, he was just giving up the hunt and beginning +despondently to wonder what he had better do next, when suddenly a +small post was seen on the horizon. A rush was made for it, and +in a few minutes Colbeck knew that he had only to steer into the +mysterious depths of McMurdo Sound to find the _Discovery_, and +practically to accomplish the work he had set out to do. + +On board the _Discovery_ the idea had steadily grown that a relief +ship would come. For no very clear reason the men had begun to +look upon it as a certainty, and during the latter part of January +it was not uncommon for wild rumors to be spread that smoke had +been seen to the north. Such reports, therefore, were generally +received without much excitement, but when a messenger ran down +the hill on the night of the 23rd to say that there was actually a +ship in sight the enthusiasm was intense. Only the most imperturbable +of those on board could sleep much during that night, and early +on the 24th a large party set out over the floe. The _Morning_ +was lying some ten miles north of the _Discovery_, but it was far +easier to see her than to reach her. At last, however, the party, +after various little adventures, stood safely on deck and received +the warmest of welcomes. + +During the last week of January the weather was +[Page 143] +in its most glorious mood, and with some of the treacherous thin +ice breaking away the _Morning_ was able to get a mile nearer. +Parties constantly passed to and fro between the two ships, and +everyone--with unshaken confidence that the _Discovery_ would soon +be free--gave themselves up to the delight of fresh companionship, +and the joy of good news from the home country. To this scene of +festivity and cheeriness Scott, Wilson and Shackleton returned on +February 3, and though the last to open their letters they had +the satisfaction of knowing that the _Morning_ had brought nothing +but good news. + +By a curious coincidence Colbeck chose the night of the Southern +party's return to make his first visit to the _Discovery_, and soon +after Scott had come out of his delicious bath and was reveling in +the delight of clean clothes, he had the pleasure of welcoming him +on board. 'In those last weary marches over the barrier,' Scott says, +'I had little expected that the first feast in our home quarters +would be taken with strange faces gathered round our festive table, +but so it was, and I can well remember the look of astonishment +that dawned on those faces when we gradually displayed our power +of absorbing food.' + +But however difficult the appetites of the party were to appease, +for a fortnight after they had reached the ship their condition +was very wretched. Shackleton at once went to bed, and although +he soon tried to be out and about again, the least exertion caused +a return of his breathlessness, and he still suffered from +[Page 144] +the violent fits of coughing that had troubled him so much on the +journey. With Wilson, who at one time had shown the least signs +of scurvy, the disease had increased so rapidly at the end that +on his return he wisely decided to go to bed, where he remained +quietly for ten days. 'Wilson,' Scott wrote on February 16, 'is a +very fine fellow, his pluck and go were everything on our southern +journey; one felt he wouldn't give in till he dropped.' And this +collapse when he got back to the ship was in itself a proof of the +determination which must have upheld him during the last marches. + +Scott, though the least affected of the three, was also by no means +fit and well. Both his legs were swollen and his gums were very +uncomfortable, but in addition to these troubles he was attacked +by an overwhelming feeling of both physical and mental weariness. +'Many days passed,' he says, 'before I could rouse myself from this +slothful humour, and it was many weeks before I had returned to +a normally vigorous condition. It was probably this exceptionally +relaxed state of health that made me so slow to realize that the +ice conditions were very different from what they had been in the +previous season.... The prospect of the ice about us remaining fast +throughout the season never once entered my head.' His diary, however, +for the month shows how he gradually awakened to the true state of +affairs, and on February 13 he decided to begin the transport of +stores from the _Morning_ to the _Discovery_, so that the former +ship 'should run no risk of being detained.' And on the 18th when +[Page 145] +he paid his first visit to the _Morning_ and found the journey +'an awful grind,' he had begun to wonder whether the floe was ever +going to break up. + +[Illustration: LUNAR CORONA.] + +A week later he was clearly alive to the situation. 'The _Morning_ +must go in less than a week, and it seems now impossible that we +shall be free by that time, though I still hope the break-up may +come after she has departed.' Some time previously he had decided +that if they had to remain the ship's company should be reduced, +and on the 24th he had a talk with the men and told them that he +wished nobody to stop on board who was not willing. On the following +day a list was sent round for the names of those who wanted to go, +and the result was curiously satisfactory--for Scott had determined +that eight men should go, and not only were there eight names on +the list, but they were also precisely those which Scott would +have put there had he made the selection. Shackleton also had to +be told that he must go, as in his state of health Scott did not +think that any further hardships ought to be risked; but in his +place Scott requisitioned Mulock who by an extraordinary chance +is just the very man we wanted. We have now an immense amount of +details for charts... and Mulock is excellent at this work and as +keen as possible. It is rather amusing, as he is the only person +who is obviously longing for the ice to stop in, though of course +he doesn't say so. The other sporting characters are still giving +ten to one that it will go out, but I am bound to confess that +I am not sanguine.' + +[Page 146] +The letter from which the last extract is taken was begun on February +16, and before the end of the month all hope of the _Discovery_ +being able to leave with the _Morning_ had been abandoned. On March +2 nearly the whole of the _Discovery's_ company were entertained +on board the _Morning_, and on the following day the relief ship +slowly backed away from the ice-edge, and in a few minutes she was +turning to the north, with every rope and spar outlined against +the black northern sky. Cheer after cheer was raised as she gathered +way, and long after she had passed out of earshot the little band +stood gazing at her receding hull, and wondering when they too +would be able to take the northern track. + +In the _Morning_ went a letter from Scott which shows that although +in a sense disappointed by the prospect of having to remain for +another winter, both he and his companions were not by any means +dismayed. 'It is poor luck,' he wrote, 'as I was dead keen on getting +a look round C. North before making for home. However we all take +it philosophically, and are perfectly happy and contented on board, +and shall have lots to do in winter, spring and summer. We will +have a jolly good try to free the ship next year, though I fear +manual labour doesn't go far with such terribly heavy ice as we +have here; but this year we were of course unprepared, and when +we realized the situation it was too late to begin anything like +extensive operations. I can rely on every single man that remains +in the ship and I gave them all the option of leaving... +[Page 147] +the ship's company is now practically naval-officers and men--it +is rather queer when one looks back to the original gift of two +officers.' + +Referring to the Southern journey he says, 'We cut our food and +fuel too fine.... I never knew before what it was to be hungry; +at times we were famished and had to tighten our belts nightly +before going to sleep. The others dreamt of food snatched away at +the last moment, but this didn't bother me so much.' + +But characteristically the greater part of this long letter refers +not to his own doings, but to the admirable qualities of those who +were with him. Wilson, Royds, Skelton, Hodgson, Barne and Bernacchi +are all referred to in terms of the warmest praise, and for the +manner in which Colbeck managed the relief expedition the greatest +admiration is expressed. But in some way or other Scott discovered +good points in all the officers he mentioned, and if they were +not satisfactory in every way his object seemed to be rather to +excuse than to blame them. He was, however, unaffectedly glad to +see the last of the cook, for the latter had shown himself far +more capable at talking than at cooking, and had related so many +of his wonderful adventures that one of the sailors reckoned that +the sum total of these thrilling experiences must have extended +over a period of five hundred and ninety years--which, as the sailor +said, was a fair age even for a cook. + +By March 14 even the most optimistic of the company were compelled +to admit the certainty of a second winter, and orders were given +to prepare the +[Page 148] +ship for it. Compared with the previous year the weather had been +a great deal worse, for there had been more wind and much lower +temperatures, and under such conditions it was hopeless to go on +expecting the ice to break up. But it was not to be wondered at +that they found themselves wondering what their imprisonment meant. +Was it the present summer or the last that was the exception? For +them this was the gravest question, since on the answer to it their +chance of getting away next year, or at all, depended. + +While, however, the situation as regards the future was not altogether +without anxiety, they sturdily determined to make the best of the +present. To ward off any chance of scurvy, it was determined to +keep rigidly to a fresh-meat routine throughout the winter, and +consequently a great number of seals and skuas had to be killed. +At first the skua had been regarded as unfit for human food, but +Skelton on a sledding trip had caught one in a noose and promptly +put it into the pot. And the result was so satisfactory that the +skua at once began to figure prominently on the menu. They had, +however, to deplore the absence of penguins from their winter diet, +because none had been seen near the ship for a long time. + +On Wednesday, April 24, the sun departed, but Scott remarks upon +this rather dismal fact with the greatest cheerfulness: 'It would be +agreeable to know what is going to happen next year, but otherwise +we have no wants. Our routine goes like clock-work; +[Page 149] +we eat, sleep, work and play at regular hours, and are never in +lack of employment. Hockey, I fear, must soon cease for lack of +light, but it has been a great diversion, although not unattended +with risks, for yesterday I captured a black eye from a ball furiously +driven by Royds.' + +Of the months that followed little need be said, except that Scott's +anticipations were fully realized. In fact the winter passed by +without a hitch, and their second mid-winter day found them even +more cheerful than their first. Hodgson continued to work away +with his fish-traps, tow-nets and dredging; Mulock, who had been +trained as a surveyor and had great natural abilities for the work, +was most useful, first in collecting and re-marking all the +observations, and later on in constructing temporary charts; while +Barne generally vanished after breakfast and spent many a day at +his distant sounding holes. + +Throughout the season the routine of scientific observations was +carried out in the same manner as in the previous year, while many +new details were added; and so engaged was everyone in serviceable +work that when the second long Polar night ended, Scott was able to +write: 'I do not think there is a soul on board the _Discovery_ who +would say that it has been a hardship.... All thoughts are turned +towards the work that lies before us, and it would be difficult to +be blind to the possible extent of its usefulness. Each day has +brought it more home to us how little we know and how much there +is to be learned, and we +[Page 150] +realize fully that this second year's work may more than double +the value of our observations. Life in these regions has lost any +terror it ever possessed for us, for we know that, come what may, +we can live, and live well, for any reasonable number of years +to come.' + + + + +[Page 151] +CHAPTER VIII + +THE WESTERN JOURNEY + + Path of advance! but it leads + A long steep journey through sunk + Gorges, o'er mountains in snow.--M. ARNOLD. + +During the second winter much time and attention had to be given +to the sledge equipment, for there was scarcely an article in it +that did not need to be thoroughly overhauled and refitted. But in +spite of all their efforts, the outfit for the coming season was +bound to be a tattered and makeshift affair. Skins of an inferior +quality had to be used for sleeping-bags; the tents were blackened +with use, threadbare in texture, and patched in many places; the +cooking apparatus was considerably the worse for wear; the wind +clothes were almost worn out, while for all the small bags, which +were required for provisions, they were obliged to fall back on any +sheets and tablecloths that could be found. This state of things, +however, was very far from daunting their spirits, and long before +the winter was over the plan of campaign for the next season had +been drawn up. + +In making the program Scott knew that extended +[Page 152] +journeys could only be made by properly supported parties, and it +was easy to see that his small company would not be able to make +more than two supported journeys, though it might be just possible +to make a third more or less lengthy journey without support. The +next thing to decide was in what direction these parties should +go, and in this connection the greatest interest undoubtedly lay +in the west. To explore the Ferrar Glacier from a geological point +of view and find out the nature of the interior ice-cap must, Scott +determined, be attempted at all costs, and this journey to the +west he decided to lead himself. + +In the south it was evident that without dogs no party could hope +to get beyond the point already reached. But Scott's journey had +been made a long way from land, and consequently had left many +problems unsolved, chief among which were the extraordinary straits +that had appeared to run through the mountain ranges without rising +in level. It was therefore with the main object of exploring one +of them that the second supported party, under the leadership of +Barne and Mulock, was to set out. + +The credit in arranging the direction in which the unsupported +party should go belongs to Bernacchi, who was the first to ask +Scott what proof they had that the barrier surface continued on +a level to the eastward; and when Scott began to consider this +question, he discovered that there was no definite proof, and decided +that the only way to get it was to go and see. + +[Illustration: PINNACLED ICE AT MOUTH OF FERRAR GLACIER. _Photo +by F. Debenham._] + +[Illustration: PRESSURE RIDGES NORTH SIDE OF DISCOVERY BLUFF. _Photo +by F. Debenham._] + +[Page 153] +Besides the longer journeys, the program included a number of shorter +ones for specific purposes, and the most important of these were +the periodic visits to the Emperor penguin rookery, as it was hoped +that Wilson would be able to observe these birds from the beginning +of their breeding season. + +Finally, one important factor was to dominate all the sledding +arrangements, for although the _Discovery_ was mainly at the mercy +of natural causes, Scott made up his mind that everything man could +do to free her from the ice should be done. As soon as they could +hope to make any impression upon the great ice-sheet around them, +the whole force of the company was to set to work at the task of +extrication, and so all sledding journeys were to start in time +to assure their return to the ship by the middle of December. + +On September 9 Scott got away with his own party of Skelton, Dailey, +Evans, Lashly and Handsley, their object being to find a new road to +the Ferrar Glacier, and on it to place a depôt ready for a greater +effort over the ice-cap. The Ferrar Glacier descends gradually +to the inlet, which had been named New Harbor, but Armitage had +reported most adversely on this inlet as a route for sledges, and +in conducting his own party had led it across the high foot-hills. +As yet Scott had not been to this region, but in the nature of +things he could not help thinking that some practical route must +exist up the New Harbour inlet, and that if it could be found the +journey to the west would be much easier. And the result of this +little journey +[Page 154] +was really important, for whereas Armitage, at the foot of the +Ferrar Glacier, had seen the disturbance on the south side, and +had concluded that it must extend right across, Scott's party +fortunately pushed over this disturbance and found much easier +conditions beyond it. + +The fact thus discovered, and which was amply supported by further +observations, was that invariably in the Antarctic regions where +glaciers run more or less east and west, the south side will be +found to be much broken up and decayed, while the north side will +be comparatively smooth and even. The reason of this, of course, +is simple enough, for the sun achieves its highest altitude in the +north, and consequently its warmest and most direct rays fall on +the south side of a valley. Here, therefore, the greater part of +the summer melting takes place, and a wild chaos of ice disturbance +is caused. + +Scott's party, by taking a different route, laid a depôt at a spot +which Armitage had taken three weeks to reach, and was back again +at the ship in less than a fortnight. + +'We were,' Scott says, 'inclined to be exceedingly self-satisfied; +we had accomplished our object with unexpected ease, we had done +a record march, and we had endured record temperatures--at least, +we thought so, and thought also how pleasant it would be to tell +these things in front of a nice bright fire. As we approached the +ship, however, Hodgson came out to greet us, and his first question +was, "What temperatures +[Page 155] +have you had?" We replied by complacently quoting our array of +_minus_ fifties, but he quickly cut us short by remarking that we +were not in it.' + +In fact during those few days there had been a very cold snap throughout +the region. Barne's party on the barrier, where they had been laying +a depôt, had the coldest time, and after their thermometer had +fallen lower and lower its spirit-column broke at -67.7°. Royds +and his party also had to endure -62°, but in other respects they +were in luck. For on arriving at Cape Crozier they found that the +Emperor penguins had already hatched out their young, and Wilson +was delighted to get the opportunity of studying the chicks at +such a tender age. Commenting upon this and another journey to +Cape Crozier, Wilson wrote: 'The Emperor penguin stands nearly +four feet high, and weighs upward of eighty to ninety pounds.... +I think the chickens hate their parents, and when one watches the +proceedings in a rookery it strikes one as not surprising. In the +first place there is about one chick to ten or twelve adults, and +each adult has an overpowering desire to "sit" on something. Both +males and females want to nurse, and the result is that when a +chicken finds himself alone there is a rush on the part of a dozen +unemployed to seize him. Naturally he runs away, and dodges here +and there till a six-stone Emperor falls on him, and then begins +a regular football scrimmage, in which each tries to hustle the +other off, and the end is too often disastrous to the chick.... +I think it is not +[Page 156] +an exaggeration to say that of the 77 per cent. that die no less +than half are killed by kindness.' + +From Cape Crozier Cross resolved to try to bring two chickens back +to the ship, and by giving up his sleeping jacket to keep them +warm and tending them with the utmost care, he succeeded in his +attempt. But eventually they died from unnatural feeding, and Wilson +says: 'Had we even succeeded in bringing them to the age when they +put on their feathers, I fear that the journey home through the +tropics would have proved too much for them, as we had no means +of making a cool place for them on the ship.' + +September 21 brought with it a grievous disappointment, as on that +day the nautical almanac announced that nine-tenths of the sun would +be obscured. For this event Bernacchi had made the most careful +preparations, and everyone was placed under his orders during the +day. Telescopes and the spectroscopic camera were trained in the +right direction, magnetic instruments were set to run at quick +speed, and observers were told off to watch everything on which the +absence of sun could possibly have the smallest effect. Everything, +in short, was ready except the sun itself which obstinately refused +to come out. 'There may,' Scott says, 'have been an eclipse of +the sun on September 21, 1903, as the almanac said, but we should +none of us have liked to swear to the fact.' + +The next three weeks or so were spent in preparations for the long +journeys, and on October 12 Scott +[Page 157] +left the ship with a party of twelve, and four 11-foot sledges. First +came his own party, which included Skelton, Feather, Evans, Lashly +and Handsley; secondly there was a small party for the geologist, +Ferrar, who was accompanied by Kennar and Weller; and thirdly there +were the supports, consisting of Dailey, Williamson and Plumley. + +Scott guessed rightly that in many respects this was going to be the +hardest task he had yet undertaken, but he knew also that experience +would be a thing to be reckoned upon, and that it would take a +good deal to stop the determined men whom he had chosen. At the +start their loads were a little over 200 lbs. per man, but most +of the party were by this time in thoroughly good condition, and +by hard marching they covered the forty-five miles to New Harbour +and reached the snow-cape early on the 14th. + +This snow-cape in future was to be known as Butter Point, for here +on their return journey they could hope to obtain fresh seal-meat, +and in preparation for this great event a tin of butter was carried +and left at the point for each party. + +At first all went well with the travelers, and it was not until +the evening of the 17th, when they were camped amid indescribably +beautiful scenery, that the first cloud of trouble arose. Then +Dailey the carpenter reported that the German silver had split +under the runners of two sledges, and this was a most serious blow; +for although the wood runners were capable of running on snow without +protection, on +[Page 158] +hard, sharp ice, especially if the sledge was heavily laden, they +would be knocked to pieces in a very short time. It was, therefore, +absolutely necessary to protect the runners on this journey, but +unfortunately the German silver protection had already stood a +season's work, and had worn thin without giving any outward sign. + +From start to finish of the Ferrar Glacier about ninety miles of +hard ice were to be expected, and the problem that immediately +arose was how to get the sledges over this without damage. + +By lunch-time on the 18th they had achieved a height of over 6,000 +feet, and by that time the sledges were in such a parlous state +that Scott had all of them unpacked and the runners turned up for +inspection. Horrid revelations followed; one sledge remained sound, +and Scott promptly decided that there was one course and only one to +take, and that was to return to the ship as fast as they could. Had +two sledges been available the advance party might have struggled on, +but with one they could do nothing; so they left the sound sledge +with everything else except the half-week's provisions necessary +to take them back, and on the following days they 'came as near +flying as is possible with a sledge party.' On the morning of the +19th they had eighty-seven miles to cover, and by 8.30 P.M. on +the 21st they had reached the ship. + +During this march Scott had determined to test his own party to +the utmost, but seeing no necessity +[Page 159] +for the supports to be dragged into this effort he told them to +take their own time. The supporting party, however, did not mean +to be left behind if they could help it, and later on the night +of the 21st they also reached the ship. In the hard struggle of +the last hours some of the members of the supporting party, though +determined not to give in, had been comically astounded by the +pace which was set, and Kennar, presumably referring to Scott, +kept on repeating, 'If he can do it, I don't see why I can't: my +legs are as long as his. + +Five days after their flying return they were off again, and although +the material for repairing sledges was very scanty, one sound 11-foot +sledge had been made and also a 7-foot one for Ferrar's glacier +work. Trouble, however, almost at once began with the runners, +and on the 29th Ferrar's sledge gave out and caused a long delay. +But in spite of being held up by wind for two days, they reached +their depôt on November 1, and thought at first that everything +was safe. On examination, however, they discovered that a violent +gale had forced open the lid of the instrument box, and that several +things were missing, among which Scott found to his dismay was +the 'Hints to Travelers.' + +'The gravity of this blow,' he wrote in his diary on November 1, +'can scarcely be exaggerated; but whilst I realized the blow I +felt that nothing would induce me to return to the ship a second +time; I thought it fair, however, to put the case to the others, +[Page 160] +and I am, as I expected, fortified by their willing consent to take +the risks of pushing on.' + +In traveling to the west, Scott expected to be--as indeed he was--out +of sight of landmarks for some weeks. In such a case as this the +sledge-traveler is in precisely the same position as a ship or a +boat at sea: he can only obtain a knowledge of his whereabouts +by observation of the sun or stars, and with the help of these +observations he finds his latitude and longitude, but to do this a +certain amount of data is required. 'Hints to Travelers' supplies +these necessary data, and it was on this book that Scott had been +relying to help him to work out his sights and fix accurately the +position of his party. Unless he went back to the ship to make +good his loss, he was obliged to take the risk of marching into +the unknown without knowing exactly where he was or how he was to +get back. 'If,' he says, 'the loss of our "Hints to Travelers" did +not lead us into serious trouble it caused me many a bad half-hour.' + +Having, however, decided to push on, they wasted no time about +it, and although the sledge-runners continued to need constant +attention they arrived at the base of the upper glacier reach on +the 2nd, and on the following day gained a height of 7,000 feet. + +So far nothing exceptionally eventful had occurred, but November +4 was destined to begin a time that Scott described afterwards as +'the most miserable week I have ever spent.' In the morning of +the 4th there was bright sunshine with a cold, increasing wind, +[Page 161] +but later on the sun disappeared and the weather became very +threatening. Still, however, they battled on and were half-way +up the bare, icy slope they were climbing, when the air became +thick with driving snow and the full force of the gale burst upon +them. Pushing on at almost a run they succeeded in reaching the +top, and hurriedly started to search for a patch of snow on which +to camp, but nothing could be found except bare, blue ice. By this +time the position was becoming serious, all of them were frost-bitten +in the face, and although the runners of the sledges were split +again so badly that they could barely pull them over the surface, +they did not dare to leave the sledges in the thick drift. + +At last a white patch was seen and a rush was made for it, but the +snow discovered was so ancient and wind-swept that it was almost +as hard as the ice itself. Nevertheless they knew it was this or +nothing, and Scott seized a shovel for his own tent-party, and +dug for all he was worth without making the least impression. At +this moment Feather, the boatswain, luckily came to help him, and +being more expert with the shovel managed to chip out a few small +blocks. Then they tried to get up a tent, but again and again it +and the poles were blown flat, and at least an hour passed before +the tents were erected. 'Nothing,' Scott wrote, 'but experience +saved us from disaster to-day, for I feel pretty confident that +we could not have stood another hour in the open.' + +Little, however, did they expect when shelter +[Page 162] +was gained that a week would pass before they could resume their +march. From November 4-11 the gale raged unceasingly, and meanwhile +not a vision of the outer world came to them, for they were enveloped +continuously in a thick fog of driving snow. + +In Scott's tent there was one book, Darwin's 'Cruise of the _Beagle_,' +and first one and then another would read this aloud, until frozen +fingers prevented the pages from being turned over. Only one piece +of work were they able to perform, and this on the first day when, +thinking the storm would soon blow over, they hauled the sledges +beneath one of the tents and stripped the German silver ready for +the onward march. + +By the fifth day of their imprisonment sleep began to desert them, +and Scott, realizing that the long inactivity was telling on the +health of the party, determined that whatever the conditions might +be he would try to start on the following morning. + +This attempt, however, resulted in complete failure. In ten minutes +both of Scott's hands were 'gone,' Skelton had three toes and the +heel of one foot badly frost-bitten, and Feather lost all feeling +in both feet. 'Things are looking serious,' Scott wrote after this +unsuccessful effort to be up and doing, 'I fear the long spell of +bad weather is telling on us. The cheerfulness of the party is +slowly waning; I heard the usual song from Lashly this morning, +but it was very short-lived and dolorous.... Something must be +done to-morrow, but what it will be, to-morrow only can show.' + +Fortunately the next morning brought a lull in the +[Page 163] +storm, and though the air was still as thick as a hedge it was +possible at last to break away from 'Desolation Camp.' Then Scott's +party separated from Ferrar's, the former making for the ice-fall +and eventually and miraculously reaching the top without accident. +On starting they could not see half-a-dozen yards ahead, and at +once went as nearly as possible into an enormous chasm; and when +they began to ascend they crossed numerous crevasses without waiting +to see if the bridges would bear. 'I really believe that we were +in a state when we none of us really cared much what happened; +our sole thought was to get away from that miserable spot.' + +But during the succeeding days fortune was with them, and by the +night of the 13th the fight was won and the summit reached. With +five weeks' provisions in hand, and the prospect of covering many +miles before a return to the glacier would be necessary, they were, +as they camped at the elevation of 8,900 feet, a very different +party from the one which had struggled out of 'Desolation Camp' +on the morning of the 11th. + +But they had scarcely gained the summit of the icecap and started the +journey to the west before troubles again began to gather round them. +The long stay in 'Desolation Camp' had covered their sleeping-bags +and night-jackets with ice, and with falling temperatures this ice +had so little chance to evaporate that camping arrangements were +acutely uncomfortable; and as each night the thermometer fell a +little lower, +[Page 164] +the chance of relief from this state of things could scarcely be +said to exist. The wind, too, was a constant worry, for though it +was not very strong, when combined with the low temperature and +rarefied air its effect was blighting. + +'I do not think,' Scott wrote, 'that it would be possible to conceive +a more cheerless prospect than that which faced us at this time, +when on this lofty, desolate plateau we turned our backs upon the +last mountain peak that could remind us of habitable lands. Yet +before us lay the unknown. What fascination lies in that word! +Could anyone wonder that we determined to push on, be the outlook +ever so comfortless?' + +So they plodded forward with all their strength, but in spite of +every effort their progress gradually became slower. By the 17th +the sledges had been divided, Scott, Feather, and Evans leading +with one, while Skelton, Handsley, and Lashly followed with the +other. But Scott found very soon that the second sledge had great +difficulty in keeping up, and that although he himself felt thoroughly +strong and well, some of his companions were beginning to fail. As +was natural with such men not one of them would own that he was +exhausted, and in consequence it was only by paying the keenest +attention that he could detect those who from sheer incapacity +were relaxing their strain on the traces. And his position was not +pleasant even when he knew, for to tell any of these brave people +that they must turn back was a most unenviable +[Page 165] +task. Thus it came about that all six of them marched on, though +Scott was sure that better progress would have been made had the +party been divided. + +Something like a climax was reached on the 20th, when Handsley +more or less broke down. Not for a moment, however, did he mean +to give up, and when he was relieved of some part of his work he +begged Scott not again to make an example of him. In Handsley's +opinion his breakdown was a disgrace, and no arguments would make +him change it. Small wonder then that Scott wrote in his diary: +'What children these men are, and yet what splendid children! The +boatswain has been suffering agonies from his back; he has been +pulling just behind me, and in some sympathy that comes through the +traces I have got to know all about him, yet he has never uttered a +word of complaint, and when he knows my eye is on him he straightens +up and pretends he is just as fit as ever. What is one to do with +such people?' + +What Scott did was to try for another day to go on as before, but +on November 22 he had to tell Skelton, Feather, and Handsley that +they must turn back, and though 'they could not disguise their +disappointment, they all seemed to understand that it had to be.' + +From the date on which Scott reluctantly came to this decision, +three weeks of the hardest physical toil followed for him and his +companions, Evans and Lashly. Nevertheless Scott looked back upon +this strenuous time with unmixed satisfaction, and paid a +[Page 166] +high tribute of praise to his companions for their part in the +successful work that was done. + +'With these two men behind me,' he says, 'our sledge seemed to be +a living thing, and the days of slow progress were numbered.... +Troubles and discomforts were many, and we could only guess at +the progress we made, but we knew that by sticking to our task +we should have our reward when our observations came to be worked +out on board the ship.' + +Regularly each night the temperature fell to -40° or below, while +during the marching hours it rarely rose much above -25°, and with +this low temperature there was a constant wind. In fact the wind was +the plague of their lives and cut them to pieces. So cracked were +their faces that laughing hurt horribly, and the first half-hour +of the morning march, before they were warmed up to the work, was +dreadful, as then all their sore places got frost-bitten. In short the +last week of their outward march was a searching test of endurance, +but they had resolved to march on until November 30, and in spite +of the miserable conditions there was no turning back before the +month had ended. + +Scott, however, was most undisguisedly glad when November 30 had +come and gone. 'We have finished our last outward march, thank +heaven! Nothing has kept us going during the past week but the +determination to carry out our original intention of going on to +the end of the month, and so here we have pitched our last camp.' + + + + +[Page 167] +CHAPTER IX + +THE RETURN FROM THE WEST + + Ceaseless frost round the vast solitude + Bound its broad zone of stillness.--SHELLEY. + +'We are all,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'very proud of our march +out. I don't know where we are, but I know we must be a long way to +the west from my rough noon observation of the compass variation.' +But not for anything in the world did he want again to see the +interior of Victoria Land. Writing two years after this great march +he says: 'For me the long month which we spent on the Victoria Land +summit remains as some vivid but evil dream. I have a memory of +continuous strain on mind and body, lightened only by the unfailing +courage and cheerfulness of my companions.' + +From first to last the month of November had been a struggle to +penetrate into this barren, deserted, wind-swept, piercingly cold, +and fearfully monotonous region, and although on turning homewards +the travelers were relieved by having the wind at their backs, the +time of trial was by no means over. Only by utilizing all their +powers of marching could they hope +[Page 168] +to retreat in safety from their position, and December opened with +such overcast weather that valuable time had to be spent in the +tent. During the next few days, however, good marches were made, +until on December 9 everything changed abruptly for the worse. + +On the afternoon of the 9th the surface became so abominably bad, +that by pulling desperately they could not get the sledge along +at more than a mile an hour. Oil was growing short, and in view +of the future Scott had to propose that marching hours should be +increased by one hour, that they should use half allowance of oil, +and that if they did not sight landmarks within a couple of days +their rations should be reduced. 'When I came to the cold lunch +and fried breakfast poor Evans' face fell; he evidently doesn't +much believe in the virtue of food, unless it is in the form of +a _hoosh_ and has some chance of sticking to one's ribs.' + +Land was sighted on the 10th, 11th, and 12th, but the weather was +as overcast as ever, and Scott was still in dreadful uncertainty +of their whereabouts, because he was unable to recognize a single +point. Ten hours' pulling per day was beginning to tell upon them, +and although apart from the increasing pangs of hunger there was +no sign of sickness, Scott remarks, on the 12th, that they were +becoming 'gaunt shadows.' + +During the morning of the 13th Evans' nose, which had been more +or less frost-bitten for some weeks, had an especially bad attack. +His attitude +[Page 169] +to this unruly member was one of comic forbearance, as though, +while it scarcely belonged to him, he was more or less responsible +for it and so had to make excuses. On this occasion when told that +it had 'gone,' he remarked in a resigned tone, 'My poor old nose +again; well, there, it's chronic!' By the time it had been brought +round a storm was blowing, and though they continued to march, +the drift was so thick that at any moment they might have walked +over the edge of a precipice--a fitting prelude to what, by general +consent, was admitted to be the most adventurous day in their lives. + +Prospects, when they started to march on the next morning, were at +first a little brighter, but soon a bitterly cold wind was blowing and +high ice hummocks began to appear ahead of them. In this predicament +Scott realized that it was both rash to go forward, as the air was +becoming thick with snow-drift, and equally rash to stop, for if they +had to spend another long spell in a blizzard camp, starvation would +soon be staring them in the face. So he asked Evans and Lashly if +they were ready to take the risk of going on, and promptly discovered +that they were. Then they marched straight for the ice disturbance, +and as the surface became smoother and the slope steeper their +sledge began to overrun them. At this point Scott put Evans and +Lashly behind to hold the sledge back, while he continued in front +to guide its course, and what happened afterwards is described +most graphically in the diary of the 15th. + +[Page 170] +'Suddenly Lashly slipped, and in an instant he was sliding downward +on his back; directly the strain came on Evans, he too was thrown +off his feet. It all happened in a moment, and before I had time +to look the sledge and the two men hurtled past me; I braced myself +to stop them, but might as well have attempted to hold an express +train. With the first jerk I was whipped off my legs, and we all +three lay sprawling on our backs and flying downward with an +ever-increasing velocity. For some reason the first thought that +flashed into my mind was that someone would break a limb if he +attempted to stop our mad career, and I shouted something to this +effect, but might as well have saved my breath. Then there came +a sort of vague wonder as to what would happen next, and in the +midst of that I was conscious that we had ceased to slide smoothly +and were now bounding over a rougher incline, sometimes leaving +it for several yards at a time; my thought flew to broken limbs +again, for I felt we could not stand much of such bumping. + +'At length we gave a huge leap into the air, and yet we traveled +with such velocity that I had not time to think before we came +down with tremendous force on a gradual incline of rough, hard, +wind-swept snow. Its irregularities brought us to rest in a moment +or two, and I staggered to my feet in a dazed fashion, wondering +what had happened. + +'Then to my joy I saw the others also struggling to their legs, and +in another moment I could thank heaven that no limbs were broken. +But we had by +[Page 171] +no means escaped scathless; our legs now show one black bruise from +knee to thigh, and Lashly was unfortunate enough to land once on +his back, which is bruised and very painful.... I, as the lightest, +escaped the easiest, yet before the two men crawled painfully to +their feet their first question was to ask if I had been hurt. + +'As soon as I could pull myself together I looked round, and now to +my astonishment I saw that we were well on towards the entrance of our +own glacier; ahead and on either side of us appeared well-remembered +landmarks, whilst behind, in the rough broken ice-wall over which we +had fallen, I now recognized at once the most elevated ice cascade +of our valley.... + +'I cannot but think that this sudden revelation of our position +was very wonderful. Half an hour before we had been lost; I could +not have told whether we were making for our own glacier or any +other, or whether we were ten or fifty miles from our depôt; it +was more than a month since we had seen any known landmark. Now +in this extraordinary manner the curtain had been raised... and +down the valley we could see the high cliffs of the Depôt Nunatak +where peace and plenty awaited us.' + +The sledge had not capsized until they all rolled over at the end, +but the jolting had scattered their belongings and broken open the +biscuit box, with the result that they had no provisions left, +except the few scraps they could pick up and the meager contents +of their food bag. As quickly as stiffening limbs would +[Page 172] +allow they collected their scattered articles, repacked the sledge +and marched on towards the depôt. Before them lay a long plateau, at +the edge of which Scott knew that they would find a second cascade, +and beneath it the region of Desolation Camp and a more gradual +icy surface down to the depôt. + +Fortune favored them in descending the second cascade, and quite +unsuspicious of any further danger they joined up their harness to +their usual positions in front of the sledge. This brought Scott +in the middle and a little in advance, with Lashly on his right +and Evans on his left. Presently the sledge began to skid, and +Scott told Lashly to pull wide to steady it. Scarcely had this +order been obeyed when Scott and Evans stepped on nothing and +disappeared, while Lashly miraculously saved himself from following +and sprang back with his whole weight on the trace. The sledge +flashed by him and jumped the crevasse down which Scott and Evans +had gone, one side of the sledge being cracked by the jerk but +the other side mercifully holding. 'Personally,' Scott says, 'I +remember absolutely nothing until I found myself dangling at the +end of my trace with blue walls on either side and a very horrid +looking gulf below; large ice-crystals dislodged by our movements +continued to shower down on our heads. As a first step I took off +my goggles; I then discovered that Evans was hanging just above +me. I asked him if he was all right, and received a reassuring +reply in his calm, matter-of-fact tones.' + +[Page 173] +Then Scott began to grope about on every side with his cramponed +feet, but not until his struggles set him swinging did his leg +suddenly strike a projection. At a glance he saw that by raising +himself he could get a foothold on this, and after a short struggle +he stood upon a thin shaft of ice, which was wedged providentially +between the walls of the chasm, and could look about him. To the +right or left, above or below, there was not the vestige of another +such support, nothing, in fact, but the smooth walls of ice. The +projection seemed to have got there by a miracle, but miracle or +not the thing to do was to help Evans, and when the latter had +slipped his harness well up beneath his arms Scott found that he +could pilot his feet to the bridge. + +'All this had occupied some time, and it was only now that I realized +what had happened above us, for there, some twelve feet over our +heads, was the outline of the broken sledge. I saw at once what a +frail support remained, and shouted to Lashly to ask what he could +do, and then I knew the value of such a level-headed companion; +for whilst he held on grimly to the sledge and us with one hand, +his other was busily employed in withdrawing our ski. At length +he succeeded in sliding two of these beneath the broken sledge, +and so making our support more secure.' + +But clever as this device was it still left them without Lashly's +active assistance, because directly he relaxed his hold the sledge +began to slip. The only +[Page 174] +possible course, therefore, was for Scott and Evans to climb out +unaided, and, after a word with Evans Scott decided to try first; +though he confessed afterwards that he never expected to reach +the top. Not for a longtime had he swarmed a rope, and to do so +in thick clothing, heavy crampons, and with frost-bitten fingers +seemed to him impossible. Of the struggle that followed he remembered +little except that he got a rest when he could plant his foot in +the belt of his own harness, and again when his feet held on the +rings of the belt. 'Then came a mighty effort, till I reached the +stirrup formed by the rope span of the sledge, and then, mustering +all the strength that remained, I reached the sledge itself and +flung myself on to the snow beyond. Lashly said, "Thank God!" and +it was perhaps then that I realized that his position had been +the worst of all.' + +But having arrived at the top he was completely out of action for +several minutes, for his hands were white to the wrists, and not +until their circulation came back could he get to work. With two on +top and only one below the position, however, was very different, +and presently Evans, badly frost-bitten, was landed on the surface. +For a minute or two they could only stand and look at one another. +Then Evans said, 'Well, I'm blowed,' which was the first sign of +surprise he had shown. + +By six o'clock on that same evening they reached their depôt, and +passed from abject discomfort to rest and peace. Bruised, sore +and tired as they were, +[Page 175] +Lashly sang merrily as he stirred the pot, while Scott and Evans +sat on the sledge, shifted their foot-gear, spread out their clothes +to dry, and talked cheerily about the happenings of the day. + +From this time onward their camp-life was wholly, pleasant, except +to Lashly who had an attack of snow-blindness. Apart from that they +were in the best of condition for the hard marching in front of +them, and when on the night of the 20th they reached their second +depôt and could look out towards the sea, they did not care how far +round they might have to walk if only that stubborn sheet of ice +had broken away. But it was too evident that their homeward track +might be as straight as they chose, as only in the far distance was +open water to be seen, and with sorrow they realized that there +must still be many miles of ice between it and the _Discovery_. + +Late on Christmas Eve they were once more on board the ship after +an absence of fifty-nine days, during which they had traveled 725 +miles. Taking the eighty-one days of absence which had constituted +the whole sledding season, Scott, Evans and Lashly had covered 1,098 +miles, and, not including minor undulations, had climbed heights +which totaled to 19,000 feet. On getting back to the _Discovery_ +Scott found only Koettlitz, Handsley and Quartley on board, because +all the rest of the company had gone to the north to saw through the +ice; and during the few days of rest that he allowed himself before +going to the sawing-camp, he was able to read the reports of the +[Page 176] +officers who had led the other journeys, and to see what excellent +work had been done during his absence. + +Ferrar's survey and Skelton's photographic work had added materially +to the value of the western journey; the party led by Barne and +Mulock to the south had met with ill-fortune from the start, but +throughout the journey Mulock used the theodolite indefatigably, +with the results that this stretch of coast-line was more accurately +plotted than any other part of Victoria Land, and that the positions +and height of over two hundred mountain peaks were fixed. Barne +also obtained a very good indication of the movement of the Great +Barrier ice-sheet. During Royds' journey, on which the party went +on very short food allowance, Bernacchi took a most interesting +series of magnetic observations. And although to Bernacchi himself +belongs the greatest credit, some reflected glory, at any rate, fell +upon his companions, because they had to stay shivering outside +the tent while he was at work inside it. + +Wilson had not only been busy with the penguins at Cape Crozier, but +had also made a complete examination of the enormous and interesting +pressure ridges which form the junction of the Great Barrier ice-mass +with the land, and subsequently had spent much time in studying the +windless area to the south of Ross Island. Also, with Armitage and +Heald, he had made an excellent little journey, on which Armitage +obtained some very good photographs, +[Page 177] +sufficient in themselves to prove the receding glacial conditions +of the whole continent. + +In short during Scott's absence his companions had been working +strenuously to increase the supply of information; so when the +second sledding-season ended, they could with reason congratulate +themselves that the main part of their work was done. + + + + +[Page 178] +CHAPTER X + +RELEASE + + And Thor + Set his shoulder hard against the stern + To push the ship through... + ...and the water gurgled in + And the ship floated on the waves and rock'd. + M. ARNOLD. + +After a few days on board Scott became restless to see what was +going on in the sawing-camp, and on the morning of the 31st he +started off with Evans, Lashly and Handsley to march the ten and +a half miles to the north. When the instructions for this attempt +to free the _Discovery_ were drawn up, there had been, of course, +no telling how broad the ice-sheet would be when operations began, +and Scott had been obliged to assume that it would be nearly the +same as in the previous year, when the open water had extended to +the Dellbridge Islets about eleven miles from the ship. There he +directed that the camp should be made, and Armitage, on whom in +Scott's absence the command had devolved, made all preparations +in accordance with the instructions he had received. + +At the outset, however, a difficulty awaited him, +[Page 179] +as in the middle of December the open water, instead of being up +to the islets, ended at least ten miles farther to the north. Under +the circumstances he considered it dangerous to take the camp out to +the ice-edge, and so the sawing work had been begun in the middle +of the ice-sheet instead of at its edge. + +Thirty people were in the camp when Scott arrived, and though at +first the work had been painful both to arms and backs they were +all in splendid condition and spirits. Fortunately this was a land +of plenty, penguins and seals abounded, and everyone agreed that, +apart from the labour, they were having a most enjoyable time, +though no one imagined that the work would be useful. + +In two days Scott was as convinced as anyone that the work must be +in vain, and ordered the sawing to stop. 'I have been much struck,' +he wrote, 'by the way in which everyone has cheerfully carried on +this hopeless work until the order came to halt. There could have +been no officer or man among them who did not see from the first +how utterly useless it was, and yet there has been no faltering +or complaint, simply because all have felt that, as the sailor +expresses it, "Them's the orders."' + +With twenty miles of ice between the _Discovery_ and freedom, the +possibility of yet another winter had to be considered, so although +most of the company returned to the ship, Lashly, Evans, Handsley +and Clarke were left behind to make sure of an adequate stock of +penguins. And then Scott being unable +[Page 180] +to do any good by remaining in the ship started off to the north +with Wilson, the former being anxious to watch the ice-edge and see +what chance there was of a break-up, while Wilson wanted to study +the life of that region. This journey was to be 'a real picnic,' with +no hard marching and plenty to eat; and, pursuing their leisurely +way, on January 4 they were within half a mile of the open water +when Wilson suddenly said, 'There they are.' Then Scott looked +round, and on the rocks of Cape Royds saw a red smudge dotted with +thousands of little black and white figures. Without doubt they +had stumbled upon a penguin rookery, but interesting as it was to +have made the discovery, it was at the same time exasperating to +think of the feast of eggs they had missed in the last two years. +During the rest of the day they watched the penguins and the skua +gulls which were nesting around them; and before supper they took +soap and towels down to a rill of thaw-water that ran within a few +yards of their tent, and washed in the warm sunlight. 'Then,' Scott +says, 'we had a dish of fried penguin's liver with seal kidneys; +eaten straight out of the frying-pan, this was simply delicious. +I have come to the conclusion that life in the Antarctic Regions +can be very pleasant.' + +Still in the proper picnic spirit they dawdled over their breakfast +on the following day, and were lazily discussing plans when Scott, +looking through the open door of the tent to the clear sea beyond, +suddenly caught sight of a ship. In a moment haste and bustle reigned +supreme, and while they were searching for +[Page 181] +boots and other things necessary for the march, Wilson said, 'Why, +there's another,' and without any doubt two vessels were framed +in the doorway. It had at once been taken for granted that the +first ship was the _Morning_, but what in the name of fortune was +the meaning of the other neither Scott nor Wilson could imagine. +The easiest and quickest way to find out was to go straight on +board, for the ships were making for the ice-edge some five miles +to the westward, but if they had followed this simple plan their +companions on the _Discovery_ would have known nothing about it, +and would have been compelled to wait for their mails. So they +started southward to find the penguin hunters, and then to send +them to establish communications with the ship. For a long time +no sight of the men could be seen, but after traveling about six +miles Scott and Wilson saw the tent, though without any signs of +life about it; indeed they were within a hundred yards before in +answer to their shouts four very satisfied figures emerged, still +munching the remains of a meal. 'Of course,' Scott says, 'I thought +they had not seen the ships, but they had, only, as they explained, +they didn't see there was any cause for them to do anything in the +matter. I said, "But, good heavens, you want your mails, don't +you?" "Oh, yes, sir," they replied, "but we thought that would be +all right." In other words, they as good as said that life was so +extremely easy and pleasant that there was no possible object in +worrying over such a trifle as the arrival of a relief expedition.' +When, however, they +[Page 182] +had got their orders they were off at once, and Scott and Wilson +went back to the ships and soon found out from Colbeck why the +_Terra Nova_ had accompanied the _Morning_, and how strangely the +aspect of affairs had altered. Writing in his diary on that night +Scott says, 'I can only record that in spite of the good home news, +and in spite of the pleasure of seeing old friends again, I was +happier last night than I am to-night.' + +Briefly the reasons for the sending of the two ships instead of +one were these. Scott's report taken by the _Morning_ had left +the strong impression that the relief ship must again be sent to +the south in 1903. The 'Morning' fund, however, was inadequate to +meet the requirements of another year, and there was not time enough +to appeal to the public and to explain the full necessities of the +case. In these circumstances there was nothing for the Societies +to do but to appeal to the Government, and eventually the latter +agreed to undertake the whole conduct of the relief expedition, +provided that the _Morning_, as she stood, was delivered over to +them. The Government naturally placed the management of affairs in +the hands of the Admiralty, and once having taken the responsibility +it was felt that two ships must be sent, in order that there should +be no risk of the pledge being unfulfilled. + +The _Terra Nova_, one of the finest of the whaling ships, was bought, +and a whaling crew, under the command of Captain Harry MacKay, +was engaged to navigate her. Towards the end of November 1903 she +layoff Hobart Town in Tasmania, and in +[Page 183] +December she was joined by the _Morning_, Captain Colbeck being +directed to take charge of this joint venture until both ships +could come under Scott's command. + +Thus it happened that, much to every one's surprise, two ships +arrived off the edge of the fast ice on January 4, 1904. It was +not, however, the arrival of the _Terra Nova_, whose captain from +the first was anxious to help in every way, but quite another matter +that made Scott so sad--and naturally sad--at this time. + +In England the majority of those competent to judge the situation +had formed the opinion that the _Discovery_ was stuck fast in the +ice for all time. Whether the Admiralty held this opinion or not +is of no consequence, because in any case it was their duty to see +that the expense of another relief expedition should be avoided. +Consequently there was no other course open to them except to tell +Scott to abandon the _Discovery_, if she could not be freed in +time to accompany the relief ships to the north. But necessary +as this order was, it placed Scott and his companions in a very +cruel position. Under the most ordinary conditions a sailor would +go through much rather than abandon his ship, but the ties which +bound Scott and his company to the _Discovery_ were very far beyond +the ordinary; indeed they involved a depth of sentiment not in the +least surprising when their associations with her are remembered. + +In spite of their long detention in the ice, the thought of leaving +her had never entered their heads. +[Page 184] +Some time she would be free again, and even if they had to spend +a third winter in her they had determined to go through with it, +and make themselves as comfortable as possible. + +It was from this passably contented frame of mind that they were +rudely awakened. Now they were obliged to face the fact that unless +a twenty-mile plain of ice broke up within six weeks, they must bid +a long farewell to their beloved ship and return to their homes +as castaways. So with the arrival of the relief ships there fell +the first and last cloud of gloom which was ever allowed on board +the _Discovery_. And as day followed day with no improvement in +the ice conditions, the gloom deepened until anyone might easily +have imagined that an Antarctic expedition was a most dismal affair. + +On January 10 Scott wrote: 'Reached the ship this morning, and +this afternoon assembled all hands on the mess-deck, where I told +them exactly how matters stood. There was a stony silence. I have +not heard a laugh in the ship since I returned.' + +For some time a flagstaff had been erected on Tent Islet, ten miles +to the north, and a system of signals had been arranged to notify +any changes in the ice, but day after day the only signal was 'No +change in the ice conditions.' + +On the 15th to relieve the weariness of waiting for something that +did not happen, Scott arranged that their collections and instruments +should be transported to the relief ships. Whatever the future held +[Page 185] +in store he saw no reason why this should not be done, and to have +anything at all to do during this trying time was a blessing; though +he had by no means given up hope that the Discovery would be freed. + +After a long spell at Cape Royds camp, Wilson returned to the ship +on the night of the 21st with news that was all the more welcome at +such an anxious time. Strolling over the beach one day to inspect +what he thought was a prodigiously large seal he saw that it was +quite different from any of the ordinary seals, and went back to +the camp for his gun. Two of the _Morning_ officers were in camp +with him, and all three of them proceeded to stalk this strange +new beast. Their great fear was that they might only succeed in +wounding it and that it might escape into the sea; so in spite +of the temperature of the water they waded round it before they +attacked. These tactics were successful, but their quarry when +dispatched was far too heavy for them to move, or for Wilson to +examine where it lay. On the following day, however, Colbeck came +over in the _Morning_, and with the aid of boats and ropes the +carcass was landed on his decks. Then Wilson came to the conclusion +that the animal was a sea-elephant commonly found at Macquarie +Island, but never before seen within the Antarctic circle. + +No change in the ice occurred until the 18th when some large pieces +broke away, and by the 23rd Scott reckoned that the relief ships were +four or five miles nearer than they had been a fortnight before. But, +[Page 186] +if the conditions were to be as they had been two years before, +thirteen or fourteen miles of ice must go out in fifteen days, +a far more rapid rate than it had been going during the previous +fortnight. On the 28th, however, the first sign of real promise +occurred, for the whole ice-sheet began to sway very slightly under +the action of a long swell, its edge against the land rising and +falling as much as 18 inches. 'We are all very restless, constantly +dashing up the hill to the lookout station or wandering from place +to place to observe the effects of the swell. But it is long since +we enjoyed such a cheerful experience as we get on watching the +loose pieces of ice jostling one another at Hut Point.' + +Days of hope and anxiety followed, until the 14th of February arrived +and brought the best of news with it. During the day nothing unusual +happened, and it was not until Scott was at dinner that the excitement +began. Then he heard a shout on deck, and a voice sang out down +the hatchway, 'The ships are coming, sir!' + +'There was no more dinner, and in a moment we were racing for Hut +Point, where a glorious sight met our view. The ice was breaking +up right across the strait, and with a rapidity which we had not +thought possible. No sooner was one great floe borne away. Than +a dark streak cut its way into the solid sheet that remained and +carved out another, to feed the broad stream of pack which was +hurrying away to the north-west. + +'I have never witnessed a more impressive sight; +[Page 187] +the sun was low behind us, the surface of the ice-sheet in front +was intensely white, and in contrast the distant sea and its forking +leads looked almost black. The wind had fallen to a calm, and not a +sound disturbed the stillness about us. Yet, in the midst of this +peaceful silence, was an awful unseen agency rending that great +ice-sheet as though it had been none but the thinnest paper.' + +But fast as the ice was breaking, it was not fast enough for the +relief ships. Evidently there was a race between them to be the +first to pass beyond the flagstaff round which the small company +of spectators had clustered; although the little _Morning_, with +her bluff bows and weak engines, could scarcely expect to hold +her own against such a powerful competitor. By half-past ten those +on shore could see the splintering of the ice as the ships crashed +into the floes, and the shouts of the men as with wild excitement +they cheered each fresh success, could be distinctly heard. + +Scarcely half a mile of ice remained and the contest became keener +and keener. On came the _Terra Nova_, but in spite of all her mighty +efforts the persistent little _Morning_, dodging right and left +and seizing every chance opening, kept doggedly at her side, and +still seemed to have a chance of winning the race. + +Meanwhile the spectators, in their nondescript tattered garments, +stood breathlessly watching this wonderful scene. + +'For long intervals we remained almost spell-bound, and then a burst +of frenzied cheering broke out. It +[Page 188] +seemed to us almost too good to be real. By eleven o'clock all +the thick ice had vanished, and there remained only the thin area +of decayed floe which has lately made the approach to the ships +so dangerous; a few minutes later the _Terra Nova_ forged ahead +and came crashing into the open, to be followed almost immediately +by her stout little companion, and soon both ships were firmly +anchored to all that remains of the _Discovery's_ prison, the wedge +that still holds in our small bay.... + +'And so to-night the ships of our small fleet are lying almost +side by side; a rope from the _Terra Nova_ is actually secured +to the _Discovery_. Who could have thought it possible? Certainly +not we who have lived through the trying scenes of the last month.' + +The small wedge of sea-ice that still remained in the bay was cracked +in many places, and would doubtless have departed of its own accord +in a few days; but Scott, naturally impatient to get away, decided +to hasten matters by explosions. Consequently at 1 A.M. on February +16 there was an explosion which shook the whole bay, and rudely +disturbed not only the ice but also the slumbers of those who were +not members of the explosion party. + +A few hours later another explosive charge was borne out, and when +all was ready Scott pressed the firing key. 'There was a thunderous +report which shook the ship throughout, and then all was calm again. +For a brief moment one might have imagined that nothing had happened, +but then one saw that each +[Page 189] +crack was slowly widening; presently there came the gurgle of water +as it was sucked into our opening ice-bed, and in another minute +there was a creaking aft and our stern rose with a jump as the +keel was freed from the ice which had held it down. Then, as the +great mass of ice on our port hand slowly glided out to sea, our +good ship swung gently round and lay peacefully riding to her anchors +with the blue water lapping against her sides.... Thus it was that +the _Discovery_ came to her own again--the right to ride the high +seas.' + +On that day it would have been impossible to find a prouder or +happier ship's company, but with all their feelings of elation +they did not imagine that everything would run smoothly after such +a long period of disuse, and they knew also that much hard work lay +in front of them if they were to carry out the remainder of their +program. If the _Discovery_ was free before the navigable season +closed Scott had resolved to spend the remaining time in exploring +the region to the westward of Cape North, but now after two years' +imprisonment coal was lacking for such a scheme. Directly the relief +ships had arrived he had asked them for as great a quantity as +possible, but although the replies had at first been satisfactory, +a long month's fight with wind and ice had sadly reduced the amount +they could afford to give. The only thing to do was to get without +any delay what could be spared, and on the afternoon of the 16th +the _Terra Nova_ came alongside to hand over her supply. 'The +afternoon,' Scott says, 'was beautifully calm and +[Page 190] +bright, and the weather seemed to smile peacefully on the termination +of our long and successful struggle with the ice.... We little +guessed what lay before us.' + +On the 15th a large wooden cross, bearing a simply carved inscription +to the memory of poor Vince, was erected on the summit of Hut Point, +and on the following day the small company landed together and +stood bareheaded round this memorial, while Scott read some short +prayers. + +The water was oily calm and the sky threatening as they pulled +back to the ship after paying this last tribute of homage to their +shipmate, but weather of this kind had been too common to attract +attention. On that night Captain MacKay was dining in the _Discovery_ +for the first time, and a great effort had been made to show him how +good an Antarctic feast could be. In the middle of dinner, however, +word came down to Scott that the wind had sprung up, and although +he expected nothing serious he went up to see what was happening. +Then he saw they were in for a stiff blow, and reluctantly had to +inform his guests of the fact. One glance at the sky satisfied +MacKay, who was over the rail like a shot, and in a few minutes +the _Terra Nova_ was steaming for the open and lost in the drift.' + +[Illustration: THE 'TERRA NOVA' LEAVING THE ANTARCTIC. _Photo by +F. Debenham._] + +Very soon both wind and sea had risen, but although Scott did not +altogether like the look of things and determined to get up steam as +soon as possible, he did not want to hurry those in the engine-room +after such a long period of disuse. But early in the morning +[Page 191] +of the 17th the situation became really dangerous, and the _Discovery_ +began to jerk at her cables in the most alarming manner. + +'I knew,' he wrote on the night of that eventful day, 'that in +spite of our heavy anchor the holding ground was poor, and I watched +anxiously to see if the ship dragged. + +'It came at last, just as Skelton sent a promise of steam in half +an hour. The sea was again breaking heavily on the ice-foot astern +and I walked up and down wondering which was coming first, the +steam or this wave-beaten cliff. It was not a pleasant situation, +as the distance grew shorter every minute, until the spray of the +breaking waves fell on our poop, and this was soon followed by +a tremendous blow as our stern struck the ice. We rebounded and +struck again, and our head was just beginning to falloff and the +ship to get broadside on (heaven knows what would have happened +then) when steam was announced.' + +Then the ship just held her own and only just; the engines alone +would not send her to windward in the teeth of the gale. Once around +Hut Point, Scott knew that they would be safe with open sea before +them; and the end of the Point was only a quarter of a mile out, +though off the end there was a shallow patch which had to be cleared +before safety could be reached. So finding that no headway was +being made he began to edge out towards the Point, and all seemed +well until, nearly opposite to the Point itself, he saw to his +alarm that a strong current was sweeping past. + +[Page 192] +'Nothing remained but to make a dash for it, and I swung the helm +over and steered for the open. But the moment our bows entered the +fast-running stream we were swung round like a top, and the instant +after we crashed head foremost onto the shoal and stopped dead with +our masts shivering. We were in the worst possible position, dead +to windward of the bank with wind, sea, and current all tending to +set us faster ashore. + +'We took the shore thus at about 11 A.M., and the hours that followed +were truly the most dreadful I have ever spent. Each moment the +ship came down with a sickening thud which shook her from stem +to stern, and each thud seemed to show more plainly that, strong +as was her build, she could not long survive such awful blows.' + +Hour after hour passed while the ship quivered and trembled and +crashed again and again into her rocky bed. Nothing more could be +done for her until the gale abated, but seeing the impossibility +of doing anything at the time, Scott recognized that the next best +thing was to be prepared to act promptly when the weather moderated. +Then he discovered once more how absolutely he could rely on the +support and intelligence of his companions. Skelton already had +made a list of weights by the removal of which the ship could be +lightened, and when the boatswain was summoned to discuss the manner +in which the anchors could be laid out he also had his scheme cut +and dried. + +The first sign of a lull came at 7 P.M., and soon after +[Page 193] +they assembled to the dreariest dinner ever remembered in the +_Discovery_. But when they were half-way through this silent meal +Mulock, the officer of the watch, suddenly burst in and said, 'The +ship's working astern, sir.' + +In record time Scott reached the bridge, and found that both wind +and sea had dropped in the most extraordinary manner. But what +surprised him even more was that the current, which had been running +strongly to the north, had turned and was running with equal speed +to the south. Each time that the ship lifted on a wave she worked +two or three inches astern, and though she was still grinding heavily +she no longer struck the bottom with such terrific force. Scarcely, +however, had these facts been observed when Skelton rushed up to +say that the inlets were free again. + +'Every soul was on deck and in a moment they were massed together +and running from side to side in measured time. The telegraphs +were put full speed astern; soon the engines began to revolve, and +the water foamed and frothed along the side. For a minute or two +the ship seemed to hesitate, but then there came a steady grating +under the bottom, which gradually traveled forward, and ceased as +the ship, rolling heavily, slid gently into deep water.... Rarely, +if ever, can a ship have appeared in such an uncomfortable plight as +ours to find herself free and safe within the space of an hour.... +To be in ten feet of water in a ship that draws fourteen feet cannot +be a pleasant position--nor can there be a doubt +[Page 194] +that the shocks which the _Discovery_ sustained would have very +seriously damaged a less stoutly built vessel.' + +None too soon were they clear of the shoal, for in a very short +time the wind was again blowing from the south; but as, on the +18th, the wind though still blowing strong had gone round to the +southeast and brought smoother water in the Sound, it was decided +to make for the inlets of the glacier tongue to the north, and +complete the coaling operations. + +On occasions when haste was necessary there was, by mutual consent, +no distinction between officers and men. And Scott mentions 'as a +sight for the gods' the scene of biologists, vertebrate zoologists, +lieutenants, and A.B.'s with grimed faces and chafed hands working +with all their might on the coaling whips. + +The _Morning_ handed over twenty-five tons of coal, and this was all +the more a generous gift since it reduced Colbeck to the narrowest +margin, and compelled him to return directly homeward without joining +in any attempt at further exploration. 'His practical common sense +told him he could be of little use to us, and with his usual loyalty +he never hesitated to act for the best, at whatever sacrifice to +his own hopes and wishes.' + +Before they left the glacier in McMurdo Sound it was arranged that +the three ships should journey up the coast together and then separate, +the _Morning_ proceeding to the north, while the _Discovery_ and +the _Terra Nova_ turned west. The companies of both relief +[Page 195] +ships, however, expressed a strong desire to be with the _Discovery_ +when she entered her first civilized port; so Scott fixed upon +Port Ross, in the Auckland Islands, as a spot at which they might +meet before the final return to New Zealand. + +February 20 saw the _Discovery_ speeding along a stretch of coast +that had been quite unknown until she had two years previously +made her way south along it, and at that time she had been obliged +to keep a long distance out on account of the pack-ice. But now +gaps which had been missed could be filled in; and even more than +this was done, for Mulock remained on deck night and day taking +innumerable angles to peaks and headlands, while Wilson, equally +indefatigable, transferred this long panorama of mountain scenery +to his sketch-book. + +Two days later the pumps refused to act, and the whole of the +engine-room staff were on duty for twenty-four hours on end; and on +the 24th the carpenter called attention to the rudder. On inspection +Scott saw that the solid oak rudder-head was completely shattered, +and was held together by little more than its weight; as the tiller +was moved right or left the rudder followed it, but with a lag of +many degrees, so that the connection between the two was evidently +insecure. In such a condition it was obvious that they could not +hope to weather a gale without losing all control over the ship, and +that no time was to be lost in shipping their spare rudder in place +of the damaged one. So Scott determined to seek shelter in Robertson +[Page 196] +Bay, and by night the damaged rudder had been hoisted on deck and +the spare one prepared for lowering into its place. Since the +_Discovery_ had left winter quarters an almost incredible amount +of work had been done to bring her into sea trim. Difficulty after +difficulty had arisen, but the energy of the company had never +slackened, and by February 25 Scott was able to say that everything +was once more in order, though he was a little doubtful about the +steering power of their spare rudder. + +At this time it was all the more important that the ship should +give no further trouble, because according to their program they +were about to penetrate a new region, and expected to find quite +enough to do without considering internal difficulties. With high +hopes that steam power would enable them to pass beyond the point +reached by Sir James Ross in his sailing ships they turned to the +west, and at first all went well with them. Pack-ice, however, was +destined to be an insuperable obstacle to their advance, and on +the 26th they decided to turn to the north-east and try to find a +way around this formidable barrier. 'It is grievously disappointing +to find the pack so far to the east; Ross carried the open water +almost to Cape North.' And again on March 1, Scott sounds a note +of lamentation: 'There can be no doubt that since leaving Victoria +Land we have been skirting a continuous mass of pack, which must +cover the whole sea south of the Balleny Islands. That it should +have lain so far to the eastward this year is very annoying; +[Page 197] +however, if we can push on upon this course we ought to strike the +islands.' + +Early in the morning of the following day land was reported, and +by noon they were abreast of it; but what this island, and others +that were dimly to be seen to the north, could be, puzzled them +considerably, and not until some time later was the problem solved. +In 1839 Balleny discovered a group of islands in this region, and +three years later Ross saw land which he imagined was to the southward +of Balleny's discoveries, and believing it to be divided into three +distinct masses named it the Russell Islands. Consequently Scott +arrived expecting to see two groups of islands, and was naturally +perplexed when only one group was to be seen. After, however, studying +the accounts of these islands and comparing them with what he could +actually see, he recognized that they had just passed Balleny's +Sturge Island, which Balleny had seen from the north, and so could +have had no idea of its length in a north-and-south line. Later +Ross must have seen this same island, and, as Scott saw to be quite +possible, from a great distance must have thought that it was divided +into three, and hence made the mistake of naming it as a separate +group. Fortunately Mulock was able to obtain sufficient bearings +to fix accurately the position of each island. + +Now that the knotty question as to the geography of the Balleny +Islands was settled, they went on to look for the land that Wilkes +claimed to have discovered in 1840, but not a glimpse nor a vestige +of it could they +[Page 198] +see; and, on March 4, they had to conclude that Wilkes Land was +once and for all definitely disposed of. With this negative, but +nevertheless important, result, the exploring work ended, and although +a lack of coal had prevented their cherished plan of rounding Cape +North, they had at least the satisfaction of clearing up some +geographical misconceptions in a more northerly latitude. + +From the 6th to the 14th continuous gales brought conditions of +greater physical discomfort than had ever been experienced on board +the _Discovery_, for she was in very light trim and tossed about +the mountainous seas like a cork. It was, therefore, the greatest +relief to furl their sails off the entrance of Ross Harbour on +the 15th, and to steam into the calm waters of the Bay. + +Neither the _Terra Nova_ nor the _Morning_ had yet arrived, and +the days of waiting were spent in making their ship as smart as +possible before the eyes of the multitude gazed upon her. Thus, +in a few days, the _Discovery_ looked as though she had spent her +adventurous years in some peaceful harbor. + +On March 19 the _Terra Nova_ hove in sight, and was followed on +the next day by the _Morning_. Both ships had experienced the most +terrible weather, and everyone on board the little _Morning_ declared +that she had only been saved from disaster by the consummate seamanship +of Captain Colbeck. + +A few days later the small fleet again set sail, and after a most +favorable voyage was at daybreak on April 1 +[Page 199] +off the Heads of Lyttelton Harbor; and before noon they were safely +berthed alongside the jetty, from which they had sailed with such +hearty wishes more than two years before. + +'New Zealand,' Scott said, 'welcomed us as its own, and showered +on us a wealth of hospitality and kindness which assuredly we can +never forget, however difficult we may have found it to express +our thanks. In these delightful conditions, with everything that +could make for perfect rest and comfort, we abode for two full +months before we set out on our last long voyage.' + +June 8, however, found them at sea again, and a month or so later they +anchored in Port Stanley (Falkland Islands), where they replenished +their stock of coal and took the last series of magnetic observations +in connection with their Southern Survey. And from the Falkland +Islands, Scott wrote a letter which is yet another testimony of +the admiration he felt for his companions. 'The praise,' he wrote, +'for whatever success we have had is really due to the ship's company +as a whole rather than to individuals. That is not very clear, +perhaps; what I mean is that the combination of individual effort +for the common good has achieved our results, and the absence of +any spirit of self-seeking. The motto throughout has been "share +and share alike," and its most practical form lies, perhaps, in the +fact that throughout our three years there has been no distinction +between the food served to officers and men. + +[Page 200] +'Under these circumstances I naturally feel that I can claim no +greater share of achievement than those who have stood by me so +loyally, and so I regard myself merely as the lucky figure-head. + +'But it is good news to hear that the Admiralty are sympathetic, +for I feel that no effort should be spared to gain their recognition +of the splendid qualities displayed by officers and men.' + +Early on the morning of September 9 the homeland was sighted, and +for those who gazed longingly over the bulwarks and waited to welcome +and be welcomed, there was only one cloud to dim the joy of their +return. For with the happiness came also the sad thought that the +end had come to those ties, which had held together the small band +of the _Discovery_ in the closest companionship and most unswerving +loyalty. + + + + +[Page 201] +THE LAST EXPEDITION + + + +[Page 203] +PREFACE TO 'SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION' + +By Sir CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, K.C.B. + +Fourteen years ago Robert Falcon Scott was a rising naval officer, +able, accomplished, popular, highly thought of by his superiors, +and devoted to his noble profession. It was a serious responsibility +to induce him to take up the work of an explorer; yet no man living +could be found who was so well fitted to command a great Antarctic +Expedition. The undertaking was new and unprecedented. The object +was to explore the unknown Antarctic Continent by land. Captain Scott +entered upon the enterprise with enthusiasm tempered by prudence +and sound sense. All had to be learnt by a thorough study of the +history of Arctic traveling, combined with experience of different +conditions in the Antarctic Regions. Scott was the initiator and +founder of Antarctic sledge-traveling. + +His discoveries were of great importance. The survey and soundings +along the Barrier cliffs, the discovery of King Edward Land, the +discovery of Ross Island and the other volcanic islets, the examination +of the Barrier surface, the discovery of the Victoria Mountains--a +range of great height and many hundreds +[Page 204] +of miles in length, which had only before been seen from a distance +out at sea--and above all the discovery of the great ice cap on +which the South Pole is situated, by one of the most remarkable +Polar journeys on record. His small but excellent scientific staff +worked hard and with trained intelligence, their results being +recorded in twelve large quarto volumes. + +The great discoverer had no intention of losing touch with his +beloved profession though resolved to complete his Antarctic work. +The exigencies of the naval service called him to the command of +battleships and to confidential work of the Admiralty; so that +five years elapsed before he could resume his Antarctic labours. + +The object of Captain Scott's second expedition was mainly scientific, +to complete and extend his former work in all branches of science. It +was his ambition that in his ship there should be the most completely +equipped expedition for scientific purposes connected with the Polar +regions, both as regards men and material, that ever left these +shores. In this he succeeded. He had on board a fuller complement +of geologists, one of them especially trained for the study, of +physiography, biologists, physicists, and surveyors than ever before +composed the staff of a Polar expedition. Thus Captain Scott's +objects were strictly scientific, including the completion and +extension of his former discoveries. The results will be explained +in the second volume of this work. They will be found to be extensive +and important. Never before, in the +[Page 205] +Polar regions, have meteorological, magnetic and tidal observations +been taken, in one locality, during five years. It was also part +of Captain Scott's plan to reach the South Pole by a long and most +arduous journey, but here again his intention was, if possible, +to achieve scientific results on the way, especially hoping to +discover fossils which would throw light on the former history of +the great range of mountains which he had made known to science. + +The principal aim of this great man--for he rightly has his niche +among the Polar _Dii Majores_--was the advancement of knowledge. +From all aspects Scott was among the most remarkable men of our +time, and the vast number of readers of his journal will be deeply +impressed with the beauty of his character. The chief traits which +shone forth through his life were conspicuous in the hour of death. +There are few events in history to be compared, for grandeur and +pathos, with the last closing scene in that silent wilderness of +snow. The great leader, with the bodies of his dearest friends +beside him, wrote and wrote until the pencil dropped from his dying +grasp. There was no thought of himself, only the earnest desire +to give comfort and consolation to others in their sorrow. His +very last lines were written lest he who induced him to enter upon +Antarctic work should now feel regret for what he had done. + +'If I cannot write to Sir Clements, tell him I thought much of him, +and never regretted his putting me in command of the _Discovery_.' + +[Page 206] +The following appointments were held in the Royal Navy by Captain +Scott between 1905 and 1910: + + January to July, 1906 Admiralty (Assistant Director + of Naval Intelligence.) + Aug. 21, 1906, to Jan. 1, 1907 _Victorious_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Jan. 2, 1907, to Aug. 24, 1907 _Albermarle_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Aug. 25, 1907, to Jan. 24, 1908 Not actively employed afloat + between these dates. + Jan. 25, 1908, to May 29, 1908 _Essex_ (Captain). + May 30, 1908, to March 23, 1909 _Bulwark_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Colville, Rear-Admiral + the Nore Division, Home Fleet). + +Then Naval Assistant to Second Sea Lord of the Admiralty. Appointed +to H.M.S. _President_ for British Antarctic Expedition June 1, +1910. + +[Page 207] +On September 2, 1908, at Hampton Court Palace, Captain Scott was +married to Kathleen, daughter of the late Canon Lloyd Bruce. Peter +Markham Scott was born on September 14, 1909. + +On September 13, 1909, Captain Scott published his plans for the +British Antarctic Expedition of the following year, and his appeal +resulted in £10,000 being collected as a nucleus fund. Then the +Government made a grant of £20,000, and grants followed from the +Governments of Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. + +Nine days after the plans were published arrangements were made +to purchase the steamship _Terra Nova_, the largest and strongest +of the old Scottish whalers. The original date chosen for sailing +was August 1, 1910, but owing to the united efforts of those engaged +upon the fitting out and stowing of the ship, she was able to leave +Cardiff on June 15. Business, however, prevented Captain Scott from +leaving England until a later date, and in consequence he sailed +in the _Saxon_ to South Africa, and there awaited the arrival of +the _Terra Nova_. + + +[Page 208] +BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1910 + +SHORE PARTIES + +_Officers_ + + Name Rank, &c. + Robert Falcon Scott _Captain, C.V.O., R.N._ + Edward R. G. R. Evans _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Victor L. A. Campbell _Lieutenant, R.N. (Emergency List)_ + Henry R. Bowers _Lieutenant, R.I.M._ + Lawrence E. G. Oates _Captain 6th Inniskilling Dragoons._ + G. Murray Levick _Surgeon, R.N._ + Edward L. Atkinson _Surgeon, R.N., Parasitologist._ + +_Scientific Staff_ + + Edward Adrian Wilson _B.A., M.B. (Cantab), Chief of the + Scientific Staff, and Zoologist._ + George C. Simpson _D.Sc., Meteorologist._ + T. Griffith Taylor _B.A., B.Sc., B.E., Geologist._ + Edward W. Nelson _Biologist._ + Frank Debenham _B.A., B.Sc., Geologist._ + Charles S. Wright _B.A., Physicist._ + Raymond E. Priestley _Geologist._ + Herbert G. Ponting _F.R.G.S, Camera Artist._ + Cecil H. Meares _In Charge of Dogs._ + Bernard C. Day _Motor Engineer._ + Apsley Cherry-Garrard _B.A., Asst. Zoologist._ + Tryggve Gran _Sub-Lieutenant, Norwegian N.R., + B.A., Ski Expert._ + +[Page 209] +_Men_ + + W. Lashly _Chief Stoker, R.N._ + W. W. Archer _Chief Steward, late R.N._ + Thomas Clissold _Cook, late R.N._ + Edgar Evans _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Robert Forde _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Thomas Crean _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Thomas S. Williamson _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Patrick Keohane _Petty Officer, R.N._ + George P. Abbott _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Frank V. Browning _Petty Officer, 2nd class, R.N._ + Harry Dickason _Able Seaman, R.N._ + F. J. Hooper _Steward, late R.N._ + Anton Omelchenko _Groom._ + Demetri Gerof _Dog Driver._ + +SHIP'S PARTY + +_Officers, &c._ + + Harry L. L. Pennell _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Henry E. de P. Rennick _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Wilfred M. Bruce _Lieutenant, R.N.R._ + Francis R. H. Drake _Asst. Paymaster, R.N. (Retired), + Secretary and Meteorologist in Ship._ + Denis G. Lillie _M.A., Biologist in Ship._ + + James R. Dennistoun _In Charge of Mules in Ship._ + Alfred B. Cheetham _R.N.R., Boatswain._ + William Williams _Chief Engine-room Artificer, R.N., + 2nd Engineer._ + William A. Horton _Eng. Rm. Art. 3rd Class, R.N. 2nd Engineer._ + Francis E. C. Davies _Leading Shipwright, R.N._ + Frederick Parsons _Petty Officer, R.N._ +[Page 210] + William L. Heald _Late P.O., R.N._ + Arthur S. Bailey _Petty Officer, 2nd Class, R.N._ + Albert Balson _Leading Seaman, R.N._ + Joseph Leese _Able Seaman, R.N._ + John Hugh Mather _Petty Officer, R.N.V.R._ + Robert Oliphant _Able Seaman._ + Thomas F. McLeod _Able Seaman._ + Mortimer McCarthy _Able Seaman._ + William Knowles _Able Seaman._ + Charles Williams _Able Seaman._ + James Skelton _Able Seaman._ + William McDonald _Able Seaman._ + James Paton _Able Seaman._ + Robert Brissenden _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Edward A. McKenzie _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + William Burton _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Bernard J. Stone _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Angus McDonald _Fireman._ + Thomas McGillon _Fireman._ + Charles Lammas _Fireman._ + W. H. Neale _Steward._ + + + + +[Page 211] +CHAPTER I + +THROUGH STORMY SEAS + + The ice was here, the ice was there, + The ice was all around: + It cracked and growled, and roared and howled, + Like noises in a swound.--COLERIDGE. + +No sooner was it known that Scott intended to lead another Antarctic +expedition than he was besieged by men anxious to go with him. The +selection of a small company from some eight thousand volunteers +was both a difficult and a delicate task, but the fact that the +applications were so numerous was at once a convincing proof of +the interest shown in the expedition, and a decisive answer to +the dismal cry that the spirit of romance and adventure no longer +exists in the British race. + +On June 15, 1910, the _Terra Nova_ left Cardiff upon her great +mission, and after a successful voyage arrived, on October 28, at +Lyttelton. There an enormous amount of work had to be done before +she could be ready to leave civilization, but as usual the kindness +received in New Zealand was 'beyond words.' + +A month of strenuous labour followed, and then, on +[Page 212] +November 26, they said farewell to Lyttelton, and after calling +at Port Chalmers set out on Tuesday, the 29th, upon the last stage +of their voyage. Two days later they encountered a stiff wind from +the N. W. and a confused sea. + +'The ship a queer and not altogether cheerful sight under the +circumstances. + +'Below one knows all space is packed as tight as human skill can +devise--and on deck! Under the forecastle fifteen ponies close side +by side, seven one side, eight the other, heads together and groom +between--swaying, swaying continually to the plunging, irregular +motion.' + +Outside the forecastle and to leeward of the fore hatch were four +more ponies, and on either side of the main hatch were two very +large packing-cases containing motor sledges, each 16 X 5 X 4. +A third sledge stood across the break of the poop in the space +hitherto occupied by the after winch, and all these cases were +so heavily lashed with heavy chain and rope lashings that they +were thought to be quite secure. The petrol for the sledges was +contained in tins and drums protected in stout wooden packing-cases, +which were ranged across the deck immediately in front of the poop +and abreast the motor sledges. + +Round and about these packing-cases, stretching from the galley +forward to the wheel aft, coal bags containing the deck cargo of +coal were stacked; and upon the coal sacks, and upon and between +the motor sledges, and upon the ice-house were the thirty-three +dogs. Perforce they had to be chained up, and although +[Page 213] +they were given as much protection as possible, their position +was far from pleasant. 'The group formed,' in Scott's opinion, +'a picture of wretched dejection: such a life is truly hard for +these poor creatures.' + +The wind freshened with great rapidity on Thursday evening, and +very soon the ship was plunging heavily and taking much water over +the lee rail. Cases of all descriptions began to break loose on +the upper deck, the principal trouble being caused by the loose +coal bags, which were lifted bodily by the seas and swung against +the lashed cases. These bags acted like battering rams, no lashings +could possibly have withstood them, and so the only remedy was to +set to work and heave coal sacks overboard and re-lash the cases. +During this difficult and dangerous task seas continually broke +over the men, and at such times they had to cling for dear life to +some fixture to prevent themselves from being washed overboard. No +sooner was some appearance of order restored than another unusually +heavy wave tore away the lashings, and the work had to be done +allover again. + +As the night wore on the sea and wind continued to rise, and the +ship to plunge more and more. 'We shortened sail to main topsail +and staysail, stopped engines and hove to, but to little purpose.' + +From Oates and Atkinson, who worked through the entire night, reports +came that it was impossible to keep the ponies on their legs. But +worse news was to follow, for in the early morning news came from +the engine-room that the pumps had choked, and that the water had +risen over the gratings. + +[Page 214] +From that moment, about 4 A.M., the engine-room became the center +of interest, but in spite of every effort the water still gained. +Lashly and Williams, up to their necks in rushing water, stuck +gamely to the work of clearing suctions, and for a time, with donkey +engine and bilge pump sucking, it looked as if the water might be +got under. But the hope was short-lived; five minutes of pumping +invariably led to the same result--a general choking of the pumps. + +The ship was very deeply-laden and was in considerable danger of +becoming waterlogged, in which condition anything might have happened. +The hand pump produced nothing more than a dribble and its suction +could not be reached, for as the water crept higher it got in contact +with the boiler and eventually became so hot that no one could work +at the suctions. A great struggle to conquer these misfortunes +followed, but Williams had at last to confess that he was beaten +and must draw fires. + +'What was to be done? Things for the moment appeared very black. +The sea seemed higher than ever; it came over lee rail and poop, +a rush of green water; the ship wallowed in it; a great piece of +the bulwark carried clean away. The bilge pump is dependent on +the main engine. To use the pump it was necessary to go ahead. +It was at such times that the heaviest seas swept in over the lee +rail; over and over again the rail, from the forerigging to the +main, was covered by a solid sheet of curling water which swept +aft and high on the poop. On one +[Page 215] +occasion I was waist deep when standing on the rail of the poop.' + +All that could be done for the time being was to organize the afterguard +to work buckets, and to keep the men steadily going on the choked +hand-pumps, which practically amounted to an attempt to bale out +the ship! For a day and a night the string of buckets was passed +up a line from the engine-room; and while this arduous work was +going on the officers and men sang chanteys, and never for a moment +lost their good spirits. + +In the meantime an effort was made to get at the suction of the +pumps; and by 10 P.M. on Friday evening a hole in the engine-room +bulkhead had been completed. Then E. R. Evans, wriggling over the +coal, found his way to the pump shaft and down it, and cleared +the suction of the coal balls (a mixture of coal and oil) which +were choking it. Soon afterwards a good stream of water came from +the pump, and it was evident that the main difficulty had been +overcome. Slowly the water began to decrease in the engine-room, +and by 4 A.M. on Saturday morning the bucket-parties were able +to stop their labours. + +The losses caused by this gale were serious enough, but they might +easily have been worse. Besides the damage to the bulwarks of the +ship, two ponies, one dog, ten tons of coal, sixty-five gallons +of petrol, and a case of biologists' spirit were lost. Another +dog was washed away with such force that his chain broke and he +disappeared, but the next wave miraculously +[Page 216] +washed him back on board. In a few hours everyone was hopeful again, +but anxiety on account of the ponies remained. With the ship pitching +heavily to a south-westerly swell, at least two of these long-suffering +animals looked sadly in need of a spell of rest, and Scott's earnest +prayer was that there might be no more gales. 'December ought to +be a fine month in the Ross Sea; it always has been, and just now +conditions point to fine weather. Well, we must be prepared for +anything, but I'm anxious, anxious about these animals of ours.' + +Meanwhile Bowers and Campbell had worked untiringly to put things +straight on deck, and with the coal removed from the upper deck +and the petrol re-stored, the ship was in much better condition to +fight the gales. 'Another day,' Scott wrote on Tuesday, December +6, 'ought to put us beyond the reach of westerly gales'; but two +days later the ship was once more plunging against a stiff breeze +and moderate sea, and his anxiety about the ponies was greater +than ever. The dogs, however, had recovered wonderfully from the +effects of the great gale, their greatest discomfort being that +they were almost constantly wet. + +During Friday, December 9, some very beautiful bergs were passed, +the heights of which varied from sixty to eighty feet. Good progress +was made during this day, but the ice streams thickened as they +advanced, and on either side of them fields of pack began to appear. +Yet, after the rough weather they had +[Page 217] +been having, the calm sea was a blessing even if the ice had arrived +before it was expected. 'One can only imagine the relief and comfort +afforded to the ponies, but the dogs are visibly cheered and the +human element is full of gaiety. The voyage seems full of promise +in spite of the imminence of delay.' + +Already Scott was being worried by the pace at which the coal was +going, and he determined if the pack became thick to put out the +fires and wait for the ice to open. Very carefully all the evidence +of former voyages had been examined so that the best meridian to go +south on might be chosen, and the conclusion arrived at was that +the 178 W. was the best. They entered the pack more or less on +this meridian, and were rewarded by meeting worse conditions than +any ship had ever experienced--worse, indeed, than Scott imagined +to be possible on any meridian which they might have chosen. But +as very little was known about the movements of the pack the +difficulties of making a choice may very easily be imagined, and, +in spite of disappointments, Scott's opinion that the 178 W. was +the best meridian did not change. 'The situation of the main bodies +of pack,' he says, 'and the closeness with which the floes are +packed depend almost entirely on the prevailing winds. One cannot +tell what winds have prevailed before one's arrival; therefore one +cannot know much about the situation or density. Within limits the +density is changing from day to day and even from hour to hour; such +changes depend on the wind, but it may not necessarily be a local +[Page 218] +wind, so that at times they seem almost mysterious. One sees the floes +pressing closely against one another at a given time, and an hour +or two afterwards a gap of a foot or more may be seen between each. +When the floes are pressed together it is difficult and sometimes +impossible to force a way through, but when there is release of +pressure the sum of many little gaps allows one to take a zigzag +path.' + +During Sunday they lay tight in the pack, and after service at +10 A.M. all hands exercised themselves on ski over the floes and +got some delightful exercise. 'I have never thought of anything +as good as this life. The novelty, interest, colour, animal life, +and good fellowship go to make up an almost ideal picnic just at +present,' one of the company wrote on that same day--an abundant +proof that if delays came they brought their compensations with +them. + +With rapid and complete changes of prospect they managed to progress--on +the Monday--with much bumping and occasional stoppages, but on +the following day they were again firmly and tightly wedged in +the pack. To most of them, however, the novelty of the experience +prevented any sense of impatience, though to Scott the strain of +waiting and wondering what he ought to do as regards the question +of coal was bound to be heavy. + +This time of waiting was by no means wasted, for Gran gave hours +of instruction in the use of ski, and Meares took out some of the +fattest dogs and exercised them with a sledge. Observations were +also constantly +[Page 219] +taken, while Wilson painted some delightful pictures and Ponting +took a number of beautiful photographs of the pack and bergs. But +as day followed day and hopes of progress were not realized, Scott, +anxious to be free, decided on Monday, December 19, to push west. +'Anything to get out of these terribly heavy floes. Great patience +is the only panacea for our ill case. It is bad luck.' + +Over and over again when the end of their troubles seemed to be +reached, they found that the thick pack was once more around them. +And what to do under the circumstances called for most difficult +decisions. If the fires were let out it meant a dead loss of two +tons of coal when the boilers were again heated. But these two +tons only covered a day under banked fires, so that for anything +longer than twenty-four hours it was a saving to put out the fires. +Thus at each stoppage Scott was called upon to decide how long it +was likely to last. + +Christmas Day came with the ice still surrounding the ship, but +although the scene was 'altogether too Christmassy,' a most merry +evening was spent. For five hours the officers sat round the table +and sang lustily, each one of them having to contribute two songs +to the entertainment. 'It is rather a surprising circumstance,' +Scott remarks, 'that such an unmusical party should be so keen +on singing.' + +Christmas, however, came and went without any immediate prospect +of release, the only bright side of this exasperating delay being +that everyone was +[Page 220] +prepared to exert himself to the utmost, quite regardless of the +results of his labours. But on Wednesday, December 28, the ponies, +despite the unremitting care and attention that Oates gave to them, +were the cause of the gravest anxiety. 'These animals are now the great +consideration, balanced as they are against the coal expenditure.' + +By this time, although the ice was still all around them, many of +the floes were quite thin, and even the heavier ice appeared to +be breakable. So, after a consultation with Wilson, Scott decided +to raise steam, and two days later the ship was once more in the +open sea. + +From the 9th to the 30th they had been in the pack, and during +this time 370 miles had been covered in a direct line. Sixty-one +tons[1] of coal had been used, an average of six miles to the ton, +and although these were not pleasant figures to contemplate, Scott +considered that under the exceptional conditions they might easily +have been worse. For the ship herself he had nothing but praise to +give. 'No other ship, not even the _Discovery_, would have come +through so well.... As a result I have grown strangely attached +to the _Terra Nova_. As she bumped the floes with mighty shocks, +crushing and grinding her way through some, twisting and turning +to avoid others, she seemed like a living thing fighting a great +fight. If only she had more economical engines she would be suitable +in all respects.' + +[Footnote 1: When the _Terra Nova_ left Lyttelton she had 460 tons +of coal on board.] + +[Page 221] +Scientifically as much as was possible had been done, but many +of the experts had of necessity been idle in regard to their own +specialties, though none of them were really idle; for those who +had no special work to do were magnificently eager to find any +kind of work that required to be done. 'Everyone strives to help +everyone else, and not a word of complaint or anger has been heard +on board. The inner life of our small community is very pleasant +to think upon, and very wonderful considering the extremely small +space in which we are confined. The attitude of the men is equally +worthy of admiration. In the forecastle as in the wardroom there is +a rush to be first when work is to be done, and the same desire to +sacrifice selfish consideration to the success of the expedition. +It is very good to be able to write in such high praise of one's +companions, and I feel that the possession of such support ought +to ensure success. Fortune would be in a hard mood indeed if it +allowed such a combination of knowledge, experience, ability, and +enthusiasm to achieve nothing.' + +Fortune's wheel, however, was not yet prepared to turn in their +favor, for after a very few hours of the open sea a southern blizzard +met them. In the morning watch of December 31, the wind and sea +increased and the outlook was very distressing, but at 6 A.M. ice +was sighted ahead. Under ordinary conditions the safe course would +have been to go about and stand to the east, but on this occasion +[Page 222] +Scott was prepared to run the risk of trouble if he could get the +ponies into smoother water. Soon they passed a stream of ice over +which the sea was breaking heavily, and the danger of being among +loose floes in such a sea was acutely realized. But presently they +came to a more compact body of floes, and running behind this they +were agreeably surprised to find themselves in comparatively smooth +water. There they lay to in a sort of ice bay, and from a dangerous +position had achieved one that was safe as long as their temporary +shelter lasted. + +As the day passed their protection, though still saving them from +the heavy swell, gradually diminished, but 1910 did not mean to +depart without giving them an Old Year's gift and surprise. 'At +10 P.M. to-night as the clouds lifted to the west a distant but +splendid view of the great mountains was obtained. All were in +sunshine; Sabine and Whewell were most conspicuous--the latter +from this view is a beautiful sharp peak, as remarkable a landmark +as Sabine itself. Mount Sabine was 110 miles away when we saw it. +I believe we could have seen it at a distance of thirty or forty +miles farther--such is the wonderful clearness of the atmosphere.' + +The New Year brought better weather with it, and such good progress +was made that by mid-day on Tuesday, January 3, the ship reached +the Barrier five miles east of Cape Crozier. During the voyage +they had often discussed the idea of making their winter station +at this Cape, and the prospect had +[Page 223] +seemed to become increasingly fascinating the more they talked of it. + +But a great disappointment awaited them, for after one of the whale +boats had been lowered and Scott, Wilson, Griffith Taylor, Priestley, +and E. R. Evans had been pulled towards the shore, they discovered +that the swell made it impossible for them to land. + +'No good!! Alas! Cape Crozier with all its attractions is denied +us.' + +On the top of a floe they could see an old Emperor penguin molting +and a young one shedding its down. This was an age and stage of +development of the Emperor chick of which they were ignorant, but +fortune decreed that this chick should be undisturbed. Of this +incident Wilson wrote in his Journal: 'A landing was out of the +question.... But I assure you it was tantalizing to me, for there, +about 6 feet above us on a small dirty piece of the old bay ice +about ten feet square, one living Emperor penguin chick was standing +disconsolately stranded, and close by stood one faithful old Emperor +parent asleep. This young Emperor was still in the down, a most +interesting fact in the bird's life history at which we had rightly +guessed, but which no one had actually observed before.... This +bird would have been a treasure to me, but we could not risk life +for it, so it had to remain where it was.' + +Sadly and reluctantly they had to give up hopes of making their +station at Cape Crozier, and this +[Page 224] +was all the harder to bear because every detail of the shore promised +well for a wintering party. There were comfortable quarters for the +hut, ice for water snow for the animals, good slopes for skiing, +proximity to the Barrier and to the rookeries of two types of penguins, +good ground for biological work, a fairly easy approach to the +Southern Road with no chance of being cut off, and so forth. 'It +is a thousand pities to have to abandon such a spot.' + +The _Discovery's_ post-office was still standing as erect as when +it had been planted, and comparisons between what was before their +eyes and old photographs showed that no change at all seemed to +have occurred anywhere--a result that in the case of the Barrier +caused very great surprise. + +In the meantime all hands were employed in making a running survey, +the program of which was: + + Bruce continually checking speed with hand log. + + Bowers taking altitudes of objects as they come abeam. + Nelson noting results. + + Pennell taking verge plate bearings on bow and quarter. + Cherry-Garrard noting results. + + Evans taking verge plate bearings abeam. + Atkinson noting results. + + Campbell taking distances abeam with range finder. + Wright noting results. + + Rennick sounding with Thomson machine. + Drake noting results. + +[Page 225] +'We plotted the Barrier edge from the point at which we met it to +the Crozier cliffs; to the eye it seems scarcely to have changed +since _Discovery_ days, and Wilson thinks it meets the cliff in +the same place.' + +Very early on Wednesday morning they rounded Cape Bird and came +in sight of Mount Discovery and the Western Mountains. 'It was +good to see them again, and perhaps after all we are better this +side of the Island. It gives one a homely feeling to see such a +familiar scene.' Scott's great wish now was to find a place for +winter quarters that would not easily be cut off from the Barrier, +and a cape, which in the _Discovery_ days had been called 'the +Skuary,' was chosen. 'It was separated from old _Discovery_ quarters +by two deep bays on either side of the Glacier Tongue, and I thought +that these bays would remain frozen until late in the season, and +that when they froze over again the ice would soon become firm.' + +There Scott, Wilson, and E. R. Evans landed, and at a glance saw, +as they expected, that the place was ideal for their wintering +station. A spot for the hut was chosen on a beach facing northwest +and well protected behind by numerous small hills; but the most +favorable circumstance of all in connection with this cape, which +was re-christened Cape Evans, was the strong chance of communication +being established at an early date with Cape Armitage.[1] Not a +moment was wasted, and while Scott was +[Page 226] +on shore Campbell took the first steps towards landing the stores. + +[Footnote 1: The extreme south point of the Island, 12 miles further, +on one of whose minor headlands, Hut Point, stood the _Discovery_ +hut.] + +Fortunately the weather was gloriously calm and fine, and the landing +began under the happiest conditions. Two of the motors were soon +hoisted out, and in spite of all the bad weather and the tons of +sea-water that had washed over them the sledges and all the accessories +appeared to be in perfect condition. Then came the turn of the +ponies, and although it was difficult to make some of them enter +the horse box, Oates rose to the occasion and got most of them in +by persuasion, while the ones which refused to be persuaded were +simply lifted in by the sailors. 'Though all are thin and some +few looked pulled down I was agreeably surprised at the evident +vitality which they still possessed--some were even skittish. I +cannot express the relief when the whole seventeen were safely +picketed on the floe.' + +Meares and the dogs were out early on the Wednesday morning, and +ran to and fro during most of the day with light loads. The chief +trouble with the dogs was due to the fatuous conduct of the penguins, +the latter showing a devouring curiosity in the proceedings and +a total disregard for their own safety, with the result that a +number of them were killed in spite of innumerable efforts to teach +the penguins to keep out of reach, they only squawked and ducked +as much as to say, 'What's it got to do with you, you silly ass? +Let us alone.' These incidents naturally demoralized the dogs and +annoyed Meares, who +[Page 227] +while trying to stop one sledge, fell into the middle of the dogs +and was carried along until they reached the penguins of their +desire. + +The motor sledges were running by the afternoon, Day managing one +and Nelson the other. 'It is early to call them a success, but +they are certainly extremely promising.' Before night the site +for the hut was leveled, and the erecting party was encamped on +shore in a large tent with a supply of food for eight days. Nearly +all the timber, &c., for the hut and a supply of food for both +ponies and dogs had also been landed. + +Despite this most strenuous day's labour, all hands were up again +at 5 A.M. on Thursday. + +'Words cannot express the splendid way in which everyone works +and gradually the work gets organized. I was a little late on the +scene this morning, and thereby witnessed a most extraordinary +scene. Some six or seven killer whales, old and young, were skirting +the fast floe edge ahead of the ship; they seemed excited and dived +rapidly, almost touching the floe. As we watched, they suddenly +appeared astern, raising their snouts out of water. I had heard +weird stories of these beasts, but had never associated serious +danger with them. Close to the water's edge lay the wire stern +rope of the ship, and our two Esquimaux dogs were tethered to this. +I did not think of connecting the movements of the whales with +this fact, and seeing them so close I shouted to Ponting, who was +standing abreast of the ship. He seized his camera and ran +[Page 228] +towards the floe edge to get a close picture of the beasts, which +had momentarily disappeared. The next moment the whole floe under +him and the dogs heaved up and split into fragments. One could hear +the "booming" noise as the whales rose under the ice and struck +it with their backs. Whale after whale rose under the ice, setting +it rocking fiercely; luckily Ponting kept his feet and was able +to fly to security; by an extraordinary chance also, the splits +had been made around and between the dogs, so that neither of them +fell into the water. Then it was clear that the whales shared our +astonishment, for one after another their huge hideous heads shot +vertically into the air through the cracks which they had made... +There cannot be a doubt that they looked up to see what had happened +to Ponting and the dogs.... + +'Of course, we have known well that killer whales continually skirt +the edge of the floes and that they would undoubtedly snap up anyone +who was unfortunate enough to fall into the water; but the facts +that they could display such deliberate cunning, that they were +able to break ice of such thickness (at least 2-1/2 feet), and +that they could act in unison, were a revelation to us. It is clear +that they are endowed with singular intelligence, and in future +we shall treat that intelligence with every respect.' + +On Thursday the motor sledges did good work, and hopes that they +might prove to be reliable began to increase. Infinite trouble +had been taken to obtain +[Page 229] +the most suitable material for Polar work, and the three motor +sledge tractors were the outcome of experiments made at Lantaret in +France and at Lillehammer and Fefor in Norway, with sledges built +by the Wolseley Motor Company from suggestions offered principally +by B. T. Hamilton, R. W. Skelton, and Scott himself. With his rooted +objection to cruelty in any shape or form, Scott had an intense, and +almost pathetic, desire that these sledges should be successful; +over and over again he expressed his hopes and fears of them. + +With ponies, motor sledges, dogs, and men parties working hard, +the transportation progressed rapidly on the next two days, the +only drawback being that the ice was beginning to get thin in the +cracks and on some of the floes. Under these circumstances the +necessity for wasting no time was evident, and so on the Sunday the +third motor was got out and placed on the ice, and Scott, leaving +Campbell to find the best crossing for the motor, started for the +shore with a single man load. + +Soon after the motor had been brought out Campbell ordered that +it should be towed on to the firm ice, because the ice near the +ship was breaking up. And then, as they were trying to rush the +machine over the weak place, Williamson suddenly went through; and +while he was being hauled out the ice under the motor was seen to +give, and slowly the machine went right through and disappeared. +The men made strenuous efforts to keep hold of the rope, but it +cut through the ice towards them with an increasing strain, +[Page 230] +and one after another they were obliged to let go. Half a minute +later nothing remained but a big hole, and one of the two best +motors was lying at the bottom of the sea. + +The ice, too, was hourly becoming more dangerous, and it was clear +that those who were on shore were practically cut off from the +ship. So in the evening Scott went to the ice-edge farther to the +north, and found a place where the ship could come and be near +ice heavy enough for sledding. Then he semaphored directions to +Pennell, and on the following morning the ship worked her way along +the ice-edge to the spot that had been chosen. + +A good solid road was formed right up to the ship, and again the +work of transportation went on with the greatest energy. In this +Bowers proved 'a perfect treasure,' there was not a single case +he did not know nor a single article on which he could not at once +place his hand, and every case as it came on shore was checked +by him. + +On Tuesday night, January 10, after six days in McMurdo Sound, +the landing was almost completed, and early in the afternoon of +Thursday a message was sent from the ship that nothing remained on +board except mutton, books, pictures, and the pianola. 'So at last +we really are a self-contained party ready for all emergencies. We +are LANDED eight days after our arrival--a very good record.' + + + + +[Page 231] +CHAPTER II + +DEPÔT LAYING TO ONE TON CAMP + + And the deed of high endeavour + Was no more to the favoured few. + But brain and heart were the measure + Of what every man might do. + RENNELL RODD. + +While the landing was being carried out, the building party had +worked so rapidly that, if necessity had arisen, the hut could +have been inhabited by the 12th; at the same time another small +party had been engaged in making a cave in the ice which was to +serve as a larder, and this strenuous work continued until the +cave was large enough to hold all the mutton, and a considerable +quantity of seal and penguin. Close to this larder Simpson and +Wright were busy in excavating for the differential magnetic hut. + +In every way indeed such good progress had been made that Scott +could begin to think about the depôt journey. The arrangements +of this he discussed with Bowers, to whose grasp of the situation +he gives the highest praise. 'He enters into one's idea's at once, +and evidently thoroughly understands the principles of the game.' + +Of these arrangements Wilson wrote in his journal: +[Page 232] +'He (Scott) wants me to be a driver with himself, Meares, and Teddie +Evans, and this is what I would have chosen had I had a free choice +of all. The dogs run in two teams and each team wants two men. +It means a lot of running as they are being driven now, but it +is the fastest and most interesting work of all, and we go ahead +of the whole caravan with lighter loads and at a faster rate.... +About this time next year may I be there or thereabouts! With so +many young bloods in the heyday of youth and strength beyond my +own I feel there will be a most difficult task in making choice +towards the end and a most keen competition--_and_ a universal +lack of selfishness and self-seeking, with a complete absence of +any jealous feeling in any single one of any of the comparatively +large number who at present stand a chance of being on the last piece +next summer.... I have never been thrown in with a more unselfish +lot of men--each one doing his utmost fair and square in the most +cheery manner possible.' + +Sunday, January 15, was observed as a 'day of rest,' and at 10 +A.M. the men and officers streamed over from the ship, and Scott +read Divine Service on the beach. Then he had a necessary but +unpalatable task to perform, because some of the ponies had not +fulfilled expectations, and Campbell had to be told that the two +allotted to him must be exchanged for a pair of inferior animals. At +this time the party to be led by Campbell was known as the Eastern +Party, but, owing to the impossibility of landing on King +[Page 233] +Edward's Land, they were eventually taken to the north part of +Victoria Land, and thus came to be known as the Northern Party. +Scott's reluctance to make the alteration in ponies is evident, but +in writing of it he says: 'He (Campbell) took it like the gentleman +he is, thoroughly appreciating the reason.' + +On that same afternoon Scott and Meares took a sledge and nine +dogs, some provisions, a cooker and sleeping-bags, and started +to Hut Point; but, on their arrival at the old _Discovery_ hut, a +most unpleasant surprise awaited them, for to their chagrin they +found that some of Shackleton's party, who had used the hut for +shelter, had left it in an uninhabitable state. + +'There was something too depressing in finding the old hut in such +a desolate condition.... To camp outside and feel that all the old +comfort and cheer had departed, was dreadfully heartrending. I +went to bed thoroughly depressed. It seems a fundamental expression +of civilized human sentiment that men who come to such places as this +should leave what comfort they can to welcome those who follow, and +finding that such a simple duty had been neglected by our immediate +predecessors oppressed me horribly.' + +After a bad night they went up the hills, and there Scott found +much less snow than he had ever seen. The ski run was completely +cut through in two places, the Gap and Observation Hill were almost +bare, on the side of Arrival Heights was a great bare slope, and +on the top of Crater Heights was an immense bare +[Page 234] +tableland. The paint was so fresh and the inscription so legible +on the cross put up to the memory of Vince that it looked as if +it had just been erected, and although the old flagstaff was down +it could with very little trouble have been put up again. Late in +the afternoon of Monday Scott and Meares returned to Cape Evans, +and on the following day the party took up their abode in the hut. + +'The word "hut,"' Scott wrote, 'is misleading. Our residence is +really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest +that has ever been erected in the Polar regions. The walls and +roof have double thickness of boarding and seaweed insulation on +both sides of the frames. The roof with all its coverings weighs +six tons. The outer shell is wonderfully solid therefore and the +result is extraordinary comfort and warmth inside, whilst the total +weight is comparatively small. It amply repays the time and attention +given to its planning. + +'On the south side Bowers has built a long annex, to contain spare +clothing and ready provisions, on the north there is a solid stable +to hold our fifteen ponies in the winter. At present these animals +are picketed on long lines laid on a patch of snow close by, above +them, on a patch of black sand and rock, the dogs extend in other +long lines. Behind them again is a most convenient slab of hard +ice in which we have dug two caverns. The first is a larder now +fully stocked with seals, penguins, mutton, and beef. The other +is devoted to science in the shape of differential magnetic +[Page 235] +instruments which will keep a constant photographic record of magnetic +changes. Outside these caverns is another little hut for absolute +magnetic observations, and above them on a small hill, the dominant +miniature peak of the immediate neighborhood, stand the meteorological +instruments and a flagstaff carrying the Union Jack. + +'If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill on +a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision cases +ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping the ice-foot +below, you will have some idea of our immediate vicinity. As for +our wider surroundings it would be difficult to describe their +beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape Evans is one of the +many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands closest under the +mountain, so that always towering above us we have the grand snowy +peak with its smoking summit. North and south of us are deep bays, +beyond which great glaciers come rippling over the lower slopes +to thrust high blue-walled snouts into the sea. The sea is blue +before us, dotted with shining bergs or ice floes, whilst far over +the Sound, yet so bold and magnificent as to appear near, stand +the beautiful Western Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, +their deep glacial valley and clear-cut scarps, a vision of mountain +scenery that can have few rivals. + +'Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the +most beautiful spot he has ever seen, and spends all day and most +of the night +[Page 236] +in what he calls "gathering it in" with camera and cinematograph. + +'I have told you of the surroundings of our house but nothing of +its internal arrangements. They are in keeping with the dignity +of the mansion. + +'The officers (16) have two-thirds of the interior, the men (9) +the remaining third; the dividing line is fixed by a wall of cases +containing things which suffer from being frozen. + +'In the officers' quarters there is an immense dark room, and next it +on one side a space devoted to the physicist and his instruments, and +on the other a space devoted to charts, chronometers and instruments +generally. + +'I have a tiny half cabin of my own, next this Wilson and Evans +have their beds. On the other side is a space set apart for five +beds, which are occupied by Meares, Oates, Atkinson, Garrard and +Bowers. Taylor, Debenham and Gran have another proportional space +opposite. Nelson and Day have a little cabin of their own with a +bench. Lastly Simpson and Wright occupy beds bordering the space +set apart for their instruments and work. In the center is a 12-foot +table with plenty of room for passing behind its chairs.... + +'To sum up, the arrangements are such that everyone is completely +comfortable and conveniently placed for his work--in fact we could +not be better housed. Of course a good many of us will have a small +enough chance of enjoying the comforts of our home. We shall be +away sledding late this year and off again +[Page 237] +early next season, but even for us it will be pleasant to feel that +such comfort awaits our return.' + +So in less than a fortnight after the arrival in McMurdo Sound +they had absolutely settled down, and were anxious to start upon +their depôt journey as soon as the ponies had recovered thoroughly +from the effects of the voyage. These autumn journeys, however, +required much thought and preparation, mainly because the prospect +of the parties being cut off from their winter quarters necessitated +a great deal of food being taken both for men and animals. Sledding +gear and wintering boots were served out to the selected travelers, +sledges were prepared by P.O. Evans and Crean, and most of the +stores were tested and found to be most excellent in quality. 'Our +clothing is as good as good. In fact first and last, running through +the whole extent of our outfit, I can say with pride that there +is not a single arrangement which I would have had altered.... +Everything looks hopeful for the depôt journey if only we can get +our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 20th, but the following day brought a serious +suspense with it; for during the afternoon came a report that the +_Terra Nova_ was ashore, and Scott, hastening to the Cape, saw at +once that she was firmly fixed and in a very uncomfortable position. + +Visions of the ship being unable to return to New Zealand arose in +his mind 'with sickening pertinacity,' and it was characteristic of +him that at the moment when there was every prospect of a complete +disarrangement of well-laid plans, he found his one +[Page 238] +consolation in determining that, whatever happened, nothing should +interfere with the southern work. + +The only possible remedy seemed to be an extensive lightening of +the ship with boats, as the tide had evidently been high when she +struck. Scott, with two or three companions, watched anxiously +from the shore while the men on board shifted cargo aft, but no +ray of hope came until the ship was seen to be turning very slowly, +and then they saw the men running from side to side and knew that +an attempt was being made to roll her off. At first the rolling +produced a more rapid turning movement, and then she seemed again +to hang though only for a short time. Meanwhile the engines had +been going astern and presently a slight movement became apparent, +but those who were watching the ship did not know that she was +getting clear until they heard the cheers on board. Then she gathered +stern way and was clear. + +'The relief was enormous. The wind dropped as she came off, and +she is now securely moored off the northern ice-edge, where I hope +the greater number of her people are finding rest. For here and now +I must record the splendid manner in which these men are working. +I find it difficult to express my admiration for the manner in +which the ship is handled and worked under these very trying +circumstances... Pennell has been over to tell me about it to-night; +I think I like him more every day.' + +On that same day Meares and Oates went to the Glacier Tongue and +satisfied themselves that the ice +[Page 239] +was good; and with the 25th fixed for the date of departure it was +not too much to hope that the ice would remain for three or four +more days. The ponies for Campbell's party were put on board on +the 22nd, but when Scott got up at 5 A.M. on the following morning +he saw, to his astonishment, that the ice was going out of the bay +in a solid mass. Then everything was rushed on at top speed, and +a wonderful day's work resulted. All the forage, food, sledges +and equipment were got off to the ship at once, the dogs followed; +in short everything to do with the depôt party was hurriedly put +on board except the ponies, which were to cross the Cape and try +to get over the Southern Road on the morning of the 24th. + +The Southern Road was the one feasible line of communication between +the new station at Cape Evans and the _Discovery_ hut, for the +rugged mountains and crevassed ice-slopes of Ross Island prevented +a passage by land. The Road provided level going below the cliffs +of the ice-foot except where disturbed by the descending glacier; +and there it was necessary to cross the body of the glacier itself. +It consisted of the more enduring ice in the bays and the sea-ice +along the coast, which only stayed fast for the season. Thus it +was most important to get safely over the dangerous part of this +Road before the seasonal going-out of the sea-ice. To wait until +after the ice went out and the ship could sail to Hut Point would +have meant both uncertainty and delay. Scott knew well enough that +the Road might not hold for many more hours, +[Page 240] +and it actually broke up on the very day after the party had passed. + +Early on Tuesday, January 24, a boat from the ship fetched Scott +and the Western Party; and at the same time the ponies were led +out of the camp, Wilson and Meares going ahead of them to test the +track. No sooner was Scott on board than he was taken to inspect +Lillie's catch of sea animals. 'It was wonderful, quantities of +sponges, isopods, pentapods, large shrimps, corals, &c. &c.; but +the _pièce de résistance_ was the capture of several bucketsful +of cephalodiscus of which only seven pieces had been previously +caught. Lillie is immensely pleased, feeling that it alone repays +the whole enterprise.' In the forenoon the ship skirted the Island, +and with a telescope those on board could watch the string of ponies +steadily progressing over the sea-ice past the Razor Back Islands; +and, as soon as they were seen to be well advanced, the ship steamed +on to the Glacier Tongue, and made fast in the narrow angle made +by the sea-ice with the glacier. + +Then, while Campbell investigated a broad crack in the sea ice on +the Southern Road, Scott went to meet the ponies, which, without +much difficulty, were got on to the Tongue, across the glacier, +and then were picketed on the sea-ice close to the ship. But when +Campbell returned with the news that the big crack was 30 feet +across, it was evident that they must get past it on the glacier, +and Scott asked him to peg out a road clear of cracks. + +[Page 241] +Soon afterwards Oates reported that the ponies were ready to start +again, and they were led along; Campbell's road, their loads having +already been taken on the floe. At first all went well, but when +the animals got down on the floe level and Oates led across an +old snowed-up crack, the third pony made a jump at the edge and +sank to its stomach in the middle. Gradually it sank deeper and +deeper until only its head and forelegs showed above the slush. +With some trouble ropes were attached to these, and the poor animal, +looking very weak and miserable, was eventually pulled out. + +After this experience the other five ponies were led farther round +to the west and were got safely out on the floe; a small feed was +given to them, and then they were started off with their loads. + +The dogs in the meantime were causing some excitement for, starting +on hard ice with a light load, they obviously preferred speed to +security. Happily, however, no accident happened, and Scott, writing +from Glacier Tongue on January 24, was able to say: 'All have arrived +safely, and this evening we start our sledges south. I expect we +shall have to make three relays to get all our stores on to the +Barrier some fifteen miles away. The ship is to land a geologising +party on the west side of the Sound, and then to proceed to King +Edward's Land to put the Eastern party on short.' + +The geologising party consisted of Griffith Taylor, Debenham, Wright, +and P.O. Evans, and for reasons +[Page 242] +already mentioned the Eastern party were eventually known as the +Northern party. + +On the night of the 24th Scott camped six miles from the glacier +and two miles from Hut Point, he and Wilson having driven one team +of dogs, while Meares and E. Evans drove the other. But on the +following day Scott drove his team to the ship, and when the men +had been summoned aft he thanked them for their splendid work. + +'They have behaved like bricks and a finer lot of fellows never +sailed in a ship.... It was a little sad to say farewell to all +these good fellows and Campbell and his men. I do most heartily +trust that all will be successful in their ventures, for indeed +their unselfishness and their generous high spirit deserves reward. +God bless them.' + + * * * * * + +How completely Scott's hopes were realized in the case of Campbell's +party is now well known. Nothing more miraculous than the story +of their adventures has ever been told. The party consisted of +Campbell, Levick, Priestley, Abbott, Browning, and Dickason, and +the courage shown by the leader and his companions in facing endless +difficulties and privations has met with the unstinted admiration +that it most thoroughly deserved. + + * * * * * + +For the depôt laying journey Scott's party consisted of 12 men +(Wilson, Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Cherry-Garrard, E. Evans, Gran, +Meares, Forde, +[Page 243] +Keohane, Crean, and himself), 8 ponies and 26 dogs. Of the dogs +he felt at this time more than a little doubtful, but the ponies +were in his opinion bound to be a success. 'They work with such +extraordinary steadiness, stepping out briskly and cheerfully, +following in each other's tracks. The great drawback is the ease +with which they sink in soft snow: they go through in lots of places +where the men scarcely make an impression--they struggle pluckily +when they sink, but it is trying to watch them.' + +In three days he hoped that all the loads would be transported to +complete safety, and on Friday, the 27th, only one load remained +to be brought from Hut Point. The strenuous labour of this day +tired out the dogs, but the ponies worked splendidly. On the next +day, however, both Keohane's and Bowers' ponies showed signs of +breaking down, and Oates began to take a gloomy view of the situation. +In compensation for these misfortunes the dogs, as they got into +better condition, began to do excellent work. During Sunday they +ran two loads for over a mile past the stores on the Barrier to +the spot chosen for 'Safety Camp,' the big home depôt. 'I don't +think that any part of the Barrier is likely to go, but it's just +as well to be prepared for everything, and our camp must deserve +its distinctive title of "Safety."' + +By this time the control of the second dog team had been definitely +handed over to Wilson, and in his journal he gives an admirable +account of his experiences. 'The seals have been giving a lot of +[Page 244] +trouble, that is just to Meares and myself with our dogs.... +Occasionally when one pictures oneself quite away from trouble +of that kind, an old seal will pop his head up at a blowhole a +few yards ahead of the team, and they are all on top of him before +one can say "knife"! Then one has to rush in with the whip--and +everyone of the team of eleven jumps over the harness of the dog +next to him, and the harnesses become a muddle that takes much +patience to unravel, not to mention care lest the whole team should +get away with the sledge and its load, and leave one behind.... +I never did get left the whole of this depôt journey, but I was +often very near it, and several times had only time to seize a +strap or a part of the sledge, and be dragged along helter-skelter +over everything that came in the way, till the team got sick of +galloping and one could struggle to one's feet again. One gets +very wary and wide-awake when one has to manage a team of eleven +dogs and a sledge load by oneself, but it was a most interesting +experience, and I had a delightful leader, "Stareek" by name--Russian +for "Old Man," and he was the most wise old man.... Dog driving +like this in the orthodox manner is a very different thing from +the beastly dog driving we perpetrated in the _Discovery_ days.... +I got to love all my team and they got to know me well.... Stareek +is quite a ridiculous "old man" and quite the nicest, quietest, +cleverest old dog I have ever come across. He looks in face as +if he knew all the wickedness of all the world +[Page 245] +and all its cares, and as if he were bored to death by them.' + +When Safety Camp was reached there was no need for haste until they +started upon their journey. 'It is only when we start that we must +travel fast.' Work, however, on the Monday was more strenuous than +successful, for the ponies sank very deep and had great difficulty +in bringing up their loads. During the afternoon Scott disclosed +his plan of campaign, which was to go forward with five weeks' +food for men and animals, then to depôt a fortnight's supply after +twelve or thirteen days and return to Safety Camp. The loads for +ponies under this arrangement worked out at a little over 600 lbs., +and for the dog teams at 700 lbs., both apart from sledges. Whether +the ponies could manage these loads depended on the surface, and there +was a great possibility that the dogs would have to be lightened, +but under the circumstances it was the best plan they could hope +to carry out. + +On Tuesday when everything was ready for the start the one pair +of snow-shoes was tried on 'Weary Willy' with magical effect. In +places where he had floundered woefully without the shoes he strolled +round as if he was walking on hard ground. Immediately after this +experiment Scott decided that an attempt must be made to get more +snow-shoes, and within half an hour Meares and Wilson had started, +on the chance that the ice had not yet gone out, to the station +twenty miles away. But on the next day they returned with the news +that there was no +[Page 246] +possibility of reaching Cape Evans, and an additional stroke of +bad fortune fell when Atkinson's foot, which had been troublesome +for some time, was examined and found to be so bad that he had +to be left behind with Crean as a companion. + +Writing on Wednesday, February 1, from 'Safety Camp, Great Barrier,' +Scott said: 'I told you that we should be cut off from our winter +station, and that I had to get a good weight of stores on to the +Barrier to provide for that contingency. We are safely here with +all requisite stores, though it has taken nearly a week. But we +find the surface very soft and the ponies flounder in it. I sent +a dog team back yesterday to try and get snow-shoes for ponies, +but they found the ice broken south of Cape Evans and returned +this morning. Everyone is doing splendidly and gaining the right +sort of experience for next year. Every mile we advance this year +is a help for next.' + +[Illustration: PONY CAMP ON THE BARRIER. _Photo by Capt. R. F. Scott._] + +At last the start was made on Thursday, February 2, but when, after +marching five miles, Scott asked for their one pair of snow-shoes, +he found that they had been left behind, and Gran--whose expertness +on ski was most useful--immediately volunteered to go back and get +them. While he was away the party rested, for at Scott's suggestion +they had decided to take to night marching. And so at 12.30 A.M. +they started off once more on a surface that was bad at first but +gradually improved, until just before camping time Bowers, who was +leading, suddenly plunged into soft snow. Several of the others, +following close behind +[Page 247] +him, shared the same fate, and soon three ponies were plunging +and struggling in a drift, and had to be unharnessed and led round +from patch to patch until firmer ground was reached. + +Then came another triumph for the snow-shoes, which were put on +Bowers' pony, with the result that after a few minutes he settled +down, was harnessed to his load, and brought in not only that but +also another over places into which he had previously been plunging. +Again Scott expressed his regret that such a great help to their +work had been left behind at the station, and it was all the more +trying for him to see the ponies half engulfed in the snow, and +panting and heaving from the strain, when the remedies for his +state of affairs were so near and yet so impossible to reach. + +During the next march ten miles were covered, and the ponies, on +a better surface, easily dragged their loads, but signs of bad +weather began to appear in the morning, and by 4 P.M. on Saturday +a blizzard arrived and held up the party in Corner Camp for three +days. 'No fun to be out of the tent--but there are no shirkers with +us. Oates has been out regularly to feed the ponies; Meares and +Wilson to attend to the dogs; the rest of us as occasion required.' + +The ponies looked fairly comfortable during the blizzard, but when +it ceased and another march was made on Tuesday night, the effects +of the storm were too clearly seen. All of them finished the march +listlessly, and two or three were visibly thinner. +[Page 248] +But by far the worst sufferer was Forde's 'Blucher' whose load +was reduced to 200 lbs., and finally Forde pulled this in and led +his pony. Extra food was given in the hope that they would soon +improve again; but at all costs most of them had got to be kept +alive, and Scott began to fear that very possibly the journey would +have to be curtailed. + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies seemed to be stronger. +'Surface very good and animals did splendidly,' Scott wrote on +Friday, February 10, and then gave in his diary for the day an +account of their nightly routine. 'We turn out of our sleeping-bags +about 9 P.M. Somewhere about 11.30 I shout to the Soldier[1] "How +are things?" There is a response suggesting readiness, and soon +after figures are busy amongst sledges and ponies. It is chilling +work for the fingers and not too warm for the feet. The rugs come +off the animals, the harness is put on, tents and camp equipment +are loaded on the sledges, nosebags filled for the next halt; one +by one the animals are taken off the picketing rope and yoked to +the sledge. Oates watches his animal warily, reluctant to keep +such a nervous creature standing in the traces. If one is prompt +one feels impatient and fretful whilst watching one's more tardy +fellows. Wilson and Meares hang about ready to help with odds and +ends. + +[Footnote 1: Oates.] + +'Still we wait: the picketing lines must be gathered up, a few +pony putties need adjustment, a party has been slow striking their +tent. With numbed fingers on +[Page 249] +our horse's bridle and the animal striving to turn its head from +the wind one feels resentful. At last all is ready. One says "All +right, Bowers, go ahead," and Birdie leads his big animal forward, +starting, as he continues, at a steady pace. The horses have got +cold and at the word they are off, the Soldier's and one or two +others with a rush. Finnesko give poor foothold on the slippery +sastrugi,[1] and for a minute or two drivers have some difficulty +in maintaining the pace on their feet. Movement is warming, and +in ten minutes the column has settled itself to steady marching. + +[Footnote 1: Irregularities formed by the wind on a snow-plain.] + +'The pace is still brisk, the light bad, and at intervals one or +another of us suddenly steps on a slippery patch and falls prone. +These are the only real incidents of the march--for the rest it +passes with a steady tramp and slight variation of formation. The +weaker ponies drop a bit but not far, so that they are soon up in +line again when the first halt is made. We have come to a single +halt in each half march. Last night it was too cold to stop long +and a very few minutes found us on the go again. + +'As the end of the half march approaches I get out my whistle. +Then at a shrill blast Bowers wheels slightly to the left, his tent +mates lead still farther out to get the distance for the picket +lines; Oates and I stop behind Bowers and Evans, the two other +sledges of our squad behind the two other of Bowers'. So we are +drawn up in camp formation. The picket +[Page 250] +lines are run across at right angles to the line of advance and +secured to the two sledges at each end. It a few minutes ponies +are on the lines covered, tents up again and cookers going. + +'Meanwhile the dog drivers, after a long cold wait at the old camp, +have packed the last sledge and come trotting along our tracks. +They try to time their arrival in the new camp immediately after +our own, and generally succeed well. The mid-march halt runs into +an hour to an hour and a half, and at the end we pack up and tramp +forth again. We generally make our final camp about 8 o'clock, and +within an hour and a half most of us are in our sleeping-bags.... +At the long halt we do our best for our animals by building snow +walls and improving their rugs, &c. + +A softer surface on the 11th made the work much more difficult, +and even the dogs, who had been pulling consistently well, showed +signs of exhaustion before the march was over. Early on Sunday +morning they were near the 79th parallel, and exact bearings had +to be taken, since this camp, called Bluff Camp, was expected to +play an important part in the future. By this time three of the +ponies, Blossom, James Pigg, and Blucher, were so weak that Scott +decided to send E. Evans, Forde and Keohane back with them. + +Progress on the next march was interrupted by a short blizzard, and +Scott, not by any means for the first time, was struck by Bowers' +imperviousness to +[Page 251] +cold. 'Bowers,' he wrote, 'is wonderful. Throughout the night he +has worn no head-gear but a common green felt hat kept on with a +chin-stay and affording no cover whatever for the ears. His face +and ears remain bright red. The rest of us were glad to have thick +Balaclavas and wind helmets. I have never seen anyone so unaffected +by the cold. To-night he remained outside a full hour after the +rest of us had got into the tent. He was simply pottering about +the camp doing small jobs to the sledges, &c. Cherry-Garrard is +remarkable because of his eyes. He can only see through glasses +and has to wrestle with all sorts of inconveniences in consequence. +Yet one could never guess it--for he manages somehow to do more +than his share of the work.' + +Another disappointing day followed, on which the surface was so +bad that the ponies frequently sank lower than their hocks, and the +soft patches of snow left by the blizzard lay in sandy heaps and +made great friction for the runners. Still, however, they struggled +on; but Gran with Weary Willy could not go the pace, and when they +were three-quarters of a mile behind the others the dog teams (which +always left the camp after the others) overtook them. Then the dogs +got out of hand and attacked Weary Willy, who put up a sterling +fight but was bitten rather badly before Meares and Gran could +drive off the dogs. Afterwards it was discovered that Weary Willy's +load was much heavier than that of the other ponies, and an attempt +to continue the march had quickly +[Page 252] +to be abandoned owing to his weak condition. As some compensation +for his misfortunes he was given a hot feed, a large snow wall, and +some extra sacking, and on the following day he showed appreciation +of these favors by a marked improvement. Bowers' pony, however, +refused work for the first time, and Oates was more despondent +than ever; 'But,' Scott says, 'I've come to see that this is a +characteristic of him. In spite of it he pays every attention to +the weaker horses.' + +No doubt remained on the Thursday that both Weary Willy and Bowers' +pony could stand very little more, and so it was decided to turn +back on the following day. During the last march out the temperature +fell to -21° with a brisk south-west breeze, and frost-bites were +frequent. Bowers with his ears still uncovered suffered severely, +but while Scott and Cherry-Garrard nursed them back he seemed to +feel nothing but surprise and disgust at the mere fact of possessing +such unruly organs. 'It seems as though some of our party will +find spring journeys pretty trying. Oates' nose is always on the +point of being frost-bitten; Meares has a refractory toe which +gives him much trouble--this is the worse prospect for summit work. +I have been wondering how I shall stick the summit again, this cold +spell gives ideas. I think I shall be all right, but one must be +prepared for a pretty good doing.' + +The depôt was built during the next day, February 17, Lat. 79° 29' +S, and considerably over a ton of stuff was landed. + +[Page 253] +Stores left in depôt: + + lbs. + 245 7 weeks' full provision bags for 1 unit + 12 2 days' provision bags for 1 unit + 8 8 weeks' tea + 31 6 weeks' extra butter + 176 lbs. biscuit (7 weeks' full biscuit) + 85 8-1/2 gallons oil (12 weeks' oil for 1 unit) + 850 5 sacks of oats + 424 4 bales of fodder + 250 Tank of dog biscuit + 100 2 cases of biscuit + ---- + 2181 + + 1 skein white line + 1 set breast harness + 2 12 ft. sledges + 2 pair ski, 1 pair ski sticks + 1 _Minimum Thermometer_[1] + 1 tin Rowntree cocoa + 1 tin matches + +[Footnote 1: See page 337.] + +Sorry as Scott was not to reach 80°, he was satisfied that they +had 'a good leg up' for next year, and could at least feed the +ponies thoroughly up to this point. In addition to a flagstaff +and black flag, One Ton Camp was marked with piled biscuit boxes +to act as reflectors, and tea-tins were tied on the top of the +sledges, which were planted upright in the snow. The depôt cairn +was more than six feet above the surface, and so the party had +the satisfaction of knowing that it could scarcely fail to show +up for many miles. + + + + +[Page 254] +CHAPTER III + +PERILS + + ...Yet I argue not + Against Heaven's hand or will, nor bate a jot + Of heart or hope; but still bear up and steer + Right onward. + MILTON. + +On the return journey Scott, Wilson, Meares and Cherry-Garrard +went back at top speed with the dog teams, leaving Bowers, Oates +and Gran to follow with the ponies. For three days excellent marches +were made, the dogs pulling splendidly, and anxious as Scott was +to get back to Safety Camp and find out what had happened to the +other parties and the ponies, he was more than satisfied with the +daily records. But on Tuesday, February 21, a check came in their +rapid journey, a check, moreover, which might have been a most +serious disaster. + +The light though good when they started about 10 P.M. on Monday +night quickly became so bad that but little of the surface could +be seen, and the dogs began to show signs of fatigue. About an +hour and a half after the start they came upon mistily outlined +[Page 255] +pressure ridges and were running by the sledges when, as the teams +were trotting side by side, the middle dogs of the teams driven by +Scott and Meares began to disappear. 'We turned,' Cherry-Garrard +says, 'and saw their dogs disappearing one after another, like +dogs going down a hole after a rat.' + +In a moment the whole team were sinking; two by two they vanished +from sight, each pair struggling for foothold. Osman, the leader, +put forth all his strength and most wonderfully kept a foothold. +The sledge stopped on the brink of the crevasse, and Scott and +Meares jumped aside. + +In another moment the situation was realized. They had actually been +traveling along the bridge of a crevasse, the sledge had stopped +on it, while the dogs hung in their harness in the abyss. 'Why the +sledge and ourselves didn't follow the dogs we shall never know. +I think a fraction of a pound of added weight must have taken us +down.' Directly the sledge had been hauled clear of the bridge +and anchored, they peered into the depths of the cracks. The dogs, +suspended in all sorts of fantastic positions, were howling dismally +and almost frantic with terror. Two of them had dropped out of +their harness and, far below, could be seen indistinctly on a +snow-bridge. The rope at either end of the chain had bitten deep +into the snow at the side of the crevasse and with the weight below +could not possibly be moved. + +By this time assistance was forthcoming from Wilson and Cherry-Garrard, +the latter hurriedly +[Page 256] +bringing the Alpine rope, the exact position of which on the sledge +he most fortunately knew. The prospect, however, of rescuing the +team was not by any means bright, and for some minutes every attempt +failed. In spite of their determined efforts they could get not +an inch on the main trace of the sledge or on the leading rope, +which with a throttling pressure was binding poor Osman to the +snow. + +Then, as their thoughts became clearer, they set to work on a definite +plan of action. The sledge was unloaded, and the tent, cooker, and +sleeping-bags were carried to a safe place; then Scott, seizing +the lashing off Meares' sleeping-bag, passed the tent-poles across +the crevasse, and with Meares managed to get a few inches on the +leading line. This freed Osman, whose harness was immediately cut. +The next step was to secure the leading rope to the main trace and +haul up together. By this means one dog was rescued and unlashed, +but the rope already had cut so far back at the edge that efforts +to get more of it were useless. + +[Illustration: SNOWED-UP TENT AFTER THREE DAYS' BLIZZARD. _Photo +by Lieut. T. Gran._] + +'We could now unbend the sledge and do that for which we should +have aimed from the first, namely, run the sledge across the gap +and work from it.' So the sledge was put over the crevasse and +pegged down on both sides, Wilson holding on to the anchored trace +while the others worked at the leader end. The leading rope, however, +was so very small that Scott was afraid of its breaking, and Meares +was lowered down to secure the Alpine rope to the leading end of +[Page 257] +the trace; when this had been done the chance of rescuing the dogs +at once began to improve. + +Two by two the dogs were hauled up until eleven out of the thirteen +were again in safety. Then Scott began to wonder if the two other +dogs could not be saved, and the Alpine rope was paid down to see +if it was long enough to reach the bridge on which they were coiled. +The rope was 90 feet, and as the amount remaining showed that the +depth of the bridge was about 65 feet, Scott made a bowline and +insisted upon being lowered down. The bridge turned out to be firm, +and he quickly got hold of the dogs and saw them hauled to the +surface. But before he could be brought up terrific howls arose +above, and he had to be left while the rope-tenders hastened to +stop a fight between the dogs of the two teams. + +'We then hauled Scott up,' Cherry-Garrard says; 'it was all three +of us could do, my fingers a good deal frost-bitten in the end. +That was all the dogs, Scott has just said that at one time he +never hoped to get back with the thirteen, or even half of them. +When he was down in the crevasse he wanted to go off exploring, +but we dissuaded him.... He kept on saying, "I wonder why this is +running the way it is, you expect to find them at right angles."' + +For over two hours the work of rescue had continued, and after it +was finished the party camped and had a meal, and congratulated +themselves on a miraculous escape. Had the sledge gone down Scott +and Meares must have been badly injured, if not killed +[Page 258] +outright, but as things had turned out even the dogs showed wonderful +signs of recovery after their terrible experience. + +On the following day Safety Camp was reached, but the dogs were +as thin as rakes and so ravenously hungry that Scott expressed a +very strong opinion that they were underfed. 'One thing is certain, +the dogs will never continue to drag heavy loads with men sitting +on the sledges; we must all learn to run with the teams and the +Russian custom must be dropped.' + +At Safety Camp E. Evans, Forde and Keohane were found, but to Scott's +great sorrow two of their ponies had died on the return journey. Forde +had spent hour after hour in nursing poor Blucher, and although the +greatest care had also been given to Blossom, both of them were +left on the Southern Road. The remaining one of the three, James +Pigg, had managed not only to survive but actually to thrive, and, +severe as the loss of the two ponies was, some small consolation +could be gained from the fact that they were the oldest of the +team, and the two which Oates considered to be the least useful. + +After a few hours' sleep Scott, Wilson, Meares, Cherry-Garrard and +Evans started off to Hut Point, and on arrival were astonished to +find that, although the hut had been cleared and made habitable, no +one was there. A pencil line on the wall stated that a bag containing +a mail was inside, but no bag was to be found. But presently what +turned out to be the true +[Page 259] +solution of this curious state of affairs was guessed, namely, that +Atkinson and Crean had been on their way from the hut to Safety +Camp as the others had come from the camp to the hut, and later +on Scott saw their sledge track leading round on the sea-ice. + +Feeling terribly anxious that some disaster might have happened +to Atkinson and Crean owing to the weakness of the ice round Cape +Armitage, Scott and his party soon started back to Safety Camp, +but it was not until they were within a couple of hundred yards +of their destination that they saw three tents instead of two, +and knew that Atkinson and Crean were safe. No sooner, however, +had Scott received his letters than his feelings of relief were +succeeded by sheer astonishment. + +'Every incident of the day pales before the startling contents +of the mail bag which Atkinson gave me--a letter from Campbell +setting out his doings and the finding of _Amundsen_ established +in the Bay of Whales. + +'One thing only fixes itself definitely in my mind. The proper, as +well as the wiser, course for us is to proceed exactly as though +this had not happened. To go forward and do our best for the honour +of the country without fear or panic. + +'There is no doubt that Amundsen's plan is a very serious menace +to ours. He has a shorter distance to the Pole by 60 miles--I never +thought he could have got so many dogs [116] safely to the ice. His +[Page 260] +plan for running them seems excellent. But above and beyond all he +can start his journey early in the season--an impossible condition +with ponies.' + +The ship, to which Scott had said good-by a month before, had, after +landing the Western Geological Party at Butter Point, proceeded along +the Barrier, and on February 5 had come across Amundsen camped in +the Bay of Whales. No landing place, however, for Campbell's party +could be found. 'This,' Campbell says, 'was a great disappointment +to us all, but there was nothing for it but to return to McMurdo +Sound to communicate with the main party, and then try to effect a +landing in the vicinity of Smith's Inlet or as far to the westward +as possible on the north coast of Victoria Land, and if possible +to explore the unknown coast west of Cape North. We therefore made +the best of our way to Cape Evans, and arrived on the evening of +the 8th. Here I decided to land the two ponies, as they would be +very little use to us on the mountainous coast of Victoria Land, +and in view of the Norwegian expedition I felt the Southern Party +would require all the transport available. After landing the ponies +we steamed up to the sea-ice by Glacier Tongue, and from there, +taking Priestley and Abbott, I went with letters to Hut Point, +where the depôt party would call on their way back.' + +Thus Scott came on Wednesday, February 22, to receive the news which +was bound to occupy his thoughts, however resolutely he refused +to allow it to interfere in any way with his plans. + +[Page 261] +Thursday was spent preparing sledges to meet Bowers, Oates and +Gran at Corner Camp, and on the following day Scott, Crean and +Cherry-Garrard with one sledge and tent, E. Evans, Atkinson and +Forde with second sledge and tent, and Keohane leading James Pigg, +started their march. At 3 P.M. on Saturday Scott turned out and saw +a short black line on the horizon towards White Island. Presently +he made certain that it was Bowers and his companions, but they +were traveling fast and failed to see Scott's camp; so when the +latter reached Corner Camp he did not find Bowers, but was glad to +see five pony walls and consequently to know that all the animals +were still alive. + +Having depôted six full weeks' provisions, Scott, Cherry-Garrard +and Crean started for home, leaving the others to bring James Pigg +by easier stages. The next day, however, had to be spent in the +tent owing to a howling blizzard, and not until the Tuesday did +Scott reach Safety Camp, where he found that the ponies were without +exception terribly thin, and that Weary Willy was especially in +a pitiable condition. + +As no advantage was to be gained by staying at Safety Camp, arrangements +were made immediately for a general shift to Hut Point, and about +four o'clock the two dog teams driven by Wilson and Meares got +safely away. Then the ponies were got ready to start, the plan +being for them to follow in the tracks of the dogs; the route was +over about six miles of sea-ice, which, owing to the spread of +water holes, caused Scott to feel gravely anxious. + +[Page 262] +At the very start, however, Weary Willy fell down, and his plight +was so critical that Bowers, Cherry-Garrard and Crean were sent on +with Punch, Cuts, Uncle Bill and Nobby to Hut Point, while Scott, +with Oates and Gran, decided to stay behind and attend to the sick +pony. But despite all the attempts to save him, Weary Willy died +during the Tuesday night. 'It makes a late start _necessary for +next year_,' Scott wrote in his diary on Wednesday, March 1, but +on the following day he had to add to this, 'The events of the +past 48 hours bid fair to wreck the expedition, and the only one +comfort is the miraculous avoidance of loss of life.' + +Early on the morning following Weary Willy's death, Scott, Oates +and Gran started out and pulled towards the forage depôt, which was +at a point on the Barrier half a mile from the edge, in a S.S.E. +direction from Hut Point. On their approach the sky looked black +and lowering, and mirage effects of huge broken floes loomed out +ahead. At first Scott thought that this was one of the strange +optical illusions common in the Antarctic, but as he drew close +to the depôt all doubt was dispelled. The sea was full of broken +pieces of Barrier edge, and at once his thoughts flew to the ponies +and dogs. + +They turned to follow the sea-edge, and suddenly discovering a +working crack, dashed over it and hastened on until they were in +line between Safety Camp and Castle Rock. Meanwhile Scott's first +thought was to warn E. Evans' party which was traveling +[Page 263] +back from Corner Camp with James Pigg. 'We set up tent, and Gran +went to the depôt with a note as Oates and I disconsolately thought +out the situation. I thought to myself that if either party had +reached safety either on the Barrier or at Hut Point they would +immediately have sent a warning messenger to Safety Camp. By this +time the messenger should have been with us. Some half-hour passed, +and suddenly with a "Thank God!" I made certain that two specks +in the direction of Pram Point were human beings.' + +When, however, Scott hastened in their direction he discovered them +to be Wilson and Meares, who were astonished to see him, because +they had left Safety Camp before the breakdown of Weary Willy had +upset the original program. From them Scott heard alarming reports +that the ponies were adrift on the sea-ice. + +The startling incidents that had led to this state of affairs began +very soon after Bowers, Crean and Cherry-Garrard had left Safety Camp +with the ponies. 'I caught Bowers up at the edge of the Barrier,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote in his diary, 'the dogs were on ahead and we +saw them turn and make right round Cape Armitage. "Uncle Bill" +got done, and I took up the dog tracks which we followed over the +tide crack and well on towards Cape Armitage. + +'The sea-ice was very weak, and we came to fresh crack after fresh +crack, and at last to a big crack with water squelching through +for many feet on both +[Page 264] +sides. We all thought it impossible to proceed and turned back.... +The ponies began to get very done, and Bowers decided to get back +over the tide crack, find a snowy place, and camp. + +'This had been considered with Scott as a possibility and agreed +to. Of course according to arrangements then Scott would have been +with the ponies. + +'We camped about 11 P.M. and made walls for the ponies. Bowers +cooked with a primus of which the top is lost, and it took a long +time. He mistook curry powder for cocoa, and we all felt very bad +for a short time after trying it. Crean swallowed all his. Otherwise +we had a good meal. + +'While we were eating a sound as though ice had fallen outside +down the tent made us wonder. At 2 A.M. we turned in, Bowers went +out, and all was quiet. At 4.30 A.M. Bowers was wakened by a grinding +sound, jumped up, and found the situation as follows:-- + +'The whole sea-ice had broken up into small floes, from ten to +thirty or forty yards across. We were on a small floe, I think +about twenty yards across, two sledges were on the next floe, and +"Cuts" had disappeared down the opening. Bowers shouted to us all +and hauled the two sledges on to our floe in his socks. We packed +anyhow, I don't suppose a camp was ever struck quicker. It seemed +to me impossible to go on with the ponies and I said so, but Bowers +decided to try. + +'We decided that to go towards White Island +[Page 265] +looked best, and for five hours traveled in the following way:--we +jumped the ponies over floe to floe as the cracks joined.... We then +man-hauled the sledges after them, then according to the size of the +floe sometimes harnessed the ponies in again, sometimes man-hauled +the sledge to the next crack, waited our chance, sometimes I should +think five or ten minutes, and repeated the process.' + +At length they worked their way to heavier floes lying near the +Barrier edge, and at one time thought that it was possible to get +up; but very soon they discovered that there were gaps everywhere +off the high Barrier face. In this dilemma Crean volunteered to try +and reach Scott, and after traveling a great distance and leaping +from floe to floe, he found a thick floe from which with the help of +his ski stick he could climb the Barrier face. 'It was a desperate +venture, but luckily successful.' + +And so while Scott, Oates, Wilson, Meares and Gran were discussing +the critical situation, a man, who proved to be Crean, was seen +rapidly making for the depôt from the west. + +As soon as Scott had considered the latest development of the situation +he sent Gran back to Hut Point with Wilson and Meares, and started +with Oates, Crean, and a sledge for the scene of the mishap. A +halt was made at Safety Camp to get some provisions and oil, and +then, marching carefully round, they approached the ice-edge, and to +their joy caught sight of Bowers and Cherry-Garrard. With the help +[Page 266] +of the Alpine rope both the men were dragged to the surface, and +after camp had been pitched at a safe distance from the edge all +hands started upon salvage work. The ice at this time lay close and +quiet against the Barrier edge, and some ten hours after Bowers and +Cherry-Garrard had been hauled up, the sledges and their contents +were safely on the Barrier. But then, just as the last loads were +saved, the ice began to drift again, and so, for the time, nothing +could be done for the ponies except to leave them well-fed upon +their floes. + +'None of our party had had sleep the previous night and all were +dog tired. I decided we must rest, but turned everyone out at 8.30 +yesterday morning [after three or four hours]. Before breakfast +we discovered the ponies had drifted away. We had tried to anchor +their floes with the Alpine rope, but the anchors had drawn. It +was a sad moment.' + +Presently, however, Bowers, who had taken the binoculars, announced +that he could see the ponies about a mile to the N. W. 'We packed +and went on at once. We found it easy enough to get down to the +poor animals and decided to rush them for a last chance of life. Then +there was an unfortunate mistake: I went along the Barrier edge and +discovered what I thought and what proved to be a practicable way to +land a pony, but the others meanwhile, a little overwrought, tried to +leap Punch across a gap. The poor beast fell in; eventually we had to +kill him--it was awful. I recalled all hands and pointed out my +[Page 267] +road. Bowers and Oates went out on it with a sledge and worked +their way to the remaining ponies, and started back with them on +the same track.... We saved one pony; for a time I thought we should +get both, but Bowers' poor animal slipped at a jump and plunged into +the water: we dragged him out on some brash ice-- killer whales +all about us in an intense state of excitement. The poor animal +couldn't rise, and the only merciful thing was to kill it. These +incidents were too terrible. At 5 P.M. (Thursday, March 2), we +sadly broke our temporary camp and marched back to the one I had +just pitched.... So here we are ready to start our sad journey to +Hut Point. Everything out of joint with the loss of our ponies, +but mercifully with all the party alive and well.' + +At the start on the march back the surface was so bad that only +three miles were covered in four hours, and in addition to this +physical strain Scott was also deeply anxious to know that E. Evans +and his party were safe; but while they were camping that night +on Pram Point ridges, Evans' party, all of whom were well, came +in. Then it was decided that Atkinson should go on to Hut Point +in the morning to take news to Wilson, Meares and Gran, who were +looking after the dogs, and having a wretched time in trying to +make two sleeping-bags do the work of three. + +On March 2 Wilson wrote in his journal: 'A very bitter wind blowing +and it was a cheerless job waiting for six hours to get a sleep in the +bag.... As the ice had all gone out of the strait we were cut off from +[Page 268] +any return to Cape Evans until the sea should again freeze over, +and this was not likely until the end of April. We rigged up a +small fireplace in the hut and found some wood and made a fire +for an hour or so at each meal, but as there was no coal and not +much wood we felt we must be economical with the fuel, and so also +with matches and everything else, in case Bowers should lose his +sledge loads, which had most of the supplies for the whole party +to last twelve men for two months.... There was literally nothing +in the hut that one could cover oneself with to keep warm, and we +couldn't run to keeping the fire going. It was very cold work. There +were heaps of biscuit cases here which we had left in _Discovery_ +days, and with these we built up a small inner hut to live in.' + +On Saturday Scott and some of his party reached the hut, and on +Sunday he was able to write: 'Turned in with much relief to have +all hands and the animals safely housed.' Only two ponies, James +Pigg and Nobby, remained out of the eight that had started on the +depôt journey, but disastrous as this was to the expedition there was +reason to be thankful that even greater disasters had not happened. + + + + +[Page 269] +CHAPTER IV + +A HAPPY FAMILY + + By mutual confidence and mutual aid + Great deeds are done and great discoveries made. + ANON. + +With the certainty of having to stay in the _Discovery_ hut for +some time, the party set to work at once to make it as comfortable +as possible. With packing-cases a large _L_-shaped inner apartment +was made, the intervals being stopped with felt, and an empty kerosene +tin and some firebricks were made into an excellent little stove +which was connected to the old stove-pipe. + +As regards food almost an unlimited supply of biscuit was available, +and during a walk to Pram Point on Monday, March 6, Scott and Wilson +found that the sea-ice in Pram Point Bay had not gone out and was +crowded with seals, a happy find that guaranteed the party as much +meat as they wanted. 'We really have everything necessary for our +comfort and only need a little more experience to make the best of +our resources.... It is splendid to see the way in which everyone +is learning the ropes, and the resource which +[Page 270] +is being shown. Wilson as usual leads in the making of useful +suggestions and in generally providing for our wants. He is a tower +of strength in checking the ill-usage of clothes--what I have come +to regard as the greatest danger with Englishmen.' + +On Saturday night a blizzard sprang up and gradually increased in +force until it reminded Scott and Wilson of the gale which drove +the _Discovery_ ashore. The blizzard continued until noon on Tuesday, +on which day the Western Geological Party (Griffith Taylor, Wright, +Debenham and P.O. Evans) returned to the hut after a successful +trip. + +Two days later another depôt party started to Corner Camp, E. Evans, +Wright, Crean and Forde in one team; Bowers, Oates, Cherry-Garrard +and Atkinson in the other. 'It was very sporting of Wright to join +in after only a day's rest. He is evidently a splendid puller.' + +During the absence of this party the comforts of the hut were constantly +being increased, but continuous bad weather was both depressing +to the men and very serious for the dogs. Every effort had been +made to make the dogs comfortable, but the changes of wind made +it impossible to give them shelter in all directions. At least +five of them were in a sorry plight, and half a dozen others were +by no means strong, but whether because they were constitutionally +harder or whether better fitted by nature to protect themselves +the other ten or a dozen animals were as fit as they could be. +As it was found to be impossible to keep the dogs comfortable in +the traces, the majority +[Page 271] +of them were allowed to run loose; for although Scott feared that +this freedom would mean that there would be some fights to the +death, he thought it preferable to the risk of losing the animals +by keeping them on the leash. The main difficulty with them was +that when the ice once got thoroughly into the coats their hind +legs became half paralyzed with cold, but by allowing them to run +loose it was hoped that they would be able to free themselves of +this serious trouble. 'Well, well, fortune is not being very kind +to us. This month will have sad memories. Still I suppose things +might be worse; the ponies are well housed and are doing exceedingly +well....' + +The depôt party returned to the hut on March 23, but though the +sea by this time showed symptoms of _wanting_ to freeze, there was +no real sign that the ice would hold for many a long day. Stock +therefore was taken of their resources, and arrangements were made +for a much longer stay than had been anticipated. A week later the +ice, though not thickening rapidly, held south of Hut Point, but +the stretch from Hut Point to Turtle Back Island still refused to +freeze even in calm weather, and Scott began to think that they might +not be able to get back to Cape Evans before May. Soon afterwards, +however, the sea began to freeze over completely, and on Thursday +evening, April 6, a program, subject to the continuance of good +weather, was arranged for a shift to Cape Evans. 'It feels good,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'to have something doing in the air.' But +the weather prevented them from starting on the appointed day, +[Page 272] +and although Scott was most anxious to get back and see that all was +well at Cape Evans, the comfort achieved in the old hut was so great +that he confessed himself half-sorry to leave it. + +Describing their life at Hut Point he says, 'We gather around the +fire seated on packing-cases, with a hunk of bread and butter and +a steaming pannikin of tea, and life is well worth living. After +lunch we are out and about again; there is little to tempt a long +stay indoors, and exercise keeps us all the fitter. + +'The failing light and approach of supper drives us home again +with good appetites about 5 or 6 o'clock, and then the cooks rival +one another in preparing succulent dishes of fried seal liver.... +Exclamations of satisfaction can be heard every night--or nearly +every night; for two nights ago (April 4) Wilson, who has proved a +genius in the invention of "plats," almost ruined his reputation. +He proposed to fry the seal liver in penguin blubber, suggesting that +the latter could be freed from all rankness.... The "fry" proved +redolent of penguin, a concentrated essence of that peculiar flavour +which faintly lingers in the meat and should not be emphasized. +Three heroes got through their pannikins, but the rest of us decided +to be contented with cocoa and biscuit after tasting the first +mouthful.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Wilson, referring to this incident in his Journal, +showed no signs of contrition. 'Fun over a fry I made in my new +penguin lard. It was quite a success and tasted like very bad sardine +oil.'] + +'After supper we have an hour or so of smoking +[Page 273] +and conversation--a cheering, pleasant hour--in which reminiscences +are exchanged by a company which has very literally had world-wide +experience. There is scarce a country under the sun which one or +another of us has not traveled in, so diverse are our origins and +occupations. + +'An hour or so after supper we tail off one by one.... Everyone +can manage eight or nine hours' sleep without a break, and not a +few would have little difficulty in sleeping the clock round, which +goes to show that our exceedingly simple life is an exceedingly +healthy one, though with faces and hands blackened with smoke, +appearances might not lead an outsider to suppose it.' + +On Tuesday, April 11, a start could be made for Cape Evans, the +party consisting of Scott, Bowers, P.O. Evans and Taylor in one +tent; E. Evans, Gran, Crean, Debenham and Wright in another; Wilson +being left in charge at Hut Point, with Meares, Forde, Keohane, +Oates, Atkinson and Cherry-Garrard. + +In fine weather they marched past Castle Rock, and it soon became +evident that they must go well along the ridge before descending, +and that the difficulty would be to get down over the cliffs. Seven +and a half miles from the start they reached Hutton Rocks, a very +icy and wind-swept spot, and as the wind rose and the light became +bad at the critical moment they camped for a short time. Half an +hour later the weather cleared and a possible descent to the ice +cliffs could be seen, but between Hutton Rock +[Page 274] +and Erebus all the slope was much cracked and crevassed. A clear +track to the edge of the cliffs was chosen, but on arriving there +no low place could be found (the lowest part being 24 feet sheer +drop), and as the wind was increasing and the snow beginning to +drift off the ridge a quick decision had to be made. + +Then Scott went to the edge, and having made standing places to +work the Alpine rope, Bowers., E. Evans and Taylor were lowered. +Next the sledges went down fully packed and then the remainder +of the party, Scott being the last to go down. It was a neat and +speedy piece of work, and completed in twenty minutes without serious +frost-bites. + +The surface of ice covered with salt crystals made pulling very +heavy to Glacier Tongue, which they reached about 5.30 P.M. A stiff +incline on a hard surface followed, but as the light was failing +and cracks were innumerable, several of the party fell in with +considerable risk of damage. The north side, however, was well +snow-covered, with a good valley leading to a low ice cliff in which +a broken piece provided an easy descent. Under the circumstances +Scott decided to push on to Cape Evans, but darkness suddenly fell +upon them, and after very heavy pulling for many hours they were +so totally unable to see anything ahead, that at 10 P.M. they were +compelled to pitch their camp under little Razor Back Island. During +the night the wind began to rise, and in the morning a roaring +blizzard was blowing, and obviously the ice on which they had pitched +[Page 275] +their camp was none too safe. For hours they waited vainly for a lull, +until at 3 P.M. Scott and Bowers went round the Island, with the result +that they resolved to shift their camp to a little platform under +the weather side. This operation lasted for two very cold hours, +but splendid shelter was gained, the cliffs rising almost sheer +from the tents. 'Only now and again a whirling wind current eddied +down on the tents, which were well secured, but the noise of the +wind sweeping over the rocky ridge above our heads was deafening; +we could scarcely hear ourselves speak.' Provisions for only one +more meal were left, but sleep all the same was easier to get than +on the previous night, because they knew that they were no longer +in danger of being swept out to sea. + +The wind moderated during the night, and early in the morning the +party in a desperately cold and stiff breeze and with frozen clothes +were again under weigh. The distance, however, was only two miles, +and after some very hard pulling they arrived off the point and +found that the sea-ice continued around it. 'It was a very great +relief to see the hut on rounding it and to hear that all was well.' + +In choosing the site of the hut Scott had thought of the possibility +of northerly winds bringing a swell, but had argued, first, that no +heavy northerly swell had ever been recorded in the Sound; secondly, +that a strong northerly wind was bound to bring pack which would +damp the swell; thirdly, that the locality was well protected by +the Barne Glacier; and, lastly, +[Page 276] +that the beach itself showed no signs of having been swept by the +sea. When, however, the hut had been erected and he found that its +foundation was only eleven feet above the level of the sea-ice, +he could not rid himself entirely of misgivings. + +As events turned out the hut was safe and sound enough, but not +until Scott reached it, on April 13, did he realize how anxious +he had been. 'In a normal season no thoughts of its having been +in danger would have occurred to me, but since the loss of the +ponies and the breaking of Glacier Tongue, I could not rid myself +of the fear that misfortune was in the air and that some abnormal +swell had swept the beach.' So when he and his party turned the +small headland and saw that the hut was intact, a real fear was +mercifully removed. Very soon afterwards the travelers were seen +by two men at work near the stables, and then the nine occupants +(Simpson, Day, Nelson, Ponting, Lashly, Clissold, Hooper, Anton +and Demetri) came rapidly to meet and welcome them. In a minute +the most important events of the quiet station life were told, the +worst news being that one pony, named Hacken-schmidt, and one dog +had died. For the rest the hut arrangements had worked admirably, +and the scientific routine of observations was in full swing. + +After their primitive life at the _Discovery_ hut the interior +space of the home at Cape Evans seemed palatial, and the comfort +luxurious. 'It was very good to eat in civilized fashion, to enjoy +the first bath for three months, and have contact with clean, dry +[Page 277] +clothing. Such fleeting hours of comfort (for custom soon banished +their delight) are the treasured remembrance of every Polar traveler.' +Not for many hours or even minutes, however, was Scott in the hut +before he was taken round to see in detail the transformation that +had taken place in his absence, and in which a very proper pride +was taken by those who had created it. + +First of all a visit was paid to Simpson's Corner, where numerous +shelves laden with a profusion of self-recording instruments, electric +batteries and switchboards were to be seen, and the tickings of many +clocks, the gentle whir of a motor and occasionally the trembling note +of an electric bell could be heard. 'It took me days and even months +to realize fully the aims of our meteorologist and the scientific +accuracy with which he was achieving them.' + +From Simpson's Corner Scott was taken on his tour of inspection +into Ponting's dark room, and found that the art of photography had +never been so well housed within the Polar regions and rarely without +them. 'Such a palatial chamber for the development of negatives and +prints can only be justified by the quality of the work produced in +it, and is only justified in our case by such an artist as Ponting.' + +From the dark room he went on to the biologists' cubicle, shared, +to their mutual satisfaction, by Day and Nelson. There the prevailing +note was neatness, and to Day's mechanical skill everyone paid +tribute. The heating, lighting and ventilating arrangements +[Page 278] +of the hut had been left entirely in his charge, and had been carried +out with admirable success. The cook's corner was visited next, +and Scott was very surprised to see the mechanical ingenuity shown +by Clissold. 'Later,' he says, 'when I found that Clissold was +called in to consult on the ailments of Simpson's motor, and that +he was capable of constructing a dog sledge out of packing-cases, +I was less surprised, because I knew by this time that he had had +considerable training in mechanical work before he turned his attention +to pots and pans.' + +The tour ended with an inspection of the shelters for the animals, +and when Scott saw the stables he could not help regretting that +some of the stalls would have to remain empty, though he appreciated +fully the fact that there was ample and safe harborage for the +ten remaining ponies. With Lashly's help, Anton had completed the +furnishing of the stables in a way that was both neat and effective. + +Only five or six dogs had been left in Demetri's charge, and it +was at once evident that every care had been taken of them; not +only had shelters been made, but a small 'lean to' had also been +built to serve as a hospital for any sick animal. The impressions, +in short, that Scott received on his return to Cape Evans were +almost wholly pleasant, and in happy contrast with the fears that +had assailed him on the homeward route. + +Not for long, however, did he, Bowers and Crean stay to enjoy the +comforts of Cape Evans, as on +[Page 279] +Monday, April 17, they were off again to Hut Point with two 10-foot +sledges, a week's provisions of sledding food, and butter, oatmeal, +&c., for the hut. Scott, Lashly, Day and Demetri took the first +sledge; Bowers, Nelson, Crean and Hooper the second; and after a +rather adventurous journey, in which 'Lashly was splendid at camp +work as of old,' they reached Hut Point at 1 P.M. on the following +day, and found everyone well and in good spirits. The party left at +the hut were, however, very short of seal-meat, a cause of anxiety, +because until the sea froze over there was no possibility of getting +the ponies back to Cape Evans. But three seals were reported on +the Wednesday and promptly killed, and so Scott, satisfied that +this stock was enough for twelve days, resolved to go back as soon +as the weather would allow him. + +Leaving Meares in charge of the station with Demetri to help with +the dogs, Lashly and Keohane to look after the ponies, and Nelson, +Day and Forde to get some idea of the life and experience, the +homeward party started on Friday morning. On this journey Scott, +Wilson, Atkinson and Crean pulled one sledge, and Bowers, Oates, +Cherry-Garrard and Hooper the other. Scott's party were the leaders, +and their sledge dragged so fearfully that the men with the second +sledge had a very easy time in keeping up. Then Crean declared +that although the loads were equal there was a great difference +in the sledges. 'Bowers,' Scott says, 'politely assented when I +voiced this sentiment, but I am sure he and his party thought it the +[Page 280] +plea of tired men. However, there was nothing like proof, and he +readily assented to change sledges. The difference was really +extraordinary; we felt the new sledge a featherweight compared with +the old, and set up a great pace for the home quarters regardless +of how much we perspired.' + +All of them arrived at Cape Evans with their garments soaked through, +and as they took off their wind clothes showers of ice fell upon +the floor. The accumulation was almost beyond belief and showed +the whole trouble of sledding in cold weather. Clissold, however, +was at hand with 'just the right meal,' an enormous dish of rice +and figs, and cocoa in a bucket. The sledding season was at an +end, and Scott admitted that in spite of all the losses they had +sustained it was good to be home again, while Wilson, Oates, Atkinson +and Cherry-Garrard, who had not seen the hut since it had been +fitted out, were astonished at its comfort. + +On Sunday, April 23, two days after the return from Hut Point, +the sun made it's last appearance and the winter work was begun. +Ponies for exercise were allotted to Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Hooper, +Clissold, P.O. Evans and Crean, besides Oates and Anton, but in +making this allotment Scott was obliged to add a warning that those +who exercised the ponies would not necessarily lead them in the +spring. + +Wilson at once began busily to paint, and Atkinson was equally busy +unpacking and setting up his sterilizers and incubators. Wright +began to wrestle with the electrical instruments; Oates started to +make bigger stalls in the stables; Cherry-Garrard employed himself +[Page 281] +in building a stone house for taxidermy and with a view to getting +hints for a shelter at Cape Crozier during the winter, while Taylor +and Debenham took advantage of the last of the light to examine +the topography of the peninsula. E. Evans surveyed the Cape and +its neighborhood, and Simpson and Bowers, in addition to their +other work, spent hours over balloon experiments. In fact everyone +was overflowing with energy. + +On Friday, April 28, Scott, eager to get the party safely back +from Hut Point, hoped that the sea had at last frozen over for +good, but a gale on the following day played havoc with the ice; +and although the strait rapidly froze again, the possibility of +every gale clearing the sea was too great to be pleasant. Obviously, +however, it was useless to worry over a state of affairs that could +not be helped, and the arrangements for passing the winter steadily +progressed. + +At Scott's request Cherry-Garrard undertook the editorship of the +_South Polar Times_ and the following notice was issued: + + The first number of the _South Polar Times_ will be published + on Midwinter Day. + + All are asked to send in contributions, signed anonymously, + and to place these contributions in this box as soon as possible. + No contributions for this number will be accepted after May 31. + + A selection of these will be made for publication. It is not + intended that the paper shall be too scientific. + +[Page 282] + Contributions may take the form of prose, poetry or drawing. + Contributors whose writings will lend themselves to illustration + are asked to consult with the Editor as soon as possible. + + The Editor, + _S. P. T._ + +The editor, warned by Scott that the work was not easy and required +a lot of tact, at once placed great hopes in the assistance he +would receive from Wilson, and how abundantly these hopes were +fulfilled has been widely recognized not only by students of Polar +literature, but also by those who admire art merely for art's sake. + +On the evening of Tuesday, May 2, Wilson opened the series of winter +lectures with a paper on 'Antarctic Flying Birds,' and in turn +Simpson, Taylor, Ponting, Debenham and others lectured on their +special subjects. But still the _Discovery_ hut party did not appear, +although the strait (by May 9) had been frozen over for nearly a +week; and repeatedly Scott expressed a wish that they would return. +In the meantime there was work and to spare for everyone, and as +the days went by Scott was also given ample opportunities to get +a thorough knowledge of his companions. + +'I do not think,' he wrote, 'there can be any life quite so +demonstrative of character as that which we had on these expeditions. +One sees a remarkable reassortment of values. Under ordinary conditions +it is so easy to carry a point with a little bounce; self-assertion +is a mask which covers many a weakness.... +[Page 283] +Here the outward show is nothing, it is the inward purpose that +counts. So the "gods" dwindle and the humble supplant them. Pretence +is useless. + +'One sees Wilson busy with pencil and colour box, rapidly and steadily +adding to his portfolio of charming sketches and at intervals filling +the gaps in his zoological work of _Discovery_ times; withal ready +and willing to give advice and assistance to others at all times; +his sound judgment appreciated and therefore a constant referee. + +'Simpson, master of his craft... doing the work of two observers +at least... So the current meteorological and magnetic observations +are taken as never before on Polar expeditions.' + +'Wright, good-hearted, strong, keen, striving to saturate his mind +with the ice problems of this wonderful region...' + +And then after referring in terms of praise to the industry of E. +Evans, the versatile intellect of Taylor, and the thoroughness and +conscientiousness of Debenham, Scott goes on to praise unreservedly +the man to whom the whole expedition owed an immense debt of gratitude. + +'To Bowers' practical genius is owed much of the smooth working +of our station. He has a natural method in line with which all +arrangements fall, so that expenditure is easily and exactly adjusted +to supply, and I have the inestimable advantage of knowing the +length of time which each of our possessions will last us and the +assurance that there can be no waste. +[Page 284] +Active mind and active body were never more happily blended. It +is a restless activity admitting no idle moments and ever budding +into new forms. + +'So we see the balloon ascending under his guidance and anon he +is away over the floe tracking the silk thread which held it. Such +a task completed, he is away to exercise his pony, and later out +again with the dogs, the last typically self-suggested, because for +the moment there is no one else to care for these animals.... He +is for the open air, seemingly incapable of realizing any discomfort +from it, and yet his hours within doors spent with equal profit. +For he is intent on tracking the problems of sledding food and +clothes to their innermost bearings and is becoming an authority +on past records. This will be no small help to me and one which +others never could have given. + +'Adjacent to the physicists' corner of the hut Atkinson is quietly +pursuing the subject of parasites. Already he is in a new world. +The laying out of the fish trap was his action and the catches are +his field of labour.... His bench with its array of microscopes, +etc., is next the dark room in which Ponting spends the greater +part of his life. I would describe him as sustained by artistic +enthusiasm.... + +'Cherry-Garrard is another of the open-air, self-effacing, quiet +workers; his whole heart is in the life, with profound eagerness +to help everyone. One has caught glimpses of him in tight places; +sound all through and pretty hard also.... + +'Oates' whole heart is in the ponies. He is really +[Page 285] +devoted to their care, and I believe will produce them in the best +possible form for the sledding season. Opening out the stores, +installing a blubber stove, etc., has kept him busy, whilst his +satellite, Anton, is ever at work in the stables--an excellent +little man. + +'P.O. Evans and Crean are repairing sleeping-bags, covering felt +boots, and generally working on sledding kit. In fact there is +no one idle, and no one who has the least prospect of idleness. + +On May 8 as one of the series of lectures Scott gave an outline +of his plans for next season, and hinted that in his opinion the +problem of reaching the Pole could best be solved by relying on +the ponies and man haulage. With this opinion there was general +agreement, for as regards glacier and summit work everyone seemed +to distrust the dogs. At the end of the lecture he asked that the +problem should be thought over and freely discussed, and that any +suggestions should be brought to his notice. 'It's going to be a +tough job; that is better realized the more one dives into it.' + +At last, on May 13, Atkinson brought news that the dogs were returning, +and soon afterwards Meares and his team arrived, and reported that +the ponies were not far behind. For more than three weeks the weather +at Hut Point had been exceptionally calm and fine, and with joy +Scott saw that all of the dogs were looking remarkably well, and +that the two ponies also seemed to have improved. 'It is a great +comfort to have the men and dogs back, and a greater to +[Page 286] +contemplate all the ten ponies comfortably stabled for the winter. +Everything seems to depend on these animals.' + +With their various occupations, lectures in the evening, and games +of football--when it was not unusual for the goal-keepers to get their +toes frost-bitten--in the afternoons, the winter passed steadily on +its way; the only stroke of misfortune being that one of the dogs +died suddenly and that a post-mortem did not reveal any sufficient +cause of death. This was the third animal that had died without +apparent reason at winter-quarters, and Scott became more than +ever convinced that to place any confidence in the dog teams would +be a mistake. + +On Monday, May 22, Scott, Wilson, Bowers, Atkinson, P.O. Evans +and Clissold went off to Cape Royds with a go-cart which consisted +of a framework of steel tubing supported on four bicycle wheels-- +and sleeping-bags, a cooker and a small quantity of provisions. +The night was spent in Shackleton's hut, where a good quantity +of provisions was found; but the most useful articles that the +party discovered were five hymn-books, for hitherto the Sunday +services had not been fully choral because seven hymn-books were +all that could be mustered. + +[Illustration: "BIRDIE" BOWERS READING THE THERMOMETER ON THE RAMP, +JUNE 6TH, 1911.] + +June 6 was Scott's birthday, a fact which his small company did +not forget. At lunch an immense birthday cake appeared, the top +of which had been decorated by Clissold with various devices in +chocolate and crystallized fruit, a flag and photographs of Scott. +[Page 287] +A special dinner followed, and to this sumptuous meal they sat down +with their sledge banners hung around them. 'After this luxurious +meal everyone was very festive and amiably argumentative. As I write +there is a group in the dark room discussing political progress +with large discussions, another at one corner of the dinner table +airing its views on the origin of matter and the probability of its +ultimate discovery, and yet another debating military problems.... +Perhaps these arguments are practically unprofitable, but they +give a great deal of pleasure to the participants.... They are +boys, all of them, but such excellent good-natured ones; there +has been no sign of sharpness or anger, no jarring note, in all +these wordy contests; all end with a laugh. Nelson has offered +Taylor a pair of socks to teach him some geology! This lulls me +to sleep!' + +On Monday evening, June 12, E. Evans gave a lecture on surveying, +and Scott took the opportunity to note a few points to which he +wanted especial attention to be directed. The essential points +were: + +1. Every officer who takes part in the Southern journey ought to + have in his memory the approximate variation of the compass + at various stages of the journey and to know how to apply it + to obtain a true course from the compass.... + +2. He ought to know what the true course is to reach one depôt + from another. + +3. He should be able to take an observation with the theodolite. + +[Page 288] +4. He should be able to work out a meridian altitude observation. + +5. He could advantageously add to his knowledge the ability to + work out a longitude observation or an ex-meridian altitude. + +6. He should know how to read the sledgemeter. + +7. He should note and remember the error of the watch he carries + and the rate which is ascertained for it from time to time. + +8. He should assist the surveyor by noting the coincidences of + objects, the opening out of valleys, the observation of new + peaks, &c. + +That these hints upon Polar surveying did not fall upon deaf ears +is proved by a letter Scott wrote home some four months later. In +it he says '"Cherry" has just come to me with a very anxious face +to say that I must not count on his navigating powers. For the +moment I didn't know what he was driving at, but then I remembered +that some months ago I said that it would be a good thing for all +the officers going South to have some knowledge of navigation so +that in emergency they would know how to steer a sledge home. It +appears that "Cherry" thereupon commenced a serious and arduous +course of abstruse navigational problems which he found exceedingly +tough and now despaired mastering. Of course there is not one chance +in a hundred that he will ever have to consider navigation on our +journey and in that one chance the problem must be of the simplest +nature, but it makes it much easier for me to have men who +[Page 289] +take the details of one's work so seriously and who strive so simply +and honestly to make it successful.' + +In Wilson's diary there is also this significant entry: 'Working +at latitude sights--mathematics which I hate--till bedtime. It +will be wiser to know a little navigation on the Southern sledge +journey.' + +Some time before Scott's suggestions stimulated his companions +to master subjects which they found rather difficult and irksome, +a regular daily routine had begun. About 7 A.M. Clissold began to +prepare breakfast, and half an hour later Hooper started to sweep +the floor and lay the table. Between 8 and 8.30 the men were out and +about doing odd jobs, Anton going off to feed the ponies, Demetri +to see to the dogs. Repeatedly Hooper burst upon the slumberers +with announcements of the time, and presently Wilson and Bowers +met in a state of nature beside a washing basin filled with snow +and proceeded to rub glistening limbs with this chilly substance. +A little later others with less hardiness could be seen making the +most of a meager allowance of water. A few laggards invariably +ran the nine o'clock rule very close, and a little pressure had +to be applied so that they should not delay the day's work. + +By 9.20 breakfast was finished, and in ten minutes the table was +cleared. Then for four hours the men were steadily employed on a +program of preparation for sledding. About 1.30 a cheerful half-hour +was spent over the mid-day meal, and afterwards, if the +[Page 290] +weather permitted, the ponies were exercised, and those who were +not employed in this way generally exercised themselves in some way +or other. After this the officers went steadily on with their special +work until 6.30, when dinner was served and finished within the +hour. Then came reading, writing, games, and usually the gramophone, +but three nights of the week were given up to lectures. At 11 P.M. +the acetylene lights were put out, and those who wished to stay up +had to depend on candle-light. The majority of candles, however, +were extinguished by midnight, and the night watchman alone remained +awake to keep his vigil by the light of an oil lamp. + +Extra bathing took place either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday +morning; chins were shaven, and possibly clean clothes put on. +'Such signs, with the regular service on Sunday, mark the passage +of the weeks. It is not a very active life, perhaps, but certainly +not an idle one. Few of us sleep more than eight hours of the +twenty-four.' + +On June 19, Day gave a lecture on his motor sledge and was very +hopeful of success, but Scott again expressed his doubts and fears. +'I fear he is rather more sanguine in temperament than his sledge +is reliable in action. I wish I could have more confidence in his +preparations, as he is certainly a delightful companion.' Three +days later Midwinter was celebrated with great festivities, and +after lunch the Editor handed over the first number of the _S. +P. T._ to Scott. Everyone at once gathered at the top of +[Page 291] +the table; 'It was like a lot of schoolgirls round a teacher' is +the editor's description of the scene, and Scott read aloud most +of the contents. An article called 'Valhalla,' written by Taylor, +some verses called 'The Sleeping Bag,' and Wilson's illustrations +to 'Antarctic Archives' were the popular favorites; indeed the +editor attributed the success of the paper mainly to Wilson, though +Day's delightful cover of carved venesta wood and sealskin was also +'a great help.' As all the contributions were anonymous great fun +was provided by attempts to guess the various authors, and some +of the denials made by the contributors were perhaps more modest +than strictly truthful. + +These festive proceedings, however, were almost solemn when compared +with the celebrations of the evening. In preparation for dinner the +'Union Jacks' and sledge flags were hung about the large table, +and at seven o'clock everyone sat down to a really good dinner. + +Scott spoke first, and drew attention to the nature of the celebration +as a half-way mark not only in the winter but in the plans of the +expedition. Fearing in his heart of hearts that some of the company +did not realize how rapidly the weeks were passing, and that in +consequence work which ought to have been in full swing had barely +been begun, he went on to say that it was time they knew how they +stood in every respect, and especially thanked the officer in charge +of the stores and those who looked after the +[Page 292] +animals, for knowing the exact position as regards provision and +transport. Then he said that in respect to the future chance must +play a great part, but that experience showed him that no more +fitting men could have been chosen to support him on the journey +to the South than those who were to start in that direction in +the following spring. Finally he thanked all of his companions +for having put their shoulders to the wheel and given him so much +confidence. + +Thereupon they drank to the Success of the Expedition, and afterwards +everyone was called to speak in turn. + +'Needless to say, all were entirely modest and brief; unexpectedly, +all had exceedingly kind things to say of me--in fact I was obliged to +request the omissions of compliments at an early stage. Nevertheless +it was gratifying to have a really genuine recognition of my attitude +towards the scientific workers of the expedition, and I felt very +warmly towards all these kind, good fellows for expressing it. If +good will and fellowship count towards success, very surely shall +we deserve to succeed. It was matter for comment, much applauded, +that there had not been a single disagreement between any two members +of our party from the beginning. By the end of dinner a very cheerful +spirit prevailed.' + +The table having been cleared and upended and the chairs arranged +in rows, Ponting displayed a series of slides from his own local +negatives, and then, after the healths of Campbell's party and of +[Page 293] +those on board the _Terra Nova_ had been drunk, a set of lancers was +formed. In the midst of this scene of revelry Bowers suddenly appeared, +followed by satellites bearing an enormous Christmas tree, the branches +of which bore flaming candles, gaudy crackers, and little presents +for everyone; the distribution of which caused infinite amusement. +Thus the high festival of Midwinter was celebrated in the most +convivial way, but that it was so reminiscent of a Christmas spent +in England was partly, at any rate, due to those kind people who +had anticipated the celebration by providing presents and other +tokens of their interest in the expedition. + +'Few,' Scott says, 'could take great exception to so rare an outburst +in a long run of quiet days. After all we celebrated the birth +of a season, which for weal or woe must be numbered amongst the +greatest in our lives.' + + + + +[Page 294] +CHAPTER V + +WINTER + + Come what may + Time and the hour runs through the darkest day. + SHAKESPEARE. + +During the latter part of June the Cape Crozier Party were busy +in making preparations for their departure. The object of their +journey to the Emperor penguin rookery in the cold and darkness of an +Antarctic winter was to secure eggs at such a stage as could furnish +a series of early embryos, by means of which alone the particular +points of interest in the development of the bird could be worked +out. As the Emperor is peculiar in nesting at the coldest season +of the year, this journey entailed the risk of sledge traveling in +mid-winter, and the travelers had also to traverse about a hundred +miles of the Barrier surface, and to cross a chaos of crevasses +which had previously taken a party as much as two hours to cross +by daylight. + +[Illustration: PITCHING THE DOUBLE TENT ON THE SUMMIT. (P.O. Evans; +Dr. Wilson.) _Photo by Lieut. H. R. Bowers._] + +Such was the enterprise for which Wilson, Bowers and Cherry-Garrard +were with the help of others making preparations, and apart from the +[Page 295] +extraordinarily adventurous side of this journey, it was most +interesting because the travelers were to make several experiments. +Each man was to go on a different food scale, eiderdown sleeping-bags +were to be carried inside the reindeer ones, and a new kind of +crampon and a double tent were to be tried. 'I came across a hint +as to the value of a double tent in Sverdrup's book, "New Land,"' +Scott wrote on June 20, 'and P.O. Evans has made a lining for one +of the tents, it is secured on the inner side of the poles and +provides an air space inside the tent. I think it is going to be +a great success.' + +By the 26th preparations for the party to start from Cape Evans +were completed, their heavy load when they set out on the following +morning being distributed on two 9-foot sledges, 'This winter travel +is a new and bold venture, but the right men have gone to attempt +it. All good luck go with them!' + +While the winter travelers were pursuing their strenuous way work +went steadily on at Cape Evans, with no exciting nor alarming incident +until July 4. On the morning of that day the wind blew furiously, +but it moderated a little in the afternoon when Atkinson and Gran, +without Scott's knowledge, decided to start over the floe for the +North and South Bay thermometers respectively. This happened at +5.30 P.M., and Gran had returned by 6.45, but not until later did +Scott hear that he had only gone two or three hundred yards from +the land, and that it had taken him nearly an hour to find his +way back. + +[Page 296] +Atkinson's continued absence passed unnoticed until dinner was +nearly finished, but Scott did not feel seriously alarmed until +the wind sprang up again and still the wanderer did not return. At +9.30, P.O. Evans, Crean and Keohane, who had been out looking for +him, returned without any news, and the possibility of a serious +accident had to be faced. Organized search parties were at once +dispatched, Scott and Clissold alone remaining in the hut. And as +the minutes slipped slowly by Scott's fears naturally increased, +as Atkinson had started for a point not much more than a mile off +and had been away more than five hours. From that fact only one +conclusion could be drawn, and there was but small comfort to be +got from the knowledge that every spot which was likely to be the +scene of an accident would be thoroughly searched. + +Thus 11 o'clock came, then 11.30 with its six hours of absence; +and the strain of waiting became almost unbearable. But a quarter +of an hour later Scott heard voices from the Cape, and presently, +to his extreme relief, Meares and Debenham appeared with Atkinson, +who was badly frost-bitten in the hand, and, as was to be expected +after such an adventure, very confused. + +At 2 A.M. Scott wrote in his diary, 'The search parties have returned +and all is well again, but we must have no more of these very +unnecessary escapades. Yet it is impossible not to realize that this +bit of experience has done more than all the talking I could have +[Page 297] +ever accomplished to bring home to our people the dangers of a +blizzard.' + +On investigation it was obvious that Atkinson had been in great +danger. First of all he had hit Inaccessible Island, and not until +he arrived in its lee did he discover that his hand was frost-bitten. +Having waited there for some time he groped his way to the western +end, and then wandering away in a swirl of drift to clear some +irregularities at the ice-foot, he completely lost the island when he +could only have been a few yards from it. In this predicament he clung +to the old idea of walking up wind, and it must be considered wholly +providential that on this course he next struck Tent Island. Round +this island he walked under the impression that it was Inaccessible +Island, and at last dug himself a shelter on its lee side. When +the moon appeared he judged its bearing well, and as he traveled +homeward was vastly surprised to see the real Inaccessible Island +appear on his left. 'There can be no doubt that in a blizzard a man +has not only to safeguard the circulation in his limbs, but must +struggle with a sluggishness of brain and an absence of reasoning +power which is far more likely to undo him.' + +About mid-day on Friday, July 7, the worst gale that Scott had +ever known in Antarctic regions began, and went on for a week. The +force of the wind, although exceptional, had been equaled earlier +in the year, but the extraordinary feature of this gale was the +long continuance of a very cold temperature. On +[Page 298] +Friday night the thermometer registered -39°, and throughout Saturday +and the greater part of Sunday it did not rise above -35°. It was +Scott's turn for duty on Saturday night, and whenever he had to +go out of doors the impossibility of enduring such conditions for +any length of time was impressed forcibly upon him. The fine snow +beat in behind his wind guard, the gusts took away his breath, +and ten paces against the wind were enough to cause real danger +of a frost-bitten face. To clear the anemometer vane he had to go +to the other end of the hut and climb a ladder; and twice while +engaged in this task he had literally to lean against the wind +with head bent and face averted, and so stagger crab-like on his +course. + +By Tuesday the temperature had risen to +5° or +7°, but the gale +still continued and the air was thick with snow. The knowledge, +however, that the dogs were comfortable was a great consolation to +Scott, and he also found both amusement and pleasure in observing +the customs of the people in charge of the stores. The policy of +every storekeeper was to have something up his sleeve for a rainy +day, and an excellent policy Scott thought it. 'Tools, metal material, +leather, straps, and dozens of items are administered with the same +spirit of jealous guardianship by Day, Lashly, Oates and Meares, +while our main storekeeper Bowers even affects to bemoan imaginary +shortages. Such parsimony is the best guarantee that we are prepared +to face any serious call.' + +For an hour on Wednesday afternoon the wind +[Page 299] +moderated, and the ponies were able to get a short walk over the +floe, but this was only a temporary lull, for the gale was soon +blowing as furiously as ever. And the following night brought not +only a continuance of the bad weather but also bad news. At mid-day +one of the best ponies, Bones, suddenly went off his feed, and in +spite of Oates' and Anton's most careful attention he soon became +critically ill. Oates gave him an opium pill and later on a second, +and sacks were heated and placed on the suffering animal, but hour +after hour passed without any improvement. As the evening wore on +Scott again and again visited the stable, only to hear the same +tale from Oates and Crean,[1] who never left their patient. 'Towards +midnight,' Scott says, 'I felt very downcast. It is so certain that +we cannot afford to lose a single pony--the margin of safety has +already been overstepped, we are reduced to face the circumstance +that we must keep all the animals alive or greatly risk failure.' + +[Footnote 1: Bones was the pony which had been allotted to Crean.] + +Shortly after midnight, however, there were signs of an improvement, +and two or three hours afterwards the pony was out of danger and +proceeded to make a rapid and complete recovery. So far, since the +return to Cape Evans, the ponies had given practically no cause for +anxiety, and in consequence Scott's hopes that all would continue +to be well with them had steadily grown; but this shock shattered +his sense of security, and although various alterations were made +in the arrangements of the stables and extra +[Page 300] +precautions were taken as regards food, he was never again without +alarms for the safety of the precious ponies. + +Another raging blizzard swept over Cape Evans on July 22 and 23, +but the spirit of good comradeship still survived in spite of the +atrocious weather and the rather monotonous life. 'There is no +longer room for doubt that we shall come to our work with a unity +of purpose and a disposition for mutual support which have never +been equaled in these paths of activity. Such a spirit should tide +us over all minor difficulties.' + +By the end of the month Scott was beginning to wonder why the Crozier +Party did not return, but on Tuesday, August 1, they came back +looking terribly weather-worn and 'after enduring for five weeks +the hardest conditions on record.' Their faces were scarred and +wrinkled, their eyes dull, and their hands whitened and creased +with the constant exposure to damp and cold. Quite obviously the +main part of their afflictions arose from sheer lack of sleep, +and after a night's rest they were very different people both in +mind and body. + +Writing on August 2, Scott says, 'Wilson is very thin, but this +morning very much his keen, wiry self--Bowers is quite himself +to-day. Cherry-Garrard is slightly puffy in the face and still +looks worn. It is evident that he has suffered most severely--but +Wilson tells me that his spirit never wavered for a moment. Bowers +has come through best, all things +[Page 301] +considered, and I believe that he is the hardest traveler that ever +undertook a Polar journey, as well as one of the most undaunted; +more by hint than direct statement I gather his value to the party, +his untiring energy and the astonishing physique which enables him +to continue to work under conditions which are absolutely paralyzing +to others. Never was such a sturdy, active, undefeatable little +man.' + +Gradually Scott gathered an account of this wonderful journey from +the three travelers who had made it. For more than a week the +thermometer fell below -60°, and on one night the minimum showed +-71°, and on the next -77°. Although in this fearful cold the air +was comparatively still, occasional little puffs of wind eddied +across the snow plain with blighting effect. 'No civilized being +has ever encountered such conditions before with only a tent of +thin canvas to rely on for shelter.' Records show that Amundsen when +journeying to the N. magnetic pole met temperatures of a similar +degree, but he was with Esquimaux who built him an igloo shelter +nightly, he had also a good measure of daylight, and finally he +turned homeward and regained his ship after five days' absence, +while this party went outward and were absent for five weeks. + +Nearly a fortnight was spent in crossing the coldest region, and +then rounding C. Mackay they entered the wind-swept area. Blizzard +followed blizzard, but in a light that was little better than complete +darkness they staggered on. Sometimes they found +[Page 302] +themselves high on the slopes of Terror on the left of the track, +sometimes diving on the right amid crevasses and confused ice +disturbance. Having reached the foothills near Cape Crozier they +ascended 800 feet, packed their belongings over a moraine ridge, +and began to build a hut. Three days were spent in building the +stone walls and completing the roof with the canvas brought for +the purpose, and then at last they could attend to the main object +of their journey. + +The scant twilight at mid-day was so short that a start had to be +made in the dark, and consequently they ran the risk of missing +their way in returning without light. At their first attempt they +failed to reach the penguin rookery, but undismayed they started +again on the following day, and wound their way through frightful +ice disturbances under the high basalt cliffs. In places the rock +overhung, and at one spot they had to creep through a small channel +hollowed in the ice. At last the sea-ice was reached, but by that +time the light was so far spent that everything had to be rushed. +Instead of the 2,000 or 3,000 nesting birds that had been seen at +this rookery in _Discovery_ days, they could only count about a +hundred. As a reason for this a suggestion was made that possibly +the date was too early, and that if the birds had not permanently +deserted the rookery only the first arrivals had been seen. + +With no delay they killed and skinned three penguins to get blubber +for their stove, and with six eggs, only three of which were saved, +made a hasty dash +[Page 303] +for their camp, which by good luck they regained. + +On that same night a blizzard began, and from moment to moment +increased in fury. Very soon they found that the place where they +had, with the hope of shelter, built their hut, was unfortunately +chosen, for the wind instead of striking them directly was deflected +on to them in furious, whirling gusts. Heavy blocks of snow and +rock placed on the roof were hurled away and the canvas ballooned +up, its disappearance being merely a question of time. + +Close to the hut they had erected their tent and had left several +valuable articles inside it; the tent had been well spread and +amply secured with snow and boulders, but one terrific gust tore +it up and whirred it away. Inside the hut they waited for the roof +to vanish, and wondered, while they vainly tried to make it secure, +what they could do if it went. After fourteen hours it disappeared, +as they were trying to pin down one corner. Thereupon the smother of +snow swept over them, and all they could do was to dive immediately +for their sleeping-bags. Once Bowers put out his head and said, +'We're all right,' in as ordinary tones as he could manage, whereupon +Wilson and Cherry-Garrard replied, 'Yes, we're all right'; then +all of them were silent for a night and half a day, while the wind +howled and howled, and the snow entered every chink and crevice +of their sleeping-bags. + +'This gale,' Scott says, 'was the same (July 23) in which we registered +our maximum wind force, and +[Page 304] +it seems probable that it fell on Cape Crozier even more violently +than on us.' + +The wind fell at noon on the following day, and the wretched travelers +then crept from their icy nests, spread the floorcloth over their +heads, and lit their primus. For the first time in forty-eight +hours they tasted food, and having eaten their meal under these +extraordinary conditions they began to talk of plans to build shelters +on the homeward route. Every night, they decided, they must dig a +large pit and cover it as best they could with their floorcloth. + +Fortune, however, was now to befriend them, as about half a mile +from the hut Bowers discovered their tent practically uninjured. +But on the following day when they started homeward another blizzard +fell upon them, and kept them prisoners for two more days. + +By this time the miserable condition of their effects was beyond +description. The sleeping-bags could not be rolled up, in fact +they were so thoroughly frozen that attempts to bend them actually +broke the skins. All socks, finnesko, and mitts had long been coated +with ice, and when placed in breast-pockets or inside vests at night +they did not even show signs of thawing. Indeed it is scarcely +possible to realize the horrible discomforts of these three forlorn +travelers, as they plodded back across the Barrier in a temperature +constantly below -60°. + +[Illustration: ADÉLIE PENGUIN ON NEST. _Photo by C. S. Wright._] + +[Illustration: EMPEROR PENGUINS ON SEA-ICE. _Photo by C. S. Wright._] + +'Wilson,' Scott wrote, 'is disappointed at seeing so little of the +penguins, but to me and to everyone +[Page 305] +who has remained here the result of this effort is the appeal it +makes to our imagination as one of the most gallant stories of Polar +history. That men should wander forth in the depth of a Polar night +to face the most dismal cold and the fiercest gales in darkness +is something new; that they should have persisted in this effort in +spite of every adversity for five full weeks is heroic. It makes a +tale for our generation which I hope may not be lost in the telling. + +'Moreover the material results are by no means despicable. We shall +know now when that extraordinary bird the Emperor penguin lays +its eggs, and under what conditions; but even if our information +remains meager concerning its embryology, our party has shown the +nature of the conditions which exist on the Great Barrier in winter. +Hitherto we have only imagined their severity; now we have proof, +and a positive light is thrown on the local climatology of our +Strait.' + +Of the indomitable spirit shown by his companions on this journey +Cherry-Garrard gives wonderful and convincing proof in his diary. +Bowers, with his capacity for sleeping under the most distressing +conditions, was 'absolutely magnificent'; and the story of how +he arranged a line by which he fastened the cap of the tent to +himself, so that if it went away a second time it should not be +unaccompanied, is only one of the many tales of his resource and +determination. + +In addition to the eggs that the party had brought back and the +knowledge of the winter conditions on +[Page 306] +the Barrier that they had gained, their journey settled several +points in connection with future sledding work. They had traveled +on a very simple food ration in different and extreme proportions, +for the only provisions they took were pemmican, butter, biscuit +and tea. After a short experience they found that Wilson, who had +arranged for the greatest quantity of fat, had too much of it, +while Cherry-Garrard, who had declared for biscuit, had more than +he could eat. Then a middle course was struck which gave a proportion +agreeable to all of them, and which at the same time suited the +total quantities of their various articles of food. The only change +that was suggested was the addition of cocoa for the evening meal, +because the travelers, thinking that tea robbed them of their slender +chance of sleep, had contented themselves with hot water. 'In this +way,' Scott decided, 'we have arrived at a simple and suitable +ration for the inland plateau.' + +Of the sleeping-bags there was little to be said, for although the +eiderdown bag might be useful for a short spring trip, it became +iced up too quickly to be much good on a long journey. Bowers never +used his eiderdown bag,[1] and in some miraculous manner he managed +more than once to turn his reindeer bag. The weights of the +sleeping-bags before and after the journey give some idea of the +ice collected. + +[Footnote 1: He insisted upon giving it to Cherry-Garrard. 'It +was,' the latter says, 'wonderfully self-sacrificing of him, more +than I can write. I felt a brute to take it, but I was getting +useless unless I got some sleep, which my big bag would not allow.'] + +[Page 307] + Starting Final + Weight Weight + Wilson, reindeer and eiderdown. 17 lbs. 40 lbs. + Bowers, reindeer only. 17 " 33 " + C.-Garrard, reindeer and eiderdown. 18 " 45 " + +The double tent was considered a great success, and the new crampons +were much praised except by Bowers, whose fondness for the older +form was not to be shaken. 'We have discovered,' Scott stated in +summing up the results of the journey, 'a hundred details of clothes, +mitts, and footwear: there seems no solution to the difficulties +which attach to these articles in extreme cold; all Wilson can +say, speaking broadly, is "The gear is excellent, excellent." One +continues to wonder as to the possibilities of fur clothing as made +by the Esquimaux, with a sneaking feeling that it may outclass our +more civilized garb. For us this can only be a matter of speculation, +as it would have been quite impossible to have obtained such articles. +With the exception of this radically different alternative, I feel +sure we are as near perfection as experience can direct. At any +rate we can now hold that our system of clothing has come through +a severer test than any other, fur included.' + +With the return of the Cape Crozier Party lectures were resumed, +and apart from one or two gales the weather was so good and the +returning light so stimulating both to man and beast, that the +spirits of the former rose apace while those of the latter became +almost riotous when exercised. On August 10, Scott +[Page 308] +and the new masters were to take charge on September 1, so that +they could exercise their respective animals and get to know them +as well as possible. The new arrangement was: + + Bowers Victor + Wilson Nobby + Atkinson Jehu + Wright Chinaman + Cherry-Garrard Michael + Evans (P.O.) Snatcher + Crean Bones + Keohane Jimmy Pigg + Oates Christopher + Scott and Oates Snippets. + +On the same day Oates gave his second excellent lecture on 'Horse +Management,' and afterwards the problem of snow-shoes was seriously +discussed. Besides the problem of the form of the shoes was also +the question of the means of attachment, and as to both points all +sorts of suggestions were made. At that time Scott's opinion was +that the pony snow-shoes they had, which were made on the grating or +racquet principle, would probably be the best, the only alternative +seeming to be to perfect the principle of the lawn mowing shoe. +'Perhaps,' he adds, 'we shall come to both kinds: the first for the +quiet animals and the last for the more excitable. I am confident +the matter is of first importance.' + +[Page 309] +Ten days later Scott had to admit that the ponies were becoming +a handful, and for the time being they would have been quite +unmanageable if they had been given any oats. As it was, Christopher, +Snippets and Victor were suffering from such high spirits that all +three of them bolted on the 21st. + +A prolonged gale arrived just as the return of the sun was due, +and for three days everyone was more or less shut up in the hut. +Although the temperature was not especially low anyone who went +outside for even the briefest moment had to dress in wind clothes, +because exposed woolen or cloth materials became so instantaneously +covered with powdery crystals, that when they were brought back +into the warmth they were soon wringing wet. When, however, there +was no drift it was quicker and easier to slip on an overcoat, and +for his own garment of this description Scott admits a sentimental +attachment. 'I must confess,' he says, 'an affection for my veteran +uniform overcoat, inspired by its persistent utility. I find that +it is twenty-three years of age and can testify to its strenuous +existence. It has been spared neither rain, wind, nor salt sea +spray, tropic heat nor Arctic cold; it has outlived many sets of +buttons, from their glittering gilded youth to green old age, and +it supports its four-stripe shoulder straps as gaily as the single +lace ring of the early days which proclaimed it the possession of +a humble sub-lieutenant. Withal it is still a very long way from +the fate of the "one-horse shay."' + +[Page 310] +Not until August 26 did the sun appear, and everyone was at once +out and about and in the most cheerful frame of mind. The shouts +and songs of men could be heard for miles, and the outlook on life +of every member of the expedition seemed suddenly to have changed. +For if there is little that is new to be said about the return +of the sun in Polar regions, it must always be a very real and +important event to those who have lived without it for so many +months, and who have almost forgotten the sensation of standing +in brilliant sunshine. + + + + +[Page 311] +CHAPTER VI + +GOOD-BYE TO CAPE EVANS + + So far as I can venture to offer an opinion on such a matter, + the purpose of our being in existence, the highest object that + human beings can set before themselves, is not the pursuit of + any such chimera as the annihilating of the unknown; but it is + simply the unwearied endeavour to remove its boundaries a little + further from our little sphere of action.--HUXLEY. + +With the return of the sun preparations for the summer campaign +continued more zealously and industriously than ever, and what +seemed like a real start was made when Meares and Demetri went +off to Hut Point on September 1 with the dog teams. For such an +early departure there was no real reason unless Meares hoped to +train the dogs better when he had got them to himself; but he chose +to start, and Scott, after setting out the work he had to do, left +him to come and go between the two huts as he pleased. + +Meanwhile with Bowers' able assistance Scott set to work at sledding +figures, and although he felt as the scheme developed that their +organization would not be found wanting, he was also a little troubled +by the immense amount of detail, and by the fact that every arrangement +had to be more than usually elastic, so that both the complete +success and the utter failure of +[Page 312] +the motors could be taken fully into account. 'I think,' he says, +'that our plan will carry us through without the motors (though in +that case nothing else must fail), and will take full advantage +of such help as the motors may give.' + +The spring traveling could not be extensive, because of necessity +the majority of the company had to stay at home and exercise the +ponies, which was not likely to be a light task when the food of +these enterprising animals was increased. E. Evans, Gran and Forde, +however, were to go and re-mark Corner Camp, and then Meares with +his dogs was to carry as much fodder there as possible, while Bowers, +Simpson, P.O. Evans and Scott were to 'stretch their legs' across +the Western Mountains. + +[Illustration: DOG PARTY STARTING FROM HUT POINT. _Photo by F. +Debenham._] + +[Illustration: DOG LINES. _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +During the whole of the week ending on September 10, Scott was +occupied with making detailed plans for the Southern journey, every +figure being checked by Bowers, 'who has been an enormous help.' +And later on, in speaking of the transport department, Scott says, +'In spite of all the care I have taken to make the details of my +plan clear by lucid explanation, I find that Bowers is the only +man on whom I can thoroughly rely to carry out the work without +mistakes.' The result of this week's work and study was that Scott +came to the conclusion that there would be no difficulty in getting +to the Glacier if the motors were successful, and that even if the +motors failed they still ought to get there with any ordinary degree +of good fortune. To work three units of four men from that point +[Page 313] +onward would, he admitted, take a large amount of provisions, but +with the proper division he thought that they ought to attain their +object. 'I have tried,' he said, 'to take every reasonable possibility +of misfortune into consideration;... I fear to be too sanguine, +yet taking everything into consideration I feel that our chances +ought to be good. The animals are in splendid form. Day by day the +ponies get fitter as their exercise increases.... But we cannot +spare any of the ten, and so there must always be anxiety of the +disablement of one or more before their work is done.' + +Apart from the great help he would obtain if the motors were successful, +Scott was very eager that they should be of some use so that all the +time, money and thought which had been given to their construction +should not be entirely wasted. But whatever the outcome of these +motors, his belief in the possibility of motor traction for Polar +work remained, though while it was in an untried and evolutionary +state he was too cautious and wise a leader to place any definite +reliance upon it. + +If, however, Scott was more than a little doubtful about the motors, +he was absolutely confident about the men who were chosen for the +Southern advance. 'All are now experienced sledge travelers, knit +together with a bond of friendship that has never been equaled under +such circumstances. Thanks to these people, and more especially +to Bowers and Petty Officer Evans, there is not a single detail +[Page 314] +of our equipment which is not arranged with the utmost care and in +accordance with the tests of experience.' + +On Saturday, September 9, E. R. Evans, Forde and Gran left for +Corner Camp, and then for a few days Scott was busy finishing up +the Southern plans, getting instruction in photography, and preparing +for his journey to the west. On the Southern trip he had determined +to make a better show of photographic work than had yet been +accomplished, and with Ponting as eager to help others as he was +to produce good work himself an invaluable instructor was at hand. + +With the main objects of having another look at the Ferrar Glacier +and of measuring the stakes put out by Wright in the previous year, +of bringing their sledge impressions up to date, and of practicing +with their cameras, Scott and his party started off to the west on +the 15th, without having decided precisely where they were going +or how long they would stay away. + +Two and a half days were spent in reaching Butter Point, and then +they proceeded up the Ferrar Glacier and reached the Cathedral +Rocks on the 19th. There they found the stakes placed by Wright +across the glacier, and spent the remainder of that day and the +whole of the next in plotting accurately their position. 'Very +cold wind down glacier increasing. In spite of this Bowers wrestled +with theodolite. He is really wonderful. I have never seen anyone +who could go on so long with bare fingers. My own fingers went +every few moments.' + +After plotting out the figures it turned out that the +[Page 315] +movement varied from 24 to 32 feet, an extremely important observation, +and the first made on the movements of the coastal glaciers. Though +a greater movement than Scott expected to find, it was small enough +to show that the idea of comparative stagnation was correct. On the +next day they came down the Glacier, and then went slowly up the +coast, dipping into New Harbor, where they climbed the moraine, took +angles and collected rock specimens. At Cape Bernacchi a quantity of +pure quartz was found, and in it veins of copper ore--an interesting +discovery, for it was the first find of minerals suggestive of the +possibility of working. + +On the next day they sighted a long, low ice wall, and at a distance +mistook it for a long glacier tongue stretching seaward from the +land. But as they approached it they saw a dark mark, and it suddenly +dawned upon them that the tongue was detached from the land. Half +recognizing familiar features they turned towards it, and as they +got close they saw that it was very like their old Erebus Glacier +Tongue. Then they sighted a flag upon it, and realized that it +was the piece broken off from the Erebus Tongue. Near the outer +end they camped, and climbing on to it soon found the depôt of +fodder left by Campbell, and the line of stakes planted to guide +the ponies in the autumn. So there, firmly anchored, was the piece +broken from the Glacier Tongue in the previous March, a huge tract +about two miles long which had turned through half a circle, so +that the old western end was towards +[Page 316] +the east. 'Considering the many cracks in the ice mass it is most +astonishing that it should have remained intact throughout its +sea voyage. At one time it was suggested that the hut should be +placed on this Tongue. What an adventurous voyage the occupants +would have had! The Tongue which was 5 miles south of Cape Evans +is now 4° miles W.N.W. of it.' + +[Illustration: PANORAMA AT CAPE EVANS. (Cliffs of Barne Glacier; +Open Sea; Mount Erebus.) _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +[Illustration: BERG IN SOUTH BAY. _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +From the Glacier Tongue they still pushed north, and on the 24th, +just before the fog descended upon them, they got a view along +the stretch of coast to the north. So far the journey had been +more pleasant than Scott had anticipated, but two days after they +had turned back a heavy blizzard descended upon them, and although +an attempt was made to continue marching, they were soon compelled +to camp. After being held up completely on the 27th they started +again on the following day in a very frost-biting wind. From time +to time they were obliged to halt so that their frozen features +could be brought round, Simpson suffering more than the rest of +the party; and with drift coming on again they were weather-bound +in their tent during the early part of the afternoon. At 3 P.M., +however, the drift ceased, and they started off once more in a +wind as biting as ever. Then Scott saw an ominous yellow fuzzy +appearance on the southern ridges of Erebus, and knew that another +snowstorm was approaching; but hoping that this storm would miss +them, he kept on until Inaccessible Island was suddenly blotted out. +Thereupon a rush was made for a camp site, but the blizzard swept +[Page 317] +upon them, and in the driving snow they found it utterly impossible +to set up their inner tent, and could only just manage to set up +the outer one. A few hours later the weather again cleared, and +as they were more or less snowed up, they decided to push for Cape +Evans in spite of the wind. 'We arrived in at 1.15 A.M., pretty +well done. The wind never let up for an instant; the temperature +remained about -16°, and the 21 statute miles which we marched +in the day must be remembered amongst the most strenuous in my +memory.... The objects of our little journey were satisfactorily +accomplished, but the greatest source of pleasure to me is to realize +that I have such men as Bowers and P.O. Evans for the Southern +journey. I do not think that harder men or better sledge travelers +ever took the trail. Bowers is a little wonder. I realize all that +he must have done for the C. Crozier Party in their far severer +experience.' + +Late as the hour was when the travelers appeared at Cape Evans, +everyone was soon up and telling Scott what had happened during +his absence. E. Evans, Gran and Forde had reached Corner Camp and +found that it showed up well, and consequently all anxiety as to +the chance of finding One Ton Camp was removed. Forde, however, +had got his hand so badly frost-bitten that he was bound to be +incapacitated for some time, and this meant that the arrangements +that had already been made for a geological party to go to the +west would in all probability have to be altered. + +[Page 318] +All of the ponies were reported to be very well, but Scott's joy +at this news vanished on October 3 when Atkinson reported that +Jehu was still too weak to pull a load. Oates also was having great +trouble with Christopher, who did not appreciate being harnessed +and generally bolted at the mere sight of a sledge. 'He is going,' +Scott, in referring to this most intractable pony, wrote, 'to be a +trial, but he is a good strong pony and should do yeoman service. +Day is increasingly hopeful about the motors. He is an ingenious +person and has been turning up new rollers out of a baulk of oak +supplied by Meares, and with Simpson's small motor as a lathe. +The motors may save the situation.' + +On the 5th Scott made a thorough inspection of Jehu and became +convinced that he was useless. Chinaman and James Pigg were also +no towers of strength. 'But the other seven are in fine form and +must bear the brunt of the work somehow. If we suffer more loss +we shall depend on the motor, and then!... well, one must face +the bad as well as the good.' + +During the following day, after Christopher had given his usual +exhibition at the start, Wilson, Oates, Cherry-Garrard and Crean +went over to Hut Point with their ponies; and late on the same +afternoon the Hut Point telephone bell suddenly rang. The line +had been laid by Meares some time before, but hitherto there had +been no communication. Now, however, Scott heard a voice and found +himself able to hold long +[Page 319] +conversations with Meares and Oates. 'Not a very wonderful fact, +perhaps, but it seems wonderful in this primitive land to be talking +to one's fellow beings 15 miles away. Oates told me that the ponies +had arrived in fine order, Christopher a little done, but carrying +the heaviest load. If we can keep the telephone going it will be +a great boon, especially to Meares later in the season.' + +After service on Sunday morning Scott, continuing his course of +photography under the excellent instruction of Ponting, went out +to the Pressure Ridge, and thoroughly enjoyed himself. Worries, +however, were in store, for later in the afternoon, by which time +Scott had returned to the hut, a telephone message from Nelson's +igloo brought the news that Clissold had fallen from a berg and hurt +his back. In three minutes Bowers had organized a sledge party, and +fortunately Atkinson was on the spot and able to join it. Scott himself +at once hurried over the land, and found Ponting very distressed +and Clissold practically insensible. + +It appeared that Clissold had been acting as Ponting's 'model,' +and that they had been climbing about the berg to get pictures. +Ponting had lent his crampons and ice-axe to Clissold, but the +latter nevertheless missed his footing after one of the 'poses,' +and after sliding over a rounded surface of ice for some twelve +feet, had dropped six feet on to a sharp angle in the wall of the +berg. Unquestionably Clissold was badly hurt, and although neither +Wilson nor Atkinson +[Page 320] +thought that anything very serious had happened, there was no doubt +that the accident would prevent him from taking the place allotted +to him in the motor sledge party. Thus there were two men on the +sick list, and after all the trouble that had been taken to get +things ready for the summer journeys Scott naturally felt that +these misfortunes were more than a little deplorable. On the other +hand, all was going well with the ponies, though Christopher's +dislike to sledges seemed rather to increase than to lessen. When +once he was in the sledge he had always behaved himself until October +13, when he gave a really great exhibition of perversity. On this +occasion a dog frightened him, and having twisted the rope from +Oates' hands he bolted for all he was worth. When, however, he +had obtained his freedom, he set about most systematically to get +rid of his load. At first he gave sudden twists and thus dislodged +two bales of hay, but when he caught sight of some other sledges +a better idea at once struck him, and he dashed straight at them +with the evident intention of getting free of his load at one fell +swoop. Two or three times he ran for Bowers and then he turned +his attention to Keohane, his plan being to charge from a short +distance with teeth bared and heels flying. By this time his antics +had brought a small group to the scene, and presently Oates, Bowers, +Nelson and Atkinson managed to clamber on to the sledge. Undaunted, +however, by this human burden, he tried to treat it as he had the +bales of hay, and he did manage to +[Page 321] +dispose of Atkinson with violence; but the others dug their heels into +the snow and succeeded at last in tiring him out. 'I am exceedingly +glad,' Scott says, 'there are not other ponies like him. These capers +promise trouble, but I think a little soft snow on the Barrier may +effectually cure them.' + +On Tuesday, October 17, the motors were to be taken on to the floe, +but the attempt was not successful, the axle casing (aluminum) +splitting soon after the trial had begun. Once again Scott expressed +his conviction that the motors would be of little assistance, though +at the same time retaining his opinion that with more experience +they might have been of the greatest service. 'The trouble is that +if they fail, no one will ever believe this.' + +The days at Cape Evans were now rapidly drawing to a close. Plans +and preparations occupied the attention of everyone, and Scott's +time was almost wholly occupied in preparing details and in writing. +'Words,' he said in a letter dated October, 1912, 'must always +fail me when I talk of Bill Wilson. I believe he really is the +finest character I ever met--the closer one gets to him the more +there is to admire. Every quality is so solid and dependable; cannot +you imagine how that counts down here? Whatever the matter, one +knows Bill will be sound, shrewdly practical, intensely loyal, +and quite unselfish. Add to this a wider knowledge of persons and +things than is at first guessable, a quiet vein of humour and really +consummate tact, and you have some idea of his values. I think +[Page 322] +he is the most popular member of the party, and that is saying much. + +'Bowers is all and more than I ever expected of him. He is a positive +treasure, absolutely trustworthy, and prodigiously energetic. He +is about the hardest man amongst us, and that is saying a good +deal--nothing seems to hurt his tough little body, and certainly +no hardship daunts his spirit. I shall have a hundred little tales +to tell you of his indefatigable zeal, his unselfishness, and his +inextinguishable good humor. He surprises always, for his intelligence +is of quite a high order and his memory for details most exceptional. +You can imagine him, as he is, an indispensable assistant to me in +every detail concerning the management and organization of our +sledding work and a delightful companion on the march. + +'One of the greatest successes is Wright. He is very hard working, +very thorough, and absolutely ready for anything. Like Bowers he +has taken to sledding like a duck to water, and although he hasn't +had such severe testing, I believe he would stand it pretty nearly +as well. Nothing ever seems to worry him, and I can't imagine he +ever complained of anything in his life. + +'The Soldier is very popular with all--a delightfully humorous +cheery old pessimist--striving with the ponies night and day and +bringing woeful accounts of their small ailments into the hut. + +'Atkinson will go far, I think; he has a positive passion for helping +others. It is extraordinary what pains he will take to do a kind +thing unobtrusively. + +[Page 323] +'Cherry-Garrard is clean grit right through; one has caught glimpses +of him in tight places. + +'Day has the sweetest temper and all sorts of other nice +characteristics. Moreover he has a very remarkable mechanical ability, +and I believe is about as good a man as could have been selected +for his job. + +'I don't think I will give such long descriptions of the others, +though most of them deserve equally high praise. Taken all round, +they are a perfectly excellent lot. + +'The men are equally fine. P.O. Evans looks after our sledges and +sledge equipment with a care of management and a fertility of resource +which is truly astonishing. On "trek" he is just as sound and hard as +ever, and has an inexhaustible store of anecdote. Crean is perfectly +happy, ready to do anything and go anywhere, the harder the work, +the better. Evans and Crean are great friends. Lashly is his old +self in every respect, hard working to the limit, quiet, abstemious +and determined. You see altogether I have a good set of people +with me, and it will go hard if we don't achieve something. + +'The study of individual characters is a pleasant pastime in such +a mixed community of thoroughly nice people... men of the most +diverse upbringing and experience are really pals with one another, +and the subjects which would be delicate ground of discussion between +acquaintances are just those which are most freely used for jest.... +I have never seen a temper lost in these discussions. So as I sit +[Page 324] +here I am very satisfied with these things. I think that it would have +been difficult to better the organization of the party--every man has +his work and is especially adapted for it; there is no gap and no +overlap. It is all that I desired, and the same might well be said of +the men selected to do the work.... + +'I don't know what to think of Amundsen's chances. If he gets to +the Pole, it must be before we do, as he is bound to travel fast +with dogs and pretty certain to start early. On this account I +decided at a very early date to act exactly as I should have done +had he not existed. Any attempt to race must have wrecked my plan, +besides which it doesn't appear the sort of thing one is out for. + +'Possibly you will have heard something before this reaches you. +Oh! and there are all sorts of possibilities. In any case you can +rely on my not doing or saying anything foolish--only I'm afraid +you must be prepared for the chance of finding our venture much +belittled. + +'After all, it is the work that counts, not the applause that follows.' + +The transport of emergency stores to Hut Point was delayed by the +weather until October 22, but on that day the most important +stores--which were for the returning depôts and to provision the +_Discovery_ hut in case the _Terra Nova_ did not arrive--were taken +by Wilson, Bowers and P.O. Evans and their ponies to Glacier Tongue. +Accidents, however, were still to happen, for while Bowers was +holding the ponies so +[Page 325] +that Wilson and Evans could unload them, Victor got the hook, which +fastened the harness to the trace of another pony, into his nose. +At that moment a lot of drift swept upon them, and immediately +all three of the ponies stampeded, Snatcher making for home and +Nobby for the Western Mountains, while Victor, with Bowers still +hanging on to him, just bolted here, there and everywhere. Wilson +and P.O. Evans at once started after their ponies, and the former +by means of a biscuit as a bait managed to catch Nobby west of Tent +Island, but Snatcher arrived, with a single trace and dangling +sledge, by himself at Cape Evans. Half an hour after Wilson had +returned Bowers brought in Victor, who had a gash in his nose, and +was very much distressed. 'I don't know,' Scott says, 'how Bowers +managed to hang on to the frightened animal; I don't believe anyone +else would have done so.... Two lessons arise. First, however quiet +the animals appear they must not be left by their drivers--no chance +must be taken; secondly, the hooks on the hames of the harness +must be altered in shape. I suppose such incidents as this were +to be expected, one cannot have ponies very fresh and vigorous +and expect them to behave like lambs, but I shall be glad when we +are off and can know more definitely what resources we can count +on.' + +In addition to this mishap, a football match had been got up two +days before, in which Debenham hurt his knee. Thus the Western +Party was again delayed, the only compensation for this accident +[Page 326] +being that Forde's hand would have a better chance of recovery while +Debenham's knee was given time to improve. + +On the following day the motors seemed to be ready for the start, +but various little defects again cropped up, and not until the next +morning did they get away. At first there were frequent stops, +but on the whole satisfactory progress was made, and as even a +small measure of success would, in Scott's opinion, be enough to +show their ability to revolutionize Polar transport, and so help +to prevent the cruelty that is a necessary condition of animal +transport, he was intensely anxious about the result of this trial +trip. As this subject was one which was of the most supreme interest +to Scott, it is well to quote the opinion of an expert upon these motor +sledges. 'It has been said that Captain Scott's sledges failed, and +without further consideration the design has been totally condemned, +but this is quite unfair to the design; and it must be admitted +by everyone who has had anything to do with the sledges, and has +any sort of knowledge of mechanical principles, that it was _the +engine_ that failed, not the transmission gear at all. The engine +used was a four-cylinder air-cooled one, and most unexpectedly in +the cold climate of the Antarctic it over-heated and broke various +parts, beyond possibility of repair under the severe conditions. +The reason of the breakdown therefore applies to any and every +form of motor sledge, and should a satisfactory engine be available +for one form of sledge, it is equally +[Page 327] +available for another. It therefore shows a lack of fair judgment +to condemn the Scott sledge for a breakdown, which would have applied +equally to every form of motor transport which could have been +designed.' + +Unquestionably the motor sledges did enough to make this unique +experiment infinitely worth trying, and on Friday, October 27, Scott +declared that the machines had already vindicated themselves. Even +the seamen, who had been very doubtful about them, were profoundly +impressed, and P.O. Evans admitted that, 'if them things can go on +like that, I reckon you wouldn't want nothing else.' + +As the days passed by, it was obvious that the Western Party--which +consisted of Taylor, Debenham, Gran and Forde--would have to leave +after the Southern Party. 'It is trying that they should be wasting +the season in this way. All things considered, I shall be glad +to get away and put our fortune to the test,' Scott wrote on the +28th. And two days later he added: 'Meares and Ponting are just +off to Hut Point. Atkinson and Keohane will probably leave in an +hour or so as arranged, and if the weather holds, we shall all +get off to-morrow. So here end the entries in this diary with the +first chapter of our History. The future is in the lap of the gods; +I can think of nothing left undone to deserve success.' + + + + +[Page 328] +CHAPTER VII + +THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY BEGINS + + Free men freely work. + Whoever fears God, fears to sit at ease. + E. B. BROWNING. + +'As we are just off on our Southern journey, with a good chance of +missing the ship on our return,' Scott wrote before leaving Cape +Evans on November 1, 'I send a word of greeting. We are going away +with high hopes of success and for the moment everything smiles, but +where risks must be taken the result must be dependent on chance +to some extent. + +'I am lucky in having with me the right men for the work; we have +lived most happily together through the long winter, and now all +are fit, ready, and eager to go forward, and, apart from the result, +the work itself is extraordinarily fascinating.' + +The march to Hut Point was begun in detachments, Scott leading +Snippets and soon finding himself where he wished to be, at the +tail of the team. After all Jehu had refuted predictions by being +allowed to start, although so little confidence was still +[Page 329] +placed in him that on the previous day he had been sent at his +own pace to Hut Point. Chinaman was also 'an unknown quantity,' +but the chief trouble on the opening march was caused by the +persistently active Christopher, who kicked and bucked the whole +way. + +On this march, which reminded Scott of a regatta or a somewhat +disorganized fleet with ships of very unequal speed, a good knowledge +was obtained of the various paces of the ponies, and the plan of +advance was, after some trouble, arranged. The start was to be +made from Hut Point in three parties--the very slow ponies, the +medium paced, and the fliers. The motors with Day, E. R. Evans, +Lashly and Hooper (who had taken Clissold's place) were already +on the way, and the dogs, with Meares and Demetri, were to follow +the main detachments. + +Night marching was decided upon, and after supper good-bye was +said to Hut Point, and Atkinson, Wright and Keohane led off with +Jehu, Chinaman and Jimmy Pigg. Two hours later Scott, Wilson and +Cherry-Garrard left, their ponies marching steadily and well together +on the sea-ice. At Safety Camp they found Atkinson, who reported that +Chinaman and Jehu were already tired. Soon after Scott's party had +camped for lunch, Ponting arrived with Demetri and a small dog team, +and the cinematograph was up in time to catch the flying rearguard, +which came along in fine form with Snatcher, 'a wonderful little +beast,' leading. Christopher had given his customary exhibition when +[Page 330] +harnessed, and although the Barrier surface had sobered him a little +it was not thought advisable for him to stop, and so the party +fled through in the wake of the advance guard, and were christened +'the through train.' + +'After lunch,' Scott, writing from Camp 1 on November 3, says, 'we +packed up and marched steadily on as before. I don't like these +midnight lunches, but for man the march that follows is pleasant +when, as today, the wind falls and the sun steadily increases its +heat. The two parties in front of us camped five miles beyond Safety +Camp, and we reached their camp some half or three-quarters of an +hour later. All the ponies are tethered in good order, but most +of them are tired--Chinaman and Jehu _very tired_.... A petrol +tin is near the camp and a note stating that the motors passed +at 9 P.M. 28th, going strong--they have from four to five days' +lead and should surely keep it.' + +On the next march they started in what for some time was to be +the settled order--Atkinson's contingent at 8 P.M., Scott's at +10, Oates' an hour and a quarter later. Just after starting they +picked up cheerful notices saying that all was well with both the +motors, and Day wrote, 'Hope to meet in 80° 30' Lat.' But very soon +afterwards a depôt of petrol was found; and worse was to follow, +as some four miles out from Camp 1 they came across a tin bearing +the sad announcement, 'Big end Day's motor No. 2 cylinder broken.' +Half a mile beyond was the motor, its tracking sledges, &c.; and +notes from E. Evans and Day to +[Page 331] +tell the tale of the mishap. The only spare big end had been used +for Lashly's machine, and as it would have taken a long time to +strip Day's engine so that it could run on three cylinders, they +had decided to abandon it and push on with the other alone. 'So +the dream of help from the machines is at an end! The track of +the remaining motor goes steadily forward, but now, of course, I +shall expect to see it every hour of the march.' + +On the second and third marches the ponies did fairly well on a +bad surface, but as yet they had only light loads to pull; and not +until they were tested was Scott prepared to express much confidence +in them. At Camp 3 he found a troubled note from E. Evans saying +that their maximum speed was about 7 miles a day. 'They have taken +on nine bags of forage, but there are three black dots to the south +which we can only imagine are the deserted motor with its loaded +sledges. The men have gone on as a supporting party, as directed. +It is a disappointment. I had hoped better of the machines once +they got away on the Barrier Surface.' + +From this camp they started in the usual order, having arranged +that full loads should be carried if the black dots proved to be +the motors, and very soon they found their fears confirmed. Another +note from E. Evans stated a recurrence of the old trouble. The big +end of No. 1 cylinder had cracked, otherwise the machine was in +good order. 'Evidently,' Scott wrote in reference to this misfortune, +'the engines are not +[Page 332] +fitted for working in this climate, a fact that should be certainly +capable of correction. One thing is proved: the system of propulsion +is altogether satisfactory. The motor party has proceeded as a +man-hauling party as arranged.' + +As they came to Camp 4 a blizzard threatened, and snow walls were +at once built for the ponies. The last march, however, was more +than a compensation for bad weather. Jehu and Chinaman with loads +of over 450 lbs. had stepped out well and had finished as fit as +they had started, while the better ponies had made nothing of their +loads, Scott's Snippets having pulled over 700 lbs., sledge included. +'We are all much cheered by this performance. It shows a hardening +up of ponies which have been well trained; even Oates is pleased!' + +The blizzard only just gave them time to get everything done in +the camp before it arrived. The ponies, however, in their new rugs +and with sheltering walls as high as themselves could scarcely feel +the wind, and as this protection was a direct result of experience +gained in the previous year, Scott was glad to feel that some good +had been obtained from that disastrous journey. But when the snow +began to fall the ponies as usual suffered, because it was impossible +to devise any means of keeping them comfortable in thick and driving +snow. 'We men are snug and comfortable enough, but it is very evil to +lie here and know that the weather is steadily sapping the strength +of the beasts on which so +[Page 333] +much depends. It requires much philosophy to be cheerful on such +occasions.' In the midst of the drift during the forenoon of the +7th Meares and Demetri with the dogs arrived, and camped about +a quarter of a mile away. In catching the main party up so soon +Scott considered that Meares had played too much for safety, but +at the same time it was encouraging to know that the dogs would +pull the loads assigned to them, and that they could face such +terrific winds. + +The threatening weather continued until late on Tuesday night, and +the question of starting was left open for a long time, several +of the party thinking it unwise to march. At last, however, the +decision was made to go, and the advance guard got away soon after +midnight. Then, to Scott's surprise and delight, he discovered that +his fears about the ponies were needless. Both Jehu and Chinaman +took skittish little runs when their rugs were removed, and Chinaman +even betrayed a not altogether irresistible desire to buck. In +fact the only pony that gave any trouble was Christopher, and this +not from any fatigue but from excessive spirit. Most of the ponies +halted now and again to get a mouthful of snow, but Christopher +had still to be sent through with a non-stop run, for his tricks +and devices were as innumerable as ever. Oates had to cling like +grim death to his bridle until the first freshness had worn off, +and this was a long rather than a light task, as even after ten +miles he was prepared to misbehave himself if he got the smallest +chance. + +[Page 334] +A few hundred yards from Camp 5 Bowers picked up a bale of forage +and loaded it on his sledge, bringing the weight to nearly 800 lbs. +Victor, however, went on as though nothing had happened, and although +the surface was for the time wonderfully good, and it still remained +a question how the ponies would get on under harder conditions, +Scott admitted that so far the outlook was very encouraging. The +cairns built in the previous year showed up very distinctly and +were being picked up with the greatest ease, and this also was +an additional cause for satisfaction because with pony walls, camp +sites and cairns, the track on the homeward march seemed as if it +must be easy to follow. Writing at Camp 5, Scott says, 'Everyone +is as fit as can be. It was wonderfully warm as we camped this +morning at 11 o'clock; the wind has dropped completely and the +sun shines gloriously. Men and ponies revel in such weather. One +devoutly hopes for a good spell of it as we recede from the windy +Northern region. The dogs came up soon after we had camped, traveling +easily.' + +On the next march they remained faithful to their program of advancing +a little over ten geographical miles nightly. But during the last +two miles of this stage all of the ponies were together. 'It looked +like a meet of the hounds, and Jehu ran away!!' was Cherry-Garrard's +account of this scene in his diary. But in Scott's opinion it was +clearly not advantageous to march in one detachment, because the +slow advance-guard ponies were forced out of their pace by joining +[Page 335] +with the others, while the fast rearguard had their speed reduced. +This, however, was a great day for Jehu, whose attempt to bolt, +though scarcely amounting to more than a sprawling canter, was +freely acknowledged to be a creditable performance for a pony who +at the start had been thought incapable of doing a single march. + +The weather now began to change rapidly for the worse, and in +consequence the pleasure of marching as rapidly vanished. In arriving +at Camp 7 they had to struggle at first against a strong head wind, +and afterwards in a snowstorm. Wright, who was leading, found it +so impossible to see where he was going that he decided to camp +some two miles short of the usual ten, but the ponies continued +to do well and this was a compensation for the curtailed distance. + +A worse surface was in store for them when they started from Camp +7, in fact Scott and Wilson described it as one of the worst they +had ever seen. The snow that had fallen in the day remained soft, +and added to this they had entered upon an area of soft crust between +a few scattered hard sastrugi. In pits between these the snow lay +in sandy heaps, making altogether the most difficult conditions +for the ponies. Nevertheless the stronger ponies continued to pull +excellently, and even the poor old crocks succeeded in covering +9-1/2 miles. 'Such a surface makes one anxious in spite of the +rapidity with which changes take place. I expected these marches +to be a little difficult, but not near so bad as to-day's.... In +spite of the surface, the dogs ran up from the camp before last, +[Page 336] +over 20 miles, in the night. They are working splendidly.' + +The surface was still bad and the weather horrid on the following +day, but 5 miles out the advance party came straight and true upon +the last year's Bluff depôt. Here Scott found a note, from which +he learned the cheering news that E. Evans and his party must be +the best part of five days ahead. On the other hand, Atkinson had +a very gloomy report to make of Chinaman, who could, he thought, +only last a few more miles. Oates, however, much more optimistic +than usual, considered that Chinaman would last for several days; +and during another horrid march to Camp 10 all the ponies did well, +Jehu especially distinguishing himself. + +'We shall be,' Scott wrote from this camp on Monday, November 13, 'in +a better position to know how we stand when we get to One Ton Camp, +now only 17 or 18 miles, but I am anxious about these beasts--very +anxious, they are not the ponies they ought to have been, and if +they pull through well, all the thanks will be due to Oates. I +trust the weather and surface conditions will improve; both are +rank bad at present.' The next stage took them within 7 or 8 miles +of One Ton Camp, and with a slightly improved surface and some +sun the spirits of the party revived. But, although the ponies +were working splendidly, it was painful work for them to struggle +on through the snow, and Christopher's antics when harnessed were +already a thing of the past--a fact which +[Page 337] +would have been totally unregretted had it not been evidence that +his strength was also beginning to diminish. + +One Ton Camp was found without any difficulty, and having pushed on +to Camp 12 it was decided to give the animals a day's rest there, +and afterwards to go forward at the rate of 13 geographical miles (15 +statute miles) a day. 'Oates thinks the ponies will get through, but +that they have lost condition quicker than he expected. Considering +his usually pessimistic attitude this must be thought a hopeful +view. Personally I am much more hopeful. I think that a good many +of the beasts are actually in better form than when they started, +and that there is no need to be alarmed about the remainder, always +excepting the weak ones which we have always regarded with doubt. +Well, we must wait and see how things go.' + +Another note from E. Evans was found at One Ton Camp, stating that +his party had taken on four boxes of biscuits, and would wait for +the main detachment at Lat. 80° 30'. The minimum thermometer left +there in the previous year showed -73°, which was rather less than +Scott had expected. + +After the day's rest the loads were re-organized, the stronger +ponies taking on about 580 lbs., while the others had rather over +400 lbs. as their burden; and refreshed by their holiday all of +them marched into the next camp without any signs of exhaustion. +By this time frost-bites were frequent, both Oates and P.O. Evans +being victims, while Meares, when told +[Page 338] +that his nose was 'gone,' remarked that he was tired of it and that +it would thaw out by and by! + +Hopes and fears concerning the ponies naturally alternated on such +a journey, and the latter predominated when Scott wrote on November +18 from Camp 14. 'The ponies are not pulling well. The surface is, +if anything, a little worse than yesterday, but I should think +about the sort of thing we shall have to expect henceforward.... +It's touch and go whether we scrape up to the Glacier; meanwhile +we get along somehow.' + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies, in spite of rather +bad surfaces, did wonderfully well, and both Jehu and Chinaman +began to be regarded with real admiration, Jehu being re-christened +'The Barrier Wonder' and Chinaman 'The Thunderbolt.' Again Scott +began to take a hopeful view of getting through, unless the surfaces +became infinitely worse. + +While on the way to Camp 17 Scott's detachment found E. Evans and +his party in Lat. 80° 32', and heard that they had been waiting +for six days, which they had spent in building a tremendous cairn. +All of them looked very fit, but they were also very hungry--an +informing fact, as it proved conclusively that a ration which was +ample for the needs of men leading ponies, was nothing like enough +for those who were doing hard pulling work. Thus the provision +that Scott had made for summit work received a full justification, +though even with the rations that were +[Page 339] +to be taken he had no doubt that hunger would attack the party. + +After some discussion it was decided to take Evans' motor party +on in advance for three days, and then that Day and Hooper should +return. + +Good, steady progress was made on the next two marches, and at +Camp 19 they were within 150 geographical miles of the Glacier. +'But it is still rather touch and go. If one or more ponies were +to go rapidly down hill we might be in queer street.' + +Then at Camp 20 came the end of the gallant Jehu. 'We did the usual +march very easily over a fairly good surface, the ponies now quite +steady and regular. Since the junction with the Motor Party the +procedure has been for the man-hauling people to go forward just +ahead of the crocks, the other party following two or three hours +later. To-day we closed less than usual, so the crocks must have +been going very well. However, the fiat had already gone forth, +and this morning (November 24) after the march poor old Jehu was +led back on the track and shot. After our doubts as to his reaching +Hut Point, it is wonderful to think that he has actually got eight +marches beyond our last year limit, and could have gone more. However, +towards the end he was pulling very little, and on the whole it is +merciful to have ended his life. Chinaman seems to improve and +will certainly last a good many days yet. I feel we ought to get +through now. Day and Hooper leave us to-night.' + +[Page 340] +Referring to Jehu in his diary Cherry-Garrard re-marked how much +Scott felt 'this kind of thing,' and how cut up Atkinson was at +the loss of his pony. + +After Day and Hooper had turned back the party was re-arranged and +started together. The man-haulers, Atkinson, E. Evans and Lashly, +went ahead with their gear on the 10-foot sledge, then came Wright +with Chinaman and Keohane with James Pigg, the rest following close +behind them. But although the two crocks had not been given their +usual start, they stuck to their work so gallantly that at the +finish they were less than a quarter of a mile behind. + +At Camp 22, in Lat. 81° 35' the Middle Barrier Depôt was made, +and as they did not leave until 3 A.M. they were gradually getting +back to day-marching. The next stage, however, of their journey was +struggled through under the greatest difficulties. At the start +the surface was bad, and the man-haulers in front made such heavy +weather of it that they were repeatedly overtaken. This threw the +ponies out and prolonged the march so much that six hours were +spent in reaching the lunch camp. But bad as the first part of +the march had been, the latter part was even worse. The advance +party started on ski, but had the greatest difficulty in keeping +a course; and presently snow began to fall heavily with a rise of +temperature, and the ski became hopelessly clogged. At this time +the surface was terribly hard for pulling, and the man-haulers also +found it impossible to steer. The march of 13 miles was eventually +completed, but under +[Page 341] +the most harassing circumstances and with very tired animals. + +'Our forage supply necessitates that we should plug on the 13 +(geographical) miles daily under all conditions, so that we can +only hope for better things. It is several days since we had a +glimpse of land, which makes conditions especially gloomy. A tired +animal makes a tired man, I find, and none of us are very bright +now after the day's march.' + +No improvement in the weather was in store for them on the following +day (November 28), for snowstorms swept over them, the driving snow +not only preventing them from seeing anything, but also hitting +them stingingly in their faces. Chinaman was shot on this night, +but in struggling on until he was within go miles of the Glacier +he had done more than was ever expected of him; and with only four +bags of forage left the end of all the ponies was very near at +hand. + +During the march to Camp 25, Lat. 82° 21', 'the most unexpected +and trying summer blizzard yet experienced in this region' ceased, +and prospects improved in every respect. While they were marching +the land showed up hazily, and at times looked remarkably close to +them. 'Land shows up almost ahead now,' Scott wrote on the 29th, +'and our pony goal is less than 70 miles away. The ponies are tired, +but I believe all have five days' work left in them, and some a +great deal more.... It follows that the dogs can be employed, rested +and fed well on the homeward track. We could really get through now +[Page 342] +with their help and without much delay, yet every consideration makes +it desirable to save the men from heavy hauling as long as possible. +So I devoutly hope the 70 miles will come in the present order of +things.' + +Snippets and Nobby by this time walked by themselves, but both of +them kept a continually cunning eye upon their driver, and if he +stopped they at once followed his example. It was, Scott admitted, +a relief no longer to have to lead his animal, for fond of Snippets +as he was, the vagaries of the animal were annoying when on the +march. Thursday, November 30, brought most pleasant weather with it, +but the surface was so bad that all of the ponies, with the exception +of Nobby, began to show obvious signs of failure. A recurrence of +'sinking crusts' (areas which gave way with a report) was encountered, +and the ponies very often sank nearly to their knees. + +At Camp 27 Nobby was the only pony who did not show signs of extreme +exhaustion, but forage was beginning to get so scarce that even Nobby +had nearly reached the end of his life. On this night (December +1) Christopher was shot, and by no possibility could he be much +regretted, for he had given nothing but trouble at the outset, +and as soon as his spirits began to fail his strength had also +disappeared. 'He has been a great disappointment,' Cherry-Garrard +wrote, 'even James Pigg has survived him.' + +A depôt, called the Southern Barrier Depôt, was left at Camp 27, +so that no extra weight was added to the loads of the other ponies. +'Three more marches +[Page 343] +ought to carry us through. With the seven crocks and the dog teams +we _must_ get through, I think. The men alone ought not to have +heavy loads on the surface, which is extremely trying.' + +On the morning of the 1st Nobby had been tried in snow-shoes, and +for about four miles had traveled splendidly upon them, but then +the shoes racked and had to be taken off; nevertheless, in Scott's +opinion, there was no doubt that snow-shoes were the thing for +ponies, and that if his ponies had been able to use them from the +beginning their condition would have been very different from what +it was. + +From Camp 28, Lat. 83°, Scott wrote, 'Started under very bad weather +conditions. The stratus spreading over from the S.E. last night meant +mischief, and all day we marched in falling snow with a horrible +light.... The ponies were sinking deep in a wretched surface. I +suggested to Oates that he should have a roving commission to watch +the animals, but he much preferred to lead one, so I handed over +Snippets very willingly and went on ski myself.' This he found +such easy work, that he had time to take several photographs of +the ponies as they plunged through the snow. But in the afternoon +they found a better surface, and Scott, who was leading, had to +travel at a very steady pace to keep the lead. + +When this march had finished they had reached the 83rd parallel, +and were 'practically safe to get through.' But with forage becoming +scarcer and scarcer poor Bictor--to the great sorrow of Bowers, +[Page 344] +who was very fond of him--had to be shot. Six ponies remained, +and as the dogs were doing splendidly, the chances of the party +reaching the Glacier were excellent if only they could see their +way to it. Wild in his diary of Shackleton's journey remarked on +December 15 that it was the first day for a month on which he could +not record splendid weather. With Scott's party, however, a fine +day had been the exception rather than the rule, and the journey +had been one almost perpetual fight against bad weather and bad +surfaces. + +The tent parties at this date were made up of (1) Scott, Wilson, +Oates and Keohane; (2) Bowers, P.O. Evans, Cherry-Garrard and Crean; +(3) man-haulers, E. R. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. 'We +have all taken to horse meat and are so well fed that hunger isn't +thought of.' + +At 2.30 A.M. on Sunday, December 3, Scott, intending to get away +at 5, roused all hands, but their bad luck in the way of weather +once more delayed the start. At first there seemed to be just a +chance that they might be able to march, but while they were having +breakfast a full gale blew up from the south; 'the strongest wind I +have known here in summer.' In a very short time the pony wall was +blown down, the sledges were buried, and huge drifts had collected. +In heavy drift everyone turned out to make up the pony walls, but +the flanking wall was blown down three times before the job was +completed. About mid-day the weather improved and soon afterwards +the clouds broke and the land appeared; and when they got away at +[Page 345] +2 P.M., the sun was shining brightly. But this pleasant state of +affairs was only destined to last for one short hour; after that +snow again began to fall, and marching conditions became supremely +horrible. The wind increased from the S.E., changed to S. W., where +for a time it remained, and then suddenly shifted to W.N.W., and +afterwards to N.N.W., from which direction it continued to blow +with falling and drifting snow. But in spite of these rapid and +absolutely bewildering changes of conditions they managed to get +11-1/2 miles south and to Camp 29 at 7 P.M. The man-haulers, however, +camped after six miles, for they found it impossible to steer a +course. 'We (Scott and Bowers) steered with compass, the drifting +snow across our ski, and occasional glimpses of southeasterly sastrugi +under them, till the sun showed dimly for the last hour or so. The +whole weather conditions seem thoroughly disturbed, and if they +continue so when we are on the Glacier, we shall be very awkwardly +placed. It is really time the luck turned in our favor--we have had +all too little of it. Every mile seems to have been hardly won +under such conditions. The ponies did splendidly and the forage is +lasting a little better than expected... we should have no difficulty +whatever as regards transport if only the weather was kind.' On the +following day the weather was still in a bad mood, for no sooner +had they got on their gear for the start than a thick blizzard +from the S.S.E. arrived. Quickly everyone started to build fresh +walls for the ponies, an uninviting task enough in a regular white +flowing blizzard, but one which added +[Page 346] +greatly to the comfort of the animals, who looked sleepy and bored, +but not at all cold. Just as the walls were finished the man-haulers +came into camp, having been assisted in their course by the tracks +that the other parties had made. + +Fortunately the wind moderated in the forenoon and by 2 P.M. they +were off and in six hours had placed 13 more miles to their credit. +During this march the land was quite clearly in view, and several +uncharted glaciers of large dimensions were seen. The mountains +were rounded in outline, very massive, with excrescent peaks, one +or two of the peaks on the foothills standing bare and almost +perpendicular. Ahead of them was the ice-rounded, boulder-strewn +Mount Hope and the gateway to the Glacier. 'We should reach it +easily enough on to-morrow's march if we can compass 12 miles.... +We have only lost 5 or 6 miles on these two wretched days, but the +disturbed condition of the weather makes me anxious with regard +to the Glacier, where more than anywhere we shall need fine days. +One has a horrid feeling that this is a real bad season. However, +sufficient for the day is the evil thereof. We are practically +through with the first stage of our journey. Looking from the last +Camp (29) towards the S.S.E., where the farthest land can be seen, +it seemed more than probable that a very high latitude could be +reached on the Barrier, and if Amundsen journeying that way has +a stroke of luck, he may well find his summit journey reduced to +100 miles or so. In any case it is a fascinating direction for +next year's work, if only fresh transport arrives.' + +[Page 347] +On this day, December 4, the ponies marched splendidly, crossing +the deep snow in the undulations without any difficulty, and had +food been plentiful enough there was no doubt that they could have +gone on for many more miles. As it was 'gallant little Michael' +had to be sacrificed when the march was over. 'He walked away,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'and rolled on the way down, not having done +so when we got in. He died quite instantaneously. He was just like +a naughty child all the way and pulled all out; he has been a good +friend and has a good record, 83° 22' S. He was a bit done to-day, +the blizzard had knocked him.' + +By night the weather looked very uninviting, and they woke to find a +raging, howling blizzard. Previously the winds that had so constantly +bothered them had lacked that very fine powdery snow which is usually +an especial feature of a blizzard, but on this occasion they got +enough and to spare of it. Anyone who went into the open for a +minute or two was covered from head to foot, and as the temperature +was high the snow stuck where it fell. The heads, tails and legs +of the ponies were covered with ice, and they had to stand deep in +snow. The sledges were almost covered, and there were huge drifts +about the tent. It was a scene on which no one wanted to look longer +than he could help, and after they had rebuilt the pony walls they +retreated sadly and soppingly into their bags. Even the small +satisfaction of being able to see from one tent to another was +denied them, and Scott, while asking what on earth such weather +could mean at this +[Page 348] +time of year, stated emphatically that no party could possibly travel +against such a wind. + +'Is there,' he asked, 'some widespread atmospheric disturbance +which will be felt everywhere in this region as a bad season, or +are we merely the victims of exceptional local conditions? If the +latter, there is food for thought in picturing our small party +struggling against adversity in one place whilst others go smilingly +forward in sunshine. How great may be the element of luck! No +foresight--no procedure--could have prepared us for this state of +affairs. Had we been ten times as experienced or certain of our +aim we should not have expected such rebuffs.' + +[Illustration: LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPÔT. (Mt. Hope.) +_Photo by R. F. Scott._] + +[Illustration: LOOKING SOUTH FROM LOWER GLACIER DEPÔT. (Mt. Hope.) +_Photo by R. F. Scott._] + +The snowfall on this day (December 5) was quite the greatest that +Scott remembered, the drifts about the tents being colossal. And +to add to their misery and misfortune the temperature remained +so high that the snow melted if it fell on anything except snow, +with the result that tents, wind clothes, night boots, &c., were +all wet through; while water, dripping from the tent poles and +door, lay on the floor, soaked the sleeping-bags, and made the +situation inconceivably miserable. In the midst of this slough, +however, Keohane had the spirit to make up a rhyme, which is worth +quoting mainly, if not solely, because of the conditions under +which it was produced: + + The snow is all melting and everything's afloat, + If this goes on much longer we shall have to turn the tent + upside down and use it as a boat. + +The next day Scott described as 'miserable, +[Page 349] +utterly miserable. We have camped in the "Slough of Despond."' When +within twelve miles of the Glacier it was indeed the most cruel +fortune to be held up by such a raging tempest. The temperature +at noon had risen to 33°, and everything was more soakingly wet +than ever, if that was possible. The ponies, too, looked utterly +desolate, and the snow climbed higher and higher about the walls, +tents and sledges. At night signs of a break came, but hopes of +marching again were dashed on the following morning, when the storm +continued and the situation became most serious; after this day only +one small feed remained for the ponies, so that they had either +to march or to sacrifice all the animals. That, however, was not +the most serious part, for with the help of the dogs they could +without doubt have got on. But what troubled Scott most intensely +was that they had on this morning (December 7) started on their +summit rations, or, in other words, the food calculated to take +them on from the Glacier depôt had been begun. + +In the meantime the storm showed no signs of abatement, and its +character was as unpleasant as ever. 'I can find no sign of an +end, and all of us agree that it is utterly impossible to move. +Resignation to this misfortune is the only attitude, but not an easy +one to adopt. It seems undeserved where plans were well laid, and so +nearly crowned with a first success.... The margin for bad weather +was ample according to all experience, and this stormy December--our +finest month--is a thing that the most cautious organizer +[Page 350] +might not have been prepared to encounter.... There cannot be good +cheer in the camp in such weather, but it is ready to break out +again. In the brief spell of hope last night one heard laughter.' + +Hour after hour passed with little or no improvement, and as every +hour of inactivity was a real menace to the success of their plans, +no one can wonder that they chafed over this most exasperating +delay. Under ordinary circumstances it would have been melancholy +enough to watch the mottled, wet, green walls of their tents and to +hear the everlasting patter of the falling snow and the ceaseless +rattle of the fluttering canvas, but when the prospect of failure +of their cherished plan was added to the acute discomforts of the +situation, it is scarcely possible to imagine how totally miserable +they must have been both in body and mind. Nevertheless in the +midst of these distressing conditions Scott managed to write, 'But +yet, after all, one can go on striving, endeavoring to find a +stimulation in the difficulties that arise.' + +Friday morning, however, did not bring any cause for hope. The +snow was still falling heavily, and they found themselves lying +in pools of water that squelched whenever they moved. Under such +circumstances it was a relief to get outside, shift the tents and dig +out the sledges. All of the tents had been reduced to the smallest +space by the gradual pressure of snow, the old sites being deep +pits with hollowed, icy, wet centers. The re-setting of them at +least made things more comfortable, and as the +[Page 351] +wind dropped about mid-day and a few hours later the sky showed +signs of breaking, hope once more revived; but soon afterwards snow +was falling again, and the position was rapidly becoming absolutely +desperate. + +To test the surface the man-haulers tried to pull a load during +the afternoon, and although it proved a tough job they managed +to do it by pulling in ski. On foot the men sank to their knees, +and an attempt to see what Nobby could do under such circumstances +was anything but encouraging. + +Writing in the evening Scott said, 'Wilson thinks the ponies finished, +but Oates thinks they will get another march in spite of the surface, +_if it comes to-morrow_. If it should not, we must kill the ponies +to-morrow and get on as best we can with the men on ski and the +dogs. But one wonders what the dogs can do on such a surface. I +much fear they also will prove inadequate. Oh! for fine weather, +if only to the Glacier.' + +By 11 P.M. the wind had gone to the north, and the sky at last began +really to break. The temperature also helped matters by falling +to +26°, and in consequence the water nuisance began to abate; +and at the prospect of action on the following morning cheerful +sounds were once more heard in the camp. 'The poor ponies look +wistfully for the food of which so very little remains, yet they +are not hungry, as recent savings have resulted from food left +in their nose-bags. They look wonderfully fit, all things +[Page 352] +considered. Everything looks more hopeful to-night, but nothing can +recall four lost days.' During the night Scott turned out two or +three times to find the weather slowly improving, and at 8 o'clock +on December 9 they started upon a most terrible march to Camp 31. + +The tremendous snowfall had made the surface intolerably soft, and +the half-fed animals sank deeper and deeper. None of them could +be led for more than a few minutes, but if they were allowed to +follow the poor beasts did fairly well. Soon, however, it began to +seem as if no real headway could be made, and so the man-haulers +were pressed into the service to try and improve matters. + +Bowers and Cherry-Garrard went ahead with one 10-foot sledge and +made a track--thus most painfully a mile or so was gained. Then +when it seemed as if the limit had been reached P.O. Evans saved +the situation by putting the last pair of snow-shoes upon Snatcher, +who at once began to go on without much pressure, and was followed +by the other ponies. + +No halt was made for lunch, but after three or four laborious miles +they found themselves engulfed in pressures which added to the +difficulties of their march. Still, however, they struggled on, +and by 8 P.M. they were within a mile of the slope ascending to +the gap, which Shackleton called the Gateway. This gateway was +a neck or saddle of drifted snow lying in a gap of the mountain +rampart which flanked the last curve of the Glacier, and Scott +had hoped to be through it at a much earlier date, as indeed he +[Page 353] +would have been had not the prolonged storm delayed him. + +By this time the ponies, one and all, were quite exhausted. 'They +came on painfully slowly a few hundred yards at a time.... I was +hauling ahead, a ridiculously light load, and yet finding the pulling +heavy enough. We camped, and the ponies have been shot. Poor beasts! +they have done wonderfully well considering the terrible circumstances +under which they worked.' + +On December 8 Wilson wrote in his journal, 'I have kept Nobby all +my biscuits to-night as he has to try to do a march to-morrow, +and then happily he will be shot and all of them, as their food +is quite done.' And on the following day he added: 'Nobby had all +my biscuits last night and this morning, and by the time we camped +I was just ravenously hungry.... Thank God the horses are now all +done with and we begin the heavy work ourselves.' + +This Camp 31 received the name of Shambles Camp, and although the +ponies had not, owing to the storm, reached the distance Scott had +expected, yet he, and all who had taken part in that distressing +march, were relieved to know that the sufferings of their plucky +animals had at last come to an end. + + + + +[Page 354] +CHAPTER VIII + +ON THE BEARDMORE GLACIER + + In thrilling region of thick ribbed ice + To be imprison'd in the viewless winds + And blown with restless violence round about. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +On the death of the ponies at Camp 31 the party was reorganized, +and for some days advanced in the following order: + + Sledge 1. Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans. + Sledge 2. E. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. + Sledge 3. Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Crean and Keohane; with + Meares and Demetri continuing to drive the dogs. + +When leaving this Camp Scott was very doubtful whether the loads +could be pulled over such an appalling surface, and that success +attended their efforts was due mainly to the ski. The start was +delayed by the readjustments that had to be made, but when they +got away at noon, and with a 'one, two, three together' Scott's +party began to pull their sledge, they were most agreeably surprised +to find it running fairly easily +[Page 355] +behind them. The first mile was gained in about half an hour, but +then they began to rise, and soon afterwards with the slope becoming +steeper and the surface getting worse they had to take off their +ski. After this the pulling was extraordinarily exhausting, for +they sank above their finnesko, and in some places nearly up to +their knees. + +The runners of the sledges became coated with a thin film of ice +from which it was impossible to free them, and the sledges themselves +sank in soft spots to the cross-bars. At 5 P.M. they reached the +top of the slope, and after tea started on the down grade. On this +they had to pull almost as vigorously as on the upward slope, but +they could just manage to get along on ski. + +Evans and his party, however, were unable to keep up the pace set +by the leaders, and when they camped at 9.15 Scott heard some news +that thoroughly alarmed him. 'It appears,' he wrote, 'that Atkinson +says that Wright is getting played out, and Lashly is not so fit as +he was owing to the heavy pulling since the blizzard. I have not +felt satisfied about this party. The finish of the march to-day +showed clearly that something was wrong.... True, the surface was +awful and growing worse every moment. It is a very serious business +if the men are going to crack up. As for myself, I never felt fitter +and my party can easily hold its own. P.O. Evans, of course, is +a tower of strength, but Oates and Wilson are doing splendidly +also.' + +Round the spot where Camp 32 had been pitched +[Page 356] +the snow was appallingly deep and soft. 'Every step here one sinks +to the knees, and the uneven surface is obviously insufficient to +support the sledges.' A wind, however, had sprung up, and though +under ordinary circumstances it would have been far from welcome, +on this occasion it was a blessing because it hardened the snow; +and a good surface was all the more necessary because, after half +another march, Meares and Demetri were to return with the dogs, and +in consequence 200 lbs. would have to be added to each sledge-load. + +Before starting from Camp 32 they built a depôt (the Lower Glacier +depôt), made it very conspicuous, and left a good deal of gear +there. Then at the very beginning of their march they got into +big pressure, and must have passed over several crevasses. After +four hours, however, they were clear of the pressure, and then +they said good-bye to Meares and Demetri, who took back a note +from Scott to say that 'Things are not so rosy as they might be, +but we keep our spirits up and say the luck must turn. This is +only to tell you that I find I can keep up with the rest as well +as of old.' + +The start after lunch was anxious work, for the question whether +they could pull their loads had to be answered. Scott's party went +away first, and, to their joy, found that they could make fairly +good headway. Every now and again the sledge sank in a soft patch +which brought them up, and then they got sideways to the sledge and +hauled it out. 'We learned,' Scott wrote on December 11, at Camp 33, +[Page 357] +'to treat such occasions with patience.... The great thing is to +keep the sledge moving, and for an hour or more there were dozens +of critical moments when it all but stopped, and not a few when +it brought up altogether. The latter were very trying and tiring. +But suddenly the surface grew more uniform and we more accustomed +to the game, for after a long stop to let the other parties come +up, I started at 6 and ran on till 7, pulling easily without a +halt at the rate of about 2 miles an hour. I was very jubilant; +all difficulties seemed to be vanishing; but unfortunately our +history was not repeated with the other parties. Bowers came up +half an hour after us. They also had done well at the last, and +I'm pretty sure they will get on all right. Keohane is the only +weak spot, and he only, I think, because temporarily blind. But +Evans' party didn't get up till 10. They started quite well, but +got into difficulties, did just the wrong thing by straining again +and again, and so, tiring themselves, went from bad to worse. Their +ski shoes, too, are out of trim.' + +During the morning of the 12th they steered for the Commonwealth +Range until they reached about the middle of the glacier and then +the course was altered for the 'Cloudmaker,' and afterwards still +further to the west. In consequence they got a much better view of +the southern side of the main glacier than Shackleton's party had +obtained, and a number of peaks not noticed previously were observed. +On the first stage of this march Scott's party was bogged time after +[Page 358] +time, and do what they could their sledge dragged like a huge lump of +lead. Evans' team had been sent off in advance and kept well ahead +until lunch-time. Then, when Scott admits being 'pretty well cooked,' +the secret of their trouble was disclosed in a thin film with some +hard knots of ice on the runners of the sledge; these impediments +having been removed they went ahead without a hitch, and in a mile +or two resumed their leading position. As they advanced it became +more and more evident that, with the whole of the lower valley +filled with snow from the storm, they would have been bogged had +they been without ski. 'On foot one sinks to the knees, and if +pulling on a sledge to half-way between knee and thigh.' + +Scott's hope was that they would get better conditions as they rose, +but on the next march the surface became worse instead of better, +the sledges simply plunging into the soft places and stopping dead. +So slow in fact was the progress they made, that on his sledge Scott +decided at lunch to try the 10-foot runners under the cross-bars, +for the sledge was sinking so deeply that the cross-pieces were +on the surface and acting as brakes. Three hours were spent in +securing the runners, and then Scott's party started and promptly +saw what difficulties the other teams were having. + +In spite of the most desperate efforts to get along, Bowers and +his men were so constantly bogged that Scott soon passed them. +But the toil was awful, because the snow with the sun shining and +a high temperature +[Page 359] +had become very wet and sticky, and again and again the sledge got +one runner on harder snow than the other, canted on its side, and +refused to move. At the top of the rise Evans' party was reduced +to relay work, and shortly afterwards Bowers was compelled to adopt +the same plan. 'We,' Scott says, 'got our whole load through till 7 +P.M., camping time, but only with repeated halts and labour which +was altogether too strenuous. The other parties certainly cannot +get a full load along on the surface, and I much doubt if we could +continue to do so, but we must try again to-morrow. I suppose we +have advanced a bare four miles to-day and the aspect of things +is very little changed. Our height is now about 1,500 feet.' + +On the following morning Evans' party got off first from Camp 35, +and after stiff hauling for an hour or so found the work much easier +than on the previous day. Bowers' contingent followed without getting +along so well, and so Scott, whose party were having no difficulty +with their load, exchanged sledges with them, and a satisfactory +morning's march was followed by still better work in the afternoon, +eleven or twelve miles being gained. 'I think the soft snow trouble +is at an end, and I could wish nothing better than a continuance of +the present surface. Towards the end of the march we were pulling +our load with the greatest ease. It is splendid to be getting along +and to find some adequate return for the work we are putting into +the business.' + +At Camp 37, on Friday, December 15, they had +[Page 360] +reached a height of about 2,500 feet, after a march on which the +surface steadily improved and the snow covering over the blue ice +became thinner and thinner. During the afternoon they found that +at last they could start their sledges by giving one good heave, +and so, for the first time, they were at liberty to stop when they +liked without the fear of horrible jerks before they could again +set the sledge going. Patches of ice and hard névé were beginning to +show through in places, and had not the day's work been interrupted +by a snowstorm at 5 P.M. their march would have been a really good +one, but, as it was, eleven more miles had to be put to their credit. +The weather looked, however, very threatening as they turned in +for the night, and Scott expressed a fervent hope that they were +not going to be afflicted by snowstorms as they approached the +worst part of the glacier. + +As was to be expected after the storm they found the surface difficult +when the march was resumed, but by sticking to their work for over +ten hours--'the limit of time to be squeezed into one day'--they +covered eleven miles, and altered greatly the aspect of the glacier. +Beginning the march as usual on ski, they had to take them off +in the afternoon because they struck such a peculiarly difficult +surface that the sledges were constantly being brought up. Then +on foot they made better progress, though no advance could be made +without the most strenuous labour. The brittle crust would hold +for a pace or two, and then let them down with a bump, while now +and again a leg went down a crack in the hard ice underneath. So +[Page 361] +far, since arriving among the disturbances, which increased rapidly +towards the end of the march, they had not encountered any very +alarming crevasses, though a large quantity of small ones could +be seen. + +At the end of the march to Camp 39, Scott was able to write, 'For +once we can say "Sufficient for the day is the good thereof." Our +luck may be on the turn--I think we deserve it. In spite of the +hard work everyone is very fit and very cheerful, feeling well fed +and eager for more toil. Eyes are much better except poor Wilson's; +he has caught a very bad attack. Remembering his trouble on our +last Southern journey, I fear he is in for a very bad time.... +I'm inclined to think that the summit trouble will be mostly due +to the chill falling on sunburned skins. Even now one feels the +cold strike directly one stops. We get fearfully thirsty and chip +up ice on the march, as well as drinking a great deal of water on +halting. Our fuel only just does it, but that is all we want, and +we have a bit in hand for the summit.... We have worn our crampons +all day (December 17) and are delighted with them. P.O. Evans, the +inventor of both crampons and ski shoes, is greatly pleased, and +certainly we owe him much.' + +On the 19th, although snow fell on and off during the whole day +and crevasses were frequent, a splendid march of 14 miles was +accomplished. The sledges ran fairly well if only the haulers could +keep their feet, but on the rippled ice which they were crossing +it was impossible to get anything like a firm foothold. Still, +however, they stuck most splendidly to their +[Page 362] +task, and on the following day even a better march was made to Camp +41. + +Starting on a good surface they soon came to a number of criss-cross +cracks, into two of which Scott fell and badly bruised his knee +and thigh. Then they reached an admirably smooth ice surface over +which they traveled at an excellent pace. A long hour was spent over +the halt for lunch, during which angles, photographs and sketches +were taken, and continuing to make progress in the second part of +the day's march they finished up with a gain of 17 miles. 'It has +not been a strain except perhaps for me with my wounds received +early in the day. The wind has kept us cool on the march, which +has in consequence been very much pleasanter.... Days like this +put heart in one.' + +On Wednesday, December 20, however, the good marches of the previous +two days were put entirely into the shade by one of nearly 23 miles, +during which they rose 800 feet. Pulling the sledges in crampons was +not at all difficult on the hard snow and on hard ice with patches +of snow. At night they camped in Lat. 84° 59' 6", and then Scott had +to perform a task that he most cordially disliked. 'I have just +told off the people to return to-morrow night: Atkinson, Wright, +Cherry-Garrard and Keohane. All are disappointed--poor Wright rather +bitterly, I fear. I dreaded this necessity of choosing--nothing +could be more heartrending. I calculated our program to start from +85° 10' with twelve units of food[1] and +[Page 363] +eight men. We ought to be in this position to-morrow night, less +one day's food. After all our harassing trouble one cannot but +be satisfied with such a prospect.' + +[Footnote 1: A unit of food means a week's supplies for four men.] + +The next stage of the journey, though accomplished without accident, +was too exciting to be altogether pleasant, for crevasses were +frequent and falls not at all uncommon. And at mid-day, while they +were in the worst of places, a fog rolled up and kept them in their +tents for nearly three hours. + +During this enforced delay, Scott wrote a letter which was taken +back by the returning party. + +'December 21, 1911, Lat. 85° S. We are struggling on, considering +all things, against odds. The weather is a constant anxiety, otherwise +arrangements are working exactly as planned. + +'For your ear also I am exceedingly fit and can go with the best +of them. + +'It is a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right... but all will be well if we can get through +to the Pole. + +'I write this sitting in our tent waiting for the fog to clear, +an exasperating position as we are in the worst crevassed region. +Teddy Evans and Atkinson were down to the length of their harness +this morning, and we have all been half-way down. As first man I +get first chance, and it's decidedly exciting not knowing which +step will give way. Still all this is interesting enough if one +could only go on. + +'Since writing the above I made a dash for it; got out of the valley +out of the fog and away from +[Page 364] +crevasses. So here we are practically on the summit and up to date +in the provision line. We ought to get through.' + +After the fog had cleared off they soon got out of the worst crevasses, +and on to a snow slope that led past Mount Darwin. The pull up +the slope was long and stiff, but by holding on until 7.30 P.M. +they got off a good march and found a satisfactory place for their +depôt. Fortunately the weather was both calm and bright, and all +the various sorting arrangements that had to be made before the +returning party left them were carried out under most favorable +conditions. 'For me,' Scott says, 'it is an immense relief to have +the indefatigable little Bowers to see to all detail arrangements of +this sort,' and on the following day he added, 'we said an affecting +farewell to the returning party, who have taken things very well, +dear good fellows as they are.' + +Then the reorganized parties (Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans; +Bowers, E. R. Evans, Crean and Lashly) started off with their heavy +loads, and any fears they had about their ability to pull them +were soon removed. + +'It was a sad job saying good-bye,' Cherry-Garrard wrote in his +diary, 'and I know some eyes were a bit dim. It was thick and snowing +when we started after making the depôt, and the last we saw of them +as we swung the sledge north, was a black dot just disappearing +over the next ridge, and a big white pressure wave ahead of them.' + +[Page 365] +Then the returning party set off on their homeward march, and arrived +at Cape Evans on January 28, 1912, after being away for three months. + +Repairs to the sledgemeter delayed the advancing party for some +time during their first march under the new conditions, but they +managed to cover twelve miles, and, with the loads becoming lighter +every day, Scott hoped to march longer hours and to make the requisite +progress. Steering, however, south-west on the next morning they +soon found themselves among such bad crevasses and pressure, that +they were compelled to haul out to the north, and then to the west. +One comfort was that all the time they were rising. 'It is rather +trying having to march so far to the west, but if we keep rising +we must come to the end of the disturbance some time.' During the +second part of this march great changes of fortune awaited them. At +first they started west up a slope, and on the top another pressure +appeared on the left, but less lofty and more snow-covered than +that which had troubled them in the morning. There was temptation +to try this, but Scott resisted it and turned west up yet another +slope, on the top of which they reached a most extraordinary surface. +Narrow crevasses, that were quite invisible, ran in all directions. +All of these crevasses were covered with a thin crust of hardened +névé which had not a sign of a crack in it. One after another, +and sometimes two at a time, they all fell in; and though they +were getting fairly accustomed to unexpected falls through being +unable to mark the run of +[Page 366] +the surface appearances of cracks, or where such cracks were covered +with soft snow, they had never expected to find a hardened crust +formed over a crack, and such a surface was as puzzling as it was +dangerous and troublesome. + +For about ten minutes or so, while they were near these narrow +crevasses, they came on to snow which had a hard crust and loose +crystals below it, and each step was like breaking through a +glass-house. And then, quite suddenly, the hard surface gave place +to regular sastrugi, and their horizon leveled in every direction. +At 6 P.M., when they reached Camp 45 (height about 7,750 feet), 17 +miles stood to their credit and Scott was feeling 'very cheerful +about everything.' 'My determination,' he said, 'to keep mounting +irrespective of course is fully justified, and I shall be indeed +surprised if we have any further difficulties with crevasses or +steep slopes. To me for the first time our goal seems really in +sight.' + +On the following day (Christmas Eve) they did not find a single +crevasse, but high pressure ridges were still to be seen, and Scott +confessed that he should be glad to lose sight of such disturbances. +Christmas Day, however, brought more trouble from crevasses--'very +hard, smooth névé between high ridges at the edge of crevasses, and +therefore very difficult to get foothold to pull the sledges.' To +remedy matters they got out their ski sticks, but this did not prevent +several of them from going half-down; while Lashly, disappearing +completely, had to be pulled out by +[Page 367] +means of the Alpine rope. 'Lashly says the crevasse was 50 feet deep +and 8 feet across, in form U, showing that the word "unfathomable" +can rarely be applied. Lashly is 44 to-day and as hard as nails. +His fall has not even disturbed his equanimity.' + +When, however, they had reached the top of the crevasse ridge a +better surface was found, and their Christmas lunch--at which they +had such luxuries as chocolate and raisins--was all the more enjoyable +because 8 miles or so had already been gained. + +In the middle of the afternoon they got a fine view of the land, +but more trouble was caused by crevasses, until towards the end +of their march they got free of them and on to a slight decline +down which they progressed at a swinging pace. Then they camped +and prepared for their great Christmas meal. 'I must,' Scott says, +'write a word of our supper last night. We had four courses. The +first, pemmican, full whack, with slices of horse meat flavored +with onion and curry powder, and thickened with biscuit; then an +arrowroot, cocoa and biscuit hoosh sweetened; then a plum-pudding; +then cocoa with raisins, and finally a dessert of caramels and ginger. +After the feast it was difficult to move. Wilson and I couldn't +finish our share of plum-pudding. We have all slept splendidly and +feel thoroughly warm--such is the effect of full feeding.' + +The advance, possibly owing to the 'tightener' on Christmas night, +was a little slow on the following morning, but nevertheless 15 +miles were covered +[Page 368] +in the day and the 86th parallel was reached. Crevasses still appeared, +and though they avoided them on this march, they were not so lucky +during the next stage to Camp 49. + +In fact Wednesday, December 27, was unfortunate owing to several +reasons. To begin with, Bowers broke the only hypsometer thermometer, +and so they were left with nothing to check their two aneroids. +Then during the first part of the march they got among sastrugi +which jerked the sledges about, and so tired out the second team +that they had great difficulty in keeping up. And, finally, they +found more crevasses and disturbances during the afternoon. For an +hour the work was as painful as it could be, because they tumbled +into the crevasses and got the most painful jerks. 'Steering the +party,' Scott wrote at Camp 49, 'is no light task. One cannot allow +one's thoughts to wander as others do, and when, as this afternoon, +one gets amongst disturbances, I find it very worrying and tiring. +I do trust we shall have no more of them. We have not lost sight of +the sun since we came on the summit; we should get an extraordinary +record of sunshine. It is monotonous work this; the sledgemeter +and theodolite govern the situation.' + +During the next morning the second sledge made such 'heavy weather' +that Scott changed places with E. R. Evans. That, however, did not +improve matters much, for Scott soon found that the second team had +[Page 369] +not the same swing as his own team, so he changed Lashly for P.O. +Evans, and then they seemed to get on better. At lunch-time they +discussed the difficulties that the second party was having, and +several reasons for them were put forward. One was that the team +was stale, another that all the trouble was due to bad stepping +and want of swing, and yet another was that the first's party's +sledge pulled much more easily than the second party's. + +On the chance that this last suggestion was correct, Scott and +his original team took the second party's sledge in the afternoon, +and soon found that it was a terrible drag to get it along in soft +snow, whereas the second party found no difficulty in pulling the +sledge that had been given to them. 'So the sledge is the cause of +the trouble, and taking it out, I found that all is due to want +of care. The runners ran excellently, but the structure has been +distorted by bad strapping, bad loading, &c. The party are not +done, and I have told them plainly that they must wrestle with the +trouble and get it right for themselves.' + +Friday evening found them at Camp 51, and at a height of about +9,000 feet, But they had encountered a very bad surface, on which +the strain of pulling was terrific. The hardest work occurred on +two rises, because the loose snow had been blown over the rises +and had rested on the north-facing slopes, and these heaps were +responsible for the worst of their troubles. However, there was +one satisfactory result of the +[Page 370] +march, for now that the second party had seen to the loading of +their sledge they had ceased to lag. + +But the next stage was so exhausting that Scott's fears for the +conditions of the second party again arose. Writing from Camp 52, +on December 30, he says: 'To-morrow I'm going to march half a day, +make a depôt and build the 10-foot sledges. The second party is +certainly tiring; it remains to be seen how they will manage with +the smaller sledge and lighter load. The surface is certainly much +worse than it was 50 miles back. (T. -10°.) We have caught up +Shackleton's dates. Everything would be cheerful if I could persuade +myself that the second party were quite fit to go forward.' + +Camp was pitched after the morning's march on December 31, and +the process of building up the 10-foot sledges was at once begun +by P.O. Evans and Crean. 'It is a very remarkable piece of work. +Certainly P.O. Evans is the most invaluable asset to our party. +To build a sledge under these conditions is a fact for special +record.' + +[Illustration: MAN HAULING CAMP, 87TH PARALLEL. _Photo by Lieut. +H. R. Bowers._] + +Half a day was lost while the sledges were made, but this they +hoped to make up for by advancing at much greater speed. A depôt, +called 'Three Degree Depôt,' consisting of a week's provision for +both units, was made at this camp, and on New Year's morning, with +lighter loads, Evans' party led the advance on foot, while Scott's +team followed on ski. With a stick of chocolate to celebrate the New +Year, and with only 170 miles between them and the Pole, prospects +[Page 371] +seemed to be getting brighter on New Year's night, and on the next +evening at Camp 55 Scott decided that E. R. Evans, Lashly and Crean +should go back after one more march. + +Writing from Camp 56 he says, 'They are disappointed, but take +it well. Bowers is to come into our tent, and we proceed as a +five-man unit to-morrow. We have 5-1/2 units of food--practically +over a month's allowance for five people--it ought to see us +through.... Very anxious to see how we shall manage tomorrow; +if we can march well with the full load we shall be practically +safe, I take it.' + +By the returning party Scott sent back a letter, dated January +3, in which he wrote, 'Lat. 87° 32".' A last note from a hopeful +position. I think it's going to be all right. We have a fine party +going forward and arrangements are all going well.' + +On the next morning the returning men followed a little way until +Scott was certain that his team could get along, and then farewells +were said. In referring to this parting with E. Evans, Crean and +Lashly, Scott wrote, 'I was glad to find their sledge is a mere +nothing to them, and thus, no doubt, they will make a quick journey +back,' and under average conditions they should easily have fulfilled +anticipations. But a blizzard held them up for three days before +they reached the head of the glacier, and by the time they reached +the foot of it E. Evans had developed symptoms of scurvy. At One +Ton Camp he was unable to stand without the support of his ski sticks, +[Page 372] +and although, with the help of his companions, he struggled on for +53 more miles in four days, he could go no farther. Rejecting his +suggestion that he should be left alone while they pressed on for +help, Crean and Lashly pulled him on the sledge with a devotion +matching that of their captain years before, when he and Wilson had +brought Shackleton, ill and helpless, safely to the _Discovery_. + +After four days of this pulling they reached Corner Camp, and then +there was such a heavy snowfall that the sledge could not travel. +In this crisis Crean set out to tramp alone to Hut Point, 34 miles +away, while Lashly stayed to nurse E. Evans, and most certainly was +the means of keeping him alive until help came. After a remarkable +march of 18 hours Crean reached Hut Point, and as soon as possible +Atkinson and Demetri started off with both dog teams to relieve +Evans and Lashly. Some delay was caused by persistent bad weather, +but on February 22 Evans was got back to the _Discovery_ hut, where +he was unremittingly tended by Atkinson; and subsequently he was +sent by sledge to the _Terra Nova_. So ended the tale of the last +supporting party, though, as a sequel, it is good to record that +in reward for their gallant conduct both Lashly and Crean received +the Albert Medal. + + + + +[Page 373] +CHAPTER IX + +THE SOUTH POLE + + The Silence was deep with a breath like sleep + As our sledge runners slid on the snow, + And the fate-full fall of our fur-clad feet + Struck mute like a silent blow + On a questioning 'Hush?' as the settling crust + Shrank shivering over the floe. + And the sledge in its track sent a whisper back + Which was lost in a white fog-bow. + + And this was the thought that the Silence wrought, + As it scorched and froze us through, + For the secrets hidden are all forbidden + Till God means man to know. + We might be the men God meant should know + The heart of the Barrier snow, + In the heat of the sun, and the glow, + And the glare from the glistening floe, + As it scorched and froze us through and through + With the bite of the drifting snow. + +(These verses, called 'The Barrier Silence,' were written by Wilson +for the _South Polar Times_. Characteristically, he sent them in +typewritten, lest the editor should recognize his hand and judge +them on personal rather than literary grounds. Many of their readers +confess that they felt in these lines Wilson's own premonition of +the event. The version given is the final form, as it appeared +in the _South Polar Times_.) + +The ages of the five men when they continued the journey to the +Pole were: Scott 43, Wilson 39, P.O. Evans 37, Oates 32, Bowers +28. + +[Page 374] +After the departure of the last supporting party Scott was naturally +anxious to get off a good day's march, and he was not disappointed. +At first the sledge on which, thanks to P.O. Evans, everything was +most neatly stowed away, went easily. But during the afternoon +they had to do some heavy pulling on a surface covered with loose +sandy snow. Nevertheless they covered some 15 miles before they +camped, and so smoothly did everything seem to be going that Scott +began to wonder what was in store for them. 'One can scarcely believe +that obstacles will not present themselves to make our task more +difficult. Perhaps the surface will be the element to trouble us.' + +And on the following day his supposition began to prove correct, for +a light wind from the N.N.W. brought detached cloud and a constant +fall of ice crystals, and in consequence the surface was as bad as +it could be. The sastrugi seemed to increase as they advanced, +and late in the afternoon they encountered a very rough surface +with evidences of hard southerly wind. Luckily the sledge showed no +signs of capsizing, but the strain of trying to keep up a rate of +a little over a mile and a quarter an hour was very great. However, +they were cheered by the thought, when they reached Camp 58 (height +10,320 feet), that they were very close to the 88th parallel, and +a little more than 120 miles from the Pole. + +Another dreadful surface was their fate during the next march on +Saturday, January 6. The sastrugi increased in height as they advanced, +and presently +[Page 375] +they found themselves in the midst of a sea of fishhook waves, +well remembered from their Northern experience. And, to add to +their trouble, each sastrugus was covered with a beard of sharp +branching crystals. They took off their ski and pulled on foot, +but both morning and afternoon the work of getting the sledge along +was tremendous. Writing at Camp 59, Latitude 88° 7', Scott said, 'We +think of leaving our ski here, mainly because of risk of breakage. +Over the sastrugi it is all up and down hill, and the covering of +ice crystals prevents the sledge from gliding even on the downgrade. +The sastrugi, I fear, have come to stay, and we must be prepared +for heavy marching, but in two days I hope to lighten loads with +a depôt. We are south of Shackleton's last camp, so, I suppose, +have made the most southerly camp.' + +During the next day, January 7, they had good cause to think that +the vicissitudes of their work were bewildering. On account of the +sastrugi the ski were left at Camp 59, but they had only marched +a mile from it when the sastrugi disappeared. 'I kept debating +the ski question and at this point stopped, and after discussion +we went back and fetched the ski; it cost us 1-1/2 hours nearly. +Marching again, I found to my horror we could scarcely move the +sledge on ski; the first hour was awful owing to the wretched coating +of loose sandy snow.' Consequently this march was the shortest +they had made on the summit, and there was no doubt that if things +remained for long they were, it would be impossible to keep up the +[Page 376] +strain of such strenuous pulling. Luckily, however, loads were to +be lightened on the following day by a weight of about 100 lbs., +and there was also hope of a better surface if only the crystal +deposit would either harden up or disappear. Their food, too, was +proving ample. 'What luck to have hit on such an excellent ration. +We really are an excellently found party.' Indeed, apart from the +strain of pulling, Scott's only anxiety on Sunday, January 7, was +that Evans had a nasty cut on his hand. + +They woke the next morning to find their first summit blizzard; +but Scott was not in the least perturbed by this delay, because +he thought that the rest would give Evans' hand a better chance +of recovery, and he also felt that a day in their comfortable bags +within their double-walled tent would do none of them any harm. But, +both on account of lost time and food and the slow accumulation +of ice, he did not want more than one day's delay. + +'It is quite impossible,' he wrote during this time of waiting, +'to speak too highly of my companions. Each fulfils his office to +the party; Wilson, first as doctor, ever on the lookout to alleviate +the small pains and troubles incidental to the work; now as cook, +quick, careful and dexterous, ever thinking of some fresh expedient +to help the camp life; tough as steel on the traces, never wavering +from start to finish. + +'Evans, a giant worker with a really remarkable head-piece. It +is only now I realize how much has been due to him. Our ski shoes +and crampons have been +[Page 377] +absolutely indispensable, and if the original ideas were not his, +the details of manufacture and design and the good workmanship +are his alone. He is responsible for every sledge, every sledge +fitting, tents, sleeping-bags, harness, and when one cannot recall +a single expression of dissatisfaction with anyone of these items, +it shows what an invaluable assistant he has been. Now, besides +superintending the putting up of the tent, he thinks out and arranges +the packing of the sledge; it is extraordinary how neatly and handily +everything is stowed, and how much study has been given to preserving +the suppleness and good running qualities of the machine. On the +Barrier, before the ponies were killed, he was ever roaming round, +correcting faults of stowage. + +'Little Bowers remains a marvel--he is thoroughly enjoying himself. +I leave all the provision arrangement in his hands, and at all +times he knows exactly how we stand, or how each returning party +should fare. It has been a complicated business to redistribute +stores at various stages of reorganization, but not one single +mistake has been made. In addition to the stores, he keeps the +most thorough and conscientious meteorological record, and to this +he now adds the duty of observer and photographer. Nothing comes +amiss to him, and no work is too hard. It is a difficulty to get +him into the tent; he seems quite oblivious of the cold, and he +lies coiled in his bag writing and working out sights long after +the others are asleep. + +'Of these three it is a matter for thought and +[Page 378] +congratulation that each is specially suited for his own work, +but would not be capable of doing that of the others as well as +it is done. Each is invaluable. Oates had his invaluable period +with the ponies; now he is a foot slogger and goes hard the whole +time, does his share of camp work, and stands the hardships as +well as any of us. I would not like to be without him either. So +our five people are perhaps as happily selected as it is possible +to imagine.' + +Not until after lunch on the 9th were they able to break camp, +the light being extremely bad when they marched, but the surface +good. So that they might keep up the average length of their daily +marches Scott wanted to leave a depôt, but as the blizzard tended +to drift up their tracks, he was not altogether confident that to +leave stores on such a great plain was a wise proceeding. However, +after a terribly hard march on the following morning, they decided +to leave a depôt at the lunch camp, and there they built a cairn +and left one week's food with as many articles of clothing as they +could possibly spare. + +Then they went forward with eighteen days' food on a surface that +was 'beyond words,' for it was covered with sandy snow, and, when +the sun shone, even to move the sledge forward at the slowest pace +was distressingly difficult. On that night from Camp 62, Scott +wrote, 'Only 85 miles (geog.) from the Pole, but it's going to be +a stiff pull _both ways_ apparently; still we do make progress, +which is something.... It is very difficult to imagine what is +[Page 379] +happening to the weather.... The clouds don't seem to come from +anywhere, form and disperse without visible reason.... The +meteorological conditions seem to point to an area of variable light +winds, and that plot will thicken as we advance.' + +From the very beginning of the march on January 11 the pulling +was heavy, but when the sun came out the surface became as bad +as bad could be. All the time the sledge rasped and creaked, and +the work of moving it onward was agonizing. At lunch-time they +had managed to cover six miles but at fearful cost to themselves, +and although when they camped for the night they were only about +74 miles from the Pole, Scott asked himself whether they could +possibly keep up such a strain for seven more days. 'It takes it out +of us like anything. None of us ever had such hard work before.... +Our chance still holds good if we can put the work in, but it's a +terribly trying time.' + +For a few minutes during the next afternoon they experienced the +almost forgotten delight of having the sledge following easily. The +experience was very short but it was also very sweet, for Scott had +begun to fear that their powers of pulling were rapidly weakening, +and those few minutes showed him that they only wanted a good surface +to get on as merrily as of old. At night they were within 63 miles +of the Pole, and just longing for a better surface to help them +on their way. + +But whatever the condition of the surface, Bowers continued to do +his work with characteristic +[Page 380] +thoroughness and imperturbability; and after this appalling march +he insisted, in spite of Scott's protest, on taking sights after +they had camped--an all the more remarkable display of energy as +he, being the only one of the party who pulled on foot, had spent an +even more strenuous day than the others, who had been 'comparatively +restful on ski.' + +Again, on the next march, they had to pull with all their might +to cover some 11 miles. 'It is wearisome work this tugging and +straining to advance a light sledge. Still, we get along. I did +manage to get my thoughts off the work for a time to-day, which is +very restful. We should be in a poor way without our ski, though +Bowers manages to struggle through the soft snow without tiring his +short legs.' Sunday night, January 14, found them at Camp 66 and +less than 40 miles from the Pole. Steering was the great difficulty +on this march, because a light southerly wind with very low drift +often prevented Scott from seeing anything, and Bowers, in Scott's +shadow, gave directions. By this time the feet of the whole party +were beginning, mainly owing to the bad condition of their finnesko, +to suffer from the cold. 'Oates seems to be feeling the cold and +fatigue more than the rest of us, but we are all very fit. It is +a critical time, but we ought to pull through.... Oh! for a few +fine days! So close it seems and only the weather to balk us.' + +Another terrible surface awaited them on the morrow, and they were +all 'pretty well done' when +[Page 381] +they camped for lunch. There they decided to leave their last depôt, +but although their reduced load was now very light, Scott feared +that the friction would not be greatly reduced. A pleasant surprise, +however, was in store for him, as after lunch the sledge ran very +lightly, and a capital march was made. 'It is wonderful,' he wrote +on that night (January 15), 'to think that two long marches would +land us at the Pole. We left our depôt to-day with nine days' +provisions, so that it ought to be a certain thing now, and the only +appalling possibility the sight of the Norwegian flag forestalling +ours. Little Bowers continues his indefatigable efforts to get +good sights, and it is wonderful how he works them up in his +sleeping-bag in our congested tent. Only 27 miles from the Pole. +We _ought_ to do it now.' + +The next morning's march took them 7-1/2 miles nearer and their +noon sight showed them in Lat. 89° 42' S.; and feeling that the +following day would see them at the Pole they started off after +lunch in the best of spirits. Then, after advancing for an hour +or so, Bowers' sharp eyes detected what he thought was a cairn, +but although he was uneasy about it he argued that it must be a +sastrugus. + +'Half an hour later he detected a black speck ahead. Soon we knew +that this could not be a natural snow feature. We marched on, found +that it was a black flag tied to a sledge bearer; near by the remains +of a camp; sledge tracks and ski tracks going and coming and the +clear trace of dogs' paws--many dogs. +[Page 382] +This told us the whole story. The Norwegians have forestalled us +and are first at the Pole. It is a terrible disappointment, and +I am very sorry for my loyal companions. Many thoughts come and +much discussion have we had. To-morrow we must march on to the +Pole and then hasten home with all the speed we can compass. All +the day-dreams must go; it will be a wearisome return. Certainly +also the Norwegians found an easy way up.' + +Very little sleep came to any of the party after the shock of this +discovery, and when they started at 7.30 on the next morning (January +17) head winds with a temperature of -22° added to their depression +of spirit. For some way they followed the Norwegian tracks, and +in about three miles they passed two cairns. Then, as the tracks +became increasingly drifted up and were obviously leading them +too far to the west, they decided to make straight for the Pole +according to their calculations. During the march they covered +about 14 miles, and at night Scott wrote in his journal, 'The Pole. +Yes, but under very different circumstances from those expected.' + +That announcement tells its own story, and it would be impertinent +to guess at the feelings of those intrepid travelers when they +found themselves forestalled. Nevertheless they had achieved the +purpose they had set themselves, and the fact that they could not +claim the reward of priority makes not one jot of difference in +estimating the honours that belong to them. + +[Illustration: THE PARTY AT THE SOUTH POLE. (Capt. Oates; Capt. +Scott; P.O. Evans; Lieut. Bowers; Dr. Wilson.) _Photo by Lieut. +H. R. Bowers._] + +[Page 383] +'Well,' Scott continued, 'it is something to have got here, and +the wind may be our friend to-morrow.... Now for the run home and +a desperate struggle. I wonder if we can do it.' + +On the following morning after summing up all their observations, +they came to the conclusion that they were one mile beyond the +Pole and three miles to the right of it, in which direction, more +or less, Bowers could see a tent or cairn. A march of two miles +from their camp took them to the tent, in which they found a record +of five Norwegians having been there: + + 'Roald Amundsen + Olav Olavson Bjaaland + Hilmer Hanssen + Sverre H. Hassel + Oscar Wisting. + --16 _Dec_. 1911. + +'The tent is fine--a small compact affair supported by a single +bamboo. A note from Amundsen, which I keep, asks me to forward +a letter to King Haakon!' + +In the tent a medley of articles had been left: three half bags +of reindeer containing a miscellaneous assortment of mitts and +sleeping-socks, very various in description, a sextant, a Norwegian +artificial horizon and a hypsometer without boiling-point thermometers, +a sextant and hypsometer of English make. 'Left a note to say I +had visited the tent with companions. Bowers photographing and +Wilson sketching. Since lunch we have marched 6.2 miles S.S.E. +by compass (i.e. northwards). Sights at lunch gave us 1/2 to 3/4 +[Page 384] +of a mile from the Pole, so we call it the Pole Camp. (Temp. Lunch +-21°.) We built a cairn, put up our poor slighted Union Jack, and +photographed ourselves--mighty cold work all of it--less than 1/2 +a mile south we saw stuck up an old underrunner of a sledge. This +we commandeered as a yard for a floorcloth sail. I imagine it was +intended to mark the exact spot of the Pole as near as the Norwegians +could fix it. (Height 9,500.) A note attached talked of the tent +as being 2 miles from the Pole. Wilson keeps the note. There is +no doubt that our predecessors have made thoroughly sure of their +mark and fully carried out their program. I think the Pole is about +9,500 feet in height; this is remarkable, considering that in Lat. +88° we were about 10,500. + +'We carried the Union Jack about 3/4 of a mile north with us and +left it on a piece of stick as near as we could fix it. I fancy +the Norwegians arrived at the Pole on the 15th Dec. and left on +the 17th, ahead of a date quoted by me in London as ideal, viz. +Dec. 22.... Well, we have turned our back now on the goal of our +ambition and must face our 800 miles of solid dragging--and good-bye +to most of the day-dreams!' + + + + +[Page 385] +CHAPTER X + +ON THE HOMEWARD JOURNEY + + It matters not how strait the gate, + How charged with punishments the scroll; + I am the master of my fate, + I am the Captain of my soul.--HENLEY. + +During the afternoon of Thursday, January 18, they left the Pole 7 +miles behind them, and early in the march on the following morning +picked up their outward tracks and a Norwegian cairn. These tracks +they followed until they came to the black flag that had been the +first means of telling them of the Norwegians' success. 'We have +picked this flag up, using the staff for our sail, and are now +camped about 1-1/2 miles further back on our tracks. So that is +the last of the Norwegians for the present.' + +In spite of a surface that was absolutely spoilt by crystals they +marched 18-1/2 miles on the Friday, and also easily found the cairns +that they had built; but until they reached Three Degree Depôt +which was still 150 miles away, anxiety, Scott said, could not be +laid to rest. + +On the next day they reached their Southern +[Page 386] +Depôt and picked up four days' food. With the wind behind them and +with full sail they went along at a splendid rate in the afternoon, +until they were pulled up by a surface on which drifting snow was +lying in heaps; and then, with the snow clinging to the ski, pulling +became terribly distressing. 'I shall be very glad when Bowers gets +his ski,' Scott wrote at R. 3,[1] 'I'm afraid he must find these +long marches very trying with short legs, but he is an undefeated +little sportsman. I think Oates is feeling the cold and fatigue more +than most of us. It is blowing pretty hard to-night, but with a +good march we have earned one good hoosh and are very comfortable +in the tent. It is everything now to keep up a good marching pace; +I trust we shall be able to do so and catch the ship. Total march, +18-1/2 miles.' + +[Footnote 1: A number preceded by R. marks the camps on the return +journey.] + +A stiff blizzard with thick snow awaited them on the Sunday morning, +but the weather cleared after mid-day, and they struggled on for +a few very weary hours. At night they had 6 days' food in hand +and 45 miles between them and their next depôt, where they had +left 7 days' food to take them on the go miles to the Three Degree +Depôt. 'Once there we ought to be safe, but we ought to have a day +or two in hand on arrival and may have difficulty with following +the tracks. However, if we can get a rating sight for our watches +to-morrow we should be independent of the tracks at a pinch.' + +January 22 brought an added worry in the fact +[Page 387] +that the ski boots were beginning to show signs of wear, but this +was nothing compared with the anxiety Scott began to feel about +Evans on the following day. 'There is no doubt that Evans is a +good deal run down--his fingers are badly blistered and his nose +is rather seriously congested with frequent frost-bites. He is +very much annoyed with himself, which is not a good sign. I think +Wilson, Bowers and I are as fit as possible under the circumstances. +Oates gets cold feet.... We are only about 13 miles from our "Degree +and half" Depôt and should get there tomorrow. The weather seems +to be breaking up. Pray God we have something of a track to follow +to the Three Degree Depôt--once we pick that up we ought to be +right.' + +Another blizzard attacked them at mid-day on the morrow, and so, +though only seven miles from their depôt, they were obliged to +camp, for it was impossible to see the tracks. With the prospect +of bad weather and scant food on the tremendous summit journey +in front of them, and with Oates and Evans suffering badly from +frost-bites, Scott had to admit that the situation was going from +bad to worse. But on the next afternoon, they managed to reach the +Half Degree Depôt, and left with 9-1/2 days' provision to carry +them the next 89 miles. + +During Friday, January 26, they found their old tracks completely +wiped out, but knowing that there were two cairns at four-mile +intervals they were not anxious until they picked up the first +far on their right, and afterwards Bowers caught a glimpse of the +second which was far on their +[Page 388] +left. 'There is not a sign of our tracks between these cairns, +but the last, marking our night camp of the 6th, No. 59, is in +the belt of hard sastrugi, and I was comforted to see signs of the +track reappearing as we camped. I hope to goodness we can follow +it to-morrow.' + +Throughout the early part of the next day's march, however, these +hopes were not realized. Scott and Wilson pulling in front on ski, +the others being on foot, found it very difficult to follow the +track, which constantly disappeared altogether and at the best +could only just be seen. + +On the outward journey, owing to the heavy mounds, they had been +compelled to take a very zigzag course, and in consequence the +difficulty of finding signs of it was greatly increased. But by +hook or crook they succeeded in sticking to the old track, and +during the last part of the march they discovered, to their joy +and relief, that it was much easier to follow. Through this march +they were helped on their way by a southerly breeze, and as the +air was at last dry again their tents and equipment began to lose +the icy state caused by the recent blizzards. On the other hand, +they were beginning to feel that more food, especially at lunch, +was becoming more and more necessary, and their sleeping-bags, +although they managed to sleep well enough in them, were slowly +but steadily getting wetter. + +On Sunday night, at R. 11, they were only 43 miles +[Page 389] +from their depôt with six days food in hand, after doing a good +march of 16 miles. 'If this goes on and the weather holds we shall +get our depôt without trouble. I shall indeed be glad to get it +on the sledge. We are getting more hungry, there is no doubt. The +lunch meal is beginning to seem inadequate. We are pretty thin, +especially Evans, but none of us are feeling worked out. I doubt +if we could drag heavy loads, but we can keep going with our light +one. We talk of food a good deal more, and shall be glad to open +out on it. + +With the wind helping greatly and with no difficulty in finding +the tracks, two splendid marches followed; but on the Tuesday their +position had its serious as well as its bright side, for Wilson +strained a tendon in his leg. 'It has,' Scott wrote, 'given pain +all day and is swollen to-night. Of course, he is full of pluck +over it, but I don't like the idea of such an accident here. To add +to the trouble Evans has dislodged two finger-nails to-night; his +hands are really bad, and to my surprise he shows signs of losing +heart over it. He hasn't been cheerful since the accident.... We +can get along with bad fingers, but it [will be] a mighty serious +thing if Wilson's leg doesn't improve.' + +Before lunch on Wednesday, January 31, they picked up the Three +Degree Depôt, and were able slightly to increase their rations, +though not until they reached the pony food depôt could they look +for a 'real feed.' After lunch (January 31) the surface, owing +to sandy crystals, was very bad, and with Wilson +[Page 390] +walking by the sledge to rest his leg as much as possible, pulling +was even more toilsome work than usual. During the afternoon they +picked up Bowers' ski, which he had left on December 31. 'The last +thing we have to find on the summit, thank Heaven! Now we have +only to go north and so shall welcome strong winds.' + +Pulling on throughout the next day they reached a lunch cairn, +which had been made when they were only a week out from the Upper +Glacier Depôt. With eight days' food in hand Scott hoped that they +would easily reach it, for their increased food allowance was having +a good effect upon all of them, and Wilson's leg was better. On +the other hand, Evans was still a cause for considerable anxiety. + +All went very well during their march to R. 16 on February 2 until +Scott, trying to keep the track and his feet at the same time on +a very slippery surface, came 'an awful purler' on his shoulder. +'It is horribly sore to-night and another sick person added to our +tent--three out of five injured, and the most troublesome surfaces to +come. We shall be lucky if we get through without serious injury.... +The extra food is certainly helping us, but we are getting pretty +hungry.... It is time we were off the summit--Pray God another four +days will see us pretty well clear of it. Our bags are getting +very wet and we ought to have more sleep.' + +On leaving their sixteenth camp they were within 80 miles or so of +the Upper Glacier Depôt under Mount Darwin, and after exasperating +delays in searching for +[Page 391] +tracks and cairns, they resolved to waste no more time, but to +push due north just as fast as they could. Evans' fingers were +still very bad, and there was little hope that he would be able +for some time to help properly with the work, and on the following +day an accident that entailed the most serious consequences happened. + +'Just before lunch,' Scott wrote at R. 18, 'unexpectedly fell into +crevasses, Evans and I together--a second fall for Evans,[1] and I +camped. After lunch saw disturbance ahead.... We went on ski over +hard shiny descending surface. Did very well, especially towards +end of march, covering in all 18.1.... The party is not improving +in condition, especially Evans, who is becoming rather dull and +incapable. Thank the Lord we have good food at each meal, but we +get hungrier in spite of it. Bowers is splendid, full of energy +and bustle all the time.' + +[Footnote 1: Wilson afterwards expressed an opinion that Evans injured +his brain by one of these falls.] + +On Monday morning a capital advance of over 10 miles was made, +but in the afternoon difficulties again arose to harass them. Huge +pressures and great street crevasses partly open barred their way, +and so they had to steer more and more to the west on a very erratic +course. Camping-time found them still in a very disturbed region, +and although they were within 25 to 30 miles of their depôt there +seemed to be no way through the disturbances that continued to +block their path. On turning out to continue their march they went +straight for Mount Darwin, but almost at once +[Page 392] +found themselves among huge open chasms. To avoid these they turned +northwards between two of them, with the result that they got into +chaotic disturbance. Consequently they were compelled to retrace +their steps for a mile or so, and then striking to the west they +got among a confused sea of sastrugi, in the midst of which they +camped for lunch. A little better fortune attended them in the +afternoon, and at their twentieth camp Scott estimated that they +were anything from 10 to 15 miles off the Upper Glacier Depôt. 'Food +is low and weather uncertain,' he wrote, 'so that many hours of the +day were anxious; but this evening (February 6), though we are not +so far advanced as I expected, the outlook is much more promising. +Evans is the chief anxiety now; his cuts and wounds suppurate, his +nose looks very bad, and altogether he shows considerable signs +of being played out. Things may mend for him on the Glacier, and +his wounds get some respite under warmer conditions. I am indeed +glad to think we shall so soon have done with plateau conditions. +It took us 27 days to reach the Pole and 21 days back--in all 48 +days--nearly 7 weeks in low temperature with almost incessant wind.' + +February 7, which was to see the end of their summit journey, opened +with a very tiresome march down slopes and over terraces covered +with hard sastrugi. However, they made fairly good progress during +the day, and between six and seven o'clock their depôt was sighted +and soon afterwards they were camped close to it. 'Well,' Scott +wrote at R. 21, +[Page 393] +'we have come through our 7 weeks' ice camp journey and most of +us are fit, but I think another week might have had a very bad +effect on P.O. Evans, who is going steadily downhill.' + +On the next morning they started late owing to various re-arrangements +having to be made, and then steered for Mt. Darwin to get specimens. +As Wilson was still unable to use his ski, Bowers went on and got +several specimens of much the same type--a close-grained granite +rock which weathers red; and as soon as Bowers had rejoined the +party they skidded downhill fairly fast, Scott and Bowers (the +leaders) being on ski, Wilson and Oates on foot alongside the sledge, +while Evans was detached. + +By lunch-time they were well down towards Mt. Buckley, and decided +to steer for the moraine under the mountain. Having crossed some very +irregular steep slopes with big crevasses, they slid down towards +the rocks, and then they saw that the moraine was so interesting +that, after an advance of some miles had brought escape from the +wind, the decision was made to camp and spend the rest of the day +in geologising. + +'It has been extremely interesting. We found ourselves under +perpendicular cliffs of Beacon sandstone, weathering rapidly and +carrying veritable coal seams. From the last Wilson, with his sharp +eyes, has picked several plant impressions, the last a piece of coal +with beautifully traced leaves in layers, also some excellently +preserved impressions of thick stems, +[Page 394] +showing cellular structure. In one place we saw the cast of small +waves in the sand. To-night Bill has got a specimen of limestone +with archeo-cyathus--the trouble is one cannot imagine where the +stone comes from; it is evidently rare, as few specimens occur in +the moraine. There is a good deal of pure white quartz. Altogether +we have had a most interesting afternoon, and the relief of being +out of the wind and in a warmer temperature is inexpressible. I +hope and trust we shall all buck up again now that the conditions +are more favorable.... A lot could be written on the delight of +setting foot on rock after 14 weeks of snow and ice, and nearly +7 out of sight of aught else. It is like going ashore after a sea +voyage.' + +On the following morning they kept along the edge of the moraine +to the end of Mt. Buckley, and again stopping to geologise, Wilson +had a great find of vegetable impression in a piece of limestone. +The time spent in collecting these geological specimens from the +Beardmore Glacier, and the labour endured in dragging the additional +35 lbs. to their last camp, were doubtless a heavy price to pay; +but great as the cost was they were more than willing to pay it. +The fossils contained in these specimens, often so inconspicuous +that it is a wonder they were discovered by the collectors, proved +to be the most valuable obtained by the expedition, and promise to +solve completely the questions of the age and past history of this +portion of the Antarctic continent. At night, after a difficult +day among bad ice pressures, Scott almost apologizes for +[Page 395] +being too tired to write any geological notes, and as the sledgemeter +had been unshipped he could not tell the distance they had traversed. +'Very warm on march and we are all pretty tired.... Our food satisfies +now, but we must march to keep on the full ration, and we want rest, +yet we shall pull through all right, D. V. We are by no means worn +out.' + +On the night of Friday, February 10, they got some of the sleep +that was so urgently needed, and in consequence there was a great +change for the better in the appearance of everyone. Their progress, +however, was delayed during the next afternoon by driving snow, +which made steering impossible and compelled them to camp. 'We +have two full days' food left,' Scott wrote on the same evening, +'and though our position is uncertain, we are certainly within +two outward marches from the middle glacier depôt. However, if the +weather doesn't clear by to-morrow, we must either march blindly +on or reduce food.' + +The conditions on Sunday morning were utterly wretched for the +surface was bad and the light horrible, but they marched on until, +with the light getting worse and worse, they suddenly found themselves +in pressure. Then, unfortunately, they decided to steer east, and +after struggling on for several hours found themselves in a regular +trap. Having for a short time in the earlier part of the day got +on to a good surface, they thought that all was going well and +did not reduce their lunch rations. But half an hour after lunch +they suddenly got into a terrible ice mess. + +[Page 396] +For three hours they plunged forward on ski, first thinking that +they were too much to the right, and then too much to the left; +meanwhile the disturbance got worse and worse, and there were moments +when Scott nearly despaired of finding a way out of the awful turmoil +in which they found themselves. At length, arguing that there must +be a way out on the left, they plunged in that direction, only +to find that the surface was more icy and crevassed. + +'We could not manage our ski and pulled on foot, falling into crevasses +every minute--most luckily no bad accident. At length we saw a +smoother slope towards the land, pushed for it, but knew it was +a woefully long way from us. The turmoil changed in character, +irregular crevassed surface giving way to huge chasms, closely +packed and most difficult to cross. It was very heavy work, but we +had grown desperate. We won through at 10 P.M., and I write after +12 hours on the march. I _think_ we are on or about the right track +now, but we are still a good number of miles from the depôt, so +we reduced rations to-night. We had three pemmican meals left and +decided to make them into four. To-morrow's lunch must serve for +two if we do not make big progress. It was a test of our endurance +on the march and our fitness with small supper. We have come through +well.' + +On leaving R. 25, early on Monday morning, everything went well +in the forenoon and a good march was made over a fair surface. Two +hours before lunch they were cheered by the sight of their night +[Page 397] +camp of December 18 (the day after they had made their depôt), for +this showed them that they were still on the right track. In the +afternoon, refreshed by tea, they started off confidently expecting +to reach their depôt, but by a most unfortunate chance they kept too +far to the left and arrived in a maze of crevasses and fissures. +Afterwards their course became very erratic, and finally, at 9 +P.M., they landed in the worst place of all. + +'After discussion we decided to camp, and here we are, after a +very short supper and one meal only remaining in the food bag; the +depôt doubtful in locality. We _must_ get there to-morrow. Meanwhile +we are cheerful with an effort.' + +On that night, at Camp R. 26, Scott says that they all slept well +in spite of grave anxieties, his own being increased by his visits +outside the tent, when he saw the sky closing over and snow beginning +to fall. At their ordinary hour for getting up the weather was so +thick that they had to remain in their sleeping-bags; but presently +the weather cleared enough for Scott dimly to see the land of the +Cloudmaker. Then they got up and after breakfasting off some tea +and one biscuit, so that they might leave their scanty remaining +meal for even greater emergencies, they started to march through +an awful turmoil of broken ice. In about an hour, however, they +hit upon an old moraine track where the surface was much smoother, +though the fog that was still hanging over everything added to +their difficulties. +[Page 398] +Presently Evans raised their hopes with a shout of depôt ahead, but +it proved to be nothing but a shadow on the ice, and then Wilson +suddenly saw the actual depôt flag. 'It was an immense relief, and +we were soon in possession of our 3-1/2 days' food. The relief to +all is inexpressible; needless to say, we camped and had a meal.' + +Marching on in the afternoon Scott kept more to the left, and closed +the mountain until they came to the stone moraines, where Wilson +detached himself and made a collection, while the others advanced +with the sledge. Writing that night (Tuesday, February 13) at 'Camp +R. 27, beside Cloudmaker' Scott says, 'We camped late, abreast the +lower end of the mountain, and had nearly our usual satisfying +supper. Yesterday was the worst experience of the trip and gave a +horrid feeling of insecurity. Now we are right, but we must march. +In future food must be worked so that we do not run so short if the +weather fails us. We mustn't get into a hole like this again.... +Bowers has had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, and Wilson +another almost as bad. Evans has no power to assist with camping +work.' + +A good march followed to Camp R. 28, and with nearly three days' +food they were about 30 miles away from the Lower Glacier Depôt. +On the other hand, Scott was becoming most gravely concerned about +the condition of the party, and especially about Evans, who seemed +to be going from bad to worse. +[Page 399] +And on the next evening, after a heavy march he wrote, 'We don't +know our distance from the depôt, but imagine about 20 miles. We +are pulling for food and not very strong evidently.... We have +reduced food, also sleep; feeling rather done. Trust 1-1/2 days +or 2 at most will see us at depôt.' + +Friday's march brought them within 10 or 12 miles of their depôt, +and with food enough to last them until the next night; but anxiety +about Evans was growing more and more intense. 'Evans has nearly +broken down in brain, we think. He is absolutely changed from his +normal self-reliant self. This morning and this afternoon he stopped +the march on some trivial excuse.... Memory should hold the events +of a very troublesome march with more troubles ahead. Perhaps all +will be well if we can get to our depôt to-morrow fairly early, +but it is anxious work with the sick man.' + +On the following morning (Saturday, February 17) Evans looked a +little better after a good sleep, and declared, as he always did, +that he was quite well; but half an hour after he had started in +his place on the traces, he worked his ski shoes adrift and had +to leave the sledge. At the time the surface was awful, the soft +snow, which had recently fallen, clogging the ski and runners at +every step, the sledge groaning, the sky overcast, and the land +hazy. They stopped for about an hour, and then Evans came up again, +but very slowly. Half an hour later he dropped out again on the +same plea, and asked Bowers to lend +[Page 400] +him a piece of string. Scott cautioned him to come on as quickly +as he could, and he gave what seemed to be a cheerful answer. Then +the others were compelled to push on, until abreast the Monument +Rock they halted and, seeing Evans a long way behind, decided to +camp for lunch. + +At first there was no alarm, but when they looked out after lunch +and saw him still afar off they were thoroughly frightened, and all +four of them started back on ski. Scott was the first to meet the +poor man, who was on his knees with hands uncovered and frost-bitten +and a wild look in his eyes. When asked what was the matter, he +replied slowly that he didn't know, but thought that he must have +fainted. + +They managed to get him on his feet, but after two or three steps +he sank down again and showed every sign of complete collapse. +Then Scott, Wilson and Bowers hastened back for the sledge, while +Oates remained with him. + +'When we returned he was practically unconscious, and when we got +him into the tent quite comatose. He died quietly at 12.30 A.M.' + + + + +[Page 401] +CHAPTER XI + +THE LAST MARCH + + Men like a man who has shown himself a pleasant companion + through a week's walking tour. They worship the man who, + over thousands of miles, for hundreds of days, through renewed + difficulties and efforts, has brought them without friction, + arrogance or dishonour to the victory proposed, or to the higher + glory of unshaken defeat.--R. KIPLING. + +After this terrible experience the rest of the party marched on +later in the night, and arrived at their depôt; there they allowed +themselves five hours' sleep and then marched to Shambles Camp, +which they reached at 3 P.M. on Sunday, February 18. Plenty of +horse meat awaited them, with the prospect of plenty to come if +they could only keep up good marches. 'New life seems to come with +greater food almost immediately, but I am anxious about the Barrier +surfaces.' + +A late start was made from Shambles Camp, because much work had +to be done in shifting sledges[1] and fitting up the new one with +a mast, &c., and in packing +[Page 402] +horse meat and personal effects. Soon after noon, however, they +got away, and found the surface every bit as bad as they expected. +Moreover Scott's fears that there would not be much change during +the next few days were most thoroughly justified. On the Monday +afternoon they had to pullover a really terrible surface that resembled +desert sand. And the same conditions awaited them on the following +day, when, after four hours' plodding in the morning, they reached +Desolation Camp. At this camp they had hoped to find more pony meat, +but disappointment awaited them. 'Total mileage for day 7,' Scott +wrote at R. 34, 'the ski tracks pretty plain and easily followed +this afternoon.... Terribly slow progress, but we hope for better +things as we clear the land.... Pray God we get better traveling as +we are not so fit as we were, and the season is advancing apace.' + +[Footnote 1: Sledges were left at the chief depôts to replace damaged +ones.] + +Again, on Wednesday, February 21, the surface was terrible, and +once more Scott expressed a devout hope that as they drew away from +the land the conditions might get better; and that this improvement +should come and come soon was all the more necessary because they +were approaching a critical part of their journey, in which there +were long distances between the cairns. 'If we can tide that over +we get on the regular cairn route, and with luck should stick to +it; but everything depends on the weather. We never won a march +of 8-1/2 miles with greater difficulty, but we can't go on like +this.' + +[Page 403] +Very fresh wind from the S.E., with strong surface drift, so completely +wiped out the faint track they were trying to follow during the next +stage of their struggle homewards, that lunch-time came without a +sight of the cairn they had hoped to pass. Later in the day Bowers, +feeling sure that they were too far to the west, steered out, with +the result that another pony camp was passed by unseen. 'There is +little doubt we are in for a rotten critical time going home, and +the lateness of the season may make it really serious.... Looking +at the map to-night there is no doubt we are too far to the east. +With clear weather we ought to be able to correct the mistake, but +will the weather clear? It's a gloomy position, more especially as +one sees the same difficulty recurring even when we have corrected +this error. The wind is dying down to-night and the sky clearing in +the south, which is hopeful. Meanwhile it is satisfactory to note +that such untoward events fail to damp the spirit of the party.' + +The hopes of better weather were realized during the following +day, when they started off in sunshine and with very little wind. +Difficulties as to their course remained, but luckily Bowers took +a round of angles, and with the help of the chart they came to +the conclusion that they must be inside rather than outside the +tracks. The data, however, were so meager that none of them were +happy about taking the great responsibility of marching out. Then, +just as they had decided to lunch, Bowers' wonderfully +[Page 404] +sharp eyes detected an old double lunch cairn, and the theodolite +telescope confirmed it. Camp R. 37 found them within 2-1/2 miles +of their depôt. 'We cannot see it, but, given fine weather, we +cannot miss it. We are, therefore, extraordinarily relieved.... +Things are again looking up, as we are on the regular line of cairns, +with no gaps right home, I hope.' In the forenoon of Saturday, +February 24, the depôt was reached, and there they found the store +in order except for a shortage of oil. 'Shall have to be _very_ +saving with fuel.' + +[Indeed from this time onward the party were increasingly in want +of more oil than they found at the depôts. Owing partly to the +severe conditions, but still more to the delays caused by their +sick comrades, they reached the full limit of time allowed for +between the depôts. The cold was unexpected, and at the same time +the actual amount of oil found at the depôts was less than Scott +anticipated. + +The return journey on the summit was made at good speed, for the +party accomplished in 21 days what had taken them 27 days on the +outward journey. But the last part of it, from Three Degree to +Upper Glacier Depôt, took nearly eight marches as against ten, +and here can be seen the first slight slackening as P.O. Evans +and Oates began to feel the cold. From the Upper Glacier to the +Lower Glacier Depôt there was little gain on the outward journey, +partly owing to the conditions but more to Evans' gradual collapse. +And from that time onward the marches +[Page 405] +of the weary but heroic travelers became shorter and shorter. + +As regards the cause of the shortage of oil, the tins at the depôts +had been exposed to extreme conditions of heat and cold. The oil +in the warmth of the sun--for the tins were regularly set in an +accessible place on the top of the cairns--tended to become vapour +and to escape through the stoppers without damage to the tins. +This process was much hastened owing to the leather washers about +the stoppers having perished in the great cold. + +The tins awaiting the Southern party at the depôts had, of course, +been opened, so that the supporting parties on their way back could +take their due amount. But however carefully the tins were re-stoppered, +they were still liable to the unexpected evaporation and leakage, +and hence, without the smallest doubt, arose the shortage which +was such a desperate blow to Scott and his party.] + +Apart from the storage of fuel everything was found in order at +the depôt, and with ten full days' provisions from the night of the +24th they had less than 70 miles between them and the Mid-Barrier +depôt. At lunch-time Scott wrote in a more hopeful tone, 'It is an +immense relief to have picked up this depôt, and, for the time, +anxieties are thrust aside,' but at night, after pulling on a dreadful +surface and only gaining four miles, he added, 'It really will +be a bad business if we are to have this plodding all through. I +don't know what to think, but the rapid closing +[Page 406] +of the season is ominous.... It is a race between the season and +hard conditions and our fitness and good food.' + +Their prospects, however, became a little brighter during the following +day, when the whole march yielded 11.4 miles, 'The first double +figures of steady dragging for a long time.' But what they wanted +and what would not come was a wind to help them on their way. +Nevertheless, although the assistance they so sorely needed was +still lacking, they gained another 11-1/2 miles on their next march, +and were within 43 miles of their next depôt. Writing from 'R. 40. +Temp. -21°' on Monday night, February 26, Scott said, 'Wonderfully +fine weather but cold, very cold. Nothing dries and we get our +feet cold too often. We want more food yet, and especially more +fat. Fuel is woefully short. We can scarcely hope to get a better +surface at this season, but I wish we could have some help from +the wind, though it might shake us up badly if the temp. didn't +rise.' + +Tuesday brought them within 31 miles of their depôt, but hunger +was attacking them fiercely, and they could talk of little else +except food and of when and where they might possibly meet the +dogs. 'It is a critical position. We may find ourselves in safety +at next depôt, but there is a horrid element of doubt.' + +On the next day Scott decided to increase the rations, and at R. +42, which they reached after a march of 11-1/2 miles in a blightingly +cold wind, they had a 'splendid pony hoosh.' The temperatures, +[Page 407] +however, which varied at this time between -30° and -42°, were +chilling them through and through, and to get their foot-gear on in +the mornings was both a painful and a long task. 'Frightfully cold +starting,' Scott wrote at lunch-time on Thursday, February 29, +'luckily Bowers and Oates in their last new finnesko; keeping my +old ones for the present.... Next camp is our depôt and it is exactly +13 miles. It ought not to take more than 1-1/2 days; we pray for +another fine one. The oil will just about spin out in that event, +and we arrive a clear day's food in hand.' + +On reaching the Middle Barrier Depôt, however, blow followed blow +in such quick succession that hope of pulling through began to +sink in spite of all their cheerfulness and courage. First they +found such a shortage of oil that with the most rigid economy it +could scarcely carry them on to their next depôt, 71 miles away. +Then Oates disclosed the fact that his feet, evidently frost-bitten +by the recent low temperatures, were very bad indeed. And lastly +the wind, which at first they had greeted with some joy, brought +dark overcast weather. During the Friday night the temperature +fell to below -40°, and on the next morning an hour and a half +was spent before they could get on their foot-gear. 'Then on an +appalling surface they lost both cairns and tracks, and at lunch +Scott had to admit that they were 'in a very queer street since +there is no doubt we cannot do the extra marches and feel the cold +horribly.' + +Afterwards they managed to pick up the track +[Page 408] +again, and with a march of nearly 10 miles for the day prospects +brightened a little; but on the next morning they had to labour +upon a surface that was coated with a thin layer of woolly crystals, +which were too firmly fixed to be removed by the wind and caused +impossible friction to the runners of the sledge. 'God help us,' +Scott wrote at mid-day, 'we can't keep up this pulling, that is +certain. Amongst ourselves we are unendingly cheerful, but what +each man feels in his heart I can only guess. Putting on foot-gear +in the morning is getting slower and slower, therefore every day +more dangerous.' + +No relief whatever to the critical situation came on Monday, March +4, and there was in fact little left to hope for except a strong +drying wind, which at that time of the year was not likely to come. +At mid-day they were about 42 miles from the next depôt and had a +week's food; but in spite of the utmost economy their oil could +only last three or four days, and to pull as they were doing and +be short of food at the same time was an absolute impossibility. +For the time being the temperature had risen to -20°, but Scott +was sure that this small improvement was only temporary and feared +that Oates, at any rate, was in no state to weather more severe cold +than they were enduring. And hanging over all the other misfortunes +was the constant fear that if they did get to the next depôt they +might find the same shortage of oil. 'I don't know what I should do +if Wilson and Bowers weren't so determinedly cheerful over things.' + +[Page 409] +And it must in all truth have been as difficult as it was heroic +to be cheerful, for weary and worn as they were their food needed +such careful husbanding, that their supper on this night (March 4) +consisted of nothing but a cup of cocoa and pemmican solid with +the chill off. 'We pretend to prefer the pemmican this way,' Scott +says, and if any proof was needed of their indomitable resolution +it is contained in that short sentence. The result, however, was +telling rapidly upon all of them, and more especially upon Oates, +whose feet were in a terrible condition when they started to march +on the morning of the 5th. Lunch-time saw them within 27 miles of +their next supply of food and fuel, but by this time poor Oates +was almost done. + +'It is pathetic enough because we can do nothing for him; more +hot food might do a little, but only a little, I fear. We none +of us expected these terribly low temperatures, and of the rest +of us Wilson is feeling them most; mainly, I fear, from his +self-sacrificing devotion in doctoring Oates' feet. We cannot help +each other, each has enough to do to take care of himself. We get +cold on the march when the trudging is heavy, and the wind pierces +our worn garments. The others, all of them, are unendingly cheerful +when in the tent. We mean to see the game through with a proper +spirit, but it's tough work to be pulling harder than we ever pulled +in our lives for long hours, and to feel that the progress is so slow. +One can only say "God help us!" and plod on our weary way, cold and +[Page 410] +very miserable, though outwardly cheerful. We talk of all sorts +of subjects in the tent, not much of food now, since we decided +to take the risk of running a full ration. We simply couldn't go +hungry at this time.' + +On the morning of the 6th Oates was no longer able to pull, and +the miles gained, when they camped for lunch after desperate work, +were only three and a half, and the total distance for the day +was short of seven miles. For Oates, indeed, the crisis was near +at hand. 'He makes no complaint, but his spirits only come up in +spurts now, and he grows more silent in the tent.... If we were all +fit I should have hopes of getting through, but the poor Soldier +has become a terrible hindrance, though he does his utmost and +suffers much I fear.' And at mid-day on the 7th, Scott added, 'A +little worse I fear. One of Oates' feet _very_ bad this morning; +he is wonderfully brave. We still talk of what we will do together +at home.' + +At this time they were 16 miles from their depôt, and if they found +the looked-for amount of fuel and food there, and if the surface +helped them, Scott hoped that they might get on to the Mt. Hooper +Depôt, 72 miles farther, but not to One Ton Camp. 'We hope against +hope that the dogs have been to Mt. Hooper; then we might pull +through.... We are only kept going by good food. No wind this morning +till a chill northerly air came ahead. Sun bright and cairns showing +up well. I should like to keep the track to the end.' + +Another fearful struggle took them by lunch-time +[Page 411] +on the 8th to within 8-1/2 miles of their next goal, but the time +spent over foot-gear in the mornings was getting longer and longer. +'Have to wait in night footgear for nearly an hour before I start +changing, and then am generally first to be ready. Wilson's feet +giving trouble now, but this mainly because he gives so much help +to others.... The great question is, what shall we find at the +depôt? If the dogs have visited it we may get along a good distance, +but if there is another short allowance of fuel, God help us indeed. +We are in a very bad way, I fear, in any case.' + +On the following day they managed to struggle on to Mount Hooper +Depôt. 'Cold comfort. Shortage on our allowance all round. I don't +know that anyone is to blame. The dogs which would have been our +salvation have evidently failed.' + +[For the last six days Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had been waiting +with the dogs at One Ton Camp. Scott had dated his probable return to +Hut Point anywhere between mid-March and early April, and calculating +from the speed of the other return parties Atkinson expected him to +reach One Ton Camp between March 3 and 10. There Cherry-Garrard +met four days of blizzard, with the result that when the weather +cleared he had little more than enough dog food to take the teams +home. Under these circumstances only two possible courses were +open to him, either to push south for one more march and back with +imminent risk of missing Scott on the way, or to stay two days +at the Camp where Scott was bound to come, +[Page 412] +if he came at all. Wisely he took the latter course and stayed at +One Ton Camp until the utmost limit of time.] + +With the depôt reached and no relief to the situation gained, Scott +was forced to admit that things were going 'steadily downhill,' but +for the time being Oates' condition was by far the most absorbing +trouble. 'Oates' foot worse,' he wrote on the 10th. 'He has rare +pluck and must know that he can never get through. He asked Wilson +if he had a chance this morning, and of course Bill had to say he +didn't know. In point of fact he has none. Apart from him, if he +went under now, I doubt whether we could get through. With great +care we might have a dog's chance, but no more.... Poor chap! it +is too pathetic to watch him; one cannot but try to cheer him up.' + +On this same day a blizzard met them after they had marched for +half an hour, and Scott seeing that not one of them could face +such weather, pitched camp and stayed there until the following +morning. Then they struggled on again with the sky so overcast +that they could see nothing and consequently lost the tracks. At +the most they gained little more than six miles during the day, +and this they knew was as much as they could hope to do if they +got no help from wind or surfaces. 'We have 7 days' food and should +be about 55 miles from One Ton Camp to-night, 6 X 7 = 42, leaving +us 13 miles short of our distance, even if things get no worse.' + +Oates too was, Scott felt, getting very near the end. 'What we or +he will do, God only knows. We +[Page 413] +discussed the matter after breakfast; he is a brave fine fellow +and understands the situation, but he practically asked for advice. +Nothing could be said but to urge him to march as long as he could. +One satisfactory result to the discussion: I practically ordered +Wilson to hand over the means of ending our troubles to us, so +that any of us may know how to do so. Wilson had no choice between +doing so and our ransacking the medicine case.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 11th, and the next days brought more and +more misfortunes with them. A strong northerly wind stopped them +altogether on the 13th, and although on the following morning they +started with a favorable breeze, it soon shifted and blew through +their wind-clothes and their mitts. 'Poor Wilson horribly cold, +could not get off ski for some time. Bowers and I practically made +camp, and when we got into the tent at last we were all deadly +cold.... We _must_ go on, but now the making of every camp must +be more difficult and dangerous. It must be near the end, but a +pretty merciful end.... I shudder to think what it will be like +to-morrow.' + +Up to this time, incredible as it seems, Scott had only once spared +himself the agony of writing in his journal, so nothing could be +more pathetic and significant than the fact that at last he was +unable any longer to keep a daily record of this magnificent journey. + +'Friday, March 16 or Saturday 17. Lost track of dates, but think +the last correct,' his next entry begins, but then under the most +[Page 414] +unendurable conditions he went on to pay a last and imperishable +tribute to his dead companion. + +'Tragedy all along the line. At lunch, the day before yesterday, +poor Titus Oates said he couldn't go on; he proposed we should +leave him in his sleeping-bag. That we could not do, and we induced +him to come on, on the afternoon march. In spite of its awful nature +for him he struggled on and we made a few miles. At night he was +worse and we knew the end had come. + +'Should this be found I want these facts recorded. Oates' last +thoughts were of his Mother, but immediately before he took pride +in thinking that his regiment would be pleased with the bold way +in which he met his death. We can testify to his bravery. He has +borne intense suffering for weeks without complaint, and to the +very last was able and willing to discuss outside subjects. He +did not--would not--give up hope till the very end. He was a brave +soul. This was the end. He slept through the night before last, +hoping not to wake; but he woke in the morning--yesterday. It was +blowing a blizzard. He said, "I am just going outside and may be +some time." He went out into the blizzard and we have not seen +him since. + +'I take this opportunity of saying that we have stuck to our sick +companions to the last. In case of Edgar Evans, when absolutely +out of food and he lay insensible, the safety of the remainder +seemed to demand his abandonment, but Providence mercifully removed +him at this critical moment. He died +[Page 415] +a natural death, and we did not leave him till two hours after his +death. + +'We knew that poor Oates was walking to his death, but though we +tried to dissuade him, we knew it was the act of a brave man and +an English gentleman. We all hope to meet the end with a similar +spirit, and assuredly the end is not far. + +'I can only write at lunch and then only occasionally. The cold is +intense, -40° at mid-day. My companions are unendingly cheerful, +but we are all on the verge of serious frost-bites, and though we +constantly talk of fetching through I don't think anyone of us +believes it in his heart. + +'We are cold on the march now, and at all times except meals. Yesterday +we had to lay up for a blizzard and to-day we move dreadfully slowly. +We are at No. 14 pony camp, only two pony marches from One Ton Depôt. +We leave here our theodolite, a camera, and Oates' sleeping-bags. +Diaries, etc., and geological specimens carried at Wilson's special +request, will be found with us or on our sledge.' + +At mid-day on the next day, March 18, they had struggled to within +21 miles of One Ton Depôt, but wind and drift came on and they had +to stop their march. 'No human being could face it, and we are +worn out _nearly_. + +'My right foot has gone, nearly all the toes--two days ago I was +the proud possessor of best feet. These are the steps of my downfall. +Like an ass I mixed a spoonful of curry powder with my melted +pemmican--it +[Page 416] +gave me violent indigestion. I lay awake and in pain all night; +woke and felt done on the march; foot went and I didn't know it. A +very small measure of neglect and have a foot which is not pleasant +to contemplate. + +'Bowers takes first place in condition, but there is not much to +choose after all. The others are still confident of getting through--or +pretend to be--I don't know! We have the last _half_ fill of oil in +our primus and a very small quantity of spirit--this alone between +us and thirst.' + +On that night camp was made with the greatest difficulty, but after +a supper of cold pemmican and biscuit and half a pannikin of cocoa, +they were, contrary to their expectations, warm enough to get some +sleep. + +Then came the closing stages of this glorious struggle against +persistent misfortune. + +'_March_ 19.--Lunch. To-day we started in the usual dragging manner. +Sledge dreadfully heavy. We are 15-1/2 miles from the depôt and +ought to get there in three days. What progress! We have two days' +food but barely a day's fuel. All our feet are getting bad--Wilson's +best, my right foot worst, left all right. There is no chance to +nurse one's feet till we can get hot food into us. Amputation is +the least I can hope for now, but will the trouble spread? That +is the serious question. The weather doesn't give us a chance; +the wind from N. to N. W. and -40 temp. to-day. + +[Illustration] + +[Page 417] +During the afternoon they drew 4-1/2 miles nearer to the One Ton +Depôt, and there they made their last camp. Throughout Tuesday a +severe blizzard held them prisoners, and on the 21st Scott wrote: +'To-day forlorn hope, Wilson and Bowers going to depôt for fuel.' + +But the blizzard continued without intermission. '22 and 23. Blizzard +bad as ever--Wilson and Bowers unable to start--to-morrow last +chance--no fuel and only one or two of food left--must be near +the end. Have decided it shall be natural--we shall march for the +depôt with or without our effects and die in our tracks.' + +'_March_ 29.--Since the 21st we have had a continuous gale from +W.S.W. and S.W. We had fuel to make two cups of tea apiece, and +bare food for two days on the 20th. Every day we have been ready +to start for our depôt 11 _miles_ away, but outside the door of +the tent it remains a scene of whirling drift. I do not think we +can hope for any better things now. We shall stick it out to the +end, but we are getting weaker, of course, and the end cannot be +far. + +'It seems a pity, but I do not think I can write more. + + 'R. SCOTT. + +'Last entry For God's sake look after our people.' + +[Page 418] +After Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had returned to Hut Point on March +16 without having seen any signs of the Polar party, Atkinson and +Keohane made one more desperate effort to find them. When, however, +this had been unsuccessful there was nothing more to be done until +the winter was over. + +During this long and anxious time the leadership of the party devolved +upon Atkinson, who under the most trying circumstances showed qualities +that are beyond all praise. At the earliest possible moment (October +30) a large party started south. 'On the night of the 11th and +morning of the 12th,' Atkinson says, 'after we had marched 11 miles +due south of One Ton, we found the tent. It was an object partially +snowed up and looking like a cairn. Before it were the ski sticks +and in front of them a bamboo which probably was the mast of the +sledge... + +'Inside the tent were the bodies of Captain Scott, Doctor Wilson, +and Lieutenant Bowers. They had pitched their tent well, and it +had withstood all the blizzards of an exceptionally hard winter.' + +Wilson and Bowers were found in the attitude of sleep, their +sleeping-bags closed over their heads as they would naturally close +them. + +[Illustration: 'THE LAST REST'. The grave of Capt. Scott, Dr. Wilson, +and Lieut. Bowers. _Photo by Lieut. T. Gran._] + +Scott died later. He had thrown back the flaps of his sleeping-bag +and opened his coat. The little wallet +[Page 419] +containing the three notebooks was under his shoulders and his arm +flung across Wilson. + +Among their belongings were the 35 lbs. of most important geological +specimens which had been collected on the moraines of the Beardmore +Glacier. At Wilson's request they had clung on to these to the +very end, though disaster stared them in the face. + +'When everything had been gathered up, we covered them with the +outer tent and read the Burial Service. From this time until well +into the next day we started to build a mighty cairn above them.' + +Upon the cairn a rough cross, made from two skis, was placed, and +on either side were up-ended two sledges, fixed firmly in the snow. +Between the eastern sledge and the cairn a bamboo was placed, containing +a metal cylinder, and in this the following record was left: + +'November 12, 1912, Lat. 79 degrees, 50 mins. South. This cross +and cairn are erected over the bodies of Captain Scott, C.V.O., +R.N., Doctor E. A. Wilson, M.B. B.C., Cantab., and Lieutenant H. +R. Bowers, Royal Indian Marine--a slight token to perpetuate their +successful and gallant attempt to reach the Pole. This they did +on January 17, 1912, after the Norwegian Expedition had already +done so. Inclement weather with lack of fuel was the cause of their +death. Also to commemorate their two gallant comrades, Captain L. +E. G. Oates of the Inniskilling Dragoons, who walked to his death +[Page 420] +in a blizzard to save his comrades about eighteen miles south of +this position; also of Seaman Edgar Evans, who died at the foot of +the Beardmore Glacier. + +'"The Lord gave and the Lord taketh away; blessed be the name of +the Lord."' + +[Page 421] +With the diaries in the tent were found the following letters:-- + + +_To Mrs. E. A. Wilson_ + +My DEAR MRS. WILSON, + +If this letter reaches you Bill and I will have gone out together. +We are very near it now and I should like you to know how splendid +he was at the end--everlastingly cheerful and ready to sacrifice +himself for others, never a word of blame to me for leading him +into this mess. He is not suffering, luckily, at least only minor +discomforts. + +His eyes have a comfortable blue look of hope and his mind is peaceful +with the satisfaction of his faith in regarding himself as part of +the great scheme of the Almighty. I can do no more to comfort you +than to tell you that he died as he lived, a brave, true man--the +best of comrades and staunchest of friends. + +My whole heart goes out to you in pity. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + + +_To Mrs. Bowers_ + +My DEAR MRS. BOWERS, + +I am afraid this will reach you after one of the heaviest blows +of your life. + +I write when we are very near the end of our journey, and I am +finishing it in company with two gallant, noble gentlemen. One of +these is your son. He +[Page 422] +had come be one of my closest and soundest friends, and I appreciate +his wonderful upright nature, his ability and energy. As the troubles +have thickened his dauntless spirit ever shone brighter and he has +remained cheerful, hopeful, and indomitable to the end. + +The ways of Providence are inscrutable, but there must be some reason +why such a young, vigorous and promising life is taken. + +My whole heart goes out in pity for you. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + +To the end he has talked of you and his sisters. One sees what a +happy home he must have had and perhaps it is well to look back +on nothing but happiness. + +He remains unselfish, self-reliant and splendidly hopeful to the +end, believing in God's mercy to you. + + +_To Sir J. M. Barrie_ + +My DEAR BARRIE, + +We are pegging out in a very comfortless spot. Hoping this letter +may be found and sent to you, I write a word of farewell.... More +practically I want you to help my widow and my boy--your godson. +We are showing that Englishmen can still die with a bold spirit, +fighting it out to the end. It will be known that we have accomplished +our object in reaching the Pole, and that we have done everything +[Page 423] +possible, even to sacrificing ourselves in order to save sick +companions. I think this makes an example for Englishmen of the +future, and that the country ought to help those who are left behind +to mourn us. I leave my poor girl and your godson, Wilson leaves +a widow, and Edgar Evans also a widow in humble circumstances. Do +what you can to get their claims recognized. Goodbye. I am not +at all afraid of the end, but sad to miss many a humble pleasure +which I had planned for the future on our long marches. I may not +have proved a great explorer, but we have done the greatest march +ever made and come very near to great success. Goodbye, my dear +friend. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +We are in a desperate state, feet frozen, etc. No fuel and a long +way from food, but it would do your heart good to be in our tent, +to hear our songs and the cheery conversation as to what we will +do when we get to Hut Point. + +_Later_.--We are very near the end, but have not and will not lose +our good cheer. We have four days of storm in our tent and no where's +food or fuel. We did intend to finish ourselves when things proved +like this, but we have decided to die naturally in the track. + +As a dying man, my dear friend, be good to my wife and child. Give +the boy a chance in life if the State won't do it. He ought to have +good stuff in him.... I never met a man in my life whom I admired and +[Page 424] +loved more than you, but I never could show you how much your friendship +meant to me, for you had much to give and I nothing. + + +_To the Right Hon. Sir Edgar Speyer, Bart._ + +Dated March 16, 1912. Lat. 79.5°. + +My DEAR SIR EDGAR, + +I hope this may reach you. I fear we must go and that it leaves +the Expedition in a bad muddle. But we have been to the Pole and +we shall die like gentlemen. I regret only for the women we leave +behind. + +I thank you a thousand times for your help and support and your +generous kindness. If this diary is found it will show how we stuck +by dying companions and fought the thing out well to the end. I +think this will show that the spirit of pluck and the power to +endure has not passed out of our race.... + +Wilson, the best fellow that ever stepped, has sacrificed himself +again and again to the sick men of the party.... + +I write to many friends hoping the letters will reach them some +time after we are found next year. + +We very nearly came through, and it's a pity to have missed it, +but lately I have felt that we have overshot our mark. No one is +to blame and I hope no attempt will be made to suggest that we +have lacked support. + +Goodbye to you and your dear kind wife. + + Yours ever sincerely, + R. SCOTT. + + +[Page 425] +_To Vice-Admiral Sir Francis Charles Bridgeman, K.C.V.O., K.C.B._ + +My DEAR SIR FRANCIS, + +I fear we have slipped up; a close shave; I am writing a few letters +which I hope will be delivered some day. I want to thank you for +the friendship you gave me of late years, and to tell you how +extraordinarily pleasant I found it to serve under you. I want to +tell you that I was _not_ too old for this job. It was the younger +men that went under first.... After all we are setting a good example +to our countrymen, if not by getting into a tight place, by facing +it like men when we were there. We could have come through had +we neglected the sick. + +Good-bye, and good-bye to dear Lady Bridgeman. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +Excuse writing--it is -40°; and has been for nigh a month. + + +_To Vice-Admiral Sir George le Clerc Egerton, K.C.B._ + +My DEAR SIR GEORGE, + +I fear we have shot our bolt--but we have been to Pole and done +the longest journey on record. + +I hope these letters may find their destination some day. + +Subsidiary reasons for our failure to return are due to the sickness +of different members of the party, but +[Page 426] +the real thing that has stopped us is the awful weather and unexpected +cold towards the end of the journey. + +This traverse of the Barrier has been quite three times as severe +as any experience we had on the summit. + +There is no accounting for it, but the result has thrown out my +calculations, and here we are little more than 100 miles from the +base and petering out. + +Good-bye. Please see my widow is looked after as far as Admiralty +is concerned. + + R. SCOTT. + +My kindest regards to Lady Egerton. I can never forget all your +kindness. + + +_To Mr. J. J. Kinsey-Christchurch._ + +March 24th, 1912. + +MY DEAR KINSEY, + +I'm afraid we are pretty well done--four days of blizzard just +as we were getting to the last dopôt. My thoughts have been with +you often. You have been a brick. You will pull the Expedition +through, I'm sure. + +My thoughts are for my wife and boy. Will you do what you can for +them if the country won't. + +I want the boy to have a good chance in the world, but you know +the circumstances well enough. + +If I knew the wife and boy were in safe keeping I should have little +to regret in leaving the world, for I feel that the country need +not be ashamed of us--our +[Page 427] +journey has been the biggest on record, and nothing but the most +exceptional hard luck at the end would have caused us to fail to +return. We have been to the S. pole as we set out. God bless you +and dear Mrs. Kinsey. It is good to remember you and your kindness. + + Your friend, + R. SCOTT. + + +Letters to his Mother, his Wife, his Brother-in-law (Sir William +Ellison Macartney), Admiral Sir Lewis Beaumont, and Mr. and Mrs. +Reginald Smith were also found, from which come the following extracts: + +The Great God has called me and I feel it will add a fearful blow +to the heavy ones that have fallen on you in life. But take comfort +in that I die at peace with the world and myself--not afraid. + +Indeed it has been most singularly unfortunate, for the risks I +have taken never seemed excessive. + +...I want to tell you that we have missed getting through by a +narrow margin which was justifiably within the risk of such a +journey.... After all, we have given our lives for our country--we +have actually made the longest journey on record, and we have been +the first Englishmen at the South Pole. + +You must understand that it is too cold to write much. + +...It's a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right. + +[Page 428] +I shall not have suffered any pain, but leave the world fresh from +harness and full of good health and vigour. This is decided +already--when provisions come to an end we simply stop unless we +are within easy distance of another depôt. Therefore you must not +imagine a great tragedy. We are very anxious of course, and have +been for weeks, but our splendid physical condition and our appetites +compensate for all discomfort. + +Since writing the above we got to within 11 miles of our depôt, with +one hot meal and two days' cold food. We should have got through +but have been held for _four_ days by a frightful storm. I think +the best chance has gone. We have decided not to kill ourselves, +but to fight to the last for that depôt, but in the fighting there +is a painless end. So don't worry. The inevitable must be faced. +You urged me to be leader of this party, and I know you felt it +would be dangerous. + +Make the boy interested in natural history if you can; it is better +than games; they encourage it at some schools. I know you will +keep him in the open air. + +Above all, he must guard and you must guard him against indolence. +Make him a strenuous man. I had to force myself into being strenuous +as you know--had always an inclination to be idle. + +There is a piece of the Union Jack I put up at the South Pole in +my private kit bag, together with Amundsen's black flag and other +trifles. Send a small +[Page 429] +piece of the Union Jack to the King and a small piece to Queen +Alexandra. + +What lots and lots I could tell you of this journey. How much better +has it been than lounging in too great comfort at home. What tales +you would have for the boy. But what a price to pay. + +Tell Sir Clements I thought much of him and never regretted his +putting me in command of the _Discovery_. + +[Page 430] +MESSAGE TO THE PUBLIC + +The causes of the disaster are not due to faulty organization, but +to misfortune in all risks which had to be undertaken. + +1. The loss of pony transport in March 1911 obliged me to start + later than I had intended, and obliged the limits of stuff + transported to be narrowed. + +2. The weather throughout the outward journey, and especially + the long gale in 83° S., stopped us. + +3. The soft snow in lower reaches of glacier again reduced pace. + +We fought these untoward events with a will and conquered, but it +cut into our provision reserve. + +Every detail of our food supplies, clothing and depôts made on +the interior ice-sheet and over that long stretch of 700 miles +to the Pole and back, worked out to perfection. The advance party +would have returned to the glacier in fine form and with surplus +of food, but for the astonishing failure of the man whom we had +least expected to fail. Edgar Evans was thought the strongest man +of the party. + +The Beardmore Glacier is not difficult in fine weather, but on +our return we did not get a single completely fine day; this with +a sick companion enormously increased our anxieties. + +As I have said elsewhere we got into frightfully rough ice and Edgar +Evans received a concussion of +[Page 431] +the brain--he died a natural death, but left us a shaken party with +the season unduly advanced. + +But all the facts above enumerated were as nothing to the surprise +which awaited us on the Barrier. I maintain that our arrangements +for returning were quite adequate, and that no one in the world would +have expected the temperatures and surfaces which we encountered at +this time of the year. On the summit in lat. 85°, 86° we had -20°, +-30°. On the Barrier in lat. 82°, 10,000 feet lower, we had -30° in +the day, -47° at night pretty regularly, with continuous head wind +during our day marches. It is clear that these circumstances come on +very suddenly, and our wreck is certainly due to this sudden advent +of severe weather, which does not seem to have any satisfactory +cause. I do not think human beings ever came through such a month +as we have come through, and we should have got through in spite +of the weather but for the sickening of a second companion, Captain +Oates, and a shortage of fuel in our depôts for which I cannot +account, and finally, but for the storm which has fallen on us +within 11 miles of the depôt at which we hoped to secure our final +supplies. Surely misfortune could scarcely have exceeded this last +blow. We arrived within 11 miles of our old One Ton Camp with fuel +for one last meal and food for two days. For four days we have been +unable to leave the tent--the gale howling about us. We are weak, +writing is difficult, but for my own sake I do not regret this +[Page 432] +journey, which has shewn that Englishmen can endure hardships, help +one another, and meet death with as great a fortitude as ever in the +past. We took risks, we knew we took them; things have come out +against us, and therefore we have no cause for complaint, but bow to +the will of Providence, determined still to do our best to the last. +But if we have been willing to give our lives to this enterprise, +which is for the honour of our country, I appeal to our countrymen +to see that those who depend on us are properly cared for. + +Had we lived, I should have had a tale to tell of the hardihood, +endurance, and courage of my companions which would have stirred the +heart of every Englishman. These rough notes and our dead bodies must +tell the tale, but surely, surely, a great rich country like ours +will see that those who are dependent on us are properly provided +for. + + R. SCOTT. + + +[Illustration: British Antarctic Expedition 1910-13. Track chart +of main southern journey.] + + + + +INDEX + +Abbott, George P., P.O. 209, 242, 260 +Adélie Land 35 +Admiralty, the, 8, 18, 182-3, 200, 206 +Alaska 11 +_Albemarle_, H.M.S., 206 +Albert Medal, the, 372 +Alexandra, Queen, 31, 429 +Alpine Rope, 256-7, 266, 274, 367 +_Amphion_, H.M.S., 11 +Amundsen, Roald, 259-60, 301, 324, 346, 383, 428 +Anton, Groom, 209, 276, 278, 280, 285, 289, 299 +Archer, W. W., chief steward, 209 +Armitage, Lieut. A. B., 25, 32, 43, 57, 63, 89, 97, 103, 105, 138, + 153-4, 176, 178 +Arnold, M., _quoted_, 151, 178 +Arrival Bay, 60 + Heights, 60, 234 +Athletic sports, 137-8 +Atkinson, Edward L., surgeon, R.N., parasitologist, 208, 213, 224, + 236, 243, 259, 261, 267, 270, 273, 279-80, 284, 285-6, 295 + _seq._, 308, 319, 320-1, 327, 329, 330, 336, 340, 344, 354-5, + 362-3, 372, 411, 418-19 +Auckland Islands, 195 +Australia, Government of, 207 + +Balaclave helmets, 251 +Balfour, Rt. Ron. A. J., 16 +Balleny, Capt. John, 197 + Islands, 196-7 +Balloons, ascents of, 57, 281 +Barne, Lieut. Michael, 26, 32, 43, 53, 61, _seq._, 80, 87, + 98-9, 100, 104, 106, 108, 131-2, 147, 149, 152, 155, 176 + Glacier, 275 +Barrie, Sir J. M., letter to, 422-4 +Barrier, Great Ice, 53, _seq._, 90, 176, 203, 222, 224-5, 241, + 243, 246, 260 _seq._, 294, 304, 305, 321, 377 +Bay of Whales, 259-60 +Beaumont, Admiral Sir Lewis, 427 +Beppo, pony, 7 +Berlin, 17, 20 +Bernacchi, Louis C., physicist, 27, 43, 53, 75, 85-6, 135, 147, 152, 176 +Birdie, dog, 108-9, 126 +Birthday, celebrations of, 286-7 +Biscay, Bay of, 32 +Bismarck, dog, 108 +Bjaaland, Olav Olavson, 383 +Blanco, dog, 108 +Blissett, A. H., 132 +_Blizzard, The_, 80 +Blossom, pony, 250 +Blucher, pony, 248, 250, 258 +Bluff, The, 130 + Camp, 250, 336 +Boats, mishap to, 84, 85, 139, 140 +Bones, pony, 299, 308 +Bonner, Charles, 38-9 +Borchgrevink, 43 +Boss, dog, 108 +Bowers, Lieut. H. R., 28, 208, 216, 224, 230-1, 234-236, 243, 247, + 249, 250-4, 261-7, 270, 273, 275, 278-81, 283-4, 286, 289, 293-5, + 299, 300-8, 311-14, 317, 319, 320, 322, 324-5, 334, 343-5, 352, + 354, 357-8, 359, 364, 368, 371, 373 _seq._ +Bowers, Mrs., letter to, 421-2 +Bridgeman, Admiral, Sir F. C., letter to, 425 +_Britannia, The_, 6 +British Museum, the, 19 +Brownie, dog, 100, 108-9 +Browning, E. B., _quoted_, 328 +Browning, Frank V., P.O., 209, 242 +Bruce, Canon Lloyd, 207 +Bruce, Kathleen, 207 +Bruce, Lieut. Wilfred M., 209, 224 +Buckingham Palace Road, 15 +_Bulwark_, H.M.S., 206 +Burlington House, 19 +Butter Point, 157, 260, 314 + +Campbell, Lieut. Victor L. A., 208, 216, 224, 226, 229, 232, 233, + 238, 240-1, 242, 259-60, 292, 315 +Cape Adare, 42, 43, 45, 141 + Armitage, 59, 225, 259, 263 + Bernacchi, 315 + Bird, 225 + Crozier, 52, 61, 64, 69, 70, 105, 137, 141-2, 155-6, 176, 222-3, 281 + Crozier Party, 294, 300-7, 317 + Evans, 225, 234-5, 239, 246, 260, 268, 271-3, 280, 300, 316-17, 321, + 328, 365 + Jones, 48 + Mackay, 301 + North, 146, 189, 196, 198, 260 + of Good Hope, 32-3 + Royds, 180, 185, 286 + Sibbald, 49 + Wadworth, 47 + Washington, 49, 52 +Cardiff, 207, 211 +Castle Rock, 60, 62, 64, 65, 262, 273 +Cheetham, Alfred B., boatswain, 209 +Cherry-Garrard, Apsley, assistant zoologist, 224, 236, 243, 251-2, + 254-6, 257-8, 261-6, 270-1, 273, 279-81, 284, 288, 294, 300-7, 308, + 318, 323, 329, 334, 340, 342, 344, 347, 352, 354, 362, 364, 411-12, + 418 +Chinaman, pony, 308, 318, 329-30, 332-3, 336, 338-9, 340-41 +Christiania, 89 +Christopher, pony, 308-9, 318-19, 320, 329, 333, 336, 342 +Clarke, Charles, ship's cook, 179 +Clissold, Thomas, cook, 209, 276, 278, 280, 286, 289, 296, 319, 329 +Coal, 46, 189, 194, 216, 218-19, 220 +Colbeck, Captain William, 141-2, 143, 147, 182-3, 185, 194, 198 +Coleridge, _quoted_, 211 +Colville, Rear-Admiral, 206 +Commonwealth Range, 357 +Cook, Capt. James, 31 +Corner Camp, 247, 261, 263, 270, 312, 314, 317, 372 +Coulman Islands, 46, 47, 141 +Crater Heights, 60, 234 + Hill, 60, 69, 88 +Crean, Thomas, P.O., 209, 237, 243, 259, 261, 262-5, 270, 273, + 278-80, 285, 296, 299, 308, 318, 321, 323, 344, 354, 364, 370-2 +Cross, Jacob, P.O., 48, 103, 155-6 +'Cruise of the _Beagle_,' 162 +Cuts, pony, 262, 264 + +Dailey, F. E., carpenter, 59, 153, 157 +Darwin, Charles, 162 +Day, Bernard C., motor engineer, 208, 227, 236, 276-7, 279, 290-1, + 299, 318, 321, 323, 329, 330-1, 339, 340 +Debenham, Frank, geologist, 208, 236, 242, 270, 273, 281-2, 283, + 296, 325-6, 327 +Dellbridge, James H., 2nd engineer, 138 + Islets, 178 +Demetri, dog driver, 209, 276, 278-9, 289, 311, 329, 333, 354, + 356, 372, 411, 418 +Dennistoun, James R., 209 +Depôt Nunatak, 171 +Desolation Camp, _Discovery_ Expedition, 163, 172 + Last Expedition, 402 +Dickason, Harry, A.B., 209, 242 +_Discovery_, the fifth, 21 +Dog food, 109 +Dogs, 59, 71-2, 95-7, 107 _seq._, 212-13, 218, 226, 228, 239, + 241, 243 _seq._, 270, 278, 285-6, 311, 329, 333 _seq._, + 411 +Douglas, Sir Archibald, 18 +Drake, Francis R. H., assistant paymaster, 209, 224 +Dundee, 19, 20, 23 + Shipbuilding Company, 17 + +East India Docks, 20 +Edward VII, King, 31 +Egerton, Admiral Sir George, K.C.B., 15, 81, 206, 425-6 (letter to) +Enderby Quadrant, 29 +Entertainments, 85, 86, 87 +Erebus Tongue, 315 +Esquimault. B.C., 11 +Esquimaux, 301, 307 +Evans, Lieut. E. R. G. R., 208, 215, 223-5, 232, 236, 242-3, 250, + 258, 262, 311, 314, 317, 330-1, 337-40, 344, 354-5, 357-9, 361, + 363, 364, 368, 370-2 +Evans, P.O., 63, 65, 67-8, 97, 105, 153, 157, 164, 165 _seq._, + 178-9, 209, 237, 242, 270, 273, 280, 285-6, 296, 308, 311-12, + 317, 323-4, 326-7, 329, 337, 344, 352, 354-5, 364, 369 + +Falkland Islands, 199 +Feather, Thomas A., boatswain, 100-1, 157, 161, 162, 164-5 +Fefer, 229 +Ferrar, Hartley T., 27, 48, 67, 97, 103, 138, 157, 159, 163, 176 + Glacier, 152-3, 154, 158-9, 314 +Finance Committee, 17-18 +Fire, alarm of, 32 +Fisher, Admiral Sir John, 10 +Fitzclarence, dog, 108 +Football, 286, 325 +Forde, Robert, P.O., 209, 243, 248, 250, 258, 261, 270, 273, 279, + 312, 314, 317, 326-7 +_Fram_, the, 20, 21 +Franklin Island, 141 +Franz-Josef Land, 25 + +Gap, the, 60, 234 +Gateway, the, 352 +Geological specimens, 393-4, 398, 419 +Gerof, Demetri. _See_ Demetri +Glacier, the Beardmore, 312, 338-9, 341, 345, 346, 349, 352, 354 + _seq._, 392, 394, 419-20 +Glacier Depôt, 349, 352 + Tongue, 225, 237, 239-41, 260, 274, 315-16, 324, 344 +Gran Tryggve, ski expert, 208, 218, 236, 243, 251, 254, 261-2, + 263, 265, 267, 273, 295-6, 312, 314, 317, 327 +Granite Harbor, 50, 51 +Grannie, dog, 108 +Gus, dog, 108, 125 + +Haakon, King, 383 +Hackenschmidt, pony, 276 +Half-Degree Depôt, 387 +Hamilton, B. T., 229 +Hampton Court Palace, 207 +Handsley. Jesse, A.B., 153, 157, 164-5, 175, 178-9 +Hanson, 43 +Hanssen, Hilmer, 383 +Hare, 63, 65, 68-9 +Hassel, Sverre H., 383 +Heald, William L., A.B., 62, 103, 176, 210 +Henley, W. E., _quoted_, 385 +'Hints to Travelers', 159-60 +Hobart Town, 182 +Hockey, 149 +Hodgson, Thomas V., 25, 27, 147, 149, 154 +Hooper, F. J., steward, 209, 276, 279, 280, 289, 339-40 +Hoskins, Sir Anthony, 18 +Hut, the _Discovery_, 59, 85-86, 87, 233, 239, 269 _seq._, 372 + at Cape Evans, 227, 231, 234 _seq._, 275 _seq._ + Point, 60, 88, 186, 190-1, 233, 240, 242-3, 258, 260-3, 265, 267, + 271, 279, 285, 311, 318, 324, 327-9, 372, 411, 418 +Hutton Rocks, 273 +Huxley, _quoted_, 311 + +Icebergs, 44 Inaccessible Island, 297, 316 + +Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition, 25 Jehu, pony, 308, 318, 328-9, +330, 332-6, 338-9, 340 Jim, dog, 108-9, 125-6, 129 Joe, dog, 108 + +Kennar, Thomas, P.O., 157, 159 +Keohane, Patrick, P.O., 209, 243, 250, 258, 261, 273, 279, 296, 308, + 320, 327, 329, 340, 344, 348, 354, 357, 362, 418 +Kid, dog, 108-9, 125 +King Edward's Island, 56, 203, 233, 242 +Kinsey, J. J., letter to, 426-7 +Kipling, Rudyard, _quoted_, 401 +Koettlitz, Reginald, surgeon and botanist, 25, 27, 61, _seq._, + 78, 97, 138, 175 + +Lantaret, 229 +Lashly, William, leading stoker, 97, 105, 153, 157, 162, 164, 165 + _seq._, 178, 179, 209, 214, 276, 278-9, 299, 323, 331, 340, + 344, 354-5, 364, 366-7, 369, 371-2 +Lectures, 282, 287, 290, 307-8 +Levick, G. Murray, surgeon, R.N., 208, 242 +Lewis, dog, 108-9, 126 +Lillehammer, 229 +Lillie, Denis G., biologist, 209, 240 +London Docks, 31, 141 +Lower Glacier Depôt, 356, 398, 404 +Lyttelton, 37-8, 211-12 + Heads, 37, 199 + +Macartney, Sir William Ellison, 427 +Mackay, Captain Harry, 182, 190 +Macquarie Island, 36, 37, 185 +Magnetic huts, 75 + Observatory, 23 +Magnetism, 75 +_Majestic_, H.M.S., 15, 18, 26, 27 +Markham, Sir Clements, 15, 16, 29, 30, 141, 203 _seq._ (preface), + 429 +Markham, Lady, 20 +McMurdo Sound, 51, 58, 138, 142, 194, 230, 237, 260 +Meares, Cecil H., in charge of dogs, 208, 218, 226, 232-4, 236, + 239, 240, 242-4, 246-8, 251-2, 254-8, 261, 263, 265, 267, 273, + 279, 285, 299, 311-12, 318-19, 327, 329, 333, 337, 354, 356 +Merchant Shipping Act, 28 +Meridians, 217 +Message to the public, 430-2 +Meteorological observations, 74, 75, 83, 84 + screens, 71, 74 +Michael, pony, 308, 347 +Middle Barrier Depôt, 340, 405, 407 +Midwinter celebrations, 290-3 +Milton, _quoted_, 254 +Monument Rock, 400 +_Morning_, the, 43, 53, 135, 141-6, 181 _seq._, 194, 198 +Motor sledges, 212, 226-30, 290, 312-13, 318, 321, 326-7, 329-30, 332 +Mount Buckley, 393-4 + Cloudmaker, 357-98 + Darwin, 364, 390, 391, 393 + Discovery, 225 + Erebus, 131, 235, 274, 316 + Hooper Depôt, 410, 411 + Hope, 346 + Longstaff, 122 + Markham, 124 + Melbourne, 49 + Monteagle, 49 + Murchison, 49 + Sabine, 222 + Terror, 302 + Whewell, 222 +Mulock, Lieut. George F. A., 27, 145, 149, 152, 176, 193, 195, 197 + +Nansen, Dr., 17, 19, 20, 89 +Naval Discipline Act, 28 +Nell, dog, 101, 108-9, 125-6, 129 +Nelson, Edward W., biologist, 208, 224, 227, 236, 276-7, 279, 287, + 319-20 +Newbolt, Henry, _quoted_, 31 +New Harbor, 153, 157, 315 +Newnes, Sir George, 43 +New Zealand, 23, 37, 38, 199, 211 +New Zealand, Government of, 207 +Nigger, dog, 101, 108-9, 125-6, 129 +Nobby, pony, 262, 268, 308, 325, 342-3, 351, 353 +Northern Party, 233, 242-3 +Norway, 17, 89 +Norwegians, the, 384-5 + +Oates, Capt. Lawrence, E.G., 208, 213, 220, 226, 236, 239-40, 241, + 243, 248-9, 252, 254, 261-2, 263, 265, 267, 270, 273, 279-80, + 284-5, 299, 308, 318-20, 321, 333, 336-7, 343-4, 351, 354-5, 364, + 373 _seq._ +Outlands, 2, 5 +Observatory Hill, 60, 134, 234 +Oil, shortage of, 404-5, 408, 411, 416 +'Old Mooney,' 6, 8, 9 +Omelchenko, Anton. _See_ Anton +One Ton Camp, 253, 317, 326-7, 371, 410-11, 412, 415, 417 +Osman, dog, 255-6 + +P. and O. Company, 25 +Pack-ice, 35 _seq._, 44, 49, 51, 196, 216-17, 218 +Parry Mountains, 54 +Peary, Lieutenant, 28 +Penguins, 36, 40, 148, 180, 226 + Emperor, 106, 137, 153, 155, 223, 294, 302, 305 + King, 36 +Pennell, Lieut. H. L. L., 209, 224, 230, 238 +Petrels, 35 + Antarctic, 40 + Giant, 40 + Southern Fulmar, 40 + White Snow, 40 + Wilson stormy, 35 +Pigg, James, pony, 250, 258, 261, 263, 268, 308, 318, 329, 340, 342 +Plumley, Frank, stoker, 62, 157 +Pole, the South, 382 _seq._ + Camp, 384 +Ponies, the, 212-15, 220, 226, 239, 241, 243 _seq._, 263-7, + 285-6, 312, 318, 332 _seq._ +Ponting, Herbert G., camera artist, 208, 219, 227-8, 236, 276-7, + 282, 284, 292, 314, 319, 327, 329 +Port Chalmers, 38, 39, 76, 212 + Ross, 195 + Stanley, 199 +Possession Islands, 141 +Pram Point, 263, 269 + Bay, 269 + Ridges, 267 +_President_, H.M.S., 206 +Pressure Ridges, 319 +Priestley, Raymond E., geologist, 208, 223, 242, 260 +Proverbs, _quoted_, 137 +Punch, pony, 262, 266 + +Quartley, Arthur L., leading stoker, 63, 65, 67-8, 105, 175 + +Razor Back Islands, 240, 274 +Rennick, Lieut. Henry E. de P., 209, 224 +Roberston Bay, 42, 195 +Rodd, Sir Rennell, _quoted_, 231 +Ross, Sir James, 31, 40, 46, 54-5, 196-7 +Ross Harbor, 198 + Island, 176, 203, 239 + Quadrant, 29 + Sea, 216 +_Rover_, H.M.S., 10 +Royal Geographical Society, 17 +Royal Society, 17 +Royds, Lieut. Charles W. R., 18, 26, 53, 61 _seq._, 74-5, 78, + 85-7, 97, 105, 132, 137, 139, 147, 149, 155, 176 +Russell Islands, 197 + +Safety Camp, 243-4, 245-6, 254, 258-9, 261-2, 263, 265, 329-30 +San Francisco, 11 +Sawing-camp, 175, 178-9 +_Saxon_, S.S., 207 +Scamp, dog, 37 +Scott, John Edward, 1 +Scott, Lady, extracts from letters to, 427, 428, 429, _et passim_ +Scott, Mrs., extract from letter to, 427 +Scott of Brownhead, 1 +Scott, Peter Markham, 207 +Scurvy, 103-4, 117, 129, 134, 144, 148, 371 +Sea leopard, 41 + elephant, 185 +Seals, 41, 48, 269, 279 + crab-eater, 41 + Ross, 41 +Shackleton, Sir Ernest H., 27, 79, 98, 107 _seq._, 143, 145, + 233, 344, 352, 357, 370, 372, 375 +Shackleton's hut, 286 +Shakespeare, _quoted_, 95, 120, 294, 354 +Shambles Camp, 353, 401 +Shelley, _quoted_, 74, 167 +Ship Committee, 17, 20, 23 +Simon's Bay, 32, 33 +Simpson. George C., Meteorologist, 208, 231, 236, 277, 281-2, 283, + 312, 316 +Skelton, Lieut. Reginald W., 18, 27, 60 _seq._, 85-6, 105, + 135, 138, 147-8, 153, 162, 164-5, 176, 191-3, 229 +Ski, 19, 60, 61, 130, 173, 246, 340, 354-5, 358, 360, 370, 375, + 386, 388, 390 +Ski-shoes, 361 +Skua gulls, 40, 148, 180 +Skuary, the, 225 +Sledge equipment, 89, 151, 312 +Sledges, 91, 92, 279, 280, 370 +Sleeping-bags, 304, 306, 307, 388 +Smith, Mr. and Mrs. Reginald, 427 +Smith's Inlet, 260 +Snatcher, dog, 108, 115 + pony, 308, 325, 329, 352 +Snippets, pony, 308-9, 328, 332, 341, 343 +Snow-shoes, for ponies, 245, 247, 308, 352 +South Africa, Government of, 207 +Southern Barrier Depôt, 342 + Road, the, 239-40 +South Polar Times, _Discovery_ Expedition, 79-80 + Last Expedition, 281, 290-1, 373 +Spenser, _quoted_, 52 +Speyer, Sir Edgar, letter to, 424 +Spud, dog, 108-9, 115 +Stareek, dog, 244-5 +Stoke Damerel, 5 +Stripes, dog, 108 +Stubbington House, Fareham, 5 +Sturge Island, 197 +Sun, eclipse of, 156 +Sverdrup's 'New Land', 295 + +Taylor, T. Griffith, geologist, 208, 223, 236, 242, 270, 273-4, + 281-2, 283, 287, 291, 327 +Telephone, the, 318-19 +Tent, double, 295 +Tent, Island, 297, 325 + Islet, 184 +_Terra Nova_, Discovery Expedition, 182-3, 187 _seq._, 194, 198 + Last Expedition, 207, 211, 220, 237, 292, 324, 372 +Thermometer, minimum, 253, 337 +Thomson, Sir Courtauld, 11 +Three Degree Depôt, 370, 385-6, 387, 389, 404 +Transport, 312, 345 +Turtle Back Island, 271 + +Uncle Bill, pony, 262-3 +Uniform overcoat, 309 +Union Jack, the, 235, 291, 384, 428-9 +Upper Glacier Depôt, 390, 392, 404 + +Vic, dog, 108 +Victor, pony, 308-9, 325, 334, 343 +Victoria, B.C., 11 + Land, 42, 76, 138, 167, 176, 196, 203, 233, 260 + Quadrant, 29 +_Victorious_, H.M.S., 206 +Vince, A. B., 63, 66-9, 190, 234 + +Weary Willy, pony, 245, 251, 261-3 +Weddell Quadrant, 29 +Weller, William J., A.B., 48, 62, 157 +Western Geological Party (1), 242, 260, 270 + (2) 317, 325, 327 +Western Mountains, 312, 325 +Whales, killer, 227-8 +White Island, 134, 261, 264 +Wild, Frank, 62-3, 66, 67, 97, 105, 344 +Wilkes, Commodore, 197 +Wilkes Land, 198 +Williams, William, engineer, 209, 214 +Williamson, Thomas S., P.O., 157, 209, 229 +Wilson, Dr. E. A., chief, the scientific staff (Last Expedition), + zoologist, 5, 26-8, 35-6, 48-9, 53, 75-6, 80, 103, 107 + _seq._, 143-4, 147, 153, 155-6, 176, 180-1, 185, 195, 208, 219-20, + 223, 225, 231, 236, 240, 242-4, 246-8, 254-6, 258, 261, 263, 265, + 267, 269-70, 272-3, 279-80, 286, 289, 294, 300-7, 308, 318-19, + 320-2, 324-5, 329, 335, 344, 351, 353-5, 361, 364, 372 _seq._ +Wilson, Mrs., letter to, 421 +Winter Quarter Bay, 60 +Wisting, Oscar, 383 +Wolf, dog, 108-9 +Wolseley Motor Company, 229 +Wood Bay, 49, 50, 141 +Wright, Charles S., physicist, 208, 224, 231, 236, 242, 270, 280, + 283, 308, 314, 321, 329, 335, 340, 344, 354-5, 362 + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + +***** This file should be named 6721-8.txt or 6721-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/7/2/6721/ + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/6721-8.zip b/6721-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1020392 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-8.zip diff --git a/6721-h.zip b/6721-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84206f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h.zip diff --git a/6721-h/6721-h.htm b/6721-h/6721-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43f4cd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/6721-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,16398 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> +<html lang="en"> + +<head> + <title>The Voyages of Captain Scott</title> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> + <meta name="keywords" content="antarctica scott expedition ice cold"> + <meta name="author" content="Charles Turley"> + <meta name="rating" content="General"> + <meta name="robots" content="all"> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + BODY { color: black; background: white; + margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + P.indent { text-indent: 3mm; text-align: justify; } + P.footnote { font-size: smaller; } + P.subtitle { text-align: center; font-size: large; } + P.center { text-align: center; } + P.author { font-size: larger; text-align: center; } + P.bquote { margin-left: 4em; } + P.plist { margin-left: 2em; } + P.index { font-size: smaller; + margin-top: 1px; margin-bottom: 1px; + text-indent: -5mm; padding-left: 5mm; } + H1 { text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; } + H2 { text-align: center; margin-top: 4em; } + H3 { text-align: center; margin-top: 4em; } + TABLE.center { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } + TD.right { text-align: right; } + SPAN.page { position: absolute; left: 87%; right: auto; + text-align: right; text-indent: 0em; + color: gray; background: white; + font-size: 9pt; font-weight: normal; } + DIV.image { text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } + --> + </style> + +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Voyages of Captain Scott + Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's + Last Expedition' + +Author: Charles Turley + +Release Date: January 7, 2006 [EBook #6721] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + + + + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="image" style="width: 456px;"> +<a name="page_ii"><span class="page">Page ii</span></a> +<img src="images/fig001.jpg" width="456" height="676" + alt="Captain Robert F. Scott R.N."> +</div> + +<h1> +<a name="page_iii"><span class="page">Page iii</span></a> +THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT +</h1> + +<p class="center"> +<i>Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's Last +Expedition'</i> +</p> + +<p class="author"> +BY CHARLES TURLEY +</p> + +<p class="center"> +Author of 'Godfrey Marten, Schoolboy,' 'A Band of Brothers,' etc. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +With an introduction by +</p> + +<p class="center"> +SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +Numerous illustrations in colour and black and white and a map +</p> + +<h2> +<a name="page_v"><span class="page">Page v</span></a> +CONTENTS +</h2> + +<p>INTRODUCTION</p> + +<p>THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY'</p> + +<table border="0"> + <tr><td>Chapter</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">I.</td> + <td><a href="#page_15">The 'Discovery'.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">II.</td> + <td><a href="#page_31">Southward Ho!</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">III.</td> + <td><a href="#page_52">In Search of Winter + Quarters.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IV.</td> + <td><a href="#page_74">The Polar Winter.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">V.</td> + <td><a href="#page_95">The Start of the Southern + Journey.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VI.</td> + <td><a href="#page_120">The Return.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VII.</td> + <td><a href="#page_137">A Second Winter.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VIII.</td> + <td><a href="#page_151">The Western Journey.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IX.</td> + <td><a href="#page_167">The Return from the West.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">X.</td> + <td><a href="#page_178">Release.</a></td></tr> +</table> + +<p>THE LAST EXPEDITION</p> + + +<table border="0"> + <tr><td>Chapter</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_203">Preface to 'Scott's Last + Expedition'.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_206">Biographical Note.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_208">British Antarctic Expedition, + 1910.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">I.</td> + <td><a name="page_vi"><span class="page">Page vi</span></a> + <a href="#page_211">Through Stormy Seas.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">II.</td> + <td><a href="#page_231">Depôt Laying to One Ton + Camp.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">III.</td> + <td><a href="#page_254">Perils.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IV.</td> + <td><a href="#page_269">A Happy Family.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">V.</td> + <td><a href="#page_294">Winter.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VI.</td> + <td><a href="#page_311">Good-bye to Cape Evans.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VII.</td> + <td><a href="#page_328">The Southern Journey Begins.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VIII.</td> + <td><a href="#page_354">On the Beardmore Glacier.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IX.</td> + <td><a href="#page_373">The South Pole.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">X.</td> + <td><a href="#page_385">On the Homeward Journey.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XI.</td> + <td><a href="#page_401">The Last March.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_418">Search Party Discovers the Tent.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_419">In Memoriam.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_421">Farewell Letters.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#page_430">Message to the Public.</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right"> </td> + <td><a href="#index">Index.</a></td></tr> +</table> + +<h2> +<a name="page_vii"><span class="page">Page vii</span></a> +ILLUSTRATIONS +</h2> + +<p><i>PHOTOGRAVURE PLATE</i></p> + +<p class="plist"> +Portrait of Captain Robert F. Scott<br> +<i>From a photograph by J. Russell & Son, Southsea</i>. +</p> + +<p><i>COLOURED PLATES</i></p> + +<p class="plist"> +<i>From Water-Colour Drawings by Dr. Edward A. Wilson.</i>.</p> + +<p class="plist"> +Sledding.<br /> +Mount Erebus.<br /> +Lunar Corona.<br /> +'Birdie' Bowers reading the thermometer on the ramp. +</p> + +<p><i>DOUBLE PAGE PLATE</i></p> + +<p class="plist"> +Panorama at Cape Evans.<br /> +Berg in South Bay. +</p> + +<p><i>FULL PAGE PLATES</i></p> + +<p class="plist"> +Robert F. Scott at the age of thirteen as a naval cadet.<br /> +The 'Discovery'.<br /> +Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt.<br /> +Pinnacled ice at mouth of Ferrar Glacier.<br /> +Pressure ridges north side of Discovery Bluff.<br /> +The 'Terra Nova' leaving the Antarctic.<br /> +Pony Camp on the barrier.<br /> +Snowed-up tent after three days' blizzard.<br /> +Pitching the double tent on the summit.<br /> +<a name="page_viii"><span class="page">Page viii</span></a> +Adélie Penguin on nest.<br /> +Emperor Penguins on sea-ice.<br /> +Dog party starting from Hut Point.<br /> +Dog lines.<br /> +Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt.<br /> +Looking south from Lower Glacier depôt,<br /> +Man hauling camp, 87th parallel.<br /> +The party at the South Pole.<br /> +'The Last Rest'.<br /> +Facsimile of the last words of Captain Scott's Journal.<br /> +Track chart of main southern journey. +</p> + +<h2> +<a name="page_1"><span class="page">Page 1</span></a> +INTRODUCTION +</h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BY SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART.</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the night of my original meeting with Scott he was but lately +home from his first adventure into the Antarctic and my chief +recollection of the occasion is that having found the entrancing +man I was unable to leave him. In vain he escorted me through the +streets of London to my home, for when he had said good-night I then +escorted him to his, and so it went on I know not for how long through +the small hours. Our talk was largely a comparison of the life of +action (which he pooh-poohed) with the loathsome life of those who +sit at home (which I scorned); but I also remember that he assured +me he was of Scots extraction. As the subject never seems to have +been resumed between us, I afterwards wondered whether I had drawn +this from him with a promise that, if his reply was satisfactory, I +would let him go to bed. However, the family traditions (they are +nothing more) do bring him from across the border. According to +them his great-great-grandfather was the Scott of Brownhead whose +estates were sequestered after the '45. His dwelling was razed +to the ground and he fled with his wife, to whom after some grim +privations a son was born in a fisherman's hut on September 14, +1745. This son eventually settled in Devon, where he prospered, +<a name="page_2"><span class="page">Page 2</span></a> +for it was in the beautiful house of Oatlands that he died. He +had four sons, all in the Royal Navy, of whom the eldest had as +youngest child John Edward Scott, father of the Captain Scott who +was born at Oatlands on June 6, 1868. About the same date, or perhaps +a little earlier, it was decided that the boy should go into the +Navy like so many of his for-bears. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I have been asked to write a few pages about those early days of +Scott at Oatlands, so that the boys who read this book may have +some slight acquaintance with the boy who became Captain Scott; +and they may be relieved to learn (as it holds out some chance +for themselves) that the man who did so many heroic things does +not make his first appearance as a hero. He enters history aged +six, blue-eyed, long-haired, inexpressibly slight and in velveteen, +being held out at arm's length by a servant and dripping horribly, +like a half-drowned kitten. This is the earliest recollection of +him of a sister, who was too young to join in a children's party +on that fatal day. But Con, as he was always called, had intimated +to her that from a window she would be able to see him taking a +noble lead in the festivities in the garden, and she looked; and +that is what she saw. He had been showing his guests how superbly +he could jump the leat, and had fallen into it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Leat is a Devonshire term for a running stream, and a branch of +the leat ran through the Oatlands garden while there was another +branch, more venturesome, at the bottom of the fields. These were +the waters first ploughed by Scott, and he invented many ways of +being in them accidentally, it being forbidden +<a name="page_3"><span class="page">Page 3</span></a> +to enter them of intent. Thus he taught his sisters and brother +a new version of the oldest probably of all pastimes, the game of +'Touch.' You had to touch 'across the leat,' and, with a little +good fortune, one of you went in. Once you were wet, it did not +so much matter though you got wetter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +An easy way of getting to the leat at the foot of the fields was +to walk there, but by the time he was eight Scott scorned the easy +ways. He invented parents who sternly forbade all approach to this +dangerous waterway; he turned them into enemies of his country and +of himself (he was now an admiral), and led parties of gallant tars +to the stream by ways hitherto unthought of. At foot of the avenue +was an oak tree which hung over the road, and thus by dropping from +this tree you got into open country. The tree was (at this time) +of an enormous size, with sufficient room to conceal a navy, and +the navy consisted mainly of the sisters and the young brother. +All had to be ready at any moment to leap from the tree and join +issue with the enemy on the leat. In the fields there was also a +mighty ocean, called by dull grown-ups 'the pond,' and here Scott's +battleship lay moored. It seems for some time to have been an English +vessel, but by and by he was impelled, as all boys are, to blow +something up, and he could think of nothing more splendid for his +purpose than the battleship. Thus did it become promptly a ship +of the enemy doing serious damage to the trade of those parts, +and the valiant Con took to walking about with lips pursed, brows +frowning as he cogitated how to remove the +<a name="page_4"><span class="page">Page 4</span></a> +Terror of Devon. You may picture the sisters and brother trotting +by his side and looking anxiously into his set face. At last he +decided to blow the accursed thing up with gunpowder. His crew +cheered, and then waited to be sent to the local shop for a pennyworth +of gunpowder. But Con made his own gunpowder, none of the faithful +were ever told how, and on a great day the train was laid. Con applied +the match and ordered all to stand back. A deafening explosion was +expected, but a mere puff of flame was all that came; the Terror +of Devon, which to the unimaginative was only a painted plank, +still rode the waters. With many boys this would be the end of +the story, but not with Con. He again retired to the making of +gunpowder, and did not desist from his endeavors until he had blown +that plank sky-high. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +His first knife is a great event in the life of a boy: it is probably +the first memory of many of them, and they are nearly always given +it on condition that they keep it shut. So it was with Con, and a +few minutes after he had sworn that he would not open it he was +begging for permission to use it on a tempting sapling. 'Very well,' +his father said grimly, 'but remember, if you hurt yourself, don't +expect any sympathy from me.' The knife was opened, and to cut +himself rather badly proved as easy as falling into the leat. The +father, however, had not noticed, and the boy put his bleeding +hand into his pocket and walked on unconcernedly. He was really +considerably damaged; and this is a good story of a child of seven +who all his life suffered extreme nausea from +<a name="page_5"><span class="page">Page 5</span></a> +the sight of blood; even in the <i>Discovery</i> days, to get accustomed +to 'seeing red,' he had to force himself to watch Dr. Wilson skinning +his specimens. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When he was about eight Con passed out of the hands of a governess, +and became a school-boy, first at a day school in Stoke Damerel +and later at Stubbington House, Fareham. He rode grandly between +Oatlands and Stoke Damerel on his pony, Beppo, which bucked in +vain when he was on it, but had an ingratiating way of depositing +other riders on the road. From what one knows of him later this +is a characteristic story. One day he dismounted to look over a +gate at a view which impressed him (not very boyish this), and when +he recovered from a brown study there was no Beppo to be seen. He +walked the seven miles home, but what was characteristic was that +he called at police-stations on the way to give practical details +of his loss and a description of the pony. Few children would have +thought of this, but Scott was naturally a strange mixture of the +dreamy and the practical, and never more practical than immediately +after he had been dreamy. He forgot place and time altogether when +thus abstracted. I remember the first time he dined with me, when +a number of well-known men had come to meet him, he arrived some +two hours late. He had dressed to come out, then fallen into one +of his reveries, forgotten all about the engagement, dined by himself +and gone early to bed. Just as he was falling asleep he remembered +where he should be, arose hastily and joined us as speedily as +possible. It was equally characteristic of him to say +<a name="page_6"><span class="page">Page 6</span></a> +of the other guests that it was pleasant to a sailor to meet so +many interesting people. When I said that to them the sailor was +by far the most interesting person in the room he shouted with +mirth. It always amused Scott to find that anyone thought him a +person of importance. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig002.jpg" width="551" height="800" + alt="Figure 2"> +<br />ROBERT F. SCOTT AT THE AGE OF 13 AS A NAVAL CADET. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +I suppose everyone takes for granted that in his childhood, as later +when he made his great marches, Scott was muscular and strongly +built. This was so far from being the case that there were many +anxious consultations over him, and the local doctor said he could +not become a sailor as he could never hope to obtain the necessary +number of inches round the chest. He was delicate and inclined to +be pigeon-breasted. Judging from the portrait of him here printed, +in his first uniform as a naval cadet, all this had gone by the +time he was thirteen, but unfortunately there are no letters of +this period extant and thus little can be said of his years on the +<i>Britannia</i> where 'you never felt hot in your bunk because +you could always twist, and sleep with your feet out at port hole.' +He became a cadet captain, a post none can reach who is not thought +well of by the other boys as well as by their instructors, but none +of them foresaw that he was likely to become anybody in particular. +He was still 'Old Mooney,' as his father had dubbed him, owing to +his dreamy mind; it was an effort to him to work hard, he cast a +wistful eye on 'slackers,' he was not a good loser, he was untidy +to the point of slovenliness, and he had a fierce temper. All this +I think has been proved to me up to the +<a name="page_7"><span class="page">Page 7</span></a> +hilt, and as I am very sure that the boy of fifteen or so cannot +be very different from the man he grows into it leaves me puzzled. +The Scott I knew, or thought I knew, was physically as hard as +nails and flung himself into work or play with a vehemence I cannot +remember ever to have seen equaled. I have fished with him, played +cricket and football with him, and other games, those of his own +invention being of a particularly arduous kind, for they always +had a moment when the other players were privileged to fling a hard +ball at your undefended head. 'Slackness,' was the last quality +you would think of when you saw him bearing down on you with that +ball, and it was the last he asked of you if you were bearing down +on him. He was equally strenuous of work; indeed I have no clearer +recollection of him than his way of running from play to work or work +to play, so that there should be the least possible time between. +It is the 'time between' that is the 'slacker's' kingdom, and Scott +lived less in it than anyone I can recall. Again, I found him the +best of losers, with a shout of delight for every good stroke by +an opponent: what is called an ideal sportsman. He was very neat +and correct in his dress, quite a model for the youth who come +after him, but that we take as a matter of course; it is 'good +form' in the Navy. His temper I should have said was bullet-proof. +I have never seen him begin to lose it for a second of time, and +I have seen him in circumstances where the loss of it would have +been excusable. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +However, 'the boy makes the man,' and Scott was +<a name="page_8"><span class="page">Page 8</span></a> +none of those things I saw in him but something better. The faults +of his youth must have lived on in him as in all of us, but he +got to know they were there and he took an iron grip of them and +never let go his hold. It was this self-control more than anything +else that made the man of him of whom we have all become so proud. +I get many proofs of this in correspondence dealing with his manhood +days which are not strictly within the sphere of this introductory +note. The horror of slackness was turned into a very passion for +keeping himself 'fit.' Thus we find him at one time taking charge +of a dog, a 'Big Dane,' so that he could race it all the way between +work and home, a distance of three miles. Even when he was getting +the <i>Discovery</i> ready and doing daily the work of several +men, he might have been seen running through the streets of London +from Savile Row or the Admiralty to his home, not because there +was no time for other method of progression, but because he must +be fit, fit, fit. No more 'Old Mooney' for him; he kept an eye for +ever on that gentleman, and became doggedly the most practical of +men. And practical in the cheeriest of ways. In 1894 a disastrous +change came over the fortunes of the family, the father's money +being lost and then Scott was practical indeed. A letter he wrote I +at this time to his mother, tenderly taking everything and everybody +on his shoulders, must be one of the best letters ever written by +a son, and I hope it may be some day published. His mother was the +great person of his early life, more to him even than his brother +<a name="page_9"><span class="page">Page 9</span></a> +or his father, whom circumstances had deprived of the glory of +following the sailor's profession and whose ambitions were all +bound up in this son, determined that Con should do the big things +he had not done himself. For the rest of his life Con became the +head of the family, devoting his time and his means to them, not +in an it-must-be-done manner, but with joy and even gaiety. He +never seems to have shown a gayer front than when the troubles +fell, and at a farm to which they retired for a time he became +famous as a provider of concerts. Not only must there be no 'Old +Mooney' in him, but it must be driven out of everyone. His concerts, +in which he took a leading part, became celebrated in the district, +deputations called to beg for another, and once in these words, 'Wull +'ee gie we a concert over our way when the comic young gentleman +be here along?' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Some servants having had to go at this period, Scott conceived +the idea that he must even help domestically in the house, and +took his own bedroom under his charge with results that were +satisfactory to the casual eye, though not to the eyes of his sisters. +It was about this time that he slew the demon of untidiness so +far as his own dress was concerned and doggedly became a model +for still younger officers. Not that his dress was fine. While +there were others to help he would not spend his small means on +himself, and he would arrive home in frayed garments that he had +grown out of and in very tarnished lace. But neat as a pin. In +the days when he returned from +<a name="page_10"><span class="page">Page 10</span></a> +his first voyage in the Antarctic and all England was talking of him, +one of his most novel adventures was at last to go to a first-class +tailor and be provided with a first-class suit. He was as elated by +the possession of this as a child. When going about the country +lecturing in those days he traveled third class, though he was +sometimes met at the station by mayors and corporations and red +carpets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The hot tempers of his youth must still have lain hidden, but by +now the control was complete. Even in the naval cadet days of which +unfortunately there is so little to tell, his old friends who remember +the tempers remember also the sunny smile that dissipated them. When +I knew him the sunny smile was there frequently, and was indeed +his greatest personal adornment, but the tempers never reached +the surface. He had become master of his fate and captain of his +soul. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In 1886 Scott became a middy on the <i>Boadicea</i>, and later +on various ships, one of them the <i>Rover</i>, of which Admiral +Fisher was at that time commander. The Admiral has a recollection +of a little black pig having been found under his bunk one night. +He cannot swear that Scott was the leading culprit, but Scott was +certainly one of several who had to finish the night on deck as a +punishment. In 1888 Scott passed his examinations for sub-lieutenant, +with four first-class honours and one second, and so left his boyhood +behind. I cannot refrain however from adding as a conclusion to +these notes a letter from Sir Courtauld +<a name="page_11"><span class="page">Page 11</span></a> +Thomson that gives a very attractive glimpse of him in this same +year: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'In the late winter a quarter of a century ago I had to find my +way from San Francisco to Alaska. The railway was snowed up and +the only transport available at the moment was an ill-found tramp +steamer. My fellow passengers were mostly Californians hurrying off +to a new mining camp and, with the crew, looked a very unpleasant lot +of ruffians. Three singularly unprepossessing Frisco toughs joined +me in my cabin, which was none too large for a single person. I was +then told that yet another had somehow to be wedged in. While I was +wondering if he could be a more ill-favored or dirtier specimen of +humanity than the others the last comer suddenly appeared—the +jolliest and breeziest English naval Second Lieutenant. It was Con +Scott. I had never seen him before, but we at once became friends +and remained so till the end. He was going up to join his ship +which, I think, was the <i>Amphion</i>, at Esquimault, B. C. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'As soon as we got outside the Golden Gates we ran into a full +gale which lasted all the way to Victoria, B. C. The ship was so +overcrowded that a large number of women and children were allowed +to sleep on the floor of the only saloon there was on condition +that they got up early, so that the rest of the passengers could +come in for breakfast and the other meals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I need scarcely say that owing to the heavy weather hardly a woman +was able to get up, and the +<a name="page_12"><span class="page">Page 12</span></a> +saloon was soon in an indescribable condition. Practically no attempt +was made to serve meals and the few so-called stewards were themselves +mostly out of action from drink or sea-sickness. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Nearly all the male passengers who were able to be about spent +their time drinking and quarrelling. The deck cargo and some of +our top hamper were washed away and the cabins got their share +of the waves that were washing the deck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Then it was I first knew that Con Scott was no ordinary human +being. Though at that time still only a boy he practically took +command of the passengers and was at once accepted by them as their +Boss during the rest of the trip. With a small body of volunteers +he led an attack on the saloon—dressed the mothers, washed +the children, fed the babies, swabbed down the floors and nursed +the sick, and performed every imaginable service for all hands. +On deck he settled the quarrels and established order either by +his personality, or, if necessary, by his fists. Practically by +day and night he worked for the common good, never sparing himself, +and with his infectious smile gradually made us all feel the whole +thing was jolly good fun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I daresay there are still some of the passengers like myself who, +after a quarter of a century, have imprinted on their minds the +vision of this fair-haired English sailor boy with the laughing +blue eyes who at that early age knew how to sacrifice himself for +the welfare and happiness of others.' +</p> + +<h2> +<a name="page_13"><span class="page">Page 13</span></a> +THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' +</h2> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig003.jpg" width="495" height="776" alt="Figure 3"> +<br />THE 'DISCOVERY'.<br /> +Reproduced from a drawing by Dr. E. A. Wilson. +</div> + +<h3> +<a name="page_15"><span class="page">Page 15</span></a> +CHAPTER I +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE <i>DISCOVERY</i></p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Do ye, by star-eyed Science led, explore<br> +Each lonely ocean, each untrodden shore. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +In June, 1899, Robert Falcon Scott was spending his short leave in +London, and happened to meet Sir Clements Markham in the Buckingham +Palace Road. On that afternoon he heard for the first time of a +prospective Antarctic expedition, and on the following day he called +upon Sir Clements and volunteered to command it. Of this eventful +visit Sir Clements wrote: 'On June 5, 1899, there was a remarkable +coincidence. Scott was then torpedo lieutenant of the <i>Majestic</i>. +I was just sitting down to write to my old friend Captain Egerton[1] +about him, when he was announced. He came to volunteer to command +the expedition. I believed him to be the best man for so great a +trust, either in the navy or out of it. Captain Egerton's reply +and Scott's testimonials and certificates most fully confirmed +a foregone conclusion.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Now Admiral Sir George Egerton, K.C.B.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tale, however, of the friendship between Sir +<a name="page_16"><span class="page">Page 16</span></a> +Clements and Scott began in 1887, when the former was the guest of +his cousin, the Commodore of the Training Squadron, and made the +acquaintance of every midshipman in the four ships that comprised +it. During the years that followed, it is enough to say that Scott +more than justified the hopes of those who had marked him down +as a midshipman of exceptional promise. Through those years Sir +Clements had been both friendly and observant, until by a happy +stroke of fortune the time came when he was as anxious for this +Antarctic expedition to be led by Scott as Scott was to lead it. So +when, on June 30, 1900, Scott was promoted to the rank of Commander, +and shortly afterwards was free to undertake the work that was +waiting for him, one great anxiety was removed from the shoulders +of the man who had not only proposed the expedition, but had also +resolved that nothing should prevent it from going. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Great difficulties and troubles had, however, to be encountered +before the <i>Discovery</i> could start upon her voyage. First +and foremost was the question of money, but owing to indefatigable +efforts the financial horizon grew clearer in the early months of +1899. Later on in the same year Mr. Balfour expressed his sympathy +with the objects of the undertaking, and it was entirely due to him +that the Government eventually agreed to contribute £45,000, +provided that a similar sum could be raised by private subscriptions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In March, 1900, the keel of the new vessel, that the +<a name="page_17"><span class="page">Page 17</span></a> +special Ship Committee had decided to build for the expedition, +was laid in the yard of the Dundee Shipbuilding Company. A definite +beginning, at any rate, had been made; but very soon after Scott had +taken up his duties he found that unless he could obtain some control +over the various committees and subcommittees of the expedition, the +only day to fix for the sailing of the ship was Doomsday. A visit +to Norway, where he received many practical suggestions from Dr. +Nansen, was followed by a journey to Berlin, and there he discovered +that the German expedition, which was to sail from Europe at the same +time as his own, was already in an advanced state of preparation. +Considerably alarmed, he hurried back to England and found, as +he had expected, that all the arrangements, which were in full +swing in Germany, were almost at a standstill in England. The +construction of the ship was the only work that was progressing, +and even in this there were many interruptions from the want of +some one to give immediate decisions on points of detail. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A remedy for this state of chaos had to be discovered, and on November +4, 1900, the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the Royal +Geographical Society passed a resolution, which left Scott practically +with a free hand to push on the work in every department, under a +given estimate of expenditure in each. To safeguard the interests +of the two Societies the resolution provided that this expenditure +should be supervised by a Finance Committee, +<a name="page_18"><span class="page">Page 18</span></a> +and to this Committee unqualified gratitude was due. Difficulties +were still to crop up, and as there were many scientific interests +to be served, differences of opinion on points of detail naturally +arose, but as far as the Finance Committee was concerned, it is mere +justice to record that no sooner was it formed than its members +began to work ungrudgingly to promote the success of the undertaking. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the meantime Scott's first task was to collect, as far as possible, +the various members of the expedition. Before he had left the +<i>Majestic</i> he had written, 'I cannot gather what is the intention +as regards the crew; is it hoped to be able to embody them from +the R.N.? I sincerely trust so.' In fact he had set his heart on +obtaining a naval crew, partly because he thought that their sense +of discipline would be invaluable, but also because he doubted +his ability to deal with any other class of men. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Admiralty, however, was reluctant to grant a concession that +Scott considered so necessary, and this reluctance arose not from +any coldness towards the enterprise, but from questions of principle +and precedent. At first the Admiralty assistance in this respect +was limited to two officers, Scott himself and Royds, then the +limit was extended to include Skelton the engineer, a carpenter and +a boatswain, and thus at least a small naval nucleus was obtained. +But it was not until the spring of 1901 that the Admiralty, thanks to +Sir Anthony Hoskins and Sir Archibald Douglas, gave in altogether, +and as the selection of +<a name="page_19"><span class="page">Page 19</span></a> +the most fitting volunteers had not yet been made, the chosen men +did not join until the expedition was almost on the point of sailing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For many reasons Scott was obliged to make his own headquarters +in London, and the room that had been placed at his disposal in +Burlington House soon became a museum of curiosities. Sledges, +ski, fur clothing and boots were crowded into every corner, while +tables and shelves were littered with correspondence and samples +of tinned foods. And in the midst of this medley he worked steadily +on, sometimes elated by the hope that all was going well, sometimes +depressed by the thought that the expedition could not possibly +be ready to start at the required date. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During these busy months of preparation he had the satisfaction +of knowing that the first lieutenant, the chief engineer and the +carpenter were in Dundee, and able to look into the numerous small +difficulties that arose in connection with the building of the +ship. Other important posts in the expedition had also been filled +up, and expeditionary work was being carried on in many places. +Some men were working on their especial subjects in the British +Museum, others were preparing themselves at the Physical Laboratory +at Kew, and others, again, were traveling in various directions +both at home and abroad. Of all these affairs the central office +was obliged to take notice, and so for its occupants idle moments +were few and very far between. Nansen said once that the hardest work +<a name="page_20"><span class="page">Page 20</span></a> +of a Polar voyage came in its preparation, and during the years +1900-1, Scott found ample cause to agree with him. But in spite +of conflicting interests, which at times threatened to wreck the +well-being of the expedition, work, having been properly organized, +went steadily forward; until on March 21, 1901, the new vessel +was launched at Dundee and named the '<i>Discovery</i>' by Lady +Markham. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the choice of a name it was generally agreed that the best plan +was to revive some time-honoured title, and that few names were more +distinguished than 'Discovery.' She was the sixth of that name, +and inherited a long record of honourable and fortunate service. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Discovery</i> had been nothing more than a skeleton when it +was decided that she should be loaded with her freight in London; +consequently, after she had undergone her trials, she was brought +round from Dundee, and on June 3, 1901, was berthed in the East +India Docks. There, during the following weeks, all the stores +were gathered together, and there the vessel, which was destined +to be the home of the expedition for more than three years, was laden. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Speaking at the Geographical Congress at Berlin in 1899, Nansen +strongly recommended a vessel of the <i>Fram</i> type with fuller +lines for South Polar work, but the special Ship Committee, appointed +to consider the question of a vessel for this expedition, had very +sound reasons for not following his advice. Nansen's +<a name="page_21"><span class="page">Page 21</span></a> +celebrated <i>Fram</i> was built for the specific object of remaining +safely in the North Polar pack, in spite of the terrible pressures +which were to be expected in such a vast extent of ice. This object +was achieved in the simplest manner by inclining the sides of the +vessel until her shape resembled a saucer, and lateral pressure +merely tended to raise her above the surface. Simple as this design +was, it fulfilled so well the requirements of the situation that +its conception was without doubt a stroke of genius. What, however, +has been generally forgotten is that the safety of the <i>Fram</i> +was secured at the expense of her sea-worthiness and powers of +ice-penetration. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Since the <i>Fram</i> was built there have been two distinct types +of Polar vessels, the one founded on the idea of passive security +in the ice, the other the old English whaler type designed to sail +the high seas and push her way through the looser ice-packs. And +a brief consideration of southern conditions will show which of +these types is more serviceable for Antarctic exploration, because +it is obvious that the exploring ship must first of all be prepared +to navigate the most stormy seas in the world, and then be ready +to force her way through the ice-floes to the mysteries beyond. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the general consent of those who witnessed her performances, +the old <i>Discovery</i> (the fifth of her name) of 1875 was the +best ship that had ever been employed on Arctic service, and the +Ship Committee eventually decided that the new vessel should be +built on more +<a name="page_22"><span class="page">Page 22</span></a> +or less the same lines. The new <i>Discovery</i> had the honour +to be the first vessel ever built for scientific exploration, and +the decision to adopt well-tried English lines for her was more +than justified by her excellent qualities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The greatest strength lay in her bows, and when ice-floes had to +be rammed the knowledge that the keel at the fore-end of the ship +gradually grew thicker, until it rose in the enormous mass of solid +wood which constituted the stem, was most comforting. No single +tree could provide the wood for such a stem, but the several trees +used were cunningly scarfed to provide the equivalent of a solid +block. In further preparation for the battle with ice-floes, the +stem itself and the bow for three or four feet on either side were +protected with numerous steel plates, so that when the ship returned +to civilization not a scratch remained to show the hard knocks +received by the bow. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The shape of the stem was also a very important consideration. In +the outline drawing of the <i>Discovery</i> will be seen how largely +the stem overhangs, and this was carried to a greater extent than +in any former Polar vessel. The object with which this was fitted +was often fulfilled during the voyage. Many a time on charging a +large ice-floe the stem of the ship glided upwards until the bows +were raised two or three feet, then the weight of the ship acting +downwards would crack the floe beneath, the bow would drop, and +gradually the ship would forge ahead to tussle against the +<a name="page_23"><span class="page">Page 23</span></a> +next obstruction. Nothing but a wooden structure has the elasticity +and strength to thrust its way without injury through the thick +Polar ice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In Dundee the building of the <i>Discovery</i> aroused the keenest +interest, and the peculiar shape of her overhanging stern, an entirely +new feature in this class of vessel, gave rise to the strongest +criticism. All sorts of misfortunes were predicted, but events +proved that this overhanging rounded form of stem was infinitely +superior for ice-work to the old form of stem, because it gave +better protection to the rudder, rudder post and screw, and was +more satisfactory in heavy seas. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig004a.jpg" width="768" height="188" + alt="Figure 4a"> +<br />PROFILE DRAWING OF 'DISCOVERY'. +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig004b.jpg" width="735" height="164" + alt="Figure 4b"> +<br />OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF 'DISCOVERY' AND 'FRAM'. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Both in the building and in the subsequent work of the <i>Discovery</i> +the deck-house, marked on the drawing 'Magnetic Observatory,' was +an important place. For the best of reasons it was important that +the magnetic observations taken on the expedition should be as +accurate as possible, and it will be readily understood that magnetic +observations cannot be taken in a place closely surrounded by iron. +The ardor of the magnetic experts on the Ship Committee had led +them at first to ask that there should be neither iron nor steel +in the vessel, but after it had been pointed out that this could +scarcely be, a compromise was arrived at and it was agreed that +no magnetic materials should be employed within thirty feet of +the observatory. This decision caused immense trouble and expense, +but in the end it was justified, for the magnetic observations +taken on board throughout the voyage +<a name="page_25"><span class="page">Page 25</span></a> +required very little correction. And if the demands of the magnetic +experts were a little exacting, some amusement was also derived from +them. At one time those who lived within the circle were threatened +with the necessity of shaving with brass razors; and when the ship was +on her way home from New Zealand a parrot fell into dire disgrace, +not because it was too talkative, but because it had been hanging +on the mess-deck during a whole set of observations, and the wires +of its cage were made of iron. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Discovery</i> was, in Scott's opinion, the finest vessel +ever built for exploring purposes, and he was as enthusiastic about +his officers and men as he was about the ship herself. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The senior of the ten officers who messed with Scott in the small +wardroom of the <i>Discovery</i> was Lieutenant A. B. Armitage, +R.N.R. He brought with him not only an excellent practical seamanship +training in sailing ships, but also valuable Polar experience; +for the P. and O. Company, in which he held a position, had in +1894 granted him leave of absence to join the Jackson-Harmsworth +Expedition to Franz-Josef Land. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Reginald Koettlitz, the senior doctor, had also seen Arctic service +in the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition. As his medical duties were +expected to be light, he combined them with those of official botanist. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The task of Thomas V. Hodgson, biologist, was to collect by hook +or crook all the strange beasts +<a name="page_26"><span class="page">Page 26</span></a> +that inhabit the Polar seas, and no greater enthusiast for his work +could have been chosen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Charles W. R. Royds was the first lieutenant, and had all to do +with the work of the men and the internal economy of the ship in +the way that is customary with a first lieutenant of a man-of-war. +Throughout the voyage he acted as meteorologist, and in face of +great difficulties he secured the most valuable records. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Michael Barne, the second naval lieutenant, had served with Scott in +the Majestic. 'I had thought him,' Scott wrote after the expedition +had returned, 'as he proved to be, especially fitted for a voyage +where there were many elements of dangers and difficulty.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The original idea in appointing two doctors to the <i>Discovery</i> +was that one of them should be available for a detached landing-party. +This idea was practically abandoned, but the expedition had reason +to be thankful that it ever existed, for the second doctor appointed +was Edward A. Wilson. In view of the glorious friendship which arose +between them, and which in the end was destined to make history, it +is of inestimable value to be able to quote what is believed to +be Scott's first written opinion of Wilson. In a letter headed 'At +sea, Sept. 27,' he said: 'I now come to the man who will do great +things some day—Wilson. He has quite the keenest intellect +on board and a marvelous capacity for work. You know his artistic +talent, but would be surprised at +<a name="page_27"><span class="page">Page 27</span></a> +the speed at which he paints, and the indefatigable manner in which +he is always at it. He has fallen at once into ship-life, helps +with any job that may be in hand... in fact is an excellent fellow +all round. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson, in addition to his medical duties, was also vertebrate +zoologist and artist to the expedition. In the first capacity he +dealt scientifically with the birds and seals, and in the second +he produced a very large number of excellent pictures and sketches +of the wild scenes among which he was living. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of Scott's earliest acts on behalf of the expedition was to +apply for the services of Reginald W. Skelton as chief engineer. +At the time Skelton was senior engineer of the Majestic, and his +appointment to the <i>Discovery</i> was most fortunate in every +way. From first to last there was no serious difficulty with the +machinery or with anything connected with it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The geologist, Hartley T. Ferrar, only joined the expedition a +short time before the <i>Discovery</i> sailed, and the physicist, +Louis Bernacchi, did not join until the ship reached New Zealand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition there were two officers who did not serve throughout +the whole term. Owing to ill-health Ernest H. Shackleton was obliged +to return from the Antarctic in 1903, and his place was taken by +George F. A. Mulock, who was a sub-lieutenant in the Navy when +he joined. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Apart from Koettlitz, who was forty, and Hodgson, +<a name="page_28"><span class="page">Page 28</span></a> +who was thirty-seven, the average age of the remaining members +of the wardroom mess was just over twenty-four years, and at that +time Scott had little doubt as to the value of youth for Polar +service. Very naturally, however, this opinion was less pronounced +as the years went by, and on August 6, 1911, he wrote during his +last expedition: 'We (Wilson and I) both conclude that it is the +younger people who have the worst time... Wilson (39) says he never +felt cold less than he does now; I suppose that between 30 and +40 is the best all-round age. Bower is a wonder of course. He is +29. When past the forties it is encouraging to remember that Peary +was 52!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fact that these officers lived in complete harmony for three +years was proof enough that they were well and wisely chosen, and +Scott was equally happy in his selection of warrant officers, petty +officers and men, who brought with them the sense of naval discipline +that is very necessary for such conditions as exist in Polar service. +The <i>Discovery</i>, it must be remembered, was not in Government +employment, and so had no more stringent regulations to enforce +discipline than those contained in the Merchant Shipping Act. But +everyone on board lived exactly as though the ship was under the +Naval Discipline Act; and as the men must have known that this +state of affairs was a fiction, they deserved as much credit as +the officers, if not more, for continuing rigorously to observe it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_29"><span class="page">Page 29</span></a> +Something remains to be said about the <i>Discovery's</i> prospective +course, and of the instructions given to Captain Scott. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For purposes of reference Sir Clements Markham had suggested that +the Antarctic area should be divided into four quadrants, to be +named respectively the Victoria, the Ross, the Weddell, and the +Enderby, and when he also proposed that the Ross quadrant should +be the one chosen for this expedition, his proposal was received +with such unanimous approval that long before the <i>Discovery</i> +was built her prospective course had been finally decided. In fact +every branch of science saw a greater chance of success in the +Ross quadrant than in any other region. Concerning instructions +on such a voyage as the <i>Discovery's</i> it may be thought that, +when once the direction is settled, the fewer there are the better. +Provided, however, that they leave the greatest possible freedom +to the commander, they may be very useful in giving him a general +view of the situation, and in stating the order in which the various +objects are held. If scientific interests clash, it is clearly to +the commander's advantage to know in what light these interests +are regarded by those responsible for the enterprise. Of such a +nature were the instructions Scott received before sailing for +the South. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the time of preparation many busy men gave most valuable +assistance to the expedition; but even with all this kindly aid +it is doubtful if the <i>Discovery</i> would ever have started +had it not been +<a name="page_30"><span class="page">Page 30</span></a> +that among these helpers was one who, from the first, had given +his whole and undivided attention to the work in hand. After all +is said and done Sir Clements Markham conceived the idea of this +Antarctic Expedition, and it was his masterful personality which +swept aside all obstacles and obstructions. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_31"><span class="page">Page 31</span></a> +CHAPTER II +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">SOUTHWARD HO!</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +They saw the cables loosened, they saw the gangways cleared,<br /> +They heard the women weeping, they heard the men who cheered.<br /> +Far off-far off the tumult faded and died away.<br /> +And all alone the sea wind came singing up the Bay.<br /> + —NEWBOLT. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +On July 31, 1901, the <i>Discovery</i> left the London Docks, and +slowly wended her way down the Thames; and at Cowes, on August 5, +she was honoured by a visit from King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra. +This visit must be ever memorable for the interest their Majesties +showed in the minutest details of equipment; but at the same time +it was natural for the members of the expedition to be obsessed +by the fear that they might start with a flourish of trumpets and +return with failure. The grim possibilities of the voyage were +also not to be forgotten—a voyage to the Antarctic, the very +map of which had remained practically unaltered from 1843-93. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With no previous Polar experience to help him, Scott was following +on the track of great Polar explorers, notably of James Cook and +James Ross, of whom it has been well said that the one defined the +Antarctic region and the other discovered it. Can it be wondered +therefore that his great anxieties were +<a name="page_32"><span class="page">Page 32</span></a> +to be off and doing, to justify the existence of the expedition at +the earliest possible moment, and to obey the instructions which +had been given him? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before the <i>Discovery</i> had crossed the Bay of Biscay it was +evident that she did not possess a turn of speed under any conditions, +and that there must be none but absolutely necessary delays on +the voyage, if she was to arrive in the Antarctic in time to take +full advantage of the southern summer of 1901-2 for the first +exploration in the ice. This proved a serious drawback, as it had +been confidently expected that there would be ample time to make +trial of various devices for sounding and dredging in the deep +sea, while still in a temperate climate. The fact that no trials +could be made on the outward voyage was severely felt when the +Antarctic was reached. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 2 the <i>Discovery</i> arrived within 150 miles of the +Cape, and on the 5th was moored off the naval station at Simon's +Bay. The main object of staying at the Cape was to obtain comparisons +with the magnetic instruments, but Scott wrote: 'It is much to +be deplored that no permanent Magnetic Station now exists at the +Cape. The fact increased the number and difficulty of our own +observations, and it was quite impossible to spare the time for +such repetitions and verifications as, under the circumstances, +could alone have placed them beyond dispute.' Armitage and Barne, +however, worked like Trojans in taking observations, and received +so much valuable assistance 'that they were able to accomplish +a maximum +<a name="page_33"><span class="page">Page 33</span></a> +amount of work in the limited time at their disposal.' In every +way, indeed, the kindliest sympathy was shown at the Cape. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The magnetic work was completed on October 12, and two days later +the <i>Discovery</i> once more put out to sea; and as time went on +those on board became more and more satisfied with her seaworthy +qualities. Towards the end of October there was a succession of +heavy following gales, but she rose like a cork to the mountainous +seas that followed in her wake, and, considering her size, she was +wonderfully free of water on the upper deck. With a heavy following +sea, however, she was, owing to her buoyancy, extremely lively, and +rolls of more than 40º were often recorded. The peculiar shape of +the stern, to which reference has been made, was now well tested. +It gave additional buoyancy to the after-end, causing the ship to +rise more quickly to the seas, but the same lifting effect was +also directed to throwing the ship off her course, and consequently +she was difficult to steer. The helmsmen gradually became more +expert, but on one occasion when Scott and some other officers were +on the bridge the ship swerved round, and was immediately swept by +a monstrous sea which made a clean breach over her. Instinctively +those on the bridge clutched the rails, and for several moments +they were completely submerged while the spray dashed as high as +the upper topsails. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On November 12 the <i>Discovery</i> was in lat. 51 S., long. 131 +E., and had arrived in such an extremely +<a name="page_34"><span class="page">Page 34</span></a> +interesting magnetic area that they steered to the south to explore +it. This new course took them far out of the track of ships and +towards the regions of ice, and they had scarcely arrived in those +lonely waters when Scott was aroused from sleep by a loud knocking +and a voice shouting, 'Ship's afire, sir.' Without waiting to give +any details of this alarming news the informant fled, and when +Scott appeared hastily on the scenes he found that the deck was +very dark and obstructed by numerous half-clad people, all of whom +were as ignorant as he was. Making his way forward he discovered +that the fire had been under the forecastle, and had been easily +extinguished when the hose was brought to bear on it. In these +days steel ships and electric light tend to lessen the fear of +fire, but in a wooden vessel the possible consequences are too +serious not to make the danger very real and alarming. Henceforth +the risk of fire was constantly in Scott's thoughts, but this was +the first and last occasion on which an alarm was raised in the +<i>Discovery</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On November 15 the 60th parallel was passed, and during the following +morning small pieces of sea-ice, worn into fantastic shape by the +action of the waves, appeared and were greeted with much excitement +and enthusiasm. As the afternoon advanced signs of a heavier pack +were seen ahead, and soon the loose floes were all about the ship, +and she was pushing her way amongst them and receiving her baptism +of ice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_35"><span class="page">Page 35</span></a> +This was Scott's first experience of pack-ice, and he has recorded +how deeply he was impressed by the novelty of his surroundings. +'The wind had died away; what light remained was reflected in a +ghostly glimmer from the white surface of the pack; now and again +a white snow petrel flitted through the gloom, the grinding of the +floes against the ship's side was mingled with the more subdued +hush of their rise and fall on the long swell, and for the first +time we felt something of the solemnity of these great Southern +solitudes.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Discovery</i> was now within 200 miles of Adélie +Land, and with steam could easily have pushed on towards it. But +delays had already been excessive, and they could not be added to +if New Zealand was to be reached betimes. Reluctantly the ship's +head was again turned towards the North, and soon passed into looser +ice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One great feature of the tempestuous seas of these southern oceans +is the quantity and variety of their bird life. Not only are these +roaming, tireless birds to be seen in the distance, but in the +majority of cases they are attracted by a ship and for hours gather +close about her. The greater number are of the petrel tribe, and +vary in size from the greater albatrosses, with their huge spread +of wing and unwavering flight, to the small Wilson stormy petrel, +which flits under the foaming crests of the waves. For centuries +these birds have been the friends of sailors, and as Wilson was +able to distinguish and +<a name="page_36"><span class="page">Page 36</span></a> +name the various visitors to the <i>Discovery</i>, the interest +of the voyage was very greatly increased. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'At 11 A.M. on the 22nd,' Scott wrote in his official report of +the Proceedings of the expedition, 'we sighted Macquarie Island, +exactly at the time and in the direction expected, a satisfactory +fact after so long an absence from land. As the island promised so +much of interest to our naturalists I thought a delay of the few +hours necessary for landing would be amply justified.... A landing +was effected without much difficulty, and two penguin rookeries which +had been observed from the ship were explored with much interest. +One proved to be inhabited by the beautifully marked King penguin, +while the other contained a smaller gold-crested broad-billed +species.... At 8 P.M. the party returned to the ship, and shortly +after we weighed anchor and proceeded. Including those collected +in the ice, we had no fewer than 50 birds of various sorts to be +skinned, and during the next few days several officers and men +were busily engaged in this work under the superintendence of Dr. +Wilson. The opportunity was taken of serving out the flesh of the +penguins for food. I had anticipated considerable prejudice on +the part of the men to this form of diet which it will so often +be essential to enforce, and was agreeably surprised to find that +they were by no means averse to it. Many pronounced it excellent, +and all seemed to appreciate the necessity of cultivating a taste +for it. I found no prejudice more difficult to conquer than my own.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_37"><span class="page">Page 37</span></a> +Perhaps the most excited member of the party over this visit to +Macquarie Island was Scott's Aberdeen terrier 'Scamp,' who was most +comically divided between a desire to run away from the penguins, +and a feeling that in such strange company it behooved him to be very +courageous. This, however, was Scamp's first and last experience +of penguins, for it was felt that he would be unable to live in +the Antarctic, and so a comfortable home was found for him in New +Zealand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Late on November 29 the <i>Discovery</i> arrived off Lyttelton +Heads, and on the following day she was berthed alongside a jetty +in the harbor. For both the private and the public kindness which was +shown to the expedition in New Zealand, no expressions of gratitude +can be too warm. On every possible occasion, and in every possible +way, efficient and kindly assistance was given, and this was all +the more valuable because a lot of work had to be done before the +ship could sail from Lyttelton. The rigging had to be thoroughly +overhauled and refitted; the magneticians had to undertake the +comparison of their delicate instruments, and as this was the last +occasion on which it could be done special attention was necessary; +and a large quantity of stores had to be shipped, because some +of those in the <i>Discovery</i> had been damaged by the leaky +state of the ship. This leak had never been dangerous, but all the +same it had entailed many weary hours of pumping, and had caused +much waste of time and of provisions. Among the many skilled +<a name="page_38"><span class="page">Page 38</span></a> +workmen, whose united labour had produced the solid structure of +the <i>Discovery</i>'s hull, had been one who had shirked his task, +and although the ship was docked and most determined and persistent +efforts were made to find the leak, it succeeded in avoiding detection. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the month of December advanced the scene on the ship was a very +busy one, but at last the day for sailing from Lyttelton arrived, +though not for the final departure from civilization, because a +short visit was to be paid to Port Chalmers in the south to complete +the stock of coal. On Saturday, December 21, the ship lay alongside +the wharf ready for sea and very deeply laden. 'One could reflect +that it would have been impossible to have got more into her, and +that all we had got seemed necessary for the voyage, for the rest +we could only trust that Providence would vouch-safe to us fine +weather and an easy passage to the south.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +New Zealand, to the last, was bent on showing its enthusiasm for +the expedition. Two men-of-war steamed slowly out ahead of the +<i>Discovery</i>, while no fewer than five steamers, crowded with +passengers, and with bands playing and whistles hooting, also +accompanied her, until the open sea was reached and the <i>Discovery</i> +slowly steamed out between the war-ships that seemed to stand as +sentinels to the bay. And then, before the cheers of thousands of +friends were hardly out of the ears of those on board, a tragedy +happened. Among the ship's company who had crowded into the rigging to +wave their farewells was one young seaman, named Charles Bonner, who, +<a name="page_39"><span class="page">Page 39</span></a> +more venturesome than the rest, had climbed above the crow's-nest +to the top of the main-mast. There, seated on the truck, he had +remained cheering, until in a moment of madness he raised himself +into a standing position, and almost directly afterwards he fell +and was instantaneously killed. On the Monday the ship arrived +at Port Chalmers, and Bonner was buried with naval honours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By noon on the following day the <i>Discovery</i> was clear of +the harbor bar, and was soon bowling along under steam and sail +towards the south. The last view of civilization, the last sight +of fields and flowers had come and gone on Christmas Eve, 1901, and +Christmas Day found the ship in the open expanse of the Southern +Ocean, though after such a recent parting from so many kind friends +no one felt inclined for the customary festivities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In good sea trim the <i>Discovery</i> had little to fear from the +worst gales, but at this time she was so heavily laden that had +she encountered heavy seas the consequences must have been very +unpleasant. Inevitably much of her large deck cargo must have been +lost; the masses of wood on the superstructure would have been in +great danger, while all the sheep and possibly many of the dogs +would have been drowned. Fine weather, however, continued, and on +January 3 Scott and his companions crossed the Antarctic Circle, +little thinking how long a time would elapse before they would +recross it. At length they had entered the Antarctic regions; before +them lay +<a name="page_40"><span class="page">Page 40</span></a> +the scene of their work, and all the trials of preparation, and +the anxiety of delays, were forgotten in the fact that they had +reached their goal in time to make use of the best part of the +short open season in these icebound regions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Soon the pack was on all sides of them, but as yet so loose that +there were many large pools of open water. And then for several +days the ship had really to fight her way, and Scott gave high +praise to the way she behaved: 'The "Discovery" is a perfect gem +in the pack. Her size and weight behind such a stem seem to give +quite the best combination possible for such a purpose. We have +certainly tried her thoroughly, for the pack which we have come +through couldn't have been looked at by Ross even with a gale of +wind behind him.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Necessarily progress became slow, but life abounds in the pack, and +the birds that came to visit the ship were a source of perpetual +interest. The pleasantest and most constant of these visitors was +the small snow petrel, with its dainty snow-white plumage relieved +only by black beak and feet, and black, beady eye. These little +birds abound in the pack-ice, but the blue-grey southern fulmar +and the Antarctic petrel were also to be seen, and that unwholesome +scavenger, the giant petrel, frequently lumbered by; while the skua +gull, most pugnacious of bullies, occasionally flapped past, on +his way to make some less formidable bird disgorge his hard-earned +dinner. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The squeak of the penguin was constantly heard, at +<a name="page_41"><span class="page">Page 41</span></a> +first afar and often long before the birds were seen. Curiosity +drew them to the ship, and as she forced her way onward these little +visitors would again and again leap into the water, and journey +from floe to floe in their eagerness to discover what this strange +apparition could be. Some of the sailors became very expert in +imitating their calls, and could not only attract them from a long +distance, but would visibly add to their astonishment when they +approached. These were busy days for the penguins. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In all parts of the pack seals are plentiful and spend long hours +asleep on the floes. The commonest kind is the crab-eater or white +seal, but the Ross seal is not rare, and there and there is found +the sea-leopard, ranging wide and preying on the penguins and even +on the young of its less powerful brethren. It is curious to observe +that both seals and penguins regard themselves as safe when out of +the water. In the sea they are running risks all the time, and in +that element Nature has made them swift to prey or to avoid being +preyed upon. But once on ice or land they have known no enemy, +and cannot therefore conceive one. The seal merely raises its head +when anyone approaches, and then with but little fear; whereas it +is often difficult to drive the penguin into the water, for he +is firmly convinced that the sea is the sole source of danger. +Several seals were killed for food, and from the first seal-meat +was found palatable, if not altogether the form of diet to recommend +to an epicure. The great drawback to the seal is that there is no +fat except blubber, +<a name="page_42"><span class="page">Page 42</span></a> +and blubber has a very strong taste and most penetrating smell. +At this time blubber was an abomination to everyone both in taste +and smell, and if the smallest scrap happened to have been cooked +with the meat, dinner was a wasted meal. Later on, however, this +smell lost most of its terrors, while seal-steaks and seal-liver +and kidneys were treated almost as luxuries. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of January 8 a strong water sky could be seen, and +soon afterwards the officer of the watch hailed from aloft the glad +tidings of an open sea to the south. Presently the ship entered +a belt where the ice lay in comparatively small pieces, and after +pushing her way through this for over a mile, she reached the hard +line where the ice abruptly ended, and to the south nothing but +a clear sky could be seen. At 10.30 P.M. on the same evening the +joy of being again in the open sea was intensified by a shout of +'Land in sight,' and all who were not on deck quickly gathered +there to take their first look at the Antarctic Continent. The +sun, near the southern horizon, still shone in a cloudless sky, and +far away to the south-west the blue outline of the high mountain +peaks of Victoria Land could be seen. The course was now directed for +Robertson Bay, and after some difficulty, owing to the reappearance +of loose streams of pack-ice, the ship was eventually steered into +the open water within the bay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Robertson Bay is formed by the long peninsula of Cape Adare, within +which, standing but slightly above the level of the sea, is a curious +triangular +<a name="page_43"><span class="page">Page 43</span></a> +spit, probably the morainic remains of the vaster ice conditions +of former ages. It was on this spit that the expedition sent forth +by Sir George Newnes and commanded by Borchgrevink spent their +winter in 1896, the first party to winter on the shores of the +Antarctic Continent. Here Scott decided to land for a short time, +and very soon Armitage, Bernacchi and Barne were at work among +the thousands of penguins that abounded, while the naturalists +wandered further afield in search of specimens. In the center of +Cape Adare beach the hut used by the members of Borchgrevink's +party was still found to be standing in very good condition, though +at the best of times deserted dwellings are far from cheerful to +contemplate. Bernacchi had been a member of this small party of +eight, and on the spot he recalled the past, and told of the unhappy +death of Hanson—one of his comrades. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Later on Bernacchi and some others landed again to visit Hanson's +grave, and to see that all was well with it. They took a tin cylinder +containing the latest report of the voyage with them, and were told +to place it in some conspicuous part of the hut. In the following +year this cylinder was found by the <i>Morning</i>,[1] and so the +first information was given that the <i>Discovery</i> had succeeded +in reaching these southern regions. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: The relief ship.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 10, when the weather was still calm and bright, the ship +again stood out to sea, and was steered close around Cape Adare +in the hope of finding +<a name="page_44"><span class="page">Page 44</span></a> +a clear channel near at hand. Very soon, however, the tidal stream +began to make from the south, and the whole aspect of the streams +of heavy pack-ice rapidly changed. Almost immediately the pack was +about the ship, and she was being rapidly borne along with it. +Across the entrance to the bay was a chain of grounded icebergs, +and it was in this direction that she was being carried. For the +first time they faced the dangers of the pack, and realized its +mighty powers. Little or nothing could be done, for the floes around +them were heavier than anything they had yet encountered. Twist and +turn as they would no appreciable advance could be made, and in +front of one colossal floe the ship was brought to a standstill for +nearly half an hour. But they still battled on; Armitage remained +aloft, working the ship with admirable patience; the engine-room, +as usual, answered nobly to the call for more steam, and the +<i>Discovery</i> exerted all her powers in the struggle; but, in +spite of these efforts, progress was so slow that it looked almost +certain that she would be carried down among the bergs. 'It was +one of those hours,' Scott says, 'which impress themselves for +ever on the memory. Above us the sun shone in a cloudless sky, its +rays were reflected from a myriad points of tire glistening pack; +behind us lay the lofty snow-clad mountains, the brown sun-kissed +cliffs of the Cape, and the placid glassy waters of the bay; the air +about us was almost breathlessly still; crisp, clear and sun-lit, +it seemed an atmosphere in which all Nature should rejoice; +<a name="page_45"><span class="page">Page 45</span></a> +the silence was broken only by the deep panting of our engines +and the slow, measured hush of the grinding floes; yet, beneath +all, ran this mighty, relentless tide, bearing us on to possible +destruction. It seemed desperately unreal that danger could exist +in the midst of so fair a scene, and as one paced to and fro on +the few feet of throbbing plank that constituted our bridge, it was +difficult to persuade oneself that we were so completely impotent.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the exception of Scott himself only those who were actually +on watch were on deck during this precarious time, for the hour was +early, and the majority were asleep in their bunks below, happily +oblivious of the possible dangers before them. And the fact that +they were not aroused is a proof that a fuss was rarely made in the +<i>Discovery</i>, if it could by any conceivable means be avoided. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At last, however, release came from this grave danger, and it came +so gradually that it was difficult to say when it happened. Little +by little the tidal stream slackened, the close-locked floes fell +slightly apart, and under her full head of steam the ship began +to forge ahead towards the open sea and safety. 'For me,' Scott +adds, 'the lesson had been a sharp and, I have no doubt, a salutary +one; we were here to fight the elements with their icy weapons, +and once and for all this taught me not to undervalue the enemy.' +During the forenoon the ship was within seven or eight miles of +the high bold coast-line to the south of Cape Adare, but later +she had to be turned outwards +<a name="page_46"><span class="page">Page 46</span></a> +so that the heavy stream of pack-ice drifting along the land could +be avoided. By the morning of the 11th she was well clear of the +land, but the various peaks and headlands which Sir James Ross +had named could be distinctly seen, and gave everyone plenty to +talk and think about. Progress, however, was slow, owing to a brisk +S. E. wind and the fact that only one boiler was being used. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of all economies practiced on board the most important was that of +coal, but Scott was not at all sure that this decision to use only +one boiler was really economical. Certainly coal was saved but time +was also wasted, and against an adverse wind the <i>Discovery</i> +could only make fifty-five miles on the 11th, and on the 12th she +scarcely made any headway at all, for the wind had increased and +a heavy swell was coming up from the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To gain shelter Scott decided to turn in towards the high cliffs +of Coulman Island, the land of which looked illusively near as +they approached it. So strong was this deception that the engines +were eased when the ship was still nearly two miles away from the +cliffs. Later on, in their winter quarters and during their sledge +journeys, they got to know how easy it was to be deluded as regards +distance, and what very false appearances distant objects could +assume. This matter is of interest, because it shows that Polar +explorers must be exceedingly cautious in believing the evidence +of their own eyes, and it also explains the errors which the +<i>Discovery</i> expedition found to +<a name="page_47"><span class="page">Page 47</span></a> +have been made by former explorers, and which they knew must have +been made in all good faith. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the night of the 13th the ship lay under the shelter of +Coulman Island, but by the morning the wind had increased to such +a furious gale, and the squalls swept down over the cliffs with +such terrific violence, that in spite of every effort to keep her +in her station she began to lose ground. In the afternoon the wind +force was ninety miles an hour, and as they continued to lose ground +they got into a more choppy sea, which sent the spray over them +in showers, to freeze as it fell. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Again the situation was far from pleasant; to avoid one berg they +were forced to go about, and in doing so they ran foul of another. As +they came down on it the bowsprit just swept clear of its pinnacled +sides, and they took the shock broad on their bows. It sent the +ship reeling round, but luckily on the right tack to avoid further +complications. The following night was dismal enough; again and +again small bergs appeared through the blinding spray and drift, and +only with great difficulty could the unmanageable ship be brought +to clear them. Even gales, however, must have an end, and towards +morning the wind moderated, and once more they were able to steam +up close to the island. And there, between two tongues of ice off +Cape Wadworth, they landed on the steep rocks and erected a staff +bearing a tin cylinder with a further record of the voyage. By +the time this had been done the wind had fallen completely, and in +<a name="page_48"><span class="page">Page 48</span></a> +the evening the ship entered a long inlet between Cape Jones and +the barrier-ice, and later turned out, of this into a smaller inlet +in the barrier-ice itself. She was now in a very well-sheltered +spot, and night, as often happened in the Antarctic regions, was +turned into day so that several seals could be killed. 'It, seemed +a terrible desecration,' Scott says, 'to come to this quiet spot +only to murder its innocent inhabitants, and stain the white snow +with blood.' But there was the best of all excuses, namely necessity, +for this massacre, because there was no guarantee that seals would +be found near the spot in which the ship wintered, and undoubtedly +the wisest plan was to make sure of necessary food. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While the seal carcasses and some ice for the boilers were being +obtained, Scott turned in to get some rest before putting out to +sea again, and on returning to the deck at 7.30 he was told that +the work was completed, but that some five hours before Wilson, +Ferrar, Cross and Weller had got adrift of a floe, and that no one +had thought of picking them up. Although the sun had been shining +brightly all night, the temperature had been down to 18°, and +afar off Scott could see four disconsolate figures tramping about, +and trying to keep themselves warm on a detached floe not more +than fifteen yards across. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When at length the wanderers scrambled over the side it was very +evident that they had a grievance, and not until they had been warmed +by hot cocoa could they talk with ease of their experiences. They +<a name="page_49"><span class="page">Page 49</span></a> +had been obliged to keep constantly on the move, and when they +thought of smoking to relieve the monotony they found that they +had pipes and tobacco, but no matches. While, however, they were +dismally bemoaning this unfortunate state of affairs Wilson, who +did not smoke, came to the rescue and succeeded in producing fire +with a small pocket magnifying glass—a performance which +testified not only to Wilson's resource, but also to the power of +the sun in these latitudes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 17th the ship had to stand out farther and farther from +the land to clear the pack, and when on the 18th she arrived in +the entrance to Wood Bay it was also found to be heavily packed. A +way to the N. and N.W. the sharp peaks of Monteagle and Murchison, +among bewildering clusters of lesser summits, could be seen; across +the bay rose the magnificent bare cliff of Cape Sibbald, while +to the S.W. the eye lingered pleasantly upon the uniform outline +of Mount Melbourne. This fine mountain rears an almost perfect +volcanic cone to a height of 9,000 feet, and with no competing +height to take from its grandeur, it constitutes the most magnificent +landmark on the coast. Cape Washington, a bold, sharp headland, +projects from the foot of the mountain on its eastern side, and +finding such heavy pack in Wood Bay, Scott decided to turn to the +south to pass around this cape. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From this point the voyage promised to be increasingly interesting, +since the coast to the south of Cape Washington was practically +unknown. Pack-ice was +<a name="page_50"><span class="page">Page 50</span></a> +still a formidable obstacle, but on the 20th the <i>Discovery</i> +pushed her way into an inlet where she met ice which had been formed +inside and but recently broken up. The ice was perfectly smooth, and +as it showed absolutely no sign of pressure there was no doubting +that this inlet would make a secure wintering harbor. Already a +latitude had been reached in which it was most desirable to find +safe winter quarters for the ship. In England many people had thought +that Wood Bay would be the most southerly spot where security was +likely to be found, but Scott had seen enough of the coast-line to +the south of that place to realize the impossibility of traveling +along it in sledges, and to convince him that if any advance to +the south was to be made, a harbor in some higher latitude must +be found. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This inlet was afterwards named Granite Harbor, and so snug and +secure a spot was it to winter in that Scott expressed his thankfulness +that he did not yield to its allurements. 'Surrounded as we should +have been by steep and lofty hills, we could have obtained only the +most local records of climatic conditions, and our meteorological +observations would have been comparatively valueless; but the greatest +drawback would have been that we should be completely cut off from +traveling over the sea-ice beyond the mouth of our harbor.... It +is when one remembers how naturally a decision to return to this +place might have been made, that one sees how easily the results +of the expedition might have been missed.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_51"><span class="page">Page 51</span></a> +It was, however, consoling at the time to know that, in default +of a better place, a safe spot had been found for wintering, so +with Granite Harbor in reserve the ship again took up her battle +with the ice; and on the 21st she was in the middle of McMurdo +Sound, and creeping very slowly through the pack-ice, which appeared +from the crow's-nest to extend indefinitely ahead. They were now +within a few miles of the spot where they ultimately took up their +winter quarters, but nearly three weeks were to pass before they +returned there. 'At 8 P.M. on the 21st,' Scott says, 'we thought +we knew as much of this region as our heavy expenditure of coal +in the pack-ice would justify us in finding out, and as before +us lay the great unsolved problem of the barrier and of what lay +beyond it, we turned our course with the cry of Eastward ho!' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_52"><span class="page">Page 52</span></a> +CHAPTER III +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">IN SEARCH OF WINTER QUARTERS</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Beholde I see the haven near at hand<br /> +To which I mean my wearie course to bend;<br /> +Vere the main sheet and bear up to the land<br /> +To which afore is fairly to be ken'd.<br /> + —SPENSER, Faerie Queene. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +In their journey from Cape Washington to the south something had +already been done to justify the dispatch of the expedition. A +coast-line which hitherto had been seen only at a great distance, +and reported so indefinitely that doubts were left with regard to +its continuity, had been resolved into a concrete chain of mountains; +and the positions and forms of individual heights, with the curious +ice formations and the general line of the coast, had been observed. +In short the map of the Antarctic had already received valuable +additions, and whatever was to happen in the future that, at any +rate, was all to the good. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At 8 P.M. on the 22nd the ship arrived off the bare land to the +westward of Cape Crozier, where it was proposed to erect a post +and leave a cylinder containing an account of their doings, so +that the chain of records might be completed. After a landing had +<a name="page_53"><span class="page">Page 53</span></a> +been made with some difficulty, a spot was chosen in the center +of the penguin rookery on a small cliff overlooking the sea, and +here the post was set up and anchored with numerous boulders. In +spite of every effort to mark the place, at a few hundred yards it +was almost impossible to distinguish it; but although this small +post on the side of a vast mountain looked a hopeless clue, it +eventually brought the <i>Morning</i> into McMurdo Sound. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While Bernacchi and Barne set up their magnetic instruments and +began the chilly task of taking observations, the others set off +in twos and threes to climb the hillside. Scott, Royds and Wilson +scrambled on until at last they reached the summit of the highest +of the adjacent volcanic cones, and were rewarded by a first view +of the Great Ice Barrier.[1] +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: The immense sheet of ice, over 400 miles wide and of +still greater length.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Perhaps,' Scott says, 'of all the problems which lay before us in +the south we were most keenly interested in solving the mysteries +of this great ice-mass.... For sixty years it had been discussed +and rediscussed, and many a theory had been built on the slender +foundation of fact which alone the meager information concerning it +could afford. Now for the first time this extraordinary ice-formation +was seen from above.... It was an impressive sight and the very +vastness of what lay at our feet seemed to add to our sense of +its mystery.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on the 23rd they started to steam along the +<a name="page_54"><span class="page">Page 54</span></a> +ice-face of the barrier; and in order that nothing should be missed +it was arranged that the ship should continue to skirt close to the +ice-cliff, that the officers of the watch should repeatedly observe +and record its height, and that three times in the twenty-four +hours the ship should be stopped and a sounding taken. In this +manner a comparatively accurate survey of the northern limit of +the barrier was made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On steaming along the barrier it was found that although they were +far more eager to gain new information than to prove that old +information was incorrect, a very strong case soon began to arise +against the Parry Mountains, which Ross had described as 'probably +higher than we have yet seen'; and later on it was known with absolute +certainty that these mountains did not exist. This error on the part +of such a trustworthy and cautious observer, Scott ascribes to +the fact that Ross, having exaggerated the height of the barrier, +was led to suppose that anything seen over it at a distance must +be of great altitude. 'But,' he adds, 'whatever the cause, the +facts show again how deceptive appearances may be and how easily +errors may arise. In fact, as I have said before, one cannot always +afford to trust the evidence of one's own eyes.' Though the ship +was steaming along this ice-wall for several days, the passage was +not in the least monotonous, because new variations were continually +showing themselves, and all of them had to be carefully observed and +recorded. This work continued for several days until, on January +29, they arrived at a particularly interesting place, to +<a name="page_55"><span class="page">Page 55</span></a> +the southward and eastward of the extreme position reached by Ross +in 1842. From that position he had reported a strong appearance +of land to the southeast, and consequently all eyes were directed +over the icy cliffs in that direction. But although the afternoon +was bright and clear, nothing from below or from aloft could be +seen, and the only conclusion to be made was that the report was +based on yet another optical illusion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But in spite of the disappointment at being unable to report that +Ross's 'appearance of land' rested on solid foundations, there was +on the afternoon of the 29th an indescribable sense of impending +change. 'We all felt that the plot was thickening, and we could not +fail to be inspirited by the fact that we had not so far encountered +the heavy pack-ice which Ross reported in this region, and that +consequently we were now sailing in an open sea into an unknown +world.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The course lay well to the northward of east, and the change came at +8 P.M. when suddenly the ice-cliff turned to the east, and becoming +more and more irregular continued in that direction for about five +miles, when again it turned sharply to the north. Into the deep bay +thus formed they ran, and as the ice was approached they saw at +once that it was unlike anything yet seen. The ice-foot descended +to various heights of ten or twenty feet above the water, and behind +it the snow surface rose in long undulating slopes to rounded ridges, +the heights of which could only be guessed. Whatever doubt remained +in their minds that this was snow-covered land, a sounding of 100 +fathoms quickly removed it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_56"><span class="page">Page 56</span></a> +But what a land! On the swelling mounds of snow above them there +was not one break, not a feature to give definition to the hazy +outline. No scene could have been more perfectly devised to produce +optical illusions. And then, while there was so much to observe, +a thick fog descended, and blotted out all hope of seeing what +lay beyond the ice-foot. During the afternoon of January 30 the +fog was less dense, but still no sign of bare land could be seen, +and it was not until the bell had sounded for the evening meal that +two or three little black patches, which at first were mistaken +for detached cloud, appeared. 'We gazed idly enough at them till +someone remarked that he did not believe they were clouds; then all +glasses were leveled; assertions and contradictions were numerous, +until the small black patches gradually assumed more and more definite +shape, and all agreed that at last we were looking at real live +rock, the actual substance of our newly discovered land.... It is +curious to reflect now on the steps which led us to the discovery +of King Edward's Land, and the chain of evidence which came to us +before the actual land itself was seen: at first there had been +the shallow soundings, and the sight of gently rising snow-slopes, +of which, in the nature of things, one is obliged to retain a doubt; +then the steeper broken slopes of snow, giving a contrast to convey +a surer evidence to the eye; and, finally the indubitable land +itself, but even then surrounded with such mystery as to leave us +far from complete satisfaction with our discovery.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_57"><span class="page">Page 57</span></a> +The temptation to push farther and farther to the east was almost +irresistible, but with the young ice forming rapidly around them, +Scott, on February 1, decided to return, and on their way back +along the barrier they experienced much lower temperatures than +on the outward journey. During the return journey they landed on +the barrier, and on February 4 preparations for a balloon ascent +were made. 'The honour,' Scott says, 'of being the first aeronaut to +make an ascent in the Antarctic Regions, perhaps somewhat selfishly, +I chose for myself, and I may further confess that in so doing +I was contemplating the first ascent I had made in any region, +and as I swayed about in what appeared a very inadequate basket +and gazed down on the rapidly diminishing figures below, I felt +some doubt as to whether I had been wise in my choice.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If, however, this ascent was not altogether enjoyed by the aeronaut, +it, at any rate, gave him considerable information about the barrier +surface towards the south; and, to his surprise, he discovered +that instead of the continuous level plain that he had expected, +it continued in a series of long undulations running approximately +east and west, or parallel to the barrier surface. Later on, however, +when the sledge-party taken out by Armitage returned, they reported +that these undulations were not gradual as had been supposed from +the balloon, but that the crest of each wave was flattened into a +long plateau, from which the descent into the succeeding valley +was comparatively sharp. On the evening of the 4th they put out +<a name="page_58"><span class="page">Page 58</span></a> +to sea again, and on the 8th they were once more in McMurdo Sound, +with high hopes that they would soon find a sheltered nook in which +the <i>Discovery</i> could winter safely, and from which the +sledge-parties could set forth upon the task of exploring the vast +new world around them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Without any delay they set out to examine their immediate surroundings, +and found a little bay which promised so well for the winter that +Scott's determination to remain in this region was at once strengthened. +The situation, however, was surrounded with difficulties, for although +the ice had broken far afield it refused to move out of the small +bay on which they had looked with such eager eyes; consequently +they were forced to cling to the outskirts of the bay with their +ice-anchors, in depths that were too great to allow the large anchors +to be dropped to the bottom. The weather also was troublesome, +for after the ship had lain quietly during several hours a sudden +squall would fling her back on her securing ropes, and, uprooting +the ice-anchors, would ultimately send her adrift. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In spite, however, of the difficulty of keeping the ship in position, +steady progress was made with the work on shore, and this consisted +mainly in erecting the various huts which had been brought in pieces. +The original intention had been that the <i>Discovery</i> should +not winter in the Antarctic, but should land a small party and +turn northward before the season closed, and for this party a large +hut had been carried south. But even when it had been decided to +keep the +<a name="page_59"><span class="page">Page 59</span></a> +ship as a home, it was obvious that a shelter on shore must be +made before exploring parties could be safely sent away; since +until the ship was frozen in a heavy gale might have driven her off +her station for several days, if not altogether. In seeking winter +quarters so early in February, Scott had been firmly convinced that +the season was closing in. 'With no experience to guide us, our +opinion could only be based on the very severe and unseasonable +conditions which we had met with to the east. But now to our +astonishment we could see no sign of a speedy freezing of the bay; +the summer seemed to have taken a new lease, and for several weeks +the fast sea-ice continued to break silently and to pass quietly +away to the north in large floes.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to the erection of the main hut, two small huts which +had been brought for the magnetic instruments had to be put together. +The parts of these were, of course, numbered, but the wood was +so badly warped that Dailey, the carpenter, had to use a lot of +persuasion before the joints would fit. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On February 14 Scott wrote in his diary: 'We have landed all the +dogs, and their kennels are ranged over the hillside below the +huts.... It is surprising what a number of things have to be done, +and what an unconscionable time it takes to do them. The hut-building +is slow work, and much of our time has been taken in securing the +ship.... Names have been given to the various landmarks in our +vicinity. The end of our peninsula is to be called "Cape Armitage," +after our excellent navigator. The sharp hill above it +<a name="page_60"><span class="page">Page 60</span></a> +is to be "Observation Hill."... Next comes the "Gap," through which +we can cross the peninsula at a comparatively low level. North +of the "Gap" are "Crater Heights," and the higher volcanic peak +beyond is to be "Crater Hill"; it is 1,050 feet in height. Our +protecting promontory is to be "Hut Point," with "Arrival Bay" on +the north and "Winter Quarter Bay" on the south; above "Arrival +Bay" are the "Arrival Heights," which continue with breaks for +about three miles to a long snow-slope, beyond which rises the most +conspicuous landmark on our peninsula, a high, precipitous-sided +rock with a flat top, which has been dubbed "Castle Rock"; it is +1,350 feet in height. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'In spite of the persistent wind, away up the bay it is possible +to get some shelter, and here we take our ski exercise.... Skelton +is by far the best of the officers, though possibly some of the +men run him close.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 19th the first small reconnoitering sledge party went out, +and on their return three days later they were so excited by their +experiences that some time passed before they could answer the +questions put to them. Although the temperature had not been severe +they had nearly got into serious trouble by continuing their march +in a snowstorm, and when they did stop to camp they were so exhausted +that frost-bites were innumerable. The tent had been difficult to +get up, and all sorts of trouble with the novel cooking apparatus +had followed. 'It is strange now,' Scott wrote three years later, +'to look back on +<a name="page_61"><span class="page">Page 61</span></a> +these first essays at sledding, and to see how terribly hampered +we were by want of experience.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By February 26 the main hut was practically finished, and as a +quantity of provisions and oil, with fifteen tons of coal, had been +landed, the ship could be left without anxiety, and arrangements for +the trip, which Scott hoped to lead himself, were pushed forward. +The object of this journey was to try and reach the record at Cape +Crozier over the barrier, and to leave a fresh communication there +with details of the winter quarters. On the following day, however, +Scott damaged his right knee while skiing, and had to give up all +idea of going to Cape Crozier. 'I already foresaw how much there +was to be learnt if we were to do good sledding work in the spring, +and to miss such an opportunity of gaining experience was terribly +trying; however, there was nothing to be done but to nurse my wounded +limb and to determine that never again would I be so rash as to +run hard snow-slopes on ski.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By March 4 the preparation of the sledge party was completed. The +party consisted of four officers, Royds, Koettlitz, Skelton and +Barne, and eight men, and was divided into two teams, each pulling +a single sledge and each assisted by four dogs. But again the want +of experience was badly felt, and in every respect the lack of system +was apparent. Though each requirement might have been remembered, all +were packed in a confused mass, and, to use a sailor's expression, +'everything was on top and nothing handy.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_62"><span class="page">Page 62</span></a> +Once more Scott comments upon this lack of experience: 'On looking +back I am only astonished that we bought that experience so cheaply, +for clearly there were the elements of catastrophe as well as of +discomfort in the disorganized condition in which our first sledge +parties left the ship.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The days following the departure of the sledge party were exceptionally +fine, but on Tuesday, March 11, those on board the ship woke to +find the wind blowing from the east; and in the afternoon the wind +increased, and the air was filled with thick driving snow. This +Tuesday was destined to be one of the blackest days spent by the +expedition in the Antarctic, but no suspicion that anything untoward +had happened to the sledge party arose until, at 8.30 P.M., there +was a report that four men were walking towards the ship. Then the +sense of trouble was immediate, and the first disjointed sentences +of the newcomers were enough to prove that disasters had occurred. +The men, as they emerged from their thick clothing, were seen to +be Wild, Weller, Heald and Plumley, but until Scott had called +Wild, who was the most composed of the party, aside, he could not +get any idea of what had actually happened, and even Wild was too +exhausted, and excited to give anything but a meager account. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott, however, did manage to discover that a party of nine, In +charge of Barne, had been sent back, and early in the day had reached +the crest of the hills somewhere by Castle Rock. In addition, Wild +told him, to the four who had returned, the party had +<a name="page_63"><span class="page">Page 63</span></a> +consisted of Barne, Quartley, Evans, Hare and Vince. They had thought +that they were quite close to the ship, and when the blizzard began +they had left their tents and walked towards her supposed position. +Then they found themselves on a steep slope and tried to keep close +together, but it was impossible to see anything. Suddenly Hare +had disappeared, and a few minutes after Evans went. Barne and +Quartley had left them to try to find out what had become of Evans, +and neither of them had come back, though they waited. Afterwards +they had gone on, and had suddenly found themselves at the edge +of a precipice with the sea below; Vince had shot past over the +edge. Wild feared all the others must be lost; he was sure Vince had +gone. Could he guide a search party to the scene of the accident? +He thought he could—at any rate he would like to try. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The information was little enough but it was something on which +to act, and though the first disastrous news had not been brought +until 8.30 P.M. the relieving party had left the ship before 9 +P.M. Owing to his knee Scott could not accompany the party, and +Armitage took charge of it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Subsequently the actual story of the original sledge party was +known, and the steps that led to the disaster could be traced. +On their outward journey they had soon come to very soft snow, +and after three days of excessive labour Royds had decided that +the only chance of making progress was to use snow-shoes; but +unfortunately there were only three pairs of ski +<a name="page_64"><span class="page">Page 64</span></a> +with the party, and Royds resolved to push on to Cape Crozier with +Koettlitz and Skelton, and to send the remainder back in charge +of Barne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The separation took place on the 9th, and on the 11th the returning +party, having found an easier route than on their way out, were +abreast of Castle Rock. Scarcely, however, had they gained the +top of the ridge about half a mile south-west of Castle Rock, when +a blizzard came on and the tents were hastily pitched. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We afterwards weathered many a gale,' Scott says, 'in our staunch +little tents, whilst their canvas sides flapped thunderously hour +after hour.... But to this party the experience was new; they expected +each gust that swept down on them would bear the tents bodily away, +and meanwhile the chill air crept through their leather boots and +ill-considered clothing, and continually some frost-bitten limb +had to be nursed back to life.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At ordinary times hot tea or cocoa would have revived their spirits, +but now the cooking apparatus was out of order, and taking everything +into consideration it was small wonder that they resolved to make +for the ship, which they believed to be only a mile or so distant. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Before leaving,' Barne wrote in his report, 'I impressed on the +men, as strongly as I could, the importance of keeping together, as +it was impossible to distinguish any object at a greater distance +than ten yards on account of the drifting snow.' But after they +had struggled a very short distance, Hare, who +<a name="page_65"><span class="page">Page 65</span></a> +had been at the rear of the party, was reported to be missing, +and soon afterwards Evans 'stepped back on a patch of bare smooth +ice, fell, and shot out of sight immediately.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then Barne, having cautioned his men to remain where they were, +sat down and deliberately started to slide in Evans's track. In +a moment the slope grew steeper, and he was going at such a pace +that all power to check himself had gone. In the mad rush he had +time to wonder vaguely what would come next, and then his flight was +arrested, and he stood up to find Evans within a few feet of him. +They had scarcely exchanged greetings when the figure of Quartley +came hurtling down upon them from the gloom, for he had started on +the same track, and had been swept down in the same breathless +and alarming manner. To return by the way they had come down was +impossible, and so they decided to descend, but within four paces +of the spot at which they had been brought to rest, they found +that the slope ended suddenly in a steep precipice, beyond which +nothing but clouds of snow could be seen. For some time after this +they sat huddled together, forlornly hoping that the blinding drift +would cease, but at last they felt that whatever happened they +must keep on the move, and groping their way to the right they +realized that the sea was at their feet, and that they had been +saved from it by a patch of snow almost on the cornice of the cliff. +Presently a short break in the storm enabled them to see Castle +Rock above their heads, and slowly making their way +<a name="page_66"><span class="page">Page 66</span></a> +up the incline, they sought the shelter of a huge boulder; and there, +crouched together, they remained for several hours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile the party had remained in obedience to orders at the +head of the slope, and had shouted again and again in the lulls +of the whirling storm. But after waiting for a long time they felt +that something was amiss, and that it was hopeless to remain where +they were. 'As usual on such occasions,' Scott says, 'the leading +spirit came to the fore, and the five who now remained submitted +themselves to the guidance of Wild, and followed him in single file +as he again struck out in the direction in which they supposed the +ship to lie.' In this manner they descended for about 500 yards, +until Wild suddenly saw the precipice beneath his feet, and far +below, through the wreathing snow, the sea. He sprang back with +a cry of warning, but in an instant Vince had flashed past and +disappeared. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, horror-stricken and dazed, they vaguely realized that at all +costs they must ascend the slope down which they had just come. All +of them spoke afterwards of that ascent with horror, and wondered +how it had ever been made. They could only hold themselves by the +soles of their boots, and to slip to their knees meant inevitably +to slide backwards towards the certain fate below. Literally their +lives depended on each foothold. Wild alone had a few light nails +in his boots, and to his great credit he used this advantage to +give a helping hand in turn to each +<a name="page_67"><span class="page">Page 67</span></a> +of his companions. When, after desperate exertions, they did reach +the top of the slope their troubles were not finished, for they +were still ignorant of the position of the ship. Wild, however, +again took the lead, and it was largely due to him that the party +eventually saw the ship looming through the whirl of snow. 'It +is little wonder that after such an experience they should have +been, as I have mentioned, both excited and tired.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The hours following the departure of Armitage and his search party +on this fatal night were unforgettable. Scott, hatefully conscious +of his inability to help on account of his injured leg, admits that +he could not think of any further means to render assistance, but +he says, 'as was always my experience in the <i>Discovery</i>, my +companions were never wanting in resource.' Soon the shrill screams +of the siren were echoing among the hills, and in ten minutes after +the suggestion had been made, a whaler was swinging alongside ready +to search the cliffs on the chance of finding Vince. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But for Scott and those who had to wait inactively on board there +was nothing to do but stand and peer through the driving snow, and +fully three hours passed before there was a hail from without, +and Ferrar appeared leading three of the lost—Barne, Evans +and Quartley. An hour later the main search party returned, having +done all that men could do in such weather. A more complete search +was impossible, but it had to be admitted that the chance of seeing +<a name="page_68"><span class="page">Page 68</span></a> +Hare or Vince again was very small. Sadly it had to be realized +that two men were almost certainly lost, but there was also no +disguising the fact that a far greater tragedy might have happened. +Indeed, it seemed miraculous that any of the party were alive to +tell the tale, and had not Barne, Evans and Quartley heard the +faint shrieks of the siren, and in response to its welcome sound +made one more effort to save themselves, the sledge party would +in all probability not have found them. All three of them were +badly frost-bitten, and one of Barne's hands was in such a serious +condition that for many days it was thought that his fingers would +have to be amputated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The end of this story, however, is not yet told, for on March 13 +Scott wrote in his diary: 'A very extraordinary thing has happened. +At 10 A.M. a figure was seen descending the hillside. At first we +thought it must be some one who had been for an early walk; but +it was very soon seen that the figure was walking weakly, and, +immediately after, the men who were working in the hut were seen +streaming out towards it. In a minute or two we recognized the figure +as that of young Hare, and in less than five he was on board.... We +soon discovered that though exhausted, weak, and hungry, he was in +full possession of his faculties and quite free from frost-bites. +He went placidly off to sleep whilst objecting to the inadequacy +of a milk diet.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Later on Hare, who like Vince had been wearing fur boots, explained +that he had left his companions +<a name="page_69"><span class="page">Page 69</span></a> +to return to the sledges and get some leather boots, and had imagined +that the others understood what he intended to do. Soon after he had +started back he was wandering backwards and forwards, and knew that +he was walking aimlessly to and fro. The last thing he remembered +was making for a patch of rock where he hoped to find shelter, and +there he must have lain in the snow for thirty-six hours, though +he required a lot of persuasion before he could be convinced of +this. When he awoke he found himself covered with snow, but on +raising himself he recognized Crater Hill and other landmarks, +and realized exactly where the ship lay. Then he started towards +her, but until his intense stiffness wore off he was obliged to +travel upon his hands and knees. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But though Hare was safe, Vince was undoubtedly gone. 'Finally +and sadly we had to resign ourselves to the loss of our shipmate, +and the thought was grievous to all.... Life was a bright thing +to him, and it is something to think that death must have come +quickly in the grip of that icy sea.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This fatal mishap naturally caused increased anxiety about the +three men who had gone on, and anxiety was not diminished when, +on the 19th, Skelton was seen coming down, the hill alone. The +others, however, were close behind him, and all three of them were +soon safely on board. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 15th Royds had been compelled to abandon the attempt to +reach the record at Cape Crozier, but he did not turn back until +it was evident that a better +<a name="page_70"><span class="page">Page 70</span></a> +equipped party with more favorable weather would easily get to +it. On comparing notes with his party, Scott recognized what a +difference there might be in the weather conditions of places within +easy reach of the ship, and not only in temperature but also in +the force and direction of the wind. It had not occurred to anyone +that within such a short distance of the ship any large difference +of temperature was probable, and as the summer was barely over, +Royds, Koettlitz and Skelton had only taken a light wolf-skin fur +suit for night-wear. This, however, had proved totally inadequate +when the thermometer fell to -42°, and on the night of the +16th uncontrollable paroxysms of shivering had prevented them from +getting any sleep. The value of proper clothing and the wisdom of +being prepared for the unexpected rigors of such a fickle climate, +were two of the lessons learnt from the experiences of the Cape +Crozier party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the days of March went by Scott began really to wonder whether +the sea ever intended to freeze over satisfactorily, and at such an +advanced date there were many drawbacks in this unexpected state of +affairs. Until the ship was frozen in, the security of their position +was very doubtful; economy of coal had long since necessitated the +extinction of fires in the boilers, and if a heavy gale drove the +ship from her shelter, steam could only be raised with difficulty +and after the lapse of many hours. There was, too, the possibility +that the ship, if once driven off, would not be able to return, +and so it was obviously unsafe +<a name="page_71"><span class="page">Page 71</span></a> +to send a large party away from her, because if she went adrift +most of them would be needed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another annoying circumstance was that until they had a solid sheet +of ice around them they could neither set up the meteorological +screen, nor, in short, carry out any of the routine scientific +work which was such an important object of the expedition. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At this time Scott was eager to make one more sledding effort before +the winter set in. The ostensible reason was to layout a depôt +of provisions to the south in preparation for the spring, but 'a +more serious purpose was to give himself and those who had not been +away already a practical insight into the difficulties of sledge +traveling. But as this party would have to include the majority of +those on board, he was forced to wait until the ship was firmly +fixed, and it may be said that the <i>Discovery</i> was as reluctant +to freeze-in as she was difficult to get out when once the process +had been completed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On March 28, however, Scott was able to write in his diary: 'The +sea is at last frozen over, and if this weather lasts the ice should +become firm enough to withstand future gales. We have completed +the packing of our sledges, though I cannot say I am pleased with +their appearance; the packing is not neat enough, and we haven't +got anything like a system.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Three days later a party of twelve, divided into two teams, each +with a string of sledges and nine dogs, made a start. Their loads +were arranged on the theory +<a name="page_72"><span class="page">Page 72</span></a> +of 200 lbs. to each man, and 100 lbs. to each dog, but they very +quickly discovered that the dogs were not going to have anything +to do with such a theory as this. The best of them would only pull +about 50 lbs., and some of the others had practically to be pulled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Later on Scott learned that it was a bad plan to combine men and +dogs on a sledge, because the dogs have their own pace and manner +of pulling, and neither of these is adapted to the unequal movement +caused by the swing of marching men. And on this occasion another +reason for the inefficiency of the dogs was that they were losing +their coats, and had but little protection against the bitterly +cold wind. 'As a matter of fact, our poor dogs suffered a great +deal from their poorly clothed condition during the next week or +two, and we could do little to help them; but Nature seemed to +realize the mistake, and came quickly to the rescue: the new coats +grew surprisingly fast, and before the winter had really settled +down on us all the animals were again enveloped in their normally +thick woolly covering. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The refusal of the dogs to work on this trip meant that the men +had to do far more than their share, and from the first they had +no chance of carrying out their intentions. Each hour, however, +was an invaluable experience, and when a return was made to the +ship Scott was left with much food for thought. 'In one way or +another each journey had been a failure; we had little or nothing +to show for our labours. The errors were patent; food, clothing, +everything was +<a name="page_73"><span class="page">Page 73</span></a> +wrong, the whole system was bad. It was clear that there would +have to be a thorough reorganization before the spring, and it +was well to think that before us lay a long winter in which this +might be effected.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But in a sense even these failures were successful, for everyone +resolved to profit by the mistakes that had been made and the experience +that had been gained, and the successful sledge journeys subsequently +made in the spring were largely due to the failures of the autumn. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_74"><span class="page">Page 74</span></a> +CHAPTER IV +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE POLAR WINTER</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +The cold ice slept below,<br /> +Above the cold sky shone,<br /> + And all around<br /> + With a chilling sound<br /> +From caves of ice and fields of snow<br /> +The breath of night like death did flow<br /> + Beneath the sinking moon.—SHELLEY. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +The sun was due to depart before the end of April, and so no time +could be wasted if the outside work, which had been delayed by +the tardy formation of the ice-sheet, was to be completed before +the daylight vanished. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of the most urgent operations was to get up the meteorological +screen, which had been made under the superintendence of Royds. +The whole of this rather elaborate erection was, placed about 100 +yards astern of the ship, and consequently in a direction which, +with the prevalent south-easterly winds, would be to windward of +her. To obtain a complete record of meteorological observations +was one of the most important scientific objects of the expedition, +and it was decided that the instruments should be read and recorded +every two hours. Consequently in calm or storm +<a name="page_75"><span class="page">Page 75</span></a> +some member of the community had to be on the alert, and every +other hour to make the rounds of the various instruments. On a +fine night this was no great hardship, but in stormy weather the +task was not coveted by anyone. On such occasions it was necessary +to be prepared to resist the wind and snowdrift, and the round +itself was often full of exasperating annoyances. In fact the trials +and tribulations of the meteorological observers were numerous, +and it was arranged that throughout the winter each officer should +take it in turn to make the night observations from 10 P.M. to 6 +A.M. Wilson nobly offered always to take the 8 A.M. observation, +but the lion's share of the work fell on Royds himself, since besides +taking his share of the night work he also, throughout the first +winter and a great part of the second, took all the observations +between 10 A.M. and 10 P.M. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The magnetic huts and all that appertained to them were Bernacchi's +special business, and many times daily he was to be seen journeying +to and fro in attendance upon his precious charge. The general +reader may well ask why so much trouble should be taken to ascertain +small differences in the earth's magnetism, and he can scarcely be +answered in a few words. Broadly speaking, however, the earth is +a magnet, and its magnetism is constantly changing. But why it is +a magnet, or indeed what magnetism may be, is unknown, and obviously +the most hopeful way of finding an explanation of a phenomenon is to +study it. For many reasons the <i>Discovery</i>'s winter station in the +<a name="page_76"><span class="page">Page 76</span></a> +Antarctic was an especially suitable place in which to record the +phenomenon of magnetism. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Besides establishing the routine of scientific work many preparations +had to be made for the comfort and well-being of the ship during +the winter, and long before the sun had disappeared the little +company had settled down to a regular round of daily life. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Later in the year Scott wrote in his diary: 'The day's routine for +the officers gives four clear hours before tea and three after; +during these hours all without exception are busily employed except +for the hour or more devoted to exercise.... It would be difficult +to say who is the most diligent, but perhaps the palm would be +given to Wilson, who is always at work; every rough sketch made +since we started is reproduced in an enlarged and detailed form, +until we now possess a splendid pictorial representation of the +whole coastline of Victoria Land.... At home many no doubt will +remember the horrible depression of spirit that has sometimes been +pictured as a pendant to the long polar night. We cannot even claim +to be martyrs in this respect; with plenty of work the days pass +placidly and cheerfully.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nearly seven months before Scott wrote in this cheerful spirit of +the winter, he had expressed himself warmly about those who were +to spend it with him. 'I have,' he said in a letter dispatched +from Port Chalmers on the voyage out, 'the greatest admiration for +the officers and men, and feel that their allegiance to me is a +thing assured. Our little society in the +<a name="page_77"><span class="page">Page 77</span></a> +wardroom is governed by a spirit of good fellowship and patience +which is all that the heart of man could desire; I am everlastingly +glad to be one of the company and not forced to mess apart.... The +absence of friction and the fine comradeship displayed throughout +is beyond even my best expectation.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This spirit of good-fellowship and give-and-take was a remarkable +feature of life during the time spent in the <i>Discovery</i>, and +the only man Scott had a word to say against was the cook. 'We +shipped him at the last moment in New Zealand, when our trained +cook became too big for his boots, and the exchange was greatly +for the worse; I am afraid he is a thorough knave, but what is +even worse, he is dirty—an unforgivable crime in a cook.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Under such circumstances it is obvious that tempers might have +been overstrained, and apart from the sins of the cook the weather +was unexpectedly troublesome. Almost without exception the North +Polar winter has been recorded as a period of quiescence, but in +the Antarctic the wind blew with monotonous persistency, and calm +days were very few and far between. Nevertheless Scott had little +reason to change his original opinion about his companions, all of +whom were prepared to put up with some unavoidable discomforts, +and to make the best of a long job. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the winter a very regular weekly routine was kept up, each +day having its special food and its special tasks. The week's work +ended on Friday, and Saturday was devoted to 'clean ship,' the +officers doing +<a name="page_78"><span class="page">Page 78</span></a> +their share of the scrubbing. In the forenoon the living-spaces +were thoroughly cleaned, holes and corners were searched, and while +the tub and scrubber held sway the deck became a 'snipe marsh.' +At this time the holds also were cleared up, the bilges pumped +out, the upper deck was 'squared up,' and a fresh layer of clean +snow was sprinkled over that which had been soiled by the traffic +of the week. Then a free afternoon for all hands followed, and +after dinner in the wardroom the toast was the time-honoured one +of 'Sweethearts and Wives.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday a different garment was put on, not necessarily a newer or +a cleaner one, the essential point being that it should be different +from that which had been worn during the week. By 9.30 the decks +had been cleared up, the tables and shelves tidied, and the first +lieutenant reported 'All ready for rounds.' A humble imitation of +the usual man-of-war walk-round Sunday inspection followed, and +Scott had the greatest faith in this system of routine, not only +because it had a most excellent effect on the general discipline and +cleanliness of the ship, but also because it gave an opportunity +to raise and discuss each new arrangement that was made to increase +the comfort of all on board. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After this inspection of both ship and men, the mess-deck was prepared +for church; harmonium, reading-desk and chairs were all placed +according to routine, and the bell was tolled. Scott read the service, +Koettlitz the lessons, and Royds played the harmonium. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_79"><span class="page">Page 79</span></a> +Service over, all stood off for the day and looked forward to the +feast of mutton which was limited to Sunday. 'By using it thus +sparingly the handsome gift of the New Zealand farmers should last +us till the early spring. But it is little use to think of the +sad day when it will fail; for the present I must confess that +we always take an extra walk to make quite sure of our appetites +on Sunday.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On June 23 the festival of mid-winter was celebrated, and the mess-deck +was decorated with designs in coloured papers and festooned with +chains and ropes of the same materials. Among the messes there was +a great contest to have the best decorations, and some astonishing +results were achieved with little more than brightly coloured papers, +a pair of scissors and a pot of paste. On each table stood a grotesque +figure or fanciful erection of ice, which was cunningly lighted up +by candles from within and sent out shafts of sparkling light. +'If,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'the light-hearted scenes of to-day +can end the first period of our captivity, what room for doubt +is there that we shall triumphantly weather the whole term with +the same general happiness and contentment?' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the winter months the <i>South Polar Times</i>, edited by +Shackleton, appeared regularly, and was read with interest and +amusement by everyone. At first it had been decided that each number +should contain, besides the editorial, a summary of the events and +meteorological conditions of the past month, some scientifically +instructive articles dealing with the work +<a name="page_80"><span class="page">Page 80</span></a> +and surroundings, and others written in a lighter vein; but, as the +scheme developed, it was found that such features as caricatures +and acrostics could be added. One of the pleasantest points in +connection with the <i>Times</i> was that the men contributed as +well as the officers; in fact some of the best, and quite the most +amusing, articles were written by the occupants of the mess-deck. +But beyond all else the journal owed its excellence to Wilson, +who produced drawings that deserved—and ultimately +obtained—a far wider appreciation than could be given to +them in the Antarctic. So great was the desire to contribute to +the first number of the <i>S. P. T.</i> that the editor's box was +crammed with manuscripts by the time the date for sending in +contributions had arrived. From these there was no difficulty in +making a selection, but as there was also some danger of hurting +the feelings of those whose contributions had been rejected, a +supplementary journal named <i>The Blizzard</i> was produced. This +publication, however, had but a brief career, for in spite of some +good caricatures and a very humorous frontispiece by Barne, it +was so inferior to the <i>S. P. T.</i> that even its contributors +realized that their mission in life did not lie in the paths of +literary composition. <i>The Blizzard</i>, in short, served its +purpose, and then ceased to exist. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In considering the arrangements to make the ship comfortable during +the dark months, the question of artificial light was as difficult +as it was important. Paraffin had from the first been suggested +as the most +<a name="page_81"><span class="page">Page 81</span></a> +suitable illuminant, its main disadvantage being that it is not +a desirable oil to carry in quantities in a ship. 'Our luckiest +find,' Scott says, 'was perhaps the right sort of lamp in which to +burn this oil. Fortunately an old Arctic explorer, Captain Egerton, +presented me with a patent lamp in which the draught is produced +by a fan worked by clockwork mechanism, and no chimney is needed. +One can imagine the great mortality there would be in chimneys +if we were obliged to employ them, so that when, on trial, this +lamp was found to give an excellent light, others of the same sort +were purchased, and we now use them exclusively in all parts of +the ship with extremely satisfactory results.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There was, however, a still brighter illuminant within their reach +in the shape of acetylene, but not until it became certain that +they would have to spend a second winter in the Antarctic, did +their thoughts fly to the calcium carbide which had been provided +for the hut, and which they had not previously thought of using. +'In this manner the darkness of our second winter was relieved by +a light of such brilliancy that all could pursue their occupations +by the single burner placed in each compartment. I lay great stress +on this, because I am confident that this is in every way the best +illuminant that can be taken for a Polar winter, and no future +expedition should fail to supply themselves with it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As has already been said, the meteorological observations had to +be read and recorded every two hours, and on July 21 Scott gave +in his diary a full and +<a name="page_82"><span class="page">Page 82</span></a> +graphic account of the way he occupied himself during his 'night +on.' 'Each of us has his own way of passing the long, silent hours. +My own custom is to devote some of it to laundry-work, and I must +confess I make a very poor fist of it. However, with a bath full +of hot water, I commence pretty regularly after the ten o'clock +observation, and labour away until my back aches. There is little +difficulty with the handkerchiefs, socks and such-like articles, +but when it comes to thick woolen vests and pajamas, I feel ready +to own my incapacity; one always seems to be soaping and rubbing +at the same place, and one is forced to wonder at the area of stuff +which it takes to cover a comparatively small body. My work is +never finished by midnight, but I generally pretend that it is, +and after taking the observations for that hour, return to wring +everything out. I am astonished to find that even this is no light +task; as one wrings out one end the water seems to fly to the other; +then I hang some heavy garment on a hook and wring until I can wring +no more; but even so, after it has been hung for a few minutes +on the wardroom clothes-line, it will begin to drip merrily on +the floor, and I have to tackle it afresh. I shall always have +a high respect for laundry-work in future, but I do not think it +can often have to cope with such thick garments as we wear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Washing over, one can devote oneself to pleasanter occupations. +The night-watchman is always allowed a box of sardines, which are +scarce enough to be a great luxury, and is provided with tea or +cocoa and a spirit-lamp. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_83"><span class="page">Page 83</span></a> +Everyone has his own ideas as to how sardines should be prepared... +and I scarcely like to record that there is a small company of +<i>gourmets</i>, who actually wake one another up in order that +the night-watchman may present his fellow epicures with a small +finger of buttered toast, on which are poised two sardines "done +to a turn." The awakened sleeper devours the dainty morsel, grunts +his satisfaction, and goes placidly off into dreamland again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I find that after my labours at the wash-tub and the pleasing supper +that follows, I can safely stretch myself out in a chair without +fear of being overcome by sleep, and so, with the ever-soothing pipe +and one's latest demand on the library book-shelves, one settles +down in great peace and contentment whilst keeping an eye on the +flying hours, ready to sally forth into the outer darkness at the +appointed time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The pleasure or pain of that periodic journey is of course entirely +dependent on the weather. On a fine night it may be quite a pleasure, +but when, as is more common, the wind is sweeping past the ship, +the observer is often subjected to exasperating difficulties, and +to conditions when his conscience must be at variance with his +inclination. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Sometimes the lantern will go out at the screen, and he is forced +to return on board to light it; sometimes it will refuse to shine on +the thin threads of mercury of the thermometer until it is obvious +that his proximity has affected the reading, and he is forced to +stand off until it has again fallen to the air temperature.... +<a name="page_84"><span class="page">Page 84</span></a> +These and many other difficulties in taking observations which may +be in themselves valueless are met in the right spirit. I think +we all appreciate that they are part of a greater whole whose value +must stand or fall by attention to detail.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the end of July a most unpleasant fact had to be faced in a +mishap to the boats. Early in the winter they had been hoisted +out to give more room for the awning, and had been placed in a +line about a hundred yards from the ice-foot on the sea-ice. The +earliest gale drifted them up nearly gunwale high, and thus for +the next two months they remained in sight. But then another gale +brought more snow, and was so especially generous with it in the +neighborhood of the boats, that they were afterwards found to be +buried three or four feet beneath the surface. With no feelings +of anxiety, but rather to provide occupation, Scott ordered the +snow on the top of them to be removed, and not until the first +boat had been reached was the true state of affairs revealed. She +was found lying in a mass of slushy ice with which she was nearly +filled, and though for a moment there was a wild hope that she +could be pulled up, this soon vanished; for the air temperature +promptly converted the slush into hardened ice, and so she was +stuck fast. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nothing more could be done at that time to recover the boats, because +as fast as the sodden ice could be dug out, more sea-water would +have come in and frozen. But to try and prevent bad going to worse +before the summer brought hope with it, parties were +<a name="page_85"><span class="page">Page 85</span></a> +engaged day after day in digging away at the snow covering, and in +the course of months many tons must have been removed. The danger +was that fresh gales bringing more snow might have sunk the boats +so far below the surface that they could never be recovered, and +after each gale the diggers were naturally despondent, as to all +appearances they had to begin all over again. The prospect, however, +of having to leave the Antarctic without a single boat in the ship, +and also the feeling that so much labour must tell in the end, spurred +on the diggers to renewed vigour, but it was not until December +that the boats were finally liberated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in August another gale with blinding drift was responsible for +an experience to Bernacchi and Skelton that once again emphasized the +bewildering effect of a blizzard. They were in the smaller compartment +of the main hut completing a set of pendulum observations, while +Royds was in the larger compartment—the hut was used for +many and various purposes—rehearsing his nigger minstrel +troupe. Either because nigger minstrelsy and scientific work did +not go hand in hand, or because their work was finished, Bernacchi +and Skelton, soon after the rehearsal began, left the hut to return +to the ship. Fully an hour and a half afterwards Royds and his +troupe, numbering more than a dozen, started back, and found that +the gale had increased and that the whirling snow prevented them +from seeing anything. Being, however, in such numbers, they were +able to join hands and sweep along until they caught the guide-rope +leading to the gangway; +<a name="page_86"><span class="page">Page 86</span></a> +and then as they traveled along it they heard feeble shouts, and +again extending their line suddenly fell upon Bernacchi and Skelton, +who, having entirely lost their bearings, had been reduced to shouting +on the chance of being heard and rescued. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The hut was scarcely 200 yards from the ship, and the latter was not +only a comparatively big object but was surrounded by guide-ropes and +other means of direction, which if encountered would have informed +the wanderers of their position. Additionally Bernacchi and Skelton +could be trusted to take the most practical course in any difficulty, +and so it seems the more incredible that they could actually have +been lost for two hours. Both of them were severely frostbitten +about the face and legs, but bitter as their experience was it +served as yet another warning to those who were to go sledding +in the spring that no risks could be taken in such a capricious +climate. Had not Royds been rehearsing his troupe on this occasion +the results to Bernacchi and Skelton must have been more disastrous +than they were; consequently the idea of using the large hut as +a place of entertainment was fortunate in more ways than one. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the first week of May a concert had been given in the hut, +but this was more or less in the nature of an experiment; for Royds, +who took infinite pains over these entertainments, had arranged +a long program with the object of bringing to light any possible +talent. The result of this was that even the uncritical had to +confess that most of the performers would have +<a name="page_87"><span class="page">Page 87</span></a> +been less out of place among the audience. So much dramatic ability, +however, was shown that Barne was entrusted with the work of producing +a play, which, after many rehearsals conducted with due secrecy, +was produced on June 25. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This play was entitled 'The Ticket of Leave,' 'a screaming comedy +in one act,' and was produced with unqualified success. 'I for +one,' Scott says, 'have to acknowledge that I have rarely been so +gorgeously entertained.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Later on Royds began to organize his nigger minstrel troupe, and +when the doors of the Royal Terror Theatre opened at 7.30 on August +6, the temperature outside them was -40°, while inside it was +well below zero. Under these conditions it is small wonder that +the audience was glad when the curtain went up. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'There is no doubt,' Scott says in reference to this performance, +'that sailors dearly love to make up; on this occasion they had +taken an infinity of trouble to prepare themselves.... "Bones" and +"Skins" had even gone so far as to provide themselves with movable +top-knots which could be worked at effective moments by pulling a +string below.... To-night the choruses and plantation-songs led +by Royds were really well sung, and they repay him for the very +great pains he has taken in the rehearsals.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So with entertainments to beguile the time, and with blizzards +to endure, and with preparations to make for sledding, the days +passed by until on August 21 the sun was once more due to return. +But on that +<a name="page_88"><span class="page">Page 88</span></a> +day a few hours of calm in the morning were succeeded by whirling +snow-squalls from the south, and each lull was followed by a wild +burst of wind. Scott was glad enough to have everyone on board in +such weather, and at noon when he had hoped to be far over the +hills only vast sheets of gleaming snow could be seen. The following +day, however, was an ideal one for the first view of the long-absent +sun, and Scott went to the top of Crater Hill to watch and welcome. +'Over all the magnificent view the sunlight spreads with gorgeous +effect after its long absence; a soft pink envelops the western +ranges, a brilliant red gold covers the northern sky; to the north +also each crystal of snow sparkles with reflected light. The sky +shows every gradation of light and shade; little flakes of golden +sunlit cloud float against the pale blue heaven, and seem to hover +in the middle heights, whilst far above them a feathery white cirrus +shades to grey on its unlit sides.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But when the men were told that the sun could be seen from Hut Point, +to Scott's astonishment they displayed little or no enthusiasm. +Everyone seemed glad to think that it had been punctual in keeping its +appointment, but after all they had seen the sun a good many times +before, and in the next few months they would in all probability +see it a good many times again, and there was no sense in getting +excited about it. Some of them did set off at a run for the point, +while others, since it seemed the right thing to do, followed at +a walk, but a good +<a name="page_89"><span class="page">Page 89</span></a> +number remained on board and had their dinner. On August 25 the +Feast of the Sun was duly celebrated, and the days that followed +were fuller than ever with preparations for the spring journeys. The +only sewing-machine clattered away all day long, and the whole company +plied their needles as if they were being sweated by iron-handed +taskmasters. The long winter was at an end, and everyone, in the +best of spirits, was looking forward eagerly to the spring sledge +journeys, and making garments in which to bid defiance to the wind +and the weather. As regards the actual sledge equipment which was +taken to the south, Scott had depended on the experience of others, +and especially on that of Armitage, but owing to a variety of reasons +the difficulty of providing an efficient sledding outfit had been +immense. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In England twenty-five years had passed since any important sledding +expedition had been accomplished, and during that time not a single +sledge, and very few portions of a sledge equipment, had been made +in the country. The popular accounts of former expeditions were +not written to supply the minute details required, and no memory +could be expected to retain these details after such a lapse of +time. In fact the art of sledge-making was lost in England, but +fortunately the genius of Nansen had transferred it to Norway. +In the autumn of 1900 Scott had visited Christiania, and there +received much advice and assistance from Nansen himself. It was +not, however, until Armitage agreed to serve as second in +<a name="page_90"><span class="page">Page 90</span></a> +command of the expedition that Scott had anyone on whom he could +rely to provide the sledding outfit. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In making these preparations for long journeys in the south, there +was no previous experience to go upon except that which had been +gained in the north; indeed it was necessary to assume that southern +conditions would be more or less similar to those of the north, +and in so far as they proved different the sledding outfit ran +the risk of failure. Experience taught Scott that in many respects +the sledding conditions of the south were different from those of +the north, and so it is only fair to consider the sledge journeys +taken by the <i>Discovery</i> expedition as pioneer efforts. These +differences are both climatic and geographical. For instance, the +conditions in the south are more severe than those in the north, both +in the lowness of the temperatures and in the distressing frequency +of blizzards and strong winds. And the geographical difference +between the work of the northern and the southern sledge-traveler +is as great as the climatic, if not greater, for the main part of +northern traveling has been and will be done on sea-ice, while +the larger part of southern traveling has been and will be done +over land surfaces, or what in this respect are their equivalents. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig005.jpg" width="787" height="497" alt="Figure 5"> +<br />LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPÔT. +<br /><i>Photo by Capt. R. F. Scott.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +So impressed was Scott by the impossibility of dragging a sledge +over the surfaces of the Great Barrier to the South at the rate +maintained by the old English travelers on the northern sea-ice, +that he began seriously to think that the British race of explorers +<a name="page_91"><span class="page">Page 91</span></a> +must have deteriorated rapidly and completely in stamina. But later +on, in carrying out exploration to the west, he had to travel over +the sea-ice of the strait, and then he discovered that—given +the surface there was nothing wrong with the pace at which his sledge +parties could travel. Probably, however, the distances recorded by +the northern travelers will never be exceeded in the south, for +the Antarctic explorer has to meet severer climatic conditions, +and while pulling his sledge over heavier surfaces he is not likely +to meet with fewer obstacles in his path. To make marching records +is not, of course, the main purpose of sledge-travelers, but all the +same, where conditions are equal, speed and the distance traveled +are a direct test of the efficiency of sledding preparations, and +of the spirit of those who undertake this arduous service. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The main differences between the sledges used by the <i>Discovery</i> +expedition and those used by other explorers were a decrease in +breadth and an increase in runner surface. Measured across from +the center of one runner to the center of the other Scott's sledges +were all, with one exception, 1 foot 5 inches. The runners themselves +were 3-3/4 inches across, so that the sledge track from side to +side measured about 1 foot 8-3/4 inches. The lengths varied from +12 feet to 7 feet, but the 11-foot sledges proved to be by far +the most convenient—a length of 12 feet seeming to pass just +beyond the limit of handiness. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Taking then 11 feet as about the best length for this type of sledge, +it will be seen that it differed +<a name="page_92"><span class="page">Page 92</span></a> +considerably from the old Arctic type, which was 10 feet long and +3 feet broad. The weight of such all 11-foot sledge was anything +between 40 and 47 lbs., and this was none too light when the full +strength of the structure was required. Generally speaking, the +full load that could be put upon them was about 600 lbs. The most +important part of the sledge is the runner, in which the grain must +be perfectly straight and even, or it will splinter very easily; +but it surprised Scott to find what a lot of wear a good wood runner +would stand, provided that it was only taken over snow. 'Some of +our 9-foot sledges must,' he says, 'have traveled 1,000 miles, +and there was still plenty of wear left in the runners.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In point of numbers the <i>Discovery</i>'s crew was far behind +the old Northern expeditions; and it was this fact that made Scott +decide, in arranging a sledge equipment where men and not dogs would +do most of the haulage, to divide his parties into the smallest +workable units. The old Northern plan had allowed for parties of at +least eight, who, having a common tent and cooking arrangements, +could not be subdivided. Scott's plan was not necessarily to limit +the number of men in his parties, but to divide them into units +of three, which should be self-contained, so that whenever it was +advisable a unit could be detached from the main party. Under such +a system it is obvious that each unit must have its own tent, +sleeping-bag, cooker, and so on; and therein lay a disadvantage, +as economy of material and weight can +<a name="page_93"><span class="page">Page 93</span></a> +be better carried out with a large unit than with a small one. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The weights of a party naturally divide themselves under two headings: +the permanent, which will not diminish throughout the trip, and the +consumable, including food, oil, &c. The following is a list +of the permanent weights carried on Scott's journey to the west, +and it will give some idea of the variety of articles, exclusive +of provisions. The party numbered six. +</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"> + <tr><td colspan="2"> </td><td class="right">lbs.</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Sledges with fittings complete</td> + <td class="right">130</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Trace</td> + <td class="right">5</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Cookers, pannikins and spoons</td> + <td class="right">30</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Primus lamps, filled</td> + <td class="right">10</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Tents complete</td> + <td class="right">60</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Spades</td> + <td class="right">9</td></tr> + <tr><td>2</td> + <td>Sleeping-bags with night-gear</td> + <td class="right">100</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Sleeping jackets, crampons, spare finnesko[1]</td> + <td class="right">50</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Medical bag</td> + <td class="right">6</td></tr> + <tr><td>3</td> + <td>Ice-axes</td> + <td class="right">8</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Bamboos and marks</td> + <td class="right">11.5</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Instruments and camera</td> + <td class="right">50</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Alpine rope</td> + <td class="right">9</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Repair and tool bags, sounding-line, tape, sledge brakes</td> + <td class="right">15</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Ski boots for party</td> + <td class="right">15</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Ski for party</td> + <td class="right">60</td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + <tr><td> </td><td>Total</td> + <td class="right">568.5</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Reindeer-fur boots.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_94"><span class="page">Page 94</span></a> +Roughly speaking, a man can drag from 200 to 240 lbs., but his load +was rarely above 200 lbs. This for six men gave a total carrying +capacity of 1,200 lbs. and hence about 630 lbs. could be devoted +to provisions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Again, speaking very roughly, this amount is about six weeks' food +for a party of six, but as such a short period is often not long +enough to satisfy sledge-travelers, they are compelled to organize +means by which their journey can be prolonged. This can be done +in two ways; they may either go out earlier in the season and lay +a depôt at a considerable distance towards their goal, or +they may arrange to receive assistance from a supporting party, +which accompanies them for a certain distance on the road and helps +their advance party to drag a heavier load than they can accomplish +alone. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Both of these plans were adopted by Scott on the more important +journeys, and his parties were able to be absent from the ship +for long periods and to travel long distances. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_95"><span class="page">Page 95</span></a> +CHAPTER V +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE START OF THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Hold hard the breath and bend up every spirit<br> +To its full height... +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="bquote"> + ...Shew us here<br /> +That you are worth your breeding, which I doubt not.<br /> +For there is none so mean or base<br /> +That have not noble lustre in your eyes.<br /> +I see you stand like greyhounds in the slips,<br /> +Straining upon the start.<br /> + —SHAKESPEARE. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the later months of the dark season all thoughts had been +turned to the prospects of the spring journeys, and many times the +advantages and disadvantages of dogs for sledding were discussed. +This question of the sacrifice of animal life was one on which +Scott felt strongly from the time he became an explorer to the end +of his life. Argue with himself as he might, the idea was always +repugnant to his nature. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'To say,' he wrote after his first expedition, that dogs do not +greatly increase the radius of action is absurd; to pretend that +they can be worked to this end without pain, suffering, and death, is +equally futile. The question is whether the latter can be justified +by the gain, and I think that logically it may be; +<a name="page_96"><span class="page">Page 96</span></a> +but the introduction of such sordid necessity must and does rob +sledge-traveling of much of its glory. In my mind no journey ever +made with dogs can approach the height of that fine conception +which is realized when a party of men go forth to face hardships, +dangers, and difficulties with their own unaided efforts, and by +days and weeks of hard physical labour succeed in solving some +problem of the great unknown. Surely in this case the conquest is +more nobly and splendidly won.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the spring campaign opened in 1902 the original team of dogs +had been sadly diminished. Of the nineteen that remained for the +southern journey, all but one—and he was killed at an earlier +period—left their bones on the great southern plains. This +briefly is the history of the dogs, but the circumstances under +which they met their deaths will be mentioned later on. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig006.jpg" width="817" height="521" alt="Figure 6"> +<br />SLEDDING. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Before Scott started on the southern journey he decided to make a +short trip to the north with the dogs and a party of six officers +and men, his main purposes being to test the various forms of harness, +and to find out whether the dogs pulled best in large or small +teams. During part of this journey, which only lasted from September +2 to 5, the four sledges were taken independently with four dogs +harnessed to each, and it was discovered that if the first team +got away all right, the others were often keen to play the game +of 'follow my leader.' Sometimes, indeed, there was a positive +spirit of rivalry, and on one occasion two +<a name="page_97"><span class="page">Page 97</span></a> +competing teams got closer and closer to each other, with the natural +result that when they were near enough to see what was happening, +they decided that the easiest way to settle the matter was by a +free fight. So they turned inwards with one accord and met with +a mighty shock. In a moment there was a writhing mass of fur and +teeth, and an almost hopeless confusion of dog traces. But even +in this short trip some experience had been gained; for results +showed how unwise it was to divide the dogs into small parties, +and also there was no mistaking which were the strong and which +the weak dogs, and, what was of more importance, which the willing +and which the lazy ones. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 10, Royds and Koettlitz started off to the south-west +with Evans, Quartley, Lashly and Wild. And of this party Scott +wrote: 'They looked very workmanlike, and one could see at a glance +the vast improvement that has been made since last year. The sledges +were uniformly packed.... One shudders now to think of the slovenly +manner in which we conducted things last autumn; at any rate here +is a first result of the care and attention of the winter.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Armitage and Ferrar with four men left for the west on the following +day, but owing to the necessity of making fresh harness for the +dogs and to an exasperating blizzard, Scott was not able to start +on his southern reconnaissance journey until September 17. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of that day he and his two companions, +<a name="page_98"><span class="page">Page 98</span></a> +Barne and Shackleton, with thirteen dogs divided into two teams, +left the ship in bright sunshine; but by 1.15 P.M., when they camped +for lunch, the wind was blowing from the east and the thermometer +was down to -43°. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The sledges carried a fortnight's food for all concerned, together +with a quantity of stores to form a depôt, the whole giving +a load of about 90 lbs. per dog; but this journey was destined +to be only a short and bitter experience. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The reason was that on the night of the 17th the travelers were +so exhausted that they did not heap enough snow on the skirting +of the tent, and when Scott woke up on the following morning he +found himself in the open. 'At first, as I lifted the flap of my +sleeping-bag, I could not think what had happened. I gazed forth +on a white sheet of drifting snow, with no sign of the tent or my +companions. For a moment I wondered what in the world it could +mean, but the lashing of the snow in my face very quickly awoke +me to full consciousness, and I sat up to find that in some +extraordinary way I had rolled out of the tent.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the time a violent gale was raging, and through the blinding +snow Scott could only just see the tent, though it was flapping +across the foot of his bag; but when he had wriggled back to the +tent the snow was whirling as freely inside as without, and the +tent itself was straining so madly at what remained of its securing, +that something had to be done at once to prevent it from blowing +away altogether. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_99"><span class="page">Page 99</span></a> +So with freezing fingers they gripped the skirting and gradually +pulled it inwards, and half sitting upon it, half grasping it, +they tried to hold it against the wild blasts of the storm, while +they discussed the situation. Discussion, however, was useless. An +attempt to secure the tent properly in such weather was impossible, +while they felt that if once they loosed their grip, the tent would +hasten to leave them at once and for ever. Every now and then they +were forced to get a fresh hold, and lever themselves once more over +the skirt. And as they remained hour after hour grimly hanging on +and warning each other of frostbitten features, their sleeping-bags +became fuller and fuller of snow, until they were lying in masses +of chilly slush. Not until 6 P.M. had they by ceaseless exertions +so far become masters of the situation, that there was no further +need for the tent to be held with anything except the weight of +their sleeping-bags. Then an inspection of hands showed a number +of frostbites, but Barne, whose fingers had not recovered from +the previous year, had suffered the most. 'To have hung on to the +tent through all those hours must have been positive agony to him, +yet he never uttered a word of complaint.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By 10 P.M. the worst of the storm had passed, and after a few hours' +sleep and a hot meal, they soon decided that to push on after this +most miserable experience was very unwise, since by returning to +the ship they would only lose one day's march and everything could +be dried for a fresh start. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_100"><span class="page">Page 100</span></a> +Apart from 'Brownie,' who spent his time inside the tent, the rest +of the dogs never uttered a sound during the storm, and were found +quite happily sleeping in their nests of snow. On the journey back the +thermometer recorded -53°, and the effect of such a temperature +upon wet clothing may be imagined. 'I shall remember the condition +of my trousers for a long while; they might have been cut out of +sheet iron. It was some time before I could walk with any sort of +ease, and even when we reached the ship I was conscious of carrying +an armor plate behind me.... It will certainly be a very long time +before I go to sleep again in a tent which is not properly secured.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 24 Scott was ready to start again, but Barne's fingers +had suffered so severely that his place was taken by the boatswain, +Feather, who had taken a keen interest in every detail of sledding. +Owing to the dogs refusing to do what was expected of them, and +to gales, slow progress was made, but the wind had dropped by the +morning of September 29, and Scott was so anxious to push on that +he took no notice of a fresh bank of cloud coming up from the south, +with more wind and drift. Taking the lead himself, he gave orders +to the two teams to follow rigidly in his wake, whatever turns and +twists he might make. Notwithstanding the bad light he could see +the bridged crevasses, where they ran across the bare ice surface, +by slight differences in shade, and though he could not see them +where they dived into the valleys, he found that the bridges were +strong enough to bear. In +<a name="page_101"><span class="page">Page 101</span></a> +his desire to use the snowy patches as far as possible, the course +he took was very irregular, and the dogs invariably tried to cut +corners. In this manner they proceeded for some time, until Scott +suddenly heard a shout, and looking back saw to his horror that +Feather had vanished. The dog team and sledges were there all right, +but their leader was lost to sight. Hurrying back he found that +the trace had disappeared down a formidable crevasse, but to his +great relief Feather was at the end of the trace, and was soon +hauled up. One strand of Feather's harness was cut clean through +where it fell across the ice-edge, and although, being a man of +few words, he was more inclined to swear at 'Nigger' for trying to +cut a corner than to marvel at his own escape, there is no doubt +that he had a very close call. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After this accident the dog teams were joined, and reluctant to +give up they advanced again; but very soon the last of the four +sledges disappeared, and was found hanging vertically up and down +in an ugly-looking chasm. To the credit of the packing not a single +thing had come off, in spite of the jerk with which it had fallen. +It was, however, too heavy to haul up as it was, but, after some +consultation, the indefatigable Feather proposed that he should +be let down and undertake the very cold job of unpacking it. So +he was slung with one end of the Alpine rope, while the other was +used for hauling up the various packages; and at last the load +was got up, and the lightened sledge soon followed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After this incident they thought it prudent to treat these numerous +crevasses with more respect, and on +<a name="page_102"><span class="page">Page 102</span></a> +proceeding they roped themselves together; but although no more +mishaps occurred, Scott afterwards was more inclined to attribute +this to good luck than to good judgment. 'Looking back on this day, +I cannot but think our procedure was extremely rash. I have not +the least doubt now that this region was a very dangerous one, and +the fact that we essayed to cross it in this light-hearted fashion +can only be ascribed to our ignorance. With us, I am afraid, there +were not a few occasions when one might have applied the proverb +that "Fools rush in where angels fear to tread."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The depôt, leaving six weeks' provision for three men and +150 lbs. of dog-food, was made on the morning of October 1, and +besides marking it with a large black flag, Scott was also careful +to take angles with a prismatic compass to all the points he could +see. Then they started home, and the dogs knowing at once what was +meant no longer required any driving. On the homeward march the +travelers went for all they were worth, and in spite of perpetual +fog covered eighty-five statute miles in less than three days. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On returning to the ship Scott admits that he found it a most delightful +place. The sense of having done what he wanted to do had something +to do with this feeling of satisfaction, but it was the actual +physical comfort after days of privation that chiefly affected him. +The joy of possessing the sledding appetite was sheer delight, and +for many days after the travelers returned from their sledding-trips, +they retained a hunger which it seemed impossible to satisfy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_103"><span class="page">Page 103</span></a> +In short Scott, on the night of his return, was very pleased with +himself and the world in general, but before he went to bed all +his sense of comfort and peace had gone. For he had discovered +what Armitage, wishing to give him some hours of unmixed enjoyment, +had not meant to mention until the following morning, and this +was that there had been an outbreak of scurvy—the disease +that has played a particularly important, and often a tragic, part +in the adventures of Polar travelers, and the seriousness of which +everyone who has read the history of Polar explorations cannot +fail to realize. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This outbreak had occurred during Armitage's journey, and when +he, after much anxiety, had got his men back to the ship, Wilson's +medical examination proved that Ferrar, Heald and Cross were all +attacked, while the remainder of the party were not above suspicion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Very soon, however, symptoms of the disease began to abate, but +the danger lurking around them was continually in Scott's thoughts, +and he was determined not to give the dreaded enemy another chance +to break out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Everything possible was done to make the ship and everything in +her sweet and clean, and after a large seal-killing party, sent +out at Wilson's suggestion, had returned, the order was given that +no tinned meat of any description should be issued. By October 20 +this grave disease had to all intents and purposes passed away, +but although evidence showed that it was +<a name="page_104"><span class="page">Page 104</span></a> +caused by tinned meats which were to all appearances of the best +quality, and by apparently fresh mutton taken in small quantities, +there was no positive proof that these were the causes of the trouble. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This attack of scurvy came as a great surprise to everyone, for +when the long winter was over and all of them were in good health +and high spirits, they had naturally congratulated themselves on +the effectiveness of their precautions. The awakening from this +pleasant frame of mind was rude, and though the disease vanished +with astonishing rapidity, it was—quite apart from the benefit +lost to medical science—very annoying not to be able to say +definitely from what the evil had sprung. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But although the seriousness of this outbreak was not underrated, +and every precaution was taken to prevent its recurrence, preparations +for the various journeys were pushed on with no less vigour and +enthusiasm. The game to play was that there was nothing really to +be alarmed about, and everyone played it with the greatest success. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott's journey to the south had indicated that the main party +would have to travel directly over the snow-plain at a long distance +from, and perhaps out of sight of, land; and as in all probability +no further depôts could be established, it was desirable that +this party should be supported as far as possible on their route. +To meet these requirements it was decided that Barne, with a party +of twelve men, should accompany the dog-team, until the weights +were reduced to an amount +<a name="page_105"><span class="page">Page 105</span></a> +which the dogs could drag without assistance. Then Barne was to +return to the ship, and after a short rest start again with six +men, to follow the coast-line west of the Bluff. As soon as this +was in train, Armitage was to have at his disposal all the men and +material left in the ship for his attack on the western region. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Friday, October 24, Royds, who had left the ship three weeks +before with Skelton, Lashly, Evans, Quartley and Wild, returned +with the good news that he had been able to communicate with the +'Record' post at Cape Crozier. If a relief ship was going to be +sent out, Scott now had the satisfaction of knowing that she had +a good prospect of being guided to the winter quarters of the +expedition. It was also a great source of satisfaction to find +that although Royds and his party had left almost immediately after +the outbreak of scurvy, they had all returned safe and with no +symptom of the disease. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the 13th to the 18th this party had been kept in their tents +by a most persistent blizzard, and before the blizzard ceased they +were practically buried in the heart of a snowdrift; in fact one +tent had literally to be dug out before its occupants could be +got into the open, while the sledges and everything left outside +were completely buried. As the snow gradually accumulated round +the tents it became heavier and heavier on every fold of canvas, +and reduced the interior space to such an extent that those inside +were obliged to lie with their knees bent double. Royds, whose +reports were invariably very brief and to +<a name="page_106"><span class="page">Page 106</span></a> +the point, dismissed the tale of these five days in half a page, +but no great effort of imagination is needed to grasp the horrible +discomforts everyone must have endured. And yet when this party +recounted their adventures on board the ship, the hardships were +scarcely mentioned, and all that the men seemed to remember were +the amusing incidents that had happened. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On this journey a colony of Emperor penguins was discovered, and +among them were several which were nursing chicks. 'I will only +testify,' Scott says, 'to the joy which greeted this discovery +on board the ship. We had felt that this penguin was the truest +type of our region. All other birds fled north when the severity +of winter descended upon us: the Emperor alone was prepared to +face the extremest rigors of our climate; and we gathered no small +satisfaction from being the first to throw light on the habits +of a creature, which so far surpasses in hardihood all others of +the feathered tribe.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before the end of October everything was prepared for the southern +journey; every eventuality seemed to be provided for, and as it +was expected that the dogs would travel faster than the men Barne +and his party started off on October 30, while the dog team left a +few days later. 'The supporting party started this morning, amidst +a scene of much enthusiasm; all hands had a day off, and employed +it in helping to drag the sledges for several miles... Barne's +banner floated on the first, the next bore a Union Jack, and +<a name="page_107"><span class="page">Page 107</span></a> +another carried a flag with a large device stating "<i>No dogs +needs apply</i>"; the reference was obvious. It was an inspiriting +sight to see nearly the whole of our small company step out on +the march with ringing cheers, and to think that all work of this +kind promised to be done as heartily.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And then the day that Scott had been so eagerly looking forward +to arrived, and at ten o'clock on the morning of November 2, he, +Shackleton and Wilson, amidst the wild cheers of their comrades, +started on the southern journey. 'Every soul was gathered on the +floe to bid us farewell, and many were prepared to accompany us +for the first few miles.' The dogs, as if knowing that a great +effort was expected of them, had never been in such form, and in +spite of the heavy load and the fact that at first two men had +to sit on the sledges to check them, it was as much as the rest +of the party could do to keep up. By noon the volunteers had all +tailed off, and the three travelers were alone with the dogs, and +still breathlessly trying to keep pace with them. Soon afterwards +they caught sight of a dark spot ahead and later on made this out +to be the supporting party, who, when they were overtaken on the +same evening, reported that they had been kept in their tents by +bad weather. Having relieved them of some of their loads, Scott +camped, while they pushed on to get the advantage of a night march. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next few days the two parties constantly passed and re-passed +each other, since it was +<a name="page_108"><span class="page">Page 108</span></a> +impossible for Scott to push on ahead of Barne's party, and the +latter's progress was very slow, as they could get no hold with +their fur boots, and they found their ski leather boots dreadfully +cold for their feet. To add to the slowness of the journey the +weather was very unfavorable, and the greater parts of the 8th and +9th were entirely wasted by a blizzard. On the 10th Depôt A, +that had previously been laid, was reached and Scott wrote: 'Already +it seems to me that the dogs feel the monotony of a long march over +the snow more than we do; they seem easily to get dispirited, and +that it is not due to fatigue is shown when they catch a glimpse +of anything novel.... To-day, for instance, they required some +driving until they caught sight of the depôt flag, when they +gave tongue loudly and dashed off as though they barely felt the +load behind them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The names of the dogs were: +</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"> + <tr><td>Nigger</td> <td>Birdie</td> <td>Wolf</td></tr> + <tr><td>Jim</td> <td>Nell</td> <td>Vic</td></tr> + <tr><td>Spud</td> <td>Blanco</td> <td>Bismarck</td></tr> + <tr><td>Snatcher</td> <td>Grannie</td> <td>Kid</td></tr> + <tr><td>Fitzclarence</td> <td>Lewis</td> <td>Boss</td></tr> + <tr><td>Stripes</td> <td>Gus</td> <td>Brownie</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> <td>Joe</td> <td> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Each of them had his peculiar characteristics, and what the Southern +party did not already know concerning their individualities, they +had ample opportunities of finding out in the course of the next +few weeks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_109"><span class="page">Page 109</span></a> +Nigger was the leader of the team; a place he chose naturally for +himself, and if he was put into any other position he behaved so +unpleasantly to his neighbors, and so generally upset things, that +he was quickly shifted. A more perfect sledge-dog could scarcely +be imagined. He seemed to know the meaning of every move, and in +camp would be still as a graven image until he saw the snow being +shoveled from the skirting of the tent, when he would spring up +and pace to and fro at his picket, and give a low throaty bark +of welcome if anyone approached him. A few minutes later, when +the leading man came to uproot his picket, he would watch every +movement, and a slow wagging of the tail quite obviously showed +his approval: then, as the word came to start, he would push +affectionately against the leader, as much as to say, 'Now come +along!' and brace his powerful chest to the harness. At the evening +halt after a long day he would drop straight in his tracks and +remain perfectly still, with his magnificent black head resting +on his paws. Other dogs might clamor for food, but Nigger knew +perfectly well that the tent had first to be put up. Afterwards, +however, when the dog-food was approached his deep bell-like note +could always be distinguished amid the howling chorus, and if +disturbance was to be avoided it was well to attend to him first +of all. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the other dogs Lewis was noisily affectionate and hopelessly +clumsy; Jim could pull splendidly when he chose, but he was up +to all the tricks of the trade and was extraordinarily cunning at +pretending to pull; +<a name="page_110"><span class="page">Page 110</span></a> +Spud was generally considered to be daft; Birdie evidently had been +treated badly in his youth and remained distrustful and suspicious +to the end; Kid was the most indefatigable worker in the team; Wolf's +character possessed no redeeming point of any kind, while Brownie +though a little too genteel for very hard work was charming as a pet, +and it may also be said of him that he never lost an opportunity +of using his pleasant appearance and delightful ways to lighten his +afflictions. The load for this dog team after Depôt A had +been passed was 1,850 lbs., which, considering that some of the +dogs were of little use, was heavy. But it must not be forgotten +that the men also expected to pull, and that each night the weight +would be reduced by thirty or forty pounds. By the 13th the travelers +were nearly up to the 79th parallel, and therefore farther south +than anyone had yet been. 'The announcement of the fact caused +great jubilation, and I am extremely glad that there are no fewer +than fifteen of us to enjoy this privilege of having broken the +record.' A photograph of the record-breakers was taken, and then +half of the supporting party started to return, and the other half +stepped out once more on a due south line, with the dogs following. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the 15th, however, when the rest of the supporting party turned +back, Scott had begun to be anxious about the dogs. 'The day's +work has cast a shadow on our high aspirations, and already it is +evident that if we are to achieve much it will be only by extreme +toil, for the dogs have not pulled well to-day.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_111"><span class="page">Page 111</span></a> +We have decided that if things have not improved in the morning +we will take on half a load at a time; after a few days of this +sort of thing the loads will be sufficiently lightened for us to +continue in the old way again.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day an attempt to start with the heavy loads promptly +and completely failed, and the only thing to do was to divide the +load into two portions and take half on at a time. This meant, of +course, that each mile had to be traveled three times, but there +was no alternative to this tedious form of advance. Even, however, +with the half-loads the dogs seemed to have lost all their spirit, +and at the end of the march on the 18th they were practically 'done.' +Only five geographical miles[1] were gained on that day, but to +do it they had to cover fifteen. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: 7 geographical miles = a little more than 8 statute +miles.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the night of the 19th matters had gone from bad to worse, and +it had to be acknowledged that the fish diet the dogs were eating +permanently disagreed with them. Originally Scott had intended +to take ordinary dog-biscuits for the animals, but in an unlucky +moment he was persuaded by an expert in dog-driving to take fish. +The fish taken was the Norwegian stock-fish, such as is split, +dried and exported from that country in great quantities for human +food. But one important point was overlooked, namely the probability +of the fish being affected on passing through the tropics. The +lesson, Scott said, was obvious, that in future travelers in the +south should safeguard their +<a name="page_112"><span class="page">Page 112</span></a> +dogs as carefully as they do their men, for in this case it was +the dogs that called the halts; and so the party had to spend hours +in their tent which might have been devoted to marching. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Day after day relay work continued, the only relief from the monotony +of their toil being that land was sighted on the 21st, and as the +prospects of reaching a high latitude were steadily disappearing, +it was decided to alter their course to S. S. W. and edge towards +it. Then the surface over which they were traveling showed signs +of improvement, but the travelers themselves were beginning to +suffer from blistered noses and cracked lips, and their eyes were +also troubling them. Appetites, however, were increasing by leaps +and bounds. 'The only thing to be looked to on our long marches +is the prospect of the next meal.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On November 24 a new routine was started which made a little variation +in the dull toil of relay work. After pushing on the first half-load +one of the three stopped with it, and got up the tent and prepared +the meal while the other two brought up the second half-load. And +then on the following day came one of those rewards which was all the +sweeter because it had been gained by ceaseless and very monotonous +toil. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Before starting to-day I took a meridian altitude,' Scott wrote, +'and to my delight found the latitude to be 80° 1'. All our +charts of the Antarctic region show a plain white circle beyond +the eightieth parallel... It has always been our ambition to get +inside that white +<a name="page_113"><span class="page">Page 113</span></a> +space, and now we are there the space can no longer be a blank; +this compensates for a lot of trouble.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A blizzard followed upon this success, but the dogs were so exhausted +that a day's rest had been thought of even if the weather had not +compelled it. Wilson, to his great discomfort, was always able to +foretell these storms, for when they were coming on he invariably +suffered from rheumatism; so, however reluctant, he could not help +being a very effective barometer. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the storm had passed an attempt was made on the morning of +the 27th to start with the full load, but it took next to no time +to discover that the dogs had not benefited by their rest, and +there was nothing to do except to go on with the old routine of +relay work. As the days passed with no signs of improvement in +the dogs, it became more and more necessary to reach the land in +hopes of making a depôt; so the course was laid to the westward +of S. W., which brought the high black headland, for which they +were making, on their port bow. 'I imagine it to be about fifty +miles off, but hope it is not so much; nine hours' work to-day +has only given us a bare four miles.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then for some days the only change in the toil of relay work and +the sickening task of driving tired dogs on and on was that they +marched by night, and rested by day. The breakfast hour was between +4 and 5 P.M., the start at 6 P.M., and they came to camp somewhere +between three and four in the morning. Thus they rested while the +sun was at its greatest +<a name="page_114"><span class="page">Page 114</span></a> +height; but although there were certainly advantages in this, Scott +could not get rid of a curious feeling that something was amiss +with such a topsy-turvy method of procedure. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By December 3 they were close enough to the land to make out some +of its details. On their right was a magnificent range of mountains, +which by rough calculations Scott made out to be at least fifty miles +away. By far the nearest point of land was an isolated snow-cape, +an immense, and almost dome-shaped, snow-covered mass. At first +no rock at all could be seen on it, but as they got nearer a few +patches began to appear. For one of these patches they decided to +make so that they might establish a depôt, but at the rate +at which they were traveling there was little hope of reaching +it for several days. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time the appetites of the party were so ravenous that when +the pemmican bag was slung alongside a tin of paraffin, and both +smelt and tasted of oil, they did not really mind. But what saddened +them more than this taste of paraffin was the discovery, on December +5, that their oil was going too fast. A gallon was to have lasted +twelve days, but on investigation it was found on an average to +have lasted only ten, which meant that in the future each gallon +would have to last a fortnight. 'This is a distinct blow, as we +shall have to sacrifice our hot luncheon meal and to economize +greatly at both the others. We started the new routine to-night, +and for lunch ate some frozen seal-meat and our allowance of sugar +and biscuit.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_115"><span class="page">Page 115</span></a> +It was perhaps fortunate that their discovery about the oil was +not delayed any longer, but nevertheless it came at a time when +the outlook was dreary and dispiriting enough without additional +discomforts. On the 6th Spud gnawed through his trace, and when +Scott went outside before breakfast, one glance at the dog's +balloon-like appearance was enough to show how he had spent his +hours of freedom. He had, in fact, eaten quite a week's allowance +of the precious seal-meat, and though rather somnolent after his +gorge, he did not seem to be suffering any particular discomfort +from the enormous increase of his waist. On the next day there was +a blizzard, duly predicted by Wilson's twinges of rheumatism, and +on the 8th Scott reluctantly records that the dogs were steadily going +downhill. 'The lightening of the load is more than counter-balanced +by the weakening of the animals, and I can see no time in which +we can hope to get the sledges along without pulling ourselves.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the 10th they were within ten or twelve miles of the coast, but +so exhausted that they felt no certainty of reaching it; and even +supposing they did get there and make a depôt, they doubted +very much if they would be in any condition to go on. One dog, +Snatcher, was already dead, and some of the others had only been got +to move with the second load by the ignominious device of carrying +food in front of them. To see the dogs suffering was agony to those +who had to drive and coax them on, and though Scott refers often +in these days to the hunger that was nipping him, +<a name="page_116"><span class="page">Page 116</span></a> +no one can read his diary without seeing how infinitely more he +was concerned over the suffering of the dogs than about his own +troubles. 'It is terrible,' he says, 'to see them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At last, on December 14, they arrived, when they were almost spent, +at a place where dog-food could be left. In their march they had +only managed to do two miles after the most strenuous exertions, +for the snow became softer as they approached the land, and the +sledge-runners sank from three to four inches. On any particularly +soft patch they could do little more than mark time, and even to +advance a yard was an achievement. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No wonder that Scott, after they had left three weeks' provisions +and a quantity of dog-food in Depôt B and had resumed their +march, sounded a note of thankfulness: 'As I write I scarcely know +how to describe the blessed relief it is to be free from our relay +work. For one-and-thirty awful days we have been at it, and whilst +I doubt if our human endurance could have stood it much more, I +am quite sure the dogs could not. It seems now like a nightmare, +which grew more terrible towards its end.' The sense of relief +was, however, not destined to last, for on December 21 the dogs +were in such a hopeless condition that they might at any moment +have completely collapsed. This was a fact that had to be faced, +and the question whether under such circumstances it was wise to +push on had to be asked and answered. The unanimous answer was +that the risk +<a name="page_117"><span class="page">Page 117</span></a> +of going on should be taken, but on that same night Wilson, in view +of future plans, reported to Scott that his medical examinations +revealed that Shackleton had decidedly angry-looking gums, and that +for some time they had been slowly but surely getting worse. It +was decided not to tell Shackleton of these symptoms of scurvy, +and as the bacon they were using seemed likely to be the cause of +them, it was discarded and an increased allowance of seal given +in its place. This was a loss in weight which was serious, for +already they were reduced almost to starvation rations of about +a pound and a half a day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Supper was the best meal, for then they had a <i>hoosh</i> which +ran from between three-quarters to a whole pannikin apiece, but +even this they could not afford to make thick. While it was being +heated in the central cooker, cocoa was made in the outer, but the +lamp was turned out directly the <i>hoosh</i> boiled, and by that +time the chill was barely off the contents of the outer cooker. +Of course the cocoa was not properly dissolved, but they were long +past criticizing the quality of their food. All they wanted was +something to 'fill up,' but needless to say they never got it. +Half an hour after supper was over they were as hungry as ever. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When they had started from the ship, there had been a vague idea +that they could go as they pleased with the food, but experience +showed that this would not do, and that there must be a rigid system +of shares. Consequently they used to take it in turn to divide +<a name="page_118"><span class="page">Page 118</span></a> +things into three equal portions, and as the man who made the division +felt called upon to take the smallest share, the game of 'shut-eye' +was invented to stop all arguments and remonstrances. The shares +were divided as equally as possible by someone, then one of the +other two turned his head away and the divider pointed to a portion +and said, 'Whose is this?' He of the averted head named the owner, +and thus this simple but useful game was played. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson's examination of Shackleton on December 24 was not encouraging, +but they had reached a much harder surface and under those conditions +Scott and Wilson agreed that it was not yet time to say 'Turn.' +Besides, Christmas Day was in front of them, and for a week they +had all agreed that it would be a crime to go to bed hungry on that +night. In fact they meant it to be a wonderful day, and everything +conspired to make it so. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The sun shone gloriously from a clear sky, and not a breath of +wind disturbed the calmness of the morning, but entrancing as the +scene was they did not stay to contemplate it, because for once +they were going to have a really substantial breakfast, and this +was an irresistible counter-attraction. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And afterwards, when they felt more internally comfortable than +they had for weeks, the surface continued to be so much better +that the sledges could be pulled without any help from the dogs. +On that day they had the satisfaction of covering nearly eleven +miles, the longest march they had made for a long +<a name="page_119"><span class="page">Page 119</span></a> +time. So when camp was pitched they were thoroughly pleased with +the day, and ready to finish it off with a supper to be remembered. +A double 'whack' of everything was poured into the cooking-pot, +and in the <i>hoosh</i> that followed a spoon would stand without +any support, and the cocoa was also brought to boiling-point. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I am writing,' Scott says, 'over my second pipe. The sun is still +circling our small tent in a cloudless sky, the air is warm and quiet. +All is pleasant without, and within we have a sense of comfort we +have not known for many a day; we shall sleep well tonight—no +dreams, no tightening of the belt. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We have been chattering away gaily, and not once has the conversation +turned to food. We have been wondering what Christmas is like in +England... and how our friends picture us. They will guess that +we are away on our sledge journey, and will perhaps think of us +on plains of snow; but few, I think, will imagine the truth, that +for us this has been the reddest of all red-letter days.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_120"><span class="page">Page 120</span></a> +CHAPTER VI +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE RETURN</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> + How many weary steps<br /> +Of many weary miles you have o'ergone,<br /> +Are numbered to the travel of one mile.<br /> + SHAKESPEARE. +i</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +Some days passed before the pleasing effects of Christmas Day wore +off, for it had been a delightful break in an otherwise uninterrupted +spell of semi-starvation, and the memories lingered long after +hunger had again gripped the three travelers. By this time they +knew that they had cut themselves too short in the matter of food, +but the only possible alteration that could now be made in their +arrangements was to curtail their journey, and rather than do that +they were ready cheerfully to face the distress of having an enormous +appetite, and very little with which to appease it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thinking over the homeward marches after he had returned to the +ship, Scott expresses his emphatic opinion that the increasing +weariness showed that they were expending their energies at a greater +rate than they could renew them, and that the additional +<a name="page_121"><span class="page">Page 121</span></a> +weight, caused by carrying a proper allowance of food, would have +been amply repaid by the preservation of their full strength and +vigour. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Apart, however, from the actual pangs of hunger, there was another +disadvantage from this lack of food, for try as they would it was +impossible not to think and talk incessantly of eating. Before +they went to sleep it was almost certain that one of them would +give a detailed description of what he considered an ideal feast, +while on the march they found themselves counting how many footsteps +went to the minute, and how many, therefore, had to be paced before +another meal. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But if, during these days of hunger, thoughts of what they could +eat if only the chance was given to them kept constantly cropping +up, there were also very real compensations for both their mental +and physical weariness. Day by day, as they journeyed on, they knew +that they were penetrating farther and farther into the unknown. +Each footstep was a gain, and made the result of their labours more +assured. And as they studied the slowly revolving sledge-meter +or looked for the calculated results of their observations, it +is not surprising that above all the desires for food was an +irresistible eagerness to go on and on, and to extend the line +which they were now drawing on the white space of the Antarctic +chart. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Day by day, too, the magnificent panorama of the Western land was +passing before their eyes. 'Rarely a march passed without the disclosure +of some new +<a name="page_122"><span class="page">Page 122</span></a> +feature, something on which the eye of man had never rested; we +should have been poor souls indeed had we not been elated at the +privilege of being the first to gaze on these splendid scenes.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the point of view of further exploration their position on +December 26 was not very hopeful. On their right lay a high undulating +snow-cap and the steep irregular coast-line, to the south lay a cape +beyond which they could not hope to pass, and to all appearances +these conditions were likely to remain to the end of their journey. +But on that night they had christened a distant and lofty peak +'Mount Longstaff,' in honour of the man whose generosity had alone +made the expedition possible, and although they thought that this +was the most southerly land to which they would be able to give a +name, they were in no mood to turn back because the outlook was +unpromising. Arguing on the principle that it was impossible to tell +what may turn up, they all decided to push on; and their decision was +wise, for had they returned at that point one of the most important +features of the whole coast-line would have been missed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 26th and 27th Wilson had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, +which caused him the most intense agony. Some days before Scott had +remarked in his diary upon Wilson's extraordinary industry: 'When +it is fine and clear, at the end of our fatiguing days he will +spend two or three hours seated in the door of the tent sketching +each detail of the splendid mountainous coast-scene to the west. +His sketches +<a name="page_123"><span class="page">Page 123</span></a> +are most astonishingly accurate; I have tested his proportions by +actual angular measurements and found them correct.... But these +long hours in the glare are very bad for the eyes; we have all +suffered a good deal from snow-blindness of late, though we generally +march with goggles, but Wilson gets the worst bouts, and I fear +it is mainly due to his sketching.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The attack, however, after Christmas was very much worse than anything +that had gone before, and all day long during the 27th Wilson was +pulling alongside the sledges with his eyes completely covered. +To march blindfold with an empty stomach must touch the bottom +of miserable monotony, but Wilson had not the smallest intention +of giving in. With Scott walking opposite to him and telling him +of the changes that were happening around them he plodded steadily +on, and during the afternoon of the 27th it happened that a most +glorious mountainous scene gradually revealed itself. With some +excitement Scott noticed that new mountain ridges were appearing +as high as anything they had seen to the north, and his excitement +increased when these ridges grew higher and higher. Then, instead +of a downward turn in the distant outline came a steep upward line, +and as they pressed on apace to see what would happen next, Scott +did his best to keep Wilson posted up in the latest details. The +end came in a gloriously sharp double peak crowned with a few flecks +of cirrus cloud, and all they could think of in camp that night +was this splendid twin-peaked mountain, which even in such +<a name="page_124"><span class="page">Page 124</span></a> +a lofty country looked like a giant among pigmies. 'At last we +have found something which is fitting to bear the name of him whom +we must always the most delight to honour, and "Mount Markham" +it shall be called in memory of the father of the expedition.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson, in spite of his recent experiences, did not mean to miss +this, and however much his eyes had to suffer the scene had to +be sketched. Fortunately a glorious evening provided a perfect +view of their surroundings, for very soon they knew that the limit +of their journey would be reached, and that they would have but +few more opportunities to increase their stock of information. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After a day that had brought with it both fine weather and most +interesting discoveries, they settled down in their sleeping-bags, +full of hope that the morrow would be equally kind. But instead +of the proposed advance the whole day had to be spent in the tent +while a strong southerly blizzard raged without, and when they +got up on the following morning they found themselves enveloped +in a thick fog. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Reluctantly the decision was made that this camp must be their +last, and consequently their southerly limit had been reached. +Observations gave it as between 82.16 S. and 82.17 S., and though +this record may have compared poorly with what Scott had hoped for +when leaving the ship, it was far more favorable than he anticipated +when the dogs had begun to fail. 'Whilst,' he says, 'one cannot help +a deep sense of disappointment in reflecting on the "might have been" +<a name="page_125"><span class="page">Page 125</span></a> +had our team remained in good health, one cannot but remember that +even as it is we have made a greater advance towards a pole of +the earth than has ever yet been achieved by a sledge party.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With less than a fortnight's provision to take them back to Depôt +B, they turned their faces homewards on the last day of the year, +and it was significant of the terrible condition of the surviving +dogs that the turn did not cause the smallest excitement. Many +of them were already dead, killed to keep the others alive, but +those which remained seemed to guess how poor a chance they had +of getting back to the ship. Again and again Scott refers to the +suffering of the dogs on the homeward march, and how intensely he +felt for them is proved beyond all manner of doubt. 'January 3. +This afternoon, shortly after starting, "Gus" fell, quite played +out, and just before our halt, to our greater grief, "Kid" caved +in. One could almost weep over this last case; he has pulled like +a Trojan throughout, and his stout little heart bore him up till +his legs failed beneath him.' Only seven of the team now remained, +and of them Jim seemed to be the strongest, but Nigger, though +weak, was still capable of surprising efforts. But at the end of +a week on the return journey, all of the remaining dogs were asked +to do nothing except walk by the sledges. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For several hours on January 7 the men pulled steadily and covered +ten good miles. But the distance they succeeded in traveling was as +nothing compared with the relief they felt at no longer having to +<a name="page_126"><span class="page">Page 126</span></a> +drive a worn-out team. In the future no more cheering and dragging +in front would be needed, no more tangled traces would have to be +put straight, and above all there would be no more whip. So far +steady though rather slow progress had been made, but January 8 +brought an unpleasant surprise. Try as they would the sledge could +scarcely be made to move, and after three hours of the hardest +work only a mile and a quarter had been gained. Sadly they were +compelled to admit that the surface had so completely changed that +the only thing to do was to remain in camp until it improved. But +whether it would improve was an anxious matter, for they had less +than a week's provisions and were at least fifty miles from Depôt +B. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next day, however, saw an improvement in the surface, and a +fairly good march was done. By this time only four dogs were left, +Nigger, Jim, Birdie and Lewis, and poor Nigger was so lost out +of harness that he sometimes got close to the traces and marched +along as if he was still doing his share of the pulling. But this +more or less ordinary day was followed on the 10th by a march in +a blizzard that exhausted Scott and Wilson, and had even a more +serious effect upon Shackleton. With the wind behind them they +had gained many miles, but the march had tired them out, because +instead of the steady pulling to which they were accustomed they +had been compelled sometimes to run, and sometimes to pull forwards, +backwards, sideways, and always with their senses keenly alert +and their muscles strung up for instant action. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_127"><span class="page">Page 127</span></a> +On that night Scott in no very cheerful frame of mind wrote: 'We +cannot now be far from our depôt, but then we do not exactly +know where we are; there is not many days' food left, and if this +thick weather continues we shall probably not be able to find it.' +And after two more days of bad surface and thick weather he wrote +again: 'There is no doubt we are approaching a very critical time. +The depôt is a very small spot on a very big ocean of snow; +with luck one might see it at a mile and a half or two miles, and +fortune may direct our course within this radius of it; but, on +the other hand, it is impossible not to contemplate the ease with +which such a small spot can be missed.... The annoying thing is that +one good clear sight of the land would solve all our difficulties.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At noon on January 13 the outlook was more hopeless than ever. +Three hours' incessant labour had gained only three-quarters of a +mile, and consequently they had to halt though their food-bag was a +mere trifle to lift, and they could have finished all that remained +in it at one sitting and still have been hungry. But later on Scott +caught a glimpse of the sun in the tent, and tumbled hastily out of +his sleeping-bag in the hope of obtaining a meridional altitude; +and after getting the very best result he could under the very +difficult conditions prevailing, he casually lowered the telescope +and swept it round the horizon. Suddenly a speck seemed to flash +by, and a vehement hope as suddenly arose. Then he brought the +telescope slowly back, and there it was again, and accompanied this +<a name="page_128"><span class="page">Page 128</span></a> +time by two smaller specks on either side of it. Without a shadow +of doubt it was the depôt which meant the means of life to +them. 'I sprang up and shouted, "Boys, there's the depôt." +We are not a demonstrative party, but I think we excused ourselves +for the wild cheer that greeted this announcement.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In five minutes everything was packed on the sledges, but though +the work was as heavy as before the workers were in a very different +mood to tackle it. To reach those distant specks as quickly as +possible was their one desire and all minor troubles were forgotten +as they marched, for before them was the knowledge that they were +going to have the fat <i>hoosh</i> which would once more give them an +internal sense of comfort. In two hours they were at the depôt, +and there they found everything as they had left it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that same morning they had stripped off the German silver from +the runners of one of their sledges, and now fortified by the fat +<i>hoosh</i> of their dreams they completed the comparison between +the two sledges, which respectively had metal and wood runners. +Having equalized the weights as much as possible they towed the +sledges round singly, and found that two of them could scarcely +move the metalled sledge as fast as one could drag the other. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of course they decided to strip the second sledge, and with only +about 130 miles to cover to their next depôt, a full three +weeks' provisions, and the prospect of better traveling on wood +runners, they went to bed +<a name="page_129"><span class="page">Page 129</span></a> +feeling that a heavy load of anxiety had been lifted. The chief +cause of worry left was the question of health, and the result +of a thorough medical examination on the morning of the 14th did +nothing to remove this. Shackleton was found to be very far indeed +from well, but although Scott and Wilson both showed symptoms of +scurvy they still felt that, as far as they were concerned, there +was no danger of a breakdown. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that day they made a fairly good march, but at the end of it +Wilson had to warn Scott that Shackleton's condition was really +alarming. Commenting on this Scott wrote: 'It's a bad case, but +we must make the best of it and trust to its not getting worse; +now that human life is at stake, all other objects must be +sacrificed.... It went to my heart to give the order, but it had +to be done, and the dogs are to be killed in the morning. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'One of the difficulties we foresee with Shackleton, with his restless, +energetic spirit, is to keep him idle in camp, so to-night I have +talked seriously to him. He is not to do any camping work, but +to allow everything to be done for him.... Every effort must be +devoted to keeping him on his legs, and we must trust to luck to +bring him through.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the morning of the 15th came the last scene in the tragic +story of the dogs, and poor Nigger and Jim, the only survivors +of that team of nineteen, were taken a short distance from the +camp and killed. 'I think we could all have wept.... Through our +most troublous time we always looked forward to getting +<a name="page_130"><span class="page">Page 130</span></a> +some of our animals home. At first it was to have been nine, then +seven, then five, and at the last we thought that surely we should +be able to bring back these two.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the part of the return journey which was now beginning, +they had promised themselves an easier time, but instead of that it +resolved itself into days of grim struggle to save a sick companion. +The weather also added to their troubles, because it was so overcast +that steering was extremely difficult. For nearly ten consecutive +days this gloomy weather continued to harass them, but on the 20th +it cleared as they were on their march, and on the following day +with a brisk southerly breeze and their sail set they traveled +along at a fine rate. The state of Shackleton's health was still +a source of acutest anxiety, but each march brought safety nearer +and nearer, and on the 23rd Scott was able to write in a much more +hopeful spirit. Next day a glimpse of the Bluff to the north was +seen, but this encouraging sight was accompanied by a new form +of surface which made the pulling very wearisome. An inch or so +beneath the soft snow surface was a thin crust, almost, but not +quite, sufficient to bear their weight. The work of breaking such +a surface as this would, Scott says, have finished Shackleton in +no time, but luckily he was able to go on ski and avoid the jars. +'In spite of our present disbelief in ski, one is bound to confess +that if we get back safely Shackleton will owe much to the pair +he is now using.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig007.jpg" width="809" height="521" alt="Figure 7"> +<br />MOUNT EREBUS. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_131"><span class="page">Page 131</span></a> +But in spite of bad surfaces and increasingly heavy work, Scott and +Wilson were determined to leave as little as possible to chance, +and to get their invalid along as quickly as his condition would +allow. Directly breakfast was over Shackleton started off and got +well ahead, while Scott and Wilson packed up camp; and after lunch +the same procedure was adopted. By this means he was able to take +things easily, and though eager to do his share of the work he +was wise enough to see that every precaution taken was absolutely +necessary. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Encouragements in this stern struggle were few and far between, +but when the smoke of Erebus was seen on the 25th, it cheered them +to think that they had seen something that was actually beyond the +ship. Probably it was more than a hundred miles away, but they +had become so accustomed to seeing things at a distance that they +were not in the least astonished by this. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +January 26, too, had its consolations, for while plodding on as usual +the travelers suddenly saw a white line ahead, and soon afterwards +discovered that it was a sledge track. There was no doubt that +the track was Barne's on his way back from his survey work to the +west, but it was wonderful what that track told them. They could +see that there had been six men with two sledges, and that all of +the former had been going strong and well on ski. From the state +of the track this party had evidently passed about four days before +on the homeward route, and from +<a name="page_132"><span class="page">Page 132</span></a> +the zig-zagging of the course it was agreed that the weather must +have been thick at the time. Every imprint in the soft snow added +some small fact, and the whole made an excellent detective study. +But the main point was that they knew for certain that Barne and +his party were safe, and this after their own experiences was a +great relief. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another day and a half of labour brought them to the depôt, +and the land of plenty. 'Directly,' Scott wrote on the 28th, 'our +tent was up we started our search among the snow-heaps with childish +glee. One after another our treasures were brought forth: oil enough +for the most lavish expenditure, biscuit that might have lasted +us for a month, and, finally, a large brown provision-bag which +we knew would contain more than food alone. We have just opened +this provision-bag and feasted our eyes on the contents. There +are two tins of sardines, a large tin of marmalade, soup squares, +pea soup, and many other delights that already make our mouths +water. For each one of us there is some special trifle which the +forethought of our kind people has provided, mine being an extra +packet of tobacco; and last, but not least, there are a whole heap +of folded letters and notes—<i>billets-doux</i> indeed. I +wonder if a mail was ever more acceptable.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The news, too, was good; Royds, after desperate labour, had succeeded +in rescuing the boats; Blissett had discovered an Emperor penguin's +egg, and his messmates expected him to be knighted. But the meal +itself, though 'pure joy' at first, was not an +<a name="page_133"><span class="page">Page 133</span></a> +unqualified success, for after being accustomed to starvation or +semi-starvation rations, they were in no condition either to resist +or to digest any unstinted meal, and both Scott and Wilson suffered +acutely. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next morning they awoke to find a heavy blizzard, and the first +thought of pushing on at all hazards was abandoned when Shackleton +was found to be extremely ill. Everything now depended upon the +weather, for should the blizzard continue Scott doubted if Shackleton +would even be well enough to be carried on the sledge. 'It is a +great disappointment; last night we thought ourselves out of the +wood with all our troubles behind us, and to-night matters seem +worse than ever. Luckily Wilson and I are pretty fit, and we have +lots of food.' By great luck the weather cleared on the morning +of the 30th, and as Shackleton after a very bad night revived a +little it was felt that the only chance was to go on. 'At last +he was got away, and we watched him almost tottering along with +frequent painful halts. Re-sorting our provisions, in half an hour +we had packed our camp, set our sail, and started with the sledges. +It was not long before we caught our invalid, who was so exhausted +that we thought it wiser he should sit on the sledges, where for +the remainder of the forenoon, with the help of our sail, we carried +him.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In Wilson's opinion Shackleton's relapse was mainly due to the +blizzard, but fortune favored them during the last stages of the +struggle homewards, and the glorious weather had a wonderful effect +upon the +<a name="page_134"><span class="page">Page 134</span></a> +sick man. By the night of February 2 they were within ten or twelve +miles of their goal, and saw a prospect of a successful end to their +troubles. During the afternoon they had passed round the corner +of White Island, and as they did so the old familiar outline of the +friendly peninsula suddenly opened up before them. On every side +were suggestions of home, and their joy at seeing the well-known +landmarks was increased by the fact that they were as nearly 'spent +as three persons can well be.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Shackleton, it is true, had lately shown an improvement, but his +companions placed but little confidence in that, for they knew +how near he had been, and still was, to a total collapse. And both +Scott and Wilson knew also that their scurvy had again been advancing +rapidly, but they scarcely dared to admit either to themselves or +each other how 'done' they were. For many a day Wilson had suffered +from lameness, and each morning had vainly tried to disguise his +limp, but from his set face Scott knew well enough how much he +suffered before the first stiffness wore off. 'As for myself, for +some time I have hurried through the task of changing my foot-gear +in an attempt to forget that my ankles are considerably swollen. +One and all we want rest and peace, and, all being well, tomorrow, +thank Heaven, we shall get them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These are the final words written in Scott's sledge-diary during +this remarkable journey, for on the next morning they packed up +their camp for the last time and set their faces towards Observation +Hill. Brilliant +<a name="page_135"><span class="page">Page 135</span></a> +weather still continued, and after plodding on for some hours two +specks appeared, which at first were thought to be penguins, but +presently were seen to be men hurrying towards them. Early in the +morning they had been reported by watchers on the hills, and Skelton +and Bernacchi had hastened out to meet them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then the tent was put up, and while cocoa was made they listened to +a ceaseless stream of news, for not only had all the other travelers +returned safe and sound with many a tale to tell, but the relief +ship, the <i>Morning</i>, had also arrived and brought a whole +year's news. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So during their last lunch and during the easy march that followed, +they, gradually heard of the events in the civilized world from +December, 1901, to December, 1902, and these kept their thoughts +busy until they rounded the cape and once more saw their beloved +ship. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Though still held fast in her icy prison the <i>Discovery</i> looked +trim and neat, and to mark the especial nature of the occasion +a brave display of bunting floated gently in the breeze, while +as they approached, the side and the rigging were thronged with +their cheering comrades. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With every want forestalled, and every trouble lifted from their +shoulders by companions vying with one another to attend to them, +no welcome could have been more delightful, and yet at the time +it appeared unreal to their dull senses. 'It seemed too good to +be true that all our anxieties had so completely ended, +<a name="page_136"><span class="page">Page 136</span></a> +and that rest for brain and limb was ours at last.' For ninety-three +days they had plodded over a vast snow-field and slept beneath the +fluttering canvas of a tent; during that time they had covered 960 +statute miles; and if the great results hoped for in the beginning +had not been completely achieved, they knew at any rate that they +had striven and endured to the limit of their powers. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_137"><span class="page">Page 137</span></a> +CHAPTER VII +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">A SECOND WINTER</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +As cold waters to a thirsty soul,<br /> +So is good news from a far country.<br /> + PROVERBS. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +In a very short time Scott discovered that the sledding resources +of the ship had been used to their fullest extent during his absence, +and that parties had been going and coming and ever adding to the +collection of knowledge. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On November 2 Royds had gone again to Cape Crozier to see how the +Emperor penguins were faring, and in the meantime such rapid progress +had been made in the preparations for the western party that November +9, being King Edward's birthday, was proclaimed a general holiday +and given up to the eagerly anticipated athletic sports. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of all the events perhaps the keenest interest was shown in the +toboggan race, for which the men entered in pairs. Each couple +had to provide their own toboggan, subject to the rule that no +sledge, or part of a sledge, and no ski should be used. The start +was high up the hillside, and as the time for it approached the +<a name="page_138"><span class="page">Page 138</span></a> +queerest lot of toboggans gradually collected. The greater number +were roughly made from old boxes and cask staves, but something of +a sensation was caused when the canny Scottish carpenter's mate +arrived with a far more pretentious article, though built from the +same material. In secret he had devoted himself to making what +was really a very passable sledge, and when he and his companion +secured themselves to this dark horse, the result of the race was +considered a foregone conclusion. But soon after the start it was +seen that this couple had laboured in vain; for although they shot +ahead at first, their speed was so great that they could not control +their machine. In a moment they were rolling head-over-heels in +clouds of snow, and while the hare was thus amusing itself a tortoise +slid past and won the race. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the end of November everything was ready for the western journey, +and a formidable party set out on the 29th to cross McMurdo Sound and +attack the mainland. In Armitage's own party were Skelton and ten +men, while the supports consisted of Koettlitz, Ferrar, Dellbridge +and six men. Excellent pioneer work was done by Armitage and his party +during their seven weeks' journey. Without a doubt a practicable +road to the interior was discovered and traversed, and the barrier +of mountains that had seemed so formidable an obstruction from the +ship was conquered. It was equally certain that the party could +claim to be the first to set foot on the interior of Victoria Land +but they had been forced to turn back at an extremely +<a name="page_139"><span class="page">Page 139</span></a> +interesting point, and in consequence were unable to supply very +definite information with regard to the ice-cap. They had, however, +fulfilled their main object, and in doing so had disclosed problems +that caused the deepest interest to be focussed upon the direction +in which they had traveled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Perhaps the most promising circumstance of all was that among the +rock specimens brought back were fragments of quartz-grits. These, +with other observations, showed the strong probability of the existence +of sedimentary deposits which might be reached and examined, and +which alone could serve to reveal the geological history of this +great southern continent. At all hazards Scott determined that +the geologist of the expedition must be given a chance to explore +this most interesting region. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The extensive preparations for the western journey had practically +stripped the ship of sledge equipment, and those who went out on +shorter journeys were obliged to make the best of the little that +remained. This did not, however, balk their energies, and by resorting +to all kinds of shifts and devices they made many useful expeditions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While these efforts at exploration were being carried out the ship +was left in the charge of Royds, who employed everyone on board +in the most important task of freeing the boats. Drastic measures +had to be taken before they could be released from their beds of +ice, and with sawing and blasting going on in the unseen depths, +it was not possible +<a name="page_140"><span class="page">Page 140</span></a> +that the task could be accomplished without doing considerable +damage. When at length all of them had been brought to the surface +their condition was exceedingly dilapidated; indeed only two of +them were in a condition to float; but although it was evident +that the carpenter would be busy for many weeks before they would +be seaworthy, their reappearance was a tremendous relief. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Long before his departure to the south, Scott had given instructions +that the <i>Discovery</i> should be prepared for sea by the end +of January. Consequently, after the boats had been freed, there +was still plenty of employment for everybody, since 'preparations +for sea' under such circumstances meant a most prodigious amount +of labour. Tons and tons of snow had to be dug out from the deck +with pick-axes and shoveled over the side; aloft, sails and ropes +had to be looked to, the running-gear to be re-rove, and everything +got ready for handling the ship under sail; many things that had +been displaced or landed near the shore-station had to be brought +on board and secured in position; thirty tons of ice had to be +fetched, melted, and run into the boilers; below, steam-pipes had +to be rejointed, glands re-packed, engines turned by hand, and +steam raised to see that all was in working order. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Not doubting that the ice would soon break up and release the ship, +this work was carried on so vigorously that when the southern travelers +returned all was ready for them to put to sea again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_141"><span class="page">Page 141</span></a> +But eleven days before Scott and his companions struggled back to +safety the great event of the season had happened in the arrival +of the <i>Morning</i>. How the funds were raised by means of which +this ship was sent is a tale in itself; briefly, however, it was +due to the untiring zeal and singleness of purpose shown by Sir +Clements Markham that the <i>Morning</i>, commanded by Lieutenant +William Colbeck, R.N.R., was able to leave the London Docks on +July 9, 1902. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Long before the <i>Discovery</i> had left New Zealand the idea +of a relief ship had been discussed, and although Scott saw great +difficulties in the way, he also felt quite confident that if the +thing was to be done Sir Clements was the man to do it. Obviously +then it was desirable to leave as much information as possible +on the track, and the relief ship was to try and pick up clues +at the places where Scott had said that he would attempt to leave +them. These places were Cape Adare, Possession Islands, Coulman +Island, Wood Bay, Franklin Island and Cape Crozier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 8 a landing was effected at Cape Adare, and there Colbeck +heard of the <i>Discovery's</i> safe arrival in the south. The +Possession Islands were drawn blank, because Scott had not been +able to land there, and south of this the whole coast was so thickly +packed that the <i>Morning</i> could not approach either Coulman +Island or Wood Bay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Franklin Island was visited on January 14, but +<a name="page_142"><span class="page">Page 142</span></a> +without result; and owing to the quantities of pack ice it was not +until four days later that a landing was made at Cape Crozier. Colbeck +himself joined the landing party, and after spending several hours +in fruitless search, he was just giving up the hunt and beginning +despondently to wonder what he had better do next, when suddenly a +small post was seen on the horizon. A rush was made for it, and +in a few minutes Colbeck knew that he had only to steer into the +mysterious depths of McMurdo Sound to find the <i>Discovery</i>, +and practically to accomplish the work he had set out to do. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On board the <i>Discovery</i> the idea had steadily grown that +a relief ship would come. For no very clear reason the men had +begun to look upon it as a certainty, and during the latter part of +January it was not uncommon for wild rumors to be spread that smoke +had been seen to the north. Such reports, therefore, were generally +received without much excitement, but when a messenger ran down the +hill on the night of the 23rd to say that there was actually a ship +in sight the enthusiasm was intense. Only the most imperturbable +of those on board could sleep much during that night, and early on +the 24th a large party set out over the floe. The <i>Morning</i> +was lying some ten miles north of the <i>Discovery</i>, but it +was far easier to see her than to reach her. At last, however, +the party, after various little adventures, stood safely on deck +and received the warmest of welcomes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the last week of January the weather was +<a name="page_143"><span class="page">Page 143</span></a> +in its most glorious mood, and with some of the treacherous thin +ice breaking away the <i>Morning</i> was able to get a mile nearer. +Parties constantly passed to and fro between the two ships, and +everyone—with unshaken confidence that the <i>Discovery</i> +would soon be free—gave themselves up to the delight of fresh +companionship, and the joy of good news from the home country. To +this scene of festivity and cheeriness Scott, Wilson and Shackleton +returned on February 3, and though the last to open their letters +they had the satisfaction of knowing that the <i>Morning</i> had +brought nothing but good news. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By a curious coincidence Colbeck chose the night of the Southern +party's return to make his first visit to the <i>Discovery</i>, +and soon after Scott had come out of his delicious bath and was +reveling in the delight of clean clothes, he had the pleasure of +welcoming him on board. 'In those last weary marches over the barrier,' +Scott says, 'I had little expected that the first feast in our +home quarters would be taken with strange faces gathered round our +festive table, but so it was, and I can well remember the look of +astonishment that dawned on those faces when we gradually displayed +our power of absorbing food.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But however difficult the appetites of the party were to appease, +for a fortnight after they had reached the ship their condition +was very wretched. Shackleton at once went to bed, and although +he soon tried to be out and about again, the least exertion caused +a return of his breathlessness, and he still suffered from +<a name="page_144"><span class="page">Page 144</span></a> +the violent fits of coughing that had troubled him so much on the +journey. With Wilson, who at one time had shown the least signs +of scurvy, the disease had increased so rapidly at the end that +on his return he wisely decided to go to bed, where he remained +quietly for ten days. 'Wilson,' Scott wrote on February 16, 'is a +very fine fellow, his pluck and go were everything on our southern +journey; one felt he wouldn't give in till he dropped.' And this +collapse when he got back to the ship was in itself a proof of the +determination which must have upheld him during the last marches. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott, though the least affected of the three, was also by no means +fit and well. Both his legs were swollen and his gums were very +uncomfortable, but in addition to these troubles he was attacked +by an overwhelming feeling of both physical and mental weariness. +'Many days passed,' he says, 'before I could rouse myself from this +slothful humour, and it was many weeks before I had returned to +a normally vigorous condition. It was probably this exceptionally +relaxed state of health that made me so slow to realize that the +ice conditions were very different from what they had been in the +previous season.... The prospect of the ice about us remaining fast +throughout the season never once entered my head.' His diary, however, +for the month shows how he gradually awakened to the true state of +affairs, and on February 13 he decided to begin the transport of +stores from the <i>Morning</i> to the <i>Discovery</i>, so that +the former ship 'should run no risk of being detained.' And on +the 18th when +<a name="page_145"><span class="page">Page 145</span></a> +he paid his first visit to the <i>Morning</i> and found the journey +'an awful grind,' he had begun to wonder whether the floe was ever +going to break up. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig008.jpg" width="516" height="816" alt="Figure 8"> +<br />LUNAR CORONA. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +A week later he was clearly alive to the situation. 'The <i>Morning</i> +must go in less than a week, and it seems now impossible that we +shall be free by that time, though I still hope the break-up may +come after she has departed.' Some time previously he had decided +that if they had to remain the ship's company should be reduced, +and on the 24th he had a talk with the men and told them that he +wished nobody to stop on board who was not willing. On the following +day a list was sent round for the names of those who wanted to +go, and the result was curiously satisfactory—for Scott had +determined that eight men should go, and not only were there eight +names on the list, but they were also precisely those which Scott +would have put there had he made the selection. Shackleton also +had to be told that he must go, as in his state of health Scott +did not think that any further hardships ought to be risked; but +in his place Scott requisitioned Mulock who by an extraordinary +chance is just the very man we wanted. We have now an immense amount +of details for charts... and Mulock is excellent at this work and +as keen as possible. It is rather amusing, as he is the only person +who is obviously longing for the ice to stop in, though of course +he doesn't say so. The other sporting characters are still giving +ten to one that it will go out, but I am bound to confess that +I am not sanguine.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_146"><span class="page">Page 146</span></a> +The letter from which the last extract is taken was begun on February +16, and before the end of the month all hope of the <i>Discovery</i> +being able to leave with the <i>Morning</i> had been abandoned. On +March 2 nearly the whole of the <i>Discovery's</i> company were +entertained on board the <i>Morning</i>, and on the following day +the relief ship slowly backed away from the ice-edge, and in a few +minutes she was turning to the north, with every rope and spar +outlined against the black northern sky. Cheer after cheer was +raised as she gathered way, and long after she had passed out of +earshot the little band stood gazing at her receding hull, and +wondering when they too would be able to take the northern track. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the <i>Morning</i> went a letter from Scott which shows that +although in a sense disappointed by the prospect of having to remain +for another winter, both he and his companions were not by any +means dismayed. 'It is poor luck,' he wrote, 'as I was dead keen +on getting a look round C. North before making for home. However we +all take it philosophically, and are perfectly happy and contented +on board, and shall have lots to do in winter, spring and summer. +We will have a jolly good try to free the ship next year, though +I fear manual labour doesn't go far with such terribly heavy ice +as we have here; but this year we were of course unprepared, and +when we realized the situation it was too late to begin anything +like extensive operations. I can rely on every single man that +remains in the ship and I gave them all the option of leaving... +<a name="page_147"><span class="page">Page 147</span></a> +the ship's company is now practically naval-officers and men—it +is rather queer when one looks back to the original gift of two +officers.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Referring to the Southern journey he says, 'We cut our food and +fuel too fine.... I never knew before what it was to be hungry; +at times we were famished and had to tighten our belts nightly +before going to sleep. The others dreamt of food snatched away at +the last moment, but this didn't bother me so much.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But characteristically the greater part of this long letter refers +not to his own doings, but to the admirable qualities of those who +were with him. Wilson, Royds, Skelton, Hodgson, Barne and Bernacchi +are all referred to in terms of the warmest praise, and for the +manner in which Colbeck managed the relief expedition the greatest +admiration is expressed. But in some way or other Scott discovered +good points in all the officers he mentioned, and if they were +not satisfactory in every way his object seemed to be rather to +excuse than to blame them. He was, however, unaffectedly glad to +see the last of the cook, for the latter had shown himself far +more capable at talking than at cooking, and had related so many +of his wonderful adventures that one of the sailors reckoned that +the sum total of these thrilling experiences must have extended +over a period of five hundred and ninety years—which, as +the sailor said, was a fair age even for a cook. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By March 14 even the most optimistic of the company were compelled +to admit the certainty of a second winter, and orders were given +to prepare the +<a name="page_148"><span class="page">Page 148</span></a> +ship for it. Compared with the previous year the weather had been +a great deal worse, for there had been more wind and much lower +temperatures, and under such conditions it was hopeless to go on +expecting the ice to break up. But it was not to be wondered at +that they found themselves wondering what their imprisonment meant. +Was it the present summer or the last that was the exception? For +them this was the gravest question, since on the answer to it their +chance of getting away next year, or at all, depended. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While, however, the situation as regards the future was not altogether +without anxiety, they sturdily determined to make the best of the +present. To ward off any chance of scurvy, it was determined to +keep rigidly to a fresh-meat routine throughout the winter, and +consequently a great number of seals and skuas had to be killed. +At first the skua had been regarded as unfit for human food, but +Skelton on a sledding trip had caught one in a noose and promptly +put it into the pot. And the result was so satisfactory that the +skua at once began to figure prominently on the menu. They had, +however, to deplore the absence of penguins from their winter diet, +because none had been seen near the ship for a long time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Wednesday, April 24, the sun departed, but Scott remarks upon +this rather dismal fact with the greatest cheerfulness: 'It would be +agreeable to know what is going to happen next year, but otherwise +we have no wants. Our routine goes like clock-work; +<a name="page_149"><span class="page">Page 149</span></a> +we eat, sleep, work and play at regular hours, and are never in +lack of employment. Hockey, I fear, must soon cease for lack of +light, but it has been a great diversion, although not unattended +with risks, for yesterday I captured a black eye from a ball furiously +driven by Royds.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the months that followed little need be said, except that Scott's +anticipations were fully realized. In fact the winter passed by +without a hitch, and their second mid-winter day found them even +more cheerful than their first. Hodgson continued to work away +with his fish-traps, tow-nets and dredging; Mulock, who had been +trained as a surveyor and had great natural abilities for the work, +was most useful, first in collecting and re-marking all the +observations, and later on in constructing temporary charts; while +Barne generally vanished after breakfast and spent many a day at +his distant sounding holes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Throughout the season the routine of scientific observations was +carried out in the same manner as in the previous year, while many +new details were added; and so engaged was everyone in serviceable +work that when the second long Polar night ended, Scott was able to +write: 'I do not think there is a soul on board the <i>Discovery</i> +who would say that it has been a hardship.... All thoughts are turned +towards the work that lies before us, and it would be difficult to +be blind to the possible extent of its usefulness. Each day has +brought it more home to us how little we know and how much there +is to be learned, and we +<a name="page_150"><span class="page">Page 150</span></a> +realize fully that this second year's work may more than double +the value of our observations. Life in these regions has lost any +terror it ever possessed for us, for we know that, come what may, +we can live, and live well, for any reasonable number of years +to come.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_151"><span class="page">Page 151</span></a> +CHAPTER VIII +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE WESTERN JOURNEY</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Path of advance! but it leads<br> +A long steep journey through sunk<br> +Gorges, o'er mountains in snow.—M. ARNOLD. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +During the second winter much time and attention had to be given +to the sledge equipment, for there was scarcely an article in it +that did not need to be thoroughly overhauled and refitted. But in +spite of all their efforts, the outfit for the coming season was +bound to be a tattered and makeshift affair. Skins of an inferior +quality had to be used for sleeping-bags; the tents were blackened +with use, threadbare in texture, and patched in many places; the +cooking apparatus was considerably the worse for wear; the wind +clothes were almost worn out, while for all the small bags, which +were required for provisions, they were obliged to fall back on any +sheets and tablecloths that could be found. This state of things, +however, was very far from daunting their spirits, and long before +the winter was over the plan of campaign for the next season had +been drawn up. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In making the program Scott knew that extended +<a name="page_152"><span class="page">Page 152</span></a> +journeys could only be made by properly supported parties, and it +was easy to see that his small company would not be able to make +more than two supported journeys, though it might be just possible +to make a third more or less lengthy journey without support. The +next thing to decide was in what direction these parties should +go, and in this connection the greatest interest undoubtedly lay +in the west. To explore the Ferrar Glacier from a geological point +of view and find out the nature of the interior ice-cap must, Scott +determined, be attempted at all costs, and this journey to the +west he decided to lead himself. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the south it was evident that without dogs no party could hope +to get beyond the point already reached. But Scott's journey had +been made a long way from land, and consequently had left many +problems unsolved, chief among which were the extraordinary straits +that had appeared to run through the mountain ranges without rising +in level. It was therefore with the main object of exploring one +of them that the second supported party, under the leadership of +Barne and Mulock, was to set out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The credit in arranging the direction in which the unsupported +party should go belongs to Bernacchi, who was the first to ask +Scott what proof they had that the barrier surface continued on +a level to the eastward; and when Scott began to consider this +question, he discovered that there was no definite proof, and decided +that the only way to get it was to go and see. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig009.jpg" width="554" height="407" + alt="Figure 9"> +<br />PINNACLED ICE AT MOUTH OF FERRAR GLACIER. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig010.jpg" width="552" height="420" + alt="Figure 10"> +<br />PRESSURE RIDGES NORTH SIDE OF DISCOVERY BLUFF. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_153"><span class="page">Page 153</span></a> +Besides the longer journeys, the program included a number of shorter +ones for specific purposes, and the most important of these were +the periodic visits to the Emperor penguin rookery, as it was hoped +that Wilson would be able to observe these birds from the beginning +of their breeding season. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Finally, one important factor was to dominate all the sledding +arrangements, for although the <i>Discovery</i> was mainly at the +mercy of natural causes, Scott made up his mind that everything +man could do to free her from the ice should be done. As soon as +they could hope to make any impression upon the great ice-sheet +around them, the whole force of the company was to set to work +at the task of extrication, and so all sledding journeys were to +start in time to assure their return to the ship by the middle +of December. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 9 Scott got away with his own party of Skelton, Dailey, +Evans, Lashly and Handsley, their object being to find a new road +to the Ferrar Glacier, and on it to place a depôt ready for +a greater effort over the ice-cap. The Ferrar Glacier descends +gradually to the inlet, which had been named New Harbor, but Armitage +had reported most adversely on this inlet as a route for sledges, and +in conducting his own party had led it across the high foot-hills. +As yet Scott had not been to this region, but in the nature of +things he could not help thinking that some practical route must +exist up the New Harbour inlet, and that if it could be found the +journey to the west would be much easier. And the result of this +little journey +<a name="page_154"><span class="page">Page 154</span></a> +was really important, for whereas Armitage, at the foot of the +Ferrar Glacier, had seen the disturbance on the south side, and +had concluded that it must extend right across, Scott's party +fortunately pushed over this disturbance and found much easier +conditions beyond it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fact thus discovered, and which was amply supported by further +observations, was that invariably in the Antarctic regions where +glaciers run more or less east and west, the south side will be +found to be much broken up and decayed, while the north side will +be comparatively smooth and even. The reason of this, of course, +is simple enough, for the sun achieves its highest altitude in the +north, and consequently its warmest and most direct rays fall on +the south side of a valley. Here, therefore, the greater part of +the summer melting takes place, and a wild chaos of ice disturbance +is caused. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott's party, by taking a different route, laid a depôt at +a spot which Armitage had taken three weeks to reach, and was back +again at the ship in less than a fortnight. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We were,' Scott says, 'inclined to be exceedingly self-satisfied; +we had accomplished our object with unexpected ease, we had done +a record march, and we had endured record temperatures—at +least, we thought so, and thought also how pleasant it would be to +tell these things in front of a nice bright fire. As we approached +the ship, however, Hodgson came out to greet us, and his first +question was, "What temperatures +<a name="page_155"><span class="page">Page 155</span></a> +have you had?" We replied by complacently quoting our array of +<i>minus</i> fifties, but he quickly cut us short by remarking that +we were not in it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In fact during those few days there had been a very cold snap throughout +the region. Barne's party on the barrier, where they had been laying +a depôt, had the coldest time, and after their thermometer had +fallen lower and lower its spirit-column broke at -67.7°. Royds +and his party also had to endure -62°, but in other respects they +were in luck. For on arriving at Cape Crozier they found that the +Emperor penguins had already hatched out their young, and Wilson +was delighted to get the opportunity of studying the chicks at +such a tender age. Commenting upon this and another journey to +Cape Crozier, Wilson wrote: 'The Emperor penguin stands nearly +four feet high, and weighs upward of eighty to ninety pounds.... +I think the chickens hate their parents, and when one watches the +proceedings in a rookery it strikes one as not surprising. In the +first place there is about one chick to ten or twelve adults, and +each adult has an overpowering desire to "sit" on something. Both +males and females want to nurse, and the result is that when a +chicken finds himself alone there is a rush on the part of a dozen +unemployed to seize him. Naturally he runs away, and dodges here +and there till a six-stone Emperor falls on him, and then begins +a regular football scrimmage, in which each tries to hustle the +other off, and the end is too often disastrous to the chick.... +I think it is not +<a name="page_156"><span class="page">Page 156</span></a> +an exaggeration to say that of the 77 per cent. that die no less +than half are killed by kindness.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Cape Crozier Cross resolved to try to bring two chickens back +to the ship, and by giving up his sleeping jacket to keep them +warm and tending them with the utmost care, he succeeded in his +attempt. But eventually they died from unnatural feeding, and Wilson +says: 'Had we even succeeded in bringing them to the age when they +put on their feathers, I fear that the journey home through the +tropics would have proved too much for them, as we had no means +of making a cool place for them on the ship.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +September 21 brought with it a grievous disappointment, as on that +day the nautical almanac announced that nine-tenths of the sun would +be obscured. For this event Bernacchi had made the most careful +preparations, and everyone was placed under his orders during the +day. Telescopes and the spectroscopic camera were trained in the +right direction, magnetic instruments were set to run at quick +speed, and observers were told off to watch everything on which the +absence of sun could possibly have the smallest effect. Everything, +in short, was ready except the sun itself which obstinately refused +to come out. 'There may,' Scott says, 'have been an eclipse of +the sun on September 21, 1903, as the almanac said, but we should +none of us have liked to swear to the fact.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next three weeks or so were spent in preparations for the long +journeys, and on October 12 Scott +<a name="page_157"><span class="page">Page 157</span></a> +left the ship with a party of twelve, and four 11-foot sledges. First +came his own party, which included Skelton, Feather, Evans, Lashly +and Handsley; secondly there was a small party for the geologist, +Ferrar, who was accompanied by Kennar and Weller; and thirdly there +were the supports, consisting of Dailey, Williamson and Plumley. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott guessed rightly that in many respects this was going to be the +hardest task he had yet undertaken, but he knew also that experience +would be a thing to be reckoned upon, and that it would take a +good deal to stop the determined men whom he had chosen. At the +start their loads were a little over 200 lbs. per man, but most +of the party were by this time in thoroughly good condition, and +by hard marching they covered the forty-five miles to New Harbour +and reached the snow-cape early on the 14th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This snow-cape in future was to be known as Butter Point, for here +on their return journey they could hope to obtain fresh seal-meat, +and in preparation for this great event a tin of butter was carried +and left at the point for each party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At first all went well with the travelers, and it was not until +the evening of the 17th, when they were camped amid indescribably +beautiful scenery, that the first cloud of trouble arose. Then +Dailey the carpenter reported that the German silver had split +under the runners of two sledges, and this was a most serious blow; +for although the wood runners were capable of running on snow without +protection, on +<a name="page_158"><span class="page">Page 158</span></a> +hard, sharp ice, especially if the sledge was heavily laden, they +would be knocked to pieces in a very short time. It was, therefore, +absolutely necessary to protect the runners on this journey, but +unfortunately the German silver protection had already stood a +season's work, and had worn thin without giving any outward sign. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From start to finish of the Ferrar Glacier about ninety miles of +hard ice were to be expected, and the problem that immediately +arose was how to get the sledges over this without damage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By lunch-time on the 18th they had achieved a height of over 6,000 +feet, and by that time the sledges were in such a parlous state +that Scott had all of them unpacked and the runners turned up for +inspection. Horrid revelations followed; one sledge remained sound, +and Scott promptly decided that there was one course and only one to +take, and that was to return to the ship as fast as they could. Had +two sledges been available the advance party might have struggled on, +but with one they could do nothing; so they left the sound sledge +with everything else except the half-week's provisions necessary +to take them back, and on the following days they 'came as near +flying as is possible with a sledge party.' On the morning of the +19th they had eighty-seven miles to cover, and by 8.30 P.M. on +the 21st they had reached the ship. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During this march Scott had determined to test his own party to +the utmost, but seeing no necessity +<a name="page_159"><span class="page">Page 159</span></a> +for the supports to be dragged into this effort he told them to +take their own time. The supporting party, however, did not mean +to be left behind if they could help it, and later on the night +of the 21st they also reached the ship. In the hard struggle of +the last hours some of the members of the supporting party, though +determined not to give in, had been comically astounded by the +pace which was set, and Kennar, presumably referring to Scott, +kept on repeating, 'If he can do it, I don't see why I can't: my +legs are as long as his. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Five days after their flying return they were off again, and although +the material for repairing sledges was very scanty, one sound 11-foot +sledge had been made and also a 7-foot one for Ferrar's glacier +work. Trouble, however, almost at once began with the runners, +and on the 29th Ferrar's sledge gave out and caused a long delay. +But in spite of being held up by wind for two days, they reached +their depôt on November 1, and thought at first that everything +was safe. On examination, however, they discovered that a violent +gale had forced open the lid of the instrument box, and that several +things were missing, among which Scott found to his dismay was +the 'Hints to Travelers.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The gravity of this blow,' he wrote in his diary on November 1, +'can scarcely be exaggerated; but whilst I realized the blow I +felt that nothing would induce me to return to the ship a second +time; I thought it fair, however, to put the case to the others, +<a name="page_160"><span class="page">Page 160</span></a> +and I am, as I expected, fortified by their willing consent to take +the risks of pushing on.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In traveling to the west, Scott expected to be—as indeed +he was—out of sight of landmarks for some weeks. In such a +case as this the sledge-traveler is in precisely the same position +as a ship or a boat at sea: he can only obtain a knowledge of his +whereabouts by observation of the sun or stars, and with the help +of these observations he finds his latitude and longitude, but to +do this a certain amount of data is required. 'Hints to Travelers' +supplies these necessary data, and it was on this book that Scott had +been relying to help him to work out his sights and fix accurately +the position of his party. Unless he went back to the ship to make +good his loss, he was obliged to take the risk of marching into +the unknown without knowing exactly where he was or how he was to +get back. 'If,' he says, 'the loss of our "Hints to Travelers" did +not lead us into serious trouble it caused me many a bad half-hour.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Having, however, decided to push on, they wasted no time about +it, and although the sledge-runners continued to need constant +attention they arrived at the base of the upper glacier reach on +the 2nd, and on the following day gained a height of 7,000 feet. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So far nothing exceptionally eventful had occurred, but November +4 was destined to begin a time that Scott described afterwards as +'the most miserable week I have ever spent.' In the morning of +the 4th there was bright sunshine with a cold, increasing wind, +<a name="page_161"><span class="page">Page 161</span></a> +but later on the sun disappeared and the weather became very +threatening. Still, however, they battled on and were half-way +up the bare, icy slope they were climbing, when the air became +thick with driving snow and the full force of the gale burst upon +them. Pushing on at almost a run they succeeded in reaching the +top, and hurriedly started to search for a patch of snow on which +to camp, but nothing could be found except bare, blue ice. By this +time the position was becoming serious, all of them were frost-bitten +in the face, and although the runners of the sledges were split +again so badly that they could barely pull them over the surface, +they did not dare to leave the sledges in the thick drift. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At last a white patch was seen and a rush was made for it, but the +snow discovered was so ancient and wind-swept that it was almost +as hard as the ice itself. Nevertheless they knew it was this or +nothing, and Scott seized a shovel for his own tent-party, and +dug for all he was worth without making the least impression. At +this moment Feather, the boatswain, luckily came to help him, and +being more expert with the shovel managed to chip out a few small +blocks. Then they tried to get up a tent, but again and again it +and the poles were blown flat, and at least an hour passed before +the tents were erected. 'Nothing,' Scott wrote, 'but experience +saved us from disaster to-day, for I feel pretty confident that +we could not have stood another hour in the open.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Little, however, did they expect when shelter +<a name="page_162"><span class="page">Page 162</span></a> +was gained that a week would pass before they could resume their +march. From November 4-11 the gale raged unceasingly, and meanwhile +not a vision of the outer world came to them, for they were enveloped +continuously in a thick fog of driving snow. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In Scott's tent there was one book, Darwin's 'Cruise of the +<i>Beagle</i>,' and first one and then another would read this +aloud, until frozen fingers prevented the pages from being turned +over. Only one piece of work were they able to perform, and this +on the first day when, thinking the storm would soon blow over, +they hauled the sledges beneath one of the tents and stripped the +German silver ready for the onward march. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the fifth day of their imprisonment sleep began to desert them, +and Scott, realizing that the long inactivity was telling on the +health of the party, determined that whatever the conditions might +be he would try to start on the following morning. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This attempt, however, resulted in complete failure. In ten minutes +both of Scott's hands were 'gone,' Skelton had three toes and the +heel of one foot badly frost-bitten, and Feather lost all feeling +in both feet. 'Things are looking serious,' Scott wrote after this +unsuccessful effort to be up and doing, 'I fear the long spell of +bad weather is telling on us. The cheerfulness of the party is +slowly waning; I heard the usual song from Lashly this morning, +but it was very short-lived and dolorous.... Something must be +done to-morrow, but what it will be, to-morrow only can show.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortunately the next morning brought a lull in the +<a name="page_163"><span class="page">Page 163</span></a> +storm, and though the air was still as thick as a hedge it was +possible at last to break away from 'Desolation Camp.' Then Scott's +party separated from Ferrar's, the former making for the ice-fall +and eventually and miraculously reaching the top without accident. +On starting they could not see half-a-dozen yards ahead, and at +once went as nearly as possible into an enormous chasm; and when +they began to ascend they crossed numerous crevasses without waiting +to see if the bridges would bear. 'I really believe that we were +in a state when we none of us really cared much what happened; +our sole thought was to get away from that miserable spot.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But during the succeeding days fortune was with them, and by the +night of the 13th the fight was won and the summit reached. With +five weeks' provisions in hand, and the prospect of covering many +miles before a return to the glacier would be necessary, they were, +as they camped at the elevation of 8,900 feet, a very different +party from the one which had struggled out of 'Desolation Camp' +on the morning of the 11th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But they had scarcely gained the summit of the icecap and started the +journey to the west before troubles again began to gather round them. +The long stay in 'Desolation Camp' had covered their sleeping-bags +and night-jackets with ice, and with falling temperatures this ice +had so little chance to evaporate that camping arrangements were +acutely uncomfortable; and as each night the thermometer fell a +little lower, +<a name="page_164"><span class="page">Page 164</span></a> +the chance of relief from this state of things could scarcely be +said to exist. The wind, too, was a constant worry, for though it +was not very strong, when combined with the low temperature and +rarefied air its effect was blighting. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I do not think,' Scott wrote, 'that it would be possible to conceive +a more cheerless prospect than that which faced us at this time, +when on this lofty, desolate plateau we turned our backs upon the +last mountain peak that could remind us of habitable lands. Yet +before us lay the unknown. What fascination lies in that word! +Could anyone wonder that we determined to push on, be the outlook +ever so comfortless?' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So they plodded forward with all their strength, but in spite of +every effort their progress gradually became slower. By the 17th +the sledges had been divided, Scott, Feather, and Evans leading +with one, while Skelton, Handsley, and Lashly followed with the +other. But Scott found very soon that the second sledge had great +difficulty in keeping up, and that although he himself felt thoroughly +strong and well, some of his companions were beginning to fail. As +was natural with such men not one of them would own that he was +exhausted, and in consequence it was only by paying the keenest +attention that he could detect those who from sheer incapacity +were relaxing their strain on the traces. And his position was not +pleasant even when he knew, for to tell any of these brave people +that they must turn back was a most unenviable +<a name="page_165"><span class="page">Page 165</span></a> +task. Thus it came about that all six of them marched on, though +Scott was sure that better progress would have been made had the +party been divided. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Something like a climax was reached on the 20th, when Handsley +more or less broke down. Not for a moment, however, did he mean +to give up, and when he was relieved of some part of his work he +begged Scott not again to make an example of him. In Handsley's +opinion his breakdown was a disgrace, and no arguments would make +him change it. Small wonder then that Scott wrote in his diary: +'What children these men are, and yet what splendid children! The +boatswain has been suffering agonies from his back; he has been +pulling just behind me, and in some sympathy that comes through the +traces I have got to know all about him, yet he has never uttered a +word of complaint, and when he knows my eye is on him he straightens +up and pretends he is just as fit as ever. What is one to do with +such people?' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What Scott did was to try for another day to go on as before, but +on November 22 he had to tell Skelton, Feather, and Handsley that +they must turn back, and though 'they could not disguise their +disappointment, they all seemed to understand that it had to be.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the date on which Scott reluctantly came to this decision, +three weeks of the hardest physical toil followed for him and his +companions, Evans and Lashly. Nevertheless Scott looked back upon +this strenuous time with unmixed satisfaction, and paid a +<a name="page_166"><span class="page">Page 166</span></a> +high tribute of praise to his companions for their part in the +successful work that was done. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'With these two men behind me,' he says, 'our sledge seemed to be +a living thing, and the days of slow progress were numbered.... +Troubles and discomforts were many, and we could only guess at +the progress we made, but we knew that by sticking to our task +we should have our reward when our observations came to be worked +out on board the ship.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Regularly each night the temperature fell to -40° or below, +while during the marching hours it rarely rose much above -25°, +and with this low temperature there was a constant wind. In fact +the wind was the plague of their lives and cut them to pieces. +So cracked were their faces that laughing hurt horribly, and the +first half-hour of the morning march, before they were warmed up +to the work, was dreadful, as then all their sore places got +frost-bitten. In short the last week of their outward march was +a searching test of endurance, but they had resolved to march on +until November 30, and in spite of the miserable conditions there +was no turning back before the month had ended. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott, however, was most undisguisedly glad when November 30 had +come and gone. 'We have finished our last outward march, thank +heaven! Nothing has kept us going during the past week but the +determination to carry out our original intention of going on to +the end of the month, and so here we have pitched our last camp.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_167"><span class="page">Page 167</span></a> +CHAPTER IX +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE RETURN FROM THE WEST</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Ceaseless frost round the vast solitude<br /> +Bound its broad zone of stillness.—SHELLEY. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +'We are all,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'very proud of our march +out. I don't know where we are, but I know we must be a long way to +the west from my rough noon observation of the compass variation.' +But not for anything in the world did he want again to see the +interior of Victoria Land. Writing two years after this great march +he says: 'For me the long month which we spent on the Victoria Land +summit remains as some vivid but evil dream. I have a memory of +continuous strain on mind and body, lightened only by the unfailing +courage and cheerfulness of my companions.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From first to last the month of November had been a struggle to +penetrate into this barren, deserted, wind-swept, piercingly cold, +and fearfully monotonous region, and although on turning homewards +the travelers were relieved by having the wind at their backs, the +time of trial was by no means over. Only by utilizing all their +powers of marching could they hope +<a name="page_168"><span class="page">Page 168</span></a> +to retreat in safety from their position, and December opened with +such overcast weather that valuable time had to be spent in the +tent. During the next few days, however, good marches were made, +until on December 9 everything changed abruptly for the worse. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the afternoon of the 9th the surface became so abominably bad, +that by pulling desperately they could not get the sledge along +at more than a mile an hour. Oil was growing short, and in view +of the future Scott had to propose that marching hours should be +increased by one hour, that they should use half allowance of oil, +and that if they did not sight landmarks within a couple of days +their rations should be reduced. 'When I came to the cold lunch +and fried breakfast poor Evans' face fell; he evidently doesn't +much believe in the virtue of food, unless it is in the form of +a <i>hoosh</i> and has some chance of sticking to one's ribs.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Land was sighted on the 10th, 11th, and 12th, but the weather was +as overcast as ever, and Scott was still in dreadful uncertainty +of their whereabouts, because he was unable to recognize a single +point. Ten hours' pulling per day was beginning to tell upon them, +and although apart from the increasing pangs of hunger there was +no sign of sickness, Scott remarks, on the 12th, that they were +becoming 'gaunt shadows.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the morning of the 13th Evans' nose, which had been more +or less frost-bitten for some weeks, had an especially bad attack. +His attitude +<a name="page_169"><span class="page">Page 169</span></a> +to this unruly member was one of comic forbearance, as though, +while it scarcely belonged to him, he was more or less responsible +for it and so had to make excuses. On this occasion when told that +it had 'gone,' he remarked in a resigned tone, 'My poor old nose +again; well, there, it's chronic!' By the time it had been brought +round a storm was blowing, and though they continued to march, +the drift was so thick that at any moment they might have walked +over the edge of a precipice—a fitting prelude to what, by +general consent, was admitted to be the most adventurous day in +their lives. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Prospects, when they started to march on the next morning, were at +first a little brighter, but soon a bitterly cold wind was blowing and +high ice hummocks began to appear ahead of them. In this predicament +Scott realized that it was both rash to go forward, as the air was +becoming thick with snow-drift, and equally rash to stop, for if they +had to spend another long spell in a blizzard camp, starvation would +soon be staring them in the face. So he asked Evans and Lashly if +they were ready to take the risk of going on, and promptly discovered +that they were. Then they marched straight for the ice disturbance, +and as the surface became smoother and the slope steeper their +sledge began to overrun them. At this point Scott put Evans and +Lashly behind to hold the sledge back, while he continued in front +to guide its course, and what happened afterwards is described +most graphically in the diary of the 15th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_170"><span class="page">Page 170</span></a> +'Suddenly Lashly slipped, and in an instant he was sliding downward +on his back; directly the strain came on Evans, he too was thrown +off his feet. It all happened in a moment, and before I had time +to look the sledge and the two men hurtled past me; I braced myself +to stop them, but might as well have attempted to hold an express +train. With the first jerk I was whipped off my legs, and we all +three lay sprawling on our backs and flying downward with an +ever-increasing velocity. For some reason the first thought that +flashed into my mind was that someone would break a limb if he +attempted to stop our mad career, and I shouted something to this +effect, but might as well have saved my breath. Then there came +a sort of vague wonder as to what would happen next, and in the +midst of that I was conscious that we had ceased to slide smoothly +and were now bounding over a rougher incline, sometimes leaving +it for several yards at a time; my thought flew to broken limbs +again, for I felt we could not stand much of such bumping. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'At length we gave a huge leap into the air, and yet we traveled +with such velocity that I had not time to think before we came +down with tremendous force on a gradual incline of rough, hard, +wind-swept snow. Its irregularities brought us to rest in a moment +or two, and I staggered to my feet in a dazed fashion, wondering +what had happened. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Then to my joy I saw the others also struggling to their legs, and +in another moment I could thank heaven that no limbs were broken. +But we had by +<a name="page_171"><span class="page">Page 171</span></a> +no means escaped scathless; our legs now show one black bruise from +knee to thigh, and Lashly was unfortunate enough to land once on +his back, which is bruised and very painful.... I, as the lightest, +escaped the easiest, yet before the two men crawled painfully to +their feet their first question was to ask if I had been hurt. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'As soon as I could pull myself together I looked round, and now to +my astonishment I saw that we were well on towards the entrance of our +own glacier; ahead and on either side of us appeared well-remembered +landmarks, whilst behind, in the rough broken ice-wall over which we +had fallen, I now recognized at once the most elevated ice cascade +of our valley.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I cannot but think that this sudden revelation of our position +was very wonderful. Half an hour before we had been lost; I could +not have told whether we were making for our own glacier or any +other, or whether we were ten or fifty miles from our depôt; +it was more than a month since we had seen any known landmark. +Now in this extraordinary manner the curtain had been raised... +and down the valley we could see the high cliffs of the Depôt +Nunatak where peace and plenty awaited us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The sledge had not capsized until they all rolled over at the end, +but the jolting had scattered their belongings and broken open the +biscuit box, with the result that they had no provisions left, +except the few scraps they could pick up and the meager contents +of their food bag. As quickly as stiffening limbs would +<a name="page_172"><span class="page">Page 172</span></a> +allow they collected their scattered articles, repacked the sledge +and marched on towards the depôt. Before them lay a long plateau, +at the edge of which Scott knew that they would find a second cascade, +and beneath it the region of Desolation Camp and a more gradual +icy surface down to the depôt. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortune favored them in descending the second cascade, and quite +unsuspicious of any further danger they joined up their harness to +their usual positions in front of the sledge. This brought Scott +in the middle and a little in advance, with Lashly on his right +and Evans on his left. Presently the sledge began to skid, and +Scott told Lashly to pull wide to steady it. Scarcely had this +order been obeyed when Scott and Evans stepped on nothing and +disappeared, while Lashly miraculously saved himself from following +and sprang back with his whole weight on the trace. The sledge +flashed by him and jumped the crevasse down which Scott and Evans +had gone, one side of the sledge being cracked by the jerk but +the other side mercifully holding. 'Personally,' Scott says, 'I +remember absolutely nothing until I found myself dangling at the +end of my trace with blue walls on either side and a very horrid +looking gulf below; large ice-crystals dislodged by our movements +continued to shower down on our heads. As a first step I took off +my goggles; I then discovered that Evans was hanging just above +me. I asked him if he was all right, and received a reassuring +reply in his calm, matter-of-fact tones.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_173"><span class="page">Page 173</span></a> +Then Scott began to grope about on every side with his cramponed +feet, but not until his struggles set him swinging did his leg +suddenly strike a projection. At a glance he saw that by raising +himself he could get a foothold on this, and after a short struggle +he stood upon a thin shaft of ice, which was wedged providentially +between the walls of the chasm, and could look about him. To the +right or left, above or below, there was not the vestige of another +such support, nothing, in fact, but the smooth walls of ice. The +projection seemed to have got there by a miracle, but miracle or +not the thing to do was to help Evans, and when the latter had +slipped his harness well up beneath his arms Scott found that he +could pilot his feet to the bridge. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'All this had occupied some time, and it was only now that I realized +what had happened above us, for there, some twelve feet over our +heads, was the outline of the broken sledge. I saw at once what a +frail support remained, and shouted to Lashly to ask what he could +do, and then I knew the value of such a level-headed companion; +for whilst he held on grimly to the sledge and us with one hand, +his other was busily employed in withdrawing our ski. At length +he succeeded in sliding two of these beneath the broken sledge, +and so making our support more secure.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But clever as this device was it still left them without Lashly's +active assistance, because directly he relaxed his hold the sledge +began to slip. The only +<a name="page_174"><span class="page">Page 174</span></a> +possible course, therefore, was for Scott and Evans to climb out +unaided, and, after a word with Evans Scott decided to try first; +though he confessed afterwards that he never expected to reach +the top. Not for a longtime had he swarmed a rope, and to do so +in thick clothing, heavy crampons, and with frost-bitten fingers +seemed to him impossible. Of the struggle that followed he remembered +little except that he got a rest when he could plant his foot in +the belt of his own harness, and again when his feet held on the +rings of the belt. 'Then came a mighty effort, till I reached the +stirrup formed by the rope span of the sledge, and then, mustering +all the strength that remained, I reached the sledge itself and +flung myself on to the snow beyond. Lashly said, "Thank God!" and +it was perhaps then that I realized that his position had been +the worst of all.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But having arrived at the top he was completely out of action for +several minutes, for his hands were white to the wrists, and not +until their circulation came back could he get to work. With two on +top and only one below the position, however, was very different, +and presently Evans, badly frost-bitten, was landed on the surface. +For a minute or two they could only stand and look at one another. +Then Evans said, 'Well, I'm blowed,' which was the first sign of +surprise he had shown. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By six o'clock on that same evening they reached their depôt, +and passed from abject discomfort to rest and peace. Bruised, sore +and tired as they were, +<a name="page_175"><span class="page">Page 175</span></a> +Lashly sang merrily as he stirred the pot, while Scott and Evans +sat on the sledge, shifted their foot-gear, spread out their clothes +to dry, and talked cheerily about the happenings of the day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From this time onward their camp-life was wholly, pleasant, except +to Lashly who had an attack of snow-blindness. Apart from that they +were in the best of condition for the hard marching in front of +them, and when on the night of the 20th they reached their second +depôt and could look out towards the sea, they did not care +how far round they might have to walk if only that stubborn sheet +of ice had broken away. But it was too evident that their homeward +track might be as straight as they chose, as only in the far distance +was open water to be seen, and with sorrow they realized that there +must still be many miles of ice between it and the <i>Discovery</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Late on Christmas Eve they were once more on board the ship after +an absence of fifty-nine days, during which they had traveled 725 +miles. Taking the eighty-one days of absence which had constituted +the whole sledding season, Scott, Evans and Lashly had covered +1,098 miles, and, not including minor undulations, had climbed +heights which totaled to 19,000 feet. On getting back to the +<i>Discovery</i> Scott found only Koettlitz, Handsley and Quartley +on board, because all the rest of the company had gone to the north +to saw through the ice; and during the few days of rest that he +allowed himself before going to the sawing-camp, he was able to +read the reports of the +<a name="page_176"><span class="page">Page 176</span></a> +officers who had led the other journeys, and to see what excellent +work had been done during his absence. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Ferrar's survey and Skelton's photographic work had added materially +to the value of the western journey; the party led by Barne and +Mulock to the south had met with ill-fortune from the start, but +throughout the journey Mulock used the theodolite indefatigably, +with the results that this stretch of coast-line was more accurately +plotted than any other part of Victoria Land, and that the positions +and height of over two hundred mountain peaks were fixed. Barne +also obtained a very good indication of the movement of the Great +Barrier ice-sheet. During Royds' journey, on which the party went +on very short food allowance, Bernacchi took a most interesting +series of magnetic observations. And although to Bernacchi himself +belongs the greatest credit, some reflected glory, at any rate, fell +upon his companions, because they had to stay shivering outside +the tent while he was at work inside it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson had not only been busy with the penguins at Cape Crozier, but +had also made a complete examination of the enormous and interesting +pressure ridges which form the junction of the Great Barrier ice-mass +with the land, and subsequently had spent much time in studying the +windless area to the south of Ross Island. Also, with Armitage and +Heald, he had made an excellent little journey, on which Armitage +obtained some very good photographs, +<a name="page_177"><span class="page">Page 177</span></a> +sufficient in themselves to prove the receding glacial conditions +of the whole continent. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In short during Scott's absence his companions had been working +strenuously to increase the supply of information; so when the +second sledding-season ended, they could with reason congratulate +themselves that the main part of their work was done. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_178"><span class="page">Page 178</span></a> +CHAPTER X +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">RELEASE</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> + And Thor<br /> +Set his shoulder hard against the stern<br /> +To push the ship through...<br /> +...and the water gurgled in<br /> +And the ship floated on the waves and rock'd.<br /> + M. ARNOLD. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +After a few days on board Scott became restless to see what was +going on in the sawing-camp, and on the morning of the 31st he +started off with Evans, Lashly and Handsley to march the ten and +a half miles to the north. When the instructions for this attempt +to free the <i>Discovery</i> were drawn up, there had been, of +course, no telling how broad the ice-sheet would be when operations +began, and Scott had been obliged to assume that it would be nearly +the same as in the previous year, when the open water had extended +to the Dellbridge Islets about eleven miles from the ship. There +he directed that the camp should be made, and Armitage, on whom +in Scott's absence the command had devolved, made all preparations +in accordance with the instructions he had received. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the outset, however, a difficulty awaited him, +<a name="page_179"><span class="page">Page 179</span></a> +as in the middle of December the open water, instead of being up +to the islets, ended at least ten miles farther to the north. Under +the circumstances he considered it dangerous to take the camp out to +the ice-edge, and so the sawing work had been begun in the middle +of the ice-sheet instead of at its edge. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thirty people were in the camp when Scott arrived, and though at +first the work had been painful both to arms and backs they were +all in splendid condition and spirits. Fortunately this was a land +of plenty, penguins and seals abounded, and everyone agreed that, +apart from the labour, they were having a most enjoyable time, +though no one imagined that the work would be useful. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In two days Scott was as convinced as anyone that the work must be +in vain, and ordered the sawing to stop. 'I have been much struck,' +he wrote, 'by the way in which everyone has cheerfully carried on +this hopeless work until the order came to halt. There could have +been no officer or man among them who did not see from the first +how utterly useless it was, and yet there has been no faltering +or complaint, simply because all have felt that, as the sailor +expresses it, "Them's the orders."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With twenty miles of ice between the <i>Discovery</i> and freedom, +the possibility of yet another winter had to be considered, so +although most of the company returned to the ship, Lashly, Evans, +Handsley and Clarke were left behind to make sure of an adequate +stock of penguins. And then Scott being unable +<a name="page_180"><span class="page">Page 180</span></a> +to do any good by remaining in the ship started off to the north +with Wilson, the former being anxious to watch the ice-edge and see +what chance there was of a break-up, while Wilson wanted to study +the life of that region. This journey was to be 'a real picnic,' with +no hard marching and plenty to eat; and, pursuing their leisurely +way, on January 4 they were within half a mile of the open water +when Wilson suddenly said, 'There they are.' Then Scott looked +round, and on the rocks of Cape Royds saw a red smudge dotted with +thousands of little black and white figures. Without doubt they +had stumbled upon a penguin rookery, but interesting as it was to +have made the discovery, it was at the same time exasperating to +think of the feast of eggs they had missed in the last two years. +During the rest of the day they watched the penguins and the skua +gulls which were nesting around them; and before supper they took +soap and towels down to a rill of thaw-water that ran within a few +yards of their tent, and washed in the warm sunlight. 'Then,' Scott +says, 'we had a dish of fried penguin's liver with seal kidneys; +eaten straight out of the frying-pan, this was simply delicious. +I have come to the conclusion that life in the Antarctic Regions +can be very pleasant.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Still in the proper picnic spirit they dawdled over their breakfast +on the following day, and were lazily discussing plans when Scott, +looking through the open door of the tent to the clear sea beyond, +suddenly caught sight of a ship. In a moment haste and bustle reigned +supreme, and while they were searching for +<a name="page_181"><span class="page">Page 181</span></a> +boots and other things necessary for the march, Wilson said, 'Why, +there's another,' and without any doubt two vessels were framed in +the doorway. It had at once been taken for granted that the first +ship was the <i>Morning</i>, but what in the name of fortune was +the meaning of the other neither Scott nor Wilson could imagine. +The easiest and quickest way to find out was to go straight on +board, for the ships were making for the ice-edge some five miles +to the westward, but if they had followed this simple plan their +companions on the <i>Discovery</i> would have known nothing about +it, and would have been compelled to wait for their mails. So they +started southward to find the penguin hunters, and then to send +them to establish communications with the ship. For a long time +no sight of the men could be seen, but after traveling about six +miles Scott and Wilson saw the tent, though without any signs of +life about it; indeed they were within a hundred yards before in +answer to their shouts four very satisfied figures emerged, still +munching the remains of a meal. 'Of course,' Scott says, 'I thought +they had not seen the ships, but they had, only, as they explained, +they didn't see there was any cause for them to do anything in the +matter. I said, "But, good heavens, you want your mails, don't +you?" "Oh, yes, sir," they replied, "but we thought that would be +all right." In other words, they as good as said that life was so +extremely easy and pleasant that there was no possible object in +worrying over such a trifle as the arrival of a relief expedition.' +When, however, they +<a name="page_182"><span class="page">Page 182</span></a> +had got their orders they were off at once, and Scott and Wilson went +back to the ships and soon found out from Colbeck why the <i>Terra +Nova</i> had accompanied the <i>Morning</i>, and how strangely the +aspect of affairs had altered. Writing in his diary on that night +Scott says, 'I can only record that in spite of the good home news, +and in spite of the pleasure of seeing old friends again, I was +happier last night than I am to-night.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Briefly the reasons for the sending of the two ships instead of +one were these. Scott's report taken by the <i>Morning</i> had left +the strong impression that the relief ship must again be sent to +the south in 1903. The 'Morning' fund, however, was inadequate to +meet the requirements of another year, and there was not time enough +to appeal to the public and to explain the full necessities of the +case. In these circumstances there was nothing for the Societies +to do but to appeal to the Government, and eventually the latter +agreed to undertake the whole conduct of the relief expedition, +provided that the <i>Morning</i>, as she stood, was delivered over +to them. The Government naturally placed the management of affairs in +the hands of the Admiralty, and once having taken the responsibility +it was felt that two ships must be sent, in order that there should +be no risk of the pledge being unfulfilled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Terra Nova</i>, one of the finest of the whaling ships, +was bought, and a whaling crew, under the command of Captain Harry +MacKay, was engaged to navigate her. Towards the end of November +1903 she layoff Hobart Town in Tasmania, and in +<a name="page_183"><span class="page">Page 183</span></a> +December she was joined by the <i>Morning</i>, Captain Colbeck +being directed to take charge of this joint venture until both ships +could come under Scott's command. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus it happened that, much to every one's surprise, two ships +arrived off the edge of the fast ice on January 4, 1904. It was +not, however, the arrival of the <i>Terra Nova</i>, whose captain +from the first was anxious to help in every way, but quite another +matter that made Scott so sad—and naturally sad—at +this time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In England the majority of those competent to judge the situation +had formed the opinion that the <i>Discovery</i> was stuck fast +in the ice for all time. Whether the Admiralty held this opinion +or not is of no consequence, because in any case it was their duty +to see that the expense of another relief expedition should be +avoided. Consequently there was no other course open to them except +to tell Scott to abandon the <i>Discovery</i>, if she could not +be freed in time to accompany the relief ships to the north. But +necessary as this order was, it placed Scott and his companions +in a very cruel position. Under the most ordinary conditions a +sailor would go through much rather than abandon his ship, but +the ties which bound Scott and his company to the <i>Discovery</i> +were very far beyond the ordinary; indeed they involved a depth +of sentiment not in the least surprising when their associations +with her are remembered. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In spite of their long detention in the ice, the thought of leaving +her had never entered their heads. +<a name="page_184"><span class="page">Page 184</span></a> +Some time she would be free again, and even if they had to spend +a third winter in her they had determined to go through with it, +and make themselves as comfortable as possible. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was from this passably contented frame of mind that they were +rudely awakened. Now they were obliged to face the fact that unless +a twenty-mile plain of ice broke up within six weeks, they must bid +a long farewell to their beloved ship and return to their homes +as castaways. So with the arrival of the relief ships there fell +the first and last cloud of gloom which was ever allowed on board +the <i>Discovery</i>. And as day followed day with no improvement +in the ice conditions, the gloom deepened until anyone might easily +have imagined that an Antarctic expedition was a most dismal affair. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 10 Scott wrote: 'Reached the ship this morning, and +this afternoon assembled all hands on the mess-deck, where I told +them exactly how matters stood. There was a stony silence. I have +not heard a laugh in the ship since I returned.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For some time a flagstaff had been erected on Tent Islet, ten miles +to the north, and a system of signals had been arranged to notify +any changes in the ice, but day after day the only signal was 'No +change in the ice conditions.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 15th to relieve the weariness of waiting for something that +did not happen, Scott arranged that their collections and instruments +should be transported to the relief ships. Whatever the future +held in +<a name="page_185"><span class="page">Page 185</span></a> +store he saw no reason why this should not be done, and to have +anything at all to do during this trying time was a blessing; though +he had by no means given up hope that the Discovery would be freed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After a long spell at Cape Royds camp, Wilson returned to the ship +on the night of the 21st with news that was all the more welcome at +such an anxious time. Strolling over the beach one day to inspect +what he thought was a prodigiously large seal he saw that it was +quite different from any of the ordinary seals, and went back to +the camp for his gun. Two of the <i>Morning</i> officers were in +camp with him, and all three of them proceeded to stalk this strange +new beast. Their great fear was that they might only succeed in +wounding it and that it might escape into the sea; so in spite +of the temperature of the water they waded round it before they +attacked. These tactics were successful, but their quarry when +dispatched was far too heavy for them to move, or for Wilson to +examine where it lay. On the following day, however, Colbeck came +over in the <i>Morning</i>, and with the aid of boats and ropes the +carcass was landed on his decks. Then Wilson came to the conclusion +that the animal was a sea-elephant commonly found at Macquarie +Island, but never before seen within the Antarctic circle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No change in the ice occurred until the 18th when some large pieces +broke away, and by the 23rd Scott reckoned that the relief ships were +four or five miles nearer than they had been a fortnight before. But, +<a name="page_186"><span class="page">Page 186</span></a> +if the conditions were to be as they had been two years before, +thirteen or fourteen miles of ice must go out in fifteen days, +a far more rapid rate than it had been going during the previous +fortnight. On the 28th, however, the first sign of real promise +occurred, for the whole ice-sheet began to sway very slightly under +the action of a long swell, its edge against the land rising and +falling as much as 18 inches. 'We are all very restless, constantly +dashing up the hill to the lookout station or wandering from place +to place to observe the effects of the swell. But it is long since +we enjoyed such a cheerful experience as we get on watching the +loose pieces of ice jostling one another at Hut Point.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Days of hope and anxiety followed, until the 14th of February arrived +and brought the best of news with it. During the day nothing unusual +happened, and it was not until Scott was at dinner that the excitement +began. Then he heard a shout on deck, and a voice sang out down +the hatchway, 'The ships are coming, sir!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'There was no more dinner, and in a moment we were racing for Hut +Point, where a glorious sight met our view. The ice was breaking +up right across the strait, and with a rapidity which we had not +thought possible. No sooner was one great floe borne away. Than +a dark streak cut its way into the solid sheet that remained and +carved out another, to feed the broad stream of pack which was +hurrying away to the north-west. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I have never witnessed a more impressive sight; +<a name="page_187"><span class="page">Page 187</span></a> +the sun was low behind us, the surface of the ice-sheet in front +was intensely white, and in contrast the distant sea and its forking +leads looked almost black. The wind had fallen to a calm, and not a +sound disturbed the stillness about us. Yet, in the midst of this +peaceful silence, was an awful unseen agency rending that great +ice-sheet as though it had been none but the thinnest paper.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But fast as the ice was breaking, it was not fast enough for the +relief ships. Evidently there was a race between them to be the +first to pass beyond the flagstaff round which the small company +of spectators had clustered; although the little <i>Morning</i>, +with her bluff bows and weak engines, could scarcely expect to +hold her own against such a powerful competitor. By half-past ten +those on shore could see the splintering of the ice as the ships +crashed into the floes, and the shouts of the men as with wild +excitement they cheered each fresh success, could be distinctly +heard. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scarcely half a mile of ice remained and the contest became keener +and keener. On came the <i>Terra Nova</i>, but in spite of all +her mighty efforts the persistent little <i>Morning</i>, dodging +right and left and seizing every chance opening, kept doggedly at +her side, and still seemed to have a chance of winning the race. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile the spectators, in their nondescript tattered garments, +stood breathlessly watching this wonderful scene. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'For long intervals we remained almost spell-bound, and then a burst +of frenzied cheering broke out. It +<a name="page_188"><span class="page">Page 188</span></a> +seemed to us almost too good to be real. By eleven o'clock all +the thick ice had vanished, and there remained only the thin area +of decayed floe which has lately made the approach to the ships so +dangerous; a few minutes later the <i>Terra Nova</i> forged ahead +and came crashing into the open, to be followed almost immediately +by her stout little companion, and soon both ships were firmly +anchored to all that remains of the <i>Discovery's</i> prison, the +wedge that still holds in our small bay.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'And so to-night the ships of our small fleet are lying almost side +by side; a rope from the <i>Terra Nova</i> is actually secured to +the <i>Discovery</i>. Who could have thought it possible? Certainly +not we who have lived through the trying scenes of the last month.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The small wedge of sea-ice that still remained in the bay was cracked +in many places, and would doubtless have departed of its own accord +in a few days; but Scott, naturally impatient to get away, decided +to hasten matters by explosions. Consequently at 1 A.M. on February +16 there was an explosion which shook the whole bay, and rudely +disturbed not only the ice but also the slumbers of those who were +not members of the explosion party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A few hours later another explosive charge was borne out, and when +all was ready Scott pressed the firing key. 'There was a thunderous +report which shook the ship throughout, and then all was calm again. +For a brief moment one might have imagined that nothing had happened, +but then one saw that each +<a name="page_189"><span class="page">Page 189</span></a> +crack was slowly widening; presently there came the gurgle of water +as it was sucked into our opening ice-bed, and in another minute +there was a creaking aft and our stern rose with a jump as the +keel was freed from the ice which had held it down. Then, as the +great mass of ice on our port hand slowly glided out to sea, our +good ship swung gently round and lay peacefully riding to her anchors +with the blue water lapping against her sides.... Thus it was that +the <i>Discovery</i> came to her own again—the right to ride +the high seas.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that day it would have been impossible to find a prouder or +happier ship's company, but with all their feelings of elation +they did not imagine that everything would run smoothly after such +a long period of disuse, and they knew also that much hard work lay +in front of them if they were to carry out the remainder of their +program. If the <i>Discovery</i> was free before the navigable season +closed Scott had resolved to spend the remaining time in exploring +the region to the westward of Cape North, but now after two years' +imprisonment coal was lacking for such a scheme. Directly the relief +ships had arrived he had asked them for as great a quantity as +possible, but although the replies had at first been satisfactory, +a long month's fight with wind and ice had sadly reduced the amount +they could afford to give. The only thing to do was to get without +any delay what could be spared, and on the afternoon of the 16th +the <i>Terra Nova</i> came alongside to hand over her supply. 'The +afternoon,' Scott says, 'was beautifully calm and +<a name="page_190"><span class="page">Page 190</span></a> +bright, and the weather seemed to smile peacefully on the termination +of our long and successful struggle with the ice.... We little +guessed what lay before us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 15th a large wooden cross, bearing a simply carved inscription +to the memory of poor Vince, was erected on the summit of Hut Point, +and on the following day the small company landed together and +stood bareheaded round this memorial, while Scott read some short +prayers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The water was oily calm and the sky threatening as they pulled back +to the ship after paying this last tribute of homage to their shipmate, +but weather of this kind had been too common to attract attention. +On that night Captain MacKay was dining in the <i>Discovery</i> for +the first time, and a great effort had been made to show him how +good an Antarctic feast could be. In the middle of dinner, however, +word came down to Scott that the wind had sprung up, and although +he expected nothing serious he went up to see what was happening. +Then he saw they were in for a stiff blow, and reluctantly had to +inform his guests of the fact. One glance at the sky satisfied +MacKay, who was over the rail like a shot, and in a few minutes +the <i>Terra Nova</i> was steaming for the open and lost in the +drift.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig011.jpg" width="870" height="550" + alt="Figure 11"> +<br />THE 'TERRA NOVA' LEAVING THE ANTARCTIC. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Very soon both wind and sea had risen, but although Scott did not +altogether like the look of things and determined to get up steam as +soon as possible, he did not want to hurry those in the engine-room +after such a long period of disuse. But early in the morning +<a name="page_191"><span class="page">Page 191</span></a> +of the 17th the situation became really dangerous, and the +<i>Discovery</i> began to jerk at her cables in the most alarming +manner. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I knew,' he wrote on the night of that eventful day, 'that in +spite of our heavy anchor the holding ground was poor, and I watched +anxiously to see if the ship dragged. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It came at last, just as Skelton sent a promise of steam in half +an hour. The sea was again breaking heavily on the ice-foot astern +and I walked up and down wondering which was coming first, the +steam or this wave-beaten cliff. It was not a pleasant situation, +as the distance grew shorter every minute, until the spray of the +breaking waves fell on our poop, and this was soon followed by +a tremendous blow as our stern struck the ice. We rebounded and +struck again, and our head was just beginning to falloff and the +ship to get broadside on (heaven knows what would have happened +then) when steam was announced.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then the ship just held her own and only just; the engines alone +would not send her to windward in the teeth of the gale. Once around +Hut Point, Scott knew that they would be safe with open sea before +them; and the end of the Point was only a quarter of a mile out, +though off the end there was a shallow patch which had to be cleared +before safety could be reached. So finding that no headway was +being made he began to edge out towards the Point, and all seemed +well until, nearly opposite to the Point itself, he saw to his +alarm that a strong current was sweeping past. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_192"><span class="page">Page 192</span></a> +'Nothing remained but to make a dash for it, and I swung the helm +over and steered for the open. But the moment our bows entered the +fast-running stream we were swung round like a top, and the instant +after we crashed head foremost onto the shoal and stopped dead with +our masts shivering. We were in the worst possible position, dead +to windward of the bank with wind, sea, and current all tending to +set us faster ashore. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We took the shore thus at about 11 A.M., and the hours that followed +were truly the most dreadful I have ever spent. Each moment the +ship came down with a sickening thud which shook her from stem +to stern, and each thud seemed to show more plainly that, strong +as was her build, she could not long survive such awful blows.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Hour after hour passed while the ship quivered and trembled and +crashed again and again into her rocky bed. Nothing more could be +done for her until the gale abated, but seeing the impossibility +of doing anything at the time, Scott recognized that the next best +thing was to be prepared to act promptly when the weather moderated. +Then he discovered once more how absolutely he could rely on the +support and intelligence of his companions. Skelton already had +made a list of weights by the removal of which the ship could be +lightened, and when the boatswain was summoned to discuss the manner +in which the anchors could be laid out he also had his scheme cut +and dried. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first sign of a lull came at 7 P.M., and soon after +<a name="page_193"><span class="page">Page 193</span></a> +they assembled to the dreariest dinner ever remembered in the +<i>Discovery</i>. But when they were half-way through this silent +meal Mulock, the officer of the watch, suddenly burst in and said, +'The ship's working astern, sir.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In record time Scott reached the bridge, and found that both wind +and sea had dropped in the most extraordinary manner. But what +surprised him even more was that the current, which had been running +strongly to the north, had turned and was running with equal speed +to the south. Each time that the ship lifted on a wave she worked +two or three inches astern, and though she was still grinding heavily +she no longer struck the bottom with such terrific force. Scarcely, +however, had these facts been observed when Skelton rushed up to +say that the inlets were free again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Every soul was on deck and in a moment they were massed together +and running from side to side in measured time. The telegraphs +were put full speed astern; soon the engines began to revolve, and +the water foamed and frothed along the side. For a minute or two +the ship seemed to hesitate, but then there came a steady grating +under the bottom, which gradually traveled forward, and ceased as +the ship, rolling heavily, slid gently into deep water.... Rarely, +if ever, can a ship have appeared in such an uncomfortable plight as +ours to find herself free and safe within the space of an hour.... +To be in ten feet of water in a ship that draws fourteen feet cannot +be a pleasant position—nor can there be a doubt +<a name="page_194"><span class="page">Page 194</span></a> +that the shocks which the <i>Discovery</i> sustained would have +very seriously damaged a less stoutly built vessel.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +None too soon were they clear of the shoal, for in a very short +time the wind was again blowing from the south; but as, on the +18th, the wind though still blowing strong had gone round to the +southeast and brought smoother water in the Sound, it was decided +to make for the inlets of the glacier tongue to the north, and +complete the coaling operations. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On occasions when haste was necessary there was, by mutual consent, +no distinction between officers and men. And Scott mentions 'as a +sight for the gods' the scene of biologists, vertebrate zoologists, +lieutenants, and A.B.'s with grimed faces and chafed hands working +with all their might on the coaling whips. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Morning</i> handed over twenty-five tons of coal, and this +was all the more a generous gift since it reduced Colbeck to the +narrowest margin, and compelled him to return directly homeward +without joining in any attempt at further exploration. 'His practical +common sense told him he could be of little use to us, and with his +usual loyalty he never hesitated to act for the best, at whatever +sacrifice to his own hopes and wishes.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before they left the glacier in McMurdo Sound it was arranged that +the three ships should journey up the coast together and then separate, +the <i>Morning</i> proceeding to the north, while the <i>Discovery</i> +and the <i>Terra Nova</i> turned west. The companies of both relief +<a name="page_195"><span class="page">Page 195</span></a> +ships, however, expressed a strong desire to be with the +<i>Discovery</i> when she entered her first civilized port; so +Scott fixed upon Port Ross, in the Auckland Islands, as a spot +at which they might meet before the final return to New Zealand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +February 20 saw the <i>Discovery</i> speeding along a stretch of +coast that had been quite unknown until she had two years previously +made her way south along it, and at that time she had been obliged +to keep a long distance out on account of the pack-ice. But now +gaps which had been missed could be filled in; and even more than +this was done, for Mulock remained on deck night and day taking +innumerable angles to peaks and headlands, while Wilson, equally +indefatigable, transferred this long panorama of mountain scenery +to his sketch-book. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two days later the pumps refused to act, and the whole of the +engine-room staff were on duty for twenty-four hours on end; and on +the 24th the carpenter called attention to the rudder. On inspection +Scott saw that the solid oak rudder-head was completely shattered, +and was held together by little more than its weight; as the tiller +was moved right or left the rudder followed it, but with a lag of +many degrees, so that the connection between the two was evidently +insecure. In such a condition it was obvious that they could not +hope to weather a gale without losing all control over the ship, +and that no time was to be lost in shipping their spare rudder +in place of the damaged one. So Scott determined to seek shelter +in Robertson +<a name="page_196"><span class="page">Page 196</span></a> +Bay, and by night the damaged rudder had been hoisted on deck and +the spare one prepared for lowering into its place. Since the +<i>Discovery</i> had left winter quarters an almost incredible +amount of work had been done to bring her into sea trim. Difficulty +after difficulty had arisen, but the energy of the company had +never slackened, and by February 25 Scott was able to say that +everything was once more in order, though he was a little doubtful +about the steering power of their spare rudder. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At this time it was all the more important that the ship should +give no further trouble, because according to their program they +were about to penetrate a new region, and expected to find quite +enough to do without considering internal difficulties. With high +hopes that steam power would enable them to pass beyond the point +reached by Sir James Ross in his sailing ships they turned to the +west, and at first all went well with them. Pack-ice, however, was +destined to be an insuperable obstacle to their advance, and on +the 26th they decided to turn to the north-east and try to find a +way around this formidable barrier. 'It is grievously disappointing +to find the pack so far to the east; Ross carried the open water +almost to Cape North.' And again on March 1, Scott sounds a note +of lamentation: 'There can be no doubt that since leaving Victoria +Land we have been skirting a continuous mass of pack, which must +cover the whole sea south of the Balleny Islands. That it should +have lain so far to the eastward this year is very annoying; +<a name="page_197"><span class="page">Page 197</span></a> +however, if we can push on upon this course we ought to strike the +islands.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in the morning of the following day land was reported, and +by noon they were abreast of it; but what this island, and others +that were dimly to be seen to the north, could be, puzzled them +considerably, and not until some time later was the problem solved. +In 1839 Balleny discovered a group of islands in this region, and +three years later Ross saw land which he imagined was to the southward +of Balleny's discoveries, and believing it to be divided into three +distinct masses named it the Russell Islands. Consequently Scott +arrived expecting to see two groups of islands, and was naturally +perplexed when only one group was to be seen. After, however, studying +the accounts of these islands and comparing them with what he could +actually see, he recognized that they had just passed Balleny's +Sturge Island, which Balleny had seen from the north, and so could +have had no idea of its length in a north-and-south line. Later +Ross must have seen this same island, and, as Scott saw to be quite +possible, from a great distance must have thought that it was divided +into three, and hence made the mistake of naming it as a separate +group. Fortunately Mulock was able to obtain sufficient bearings +to fix accurately the position of each island. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Now that the knotty question as to the geography of the Balleny +Islands was settled, they went on to look for the land that Wilkes +claimed to have discovered in 1840, but not a glimpse nor a vestige +of it could they +<a name="page_198"><span class="page">Page 198</span></a> +see; and, on March 4, they had to conclude that Wilkes Land was +once and for all definitely disposed of. With this negative, but +nevertheless important, result, the exploring work ended, and although +a lack of coal had prevented their cherished plan of rounding Cape +North, they had at least the satisfaction of clearing up some +geographical misconceptions in a more northerly latitude. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the 6th to the 14th continuous gales brought conditions of +greater physical discomfort than had ever been experienced on board +the <i>Discovery</i>, for she was in very light trim and tossed +about the mountainous seas like a cork. It was, therefore, the +greatest relief to furl their sails off the entrance of Ross Harbour +on the 15th, and to steam into the calm waters of the Bay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Neither the <i>Terra Nova</i> nor the <i>Morning</i> had yet arrived, +and the days of waiting were spent in making their ship as smart +as possible before the eyes of the multitude gazed upon her. Thus, +in a few days, the <i>Discovery</i> looked as though she had spent +her adventurous years in some peaceful harbor. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On March 19 the <i>Terra Nova</i> hove in sight, and was followed +on the next day by the <i>Morning</i>. Both ships had experienced +the most terrible weather, and everyone on board the little +<i>Morning</i> declared that she had only been saved from disaster +by the consummate seamanship of Captain Colbeck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A few days later the small fleet again set sail, and after a most +favorable voyage was at daybreak on April 1 +<a name="page_199"><span class="page">Page 199</span></a> +off the Heads of Lyttelton Harbor; and before noon they were safely +berthed alongside the jetty, from which they had sailed with such +hearty wishes more than two years before. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'New Zealand,' Scott said, 'welcomed us as its own, and showered +on us a wealth of hospitality and kindness which assuredly we can +never forget, however difficult we may have found it to express +our thanks. In these delightful conditions, with everything that +could make for perfect rest and comfort, we abode for two full +months before we set out on our last long voyage.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +June 8, however, found them at sea again, and a month or so later they +anchored in Port Stanley (Falkland Islands), where they replenished +their stock of coal and took the last series of magnetic observations +in connection with their Southern Survey. And from the Falkland +Islands, Scott wrote a letter which is yet another testimony of +the admiration he felt for his companions. 'The praise,' he wrote, +'for whatever success we have had is really due to the ship's company +as a whole rather than to individuals. That is not very clear, +perhaps; what I mean is that the combination of individual effort +for the common good has achieved our results, and the absence of +any spirit of self-seeking. The motto throughout has been "share +and share alike," and its most practical form lies, perhaps, in the +fact that throughout our three years there has been no distinction +between the food served to officers and men. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_200"><span class="page">Page 200</span></a> +'Under these circumstances I naturally feel that I can claim no +greater share of achievement than those who have stood by me so +loyally, and so I regard myself merely as the lucky figure-head. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'But it is good news to hear that the Admiralty are sympathetic, +for I feel that no effort should be spared to gain their recognition +of the splendid qualities displayed by officers and men.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on the morning of September 9 the homeland was sighted, and +for those who gazed longingly over the bulwarks and waited to welcome +and be welcomed, there was only one cloud to dim the joy of their +return. For with the happiness came also the sad thought that the +end had come to those ties, which had held together the small band of +the <i>Discovery</i> in the closest companionship and most unswerving +loyalty. +</p> + +<h2> +<a name="page_201"><span class="page">Page 201</span></a> +THE LAST EXPEDITION +</h2> + +<h3> +<a name="page_203"><span class="page">Page 203</span></a> +PREFACE TO 'SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION' +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle"> +By Sir CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, K.C.B. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fourteen years ago Robert Falcon Scott was a rising naval officer, +able, accomplished, popular, highly thought of by his superiors, +and devoted to his noble profession. It was a serious responsibility +to induce him to take up the work of an explorer; yet no man living +could be found who was so well fitted to command a great Antarctic +Expedition. The undertaking was new and unprecedented. The object +was to explore the unknown Antarctic Continent by land. Captain Scott +entered upon the enterprise with enthusiasm tempered by prudence +and sound sense. All had to be learnt by a thorough study of the +history of Arctic traveling, combined with experience of different +conditions in the Antarctic Regions. Scott was the initiator and +founder of Antarctic sledge-traveling. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +His discoveries were of great importance. The survey and soundings +along the Barrier cliffs, the discovery of King Edward Land, the +discovery of Ross Island and the other volcanic islets, the examination +of the Barrier surface, the discovery of the Victoria Mountains—a +range of great height and many hundreds +<a name="page_204"><span class="page">Page 204</span></a> +of miles in length, which had only before been seen from a distance +out at sea—and above all the discovery of the great ice cap +on which the South Pole is situated, by one of the most remarkable +Polar journeys on record. His small but excellent scientific staff +worked hard and with trained intelligence, their results being +recorded in twelve large quarto volumes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The great discoverer had no intention of losing touch with his +beloved profession though resolved to complete his Antarctic work. +The exigencies of the naval service called him to the command of +battleships and to confidential work of the Admiralty; so that +five years elapsed before he could resume his Antarctic labours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The object of Captain Scott's second expedition was mainly scientific, +to complete and extend his former work in all branches of science. It +was his ambition that in his ship there should be the most completely +equipped expedition for scientific purposes connected with the Polar +regions, both as regards men and material, that ever left these +shores. In this he succeeded. He had on board a fuller complement +of geologists, one of them especially trained for the study, of +physiography, biologists, physicists, and surveyors than ever before +composed the staff of a Polar expedition. Thus Captain Scott's +objects were strictly scientific, including the completion and +extension of his former discoveries. The results will be explained +in the second volume of this work. They will be found to be extensive +and important. Never before, in the +<a name="page_205"><span class="page">Page 205</span></a> +Polar regions, have meteorological, magnetic and tidal observations +been taken, in one locality, during five years. It was also part +of Captain Scott's plan to reach the South Pole by a long and most +arduous journey, but here again his intention was, if possible, +to achieve scientific results on the way, especially hoping to +discover fossils which would throw light on the former history of +the great range of mountains which he had made known to science. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The principal aim of this great man—for he rightly has his +niche among the Polar <i>Dii Majores</i>—was the advancement +of knowledge. From all aspects Scott was among the most remarkable +men of our time, and the vast number of readers of his journal +will be deeply impressed with the beauty of his character. The +chief traits which shone forth through his life were conspicuous in +the hour of death. There are few events in history to be compared, +for grandeur and pathos, with the last closing scene in that silent +wilderness of snow. The great leader, with the bodies of his dearest +friends beside him, wrote and wrote until the pencil dropped from +his dying grasp. There was no thought of himself, only the earnest +desire to give comfort and consolation to others in their sorrow. +His very last lines were written lest he who induced him to enter +upon Antarctic work should now feel regret for what he had done. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'If I cannot write to Sir Clements, tell him I thought much of +him, and never regretted his putting me in command of the +<i>Discovery</i>.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_206"><span class="page">Page 206</span></a> +The following appointments were held in the Royal Navy by Captain +Scott between 1905 and 1910: +</p> + +<table class="center"> + <tr><td valign="top">January to July, 1906</td> + <td>Admiralty (Assistant Director of Naval Intelligence.)</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top"> + Aug. 21, 1906, to Jan. 1, 1907</td> + <td><i>Victorious</i> (Flag Captain to Rear-Admiral Egerton, + Rear-Admiral in the Atlantic Fleet).</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top"> + Jan. 2, 1907, to Aug. 24, 1907</td> + <td><i>Albermarle</i> (Flag Captain to Rear-Admiral Egerton, + Rear-Admiral in the Atlantic Fleet).</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top"> + Aug. 25, 1907, to Jan. 24, 1908</td> + <td>Not actively employed afloat between these dates.</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top"> + Jan. 25, 1908, to May 29, 1908</td> + <td><i>Essex</i> (Captain).</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top"> + May 30, 1908, to March 23, 1909</td> + <td><i>Bulwark</i> (Flag Captain to Rear-Admiral Colville, + Rear-Admiral the Nore Division, Home Fleet).</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Then Naval Assistant to Second Sea Lord of the Admiralty. Appointed +to H.M.S. <i>President</i> for British Antarctic Expedition June +1, 1910. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_207"><span class="page">Page 207</span></a> +On September 2, 1908, at Hampton Court Palace, Captain Scott was +married to Kathleen, daughter of the late Canon Lloyd Bruce. Peter +Markham Scott was born on September 14, 1909. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 13, 1909, Captain Scott published his plans for the +British Antarctic Expedition of the following year, and his appeal +resulted in £10,000 being collected as a nucleus fund. Then +the Government made a grant of £20,000, and grants followed +from the Governments of Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nine days after the plans were published arrangements were made to +purchase the steamship <i>Terra Nova</i>, the largest and strongest +of the old Scottish whalers. The original date chosen for sailing +was August 1, 1910, but owing to the united efforts of those engaged +upon the fitting out and stowing of the ship, she was able to leave +Cardiff on June 15. Business, however, prevented Captain Scott +from leaving England until a later date, and in consequence he +sailed in the <i>Saxon</i> to South Africa, and there awaited the +arrival of the <i>Terra Nova</i>. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_208"><span class="page">Page 208</span></a> +BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1910 +</h3> + +<table border="0"> + <tr><td colspan="3">SHORE PARTIES</td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"><i>Officers</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td style="width: 2em;"> </td> + <th>Name</th><th>Rank, &c.</th></tr> + + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Robert Falcon Scott</td> + <td><i>Captain, C.V.O., R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edward R. G. R. Evans</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Victor L. A. Campbell</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.N. (Emergency List)</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Henry R. Bowers</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.I.M.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Lawrence E. G. Oates</td> + <td><i>Captain 6th Inniskilling Dragoons.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>G. Murray Levick</td> + <td><i>Surgeon, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edward L. Atkinson</td> + <td><i>Surgeon, R.N., Parasitologist.</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"><i>Scientific Staff</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edward Adrian Wilson</td> + <td><i>B.A., M.B. (Cantab), Chief of the Scientific Staff, + and Zoologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>George C. Simpson</td> + <td><i>D.Sc., Meteorologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>T. Griffith Taylor</td> + <td><i>B.A., B.Sc., B.E., Geologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edward W. Nelson</td> + <td><i>Biologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Frank Debenham</td> + <td><i>B.A., B.Sc., Geologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Charles S. Wright</td> + <td><i>B.A., Physicist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Raymond E. Priestley</td> + <td><i>Geologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Herbert G. Ponting</td> + <td><i>F.R.G.S, Camera Artist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Cecil H. Meares</td> + <td><i>In Charge of Dogs.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Bernard C. Day</td> + <td><i>Motor Engineer.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Apsley Cherry-Garrard</td> + <td><i>B.A., Asst. Zoologist.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Tryggve Gran</td> + <td><i>Sub-Lieutenant, Norwegian N.R., B.A., Ski Expert.</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> +<a name="page_209"><span class="page">Page 209</span></a> + <i>Men</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td> </td> + <td>W. Lashly</td> + <td><i>Chief Stoker, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>W. W. Archer</td> + <td><i>Chief Steward, late R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Thomas Clissold</td> + <td><i>Cook, late R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edgar Evans</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Robert Forde</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Thomas Crean</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Thomas S. Williamson</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Patrick Keohane</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>George P. Abbott</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Frank V. Browning</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, 2nd class, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Harry Dickason</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>F. J. Hooper</td> + <td><i>Steward, late R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Anton Omelchenko</td> + <td><i>Groom.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Demetri Gerof</td> + <td><i>Dog Driver.</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3">SHIP'S PARTY</td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"><i>Officers, &c.</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Harry L. L. Pennell</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Henry E. de P. Rennick</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Wilfred M. Bruce</td> + <td><i>Lieutenant, R.N.R.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Francis R. H. Drake</td> + <td><i>Asst. Paymaster, R.N. (Retired), Secretary and + Meteorologist in Ship.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Denis G. Lillie</td> + <td><i>M.A., Biologist in Ship.</i></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> + + <tr><td> </td> + <td>James R. Dennistoun</td> + <td><i>In Charge of Mules in Ship.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Alfred B. Cheetham</td> + <td><i>R.N.R., Boatswain.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William Williams</td> + <td><i>Chief Engine-room Artificer, R.N., 2nd Engineer.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William A. Horton</td> + <td><i>Eng. Rm. Art. 3rd Class, R.N. 2nd Engineer.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Francis E. C. Davies</td> + <td><i>Leading Shipwright, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Frederick Parsons</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William L. Heald</td> + <td><i>Late P.O., R.N.</i> +<a name="page_210"><span class="page">Page 210</span></a> + </td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Arthur S. Bailey</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, 2nd Class, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Albert Balson</td> + <td><i>Leading Seaman, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Joseph Leese</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>John Hugh Mather</td> + <td><i>Petty Officer, R.N.V.R.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Robert Oliphant</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Thomas F. McLeod</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Mortimer McCarthy</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William Knowles</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Charles Williams</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>James Skelton</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William McDonald</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>James Paton</td> + <td><i>Able Seaman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Robert Brissenden</td> + <td><i>Leading Stoker, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Edward A. McKenzie</td> + <td><i>Leading Stoker, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>William Burton</td> + <td><i>Leading Stoker, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Bernard J. Stone</td> + <td><i>Leading Stoker, R.N.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Angus McDonald</td> + <td><i>Fireman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Thomas McGillon</td> + <td><i>Fireman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Charles Lammas</td> + <td><i>Fireman.</i></td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>W. H. Neale</td> + <td><i>Steward.</i></td></tr> + +</table> + +<h3> +<a name="page_211"><span class="page">Page 211</span></a> +CHAPTER I +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THROUGH STORMY SEAS</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +The ice was here, the ice was there,<br /> +The ice was all around:<br /> +It cracked and growled, and roared and howled,<br /> +Like noises in a swound.—COLERIDGE. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +No sooner was it known that Scott intended to lead another Antarctic +expedition than he was besieged by men anxious to go with him. The +selection of a small company from some eight thousand volunteers +was both a difficult and a delicate task, but the fact that the +applications were so numerous was at once a convincing proof of +the interest shown in the expedition, and a decisive answer to +the dismal cry that the spirit of romance and adventure no longer +exists in the British race. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On June 15, 1910, the <i>Terra Nova</i> left Cardiff upon her great +mission, and after a successful voyage arrived, on October 28, at +Lyttelton. There an enormous amount of work had to be done before +she could be ready to leave civilization, but as usual the kindness +received in New Zealand was 'beyond words.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A month of strenuous labour followed, and then, on +<a name="page_212"><span class="page">Page 212</span></a> +November 26, they said farewell to Lyttelton, and after calling +at Port Chalmers set out on Tuesday, the 29th, upon the last stage +of their voyage. Two days later they encountered a stiff wind from +the N. W. and a confused sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The ship a queer and not altogether cheerful sight under the +circumstances. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Below one knows all space is packed as tight as human skill can +devise—and on deck! Under the forecastle fifteen ponies close +side by side, seven one side, eight the other, heads together and +groom between—swaying, swaying continually to the plunging, +irregular motion.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Outside the forecastle and to leeward of the fore hatch were four +more ponies, and on either side of the main hatch were two very +large packing-cases containing motor sledges, each 16 X 5 X 4. +A third sledge stood across the break of the poop in the space +hitherto occupied by the after winch, and all these cases were +so heavily lashed with heavy chain and rope lashings that they +were thought to be quite secure. The petrol for the sledges was +contained in tins and drums protected in stout wooden packing-cases, +which were ranged across the deck immediately in front of the poop +and abreast the motor sledges. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Round and about these packing-cases, stretching from the galley +forward to the wheel aft, coal bags containing the deck cargo of +coal were stacked; and upon the coal sacks, and upon and between +the motor sledges, and upon the ice-house were the thirty-three +dogs. Perforce they had to be chained up, and although +<a name="page_213"><span class="page">Page 213</span></a> +they were given as much protection as possible, their position +was far from pleasant. 'The group formed,' in Scott's opinion, +'a picture of wretched dejection: such a life is truly hard for +these poor creatures.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The wind freshened with great rapidity on Thursday evening, and +very soon the ship was plunging heavily and taking much water over +the lee rail. Cases of all descriptions began to break loose on +the upper deck, the principal trouble being caused by the loose +coal bags, which were lifted bodily by the seas and swung against +the lashed cases. These bags acted like battering rams, no lashings +could possibly have withstood them, and so the only remedy was to +set to work and heave coal sacks overboard and re-lash the cases. +During this difficult and dangerous task seas continually broke +over the men, and at such times they had to cling for dear life to +some fixture to prevent themselves from being washed overboard. No +sooner was some appearance of order restored than another unusually +heavy wave tore away the lashings, and the work had to be done +allover again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the night wore on the sea and wind continued to rise, and the +ship to plunge more and more. 'We shortened sail to main topsail +and staysail, stopped engines and hove to, but to little purpose.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Oates and Atkinson, who worked through the entire night, reports +came that it was impossible to keep the ponies on their legs. But +worse news was to follow, for in the early morning news came from +the engine-room that the pumps had choked, and that the water had +risen over the gratings. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_214"><span class="page">Page 214</span></a> +From that moment, about 4 A.M., the engine-room became the center +of interest, but in spite of every effort the water still gained. +Lashly and Williams, up to their necks in rushing water, stuck +gamely to the work of clearing suctions, and for a time, with donkey +engine and bilge pump sucking, it looked as if the water might be +got under. But the hope was short-lived; five minutes of pumping +invariably led to the same result—a general choking of the +pumps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ship was very deeply-laden and was in considerable danger of +becoming waterlogged, in which condition anything might have happened. +The hand pump produced nothing more than a dribble and its suction +could not be reached, for as the water crept higher it got in contact +with the boiler and eventually became so hot that no one could work +at the suctions. A great struggle to conquer these misfortunes +followed, but Williams had at last to confess that he was beaten +and must draw fires. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'What was to be done? Things for the moment appeared very black. +The sea seemed higher than ever; it came over lee rail and poop, +a rush of green water; the ship wallowed in it; a great piece of +the bulwark carried clean away. The bilge pump is dependent on +the main engine. To use the pump it was necessary to go ahead. +It was at such times that the heaviest seas swept in over the lee +rail; over and over again the rail, from the forerigging to the +main, was covered by a solid sheet of curling water which swept +aft and high on the poop. On one +<a name="page_215"><span class="page">Page 215</span></a> +occasion I was waist deep when standing on the rail of the poop.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All that could be done for the time being was to organize the afterguard +to work buckets, and to keep the men steadily going on the choked +hand-pumps, which practically amounted to an attempt to bale out +the ship! For a day and a night the string of buckets was passed +up a line from the engine-room; and while this arduous work was +going on the officers and men sang chanteys, and never for a moment +lost their good spirits. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the meantime an effort was made to get at the suction of the +pumps; and by 10 P.M. on Friday evening a hole in the engine-room +bulkhead had been completed. Then E. R. Evans, wriggling over the +coal, found his way to the pump shaft and down it, and cleared +the suction of the coal balls (a mixture of coal and oil) which +were choking it. Soon afterwards a good stream of water came from +the pump, and it was evident that the main difficulty had been +overcome. Slowly the water began to decrease in the engine-room, +and by 4 A.M. on Saturday morning the bucket-parties were able +to stop their labours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The losses caused by this gale were serious enough, but they might +easily have been worse. Besides the damage to the bulwarks of the +ship, two ponies, one dog, ten tons of coal, sixty-five gallons +of petrol, and a case of biologists' spirit were lost. Another +dog was washed away with such force that his chain broke and he +disappeared, but the next wave miraculously +<a name="page_216"><span class="page">Page 216</span></a> +washed him back on board. In a few hours everyone was hopeful again, +but anxiety on account of the ponies remained. With the ship pitching +heavily to a south-westerly swell, at least two of these long-suffering +animals looked sadly in need of a spell of rest, and Scott's earnest +prayer was that there might be no more gales. 'December ought to +be a fine month in the Ross Sea; it always has been, and just now +conditions point to fine weather. Well, we must be prepared for +anything, but I'm anxious, anxious about these animals of ours.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile Bowers and Campbell had worked untiringly to put things +straight on deck, and with the coal removed from the upper deck +and the petrol re-stored, the ship was in much better condition to +fight the gales. 'Another day,' Scott wrote on Tuesday, December +6, 'ought to put us beyond the reach of westerly gales'; but two +days later the ship was once more plunging against a stiff breeze +and moderate sea, and his anxiety about the ponies was greater +than ever. The dogs, however, had recovered wonderfully from the +effects of the great gale, their greatest discomfort being that +they were almost constantly wet. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During Friday, December 9, some very beautiful bergs were passed, +the heights of which varied from sixty to eighty feet. Good progress +was made during this day, but the ice streams thickened as they +advanced, and on either side of them fields of pack began to appear. +Yet, after the rough weather they had +<a name="page_217"><span class="page">Page 217</span></a> +been having, the calm sea was a blessing even if the ice had arrived +before it was expected. 'One can only imagine the relief and comfort +afforded to the ponies, but the dogs are visibly cheered and the +human element is full of gaiety. The voyage seems full of promise +in spite of the imminence of delay.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Already Scott was being worried by the pace at which the coal was +going, and he determined if the pack became thick to put out the +fires and wait for the ice to open. Very carefully all the evidence +of former voyages had been examined so that the best meridian to +go south on might be chosen, and the conclusion arrived at was +that the 178 W. was the best. They entered the pack more or less +on this meridian, and were rewarded by meeting worse conditions +than any ship had ever experienced—worse, indeed, than Scott +imagined to be possible on any meridian which they might have chosen. +But as very little was known about the movements of the pack the +difficulties of making a choice may very easily be imagined, and, +in spite of disappointments, Scott's opinion that the 178 W. was +the best meridian did not change. 'The situation of the main bodies +of pack,' he says, 'and the closeness with which the floes are +packed depend almost entirely on the prevailing winds. One cannot +tell what winds have prevailed before one's arrival; therefore one +cannot know much about the situation or density. Within limits +the density is changing from day to day and even from hour to hour; +such changes depend on the wind, but it may not necessarily be a +local wind, +<a name="page_218"><span class="page">Page 218</span></a> +so that at times they seem almost mysterious. One sees the floes +pressing closely against one another at a given time, and an hour +or two afterwards a gap of a foot or more may be seen between each. +When the floes are pressed together it is difficult and sometimes +impossible to force a way through, but when there is release of +pressure the sum of many little gaps allows one to take a zigzag +path.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During Sunday they lay tight in the pack, and after service at +10 A.M. all hands exercised themselves on ski over the floes and +got some delightful exercise. 'I have never thought of anything +as good as this life. The novelty, interest, colour, animal life, +and good fellowship go to make up an almost ideal picnic just at +present,' one of the company wrote on that same day—an abundant +proof that if delays came they brought their compensations with +them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With rapid and complete changes of prospect they managed to +progress—on the Monday—with much bumping and occasional +stoppages, but on the following day they were again firmly and +tightly wedged in the pack. To most of them, however, the novelty +of the experience prevented any sense of impatience, though to +Scott the strain of waiting and wondering what he ought to do as +regards the question of coal was bound to be heavy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This time of waiting was by no means wasted, for Gran gave hours +of instruction in the use of ski, and Meares took out some of the +fattest dogs and exercised them with a sledge. Observations were +also constantly +<a name="page_219"><span class="page">Page 219</span></a> +taken, while Wilson painted some delightful pictures and Ponting +took a number of beautiful photographs of the pack and bergs. But +as day followed day and hopes of progress were not realized, Scott, +anxious to be free, decided on Monday, December 19, to push west. +'Anything to get out of these terribly heavy floes. Great patience +is the only panacea for our ill case. It is bad luck.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Over and over again when the end of their troubles seemed to be +reached, they found that the thick pack was once more around them. +And what to do under the circumstances called for most difficult +decisions. If the fires were let out it meant a dead loss of two +tons of coal when the boilers were again heated. But these two +tons only covered a day under banked fires, so that for anything +longer than twenty-four hours it was a saving to put out the fires. +Thus at each stoppage Scott was called upon to decide how long it +was likely to last. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Christmas Day came with the ice still surrounding the ship, but +although the scene was 'altogether too Christmassy,' a most merry +evening was spent. For five hours the officers sat round the table +and sang lustily, each one of them having to contribute two songs +to the entertainment. 'It is rather a surprising circumstance,' +Scott remarks, 'that such an unmusical party should be so keen +on singing.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Christmas, however, came and went without any immediate prospect +of release, the only bright side of this exasperating delay being +that everyone was +<a name="page_220"><span class="page">Page 220</span></a> +prepared to exert himself to the utmost, quite regardless of the +results of his labours. But on Wednesday, December 28, the ponies, +despite the unremitting care and attention that Oates gave to them, +were the cause of the gravest anxiety. 'These animals are now the great +consideration, balanced as they are against the coal expenditure.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time, although the ice was still all around them, many of +the floes were quite thin, and even the heavier ice appeared to +be breakable. So, after a consultation with Wilson, Scott decided +to raise steam, and two days later the ship was once more in the +open sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the 9th to the 30th they had been in the pack, and during +this time 370 miles had been covered in a direct line. Sixty-one +tons[1] of coal had been used, an average of six miles to the ton, +and although these were not pleasant figures to contemplate, Scott +considered that under the exceptional conditions they might easily +have been worse. For the ship herself he had nothing but praise to +give. 'No other ship, not even the <i>Discovery</i>, would have +come through so well.... As a result I have grown strangely attached +to the <i>Terra Nova</i>. As she bumped the floes with mighty shocks, +crushing and grinding her way through some, twisting and turning +to avoid others, she seemed like a living thing fighting a great +fight. If only she had more economical engines she would be suitable +in all respects.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: When the <i>Terra Nova</i> left Lyttelton she had 460 +tons of coal on board.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_221"><span class="page">Page 221</span></a> +Scientifically as much as was possible had been done, but many +of the experts had of necessity been idle in regard to their own +specialties, though none of them were really idle; for those who +had no special work to do were magnificently eager to find any +kind of work that required to be done. 'Everyone strives to help +everyone else, and not a word of complaint or anger has been heard +on board. The inner life of our small community is very pleasant +to think upon, and very wonderful considering the extremely small +space in which we are confined. The attitude of the men is equally +worthy of admiration. In the forecastle as in the wardroom there is +a rush to be first when work is to be done, and the same desire to +sacrifice selfish consideration to the success of the expedition. +It is very good to be able to write in such high praise of one's +companions, and I feel that the possession of such support ought +to ensure success. Fortune would be in a hard mood indeed if it +allowed such a combination of knowledge, experience, ability, and +enthusiasm to achieve nothing.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortune's wheel, however, was not yet prepared to turn in their +favor, for after a very few hours of the open sea a southern blizzard +met them. In the morning watch of December 31, the wind and sea +increased and the outlook was very distressing, but at 6 A.M. ice +was sighted ahead. Under ordinary conditions the safe course would +have been to go about and stand to the east, but on this occasion +<a name="page_222"><span class="page">Page 222</span></a> +Scott was prepared to run the risk of trouble if he could get the +ponies into smoother water. Soon they passed a stream of ice over +which the sea was breaking heavily, and the danger of being among +loose floes in such a sea was acutely realized. But presently they +came to a more compact body of floes, and running behind this they +were agreeably surprised to find themselves in comparatively smooth +water. There they lay to in a sort of ice bay, and from a dangerous +position had achieved one that was safe as long as their temporary +shelter lasted. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the day passed their protection, though still saving them from +the heavy swell, gradually diminished, but 1910 did not mean to +depart without giving them an Old Year's gift and surprise. 'At +10 P.M. to-night as the clouds lifted to the west a distant but +splendid view of the great mountains was obtained. All were in +sunshine; Sabine and Whewell were most conspicuous—the latter +from this view is a beautiful sharp peak, as remarkable a landmark +as Sabine itself. Mount Sabine was 110 miles away when we saw it. I +believe we could have seen it at a distance of thirty or forty miles +farther—such is the wonderful clearness of the atmosphere.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The New Year brought better weather with it, and such good progress +was made that by mid-day on Tuesday, January 3, the ship reached +the Barrier five miles east of Cape Crozier. During the voyage +they had often discussed the idea of making their winter station +at this Cape, and the prospect had +<a name="page_223"><span class="page">Page 223</span></a> +seemed to become increasingly fascinating the more they talked of it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But a great disappointment awaited them, for after one of the whale +boats had been lowered and Scott, Wilson, Griffith Taylor, Priestley, +and E. R. Evans had been pulled towards the shore, they discovered +that the swell made it impossible for them to land. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'No good!! Alas! Cape Crozier with all its attractions is denied +us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the top of a floe they could see an old Emperor penguin molting +and a young one shedding its down. This was an age and stage of +development of the Emperor chick of which they were ignorant, but +fortune decreed that this chick should be undisturbed. Of this +incident Wilson wrote in his Journal: 'A landing was out of the +question.... But I assure you it was tantalizing to me, for there, +about 6 feet above us on a small dirty piece of the old bay ice +about ten feet square, one living Emperor penguin chick was standing +disconsolately stranded, and close by stood one faithful old Emperor +parent asleep. This young Emperor was still in the down, a most +interesting fact in the bird's life history at which we had rightly +guessed, but which no one had actually observed before.... This +bird would have been a treasure to me, but we could not risk life +for it, so it had to remain where it was.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sadly and reluctantly they had to give up hopes of making their +station at Cape Crozier, and this +<a name="page_224"><span class="page">Page 224</span></a> +was all the harder to bear because every detail of the shore promised +well for a wintering party. There were comfortable quarters for the +hut, ice for water snow for the animals, good slopes for skiing, +proximity to the Barrier and to the rookeries of two types of penguins, +good ground for biological work, a fairly easy approach to the +Southern Road with no chance of being cut off, and so forth. 'It +is a thousand pities to have to abandon such a spot.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Discovery's</i> post-office was still standing as erect as +when it had been planted, and comparisons between what was before +their eyes and old photographs showed that no change at all seemed +to have occurred anywhere—a result that in the case of the +Barrier caused very great surprise. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the meantime all hands were employed in making a running survey, +the program of which was: +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Bruce continually checking speed with hand log. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Bowers taking altitudes of objects as they come abeam.<br /> +Nelson noting results. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Pennell taking verge plate bearings on bow and quarter.<br /> +Cherry-Garrard noting results. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Evans taking verge plate bearings abeam.<br /> +Atkinson noting results. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Campbell taking distances abeam with range finder.<br /> +Wright noting results. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +Rennick sounding with Thomson machine.<br /> +Drake noting results. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_225"><span class="page">Page 225</span></a> +'We plotted the Barrier edge from the point at which we met it to +the Crozier cliffs; to the eye it seems scarcely to have changed +since <i>Discovery</i> days, and Wilson thinks it meets the cliff +in the same place.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Very early on Wednesday morning they rounded Cape Bird and came +in sight of Mount Discovery and the Western Mountains. 'It was +good to see them again, and perhaps after all we are better this +side of the Island. It gives one a homely feeling to see such a +familiar scene.' Scott's great wish now was to find a place for +winter quarters that would not easily be cut off from the Barrier, +and a cape, which in the <i>Discovery</i> days had been called 'the +Skuary,' was chosen. 'It was separated from old <i>Discovery</i> +quarters by two deep bays on either side of the Glacier Tongue, +and I thought that these bays would remain frozen until late in +the season, and that when they froze over again the ice would soon +become firm.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There Scott, Wilson, and E. R. Evans landed, and at a glance saw, +as they expected, that the place was ideal for their wintering +station. A spot for the hut was chosen on a beach facing northwest +and well protected behind by numerous small hills; but the most +favorable circumstance of all in connection with this cape, which +was re-christened Cape Evans, was the strong chance of communication +being established at an early date with Cape Armitage.[1] Not a +moment was wasted, and while Scott was +<a name="page_226"><span class="page">Page 226</span></a> +on shore Campbell took the first steps towards landing the stores. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: The extreme south point of the Island, 12 miles further, +on one of whose minor headlands, Hut Point, stood the <i>Discovery</i> +hut.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortunately the weather was gloriously calm and fine, and the landing +began under the happiest conditions. Two of the motors were soon +hoisted out, and in spite of all the bad weather and the tons of +sea-water that had washed over them the sledges and all the accessories +appeared to be in perfect condition. Then came the turn of the +ponies, and although it was difficult to make some of them enter +the horse box, Oates rose to the occasion and got most of them in +by persuasion, while the ones which refused to be persuaded were +simply lifted in by the sailors. 'Though all are thin and some +few looked pulled down I was agreeably surprised at the evident +vitality which they still possessed—some were even skittish. +I cannot express the relief when the whole seventeen were safely +picketed on the floe.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meares and the dogs were out early on the Wednesday morning, and +ran to and fro during most of the day with light loads. The chief +trouble with the dogs was due to the fatuous conduct of the penguins, +the latter showing a devouring curiosity in the proceedings and +a total disregard for their own safety, with the result that a +number of them were killed in spite of innumerable efforts to teach +the penguins to keep out of reach, they only squawked and ducked +as much as to say, 'What's it got to do with you, you silly ass? +Let us alone.' These incidents naturally demoralized the dogs and +annoyed Meares, who +<a name="page_227"><span class="page">Page 227</span></a> +while trying to stop one sledge, fell into the middle of the dogs +and was carried along until they reached the penguins of their +desire. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The motor sledges were running by the afternoon, Day managing one +and Nelson the other. 'It is early to call them a success, but +they are certainly extremely promising.' Before night the site +for the hut was leveled, and the erecting party was encamped on +shore in a large tent with a supply of food for eight days. Nearly +all the timber, &c., for the hut and a supply of food for both +ponies and dogs had also been landed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Despite this most strenuous day's labour, all hands were up again +at 5 A.M. on Thursday. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Words cannot express the splendid way in which everyone works +and gradually the work gets organized. I was a little late on the +scene this morning, and thereby witnessed a most extraordinary +scene. Some six or seven killer whales, old and young, were skirting +the fast floe edge ahead of the ship; they seemed excited and dived +rapidly, almost touching the floe. As we watched, they suddenly +appeared astern, raising their snouts out of water. I had heard +weird stories of these beasts, but had never associated serious +danger with them. Close to the water's edge lay the wire stern +rope of the ship, and our two Esquimaux dogs were tethered to this. +I did not think of connecting the movements of the whales with +this fact, and seeing them so close I shouted to Ponting, who was +standing abreast of the ship. He seized his camera and ran +<a name="page_228"><span class="page">Page 228</span></a> +towards the floe edge to get a close picture of the beasts, which +had momentarily disappeared. The next moment the whole floe under +him and the dogs heaved up and split into fragments. One could hear +the "booming" noise as the whales rose under the ice and struck +it with their backs. Whale after whale rose under the ice, setting +it rocking fiercely; luckily Ponting kept his feet and was able +to fly to security; by an extraordinary chance also, the splits +had been made around and between the dogs, so that neither of them +fell into the water. Then it was clear that the whales shared our +astonishment, for one after another their huge hideous heads shot +vertically into the air through the cracks which they had made... +There cannot be a doubt that they looked up to see what had happened +to Ponting and the dogs.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Of course, we have known well that killer whales continually skirt +the edge of the floes and that they would undoubtedly snap up anyone +who was unfortunate enough to fall into the water; but the facts +that they could display such deliberate cunning, that they were +able to break ice of such thickness (at least 2-1/2 feet), and +that they could act in unison, were a revelation to us. It is clear +that they are endowed with singular intelligence, and in future +we shall treat that intelligence with every respect.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Thursday the motor sledges did good work, and hopes that they +might prove to be reliable began to increase. Infinite trouble +had been taken to obtain +<a name="page_229"><span class="page">Page 229</span></a> +the most suitable material for Polar work, and the three motor +sledge tractors were the outcome of experiments made at Lantaret in +France and at Lillehammer and Fefor in Norway, with sledges built +by the Wolseley Motor Company from suggestions offered principally +by B. T. Hamilton, R. W. Skelton, and Scott himself. With his rooted +objection to cruelty in any shape or form, Scott had an intense, and +almost pathetic, desire that these sledges should be successful; +over and over again he expressed his hopes and fears of them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With ponies, motor sledges, dogs, and men parties working hard, +the transportation progressed rapidly on the next two days, the +only drawback being that the ice was beginning to get thin in the +cracks and on some of the floes. Under these circumstances the +necessity for wasting no time was evident, and so on the Sunday the +third motor was got out and placed on the ice, and Scott, leaving +Campbell to find the best crossing for the motor, started for the +shore with a single man load. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Soon after the motor had been brought out Campbell ordered that +it should be towed on to the firm ice, because the ice near the +ship was breaking up. And then, as they were trying to rush the +machine over the weak place, Williamson suddenly went through; and +while he was being hauled out the ice under the motor was seen to +give, and slowly the machine went right through and disappeared. +The men made strenuous efforts to keep hold of the rope, but it +cut through the ice towards them with an increasing strain, +<a name="page_230"><span class="page">Page 230</span></a> +and one after another they were obliged to let go. Half a minute +later nothing remained but a big hole, and one of the two best +motors was lying at the bottom of the sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ice, too, was hourly becoming more dangerous, and it was clear +that those who were on shore were practically cut off from the +ship. So in the evening Scott went to the ice-edge farther to the +north, and found a place where the ship could come and be near +ice heavy enough for sledding. Then he semaphored directions to +Pennell, and on the following morning the ship worked her way along +the ice-edge to the spot that had been chosen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A good solid road was formed right up to the ship, and again the +work of transportation went on with the greatest energy. In this +Bowers proved 'a perfect treasure,' there was not a single case +he did not know nor a single article on which he could not at once +place his hand, and every case as it came on shore was checked +by him. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Tuesday night, January 10, after six days in McMurdo Sound, +the landing was almost completed, and early in the afternoon of +Thursday a message was sent from the ship that nothing remained on +board except mutton, books, pictures, and the pianola. 'So at last +we really are a self-contained party ready for all emergencies. We +are LANDED eight days after our arrival—a very good record.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_231"><span class="page">Page 231</span></a> +CHAPTER II +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">DEPÔT LAYING TO ONE TON CAMP</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +And the deed of high endeavour<br /> + Was no more to the favoured few.<br /> +But brain and heart were the measure<br /> + Of what every man might do.<br /> + RENNELL RODD. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +While the landing was being carried out, the building party had +worked so rapidly that, if necessity had arisen, the hut could +have been inhabited by the 12th; at the same time another small +party had been engaged in making a cave in the ice which was to +serve as a larder, and this strenuous work continued until the +cave was large enough to hold all the mutton, and a considerable +quantity of seal and penguin. Close to this larder Simpson and +Wright were busy in excavating for the differential magnetic hut. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In every way indeed such good progress had been made that Scott +could begin to think about the depôt journey. The arrangements +of this he discussed with Bowers, to whose grasp of the situation +he gives the highest praise. 'He enters into one's idea's at once, +and evidently thoroughly understands the principles of the game.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of these arrangements Wilson wrote in his journal: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_232"><span class="page">Page 232</span></a> +'He (Scott) wants me to be a driver with himself, Meares, and Teddie +Evans, and this is what I would have chosen had I had a free choice +of all. The dogs run in two teams and each team wants two men. +It means a lot of running as they are being driven now, but it +is the fastest and most interesting work of all, and we go ahead +of the whole caravan with lighter loads and at a faster rate.... +About this time next year may I be there or thereabouts! With so +many young bloods in the heyday of youth and strength beyond my +own I feel there will be a most difficult task in making choice +towards the end and a most keen competition—<i>and</i> a +universal lack of selfishness and self-seeking, with a complete +absence of any jealous feeling in any single one of any of the +comparatively large number who at present stand a chance of being +on the last piece next summer.... I have never been thrown in with +a more unselfish lot of men—each one doing his utmost fair +and square in the most cheery manner possible.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sunday, January 15, was observed as a 'day of rest,' and at 10 +A.M. the men and officers streamed over from the ship, and Scott +read Divine Service on the beach. Then he had a necessary but +unpalatable task to perform, because some of the ponies had not +fulfilled expectations, and Campbell had to be told that the two +allotted to him must be exchanged for a pair of inferior animals. At +this time the party to be led by Campbell was known as the Eastern +Party, but, owing to the impossibility of landing on King +<a name="page_233"><span class="page">Page 233</span></a> +Edward's Land, they were eventually taken to the north part of +Victoria Land, and thus came to be known as the Northern Party. +Scott's reluctance to make the alteration in ponies is evident, but +in writing of it he says: 'He (Campbell) took it like the gentleman +he is, thoroughly appreciating the reason.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that same afternoon Scott and Meares took a sledge and nine +dogs, some provisions, a cooker and sleeping-bags, and started +to Hut Point; but, on their arrival at the old <i>Discovery</i> +hut, a most unpleasant surprise awaited them, for to their chagrin +they found that some of Shackleton's party, who had used the hut +for shelter, had left it in an uninhabitable state. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'There was something too depressing in finding the old hut in such +a desolate condition.... To camp outside and feel that all the old +comfort and cheer had departed, was dreadfully heartrending. I +went to bed thoroughly depressed. It seems a fundamental expression +of civilized human sentiment that men who come to such places as this +should leave what comfort they can to welcome those who follow, and +finding that such a simple duty had been neglected by our immediate +predecessors oppressed me horribly.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After a bad night they went up the hills, and there Scott found +much less snow than he had ever seen. The ski run was completely +cut through in two places, the Gap and Observation Hill were almost +bare, on the side of Arrival Heights was a great bare slope, and +on the top of Crater Heights was an immense bare +<a name="page_234"><span class="page">Page 234</span></a> +tableland. The paint was so fresh and the inscription so legible +on the cross put up to the memory of Vince that it looked as if +it had just been erected, and although the old flagstaff was down +it could with very little trouble have been put up again. Late in +the afternoon of Monday Scott and Meares returned to Cape Evans, +and on the following day the party took up their abode in the hut. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The word "hut,"' Scott wrote, 'is misleading. Our residence is +really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest +that has ever been erected in the Polar regions. The walls and +roof have double thickness of boarding and seaweed insulation on +both sides of the frames. The roof with all its coverings weighs +six tons. The outer shell is wonderfully solid therefore and the +result is extraordinary comfort and warmth inside, whilst the total +weight is comparatively small. It amply repays the time and attention +given to its planning. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'On the south side Bowers has built a long annex, to contain spare +clothing and ready provisions, on the north there is a solid stable +to hold our fifteen ponies in the winter. At present these animals +are picketed on long lines laid on a patch of snow close by, above +them, on a patch of black sand and rock, the dogs extend in other +long lines. Behind them again is a most convenient slab of hard +ice in which we have dug two caverns. The first is a larder now +fully stocked with seals, penguins, mutton, and beef. The other +is devoted to science in the shape of differential magnetic +<a name="page_235"><span class="page">Page 235</span></a> +instruments which will keep a constant photographic record of magnetic +changes. Outside these caverns is another little hut for absolute +magnetic observations, and above them on a small hill, the dominant +miniature peak of the immediate neighborhood, stand the meteorological +instruments and a flagstaff carrying the Union Jack. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill on +a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision cases +ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping the ice-foot +below, you will have some idea of our immediate vicinity. As for +our wider surroundings it would be difficult to describe their +beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape Evans is one of the +many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands closest under the +mountain, so that always towering above us we have the grand snowy +peak with its smoking summit. North and south of us are deep bays, +beyond which great glaciers come rippling over the lower slopes +to thrust high blue-walled snouts into the sea. The sea is blue +before us, dotted with shining bergs or ice floes, whilst far over +the Sound, yet so bold and magnificent as to appear near, stand +the beautiful Western Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, +their deep glacial valley and clear-cut scarps, a vision of mountain +scenery that can have few rivals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the +most beautiful spot he has ever seen, and spends all day and most +of the night +<a name="page_236"><span class="page">Page 236</span></a> +in what he calls "gathering it in" with camera and cinematograph. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I have told you of the surroundings of our house but nothing of +its internal arrangements. They are in keeping with the dignity +of the mansion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The officers (16) have two-thirds of the interior, the men (9) +the remaining third; the dividing line is fixed by a wall of cases +containing things which suffer from being frozen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'In the officers' quarters there is an immense dark room, and next it +on one side a space devoted to the physicist and his instruments, and +on the other a space devoted to charts, chronometers and instruments +generally. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I have a tiny half cabin of my own, next this Wilson and Evans +have their beds. On the other side is a space set apart for five +beds, which are occupied by Meares, Oates, Atkinson, Garrard and +Bowers. Taylor, Debenham and Gran have another proportional space +opposite. Nelson and Day have a little cabin of their own with a +bench. Lastly Simpson and Wright occupy beds bordering the space +set apart for their instruments and work. In the center is a 12-foot +table with plenty of room for passing behind its chairs.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'To sum up, the arrangements are such that everyone is completely +comfortable and conveniently placed for his work—in fact +we could not be better housed. Of course a good many of us will +have a small enough chance of enjoying the comforts of our home. +We shall be away sledding late this year and off again +<a name="page_237"><span class="page">Page 237</span></a> +early next season, but even for us it will be pleasant to feel that +such comfort awaits our return.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So in less than a fortnight after the arrival in McMurdo Sound they +had absolutely settled down, and were anxious to start upon their +depôt journey as soon as the ponies had recovered thoroughly +from the effects of the voyage. These autumn journeys, however, +required much thought and preparation, mainly because the prospect +of the parties being cut off from their winter quarters necessitated +a great deal of food being taken both for men and animals. Sledding +gear and wintering boots were served out to the selected travelers, +sledges were prepared by P.O. Evans and Crean, and most of the +stores were tested and found to be most excellent in quality. 'Our +clothing is as good as good. In fact first and last, running through +the whole extent of our outfit, I can say with pride that there +is not a single arrangement which I would have had altered.... +Everything looks hopeful for the depôt journey if only we can +get our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus Scott wrote on the 20th, but the following day brought a serious +suspense with it; for during the afternoon came a report that the +<i>Terra Nova</i> was ashore, and Scott, hastening to the Cape, +saw at once that she was firmly fixed and in a very uncomfortable +position. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Visions of the ship being unable to return to New Zealand arose in +his mind 'with sickening pertinacity,' and it was characteristic of +him that at the moment when there was every prospect of a complete +disarrangement of well-laid plans, he found his one +<a name="page_238"><span class="page">Page 238</span></a> +consolation in determining that, whatever happened, nothing should +interfere with the southern work. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The only possible remedy seemed to be an extensive lightening of +the ship with boats, as the tide had evidently been high when she +struck. Scott, with two or three companions, watched anxiously +from the shore while the men on board shifted cargo aft, but no +ray of hope came until the ship was seen to be turning very slowly, +and then they saw the men running from side to side and knew that +an attempt was being made to roll her off. At first the rolling +produced a more rapid turning movement, and then she seemed again +to hang though only for a short time. Meanwhile the engines had +been going astern and presently a slight movement became apparent, +but those who were watching the ship did not know that she was +getting clear until they heard the cheers on board. Then she gathered +stern way and was clear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The relief was enormous. The wind dropped as she came off, and +she is now securely moored off the northern ice-edge, where I hope +the greater number of her people are finding rest. For here and now +I must record the splendid manner in which these men are working. +I find it difficult to express my admiration for the manner in +which the ship is handled and worked under these very trying +circumstances... Pennell has been over to tell me about it to-night; +I think I like him more every day.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that same day Meares and Oates went to the Glacier Tongue and +satisfied themselves that the ice +<a name="page_239"><span class="page">Page 239</span></a> +was good; and with the 25th fixed for the date of departure it was +not too much to hope that the ice would remain for three or four +more days. The ponies for Campbell's party were put on board on +the 22nd, but when Scott got up at 5 A.M. on the following morning +he saw, to his astonishment, that the ice was going out of the bay +in a solid mass. Then everything was rushed on at top speed, and +a wonderful day's work resulted. All the forage, food, sledges +and equipment were got off to the ship at once, the dogs followed; +in short everything to do with the depôt party was hurriedly +put on board except the ponies, which were to cross the Cape and +try to get over the Southern Road on the morning of the 24th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Southern Road was the one feasible line of communication between +the new station at Cape Evans and the <i>Discovery</i> hut, for the +rugged mountains and crevassed ice-slopes of Ross Island prevented +a passage by land. The Road provided level going below the cliffs +of the ice-foot except where disturbed by the descending glacier; +and there it was necessary to cross the body of the glacier itself. +It consisted of the more enduring ice in the bays and the sea-ice +along the coast, which only stayed fast for the season. Thus it +was most important to get safely over the dangerous part of this +Road before the seasonal going-out of the sea-ice. To wait until +after the ice went out and the ship could sail to Hut Point would +have meant both uncertainty and delay. Scott knew well enough that +the Road might not hold for many more hours, +<a name="page_240"><span class="page">Page 240</span></a> +and it actually broke up on the very day after the party had passed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on Tuesday, January 24, a boat from the ship fetched Scott +and the Western Party; and at the same time the ponies were led +out of the camp, Wilson and Meares going ahead of them to test the +track. No sooner was Scott on board than he was taken to inspect +Lillie's catch of sea animals. 'It was wonderful, quantities of +sponges, isopods, pentapods, large shrimps, corals, &c. &c.; +but the <i>pièce de résistance</i> was the capture +of several bucketsful of cephalodiscus of which only seven pieces +had been previously caught. Lillie is immensely pleased, feeling +that it alone repays the whole enterprise.' In the forenoon the +ship skirted the Island, and with a telescope those on board could +watch the string of ponies steadily progressing over the sea-ice +past the Razor Back Islands; and, as soon as they were seen to +be well advanced, the ship steamed on to the Glacier Tongue, and +made fast in the narrow angle made by the sea-ice with the glacier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, while Campbell investigated a broad crack in the sea ice on +the Southern Road, Scott went to meet the ponies, which, without +much difficulty, were got on to the Tongue, across the glacier, +and then were picketed on the sea-ice close to the ship. But when +Campbell returned with the news that the big crack was 30 feet +across, it was evident that they must get past it on the glacier, +and Scott asked him to peg out a road clear of cracks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_241"><span class="page">Page 241</span></a> +Soon afterwards Oates reported that the ponies were ready to start +again, and they were led along; Campbell's road, their loads having +already been taken on the floe. At first all went well, but when +the animals got down on the floe level and Oates led across an +old snowed-up crack, the third pony made a jump at the edge and +sank to its stomach in the middle. Gradually it sank deeper and +deeper until only its head and forelegs showed above the slush. +With some trouble ropes were attached to these, and the poor animal, +looking very weak and miserable, was eventually pulled out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After this experience the other five ponies were led farther round +to the west and were got safely out on the floe; a small feed was +given to them, and then they were started off with their loads. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The dogs in the meantime were causing some excitement for, starting +on hard ice with a light load, they obviously preferred speed to +security. Happily, however, no accident happened, and Scott, writing +from Glacier Tongue on January 24, was able to say: 'All have arrived +safely, and this evening we start our sledges south. I expect we +shall have to make three relays to get all our stores on to the +Barrier some fifteen miles away. The ship is to land a geologising +party on the west side of the Sound, and then to proceed to King +Edward's Land to put the Eastern party on short.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The geologising party consisted of Griffith Taylor, Debenham, Wright, +and P.O. Evans, and for reasons +<a name="page_242"><span class="page">Page 242</span></a> +already mentioned the Eastern party were eventually known as the +Northern party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the night of the 24th Scott camped six miles from the glacier +and two miles from Hut Point, he and Wilson having driven one team +of dogs, while Meares and E. Evans drove the other. But on the +following day Scott drove his team to the ship, and when the men +had been summoned aft he thanked them for their splendid work. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'They have behaved like bricks and a finer lot of fellows never +sailed in a ship.... It was a little sad to say farewell to all +these good fellows and Campbell and his men. I do most heartily +trust that all will be successful in their ventures, for indeed +their unselfishness and their generous high spirit deserves reward. +God bless them.' +</p> + +<hr> + +<p class="indent"> +How completely Scott's hopes were realized in the case of Campbell's +party is now well known. Nothing more miraculous than the story +of their adventures has ever been told. The party consisted of +Campbell, Levick, Priestley, Abbott, Browning, and Dickason, and +the courage shown by the leader and his companions in facing endless +difficulties and privations has met with the unstinted admiration +that it most thoroughly deserved. +</p> + +<hr> + +<p class="indent"> +For the depôt laying journey Scott's party consisted of 12 +men (Wilson, Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Cherry-Garrard, E. Evans, +Gran, Meares, Forde, +<a name="page_243"><span class="page">Page 243</span></a> +Keohane, Crean, and himself), 8 ponies and 26 dogs. Of the dogs +he felt at this time more than a little doubtful, but the ponies +were in his opinion bound to be a success. 'They work with such +extraordinary steadiness, stepping out briskly and cheerfully, +following in each other's tracks. The great drawback is the ease +with which they sink in soft snow: they go through in lots of places +where the men scarcely make an impression—they struggle pluckily +when they sink, but it is trying to watch them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In three days he hoped that all the loads would be transported to +complete safety, and on Friday, the 27th, only one load remained +to be brought from Hut Point. The strenuous labour of this day +tired out the dogs, but the ponies worked splendidly. On the next +day, however, both Keohane's and Bowers' ponies showed signs of +breaking down, and Oates began to take a gloomy view of the situation. +In compensation for these misfortunes the dogs, as they got into +better condition, began to do excellent work. During Sunday they +ran two loads for over a mile past the stores on the Barrier to +the spot chosen for 'Safety Camp,' the big home depôt. 'I +don't think that any part of the Barrier is likely to go, but it's +just as well to be prepared for everything, and our camp must deserve +its distinctive title of "Safety."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time the control of the second dog team had been definitely +handed over to Wilson, and in his journal he gives an admirable +account of his experiences. 'The seals have been giving a lot of +<a name="page_244"><span class="page">Page 244</span></a> +trouble, that is just to Meares and myself with our dogs.... +Occasionally when one pictures oneself quite away from trouble of +that kind, an old seal will pop his head up at a blowhole a few +yards ahead of the team, and they are all on top of him before one +can say "knife"! Then one has to rush in with the whip—and +everyone of the team of eleven jumps over the harness of the dog +next to him, and the harnesses become a muddle that takes much +patience to unravel, not to mention care lest the whole team should +get away with the sledge and its load, and leave one behind.... +I never did get left the whole of this depôt journey, but I +was often very near it, and several times had only time to seize a +strap or a part of the sledge, and be dragged along helter-skelter +over everything that came in the way, till the team got sick of +galloping and one could struggle to one's feet again. One gets very +wary and wide-awake when one has to manage a team of eleven dogs and +a sledge load by oneself, but it was a most interesting experience, +and I had a delightful leader, "Stareek" by name—Russian for +"Old Man," and he was the most wise old man.... Dog driving like +this in the orthodox manner is a very different thing from the +beastly dog driving we perpetrated in the <i>Discovery</i> days.... +I got to love all my team and they got to know me well.... Stareek +is quite a ridiculous "old man" and quite the nicest, quietest, +cleverest old dog I have ever come across. He looks in face as if +he knew all the wickedness of all the world +<a name="page_245"><span class="page">Page 245</span></a> +and all its cares, and as if he were bored to death by them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When Safety Camp was reached there was no need for haste until they +started upon their journey. 'It is only when we start that we must +travel fast.' Work, however, on the Monday was more strenuous than +successful, for the ponies sank very deep and had great difficulty +in bringing up their loads. During the afternoon Scott disclosed +his plan of campaign, which was to go forward with five weeks' +food for men and animals, then to depôt a fortnight's supply +after twelve or thirteen days and return to Safety Camp. The loads +for ponies under this arrangement worked out at a little over 600 +lbs., and for the dog teams at 700 lbs., both apart from sledges. +Whether the ponies could manage these loads depended on the surface, +and there was a great possibility that the dogs would have to be +lightened, but under the circumstances it was the best plan they +could hope to carry out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Tuesday when everything was ready for the start the one pair +of snow-shoes was tried on 'Weary Willy' with magical effect. In +places where he had floundered woefully without the shoes he strolled +round as if he was walking on hard ground. Immediately after this +experiment Scott decided that an attempt must be made to get more +snow-shoes, and within half an hour Meares and Wilson had started, +on the chance that the ice had not yet gone out, to the station +twenty miles away. But on the next day they returned with the news +that there was no +<a name="page_246"><span class="page">Page 246</span></a> +possibility of reaching Cape Evans, and an additional stroke of +bad fortune fell when Atkinson's foot, which had been troublesome +for some time, was examined and found to be so bad that he had +to be left behind with Crean as a companion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Writing on Wednesday, February 1, from 'Safety Camp, Great Barrier,' +Scott said: 'I told you that we should be cut off from our winter +station, and that I had to get a good weight of stores on to the +Barrier to provide for that contingency. We are safely here with +all requisite stores, though it has taken nearly a week. But we +find the surface very soft and the ponies flounder in it. I sent +a dog team back yesterday to try and get snow-shoes for ponies, +but they found the ice broken south of Cape Evans and returned +this morning. Everyone is doing splendidly and gaining the right +sort of experience for next year. Every mile we advance this year +is a help for next.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig012.jpg" width="874" height="550" + alt="Figure 12"> +<br />PONY CAMP ON THE BARRIER. +<br /><i>Photo by Capt. R. F. Scott.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +At last the start was made on Thursday, February 2, but when, after +marching five miles, Scott asked for their one pair of snow-shoes, he +found that they had been left behind, and Gran—whose expertness +on ski was most useful—immediately volunteered to go back +and get them. While he was away the party rested, for at Scott's +suggestion they had decided to take to night marching. And so at +12.30 A.M. they started off once more on a surface that was bad +at first but gradually improved, until just before camping time +Bowers, who was leading, suddenly plunged into soft snow. Several +of the others, following close behind +<a name="page_247"><span class="page">Page 247</span></a> +him, shared the same fate, and soon three ponies were plunging +and struggling in a drift, and had to be unharnessed and led round +from patch to patch until firmer ground was reached. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then came another triumph for the snow-shoes, which were put on +Bowers' pony, with the result that after a few minutes he settled +down, was harnessed to his load, and brought in not only that but +also another over places into which he had previously been plunging. +Again Scott expressed his regret that such a great help to their +work had been left behind at the station, and it was all the more +trying for him to see the ponies half engulfed in the snow, and +panting and heaving from the strain, when the remedies for his +state of affairs were so near and yet so impossible to reach. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next march ten miles were covered, and the ponies, on +a better surface, easily dragged their loads, but signs of bad +weather began to appear in the morning, and by 4 P.M. on Saturday +a blizzard arrived and held up the party in Corner Camp for three +days. 'No fun to be out of the tent—but there are no shirkers +with us. Oates has been out regularly to feed the ponies; Meares and +Wilson to attend to the dogs; the rest of us as occasion required.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ponies looked fairly comfortable during the blizzard, but when +it ceased and another march was made on Tuesday night, the effects +of the storm were too clearly seen. All of them finished the march +listlessly, and two or three were visibly thinner. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_248"><span class="page">Page 248</span></a> +But by far the worst sufferer was Forde's 'Blucher' whose load +was reduced to 200 lbs., and finally Forde pulled this in and led +his pony. Extra food was given in the hope that they would soon +improve again; but at all costs most of them had got to be kept +alive, and Scott began to fear that very possibly the journey would +have to be curtailed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next two marches, however, the ponies seemed to be stronger. +'Surface very good and animals did splendidly,' Scott wrote on +Friday, February 10, and then gave in his diary for the day an +account of their nightly routine. 'We turn out of our sleeping-bags +about 9 P.M. Somewhere about 11.30 I shout to the Soldier[1] "How +are things?" There is a response suggesting readiness, and soon +after figures are busy amongst sledges and ponies. It is chilling +work for the fingers and not too warm for the feet. The rugs come +off the animals, the harness is put on, tents and camp equipment +are loaded on the sledges, nosebags filled for the next halt; one +by one the animals are taken off the picketing rope and yoked to +the sledge. Oates watches his animal warily, reluctant to keep +such a nervous creature standing in the traces. If one is prompt +one feels impatient and fretful whilst watching one's more tardy +fellows. Wilson and Meares hang about ready to help with odds and +ends. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Oates.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Still we wait: the picketing lines must be gathered up, a few +pony putties need adjustment, a party has been slow striking their +tent. With numbed fingers on +<a name="page_249"><span class="page">Page 249</span></a> +our horse's bridle and the animal striving to turn its head from +the wind one feels resentful. At last all is ready. One says "All +right, Bowers, go ahead," and Birdie leads his big animal forward, +starting, as he continues, at a steady pace. The horses have got +cold and at the word they are off, the Soldier's and one or two +others with a rush. Finnesko give poor foothold on the slippery +sastrugi,[1] and for a minute or two drivers have some difficulty +in maintaining the pace on their feet. Movement is warming, and +in ten minutes the column has settled itself to steady marching. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Irregularities formed by the wind on a snow-plain.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The pace is still brisk, the light bad, and at intervals one or +another of us suddenly steps on a slippery patch and falls prone. +These are the only real incidents of the march—for the rest +it passes with a steady tramp and slight variation of formation. +The weaker ponies drop a bit but not far, so that they are soon +up in line again when the first halt is made. We have come to a +single halt in each half march. Last night it was too cold to stop +long and a very few minutes found us on the go again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'As the end of the half march approaches I get out my whistle. +Then at a shrill blast Bowers wheels slightly to the left, his tent +mates lead still farther out to get the distance for the picket +lines; Oates and I stop behind Bowers and Evans, the two other +sledges of our squad behind the two other of Bowers'. So we are +drawn up in camp formation. The picket +<a name="page_250"><span class="page">Page 250</span></a> +lines are run across at right angles to the line of advance and +secured to the two sledges at each end. It a few minutes ponies +are on the lines covered, tents up again and cookers going. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Meanwhile the dog drivers, after a long cold wait at the old camp, +have packed the last sledge and come trotting along our tracks. +They try to time their arrival in the new camp immediately after +our own, and generally succeed well. The mid-march halt runs into +an hour to an hour and a half, and at the end we pack up and tramp +forth again. We generally make our final camp about 8 o'clock, and +within an hour and a half most of us are in our sleeping-bags.... +At the long halt we do our best for our animals by building snow +walls and improving their rugs, &c. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A softer surface on the 11th made the work much more difficult, +and even the dogs, who had been pulling consistently well, showed +signs of exhaustion before the march was over. Early on Sunday +morning they were near the 79th parallel, and exact bearings had +to be taken, since this camp, called Bluff Camp, was expected to +play an important part in the future. By this time three of the +ponies, Blossom, James Pigg, and Blucher, were so weak that Scott +decided to send E. Evans, Forde and Keohane back with them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Progress on the next march was interrupted by a short blizzard, and +Scott, not by any means for the first time, was struck by Bowers' +imperviousness to +<a name="page_251"><span class="page">Page 251</span></a> +cold. 'Bowers,' he wrote, 'is wonderful. Throughout the night he +has worn no head-gear but a common green felt hat kept on with a +chin-stay and affording no cover whatever for the ears. His face +and ears remain bright red. The rest of us were glad to have thick +Balaclavas and wind helmets. I have never seen anyone so unaffected +by the cold. To-night he remained outside a full hour after the +rest of us had got into the tent. He was simply pottering about +the camp doing small jobs to the sledges, &c. Cherry-Garrard +is remarkable because of his eyes. He can only see through glasses +and has to wrestle with all sorts of inconveniences in consequence. +Yet one could never guess it—for he manages somehow to do +more than his share of the work.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another disappointing day followed, on which the surface was so +bad that the ponies frequently sank lower than their hocks, and the +soft patches of snow left by the blizzard lay in sandy heaps and +made great friction for the runners. Still, however, they struggled +on; but Gran with Weary Willy could not go the pace, and when they +were three-quarters of a mile behind the others the dog teams (which +always left the camp after the others) overtook them. Then the dogs +got out of hand and attacked Weary Willy, who put up a sterling +fight but was bitten rather badly before Meares and Gran could +drive off the dogs. Afterwards it was discovered that Weary Willy's +load was much heavier than that of the other ponies, and an attempt +to continue the march had quickly +<a name="page_252"><span class="page">Page 252</span></a> +to be abandoned owing to his weak condition. As some compensation +for his misfortunes he was given a hot feed, a large snow wall, and +some extra sacking, and on the following day he showed appreciation +of these favors by a marked improvement. Bowers' pony, however, +refused work for the first time, and Oates was more despondent +than ever; 'But,' Scott says, 'I've come to see that this is a +characteristic of him. In spite of it he pays every attention to +the weaker horses.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No doubt remained on the Thursday that both Weary Willy and Bowers' +pony could stand very little more, and so it was decided to turn back +on the following day. During the last march out the temperature fell +to -21° with a brisk south-west breeze, and frost-bites were +frequent. Bowers with his ears still uncovered suffered severely, +but while Scott and Cherry-Garrard nursed them back he seemed to +feel nothing but surprise and disgust at the mere fact of possessing +such unruly organs. 'It seems as though some of our party will +find spring journeys pretty trying. Oates' nose is always on the +point of being frost-bitten; Meares has a refractory toe which +gives him much trouble—this is the worse prospect for summit +work. I have been wondering how I shall stick the summit again, +this cold spell gives ideas. I think I shall be all right, but +one must be prepared for a pretty good doing.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The depôt was built during the next day, February 17, Lat. +79° 29' S, and considerably over a ton of stuff was landed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_253"><span class="page">Page 253</span></a> +Stores left in depôt: +</p> + +<table border="0"> + <tr><td class="right">lbs.</td><td> </td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">245</td> + <td>7 weeks' full provision bags for 1 unit</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">12</td> + <td>2 days' provision bags for 1 unit</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">8</td> + <td>8 weeks' tea</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">31</td> + <td>6 weeks' extra butter</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">176</td> + <td>lbs. biscuit (7 weeks' full biscuit)</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">85</td> + <td>8-1/2 gallons oil (12 weeks' oil for 1 unit)</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">850</td> + <td>5 sacks of oats</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">424</td> + <td>4 bales of fodder</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">250</td> + <td>Tank of dog biscuit</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right" style="border-bottom: 1px solid black;">100</td> + <td>2 cases of biscuit</td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">2181</td><td> </td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"> </td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>1 skein white line</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>1 set breast harness</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>2 12 ft. sledges</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>2 pair ski, 1 pair ski sticks</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>1 <i>Minimum Thermometer</i>[1]</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>1 tin Rowntree cocoa</td></tr> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>1 tin matches</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: See <a href="#page_337">page 337</a>.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sorry as Scott was not to reach 80°, he was satisfied that +they had 'a good leg up' for next year, and could at least feed +the ponies thoroughly up to this point. In addition to a flagstaff +and black flag, One Ton Camp was marked with piled biscuit boxes +to act as reflectors, and tea-tins were tied on the top of the +sledges, which were planted upright in the snow. The depôt +cairn was more than six feet above the surface, and so the party +had the satisfaction of knowing that it could scarcely fail to +show up for many miles. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_254"><span class="page">Page 254</span></a> +CHAPTER III +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">PERILS</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> + ...Yet I argue not<br /> +Against Heaven's hand or will, nor bate a jot<br /> +Of heart or hope; but still bear up and steer<br /> +Right onward.<br /> + MILTON. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +On the return journey Scott, Wilson, Meares and Cherry-Garrard +went back at top speed with the dog teams, leaving Bowers, Oates +and Gran to follow with the ponies. For three days excellent marches +were made, the dogs pulling splendidly, and anxious as Scott was +to get back to Safety Camp and find out what had happened to the +other parties and the ponies, he was more than satisfied with the +daily records. But on Tuesday, February 21, a check came in their +rapid journey, a check, moreover, which might have been a most +serious disaster. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The light though good when they started about 10 P.M. on Monday +night quickly became so bad that but little of the surface could +be seen, and the dogs began to show signs of fatigue. About an +hour and a half after the start they came upon mistily outlined +<a name="page_255"><span class="page">Page 255</span></a> +pressure ridges and were running by the sledges when, as the teams +were trotting side by side, the middle dogs of the teams driven by +Scott and Meares began to disappear. 'We turned,' Cherry-Garrard +says, 'and saw their dogs disappearing one after another, like +dogs going down a hole after a rat.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In a moment the whole team were sinking; two by two they vanished +from sight, each pair struggling for foothold. Osman, the leader, +put forth all his strength and most wonderfully kept a foothold. +The sledge stopped on the brink of the crevasse, and Scott and +Meares jumped aside. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In another moment the situation was realized. They had actually been +traveling along the bridge of a crevasse, the sledge had stopped +on it, while the dogs hung in their harness in the abyss. 'Why the +sledge and ourselves didn't follow the dogs we shall never know. +I think a fraction of a pound of added weight must have taken us +down.' Directly the sledge had been hauled clear of the bridge +and anchored, they peered into the depths of the cracks. The dogs, +suspended in all sorts of fantastic positions, were howling dismally +and almost frantic with terror. Two of them had dropped out of +their harness and, far below, could be seen indistinctly on a +snow-bridge. The rope at either end of the chain had bitten deep +into the snow at the side of the crevasse and with the weight below +could not possibly be moved. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time assistance was forthcoming from Wilson and Cherry-Garrard, +the latter hurriedly +<a name="page_256"><span class="page">Page 256</span></a> +bringing the Alpine rope, the exact position of which on the sledge +he most fortunately knew. The prospect, however, of rescuing the +team was not by any means bright, and for some minutes every attempt +failed. In spite of their determined efforts they could get not +an inch on the main trace of the sledge or on the leading rope, +which with a throttling pressure was binding poor Osman to the +snow. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, as their thoughts became clearer, they set to work on a definite +plan of action. The sledge was unloaded, and the tent, cooker, and +sleeping-bags were carried to a safe place; then Scott, seizing +the lashing off Meares' sleeping-bag, passed the tent-poles across +the crevasse, and with Meares managed to get a few inches on the +leading line. This freed Osman, whose harness was immediately cut. +The next step was to secure the leading rope to the main trace and +haul up together. By this means one dog was rescued and unlashed, +but the rope already had cut so far back at the edge that efforts +to get more of it were useless. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig013.jpg" width="555" height="709" + alt="Figure 13"> +<br />SNOWED-UP TENT AFTER THREE DAYS' BLIZZARD. +<br /><i>Photo by Lieut. T. Gran.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +'We could now unbend the sledge and do that for which we should +have aimed from the first, namely, run the sledge across the gap +and work from it.' So the sledge was put over the crevasse and +pegged down on both sides, Wilson holding on to the anchored trace +while the others worked at the leader end. The leading rope, however, +was so very small that Scott was afraid of its breaking, and Meares +was lowered down to secure the Alpine rope to the leading end of +<a name="page_257"><span class="page">Page 257</span></a> +the trace; when this had been done the chance of rescuing the dogs +at once began to improve. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two by two the dogs were hauled up until eleven out of the thirteen +were again in safety. Then Scott began to wonder if the two other +dogs could not be saved, and the Alpine rope was paid down to see +if it was long enough to reach the bridge on which they were coiled. +The rope was 90 feet, and as the amount remaining showed that the +depth of the bridge was about 65 feet, Scott made a bowline and +insisted upon being lowered down. The bridge turned out to be firm, +and he quickly got hold of the dogs and saw them hauled to the +surface. But before he could be brought up terrific howls arose +above, and he had to be left while the rope-tenders hastened to +stop a fight between the dogs of the two teams. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We then hauled Scott up,' Cherry-Garrard says; 'it was all three +of us could do, my fingers a good deal frost-bitten in the end. +That was all the dogs, Scott has just said that at one time he +never hoped to get back with the thirteen, or even half of them. +When he was down in the crevasse he wanted to go off exploring, +but we dissuaded him.... He kept on saying, "I wonder why this is +running the way it is, you expect to find them at right angles."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For over two hours the work of rescue had continued, and after it +was finished the party camped and had a meal, and congratulated +themselves on a miraculous escape. Had the sledge gone down Scott +and Meares must have been badly injured, if not killed +<a name="page_258"><span class="page">Page 258</span></a> +outright, but as things had turned out even the dogs showed wonderful +signs of recovery after their terrible experience. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day Safety Camp was reached, but the dogs were +as thin as rakes and so ravenously hungry that Scott expressed a +very strong opinion that they were underfed. 'One thing is certain, +the dogs will never continue to drag heavy loads with men sitting +on the sledges; we must all learn to run with the teams and the +Russian custom must be dropped.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Safety Camp E. Evans, Forde and Keohane were found, but to Scott's +great sorrow two of their ponies had died on the return journey. Forde +had spent hour after hour in nursing poor Blucher, and although the +greatest care had also been given to Blossom, both of them were +left on the Southern Road. The remaining one of the three, James +Pigg, had managed not only to survive but actually to thrive, and, +severe as the loss of the two ponies was, some small consolation +could be gained from the fact that they were the oldest of the +team, and the two which Oates considered to be the least useful. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After a few hours' sleep Scott, Wilson, Meares, Cherry-Garrard and +Evans started off to Hut Point, and on arrival were astonished to +find that, although the hut had been cleared and made habitable, no +one was there. A pencil line on the wall stated that a bag containing +a mail was inside, but no bag was to be found. But presently what +turned out to be the true +<a name="page_259"><span class="page">Page 259</span></a> +solution of this curious state of affairs was guessed, namely, that +Atkinson and Crean had been on their way from the hut to Safety +Camp as the others had come from the camp to the hut, and later +on Scott saw their sledge track leading round on the sea-ice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Feeling terribly anxious that some disaster might have happened +to Atkinson and Crean owing to the weakness of the ice round Cape +Armitage, Scott and his party soon started back to Safety Camp, +but it was not until they were within a couple of hundred yards +of their destination that they saw three tents instead of two, +and knew that Atkinson and Crean were safe. No sooner, however, +had Scott received his letters than his feelings of relief were +succeeded by sheer astonishment. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Every incident of the day pales before the startling contents of +the mail bag which Atkinson gave me—a letter from Campbell +setting out his doings and the finding of <i>Amundsen</i> established +in the Bay of Whales. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'One thing only fixes itself definitely in my mind. The proper, as +well as the wiser, course for us is to proceed exactly as though +this had not happened. To go forward and do our best for the honour +of the country without fear or panic. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'There is no doubt that Amundsen's plan is a very serious menace +to ours. He has a shorter distance to the Pole by 60 miles—I +never thought he could have got so many dogs [116] safely to the +ice. His +<a name="page_260"><span class="page">Page 260</span></a> +plan for running them seems excellent. But above and beyond all +he can start his journey early in the season—an impossible +condition with ponies.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ship, to which Scott had said good-by a month before, had, after +landing the Western Geological Party at Butter Point, proceeded along +the Barrier, and on February 5 had come across Amundsen camped in +the Bay of Whales. No landing place, however, for Campbell's party +could be found. 'This,' Campbell says, 'was a great disappointment +to us all, but there was nothing for it but to return to McMurdo +Sound to communicate with the main party, and then try to effect a +landing in the vicinity of Smith's Inlet or as far to the westward +as possible on the north coast of Victoria Land, and if possible +to explore the unknown coast west of Cape North. We therefore made +the best of our way to Cape Evans, and arrived on the evening of +the 8th. Here I decided to land the two ponies, as they would be +very little use to us on the mountainous coast of Victoria Land, +and in view of the Norwegian expedition I felt the Southern Party +would require all the transport available. After landing the ponies +we steamed up to the sea-ice by Glacier Tongue, and from there, +taking Priestley and Abbott, I went with letters to Hut Point, +where the depôt party would call on their way back.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus Scott came on Wednesday, February 22, to receive the news which +was bound to occupy his thoughts, however resolutely he refused +to allow it to interfere in any way with his plans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_261"><span class="page">Page 261</span></a> +Thursday was spent preparing sledges to meet Bowers, Oates and +Gran at Corner Camp, and on the following day Scott, Crean and +Cherry-Garrard with one sledge and tent, E. Evans, Atkinson and +Forde with second sledge and tent, and Keohane leading James Pigg, +started their march. At 3 P.M. on Saturday Scott turned out and saw +a short black line on the horizon towards White Island. Presently +he made certain that it was Bowers and his companions, but they +were traveling fast and failed to see Scott's camp; so when the +latter reached Corner Camp he did not find Bowers, but was glad to +see five pony walls and consequently to know that all the animals +were still alive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Having depôted six full weeks' provisions, Scott, Cherry-Garrard +and Crean started for home, leaving the others to bring James Pigg +by easier stages. The next day, however, had to be spent in the +tent owing to a howling blizzard, and not until the Tuesday did +Scott reach Safety Camp, where he found that the ponies were without +exception terribly thin, and that Weary Willy was especially in +a pitiable condition. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As no advantage was to be gained by staying at Safety Camp, arrangements +were made immediately for a general shift to Hut Point, and about +four o'clock the two dog teams driven by Wilson and Meares got +safely away. Then the ponies were got ready to start, the plan +being for them to follow in the tracks of the dogs; the route was +over about six miles of sea-ice, which, owing to the spread of +water holes, caused Scott to feel gravely anxious. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_262"><span class="page">Page 262</span></a> +At the very start, however, Weary Willy fell down, and his plight +was so critical that Bowers, Cherry-Garrard and Crean were sent on +with Punch, Cuts, Uncle Bill and Nobby to Hut Point, while Scott, +with Oates and Gran, decided to stay behind and attend to the sick +pony. But despite all the attempts to save him, Weary Willy died +during the Tuesday night. 'It makes a late start <i>necessary for +next year</i>,' Scott wrote in his diary on Wednesday, March 1, +but on the following day he had to add to this, 'The events of +the past 48 hours bid fair to wreck the expedition, and the only +one comfort is the miraculous avoidance of loss of life.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on the morning following Weary Willy's death, Scott, Oates +and Gran started out and pulled towards the forage depôt, +which was at a point on the Barrier half a mile from the edge, +in a S.S.E. direction from Hut Point. On their approach the sky +looked black and lowering, and mirage effects of huge broken floes +loomed out ahead. At first Scott thought that this was one of the +strange optical illusions common in the Antarctic, but as he drew +close to the depôt all doubt was dispelled. The sea was full +of broken pieces of Barrier edge, and at once his thoughts flew +to the ponies and dogs. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +They turned to follow the sea-edge, and suddenly discovering a +working crack, dashed over it and hastened on until they were in +line between Safety Camp and Castle Rock. Meanwhile Scott's first +thought was to warn E. Evans' party which was traveling +<a name="page_263"><span class="page">Page 263</span></a> +back from Corner Camp with James Pigg. 'We set up tent, and Gran +went to the depôt with a note as Oates and I disconsolately +thought out the situation. I thought to myself that if either party +had reached safety either on the Barrier or at Hut Point they would +immediately have sent a warning messenger to Safety Camp. By this +time the messenger should have been with us. Some half-hour passed, +and suddenly with a "Thank God!" I made certain that two specks +in the direction of Pram Point were human beings.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When, however, Scott hastened in their direction he discovered them +to be Wilson and Meares, who were astonished to see him, because +they had left Safety Camp before the breakdown of Weary Willy had +upset the original program. From them Scott heard alarming reports +that the ponies were adrift on the sea-ice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The startling incidents that had led to this state of affairs began +very soon after Bowers, Crean and Cherry-Garrard had left Safety Camp +with the ponies. 'I caught Bowers up at the edge of the Barrier,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote in his diary, 'the dogs were on ahead and we +saw them turn and make right round Cape Armitage. "Uncle Bill" +got done, and I took up the dog tracks which we followed over the +tide crack and well on towards Cape Armitage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The sea-ice was very weak, and we came to fresh crack after fresh +crack, and at last to a big crack with water squelching through +for many feet on both +<a name="page_264"><span class="page">Page 264</span></a> +sides. We all thought it impossible to proceed and turned back.... +The ponies began to get very done, and Bowers decided to get back +over the tide crack, find a snowy place, and camp. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'This had been considered with Scott as a possibility and agreed +to. Of course according to arrangements then Scott would have been +with the ponies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We camped about 11 P.M. and made walls for the ponies. Bowers +cooked with a primus of which the top is lost, and it took a long +time. He mistook curry powder for cocoa, and we all felt very bad +for a short time after trying it. Crean swallowed all his. Otherwise +we had a good meal. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'While we were eating a sound as though ice had fallen outside +down the tent made us wonder. At 2 A.M. we turned in, Bowers went +out, and all was quiet. At 4.30 A.M. Bowers was wakened by a grinding +sound, jumped up, and found the situation as follows:— +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The whole sea-ice had broken up into small floes, from ten to +thirty or forty yards across. We were on a small floe, I think +about twenty yards across, two sledges were on the next floe, and +"Cuts" had disappeared down the opening. Bowers shouted to us all +and hauled the two sledges on to our floe in his socks. We packed +anyhow, I don't suppose a camp was ever struck quicker. It seemed +to me impossible to go on with the ponies and I said so, but Bowers +decided to try. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We decided that to go towards White Island +<a name="page_265"><span class="page">Page 265</span></a> +looked best, and for five hours traveled in the following way:—we +jumped the ponies over floe to floe as the cracks joined.... We then +man-hauled the sledges after them, then according to the size of the +floe sometimes harnessed the ponies in again, sometimes man-hauled +the sledge to the next crack, waited our chance, sometimes I should +think five or ten minutes, and repeated the process.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At length they worked their way to heavier floes lying near the +Barrier edge, and at one time thought that it was possible to get +up; but very soon they discovered that there were gaps everywhere +off the high Barrier face. In this dilemma Crean volunteered to try +and reach Scott, and after traveling a great distance and leaping +from floe to floe, he found a thick floe from which with the help of +his ski stick he could climb the Barrier face. 'It was a desperate +venture, but luckily successful.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And so while Scott, Oates, Wilson, Meares and Gran were discussing +the critical situation, a man, who proved to be Crean, was seen +rapidly making for the depôt from the west. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As soon as Scott had considered the latest development of the situation +he sent Gran back to Hut Point with Wilson and Meares, and started +with Oates, Crean, and a sledge for the scene of the mishap. A +halt was made at Safety Camp to get some provisions and oil, and +then, marching carefully round, they approached the ice-edge, and +to their joy caught sight of Bowers and Cherry-Garrard. With the help +<a name="page_266"><span class="page">Page 266</span></a> +of the Alpine rope both the men were dragged to the surface, and +after camp had been pitched at a safe distance from the edge all +hands started upon salvage work. The ice at this time lay close and +quiet against the Barrier edge, and some ten hours after Bowers and +Cherry-Garrard had been hauled up, the sledges and their contents +were safely on the Barrier. But then, just as the last loads were +saved, the ice began to drift again, and so, for the time, nothing +could be done for the ponies except to leave them well-fed upon +their floes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'None of our party had had sleep the previous night and all were +dog tired. I decided we must rest, but turned everyone out at 8.30 +yesterday morning [after three or four hours]. Before breakfast +we discovered the ponies had drifted away. We had tried to anchor +their floes with the Alpine rope, but the anchors had drawn. It +was a sad moment.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Presently, however, Bowers, who had taken the binoculars, announced +that he could see the ponies about a mile to the N. W. 'We packed +and went on at once. We found it easy enough to get down to the +poor animals and decided to rush them for a last chance of life. +Then there was an unfortunate mistake: I went along the Barrier edge +and discovered what I thought and what proved to be a practicable +way to land a pony, but the others meanwhile, a little overwrought, +tried to leap Punch across a gap. The poor beast fell in; eventually +we had to kill him—it was awful. I recalled all hands and +pointed out my +<a name="page_267"><span class="page">Page 267</span></a> +road. Bowers and Oates went out on it with a sledge and worked +their way to the remaining ponies, and started back with them on +the same track.... We saved one pony; for a time I thought we should +get both, but Bowers' poor animal slipped at a jump and plunged +into the water: we dragged him out on some brash ice— killer +whales all about us in an intense state of excitement. The poor +animal couldn't rise, and the only merciful thing was to kill it. +These incidents were too terrible. At 5 P.M. (Thursday, March 2), +we sadly broke our temporary camp and marched back to the one I +had just pitched.... So here we are ready to start our sad journey +to Hut Point. Everything out of joint with the loss of our ponies, +but mercifully with all the party alive and well.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the start on the march back the surface was so bad that only +three miles were covered in four hours, and in addition to this +physical strain Scott was also deeply anxious to know that E. Evans +and his party were safe; but while they were camping that night +on Pram Point ridges, Evans' party, all of whom were well, came +in. Then it was decided that Atkinson should go on to Hut Point +in the morning to take news to Wilson, Meares and Gran, who were +looking after the dogs, and having a wretched time in trying to +make two sleeping-bags do the work of three. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On March 2 Wilson wrote in his journal: 'A very bitter wind blowing +and it was a cheerless job waiting for six hours to get a sleep +in the bag.... As the ice had all gone out of the strait we were +cut off from +<a name="page_268"><span class="page">Page 268</span></a> +any return to Cape Evans until the sea should again freeze over, +and this was not likely until the end of April. We rigged up a +small fireplace in the hut and found some wood and made a fire +for an hour or so at each meal, but as there was no coal and not +much wood we felt we must be economical with the fuel, and so also +with matches and everything else, in case Bowers should lose his +sledge loads, which had most of the supplies for the whole party +to last twelve men for two months.... There was literally nothing +in the hut that one could cover oneself with to keep warm, and we +couldn't run to keeping the fire going. It was very cold work. +There were heaps of biscuit cases here which we had left in +<i>Discovery</i> days, and with these we built up a small inner +hut to live in.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Saturday Scott and some of his party reached the hut, and on +Sunday he was able to write: 'Turned in with much relief to have +all hands and the animals safely housed.' Only two ponies, James +Pigg and Nobby, remained out of the eight that had started on the +depôt journey, but disastrous as this was to the expedition +there was reason to be thankful that even greater disasters had +not happened. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_269"><span class="page">Page 269</span></a> +CHAPTER IV +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">A HAPPY FAMILY</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +By mutual confidence and mutual aid<br /> +Great deeds are done and great discoveries made.<br /> + ANON. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +With the certainty of having to stay in the <i>Discovery</i> hut for +some time, the party set to work at once to make it as comfortable as +possible. With packing-cases a large <i>L</i>-shaped inner apartment +was made, the intervals being stopped with felt, and an empty kerosene +tin and some firebricks were made into an excellent little stove +which was connected to the old stove-pipe. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As regards food almost an unlimited supply of biscuit was available, +and during a walk to Pram Point on Monday, March 6, Scott and Wilson +found that the sea-ice in Pram Point Bay had not gone out and was +crowded with seals, a happy find that guaranteed the party as much +meat as they wanted. 'We really have everything necessary for our +comfort and only need a little more experience to make the best of +our resources.... It is splendid to see the way in which everyone +is learning the ropes, and the resource which +<a name="page_270"><span class="page">Page 270</span></a> +is being shown. Wilson as usual leads in the making of useful +suggestions and in generally providing for our wants. He is a tower +of strength in checking the ill-usage of clothes—what I have +come to regard as the greatest danger with Englishmen.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Saturday night a blizzard sprang up and gradually increased in +force until it reminded Scott and Wilson of the gale which drove +the <i>Discovery</i> ashore. The blizzard continued until noon +on Tuesday, on which day the Western Geological Party (Griffith +Taylor, Wright, Debenham and P.O. Evans) returned to the hut after +a successful trip. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two days later another depôt party started to Corner Camp, +E. Evans, Wright, Crean and Forde in one team; Bowers, Oates, +Cherry-Garrard and Atkinson in the other. 'It was very sporting +of Wright to join in after only a day's rest. He is evidently a +splendid puller.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the absence of this party the comforts of the hut were constantly +being increased, but continuous bad weather was both depressing +to the men and very serious for the dogs. Every effort had been +made to make the dogs comfortable, but the changes of wind made +it impossible to give them shelter in all directions. At least +five of them were in a sorry plight, and half a dozen others were +by no means strong, but whether because they were constitutionally +harder or whether better fitted by nature to protect themselves +the other ten or a dozen animals were as fit as they could be. +As it was found to be impossible to keep the dogs comfortable in +the traces, the majority +<a name="page_271"><span class="page">Page 271</span></a> +of them were allowed to run loose; for although Scott feared that +this freedom would mean that there would be some fights to the +death, he thought it preferable to the risk of losing the animals +by keeping them on the leash. The main difficulty with them was +that when the ice once got thoroughly into the coats their hind +legs became half paralyzed with cold, but by allowing them to run +loose it was hoped that they would be able to free themselves of +this serious trouble. 'Well, well, fortune is not being very kind +to us. This month will have sad memories. Still I suppose things +might be worse; the ponies are well housed and are doing exceedingly +well....' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The depôt party returned to the hut on March 23, but though +the sea by this time showed symptoms of <i>wanting</i> to freeze, +there was no real sign that the ice would hold for many a long day. +Stock therefore was taken of their resources, and arrangements +were made for a much longer stay than had been anticipated. A week +later the ice, though not thickening rapidly, held south of Hut +Point, but the stretch from Hut Point to Turtle Back Island still +refused to freeze even in calm weather, and Scott began to think +that they might not be able to get back to Cape Evans before May. +Soon afterwards, however, the sea began to freeze over completely, and +on Thursday evening, April 6, a program, subject to the continuance +of good weather, was arranged for a shift to Cape Evans. 'It feels +good,' Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'to have something doing in the air.' +But the weather prevented them from starting on the appointed day, +and although +<a name="page_272"><span class="page">Page 272</span></a> +Scott was most anxious to get back and see that all was well at +Cape Evans, the comfort achieved in the old hut was so great that +he confessed himself half-sorry to leave it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Describing their life at Hut Point he says, 'We gather around the +fire seated on packing-cases, with a hunk of bread and butter and +a steaming pannikin of tea, and life is well worth living. After +lunch we are out and about again; there is little to tempt a long +stay indoors, and exercise keeps us all the fitter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The failing light and approach of supper drives us home again +with good appetites about 5 or 6 o'clock, and then the cooks rival +one another in preparing succulent dishes of fried seal liver.... +Exclamations of satisfaction can be heard every night—or +nearly every night; for two nights ago (April 4) Wilson, who has +proved a genius in the invention of "plats," almost ruined his +reputation. He proposed to fry the seal liver in penguin blubber, +suggesting that the latter could be freed from all rankness.... +The "fry" proved redolent of penguin, a concentrated essence of +that peculiar flavour which faintly lingers in the meat and should +not be emphasized. Three heroes got through their pannikins, but +the rest of us decided to be contented with cocoa and biscuit after +tasting the first mouthful.[1] +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Wilson, referring to this incident in his Journal, +showed no signs of contrition. 'Fun over a fry I made in my new +penguin lard. It was quite a success and tasted like very bad sardine +oil.'] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'After supper we have an hour or so of smoking +<a name="page_273"><span class="page">Page 273</span></a> +and conversation—a cheering, pleasant hour—in which +reminiscences are exchanged by a company which has very literally +had world-wide experience. There is scarce a country under the sun +which one or another of us has not traveled in, so diverse are +our origins and occupations. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'An hour or so after supper we tail off one by one.... Everyone +can manage eight or nine hours' sleep without a break, and not a +few would have little difficulty in sleeping the clock round, which +goes to show that our exceedingly simple life is an exceedingly +healthy one, though with faces and hands blackened with smoke, +appearances might not lead an outsider to suppose it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Tuesday, April 11, a start could be made for Cape Evans, the +party consisting of Scott, Bowers, P.O. Evans and Taylor in one +tent; E. Evans, Gran, Crean, Debenham and Wright in another; Wilson +being left in charge at Hut Point, with Meares, Forde, Keohane, +Oates, Atkinson and Cherry-Garrard. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In fine weather they marched past Castle Rock, and it soon became +evident that they must go well along the ridge before descending, +and that the difficulty would be to get down over the cliffs. Seven +and a half miles from the start they reached Hutton Rocks, a very +icy and wind-swept spot, and as the wind rose and the light became +bad at the critical moment they camped for a short time. Half an +hour later the weather cleared and a possible descent to the ice +cliffs could be seen, but between Hutton Rock +<a name="page_274"><span class="page">Page 274</span></a> +and Erebus all the slope was much cracked and crevassed. A clear +track to the edge of the cliffs was chosen, but on arriving there +no low place could be found (the lowest part being 24 feet sheer +drop), and as the wind was increasing and the snow beginning to +drift off the ridge a quick decision had to be made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then Scott went to the edge, and having made standing places to +work the Alpine rope, Bowers., E. Evans and Taylor were lowered. +Next the sledges went down fully packed and then the remainder +of the party, Scott being the last to go down. It was a neat and +speedy piece of work, and completed in twenty minutes without serious +frost-bites. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The surface of ice covered with salt crystals made pulling very +heavy to Glacier Tongue, which they reached about 5.30 P.M. A stiff +incline on a hard surface followed, but as the light was failing +and cracks were innumerable, several of the party fell in with +considerable risk of damage. The north side, however, was well +snow-covered, with a good valley leading to a low ice cliff in which +a broken piece provided an easy descent. Under the circumstances +Scott decided to push on to Cape Evans, but darkness suddenly fell +upon them, and after very heavy pulling for many hours they were +so totally unable to see anything ahead, that at 10 P.M. they were +compelled to pitch their camp under little Razor Back Island. During +the night the wind began to rise, and in the morning a roaring +blizzard was blowing, and obviously the ice on which they had pitched +their camp was +<a name="page_275"><span class="page">Page 275</span></a> +none too safe. For hours they waited vainly for a lull, until at +3 P.M. Scott and Bowers went round the Island, with the result +that they resolved to shift their camp to a little platform under +the weather side. This operation lasted for two very cold hours, +but splendid shelter was gained, the cliffs rising almost sheer +from the tents. 'Only now and again a whirling wind current eddied +down on the tents, which were well secured, but the noise of the +wind sweeping over the rocky ridge above our heads was deafening; +we could scarcely hear ourselves speak.' Provisions for only one +more meal were left, but sleep all the same was easier to get than +on the previous night, because they knew that they were no longer +in danger of being swept out to sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The wind moderated during the night, and early in the morning the +party in a desperately cold and stiff breeze and with frozen clothes +were again under weigh. The distance, however, was only two miles, +and after some very hard pulling they arrived off the point and +found that the sea-ice continued around it. 'It was a very great +relief to see the hut on rounding it and to hear that all was well.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In choosing the site of the hut Scott had thought of the possibility +of northerly winds bringing a swell, but had argued, first, that no +heavy northerly swell had ever been recorded in the Sound; secondly, +that a strong northerly wind was bound to bring pack which would +damp the swell; thirdly, that the locality was well protected by +the Barne Glacier; and, lastly, +<a name="page_276"><span class="page">Page 276</span></a> +that the beach itself showed no signs of having been swept by the +sea. When, however, the hut had been erected and he found that its +foundation was only eleven feet above the level of the sea-ice, +he could not rid himself entirely of misgivings. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As events turned out the hut was safe and sound enough, but not +until Scott reached it, on April 13, did he realize how anxious +he had been. 'In a normal season no thoughts of its having been +in danger would have occurred to me, but since the loss of the +ponies and the breaking of Glacier Tongue, I could not rid myself +of the fear that misfortune was in the air and that some abnormal +swell had swept the beach.' So when he and his party turned the +small headland and saw that the hut was intact, a real fear was +mercifully removed. Very soon afterwards the travelers were seen +by two men at work near the stables, and then the nine occupants +(Simpson, Day, Nelson, Ponting, Lashly, Clissold, Hooper, Anton +and Demetri) came rapidly to meet and welcome them. In a minute +the most important events of the quiet station life were told, the +worst news being that one pony, named Hacken-schmidt, and one dog +had died. For the rest the hut arrangements had worked admirably, +and the scientific routine of observations was in full swing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After their primitive life at the <i>Discovery</i> hut the interior +space of the home at Cape Evans seemed palatial, and the comfort +luxurious. 'It was very good to eat in civilized fashion, to enjoy +the first bath for three months, and have contact with clean, dry +<a name="page_277"><span class="page">Page 277</span></a> +clothing. Such fleeting hours of comfort (for custom soon banished +their delight) are the treasured remembrance of every Polar traveler.' +Not for many hours or even minutes, however, was Scott in the hut +before he was taken round to see in detail the transformation that +had taken place in his absence, and in which a very proper pride +was taken by those who had created it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +First of all a visit was paid to Simpson's Corner, where numerous +shelves laden with a profusion of self-recording instruments, electric +batteries and switchboards were to be seen, and the tickings of many +clocks, the gentle whir of a motor and occasionally the trembling note +of an electric bell could be heard. 'It took me days and even months +to realize fully the aims of our meteorologist and the scientific +accuracy with which he was achieving them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Simpson's Corner Scott was taken on his tour of inspection +into Ponting's dark room, and found that the art of photography had +never been so well housed within the Polar regions and rarely without +them. 'Such a palatial chamber for the development of negatives and +prints can only be justified by the quality of the work produced in +it, and is only justified in our case by such an artist as Ponting.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the dark room he went on to the biologists' cubicle, shared, +to their mutual satisfaction, by Day and Nelson. There the prevailing +note was neatness, and to Day's mechanical skill everyone paid +tribute. The heating, lighting and ventilating arrangements +<a name="page_278"><span class="page">Page 278</span></a> +of the hut had been left entirely in his charge, and had been carried +out with admirable success. The cook's corner was visited next, +and Scott was very surprised to see the mechanical ingenuity shown +by Clissold. 'Later,' he says, 'when I found that Clissold was +called in to consult on the ailments of Simpson's motor, and that +he was capable of constructing a dog sledge out of packing-cases, +I was less surprised, because I knew by this time that he had had +considerable training in mechanical work before he turned his attention +to pots and pans.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tour ended with an inspection of the shelters for the animals, +and when Scott saw the stables he could not help regretting that +some of the stalls would have to remain empty, though he appreciated +fully the fact that there was ample and safe harborage for the +ten remaining ponies. With Lashly's help, Anton had completed the +furnishing of the stables in a way that was both neat and effective. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Only five or six dogs had been left in Demetri's charge, and it +was at once evident that every care had been taken of them; not +only had shelters been made, but a small 'lean to' had also been +built to serve as a hospital for any sick animal. The impressions, +in short, that Scott received on his return to Cape Evans were +almost wholly pleasant, and in happy contrast with the fears that +had assailed him on the homeward route. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Not for long, however, did he, Bowers and Crean stay to enjoy the +comforts of Cape Evans, as on +<a name="page_279"><span class="page">Page 279</span></a> +Monday, April 17, they were off again to Hut Point with two 10-foot +sledges, a week's provisions of sledding food, and butter, oatmeal, +&c., for the hut. Scott, Lashly, Day and Demetri took the first +sledge; Bowers, Nelson, Crean and Hooper the second; and after a +rather adventurous journey, in which 'Lashly was splendid at camp +work as of old,' they reached Hut Point at 1 P.M. on the following +day, and found everyone well and in good spirits. The party left at +the hut were, however, very short of seal-meat, a cause of anxiety, +because until the sea froze over there was no possibility of getting +the ponies back to Cape Evans. But three seals were reported on +the Wednesday and promptly killed, and so Scott, satisfied that +this stock was enough for twelve days, resolved to go back as soon +as the weather would allow him. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Leaving Meares in charge of the station with Demetri to help with +the dogs, Lashly and Keohane to look after the ponies, and Nelson, +Day and Forde to get some idea of the life and experience, the +homeward party started on Friday morning. On this journey Scott, +Wilson, Atkinson and Crean pulled one sledge, and Bowers, Oates, +Cherry-Garrard and Hooper the other. Scott's party were the leaders, +and their sledge dragged so fearfully that the men with the second +sledge had a very easy time in keeping up. Then Crean declared +that although the loads were equal there was a great difference +in the sledges. 'Bowers,' Scott says, 'politely assented when I +voiced this sentiment, but I am sure he and his party thought it the +<a name="page_280"><span class="page">Page 280</span></a> +plea of tired men. However, there was nothing like proof, and he +readily assented to change sledges. The difference was really +extraordinary; we felt the new sledge a featherweight compared with +the old, and set up a great pace for the home quarters regardless +of how much we perspired.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All of them arrived at Cape Evans with their garments soaked through, +and as they took off their wind clothes showers of ice fell upon +the floor. The accumulation was almost beyond belief and showed +the whole trouble of sledding in cold weather. Clissold, however, +was at hand with 'just the right meal,' an enormous dish of rice +and figs, and cocoa in a bucket. The sledding season was at an +end, and Scott admitted that in spite of all the losses they had +sustained it was good to be home again, while Wilson, Oates, Atkinson +and Cherry-Garrard, who had not seen the hut since it had been +fitted out, were astonished at its comfort. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday, April 23, two days after the return from Hut Point, +the sun made it's last appearance and the winter work was begun. +Ponies for exercise were allotted to Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Hooper, +Clissold, P.O. Evans and Crean, besides Oates and Anton, but in +making this allotment Scott was obliged to add a warning that those +who exercised the ponies would not necessarily lead them in the +spring. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson at once began busily to paint, and Atkinson was equally busy +unpacking and setting up his sterilizers and incubators. Wright +began to wrestle with the electrical instruments; Oates started to +make bigger stalls in the stables; Cherry-Garrard employed himself +<a name="page_281"><span class="page">Page 281</span></a> +in building a stone house for taxidermy and with a view to getting +hints for a shelter at Cape Crozier during the winter, while Taylor +and Debenham took advantage of the last of the light to examine +the topography of the peninsula. E. Evans surveyed the Cape and +its neighborhood, and Simpson and Bowers, in addition to their +other work, spent hours over balloon experiments. In fact everyone +was overflowing with energy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Friday, April 28, Scott, eager to get the party safely back +from Hut Point, hoped that the sea had at last frozen over for +good, but a gale on the following day played havoc with the ice; +and although the strait rapidly froze again, the possibility of +every gale clearing the sea was too great to be pleasant. Obviously, +however, it was useless to worry over a state of affairs that could +not be helped, and the arrangements for passing the winter steadily +progressed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Scott's request Cherry-Garrard undertook the editorship of the +<i>South Polar Times</i> and the following notice was issued: +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +The first number of the <i>South Polar Times</i> will be published +on Midwinter Day. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +All are asked to send in contributions, signed anonymously, +and to place these contributions in this box as soon as possible. +No contributions for this number will be accepted after May 31. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +A selection of these will be made for publication. It is not +intended that the paper shall be too scientific. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +<a name="page_282"><span class="page">Page 282</span></a> +Contributions may take the form of prose, poetry or drawing. +Contributors whose writings will lend themselves to illustration +are asked to consult with the Editor as soon as possible. +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> + The Editor,<br /> + <i>S. P. T.</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The editor, warned by Scott that the work was not easy and required +a lot of tact, at once placed great hopes in the assistance he +would receive from Wilson, and how abundantly these hopes were +fulfilled has been widely recognized not only by students of Polar +literature, but also by those who admire art merely for art's sake. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the evening of Tuesday, May 2, Wilson opened the series of winter +lectures with a paper on 'Antarctic Flying Birds,' and in turn +Simpson, Taylor, Ponting, Debenham and others lectured on their +special subjects. But still the <i>Discovery</i> hut party did not +appear, although the strait (by May 9) had been frozen over for +nearly a week; and repeatedly Scott expressed a wish that they would +return. In the meantime there was work and to spare for everyone, +and as the days went by Scott was also given ample opportunities +to get a thorough knowledge of his companions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I do not think,' he wrote, 'there can be any life quite so +demonstrative of character as that which we had on these expeditions. +One sees a remarkable reassortment of values. Under ordinary conditions +it is so easy to carry a point with a little bounce; self-assertion +is a mask which covers many a weakness.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_283"><span class="page">Page 283</span></a> +Here the outward show is nothing, it is the inward purpose that +counts. So the "gods" dwindle and the humble supplant them. Pretence +is useless. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'One sees Wilson busy with pencil and colour box, rapidly and steadily +adding to his portfolio of charming sketches and at intervals filling +the gaps in his zoological work of <i>Discovery</i> times; withal +ready and willing to give advice and assistance to others at all +times; his sound judgment appreciated and therefore a constant +referee. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Simpson, master of his craft... doing the work of two observers +at least... So the current meteorological and magnetic observations +are taken as never before on Polar expeditions.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Wright, good-hearted, strong, keen, striving to saturate his mind +with the ice problems of this wonderful region...' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And then after referring in terms of praise to the industry of E. +Evans, the versatile intellect of Taylor, and the thoroughness and +conscientiousness of Debenham, Scott goes on to praise unreservedly +the man to whom the whole expedition owed an immense debt of gratitude. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'To Bowers' practical genius is owed much of the smooth working +of our station. He has a natural method in line with which all +arrangements fall, so that expenditure is easily and exactly adjusted +to supply, and I have the inestimable advantage of knowing the +length of time which each of our possessions will last us and the +assurance that there can be no waste. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_284"><span class="page">Page 284</span></a> +Active mind and active body were never more happily blended. It +is a restless activity admitting no idle moments and ever budding +into new forms. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'So we see the balloon ascending under his guidance and anon he +is away over the floe tracking the silk thread which held it. Such +a task completed, he is away to exercise his pony, and later out +again with the dogs, the last typically self-suggested, because for +the moment there is no one else to care for these animals.... He +is for the open air, seemingly incapable of realizing any discomfort +from it, and yet his hours within doors spent with equal profit. +For he is intent on tracking the problems of sledding food and +clothes to their innermost bearings and is becoming an authority +on past records. This will be no small help to me and one which +others never could have given. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Adjacent to the physicists' corner of the hut Atkinson is quietly +pursuing the subject of parasites. Already he is in a new world. +The laying out of the fish trap was his action and the catches are +his field of labour.... His bench with its array of microscopes, +etc., is next the dark room in which Ponting spends the greater +part of his life. I would describe him as sustained by artistic +enthusiasm.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Cherry-Garrard is another of the open-air, self-effacing, quiet +workers; his whole heart is in the life, with profound eagerness +to help everyone. One has caught glimpses of him in tight places; +sound all through and pretty hard also.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Oates' whole heart is in the ponies. He is really +<a name="page_285"><span class="page">Page 285</span></a> +devoted to their care, and I believe will produce them in the best +possible form for the sledding season. Opening out the stores, +installing a blubber stove, etc., has kept him busy, whilst his +satellite, Anton, is ever at work in the stables—an excellent +little man. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'P.O. Evans and Crean are repairing sleeping-bags, covering felt +boots, and generally working on sledding kit. In fact there is +no one idle, and no one who has the least prospect of idleness. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On May 8 as one of the series of lectures Scott gave an outline +of his plans for next season, and hinted that in his opinion the +problem of reaching the Pole could best be solved by relying on +the ponies and man haulage. With this opinion there was general +agreement, for as regards glacier and summit work everyone seemed +to distrust the dogs. At the end of the lecture he asked that the +problem should be thought over and freely discussed, and that any +suggestions should be brought to his notice. 'It's going to be a +tough job; that is better realized the more one dives into it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At last, on May 13, Atkinson brought news that the dogs were returning, +and soon afterwards Meares and his team arrived, and reported that +the ponies were not far behind. For more than three weeks the weather +at Hut Point had been exceptionally calm and fine, and with joy +Scott saw that all of the dogs were looking remarkably well, and +that the two ponies also seemed to have improved. 'It is a great +comfort to have the men and dogs back, and a greater to +<a name="page_286"><span class="page">Page 286</span></a> +contemplate all the ten ponies comfortably stabled for the winter. +Everything seems to depend on these animals.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With their various occupations, lectures in the evening, and games +of football—when it was not unusual for the goal-keepers to +get their toes frost-bitten—in the afternoons, the winter +passed steadily on its way; the only stroke of misfortune being +that one of the dogs died suddenly and that a post-mortem did not +reveal any sufficient cause of death. This was the third animal +that had died without apparent reason at winter-quarters, and Scott +became more than ever convinced that to place any confidence in +the dog teams would be a mistake. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Monday, May 22, Scott, Wilson, Bowers, Atkinson, P.O. Evans and +Clissold went off to Cape Royds with a go-cart which consisted of +a framework of steel tubing supported on four bicycle wheels— +and sleeping-bags, a cooker and a small quantity of provisions. +The night was spent in Shackleton's hut, where a good quantity +of provisions was found; but the most useful articles that the +party discovered were five hymn-books, for hitherto the Sunday +services had not been fully choral because seven hymn-books were +all that could be mustered. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig014.jpg" width="529" height="819" + alt="Figure 14"> +<br />"BIRDIE" BOWERS READING THE THERMOMETER ON THE RAMP, +JUNE 6TH, 1911. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +June 6 was Scott's birthday, a fact which his small company did +not forget. At lunch an immense birthday cake appeared, the top +of which had been decorated by Clissold with various devices in +chocolate and crystallized fruit, a flag and photographs of Scott. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_287"><span class="page">Page 287</span></a> +A special dinner followed, and to this sumptuous meal they sat down +with their sledge banners hung around them. 'After this luxurious +meal everyone was very festive and amiably argumentative. As I write +there is a group in the dark room discussing political progress +with large discussions, another at one corner of the dinner table +airing its views on the origin of matter and the probability of its +ultimate discovery, and yet another debating military problems.... +Perhaps these arguments are practically unprofitable, but they +give a great deal of pleasure to the participants.... They are +boys, all of them, but such excellent good-natured ones; there +has been no sign of sharpness or anger, no jarring note, in all +these wordy contests; all end with a laugh. Nelson has offered +Taylor a pair of socks to teach him some geology! This lulls me +to sleep!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Monday evening, June 12, E. Evans gave a lecture on surveying, +and Scott took the opportunity to note a few points to which he +wanted especial attention to be directed. The essential points +were: +</p> + +<ol style="text-align: justify; margin-right: 2em;"> + +<li>Every officer who takes part in the Southern journey ought to +have in his memory the approximate variation of the compass +at various stages of the journey and to know how to apply it +to obtain a true course from the compass....</li> + +<li>He ought to know what the true course is to reach one depôt +from another.</li> + +<li>He should be able to take an observation with the theodolite.</li> + +<li>He should be able to work out a meridian altitude observation. +<a name="page_288"><span class="page">Page 288</span></a></li> + +<li>He could advantageously add to his knowledge the ability to +work out a longitude observation or an ex-meridian altitude.</li> + +<li>He should know how to read the sledgemeter.</li> + +<li>He should note and remember the error of the watch he carries +and the rate which is ascertained for it from time to time.</li> + +<li>He should assist the surveyor by noting the coincidences of +objects, the opening out of valleys, the observation of new +peaks, &c.</li> + +</ol> + +<p class="indent"> +That these hints upon Polar surveying did not fall upon deaf ears +is proved by a letter Scott wrote home some four months later. In +it he says '"Cherry" has just come to me with a very anxious face +to say that I must not count on his navigating powers. For the +moment I didn't know what he was driving at, but then I remembered +that some months ago I said that it would be a good thing for all +the officers going South to have some knowledge of navigation so +that in emergency they would know how to steer a sledge home. It +appears that "Cherry" thereupon commenced a serious and arduous +course of abstruse navigational problems which he found exceedingly +tough and now despaired mastering. Of course there is not one chance +in a hundred that he will ever have to consider navigation on our +journey and in that one chance the problem must be of the simplest +nature, but it makes it much easier for me to have men who +<a name="page_289"><span class="page">Page 289</span></a> +take the details of one's work so seriously and who strive so simply +and honestly to make it successful.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In Wilson's diary there is also this significant entry: 'Working at +latitude sights—mathematics which I hate—till bedtime. +It will be wiser to know a little navigation on the Southern sledge +journey.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Some time before Scott's suggestions stimulated his companions +to master subjects which they found rather difficult and irksome, +a regular daily routine had begun. About 7 A.M. Clissold began to +prepare breakfast, and half an hour later Hooper started to sweep +the floor and lay the table. Between 8 and 8.30 the men were out and +about doing odd jobs, Anton going off to feed the ponies, Demetri +to see to the dogs. Repeatedly Hooper burst upon the slumberers +with announcements of the time, and presently Wilson and Bowers +met in a state of nature beside a washing basin filled with snow +and proceeded to rub glistening limbs with this chilly substance. +A little later others with less hardiness could be seen making the +most of a meager allowance of water. A few laggards invariably +ran the nine o'clock rule very close, and a little pressure had +to be applied so that they should not delay the day's work. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By 9.20 breakfast was finished, and in ten minutes the table was +cleared. Then for four hours the men were steadily employed on a +program of preparation for sledding. About 1.30 a cheerful half-hour +was spent over the mid-day meal, and afterwards, if the +<a name="page_290"><span class="page">Page 290</span></a> +weather permitted, the ponies were exercised, and those who were +not employed in this way generally exercised themselves in some way +or other. After this the officers went steadily on with their special +work until 6.30, when dinner was served and finished within the +hour. Then came reading, writing, games, and usually the gramophone, +but three nights of the week were given up to lectures. At 11 P.M. +the acetylene lights were put out, and those who wished to stay up +had to depend on candle-light. The majority of candles, however, +were extinguished by midnight, and the night watchman alone remained +awake to keep his vigil by the light of an oil lamp. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Extra bathing took place either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday +morning; chins were shaven, and possibly clean clothes put on. +'Such signs, with the regular service on Sunday, mark the passage +of the weeks. It is not a very active life, perhaps, but certainly +not an idle one. Few of us sleep more than eight hours of the +twenty-four.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On June 19, Day gave a lecture on his motor sledge and was very +hopeful of success, but Scott again expressed his doubts and fears. +'I fear he is rather more sanguine in temperament than his sledge +is reliable in action. I wish I could have more confidence in his +preparations, as he is certainly a delightful companion.' Three +days later Midwinter was celebrated with great festivities, and +after lunch the Editor handed over the first number of the <i>S. +P. T.</i> to Scott. Everyone at once gathered at the top of +<a name="page_291"><span class="page">Page 291</span></a> +the table; 'It was like a lot of schoolgirls round a teacher' is +the editor's description of the scene, and Scott read aloud most +of the contents. An article called 'Valhalla,' written by Taylor, +some verses called 'The Sleeping Bag,' and Wilson's illustrations +to 'Antarctic Archives' were the popular favorites; indeed the +editor attributed the success of the paper mainly to Wilson, though +Day's delightful cover of carved venesta wood and sealskin was also +'a great help.' As all the contributions were anonymous great fun +was provided by attempts to guess the various authors, and some +of the denials made by the contributors were perhaps more modest +than strictly truthful. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These festive proceedings, however, were almost solemn when compared +with the celebrations of the evening. In preparation for dinner the +'Union Jacks' and sledge flags were hung about the large table, +and at seven o'clock everyone sat down to a really good dinner. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott spoke first, and drew attention to the nature of the celebration +as a half-way mark not only in the winter but in the plans of the +expedition. Fearing in his heart of hearts that some of the company +did not realize how rapidly the weeks were passing, and that in +consequence work which ought to have been in full swing had barely +been begun, he went on to say that it was time they knew how they +stood in every respect, and especially thanked the officer in charge +of the stores and those who looked after the +<a name="page_292"><span class="page">Page 292</span></a> +animals, for knowing the exact position as regards provision and +transport. Then he said that in respect to the future chance must +play a great part, but that experience showed him that no more +fitting men could have been chosen to support him on the journey +to the South than those who were to start in that direction in +the following spring. Finally he thanked all of his companions +for having put their shoulders to the wheel and given him so much +confidence. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thereupon they drank to the Success of the Expedition, and afterwards +everyone was called to speak in turn. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Needless to say, all were entirely modest and brief; unexpectedly, +all had exceedingly kind things to say of me—in fact I was +obliged to request the omissions of compliments at an early stage. +Nevertheless it was gratifying to have a really genuine recognition +of my attitude towards the scientific workers of the expedition, +and I felt very warmly towards all these kind, good fellows for +expressing it. If good will and fellowship count towards success, +very surely shall we deserve to succeed. It was matter for comment, +much applauded, that there had not been a single disagreement between +any two members of our party from the beginning. By the end of +dinner a very cheerful spirit prevailed.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The table having been cleared and upended and the chairs arranged +in rows, Ponting displayed a series of slides from his own local +negatives, and then, after the healths of Campbell's party and +of those on board +<a name="page_293"><span class="page">Page 293</span></a> +the <i>Terra Nova</i> had been drunk, a set of lancers was formed. +In the midst of this scene of revelry Bowers suddenly appeared, +followed by satellites bearing an enormous Christmas tree, the +branches of which bore flaming candles, gaudy crackers, and little +presents for everyone; the distribution of which caused infinite +amusement. Thus the high festival of Midwinter was celebrated in the +most convivial way, but that it was so reminiscent of a Christmas +spent in England was partly, at any rate, due to those kind people +who had anticipated the celebration by providing presents and other +tokens of their interest in the expedition. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Few,' Scott says, 'could take great exception to so rare an outburst +in a long run of quiet days. After all we celebrated the birth +of a season, which for weal or woe must be numbered amongst the +greatest in our lives.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_294"><span class="page">Page 294</span></a> +CHAPTER V +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">WINTER</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> + Come what may<br /> +Time and the hour runs through the darkest day.<br /> + SHAKESPEARE. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +During the latter part of June the Cape Crozier Party were busy +in making preparations for their departure. The object of their +journey to the Emperor penguin rookery in the cold and darkness of an +Antarctic winter was to secure eggs at such a stage as could furnish +a series of early embryos, by means of which alone the particular +points of interest in the development of the bird could be worked +out. As the Emperor is peculiar in nesting at the coldest season +of the year, this journey entailed the risk of sledge traveling in +mid-winter, and the travelers had also to traverse about a hundred +miles of the Barrier surface, and to cross a chaos of crevasses +which had previously taken a party as much as two hours to cross +by daylight. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig015.jpg" width="875" height="575" + alt="Figure 15"> +<br />PITCHING THE DOUBLE TENT ON THE SUMMIT. +<br /><i>Photo by Lieut. H. R. Bowers.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Such was the enterprise for which Wilson, Bowers and Cherry-Garrard +were with the help of others making preparations, and apart from the +<a name="page_295"><span class="page">Page 295</span></a> +extraordinarily adventurous side of this journey, it was most +interesting because the travelers were to make several experiments. +Each man was to go on a different food scale, eiderdown sleeping-bags +were to be carried inside the reindeer ones, and a new kind of +crampon and a double tent were to be tried. 'I came across a hint +as to the value of a double tent in Sverdrup's book, "New Land,"' +Scott wrote on June 20, 'and P.O. Evans has made a lining for one +of the tents, it is secured on the inner side of the poles and +provides an air space inside the tent. I think it is going to be +a great success.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the 26th preparations for the party to start from Cape Evans +were completed, their heavy load when they set out on the following +morning being distributed on two 9-foot sledges, 'This winter travel +is a new and bold venture, but the right men have gone to attempt +it. All good luck go with them!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While the winter travelers were pursuing their strenuous way work +went steadily on at Cape Evans, with no exciting nor alarming incident +until July 4. On the morning of that day the wind blew furiously, +but it moderated a little in the afternoon when Atkinson and Gran, +without Scott's knowledge, decided to start over the floe for the +North and South Bay thermometers respectively. This happened at +5.30 P.M., and Gran had returned by 6.45, but not until later did +Scott hear that he had only gone two or three hundred yards from +the land, and that it had taken him nearly an hour to find his +way back. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_296"><span class="page">Page 296</span></a> +Atkinson's continued absence passed unnoticed until dinner was +nearly finished, but Scott did not feel seriously alarmed until +the wind sprang up again and still the wanderer did not return. At +9.30, P.O. Evans, Crean and Keohane, who had been out looking for +him, returned without any news, and the possibility of a serious +accident had to be faced. Organized search parties were at once +dispatched, Scott and Clissold alone remaining in the hut. And as +the minutes slipped slowly by Scott's fears naturally increased, +as Atkinson had started for a point not much more than a mile off +and had been away more than five hours. From that fact only one +conclusion could be drawn, and there was but small comfort to be +got from the knowledge that every spot which was likely to be the +scene of an accident would be thoroughly searched. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus 11 o'clock came, then 11.30 with its six hours of absence; +and the strain of waiting became almost unbearable. But a quarter +of an hour later Scott heard voices from the Cape, and presently, +to his extreme relief, Meares and Debenham appeared with Atkinson, +who was badly frost-bitten in the hand, and, as was to be expected +after such an adventure, very confused. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At 2 A.M. Scott wrote in his diary, 'The search parties have returned +and all is well again, but we must have no more of these very +unnecessary escapades. Yet it is impossible not to realize that this +bit of experience has done more than all the talking I could have +<a name="page_297"><span class="page">Page 297</span></a> +ever accomplished to bring home to our people the dangers of a +blizzard.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On investigation it was obvious that Atkinson had been in great +danger. First of all he had hit Inaccessible Island, and not until +he arrived in its lee did he discover that his hand was frost-bitten. +Having waited there for some time he groped his way to the western +end, and then wandering away in a swirl of drift to clear some +irregularities at the ice-foot, he completely lost the island when he +could only have been a few yards from it. In this predicament he clung +to the old idea of walking up wind, and it must be considered wholly +providential that on this course he next struck Tent Island. Round +this island he walked under the impression that it was Inaccessible +Island, and at last dug himself a shelter on its lee side. When +the moon appeared he judged its bearing well, and as he traveled +homeward was vastly surprised to see the real Inaccessible Island +appear on his left. 'There can be no doubt that in a blizzard a man +has not only to safeguard the circulation in his limbs, but must +struggle with a sluggishness of brain and an absence of reasoning +power which is far more likely to undo him.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +About mid-day on Friday, July 7, the worst gale that Scott had +ever known in Antarctic regions began, and went on for a week. The +force of the wind, although exceptional, had been equaled earlier +in the year, but the extraordinary feature of this gale was the +long continuance of a very cold temperature. On +<a name="page_298"><span class="page">Page 298</span></a> +Friday night the thermometer registered -39°, and throughout +Saturday and the greater part of Sunday it did not rise above -35°. +It was Scott's turn for duty on Saturday night, and whenever he had +to go out of doors the impossibility of enduring such conditions +for any length of time was impressed forcibly upon him. The fine +snow beat in behind his wind guard, the gusts took away his breath, +and ten paces against the wind were enough to cause real danger +of a frost-bitten face. To clear the anemometer vane he had to go +to the other end of the hut and climb a ladder; and twice while +engaged in this task he had literally to lean against the wind +with head bent and face averted, and so stagger crab-like on his +course. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By Tuesday the temperature had risen to +5° or +7°, but the +gale still continued and the air was thick with snow. The knowledge, +however, that the dogs were comfortable was a great consolation to +Scott, and he also found both amusement and pleasure in observing +the customs of the people in charge of the stores. The policy of +every storekeeper was to have something up his sleeve for a rainy +day, and an excellent policy Scott thought it. 'Tools, metal material, +leather, straps, and dozens of items are administered with the same +spirit of jealous guardianship by Day, Lashly, Oates and Meares, +while our main storekeeper Bowers even affects to bemoan imaginary +shortages. Such parsimony is the best guarantee that we are prepared +to face any serious call.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For an hour on Wednesday afternoon the wind +<a name="page_299"><span class="page">Page 299</span></a> +moderated, and the ponies were able to get a short walk over the +floe, but this was only a temporary lull, for the gale was soon +blowing as furiously as ever. And the following night brought not +only a continuance of the bad weather but also bad news. At mid-day +one of the best ponies, Bones, suddenly went off his feed, and in +spite of Oates' and Anton's most careful attention he soon became +critically ill. Oates gave him an opium pill and later on a second, +and sacks were heated and placed on the suffering animal, but hour +after hour passed without any improvement. As the evening wore on +Scott again and again visited the stable, only to hear the same +tale from Oates and Crean,[1] who never left their patient. 'Towards +midnight,' Scott says, 'I felt very downcast. It is so certain +that we cannot afford to lose a single pony—the margin of +safety has already been overstepped, we are reduced to face the +circumstance that we must keep all the animals alive or greatly +risk failure.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Bones was the pony which had been allotted to Crean.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Shortly after midnight, however, there were signs of an improvement, +and two or three hours afterwards the pony was out of danger and +proceeded to make a rapid and complete recovery. So far, since the +return to Cape Evans, the ponies had given practically no cause for +anxiety, and in consequence Scott's hopes that all would continue +to be well with them had steadily grown; but this shock shattered +his sense of security, and although various alterations were made +in the arrangements of the stables and extra +<a name="page_300"><span class="page">Page 300</span></a> +precautions were taken as regards food, he was never again without +alarms for the safety of the precious ponies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another raging blizzard swept over Cape Evans on July 22 and 23, +but the spirit of good comradeship still survived in spite of the +atrocious weather and the rather monotonous life. 'There is no +longer room for doubt that we shall come to our work with a unity +of purpose and a disposition for mutual support which have never +been equaled in these paths of activity. Such a spirit should tide +us over all minor difficulties.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the end of the month Scott was beginning to wonder why the Crozier +Party did not return, but on Tuesday, August 1, they came back +looking terribly weather-worn and 'after enduring for five weeks +the hardest conditions on record.' Their faces were scarred and +wrinkled, their eyes dull, and their hands whitened and creased +with the constant exposure to damp and cold. Quite obviously the +main part of their afflictions arose from sheer lack of sleep, +and after a night's rest they were very different people both in +mind and body. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Writing on August 2, Scott says, 'Wilson is very thin, but this +morning very much his keen, wiry self—Bowers is quite himself +to-day. Cherry-Garrard is slightly puffy in the face and still looks +worn. It is evident that he has suffered most severely—but +Wilson tells me that his spirit never wavered for a moment. Bowers +has come through best, all things +<a name="page_301"><span class="page">Page 301</span></a> +considered, and I believe that he is the hardest traveler that ever +undertook a Polar journey, as well as one of the most undaunted; +more by hint than direct statement I gather his value to the party, +his untiring energy and the astonishing physique which enables him +to continue to work under conditions which are absolutely paralyzing +to others. Never was such a sturdy, active, undefeatable little +man.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Gradually Scott gathered an account of this wonderful journey from +the three travelers who had made it. For more than a week the +thermometer fell below -60°, and on one night the minimum showed +-71°, and on the next -77°. Although in this fearful cold +the air was comparatively still, occasional little puffs of wind +eddied across the snow plain with blighting effect. 'No civilized +being has ever encountered such conditions before with only a tent +of thin canvas to rely on for shelter.' Records show that Amundsen +when journeying to the N. magnetic pole met temperatures of a similar +degree, but he was with Esquimaux who built him an igloo shelter +nightly, he had also a good measure of daylight, and finally he +turned homeward and regained his ship after five days' absence, +while this party went outward and were absent for five weeks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nearly a fortnight was spent in crossing the coldest region, and +then rounding C. Mackay they entered the wind-swept area. Blizzard +followed blizzard, but in a light that was little better than complete +darkness they staggered on. Sometimes they found +<a name="page_302"><span class="page">Page 302</span></a> +themselves high on the slopes of Terror on the left of the track, +sometimes diving on the right amid crevasses and confused ice +disturbance. Having reached the foothills near Cape Crozier they +ascended 800 feet, packed their belongings over a moraine ridge, +and began to build a hut. Three days were spent in building the +stone walls and completing the roof with the canvas brought for +the purpose, and then at last they could attend to the main object +of their journey. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The scant twilight at mid-day was so short that a start had to be +made in the dark, and consequently they ran the risk of missing +their way in returning without light. At their first attempt they +failed to reach the penguin rookery, but undismayed they started +again on the following day, and wound their way through frightful +ice disturbances under the high basalt cliffs. In places the rock +overhung, and at one spot they had to creep through a small channel +hollowed in the ice. At last the sea-ice was reached, but by that +time the light was so far spent that everything had to be rushed. +Instead of the 2,000 or 3,000 nesting birds that had been seen +at this rookery in <i>Discovery</i> days, they could only count +about a hundred. As a reason for this a suggestion was made that +possibly the date was too early, and that if the birds had not +permanently deserted the rookery only the first arrivals had been +seen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With no delay they killed and skinned three penguins to get blubber +for their stove, and with six eggs, only three of which were saved, +made a hasty dash +<a name="page_303"><span class="page">Page 303</span></a> +for their camp, which by good luck they regained. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that same night a blizzard began, and from moment to moment +increased in fury. Very soon they found that the place where they +had, with the hope of shelter, built their hut, was unfortunately +chosen, for the wind instead of striking them directly was deflected +on to them in furious, whirling gusts. Heavy blocks of snow and +rock placed on the roof were hurled away and the canvas ballooned +up, its disappearance being merely a question of time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Close to the hut they had erected their tent and had left several +valuable articles inside it; the tent had been well spread and +amply secured with snow and boulders, but one terrific gust tore +it up and whirred it away. Inside the hut they waited for the roof +to vanish, and wondered, while they vainly tried to make it secure, +what they could do if it went. After fourteen hours it disappeared, +as they were trying to pin down one corner. Thereupon the smother of +snow swept over them, and all they could do was to dive immediately +for their sleeping-bags. Once Bowers put out his head and said, +'We're all right,' in as ordinary tones as he could manage, whereupon +Wilson and Cherry-Garrard replied, 'Yes, we're all right'; then +all of them were silent for a night and half a day, while the wind +howled and howled, and the snow entered every chink and crevice +of their sleeping-bags. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'This gale,' Scott says, 'was the same (July 23) in which we registered +our maximum wind force, and +<a name="page_304"><span class="page">Page 304</span></a> +it seems probable that it fell on Cape Crozier even more violently +than on us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The wind fell at noon on the following day, and the wretched travelers +then crept from their icy nests, spread the floorcloth over their +heads, and lit their primus. For the first time in forty-eight +hours they tasted food, and having eaten their meal under these +extraordinary conditions they began to talk of plans to build shelters +on the homeward route. Every night, they decided, they must dig a +large pit and cover it as best they could with their floorcloth. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortune, however, was now to befriend them, as about half a mile +from the hut Bowers discovered their tent practically uninjured. +But on the following day when they started homeward another blizzard +fell upon them, and kept them prisoners for two more days. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time the miserable condition of their effects was beyond +description. The sleeping-bags could not be rolled up, in fact +they were so thoroughly frozen that attempts to bend them actually +broke the skins. All socks, finnesko, and mitts had long been coated +with ice, and when placed in breast-pockets or inside vests at night +they did not even show signs of thawing. Indeed it is scarcely +possible to realize the horrible discomforts of these three forlorn +travelers, as they plodded back across the Barrier in a temperature +constantly below -60°. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig016.jpg" width="544" height="424" + alt="Figure 16"> +<br />ADÉLIE PENGUIN ON NEST. +<br /><i>Photo by C. S. Wright.</i> +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig017.jpg" width="549" height="416" + alt="Figure 17"> +<br />EMPEROR PENGUINS ON SEA-ICE. +<br /><i>Photo by C. S. Wright.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +'Wilson,' Scott wrote, 'is disappointed at seeing so little of the +penguins, but to me and to everyone +<a name="page_305"><span class="page">Page 305</span></a> +who has remained here the result of this effort is the appeal it +makes to our imagination as one of the most gallant stories of Polar +history. That men should wander forth in the depth of a Polar night +to face the most dismal cold and the fiercest gales in darkness +is something new; that they should have persisted in this effort in +spite of every adversity for five full weeks is heroic. It makes a +tale for our generation which I hope may not be lost in the telling. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Moreover the material results are by no means despicable. We shall +know now when that extraordinary bird the Emperor penguin lays +its eggs, and under what conditions; but even if our information +remains meager concerning its embryology, our party has shown the +nature of the conditions which exist on the Great Barrier in winter. +Hitherto we have only imagined their severity; now we have proof, +and a positive light is thrown on the local climatology of our +Strait.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the indomitable spirit shown by his companions on this journey +Cherry-Garrard gives wonderful and convincing proof in his diary. +Bowers, with his capacity for sleeping under the most distressing +conditions, was 'absolutely magnificent'; and the story of how +he arranged a line by which he fastened the cap of the tent to +himself, so that if it went away a second time it should not be +unaccompanied, is only one of the many tales of his resource and +determination. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to the eggs that the party had brought back and the +knowledge of the winter conditions on +<a name="page_306"><span class="page">Page 306</span></a> +the Barrier that they had gained, their journey settled several +points in connection with future sledding work. They had traveled +on a very simple food ration in different and extreme proportions, +for the only provisions they took were pemmican, butter, biscuit +and tea. After a short experience they found that Wilson, who had +arranged for the greatest quantity of fat, had too much of it, +while Cherry-Garrard, who had declared for biscuit, had more than +he could eat. Then a middle course was struck which gave a proportion +agreeable to all of them, and which at the same time suited the +total quantities of their various articles of food. The only change +that was suggested was the addition of cocoa for the evening meal, +because the travelers, thinking that tea robbed them of their slender +chance of sleep, had contented themselves with hot water. 'In this +way,' Scott decided, 'we have arrived at a simple and suitable +ration for the inland plateau.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the sleeping-bags there was little to be said, for although the +eiderdown bag might be useful for a short spring trip, it became +iced up too quickly to be much good on a long journey. Bowers never +used his eiderdown bag,[1] and in some miraculous manner he managed +more than once to turn his reindeer bag. The weights of the +sleeping-bags before and after the journey give some idea of the +ice collected. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: He insisted upon giving it to Cherry-Garrard. 'It +was,' the latter says, 'wonderfully self-sacrificing of him, more +than I can write. I felt a brute to take it, but I was getting +useless unless I got some sleep, which my big bag would not allow.'] +</p> + +<table class="center"> + <tr><td> </td> + <td>Starting<br />Weight</td> + <td>Final<br />Weight +<a name="page_307"><span class="page">Page 307</span></a> + </td></tr> + <tr><td>Wilson, reindeer and eiderdown.</td> + <td>17 lbs.</td><td>40 lbs.</td></tr> + <tr><td>Bowers, reindeer only.</td> + <td>17 "</td> + <td>33 "</td></tr> + <tr><td>C.-Garrard, reindeer and eiderdown.</td> + <td>18 "</td> + <td>45 "</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +The double tent was considered a great success, and the new crampons +were much praised except by Bowers, whose fondness for the older +form was not to be shaken. 'We have discovered,' Scott stated in +summing up the results of the journey, 'a hundred details of clothes, +mitts, and footwear: there seems no solution to the difficulties +which attach to these articles in extreme cold; all Wilson can +say, speaking broadly, is "The gear is excellent, excellent." One +continues to wonder as to the possibilities of fur clothing as made +by the Esquimaux, with a sneaking feeling that it may outclass our +more civilized garb. For us this can only be a matter of speculation, +as it would have been quite impossible to have obtained such articles. +With the exception of this radically different alternative, I feel +sure we are as near perfection as experience can direct. At any +rate we can now hold that our system of clothing has come through +a severer test than any other, fur included.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the return of the Cape Crozier Party lectures were resumed, +and apart from one or two gales the weather was so good and the +returning light so stimulating both to man and beast, that the +spirits of the former rose apace while those of the latter became +almost riotous when exercised. On August 10, Scott +<a name="page_308"><span class="page">Page 308</span></a> +and the new masters were to take charge on September 1, so that +they could exercise their respective animals and get to know them +as well as possible. The new arrangement was: +</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"> + <tr><td>Bowers</td><td>Victor</td></tr> + <tr><td>Wilson</td><td>Nobby</td></tr> + <tr><td>Atkinson</td><td>Jehu</td></tr> + <tr><td>Wright</td><td>Chinaman</td></tr> + <tr><td>Cherry-Garrard</td><td>Michael</td></tr> + <tr><td>Evans (P.O.)</td><td>Snatcher</td></tr> + <tr><td>Crean</td><td>Bones</td></tr> + <tr><td>Keohane</td><td>Jimmy Pigg</td></tr> + <tr><td>Oates</td><td>Christopher</td></tr> + <tr><td>Scott and Oates</td><td>Snippets</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +On the same day Oates gave his second excellent lecture on 'Horse +Management,' and afterwards the problem of snow-shoes was seriously +discussed. Besides the problem of the form of the shoes was also +the question of the means of attachment, and as to both points all +sorts of suggestions were made. At that time Scott's opinion was +that the pony snow-shoes they had, which were made on the grating or +racquet principle, would probably be the best, the only alternative +seeming to be to perfect the principle of the lawn mowing shoe. +'Perhaps,' he adds, 'we shall come to both kinds: the first for the +quiet animals and the last for the more excitable. I am confident +the matter is of first importance.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_309"><span class="page">Page 309</span></a> +Ten days later Scott had to admit that the ponies were becoming +a handful, and for the time being they would have been quite +unmanageable if they had been given any oats. As it was, Christopher, +Snippets and Victor were suffering from such high spirits that all +three of them bolted on the 21st. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A prolonged gale arrived just as the return of the sun was due, +and for three days everyone was more or less shut up in the hut. +Although the temperature was not especially low anyone who went +outside for even the briefest moment had to dress in wind clothes, +because exposed woolen or cloth materials became so instantaneously +covered with powdery crystals, that when they were brought back +into the warmth they were soon wringing wet. When, however, there +was no drift it was quicker and easier to slip on an overcoat, and +for his own garment of this description Scott admits a sentimental +attachment. 'I must confess,' he says, 'an affection for my veteran +uniform overcoat, inspired by its persistent utility. I find that +it is twenty-three years of age and can testify to its strenuous +existence. It has been spared neither rain, wind, nor salt sea +spray, tropic heat nor Arctic cold; it has outlived many sets of +buttons, from their glittering gilded youth to green old age, and +it supports its four-stripe shoulder straps as gaily as the single +lace ring of the early days which proclaimed it the possession of +a humble sub-lieutenant. Withal it is still a very long way from +the fate of the "one-horse shay."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_310"><span class="page">Page 310</span></a> +Not until August 26 did the sun appear, and everyone was at once +out and about and in the most cheerful frame of mind. The shouts +and songs of men could be heard for miles, and the outlook on life +of every member of the expedition seemed suddenly to have changed. +For if there is little that is new to be said about the return +of the sun in Polar regions, it must always be a very real and +important event to those who have lived without it for so many +months, and who have almost forgotten the sensation of standing +in brilliant sunshine. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_311"><span class="page">Page 311</span></a> +CHAPTER VI +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">GOOD-BYE TO CAPE EVANS</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +So far as I can venture to offer an opinion on such a matter,<br /> +the purpose of our being in existence, the highest object that<br /> +human beings can set before themselves, is not the pursuit of<br /> +any such chimera as the annihilating of the unknown; but it is<br /> +simply the unwearied endeavour to remove its boundaries a little<br /> +further from our little sphere of action.—HUXLEY. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +With the return of the sun preparations for the summer campaign +continued more zealously and industriously than ever, and what +seemed like a real start was made when Meares and Demetri went +off to Hut Point on September 1 with the dog teams. For such an +early departure there was no real reason unless Meares hoped to +train the dogs better when he had got them to himself; but he chose +to start, and Scott, after setting out the work he had to do, left +him to come and go between the two huts as he pleased. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile with Bowers' able assistance Scott set to work at sledding +figures, and although he felt as the scheme developed that their +organization would not be found wanting, he was also a little troubled +by the immense amount of detail, and by the fact that every arrangement +had to be more than usually elastic, so that both the complete +success and the utter failure of +<a name="page_312"><span class="page">Page 312</span></a> +the motors could be taken fully into account. 'I think,' he says, +'that our plan will carry us through without the motors (though in +that case nothing else must fail), and will take full advantage +of such help as the motors may give.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The spring traveling could not be extensive, because of necessity +the majority of the company had to stay at home and exercise the +ponies, which was not likely to be a light task when the food of +these enterprising animals was increased. E. Evans, Gran and Forde, +however, were to go and re-mark Corner Camp, and then Meares with +his dogs was to carry as much fodder there as possible, while Bowers, +Simpson, P.O. Evans and Scott were to 'stretch their legs' across +the Western Mountains. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig018.jpg" width="904" height="270" + alt="Figure 18"> +<br />DOG PARTY STARTING FROM HUT POINT. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig019.jpg" width="912" height="275" + alt="Figure 19"> +<br />DOG LINES. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +During the whole of the week ending on September 10, Scott was +occupied with making detailed plans for the Southern journey, every +figure being checked by Bowers, 'who has been an enormous help.' +And later on, in speaking of the transport department, Scott says, +'In spite of all the care I have taken to make the details of my +plan clear by lucid explanation, I find that Bowers is the only +man on whom I can thoroughly rely to carry out the work without +mistakes.' The result of this week's work and study was that Scott +came to the conclusion that there would be no difficulty in getting +to the Glacier if the motors were successful, and that even if +the motors failed they still ought to get there with any ordinary +degree of good fortune. To work three units of four men from that +point onward +<a name="page_313"><span class="page">Page 313</span></a> +would, he admitted, take a large amount of provisions, but with the +proper division he thought that they ought to attain their object. +'I have tried,' he said, 'to take every reasonable possibility +of misfortune into consideration;... I fear to be too sanguine, +yet taking everything into consideration I feel that our chances +ought to be good. The animals are in splendid form. Day by day the +ponies get fitter as their exercise increases.... But we cannot +spare any of the ten, and so there must always be anxiety of the +disablement of one or more before their work is done.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Apart from the great help he would obtain if the motors were successful, +Scott was very eager that they should be of some use so that all the +time, money and thought which had been given to their construction +should not be entirely wasted. But whatever the outcome of these +motors, his belief in the possibility of motor traction for Polar +work remained, though while it was in an untried and evolutionary +state he was too cautious and wise a leader to place any definite +reliance upon it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If, however, Scott was more than a little doubtful about the motors, +he was absolutely confident about the men who were chosen for the +Southern advance. 'All are now experienced sledge travelers, knit +together with a bond of friendship that has never been equaled under +such circumstances. Thanks to these people, and more especially +to Bowers and Petty Officer Evans, there is not a single detail +of our equipment +<a name="page_314"><span class="page">Page 314</span></a> +which is not arranged with the utmost care and in accordance with +the tests of experience.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Saturday, September 9, E. R. Evans, Forde and Gran left for +Corner Camp, and then for a few days Scott was busy finishing up +the Southern plans, getting instruction in photography, and preparing +for his journey to the west. On the Southern trip he had determined +to make a better show of photographic work than had yet been +accomplished, and with Ponting as eager to help others as he was +to produce good work himself an invaluable instructor was at hand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the main objects of having another look at the Ferrar Glacier +and of measuring the stakes put out by Wright in the previous year, +of bringing their sledge impressions up to date, and of practicing +with their cameras, Scott and his party started off to the west on +the 15th, without having decided precisely where they were going +or how long they would stay away. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two and a half days were spent in reaching Butter Point, and then +they proceeded up the Ferrar Glacier and reached the Cathedral +Rocks on the 19th. There they found the stakes placed by Wright +across the glacier, and spent the remainder of that day and the +whole of the next in plotting accurately their position. 'Very +cold wind down glacier increasing. In spite of this Bowers wrestled +with theodolite. He is really wonderful. I have never seen anyone +who could go on so long with bare fingers. My own fingers went +every few moments.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After plotting out the figures it turned out that the +<a name="page_315"><span class="page">Page 315</span></a> +movement varied from 24 to 32 feet, an extremely important observation, +and the first made on the movements of the coastal glaciers. Though a +greater movement than Scott expected to find, it was small enough to +show that the idea of comparative stagnation was correct. On the next +day they came down the Glacier, and then went slowly up the coast, +dipping into New Harbor, where they climbed the moraine, took angles +and collected rock specimens. At Cape Bernacchi a quantity of pure +quartz was found, and in it veins of copper ore—an interesting +discovery, for it was the first find of minerals suggestive of +the possibility of working. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next day they sighted a long, low ice wall, and at a distance +mistook it for a long glacier tongue stretching seaward from the +land. But as they approached it they saw a dark mark, and it suddenly +dawned upon them that the tongue was detached from the land. Half +recognizing familiar features they turned towards it, and as they +got close they saw that it was very like their old Erebus Glacier +Tongue. Then they sighted a flag upon it, and realized that it was +the piece broken off from the Erebus Tongue. Near the outer end +they camped, and climbing on to it soon found the depôt of +fodder left by Campbell, and the line of stakes planted to guide +the ponies in the autumn. So there, firmly anchored, was the piece +broken from the Glacier Tongue in the previous March, a huge tract +about two miles long which had turned through half a circle, so +that the old western end was towards +<a name="page_316"><span class="page">Page 316</span></a> +the east. 'Considering the many cracks in the ice mass it is most +astonishing that it should have remained intact throughout its +sea voyage. At one time it was suggested that the hut should be +placed on this Tongue. What an adventurous voyage the occupants +would have had! The Tongue which was 5 miles south of Cape Evans +is now 4° miles W.N.W. of it.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig020.jpg" width="765" height="322" + alt="Figure 20"> +<br />PANORAMA AT CAPE EVANS. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig021.jpg" width="763" height="293" + alt="Figure 21"> +<br />BERG IN SOUTH BAY. +<br /><i>Photo by F. Debenham.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +From the Glacier Tongue they still pushed north, and on the 24th, +just before the fog descended upon them, they got a view along +the stretch of coast to the north. So far the journey had been +more pleasant than Scott had anticipated, but two days after they +had turned back a heavy blizzard descended upon them, and although +an attempt was made to continue marching, they were soon compelled +to camp. After being held up completely on the 27th they started +again on the following day in a very frost-biting wind. From time +to time they were obliged to halt so that their frozen features +could be brought round, Simpson suffering more than the rest of +the party; and with drift coming on again they were weather-bound +in their tent during the early part of the afternoon. At 3 P.M., +however, the drift ceased, and they started off once more in a +wind as biting as ever. Then Scott saw an ominous yellow fuzzy +appearance on the southern ridges of Erebus, and knew that another +snowstorm was approaching; but hoping that this storm would miss +them, he kept on until Inaccessible Island was suddenly blotted +out. Thereupon a rush was made for a camp site, but the blizzard +swept upon +<a name="page_317"><span class="page">Page 317</span></a> +them, and in the driving snow they found it utterly impossible +to set up their inner tent, and could only just manage to set up +the outer one. A few hours later the weather again cleared, and +as they were more or less snowed up, they decided to push for Cape +Evans in spite of the wind. 'We arrived in at 1.15 A.M., pretty +well done. The wind never let up for an instant; the temperature +remained about -16°, and the 21 statute miles which we marched +in the day must be remembered amongst the most strenuous in my +memory.... The objects of our little journey were satisfactorily +accomplished, but the greatest source of pleasure to me is to realize +that I have such men as Bowers and P.O. Evans for the Southern +journey. I do not think that harder men or better sledge travelers +ever took the trail. Bowers is a little wonder. I realize all that +he must have done for the C. Crozier Party in their far severer +experience.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Late as the hour was when the travelers appeared at Cape Evans, +everyone was soon up and telling Scott what had happened during +his absence. E. Evans, Gran and Forde had reached Corner Camp and +found that it showed up well, and consequently all anxiety as to +the chance of finding One Ton Camp was removed. Forde, however, +had got his hand so badly frost-bitten that he was bound to be +incapacitated for some time, and this meant that the arrangements +that had already been made for a geological party to go to the +west would in all probability have to be altered. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_318"><span class="page">Page 318</span></a> +All of the ponies were reported to be very well, but Scott's joy +at this news vanished on October 3 when Atkinson reported that +Jehu was still too weak to pull a load. Oates also was having great +trouble with Christopher, who did not appreciate being harnessed +and generally bolted at the mere sight of a sledge. 'He is going,' +Scott, in referring to this most intractable pony, wrote, 'to be a +trial, but he is a good strong pony and should do yeoman service. +Day is increasingly hopeful about the motors. He is an ingenious +person and has been turning up new rollers out of a baulk of oak +supplied by Meares, and with Simpson's small motor as a lathe. +The motors may save the situation.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 5th Scott made a thorough inspection of Jehu and became +convinced that he was useless. Chinaman and James Pigg were also +no towers of strength. 'But the other seven are in fine form and +must bear the brunt of the work somehow. If we suffer more loss +we shall depend on the motor, and then!... well, one must face +the bad as well as the good.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the following day, after Christopher had given his usual +exhibition at the start, Wilson, Oates, Cherry-Garrard and Crean +went over to Hut Point with their ponies; and late on the same +afternoon the Hut Point telephone bell suddenly rang. The line +had been laid by Meares some time before, but hitherto there had +been no communication. Now, however, Scott heard a voice and found +himself able to hold long +<a name="page_319"><span class="page">Page 319</span></a> +conversations with Meares and Oates. 'Not a very wonderful fact, +perhaps, but it seems wonderful in this primitive land to be talking +to one's fellow beings 15 miles away. Oates told me that the ponies +had arrived in fine order, Christopher a little done, but carrying +the heaviest load. If we can keep the telephone going it will be +a great boon, especially to Meares later in the season.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After service on Sunday morning Scott, continuing his course of +photography under the excellent instruction of Ponting, went out +to the Pressure Ridge, and thoroughly enjoyed himself. Worries, +however, were in store, for later in the afternoon, by which time +Scott had returned to the hut, a telephone message from Nelson's +igloo brought the news that Clissold had fallen from a berg and hurt +his back. In three minutes Bowers had organized a sledge party, and +fortunately Atkinson was on the spot and able to join it. Scott himself +at once hurried over the land, and found Ponting very distressed +and Clissold practically insensible. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It appeared that Clissold had been acting as Ponting's 'model,' +and that they had been climbing about the berg to get pictures. +Ponting had lent his crampons and ice-axe to Clissold, but the +latter nevertheless missed his footing after one of the 'poses,' +and after sliding over a rounded surface of ice for some twelve +feet, had dropped six feet on to a sharp angle in the wall of the +berg. Unquestionably Clissold was badly hurt, and although neither +Wilson nor Atkinson +<a name="page_320"><span class="page">Page 320</span></a> +thought that anything very serious had happened, there was no doubt +that the accident would prevent him from taking the place allotted +to him in the motor sledge party. Thus there were two men on the +sick list, and after all the trouble that had been taken to get +things ready for the summer journeys Scott naturally felt that +these misfortunes were more than a little deplorable. On the other +hand, all was going well with the ponies, though Christopher's +dislike to sledges seemed rather to increase than to lessen. When +once he was in the sledge he had always behaved himself until October +13, when he gave a really great exhibition of perversity. On this +occasion a dog frightened him, and having twisted the rope from +Oates' hands he bolted for all he was worth. When, however, he +had obtained his freedom, he set about most systematically to get +rid of his load. At first he gave sudden twists and thus dislodged +two bales of hay, but when he caught sight of some other sledges +a better idea at once struck him, and he dashed straight at them +with the evident intention of getting free of his load at one fell +swoop. Two or three times he ran for Bowers and then he turned +his attention to Keohane, his plan being to charge from a short +distance with teeth bared and heels flying. By this time his antics +had brought a small group to the scene, and presently Oates, Bowers, +Nelson and Atkinson managed to clamber on to the sledge. Undaunted, +however, by this human burden, he tried to treat it as he had the +bales of hay, and he did manage to +<a name="page_321"><span class="page">Page 321</span></a> +dispose of Atkinson with violence; but the others dug their heels into +the snow and succeeded at last in tiring him out. 'I am exceedingly +glad,' Scott says, 'there are not other ponies like him. These capers +promise trouble, but I think a little soft snow on the Barrier may +effectually cure them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Tuesday, October 17, the motors were to be taken on to the floe, +but the attempt was not successful, the axle casing (aluminum) +splitting soon after the trial had begun. Once again Scott expressed +his conviction that the motors would be of little assistance, though +at the same time retaining his opinion that with more experience +they might have been of the greatest service. 'The trouble is that +if they fail, no one will ever believe this.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The days at Cape Evans were now rapidly drawing to a close. Plans +and preparations occupied the attention of everyone, and Scott's +time was almost wholly occupied in preparing details and in writing. +'Words,' he said in a letter dated October, 1912, 'must always +fail me when I talk of Bill Wilson. I believe he really is the +finest character I ever met—the closer one gets to him the +more there is to admire. Every quality is so solid and dependable; +cannot you imagine how that counts down here? Whatever the matter, +one knows Bill will be sound, shrewdly practical, intensely loyal, +and quite unselfish. Add to this a wider knowledge of persons and +things than is at first guessable, a quiet vein of humour and really +consummate tact, and you have some idea of his values. I think +<a name="page_322"><span class="page">Page 322</span></a> +he is the most popular member of the party, and that is saying much. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Bowers is all and more than I ever expected of him. He is a positive +treasure, absolutely trustworthy, and prodigiously energetic. He +is about the hardest man amongst us, and that is saying a good +deal—nothing seems to hurt his tough little body, and certainly +no hardship daunts his spirit. I shall have a hundred little tales +to tell you of his indefatigable zeal, his unselfishness, and his +inextinguishable good humor. He surprises always, for his intelligence +is of quite a high order and his memory for details most exceptional. +You can imagine him, as he is, an indispensable assistant to me in +every detail concerning the management and organization of our +sledding work and a delightful companion on the march. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'One of the greatest successes is Wright. He is very hard working, +very thorough, and absolutely ready for anything. Like Bowers he +has taken to sledding like a duck to water, and although he hasn't +had such severe testing, I believe he would stand it pretty nearly +as well. Nothing ever seems to worry him, and I can't imagine he +ever complained of anything in his life. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The Soldier is very popular with all—a delightfully humorous +cheery old pessimist—striving with the ponies night and day +and bringing woeful accounts of their small ailments into the hut. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Atkinson will go far, I think; he has a positive passion for helping +others. It is extraordinary what pains he will take to do a kind +thing unobtrusively. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_323"><span class="page">Page 323</span></a> +'Cherry-Garrard is clean grit right through; one has caught glimpses +of him in tight places. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Day has the sweetest temper and all sorts of other nice +characteristics. Moreover he has a very remarkable mechanical ability, +and I believe is about as good a man as could have been selected +for his job. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I don't think I will give such long descriptions of the others, +though most of them deserve equally high praise. Taken all round, +they are a perfectly excellent lot. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The men are equally fine. P.O. Evans looks after our sledges and +sledge equipment with a care of management and a fertility of resource +which is truly astonishing. On "trek" he is just as sound and hard as +ever, and has an inexhaustible store of anecdote. Crean is perfectly +happy, ready to do anything and go anywhere, the harder the work, +the better. Evans and Crean are great friends. Lashly is his old +self in every respect, hard working to the limit, quiet, abstemious +and determined. You see altogether I have a good set of people +with me, and it will go hard if we don't achieve something. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The study of individual characters is a pleasant pastime in such +a mixed community of thoroughly nice people... men of the most +diverse upbringing and experience are really pals with one another, +and the subjects which would be delicate ground of discussion between +acquaintances are just those which are most freely used for jest.... +I have never seen a temper lost in these discussions. So as I sit +here I am +<a name="page_324"><span class="page">Page 324</span></a> +very satisfied with these things. I think that it would have been +difficult to better the organization of the party—every man +has his work and is especially adapted for it; there is no gap +and no overlap. It is all that I desired, and the same might well +be said of the men selected to do the work.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I don't know what to think of Amundsen's chances. If he gets to +the Pole, it must be before we do, as he is bound to travel fast +with dogs and pretty certain to start early. On this account I +decided at a very early date to act exactly as I should have done +had he not existed. Any attempt to race must have wrecked my plan, +besides which it doesn't appear the sort of thing one is out for. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Possibly you will have heard something before this reaches you. +Oh! and there are all sorts of possibilities. In any case you can +rely on my not doing or saying anything foolish—only I'm +afraid you must be prepared for the chance of finding our venture +much belittled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'After all, it is the work that counts, not the applause that follows.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The transport of emergency stores to Hut Point was delayed by the +weather until October 22, but on that day the most important +stores—which were for the returning depôts and to provision +the <i>Discovery</i> hut in case the <i>Terra Nova</i> did not +arrive—were taken by Wilson, Bowers and P.O. Evans and their +ponies to Glacier Tongue. Accidents, however, were still to happen, +for while Bowers was holding the ponies so +<a name="page_325"><span class="page">Page 325</span></a> +that Wilson and Evans could unload them, Victor got the hook, which +fastened the harness to the trace of another pony, into his nose. +At that moment a lot of drift swept upon them, and immediately +all three of the ponies stampeded, Snatcher making for home and +Nobby for the Western Mountains, while Victor, with Bowers still +hanging on to him, just bolted here, there and everywhere. Wilson +and P.O. Evans at once started after their ponies, and the former +by means of a biscuit as a bait managed to catch Nobby west of Tent +Island, but Snatcher arrived, with a single trace and dangling +sledge, by himself at Cape Evans. Half an hour after Wilson had +returned Bowers brought in Victor, who had a gash in his nose, and +was very much distressed. 'I don't know,' Scott says, 'how Bowers +managed to hang on to the frightened animal; I don't believe anyone +else would have done so.... Two lessons arise. First, however quiet +the animals appear they must not be left by their drivers—no +chance must be taken; secondly, the hooks on the hames of the harness +must be altered in shape. I suppose such incidents as this were +to be expected, one cannot have ponies very fresh and vigorous +and expect them to behave like lambs, but I shall be glad when we +are off and can know more definitely what resources we can count on.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to this mishap, a football match had been got up two +days before, in which Debenham hurt his knee. Thus the Western +Party was again delayed, the only compensation for this accident +<a name="page_326"><span class="page">Page 326</span></a> +being that Forde's hand would have a better chance of recovery while +Debenham's knee was given time to improve. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day the motors seemed to be ready for the start, +but various little defects again cropped up, and not until the next +morning did they get away. At first there were frequent stops, +but on the whole satisfactory progress was made, and as even a +small measure of success would, in Scott's opinion, be enough to +show their ability to revolutionize Polar transport, and so help +to prevent the cruelty that is a necessary condition of animal +transport, he was intensely anxious about the result of this trial +trip. As this subject was one which was of the most supreme interest +to Scott, it is well to quote the opinion of an expert upon these motor +sledges. 'It has been said that Captain Scott's sledges failed, and +without further consideration the design has been totally condemned, +but this is quite unfair to the design; and it must be admitted by +everyone who has had anything to do with the sledges, and has any +sort of knowledge of mechanical principles, that it was <i>the +engine</i> that failed, not the transmission gear at all. The engine +used was a four-cylinder air-cooled one, and most unexpectedly in +the cold climate of the Antarctic it over-heated and broke various +parts, beyond possibility of repair under the severe conditions. +The reason of the breakdown therefore applies to any and every +form of motor sledge, and should a satisfactory engine be available +for one form of sledge, it is equally +<a name="page_327"><span class="page">Page 327</span></a> +available for another. It therefore shows a lack of fair judgment +to condemn the Scott sledge for a breakdown, which would have applied +equally to every form of motor transport which could have been +designed.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Unquestionably the motor sledges did enough to make this unique +experiment infinitely worth trying, and on Friday, October 27, Scott +declared that the machines had already vindicated themselves. Even +the seamen, who had been very doubtful about them, were profoundly +impressed, and P.O. Evans admitted that, 'if them things can go on +like that, I reckon you wouldn't want nothing else.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the days passed by, it was obvious that the Western Party—which +consisted of Taylor, Debenham, Gran and Forde—would have to +leave after the Southern Party. 'It is trying that they should +be wasting the season in this way. All things considered, I shall +be glad to get away and put our fortune to the test,' Scott wrote +on the 28th. And two days later he added: 'Meares and Ponting are +just off to Hut Point. Atkinson and Keohane will probably leave +in an hour or so as arranged, and if the weather holds, we shall +all get off to-morrow. So here end the entries in this diary with +the first chapter of our History. The future is in the lap of the +gods; I can think of nothing left undone to deserve success.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_328"><span class="page">Page 328</span></a> +CHAPTER VII +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY BEGINS</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> + Free men freely work.<br /> +Whoever fears God, fears to sit at ease.<br /> + E. B. BROWNING. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +'As we are just off on our Southern journey, with a good chance of +missing the ship on our return,' Scott wrote before leaving Cape +Evans on November 1, 'I send a word of greeting. We are going away +with high hopes of success and for the moment everything smiles, but +where risks must be taken the result must be dependent on chance +to some extent. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I am lucky in having with me the right men for the work; we have +lived most happily together through the long winter, and now all +are fit, ready, and eager to go forward, and, apart from the result, +the work itself is extraordinarily fascinating.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The march to Hut Point was begun in detachments, Scott leading +Snippets and soon finding himself where he wished to be, at the +tail of the team. After all Jehu had refuted predictions by being +allowed to start, although so little confidence was still +<a name="page_329"><span class="page">Page 329</span></a> +placed in him that on the previous day he had been sent at his +own pace to Hut Point. Chinaman was also 'an unknown quantity,' +but the chief trouble on the opening march was caused by the +persistently active Christopher, who kicked and bucked the whole +way. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On this march, which reminded Scott of a regatta or a somewhat +disorganized fleet with ships of very unequal speed, a good knowledge +was obtained of the various paces of the ponies, and the plan of +advance was, after some trouble, arranged. The start was to be +made from Hut Point in three parties—the very slow ponies, +the medium paced, and the fliers. The motors with Day, E. R. Evans, +Lashly and Hooper (who had taken Clissold's place) were already +on the way, and the dogs, with Meares and Demetri, were to follow +the main detachments. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Night marching was decided upon, and after supper good-bye was +said to Hut Point, and Atkinson, Wright and Keohane led off with +Jehu, Chinaman and Jimmy Pigg. Two hours later Scott, Wilson and +Cherry-Garrard left, their ponies marching steadily and well together +on the sea-ice. At Safety Camp they found Atkinson, who reported that +Chinaman and Jehu were already tired. Soon after Scott's party had +camped for lunch, Ponting arrived with Demetri and a small dog team, +and the cinematograph was up in time to catch the flying rearguard, +which came along in fine form with Snatcher, 'a wonderful little +beast,' leading. Christopher had given his customary exhibition when +<a name="page_330"><span class="page">Page 330</span></a> +harnessed, and although the Barrier surface had sobered him a little +it was not thought advisable for him to stop, and so the party +fled through in the wake of the advance guard, and were christened +'the through train.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'After lunch,' Scott, writing from Camp 1 on November 3, says, 'we +packed up and marched steadily on as before. I don't like these +midnight lunches, but for man the march that follows is pleasant +when, as today, the wind falls and the sun steadily increases its +heat. The two parties in front of us camped five miles beyond Safety +Camp, and we reached their camp some half or three-quarters of an +hour later. All the ponies are tethered in good order, but most +of them are tired—Chinaman and Jehu <i>very tired</i>.... +A petrol tin is near the camp and a note stating that the motors +passed at 9 P.M. 28th, going strong—they have from four to +five days' lead and should surely keep it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next march they started in what for some time was to be +the settled order—Atkinson's contingent at 8 P.M., Scott's +at 10, Oates' an hour and a quarter later. Just after starting +they picked up cheerful notices saying that all was well with both +the motors, and Day wrote, 'Hope to meet in 80° 30' Lat.' But +very soon afterwards a depôt of petrol was found; and worse +was to follow, as some four miles out from Camp 1 they came across +a tin bearing the sad announcement, 'Big end Day's motor No. 2 +cylinder broken.' Half a mile beyond was the motor, its tracking +sledges, &c.; and notes from E. Evans and Day to +<a name="page_331"><span class="page">Page 331</span></a> +tell the tale of the mishap. The only spare big end had been used +for Lashly's machine, and as it would have taken a long time to +strip Day's engine so that it could run on three cylinders, they +had decided to abandon it and push on with the other alone. 'So +the dream of help from the machines is at an end! The track of +the remaining motor goes steadily forward, but now, of course, I +shall expect to see it every hour of the march.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the second and third marches the ponies did fairly well on a +bad surface, but as yet they had only light loads to pull; and not +until they were tested was Scott prepared to express much confidence +in them. At Camp 3 he found a troubled note from E. Evans saying +that their maximum speed was about 7 miles a day. 'They have taken +on nine bags of forage, but there are three black dots to the south +which we can only imagine are the deserted motor with its loaded +sledges. The men have gone on as a supporting party, as directed. +It is a disappointment. I had hoped better of the machines once +they got away on the Barrier Surface.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From this camp they started in the usual order, having arranged +that full loads should be carried if the black dots proved to be +the motors, and very soon they found their fears confirmed. Another +note from E. Evans stated a recurrence of the old trouble. The big +end of No. 1 cylinder had cracked, otherwise the machine was in +good order. 'Evidently,' Scott wrote in reference to this misfortune, +'the engines are not +<a name="page_332"><span class="page">Page 332</span></a> +fitted for working in this climate, a fact that should be certainly +capable of correction. One thing is proved: the system of propulsion +is altogether satisfactory. The motor party has proceeded as a +man-hauling party as arranged.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As they came to Camp 4 a blizzard threatened, and snow walls were +at once built for the ponies. The last march, however, was more +than a compensation for bad weather. Jehu and Chinaman with loads +of over 450 lbs. had stepped out well and had finished as fit as +they had started, while the better ponies had made nothing of their +loads, Scott's Snippets having pulled over 700 lbs., sledge included. +'We are all much cheered by this performance. It shows a hardening +up of ponies which have been well trained; even Oates is pleased!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The blizzard only just gave them time to get everything done in +the camp before it arrived. The ponies, however, in their new rugs +and with sheltering walls as high as themselves could scarcely feel +the wind, and as this protection was a direct result of experience +gained in the previous year, Scott was glad to feel that some good +had been obtained from that disastrous journey. But when the snow +began to fall the ponies as usual suffered, because it was impossible +to devise any means of keeping them comfortable in thick and driving +snow. 'We men are snug and comfortable enough, but it is very evil to +lie here and know that the weather is steadily sapping the strength +of the beasts on which so +<a name="page_333"><span class="page">Page 333</span></a> +much depends. It requires much philosophy to be cheerful on such +occasions.' In the midst of the drift during the forenoon of the +7th Meares and Demetri with the dogs arrived, and camped about +a quarter of a mile away. In catching the main party up so soon +Scott considered that Meares had played too much for safety, but +at the same time it was encouraging to know that the dogs would +pull the loads assigned to them, and that they could face such +terrific winds. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The threatening weather continued until late on Tuesday night, and +the question of starting was left open for a long time, several +of the party thinking it unwise to march. At last, however, the +decision was made to go, and the advance guard got away soon after +midnight. Then, to Scott's surprise and delight, he discovered that +his fears about the ponies were needless. Both Jehu and Chinaman +took skittish little runs when their rugs were removed, and Chinaman +even betrayed a not altogether irresistible desire to buck. In +fact the only pony that gave any trouble was Christopher, and this +not from any fatigue but from excessive spirit. Most of the ponies +halted now and again to get a mouthful of snow, but Christopher +had still to be sent through with a non-stop run, for his tricks +and devices were as innumerable as ever. Oates had to cling like +grim death to his bridle until the first freshness had worn off, +and this was a long rather than a light task, as even after ten +miles he was prepared to misbehave himself if he got the smallest +chance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_334"><span class="page">Page 334</span></a> +A few hundred yards from Camp 5 Bowers picked up a bale of forage +and loaded it on his sledge, bringing the weight to nearly 800 lbs. +Victor, however, went on as though nothing had happened, and although +the surface was for the time wonderfully good, and it still remained +a question how the ponies would get on under harder conditions, +Scott admitted that so far the outlook was very encouraging. The +cairns built in the previous year showed up very distinctly and +were being picked up with the greatest ease, and this also was +an additional cause for satisfaction because with pony walls, camp +sites and cairns, the track on the homeward march seemed as if it +must be easy to follow. Writing at Camp 5, Scott says, 'Everyone +is as fit as can be. It was wonderfully warm as we camped this +morning at 11 o'clock; the wind has dropped completely and the +sun shines gloriously. Men and ponies revel in such weather. One +devoutly hopes for a good spell of it as we recede from the windy +Northern region. The dogs came up soon after we had camped, traveling +easily.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next march they remained faithful to their program of advancing +a little over ten geographical miles nightly. But during the last +two miles of this stage all of the ponies were together. 'It looked +like a meet of the hounds, and Jehu ran away!!' was Cherry-Garrard's +account of this scene in his diary. But in Scott's opinion it was +clearly not advantageous to march in one detachment, because the +slow advance-guard ponies were forced out of their pace by joining +<a name="page_335"><span class="page">Page 335</span></a> +with the others, while the fast rearguard had their speed reduced. +This, however, was a great day for Jehu, whose attempt to bolt, +though scarcely amounting to more than a sprawling canter, was +freely acknowledged to be a creditable performance for a pony who +at the start had been thought incapable of doing a single march. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The weather now began to change rapidly for the worse, and in +consequence the pleasure of marching as rapidly vanished. In arriving +at Camp 7 they had to struggle at first against a strong head wind, +and afterwards in a snowstorm. Wright, who was leading, found it +so impossible to see where he was going that he decided to camp +some two miles short of the usual ten, but the ponies continued +to do well and this was a compensation for the curtailed distance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A worse surface was in store for them when they started from Camp +7, in fact Scott and Wilson described it as one of the worst they +had ever seen. The snow that had fallen in the day remained soft, +and added to this they had entered upon an area of soft crust between +a few scattered hard sastrugi. In pits between these the snow lay +in sandy heaps, making altogether the most difficult conditions +for the ponies. Nevertheless the stronger ponies continued to pull +excellently, and even the poor old crocks succeeded in covering +9-1/2 miles. 'Such a surface makes one anxious in spite of the +rapidity with which changes take place. I expected these marches +to be a little difficult, but not near so bad as to-day's.... In +spite of the surface, the dogs ran up from the camp before last, +<a name="page_336"><span class="page">Page 336</span></a> +over 20 miles, in the night. They are working splendidly.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The surface was still bad and the weather horrid on the following +day, but 5 miles out the advance party came straight and true upon +the last year's Bluff depôt. Here Scott found a note, from +which he learned the cheering news that E. Evans and his party must +be the best part of five days ahead. On the other hand, Atkinson +had a very gloomy report to make of Chinaman, who could, he thought, +only last a few more miles. Oates, however, much more optimistic +than usual, considered that Chinaman would last for several days; +and during another horrid march to Camp 10 all the ponies did well, +Jehu especially distinguishing himself. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We shall be,' Scott wrote from this camp on Monday, November 13, +'in a better position to know how we stand when we get to One Ton +Camp, now only 17 or 18 miles, but I am anxious about these +beasts—very anxious, they are not the ponies they ought to +have been, and if they pull through well, all the thanks will be due +to Oates. I trust the weather and surface conditions will improve; +both are rank bad at present.' The next stage took them within 7 +or 8 miles of One Ton Camp, and with a slightly improved surface +and some sun the spirits of the party revived. But, although the +ponies were working splendidly, it was painful work for them to +struggle on through the snow, and Christopher's antics when harnessed +were already a thing of the past—a fact which +<a name="page_337"><span class="page">Page 337</span></a> +would have been totally unregretted had it not been evidence that +his strength was also beginning to diminish. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One Ton Camp was found without any difficulty, and having pushed on +to Camp 12 it was decided to give the animals a day's rest there, +and afterwards to go forward at the rate of 13 geographical miles (15 +statute miles) a day. 'Oates thinks the ponies will get through, but +that they have lost condition quicker than he expected. Considering +his usually pessimistic attitude this must be thought a hopeful +view. Personally I am much more hopeful. I think that a good many +of the beasts are actually in better form than when they started, +and that there is no need to be alarmed about the remainder, always +excepting the weak ones which we have always regarded with doubt. +Well, we must wait and see how things go.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another note from E. Evans was found at One Ton Camp, stating that +his party had taken on four boxes of biscuits, and would wait for +the main detachment at Lat. 80° 30'. The minimum thermometer +left there in the previous year showed -73°, which was rather +less than Scott had expected. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the day's rest the loads were re-organized, the stronger +ponies taking on about 580 lbs., while the others had rather over +400 lbs. as their burden; and refreshed by their holiday all of +them marched into the next camp without any signs of exhaustion. +By this time frost-bites were frequent, both Oates and P.O. Evans +being victims, while Meares, when told +<a name="page_338"><span class="page">Page 338</span></a> +that his nose was 'gone,' remarked that he was tired of it and that +it would thaw out by and by! +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Hopes and fears concerning the ponies naturally alternated on such +a journey, and the latter predominated when Scott wrote on November +18 from Camp 14. 'The ponies are not pulling well. The surface is, +if anything, a little worse than yesterday, but I should think +about the sort of thing we shall have to expect henceforward.... +It's touch and go whether we scrape up to the Glacier; meanwhile +we get along somehow.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next two marches, however, the ponies, in spite of rather +bad surfaces, did wonderfully well, and both Jehu and Chinaman +began to be regarded with real admiration, Jehu being re-christened +'The Barrier Wonder' and Chinaman 'The Thunderbolt.' Again Scott +began to take a hopeful view of getting through, unless the surfaces +became infinitely worse. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While on the way to Camp 17 Scott's detachment found E. Evans and +his party in Lat. 80° 32', and heard that they had been waiting +for six days, which they had spent in building a tremendous cairn. +All of them looked very fit, but they were also very hungry—an +informing fact, as it proved conclusively that a ration which was +ample for the needs of men leading ponies, was nothing like enough +for those who were doing hard pulling work. Thus the provision +that Scott had made for summit work received a full justification, +though even with the rations that were +<a name="page_339"><span class="page">Page 339</span></a> +to be taken he had no doubt that hunger would attack the party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After some discussion it was decided to take Evans' motor party +on in advance for three days, and then that Day and Hooper should +return. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Good, steady progress was made on the next two marches, and at +Camp 19 they were within 150 geographical miles of the Glacier. +'But it is still rather touch and go. If one or more ponies were +to go rapidly down hill we might be in queer street.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then at Camp 20 came the end of the gallant Jehu. 'We did the usual +march very easily over a fairly good surface, the ponies now quite +steady and regular. Since the junction with the Motor Party the +procedure has been for the man-hauling people to go forward just +ahead of the crocks, the other party following two or three hours +later. To-day we closed less than usual, so the crocks must have +been going very well. However, the fiat had already gone forth, +and this morning (November 24) after the march poor old Jehu was +led back on the track and shot. After our doubts as to his reaching +Hut Point, it is wonderful to think that he has actually got eight +marches beyond our last year limit, and could have gone more. However, +towards the end he was pulling very little, and on the whole it is +merciful to have ended his life. Chinaman seems to improve and +will certainly last a good many days yet. I feel we ought to get +through now. Day and Hooper leave us to-night.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_340"><span class="page">Page 340</span></a> +Referring to Jehu in his diary Cherry-Garrard re-marked how much +Scott felt 'this kind of thing,' and how cut up Atkinson was at +the loss of his pony. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After Day and Hooper had turned back the party was re-arranged and +started together. The man-haulers, Atkinson, E. Evans and Lashly, +went ahead with their gear on the 10-foot sledge, then came Wright +with Chinaman and Keohane with James Pigg, the rest following close +behind them. But although the two crocks had not been given their +usual start, they stuck to their work so gallantly that at the +finish they were less than a quarter of a mile behind. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Camp 22, in Lat. 81° 35' the Middle Barrier Depôt was +made, and as they did not leave until 3 A.M. they were gradually +getting back to day-marching. The next stage, however, of their +journey was struggled through under the greatest difficulties. At +the start the surface was bad, and the man-haulers in front made +such heavy weather of it that they were repeatedly overtaken. This +threw the ponies out and prolonged the march so much that six hours +were spent in reaching the lunch camp. But bad as the first part of +the march had been, the latter part was even worse. The advance +party started on ski, but had the greatest difficulty in keeping a +course; and presently snow began to fall heavily with a rise of +temperature, and the ski became hopelessly clogged. At this time +the surface was terribly hard for pulling, and the man-haulers also +found it impossible to steer. The march of 13 miles was eventually +completed, but under +<a name="page_341"><span class="page">Page 341</span></a> +the most harassing circumstances and with very tired animals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Our forage supply necessitates that we should plug on the 13 +(geographical) miles daily under all conditions, so that we can +only hope for better things. It is several days since we had a +glimpse of land, which makes conditions especially gloomy. A tired +animal makes a tired man, I find, and none of us are very bright +now after the day's march.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No improvement in the weather was in store for them on the following +day (November 28), for snowstorms swept over them, the driving snow +not only preventing them from seeing anything, but also hitting +them stingingly in their faces. Chinaman was shot on this night, +but in struggling on until he was within go miles of the Glacier +he had done more than was ever expected of him; and with only four +bags of forage left the end of all the ponies was very near at +hand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the march to Camp 25, Lat. 82° 21', 'the most unexpected +and trying summer blizzard yet experienced in this region' ceased, +and prospects improved in every respect. While they were marching +the land showed up hazily, and at times looked remarkably close to +them. 'Land shows up almost ahead now,' Scott wrote on the 29th, +'and our pony goal is less than 70 miles away. The ponies are tired, +but I believe all have five days' work left in them, and some a +great deal more.... It follows that the dogs can be employed, rested +and fed well on the homeward track. We could really get through +now with their +<a name="page_342"><span class="page">Page 342</span></a> +help and without much delay, yet every consideration makes it desirable +to save the men from heavy hauling as long as possible. So I devoutly +hope the 70 miles will come in the present order of things.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Snippets and Nobby by this time walked by themselves, but both of +them kept a continually cunning eye upon their driver, and if he +stopped they at once followed his example. It was, Scott admitted, +a relief no longer to have to lead his animal, for fond of Snippets +as he was, the vagaries of the animal were annoying when on the +march. Thursday, November 30, brought most pleasant weather with it, +but the surface was so bad that all of the ponies, with the exception +of Nobby, began to show obvious signs of failure. A recurrence of +'sinking crusts' (areas which gave way with a report) was encountered, +and the ponies very often sank nearly to their knees. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Camp 27 Nobby was the only pony who did not show signs of extreme +exhaustion, but forage was beginning to get so scarce that even Nobby +had nearly reached the end of his life. On this night (December +1) Christopher was shot, and by no possibility could he be much +regretted, for he had given nothing but trouble at the outset, +and as soon as his spirits began to fail his strength had also +disappeared. 'He has been a great disappointment,' Cherry-Garrard +wrote, 'even James Pigg has survived him.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A depôt, called the Southern Barrier Depôt, was left +at Camp 27, so that no extra weight was added to the loads of the +other ponies. 'Three more marches +<a name="page_343"><span class="page">Page 343</span></a> +ought to carry us through. With the seven crocks and the dog teams +we <i>must</i> get through, I think. The men alone ought not to +have heavy loads on the surface, which is extremely trying.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of the 1st Nobby had been tried in snow-shoes, and +for about four miles had traveled splendidly upon them, but then +the shoes racked and had to be taken off; nevertheless, in Scott's +opinion, there was no doubt that snow-shoes were the thing for +ponies, and that if his ponies had been able to use them from the +beginning their condition would have been very different from what +it was. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Camp 28, Lat. 83°, Scott wrote, 'Started under very bad +weather conditions. The stratus spreading over from the S.E. last +night meant mischief, and all day we marched in falling snow with +a horrible light.... The ponies were sinking deep in a wretched +surface. I suggested to Oates that he should have a roving commission +to watch the animals, but he much preferred to lead one, so I handed +over Snippets very willingly and went on ski myself.' This he found +such easy work, that he had time to take several photographs of +the ponies as they plunged through the snow. But in the afternoon +they found a better surface, and Scott, who was leading, had to +travel at a very steady pace to keep the lead. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When this march had finished they had reached the 83rd parallel, +and were 'practically safe to get through.' But with forage becoming +scarcer and scarcer poor Bictor—to the great sorrow of Bowers, +<a name="page_344"><span class="page">Page 344</span></a> +who was very fond of him—had to be shot. Six ponies remained, +and as the dogs were doing splendidly, the chances of the party +reaching the Glacier were excellent if only they could see their +way to it. Wild in his diary of Shackleton's journey remarked on +December 15 that it was the first day for a month on which he could +not record splendid weather. With Scott's party, however, a fine +day had been the exception rather than the rule, and the journey +had been one almost perpetual fight against bad weather and bad +surfaces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tent parties at this date were made up of (1) Scott, Wilson, +Oates and Keohane; (2) Bowers, P.O. Evans, Cherry-Garrard and Crean; +(3) man-haulers, E. R. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. 'We +have all taken to horse meat and are so well fed that hunger isn't +thought of.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At 2.30 A.M. on Sunday, December 3, Scott, intending to get away +at 5, roused all hands, but their bad luck in the way of weather +once more delayed the start. At first there seemed to be just a +chance that they might be able to march, but while they were having +breakfast a full gale blew up from the south; 'the strongest wind I +have known here in summer.' In a very short time the pony wall was +blown down, the sledges were buried, and huge drifts had collected. +In heavy drift everyone turned out to make up the pony walls, but +the flanking wall was blown down three times before the job was +completed. About mid-day the weather improved and soon afterwards +the clouds broke and the land appeared; and when they got away at +<a name="page_345"><span class="page">Page 345</span></a> +2 P.M., the sun was shining brightly. But this pleasant state of +affairs was only destined to last for one short hour; after that +snow again began to fall, and marching conditions became supremely +horrible. The wind increased from the S.E., changed to S. W., where +for a time it remained, and then suddenly shifted to W.N.W., and +afterwards to N.N.W., from which direction it continued to blow +with falling and drifting snow. But in spite of these rapid and +absolutely bewildering changes of conditions they managed to get +11-1/2 miles south and to Camp 29 at 7 P.M. The man-haulers, however, +camped after six miles, for they found it impossible to steer a +course. 'We (Scott and Bowers) steered with compass, the drifting +snow across our ski, and occasional glimpses of southeasterly sastrugi +under them, till the sun showed dimly for the last hour or so. The +whole weather conditions seem thoroughly disturbed, and if they +continue so when we are on the Glacier, we shall be very awkwardly +placed. It is really time the luck turned in our favor—we have +had all too little of it. Every mile seems to have been hardly won +under such conditions. The ponies did splendidly and the forage is +lasting a little better than expected... we should have no difficulty +whatever as regards transport if only the weather was kind.' On the +following day the weather was still in a bad mood, for no sooner +had they got on their gear for the start than a thick blizzard +from the S.S.E. arrived. Quickly everyone started to build fresh +walls for the ponies, an uninviting task enough in a regular white +flowing blizzard, but one which added +<a name="page_346"><span class="page">Page 346</span></a> +greatly to the comfort of the animals, who looked sleepy and bored, +but not at all cold. Just as the walls were finished the man-haulers +came into camp, having been assisted in their course by the tracks +that the other parties had made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fortunately the wind moderated in the forenoon and by 2 P.M. they +were off and in six hours had placed 13 more miles to their credit. +During this march the land was quite clearly in view, and several +uncharted glaciers of large dimensions were seen. The mountains +were rounded in outline, very massive, with excrescent peaks, one +or two of the peaks on the foothills standing bare and almost +perpendicular. Ahead of them was the ice-rounded, boulder-strewn +Mount Hope and the gateway to the Glacier. 'We should reach it +easily enough on to-morrow's march if we can compass 12 miles.... +We have only lost 5 or 6 miles on these two wretched days, but the +disturbed condition of the weather makes me anxious with regard +to the Glacier, where more than anywhere we shall need fine days. +One has a horrid feeling that this is a real bad season. However, +sufficient for the day is the evil thereof. We are practically +through with the first stage of our journey. Looking from the last +Camp (29) towards the S.S.E., where the farthest land can be seen, +it seemed more than probable that a very high latitude could be +reached on the Barrier, and if Amundsen journeying that way has +a stroke of luck, he may well find his summit journey reduced to +100 miles or so. In any case it is a fascinating direction for +next year's work, if only fresh transport arrives.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_347"><span class="page">Page 347</span></a> +On this day, December 4, the ponies marched splendidly, crossing +the deep snow in the undulations without any difficulty, and had +food been plentiful enough there was no doubt that they could have +gone on for many more miles. As it was 'gallant little Michael' +had to be sacrificed when the march was over. 'He walked away,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'and rolled on the way down, not having done +so when we got in. He died quite instantaneously. He was just like +a naughty child all the way and pulled all out; he has been a good +friend and has a good record, 83° 22' S. He was a bit done +to-day, the blizzard had knocked him.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By night the weather looked very uninviting, and they woke to find a +raging, howling blizzard. Previously the winds that had so constantly +bothered them had lacked that very fine powdery snow which is usually +an especial feature of a blizzard, but on this occasion they got +enough and to spare of it. Anyone who went into the open for a +minute or two was covered from head to foot, and as the temperature +was high the snow stuck where it fell. The heads, tails and legs +of the ponies were covered with ice, and they had to stand deep in +snow. The sledges were almost covered, and there were huge drifts +about the tent. It was a scene on which no one wanted to look longer +than he could help, and after they had rebuilt the pony walls they +retreated sadly and soppingly into their bags. Even the small +satisfaction of being able to see from one tent to another was +denied them, and Scott, while asking what on earth such weather +could mean at this +<a name="page_348"><span class="page">Page 348</span></a> +time of year, stated emphatically that no party could possibly travel +against such a wind. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Is there,' he asked, 'some widespread atmospheric disturbance +which will be felt everywhere in this region as a bad season, or +are we merely the victims of exceptional local conditions? If the +latter, there is food for thought in picturing our small party +struggling against adversity in one place whilst others go smilingly +forward in sunshine. How great may be the element of luck! No +foresight—no procedure—could have prepared us for this +state of affairs. Had we been ten times as experienced or certain +of our aim we should not have expected such rebuffs.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig022.jpg" width="492" height="383" + alt="Figure 22"> +<br />LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPÔT. +<br /><i>Photo by R. F. Scott.</i> +</div> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig023.jpg" width="496" height="403" + alt="Figure 23"> +<br />LOOKING SOUTH FROM LOWER GLACIER DEPÔT. +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +The snowfall on this day (December 5) was quite the greatest that +Scott remembered, the drifts about the tents being colossal. And +to add to their misery and misfortune the temperature remained +so high that the snow melted if it fell on anything except snow, +with the result that tents, wind clothes, night boots, &c., +were all wet through; while water, dripping from the tent poles +and door, lay on the floor, soaked the sleeping-bags, and made the +situation inconceivably miserable. In the midst of this slough, +however, Keohane had the spirit to make up a rhyme, which is worth +quoting mainly, if not solely, because of the conditions under +which it was produced: +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +The snow is all melting and everything's afloat,<br /> +If this goes on much longer we shall have to turn the tent<br /> + upside down and use it as a boat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next day Scott described as 'miserable, +<a name="page_349"><span class="page">Page 349</span></a> +utterly miserable. We have camped in the "Slough of Despond."' When +within twelve miles of the Glacier it was indeed the most cruel +fortune to be held up by such a raging tempest. The temperature +at noon had risen to 33°, and everything was more soakingly wet +than ever, if that was possible. The ponies, too, looked utterly +desolate, and the snow climbed higher and higher about the walls, +tents and sledges. At night signs of a break came, but hopes of +marching again were dashed on the following morning, when the storm +continued and the situation became most serious; after this day only +one small feed remained for the ponies, so that they had either +to march or to sacrifice all the animals. That, however, was not +the most serious part, for with the help of the dogs they could +without doubt have got on. But what troubled Scott most intensely +was that they had on this morning (December 7) started on their +summit rations, or, in other words, the food calculated to take +them on from the Glacier depôt had been begun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the meantime the storm showed no signs of abatement, and its +character was as unpleasant as ever. 'I can find no sign of an +end, and all of us agree that it is utterly impossible to move. +Resignation to this misfortune is the only attitude, but not an +easy one to adopt. It seems undeserved where plans were well laid, +and so nearly crowned with a first success.... The margin for bad +weather was ample according to all experience, and this stormy +December—our finest month—is a thing that the most cautious +<a name="page_350"><span class="page">Page 350</span></a> +organizer might not have been prepared to encounter.... There cannot +be good cheer in the camp in such weather, but it is ready to break +out again. In the brief spell of hope last night one heard laughter.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Hour after hour passed with little or no improvement, and as every +hour of inactivity was a real menace to the success of their plans, +no one can wonder that they chafed over this most exasperating +delay. Under ordinary circumstances it would have been melancholy +enough to watch the mottled, wet, green walls of their tents and to +hear the everlasting patter of the falling snow and the ceaseless +rattle of the fluttering canvas, but when the prospect of failure +of their cherished plan was added to the acute discomforts of the +situation, it is scarcely possible to imagine how totally miserable +they must have been both in body and mind. Nevertheless in the +midst of these distressing conditions Scott managed to write, 'But +yet, after all, one can go on striving, endeavoring to find a +stimulation in the difficulties that arise.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Friday morning, however, did not bring any cause for hope. The +snow was still falling heavily, and they found themselves lying +in pools of water that squelched whenever they moved. Under such +circumstances it was a relief to get outside, shift the tents and dig +out the sledges. All of the tents had been reduced to the smallest +space by the gradual pressure of snow, the old sites being deep +pits with hollowed, icy, wet centers. The re-setting of them at +least made things more comfortable, and as the +<a name="page_351"><span class="page">Page 351</span></a> +wind dropped about mid-day and a few hours later the sky showed +signs of breaking, hope once more revived; but soon afterwards snow +was falling again, and the position was rapidly becoming absolutely +desperate. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To test the surface the man-haulers tried to pull a load during +the afternoon, and although it proved a tough job they managed +to do it by pulling in ski. On foot the men sank to their knees, +and an attempt to see what Nobby could do under such circumstances +was anything but encouraging. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Writing in the evening Scott said, 'Wilson thinks the ponies finished, +but Oates thinks they will get another march in spite of the surface, +<i>if it comes to-morrow</i>. If it should not, we must kill the +ponies to-morrow and get on as best we can with the men on ski and +the dogs. But one wonders what the dogs can do on such a surface. +I much fear they also will prove inadequate. Oh! for fine weather, +if only to the Glacier.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By 11 P.M. the wind had gone to the north, and the sky at last began +really to break. The temperature also helped matters by falling +to +26°, and in consequence the water nuisance began to abate; +and at the prospect of action on the following morning cheerful +sounds were once more heard in the camp. 'The poor ponies look +wistfully for the food of which so very little remains, yet they +are not hungry, as recent savings have resulted from food left +in their nose-bags. They look wonderfully fit, all things +<a name="page_352"><span class="page">Page 352</span></a> +considered. Everything looks more hopeful to-night, but nothing can +recall four lost days.' During the night Scott turned out two or +three times to find the weather slowly improving, and at 8 o'clock +on December 9 they started upon a most terrible march to Camp 31. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tremendous snowfall had made the surface intolerably soft, and +the half-fed animals sank deeper and deeper. None of them could +be led for more than a few minutes, but if they were allowed to +follow the poor beasts did fairly well. Soon, however, it began to +seem as if no real headway could be made, and so the man-haulers +were pressed into the service to try and improve matters. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Bowers and Cherry-Garrard went ahead with one 10-foot sledge and +made a track—thus most painfully a mile or so was gained. +Then when it seemed as if the limit had been reached P.O. Evans +saved the situation by putting the last pair of snow-shoes upon +Snatcher, who at once began to go on without much pressure, and +was followed by the other ponies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No halt was made for lunch, but after three or four laborious miles +they found themselves engulfed in pressures which added to the +difficulties of their march. Still, however, they struggled on, +and by 8 P.M. they were within a mile of the slope ascending to +the gap, which Shackleton called the Gateway. This gateway was +a neck or saddle of drifted snow lying in a gap of the mountain +rampart which flanked the last curve of the Glacier, and Scott +had hoped to be through it at a much earlier date, as indeed he +<a name="page_353"><span class="page">Page 353</span></a> +would have been had not the prolonged storm delayed him. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By this time the ponies, one and all, were quite exhausted. 'They +came on painfully slowly a few hundred yards at a time.... I was +hauling ahead, a ridiculously light load, and yet finding the pulling +heavy enough. We camped, and the ponies have been shot. Poor beasts! +they have done wonderfully well considering the terrible circumstances +under which they worked.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 8 Wilson wrote in his journal, 'I have kept Nobby all +my biscuits to-night as he has to try to do a march to-morrow, +and then happily he will be shot and all of them, as their food +is quite done.' And on the following day he added: 'Nobby had all +my biscuits last night and this morning, and by the time we camped +I was just ravenously hungry.... Thank God the horses are now all +done with and we begin the heavy work ourselves.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This Camp 31 received the name of Shambles Camp, and although the +ponies had not, owing to the storm, reached the distance Scott had +expected, yet he, and all who had taken part in that distressing +march, were relieved to know that the sufferings of their plucky +animals had at last come to an end. +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_354"><span class="page">Page 354</span></a> +CHAPTER VIII +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">ON THE BEARDMORE GLACIER</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +In thrilling region of thick ribbed ice<br /> +To be imprison'd in the viewless winds<br /> +And blown with restless violence round about.<br /> + —SHAKESPEARE. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +On the death of the ponies at Camp 31 the party was reorganized, +and for some days advanced in the following order: +</p> + +<table border="0" style="margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em;"> + <tr><td valign="top">Sledge 1.</td> + <td>Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans.</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top">Sledge 2.</td> + <td>E. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly.</td></tr> + <tr><td valign="top">Sledge 3.</td> + <td>Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Crean and Keohane; with Meares and + Demetri continuing to drive the dogs.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +When leaving this Camp Scott was very doubtful whether the loads +could be pulled over such an appalling surface, and that success +attended their efforts was due mainly to the ski. The start was +delayed by the readjustments that had to be made, but when they +got away at noon, and with a 'one, two, three together' Scott's +party began to pull their sledge, they were most agreeably surprised +to find it running fairly easily +<a name="page_355"><span class="page">Page 355</span></a> +behind them. The first mile was gained in about half an hour, but +then they began to rise, and soon afterwards with the slope becoming +steeper and the surface getting worse they had to take off their +ski. After this the pulling was extraordinarily exhausting, for +they sank above their finnesko, and in some places nearly up to +their knees. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The runners of the sledges became coated with a thin film of ice +from which it was impossible to free them, and the sledges themselves +sank in soft spots to the cross-bars. At 5 P.M. they reached the +top of the slope, and after tea started on the down grade. On this +they had to pull almost as vigorously as on the upward slope, but +they could just manage to get along on ski. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Evans and his party, however, were unable to keep up the pace set +by the leaders, and when they camped at 9.15 Scott heard some news +that thoroughly alarmed him. 'It appears,' he wrote, 'that Atkinson +says that Wright is getting played out, and Lashly is not so fit as +he was owing to the heavy pulling since the blizzard. I have not +felt satisfied about this party. The finish of the march to-day +showed clearly that something was wrong.... True, the surface was +awful and growing worse every moment. It is a very serious business +if the men are going to crack up. As for myself, I never felt fitter +and my party can easily hold its own. P.O. Evans, of course, is +a tower of strength, but Oates and Wilson are doing splendidly +also.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Round the spot where Camp 32 had been pitched +<a name="page_356"><span class="page">Page 356</span></a> +the snow was appallingly deep and soft. 'Every step here one sinks +to the knees, and the uneven surface is obviously insufficient to +support the sledges.' A wind, however, had sprung up, and though +under ordinary circumstances it would have been far from welcome, +on this occasion it was a blessing because it hardened the snow; +and a good surface was all the more necessary because, after half +another march, Meares and Demetri were to return with the dogs, and +in consequence 200 lbs. would have to be added to each sledge-load. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before starting from Camp 32 they built a depôt (the Lower +Glacier depôt), made it very conspicuous, and left a good +deal of gear there. Then at the very beginning of their march they +got into big pressure, and must have passed over several crevasses. +After four hours, however, they were clear of the pressure, and +then they said good-bye to Meares and Demetri, who took back a +note from Scott to say that 'Things are not so rosy as they might +be, but we keep our spirits up and say the luck must turn. This +is only to tell you that I find I can keep up with the rest as +well as of old.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The start after lunch was anxious work, for the question whether +they could pull their loads had to be answered. Scott's party went +away first, and, to their joy, found that they could make fairly +good headway. Every now and again the sledge sank in a soft patch +which brought them up, and then they got sideways to the sledge +and hauled it out. 'We learned,' Scott wrote on December 11, at +Camp 33, +<a name="page_357"><span class="page">Page 357</span></a> +'to treat such occasions with patience.... The great thing is to +keep the sledge moving, and for an hour or more there were dozens +of critical moments when it all but stopped, and not a few when +it brought up altogether. The latter were very trying and tiring. +But suddenly the surface grew more uniform and we more accustomed +to the game, for after a long stop to let the other parties come +up, I started at 6 and ran on till 7, pulling easily without a +halt at the rate of about 2 miles an hour. I was very jubilant; +all difficulties seemed to be vanishing; but unfortunately our +history was not repeated with the other parties. Bowers came up +half an hour after us. They also had done well at the last, and +I'm pretty sure they will get on all right. Keohane is the only +weak spot, and he only, I think, because temporarily blind. But +Evans' party didn't get up till 10. They started quite well, but +got into difficulties, did just the wrong thing by straining again +and again, and so, tiring themselves, went from bad to worse. Their +ski shoes, too, are out of trim.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the morning of the 12th they steered for the Commonwealth +Range until they reached about the middle of the glacier and then +the course was altered for the 'Cloudmaker,' and afterwards still +further to the west. In consequence they got a much better view +of the southern side of the main glacier than Shackleton's party +had obtained, and a number of peaks not noticed previously were +observed. On the first stage of this march Scott's party was bogged +time after time, +<a name="page_358"><span class="page">Page 358</span></a> +and do what they could their sledge dragged like a huge lump of +lead. Evans' team had been sent off in advance and kept well ahead +until lunch-time. Then, when Scott admits being 'pretty well cooked,' +the secret of their trouble was disclosed in a thin film with some +hard knots of ice on the runners of the sledge; these impediments +having been removed they went ahead without a hitch, and in a mile +or two resumed their leading position. As they advanced it became +more and more evident that, with the whole of the lower valley +filled with snow from the storm, they would have been bogged had +they been without ski. 'On foot one sinks to the knees, and if +pulling on a sledge to half-way between knee and thigh.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott's hope was that they would get better conditions as they rose, +but on the next march the surface became worse instead of better, +the sledges simply plunging into the soft places and stopping dead. +So slow in fact was the progress they made, that on his sledge Scott +decided at lunch to try the 10-foot runners under the cross-bars, +for the sledge was sinking so deeply that the cross-pieces were +on the surface and acting as brakes. Three hours were spent in +securing the runners, and then Scott's party started and promptly +saw what difficulties the other teams were having. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In spite of the most desperate efforts to get along, Bowers and +his men were so constantly bogged that Scott soon passed them. +But the toil was awful, because the snow with the sun shining and +a high temperature +<a name="page_359"><span class="page">Page 359</span></a> +had become very wet and sticky, and again and again the sledge got +one runner on harder snow than the other, canted on its side, and +refused to move. At the top of the rise Evans' party was reduced +to relay work, and shortly afterwards Bowers was compelled to adopt +the same plan. 'We,' Scott says, 'got our whole load through till 7 +P.M., camping time, but only with repeated halts and labour which +was altogether too strenuous. The other parties certainly cannot +get a full load along on the surface, and I much doubt if we could +continue to do so, but we must try again to-morrow. I suppose we +have advanced a bare four miles to-day and the aspect of things +is very little changed. Our height is now about 1,500 feet.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following morning Evans' party got off first from Camp 35, +and after stiff hauling for an hour or so found the work much easier +than on the previous day. Bowers' contingent followed without getting +along so well, and so Scott, whose party were having no difficulty +with their load, exchanged sledges with them, and a satisfactory +morning's march was followed by still better work in the afternoon, +eleven or twelve miles being gained. 'I think the soft snow trouble +is at an end, and I could wish nothing better than a continuance of +the present surface. Towards the end of the march we were pulling +our load with the greatest ease. It is splendid to be getting along +and to find some adequate return for the work we are putting into +the business.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Camp 37, on Friday, December 15, they had +<a name="page_360"><span class="page">Page 360</span></a> +reached a height of about 2,500 feet, after a march on which the +surface steadily improved and the snow covering over the blue ice +became thinner and thinner. During the afternoon they found that +at last they could start their sledges by giving one good heave, +and so, for the first time, they were at liberty to stop when they +liked without the fear of horrible jerks before they could again +set the sledge going. Patches of ice and hard névé +were beginning to show through in places, and had not the day's +work been interrupted by a snowstorm at 5 P.M. their march would +have been a really good one, but, as it was, eleven more miles +had to be put to their credit. The weather looked, however, very +threatening as they turned in for the night, and Scott expressed a +fervent hope that they were not going to be afflicted by snowstorms +as they approached the worst part of the glacier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As was to be expected after the storm they found the surface difficult +when the march was resumed, but by sticking to their work for over ten +hours—'the limit of time to be squeezed into one day'—they +covered eleven miles, and altered greatly the aspect of the glacier. +Beginning the march as usual on ski, they had to take them off +in the afternoon because they struck such a peculiarly difficult +surface that the sledges were constantly being brought up. Then on +foot they made better progress, though no advance could be made +without the most strenuous labour. The brittle crust would hold for +a pace or two, and then let them down with a bump, while now and +again a leg went down a crack in the hard ice underneath. So +<a name="page_361"><span class="page">Page 361</span></a> +far, since arriving among the disturbances, which increased rapidly +towards the end of the march, they had not encountered any very +alarming crevasses, though a large quantity of small ones could +be seen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the end of the march to Camp 39, Scott was able to write, 'For +once we can say "Sufficient for the day is the good thereof." Our +luck may be on the turn—I think we deserve it. In spite of the +hard work everyone is very fit and very cheerful, feeling well fed +and eager for more toil. Eyes are much better except poor Wilson's; +he has caught a very bad attack. Remembering his trouble on our +last Southern journey, I fear he is in for a very bad time.... +I'm inclined to think that the summit trouble will be mostly due +to the chill falling on sunburned skins. Even now one feels the +cold strike directly one stops. We get fearfully thirsty and chip +up ice on the march, as well as drinking a great deal of water on +halting. Our fuel only just does it, but that is all we want, and +we have a bit in hand for the summit.... We have worn our crampons +all day (December 17) and are delighted with them. P.O. Evans, the +inventor of both crampons and ski shoes, is greatly pleased, and +certainly we owe him much.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 19th, although snow fell on and off during the whole day +and crevasses were frequent, a splendid march of 14 miles was +accomplished. The sledges ran fairly well if only the haulers could +keep their feet, but on the rippled ice which they were crossing +it was impossible to get anything like a firm foothold. Still, +however, they stuck most splendidly to their +<a name="page_362"><span class="page">Page 362</span></a> +task, and on the following day even a better march was made to Camp +41. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Starting on a good surface they soon came to a number of criss-cross +cracks, into two of which Scott fell and badly bruised his knee +and thigh. Then they reached an admirably smooth ice surface over +which they traveled at an excellent pace. A long hour was spent over +the halt for lunch, during which angles, photographs and sketches +were taken, and continuing to make progress in the second part of +the day's march they finished up with a gain of 17 miles. 'It has +not been a strain except perhaps for me with my wounds received +early in the day. The wind has kept us cool on the march, which +has in consequence been very much pleasanter.... Days like this +put heart in one.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Wednesday, December 20, however, the good marches of the previous +two days were put entirely into the shade by one of nearly 23 miles, +during which they rose 800 feet. Pulling the sledges in crampons +was not at all difficult on the hard snow and on hard ice with +patches of snow. At night they camped in Lat. 84° 59' 6", and +then Scott had to perform a task that he most cordially disliked. 'I +have just told off the people to return to-morrow night: Atkinson, +Wright, Cherry-Garrard and Keohane. All are disappointed—poor +Wright rather bitterly, I fear. I dreaded this necessity of +choosing—nothing could be more heartrending. I calculated our +program to start from 85° 10' with twelve units of food[1] and +<a name="page_363"><span class="page">Page 363</span></a> +eight men. We ought to be in this position to-morrow night, less +one day's food. After all our harassing trouble one cannot but +be satisfied with such a prospect.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: A unit of food means a week's supplies for four men.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next stage of the journey, though accomplished without accident, +was too exciting to be altogether pleasant, for crevasses were +frequent and falls not at all uncommon. And at mid-day, while they +were in the worst of places, a fog rolled up and kept them in their +tents for nearly three hours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During this enforced delay, Scott wrote a letter which was taken +back by the returning party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'December 21, 1911, Lat. 85° S. We are struggling on, considering +all things, against odds. The weather is a constant anxiety, otherwise +arrangements are working exactly as planned. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'For your ear also I am exceedingly fit and can go with the best +of them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It is a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right... but all will be well if we can get through +to the Pole. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I write this sitting in our tent waiting for the fog to clear, +an exasperating position as we are in the worst crevassed region. +Teddy Evans and Atkinson were down to the length of their harness +this morning, and we have all been half-way down. As first man I +get first chance, and it's decidedly exciting not knowing which +step will give way. Still all this is interesting enough if one +could only go on. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Since writing the above I made a dash for it; got out of the valley +out of the fog and away from +<a name="page_364"><span class="page">Page 364</span></a> +crevasses. So here we are practically on the summit and up to date +in the provision line. We ought to get through.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the fog had cleared off they soon got out of the worst crevasses, +and on to a snow slope that led past Mount Darwin. The pull up +the slope was long and stiff, but by holding on until 7.30 P.M. +they got off a good march and found a satisfactory place for their +depôt. Fortunately the weather was both calm and bright, and +all the various sorting arrangements that had to be made before +the returning party left them were carried out under most favorable +conditions. 'For me,' Scott says, 'it is an immense relief to have +the indefatigable little Bowers to see to all detail arrangements of +this sort,' and on the following day he added, 'we said an affecting +farewell to the returning party, who have taken things very well, +dear good fellows as they are.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then the reorganized parties (Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans; +Bowers, E. R. Evans, Crean and Lashly) started off with their heavy +loads, and any fears they had about their ability to pull them +were soon removed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It was a sad job saying good-bye,' Cherry-Garrard wrote in his +diary, 'and I know some eyes were a bit dim. It was thick and snowing +when we started after making the depôt, and the last we saw of +them as we swung the sledge north, was a black dot just disappearing +over the next ridge, and a big white pressure wave ahead of them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_365"><span class="page">Page 365</span></a> +Then the returning party set off on their homeward march, and arrived +at Cape Evans on January 28, 1912, after being away for three months. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Repairs to the sledgemeter delayed the advancing party for some +time during their first march under the new conditions, but they +managed to cover twelve miles, and, with the loads becoming lighter +every day, Scott hoped to march longer hours and to make the requisite +progress. Steering, however, south-west on the next morning they +soon found themselves among such bad crevasses and pressure, that +they were compelled to haul out to the north, and then to the west. +One comfort was that all the time they were rising. 'It is rather +trying having to march so far to the west, but if we keep rising +we must come to the end of the disturbance some time.' During the +second part of this march great changes of fortune awaited them. At +first they started west up a slope, and on the top another pressure +appeared on the left, but less lofty and more snow-covered than +that which had troubled them in the morning. There was temptation +to try this, but Scott resisted it and turned west up yet another +slope, on the top of which they reached a most extraordinary surface. +Narrow crevasses, that were quite invisible, ran in all directions. +All of these crevasses were covered with a thin crust of hardened +névé which had not a sign of a crack in it. One after +another, and sometimes two at a time, they all fell in; and though +they were getting fairly accustomed to unexpected falls through +being unable to mark the run of +<a name="page_366"><span class="page">Page 366</span></a> +the surface appearances of cracks, or where such cracks were covered +with soft snow, they had never expected to find a hardened crust +formed over a crack, and such a surface was as puzzling as it was +dangerous and troublesome. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For about ten minutes or so, while they were near these narrow +crevasses, they came on to snow which had a hard crust and loose +crystals below it, and each step was like breaking through a +glass-house. And then, quite suddenly, the hard surface gave place +to regular sastrugi, and their horizon leveled in every direction. +At 6 P.M., when they reached Camp 45 (height about 7,750 feet), 17 +miles stood to their credit and Scott was feeling 'very cheerful +about everything.' 'My determination,' he said, 'to keep mounting +irrespective of course is fully justified, and I shall be indeed +surprised if we have any further difficulties with crevasses or +steep slopes. To me for the first time our goal seems really in +sight.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day (Christmas Eve) they did not find a single +crevasse, but high pressure ridges were still to be seen, and Scott +confessed that he should be glad to lose sight of such disturbances. +Christmas Day, however, brought more trouble from crevasses—'very +hard, smooth névé between high ridges at the edge of +crevasses, and therefore very difficult to get foothold to pull +the sledges.' To remedy matters they got out their ski sticks, but +this did not prevent several of them from going half-down; while +Lashly, disappearing completely, had to be pulled out by +<a name="page_367"><span class="page">Page 367</span></a> +means of the Alpine rope. 'Lashly says the crevasse was 50 feet +deep and 8 feet across, in form <b>U</b>, showing that the word +"unfathomable" can rarely be applied. Lashly is 44 to-day and as +hard as nails. His fall has not even disturbed his equanimity.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When, however, they had reached the top of the crevasse ridge a +better surface was found, and their Christmas lunch—at which +they had such luxuries as chocolate and raisins—was all the +more enjoyable because 8 miles or so had already been gained. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the middle of the afternoon they got a fine view of the land, +but more trouble was caused by crevasses, until towards the end +of their march they got free of them and on to a slight decline +down which they progressed at a swinging pace. Then they camped +and prepared for their great Christmas meal. 'I must,' Scott says, +'write a word of our supper last night. We had four courses. The +first, pemmican, full whack, with slices of horse meat flavored +with onion and curry powder, and thickened with biscuit; then an +arrowroot, cocoa and biscuit hoosh sweetened; then a plum-pudding; +then cocoa with raisins, and finally a dessert of caramels and ginger. +After the feast it was difficult to move. Wilson and I couldn't +finish our share of plum-pudding. We have all slept splendidly and +feel thoroughly warm—such is the effect of full feeding.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The advance, possibly owing to the 'tightener' on Christmas night, +was a little slow on the following morning, but nevertheless 15 +miles were covered +<a name="page_368"><span class="page">Page 368</span></a> +in the day and the 86th parallel was reached. Crevasses still appeared, +and though they avoided them on this march, they were not so lucky +during the next stage to Camp 49. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In fact Wednesday, December 27, was unfortunate owing to several +reasons. To begin with, Bowers broke the only hypsometer thermometer, +and so they were left with nothing to check their two aneroids. +Then during the first part of the march they got among sastrugi +which jerked the sledges about, and so tired out the second team +that they had great difficulty in keeping up. And, finally, they +found more crevasses and disturbances during the afternoon. For an +hour the work was as painful as it could be, because they tumbled +into the crevasses and got the most painful jerks. 'Steering the +party,' Scott wrote at Camp 49, 'is no light task. One cannot allow +one's thoughts to wander as others do, and when, as this afternoon, +one gets amongst disturbances, I find it very worrying and tiring. +I do trust we shall have no more of them. We have not lost sight of +the sun since we came on the summit; we should get an extraordinary +record of sunshine. It is monotonous work this; the sledgemeter +and theodolite govern the situation.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next morning the second sledge made such 'heavy weather' +that Scott changed places with E. R. Evans. That, however, did not +improve matters much, for Scott soon found that the second team had +<a name="page_369"><span class="page">Page 369</span></a> +not the same swing as his own team, so he changed Lashly for P.O. +Evans, and then they seemed to get on better. At lunch-time they +discussed the difficulties that the second party was having, and +several reasons for them were put forward. One was that the team +was stale, another that all the trouble was due to bad stepping +and want of swing, and yet another was that the first's party's +sledge pulled much more easily than the second party's. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the chance that this last suggestion was correct, Scott and +his original team took the second party's sledge in the afternoon, +and soon found that it was a terrible drag to get it along in soft +snow, whereas the second party found no difficulty in pulling the +sledge that had been given to them. 'So the sledge is the cause of +the trouble, and taking it out, I found that all is due to want +of care. The runners ran excellently, but the structure has been +distorted by bad strapping, bad loading, &c. The party are +not done, and I have told them plainly that they must wrestle with +the trouble and get it right for themselves.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Friday evening found them at Camp 51, and at a height of about +9,000 feet, But they had encountered a very bad surface, on which +the strain of pulling was terrific. The hardest work occurred on +two rises, because the loose snow had been blown over the rises +and had rested on the north-facing slopes, and these heaps were +responsible for the worst of their troubles. However, there was +one satisfactory result of the +<a name="page_370"><span class="page">Page 370</span></a> +march, for now that the second party had seen to the loading of +their sledge they had ceased to lag. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the next stage was so exhausting that Scott's fears for the +conditions of the second party again arose. Writing from Camp 52, +on December 30, he says: 'To-morrow I'm going to march half a day, +make a depôt and build the 10-foot sledges. The second party +is certainly tiring; it remains to be seen how they will manage +with the smaller sledge and lighter load. The surface is certainly +much worse than it was 50 miles back. (T. -10°.) We have caught +up Shackleton's dates. Everything would be cheerful if I could +persuade myself that the second party were quite fit to go forward.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Camp was pitched after the morning's march on December 31, and +the process of building up the 10-foot sledges was at once begun +by P.O. Evans and Crean. 'It is a very remarkable piece of work. +Certainly P.O. Evans is the most invaluable asset to our party. +To build a sledge under these conditions is a fact for special +record.' +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig024.jpg" width="773" height="496" + alt="Figure 24"> +<br />MAN HAULING CAMP, 87TH PARALLEL.<br /><i>Photo by Lieut. +H. R. Bowers.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Half a day was lost while the sledges were made, but this they hoped +to make up for by advancing at much greater speed. A depôt, +called 'Three Degree Depôt,' consisting of a week's provision +for both units, was made at this camp, and on New Year's morning, +with lighter loads, Evans' party led the advance on foot, while +Scott's team followed on ski. With a stick of chocolate to celebrate +the New Year, and with only 170 miles between them and the Pole, +prospects +<a name="page_371"><span class="page">Page 371</span></a> +seemed to be getting brighter on New Year's night, and on the next +evening at Camp 55 Scott decided that E. R. Evans, Lashly and Crean +should go back after one more march. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Writing from Camp 56 he says, 'They are disappointed, but take +it well. Bowers is to come into our tent, and we proceed as a +five-man unit to-morrow. We have 5-1/2 units of food—practically +over a month's allowance for five people—it ought to see us +through.... Very anxious to see how we shall manage tomorrow; +if we can march well with the full load we shall be practically +safe, I take it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the returning party Scott sent back a letter, dated January 3, +in which he wrote, 'Lat. 87° 32".' A last note from a hopeful +position. I think it's going to be all right. We have a fine party +going forward and arrangements are all going well.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next morning the returning men followed a little way until +Scott was certain that his team could get along, and then farewells +were said. In referring to this parting with E. Evans, Crean and +Lashly, Scott wrote, 'I was glad to find their sledge is a mere +nothing to them, and thus, no doubt, they will make a quick journey +back,' and under average conditions they should easily have fulfilled +anticipations. But a blizzard held them up for three days before +they reached the head of the glacier, and by the time they reached +the foot of it E. Evans had developed symptoms of scurvy. At One +Ton Camp he was unable to stand without the support of his ski +sticks, and +<a name="page_372"><span class="page">Page 372</span></a> +although, with the help of his companions, he struggled on for +53 more miles in four days, he could go no farther. Rejecting his +suggestion that he should be left alone while they pressed on for +help, Crean and Lashly pulled him on the sledge with a devotion +matching that of their captain years before, when he and Wilson had +brought Shackleton, ill and helpless, safely to the <i>Discovery</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After four days of this pulling they reached Corner Camp, and then +there was such a heavy snowfall that the sledge could not travel. +In this crisis Crean set out to tramp alone to Hut Point, 34 miles +away, while Lashly stayed to nurse E. Evans, and most certainly was +the means of keeping him alive until help came. After a remarkable +march of 18 hours Crean reached Hut Point, and as soon as possible +Atkinson and Demetri started off with both dog teams to relieve +Evans and Lashly. Some delay was caused by persistent bad weather, +but on February 22 Evans was got back to the <i>Discovery</i> hut, +where he was unremittingly tended by Atkinson; and subsequently +he was sent by sledge to the <i>Terra Nova</i>. So ended the tale +of the last supporting party, though, as a sequel, it is good to +record that in reward for their gallant conduct both Lashly and +Crean received the Albert Medal. +</p> + +<h2> +<a name="page_373"><span class="page">Page 373</span></a> +CHAPTER IX +</h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE SOUTH POLE</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +The Silence was deep with a breath like sleep<br /> + As our sledge runners slid on the snow,<br /> +And the fate-full fall of our fur-clad feet<br /> + Struck mute like a silent blow<br /> +On a questioning 'Hush?' as the settling crust<br /> + Shrank shivering over the floe.<br /> +And the sledge in its track sent a whisper back<br /> + Which was lost in a white fog-bow. +</td></tr> + +<tr><td> +And this was the thought that the Silence wrought,<br /> + As it scorched and froze us through,<br /> +For the secrets hidden are all forbidden<br /> + Till God means man to know.<br /> +We might be the men God meant should know<br /> + The heart of the Barrier snow,<br /> +In the heat of the sun, and the glow,<br /> + And the glare from the glistening floe,<br /> +As it scorched and froze us through and through<br /> + With the bite of the drifting snow. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +(These verses, called 'The Barrier Silence,' were written by Wilson +for the <i>South Polar Times</i>. Characteristically, he sent them +in typewritten, lest the editor should recognize his hand and judge +them on personal rather than literary grounds. Many of their readers +confess that they felt in these lines Wilson's own premonition of +the event. The version given is the final form, as it appeared +in the <i>South Polar Times</i>.) +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ages of the five men when they continued the journey to the +Pole were: Scott 43, Wilson 39, P.O. Evans 37, Oates 32, Bowers +28. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_374"><span class="page">Page 374</span></a> +After the departure of the last supporting party Scott was naturally +anxious to get off a good day's march, and he was not disappointed. +At first the sledge on which, thanks to P.O. Evans, everything was +most neatly stowed away, went easily. But during the afternoon +they had to do some heavy pulling on a surface covered with loose +sandy snow. Nevertheless they covered some 15 miles before they +camped, and so smoothly did everything seem to be going that Scott +began to wonder what was in store for them. 'One can scarcely believe +that obstacles will not present themselves to make our task more +difficult. Perhaps the surface will be the element to trouble us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And on the following day his supposition began to prove correct, for +a light wind from the N.N.W. brought detached cloud and a constant +fall of ice crystals, and in consequence the surface was as bad as +it could be. The sastrugi seemed to increase as they advanced, +and late in the afternoon they encountered a very rough surface +with evidences of hard southerly wind. Luckily the sledge showed no +signs of capsizing, but the strain of trying to keep up a rate of +a little over a mile and a quarter an hour was very great. However, +they were cheered by the thought, when they reached Camp 58 (height +10,320 feet), that they were very close to the 88th parallel, and +a little more than 120 miles from the Pole. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another dreadful surface was their fate during the next march on +Saturday, January 6. The sastrugi increased in height as they advanced, +and presently +<a name="page_375"><span class="page">Page 375</span></a> +they found themselves in the midst of a sea of fishhook waves, +well remembered from their Northern experience. And, to add to +their trouble, each sastrugus was covered with a beard of sharp +branching crystals. They took off their ski and pulled on foot, +but both morning and afternoon the work of getting the sledge along +was tremendous. Writing at Camp 59, Latitude 88° 7', Scott +said, 'We think of leaving our ski here, mainly because of risk +of breakage. Over the sastrugi it is all up and down hill, and +the covering of ice crystals prevents the sledge from gliding even +on the downgrade. The sastrugi, I fear, have come to stay, and +we must be prepared for heavy marching, but in two days I hope +to lighten loads with a depôt. We are south of Shackleton's +last camp, so, I suppose, have made the most southerly camp.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the next day, January 7, they had good cause to think that +the vicissitudes of their work were bewildering. On account of the +sastrugi the ski were left at Camp 59, but they had only marched +a mile from it when the sastrugi disappeared. 'I kept debating +the ski question and at this point stopped, and after discussion +we went back and fetched the ski; it cost us 1-1/2 hours nearly. +Marching again, I found to my horror we could scarcely move the +sledge on ski; the first hour was awful owing to the wretched coating +of loose sandy snow.' Consequently this march was the shortest +they had made on the summit, and there was no doubt that if things +remained for long they were, it would be impossible to keep up the +<a name="page_376"><span class="page">Page 376</span></a> +strain of such strenuous pulling. Luckily, however, loads were to +be lightened on the following day by a weight of about 100 lbs., +and there was also hope of a better surface if only the crystal +deposit would either harden up or disappear. Their food, too, was +proving ample. 'What luck to have hit on such an excellent ration. +We really are an excellently found party.' Indeed, apart from the +strain of pulling, Scott's only anxiety on Sunday, January 7, was +that Evans had a nasty cut on his hand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +They woke the next morning to find their first summit blizzard; +but Scott was not in the least perturbed by this delay, because +he thought that the rest would give Evans' hand a better chance +of recovery, and he also felt that a day in their comfortable bags +within their double-walled tent would do none of them any harm. But, +both on account of lost time and food and the slow accumulation +of ice, he did not want more than one day's delay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It is quite impossible,' he wrote during this time of waiting, +'to speak too highly of my companions. Each fulfils his office to +the party; Wilson, first as doctor, ever on the lookout to alleviate +the small pains and troubles incidental to the work; now as cook, +quick, careful and dexterous, ever thinking of some fresh expedient +to help the camp life; tough as steel on the traces, never wavering +from start to finish. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Evans, a giant worker with a really remarkable head-piece. It +is only now I realize how much has been due to him. Our ski shoes +and crampons have been +<a name="page_377"><span class="page">Page 377</span></a> +absolutely indispensable, and if the original ideas were not his, +the details of manufacture and design and the good workmanship +are his alone. He is responsible for every sledge, every sledge +fitting, tents, sleeping-bags, harness, and when one cannot recall +a single expression of dissatisfaction with anyone of these items, +it shows what an invaluable assistant he has been. Now, besides +superintending the putting up of the tent, he thinks out and arranges +the packing of the sledge; it is extraordinary how neatly and handily +everything is stowed, and how much study has been given to preserving +the suppleness and good running qualities of the machine. On the +Barrier, before the ponies were killed, he was ever roaming round, +correcting faults of stowage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Little Bowers remains a marvel—he is thoroughly enjoying +himself. I leave all the provision arrangement in his hands, and +at all times he knows exactly how we stand, or how each returning +party should fare. It has been a complicated business to redistribute +stores at various stages of reorganization, but not one single +mistake has been made. In addition to the stores, he keeps the +most thorough and conscientious meteorological record, and to this +he now adds the duty of observer and photographer. Nothing comes +amiss to him, and no work is too hard. It is a difficulty to get +him into the tent; he seems quite oblivious of the cold, and he +lies coiled in his bag writing and working out sights long after +the others are asleep. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Of these three it is a matter for thought and +<a name="page_378"><span class="page">Page 378</span></a> +congratulation that each is specially suited for his own work, +but would not be capable of doing that of the others as well as +it is done. Each is invaluable. Oates had his invaluable period +with the ponies; now he is a foot slogger and goes hard the whole +time, does his share of camp work, and stands the hardships as +well as any of us. I would not like to be without him either. So +our five people are perhaps as happily selected as it is possible +to imagine.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Not until after lunch on the 9th were they able to break camp, +the light being extremely bad when they marched, but the surface +good. So that they might keep up the average length of their daily +marches Scott wanted to leave a depôt, but as the blizzard +tended to drift up their tracks, he was not altogether confident +that to leave stores on such a great plain was a wise proceeding. +However, after a terribly hard march on the following morning, +they decided to leave a depôt at the lunch camp, and there +they built a cairn and left one week's food with as many articles +of clothing as they could possibly spare. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then they went forward with eighteen days' food on a surface that +was 'beyond words,' for it was covered with sandy snow, and, when +the sun shone, even to move the sledge forward at the slowest pace +was distressingly difficult. On that night from Camp 62, Scott wrote, +'Only 85 miles (geog.) from the Pole, but it's going to be a stiff +pull <i>both ways</i> apparently; still we do make progress, which +is something.... It is very difficult to imagine what is +<a name="page_379"><span class="page">Page 379</span></a> +happening to the weather.... The clouds don't seem to come from +anywhere, form and disperse without visible reason.... The +meteorological conditions seem to point to an area of variable light +winds, and that plot will thicken as we advance.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the very beginning of the march on January 11 the pulling +was heavy, but when the sun came out the surface became as bad +as bad could be. All the time the sledge rasped and creaked, and +the work of moving it onward was agonizing. At lunch-time they +had managed to cover six miles but at fearful cost to themselves, +and although when they camped for the night they were only about +74 miles from the Pole, Scott asked himself whether they could +possibly keep up such a strain for seven more days. 'It takes it out +of us like anything. None of us ever had such hard work before.... +Our chance still holds good if we can put the work in, but it's a +terribly trying time.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For a few minutes during the next afternoon they experienced the +almost forgotten delight of having the sledge following easily. The +experience was very short but it was also very sweet, for Scott had +begun to fear that their powers of pulling were rapidly weakening, +and those few minutes showed him that they only wanted a good surface +to get on as merrily as of old. At night they were within 63 miles +of the Pole, and just longing for a better surface to help them +on their way. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But whatever the condition of the surface, Bowers continued to do +his work with characteristic +<a name="page_380"><span class="page">Page 380</span></a> +thoroughness and imperturbability; and after this appalling march +he insisted, in spite of Scott's protest, on taking sights after +they had camped—an all the more remarkable display of energy +as he, being the only one of the party who pulled on foot, had +spent an even more strenuous day than the others, who had been +'comparatively restful on ski.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Again, on the next march, they had to pull with all their might +to cover some 11 miles. 'It is wearisome work this tugging and +straining to advance a light sledge. Still, we get along. I did +manage to get my thoughts off the work for a time to-day, which is +very restful. We should be in a poor way without our ski, though +Bowers manages to struggle through the soft snow without tiring his +short legs.' Sunday night, January 14, found them at Camp 66 and +less than 40 miles from the Pole. Steering was the great difficulty +on this march, because a light southerly wind with very low drift +often prevented Scott from seeing anything, and Bowers, in Scott's +shadow, gave directions. By this time the feet of the whole party +were beginning, mainly owing to the bad condition of their finnesko, +to suffer from the cold. 'Oates seems to be feeling the cold and +fatigue more than the rest of us, but we are all very fit. It is +a critical time, but we ought to pull through.... Oh! for a few +fine days! So close it seems and only the weather to balk us.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another terrible surface awaited them on the morrow, and they were +all 'pretty well done' when +<a name="page_381"><span class="page">Page 381</span></a> +they camped for lunch. There they decided to leave their last +depôt, but although their reduced load was now very light, +Scott feared that the friction would not be greatly reduced. A +pleasant surprise, however, was in store for him, as after lunch +the sledge ran very lightly, and a capital march was made. 'It is +wonderful,' he wrote on that night (January 15), 'to think that +two long marches would land us at the Pole. We left our depôt +to-day with nine days' provisions, so that it ought to be a certain +thing now, and the only appalling possibility the sight of the +Norwegian flag forestalling ours. Little Bowers continues his +indefatigable efforts to get good sights, and it is wonderful how +he works them up in his sleeping-bag in our congested tent. Only +27 miles from the Pole. We <i>ought</i> to do it now.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next morning's march took them 7-1/2 miles nearer and their +noon sight showed them in Lat. 89° 42' S.; and feeling that +the following day would see them at the Pole they started off after +lunch in the best of spirits. Then, after advancing for an hour +or so, Bowers' sharp eyes detected what he thought was a cairn, +but although he was uneasy about it he argued that it must be a +sastrugus. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Half an hour later he detected a black speck ahead. Soon we knew +that this could not be a natural snow feature. We marched on, found +that it was a black flag tied to a sledge bearer; near by the remains +of a camp; sledge tracks and ski tracks going and coming and the +clear trace of dogs' paws—many dogs. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_382"><span class="page">Page 382</span></a> +This told us the whole story. The Norwegians have forestalled us +and are first at the Pole. It is a terrible disappointment, and +I am very sorry for my loyal companions. Many thoughts come and +much discussion have we had. To-morrow we must march on to the +Pole and then hasten home with all the speed we can compass. All +the day-dreams must go; it will be a wearisome return. Certainly +also the Norwegians found an easy way up.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Very little sleep came to any of the party after the shock of this +discovery, and when they started at 7.30 on the next morning (January +17) head winds with a temperature of -22° added to their depression +of spirit. For some way they followed the Norwegian tracks, and +in about three miles they passed two cairns. Then, as the tracks +became increasingly drifted up and were obviously leading them +too far to the west, they decided to make straight for the Pole +according to their calculations. During the march they covered +about 14 miles, and at night Scott wrote in his journal, 'The Pole. +Yes, but under very different circumstances from those expected.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That announcement tells its own story, and it would be impertinent +to guess at the feelings of those intrepid travelers when they +found themselves forestalled. Nevertheless they had achieved the +purpose they had set themselves, and the fact that they could not +claim the reward of priority makes not one jot of difference in +estimating the honours that belong to them. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig025.jpg" width="789" height="529" + alt="Figure 25"> +<br />THE PARTY AT THE SOUTH POLE. +<br /><i>Photo by Lieut. H. R. Bowers.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_383"><span class="page">Page 383</span></a> +'Well,' Scott continued, 'it is something to have got here, and +the wind may be our friend to-morrow.... Now for the run home and +a desperate struggle. I wonder if we can do it.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following morning after summing up all their observations, +they came to the conclusion that they were one mile beyond the +Pole and three miles to the right of it, in which direction, more +or less, Bowers could see a tent or cairn. A march of two miles +from their camp took them to the tent, in which they found a record +of five Norwegians having been there: +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +'Roald Amundsen<br /> + Olav Olavson Bjaaland<br /> + Hilmer Hanssen<br /> + Sverre H. Hassel<br /> + Oscar Wisting.<br /> + —16 <i>Dec</i>. 1911. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'The tent is fine—a small compact affair supported by a single +bamboo. A note from Amundsen, which I keep, asks me to forward a +letter to King Haakon!' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the tent a medley of articles had been left: three half bags +of reindeer containing a miscellaneous assortment of mitts and +sleeping-socks, very various in description, a sextant, a Norwegian +artificial horizon and a hypsometer without boiling-point thermometers, +a sextant and hypsometer of English make. 'Left a note to say I +had visited the tent with companions. Bowers photographing and +Wilson sketching. Since lunch we have marched 6.2 miles S.S.E. +by compass (i.e. northwards). Sights at lunch gave us 1/2 to 3/4 +<a name="page_384"><span class="page">Page 384</span></a> +of a mile from the Pole, so we call it the Pole Camp. (Temp. Lunch +-21°.) We built a cairn, put up our poor slighted Union Jack, and +photographed ourselves—mighty cold work all of it—less +than 1/2 a mile south we saw stuck up an old underrunner of a sledge. +This we commandeered as a yard for a floorcloth sail. I imagine it +was intended to mark the exact spot of the Pole as near as the +Norwegians could fix it. (Height 9,500.) A note attached talked of +the tent as being 2 miles from the Pole. Wilson keeps the note. +There is no doubt that our predecessors have made thoroughly sure +of their mark and fully carried out their program. I think the Pole +is about 9,500 feet in height; this is remarkable, considering +that in Lat. 88° we were about 10,500. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We carried the Union Jack about 3/4 of a mile north with us and +left it on a piece of stick as near as we could fix it. I fancy +the Norwegians arrived at the Pole on the 15th Dec. and left on +the 17th, ahead of a date quoted by me in London as ideal, viz. +Dec. 22.... Well, we have turned our back now on the goal of our +ambition and must face our 800 miles of solid dragging—and +good-bye to most of the day-dreams!' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_385"><span class="page">Page 385</span></a> +CHAPTER X +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">ON THE HOMEWARD JOURNEY</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +It matters not how strait the gate,<br /> + How charged with punishments the scroll;<br /> +I am the master of my fate,<br /> + I am the Captain of my soul.—HENLEY. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +During the afternoon of Thursday, January 18, they left the Pole 7 +miles behind them, and early in the march on the following morning +picked up their outward tracks and a Norwegian cairn. These tracks +they followed until they came to the black flag that had been the +first means of telling them of the Norwegians' success. 'We have +picked this flag up, using the staff for our sail, and are now +camped about 1-1/2 miles further back on our tracks. So that is +the last of the Norwegians for the present.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In spite of a surface that was absolutely spoilt by crystals they +marched 18-1/2 miles on the Friday, and also easily found the cairns +that they had built; but until they reached Three Degree Depôt +which was still 150 miles away, anxiety, Scott said, could not be +laid to rest. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next day they reached their Southern +<a name="page_386"><span class="page">Page 386</span></a> +Depôt and picked up four days' food. With the wind behind +them and with full sail they went along at a splendid rate in the +afternoon, until they were pulled up by a surface on which drifting +snow was lying in heaps; and then, with the snow clinging to the +ski, pulling became terribly distressing. 'I shall be very glad +when Bowers gets his ski,' Scott wrote at R. 3,[1] 'I'm afraid +he must find these long marches very trying with short legs, but +he is an undefeated little sportsman. I think Oates is feeling +the cold and fatigue more than most of us. It is blowing pretty +hard to-night, but with a good march we have earned one good hoosh +and are very comfortable in the tent. It is everything now to keep +up a good marching pace; I trust we shall be able to do so and +catch the ship. Total march, 18-1/2 miles.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: A number preceded by R. marks the camps on the return +journey.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A stiff blizzard with thick snow awaited them on the Sunday morning, +but the weather cleared after mid-day, and they struggled on for +a few very weary hours. At night they had 6 days' food in hand +and 45 miles between them and their next depôt, where they +had left 7 days' food to take them on the go miles to the Three +Degree Depôt. 'Once there we ought to be safe, but we ought +to have a day or two in hand on arrival and may have difficulty +with following the tracks. However, if we can get a rating sight +for our watches to-morrow we should be independent of the tracks +at a pinch.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +January 22 brought an added worry in the fact +<a name="page_387"><span class="page">Page 387</span></a> +that the ski boots were beginning to show signs of wear, but this +was nothing compared with the anxiety Scott began to feel about +Evans on the following day. 'There is no doubt that Evans is a +good deal run down—his fingers are badly blistered and his +nose is rather seriously congested with frequent frost-bites. He +is very much annoyed with himself, which is not a good sign. I +think Wilson, Bowers and I are as fit as possible under the +circumstances. Oates gets cold feet.... We are only about 13 miles +from our "Degree and half" Depôt and should get there tomorrow. +The weather seems to be breaking up. Pray God we have something +of a track to follow to the Three Degree Depôt—once +we pick that up we ought to be right.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another blizzard attacked them at mid-day on the morrow, and so, +though only seven miles from their depôt, they were obliged +to camp, for it was impossible to see the tracks. With the prospect +of bad weather and scant food on the tremendous summit journey +in front of them, and with Oates and Evans suffering badly from +frost-bites, Scott had to admit that the situation was going from +bad to worse. But on the next afternoon, they managed to reach +the Half Degree Depôt, and left with 9-1/2 days' provision +to carry them the next 89 miles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During Friday, January 26, they found their old tracks completely +wiped out, but knowing that there were two cairns at four-mile +intervals they were not anxious until they picked up the first +far on their right, and afterwards Bowers caught a glimpse of the +second which was far on their +<a name="page_388"><span class="page">Page 388</span></a> +left. 'There is not a sign of our tracks between these cairns, +but the last, marking our night camp of the 6th, No. 59, is in +the belt of hard sastrugi, and I was comforted to see signs of the +track reappearing as we camped. I hope to goodness we can follow +it to-morrow.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Throughout the early part of the next day's march, however, these +hopes were not realized. Scott and Wilson pulling in front on ski, +the others being on foot, found it very difficult to follow the +track, which constantly disappeared altogether and at the best +could only just be seen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the outward journey, owing to the heavy mounds, they had been +compelled to take a very zigzag course, and in consequence the +difficulty of finding signs of it was greatly increased. But by +hook or crook they succeeded in sticking to the old track, and +during the last part of the march they discovered, to their joy +and relief, that it was much easier to follow. Through this march +they were helped on their way by a southerly breeze, and as the +air was at last dry again their tents and equipment began to lose +the icy state caused by the recent blizzards. On the other hand, +they were beginning to feel that more food, especially at lunch, +was becoming more and more necessary, and their sleeping-bags, +although they managed to sleep well enough in them, were slowly +but steadily getting wetter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday night, at R. 11, they were only 43 miles +<a name="page_389"><span class="page">Page 389</span></a> +from their depôt with six days food in hand, after doing a +good march of 16 miles. 'If this goes on and the weather holds +we shall get our depôt without trouble. I shall indeed be +glad to get it on the sledge. We are getting more hungry, there is +no doubt. The lunch meal is beginning to seem inadequate. We are +pretty thin, especially Evans, but none of us are feeling worked +out. I doubt if we could drag heavy loads, but we can keep going +with our light one. We talk of food a good deal more, and shall +be glad to open out on it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the wind helping greatly and with no difficulty in finding +the tracks, two splendid marches followed; but on the Tuesday their +position had its serious as well as its bright side, for Wilson +strained a tendon in his leg. 'It has,' Scott wrote, 'given pain +all day and is swollen to-night. Of course, he is full of pluck +over it, but I don't like the idea of such an accident here. To add +to the trouble Evans has dislodged two finger-nails to-night; his +hands are really bad, and to my surprise he shows signs of losing +heart over it. He hasn't been cheerful since the accident.... We +can get along with bad fingers, but it [will be] a mighty serious +thing if Wilson's leg doesn't improve.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before lunch on Wednesday, January 31, they picked up the Three +Degree Depôt, and were able slightly to increase their rations, +though not until they reached the pony food depôt could they +look for a 'real feed.' After lunch (January 31) the surface, owing +to sandy crystals, was very bad, and with Wilson +<a name="page_390"><span class="page">Page 390</span></a> +walking by the sledge to rest his leg as much as possible, pulling +was even more toilsome work than usual. During the afternoon they +picked up Bowers' ski, which he had left on December 31. 'The last +thing we have to find on the summit, thank Heaven! Now we have +only to go north and so shall welcome strong winds.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Pulling on throughout the next day they reached a lunch cairn, +which had been made when they were only a week out from the Upper +Glacier Depôt. With eight days' food in hand Scott hoped that +they would easily reach it, for their increased food allowance +was having a good effect upon all of them, and Wilson's leg was +better. On the other hand, Evans was still a cause for considerable +anxiety. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All went very well during their march to R. 16 on February 2 until +Scott, trying to keep the track and his feet at the same time on +a very slippery surface, came 'an awful purler' on his shoulder. +'It is horribly sore to-night and another sick person added to +our tent—three out of five injured, and the most troublesome +surfaces to come. We shall be lucky if we get through without serious +injury.... The extra food is certainly helping us, but we are getting +pretty hungry.... It is time we were off the summit—Pray God +another four days will see us pretty well clear of it. Our bags +are getting very wet and we ought to have more sleep.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On leaving their sixteenth camp they were within 80 miles or so +of the Upper Glacier Depôt under Mount Darwin, and after +exasperating delays in searching for +<a name="page_391"><span class="page">Page 391</span></a> +tracks and cairns, they resolved to waste no more time, but to +push due north just as fast as they could. Evans' fingers were +still very bad, and there was little hope that he would be able +for some time to help properly with the work, and on the following +day an accident that entailed the most serious consequences happened. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Just before lunch,' Scott wrote at R. 18, 'unexpectedly fell into +crevasses, Evans and I together—a second fall for Evans,[1] +and I camped. After lunch saw disturbance ahead.... We went on +ski over hard shiny descending surface. Did very well, especially +towards end of march, covering in all 18.1.... The party is not +improving in condition, especially Evans, who is becoming rather +dull and incapable. Thank the Lord we have good food at each meal, +but we get hungrier in spite of it. Bowers is splendid, full of +energy and bustle all the time.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Wilson afterwards expressed an opinion that Evans injured +his brain by one of these falls.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Monday morning a capital advance of over 10 miles was made, +but in the afternoon difficulties again arose to harass them. Huge +pressures and great street crevasses partly open barred their way, +and so they had to steer more and more to the west on a very erratic +course. Camping-time found them still in a very disturbed region, +and although they were within 25 to 30 miles of their depôt +there seemed to be no way through the disturbances that continued +to block their path. On turning out to continue their march they +went straight for Mount Darwin, but almost at once +<a name="page_392"><span class="page">Page 392</span></a> +found themselves among huge open chasms. To avoid these they turned +northwards between two of them, with the result that they got into +chaotic disturbance. Consequently they were compelled to retrace +their steps for a mile or so, and then striking to the west they +got among a confused sea of sastrugi, in the midst of which they +camped for lunch. A little better fortune attended them in the +afternoon, and at their twentieth camp Scott estimated that they +were anything from 10 to 15 miles off the Upper Glacier Depôt. +'Food is low and weather uncertain,' he wrote, 'so that many hours +of the day were anxious; but this evening (February 6), though we are +not so far advanced as I expected, the outlook is much more promising. +Evans is the chief anxiety now; his cuts and wounds suppurate, his +nose looks very bad, and altogether he shows considerable signs +of being played out. Things may mend for him on the Glacier, and +his wounds get some respite under warmer conditions. I am indeed +glad to think we shall so soon have done with plateau conditions. +It took us 27 days to reach the Pole and 21 days back—in +all 48 days—nearly 7 weeks in low temperature with almost +incessant wind.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +February 7, which was to see the end of their summit journey, opened +with a very tiresome march down slopes and over terraces covered +with hard sastrugi. However, they made fairly good progress during +the day, and between six and seven o'clock their depôt was +sighted and soon afterwards they were camped close to it. 'Well,' +Scott wrote at R. 21, +<a name="page_393"><span class="page">Page 393</span></a> +'we have come through our 7 weeks' ice camp journey and most of +us are fit, but I think another week might have had a very bad +effect on P.O. Evans, who is going steadily downhill.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next morning they started late owing to various re-arrangements +having to be made, and then steered for Mt. Darwin to get specimens. +As Wilson was still unable to use his ski, Bowers went on and got +several specimens of much the same type—a close-grained granite +rock which weathers red; and as soon as Bowers had rejoined the +party they skidded downhill fairly fast, Scott and Bowers (the +leaders) being on ski, Wilson and Oates on foot alongside the sledge, +while Evans was detached. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By lunch-time they were well down towards Mt. Buckley, and decided +to steer for the moraine under the mountain. Having crossed some very +irregular steep slopes with big crevasses, they slid down towards +the rocks, and then they saw that the moraine was so interesting +that, after an advance of some miles had brought escape from the +wind, the decision was made to camp and spend the rest of the day +in geologising. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It has been extremely interesting. We found ourselves under +perpendicular cliffs of Beacon sandstone, weathering rapidly and +carrying veritable coal seams. From the last Wilson, with his sharp +eyes, has picked several plant impressions, the last a piece of coal +with beautifully traced leaves in layers, also some excellently +preserved impressions of thick stems, +<a name="page_394"><span class="page">Page 394</span></a> +showing cellular structure. In one place we saw the cast of small +waves in the sand. To-night Bill has got a specimen of limestone +with archeo-cyathus—the trouble is one cannot imagine where +the stone comes from; it is evidently rare, as few specimens occur +in the moraine. There is a good deal of pure white quartz. Altogether +we have had a most interesting afternoon, and the relief of being +out of the wind and in a warmer temperature is inexpressible. I +hope and trust we shall all buck up again now that the conditions +are more favorable.... A lot could be written on the delight of +setting foot on rock after 14 weeks of snow and ice, and nearly +7 out of sight of aught else. It is like going ashore after a sea +voyage.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following morning they kept along the edge of the moraine +to the end of Mt. Buckley, and again stopping to geologise, Wilson +had a great find of vegetable impression in a piece of limestone. +The time spent in collecting these geological specimens from the +Beardmore Glacier, and the labour endured in dragging the additional +35 lbs. to their last camp, were doubtless a heavy price to pay; +but great as the cost was they were more than willing to pay it. +The fossils contained in these specimens, often so inconspicuous +that it is a wonder they were discovered by the collectors, proved +to be the most valuable obtained by the expedition, and promise to +solve completely the questions of the age and past history of this +portion of the Antarctic continent. At night, after a difficult +day among bad ice pressures, Scott almost apologizes for +<a name="page_395"><span class="page">Page 395</span></a> +being too tired to write any geological notes, and as the sledgemeter +had been unshipped he could not tell the distance they had traversed. +'Very warm on march and we are all pretty tired.... Our food satisfies +now, but we must march to keep on the full ration, and we want rest, +yet we shall pull through all right, D. V. We are by no means worn +out.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the night of Friday, February 10, they got some of the sleep +that was so urgently needed, and in consequence there was a great +change for the better in the appearance of everyone. Their progress, +however, was delayed during the next afternoon by driving snow, +which made steering impossible and compelled them to camp. 'We +have two full days' food left,' Scott wrote on the same evening, +'and though our position is uncertain, we are certainly within +two outward marches from the middle glacier depôt. However, +if the weather doesn't clear by to-morrow, we must either march +blindly on or reduce food.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The conditions on Sunday morning were utterly wretched for the +surface was bad and the light horrible, but they marched on until, +with the light getting worse and worse, they suddenly found themselves +in pressure. Then, unfortunately, they decided to steer east, and +after struggling on for several hours found themselves in a regular +trap. Having for a short time in the earlier part of the day got +on to a good surface, they thought that all was going well and +did not reduce their lunch rations. But half an hour after lunch +they suddenly got into a terrible ice mess. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_396"><span class="page">Page 396</span></a> +For three hours they plunged forward on ski, first thinking that +they were too much to the right, and then too much to the left; +meanwhile the disturbance got worse and worse, and there were moments +when Scott nearly despaired of finding a way out of the awful turmoil +in which they found themselves. At length, arguing that there must +be a way out on the left, they plunged in that direction, only +to find that the surface was more icy and crevassed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We could not manage our ski and pulled on foot, falling into crevasses +every minute—most luckily no bad accident. At length we saw +a smoother slope towards the land, pushed for it, but knew it was +a woefully long way from us. The turmoil changed in character, +irregular crevassed surface giving way to huge chasms, closely +packed and most difficult to cross. It was very heavy work, but +we had grown desperate. We won through at 10 P.M., and I write +after 12 hours on the march. I <i>think</i> we are on or about the +right track now, but we are still a good number of miles from the +depôt, so we reduced rations to-night. We had three pemmican +meals left and decided to make them into four. To-morrow's lunch +must serve for two if we do not make big progress. It was a test +of our endurance on the march and our fitness with small supper. +We have come through well.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On leaving R. 25, early on Monday morning, everything went well +in the forenoon and a good march was made over a fair surface. Two +hours before lunch they were cheered by the sight of their night +<a name="page_397"><span class="page">Page 397</span></a> +camp of December 18 (the day after they had made their depôt), +for this showed them that they were still on the right track. In the +afternoon, refreshed by tea, they started off confidently expecting +to reach their depôt, but by a most unfortunate chance they +kept too far to the left and arrived in a maze of crevasses and +fissures. Afterwards their course became very erratic, and finally, +at 9 P.M., they landed in the worst place of all. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'After discussion we decided to camp, and here we are, after a +very short supper and one meal only remaining in the food bag; the +depôt doubtful in locality. We <i>must</i> get there to-morrow. +Meanwhile we are cheerful with an effort.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that night, at Camp R. 26, Scott says that they all slept well +in spite of grave anxieties, his own being increased by his visits +outside the tent, when he saw the sky closing over and snow beginning +to fall. At their ordinary hour for getting up the weather was so +thick that they had to remain in their sleeping-bags; but presently +the weather cleared enough for Scott dimly to see the land of the +Cloudmaker. Then they got up and after breakfasting off some tea +and one biscuit, so that they might leave their scanty remaining +meal for even greater emergencies, they started to march through +an awful turmoil of broken ice. In about an hour, however, they +hit upon an old moraine track where the surface was much smoother, +though the fog that was still hanging over everything added to +their difficulties. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_398"><span class="page">Page 398</span></a> +Presently Evans raised their hopes with a shout of depôt ahead, +but it proved to be nothing but a shadow on the ice, and then Wilson +suddenly saw the actual depôt flag. 'It was an immense relief, +and we were soon in possession of our 3-1/2 days' food. The relief +to all is inexpressible; needless to say, we camped and had a meal.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Marching on in the afternoon Scott kept more to the left, and closed +the mountain until they came to the stone moraines, where Wilson +detached himself and made a collection, while the others advanced +with the sledge. Writing that night (Tuesday, February 13) at 'Camp +R. 27, beside Cloudmaker' Scott says, 'We camped late, abreast the +lower end of the mountain, and had nearly our usual satisfying +supper. Yesterday was the worst experience of the trip and gave a +horrid feeling of insecurity. Now we are right, but we must march. +In future food must be worked so that we do not run so short if the +weather fails us. We mustn't get into a hole like this again.... +Bowers has had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, and Wilson +another almost as bad. Evans has no power to assist with camping +work.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A good march followed to Camp R. 28, and with nearly three days' +food they were about 30 miles away from the Lower Glacier Depôt. +On the other hand, Scott was becoming most gravely concerned about +the condition of the party, and especially about Evans, who seemed +to be going from bad to worse. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_399"><span class="page">Page 399</span></a> +And on the next evening, after a heavy march he wrote, 'We don't +know our distance from the depôt, but imagine about 20 miles. +We are pulling for food and not very strong evidently.... We have +reduced food, also sleep; feeling rather done. Trust 1-1/2 days +or 2 at most will see us at depôt.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Friday's march brought them within 10 or 12 miles of their depôt, +and with food enough to last them until the next night; but anxiety +about Evans was growing more and more intense. 'Evans has nearly +broken down in brain, we think. He is absolutely changed from his +normal self-reliant self. This morning and this afternoon he stopped +the march on some trivial excuse.... Memory should hold the events +of a very troublesome march with more troubles ahead. Perhaps all +will be well if we can get to our depôt to-morrow fairly early, +but it is anxious work with the sick man.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following morning (Saturday, February 17) Evans looked a +little better after a good sleep, and declared, as he always did, +that he was quite well; but half an hour after he had started in +his place on the traces, he worked his ski shoes adrift and had +to leave the sledge. At the time the surface was awful, the soft +snow, which had recently fallen, clogging the ski and runners at +every step, the sledge groaning, the sky overcast, and the land +hazy. They stopped for about an hour, and then Evans came up again, +but very slowly. Half an hour later he dropped out again on the +same plea, and asked Bowers to lend +<a name="page_400"><span class="page">Page 400</span></a> +him a piece of string. Scott cautioned him to come on as quickly +as he could, and he gave what seemed to be a cheerful answer. Then +the others were compelled to push on, until abreast the Monument +Rock they halted and, seeing Evans a long way behind, decided to +camp for lunch. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At first there was no alarm, but when they looked out after lunch +and saw him still afar off they were thoroughly frightened, and all +four of them started back on ski. Scott was the first to meet the +poor man, who was on his knees with hands uncovered and frost-bitten +and a wild look in his eyes. When asked what was the matter, he +replied slowly that he didn't know, but thought that he must have +fainted. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +They managed to get him on his feet, but after two or three steps +he sank down again and showed every sign of complete collapse. +Then Scott, Wilson and Bowers hastened back for the sledge, while +Oates remained with him. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'When we returned he was practically unconscious, and when we got +him into the tent quite comatose. He died quietly at 12.30 A.M.' +</p> + +<h3> +<a name="page_401"><span class="page">Page 401</span></a> +CHAPTER XI +</h3> + +<p class="subtitle">THE LAST MARCH</p> + +<table border="0" class="center"><tr><td> +Men like a man who has shown himself a pleasant companion<br /> +through a week's walking tour. They worship the man who,<br /> +over thousands of miles, for hundreds of days, through renewed<br /> +difficulties and efforts, has brought them without friction,<br /> +arrogance or dishonour to the victory proposed, or to the higher<br /> +glory of unshaken defeat.—R. KIPLING. +</td></tr></table> + +<p class="indent"> +After this terrible experience the rest of the party marched on +later in the night, and arrived at their depôt; there they +allowed themselves five hours' sleep and then marched to Shambles +Camp, which they reached at 3 P.M. on Sunday, February 18. Plenty +of horse meat awaited them, with the prospect of plenty to come +if they could only keep up good marches. 'New life seems to come +with greater food almost immediately, but I am anxious about the +Barrier surfaces.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A late start was made from Shambles Camp, because much work had +to be done in shifting sledges[1] and fitting up the new one with +a mast, &c., and in packing +<a name="page_402"><span class="page">Page 402</span></a> +horse meat and personal effects. Soon after noon, however, they +got away, and found the surface every bit as bad as they expected. +Moreover Scott's fears that there would not be much change during +the next few days were most thoroughly justified. On the Monday +afternoon they had to pullover a really terrible surface that resembled +desert sand. And the same conditions awaited them on the following +day, when, after four hours' plodding in the morning, they reached +Desolation Camp. At this camp they had hoped to find more pony meat, +but disappointment awaited them. 'Total mileage for day 7,' Scott +wrote at R. 34, 'the ski tracks pretty plain and easily followed +this afternoon.... Terribly slow progress, but we hope for better +things as we clear the land.... Pray God we get better traveling as +we are not so fit as we were, and the season is advancing apace.' +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote 1: Sledges were left at the chief depôts to replace +damaged ones.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Again, on Wednesday, February 21, the surface was terrible, and +once more Scott expressed a devout hope that as they drew away from +the land the conditions might get better; and that this improvement +should come and come soon was all the more necessary because they +were approaching a critical part of their journey, in which there +were long distances between the cairns. 'If we can tide that over +we get on the regular cairn route, and with luck should stick to +it; but everything depends on the weather. We never won a march +of 8-1/2 miles with greater difficulty, but we can't go on like +this.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_403"><span class="page">Page 403</span></a> +Very fresh wind from the S.E., with strong surface drift, so completely +wiped out the faint track they were trying to follow during the next +stage of their struggle homewards, that lunch-time came without a +sight of the cairn they had hoped to pass. Later in the day Bowers, +feeling sure that they were too far to the west, steered out, with +the result that another pony camp was passed by unseen. 'There is +little doubt we are in for a rotten critical time going home, and +the lateness of the season may make it really serious.... Looking +at the map to-night there is no doubt we are too far to the east. +With clear weather we ought to be able to correct the mistake, but +will the weather clear? It's a gloomy position, more especially as +one sees the same difficulty recurring even when we have corrected +this error. The wind is dying down to-night and the sky clearing in +the south, which is hopeful. Meanwhile it is satisfactory to note +that such untoward events fail to damp the spirit of the party.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The hopes of better weather were realized during the following +day, when they started off in sunshine and with very little wind. +Difficulties as to their course remained, but luckily Bowers took +a round of angles, and with the help of the chart they came to +the conclusion that they must be inside rather than outside the +tracks. The data, however, were so meager that none of them were +happy about taking the great responsibility of marching out. Then, +just as they had decided to lunch, Bowers' wonderfully +<a name="page_404"><span class="page">Page 404</span></a> +sharp eyes detected an old double lunch cairn, and the theodolite +telescope confirmed it. Camp R. 37 found them within 2-1/2 miles +of their depôt. 'We cannot see it, but, given fine weather, +we cannot miss it. We are, therefore, extraordinarily relieved.... +Things are again looking up, as we are on the regular line of cairns, +with no gaps right home, I hope.' In the forenoon of Saturday, +February 24, the depôt was reached, and there they found the +store in order except for a shortage of oil. 'Shall have to be +<i>very</i> saving with fuel.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +[Indeed from this time onward the party were increasingly in want +of more oil than they found at the depôts. Owing partly to +the severe conditions, but still more to the delays caused by their +sick comrades, they reached the full limit of time allowed for +between the depôts. The cold was unexpected, and at the same +time the actual amount of oil found at the depôts was less +than Scott anticipated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The return journey on the summit was made at good speed, for the +party accomplished in 21 days what had taken them 27 days on the +outward journey. But the last part of it, from Three Degree to +Upper Glacier Depôt, took nearly eight marches as against ten, +and here can be seen the first slight slackening as P.O. Evans and +Oates began to feel the cold. From the Upper Glacier to the Lower +Glacier Depôt there was little gain on the outward journey, +partly owing to the conditions but more to Evans' gradual collapse. +And from that time onward the marches +<a name="page_405"><span class="page">Page 405</span></a> +of the weary but heroic travelers became shorter and shorter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As regards the cause of the shortage of oil, the tins at the depôts +had been exposed to extreme conditions of heat and cold. The oil +in the warmth of the sun—for the tins were regularly set +in an accessible place on the top of the cairns—tended to +become vapour and to escape through the stoppers without damage +to the tins. This process was much hastened owing to the leather +washers about the stoppers having perished in the great cold. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tins awaiting the Southern party at the depôts had, of +course, been opened, so that the supporting parties on their way +back could take their due amount. But however carefully the tins were +re-stoppered, they were still liable to the unexpected evaporation +and leakage, and hence, without the smallest doubt, arose the shortage +which was such a desperate blow to Scott and his party.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Apart from the storage of fuel everything was found in order at the +depôt, and with ten full days' provisions from the night of +the 24th they had less than 70 miles between them and the Mid-Barrier +depôt. At lunch-time Scott wrote in a more hopeful tone, 'It +is an immense relief to have picked up this depôt, and, for +the time, anxieties are thrust aside,' but at night, after pulling +on a dreadful surface and only gaining four miles, he added, 'It +really will be a bad business if we are to have this plodding all +through. I don't know what to think, but the rapid closing +<a name="page_406"><span class="page">Page 406</span></a> +of the season is ominous.... It is a race between the season and +hard conditions and our fitness and good food.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Their prospects, however, became a little brighter during the following +day, when the whole march yielded 11.4 miles, 'The first double +figures of steady dragging for a long time.' But what they wanted +and what would not come was a wind to help them on their way. +Nevertheless, although the assistance they so sorely needed was +still lacking, they gained another 11-1/2 miles on their next march, +and were within 43 miles of their next depôt. Writing from +'R. 40. Temp. -21°' on Monday night, February 26, Scott said, +'Wonderfully fine weather but cold, very cold. Nothing dries and we +get our feet cold too often. We want more food yet, and especially +more fat. Fuel is woefully short. We can scarcely hope to get a +better surface at this season, but I wish we could have some help +from the wind, though it might shake us up badly if the temp. didn't +rise.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Tuesday brought them within 31 miles of their depôt, but hunger +was attacking them fiercely, and they could talk of little else +except food and of when and where they might possibly meet the +dogs. 'It is a critical position. We may find ourselves in safety +at next depôt, but there is a horrid element of doubt.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the next day Scott decided to increase the rations, and at R. +42, which they reached after a march of 11-1/2 miles in a blightingly +cold wind, they had a 'splendid pony hoosh.' The temperatures, +however, +<a name="page_407"><span class="page">Page 407</span></a> +which varied at this time between -30° and -42°, were chilling +them through and through, and to get their foot-gear on in the +mornings was both a painful and a long task. 'Frightfully cold +starting,' Scott wrote at lunch-time on Thursday, February 29, +'luckily Bowers and Oates in their last new finnesko; keeping my +old ones for the present.... Next camp is our depôt and it +is exactly 13 miles. It ought not to take more than 1-1/2 days; +we pray for another fine one. The oil will just about spin out +in that event, and we arrive a clear day's food in hand.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On reaching the Middle Barrier Depôt, however, blow followed +blow in such quick succession that hope of pulling through began +to sink in spite of all their cheerfulness and courage. First they +found such a shortage of oil that with the most rigid economy it +could scarcely carry them on to their next depôt, 71 miles +away. Then Oates disclosed the fact that his feet, evidently +frost-bitten by the recent low temperatures, were very bad indeed. +And lastly the wind, which at first they had greeted with some +joy, brought dark overcast weather. During the Friday night the +temperature fell to below -40°, and on the next morning an +hour and a half was spent before they could get on their foot-gear. +'Then on an appalling surface they lost both cairns and tracks, +and at lunch Scott had to admit that they were 'in a very queer +street since there is no doubt we cannot do the extra marches and +feel the cold horribly.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Afterwards they managed to pick up the track +<a name="page_408"><span class="page">Page 408</span></a> +again, and with a march of nearly 10 miles for the day prospects +brightened a little; but on the next morning they had to labour +upon a surface that was coated with a thin layer of woolly crystals, +which were too firmly fixed to be removed by the wind and caused +impossible friction to the runners of the sledge. 'God help us,' +Scott wrote at mid-day, 'we can't keep up this pulling, that is +certain. Amongst ourselves we are unendingly cheerful, but what +each man feels in his heart I can only guess. Putting on foot-gear +in the morning is getting slower and slower, therefore every day +more dangerous.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +No relief whatever to the critical situation came on Monday, March +4, and there was in fact little left to hope for except a strong +drying wind, which at that time of the year was not likely to come. +At mid-day they were about 42 miles from the next depôt and +had a week's food; but in spite of the utmost economy their oil +could only last three or four days, and to pull as they were doing +and be short of food at the same time was an absolute impossibility. +For the time being the temperature had risen to -20°, but Scott +was sure that this small improvement was only temporary and feared +that Oates, at any rate, was in no state to weather more severe cold +than they were enduring. And hanging over all the other misfortunes +was the constant fear that if they did get to the next depôt +they might find the same shortage of oil. 'I don't know what I +should do if Wilson and Bowers weren't so determinedly cheerful +over things.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_409"><span class="page">Page 409</span></a> +And it must in all truth have been as difficult as it was heroic +to be cheerful, for weary and worn as they were their food needed +such careful husbanding, that their supper on this night (March 4) +consisted of nothing but a cup of cocoa and pemmican solid with +the chill off. 'We pretend to prefer the pemmican this way,' Scott +says, and if any proof was needed of their indomitable resolution +it is contained in that short sentence. The result, however, was +telling rapidly upon all of them, and more especially upon Oates, +whose feet were in a terrible condition when they started to march +on the morning of the 5th. Lunch-time saw them within 27 miles of +their next supply of food and fuel, but by this time poor Oates +was almost done. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It is pathetic enough because we can do nothing for him; more +hot food might do a little, but only a little, I fear. We none +of us expected these terribly low temperatures, and of the rest +of us Wilson is feeling them most; mainly, I fear, from his +self-sacrificing devotion in doctoring Oates' feet. We cannot help +each other, each has enough to do to take care of himself. We get +cold on the march when the trudging is heavy, and the wind pierces +our worn garments. The others, all of them, are unendingly cheerful +when in the tent. We mean to see the game through with a proper +spirit, but it's tough work to be pulling harder than we ever pulled +in our lives for long hours, and to feel that the progress is so +slow. One can only say "God help us!" and plod on our weary way, +cold and +<a name="page_410"><span class="page">Page 410</span></a> +very miserable, though outwardly cheerful. We talk of all sorts +of subjects in the tent, not much of food now, since we decided +to take the risk of running a full ration. We simply couldn't go +hungry at this time.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of the 6th Oates was no longer able to pull, and +the miles gained, when they camped for lunch after desperate work, +were only three and a half, and the total distance for the day +was short of seven miles. For Oates, indeed, the crisis was near +at hand. 'He makes no complaint, but his spirits only come up in +spurts now, and he grows more silent in the tent.... If we were all +fit I should have hopes of getting through, but the poor Soldier +has become a terrible hindrance, though he does his utmost and +suffers much I fear.' And at mid-day on the 7th, Scott added, 'A +little worse I fear. One of Oates' feet <i>very</i> bad this morning; +he is wonderfully brave. We still talk of what we will do together +at home.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At this time they were 16 miles from their depôt, and if they +found the looked-for amount of fuel and food there, and if the +surface helped them, Scott hoped that they might get on to the +Mt. Hooper Depôt, 72 miles farther, but not to One Ton Camp. +'We hope against hope that the dogs have been to Mt. Hooper; then +we might pull through.... We are only kept going by good food. +No wind this morning till a chill northerly air came ahead. Sun +bright and cairns showing up well. I should like to keep the track +to the end.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Another fearful struggle took them by lunch-time +<a name="page_411"><span class="page">Page 411</span></a> +on the 8th to within 8-1/2 miles of their next goal, but the time +spent over foot-gear in the mornings was getting longer and longer. +'Have to wait in night footgear for nearly an hour before I start +changing, and then am generally first to be ready. Wilson's feet +giving trouble now, but this mainly because he gives so much help +to others.... The great question is, what shall we find at the +depôt? If the dogs have visited it we may get along a good +distance, but if there is another short allowance of fuel, God +help us indeed. We are in a very bad way, I fear, in any case.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day they managed to struggle on to Mount Hooper +Depôt. 'Cold comfort. Shortage on our allowance all round. +I don't know that anyone is to blame. The dogs which would have +been our salvation have evidently failed.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +[For the last six days Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had been waiting +with the dogs at One Ton Camp. Scott had dated his probable return to +Hut Point anywhere between mid-March and early April, and calculating +from the speed of the other return parties Atkinson expected him to +reach One Ton Camp between March 3 and 10. There Cherry-Garrard +met four days of blizzard, with the result that when the weather +cleared he had little more than enough dog food to take the teams +home. Under these circumstances only two possible courses were +open to him, either to push south for one more march and back with +imminent risk of missing Scott on the way, or to stay two days +at the Camp where Scott was bound to come, +<a name="page_412"><span class="page">Page 412</span></a> +if he came at all. Wisely he took the latter course and stayed at +One Ton Camp until the utmost limit of time.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the depôt reached and no relief to the situation gained, +Scott was forced to admit that things were going 'steadily downhill,' +but for the time being Oates' condition was by far the most absorbing +trouble. 'Oates' foot worse,' he wrote on the 10th. 'He has rare +pluck and must know that he can never get through. He asked Wilson +if he had a chance this morning, and of course Bill had to say he +didn't know. In point of fact he has none. Apart from him, if he +went under now, I doubt whether we could get through. With great +care we might have a dog's chance, but no more.... Poor chap! it +is too pathetic to watch him; one cannot but try to cheer him up.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On this same day a blizzard met them after they had marched for +half an hour, and Scott seeing that not one of them could face +such weather, pitched camp and stayed there until the following +morning. Then they struggled on again with the sky so overcast +that they could see nothing and consequently lost the tracks. At +the most they gained little more than six miles during the day, +and this they knew was as much as they could hope to do if they +got no help from wind or surfaces. 'We have 7 days' food and should +be about 55 miles from One Ton Camp to-night, 6 X 7 = 42, leaving +us 13 miles short of our distance, even if things get no worse.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Oates too was, Scott felt, getting very near the end. 'What we or +he will do, God only knows. We +<a name="page_413"><span class="page">Page 413</span></a> +discussed the matter after breakfast; he is a brave fine fellow +and understands the situation, but he practically asked for advice. +Nothing could be said but to urge him to march as long as he could. +One satisfactory result to the discussion: I practically ordered +Wilson to hand over the means of ending our troubles to us, so +that any of us may know how to do so. Wilson had no choice between +doing so and our ransacking the medicine case.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus Scott wrote on the 11th, and the next days brought more and +more misfortunes with them. A strong northerly wind stopped them +altogether on the 13th, and although on the following morning they +started with a favorable breeze, it soon shifted and blew through +their wind-clothes and their mitts. 'Poor Wilson horribly cold, +could not get off ski for some time. Bowers and I practically made +camp, and when we got into the tent at last we were all deadly +cold.... We <i>must</i> go on, but now the making of every camp +must be more difficult and dangerous. It must be near the end, +but a pretty merciful end.... I shudder to think what it will be +like to-morrow.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Up to this time, incredible as it seems, Scott had only once spared +himself the agony of writing in his journal, so nothing could be +more pathetic and significant than the fact that at last he was +unable any longer to keep a daily record of this magnificent journey. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Friday, March 16 or Saturday 17. Lost track of dates, but think +the last correct,' his next entry begins, but then under the most +unendurable +<a name="page_414"><span class="page">Page 414</span></a> +conditions he went on to pay a last and imperishable tribute to +his dead companion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Tragedy all along the line. At lunch, the day before yesterday, +poor Titus Oates said he couldn't go on; he proposed we should +leave him in his sleeping-bag. That we could not do, and we induced +him to come on, on the afternoon march. In spite of its awful nature +for him he struggled on and we made a few miles. At night he was +worse and we knew the end had come. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Should this be found I want these facts recorded. Oates' last +thoughts were of his Mother, but immediately before he took pride +in thinking that his regiment would be pleased with the bold way +in which he met his death. We can testify to his bravery. He has +borne intense suffering for weeks without complaint, and to the +very last was able and willing to discuss outside subjects. He did +not—would not—give up hope till the very end. He was +a brave soul. This was the end. He slept through the night before +last, hoping not to wake; but he woke in the morning—yesterday. +It was blowing a blizzard. He said, "I am just going outside and +may be some time." He went out into the blizzard and we have not +seen him since. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I take this opportunity of saying that we have stuck to our sick +companions to the last. In case of Edgar Evans, when absolutely +out of food and he lay insensible, the safety of the remainder +seemed to demand his abandonment, but Providence mercifully removed +him at this critical moment. He died +<a name="page_415"><span class="page">Page 415</span></a> +a natural death, and we did not leave him till two hours after his +death. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We knew that poor Oates was walking to his death, but though we +tried to dissuade him, we knew it was the act of a brave man and +an English gentleman. We all hope to meet the end with a similar +spirit, and assuredly the end is not far. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'I can only write at lunch and then only occasionally. The cold is +intense, -40° at mid-day. My companions are unendingly cheerful, +but we are all on the verge of serious frost-bites, and though we +constantly talk of fetching through I don't think anyone of us +believes it in his heart. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'We are cold on the march now, and at all times except meals. Yesterday +we had to lay up for a blizzard and to-day we move dreadfully slowly. +We are at No. 14 pony camp, only two pony marches from One Ton +Depôt. We leave here our theodolite, a camera, and Oates' +sleeping-bags. Diaries, etc., and geological specimens carried at +Wilson's special request, will be found with us or on our sledge.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At mid-day on the next day, March 18, they had struggled to within +21 miles of One Ton Depôt, but wind and drift came on and +they had to stop their march. 'No human being could face it, and +we are worn out <i>nearly</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'My right foot has gone, nearly all the toes—two days ago +I was the proud possessor of best feet. These are the steps of +my downfall. Like an ass I mixed a spoonful of curry powder with +my melted pemmican—it +<a name="page_416"><span class="page">Page 416</span></a> +gave me violent indigestion. I lay awake and in pain all night; +woke and felt done on the march; foot went and I didn't know it. A +very small measure of neglect and have a foot which is not pleasant +to contemplate. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Bowers takes first place in condition, but there is not much to +choose after all. The others are still confident of getting +through—or pretend to be—I don't know! We have the last +<i>half</i> fill of oil in our primus and a very small quantity +of spirit—this alone between us and thirst.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On that night camp was made with the greatest difficulty, but after +a supper of cold pemmican and biscuit and half a pannikin of cocoa, +they were, contrary to their expectations, warm enough to get some +sleep. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then came the closing stages of this glorious struggle against +persistent misfortune. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'<i>March</i> 19.—Lunch. To-day we started in the usual dragging +manner. Sledge dreadfully heavy. We are 15-1/2 miles from the depôt +and ought to get there in three days. What progress! We have two +days' food but barely a day's fuel. All our feet are getting +bad—Wilson's best, my right foot worst, left all right. There +is no chance to nurse one's feet till we can get hot food into us. +Amputation is the least I can hope for now, but will the trouble +spread? That is the serious question. The weather doesn't give us +a chance; the wind from N. to N. W. and -40 temp. to-day. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig026.jpg" width="538" height="810" + alt="Figure 26"> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_417"><span class="page">Page 417</span></a> +During the afternoon they drew 4-1/2 miles nearer to the One Ton +Depôt, and there they made their last camp. Throughout Tuesday +a severe blizzard held them prisoners, and on the 21st Scott wrote: +'To-day forlorn hope, Wilson and Bowers going to depôt for +fuel.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the blizzard continued without intermission. '22 and 23. Blizzard +bad as ever—Wilson and Bowers unable to start—to-morrow +last chance—no fuel and only one or two of food left—must +be near the end. Have decided it shall be natural—we shall +march for the depôt with or without our effects and die in +our tracks.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'<i>March</i> 29.—Since the 21st we have had a continuous gale +from W.S.W. and S.W. We had fuel to make two cups of tea apiece, +and bare food for two days on the 20th. Every day we have been +ready to start for our depôt 11 <i>miles</i> away, but outside +the door of the tent it remains a scene of whirling drift. I do +not think we can hope for any better things now. We shall stick +it out to the end, but we are getting weaker, of course, and the +end cannot be far. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'It seems a pity, but I do not think I can write more. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> + 'R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Last entry For God's sake look after our people.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_418"><span class="page">Page 418</span></a> +After Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had returned to Hut Point on March +16 without having seen any signs of the Polar party, Atkinson and +Keohane made one more desperate effort to find them. When, however, +this had been unsuccessful there was nothing more to be done until +the winter was over. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During this long and anxious time the leadership of the party devolved +upon Atkinson, who under the most trying circumstances showed qualities +that are beyond all praise. At the earliest possible moment (October +30) a large party started south. 'On the night of the 11th and +morning of the 12th,' Atkinson says, 'after we had marched 11 miles +due south of One Ton, we found the tent. It was an object partially +snowed up and looking like a cairn. Before it were the ski sticks +and in front of them a bamboo which probably was the mast of the +sledge... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'Inside the tent were the bodies of Captain Scott, Doctor Wilson, +and Lieutenant Bowers. They had pitched their tent well, and it +had withstood all the blizzards of an exceptionally hard winter.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson and Bowers were found in the attitude of sleep, their +sleeping-bags closed over their heads as they would naturally close +them. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig027.jpg" width="492" height="695" + alt="Figure 27"> +<br />'THE LAST REST'. +<br />The grave of Capt. Scott, Dr. Wilson, +and Lieut. Bowers. +<br /><i>Photo by Lieut. T. Gran.</i> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Scott died later. He had thrown back the flaps of his sleeping-bag +and opened his coat. The little wallet +<a name="page_419"><span class="page">Page 419</span></a> +containing the three notebooks was under his shoulders and his arm +flung across Wilson. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Among their belongings were the 35 lbs. of most important geological +specimens which had been collected on the moraines of the Beardmore +Glacier. At Wilson's request they had clung on to these to the +very end, though disaster stared them in the face. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'When everything had been gathered up, we covered them with the +outer tent and read the Burial Service. From this time until well +into the next day we started to build a mighty cairn above them.' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Upon the cairn a rough cross, made from two skis, was placed, and +on either side were up-ended two sledges, fixed firmly in the snow. +Between the eastern sledge and the cairn a bamboo was placed, containing +a metal cylinder, and in this the following record was left: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'November 12, 1912, Lat. 79 degrees, 50 mins. South. This cross +and cairn are erected over the bodies of Captain Scott, C.V.O., +R.N., Doctor E. A. Wilson, M.B. B.C., Cantab., and Lieutenant H. +R. Bowers, Royal Indian Marine—a slight token to perpetuate +their successful and gallant attempt to reach the Pole. This they +did on January 17, 1912, after the Norwegian Expedition had already +done so. Inclement weather with lack of fuel was the cause of their +death. Also to commemorate their two gallant comrades, Captain L. +E. G. Oates of the Inniskilling Dragoons, who walked to his death +in a blizzard to +<a name="page_420"><span class="page">Page 420</span></a> +save his comrades about eighteen miles south of this position; +also of Seaman Edgar Evans, who died at the foot of the Beardmore +Glacier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +'"The Lord gave and the Lord taketh away; blessed be the name of +the Lord."' +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_421"><span class="page">Page 421</span></a> +With the diaries in the tent were found the following letters:— +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To Mrs. E. A. Wilson</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR MRS. WILSON, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If this letter reaches you Bill and I will have gone out together. +We are very near it now and I should like you to know how splendid +he was at the end—everlastingly cheerful and ready to sacrifice +himself for others, never a word of blame to me for leading him +into this mess. He is not suffering, luckily, at least only minor +discomforts. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +His eyes have a comfortable blue look of hope and his mind is peaceful +with the satisfaction of his faith in regarding himself as part +of the great scheme of the Almighty. I can do no more to comfort +you than to tell you that he died as he lived, a brave, true +man—the best of comrades and staunchest of friends. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My whole heart goes out to you in pity. +</p> + +<p> + Yours,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To Mrs. Bowers</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR MRS. BOWERS, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I am afraid this will reach you after one of the heaviest blows +of your life. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I write when we are very near the end of our journey, and I am +finishing it in company with two gallant, noble gentlemen. One of +these is your son. He +<a name="page_422"><span class="page">Page 422</span></a> +had come be one of my closest and soundest friends, and I appreciate +his wonderful upright nature, his ability and energy. As the troubles +have thickened his dauntless spirit ever shone brighter and he has +remained cheerful, hopeful, and indomitable to the end. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The ways of Providence are inscrutable, but there must be some reason +why such a young, vigorous and promising life is taken. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My whole heart goes out in pity for you. +</p> + +<p> + Yours,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To the end he has talked of you and his sisters. One sees what a +happy home he must have had and perhaps it is well to look back +on nothing but happiness. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +He remains unselfish, self-reliant and splendidly hopeful to the +end, believing in God's mercy to you. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To Sir J. M. Barrie</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR BARRIE, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We are pegging out in a very comfortless spot. Hoping this letter +may be found and sent to you, I write a word of farewell.... More +practically I want you to help my widow and my boy—your godson. +We are showing that Englishmen can still die with a bold spirit, +fighting it out to the end. It will be known that we have accomplished +our object in reaching the Pole, and that we have done everything +<a name="page_423"><span class="page">Page 423</span></a> +possible, even to sacrificing ourselves in order to save sick +companions. I think this makes an example for Englishmen of the +future, and that the country ought to help those who are left behind +to mourn us. I leave my poor girl and your godson, Wilson leaves +a widow, and Edgar Evans also a widow in humble circumstances. Do +what you can to get their claims recognized. Goodbye. I am not +at all afraid of the end, but sad to miss many a humble pleasure +which I had planned for the future on our long marches. I may not +have proved a great explorer, but we have done the greatest march +ever made and come very near to great success. Goodbye, my dear +friend. +</p> + +<p> + Yours ever,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We are in a desperate state, feet frozen, etc. No fuel and a long +way from food, but it would do your heart good to be in our tent, +to hear our songs and the cheery conversation as to what we will +do when we get to Hut Point. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>Later</i>.—We are very near the end, but have not and +will not lose our good cheer. We have four days of storm in our +tent and no where's food or fuel. We did intend to finish ourselves +when things proved like this, but we have decided to die naturally +in the track. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As a dying man, my dear friend, be good to my wife and child. Give +the boy a chance in life if the State won't do it. He ought to have +good stuff in him.... I never met a man in my life whom I admired and +<a name="page_424"><span class="page">Page 424</span></a> +loved more than you, but I never could show you how much your friendship +meant to me, for you had much to give and I nothing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To the Right Hon. Sir Edgar Speyer, Bart.</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Dated March 16, 1912. Lat. 79.5°. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR SIR EDGAR, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I hope this may reach you. I fear we must go and that it leaves +the Expedition in a bad muddle. But we have been to the Pole and +we shall die like gentlemen. I regret only for the women we leave +behind. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I thank you a thousand times for your help and support and your +generous kindness. If this diary is found it will show how we stuck +by dying companions and fought the thing out well to the end. I +think this will show that the spirit of pluck and the power to +endure has not passed out of our race.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wilson, the best fellow that ever stepped, has sacrificed himself +again and again to the sick men of the party.... +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I write to many friends hoping the letters will reach them some +time after we are found next year. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We very nearly came through, and it's a pity to have missed it, +but lately I have felt that we have overshot our mark. No one is +to blame and I hope no attempt will be made to suggest that we +have lacked support. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Goodbye to you and your dear kind wife. +</p> + +<p> + Yours ever sincerely,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_425"><span class="page">Page 425</span></a> +<i>To Vice-Admiral Sir Francis Charles Bridgeman, K.C.V.O., K.C.B.</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR SIR FRANCIS, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I fear we have slipped up; a close shave; I am writing a few letters +which I hope will be delivered some day. I want to thank you for +the friendship you gave me of late years, and to tell you how +extraordinarily pleasant I found it to serve under you. I want +to tell you that I was <i>not</i> too old for this job. It was +the younger men that went under first.... After all we are setting +a good example to our countrymen, if not by getting into a tight +place, by facing it like men when we were there. We could have +come through had we neglected the sick. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Good-bye, and good-bye to dear Lady Bridgeman. +</p> + +<p> + Yours ever,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Excuse writing—it is -40°; and has been for nigh a month. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To Vice-Admiral Sir George le Clerc Egerton, K.C.B.</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My DEAR SIR GEORGE, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I fear we have shot our bolt—but we have been to Pole and +done the longest journey on record. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I hope these letters may find their destination some day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Subsidiary reasons for our failure to return are due to the sickness +of different members of the party, but +<a name="page_426"><span class="page">Page 426</span></a> +the real thing that has stopped us is the awful weather and unexpected +cold towards the end of the journey. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This traverse of the Barrier has been quite three times as severe +as any experience we had on the summit. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There is no accounting for it, but the result has thrown out my +calculations, and here we are little more than 100 miles from the +base and petering out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Good-bye. Please see my widow is looked after as far as Admiralty +is concerned. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My kindest regards to Lady Egerton. I can never forget all your +kindness. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<i>To Mr. J. J. Kinsey-Christchurch.</i> +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +March 24th, 1912. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +MY DEAR KINSEY, +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I'm afraid we are pretty well done—four days of blizzard just +as we were getting to the last dopôt. My thoughts have been +with you often. You have been a brick. You will pull the Expedition +through, I'm sure. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +My thoughts are for my wife and boy. Will you do what you can for +them if the country won't. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +I want the boy to have a good chance in the world, but you know +the circumstances well enough. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If I knew the wife and boy were in safe keeping I should have little +to regret in leaving the world, for I feel that the country need +not be ashamed of us—our +<a name="page_427"><span class="page">Page 427</span></a> +journey has been the biggest on record, and nothing but the most +exceptional hard luck at the end would have caused us to fail to +return. We have been to the S. pole as we set out. God bless you +and dear Mrs. Kinsey. It is good to remember you and your kindness. +</p> + +<p> + Your friend,<br /> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Letters to his Mother, his Wife, his Brother-in-law (Sir William +Ellison Macartney), Admiral Sir Lewis Beaumont, and Mr. and Mrs. +Reginald Smith were also found, from which come the following extracts: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Great God has called me and I feel it will add a fearful blow +to the heavy ones that have fallen on you in life. But take comfort +in that I die at peace with the world and myself—not afraid. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Indeed it has been most singularly unfortunate, for the risks I +have taken never seemed excessive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +...I want to tell you that we have missed getting through by a narrow +margin which was justifiably within the risk of such a journey.... +After all, we have given our lives for our country—we have +actually made the longest journey on record, and we have been the +first Englishmen at the South Pole. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +You must understand that it is too cold to write much. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +...It's a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_428"><span class="page">Page 428</span></a> +I shall not have suffered any pain, but leave the world fresh from +harness and full of good health and vigour. This is decided +already—when provisions come to an end we simply stop unless +we are within easy distance of another depôt. Therefore you +must not imagine a great tragedy. We are very anxious of course, +and have been for weeks, but our splendid physical condition and +our appetites compensate for all discomfort. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Since writing the above we got to within 11 miles of our depôt, +with one hot meal and two days' cold food. We should have got through +but have been held for <i>four</i> days by a frightful storm. I think +the best chance has gone. We have decided not to kill ourselves, +but to fight to the last for that depôt, but in the fighting +there is a painless end. So don't worry. The inevitable must be +faced. You urged me to be leader of this party, and I know you +felt it would be dangerous. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Make the boy interested in natural history if you can; it is better +than games; they encourage it at some schools. I know you will +keep him in the open air. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Above all, he must guard and you must guard him against indolence. +Make him a strenuous man. I had to force myself into being strenuous +as you know—had always an inclination to be idle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There is a piece of the Union Jack I put up at the South Pole in +my private kit bag, together with Amundsen's black flag and other +trifles. Send a small +<a name="page_429"><span class="page">Page 429</span></a> +piece of the Union Jack to the King and a small piece to Queen +Alexandra. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What lots and lots I could tell you of this journey. How much better +has it been than lounging in too great comfort at home. What tales +you would have for the boy. But what a price to pay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Tell Sir Clements I thought much of him and never regretted his +putting me in command of the <i>Discovery</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +<a name="page_430"><span class="page">Page 430</span></a> +MESSAGE TO THE PUBLIC +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The causes of the disaster are not due to faulty organization, but +to misfortune in all risks which had to be undertaken. +</p> + +<ol> + +<li>The loss of pony transport in March 1911 obliged me to start +later than I had intended, and obliged the limits of stuff +transported to be narrowed.</li> + +<li>The weather throughout the outward journey, and especially +the long gale in 83° S., stopped us.</li> + +<li>The soft snow in lower reaches of glacier again reduced pace.</li> + +</ol> + +<p class="indent"> +We fought these untoward events with a will and conquered, but it +cut into our provision reserve. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Every detail of our food supplies, clothing and depôts made +on the interior ice-sheet and over that long stretch of 700 miles +to the Pole and back, worked out to perfection. The advance party +would have returned to the glacier in fine form and with surplus +of food, but for the astonishing failure of the man whom we had +least expected to fail. Edgar Evans was thought the strongest man +of the party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Beardmore Glacier is not difficult in fine weather, but on +our return we did not get a single completely fine day; this with +a sick companion enormously increased our anxieties. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As I have said elsewhere we got into frightfully rough ice and Edgar +Evans received a concussion of +<a name="page_431"><span class="page">Page 431</span></a> +the brain—he died a natural death, but left us a shaken party +with the season unduly advanced. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But all the facts above enumerated were as nothing to the surprise +which awaited us on the Barrier. I maintain that our arrangements +for returning were quite adequate, and that no one in the world would +have expected the temperatures and surfaces which we encountered +at this time of the year. On the summit in lat. 85°, 86° +we had -20°, -30°. On the Barrier in lat. 82°, 10,000 +feet lower, we had -30° in the day, -47° at night pretty +regularly, with continuous head wind during our day marches. It +is clear that these circumstances come on very suddenly, and our +wreck is certainly due to this sudden advent of severe weather, +which does not seem to have any satisfactory cause. I do not think +human beings ever came through such a month as we have come through, +and we should have got through in spite of the weather but for the +sickening of a second companion, Captain Oates, and a shortage of +fuel in our depôts for which I cannot account, and finally, +but for the storm which has fallen on us within 11 miles of the +depôt at which we hoped to secure our final supplies. Surely +misfortune could scarcely have exceeded this last blow. We arrived +within 11 miles of our old One Ton Camp with fuel for one last meal +and food for two days. For four days we have been unable to leave +the tent—the gale howling about us. We are weak, writing is +difficult, but for my own sake I do not regret this journey, +<a name="page_432"><span class="page">Page 432</span></a> +which has shewn that Englishmen can endure hardships, help one +another, and meet death with as great a fortitude as ever in the +past. We took risks, we knew we took them; things have come out +against us, and therefore we have no cause for complaint, but bow to +the will of Providence, determined still to do our best to the last. +But if we have been willing to give our lives to this enterprise, +which is for the honour of our country, I appeal to our countrymen +to see that those who depend on us are properly cared for. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Had we lived, I should have had a tale to tell of the hardihood, +endurance, and courage of my companions which would have stirred the +heart of every Englishman. These rough notes and our dead bodies must +tell the tale, but surely, surely, a great rich country like ours +will see that those who are dependent on us are properly provided +for. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> + R. SCOTT. +</p> + +<div class="image"> +<img src="images/fig028.jpg" width="648" height="838" + alt="Figure 28"> +<br />British Antarctic Expedition 1910-13. Track chart +of main southern journey. +</div> + +<h2><a name="index">INDEX</a></h2> + +<p class="index">Abbott, George P., P.O. <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a></p> + +<p class="index">Adélie Land <a href="#page_35">35</a></p> + +<p class="index">Admiralty, the, <a href="#page_8">8</a>, +<a href="#page_18">18</a>, <a href="#page_182">182-3</a>, +<a href="#page_200">200</a>, <a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Alaska <a href="#page_11">11</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Albemarle</i>, H.M.S., +<a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Albert Medal, the, <a href="#page_372">372</a></p> + +<p class="index">Alexandra, Queen, <a href="#page_31">31</a>, +<a href="#page_429">429</a></p> + +<p class="index">Alpine Rope, <a href="#page_256">256-7</a>, +<a href="#page_266">266</a>, <a href="#page_274">274</a>, +<a href="#page_367">367</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Amphion</i>, H.M.S., <a href="#page_11">11</a></p> + +<p class="index">Amundsen, Roald, <a href="#page_259">259-60</a>, +<a href="#page_301">301</a>, <a href="#page_324">324</a>, +<a href="#page_346">346</a>, <a href="#page_383">383</a>, +<a href="#page_428">428</a></p> + +<p class="index">Anton, Groom, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276</a>, <a href="#page_278">278</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_285">285</a>, +<a href="#page_289">289</a>, <a href="#page_299">299</a></p> + +<p class="index">Archer, W. W., chief steward, +<a href="#page_209">209</a></p> + +<p class="index">Armitage, Lieut. A. B., <a href="#page_25">25</a>, +<a href="#page_32">32</a>, <a href="#page_43">43</a>, +<a href="#page_57">57</a>, <a href="#page_63">63</a>, +<a href="#page_89">89</a>, <a href="#page_97">97</a>, +<a href="#page_103">103</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_138">138</a>, <a href="#page_153">153-4</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a>, <a href="#page_178">178</a></p> + +<p class="index">Arnold, M., <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_151">151</a>, +<a href="#page_178">178</a></p> + +<p class="index">Arrival Bay, <a href="#page_60">60</a><br /> +Heights, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, <a href="#page_234">234</a></p> + +<p class="index">Athletic sports, <a href="#page_137">137-8</a></p> + +<p class="index">Atkinson, Edward L., surgeon, R.N., parasitologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_213">213</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_243">243</a>, +<a href="#page_259">259</a>, <a href="#page_261">261</a>, +<a href="#page_267">267</a>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, <a href="#page_279">279-80</a>, +<a href="#page_284">284</a>, <a href="#page_285">285-6</a>, +<a href="#page_295">295</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_319">319</a>, <a href="#page_320">320-1</a>, +<a href="#page_327">327</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a>, +<a href="#page_330">330</a>, <a href="#page_336">336</a>, +<a href="#page_340">340</a>, <a href="#page_344">344</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, <a href="#page_362">362-3</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a>, <a href="#page_411">411</a>, +<a href="#page_418">418-19</a></p> + +<p class="index">Auckland Islands, <a href="#page_195">195</a></p> + +<p class="index">Australia, Government of, +<a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Balaclave helmets, <a href="#page_251">251</a></p> + +<p class="index">Balfour, Rt. Ron. A. J., <a href="#page_16">16</a></p> + +<p class="index">Balleny, Capt. John, <a href="#page_197">197</a><br /> +Islands, <a href="#page_196">196-7</a></p> + +<p class="index">Balloons, ascents of, <a href="#page_57">57</a>, +<a href="#page_281">281</a></p> + +<p class="index">Barne, Lieut. Michael, <a href="#page_26">26</a>, +<a href="#page_32">32</a>, <a href="#page_43">43</a>, +<a href="#page_53">53</a>, <a href="#page_61">61</a>, <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_80">80</a>, <a href="#page_87">87</a>, +<a href="#page_98">98-9</a>, <a href="#page_100">100</a>, +<a href="#page_104">104</a>, <a href="#page_106">106</a>, +<a href="#page_108">108</a>, <a href="#page_131">131-2</a>, +<a href="#page_147">147</a>, <a href="#page_149">149</a>, +<a href="#page_152">152</a>, <a href="#page_155">155</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a><br /> +Glacier, <a href="#page_275">275</a></p> + +<p class="index">Barrie, Sir J. M., letter to, +<a href="#page_422">422-4</a></p> + +<p class="index">Barrier, Great Ice, <a href="#page_53">53</a>, +<i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_90">90</a>, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_203">203</a>, <a href="#page_222">222</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224-5</a>, <a href="#page_241">241</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_246">246</a>, +<a href="#page_260">260</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_294">294</a>, +<a href="#page_304">304</a>, <a href="#page_305">305</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_377">377</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bay of Whales, <a href="#page_259">259-60</a></p> + +<p class="index">Beaumont, Admiral Sir Lewis, +<a href="#page_427">427</a></p> + +<p class="index">Beppo, pony, <a href="#page_7">7</a></p> + +<p class="index">Berlin, <a href="#page_17">17</a>, +<a href="#page_20">20</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bernacchi, Louis C., physicist, +<a href="#page_27">27</a>, <a href="#page_43">43</a>, +<a href="#page_53">53</a>, <a href="#page_75">75</a>, +<a href="#page_85">85-6</a>, <a href="#page_135">135</a>, +<a href="#page_147">147</a>, <a href="#page_152">152</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a></p> + +<p class="index">Birdie, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, +<a href="#page_126">126</a></p> + +<p class="index">Birthday, celebrations of, +<a href="#page_286">286-7</a></p> + +<p class="index">Biscay, Bay of, <a href="#page_32">32</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bismarck, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bjaaland, Olav Olavson, <a href="#page_383">383</a></p> + +<p class="index">Blanco, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Blissett, A. H., <a href="#page_132">132</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Blizzard, The</i>, <a href="#page_80">80</a></p> + +<p class="index">Blossom, pony, <a href="#page_250">250</a></p> + +<p class="index">Blucher, pony, <a href="#page_248">248</a>, +<a href="#page_250">250</a>, <a href="#page_258">258</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bluff, The, <a href="#page_130">130</a><br /> +Camp, <a href="#page_250">250</a>, <a href="#page_336">336</a></p> + +<p class="index">Boats, mishap to, <a href="#page_84">84</a>, +<a href="#page_85">85</a>, <a href="#page_139">139</a>, +<a href="#page_140">140</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bones, pony, <a href="#page_299">299</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bonner, Charles, <a href="#page_38">38-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Borchgrevink, <a href="#page_43">43</a></p> + +<p class="index">Boss, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bowers, Lieut. H. R., <a href="#page_28">28</a>, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_216">216</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224</a>, <a href="#page_230">230-1</a>, +<a href="#page_234">234-236</a>, <a href="#page_243">243</a>, +<a href="#page_247">247</a>, <a href="#page_249">249</a>, +<a href="#page_250">250-4</a>, <a href="#page_261">261-7</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_275">275</a>, <a href="#page_278">278-81</a>, +<a href="#page_283">283-4</a>, <a href="#page_286">286</a>, +<a href="#page_289">289</a>, <a href="#page_293">293-5</a>, +<a href="#page_299">299</a>, <a href="#page_300">300-8</a>, +<a href="#page_311">311-14</a>, <a href="#page_317">317</a>, +<a href="#page_319">319</a>, <a href="#page_320">320</a>, +<a href="#page_322">322</a>, <a href="#page_324">324-5</a>, +<a href="#page_334">334</a>, <a href="#page_343">343-5</a>, +<a href="#page_352">352</a>, <a href="#page_354">354</a>, +<a href="#page_357">357-8</a>, <a href="#page_359">359</a>, +<a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_368">368</a>, +<a href="#page_371">371</a>, +<a href="#page_373">373</a> <i>seq.</i></p> + +<p class="index">Bowers, Mrs., letter to, +<a href="#page_421">421-2</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bridgeman, Admiral, Sir F. C., letter to, +<a href="#page_425">425</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Britannia, The</i>, <a href="#page_6">6</a></p> + +<p class="index">British Museum, the, <a href="#page_19">19</a></p> + +<p class="index">Brownie, dog, <a href="#page_100">100</a>, +<a href="#page_108">108-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Browning, E. B., <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_328">328</a></p> + +<p class="index">Browning, Frank V., P.O., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bruce, Canon Lloyd, <a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bruce, Kathleen, <a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Bruce, Lieut. Wilfred M., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224</a></p> + +<p class="index">Buckingham Palace Road, <a href="#page_15">15</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Bulwark</i>, H.M.S., <a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Burlington House, <a href="#page_19">19</a></p> + +<p class="index">Butter Point, <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_260">260</a>, <a href="#page_314">314</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Campbell, Lieut. Victor L. A., +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_216">216</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224</a>, <a href="#page_226">226</a>, +<a href="#page_229">229</a>, <a href="#page_232">232</a>, +<a href="#page_233">233</a>, <a href="#page_238">238</a>, +<a href="#page_240">240-1</a>, <a href="#page_242">242</a>, +<a href="#page_259">259-60</a>, <a href="#page_292">292</a>, +<a href="#page_315">315</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cape Adare, <a href="#page_42">42</a>, +<a href="#page_43">43</a>, <a href="#page_45">45</a>, +<a href="#page_141">141</a><br /> +Armitage, <a href="#page_59">59</a>, +<a href="#page_225">225</a>, <a href="#page_259">259</a>, +<a href="#page_263">263</a><br /> +Bernacchi, <a href="#page_315">315</a><br /> +Bird, <a href="#page_225">225</a><br /> +Crozier, <a href="#page_52">52</a>, +<a href="#page_61">61</a>, <a href="#page_64">64</a>, +<a href="#page_69">69</a>, <a href="#page_70">70</a>, +<a href="#page_105">105</a>, <a href="#page_137">137</a>, +<a href="#page_141">141-2</a>, <a href="#page_155">155-6</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a>, <a href="#page_222">222-3</a>, +<a href="#page_281">281</a><br /> +Crozier Party, <a href="#page_294">294</a>, +<a href="#page_300">300-7</a>, <a href="#page_317">317</a><br /> +Evans, <a href="#page_225">225</a>, +<a href="#page_234">234-5</a>, <a href="#page_239">239</a>, +<a href="#page_246">246</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a>, +<a href="#page_268">268</a>, <a href="#page_271">271-3</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_300">300</a>, +<a href="#page_316">316-17</a>, <a href="#page_321">321</a>, +<a href="#page_328">328</a>, <a href="#page_365">365</a><br /> +Jones, <a href="#page_48">48</a><br /> +Mackay, <a href="#page_301">301</a><br /> +North, <a href="#page_146">146</a>, +<a href="#page_189">189</a>, <a href="#page_196">196</a>, +<a href="#page_198">198</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a><br /> +of Good Hope, <a href="#page_32">32-3</a><br /> +Royds, <a href="#page_180">180</a>, +<a href="#page_185">185</a>, <a href="#page_286">286</a><br /> +Sibbald, <a href="#page_49">49</a><br /> +Wadworth, <a href="#page_47">47</a><br /> +Washington, <a href="#page_49">49</a>, <a href="#page_52">52</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cardiff, <a href="#page_207">207</a>, <a +href="#page_211">211</a></p> + +<p class="index">Castle Rock, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, +<a href="#page_62">62</a>, <a href="#page_64">64</a>, +<a href="#page_65">65</a>, <a href="#page_262">262</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cheetham, Alfred B., boatswain, +<a href="#page_209">209</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cherry-Garrard, Apsley, assistant zoologist, +<a href="#page_224">224</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_251">251-2</a>, +<a href="#page_254">254-6</a>, <a href="#page_257">257-8</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261-6</a>, <a href="#page_270">270-1</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, <a href="#page_279">279-81</a>, +<a href="#page_284">284</a>, <a href="#page_288">288</a>, +<a href="#page_294">294</a>, <a href="#page_300">300-7</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318</a>, <a href="#page_323">323</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_334">334</a>, +<a href="#page_340">340</a>, <a href="#page_342">342</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_347">347</a>, +<a href="#page_352">352</a>, <a href="#page_354">354</a>, +<a href="#page_362">362</a>, <a href="#page_364">364</a>, +<a href="#page_411">411-12</a>, <a href="#page_418">418</a></p> + +<p class="index">Chinaman, pony, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318</a>, <a href="#page_329">329-30</a>, +<a href="#page_332">332-3</a>, <a href="#page_336">336</a>, +<a href="#page_338">338-9</a>, <a href="#page_340">340-41</a></p> + +<p class="index">Christiania, <a href="#page_89">89</a></p> + +<p class="index">Christopher, pony, <a href="#page_308">308-9</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318-19</a>, <a href="#page_320">320</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_333">333</a>, +<a href="#page_336">336</a>, <a href="#page_342">342</a></p> + +<p class="index">Clarke, Charles, ship's cook, +<a href="#page_179">179</a></p> + +<p class="index">Clissold, Thomas, cook, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276</a>, <a href="#page_278">278</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_286">286</a>, +<a href="#page_289">289</a>, <a href="#page_296">296</a>, +<a href="#page_319">319</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a></p> + +<p class="index">Coal, <a href="#page_46">46</a>, +<a href="#page_189">189</a>, <a href="#page_194">194</a>, +<a href="#page_216">216</a>, <a href="#page_218">218-19</a>, +<a href="#page_220">220</a></p> + +<p class="index">Colbeck, Captain William, +<a href="#page_141">141-2</a>, <a href="#page_143">143</a>, +<a href="#page_147">147</a>, <a href="#page_182">182-3</a>, +<a href="#page_185">185</a>, <a href="#page_194">194</a>, +<a href="#page_198">198</a></p> + +<p class="index">Coleridge, <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_211">211</a></p> + +<p class="index">Colville, Rear-Admiral, <a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Commonwealth Range, <a href="#page_357">357</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cook, Capt. James, <a href="#page_31">31</a></p> + +<p class="index">Corner Camp, <a href="#page_247">247</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261</a>, <a href="#page_263">263</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_314">314</a>, <a href="#page_317">317</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a></p> + +<p class="index">Coulman Islands, <a href="#page_46">46</a>, +<a href="#page_47">47</a>, <a href="#page_141">141</a></p> + +<p class="index">Crater Heights, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, +<a href="#page_234">234</a><br /> +Hill, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, <a href="#page_69">69</a>, +<a href="#page_88">88</a></p> + +<p class="index">Crean, Thomas, P.O., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_237">237</a>, <a href="#page_243">243</a>, +<a href="#page_259">259</a>, <a href="#page_261">261</a>, +<a href="#page_262">262-5</a>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_278">278-80</a>, <a href="#page_285">285</a>, +<a href="#page_296">296</a>, <a href="#page_299">299</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a>, <a href="#page_318">318</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_323">323</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_354">354</a>, +<a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_370">370-2</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cross, Jacob, P.O., <a href="#page_48">48</a>, +<a href="#page_103">103</a>, <a href="#page_155">155-6</a></p> + +<p class="index">'Cruise of the <i>Beagle</i>,' +<a href="#page_162">162</a></p> + +<p class="index">Cuts, pony, <a href="#page_262">262</a>, +<a href="#page_264">264</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Dailey, F. E., carpenter, <a href="#page_59">59</a>, +<a href="#page_153">153</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a></p> + +<p class="index">Darwin, Charles, <a href="#page_162">162</a></p> + +<p class="index">Day, Bernard C., motor engineer, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_227">227</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_276">276-7</a>, +<a href="#page_279">279</a>, <a href="#page_290">290-1</a>, +<a href="#page_299">299</a>, <a href="#page_318">318</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_323">323</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_330">330-1</a>, +<a href="#page_339">339</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a></p> + +<p class="index">Debenham, Frank, geologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, <a href="#page_281">281-2</a>, +<a href="#page_283">283</a>, <a href="#page_296">296</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325-6</a>, <a href="#page_327">327</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dellbridge, James H., 2nd engineer, +<a href="#page_138">138</a><br /> +Islets, <a href="#page_178">178</a></p> + +<p class="index">Demetri, dog driver, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276</a>, <a href="#page_278">278-9</a>, +<a href="#page_289">289</a>, <a href="#page_311">311</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_333">333</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354</a>, <a href="#page_356">356</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a>, <a href="#page_411">411</a>, +<a href="#page_418">418</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dennistoun, James R., <a href="#page_209">209</a></p> + +<p class="index">Depôt Nunatak, <a href="#page_171">171</a></p> + +<p class="index">Desolation Camp, <i>Discovery</i> Expedition, +<a href="#page_163">163</a>, <a href="#page_172">172</a><br /> +Last Expedition, <a href="#page_402">402</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dickason, Harry, A.B., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Discovery</i>, the fifth, +<a href="#page_21">21</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dog food, <a href="#page_109">109</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dogs, <a href="#page_59">59</a>, +<a href="#page_71">71-2</a>, <a href="#page_95">95-7</a>, +<a href="#page_107">107</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_212">212-13</a>, +<a href="#page_218">218</a>, <a href="#page_226">226</a>, +<a href="#page_228">228</a>, <a href="#page_239">239</a>, +<a href="#page_241">241</a>, <a href="#page_243">243</a> +<i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_278">278</a>, +<a href="#page_285">285-6</a>, <a href="#page_311">311</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_333">333</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_411">411</a></p> + +<p class="index">Douglas, Sir Archibald, <a href="#page_18">18</a></p> + +<p class="index">Drake, Francis R. H., assistant paymaster, +<a href="#page_209">209</a>, <a href="#page_224">224</a></p> + +<p class="index">Dundee, <a href="#page_19">19</a>, +<a href="#page_20">20</a>, <a href="#page_23">23</a><br /> +Shipbuilding Company, <a href="#page_17">17</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">East India Docks, <a href="#page_20">20</a></p> + +<p class="index">Edward VII, King, <a href="#page_31">31</a></p> + +<p class="index">Egerton, Admiral Sir George, K.C.B., +<a href="#page_15">15</a>, <a href="#page_81">81</a>, +<a href="#page_206">206</a>, <a href="#page_425">425-6</a> (letter +to)</p> + +<p class="index">Enderby Quadrant, <a href="#page_29">29</a></p> + +<p class="index">Entertainments, <a href="#page_85">85</a>, +<a href="#page_86">86</a>, <a href="#page_87">87</a></p> + +<p class="index">Erebus Tongue, <a href="#page_315">315</a></p> + +<p class="index">Esquimault. B.C., <a href="#page_11">11</a></p> + +<p class="index">Esquimaux, <a href="#page_301">301</a>, +<a href="#page_307">307</a></p> + +<p class="index">Evans, Lieut. E. R. G. R., <a href="#page_208">208</a>, +<a href="#page_215">215</a>, <a href="#page_223">223-5</a>, +<a href="#page_232">232</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242-3</a>, <a href="#page_250">250</a>, +<a href="#page_258">258</a>, <a href="#page_262">262</a>, +<a href="#page_311">311</a>, <a href="#page_314">314</a>, +<a href="#page_317">317</a>, <a href="#page_330">330-1</a>, +<a href="#page_337">337-40</a>, <a href="#page_344">344</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, <a href="#page_357">357-9</a>, +<a href="#page_361">361</a>, <a href="#page_363">363</a>, +<a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_368">368</a>, +<a href="#page_370">370-2</a></p> + +<p class="index">Evans, P.O., <a href="#page_63">63</a>, +<a href="#page_65">65</a>, <a href="#page_67">67-8</a>, +<a href="#page_97">97</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_153">153</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_164">164</a>, <a href="#page_165">165</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_178">178-9</a>, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_237">237</a>, <a href="#page_242">242</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_285">285-6</a>, +<a href="#page_296">296</a>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_311">311-12</a>, <a href="#page_317">317</a>, +<a href="#page_323">323-4</a>, <a href="#page_326">326-7</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_337">337</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_352">352</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, <a href="#page_364">364</a>, +<a href="#page_369">369</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Falkland Islands, <a href="#page_199">199</a></p> + +<p class="index">Feather, Thomas A., boatswain, +<a href="#page_100">100-1</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_161">161</a>, <a href="#page_162">162</a>, +<a href="#page_164">164-5</a></p> + +<p class="index">Fefer, <a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ferrar, Hartley T., <a href="#page_27">27</a>, +<a href="#page_48">48</a>, <a href="#page_67">67</a>, +<a href="#page_97">97</a>, <a href="#page_103">103</a>, +<a href="#page_138">138</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_159">159</a>, <a href="#page_163">163</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a><br /> +Glacier, <a href="#page_152">152-3</a>, +<a href="#page_154">154</a>, <a href="#page_158">158-9</a>, +<a href="#page_314">314</a></p> + +<p class="index">Finance Committee, <a href="#page_17">17-18</a></p> + +<p class="index">Fire, alarm of, <a href="#page_32">32</a></p> + +<p class="index">Fisher, Admiral Sir John, <a href="#page_10">10</a></p> + +<p class="index">Fitzclarence, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Football, <a href="#page_286">286</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a></p> + +<p class="index">Forde, Robert, P.O., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_248">248</a>, +<a href="#page_250">250</a>, <a href="#page_258">258</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261</a>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_312">312</a>, <a href="#page_314">314</a>, +<a href="#page_317">317</a>, <a href="#page_326">326-7</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Fram</i>, the, <a href="#page_20">20</a>, +<a href="#page_21">21</a></p> + +<p class="index">Franklin Island, <a href="#page_141">141</a></p> + +<p class="index">Franz-Josef Land, <a href="#page_25">25</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Gap, the, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, +<a href="#page_234">234</a></p> + +<p class="index">Gateway, the, <a href="#page_352">352</a></p> + +<p class="index">Geological specimens, <a href="#page_393">393-4</a>, +<a href="#page_398">398</a>, <a href="#page_419">419</a></p> + +<p class="index">Gerof, Demetri. <i>See</i> Demetri</p> + +<p class="index">Glacier, the Beardmore, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_338">338-9</a>, <a href="#page_341">341</a>, +<a href="#page_345">345</a>, <a href="#page_346">346</a>, +<a href="#page_349">349</a>, <a href="#page_352">352</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_392">392</a>, +<a href="#page_394">394</a>, <a href="#page_419">419-20</a></p> + +<p class="index">Glacier Depôt, <a href="#page_349">349</a>, +<a href="#page_352">352</a><br /> +Tongue, <a href="#page_225">225</a>, +<a href="#page_237">237</a>, <a href="#page_239">239-41</a>, +<a href="#page_260">260</a>, <a href="#page_274">274</a>, +<a href="#page_315">315-16</a>, <a href="#page_324">324</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a></p> + +<p class="index">Gran Tryggve, ski expert, <a href="#page_208">208</a>, +<a href="#page_218">218</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_251">251</a>, +<a href="#page_254">254</a>, <a href="#page_261">261-2</a>, +<a href="#page_263">263</a>, <a href="#page_265">265</a>, +<a href="#page_267">267</a>, <a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_295">295-6</a>, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_314">314</a>, <a href="#page_317">317</a>, +<a href="#page_327">327</a></p> + +<p class="index">Granite Harbor, <a href="#page_50">50</a>, +<a href="#page_51">51</a></p> + +<p class="index">Grannie, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Gus, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a>, +<a href="#page_125">125</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Haakon, King, <a href="#page_383">383</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hackenschmidt, pony, <a href="#page_276">276</a></p> + +<p class="index">Half-Degree Depôt, <a +href="#page_387">387</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hamilton, B. T., <a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hampton Court Palace, <a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Handsley. Jesse, A.B., <a href="#page_153">153</a>, +<a href="#page_157">157</a>, <a href="#page_164">164-5</a>, +<a href="#page_175">175</a>, <a href="#page_178">178-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hanson, <a href="#page_43">43</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hanssen, Hilmer, <a href="#page_383">383</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hare, <a href="#page_63">63</a>, +<a href="#page_65">65</a>, <a href="#page_68">68-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hassel, Sverre H., <a href="#page_383">383</a></p> + +<p class="index">Heald, William L., A.B., <a href="#page_62">62</a>, +<a href="#page_103">103</a>, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_210">210</a></p> + +<p class="index">Henley, W. E., <i>quoted</i>, <a +href="#page_385">385</a></p> + +<p class="index">'Hints to Travelers', <a href="#page_159">159-60</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hobart Town, <a href="#page_182">182</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hockey, <a href="#page_149">149</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hodgson, Thomas V., <a href="#page_25">25</a>, +<a href="#page_27">27</a>, <a href="#page_147">147</a>, +<a href="#page_149">149</a>, <a href="#page_154">154</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hooper, F. J., steward, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_289">289</a>, +<a href="#page_339">339-40</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hoskins, Sir Anthony, <a href="#page_18">18</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hut, the <i>Discovery</i>, <a href="#page_59">59</a>, +<a href="#page_85">85-86</a>, <a href="#page_87">87</a>, +<a href="#page_233">233</a>, <a href="#page_239">239</a>, +<a href="#page_269">269</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_372">372</a><br /> +at Cape Evans, <a href="#page_227">227</a>, +<a href="#page_231">231</a>, <a href="#page_234">234</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_275">275</a> <i>seq.</i><br /> +Point, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, +<a href="#page_88">88</a>, <a href="#page_186">186</a>, +<a href="#page_190">190-1</a>, <a href="#page_233">233</a>, +<a href="#page_240">240</a>, <a href="#page_242">242-3</a>, +<a href="#page_258">258</a>, <a href="#page_260">260-3</a>, +<a href="#page_265">265</a>, <a href="#page_267">267</a>, +<a href="#page_271">271</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_285">285</a>, <a href="#page_311">311</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318</a>, <a href="#page_324">324</a>, +<a href="#page_327">327-9</a>, <a href="#page_372">372</a>, +<a href="#page_411">411</a>, <a href="#page_418">418</a></p> + +<p class="index">Hutton Rocks, <a href="#page_273">273</a></p> + +<p class="index">Huxley, <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_311">311</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Icebergs, <a href="#page_44">44</a></p> + +<p class="index">Inaccessible Island, <a href="#page_297">297</a>, +<a href="#page_316">316</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition, +<a href="#page_25">25</a></p> + +<p class="index">Jehu, pony, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318</a>, <a href="#page_328">328-9</a>, +<a href="#page_330">330</a>, <a href="#page_332">332-6</a>, +<a href="#page_338">338-9</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a></p> + +<p class="index">Jim, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, +<a href="#page_125">125-6</a>, <a href="#page_129">129</a></p> + +<p class="index">Joe, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Kennar, Thomas, P.O., <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_159">159</a></p> + +<p class="index">Keohane, Patrick, P.O., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_250">250</a>, +<a href="#page_258">258</a>, <a href="#page_261">261</a>, +<a href="#page_273">273</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_296">296</a>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_320">320</a>, <a href="#page_327">327</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_348">348</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354</a>, <a href="#page_357">357</a>, +<a href="#page_362">362</a>, <a href="#page_418">418</a></p> + +<p class="index">Kid, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, +<a href="#page_125">125</a></p> + +<p class="index">King Edward's Island, <a href="#page_56">56</a>, +<a href="#page_203">203</a>, <a href="#page_233">233</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a></p> + +<p class="index">Kinsey, J. J., letter to, +<a href="#page_426">426-7</a></p> + +<p class="index">Kipling, Rudyard, <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_401">401</a></p> + +<p class="index">Koettlitz, Reginald, surgeon and botanist, +<a href="#page_25">25</a>, <a href="#page_27">27</a>, +<a href="#page_61">61</a>, <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_78">78</a>, <a href="#page_97">97</a>, +<a href="#page_138">138</a>, <a href="#page_175">175</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Lantaret, <a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lashly, William, leading stoker, +<a href="#page_97">97</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_153">153</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a>, +<a href="#page_162">162</a>, <a href="#page_164">164</a>, +<a href="#page_165">165</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_178">178</a>, +<a href="#page_179">179</a>, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_214">214</a>, <a href="#page_276">276</a>, +<a href="#page_278">278-9</a>, <a href="#page_299">299</a>, +<a href="#page_323">323</a>, <a href="#page_331">331</a>, +<a href="#page_340">340</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, +<a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_366">366-7</a>, +<a href="#page_369">369</a>, <a href="#page_371">371-2</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lectures, <a href="#page_282">282</a>, +<a href="#page_287">287</a>, <a href="#page_290">290</a>, +<a href="#page_307">307-8</a></p> + +<p class="index">Levick, G. Murray, surgeon, R.N., +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_242">242</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lewis, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, +<a href="#page_126">126</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lillehammer, <a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lillie, Denis G., biologist, <a +href="#page_209">209</a>, <a href="#page_240">240</a></p> + +<p class="index">London Docks, <a href="#page_31">31</a>, +<a href="#page_141">141</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lower Glacier Depôt, <a href="#page_356">356</a>, +<a href="#page_398">398</a>, <a href="#page_404">404</a></p> + +<p class="index">Lyttelton, <a href="#page_37">37-8</a>, +<a href="#page_211">211-12</a><br /> +Heads, <a href="#page_37">37</a>, <a href="#page_199">199</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Macartney, Sir William Ellison, +<a href="#page_427">427</a></p> + +<p class="index">Mackay, Captain Harry, <a href="#page_182">182</a>, +<a href="#page_190">190</a></p> + +<p class="index">Macquarie Island, <a href="#page_36">36</a>, +<a href="#page_37">37</a>, <a href="#page_185">185</a></p> + +<p class="index">Magnetic huts, <a href="#page_75">75</a><br /> +Observatory, <a href="#page_23">23</a></p> + +<p class="index">Magnetism, <a href="#page_75">75</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Majestic</i>, H.M.S., <a href="#page_15">15</a>, +<a href="#page_18">18</a>, <a href="#page_26">26</a>, +<a href="#page_27">27</a></p> + +<p class="index">Markham, Sir Clements, <a href="#page_15">15</a>, +<a href="#page_16">16</a>, <a href="#page_29">29</a>, +<a href="#page_30">30</a>, <a href="#page_141">141</a>, +<a href="#page_203">203</a> <i>seq.</i> (preface), +<a href="#page_429">429</a></p> + +<p class="index">Markham, Lady, <a href="#page_20">20</a></p> + +<p class="index">McMurdo Sound, <a href="#page_51">51</a>, +<a href="#page_58">58</a>, <a href="#page_138">138</a>, +<a href="#page_142">142</a>, <a href="#page_194">194</a>, +<a href="#page_230">230</a>, <a href="#page_237">237</a>, +<a href="#page_260">260</a></p> + +<p class="index">Meares, Cecil H., in charge of dogs, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_218">218</a>, +<a href="#page_226">226</a>, <a href="#page_232">232-4</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_239">239</a>, +<a href="#page_240">240</a>, <a href="#page_242">242-4</a>, +<a href="#page_246">246-8</a>, <a href="#page_251">251-2</a>, +<a href="#page_254">254-8</a>, <a href="#page_261">261</a>, +<a href="#page_263">263</a>, <a href="#page_265">265</a>, +<a href="#page_267">267</a>, <a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_279">279</a>, <a href="#page_285">285</a>, +<a href="#page_299">299</a>, <a href="#page_311">311-12</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318-19</a>, <a href="#page_327">327</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_333">333</a>, +<a href="#page_337">337</a>, <a href="#page_354">354</a>, +<a href="#page_356">356</a></p> + +<p class="index">Merchant Shipping Act, <a href="#page_28">28</a></p> + +<p class="index">Meridians, <a href="#page_217">217</a></p> + +<p class="index">Message to the public, +<a href="#page_430">430-2</a></p> + +<p class="index">Meteorological observations, <a href="#page_74">74</a>, +<a href="#page_75">75</a>, <a href="#page_83">83</a>, +<a href="#page_84">84</a><br /> +screens, <a href="#page_71">71</a>, <a href="#page_74">74</a></p> + +<p class="index">Michael, pony, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_347">347</a></p> + +<p class="index">Middle Barrier Depôt, +<a href="#page_340">340</a>, <a href="#page_405">405</a>, +<a href="#page_407">407</a></p> + +<p class="index">Midwinter celebrations, +<a href="#page_290">290-3</a></p> + +<p class="index">Milton, <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_254">254</a></p> + +<p class="index">Monument Rock, <a href="#page_400">400</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Morning</i>, the, <a href="#page_43">43</a>, +<a href="#page_53">53</a>, <a href="#page_135">135</a>, +<a href="#page_141">141-6</a>, <a href="#page_181">181</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_194">194</a>, <a href="#page_198">198</a></p> + +<p class="index">Motor sledges, <a href="#page_212">212</a>, +<a href="#page_226">226-30</a>, <a href="#page_290">290</a>, +<a href="#page_312">312-13</a>, <a href="#page_318">318</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_326">326-7</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329-30</a>, <a href="#page_332">332</a></p> + +<p class="index">Mount Buckley, <a href="#page_393">393-4</a><br /> +Cloudmaker, <a href="#page_357">357-98</a><br /> +Darwin, <a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_390">390</a>, +<a href="#page_391">391</a>, <a href="#page_393">393</a><br /> +Discovery, <a href="#page_225">225</a><br /> +Erebus, <a href="#page_131">131</a>, <a href="#page_235">235</a>, +<a href="#page_274">274</a>, <a href="#page_316">316</a><br /> +Hooper Depôt, <a href="#page_410">410</a>, +<a href="#page_411">411</a><br /> +Hope, <a href="#page_346">346</a><br /> +Longstaff, <a href="#page_122">122</a><br /> +Markham, <a href="#page_124">124</a><br /> +Melbourne, <a href="#page_49">49</a><br /> +Monteagle, <a href="#page_49">49</a><br /> +Murchison, <a href="#page_49">49</a><br /> +Sabine, <a href="#page_222">222</a><br /> +Terror, <a href="#page_302">302</a><br /> +Whewell, <a href="#page_222">222</a><br /> + +<p class="index">Mulock, Lieut. George F. A., <a href="#page_27">27</a>, +<a href="#page_145">145</a>, <a href="#page_149">149</a>, +<a href="#page_152">152</a>, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_193">193</a>, <a href="#page_195">195</a>, +<a href="#page_197">197</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Nansen, Dr., <a href="#page_17">17</a>, +<a href="#page_19">19</a>, <a href="#page_20">20</a>, +<a href="#page_89">89</a></p> + +<p class="index">Naval Discipline Act, <a href="#page_28">28</a></p> + +<p class="index">Nell, dog, <a href="#page_101">101</a>, +<a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, <a href="#page_125">125-6</a>, +<a href="#page_129">129</a></p> + +<p class="index">Nelson, Edward W., biologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_224">224</a>, +<a href="#page_227">227</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276-7</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_287">287</a>, <a href="#page_319">319-20</a></p> + +<p class="index">Newbolt, Henry, <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_31">31</a></p> + +<p class="index">New Harbor, <a href="#page_153">153</a>, +<a href="#page_157">157</a>, <a href="#page_315">315</a></p> + +<p class="index">Newnes, Sir George, <a href="#page_43">43</a></p> + +<p class="index">New Zealand, <a href="#page_23">23</a>, +<a href="#page_37">37</a>, <a href="#page_38">38</a>, +<a href="#page_199">199</a>, <a href="#page_211">211</a></p> + +<p class="index">New Zealand, Government of, +<a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Nigger, dog, <a href="#page_101">101</a>, +<a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, <a href="#page_125">125-6</a>, +<a href="#page_129">129</a></p> + +<p class="index">Nobby, pony, <a href="#page_262">262</a>, +<a href="#page_268">268</a>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a>, <a href="#page_342">342-3</a>, +<a href="#page_351">351</a>, <a href="#page_353">353</a></p> + +<p class="index">Northern Party, <a href="#page_233">233</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242-3</a></p> + +<p class="index">Norway, <a href="#page_17">17</a>, +<a href="#page_89">89</a></p> + +<p class="index">Norwegians, the, <a href="#page_384">384-5</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Oates, Capt. Lawrence, E.G., +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_213">213</a>, +<a href="#page_220">220</a>, <a href="#page_226">226</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_239">239-40</a>, +<a href="#page_241">241</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a>, <a href="#page_248">248-9</a>, +<a href="#page_252">252</a>, <a href="#page_254">254</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261-2</a>, <a href="#page_263">263</a>, +<a href="#page_265">265</a>, <a href="#page_267">267</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_273">273</a>, +<a href="#page_279">279-80</a>, +<a href="#page_284">284-5</a>, <a href="#page_299">299</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a>, <a href="#page_318">318-20</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_333">333</a>, +<a href="#page_336">336-7</a>, <a href="#page_343">343-4</a>, +<a href="#page_351">351</a>, <a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, +<a href="#page_364">364</a>, <a href="#page_373">373</a> <i>seq.</i></p> + +<p class="index">Outlands, <a href="#page_2">2</a>, +<a href="#page_5">5</a></p> + +<p class="index">Observatory Hill, <a href="#page_60">60</a>, +<a href="#page_134">134</a>, <a href="#page_234">234</a></p> + +<p class="index">Oil, shortage of, <a href="#page_404">404-5</a>, +<a href="#page_408">408</a>, <a href="#page_411">411</a>, +<a href="#page_416">416</a></p> + +<p class="index">'Old Mooney,' <a href="#page_6">6</a>, +<a href="#page_8">8</a>, <a href="#page_9">9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Omelchenko, Anton. <i>See</i> Anton</p> + +<p class="index">One Ton Camp, <a href="#page_253">253</a>, +<a href="#page_317">317</a>, <a href="#page_326">326-7</a>, +<a href="#page_371">371</a>, <a href="#page_410">410-11</a>, +<a href="#page_412">412</a>, <a href="#page_415">415</a>, +<a href="#page_417">417</a></p> + +<p class="index">Osman, dog, <a href="#page_255">255-6</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">P. and O. Company, <a href="#page_25">25</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pack-ice, <a href="#page_35">35</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_44">44</a>, <a href="#page_49">49</a>, +<a href="#page_51">51</a>, <a href="#page_196">196</a>, +<a href="#page_216">216</a>-17, <a href="#page_218">218</a></p> + +<p class="index">Parry Mountains, <a href="#page_54">54</a></p> + +<p class="index">Peary, Lieutenant, <a href="#page_28">28</a></p> + +<p class="index">Penguins, <a href="#page_36">36</a>, +<a href="#page_40">40</a>, <a href="#page_148">148</a>, +<a href="#page_180">180</a>, <a href="#page_226">226</a><br /> +Emperor, <a href="#page_106">106</a>, +<a href="#page_137">137</a>, <a href="#page_153">153</a>, +<a href="#page_155">155</a>, <a href="#page_223">223</a>, +<a href="#page_294">294</a>, <a href="#page_302">302</a>, +<a href="#page_305">305</a><br /> +King, <a href="#page_36">36</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pennell, Lieut. H. L. L., <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_224">224</a>, <a href="#page_230">230</a>, +<a href="#page_238">238</a></p> + +<p class="index">Petrels, <a href="#page_35">35</a><br /> +Antarctic, <a href="#page_40">40</a><br /> +Giant, <a href="#page_40">40</a><br /> +Southern Fulmar, <a href="#page_40">40</a><br /> +White Snow, <a href="#page_40">40</a><br /> +Wilson stormy, <a href="#page_35">35</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pigg, James, pony, <a href="#page_250">250</a>, +<a href="#page_258">258</a>, <a href="#page_261">261</a>, +<a href="#page_263">263</a>, <a href="#page_268">268</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a>, <a href="#page_318">318</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a>, +<a href="#page_342">342</a></p> + +<p class="index">Plumley, Frank, stoker, <a href="#page_62">62</a>, +<a href="#page_157">157</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pole, the South, <a href="#page_382">382</a> +<i>seq.</i><br /> +Camp, <a href="#page_384">384</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ponies, the, <a href="#page_212">212-15</a>, +<a href="#page_220">220</a>, <a href="#page_226">226</a>, +<a href="#page_239">239</a>, <a href="#page_241">241</a>, +<a href="#page_243">243</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_263">263-7</a>, +<a href="#page_285">285-6</a>, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318</a>, <a href="#page_332">332</a> <i>seq.</i></p> + +<p class="index">Ponting, Herbert G., camera artist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_219">219</a>, +<a href="#page_227">227-8</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_276">276-7</a>, <a href="#page_282">282</a>, +<a href="#page_284">284</a>, <a href="#page_292">292</a>, +<a href="#page_314">314</a>, <a href="#page_319">319</a>, +<a href="#page_327">327</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a></p> + +<p class="index">Port Chalmers, <a href="#page_38">38</a>, +<a href="#page_39">39</a>, <a href="#page_76">76</a>, +<a href="#page_212">212</a><br /> +Ross, <a href="#page_195">195</a><br /> +Stanley, <a href="#page_199">199</a></p> + +<p class="index">Possession Islands, <a href="#page_141">141</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pram Point, <a href="#page_263">263</a>, +<a href="#page_269">269</a><br /> +Bay, <a href="#page_269">269</a><br /> +Ridges, <a href="#page_267">267</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>President</i>, H.M.S., +<a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Pressure Ridges, <a href="#page_319">319</a></p> + +<p class="index">Priestley, Raymond E., geologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_223">223</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a></p> + +<p class="index">Proverbs, <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_137">137</a></p> + +<p class="index">Punch, pony, <a href="#page_262">262</a>, +<a href="#page_266">266</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Quartley, Arthur L., leading stoker, +<a href="#page_63">63</a>, <a href="#page_65">65</a>, +<a href="#page_67">67-8</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_175">175</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Razor Back Islands, <a href="#page_240">240</a>, +<a href="#page_274">274</a></p> + +<p class="index">Rennick, Lieut. Henry E. de P., +<a href="#page_209">209</a>, <a href="#page_224">224</a></p> + +<p class="index">Roberston Bay, <a href="#page_42">42</a>, +<a href="#page_195">195</a></p> + +<p class="index">Rodd, Sir Rennell, <i>quoted</i>, +<a href="#page_231">231</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ross, Sir James, <a href="#page_31">31</a>, +<a href="#page_40">40</a>, <a href="#page_46">46</a>, +<a href="#page_54">54-5</a>, <a href="#page_196">196-7</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ross Harbor, <a href="#page_198">198</a></p> + +<p class="index"> Island, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_203">203</a>, <a href="#page_239">239</a></p> + +<p class="index"> Quadrant, <a href="#page_29">29</a></p> + +<p class="index"> Sea, <a href="#page_216">216</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Rover</i>, H.M.S., <a href="#page_10">10</a></p> + +<p class="index">Royal Geographical Society, +<a href="#page_17">17</a></p> + +<p class="index">Royal Society, <a href="#page_17">17</a></p> + +<p class="index">Royds, Lieut. Charles W. R., <a href="#page_18">18</a>, +<a href="#page_26">26</a>, <a href="#page_53">53</a>, +<a href="#page_61">61</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_74">74-5</a>, +<a href="#page_78">78</a>, <a href="#page_85">85-7</a>, +<a href="#page_97">97</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_132">132</a>, <a href="#page_137">137</a>, +<a href="#page_139">139</a>, <a href="#page_147">147</a>, +<a href="#page_149">149</a>, <a href="#page_155">155</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a></p> + +<p class="index">Russell Islands, <a href="#page_197">197</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Safety Camp, <a href="#page_243">243-4</a>, +<a href="#page_245">245-6</a>, <a href="#page_254">254</a>, +<a href="#page_258">258-9</a>, <a href="#page_261">261-2</a>, +<a href="#page_263">263</a>, <a href="#page_265">265</a>, +<a href="#page_329">329-30</a></p> + +<p class="index">San Francisco, <a href="#page_11">11</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sawing-camp, <a href="#page_175">175</a>, +<a href="#page_178">178-9</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Saxon</i>, S.S., <a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scamp, dog, <a href="#page_37">37</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scott, John Edward, <a href="#page_1">1</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scott, Lady, extracts from letters to, +<a href="#page_427">427</a>, <a href="#page_428">428</a>, +<a href="#page_429">429</a>, <i>et passim</i></p> + +<p class="index">Scott, Mrs., extract from letter to, +<a href="#page_427">427</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scott of Brownhead, <a href="#page_1">1</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scott, Peter Markham, <a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Scurvy, <a href="#page_103">103-4</a>, +<a href="#page_117">117</a>, <a href="#page_129">129</a>, +<a href="#page_134">134</a>, <a href="#page_144">144</a>, +<a href="#page_148">148</a>, <a href="#page_371">371</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sea leopard, <a href="#page_41">41</a><br /> +elephant, <a href="#page_185">185</a></p> + +<p class="index">Seals, <a href="#page_41">41</a>, +<a href="#page_48">48</a>, <a href="#page_269">269</a>, +<a href="#page_279">279</a><br /> +crab-eater, <a href="#page_41">41</a><br /> +Ross, <a href="#page_41">41</a></p> + +<p class="index">Shackleton, Sir Ernest H., <a href="#page_27">27</a>, +<a href="#page_79">79</a>, <a href="#page_98">98</a>, +<a href="#page_107">107</a> <i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_143">143</a>, +<a href="#page_145">145</a>, <a href="#page_233">233</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_352">352</a>, +<a href="#page_357">357</a>, <a href="#page_370">370</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a>, <a href="#page_375">375</a></p> + +<p class="index">Shackleton's hut, <a href="#page_286">286</a></p> + +<p class="index">Shakespeare, <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_95">95</a>, +<a href="#page_120">120</a>, <a href="#page_294">294</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354</a></p> + +<p class="index">Shambles Camp, <a href="#page_353">353</a>, +<a href="#page_401">401</a></p> + +<p class="index">Shelley, <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_74">74</a>, +<a href="#page_167">167</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ship Committee, <a href="#page_17">17</a>, +<a href="#page_20">20</a>, <a href="#page_23">23</a></p> + +<p class="index">Simon's Bay, <a href="#page_32">32</a>, +<a href="#page_33">33</a></p> + +<p class="index">Simpson. George C., Meteorologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_231">231</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_277">277</a>, +<a href="#page_281">281-2</a>, <a href="#page_283">283</a>, +<a href="#page_312">312</a>, <a href="#page_316">316</a></p> + +<p class="index">Skelton, Lieut. Reginald W., <a href="#page_18">18</a>, +<a href="#page_27">27</a>, <a href="#page_60">60</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_85">85-6</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_135">135</a>, <a href="#page_138">138</a>, +<a href="#page_147">147-8</a>, <a href="#page_153">153</a>, +<a href="#page_162">162</a>, <a href="#page_164">164-5</a>, +<a href="#page_176">176</a>, <a href="#page_191">191-3</a>, +<a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ski, <a href="#page_19">19</a>, +<a href="#page_60">60</a>, <a href="#page_61">61</a>, +<a href="#page_130">130</a>, <a href="#page_173">173</a>, +<a href="#page_246">246</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a>, +<a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, <a href="#page_358">358</a>, +<a href="#page_360">360</a>, <a href="#page_370">370</a>, +<a href="#page_375">375</a>, <a href="#page_386">386</a>, +<a href="#page_388">388</a>, <a href="#page_390">390</a></p> + +<p class="index">Ski-shoes, <a href="#page_361">361</a></p> + +<p class="index">Skua gulls, <a href="#page_40">40</a>, +<a href="#page_148">148</a>, <a href="#page_180">180</a></p> + +<p class="index">Skuary, the, <a href="#page_225">225</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sledge equipment, <a href="#page_89">89</a>, +<a href="#page_151">151</a>, <a href="#page_312">312</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sledges, <a href="#page_91">91</a>, +<a href="#page_92">92</a>, <a href="#page_279">279</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_370">370</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sleeping-bags, <a href="#page_304">304</a>, +<a href="#page_306">306</a>, <a href="#page_307">307</a>, +<a href="#page_388">388</a></p> + +<p class="index">Smith, Mr. and Mrs. Reginald, +<a href="#page_427">427</a></p> + +<p class="index">Smith's Inlet, <a href="#page_260">260</a></p> + +<p class="index">Snatcher, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a>, +<a href="#page_115">115</a><br /> +pony, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a>, +<a href="#page_352">352</a></p> + +<p class="index">Snippets, pony, <a href="#page_308">308-9</a>, +<a href="#page_328">328</a>, <a href="#page_332">332</a>, +<a href="#page_341">341</a>, <a href="#page_343">343</a></p> + +<p class="index">Snow-shoes, for ponies, <a href="#page_245">245</a>, +<a href="#page_247">247</a>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_352">352</a></p> + +<p class="index">South Africa, Government of, +<a href="#page_207">207</a></p> + +<p class="index">Southern Barrier Depôt, +<a href="#page_342">342</a><br /> +Road, the, <a href="#page_239">239-40</a></p> + +<p class="index">South Polar Times, <i>Discovery</i> Expedition, +<a href="#page_79">79-80</a><br /> +Last Expedition, <a href="#page_281">281</a>, +<a href="#page_290">290-1</a>, <a href="#page_373">373</a></p> + +<p class="index">Spenser, <i>quoted</i>, <a href="#page_52">52</a></p> + +<p class="index">Speyer, Sir Edgar, letter to, +<a href="#page_424">424</a></p> + +<p class="index">Spud, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a>, +<a href="#page_115">115</a></p> + +<p class="index">Stareek, dog, <a href="#page_244">244-5</a></p> + +<p class="index">Stoke Damerel, <a href="#page_5">5</a></p> + +<p class="index">Stripes, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Stubbington House, Fareham, <a href="#page_5">5</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sturge Island, <a href="#page_197">197</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sun, eclipse of, <a href="#page_156">156</a></p> + +<p class="index">Sverdrup's 'New Land', <a href="#page_295">295</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Taylor, T. Griffith, geologist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_223">223</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_242">242</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a>, <a href="#page_273">273-4</a>, +<a href="#page_281">281-2</a>, <a href="#page_283">283</a>, +<a href="#page_287">287</a>, <a href="#page_291">291</a>, +<a href="#page_327">327</a></p> + +<p class="index">Telephone, the, <a href="#page_318">318-19</a></p> + +<p class="index">Tent, double, <a href="#page_295">295</a></p> + +<p class="index">Tent, Island, <a href="#page_297">297</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a><br /> +Islet, <a href="#page_184">184</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Terra Nova</i>, Discovery Expedition, +<a href="#page_182">182-3</a>, <a href="#page_187">187</a> <i>seq.</i>, +<a href="#page_194">194</a>,<br /> +Last Expedition, +<a href="#page_207">207</a>, <a href="#page_211">211</a>, +<a href="#page_220">220</a>, <a href="#page_237">237</a>, +<a href="#page_292">292</a>, <a href="#page_324">324</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a></p> + +<p class="index">Thermometer, minimum, <a href="#page_253">253</a>, +<a href="#page_337">337</a></p> + +<p class="index">Thomson, Sir Courtauld, <a href="#page_11">11</a></p> + +<p class="index">Three Degree Depôt, <a href="#page_370">370</a>, +<a href="#page_385">385-6</a>, <a href="#page_387">387</a>, +<a href="#page_389">389</a>, <a href="#page_404">404</a></p> + +<p class="index">Transport, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_345">345</a></p> + +<p class="index">Turtle Back Island, <a href="#page_271">271</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Uncle Bill, pony, <a href="#page_262">262-3</a></p> + +<p class="index">Uniform overcoat, <a href="#page_309">309</a></p> + +<p class="index">Union Jack, the, <a href="#page_235">235</a>, +<a href="#page_291">291</a>, <a href="#page_384">384</a>, +<a href="#page_428">428-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Upper Glacier Depôt, <a href="#page_390">390</a>, +<a href="#page_392">392</a>, <a href="#page_404">404</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Vic, dog, <a href="#page_108">108</a></p> + +<p class="index">Victor, pony, <a href="#page_308">308-9</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a>, <a href="#page_334">334</a>, +<a href="#page_343">343</a></p> + +<p class="index">Victoria, B.C., <a href="#page_11">11</a><br /> +Land, <a href="#page_42">42</a>, +<a href="#page_76">76</a>, <a href="#page_138">138</a>, +<a href="#page_167">167</a>, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_196">196</a>, <a href="#page_203">203</a>, +<a href="#page_233">233</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a><br /> +Quadrant, <a href="#page_29">29</a></p> + +<p class="index"><i>Victorious</i>, H.M.S., +<a href="#page_206">206</a></p> + +<p class="index">Vince, A. B., <a href="#page_63">63</a>, +<a href="#page_66">66-9</a>, <a href="#page_190">190</a>, +<a href="#page_234">234</a></p> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="index">Weary Willy, pony, <a href="#page_245">245</a>, +<a href="#page_251">251</a>, <a href="#page_261">261-3</a></p> + +<p class="index">Weddell Quadrant, <a href="#page_29">29</a></p> + +<p class="index">Weller, William J., A.B., <a href="#page_48">48</a>, +<a href="#page_62">62</a>, <a href="#page_157">157</a></p> + +<p class="index">Western Geological Party (1), +<a href="#page_242">242</a>, <a href="#page_260">260</a>, +<a href="#page_270">270</a><br /> +(2) <a href="#page_317">317</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a>, <a href="#page_327">327</a></p> + +<p class="index">Western Mountains, <a href="#page_312">312</a>, +<a href="#page_325">325</a></p> + +<p class="index">Whales, killer, <a href="#page_227">227-8</a></p> + +<p class="index">White Island, <a href="#page_134">134</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261</a>, <a href="#page_264">264</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wild, Frank, <a href="#page_62">62-3</a>, +<a href="#page_66">66</a>, <a href="#page_67">67</a>, +<a href="#page_97">97</a>, <a href="#page_105">105</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wilkes, Commodore, <a href="#page_197">197</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wilkes Land, <a href="#page_198">198</a></p> + +<p class="index">Williams, William, engineer, +<a href="#page_209">209</a>, <a href="#page_214">214</a></p> + +<p class="index">Williamson, Thomas S., P.O., +<a href="#page_157">157</a>, <a href="#page_209">209</a>, +<a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wilson, Dr. E. A., chief, the scientific staff +(Last Expedition),<br /> +zoologist, <a href="#page_5">5</a>, +<a href="#page_26">26-8</a>, <a href="#page_35">35-6</a>, +<a href="#page_48">48-9</a>, <a href="#page_53">53</a>, +<a href="#page_75">75-6</a>, <a href="#page_80">80</a>, +<a href="#page_103">103</a>, <a href="#page_107">107</a> +<i>seq.</i>, <a href="#page_143">143-4</a>, +<a href="#page_147">147</a>, <a href="#page_153">153</a>, +<a href="#page_155">155-6</a>, <a href="#page_176">176</a>, +<a href="#page_180">180-1</a>, <a href="#page_185">185</a>, +<a href="#page_195">195</a>, <a href="#page_208">208</a>, +<a href="#page_219">219-20</a>, <a href="#page_223">223</a>, +<a href="#page_225">225</a>, <a href="#page_231">231</a>, +<a href="#page_236">236</a>, <a href="#page_240">240</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242-4</a>, <a href="#page_246">246-8</a>, +<a href="#page_254">254-6</a>, <a href="#page_258">258</a>, +<a href="#page_261">261</a>, <a href="#page_263">263</a>, +<a href="#page_265">265</a>, <a href="#page_267">267</a>, +<a href="#page_269">269-70</a>, <a href="#page_272">272-3</a>, +<a href="#page_279">279-80</a>, <a href="#page_286">286</a>, +<a href="#page_289">289</a>, <a href="#page_294">294</a>, +<a href="#page_300">300-7</a>, <a href="#page_308">308</a>, +<a href="#page_318">318-19</a>, <a href="#page_320">320-2</a>, +<a href="#page_324">324-5</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a>, +<a href="#page_335">335</a>, <a href="#page_344">344</a>, +<a href="#page_351">351</a>, <a href="#page_353">353-5</a>, +<a href="#page_361">361</a>, <a href="#page_364">364</a>, +<a href="#page_372">372</a> <i>seq.</i></p> + +<p class="index">Wilson, Mrs., letter to, +<a href="#page_421">421</a></p> + +<p class="index">Winter Quarter Bay, <a href="#page_60">60</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wisting, Oscar, <a href="#page_383">383</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wolf, dog, <a href="#page_108">108-9</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wolseley Motor Company, <a href="#page_229">229</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wood Bay, <a href="#page_49">49</a>, +<a href="#page_50">50</a>, <a href="#page_141">141</a></p> + +<p class="index">Wright, Charles S., physicist, +<a href="#page_208">208</a>, <a href="#page_224">224</a>, +<a href="#page_231">231</a>, <a href="#page_236">236</a>, +<a href="#page_242">242</a>, <a href="#page_270">270</a>, +<a href="#page_280">280</a>, <a href="#page_283">283</a>, +<a href="#page_308">308</a>, <a href="#page_314">314</a>, +<a href="#page_321">321</a>, <a href="#page_329">329</a>, +<a href="#page_335">335</a>, <a href="#page_340">340</a>, +<a href="#page_344">344</a>, <a href="#page_354">354-5</a>, +<a href="#page_362">362</a></p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + +***** This file should be named 6721-h.htm or 6721-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/7/2/6721/ + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig001.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5091e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig001.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig002.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2b7264 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig002.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig003.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83c87e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig003.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig004a.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig004a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..085c63f --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig004a.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig004b.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig004b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8aa2018 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig004b.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig005.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af40616 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig005.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig006.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7430074 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig006.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig007.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a61d380 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig007.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig008.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0060c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig008.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig009.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7e36c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig009.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig010.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c872fb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig010.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig011.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18123d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig011.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig012.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3548c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig012.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig013.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..add9174 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig013.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig014.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62359a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig014.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig015.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..23d117b --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig015.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig016.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1caa7d --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig016.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig017.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbadc60 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig017.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig018.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig018.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..938cdcf --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig018.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig019.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig019.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f97f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig019.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig020.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig020.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..acd1001 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig020.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig021.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd66b12 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig021.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig022.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig022.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e43ecaf --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig022.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig023.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig023.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..34f21cd --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig023.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig024.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig024.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0838dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig024.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig025.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig025.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a58185 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig025.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig026.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..330cd80 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig026.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig027.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig027.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c69c22 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig027.jpg diff --git a/6721-h/images/fig028.jpg b/6721-h/images/fig028.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..46206d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721-h/images/fig028.jpg diff --git a/6721.txt b/6721.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25cce1b --- /dev/null +++ b/6721.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12772 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Voyages of Captain Scott + Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's + Last Expedition' + +Author: Charles Turley + +Release Date: January 7, 2006 [EBook #6721] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + + + + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + + + + +[Page ii] +[Illustration: Captain Robert F. Scott R.N. + +_J. Russell & Sons, Southsea, photographers_] + + +[Page iii] +THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT + + +_Retold from 'The Voyage of the "Discovery"' and 'Scott's Last +Expedition'_ + + +BY CHARLES TURLEY + +Author of 'Godfrey Marten, Schoolboy,' 'A Band of Brothers,' etc. + + +With an introduction by + +SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. + + +Numerous illustrations in colour and black and white and a map + + + + +[Page v] +CONTENTS + + INTRODUCTION + + THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + + Chapter + I. The 'Discovery'. + II. Southward Ho! + III. In Search of Winter Quarters. + IV. The Polar Winter. + V. The Start of the Southern Journey. + VI. The Return. + VII. A Second Winter. + VIII. The Western Journey. + IX. The Return from the West. + X. Release. + + THE LAST EXPEDITION + + Chapter + Preface to 'Scott's Last Expedition'. + Biographical Note. + British Antarctic Expedition, 1910. +[Page vi] + I. Through Stormy Seas. + II. Depot Laying to One Ton Camp. + III. Perils. + IV. A Happy Family. + V. Winter. + VI. Good-bye to Cape Evans. + VII. The Southern Journey Begins. + VIII. On the Beardmore Glacier. + IX. The South Pole. + X. On the Homeward Journey. + XI. The Last March. + Search Party Discovers the Tent. + In Memoriam. + Farewell Letters. + Message to the Public. + Index. + + + + +[Page vii] +ILLUSTRATIONS + + _PHOTOGRAVURE PLATE_ + + Portrait of Captain Robert F. Scott + _From a photograph by J. Russell & Son, Southsea_. + + _COLOURED PLATES_ + + _From Water-Colour Drawings by Dr. Edward A. Wilson._. + + Sledding. + Mount Erebus. + Lunar Corona. + 'Birdie' Bowers reading the thermometer on the ramp. + + _DOUBLE PAGE PLATE_ + + Panorama at Cape Evans. + Berg in South Bay. + + _FULL PAGE PLATES_ + + Robert F. Scott at the age of thirteen as a naval cadet. + The 'Discovery'. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depot. + Pinnacled ice at mouth of Ferrar Glacier. + Pressure ridges north side of Discovery Bluff. + The 'Terra Nova' leaving the Antarctic. + Pony Camp on the barrier. + Snowed-up tent after three days' blizzard. + Pitching the double tent on the summit. +[Page viii] + Adelie Penguin on nest. + Emperor Penguins on sea-ice. + Dog party starting from Hut Point. + Dog lines. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depot. + Looking south from Lower Glacier depot, + Man hauling camp, 87th parallel. + The party at the South Pole. + 'The Last Rest'. + + Facsimile of the last words of Captain Scott's Journal. + + Track chart of main southern journey. + + + + +[Page 1] +INTRODUCTION + +BY SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. + +On the night of my original meeting with Scott he was but lately +home from his first adventure into the Antarctic and my chief +recollection of the occasion is that having found the entrancing +man I was unable to leave him. In vain he escorted me through the +streets of London to my home, for when he had said good-night I then +escorted him to his, and so it went on I know not for how long through +the small hours. Our talk was largely a comparison of the life of +action (which he pooh-poohed) with the loathsome life of those who +sit at home (which I scorned); but I also remember that he assured +me he was of Scots extraction. As the subject never seems to have +been resumed between us, I afterwards wondered whether I had drawn +this from him with a promise that, if his reply was satisfactory, I +would let him go to bed. However, the family traditions (they are +nothing more) do bring him from across the border. According to +them his great-great-grandfather was the Scott of Brownhead whose +estates were sequestered after the '45. His dwelling was razed +to the ground and he fled with his wife, to whom after some grim +privations a son was born in a fisherman's hut on September 14, +1745. This son eventually settled in Devon, where he prospered, +[Page 2] +for it was in the beautiful house of Oatlands that he died. He +had four sons, all in the Royal Navy, of whom the eldest had as +youngest child John Edward Scott, father of the Captain Scott who +was born at Oatlands on June 6, 1868. About the same date, or perhaps +a little earlier, it was decided that the boy should go into the +Navy like so many of his for-bears. + +I have been asked to write a few pages about those early days of +Scott at Oatlands, so that the boys who read this book may have +some slight acquaintance with the boy who became Captain Scott; +and they may be relieved to learn (as it holds out some chance +for themselves) that the man who did so many heroic things does +not make his first appearance as a hero. He enters history aged +six, blue-eyed, long-haired, inexpressibly slight and in velveteen, +being held out at arm's length by a servant and dripping horribly, +like a half-drowned kitten. This is the earliest recollection of +him of a sister, who was too young to join in a children's party +on that fatal day. But Con, as he was always called, had intimated +to her that from a window she would be able to see him taking a +noble lead in the festivities in the garden, and she looked; and +that is what she saw. He had been showing his guests how superbly +he could jump the leat, and had fallen into it. + +Leat is a Devonshire term for a running stream, and a branch of +the leat ran through the Oatlands garden while there was another +branch, more venturesome, at the bottom of the fields. These were +the waters first ploughed by Scott, and he invented many ways of +being in them accidentally, it being forbidden +[Page 3] +to enter them of intent. Thus he taught his sisters and brother +a new version of the oldest probably of all pastimes, the game of +'Touch.' You had to touch 'across the leat,' and, with a little +good fortune, one of you went in. Once you were wet, it did not +so much matter though you got wetter. + +An easy way of getting to the leat at the foot of the fields was +to walk there, but by the time he was eight Scott scorned the easy +ways. He invented parents who sternly forbade all approach to this +dangerous waterway; he turned them into enemies of his country and +of himself (he was now an admiral), and led parties of gallant tars +to the stream by ways hitherto unthought of. At foot of the avenue +was an oak tree which hung over the road, and thus by dropping from +this tree you got into open country. The tree was (at this time) +of an enormous size, with sufficient room to conceal a navy, and +the navy consisted mainly of the sisters and the young brother. +All had to be ready at any moment to leap from the tree and join +issue with the enemy on the leat. In the fields there was also a +mighty ocean, called by dull grown-ups 'the pond,' and here Scott's +battleship lay moored. It seems for some time to have been an English +vessel, but by and by he was impelled, as all boys are, to blow +something up, and he could think of nothing more splendid for his +purpose than the battleship. Thus did it become promptly a ship +of the enemy doing serious damage to the trade of those parts, +and the valiant Con took to walking about with lips pursed, brows +frowning as he cogitated how to remove the +[Page 4] +Terror of Devon. You may picture the sisters and brother trotting +by his side and looking anxiously into his set face. At last he +decided to blow the accursed thing up with gunpowder. His crew +cheered, and then waited to be sent to the local shop for a pennyworth +of gunpowder. But Con made his own gunpowder, none of the faithful +were ever told how, and on a great day the train was laid. Con applied +the match and ordered all to stand back. A deafening explosion was +expected, but a mere puff of flame was all that came; the Terror +of Devon, which to the unimaginative was only a painted plank, +still rode the waters. With many boys this would be the end of +the story, but not with Con. He again retired to the making of +gunpowder, and did not desist from his endeavors until he had blown +that plank sky-high. + +His first knife is a great event in the life of a boy: it is probably +the first memory of many of them, and they are nearly always given +it on condition that they keep it shut. So it was with Con, and a +few minutes after he had sworn that he would not open it he was +begging for permission to use it on a tempting sapling. 'Very well,' +his father said grimly, 'but remember, if you hurt yourself, don't +expect any sympathy from me.' The knife was opened, and to cut +himself rather badly proved as easy as falling into the leat. The +father, however, had not noticed, and the boy put his bleeding +hand into his pocket and walked on unconcernedly. He was really +considerably damaged; and this is a good story of a child of seven +who all his life suffered extreme nausea from +[Page 5] +the sight of blood; even in the _Discovery_ days, to get accustomed +to 'seeing red,' he had to force himself to watch Dr. Wilson skinning +his specimens. + +When he was about eight Con passed out of the hands of a governess, +and became a school-boy, first at a day school in Stoke Damerel +and later at Stubbington House, Fareham. He rode grandly between +Oatlands and Stoke Damerel on his pony, Beppo, which bucked in +vain when he was on it, but had an ingratiating way of depositing +other riders on the road. From what one knows of him later this +is a characteristic story. One day he dismounted to look over a +gate at a view which impressed him (not very boyish this), and when +he recovered from a brown study there was no Beppo to be seen. He +walked the seven miles home, but what was characteristic was that +he called at police-stations on the way to give practical details +of his loss and a description of the pony. Few children would have +thought of this, but Scott was naturally a strange mixture of the +dreamy and the practical, and never more practical than immediately +after he had been dreamy. He forgot place and time altogether when +thus abstracted. I remember the first time he dined with me, when +a number of well-known men had come to meet him, he arrived some +two hours late. He had dressed to come out, then fallen into one +of his reveries, forgotten all about the engagement, dined by himself +and gone early to bed. Just as he was falling asleep he remembered +where he should be, arose hastily and joined us as speedily as +possible. It was equally characteristic of him to say +[Page 6] +of the other guests that it was pleasant to a sailor to meet so +many interesting people. When I said that to them the sailor was +by far the most interesting person in the room he shouted with +mirth. It always amused Scott to find that anyone thought him a +person of importance. + +[Illustration: ROBERT F. SCOTT AT THE AGE OF 13 AS A NAVAL CADET.] + +I suppose everyone takes for granted that in his childhood, as later +when he made his great marches, Scott was muscular and strongly +built. This was so far from being the case that there were many +anxious consultations over him, and the local doctor said he could +not become a sailor as he could never hope to obtain the necessary +number of inches round the chest. He was delicate and inclined to +be pigeon-breasted. Judging from the portrait of him here printed, +in his first uniform as a naval cadet, all this had gone by the +time he was thirteen, but unfortunately there are no letters of +this period extant and thus little can be said of his years on +the _Britannia_ where 'you never felt hot in your bunk because you +could always twist, and sleep with your feet out at port hole.' +He became a cadet captain, a post none can reach who is not thought +well of by the other boys as well as by their instructors, but none +of them foresaw that he was likely to become anybody in particular. +He was still 'Old Mooney,' as his father had dubbed him, owing to +his dreamy mind; it was an effort to him to work hard, he cast a +wistful eye on 'slackers,' he was not a good loser, he was untidy +to the point of slovenliness, and he had a fierce temper. All this +I think has been proved to me up to the +[Page 7] +hilt, and as I am very sure that the boy of fifteen or so cannot +be very different from the man he grows into it leaves me puzzled. +The Scott I knew, or thought I knew, was physically as hard as +nails and flung himself into work or play with a vehemence I cannot +remember ever to have seen equaled. I have fished with him, played +cricket and football with him, and other games, those of his own +invention being of a particularly arduous kind, for they always +had a moment when the other players were privileged to fling a hard +ball at your undefended head. 'Slackness,' was the last quality +you would think of when you saw him bearing down on you with that +ball, and it was the last he asked of you if you were bearing down +on him. He was equally strenuous of work; indeed I have no clearer +recollection of him than his way of running from play to work or work +to play, so that there should be the least possible time between. +It is the 'time between' that is the 'slacker's' kingdom, and Scott +lived less in it than anyone I can recall. Again, I found him the +best of losers, with a shout of delight for every good stroke by +an opponent: what is called an ideal sportsman. He was very neat +and correct in his dress, quite a model for the youth who come +after him, but that we take as a matter of course; it is 'good +form' in the Navy. His temper I should have said was bullet-proof. +I have never seen him begin to lose it for a second of time, and +I have seen him in circumstances where the loss of it would have +been excusable. + +However, 'the boy makes the man,' and Scott was +[Page 8] +none of those things I saw in him but something better. The faults +of his youth must have lived on in him as in all of us, but he +got to know they were there and he took an iron grip of them and +never let go his hold. It was this self-control more than anything +else that made the man of him of whom we have all become so proud. +I get many proofs of this in correspondence dealing with his manhood +days which are not strictly within the sphere of this introductory +note. The horror of slackness was turned into a very passion for +keeping himself 'fit.' Thus we find him at one time taking charge +of a dog, a 'Big Dane,' so that he could race it all the way between +work and home, a distance of three miles. Even when he was getting +the _Discovery_ ready and doing daily the work of several men, he +might have been seen running through the streets of London from +Savile Row or the Admiralty to his home, not because there was +no time for other method of progression, but because he must be +fit, fit, fit. No more 'Old Mooney' for him; he kept an eye for +ever on that gentleman, and became doggedly the most practical of +men. And practical in the cheeriest of ways. In 1894 a disastrous +change came over the fortunes of the family, the father's money +being lost and then Scott was practical indeed. A letter he wrote I +at this time to his mother, tenderly taking everything and everybody +on his shoulders, must be one of the best letters ever written by +a son, and I hope it may be some day published. His mother was the +great person of his early life, more to him even than his brother +[Page 9] +or his father, whom circumstances had deprived of the glory of +following the sailor's profession and whose ambitions were all +bound up in this son, determined that Con should do the big things +he had not done himself. For the rest of his life Con became the +head of the family, devoting his time and his means to them, not +in an it-must-be-done manner, but with joy and even gaiety. He +never seems to have shown a gayer front than when the troubles +fell, and at a farm to which they retired for a time he became +famous as a provider of concerts. Not only must there be no 'Old +Mooney' in him, but it must be driven out of everyone. His concerts, +in which he took a leading part, became celebrated in the district, +deputations called to beg for another, and once in these words, 'Wull +'ee gie we a concert over our way when the comic young gentleman +be here along?' + +Some servants having had to go at this period, Scott conceived +the idea that he must even help domestically in the house, and +took his own bedroom under his charge with results that were +satisfactory to the casual eye, though not to the eyes of his sisters. +It was about this time that he slew the demon of untidiness so +far as his own dress was concerned and doggedly became a model +for still younger officers. Not that his dress was fine. While +there were others to help he would not spend his small means on +himself, and he would arrive home in frayed garments that he had +grown out of and in very tarnished lace. But neat as a pin. In +the days when he returned from +[Page 10] +his first voyage in the Antarctic and all England was talking of him, +one of his most novel adventures was at last to go to a first-class +tailor and be provided with a first-class suit. He was as elated by +the possession of this as a child. When going about the country +lecturing in those days he traveled third class, though he was +sometimes met at the station by mayors and corporations and red +carpets. + +The hot tempers of his youth must still have lain hidden, but by +now the control was complete. Even in the naval cadet days of which +unfortunately there is so little to tell, his old friends who remember +the tempers remember also the sunny smile that dissipated them. When +I knew him the sunny smile was there frequently, and was indeed +his greatest personal adornment, but the tempers never reached +the surface. He had become master of his fate and captain of his +soul. + +In 1886 Scott became a middy on the _Boadicea_, and later on various +ships, one of them the _Rover_, of which Admiral Fisher was at +that time commander. The Admiral has a recollection of a little +black pig having been found under his bunk one night. He cannot +swear that Scott was the leading culprit, but Scott was certainly +one of several who had to finish the night on deck as a punishment. +In 1888 Scott passed his examinations for sub-lieutenant, with +four first-class honours and one second, and so left his boyhood +behind. I cannot refrain however from adding as a conclusion to +these notes a letter from Sir Courtauld +[Page 11] +Thomson that gives a very attractive glimpse of him in this same +year: + +'In the late winter a quarter of a century ago I had to find my +way from San Francisco to Alaska. The railway was snowed up and +the only transport available at the moment was an ill-found tramp +steamer. My fellow passengers were mostly Californians hurrying off +to a new mining camp and, with the crew, looked a very unpleasant lot +of ruffians. Three singularly unprepossessing Frisco toughs joined +me in my cabin, which was none too large for a single person. I was +then told that yet another had somehow to be wedged in. While I +was wondering if he could be a more ill-favored or dirtier specimen +of humanity than the others the last comer suddenly appeared--the +jolliest and breeziest English naval Second Lieutenant. It was Con +Scott. I had never seen him before, but we at once became friends +and remained so till the end. He was going up to join his ship +which, I think, was the _Amphion_, at Esquimault, B. C. + +'As soon as we got outside the Golden Gates we ran into a full +gale which lasted all the way to Victoria, B. C. The ship was so +overcrowded that a large number of women and children were allowed +to sleep on the floor of the only saloon there was on condition +that they got up early, so that the rest of the passengers could +come in for breakfast and the other meals. + +'I need scarcely say that owing to the heavy weather hardly a woman +was able to get up, and the +[Page 12] +saloon was soon in an indescribable condition. Practically no attempt +was made to serve meals and the few so-called stewards were themselves +mostly out of action from drink or sea-sickness. + +'Nearly all the male passengers who were able to be about spent +their time drinking and quarrelling. The deck cargo and some of +our top hamper were washed away and the cabins got their share +of the waves that were washing the deck. + +'Then it was I first knew that Con Scott was no ordinary human +being. Though at that time still only a boy he practically took +command of the passengers and was at once accepted by them as their +Boss during the rest of the trip. With a small body of volunteers +he led an attack on the saloon--dressed the mothers, washed the +children, fed the babies, swabbed down the floors and nursed the +sick, and performed every imaginable service for all hands. On +deck he settled the quarrels and established order either by his +personality, or, if necessary, by his fists. Practically by day +and night he worked for the common good, never sparing himself, +and with his infectious smile gradually made us all feel the whole +thing was jolly good fun. + +'I daresay there are still some of the passengers like myself who, +after a quarter of a century, have imprinted on their minds the +vision of this fair-haired English sailor boy with the laughing +blue eyes who at that early age knew how to sacrifice himself for +the welfare and happiness of others.' + + + + +[Page 13] +THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + +[Illustration: THE 'DISCOVERY'. Reproduced from a drawing by Dr. +E. A. Wilson.] + + + + +[Page 15] +CHAPTER I + +THE _DISCOVERY_ + + Do ye, by star-eyed Science led, explore + Each lonely ocean, each untrodden shore. + +In June, 1899, Robert Falcon Scott was spending his short leave in +London, and happened to meet Sir Clements Markham in the Buckingham +Palace Road. On that afternoon he heard for the first time of a +prospective Antarctic expedition, and on the following day he called +upon Sir Clements and volunteered to command it. Of this eventful +visit Sir Clements wrote: 'On June 5, 1899, there was a remarkable +coincidence. Scott was then torpedo lieutenant of the _Majestic_. I +was just sitting down to write to my old friend Captain Egerton[1] +about him, when he was announced. He came to volunteer to command +the expedition. I believed him to be the best man for so great a +trust, either in the navy or out of it. Captain Egerton's reply +and Scott's testimonials and certificates most fully confirmed +a foregone conclusion.' + +[Footnote 1: Now Admiral Sir George Egerton, K.C.B.] + +The tale, however, of the friendship between Sir +[Page 16] +Clements and Scott began in 1887, when the former was the guest of +his cousin, the Commodore of the Training Squadron, and made the +acquaintance of every midshipman in the four ships that comprised +it. During the years that followed, it is enough to say that Scott +more than justified the hopes of those who had marked him down +as a midshipman of exceptional promise. Through those years Sir +Clements had been both friendly and observant, until by a happy +stroke of fortune the time came when he was as anxious for this +Antarctic expedition to be led by Scott as Scott was to lead it. So +when, on June 30, 1900, Scott was promoted to the rank of Commander, +and shortly afterwards was free to undertake the work that was +waiting for him, one great anxiety was removed from the shoulders +of the man who had not only proposed the expedition, but had also +resolved that nothing should prevent it from going. + +Great difficulties and troubles had, however, to be encountered +before the _Discovery_ could start upon her voyage. First and foremost +was the question of money, but owing to indefatigable efforts the +financial horizon grew clearer in the early months of 1899. Later +on in the same year Mr. Balfour expressed his sympathy with the +objects of the undertaking, and it was entirely due to him that +the Government eventually agreed to contribute L45,000, provided +that a similar sum could be raised by private subscriptions. + +In March, 1900, the keel of the new vessel, that the +[Page 17] +special Ship Committee had decided to build for the expedition, +was laid in the yard of the Dundee Shipbuilding Company. A definite +beginning, at any rate, had been made; but very soon after Scott had +taken up his duties he found that unless he could obtain some control +over the various committees and subcommittees of the expedition, the +only day to fix for the sailing of the ship was Doomsday. A visit +to Norway, where he received many practical suggestions from Dr. +Nansen, was followed by a journey to Berlin, and there he discovered +that the German expedition, which was to sail from Europe at the same +time as his own, was already in an advanced state of preparation. +Considerably alarmed, he hurried back to England and found, as +he had expected, that all the arrangements, which were in full +swing in Germany, were almost at a standstill in England. The +construction of the ship was the only work that was progressing, +and even in this there were many interruptions from the want of +some one to give immediate decisions on points of detail. + +A remedy for this state of chaos had to be discovered, and on November +4, 1900, the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the Royal +Geographical Society passed a resolution, which left Scott practically +with a free hand to push on the work in every department, under a +given estimate of expenditure in each. To safeguard the interests +of the two Societies the resolution provided that this expenditure +should be supervised by a Finance Committee, +[Page 18] +and to this Committee unqualified gratitude was due. Difficulties +were still to crop up, and as there were many scientific interests +to be served, differences of opinion on points of detail naturally +arose, but as far as the Finance Committee was concerned, it is mere +justice to record that no sooner was it formed than its members +began to work ungrudgingly to promote the success of the undertaking. + +In the meantime Scott's first task was to collect, as far as possible, +the various members of the expedition. Before he had left the _Majestic_ +he had written, 'I cannot gather what is the intention as regards +the crew; is it hoped to be able to embody them from the R.N.? I +sincerely trust so.' In fact he had set his heart on obtaining a +naval crew, partly because he thought that their sense of discipline +would be invaluable, but also because he doubted his ability to +deal with any other class of men. + +The Admiralty, however, was reluctant to grant a concession that +Scott considered so necessary, and this reluctance arose not from +any coldness towards the enterprise, but from questions of principle +and precedent. At first the Admiralty assistance in this respect +was limited to two officers, Scott himself and Royds, then the +limit was extended to include Skelton the engineer, a carpenter and +a boatswain, and thus at least a small naval nucleus was obtained. +But it was not until the spring of 1901 that the Admiralty, thanks to +Sir Anthony Hoskins and Sir Archibald Douglas, gave in altogether, +and as the selection of +[Page 19] +the most fitting volunteers had not yet been made, the chosen men +did not join until the expedition was almost on the point of sailing. + +For many reasons Scott was obliged to make his own headquarters +in London, and the room that had been placed at his disposal in +Burlington House soon became a museum of curiosities. Sledges, +ski, fur clothing and boots were crowded into every corner, while +tables and shelves were littered with correspondence and samples +of tinned foods. And in the midst of this medley he worked steadily +on, sometimes elated by the hope that all was going well, sometimes +depressed by the thought that the expedition could not possibly +be ready to start at the required date. + +During these busy months of preparation he had the satisfaction +of knowing that the first lieutenant, the chief engineer and the +carpenter were in Dundee, and able to look into the numerous small +difficulties that arose in connection with the building of the +ship. Other important posts in the expedition had also been filled +up, and expeditionary work was being carried on in many places. +Some men were working on their especial subjects in the British +Museum, others were preparing themselves at the Physical Laboratory +at Kew, and others, again, were traveling in various directions +both at home and abroad. Of all these affairs the central office +was obliged to take notice, and so for its occupants idle moments +were few and very far between. Nansen said once that the hardest work +[Page 20] +of a Polar voyage came in its preparation, and during the years +1900-1, Scott found ample cause to agree with him. But in spite +of conflicting interests, which at times threatened to wreck the +well-being of the expedition, work, having been properly organized, +went steadily forward; until on March 21, 1901, the new vessel was +launched at Dundee and named the '_Discovery_' by Lady Markham. + +In the choice of a name it was generally agreed that the best plan +was to revive some time-honoured title, and that few names were more +distinguished than 'Discovery.' She was the sixth of that name, +and inherited a long record of honourable and fortunate service. + +The _Discovery_ had been nothing more than a skeleton when it was +decided that she should be loaded with her freight in London; +consequently, after she had undergone her trials, she was brought +round from Dundee, and on June 3, 1901, was berthed in the East +India Docks. There, during the following weeks, all the stores +were gathered together, and there the vessel, which was destined +to be the home of the expedition for more than three years, was +laden. + +Speaking at the Geographical Congress at Berlin in 1899, Nansen +strongly recommended a vessel of the _Fram_ type with fuller lines +for South Polar work, but the special Ship Committee, appointed to +consider the question of a vessel for this expedition, had very +sound reasons for not following his advice. Nansen's +[Page 21] +celebrated _Fram_ was built for the specific object of remaining +safely in the North Polar pack, in spite of the terrible pressures +which were to be expected in such a vast extent of ice. This object +was achieved in the simplest manner by inclining the sides of the +vessel until her shape resembled a saucer, and lateral pressure +merely tended to raise her above the surface. Simple as this design +was, it fulfilled so well the requirements of the situation that its +conception was without doubt a stroke of genius. What, however, has +been generally forgotten is that the safety of the _Fram_ was secured +at the expense of her sea-worthiness and powers of ice-penetration. + +Since the _Fram_ was built there have been two distinct types of +Polar vessels, the one founded on the idea of passive security in +the ice, the other the old English whaler type designed to sail +the high seas and push her way through the looser ice-packs. And +a brief consideration of southern conditions will show which of +these types is more serviceable for Antarctic exploration, because +it is obvious that the exploring ship must first of all be prepared +to navigate the most stormy seas in the world, and then be ready +to force her way through the ice-floes to the mysteries beyond. + +By the general consent of those who witnessed her performances, the +old _Discovery_ (the fifth of her name) of 1875 was the best ship +that had ever been employed on Arctic service, and the Ship Committee +eventually decided that the new vessel should be built on more +[Page 22] +or less the same lines. The new _Discovery_ had the honour to be +the first vessel ever built for scientific exploration, and the +decision to adopt well-tried English lines for her was more than +justified by her excellent qualities. + +The greatest strength lay in her bows, and when ice-floes had to +be rammed the knowledge that the keel at the fore-end of the ship +gradually grew thicker, until it rose in the enormous mass of solid +wood which constituted the stem, was most comforting. No single +tree could provide the wood for such a stem, but the several trees +used were cunningly scarfed to provide the equivalent of a solid +block. In further preparation for the battle with ice-floes, the +stem itself and the bow for three or four feet on either side were +protected with numerous steel plates, so that when the ship returned +to civilization not a scratch remained to show the hard knocks +received by the bow. + +The shape of the stem was also a very important consideration. In +the outline drawing of the _Discovery_ will be seen how largely +the stem overhangs, and this was carried to a greater extent than +in any former Polar vessel. The object with which this was fitted +was often fulfilled during the voyage. Many a time on charging +a large ice-floe the stem of the ship glided upwards until the +bows were raised two or three feet, then the weight of the ship +acting downwards would crack the floe beneath, the bow would drop, +and gradually the ship would forge ahead to tussle against the +[Page 23] +next obstruction. Nothing but a wooden structure has the elasticity +and strength to thrust its way without injury through the thick +Polar ice. + +In Dundee the building of the _Discovery_ aroused the keenest interest, +and the peculiar shape of her overhanging stern, an entirely new +feature in this class of vessel, gave rise to the strongest criticism. +All sorts of misfortunes were predicted, but events proved that +this overhanging rounded form of stem was infinitely superior for +ice-work to the old form of stem, because it gave better protection +to the rudder, rudder post and screw, and was more satisfactory +in heavy seas. + +[Illustration: PROFILE DRAWING OF 'DISCOVERY'.] + +[Illustration: OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF 'DISCOVERY' AND 'FRAM'.] + +Both in the building and in the subsequent work of the _Discovery_ +the deck-house, marked on the drawing 'Magnetic Observatory,' was +an important place. For the best of reasons it was important that +the magnetic observations taken on the expedition should be as +accurate as possible, and it will be readily understood that magnetic +observations cannot be taken in a place closely surrounded by iron. +The ardor of the magnetic experts on the Ship Committee had led +them at first to ask that there should be neither iron nor steel +in the vessel, but after it had been pointed out that this could +scarcely be, a compromise was arrived at and it was agreed that +no magnetic materials should be employed within thirty feet of +the observatory. This decision caused immense trouble and expense, +but in the end it was justified, for the magnetic observations +taken on board throughout the voyage +[Page 25] +required very little correction. And if the demands of the magnetic +experts were a little exacting, some amusement was also derived from +them. At one time those who lived within the circle were threatened +with the necessity of shaving with brass razors; and when the ship was +on her way home from New Zealand a parrot fell into dire disgrace, +not because it was too talkative, but because it had been hanging +on the mess-deck during a whole set of observations, and the wires +of its cage were made of iron. + +The _Discovery_ was, in Scott's opinion, the finest vessel ever +built for exploring purposes, and he was as enthusiastic about +his officers and men as he was about the ship herself. + +The senior of the ten officers who messed with Scott in the small +wardroom of the _Discovery_ was Lieutenant A. B. Armitage, R.N.R. +He brought with him not only an excellent practical seamanship +training in sailing ships, but also valuable Polar experience; +for the P. and O. Company, in which he held a position, had in +1894 granted him leave of absence to join the Jackson-Harmsworth +Expedition to Franz-Josef Land. + +Reginald Koettlitz, the senior doctor, had also seen Arctic service +in the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition. As his medical duties were +expected to be light, he combined them with those of official botanist. + +The task of Thomas V. Hodgson, biologist, was to collect by hook +or crook all the strange beasts +[Page 26] +that inhabit the Polar seas, and no greater enthusiast for his work +could have been chosen. + +Charles W. R. Royds was the first lieutenant, and had all to do +with the work of the men and the internal economy of the ship in +the way that is customary with a first lieutenant of a man-of-war. +Throughout the voyage he acted as meteorologist, and in face of +great difficulties he secured the most valuable records. + +Michael Barne, the second naval lieutenant, had served with Scott in +the Majestic. 'I had thought him,' Scott wrote after the expedition +had returned, 'as he proved to be, especially fitted for a voyage +where there were many elements of dangers and difficulty.' + +The original idea in appointing two doctors to the _Discovery_ was +that one of them should be available for a detached landing-party. +This idea was practically abandoned, but the expedition had reason +to be thankful that it ever existed, for the second doctor appointed +was Edward A. Wilson. In view of the glorious friendship which arose +between them, and which in the end was destined to make history, it +is of inestimable value to be able to quote what is believed to +be Scott's first written opinion of Wilson. In a letter headed +'At sea, Sept. 27,' he said: 'I now come to the man who will do +great things some day--Wilson. He has quite the keenest intellect +on board and a marvelous capacity for work. You know his artistic +talent, but would be surprised at +[Page 27] +the speed at which he paints, and the indefatigable manner in which +he is always at it. He has fallen at once into ship-life, helps +with any job that may be in hand... in fact is an excellent fellow +all round. + +Wilson, in addition to his medical duties, was also vertebrate +zoologist and artist to the expedition. In the first capacity he +dealt scientifically with the birds and seals, and in the second +he produced a very large number of excellent pictures and sketches +of the wild scenes among which he was living. + +One of Scott's earliest acts on behalf of the expedition was to +apply for the services of Reginald W. Skelton as chief engineer. +At the time Skelton was senior engineer of the Majestic, and his +appointment to the _Discovery_ was most fortunate in every way. From +first to last there was no serious difficulty with the machinery +or with anything connected with it. + +The geologist, Hartley T. Ferrar, only joined the expedition a +short time before the _Discovery_ sailed, and the physicist, Louis +Bernacchi, did not join until the ship reached New Zealand. + +In addition there were two officers who did not serve throughout +the whole term. Owing to ill-health Ernest H. Shackleton was obliged +to return from the Antarctic in 1903, and his place was taken by +George F. A. Mulock, who was a sub-lieutenant in the Navy when +he joined. + +Apart from Koettlitz, who was forty, and Hodgson, +[Page 28] +who was thirty-seven, the average age of the remaining members +of the wardroom mess was just over twenty-four years, and at that +time Scott had little doubt as to the value of youth for Polar +service. Very naturally, however, this opinion was less pronounced +as the years went by, and on August 6, 1911, he wrote during his +last expedition: 'We (Wilson and I) both conclude that it is the +younger people who have the worst time... Wilson (39) says he never +felt cold less than he does now; I suppose that between 30 and +40 is the best all-round age. Bower is a wonder of course. He is +29. When past the forties it is encouraging to remember that Peary +was 52!' + +The fact that these officers lived in complete harmony for three +years was proof enough that they were well and wisely chosen, and +Scott was equally happy in his selection of warrant officers, petty +officers and men, who brought with them the sense of naval discipline +that is very necessary for such conditions as exist in Polar service. +The _Discovery_, it must be remembered, was not in Government +employment, and so had no more stringent regulations to enforce +discipline than those contained in the Merchant Shipping Act. But +everyone on board lived exactly as though the ship was under the +Naval Discipline Act; and as the men must have known that this +state of affairs was a fiction, they deserved as much credit as +the officers, if not more, for continuing rigorously to observe +it. + +[Page 29] +Something remains to be said about the _Discovery's_ prospective +course, and of the instructions given to Captain Scott. + +For purposes of reference Sir Clements Markham had suggested that +the Antarctic area should be divided into four quadrants, to be +named respectively the Victoria, the Ross, the Weddell, and the +Enderby, and when he also proposed that the Ross quadrant should +be the one chosen for this expedition, his proposal was received +with such unanimous approval that long before the _Discovery_ was +built her prospective course had been finally decided. In fact +every branch of science saw a greater chance of success in the +Ross quadrant than in any other region. Concerning instructions +on such a voyage as the _Discovery's_ it may be thought that, when +once the direction is settled, the fewer there are the better. +Provided, however, that they leave the greatest possible freedom +to the commander, they may be very useful in giving him a general +view of the situation, and in stating the order in which the various +objects are held. If scientific interests clash, it is clearly to +the commander's advantage to know in what light these interests +are regarded by those responsible for the enterprise. Of such a +nature were the instructions Scott received before sailing for +the South. + +During the time of preparation many busy men gave most valuable +assistance to the expedition; but even with all this kindly aid it is +doubtful if the _Discovery_ would ever have started had it not been +[Page 30] +that among these helpers was one who, from the first, had given +his whole and undivided attention to the work in hand. After all +is said and done Sir Clements Markham conceived the idea of this +Antarctic Expedition, and it was his masterful personality which +swept aside all obstacles and obstructions. + + + + +[Page 31] +CHAPTER II + +SOUTHWARD HO! + + They saw the cables loosened, they saw the gangways cleared, + They heard the women weeping, they heard the men who cheered. + Far off-far off the tumult faded and died away. + And all alone the sea wind came singing up the Bay. + --NEWBOLT. + +On July 31, 1901, the _Discovery_ left the London Docks, and slowly +wended her way down the Thames; and at Cowes, on August 5, she +was honoured by a visit from King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra. +This visit must be ever memorable for the interest their Majesties +showed in the minutest details of equipment; but at the same time +it was natural for the members of the expedition to be obsessed +by the fear that they might start with a flourish of trumpets and +return with failure. The grim possibilities of the voyage were +also not to be forgotten--a voyage to the Antarctic, the very map +of which had remained practically unaltered from 1843-93. + +With no previous Polar experience to help him, Scott was following +on the track of great Polar explorers, notably of James Cook and +James Ross, of whom it has been well said that the one defined the +Antarctic region and the other discovered it. Can it be wondered +therefore that his great anxieties were +[Page 32] +to be off and doing, to justify the existence of the expedition at +the earliest possible moment, and to obey the instructions which +had been given him? + +Before the _Discovery_ had crossed the Bay of Biscay it was evident +that she did not possess a turn of speed under any conditions, +and that there must be none but absolutely necessary delays on +the voyage, if she was to arrive in the Antarctic in time to take +full advantage of the southern summer of 1901-2 for the first +exploration in the ice. This proved a serious drawback, as it had +been confidently expected that there would be ample time to make +trial of various devices for sounding and dredging in the deep +sea, while still in a temperate climate. The fact that no trials +could be made on the outward voyage was severely felt when the +Antarctic was reached. + +On October 2 the _Discovery_ arrived within 150 miles of the Cape, +and on the 5th was moored off the naval station at Simon's Bay. +The main object of staying at the Cape was to obtain comparisons +with the magnetic instruments, but Scott wrote: 'It is much to +be deplored that no permanent Magnetic Station now exists at the +Cape. The fact increased the number and difficulty of our own +observations, and it was quite impossible to spare the time for such +repetitions and verifications as, under the circumstances, could +alone have placed them beyond dispute.' Armitage and Barne, however, +worked like Trojans in taking observations, and received so much +valuable assistance 'that they were able to accomplish a maximum +[Page 33] +amount of work in the limited time at their disposal.' In every +way, indeed, the kindliest sympathy was shown at the Cape. + +The magnetic work was completed on October 12, and two days later +the _Discovery_ once more put out to sea; and as time went on those +on board became more and more satisfied with her seaworthy qualities. +Towards the end of October there was a succession of heavy following +gales, but she rose like a cork to the mountainous seas that followed +in her wake, and, considering her size, she was wonderfully free +of water on the upper deck. With a heavy following sea, however, +she was, owing to her buoyancy, extremely lively, and rolls of +more than 40º were often recorded. The peculiar shape of the stern, +to which reference has been made, was now well tested. It gave +additional buoyancy to the after-end, causing the ship to rise +more quickly to the seas, but the same lifting effect was also +directed to throwing the ship off her course, and consequently +she was difficult to steer. The helmsmen gradually became more +expert, but on one occasion when Scott and some other officers were +on the bridge the ship swerved round, and was immediately swept by +a monstrous sea which made a clean breach over her. Instinctively +those on the bridge clutched the rails, and for several moments +they were completely submerged while the spray dashed as high as +the upper topsails. + +On November 12 the _Discovery_ was in lat. 51 S., long. 131 E., +and had arrived in such an extremely +[Page 34] +interesting magnetic area that they steered to the south to explore +it. This new course took them far out of the track of ships and +towards the regions of ice, and they had scarcely arrived in those +lonely waters when Scott was aroused from sleep by a loud knocking +and a voice shouting, 'Ship's afire, sir.' Without waiting to give +any details of this alarming news the informant fled, and when +Scott appeared hastily on the scenes he found that the deck was +very dark and obstructed by numerous half-clad people, all of whom +were as ignorant as he was. Making his way forward he discovered +that the fire had been under the forecastle, and had been easily +extinguished when the hose was brought to bear on it. In these +days steel ships and electric light tend to lessen the fear of +fire, but in a wooden vessel the possible consequences are too +serious not to make the danger very real and alarming. Henceforth +the risk of fire was constantly in Scott's thoughts, but this was +the first and last occasion on which an alarm was raised in the +_Discovery_. + +On November 15 the 60th parallel was passed, and during the following +morning small pieces of sea-ice, worn into fantastic shape by the +action of the waves, appeared and were greeted with much excitement +and enthusiasm. As the afternoon advanced signs of a heavier pack +were seen ahead, and soon the loose floes were all about the ship, +and she was pushing her way amongst them and receiving her baptism +of ice. + +[Page 35] +This was Scott's first experience of pack-ice, and he has recorded +how deeply he was impressed by the novelty of his surroundings. +'The wind had died away; what light remained was reflected in a +ghostly glimmer from the white surface of the pack; now and again +a white snow petrel flitted through the gloom, the grinding of the +floes against the ship's side was mingled with the more subdued +hush of their rise and fall on the long swell, and for the first +time we felt something of the solemnity of these great Southern +solitudes.' + +The _Discovery_ was now within 200 miles of Adelie Land, and with +steam could easily have pushed on towards it. But delays had already +been excessive, and they could not be added to if New Zealand was +to be reached betimes. Reluctantly the ship's head was again turned +towards the North, and soon passed into looser ice. + +One great feature of the tempestuous seas of these southern oceans +is the quantity and variety of their bird life. Not only are these +roaming, tireless birds to be seen in the distance, but in the +majority of cases they are attracted by a ship and for hours gather +close about her. The greater number are of the petrel tribe, and +vary in size from the greater albatrosses, with their huge spread +of wing and unwavering flight, to the small Wilson stormy petrel, +which flits under the foaming crests of the waves. For centuries +these birds have been the friends of sailors, and as Wilson was +able to distinguish and +[Page 36] +name the various visitors to the _Discovery_, the interest of the +voyage was very greatly increased. + +'At 11 A.M. on the 22nd,' Scott wrote in his official report of +the Proceedings of the expedition, 'we sighted Macquarie Island, +exactly at the time and in the direction expected, a satisfactory +fact after so long an absence from land. As the island promised so +much of interest to our naturalists I thought a delay of the few +hours necessary for landing would be amply justified.... A landing +was effected without much difficulty, and two penguin rookeries which +had been observed from the ship were explored with much interest. +One proved to be inhabited by the beautifully marked King penguin, +while the other contained a smaller gold-crested broad-billed +species.... At 8 P.M. the party returned to the ship, and shortly +after we weighed anchor and proceeded. Including those collected +in the ice, we had no fewer than 50 birds of various sorts to be +skinned, and during the next few days several officers and men +were busily engaged in this work under the superintendence of Dr. +Wilson. The opportunity was taken of serving out the flesh of the +penguins for food. I had anticipated considerable prejudice on +the part of the men to this form of diet which it will so often +be essential to enforce, and was agreeably surprised to find that +they were by no means averse to it. Many pronounced it excellent, +and all seemed to appreciate the necessity of cultivating a taste +for it. I found no prejudice more difficult to conquer than my +own.' + +[Page 37] +Perhaps the most excited member of the party over this visit to +Macquarie Island was Scott's Aberdeen terrier 'Scamp,' who was most +comically divided between a desire to run away from the penguins, +and a feeling that in such strange company it behooved him to be very +courageous. This, however, was Scamp's first and last experience +of penguins, for it was felt that he would be unable to live in +the Antarctic, and so a comfortable home was found for him in New +Zealand. + +Late on November 29 the _Discovery_ arrived off Lyttelton Heads, +and on the following day she was berthed alongside a jetty in the +harbor. For both the private and the public kindness which was +shown to the expedition in New Zealand, no expressions of gratitude +can be too warm. On every possible occasion, and in every possible +way, efficient and kindly assistance was given, and this was all +the more valuable because a lot of work had to be done before the +ship could sail from Lyttelton. The rigging had to be thoroughly +overhauled and refitted; the magneticians had to undertake the +comparison of their delicate instruments, and as this was the last +occasion on which it could be done special attention was necessary; +and a large quantity of stores had to be shipped, because some of +those in the _Discovery_ had been damaged by the leaky state of +the ship. This leak had never been dangerous, but all the same +it had entailed many weary hours of pumping, and had caused much +waste of time and of provisions. Among the many skilled +[Page 38] +workmen, whose united labour had produced the solid structure of +the _Discovery_'s hull, had been one who had shirked his task, and +although the ship was docked and most determined and persistent +efforts were made to find the leak, it succeeded in avoiding detection. + +As the month of December advanced the scene on the ship was a very +busy one, but at last the day for sailing from Lyttelton arrived, +though not for the final departure from civilization, because a +short visit was to be paid to Port Chalmers in the south to complete +the stock of coal. On Saturday, December 21, the ship lay alongside +the wharf ready for sea and very deeply laden. 'One could reflect +that it would have been impossible to have got more into her, and +that all we had got seemed necessary for the voyage, for the rest +we could only trust that Providence would vouch-safe to us fine +weather and an easy passage to the south.' + +New Zealand, to the last, was bent on showing its enthusiasm for the +expedition. Two men-of-war steamed slowly out ahead of the _Discovery_, +while no fewer than five steamers, crowded with passengers, and +with bands playing and whistles hooting, also accompanied her, +until the open sea was reached and the _Discovery_ slowly steamed +out between the war-ships that seemed to stand as sentinels to +the bay. And then, before the cheers of thousands of friends were +hardly out of the ears of those on board, a tragedy happened. Among +the ship's company who had crowded into the rigging to wave their +farewells was one young seaman, named Charles Bonner, who, +[Page 39] +more venturesome than the rest, had climbed above the crow's-nest +to the top of the main-mast. There, seated on the truck, he had +remained cheering, until in a moment of madness he raised himself +into a standing position, and almost directly afterwards he fell +and was instantaneously killed. On the Monday the ship arrived +at Port Chalmers, and Bonner was buried with naval honours. + +By noon on the following day the _Discovery_ was clear of the harbor +bar, and was soon bowling along under steam and sail towards the +south. The last view of civilization, the last sight of fields and +flowers had come and gone on Christmas Eve, 1901, and Christmas +Day found the ship in the open expanse of the Southern Ocean, though +after such a recent parting from so many kind friends no one felt +inclined for the customary festivities. + +In good sea trim the _Discovery_ had little to fear from the worst +gales, but at this time she was so heavily laden that had she +encountered heavy seas the consequences must have been very unpleasant. +Inevitably much of her large deck cargo must have been lost; the +masses of wood on the superstructure would have been in great danger, +while all the sheep and possibly many of the dogs would have been +drowned. Fine weather, however, continued, and on January 3 Scott +and his companions crossed the Antarctic Circle, little thinking +how long a time would elapse before they would recross it. At length +they had entered the Antarctic regions; before them lay +[Page 40] +the scene of their work, and all the trials of preparation, and +the anxiety of delays, were forgotten in the fact that they had +reached their goal in time to make use of the best part of the +short open season in these icebound regions. + +Soon the pack was on all sides of them, but as yet so loose that +there were many large pools of open water. And then for several +days the ship had really to fight her way, and Scott gave high +praise to the way she behaved: 'The "Discovery" is a perfect gem +in the pack. Her size and weight behind such a stem seem to give +quite the best combination possible for such a purpose. We have +certainly tried her thoroughly, for the pack which we have come +through couldn't have been looked at by Ross even with a gale of +wind behind him.' + +Necessarily progress became slow, but life abounds in the pack, and +the birds that came to visit the ship were a source of perpetual +interest. The pleasantest and most constant of these visitors was +the small snow petrel, with its dainty snow-white plumage relieved +only by black beak and feet, and black, beady eye. These little +birds abound in the pack-ice, but the blue-grey southern fulmar +and the Antarctic petrel were also to be seen, and that unwholesome +scavenger, the giant petrel, frequently lumbered by; while the skua +gull, most pugnacious of bullies, occasionally flapped past, on +his way to make some less formidable bird disgorge his hard-earned +dinner. + +The squeak of the penguin was constantly heard, at +[Page 41] +first afar and often long before the birds were seen. Curiosity +drew them to the ship, and as she forced her way onward these little +visitors would again and again leap into the water, and journey +from floe to floe in their eagerness to discover what this strange +apparition could be. Some of the sailors became very expert in +imitating their calls, and could not only attract them from a long +distance, but would visibly add to their astonishment when they +approached. These were busy days for the penguins. + +In all parts of the pack seals are plentiful and spend long hours +asleep on the floes. The commonest kind is the crab-eater or white +seal, but the Ross seal is not rare, and there and there is found +the sea-leopard, ranging wide and preying on the penguins and even +on the young of its less powerful brethren. It is curious to observe +that both seals and penguins regard themselves as safe when out of +the water. In the sea they are running risks all the time, and in +that element Nature has made them swift to prey or to avoid being +preyed upon. But once on ice or land they have known no enemy, +and cannot therefore conceive one. The seal merely raises its head +when anyone approaches, and then with but little fear; whereas it +is often difficult to drive the penguin into the water, for he +is firmly convinced that the sea is the sole source of danger. +Several seals were killed for food, and from the first seal-meat +was found palatable, if not altogether the form of diet to recommend +to an epicure. The great drawback to the seal is that there is no +fat except blubber, +[Page 42] +and blubber has a very strong taste and most penetrating smell. +At this time blubber was an abomination to everyone both in taste +and smell, and if the smallest scrap happened to have been cooked +with the meat, dinner was a wasted meal. Later on, however, this +smell lost most of its terrors, while seal-steaks and seal-liver +and kidneys were treated almost as luxuries. + +On the morning of January 8 a strong water sky could be seen, and +soon afterwards the officer of the watch hailed from aloft the glad +tidings of an open sea to the south. Presently the ship entered +a belt where the ice lay in comparatively small pieces, and after +pushing her way through this for over a mile, she reached the hard +line where the ice abruptly ended, and to the south nothing but +a clear sky could be seen. At 10.30 P.M. on the same evening the +joy of being again in the open sea was intensified by a shout of +'Land in sight,' and all who were not on deck quickly gathered +there to take their first look at the Antarctic Continent. The +sun, near the southern horizon, still shone in a cloudless sky, and +far away to the south-west the blue outline of the high mountain +peaks of Victoria Land could be seen. The course was now directed for +Robertson Bay, and after some difficulty, owing to the reappearance +of loose streams of pack-ice, the ship was eventually steered into +the open water within the bay. + +Robertson Bay is formed by the long peninsula of Cape Adare, within +which, standing but slightly above the level of the sea, is a curious +triangular +[Page 43] +spit, probably the morainic remains of the vaster ice conditions +of former ages. It was on this spit that the expedition sent forth +by Sir George Newnes and commanded by Borchgrevink spent their +winter in 1896, the first party to winter on the shores of the +Antarctic Continent. Here Scott decided to land for a short time, +and very soon Armitage, Bernacchi and Barne were at work among +the thousands of penguins that abounded, while the naturalists +wandered further afield in search of specimens. In the center of +Cape Adare beach the hut used by the members of Borchgrevink's +party was still found to be standing in very good condition, though +at the best of times deserted dwellings are far from cheerful to +contemplate. Bernacchi had been a member of this small party of +eight, and on the spot he recalled the past, and told of the unhappy +death of Hanson--one of his comrades. + +Later on Bernacchi and some others landed again to visit Hanson's +grave, and to see that all was well with it. They took a tin cylinder +containing the latest report of the voyage with them, and were told +to place it in some conspicuous part of the hut. In the following +year this cylinder was found by the _Morning_,[1] and so the first +information was given that the _Discovery_ had succeeded in reaching +these southern regions. + +[Footnote 1: The relief ship.] + +On January 10, when the weather was still calm and bright, the ship +again stood out to sea, and was steered close around Cape Adare +in the hope of finding +[Page 44] +a clear channel near at hand. Very soon, however, the tidal stream +began to make from the south, and the whole aspect of the streams +of heavy pack-ice rapidly changed. Almost immediately the pack was +about the ship, and she was being rapidly borne along with it. +Across the entrance to the bay was a chain of grounded icebergs, +and it was in this direction that she was being carried. For the +first time they faced the dangers of the pack, and realized its +mighty powers. Little or nothing could be done, for the floes around +them were heavier than anything they had yet encountered. Twist and +turn as they would no appreciable advance could be made, and in +front of one colossal floe the ship was brought to a standstill for +nearly half an hour. But they still battled on; Armitage remained +aloft, working the ship with admirable patience; the engine-room, as +usual, answered nobly to the call for more steam, and the _Discovery_ +exerted all her powers in the struggle; but, in spite of these +efforts, progress was so slow that it looked almost certain that +she would be carried down among the bergs. 'It was one of those +hours,' Scott says, 'which impress themselves for ever on the memory. +Above us the sun shone in a cloudless sky, its rays were reflected +from a myriad points of tire glistening pack; behind us lay the +lofty snow-clad mountains, the brown sun-kissed cliffs of the Cape, +and the placid glassy waters of the bay; the air about us was almost +breathlessly still; crisp, clear and sun-lit, it seemed an atmosphere +in which all Nature should rejoice; +[Page 45] +the silence was broken only by the deep panting of our engines +and the slow, measured hush of the grinding floes; yet, beneath +all, ran this mighty, relentless tide, bearing us on to possible +destruction. It seemed desperately unreal that danger could exist +in the midst of so fair a scene, and as one paced to and fro on +the few feet of throbbing plank that constituted our bridge, it was +difficult to persuade oneself that we were so completely impotent.' + +With the exception of Scott himself only those who were actually +on watch were on deck during this precarious time, for the hour was +early, and the majority were asleep in their bunks below, happily +oblivious of the possible dangers before them. And the fact that +they were not aroused is a proof that a fuss was rarely made in +the _Discovery_, if it could by any conceivable means be avoided. + +At last, however, release came from this grave danger, and it came +so gradually that it was difficult to say when it happened. Little +by little the tidal stream slackened, the close-locked floes fell +slightly apart, and under her full head of steam the ship began +to forge ahead towards the open sea and safety. 'For me,' Scott +adds, 'the lesson had been a sharp and, I have no doubt, a salutary +one; we were here to fight the elements with their icy weapons, +and once and for all this taught me not to undervalue the enemy.' +During the forenoon the ship was within seven or eight miles of +the high bold coast-line to the south of Cape Adare, but later +she had to be turned outwards +[Page 46] +so that the heavy stream of pack-ice drifting along the land could +be avoided. By the morning of the 11th she was well clear of the +land, but the various peaks and headlands which Sir James Ross +had named could be distinctly seen, and gave everyone plenty to +talk and think about. Progress, however, was slow, owing to a brisk +S. E. wind and the fact that only one boiler was being used. + +Of all economies practiced on board the most important was that +of coal, but Scott was not at all sure that this decision to use +only one boiler was really economical. Certainly coal was saved but +time was also wasted, and against an adverse wind the _Discovery_ +could only make fifty-five miles on the 11th, and on the 12th she +scarcely made any headway at all, for the wind had increased and +a heavy swell was coming up from the south. + +To gain shelter Scott decided to turn in towards the high cliffs +of Coulman Island, the land of which looked illusively near as +they approached it. So strong was this deception that the engines +were eased when the ship was still nearly two miles away from the +cliffs. Later on, in their winter quarters and during their sledge +journeys, they got to know how easy it was to be deluded as regards +distance, and what very false appearances distant objects could +assume. This matter is of interest, because it shows that Polar +explorers must be exceedingly cautious in believing the evidence of +their own eyes, and it also explains the errors which the _Discovery_ +expedition found to +[Page 47] +have been made by former explorers, and which they knew must have +been made in all good faith. + +During the night of the 13th the ship lay under the shelter of +Coulman Island, but by the morning the wind had increased to such +a furious gale, and the squalls swept down over the cliffs with +such terrific violence, that in spite of every effort to keep her +in her station she began to lose ground. In the afternoon the wind +force was ninety miles an hour, and as they continued to lose ground +they got into a more choppy sea, which sent the spray over them +in showers, to freeze as it fell. + +Again the situation was far from pleasant; to avoid one berg they +were forced to go about, and in doing so they ran foul of another. As +they came down on it the bowsprit just swept clear of its pinnacled +sides, and they took the shock broad on their bows. It sent the +ship reeling round, but luckily on the right tack to avoid further +complications. The following night was dismal enough; again and +again small bergs appeared through the blinding spray and drift, and +only with great difficulty could the unmanageable ship be brought +to clear them. Even gales, however, must have an end, and towards +morning the wind moderated, and once more they were able to steam +up close to the island. And there, between two tongues of ice off +Cape Wadworth, they landed on the steep rocks and erected a staff +bearing a tin cylinder with a further record of the voyage. By +the time this had been done the wind had fallen completely, and in +[Page 48] +the evening the ship entered a long inlet between Cape Jones and +the barrier-ice, and later turned out, of this into a smaller inlet +in the barrier-ice itself. She was now in a very well-sheltered +spot, and night, as often happened in the Antarctic regions, was +turned into day so that several seals could be killed. 'It, seemed +a terrible desecration,' Scott says, 'to come to this quiet spot +only to murder its innocent inhabitants, and stain the white snow +with blood.' But there was the best of all excuses, namely necessity, +for this massacre, because there was no guarantee that seals would +be found near the spot in which the ship wintered, and undoubtedly +the wisest plan was to make sure of necessary food. + +While the seal carcasses and some ice for the boilers were being +obtained, Scott turned in to get some rest before putting out to +sea again, and on returning to the deck at 7.30 he was told that +the work was completed, but that some five hours before Wilson, +Ferrar, Cross and Weller had got adrift of a floe, and that no one +had thought of picking them up. Although the sun had been shining +brightly all night, the temperature had been down to 18 deg., and afar +off Scott could see four disconsolate figures tramping about, and +trying to keep themselves warm on a detached floe not more than +fifteen yards across. + +When at length the wanderers scrambled over the side it was very +evident that they had a grievance, and not until they had been warmed +by hot cocoa could they talk with ease of their experiences. They +[Page 49] +had been obliged to keep constantly on the move, and when they +thought of smoking to relieve the monotony they found that they +had pipes and tobacco, but no matches. While, however, they were +dismally bemoaning this unfortunate state of affairs Wilson, who +did not smoke, came to the rescue and succeeded in producing fire +with a small pocket magnifying glass--a performance which testified +not only to Wilson's resource, but also to the power of the sun +in these latitudes. + +On the 17th the ship had to stand out farther and farther from +the land to clear the pack, and when on the 18th she arrived in +the entrance to Wood Bay it was also found to be heavily packed. A +way to the N. and N.W. the sharp peaks of Monteagle and Murchison, +among bewildering clusters of lesser summits, could be seen; across +the bay rose the magnificent bare cliff of Cape Sibbald, while +to the S.W. the eye lingered pleasantly upon the uniform outline +of Mount Melbourne. This fine mountain rears an almost perfect +volcanic cone to a height of 9,000 feet, and with no competing +height to take from its grandeur, it constitutes the most magnificent +landmark on the coast. Cape Washington, a bold, sharp headland, +projects from the foot of the mountain on its eastern side, and +finding such heavy pack in Wood Bay, Scott decided to turn to the +south to pass around this cape. + +From this point the voyage promised to be increasingly interesting, +since the coast to the south of Cape Washington was practically +unknown. Pack-ice was +[Page 50] +still a formidable obstacle, but on the 20th the _Discovery_ pushed +her way into an inlet where she met ice which had been formed inside +and but recently broken up. The ice was perfectly smooth, and as +it showed absolutely no sign of pressure there was no doubting +that this inlet would make a secure wintering harbor. Already a +latitude had been reached in which it was most desirable to find +safe winter quarters for the ship. In England many people had thought +that Wood Bay would be the most southerly spot where security was +likely to be found, but Scott had seen enough of the coast-line to +the south of that place to realize the impossibility of traveling +along it in sledges, and to convince him that if any advance to +the south was to be made, a harbor in some higher latitude must +be found. + +This inlet was afterwards named Granite Harbor, and so snug and +secure a spot was it to winter in that Scott expressed his thankfulness +that he did not yield to its allurements. 'Surrounded as we should +have been by steep and lofty hills, we could have obtained only the +most local records of climatic conditions, and our meteorological +observations would have been comparatively valueless; but the greatest +drawback would have been that we should be completely cut off from +traveling over the sea-ice beyond the mouth of our harbor.... It +is when one remembers how naturally a decision to return to this +place might have been made, that one sees how easily the results +of the expedition might have been missed.' + +[Page 51] +It was, however, consoling at the time to know that, in default +of a better place, a safe spot had been found for wintering, so +with Granite Harbor in reserve the ship again took up her battle +with the ice; and on the 21st she was in the middle of McMurdo +Sound, and creeping very slowly through the pack-ice, which appeared +from the crow's-nest to extend indefinitely ahead. They were now +within a few miles of the spot where they ultimately took up their +winter quarters, but nearly three weeks were to pass before they +returned there. 'At 8 P.M. on the 21st,' Scott says, 'we thought +we knew as much of this region as our heavy expenditure of coal +in the pack-ice would justify us in finding out, and as before +us lay the great unsolved problem of the barrier and of what lay +beyond it, we turned our course with the cry of Eastward ho!' + + + + +[Page 52] +CHAPTER III + +IN SEARCH OF WINTER QUARTERS + + Beholde I see the haven near at hand + To which I mean my wearie course to bend; + Vere the main sheet and bear up to the land + To which afore is fairly to be ken'd. + --SPENSER, Faerie Queene. + +In their journey from Cape Washington to the south something had +already been done to justify the dispatch of the expedition. A +coast-line which hitherto had been seen only at a great distance, +and reported so indefinitely that doubts were left with regard to +its continuity, had been resolved into a concrete chain of mountains; +and the positions and forms of individual heights, with the curious +ice formations and the general line of the coast, had been observed. +In short the map of the Antarctic had already received valuable +additions, and whatever was to happen in the future that, at any +rate, was all to the good. + +At 8 P.M. on the 22nd the ship arrived off the bare land to the +westward of Cape Crozier, where it was proposed to erect a post +and leave a cylinder containing an account of their doings, so +that the chain of records might be completed. After a landing had +[Page 53] +been made with some difficulty, a spot was chosen in the center +of the penguin rookery on a small cliff overlooking the sea, and +here the post was set up and anchored with numerous boulders. In +spite of every effort to mark the place, at a few hundred yards it +was almost impossible to distinguish it; but although this small +post on the side of a vast mountain looked a hopeless clue, it +eventually brought the _Morning_ into McMurdo Sound. + +While Bernacchi and Barne set up their magnetic instruments and +began the chilly task of taking observations, the others set off +in twos and threes to climb the hillside. Scott, Royds and Wilson +scrambled on until at last they reached the summit of the highest +of the adjacent volcanic cones, and were rewarded by a first view +of the Great Ice Barrier.[1] + +[Footnote 1: The immense sheet of ice, over 400 miles wide and of +still greater length.] + +'Perhaps,' Scott says, 'of all the problems which lay before us in +the south we were most keenly interested in solving the mysteries +of this great ice-mass.... For sixty years it had been discussed +and rediscussed, and many a theory had been built on the slender +foundation of fact which alone the meager information concerning it +could afford. Now for the first time this extraordinary ice-formation +was seen from above.... It was an impressive sight and the very +vastness of what lay at our feet seemed to add to our sense of +its mystery.' + +Early on the 23rd they started to steam along the +[Page 54] +ice-face of the barrier; and in order that nothing should be missed +it was arranged that the ship should continue to skirt close to the +ice-cliff, that the officers of the watch should repeatedly observe +and record its height, and that three times in the twenty-four +hours the ship should be stopped and a sounding taken. In this +manner a comparatively accurate survey of the northern limit of +the barrier was made. + +On steaming along the barrier it was found that although they were +far more eager to gain new information than to prove that old +information was incorrect, a very strong case soon began to arise +against the Parry Mountains, which Ross had described as 'probably +higher than we have yet seen'; and later on it was known with absolute +certainty that these mountains did not exist. This error on the part +of such a trustworthy and cautious observer, Scott ascribes to +the fact that Ross, having exaggerated the height of the barrier, +was led to suppose that anything seen over it at a distance must +be of great altitude. 'But,' he adds, 'whatever the cause, the +facts show again how deceptive appearances may be and how easily +errors may arise. In fact, as I have said before, one cannot always +afford to trust the evidence of one's own eyes.' Though the ship +was steaming along this ice-wall for several days, the passage was +not in the least monotonous, because new variations were continually +showing themselves, and all of them had to be carefully observed and +recorded. This work continued for several days until, on January +29, they arrived at a particularly interesting place, to +[Page 55] +the southward and eastward of the extreme position reached by Ross +in 1842. From that position he had reported a strong appearance +of land to the southeast, and consequently all eyes were directed +over the icy cliffs in that direction. But although the afternoon +was bright and clear, nothing from below or from aloft could be +seen, and the only conclusion to be made was that the report was +based on yet another optical illusion. + +But in spite of the disappointment at being unable to report that +Ross's 'appearance of land' rested on solid foundations, there was +on the afternoon of the 29th an indescribable sense of impending +change. 'We all felt that the plot was thickening, and we could not +fail to be inspirited by the fact that we had not so far encountered +the heavy pack-ice which Ross reported in this region, and that +consequently we were now sailing in an open sea into an unknown +world.' + +The course lay well to the northward of east, and the change came at +8 P.M. when suddenly the ice-cliff turned to the east, and becoming +more and more irregular continued in that direction for about five +miles, when again it turned sharply to the north. Into the deep bay +thus formed they ran, and as the ice was approached they saw at +once that it was unlike anything yet seen. The ice-foot descended +to various heights of ten or twenty feet above the water, and behind +it the snow surface rose in long undulating slopes to rounded ridges, +the heights of which could only be guessed. Whatever doubt remained +in their minds that this was snow-covered land, a sounding of 100 +fathoms quickly removed it. + +[Page 56] +But what a land! On the swelling mounds of snow above them there +was not one break, not a feature to give definition to the hazy +outline. No scene could have been more perfectly devised to produce +optical illusions. And then, while there was so much to observe, +a thick fog descended, and blotted out all hope of seeing what +lay beyond the ice-foot. During the afternoon of January 30 the +fog was less dense, but still no sign of bare land could be seen, +and it was not until the bell had sounded for the evening meal that +two or three little black patches, which at first were mistaken +for detached cloud, appeared. 'We gazed idly enough at them till +someone remarked that he did not believe they were clouds; then all +glasses were leveled; assertions and contradictions were numerous, +until the small black patches gradually assumed more and more definite +shape, and all agreed that at last we were looking at real live +rock, the actual substance of our newly discovered land.... It is +curious to reflect now on the steps which led us to the discovery +of King Edward's Land, and the chain of evidence which came to us +before the actual land itself was seen: at first there had been +the shallow soundings, and the sight of gently rising snow-slopes, +of which, in the nature of things, one is obliged to retain a doubt; +then the steeper broken slopes of snow, giving a contrast to convey +a surer evidence to the eye; and, finally the indubitable land +itself, but even then surrounded with such mystery as to leave us +far from complete satisfaction with our discovery.' + +[Page 57] +The temptation to push farther and farther to the east was almost +irresistible, but with the young ice forming rapidly around them, +Scott, on February 1, decided to return, and on their way back +along the barrier they experienced much lower temperatures than +on the outward journey. During the return journey they landed on +the barrier, and on February 4 preparations for a balloon ascent +were made. 'The honour,' Scott says, 'of being the first aeronaut to +make an ascent in the Antarctic Regions, perhaps somewhat selfishly, +I chose for myself, and I may further confess that in so doing +I was contemplating the first ascent I had made in any region, +and as I swayed about in what appeared a very inadequate basket +and gazed down on the rapidly diminishing figures below, I felt +some doubt as to whether I had been wise in my choice.' + +If, however, this ascent was not altogether enjoyed by the aeronaut, +it, at any rate, gave him considerable information about the barrier +surface towards the south; and, to his surprise, he discovered +that instead of the continuous level plain that he had expected, +it continued in a series of long undulations running approximately +east and west, or parallel to the barrier surface. Later on, however, +when the sledge-party taken out by Armitage returned, they reported +that these undulations were not gradual as had been supposed from +the balloon, but that the crest of each wave was flattened into a +long plateau, from which the descent into the succeeding valley +was comparatively sharp. On the evening of the 4th they put out +[Page 58] +to sea again, and on the 8th they were once more in McMurdo Sound, +with high hopes that they would soon find a sheltered nook in which +the _Discovery_ could winter safely, and from which the sledge-parties +could set forth upon the task of exploring the vast new world around +them. + +Without any delay they set out to examine their immediate surroundings, +and found a little bay which promised so well for the winter that +Scott's determination to remain in this region was at once strengthened. +The situation, however, was surrounded with difficulties, for although +the ice had broken far afield it refused to move out of the small +bay on which they had looked with such eager eyes; consequently +they were forced to cling to the outskirts of the bay with their +ice-anchors, in depths that were too great to allow the large anchors +to be dropped to the bottom. The weather also was troublesome, +for after the ship had lain quietly during several hours a sudden +squall would fling her back on her securing ropes, and, uprooting +the ice-anchors, would ultimately send her adrift. + +In spite, however, of the difficulty of keeping the ship in position, +steady progress was made with the work on shore, and this consisted +mainly in erecting the various huts which had been brought in pieces. +The original intention had been that the _Discovery_ should not +winter in the Antarctic, but should land a small party and turn +northward before the season closed, and for this party a large hut +had been carried south. But even when it had been decided to keep the +[Page 59] +ship as a home, it was obvious that a shelter on shore must be +made before exploring parties could be safely sent away; since +until the ship was frozen in a heavy gale might have driven her off +her station for several days, if not altogether. In seeking winter +quarters so early in February, Scott had been firmly convinced that +the season was closing in. 'With no experience to guide us, our +opinion could only be based on the very severe and unseasonable +conditions which we had met with to the east. But now to our +astonishment we could see no sign of a speedy freezing of the bay; +the summer seemed to have taken a new lease, and for several weeks +the fast sea-ice continued to break silently and to pass quietly +away to the north in large floes.' + +In addition to the erection of the main hut, two small huts which +had been brought for the magnetic instruments had to be put together. +The parts of these were, of course, numbered, but the wood was +so badly warped that Dailey, the carpenter, had to use a lot of +persuasion before the joints would fit. + +On February 14 Scott wrote in his diary: 'We have landed all the +dogs, and their kennels are ranged over the hillside below the +huts.... It is surprising what a number of things have to be done, +and what an unconscionable time it takes to do them. The hut-building +is slow work, and much of our time has been taken in securing the +ship.... Names have been given to the various landmarks in our +vicinity. The end of our peninsula is to be called "Cape Armitage," +after our excellent navigator. The sharp hill above it +[Page 60] +is to be "Observation Hill."... Next comes the "Gap," through which +we can cross the peninsula at a comparatively low level. North +of the "Gap" are "Crater Heights," and the higher volcanic peak +beyond is to be "Crater Hill"; it is 1,050 feet in height. Our +protecting promontory is to be "Hut Point," with "Arrival Bay" on +the north and "Winter Quarter Bay" on the south; above "Arrival +Bay" are the "Arrival Heights," which continue with breaks for +about three miles to a long snow-slope, beyond which rises the most +conspicuous landmark on our peninsula, a high, precipitous-sided +rock with a flat top, which has been dubbed "Castle Rock"; it is +1,350 feet in height. + +'In spite of the persistent wind, away up the bay it is possible +to get some shelter, and here we take our ski exercise.... Skelton +is by far the best of the officers, though possibly some of the +men run him close.' + +On the 19th the first small reconnoitering sledge party went out, +and on their return three days later they were so excited by their +experiences that some time passed before they could answer the +questions put to them. Although the temperature had not been severe +they had nearly got into serious trouble by continuing their march +in a snowstorm, and when they did stop to camp they were so exhausted +that frost-bites were innumerable. The tent had been difficult to +get up, and all sorts of trouble with the novel cooking apparatus +had followed. 'It is strange now,' Scott wrote three years later, +'to look back on +[Page 61] +these first essays at sledding, and to see how terribly hampered +we were by want of experience.' + +By February 26 the main hut was practically finished, and as a +quantity of provisions and oil, with fifteen tons of coal, had been +landed, the ship could be left without anxiety, and arrangements for +the trip, which Scott hoped to lead himself, were pushed forward. +The object of this journey was to try and reach the record at Cape +Crozier over the barrier, and to leave a fresh communication there +with details of the winter quarters. On the following day, however, +Scott damaged his right knee while skiing, and had to give up all +idea of going to Cape Crozier. 'I already foresaw how much there +was to be learnt if we were to do good sledding work in the spring, +and to miss such an opportunity of gaining experience was terribly +trying; however, there was nothing to be done but to nurse my wounded +limb and to determine that never again would I be so rash as to +run hard snow-slopes on ski.' + +By March 4 the preparation of the sledge party was completed. The +party consisted of four officers, Royds, Koettlitz, Skelton and +Barne, and eight men, and was divided into two teams, each pulling +a single sledge and each assisted by four dogs. But again the want +of experience was badly felt, and in every respect the lack of system +was apparent. Though each requirement might have been remembered, all +were packed in a confused mass, and, to use a sailor's expression, +'everything was on top and nothing handy.' +[Page 62] +Once more Scott comments upon this lack of experience: 'On looking +back I am only astonished that we bought that experience so cheaply, +for clearly there were the elements of catastrophe as well as of +discomfort in the disorganized condition in which our first sledge +parties left the ship.' + +The days following the departure of the sledge party were exceptionally +fine, but on Tuesday, March 11, those on board the ship woke to +find the wind blowing from the east; and in the afternoon the wind +increased, and the air was filled with thick driving snow. This +Tuesday was destined to be one of the blackest days spent by the +expedition in the Antarctic, but no suspicion that anything untoward +had happened to the sledge party arose until, at 8.30 P.M., there +was a report that four men were walking towards the ship. Then the +sense of trouble was immediate, and the first disjointed sentences +of the newcomers were enough to prove that disasters had occurred. +The men, as they emerged from their thick clothing, were seen to +be Wild, Weller, Heald and Plumley, but until Scott had called +Wild, who was the most composed of the party, aside, he could not +get any idea of what had actually happened, and even Wild was too +exhausted, and excited to give anything but a meager account. + +Scott, however, did manage to discover that a party of nine, In +charge of Barne, had been sent back, and early in the day had reached +the crest of the hills somewhere by Castle Rock. In addition, Wild +told him, to the four who had returned, the party had +[Page 63] +consisted of Barne, Quartley, Evans, Hare and Vince. They had thought +that they were quite close to the ship, and when the blizzard began +they had left their tents and walked towards her supposed position. +Then they found themselves on a steep slope and tried to keep close +together, but it was impossible to see anything. Suddenly Hare +had disappeared, and a few minutes after Evans went. Barne and +Quartley had left them to try to find out what had become of Evans, +and neither of them had come back, though they waited. Afterwards +they had gone on, and had suddenly found themselves at the edge +of a precipice with the sea below; Vince had shot past over the +edge. Wild feared all the others must be lost; he was sure Vince had +gone. Could he guide a search party to the scene of the accident? +He thought he could--at any rate he would like to try. + +The information was little enough but it was something on which +to act, and though the first disastrous news had not been brought +until 8.30 P.M. the relieving party had left the ship before 9 +P.M. Owing to his knee Scott could not accompany the party, and +Armitage took charge of it. + +Subsequently the actual story of the original sledge party was +known, and the steps that led to the disaster could be traced. +On their outward journey they had soon come to very soft snow, +and after three days of excessive labour Royds had decided that +the only chance of making progress was to use snow-shoes; but +unfortunately there were only three pairs of ski +[Page 64] +with the party, and Royds resolved to push on to Cape Crozier with +Koettlitz and Skelton, and to send the remainder back in charge +of Barne. + +The separation took place on the 9th, and on the 11th the returning +party, having found an easier route than on their way out, were +abreast of Castle Rock. Scarcely, however, had they gained the +top of the ridge about half a mile south-west of Castle Rock, when +a blizzard came on and the tents were hastily pitched. + +'We afterwards weathered many a gale,' Scott says, 'in our staunch +little tents, whilst their canvas sides flapped thunderously hour +after hour.... But to this party the experience was new; they expected +each gust that swept down on them would bear the tents bodily away, +and meanwhile the chill air crept through their leather boots and +ill-considered clothing, and continually some frost-bitten limb +had to be nursed back to life.' + +At ordinary times hot tea or cocoa would have revived their spirits, +but now the cooking apparatus was out of order, and taking everything +into consideration it was small wonder that they resolved to make +for the ship, which they believed to be only a mile or so distant. + +'Before leaving,' Barne wrote in his report, 'I impressed on the +men, as strongly as I could, the importance of keeping together, as +it was impossible to distinguish any object at a greater distance +than ten yards on account of the drifting snow.' But after they +had struggled a very short distance, Hare, who +[Page 65] +had been at the rear of the party, was reported to be missing, +and soon afterwards Evans 'stepped back on a patch of bare smooth +ice, fell, and shot out of sight immediately.' + +Then Barne, having cautioned his men to remain where they were, +sat down and deliberately started to slide in Evans's track. In +a moment the slope grew steeper, and he was going at such a pace +that all power to check himself had gone. In the mad rush he had +time to wonder vaguely what would come next, and then his flight was +arrested, and he stood up to find Evans within a few feet of him. +They had scarcely exchanged greetings when the figure of Quartley +came hurtling down upon them from the gloom, for he had started on +the same track, and had been swept down in the same breathless +and alarming manner. To return by the way they had come down was +impossible, and so they decided to descend, but within four paces +of the spot at which they had been brought to rest, they found +that the slope ended suddenly in a steep precipice, beyond which +nothing but clouds of snow could be seen. For some time after this +they sat huddled together, forlornly hoping that the blinding drift +would cease, but at last they felt that whatever happened they +must keep on the move, and groping their way to the right they +realized that the sea was at their feet, and that they had been +saved from it by a patch of snow almost on the cornice of the cliff. +Presently a short break in the storm enabled them to see Castle +Rock above their heads, and slowly making their way +[Page 66] +up the incline, they sought the shelter of a huge boulder; and there, +crouched together, they remained for several hours. + +Meanwhile the party had remained in obedience to orders at the +head of the slope, and had shouted again and again in the lulls +of the whirling storm. But after waiting for a long time they felt +that something was amiss, and that it was hopeless to remain where +they were. 'As usual on such occasions,' Scott says, 'the leading +spirit came to the fore, and the five who now remained submitted +themselves to the guidance of Wild, and followed him in single file +as he again struck out in the direction in which they supposed the +ship to lie.' In this manner they descended for about 500 yards, +until Wild suddenly saw the precipice beneath his feet, and far +below, through the wreathing snow, the sea. He sprang back with +a cry of warning, but in an instant Vince had flashed past and +disappeared. + +Then, horror-stricken and dazed, they vaguely realized that at all +costs they must ascend the slope down which they had just come. All +of them spoke afterwards of that ascent with horror, and wondered +how it had ever been made. They could only hold themselves by the +soles of their boots, and to slip to their knees meant inevitably +to slide backwards towards the certain fate below. Literally their +lives depended on each foothold. Wild alone had a few light nails +in his boots, and to his great credit he used this advantage to +give a helping hand in turn to each +[Page 67] +of his companions. When, after desperate exertions, they did reach +the top of the slope their troubles were not finished, for they +were still ignorant of the position of the ship. Wild, however, +again took the lead, and it was largely due to him that the party +eventually saw the ship looming through the whirl of snow. 'It +is little wonder that after such an experience they should have +been, as I have mentioned, both excited and tired.' + +The hours following the departure of Armitage and his search party +on this fatal night were unforgettable. Scott, hatefully conscious +of his inability to help on account of his injured leg, admits +that he could not think of any further means to render assistance, +but he says, 'as was always my experience in the _Discovery_, my +companions were never wanting in resource.' Soon the shrill screams +of the siren were echoing among the hills, and in ten minutes after +the suggestion had been made, a whaler was swinging alongside ready +to search the cliffs on the chance of finding Vince. + +But for Scott and those who had to wait inactively on board there +was nothing to do but stand and peer through the driving snow, and +fully three hours passed before there was a hail from without, +and Ferrar appeared leading three of the lost--Barne, Evans and +Quartley. An hour later the main search party returned, having +done all that men could do in such weather. A more complete search +was impossible, but it had to be admitted that the chance of seeing +[Page 68] +Hare or Vince again was very small. Sadly it had to be realized +that two men were almost certainly lost, but there was also no +disguising the fact that a far greater tragedy might have happened. +Indeed, it seemed miraculous that any of the party were alive to +tell the tale, and had not Barne, Evans and Quartley heard the +faint shrieks of the siren, and in response to its welcome sound +made one more effort to save themselves, the sledge party would +in all probability not have found them. All three of them were +badly frost-bitten, and one of Barne's hands was in such a serious +condition that for many days it was thought that his fingers would +have to be amputated. + +The end of this story, however, is not yet told, for on March 13 +Scott wrote in his diary: 'A very extraordinary thing has happened. +At 10 A.M. a figure was seen descending the hillside. At first we +thought it must be some one who had been for an early walk; but +it was very soon seen that the figure was walking weakly, and, +immediately after, the men who were working in the hut were seen +streaming out towards it. In a minute or two we recognized the figure +as that of young Hare, and in less than five he was on board.... We +soon discovered that though exhausted, weak, and hungry, he was in +full possession of his faculties and quite free from frost-bites. +He went placidly off to sleep whilst objecting to the inadequacy +of a milk diet.' + +Later on Hare, who like Vince had been wearing fur boots, explained +that he had left his companions +[Page 69] +to return to the sledges and get some leather boots, and had imagined +that the others understood what he intended to do. Soon after he had +started back he was wandering backwards and forwards, and knew that +he was walking aimlessly to and fro. The last thing he remembered +was making for a patch of rock where he hoped to find shelter, and +there he must have lain in the snow for thirty-six hours, though +he required a lot of persuasion before he could be convinced of +this. When he awoke he found himself covered with snow, but on +raising himself he recognized Crater Hill and other landmarks, +and realized exactly where the ship lay. Then he started towards +her, but until his intense stiffness wore off he was obliged to +travel upon his hands and knees. + +But though Hare was safe, Vince was undoubtedly gone. 'Finally +and sadly we had to resign ourselves to the loss of our shipmate, +and the thought was grievous to all.... Life was a bright thing +to him, and it is something to think that death must have come +quickly in the grip of that icy sea.' + +This fatal mishap naturally caused increased anxiety about the +three men who had gone on, and anxiety was not diminished when, +on the 19th, Skelton was seen coming down, the hill alone. The +others, however, were close behind him, and all three of them were +soon safely on board. + +On the 15th Royds had been compelled to abandon the attempt to +reach the record at Cape Crozier, but he did not turn back until +it was evident that a better +[Page 70] +equipped party with more favorable weather would easily get to +it. On comparing notes with his party, Scott recognized what a +difference there might be in the weather conditions of places within +easy reach of the ship, and not only in temperature but also in +the force and direction of the wind. It had not occurred to anyone +that within such a short distance of the ship any large difference +of temperature was probable, and as the summer was barely over, +Royds, Koettlitz and Skelton had only taken a light wolf-skin fur +suit for night-wear. This, however, had proved totally inadequate +when the thermometer fell to -42 deg., and on the night of the 16th +uncontrollable paroxysms of shivering had prevented them from getting +any sleep. The value of proper clothing and the wisdom of being +prepared for the unexpected rigors of such a fickle climate, were +two of the lessons learnt from the experiences of the Cape Crozier +party. + +As the days of March went by Scott began really to wonder whether +the sea ever intended to freeze over satisfactorily, and at such an +advanced date there were many drawbacks in this unexpected state of +affairs. Until the ship was frozen in, the security of their position +was very doubtful; economy of coal had long since necessitated the +extinction of fires in the boilers, and if a heavy gale drove the +ship from her shelter, steam could only be raised with difficulty +and after the lapse of many hours. There was, too, the possibility +that the ship, if once driven off, would not be able to return, +and so it was obviously unsafe +[Page 71] +to send a large party away from her, because if she went adrift +most of them would be needed. + +Another annoying circumstance was that until they had a solid sheet +of ice around them they could neither set up the meteorological +screen, nor, in short, carry out any of the routine scientific +work which was such an important object of the expedition. + +At this time Scott was eager to make one more sledding effort before +the winter set in. The ostensible reason was to layout a depot +of provisions to the south in preparation for the spring, but 'a +more serious purpose was to give himself and those who had not been +away already a practical insight into the difficulties of sledge +traveling. But as this party would have to include the majority of +those on board, he was forced to wait until the ship was firmly +fixed, and it may be said that the _Discovery_ was as reluctant to +freeze-in as she was difficult to get out when once the process +had been completed. + +On March 28, however, Scott was able to write in his diary: 'The +sea is at last frozen over, and if this weather lasts the ice should +become firm enough to withstand future gales. We have completed +the packing of our sledges, though I cannot say I am pleased with +their appearance; the packing is not neat enough, and we haven't +got anything like a system.' + +Three days later a party of twelve, divided into two teams, each +with a string of sledges and nine dogs, made a start. Their loads +were arranged on the theory +[Page 72] +of 200 lbs. to each man, and 100 lbs. to each dog, but they very +quickly discovered that the dogs were not going to have anything +to do with such a theory as this. The best of them would only pull +about 50 lbs., and some of the others had practically to be pulled. + +Later on Scott learned that it was a bad plan to combine men and +dogs on a sledge, because the dogs have their own pace and manner +of pulling, and neither of these is adapted to the unequal movement +caused by the swing of marching men. And on this occasion another +reason for the inefficiency of the dogs was that they were losing +their coats, and had but little protection against the bitterly +cold wind. 'As a matter of fact, our poor dogs suffered a great +deal from their poorly clothed condition during the next week or +two, and we could do little to help them; but Nature seemed to +realize the mistake, and came quickly to the rescue: the new coats +grew surprisingly fast, and before the winter had really settled +down on us all the animals were again enveloped in their normally +thick woolly covering. + +The refusal of the dogs to work on this trip meant that the men +had to do far more than their share, and from the first they had +no chance of carrying out their intentions. Each hour, however, +was an invaluable experience, and when a return was made to the +ship Scott was left with much food for thought. 'In one way or +another each journey had been a failure; we had little or nothing +to show for our labours. The errors were patent; food, clothing, +everything was +[Page 73] +wrong, the whole system was bad. It was clear that there would +have to be a thorough reorganization before the spring, and it +was well to think that before us lay a long winter in which this +might be effected.' + +But in a sense even these failures were successful, for everyone +resolved to profit by the mistakes that had been made and the experience +that had been gained, and the successful sledge journeys subsequently +made in the spring were largely due to the failures of the autumn. + + + + +[Page 74] +CHAPTER IV + +THE POLAR WINTER + + The cold ice slept below, + Above the cold sky shone, + And all around + With a chilling sound + From caves of ice and fields of snow + The breath of night like death did flow + Beneath the sinking moon.--SHELLEY. + +The sun was due to depart before the end of April, and so no time +could be wasted if the outside work, which had been delayed by +the tardy formation of the ice-sheet, was to be completed before +the daylight vanished. + +One of the most urgent operations was to get up the meteorological +screen, which had been made under the superintendence of Royds. +The whole of this rather elaborate erection was, placed about 100 +yards astern of the ship, and consequently in a direction which, +with the prevalent south-easterly winds, would be to windward of +her. To obtain a complete record of meteorological observations +was one of the most important scientific objects of the expedition, +and it was decided that the instruments should be read and recorded +every two hours. Consequently in calm or storm +[Page 75] +some member of the community had to be on the alert, and every +other hour to make the rounds of the various instruments. On a +fine night this was no great hardship, but in stormy weather the +task was not coveted by anyone. On such occasions it was necessary +to be prepared to resist the wind and snowdrift, and the round +itself was often full of exasperating annoyances. In fact the trials +and tribulations of the meteorological observers were numerous, +and it was arranged that throughout the winter each officer should +take it in turn to make the night observations from 10 P.M. to 6 +A.M. Wilson nobly offered always to take the 8 A.M. observation, +but the lion's share of the work fell on Royds himself, since besides +taking his share of the night work he also, throughout the first +winter and a great part of the second, took all the observations +between 10 A.M. and 10 P.M. + +The magnetic huts and all that appertained to them were Bernacchi's +special business, and many times daily he was to be seen journeying +to and fro in attendance upon his precious charge. The general +reader may well ask why so much trouble should be taken to ascertain +small differences in the earth's magnetism, and he can scarcely be +answered in a few words. Broadly speaking, however, the earth is +a magnet, and its magnetism is constantly changing. But why it is +a magnet, or indeed what magnetism may be, is unknown, and obviously +the most hopeful way of finding an explanation of a phenomenon is +to study it. For many reasons the _Discovery_'s winter station in the +[Page 76] +Antarctic was an especially suitable place in which to record the +phenomenon of magnetism. + +Besides establishing the routine of scientific work many preparations +had to be made for the comfort and well-being of the ship during +the winter, and long before the sun had disappeared the little +company had settled down to a regular round of daily life. + +Later in the year Scott wrote in his diary: 'The day's routine for +the officers gives four clear hours before tea and three after; +during these hours all without exception are busily employed except +for the hour or more devoted to exercise.... It would be difficult +to say who is the most diligent, but perhaps the palm would be +given to Wilson, who is always at work; every rough sketch made +since we started is reproduced in an enlarged and detailed form, +until we now possess a splendid pictorial representation of the +whole coastline of Victoria Land.... At home many no doubt will +remember the horrible depression of spirit that has sometimes been +pictured as a pendant to the long polar night. We cannot even claim +to be martyrs in this respect; with plenty of work the days pass +placidly and cheerfully.' + +Nearly seven months before Scott wrote in this cheerful spirit of +the winter, he had expressed himself warmly about those who were +to spend it with him. 'I have,' he said in a letter dispatched +from Port Chalmers on the voyage out, 'the greatest admiration for +the officers and men, and feel that their allegiance to me is a +thing assured. Our little society in the +[Page 77] +wardroom is governed by a spirit of good fellowship and patience +which is all that the heart of man could desire; I am everlastingly +glad to be one of the company and not forced to mess apart.... The +absence of friction and the fine comradeship displayed throughout +is beyond even my best expectation.' + +This spirit of good-fellowship and give-and-take was a remarkable +feature of life during the time spent in the _Discovery_, and the +only man Scott had a word to say against was the cook. 'We shipped +him at the last moment in New Zealand, when our trained cook became +too big for his boots, and the exchange was greatly for the worse; +I am afraid he is a thorough knave, but what is even worse, he +is dirty--an unforgivable crime in a cook.' + +Under such circumstances it is obvious that tempers might have +been overstrained, and apart from the sins of the cook the weather +was unexpectedly troublesome. Almost without exception the North +Polar winter has been recorded as a period of quiescence, but in +the Antarctic the wind blew with monotonous persistency, and calm +days were very few and far between. Nevertheless Scott had little +reason to change his original opinion about his companions, all of +whom were prepared to put up with some unavoidable discomforts, +and to make the best of a long job. + +During the winter a very regular weekly routine was kept up, each +day having its special food and its special tasks. The week's work +ended on Friday, and Saturday was devoted to 'clean ship,' the +officers doing +[Page 78] +their share of the scrubbing. In the forenoon the living-spaces +were thoroughly cleaned, holes and corners were searched, and while +the tub and scrubber held sway the deck became a 'snipe marsh.' +At this time the holds also were cleared up, the bilges pumped +out, the upper deck was 'squared up,' and a fresh layer of clean +snow was sprinkled over that which had been soiled by the traffic +of the week. Then a free afternoon for all hands followed, and +after dinner in the wardroom the toast was the time-honoured one +of 'Sweethearts and Wives.' + +On Sunday a different garment was put on, not necessarily a newer or +a cleaner one, the essential point being that it should be different +from that which had been worn during the week. By 9.30 the decks +had been cleared up, the tables and shelves tidied, and the first +lieutenant reported 'All ready for rounds.' A humble imitation of +the usual man-of-war walk-round Sunday inspection followed, and +Scott had the greatest faith in this system of routine, not only +because it had a most excellent effect on the general discipline and +cleanliness of the ship, but also because it gave an opportunity +to raise and discuss each new arrangement that was made to increase +the comfort of all on board. + +After this inspection of both ship and men, the mess-deck was prepared +for church; harmonium, reading-desk and chairs were all placed +according to routine, and the bell was tolled. Scott read the service, +Koettlitz the lessons, and Royds played the harmonium. + +[Page 79] +Service over, all stood off for the day and looked forward to the +feast of mutton which was limited to Sunday. 'By using it thus +sparingly the handsome gift of the New Zealand farmers should last +us till the early spring. But it is little use to think of the +sad day when it will fail; for the present I must confess that +we always take an extra walk to make quite sure of our appetites +on Sunday.' + +On June 23 the festival of mid-winter was celebrated, and the mess-deck +was decorated with designs in coloured papers and festooned with +chains and ropes of the same materials. Among the messes there was +a great contest to have the best decorations, and some astonishing +results were achieved with little more than brightly coloured papers, +a pair of scissors and a pot of paste. On each table stood a grotesque +figure or fanciful erection of ice, which was cunningly lighted up +by candles from within and sent out shafts of sparkling light. +'If,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'the light-hearted scenes of to-day +can end the first period of our captivity, what room for doubt +is there that we shall triumphantly weather the whole term with +the same general happiness and contentment?' + +During the winter months the _South Polar Times_, edited by Shackleton, +appeared regularly, and was read with interest and amusement by +everyone. At first it had been decided that each number should +contain, besides the editorial, a summary of the events and +meteorological conditions of the past month, some scientifically +instructive articles dealing with the work +[Page 80] +and surroundings, and others written in a lighter vein; but, as the +scheme developed, it was found that such features as caricatures +and acrostics could be added. One of the pleasantest points in +connection with the _Times_ was that the men contributed as well as +the officers; in fact some of the best, and quite the most amusing, +articles were written by the occupants of the mess-deck. But beyond +all else the journal owed its excellence to Wilson, who produced +drawings that deserved--and ultimately obtained--a far wider +appreciation than could be given to them in the Antarctic. So great +was the desire to contribute to the first number of the _S. P. T._ +that the editor's box was crammed with manuscripts by the time +the date for sending in contributions had arrived. From these there +was no difficulty in making a selection, but as there was also some +danger of hurting the feelings of those whose contributions had +been rejected, a supplementary journal named _The Blizzard_ was +produced. This publication, however, had but a brief career, for +in spite of some good caricatures and a very humorous frontispiece +by Barne, it was so inferior to the _S. P. T._ that even its +contributors realized that their mission in life did not lie in +the paths of literary composition. _The Blizzard_, in short, served +its purpose, and then ceased to exist. + +In considering the arrangements to make the ship comfortable during +the dark months, the question of artificial light was as difficult as +it was important. Paraffin had from the first been suggested as the most +[Page 81] +suitable illuminant, its main disadvantage being that it is not +a desirable oil to carry in quantities in a ship. 'Our luckiest +find,' Scott says, 'was perhaps the right sort of lamp in which to +burn this oil. Fortunately an old Arctic explorer, Captain Egerton, +presented me with a patent lamp in which the draught is produced +by a fan worked by clockwork mechanism, and no chimney is needed. +One can imagine the great mortality there would be in chimneys +if we were obliged to employ them, so that when, on trial, this +lamp was found to give an excellent light, others of the same sort +were purchased, and we now use them exclusively in all parts of +the ship with extremely satisfactory results.' + +There was, however, a still brighter illuminant within their reach +in the shape of acetylene, but not until it became certain that +they would have to spend a second winter in the Antarctic, did +their thoughts fly to the calcium carbide which had been provided +for the hut, and which they had not previously thought of using. +'In this manner the darkness of our second winter was relieved by +a light of such brilliancy that all could pursue their occupations +by the single burner placed in each compartment. I lay great stress +on this, because I am confident that this is in every way the best +illuminant that can be taken for a Polar winter, and no future +expedition should fail to supply themselves with it.' + +As has already been said, the meteorological observations had to +be read and recorded every two hours, and on July 21 Scott gave +in his diary a full and +[Page 82] +graphic account of the way he occupied himself during his 'night +on.' 'Each of us has his own way of passing the long, silent hours. +My own custom is to devote some of it to laundry-work, and I must +confess I make a very poor fist of it. However, with a bath full +of hot water, I commence pretty regularly after the ten o'clock +observation, and labour away until my back aches. There is little +difficulty with the handkerchiefs, socks and such-like articles, +but when it comes to thick woolen vests and pajamas, I feel ready +to own my incapacity; one always seems to be soaping and rubbing +at the same place, and one is forced to wonder at the area of stuff +which it takes to cover a comparatively small body. My work is +never finished by midnight, but I generally pretend that it is, +and after taking the observations for that hour, return to wring +everything out. I am astonished to find that even this is no light +task; as one wrings out one end the water seems to fly to the other; +then I hang some heavy garment on a hook and wring until I can wring +no more; but even so, after it has been hung for a few minutes +on the wardroom clothes-line, it will begin to drip merrily on +the floor, and I have to tackle it afresh. I shall always have +a high respect for laundry-work in future, but I do not think it +can often have to cope with such thick garments as we wear. + +'Washing over, one can devote oneself to pleasanter occupations. +The night-watchman is always allowed a box of sardines, which are +scarce enough to be a great luxury, and is provided with tea or +cocoa and a spirit-lamp. +[Page 83] +Everyone has his own ideas as to how sardines should be prepared... +and I scarcely like to record that there is a small company of +_gourmets_, who actually wake one another up in order that the +night-watchman may present his fellow epicures with a small finger +of buttered toast, on which are poised two sardines "done to a +turn." The awakened sleeper devours the dainty morsel, grunts his +satisfaction, and goes placidly off into dreamland again. + +'I find that after my labours at the wash-tub and the pleasing supper +that follows, I can safely stretch myself out in a chair without +fear of being overcome by sleep, and so, with the ever-soothing pipe +and one's latest demand on the library book-shelves, one settles +down in great peace and contentment whilst keeping an eye on the +flying hours, ready to sally forth into the outer darkness at the +appointed time. + +'The pleasure or pain of that periodic journey is of course entirely +dependent on the weather. On a fine night it may be quite a pleasure, +but when, as is more common, the wind is sweeping past the ship, +the observer is often subjected to exasperating difficulties, and +to conditions when his conscience must be at variance with his +inclination. + +'Sometimes the lantern will go out at the screen, and he is forced +to return on board to light it; sometimes it will refuse to shine on +the thin threads of mercury of the thermometer until it is obvious +that his proximity has affected the reading, and he is forced to +stand off until it has again fallen to the air temperature.... +[Page 84] +These and many other difficulties in taking observations which may +be in themselves valueless are met in the right spirit. I think +we all appreciate that they are part of a greater whole whose value +must stand or fall by attention to detail.' + +At the end of July a most unpleasant fact had to be faced in a +mishap to the boats. Early in the winter they had been hoisted +out to give more room for the awning, and had been placed in a +line about a hundred yards from the ice-foot on the sea-ice. The +earliest gale drifted them up nearly gunwale high, and thus for +the next two months they remained in sight. But then another gale +brought more snow, and was so especially generous with it in the +neighborhood of the boats, that they were afterwards found to be +buried three or four feet beneath the surface. With no feelings +of anxiety, but rather to provide occupation, Scott ordered the +snow on the top of them to be removed, and not until the first +boat had been reached was the true state of affairs revealed. She +was found lying in a mass of slushy ice with which she was nearly +filled, and though for a moment there was a wild hope that she +could be pulled up, this soon vanished; for the air temperature +promptly converted the slush into hardened ice, and so she was +stuck fast. + +Nothing more could be done at that time to recover the boats, because +as fast as the sodden ice could be dug out, more sea-water would +have come in and frozen. But to try and prevent bad going to worse +before the summer brought hope with it, parties were +[Page 85] +engaged day after day in digging away at the snow covering, and in +the course of months many tons must have been removed. The danger +was that fresh gales bringing more snow might have sunk the boats +so far below the surface that they could never be recovered, and +after each gale the diggers were naturally despondent, as to all +appearances they had to begin all over again. The prospect, however, +of having to leave the Antarctic without a single boat in the ship, +and also the feeling that so much labour must tell in the end, spurred +on the diggers to renewed vigour, but it was not until December +that the boats were finally liberated. + +Early in August another gale with blinding drift was responsible +for an experience to Bernacchi and Skelton that once again emphasized +the bewildering effect of a blizzard. They were in the smaller +compartment of the main hut completing a set of pendulum observations, +while Royds was in the larger compartment--the hut was used for +many and various purposes--rehearsing his nigger minstrel troupe. +Either because nigger minstrelsy and scientific work did not go +hand in hand, or because their work was finished, Bernacchi and +Skelton, soon after the rehearsal began, left the hut to return +to the ship. Fully an hour and a half afterwards Royds and his +troupe, numbering more than a dozen, started back, and found that +the gale had increased and that the whirling snow prevented them +from seeing anything. Being, however, in such numbers, they were +able to join hands and sweep along until they caught the guide-rope +leading to the gangway; +[Page 86] +and then as they traveled along it they heard feeble shouts, and +again extending their line suddenly fell upon Bernacchi and Skelton, +who, having entirely lost their bearings, had been reduced to shouting +on the chance of being heard and rescued. + +The hut was scarcely 200 yards from the ship, and the latter was not +only a comparatively big object but was surrounded by guide-ropes and +other means of direction, which if encountered would have informed +the wanderers of their position. Additionally Bernacchi and Skelton +could be trusted to take the most practical course in any difficulty, +and so it seems the more incredible that they could actually have +been lost for two hours. Both of them were severely frostbitten +about the face and legs, but bitter as their experience was it +served as yet another warning to those who were to go sledding +in the spring that no risks could be taken in such a capricious +climate. Had not Royds been rehearsing his troupe on this occasion +the results to Bernacchi and Skelton must have been more disastrous +than they were; consequently the idea of using the large hut as +a place of entertainment was fortunate in more ways than one. + +During the first week of May a concert had been given in the hut, +but this was more or less in the nature of an experiment; for Royds, +who took infinite pains over these entertainments, had arranged +a long program with the object of bringing to light any possible +talent. The result of this was that even the uncritical had to +confess that most of the performers would have +[Page 87] +been less out of place among the audience. So much dramatic ability, +however, was shown that Barne was entrusted with the work of producing +a play, which, after many rehearsals conducted with due secrecy, +was produced on June 25. + +This play was entitled 'The Ticket of Leave,' 'a screaming comedy +in one act,' and was produced with unqualified success. 'I for +one,' Scott says, 'have to acknowledge that I have rarely been so +gorgeously entertained.' + +Later on Royds began to organize his nigger minstrel troupe, and +when the doors of the Royal Terror Theatre opened at 7.30 on August +6, the temperature outside them was -40 deg., while inside it was well +below zero. Under these conditions it is small wonder that the +audience was glad when the curtain went up. + +'There is no doubt,' Scott says in reference to this performance, +'that sailors dearly love to make up; on this occasion they had +taken an infinity of trouble to prepare themselves.... "Bones" and +"Skins" had even gone so far as to provide themselves with movable +top-knots which could be worked at effective moments by pulling a +string below.... To-night the choruses and plantation-songs led +by Royds were really well sung, and they repay him for the very +great pains he has taken in the rehearsals.' + +So with entertainments to beguile the time, and with blizzards +to endure, and with preparations to make for sledding, the days +passed by until on August 21 the sun was once more due to return. +But on that +[Page 88] +day a few hours of calm in the morning were succeeded by whirling +snow-squalls from the south, and each lull was followed by a wild +burst of wind. Scott was glad enough to have everyone on board in +such weather, and at noon when he had hoped to be far over the +hills only vast sheets of gleaming snow could be seen. The following +day, however, was an ideal one for the first view of the long-absent +sun, and Scott went to the top of Crater Hill to watch and welcome. +'Over all the magnificent view the sunlight spreads with gorgeous +effect after its long absence; a soft pink envelops the western +ranges, a brilliant red gold covers the northern sky; to the north +also each crystal of snow sparkles with reflected light. The sky +shows every gradation of light and shade; little flakes of golden +sunlit cloud float against the pale blue heaven, and seem to hover +in the middle heights, whilst far above them a feathery white cirrus +shades to grey on its unlit sides.' + +But when the men were told that the sun could be seen from Hut Point, +to Scott's astonishment they displayed little or no enthusiasm. +Everyone seemed glad to think that it had been punctual in keeping its +appointment, but after all they had seen the sun a good many times +before, and in the next few months they would in all probability +see it a good many times again, and there was no sense in getting +excited about it. Some of them did set off at a run for the point, +while others, since it seemed the right thing to do, followed at +a walk, but a good +[Page 89] +number remained on board and had their dinner. On August 25 the +Feast of the Sun was duly celebrated, and the days that followed +were fuller than ever with preparations for the spring journeys. The +only sewing-machine clattered away all day long, and the whole company +plied their needles as if they were being sweated by iron-handed +taskmasters. The long winter was at an end, and everyone, in the +best of spirits, was looking forward eagerly to the spring sledge +journeys, and making garments in which to bid defiance to the wind +and the weather. As regards the actual sledge equipment which was +taken to the south, Scott had depended on the experience of others, +and especially on that of Armitage, but owing to a variety of reasons +the difficulty of providing an efficient sledding outfit had been +immense. + +In England twenty-five years had passed since any important sledding +expedition had been accomplished, and during that time not a single +sledge, and very few portions of a sledge equipment, had been made +in the country. The popular accounts of former expeditions were +not written to supply the minute details required, and no memory +could be expected to retain these details after such a lapse of +time. In fact the art of sledge-making was lost in England, but +fortunately the genius of Nansen had transferred it to Norway. +In the autumn of 1900 Scott had visited Christiania, and there +received much advice and assistance from Nansen himself. It was +not, however, until Armitage agreed to serve as second in +[Page 90] +command of the expedition that Scott had anyone on whom he could +rely to provide the sledding outfit. + +In making these preparations for long journeys in the south, there +was no previous experience to go upon except that which had been +gained in the north; indeed it was necessary to assume that southern +conditions would be more or less similar to those of the north, +and in so far as they proved different the sledding outfit ran the +risk of failure. Experience taught Scott that in many respects the +sledding conditions of the south were different from those of the +north, and so it is only fair to consider the sledge journeys taken +by the _Discovery_ expedition as pioneer efforts. These differences +are both climatic and geographical. For instance, the conditions +in the south are more severe than those in the north, both in the +lowness of the temperatures and in the distressing frequency of +blizzards and strong winds. And the geographical difference between +the work of the northern and the southern sledge-traveler is as +great as the climatic, if not greater, for the main part of northern +traveling has been and will be done on sea-ice, while the larger +part of southern traveling has been and will be done over land +surfaces, or what in this respect are their equivalents. + +[Illustration: LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPOT. _Photo by +Capt. R. F. Scott._] + +So impressed was Scott by the impossibility of dragging a sledge +over the surfaces of the Great Barrier to the South at the rate +maintained by the old English travelers on the northern sea-ice, +that he began seriously to think that the British race of explorers +[Page 91] +must have deteriorated rapidly and completely in stamina. But later +on, in carrying out exploration to the west, he had to travel over +the sea-ice of the strait, and then he discovered that--given the +surface there was nothing wrong with the pace at which his sledge +parties could travel. Probably, however, the distances recorded by +the northern travelers will never be exceeded in the south, for +the Antarctic explorer has to meet severer climatic conditions, +and while pulling his sledge over heavier surfaces he is not likely +to meet with fewer obstacles in his path. To make marching records +is not, of course, the main purpose of sledge-travelers, but all the +same, where conditions are equal, speed and the distance traveled +are a direct test of the efficiency of sledding preparations, and +of the spirit of those who undertake this arduous service. + +The main differences between the sledges used by the _Discovery_ +expedition and those used by other explorers were a decrease in +breadth and an increase in runner surface. Measured across from +the center of one runner to the center of the other Scott's sledges +were all, with one exception, 1 foot 5 inches. The runners themselves +were 3-3/4 inches across, so that the sledge track from side to +side measured about 1 foot 8-3/4 inches. The lengths varied from +12 feet to 7 feet, but the 11-foot sledges proved to be by far the +most convenient--a length of 12 feet seeming to pass just beyond +the limit of handiness. + +Taking then 11 feet as about the best length for this type of sledge, +it will be seen that it differed +[Page 92] +considerably from the old Arctic type, which was 10 feet long and +3 feet broad. The weight of such all 11-foot sledge was anything +between 40 and 47 lbs., and this was none too light when the full +strength of the structure was required. Generally speaking, the +full load that could be put upon them was about 600 lbs. The most +important part of the sledge is the runner, in which the grain must +be perfectly straight and even, or it will splinter very easily; +but it surprised Scott to find what a lot of wear a good wood runner +would stand, provided that it was only taken over snow. 'Some of +our 9-foot sledges must,' he says, 'have traveled 1,000 miles, +and there was still plenty of wear left in the runners.' + +In point of numbers the _Discovery_'s crew was far behind the old +Northern expeditions; and it was this fact that made Scott decide, +in arranging a sledge equipment where men and not dogs would do most +of the haulage, to divide his parties into the smallest workable +units. The old Northern plan had allowed for parties of at least +eight, who, having a common tent and cooking arrangements, could +not be subdivided. Scott's plan was not necessarily to limit the +number of men in his parties, but to divide them into units of +three, which should be self-contained, so that whenever it was +advisable a unit could be detached from the main party. Under such +a system it is obvious that each unit must have its own tent, +sleeping-bag, cooker, and so on; and therein lay a disadvantage, +as economy of material and weight can +[Page 93] +be better carried out with a large unit than with a small one. + +The weights of a party naturally divide themselves under two headings: +the permanent, which will not diminish throughout the trip, and +the consumable, including food, oil, &c. The following is a list +of the permanent weights carried on Scott's journey to the west, +and it will give some idea of the variety of articles, exclusive +of provisions. The party numbered six. + + lbs. + 2 Sledges with fittings complete 130 + Trace 5 + 2 Cookers, pannikins and spoons 30 + 2 Primus lamps, filled 10 + 2 Tents complete 60 + 2 Spades 9 + 2 Sleeping-bags with night-gear 100 + Sleeping jackets, crampons, spare finnesko[1] 50 + Medical bag 6 + 3 Ice-axes 8 + Bamboos and marks 11.5 + Instruments and camera 50 + Alpine rope 9 + Repair and tool bags, sounding-line, tape, + sledge brakes 15 + Ski boots for party 15 + Ski for party 60 + + Total 568.5 + +[Footnote 1: Reindeer-fur boots.] + +[Page 94] +Roughly speaking, a man can drag from 200 to 240 lbs., but his load +was rarely above 200 lbs. This for six men gave a total carrying +capacity of 1,200 lbs. and hence about 630 lbs. could be devoted +to provisions. + +Again, speaking very roughly, this amount is about six weeks' food +for a party of six, but as such a short period is often not long +enough to satisfy sledge-travelers, they are compelled to organize +means by which their journey can be prolonged. This can be done +in two ways; they may either go out earlier in the season and lay +a depot at a considerable distance towards their goal, or they +may arrange to receive assistance from a supporting party, which +accompanies them for a certain distance on the road and helps their +advance party to drag a heavier load than they can accomplish alone. + +Both of these plans were adopted by Scott on the more important +journeys, and his parties were able to be absent from the ship +for long periods and to travel long distances. + + + + +[Page 95] +CHAPTER V + +THE START OF THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY + + Hold hard the breath and bend up every spirit + To its full height... + + ...Shew us here + That you are worth your breeding, which I doubt not. + For there is none so mean or base + That have not noble lustre in your eyes. + I see you stand like greyhounds in the slips, + Straining upon the start. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +During the later months of the dark season all thoughts had been +turned to the prospects of the spring journeys, and many times the +advantages and disadvantages of dogs for sledding were discussed. +This question of the sacrifice of animal life was one on which +Scott felt strongly from the time he became an explorer to the end +of his life. Argue with himself as he might, the idea was always +repugnant to his nature. + +'To say,' he wrote after his first expedition, that dogs do not +greatly increase the radius of action is absurd; to pretend that +they can be worked to this end without pain, suffering, and death, is +equally futile. The question is whether the latter can be justified +by the gain, and I think that logically it may be; +[Page 96] +but the introduction of such sordid necessity must and does rob +sledge-traveling of much of its glory. In my mind no journey ever +made with dogs can approach the height of that fine conception +which is realized when a party of men go forth to face hardships, +dangers, and difficulties with their own unaided efforts, and by +days and weeks of hard physical labour succeed in solving some +problem of the great unknown. Surely in this case the conquest is +more nobly and splendidly won.' + +When the spring campaign opened in 1902 the original team of dogs +had been sadly diminished. Of the nineteen that remained for the +southern journey, all but one--and he was killed at an earlier +period--left their bones on the great southern plains. This briefly +is the history of the dogs, but the circumstances under which they +met their deaths will be mentioned later on. + +[Illustration: SLEDDING.] + +Before Scott started on the southern journey he decided to make a +short trip to the north with the dogs and a party of six officers +and men, his main purposes being to test the various forms of harness, +and to find out whether the dogs pulled best in large or small +teams. During part of this journey, which only lasted from September +2 to 5, the four sledges were taken independently with four dogs +harnessed to each, and it was discovered that if the first team +got away all right, the others were often keen to play the game +of 'follow my leader.' Sometimes, indeed, there was a positive +spirit of rivalry, and on one occasion two +[Page 97] +competing teams got closer and closer to each other, with the natural +result that when they were near enough to see what was happening, +they decided that the easiest way to settle the matter was by a +free fight. So they turned inwards with one accord and met with +a mighty shock. In a moment there was a writhing mass of fur and +teeth, and an almost hopeless confusion of dog traces. But even +in this short trip some experience had been gained; for results +showed how unwise it was to divide the dogs into small parties, +and also there was no mistaking which were the strong and which +the weak dogs, and, what was of more importance, which the willing +and which the lazy ones. + +On September 10, Royds and Koettlitz started off to the south-west +with Evans, Quartley, Lashly and Wild. And of this party Scott +wrote: 'They looked very workmanlike, and one could see at a glance +the vast improvement that has been made since last year. The sledges +were uniformly packed.... One shudders now to think of the slovenly +manner in which we conducted things last autumn; at any rate here +is a first result of the care and attention of the winter.' + +Armitage and Ferrar with four men left for the west on the following +day, but owing to the necessity of making fresh harness for the +dogs and to an exasperating blizzard, Scott was not able to start +on his southern reconnaissance journey until September 17. + +On the morning of that day he and his two companions, +[Page 98] +Barne and Shackleton, with thirteen dogs divided into two teams, +left the ship in bright sunshine; but by 1.15 P.M., when they camped +for lunch, the wind was blowing from the east and the thermometer +was down to -43 deg.. + +The sledges carried a fortnight's food for all concerned, together +with a quantity of stores to form a depot, the whole giving a load +of about 90 lbs. per dog; but this journey was destined to be only +a short and bitter experience. + +The reason was that on the night of the 17th the travelers were +so exhausted that they did not heap enough snow on the skirting +of the tent, and when Scott woke up on the following morning he +found himself in the open. 'At first, as I lifted the flap of my +sleeping-bag, I could not think what had happened. I gazed forth +on a white sheet of drifting snow, with no sign of the tent or my +companions. For a moment I wondered what in the world it could +mean, but the lashing of the snow in my face very quickly awoke +me to full consciousness, and I sat up to find that in some +extraordinary way I had rolled out of the tent.' + +At the time a violent gale was raging, and through the blinding +snow Scott could only just see the tent, though it was flapping +across the foot of his bag; but when he had wriggled back to the +tent the snow was whirling as freely inside as without, and the +tent itself was straining so madly at what remained of its securing, +that something had to be done at once to prevent it from blowing +away altogether. +[Page 99] +So with freezing fingers they gripped the skirting and gradually +pulled it inwards, and half sitting upon it, half grasping it, +they tried to hold it against the wild blasts of the storm, while +they discussed the situation. Discussion, however, was useless. An +attempt to secure the tent properly in such weather was impossible, +while they felt that if once they loosed their grip, the tent would +hasten to leave them at once and for ever. Every now and then they +were forced to get a fresh hold, and lever themselves once more over +the skirt. And as they remained hour after hour grimly hanging on +and warning each other of frostbitten features, their sleeping-bags +became fuller and fuller of snow, until they were lying in masses +of chilly slush. Not until 6 P.M. had they by ceaseless exertions +so far become masters of the situation, that there was no further +need for the tent to be held with anything except the weight of +their sleeping-bags. Then an inspection of hands showed a number +of frostbites, but Barne, whose fingers had not recovered from +the previous year, had suffered the most. 'To have hung on to the +tent through all those hours must have been positive agony to him, +yet he never uttered a word of complaint.' + +By 10 P.M. the worst of the storm had passed, and after a few hours' +sleep and a hot meal, they soon decided that to push on after this +most miserable experience was very unwise, since by returning to +the ship they would only lose one day's march and everything could +be dried for a fresh start. + +[Page 100] +Apart from 'Brownie,' who spent his time inside the tent, the rest +of the dogs never uttered a sound during the storm, and were found +quite happily sleeping in their nests of snow. On the journey back +the thermometer recorded -53 deg., and the effect of such a temperature +upon wet clothing may be imagined. 'I shall remember the condition +of my trousers for a long while; they might have been cut out of +sheet iron. It was some time before I could walk with any sort of +ease, and even when we reached the ship I was conscious of carrying +an armor plate behind me.... It will certainly be a very long time +before I go to sleep again in a tent which is not properly secured.' + +On September 24 Scott was ready to start again, but Barne's fingers +had suffered so severely that his place was taken by the boatswain, +Feather, who had taken a keen interest in every detail of sledding. +Owing to the dogs refusing to do what was expected of them, and +to gales, slow progress was made, but the wind had dropped by the +morning of September 29, and Scott was so anxious to push on that +he took no notice of a fresh bank of cloud coming up from the south, +with more wind and drift. Taking the lead himself, he gave orders +to the two teams to follow rigidly in his wake, whatever turns and +twists he might make. Notwithstanding the bad light he could see +the bridged crevasses, where they ran across the bare ice surface, +by slight differences in shade, and though he could not see them +where they dived into the valleys, he found that the bridges were +strong enough to bear. In +[Page 101] +his desire to use the snowy patches as far as possible, the course +he took was very irregular, and the dogs invariably tried to cut +corners. In this manner they proceeded for some time, until Scott +suddenly heard a shout, and looking back saw to his horror that +Feather had vanished. The dog team and sledges were there all right, +but their leader was lost to sight. Hurrying back he found that +the trace had disappeared down a formidable crevasse, but to his +great relief Feather was at the end of the trace, and was soon +hauled up. One strand of Feather's harness was cut clean through +where it fell across the ice-edge, and although, being a man of +few words, he was more inclined to swear at 'Nigger' for trying to +cut a corner than to marvel at his own escape, there is no doubt +that he had a very close call. + +After this accident the dog teams were joined, and reluctant to +give up they advanced again; but very soon the last of the four +sledges disappeared, and was found hanging vertically up and down +in an ugly-looking chasm. To the credit of the packing not a single +thing had come off, in spite of the jerk with which it had fallen. +It was, however, too heavy to haul up as it was, but, after some +consultation, the indefatigable Feather proposed that he should +be let down and undertake the very cold job of unpacking it. So +he was slung with one end of the Alpine rope, while the other was +used for hauling up the various packages; and at last the load +was got up, and the lightened sledge soon followed. + +After this incident they thought it prudent to treat these numerous +crevasses with more respect, and on +[Page 102] +proceeding they roped themselves together; but although no more +mishaps occurred, Scott afterwards was more inclined to attribute +this to good luck than to good judgment. 'Looking back on this day, +I cannot but think our procedure was extremely rash. I have not +the least doubt now that this region was a very dangerous one, and +the fact that we essayed to cross it in this light-hearted fashion +can only be ascribed to our ignorance. With us, I am afraid, there +were not a few occasions when one might have applied the proverb +that "Fools rush in where angels fear to tread."' + +The depot, leaving six weeks' provision for three men and 150 lbs. +of dog-food, was made on the morning of October 1, and besides +marking it with a large black flag, Scott was also careful to take +angles with a prismatic compass to all the points he could see. +Then they started home, and the dogs knowing at once what was meant +no longer required any driving. On the homeward march the travelers +went for all they were worth, and in spite of perpetual fog covered +eighty-five statute miles in less than three days. + +On returning to the ship Scott admits that he found it a most delightful +place. The sense of having done what he wanted to do had something +to do with this feeling of satisfaction, but it was the actual +physical comfort after days of privation that chiefly affected him. +The joy of possessing the sledding appetite was sheer delight, and +for many days after the travelers returned from their sledding-trips, +they retained a hunger which it seemed impossible to satisfy. + +[Page 103] +In short Scott, on the night of his return, was very pleased with +himself and the world in general, but before he went to bed all +his sense of comfort and peace had gone. For he had discovered +what Armitage, wishing to give him some hours of unmixed enjoyment, +had not meant to mention until the following morning, and this +was that there had been an outbreak of scurvy--the disease that +has played a particularly important, and often a tragic, part in +the adventures of Polar travelers, and the seriousness of which +everyone who has read the history of Polar explorations cannot +fail to realize. + +This outbreak had occurred during Armitage's journey, and when +he, after much anxiety, had got his men back to the ship, Wilson's +medical examination proved that Ferrar, Heald and Cross were all +attacked, while the remainder of the party were not above suspicion. + +Very soon, however, symptoms of the disease began to abate, but +the danger lurking around them was continually in Scott's thoughts, +and he was determined not to give the dreaded enemy another chance +to break out. + +Everything possible was done to make the ship and everything in +her sweet and clean, and after a large seal-killing party, sent +out at Wilson's suggestion, had returned, the order was given that +no tinned meat of any description should be issued. By October 20 +this grave disease had to all intents and purposes passed away, +but although evidence showed that it was +[Page 104] +caused by tinned meats which were to all appearances of the best +quality, and by apparently fresh mutton taken in small quantities, +there was no positive proof that these were the causes of the trouble. + +This attack of scurvy came as a great surprise to everyone, for +when the long winter was over and all of them were in good health +and high spirits, they had naturally congratulated themselves on +the effectiveness of their precautions. The awakening from this +pleasant frame of mind was rude, and though the disease vanished +with astonishing rapidity, it was--quite apart from the benefit lost +to medical science--very annoying not to be able to say definitely +from what the evil had sprung. + +But although the seriousness of this outbreak was not underrated, +and every precaution was taken to prevent its recurrence, preparations +for the various journeys were pushed on with no less vigour and +enthusiasm. The game to play was that there was nothing really to +be alarmed about, and everyone played it with the greatest success. + +Scott's journey to the south had indicated that the main party +would have to travel directly over the snow-plain at a long distance +from, and perhaps out of sight of, land; and as in all probability +no further depots could be established, it was desirable that this +party should be supported as far as possible on their route. To +meet these requirements it was decided that Barne, with a party +of twelve men, should accompany the dog-team, until the weights +were reduced to an amount +[Page 105] +which the dogs could drag without assistance. Then Barne was to +return to the ship, and after a short rest start again with six +men, to follow the coast-line west of the Bluff. As soon as this +was in train, Armitage was to have at his disposal all the men and +material left in the ship for his attack on the western region. + +On Friday, October 24, Royds, who had left the ship three weeks +before with Skelton, Lashly, Evans, Quartley and Wild, returned +with the good news that he had been able to communicate with the +'Record' post at Cape Crozier. If a relief ship was going to be +sent out, Scott now had the satisfaction of knowing that she had +a good prospect of being guided to the winter quarters of the +expedition. It was also a great source of satisfaction to find +that although Royds and his party had left almost immediately after +the outbreak of scurvy, they had all returned safe and with no +symptom of the disease. + +From the 13th to the 18th this party had been kept in their tents +by a most persistent blizzard, and before the blizzard ceased they +were practically buried in the heart of a snowdrift; in fact one +tent had literally to be dug out before its occupants could be +got into the open, while the sledges and everything left outside +were completely buried. As the snow gradually accumulated round +the tents it became heavier and heavier on every fold of canvas, +and reduced the interior space to such an extent that those inside +were obliged to lie with their knees bent double. Royds, whose +reports were invariably very brief and to +[Page 106] +the point, dismissed the tale of these five days in half a page, +but no great effort of imagination is needed to grasp the horrible +discomforts everyone must have endured. And yet when this party +recounted their adventures on board the ship, the hardships were +scarcely mentioned, and all that the men seemed to remember were +the amusing incidents that had happened. + +On this journey a colony of Emperor penguins was discovered, and +among them were several which were nursing chicks. 'I will only +testify,' Scott says, 'to the joy which greeted this discovery +on board the ship. We had felt that this penguin was the truest +type of our region. All other birds fled north when the severity +of winter descended upon us: the Emperor alone was prepared to +face the extremest rigors of our climate; and we gathered no small +satisfaction from being the first to throw light on the habits +of a creature, which so far surpasses in hardihood all others of +the feathered tribe.' + +Before the end of October everything was prepared for the southern +journey; every eventuality seemed to be provided for, and as it +was expected that the dogs would travel faster than the men Barne +and his party started off on October 30, while the dog team left a +few days later. 'The supporting party started this morning, amidst +a scene of much enthusiasm; all hands had a day off, and employed +it in helping to drag the sledges for several miles... Barne's +banner floated on the first, the next bore a Union Jack, and +[Page 107] +another carried a flag with a large device stating "_No dogs needs +apply_"; the reference was obvious. It was an inspiriting sight to +see nearly the whole of our small company step out on the march +with ringing cheers, and to think that all work of this kind promised +to be done as heartily.' + +And then the day that Scott had been so eagerly looking forward +to arrived, and at ten o'clock on the morning of November 2, he, +Shackleton and Wilson, amidst the wild cheers of their comrades, +started on the southern journey. 'Every soul was gathered on the +floe to bid us farewell, and many were prepared to accompany us +for the first few miles.' The dogs, as if knowing that a great +effort was expected of them, had never been in such form, and in +spite of the heavy load and the fact that at first two men had +to sit on the sledges to check them, it was as much as the rest +of the party could do to keep up. By noon the volunteers had all +tailed off, and the three travelers were alone with the dogs, and +still breathlessly trying to keep pace with them. Soon afterwards +they caught sight of a dark spot ahead and later on made this out +to be the supporting party, who, when they were overtaken on the +same evening, reported that they had been kept in their tents by +bad weather. Having relieved them of some of their loads, Scott +camped, while they pushed on to get the advantage of a night march. + +During the next few days the two parties constantly passed and re-passed +each other, since it was +[Page 108] +impossible for Scott to push on ahead of Barne's party, and the +latter's progress was very slow, as they could get no hold with +their fur boots, and they found their ski leather boots dreadfully +cold for their feet. To add to the slowness of the journey the +weather was very unfavorable, and the greater parts of the 8th +and 9th were entirely wasted by a blizzard. On the 10th Depot A, +that had previously been laid, was reached and Scott wrote: 'Already +it seems to me that the dogs feel the monotony of a long march over +the snow more than we do; they seem easily to get dispirited, and +that it is not due to fatigue is shown when they catch a glimpse +of anything novel.... To-day, for instance, they required some +driving until they caught sight of the depot flag, when they gave +tongue loudly and dashed off as though they barely felt the load +behind them.' + +The names of the dogs were: + + Nigger Birdie Wolf + Jim Nell Vic + Spud Blanco Bismarck + Snatcher Grannie Kid + Fitzclarence Lewis Boss + Stripes Gus Brownie + Joe + +Each of them had his peculiar characteristics, and what the Southern +party did not already know concerning their individualities, they +had ample opportunities of finding out in the course of the next +few weeks. + +[Page 109] +Nigger was the leader of the team; a place he chose naturally for +himself, and if he was put into any other position he behaved so +unpleasantly to his neighbors, and so generally upset things, that +he was quickly shifted. A more perfect sledge-dog could scarcely +be imagined. He seemed to know the meaning of every move, and in +camp would be still as a graven image until he saw the snow being +shoveled from the skirting of the tent, when he would spring up +and pace to and fro at his picket, and give a low throaty bark +of welcome if anyone approached him. A few minutes later, when +the leading man came to uproot his picket, he would watch every +movement, and a slow wagging of the tail quite obviously showed +his approval: then, as the word came to start, he would push +affectionately against the leader, as much as to say, 'Now come +along!' and brace his powerful chest to the harness. At the evening +halt after a long day he would drop straight in his tracks and +remain perfectly still, with his magnificent black head resting +on his paws. Other dogs might clamor for food, but Nigger knew +perfectly well that the tent had first to be put up. Afterwards, +however, when the dog-food was approached his deep bell-like note +could always be distinguished amid the howling chorus, and if +disturbance was to be avoided it was well to attend to him first +of all. + +Of the other dogs Lewis was noisily affectionate and hopelessly +clumsy; Jim could pull splendidly when he chose, but he was up +to all the tricks of the trade and was extraordinarily cunning at +pretending to pull; +[Page 110] +Spud was generally considered to be daft; Birdie evidently had been +treated badly in his youth and remained distrustful and suspicious +to the end; Kid was the most indefatigable worker in the team; +Wolf's character possessed no redeeming point of any kind, while +Brownie though a little too genteel for very hard work was charming +as a pet, and it may also be said of him that he never lost an +opportunity of using his pleasant appearance and delightful ways +to lighten his afflictions. The load for this dog team after Depot +A had been passed was 1,850 lbs., which, considering that some of +the dogs were of little use, was heavy. But it must not be forgotten +that the men also expected to pull, and that each night the weight +would be reduced by thirty or forty pounds. By the 13th the travelers +were nearly up to the 79th parallel, and therefore farther south +than anyone had yet been. 'The announcement of the fact caused +great jubilation, and I am extremely glad that there are no fewer +than fifteen of us to enjoy this privilege of having broken the +record.' A photograph of the record-breakers was taken, and then +half of the supporting party started to return, and the other half +stepped out once more on a due south line, with the dogs following. + +By the 15th, however, when the rest of the supporting party turned +back, Scott had begun to be anxious about the dogs. 'The day's +work has cast a shadow on our high aspirations, and already it is +evident that if we are to achieve much it will be only by extreme +toil, for the dogs have not pulled well to-day.... +[Page 111] +We have decided that if things have not improved in the morning +we will take on half a load at a time; after a few days of this +sort of thing the loads will be sufficiently lightened for us to +continue in the old way again.' + +On the following day an attempt to start with the heavy loads promptly +and completely failed, and the only thing to do was to divide the +load into two portions and take half on at a time. This meant, of +course, that each mile had to be traveled three times, but there +was no alternative to this tedious form of advance. Even, however, +with the half-loads the dogs seemed to have lost all their spirit, +and at the end of the march on the 18th they were practically 'done.' +Only five geographical miles[1] were gained on that day, but to +do it they had to cover fifteen. + +[Footnote 1: 7 geographical miles = a little more than 8 statute +miles.] + +On the night of the 19th matters had gone from bad to worse, and +it had to be acknowledged that the fish diet the dogs were eating +permanently disagreed with them. Originally Scott had intended +to take ordinary dog-biscuits for the animals, but in an unlucky +moment he was persuaded by an expert in dog-driving to take fish. +The fish taken was the Norwegian stock-fish, such as is split, +dried and exported from that country in great quantities for human +food. But one important point was overlooked, namely the probability +of the fish being affected on passing through the tropics. The +lesson, Scott said, was obvious, that in future travelers in the +south should safeguard their +[Page 112] +dogs as carefully as they do their men, for in this case it was +the dogs that called the halts; and so the party had to spend hours +in their tent which might have been devoted to marching. + +Day after day relay work continued, the only relief from the monotony +of their toil being that land was sighted on the 21st, and as the +prospects of reaching a high latitude were steadily disappearing, +it was decided to alter their course to S. S. W. and edge towards +it. Then the surface over which they were traveling showed signs +of improvement, but the travelers themselves were beginning to +suffer from blistered noses and cracked lips, and their eyes were +also troubling them. Appetites, however, were increasing by leaps +and bounds. 'The only thing to be looked to on our long marches +is the prospect of the next meal.' + +On November 24 a new routine was started which made a little variation +in the dull toil of relay work. After pushing on the first half-load +one of the three stopped with it, and got up the tent and prepared +the meal while the other two brought up the second half-load. And +then on the following day came one of those rewards which was all the +sweeter because it had been gained by ceaseless and very monotonous +toil. + +'Before starting to-day I took a meridian altitude,' Scott wrote, +'and to my delight found the latitude to be 80 deg. 1'. All our charts of +the Antarctic region show a plain white circle beyond the eightieth +parallel... It has always been our ambition to get inside that white +[Page 113] +space, and now we are there the space can no longer be a blank; +this compensates for a lot of trouble.' + +A blizzard followed upon this success, but the dogs were so exhausted +that a day's rest had been thought of even if the weather had not +compelled it. Wilson, to his great discomfort, was always able to +foretell these storms, for when they were coming on he invariably +suffered from rheumatism; so, however reluctant, he could not help +being a very effective barometer. + +After the storm had passed an attempt was made on the morning of +the 27th to start with the full load, but it took next to no time +to discover that the dogs had not benefited by their rest, and +there was nothing to do except to go on with the old routine of +relay work. As the days passed with no signs of improvement in +the dogs, it became more and more necessary to reach the land in +hopes of making a depot; so the course was laid to the westward +of S. W., which brought the high black headland, for which they +were making, on their port bow. 'I imagine it to be about fifty +miles off, but hope it is not so much; nine hours' work to-day +has only given us a bare four miles.' + +Then for some days the only change in the toil of relay work and +the sickening task of driving tired dogs on and on was that they +marched by night, and rested by day. The breakfast hour was between +4 and 5 P.M., the start at 6 P.M., and they came to camp somewhere +between three and four in the morning. Thus they rested while the +sun was at its greatest +[Page 114] +height; but although there were certainly advantages in this, Scott +could not get rid of a curious feeling that something was amiss +with such a topsy-turvy method of procedure. + +By December 3 they were close enough to the land to make out some +of its details. On their right was a magnificent range of mountains, +which by rough calculations Scott made out to be at least fifty miles +away. By far the nearest point of land was an isolated snow-cape, +an immense, and almost dome-shaped, snow-covered mass. At first +no rock at all could be seen on it, but as they got nearer a few +patches began to appear. For one of these patches they decided +to make so that they might establish a depot, but at the rate at +which they were traveling there was little hope of reaching it +for several days. + +By this time the appetites of the party were so ravenous that when +the pemmican bag was slung alongside a tin of paraffin, and both +smelt and tasted of oil, they did not really mind. But what saddened +them more than this taste of paraffin was the discovery, on December +5, that their oil was going too fast. A gallon was to have lasted +twelve days, but on investigation it was found on an average to +have lasted only ten, which meant that in the future each gallon +would have to last a fortnight. 'This is a distinct blow, as we +shall have to sacrifice our hot luncheon meal and to economize +greatly at both the others. We started the new routine to-night, +and for lunch ate some frozen seal-meat and our allowance of sugar +and biscuit.' + +[Page 115] +It was perhaps fortunate that their discovery about the oil was +not delayed any longer, but nevertheless it came at a time when +the outlook was dreary and dispiriting enough without additional +discomforts. On the 6th Spud gnawed through his trace, and when +Scott went outside before breakfast, one glance at the dog's +balloon-like appearance was enough to show how he had spent his +hours of freedom. He had, in fact, eaten quite a week's allowance +of the precious seal-meat, and though rather somnolent after his +gorge, he did not seem to be suffering any particular discomfort +from the enormous increase of his waist. On the next day there was +a blizzard, duly predicted by Wilson's twinges of rheumatism, and +on the 8th Scott reluctantly records that the dogs were steadily going +downhill. 'The lightening of the load is more than counter-balanced +by the weakening of the animals, and I can see no time in which +we can hope to get the sledges along without pulling ourselves.' + +By the 10th they were within ten or twelve miles of the coast, +but so exhausted that they felt no certainty of reaching it; and +even supposing they did get there and make a depot, they doubted +very much if they would be in any condition to go on. One dog, +Snatcher, was already dead, and some of the others had only been got +to move with the second load by the ignominious device of carrying +food in front of them. To see the dogs suffering was agony to those +who had to drive and coax them on, and though Scott refers often +in these days to the hunger that was nipping him, +[Page 116] +no one can read his diary without seeing how infinitely more he +was concerned over the suffering of the dogs than about his own +troubles. 'It is terrible,' he says, 'to see them.' + +At last, on December 14, they arrived, when they were almost spent, +at a place where dog-food could be left. In their march they had +only managed to do two miles after the most strenuous exertions, +for the snow became softer as they approached the land, and the +sledge-runners sank from three to four inches. On any particularly +soft patch they could do little more than mark time, and even to +advance a yard was an achievement. + +No wonder that Scott, after they had left three weeks' provisions +and a quantity of dog-food in Depot B and had resumed their march, +sounded a note of thankfulness: 'As I write I scarcely know how +to describe the blessed relief it is to be free from our relay +work. For one-and-thirty awful days we have been at it, and whilst +I doubt if our human endurance could have stood it much more, I +am quite sure the dogs could not. It seems now like a nightmare, +which grew more terrible towards its end.' The sense of relief +was, however, not destined to last, for on December 21 the dogs +were in such a hopeless condition that they might at any moment +have completely collapsed. This was a fact that had to be faced, +and the question whether under such circumstances it was wise to +push on had to be asked and answered. The unanimous answer was +that the risk +[Page 117] +of going on should be taken, but on that same night Wilson, in view +of future plans, reported to Scott that his medical examinations +revealed that Shackleton had decidedly angry-looking gums, and that +for some time they had been slowly but surely getting worse. It +was decided not to tell Shackleton of these symptoms of scurvy, +and as the bacon they were using seemed likely to be the cause of +them, it was discarded and an increased allowance of seal given +in its place. This was a loss in weight which was serious, for +already they were reduced almost to starvation rations of about +a pound and a half a day. + +Supper was the best meal, for then they had a _hoosh_ which ran +from between three-quarters to a whole pannikin apiece, but even +this they could not afford to make thick. While it was being heated +in the central cooker, cocoa was made in the outer, but the lamp +was turned out directly the _hoosh_ boiled, and by that time the +chill was barely off the contents of the outer cooker. Of course +the cocoa was not properly dissolved, but they were long past +criticizing the quality of their food. All they wanted was something +to 'fill up,' but needless to say they never got it. Half an hour +after supper was over they were as hungry as ever. + +When they had started from the ship, there had been a vague idea +that they could go as they pleased with the food, but experience +showed that this would not do, and that there must be a rigid system +of shares. Consequently they used to take it in turn to divide +[Page 118] +things into three equal portions, and as the man who made the division +felt called upon to take the smallest share, the game of 'shut-eye' +was invented to stop all arguments and remonstrances. The shares +were divided as equally as possible by someone, then one of the +other two turned his head away and the divider pointed to a portion +and said, 'Whose is this?' He of the averted head named the owner, +and thus this simple but useful game was played. + +Wilson's examination of Shackleton on December 24 was not encouraging, +but they had reached a much harder surface and under those conditions +Scott and Wilson agreed that it was not yet time to say 'Turn.' +Besides, Christmas Day was in front of them, and for a week they +had all agreed that it would be a crime to go to bed hungry on that +night. In fact they meant it to be a wonderful day, and everything +conspired to make it so. + +The sun shone gloriously from a clear sky, and not a breath of +wind disturbed the calmness of the morning, but entrancing as the +scene was they did not stay to contemplate it, because for once +they were going to have a really substantial breakfast, and this +was an irresistible counter-attraction. + +And afterwards, when they felt more internally comfortable than +they had for weeks, the surface continued to be so much better +that the sledges could be pulled without any help from the dogs. +On that day they had the satisfaction of covering nearly eleven +miles, the longest march they had made for a long +[Page 119] +time. So when camp was pitched they were thoroughly pleased with +the day, and ready to finish it off with a supper to be remembered. +A double 'whack' of everything was poured into the cooking-pot, +and in the _hoosh_ that followed a spoon would stand without any +support, and the cocoa was also brought to boiling-point. + +'I am writing,' Scott says, 'over my second pipe. The sun is still +circling our small tent in a cloudless sky, the air is warm and +quiet. All is pleasant without, and within we have a sense of comfort +we have not known for many a day; we shall sleep well tonight--no +dreams, no tightening of the belt. + +'We have been chattering away gaily, and not once has the conversation +turned to food. We have been wondering what Christmas is like in +England... and how our friends picture us. They will guess that +we are away on our sledge journey, and will perhaps think of us +on plains of snow; but few, I think, will imagine the truth, that +for us this has been the reddest of all red-letter days.' + + + + +[Page 120] +CHAPTER VI + +THE RETURN + + How many weary steps + Of many weary miles you have o'ergone, + Are numbered to the travel of one mile. + SHAKESPEARE. + +Some days passed before the pleasing effects of Christmas Day wore +off, for it had been a delightful break in an otherwise uninterrupted +spell of semi-starvation, and the memories lingered long after +hunger had again gripped the three travelers. By this time they +knew that they had cut themselves too short in the matter of food, +but the only possible alteration that could now be made in their +arrangements was to curtail their journey, and rather than do that +they were ready cheerfully to face the distress of having an enormous +appetite, and very little with which to appease it. + +Thinking over the homeward marches after he had returned to the +ship, Scott expresses his emphatic opinion that the increasing +weariness showed that they were expending their energies at a greater +rate than they could renew them, and that the additional +[Page 121] +weight, caused by carrying a proper allowance of food, would have +been amply repaid by the preservation of their full strength and +vigour. + +Apart, however, from the actual pangs of hunger, there was another +disadvantage from this lack of food, for try as they would it was +impossible not to think and talk incessantly of eating. Before +they went to sleep it was almost certain that one of them would +give a detailed description of what he considered an ideal feast, +while on the march they found themselves counting how many footsteps +went to the minute, and how many, therefore, had to be paced before +another meal. + +But if, during these days of hunger, thoughts of what they could +eat if only the chance was given to them kept constantly cropping +up, there were also very real compensations for both their mental +and physical weariness. Day by day, as they journeyed on, they knew +that they were penetrating farther and farther into the unknown. +Each footstep was a gain, and made the result of their labours more +assured. And as they studied the slowly revolving sledge-meter +or looked for the calculated results of their observations, it +is not surprising that above all the desires for food was an +irresistible eagerness to go on and on, and to extend the line +which they were now drawing on the white space of the Antarctic +chart. + +Day by day, too, the magnificent panorama of the Western land was +passing before their eyes. 'Rarely a march passed without the disclosure +of some new +[Page 122] +feature, something on which the eye of man had never rested; we +should have been poor souls indeed had we not been elated at the +privilege of being the first to gaze on these splendid scenes.' + +From the point of view of further exploration their position on +December 26 was not very hopeful. On their right lay a high undulating +snow-cap and the steep irregular coast-line, to the south lay a cape +beyond which they could not hope to pass, and to all appearances +these conditions were likely to remain to the end of their journey. +But on that night they had christened a distant and lofty peak +'Mount Longstaff,' in honour of the man whose generosity had alone +made the expedition possible, and although they thought that this +was the most southerly land to which they would be able to give a +name, they were in no mood to turn back because the outlook was +unpromising. Arguing on the principle that it was impossible to tell +what may turn up, they all decided to push on; and their decision was +wise, for had they returned at that point one of the most important +features of the whole coast-line would have been missed. + +On the 26th and 27th Wilson had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, +which caused him the most intense agony. Some days before Scott had +remarked in his diary upon Wilson's extraordinary industry: 'When +it is fine and clear, at the end of our fatiguing days he will +spend two or three hours seated in the door of the tent sketching +each detail of the splendid mountainous coast-scene to the west. +His sketches +[Page 123] +are most astonishingly accurate; I have tested his proportions by +actual angular measurements and found them correct.... But these +long hours in the glare are very bad for the eyes; we have all +suffered a good deal from snow-blindness of late, though we generally +march with goggles, but Wilson gets the worst bouts, and I fear +it is mainly due to his sketching.' + +The attack, however, after Christmas was very much worse than anything +that had gone before, and all day long during the 27th Wilson was +pulling alongside the sledges with his eyes completely covered. +To march blindfold with an empty stomach must touch the bottom +of miserable monotony, but Wilson had not the smallest intention +of giving in. With Scott walking opposite to him and telling him +of the changes that were happening around them he plodded steadily +on, and during the afternoon of the 27th it happened that a most +glorious mountainous scene gradually revealed itself. With some +excitement Scott noticed that new mountain ridges were appearing +as high as anything they had seen to the north, and his excitement +increased when these ridges grew higher and higher. Then, instead +of a downward turn in the distant outline came a steep upward line, +and as they pressed on apace to see what would happen next, Scott +did his best to keep Wilson posted up in the latest details. The +end came in a gloriously sharp double peak crowned with a few flecks +of cirrus cloud, and all they could think of in camp that night +was this splendid twin-peaked mountain, which even in such +[Page 124] +a lofty country looked like a giant among pigmies. 'At last we +have found something which is fitting to bear the name of him whom +we must always the most delight to honour, and "Mount Markham" +it shall be called in memory of the father of the expedition.' + +Wilson, in spite of his recent experiences, did not mean to miss +this, and however much his eyes had to suffer the scene had to +be sketched. Fortunately a glorious evening provided a perfect +view of their surroundings, for very soon they knew that the limit +of their journey would be reached, and that they would have but +few more opportunities to increase their stock of information. + +After a day that had brought with it both fine weather and most +interesting discoveries, they settled down in their sleeping-bags, +full of hope that the morrow would be equally kind. But instead +of the proposed advance the whole day had to be spent in the tent +while a strong southerly blizzard raged without, and when they +got up on the following morning they found themselves enveloped +in a thick fog. + +Reluctantly the decision was made that this camp must be their +last, and consequently their southerly limit had been reached. +Observations gave it as between 82.16 S. and 82.17 S., and though +this record may have compared poorly with what Scott had hoped for +when leaving the ship, it was far more favorable than he anticipated +when the dogs had begun to fail. 'Whilst,' he says, 'one cannot help +a deep sense of disappointment in reflecting on the "might have been" +[Page 125] +had our team remained in good health, one cannot but remember that +even as it is we have made a greater advance towards a pole of +the earth than has ever yet been achieved by a sledge party.' + +With less than a fortnight's provision to take them back to Depot +B, they turned their faces homewards on the last day of the year, +and it was significant of the terrible condition of the surviving +dogs that the turn did not cause the smallest excitement. Many +of them were already dead, killed to keep the others alive, but +those which remained seemed to guess how poor a chance they had +of getting back to the ship. Again and again Scott refers to the +suffering of the dogs on the homeward march, and how intensely he +felt for them is proved beyond all manner of doubt. 'January 3. +This afternoon, shortly after starting, "Gus" fell, quite played +out, and just before our halt, to our greater grief, "Kid" caved +in. One could almost weep over this last case; he has pulled like +a Trojan throughout, and his stout little heart bore him up till +his legs failed beneath him.' Only seven of the team now remained, +and of them Jim seemed to be the strongest, but Nigger, though +weak, was still capable of surprising efforts. But at the end of +a week on the return journey, all of the remaining dogs were asked +to do nothing except walk by the sledges. + +For several hours on January 7 the men pulled steadily and covered +ten good miles. But the distance they succeeded in traveling was as +nothing compared with the relief they felt at no longer having to drive +[Page 126] +a worn-out team. In the future no more cheering and dragging in +front would be needed, no more tangled traces would have to be +put straight, and above all there would be no more whip. So far +steady though rather slow progress had been made, but January 8 +brought an unpleasant surprise. Try as they would the sledge could +scarcely be made to move, and after three hours of the hardest +work only a mile and a quarter had been gained. Sadly they were +compelled to admit that the surface had so completely changed that +the only thing to do was to remain in camp until it improved. But +whether it would improve was an anxious matter, for they had less +than a week's provisions and were at least fifty miles from Depot B. + +The next day, however, saw an improvement in the surface, and a +fairly good march was done. By this time only four dogs were left, +Nigger, Jim, Birdie and Lewis, and poor Nigger was so lost out +of harness that he sometimes got close to the traces and marched +along as if he was still doing his share of the pulling. But this +more or less ordinary day was followed on the 10th by a march in +a blizzard that exhausted Scott and Wilson, and had even a more +serious effect upon Shackleton. With the wind behind them they +had gained many miles, but the march had tired them out, because +instead of the steady pulling to which they were accustomed they +had been compelled sometimes to run, and sometimes to pull forwards, +backwards, sideways, and always with their senses keenly alert +and their muscles strung up for instant action. + +[Page 127] +On that night Scott in no very cheerful frame of mind wrote: 'We +cannot now be far from our depot, but then we do not exactly know +where we are; there is not many days' food left, and if this thick +weather continues we shall probably not be able to find it.' And +after two more days of bad surface and thick weather he wrote again: +'There is no doubt we are approaching a very critical time. The +depot is a very small spot on a very big ocean of snow; with luck +one might see it at a mile and a half or two miles, and fortune +may direct our course within this radius of it; but, on the other +hand, it is impossible not to contemplate the ease with which such +a small spot can be missed.... The annoying thing is that one good +clear sight of the land would solve all our difficulties.' + +At noon on January 13 the outlook was more hopeless than ever. +Three hours' incessant labour had gained only three-quarters of a +mile, and consequently they had to halt though their food-bag was a +mere trifle to lift, and they could have finished all that remained +in it at one sitting and still have been hungry. But later on Scott +caught a glimpse of the sun in the tent, and tumbled hastily out of +his sleeping-bag in the hope of obtaining a meridional altitude; +and after getting the very best result he could under the very +difficult conditions prevailing, he casually lowered the telescope +and swept it round the horizon. Suddenly a speck seemed to flash +by, and a vehement hope as suddenly arose. Then he brought the +telescope slowly back, and there it was again, and accompanied this +[Page 128] +time by two smaller specks on either side of it. Without a shadow +of doubt it was the depot which meant the means of life to them. +'I sprang up and shouted, "Boys, there's the depot." We are not +a demonstrative party, but I think we excused ourselves for the +wild cheer that greeted this announcement.' + +In five minutes everything was packed on the sledges, but though +the work was as heavy as before the workers were in a very different +mood to tackle it. To reach those distant specks as quickly as +possible was their one desire and all minor troubles were forgotten +as they marched, for before them was the knowledge that they were +going to have the fat _hoosh_ which would once more give them an +internal sense of comfort. In two hours they were at the depot, +and there they found everything as they had left it. + +On that same morning they had stripped off the German silver from +the runners of one of their sledges, and now fortified by the fat +_hoosh_ of their dreams they completed the comparison between the +two sledges, which respectively had metal and wood runners. Having +equalized the weights as much as possible they towed the sledges +round singly, and found that two of them could scarcely move the +metalled sledge as fast as one could drag the other. + +Of course they decided to strip the second sledge, and with only +about 130 miles to cover to their next depot, a full three weeks' +provisions, and the prospect of better traveling on wood runners, +they went to bed +[Page 129] +feeling that a heavy load of anxiety had been lifted. The chief +cause of worry left was the question of health, and the result +of a thorough medical examination on the morning of the 14th did +nothing to remove this. Shackleton was found to be very far indeed +from well, but although Scott and Wilson both showed symptoms of +scurvy they still felt that, as far as they were concerned, there +was no danger of a breakdown. + +On that day they made a fairly good march, but at the end of it +Wilson had to warn Scott that Shackleton's condition was really +alarming. Commenting on this Scott wrote: 'It's a bad case, but +we must make the best of it and trust to its not getting worse; +now that human life is at stake, all other objects must be +sacrificed.... It went to my heart to give the order, but it had +to be done, and the dogs are to be killed in the morning. + +'One of the difficulties we foresee with Shackleton, with his restless, +energetic spirit, is to keep him idle in camp, so to-night I have +talked seriously to him. He is not to do any camping work, but +to allow everything to be done for him.... Every effort must be +devoted to keeping him on his legs, and we must trust to luck to +bring him through.' + +With the morning of the 15th came the last scene in the tragic +story of the dogs, and poor Nigger and Jim, the only survivors +of that team of nineteen, were taken a short distance from the +camp and killed. 'I think we could all have wept.... Through our +most troublous time we always looked forward to getting +[Page 130] +some of our animals home. At first it was to have been nine, then +seven, then five, and at the last we thought that surely we should +be able to bring back these two.' + +During the part of the return journey which was now beginning, +they had promised themselves an easier time, but instead of that it +resolved itself into days of grim struggle to save a sick companion. +The weather also added to their troubles, because it was so overcast +that steering was extremely difficult. For nearly ten consecutive +days this gloomy weather continued to harass them, but on the 20th +it cleared as they were on their march, and on the following day +with a brisk southerly breeze and their sail set they traveled +along at a fine rate. The state of Shackleton's health was still +a source of acutest anxiety, but each march brought safety nearer +and nearer, and on the 23rd Scott was able to write in a much more +hopeful spirit. Next day a glimpse of the Bluff to the north was +seen, but this encouraging sight was accompanied by a new form +of surface which made the pulling very wearisome. An inch or so +beneath the soft snow surface was a thin crust, almost, but not +quite, sufficient to bear their weight. The work of breaking such +a surface as this would, Scott says, have finished Shackleton in +no time, but luckily he was able to go on ski and avoid the jars. +'In spite of our present disbelief in ski, one is bound to confess +that if we get back safely Shackleton will owe much to the pair +he is now using.' + +[Illustration: MOUNT EREBUS.] + +[Page 131] +But in spite of bad surfaces and increasingly heavy work, Scott and +Wilson were determined to leave as little as possible to chance, +and to get their invalid along as quickly as his condition would +allow. Directly breakfast was over Shackleton started off and got +well ahead, while Scott and Wilson packed up camp; and after lunch +the same procedure was adopted. By this means he was able to take +things easily, and though eager to do his share of the work he +was wise enough to see that every precaution taken was absolutely +necessary. + +Encouragements in this stern struggle were few and far between, +but when the smoke of Erebus was seen on the 25th, it cheered them +to think that they had seen something that was actually beyond the +ship. Probably it was more than a hundred miles away, but they +had become so accustomed to seeing things at a distance that they +were not in the least astonished by this. + +January 26, too, had its consolations, for while plodding on as usual +the travelers suddenly saw a white line ahead, and soon afterwards +discovered that it was a sledge track. There was no doubt that +the track was Barne's on his way back from his survey work to the +west, but it was wonderful what that track told them. They could +see that there had been six men with two sledges, and that all of +the former had been going strong and well on ski. From the state +of the track this party had evidently passed about four days before +on the homeward route, and from +[Page 132] +the zig-zagging of the course it was agreed that the weather must +have been thick at the time. Every imprint in the soft snow added +some small fact, and the whole made an excellent detective study. +But the main point was that they knew for certain that Barne and +his party were safe, and this after their own experiences was a +great relief. + +Another day and a half of labour brought them to the depot, and +the land of plenty. 'Directly,' Scott wrote on the 28th, 'our tent +was up we started our search among the snow-heaps with childish +glee. One after another our treasures were brought forth: oil enough +for the most lavish expenditure, biscuit that might have lasted +us for a month, and, finally, a large brown provision-bag which +we knew would contain more than food alone. We have just opened +this provision-bag and feasted our eyes on the contents. There +are two tins of sardines, a large tin of marmalade, soup squares, +pea soup, and many other delights that already make our mouths +water. For each one of us there is some special trifle which the +forethought of our kind people has provided, mine being an extra +packet of tobacco; and last, but not least, there are a whole heap +of folded letters and notes--_billets-doux_ indeed. I wonder if +a mail was ever more acceptable.' + +The news, too, was good; Royds, after desperate labour, had succeeded +in rescuing the boats; Blissett had discovered an Emperor penguin's +egg, and his messmates expected him to be knighted. But the meal +itself, though 'pure joy' at first, was not an +[Page 133] +unqualified success, for after being accustomed to starvation or +semi-starvation rations, they were in no condition either to resist +or to digest any unstinted meal, and both Scott and Wilson suffered +acutely. + +On the next morning they awoke to find a heavy blizzard, and the first +thought of pushing on at all hazards was abandoned when Shackleton +was found to be extremely ill. Everything now depended upon the +weather, for should the blizzard continue Scott doubted if Shackleton +would even be well enough to be carried on the sledge. 'It is a +great disappointment; last night we thought ourselves out of the +wood with all our troubles behind us, and to-night matters seem +worse than ever. Luckily Wilson and I are pretty fit, and we have +lots of food.' By great luck the weather cleared on the morning +of the 30th, and as Shackleton after a very bad night revived a +little it was felt that the only chance was to go on. 'At last +he was got away, and we watched him almost tottering along with +frequent painful halts. Re-sorting our provisions, in half an hour +we had packed our camp, set our sail, and started with the sledges. +It was not long before we caught our invalid, who was so exhausted +that we thought it wiser he should sit on the sledges, where for +the remainder of the forenoon, with the help of our sail, we carried +him.' + +In Wilson's opinion Shackleton's relapse was mainly due to the blizzard, +but fortune favored them during the last stages of the struggle +homewards, and the glorious weather had a wonderful effect upon the +[Page 134] +sick man. By the night of February 2 they were within ten or twelve +miles of their goal, and saw a prospect of a successful end to their +troubles. During the afternoon they had passed round the corner +of White Island, and as they did so the old familiar outline of the +friendly peninsula suddenly opened up before them. On every side +were suggestions of home, and their joy at seeing the well-known +landmarks was increased by the fact that they were as nearly 'spent +as three persons can well be.' + +Shackleton, it is true, had lately shown an improvement, but his +companions placed but little confidence in that, for they knew +how near he had been, and still was, to a total collapse. And both +Scott and Wilson knew also that their scurvy had again been advancing +rapidly, but they scarcely dared to admit either to themselves or +each other how 'done' they were. For many a day Wilson had suffered +from lameness, and each morning had vainly tried to disguise his +limp, but from his set face Scott knew well enough how much he +suffered before the first stiffness wore off. 'As for myself, for +some time I have hurried through the task of changing my foot-gear +in an attempt to forget that my ankles are considerably swollen. +One and all we want rest and peace, and, all being well, tomorrow, +thank Heaven, we shall get them.' + +These are the final words written in Scott's sledge-diary during this +remarkable journey, for on the next morning they packed up their camp +for the last time and set their faces towards Observation Hill. +[Page 135] +Brilliant weather still continued, and after plodding on for some +hours two specks appeared, which at first were thought to be penguins, +but presently were seen to be men hurrying towards them. Early in the +morning they had been reported by watchers on the hills, and Skelton +and Bernacchi had hastened out to meet them. + +Then the tent was put up, and while cocoa was made they listened to +a ceaseless stream of news, for not only had all the other travelers +returned safe and sound with many a tale to tell, but the relief +ship, the _Morning_, had also arrived and brought a whole year's +news. + +So during their last lunch and during the easy march that followed, +they, gradually heard of the events in the civilized world from +December, 1901, to December, 1902, and these kept their thoughts +busy until they rounded the cape and once more saw their beloved +ship. + +Though still held fast in her icy prison the _Discovery_ looked +trim and neat, and to mark the especial nature of the occasion +a brave display of bunting floated gently in the breeze, while +as they approached, the side and the rigging were thronged with +their cheering comrades. + +With every want forestalled, and every trouble lifted from their +shoulders by companions vying with one another to attend to them, +no welcome could have been more delightful, and yet at the time +it appeared unreal to their dull senses. 'It seemed too good to +be true that all our anxieties had so completely ended, +[Page 136] +and that rest for brain and limb was ours at last.' For ninety-three +days they had plodded over a vast snow-field and slept beneath the +fluttering canvas of a tent; during that time they had covered 960 +statute miles; and if the great results hoped for in the beginning +had not been completely achieved, they knew at any rate that they +had striven and endured to the limit of their powers. + + + + +[Page 137] +CHAPTER VII + +A SECOND WINTER + + As cold waters to a thirsty soul, + So is good news from a far country. + PROVERBS. + +In a very short time Scott discovered that the sledding resources +of the ship had been used to their fullest extent during his absence, +and that parties had been going and coming and ever adding to the +collection of knowledge. + +On November 2 Royds had gone again to Cape Crozier to see how the +Emperor penguins were faring, and in the meantime such rapid progress +had been made in the preparations for the western party that November +9, being King Edward's birthday, was proclaimed a general holiday +and given up to the eagerly anticipated athletic sports. + +Of all the events perhaps the keenest interest was shown in the +toboggan race, for which the men entered in pairs. Each couple +had to provide their own toboggan, subject to the rule that no +sledge, or part of a sledge, and no ski should be used. The start +was high up the hillside, and as the time for it approached the +[Page 138] +queerest lot of toboggans gradually collected. The greater number +were roughly made from old boxes and cask staves, but something of +a sensation was caused when the canny Scottish carpenter's mate +arrived with a far more pretentious article, though built from the +same material. In secret he had devoted himself to making what +was really a very passable sledge, and when he and his companion +secured themselves to this dark horse, the result of the race was +considered a foregone conclusion. But soon after the start it was +seen that this couple had laboured in vain; for although they shot +ahead at first, their speed was so great that they could not control +their machine. In a moment they were rolling head-over-heels in +clouds of snow, and while the hare was thus amusing itself a tortoise +slid past and won the race. + +By the end of November everything was ready for the western journey, +and a formidable party set out on the 29th to cross McMurdo Sound and +attack the mainland. In Armitage's own party were Skelton and ten +men, while the supports consisted of Koettlitz, Ferrar, Dellbridge +and six men. Excellent pioneer work was done by Armitage and his party +during their seven weeks' journey. Without a doubt a practicable +road to the interior was discovered and traversed, and the barrier +of mountains that had seemed so formidable an obstruction from the +ship was conquered. It was equally certain that the party could +claim to be the first to set foot on the interior of Victoria Land +but they had been forced to turn back at an extremely +[Page 139] +interesting point, and in consequence were unable to supply very +definite information with regard to the ice-cap. They had, however, +fulfilled their main object, and in doing so had disclosed problems +that caused the deepest interest to be focussed upon the direction +in which they had traveled. + +Perhaps the most promising circumstance of all was that among the +rock specimens brought back were fragments of quartz-grits. These, +with other observations, showed the strong probability of the existence +of sedimentary deposits which might be reached and examined, and +which alone could serve to reveal the geological history of this +great southern continent. At all hazards Scott determined that +the geologist of the expedition must be given a chance to explore +this most interesting region. + +The extensive preparations for the western journey had practically +stripped the ship of sledge equipment, and those who went out on +shorter journeys were obliged to make the best of the little that +remained. This did not, however, balk their energies, and by resorting +to all kinds of shifts and devices they made many useful expeditions. + +While these efforts at exploration were being carried out the ship +was left in the charge of Royds, who employed everyone on board +in the most important task of freeing the boats. Drastic measures +had to be taken before they could be released from their beds of +ice, and with sawing and blasting going on in the unseen depths, +it was not possible +[Page 140] +that the task could be accomplished without doing considerable +damage. When at length all of them had been brought to the surface +their condition was exceedingly dilapidated; indeed only two of +them were in a condition to float; but although it was evident +that the carpenter would be busy for many weeks before they would +be seaworthy, their reappearance was a tremendous relief. + +Long before his departure to the south, Scott had given instructions +that the _Discovery_ should be prepared for sea by the end of January. +Consequently, after the boats had been freed, there was still plenty +of employment for everybody, since 'preparations for sea' under +such circumstances meant a most prodigious amount of labour. Tons +and tons of snow had to be dug out from the deck with pick-axes +and shoveled over the side; aloft, sails and ropes had to be looked +to, the running-gear to be re-rove, and everything got ready for +handling the ship under sail; many things that had been displaced +or landed near the shore-station had to be brought on board and +secured in position; thirty tons of ice had to be fetched, melted, +and run into the boilers; below, steam-pipes had to be rejointed, +glands re-packed, engines turned by hand, and steam raised to see +that all was in working order. + +Not doubting that the ice would soon break up and release the ship, +this work was carried on so vigorously that when the southern travelers +returned all was ready for them to put to sea again. + +[Page 141] +But eleven days before Scott and his companions struggled back to +safety the great event of the season had happened in the arrival +of the _Morning_. How the funds were raised by means of which this +ship was sent is a tale in itself; briefly, however, it was due to +the untiring zeal and singleness of purpose shown by Sir Clements +Markham that the _Morning_, commanded by Lieutenant William Colbeck, +R.N.R., was able to leave the London Docks on July 9, 1902. + +Long before the _Discovery_ had left New Zealand the idea of a +relief ship had been discussed, and although Scott saw great +difficulties in the way, he also felt quite confident that if the +thing was to be done Sir Clements was the man to do it. Obviously +then it was desirable to leave as much information as possible +on the track, and the relief ship was to try and pick up clues +at the places where Scott had said that he would attempt to leave +them. These places were Cape Adare, Possession Islands, Coulman +Island, Wood Bay, Franklin Island and Cape Crozier. + +On January 8 a landing was effected at Cape Adare, and there Colbeck +heard of the _Discovery's_ safe arrival in the south. The Possession +Islands were drawn blank, because Scott had not been able to land +there, and south of this the whole coast was so thickly packed that +the _Morning_ could not approach either Coulman Island or Wood +Bay. + +Franklin Island was visited on January 14, but +[Page 142] +without result; and owing to the quantities of pack ice it was not +until four days later that a landing was made at Cape Crozier. Colbeck +himself joined the landing party, and after spending several hours +in fruitless search, he was just giving up the hunt and beginning +despondently to wonder what he had better do next, when suddenly a +small post was seen on the horizon. A rush was made for it, and +in a few minutes Colbeck knew that he had only to steer into the +mysterious depths of McMurdo Sound to find the _Discovery_, and +practically to accomplish the work he had set out to do. + +On board the _Discovery_ the idea had steadily grown that a relief +ship would come. For no very clear reason the men had begun to +look upon it as a certainty, and during the latter part of January +it was not uncommon for wild rumors to be spread that smoke had +been seen to the north. Such reports, therefore, were generally +received without much excitement, but when a messenger ran down +the hill on the night of the 23rd to say that there was actually a +ship in sight the enthusiasm was intense. Only the most imperturbable +of those on board could sleep much during that night, and early +on the 24th a large party set out over the floe. The _Morning_ +was lying some ten miles north of the _Discovery_, but it was far +easier to see her than to reach her. At last, however, the party, +after various little adventures, stood safely on deck and received +the warmest of welcomes. + +During the last week of January the weather was +[Page 143] +in its most glorious mood, and with some of the treacherous thin +ice breaking away the _Morning_ was able to get a mile nearer. +Parties constantly passed to and fro between the two ships, and +everyone--with unshaken confidence that the _Discovery_ would soon +be free--gave themselves up to the delight of fresh companionship, +and the joy of good news from the home country. To this scene of +festivity and cheeriness Scott, Wilson and Shackleton returned on +February 3, and though the last to open their letters they had +the satisfaction of knowing that the _Morning_ had brought nothing +but good news. + +By a curious coincidence Colbeck chose the night of the Southern +party's return to make his first visit to the _Discovery_, and soon +after Scott had come out of his delicious bath and was reveling in +the delight of clean clothes, he had the pleasure of welcoming him +on board. 'In those last weary marches over the barrier,' Scott says, +'I had little expected that the first feast in our home quarters +would be taken with strange faces gathered round our festive table, +but so it was, and I can well remember the look of astonishment +that dawned on those faces when we gradually displayed our power +of absorbing food.' + +But however difficult the appetites of the party were to appease, +for a fortnight after they had reached the ship their condition +was very wretched. Shackleton at once went to bed, and although +he soon tried to be out and about again, the least exertion caused +a return of his breathlessness, and he still suffered from +[Page 144] +the violent fits of coughing that had troubled him so much on the +journey. With Wilson, who at one time had shown the least signs +of scurvy, the disease had increased so rapidly at the end that +on his return he wisely decided to go to bed, where he remained +quietly for ten days. 'Wilson,' Scott wrote on February 16, 'is a +very fine fellow, his pluck and go were everything on our southern +journey; one felt he wouldn't give in till he dropped.' And this +collapse when he got back to the ship was in itself a proof of the +determination which must have upheld him during the last marches. + +Scott, though the least affected of the three, was also by no means +fit and well. Both his legs were swollen and his gums were very +uncomfortable, but in addition to these troubles he was attacked +by an overwhelming feeling of both physical and mental weariness. +'Many days passed,' he says, 'before I could rouse myself from this +slothful humour, and it was many weeks before I had returned to +a normally vigorous condition. It was probably this exceptionally +relaxed state of health that made me so slow to realize that the +ice conditions were very different from what they had been in the +previous season.... The prospect of the ice about us remaining fast +throughout the season never once entered my head.' His diary, however, +for the month shows how he gradually awakened to the true state of +affairs, and on February 13 he decided to begin the transport of +stores from the _Morning_ to the _Discovery_, so that the former +ship 'should run no risk of being detained.' And on the 18th when +[Page 145] +he paid his first visit to the _Morning_ and found the journey +'an awful grind,' he had begun to wonder whether the floe was ever +going to break up. + +[Illustration: LUNAR CORONA.] + +A week later he was clearly alive to the situation. 'The _Morning_ +must go in less than a week, and it seems now impossible that we +shall be free by that time, though I still hope the break-up may +come after she has departed.' Some time previously he had decided +that if they had to remain the ship's company should be reduced, +and on the 24th he had a talk with the men and told them that he +wished nobody to stop on board who was not willing. On the following +day a list was sent round for the names of those who wanted to go, +and the result was curiously satisfactory--for Scott had determined +that eight men should go, and not only were there eight names on +the list, but they were also precisely those which Scott would +have put there had he made the selection. Shackleton also had to +be told that he must go, as in his state of health Scott did not +think that any further hardships ought to be risked; but in his +place Scott requisitioned Mulock who by an extraordinary chance +is just the very man we wanted. We have now an immense amount of +details for charts... and Mulock is excellent at this work and as +keen as possible. It is rather amusing, as he is the only person +who is obviously longing for the ice to stop in, though of course +he doesn't say so. The other sporting characters are still giving +ten to one that it will go out, but I am bound to confess that +I am not sanguine.' + +[Page 146] +The letter from which the last extract is taken was begun on February +16, and before the end of the month all hope of the _Discovery_ +being able to leave with the _Morning_ had been abandoned. On March +2 nearly the whole of the _Discovery's_ company were entertained +on board the _Morning_, and on the following day the relief ship +slowly backed away from the ice-edge, and in a few minutes she was +turning to the north, with every rope and spar outlined against +the black northern sky. Cheer after cheer was raised as she gathered +way, and long after she had passed out of earshot the little band +stood gazing at her receding hull, and wondering when they too +would be able to take the northern track. + +In the _Morning_ went a letter from Scott which shows that although +in a sense disappointed by the prospect of having to remain for +another winter, both he and his companions were not by any means +dismayed. 'It is poor luck,' he wrote, 'as I was dead keen on getting +a look round C. North before making for home. However we all take +it philosophically, and are perfectly happy and contented on board, +and shall have lots to do in winter, spring and summer. We will +have a jolly good try to free the ship next year, though I fear +manual labour doesn't go far with such terribly heavy ice as we +have here; but this year we were of course unprepared, and when +we realized the situation it was too late to begin anything like +extensive operations. I can rely on every single man that remains +in the ship and I gave them all the option of leaving... +[Page 147] +the ship's company is now practically naval-officers and men--it +is rather queer when one looks back to the original gift of two +officers.' + +Referring to the Southern journey he says, 'We cut our food and +fuel too fine.... I never knew before what it was to be hungry; +at times we were famished and had to tighten our belts nightly +before going to sleep. The others dreamt of food snatched away at +the last moment, but this didn't bother me so much.' + +But characteristically the greater part of this long letter refers +not to his own doings, but to the admirable qualities of those who +were with him. Wilson, Royds, Skelton, Hodgson, Barne and Bernacchi +are all referred to in terms of the warmest praise, and for the +manner in which Colbeck managed the relief expedition the greatest +admiration is expressed. But in some way or other Scott discovered +good points in all the officers he mentioned, and if they were +not satisfactory in every way his object seemed to be rather to +excuse than to blame them. He was, however, unaffectedly glad to +see the last of the cook, for the latter had shown himself far +more capable at talking than at cooking, and had related so many +of his wonderful adventures that one of the sailors reckoned that +the sum total of these thrilling experiences must have extended +over a period of five hundred and ninety years--which, as the sailor +said, was a fair age even for a cook. + +By March 14 even the most optimistic of the company were compelled +to admit the certainty of a second winter, and orders were given +to prepare the +[Page 148] +ship for it. Compared with the previous year the weather had been +a great deal worse, for there had been more wind and much lower +temperatures, and under such conditions it was hopeless to go on +expecting the ice to break up. But it was not to be wondered at +that they found themselves wondering what their imprisonment meant. +Was it the present summer or the last that was the exception? For +them this was the gravest question, since on the answer to it their +chance of getting away next year, or at all, depended. + +While, however, the situation as regards the future was not altogether +without anxiety, they sturdily determined to make the best of the +present. To ward off any chance of scurvy, it was determined to +keep rigidly to a fresh-meat routine throughout the winter, and +consequently a great number of seals and skuas had to be killed. +At first the skua had been regarded as unfit for human food, but +Skelton on a sledding trip had caught one in a noose and promptly +put it into the pot. And the result was so satisfactory that the +skua at once began to figure prominently on the menu. They had, +however, to deplore the absence of penguins from their winter diet, +because none had been seen near the ship for a long time. + +On Wednesday, April 24, the sun departed, but Scott remarks upon +this rather dismal fact with the greatest cheerfulness: 'It would be +agreeable to know what is going to happen next year, but otherwise +we have no wants. Our routine goes like clock-work; +[Page 149] +we eat, sleep, work and play at regular hours, and are never in +lack of employment. Hockey, I fear, must soon cease for lack of +light, but it has been a great diversion, although not unattended +with risks, for yesterday I captured a black eye from a ball furiously +driven by Royds.' + +Of the months that followed little need be said, except that Scott's +anticipations were fully realized. In fact the winter passed by +without a hitch, and their second mid-winter day found them even +more cheerful than their first. Hodgson continued to work away +with his fish-traps, tow-nets and dredging; Mulock, who had been +trained as a surveyor and had great natural abilities for the work, +was most useful, first in collecting and re-marking all the +observations, and later on in constructing temporary charts; while +Barne generally vanished after breakfast and spent many a day at +his distant sounding holes. + +Throughout the season the routine of scientific observations was +carried out in the same manner as in the previous year, while many +new details were added; and so engaged was everyone in serviceable +work that when the second long Polar night ended, Scott was able to +write: 'I do not think there is a soul on board the _Discovery_ who +would say that it has been a hardship.... All thoughts are turned +towards the work that lies before us, and it would be difficult to +be blind to the possible extent of its usefulness. Each day has +brought it more home to us how little we know and how much there +is to be learned, and we +[Page 150] +realize fully that this second year's work may more than double +the value of our observations. Life in these regions has lost any +terror it ever possessed for us, for we know that, come what may, +we can live, and live well, for any reasonable number of years +to come.' + + + + +[Page 151] +CHAPTER VIII + +THE WESTERN JOURNEY + + Path of advance! but it leads + A long steep journey through sunk + Gorges, o'er mountains in snow.--M. ARNOLD. + +During the second winter much time and attention had to be given +to the sledge equipment, for there was scarcely an article in it +that did not need to be thoroughly overhauled and refitted. But in +spite of all their efforts, the outfit for the coming season was +bound to be a tattered and makeshift affair. Skins of an inferior +quality had to be used for sleeping-bags; the tents were blackened +with use, threadbare in texture, and patched in many places; the +cooking apparatus was considerably the worse for wear; the wind +clothes were almost worn out, while for all the small bags, which +were required for provisions, they were obliged to fall back on any +sheets and tablecloths that could be found. This state of things, +however, was very far from daunting their spirits, and long before +the winter was over the plan of campaign for the next season had +been drawn up. + +In making the program Scott knew that extended +[Page 152] +journeys could only be made by properly supported parties, and it +was easy to see that his small company would not be able to make +more than two supported journeys, though it might be just possible +to make a third more or less lengthy journey without support. The +next thing to decide was in what direction these parties should +go, and in this connection the greatest interest undoubtedly lay +in the west. To explore the Ferrar Glacier from a geological point +of view and find out the nature of the interior ice-cap must, Scott +determined, be attempted at all costs, and this journey to the +west he decided to lead himself. + +In the south it was evident that without dogs no party could hope +to get beyond the point already reached. But Scott's journey had +been made a long way from land, and consequently had left many +problems unsolved, chief among which were the extraordinary straits +that had appeared to run through the mountain ranges without rising +in level. It was therefore with the main object of exploring one +of them that the second supported party, under the leadership of +Barne and Mulock, was to set out. + +The credit in arranging the direction in which the unsupported +party should go belongs to Bernacchi, who was the first to ask +Scott what proof they had that the barrier surface continued on +a level to the eastward; and when Scott began to consider this +question, he discovered that there was no definite proof, and decided +that the only way to get it was to go and see. + +[Illustration: PINNACLED ICE AT MOUTH OF FERRAR GLACIER. _Photo +by F. Debenham._] + +[Illustration: PRESSURE RIDGES NORTH SIDE OF DISCOVERY BLUFF. _Photo +by F. Debenham._] + +[Page 153] +Besides the longer journeys, the program included a number of shorter +ones for specific purposes, and the most important of these were +the periodic visits to the Emperor penguin rookery, as it was hoped +that Wilson would be able to observe these birds from the beginning +of their breeding season. + +Finally, one important factor was to dominate all the sledding +arrangements, for although the _Discovery_ was mainly at the mercy +of natural causes, Scott made up his mind that everything man could +do to free her from the ice should be done. As soon as they could +hope to make any impression upon the great ice-sheet around them, +the whole force of the company was to set to work at the task of +extrication, and so all sledding journeys were to start in time +to assure their return to the ship by the middle of December. + +On September 9 Scott got away with his own party of Skelton, Dailey, +Evans, Lashly and Handsley, their object being to find a new road to +the Ferrar Glacier, and on it to place a depot ready for a greater +effort over the ice-cap. The Ferrar Glacier descends gradually +to the inlet, which had been named New Harbor, but Armitage had +reported most adversely on this inlet as a route for sledges, and +in conducting his own party had led it across the high foot-hills. +As yet Scott had not been to this region, but in the nature of +things he could not help thinking that some practical route must +exist up the New Harbour inlet, and that if it could be found the +journey to the west would be much easier. And the result of this +little journey +[Page 154] +was really important, for whereas Armitage, at the foot of the +Ferrar Glacier, had seen the disturbance on the south side, and +had concluded that it must extend right across, Scott's party +fortunately pushed over this disturbance and found much easier +conditions beyond it. + +The fact thus discovered, and which was amply supported by further +observations, was that invariably in the Antarctic regions where +glaciers run more or less east and west, the south side will be +found to be much broken up and decayed, while the north side will +be comparatively smooth and even. The reason of this, of course, +is simple enough, for the sun achieves its highest altitude in the +north, and consequently its warmest and most direct rays fall on +the south side of a valley. Here, therefore, the greater part of +the summer melting takes place, and a wild chaos of ice disturbance +is caused. + +Scott's party, by taking a different route, laid a depot at a spot +which Armitage had taken three weeks to reach, and was back again +at the ship in less than a fortnight. + +'We were,' Scott says, 'inclined to be exceedingly self-satisfied; +we had accomplished our object with unexpected ease, we had done +a record march, and we had endured record temperatures--at least, +we thought so, and thought also how pleasant it would be to tell +these things in front of a nice bright fire. As we approached the +ship, however, Hodgson came out to greet us, and his first question +was, "What temperatures +[Page 155] +have you had?" We replied by complacently quoting our array of +_minus_ fifties, but he quickly cut us short by remarking that we +were not in it.' + +In fact during those few days there had been a very cold snap throughout +the region. Barne's party on the barrier, where they had been laying +a depot, had the coldest time, and after their thermometer had +fallen lower and lower its spirit-column broke at -67.7 deg.. Royds +and his party also had to endure -62 deg., but in other respects they +were in luck. For on arriving at Cape Crozier they found that the +Emperor penguins had already hatched out their young, and Wilson +was delighted to get the opportunity of studying the chicks at +such a tender age. Commenting upon this and another journey to +Cape Crozier, Wilson wrote: 'The Emperor penguin stands nearly +four feet high, and weighs upward of eighty to ninety pounds.... +I think the chickens hate their parents, and when one watches the +proceedings in a rookery it strikes one as not surprising. In the +first place there is about one chick to ten or twelve adults, and +each adult has an overpowering desire to "sit" on something. Both +males and females want to nurse, and the result is that when a +chicken finds himself alone there is a rush on the part of a dozen +unemployed to seize him. Naturally he runs away, and dodges here +and there till a six-stone Emperor falls on him, and then begins +a regular football scrimmage, in which each tries to hustle the +other off, and the end is too often disastrous to the chick.... +I think it is not +[Page 156] +an exaggeration to say that of the 77 per cent. that die no less +than half are killed by kindness.' + +From Cape Crozier Cross resolved to try to bring two chickens back +to the ship, and by giving up his sleeping jacket to keep them +warm and tending them with the utmost care, he succeeded in his +attempt. But eventually they died from unnatural feeding, and Wilson +says: 'Had we even succeeded in bringing them to the age when they +put on their feathers, I fear that the journey home through the +tropics would have proved too much for them, as we had no means +of making a cool place for them on the ship.' + +September 21 brought with it a grievous disappointment, as on that +day the nautical almanac announced that nine-tenths of the sun would +be obscured. For this event Bernacchi had made the most careful +preparations, and everyone was placed under his orders during the +day. Telescopes and the spectroscopic camera were trained in the +right direction, magnetic instruments were set to run at quick +speed, and observers were told off to watch everything on which the +absence of sun could possibly have the smallest effect. Everything, +in short, was ready except the sun itself which obstinately refused +to come out. 'There may,' Scott says, 'have been an eclipse of +the sun on September 21, 1903, as the almanac said, but we should +none of us have liked to swear to the fact.' + +The next three weeks or so were spent in preparations for the long +journeys, and on October 12 Scott +[Page 157] +left the ship with a party of twelve, and four 11-foot sledges. First +came his own party, which included Skelton, Feather, Evans, Lashly +and Handsley; secondly there was a small party for the geologist, +Ferrar, who was accompanied by Kennar and Weller; and thirdly there +were the supports, consisting of Dailey, Williamson and Plumley. + +Scott guessed rightly that in many respects this was going to be the +hardest task he had yet undertaken, but he knew also that experience +would be a thing to be reckoned upon, and that it would take a +good deal to stop the determined men whom he had chosen. At the +start their loads were a little over 200 lbs. per man, but most +of the party were by this time in thoroughly good condition, and +by hard marching they covered the forty-five miles to New Harbour +and reached the snow-cape early on the 14th. + +This snow-cape in future was to be known as Butter Point, for here +on their return journey they could hope to obtain fresh seal-meat, +and in preparation for this great event a tin of butter was carried +and left at the point for each party. + +At first all went well with the travelers, and it was not until +the evening of the 17th, when they were camped amid indescribably +beautiful scenery, that the first cloud of trouble arose. Then +Dailey the carpenter reported that the German silver had split +under the runners of two sledges, and this was a most serious blow; +for although the wood runners were capable of running on snow without +protection, on +[Page 158] +hard, sharp ice, especially if the sledge was heavily laden, they +would be knocked to pieces in a very short time. It was, therefore, +absolutely necessary to protect the runners on this journey, but +unfortunately the German silver protection had already stood a +season's work, and had worn thin without giving any outward sign. + +From start to finish of the Ferrar Glacier about ninety miles of +hard ice were to be expected, and the problem that immediately +arose was how to get the sledges over this without damage. + +By lunch-time on the 18th they had achieved a height of over 6,000 +feet, and by that time the sledges were in such a parlous state +that Scott had all of them unpacked and the runners turned up for +inspection. Horrid revelations followed; one sledge remained sound, +and Scott promptly decided that there was one course and only one to +take, and that was to return to the ship as fast as they could. Had +two sledges been available the advance party might have struggled on, +but with one they could do nothing; so they left the sound sledge +with everything else except the half-week's provisions necessary +to take them back, and on the following days they 'came as near +flying as is possible with a sledge party.' On the morning of the +19th they had eighty-seven miles to cover, and by 8.30 P.M. on +the 21st they had reached the ship. + +During this march Scott had determined to test his own party to +the utmost, but seeing no necessity +[Page 159] +for the supports to be dragged into this effort he told them to +take their own time. The supporting party, however, did not mean +to be left behind if they could help it, and later on the night +of the 21st they also reached the ship. In the hard struggle of +the last hours some of the members of the supporting party, though +determined not to give in, had been comically astounded by the +pace which was set, and Kennar, presumably referring to Scott, +kept on repeating, 'If he can do it, I don't see why I can't: my +legs are as long as his. + +Five days after their flying return they were off again, and although +the material for repairing sledges was very scanty, one sound 11-foot +sledge had been made and also a 7-foot one for Ferrar's glacier +work. Trouble, however, almost at once began with the runners, +and on the 29th Ferrar's sledge gave out and caused a long delay. +But in spite of being held up by wind for two days, they reached +their depot on November 1, and thought at first that everything +was safe. On examination, however, they discovered that a violent +gale had forced open the lid of the instrument box, and that several +things were missing, among which Scott found to his dismay was +the 'Hints to Travelers.' + +'The gravity of this blow,' he wrote in his diary on November 1, +'can scarcely be exaggerated; but whilst I realized the blow I +felt that nothing would induce me to return to the ship a second +time; I thought it fair, however, to put the case to the others, +[Page 160] +and I am, as I expected, fortified by their willing consent to take +the risks of pushing on.' + +In traveling to the west, Scott expected to be--as indeed he was--out +of sight of landmarks for some weeks. In such a case as this the +sledge-traveler is in precisely the same position as a ship or a +boat at sea: he can only obtain a knowledge of his whereabouts +by observation of the sun or stars, and with the help of these +observations he finds his latitude and longitude, but to do this a +certain amount of data is required. 'Hints to Travelers' supplies +these necessary data, and it was on this book that Scott had been +relying to help him to work out his sights and fix accurately the +position of his party. Unless he went back to the ship to make +good his loss, he was obliged to take the risk of marching into +the unknown without knowing exactly where he was or how he was to +get back. 'If,' he says, 'the loss of our "Hints to Travelers" did +not lead us into serious trouble it caused me many a bad half-hour.' + +Having, however, decided to push on, they wasted no time about +it, and although the sledge-runners continued to need constant +attention they arrived at the base of the upper glacier reach on +the 2nd, and on the following day gained a height of 7,000 feet. + +So far nothing exceptionally eventful had occurred, but November +4 was destined to begin a time that Scott described afterwards as +'the most miserable week I have ever spent.' In the morning of +the 4th there was bright sunshine with a cold, increasing wind, +[Page 161] +but later on the sun disappeared and the weather became very +threatening. Still, however, they battled on and were half-way +up the bare, icy slope they were climbing, when the air became +thick with driving snow and the full force of the gale burst upon +them. Pushing on at almost a run they succeeded in reaching the +top, and hurriedly started to search for a patch of snow on which +to camp, but nothing could be found except bare, blue ice. By this +time the position was becoming serious, all of them were frost-bitten +in the face, and although the runners of the sledges were split +again so badly that they could barely pull them over the surface, +they did not dare to leave the sledges in the thick drift. + +At last a white patch was seen and a rush was made for it, but the +snow discovered was so ancient and wind-swept that it was almost +as hard as the ice itself. Nevertheless they knew it was this or +nothing, and Scott seized a shovel for his own tent-party, and +dug for all he was worth without making the least impression. At +this moment Feather, the boatswain, luckily came to help him, and +being more expert with the shovel managed to chip out a few small +blocks. Then they tried to get up a tent, but again and again it +and the poles were blown flat, and at least an hour passed before +the tents were erected. 'Nothing,' Scott wrote, 'but experience +saved us from disaster to-day, for I feel pretty confident that +we could not have stood another hour in the open.' + +Little, however, did they expect when shelter +[Page 162] +was gained that a week would pass before they could resume their +march. From November 4-11 the gale raged unceasingly, and meanwhile +not a vision of the outer world came to them, for they were enveloped +continuously in a thick fog of driving snow. + +In Scott's tent there was one book, Darwin's 'Cruise of the _Beagle_,' +and first one and then another would read this aloud, until frozen +fingers prevented the pages from being turned over. Only one piece +of work were they able to perform, and this on the first day when, +thinking the storm would soon blow over, they hauled the sledges +beneath one of the tents and stripped the German silver ready for +the onward march. + +By the fifth day of their imprisonment sleep began to desert them, +and Scott, realizing that the long inactivity was telling on the +health of the party, determined that whatever the conditions might +be he would try to start on the following morning. + +This attempt, however, resulted in complete failure. In ten minutes +both of Scott's hands were 'gone,' Skelton had three toes and the +heel of one foot badly frost-bitten, and Feather lost all feeling +in both feet. 'Things are looking serious,' Scott wrote after this +unsuccessful effort to be up and doing, 'I fear the long spell of +bad weather is telling on us. The cheerfulness of the party is +slowly waning; I heard the usual song from Lashly this morning, +but it was very short-lived and dolorous.... Something must be +done to-morrow, but what it will be, to-morrow only can show.' + +Fortunately the next morning brought a lull in the +[Page 163] +storm, and though the air was still as thick as a hedge it was +possible at last to break away from 'Desolation Camp.' Then Scott's +party separated from Ferrar's, the former making for the ice-fall +and eventually and miraculously reaching the top without accident. +On starting they could not see half-a-dozen yards ahead, and at +once went as nearly as possible into an enormous chasm; and when +they began to ascend they crossed numerous crevasses without waiting +to see if the bridges would bear. 'I really believe that we were +in a state when we none of us really cared much what happened; +our sole thought was to get away from that miserable spot.' + +But during the succeeding days fortune was with them, and by the +night of the 13th the fight was won and the summit reached. With +five weeks' provisions in hand, and the prospect of covering many +miles before a return to the glacier would be necessary, they were, +as they camped at the elevation of 8,900 feet, a very different +party from the one which had struggled out of 'Desolation Camp' +on the morning of the 11th. + +But they had scarcely gained the summit of the icecap and started the +journey to the west before troubles again began to gather round them. +The long stay in 'Desolation Camp' had covered their sleeping-bags +and night-jackets with ice, and with falling temperatures this ice +had so little chance to evaporate that camping arrangements were +acutely uncomfortable; and as each night the thermometer fell a +little lower, +[Page 164] +the chance of relief from this state of things could scarcely be +said to exist. The wind, too, was a constant worry, for though it +was not very strong, when combined with the low temperature and +rarefied air its effect was blighting. + +'I do not think,' Scott wrote, 'that it would be possible to conceive +a more cheerless prospect than that which faced us at this time, +when on this lofty, desolate plateau we turned our backs upon the +last mountain peak that could remind us of habitable lands. Yet +before us lay the unknown. What fascination lies in that word! +Could anyone wonder that we determined to push on, be the outlook +ever so comfortless?' + +So they plodded forward with all their strength, but in spite of +every effort their progress gradually became slower. By the 17th +the sledges had been divided, Scott, Feather, and Evans leading +with one, while Skelton, Handsley, and Lashly followed with the +other. But Scott found very soon that the second sledge had great +difficulty in keeping up, and that although he himself felt thoroughly +strong and well, some of his companions were beginning to fail. As +was natural with such men not one of them would own that he was +exhausted, and in consequence it was only by paying the keenest +attention that he could detect those who from sheer incapacity +were relaxing their strain on the traces. And his position was not +pleasant even when he knew, for to tell any of these brave people +that they must turn back was a most unenviable +[Page 165] +task. Thus it came about that all six of them marched on, though +Scott was sure that better progress would have been made had the +party been divided. + +Something like a climax was reached on the 20th, when Handsley +more or less broke down. Not for a moment, however, did he mean +to give up, and when he was relieved of some part of his work he +begged Scott not again to make an example of him. In Handsley's +opinion his breakdown was a disgrace, and no arguments would make +him change it. Small wonder then that Scott wrote in his diary: +'What children these men are, and yet what splendid children! The +boatswain has been suffering agonies from his back; he has been +pulling just behind me, and in some sympathy that comes through the +traces I have got to know all about him, yet he has never uttered a +word of complaint, and when he knows my eye is on him he straightens +up and pretends he is just as fit as ever. What is one to do with +such people?' + +What Scott did was to try for another day to go on as before, but +on November 22 he had to tell Skelton, Feather, and Handsley that +they must turn back, and though 'they could not disguise their +disappointment, they all seemed to understand that it had to be.' + +From the date on which Scott reluctantly came to this decision, +three weeks of the hardest physical toil followed for him and his +companions, Evans and Lashly. Nevertheless Scott looked back upon +this strenuous time with unmixed satisfaction, and paid a +[Page 166] +high tribute of praise to his companions for their part in the +successful work that was done. + +'With these two men behind me,' he says, 'our sledge seemed to be +a living thing, and the days of slow progress were numbered.... +Troubles and discomforts were many, and we could only guess at +the progress we made, but we knew that by sticking to our task +we should have our reward when our observations came to be worked +out on board the ship.' + +Regularly each night the temperature fell to -40 deg. or below, while +during the marching hours it rarely rose much above -25 deg., and with +this low temperature there was a constant wind. In fact the wind was +the plague of their lives and cut them to pieces. So cracked were +their faces that laughing hurt horribly, and the first half-hour +of the morning march, before they were warmed up to the work, was +dreadful, as then all their sore places got frost-bitten. In short the +last week of their outward march was a searching test of endurance, +but they had resolved to march on until November 30, and in spite +of the miserable conditions there was no turning back before the +month had ended. + +Scott, however, was most undisguisedly glad when November 30 had +come and gone. 'We have finished our last outward march, thank +heaven! Nothing has kept us going during the past week but the +determination to carry out our original intention of going on to +the end of the month, and so here we have pitched our last camp.' + + + + +[Page 167] +CHAPTER IX + +THE RETURN FROM THE WEST + + Ceaseless frost round the vast solitude + Bound its broad zone of stillness.--SHELLEY. + +'We are all,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'very proud of our march +out. I don't know where we are, but I know we must be a long way to +the west from my rough noon observation of the compass variation.' +But not for anything in the world did he want again to see the +interior of Victoria Land. Writing two years after this great march +he says: 'For me the long month which we spent on the Victoria Land +summit remains as some vivid but evil dream. I have a memory of +continuous strain on mind and body, lightened only by the unfailing +courage and cheerfulness of my companions.' + +From first to last the month of November had been a struggle to +penetrate into this barren, deserted, wind-swept, piercingly cold, +and fearfully monotonous region, and although on turning homewards +the travelers were relieved by having the wind at their backs, the +time of trial was by no means over. Only by utilizing all their +powers of marching could they hope +[Page 168] +to retreat in safety from their position, and December opened with +such overcast weather that valuable time had to be spent in the +tent. During the next few days, however, good marches were made, +until on December 9 everything changed abruptly for the worse. + +On the afternoon of the 9th the surface became so abominably bad, +that by pulling desperately they could not get the sledge along +at more than a mile an hour. Oil was growing short, and in view +of the future Scott had to propose that marching hours should be +increased by one hour, that they should use half allowance of oil, +and that if they did not sight landmarks within a couple of days +their rations should be reduced. 'When I came to the cold lunch +and fried breakfast poor Evans' face fell; he evidently doesn't +much believe in the virtue of food, unless it is in the form of +a _hoosh_ and has some chance of sticking to one's ribs.' + +Land was sighted on the 10th, 11th, and 12th, but the weather was +as overcast as ever, and Scott was still in dreadful uncertainty +of their whereabouts, because he was unable to recognize a single +point. Ten hours' pulling per day was beginning to tell upon them, +and although apart from the increasing pangs of hunger there was +no sign of sickness, Scott remarks, on the 12th, that they were +becoming 'gaunt shadows.' + +During the morning of the 13th Evans' nose, which had been more +or less frost-bitten for some weeks, had an especially bad attack. +His attitude +[Page 169] +to this unruly member was one of comic forbearance, as though, +while it scarcely belonged to him, he was more or less responsible +for it and so had to make excuses. On this occasion when told that +it had 'gone,' he remarked in a resigned tone, 'My poor old nose +again; well, there, it's chronic!' By the time it had been brought +round a storm was blowing, and though they continued to march, +the drift was so thick that at any moment they might have walked +over the edge of a precipice--a fitting prelude to what, by general +consent, was admitted to be the most adventurous day in their lives. + +Prospects, when they started to march on the next morning, were at +first a little brighter, but soon a bitterly cold wind was blowing and +high ice hummocks began to appear ahead of them. In this predicament +Scott realized that it was both rash to go forward, as the air was +becoming thick with snow-drift, and equally rash to stop, for if they +had to spend another long spell in a blizzard camp, starvation would +soon be staring them in the face. So he asked Evans and Lashly if +they were ready to take the risk of going on, and promptly discovered +that they were. Then they marched straight for the ice disturbance, +and as the surface became smoother and the slope steeper their +sledge began to overrun them. At this point Scott put Evans and +Lashly behind to hold the sledge back, while he continued in front +to guide its course, and what happened afterwards is described +most graphically in the diary of the 15th. + +[Page 170] +'Suddenly Lashly slipped, and in an instant he was sliding downward +on his back; directly the strain came on Evans, he too was thrown +off his feet. It all happened in a moment, and before I had time +to look the sledge and the two men hurtled past me; I braced myself +to stop them, but might as well have attempted to hold an express +train. With the first jerk I was whipped off my legs, and we all +three lay sprawling on our backs and flying downward with an +ever-increasing velocity. For some reason the first thought that +flashed into my mind was that someone would break a limb if he +attempted to stop our mad career, and I shouted something to this +effect, but might as well have saved my breath. Then there came +a sort of vague wonder as to what would happen next, and in the +midst of that I was conscious that we had ceased to slide smoothly +and were now bounding over a rougher incline, sometimes leaving +it for several yards at a time; my thought flew to broken limbs +again, for I felt we could not stand much of such bumping. + +'At length we gave a huge leap into the air, and yet we traveled +with such velocity that I had not time to think before we came +down with tremendous force on a gradual incline of rough, hard, +wind-swept snow. Its irregularities brought us to rest in a moment +or two, and I staggered to my feet in a dazed fashion, wondering +what had happened. + +'Then to my joy I saw the others also struggling to their legs, and +in another moment I could thank heaven that no limbs were broken. +But we had by +[Page 171] +no means escaped scathless; our legs now show one black bruise from +knee to thigh, and Lashly was unfortunate enough to land once on +his back, which is bruised and very painful.... I, as the lightest, +escaped the easiest, yet before the two men crawled painfully to +their feet their first question was to ask if I had been hurt. + +'As soon as I could pull myself together I looked round, and now to +my astonishment I saw that we were well on towards the entrance of our +own glacier; ahead and on either side of us appeared well-remembered +landmarks, whilst behind, in the rough broken ice-wall over which we +had fallen, I now recognized at once the most elevated ice cascade +of our valley.... + +'I cannot but think that this sudden revelation of our position +was very wonderful. Half an hour before we had been lost; I could +not have told whether we were making for our own glacier or any +other, or whether we were ten or fifty miles from our depot; it +was more than a month since we had seen any known landmark. Now +in this extraordinary manner the curtain had been raised... and +down the valley we could see the high cliffs of the Depot Nunatak +where peace and plenty awaited us.' + +The sledge had not capsized until they all rolled over at the end, +but the jolting had scattered their belongings and broken open the +biscuit box, with the result that they had no provisions left, +except the few scraps they could pick up and the meager contents +of their food bag. As quickly as stiffening limbs would +[Page 172] +allow they collected their scattered articles, repacked the sledge +and marched on towards the depot. Before them lay a long plateau, at +the edge of which Scott knew that they would find a second cascade, +and beneath it the region of Desolation Camp and a more gradual +icy surface down to the depot. + +Fortune favored them in descending the second cascade, and quite +unsuspicious of any further danger they joined up their harness to +their usual positions in front of the sledge. This brought Scott +in the middle and a little in advance, with Lashly on his right +and Evans on his left. Presently the sledge began to skid, and +Scott told Lashly to pull wide to steady it. Scarcely had this +order been obeyed when Scott and Evans stepped on nothing and +disappeared, while Lashly miraculously saved himself from following +and sprang back with his whole weight on the trace. The sledge +flashed by him and jumped the crevasse down which Scott and Evans +had gone, one side of the sledge being cracked by the jerk but +the other side mercifully holding. 'Personally,' Scott says, 'I +remember absolutely nothing until I found myself dangling at the +end of my trace with blue walls on either side and a very horrid +looking gulf below; large ice-crystals dislodged by our movements +continued to shower down on our heads. As a first step I took off +my goggles; I then discovered that Evans was hanging just above +me. I asked him if he was all right, and received a reassuring +reply in his calm, matter-of-fact tones.' + +[Page 173] +Then Scott began to grope about on every side with his cramponed +feet, but not until his struggles set him swinging did his leg +suddenly strike a projection. At a glance he saw that by raising +himself he could get a foothold on this, and after a short struggle +he stood upon a thin shaft of ice, which was wedged providentially +between the walls of the chasm, and could look about him. To the +right or left, above or below, there was not the vestige of another +such support, nothing, in fact, but the smooth walls of ice. The +projection seemed to have got there by a miracle, but miracle or +not the thing to do was to help Evans, and when the latter had +slipped his harness well up beneath his arms Scott found that he +could pilot his feet to the bridge. + +'All this had occupied some time, and it was only now that I realized +what had happened above us, for there, some twelve feet over our +heads, was the outline of the broken sledge. I saw at once what a +frail support remained, and shouted to Lashly to ask what he could +do, and then I knew the value of such a level-headed companion; +for whilst he held on grimly to the sledge and us with one hand, +his other was busily employed in withdrawing our ski. At length +he succeeded in sliding two of these beneath the broken sledge, +and so making our support more secure.' + +But clever as this device was it still left them without Lashly's +active assistance, because directly he relaxed his hold the sledge +began to slip. The only +[Page 174] +possible course, therefore, was for Scott and Evans to climb out +unaided, and, after a word with Evans Scott decided to try first; +though he confessed afterwards that he never expected to reach +the top. Not for a longtime had he swarmed a rope, and to do so +in thick clothing, heavy crampons, and with frost-bitten fingers +seemed to him impossible. Of the struggle that followed he remembered +little except that he got a rest when he could plant his foot in +the belt of his own harness, and again when his feet held on the +rings of the belt. 'Then came a mighty effort, till I reached the +stirrup formed by the rope span of the sledge, and then, mustering +all the strength that remained, I reached the sledge itself and +flung myself on to the snow beyond. Lashly said, "Thank God!" and +it was perhaps then that I realized that his position had been +the worst of all.' + +But having arrived at the top he was completely out of action for +several minutes, for his hands were white to the wrists, and not +until their circulation came back could he get to work. With two on +top and only one below the position, however, was very different, +and presently Evans, badly frost-bitten, was landed on the surface. +For a minute or two they could only stand and look at one another. +Then Evans said, 'Well, I'm blowed,' which was the first sign of +surprise he had shown. + +By six o'clock on that same evening they reached their depot, and +passed from abject discomfort to rest and peace. Bruised, sore +and tired as they were, +[Page 175] +Lashly sang merrily as he stirred the pot, while Scott and Evans +sat on the sledge, shifted their foot-gear, spread out their clothes +to dry, and talked cheerily about the happenings of the day. + +From this time onward their camp-life was wholly, pleasant, except +to Lashly who had an attack of snow-blindness. Apart from that they +were in the best of condition for the hard marching in front of +them, and when on the night of the 20th they reached their second +depot and could look out towards the sea, they did not care how far +round they might have to walk if only that stubborn sheet of ice +had broken away. But it was too evident that their homeward track +might be as straight as they chose, as only in the far distance was +open water to be seen, and with sorrow they realized that there +must still be many miles of ice between it and the _Discovery_. + +Late on Christmas Eve they were once more on board the ship after +an absence of fifty-nine days, during which they had traveled 725 +miles. Taking the eighty-one days of absence which had constituted +the whole sledding season, Scott, Evans and Lashly had covered 1,098 +miles, and, not including minor undulations, had climbed heights +which totaled to 19,000 feet. On getting back to the _Discovery_ +Scott found only Koettlitz, Handsley and Quartley on board, because +all the rest of the company had gone to the north to saw through the +ice; and during the few days of rest that he allowed himself before +going to the sawing-camp, he was able to read the reports of the +[Page 176] +officers who had led the other journeys, and to see what excellent +work had been done during his absence. + +Ferrar's survey and Skelton's photographic work had added materially +to the value of the western journey; the party led by Barne and +Mulock to the south had met with ill-fortune from the start, but +throughout the journey Mulock used the theodolite indefatigably, +with the results that this stretch of coast-line was more accurately +plotted than any other part of Victoria Land, and that the positions +and height of over two hundred mountain peaks were fixed. Barne +also obtained a very good indication of the movement of the Great +Barrier ice-sheet. During Royds' journey, on which the party went +on very short food allowance, Bernacchi took a most interesting +series of magnetic observations. And although to Bernacchi himself +belongs the greatest credit, some reflected glory, at any rate, fell +upon his companions, because they had to stay shivering outside +the tent while he was at work inside it. + +Wilson had not only been busy with the penguins at Cape Crozier, but +had also made a complete examination of the enormous and interesting +pressure ridges which form the junction of the Great Barrier ice-mass +with the land, and subsequently had spent much time in studying the +windless area to the south of Ross Island. Also, with Armitage and +Heald, he had made an excellent little journey, on which Armitage +obtained some very good photographs, +[Page 177] +sufficient in themselves to prove the receding glacial conditions +of the whole continent. + +In short during Scott's absence his companions had been working +strenuously to increase the supply of information; so when the +second sledding-season ended, they could with reason congratulate +themselves that the main part of their work was done. + + + + +[Page 178] +CHAPTER X + +RELEASE + + And Thor + Set his shoulder hard against the stern + To push the ship through... + ...and the water gurgled in + And the ship floated on the waves and rock'd. + M. ARNOLD. + +After a few days on board Scott became restless to see what was +going on in the sawing-camp, and on the morning of the 31st he +started off with Evans, Lashly and Handsley to march the ten and +a half miles to the north. When the instructions for this attempt +to free the _Discovery_ were drawn up, there had been, of course, +no telling how broad the ice-sheet would be when operations began, +and Scott had been obliged to assume that it would be nearly the +same as in the previous year, when the open water had extended to +the Dellbridge Islets about eleven miles from the ship. There he +directed that the camp should be made, and Armitage, on whom in +Scott's absence the command had devolved, made all preparations +in accordance with the instructions he had received. + +At the outset, however, a difficulty awaited him, +[Page 179] +as in the middle of December the open water, instead of being up +to the islets, ended at least ten miles farther to the north. Under +the circumstances he considered it dangerous to take the camp out to +the ice-edge, and so the sawing work had been begun in the middle +of the ice-sheet instead of at its edge. + +Thirty people were in the camp when Scott arrived, and though at +first the work had been painful both to arms and backs they were +all in splendid condition and spirits. Fortunately this was a land +of plenty, penguins and seals abounded, and everyone agreed that, +apart from the labour, they were having a most enjoyable time, +though no one imagined that the work would be useful. + +In two days Scott was as convinced as anyone that the work must be +in vain, and ordered the sawing to stop. 'I have been much struck,' +he wrote, 'by the way in which everyone has cheerfully carried on +this hopeless work until the order came to halt. There could have +been no officer or man among them who did not see from the first +how utterly useless it was, and yet there has been no faltering +or complaint, simply because all have felt that, as the sailor +expresses it, "Them's the orders."' + +With twenty miles of ice between the _Discovery_ and freedom, the +possibility of yet another winter had to be considered, so although +most of the company returned to the ship, Lashly, Evans, Handsley +and Clarke were left behind to make sure of an adequate stock of +penguins. And then Scott being unable +[Page 180] +to do any good by remaining in the ship started off to the north +with Wilson, the former being anxious to watch the ice-edge and see +what chance there was of a break-up, while Wilson wanted to study +the life of that region. This journey was to be 'a real picnic,' with +no hard marching and plenty to eat; and, pursuing their leisurely +way, on January 4 they were within half a mile of the open water +when Wilson suddenly said, 'There they are.' Then Scott looked +round, and on the rocks of Cape Royds saw a red smudge dotted with +thousands of little black and white figures. Without doubt they +had stumbled upon a penguin rookery, but interesting as it was to +have made the discovery, it was at the same time exasperating to +think of the feast of eggs they had missed in the last two years. +During the rest of the day they watched the penguins and the skua +gulls which were nesting around them; and before supper they took +soap and towels down to a rill of thaw-water that ran within a few +yards of their tent, and washed in the warm sunlight. 'Then,' Scott +says, 'we had a dish of fried penguin's liver with seal kidneys; +eaten straight out of the frying-pan, this was simply delicious. +I have come to the conclusion that life in the Antarctic Regions +can be very pleasant.' + +Still in the proper picnic spirit they dawdled over their breakfast +on the following day, and were lazily discussing plans when Scott, +looking through the open door of the tent to the clear sea beyond, +suddenly caught sight of a ship. In a moment haste and bustle reigned +supreme, and while they were searching for +[Page 181] +boots and other things necessary for the march, Wilson said, 'Why, +there's another,' and without any doubt two vessels were framed +in the doorway. It had at once been taken for granted that the +first ship was the _Morning_, but what in the name of fortune was +the meaning of the other neither Scott nor Wilson could imagine. +The easiest and quickest way to find out was to go straight on +board, for the ships were making for the ice-edge some five miles +to the westward, but if they had followed this simple plan their +companions on the _Discovery_ would have known nothing about it, +and would have been compelled to wait for their mails. So they +started southward to find the penguin hunters, and then to send +them to establish communications with the ship. For a long time +no sight of the men could be seen, but after traveling about six +miles Scott and Wilson saw the tent, though without any signs of +life about it; indeed they were within a hundred yards before in +answer to their shouts four very satisfied figures emerged, still +munching the remains of a meal. 'Of course,' Scott says, 'I thought +they had not seen the ships, but they had, only, as they explained, +they didn't see there was any cause for them to do anything in the +matter. I said, "But, good heavens, you want your mails, don't +you?" "Oh, yes, sir," they replied, "but we thought that would be +all right." In other words, they as good as said that life was so +extremely easy and pleasant that there was no possible object in +worrying over such a trifle as the arrival of a relief expedition.' +When, however, they +[Page 182] +had got their orders they were off at once, and Scott and Wilson +went back to the ships and soon found out from Colbeck why the +_Terra Nova_ had accompanied the _Morning_, and how strangely the +aspect of affairs had altered. Writing in his diary on that night +Scott says, 'I can only record that in spite of the good home news, +and in spite of the pleasure of seeing old friends again, I was +happier last night than I am to-night.' + +Briefly the reasons for the sending of the two ships instead of +one were these. Scott's report taken by the _Morning_ had left +the strong impression that the relief ship must again be sent to +the south in 1903. The 'Morning' fund, however, was inadequate to +meet the requirements of another year, and there was not time enough +to appeal to the public and to explain the full necessities of the +case. In these circumstances there was nothing for the Societies +to do but to appeal to the Government, and eventually the latter +agreed to undertake the whole conduct of the relief expedition, +provided that the _Morning_, as she stood, was delivered over to +them. The Government naturally placed the management of affairs in +the hands of the Admiralty, and once having taken the responsibility +it was felt that two ships must be sent, in order that there should +be no risk of the pledge being unfulfilled. + +The _Terra Nova_, one of the finest of the whaling ships, was bought, +and a whaling crew, under the command of Captain Harry MacKay, +was engaged to navigate her. Towards the end of November 1903 she +layoff Hobart Town in Tasmania, and in +[Page 183] +December she was joined by the _Morning_, Captain Colbeck being +directed to take charge of this joint venture until both ships +could come under Scott's command. + +Thus it happened that, much to every one's surprise, two ships +arrived off the edge of the fast ice on January 4, 1904. It was +not, however, the arrival of the _Terra Nova_, whose captain from +the first was anxious to help in every way, but quite another matter +that made Scott so sad--and naturally sad--at this time. + +In England the majority of those competent to judge the situation +had formed the opinion that the _Discovery_ was stuck fast in the +ice for all time. Whether the Admiralty held this opinion or not +is of no consequence, because in any case it was their duty to see +that the expense of another relief expedition should be avoided. +Consequently there was no other course open to them except to tell +Scott to abandon the _Discovery_, if she could not be freed in +time to accompany the relief ships to the north. But necessary +as this order was, it placed Scott and his companions in a very +cruel position. Under the most ordinary conditions a sailor would +go through much rather than abandon his ship, but the ties which +bound Scott and his company to the _Discovery_ were very far beyond +the ordinary; indeed they involved a depth of sentiment not in the +least surprising when their associations with her are remembered. + +In spite of their long detention in the ice, the thought of leaving +her had never entered their heads. +[Page 184] +Some time she would be free again, and even if they had to spend +a third winter in her they had determined to go through with it, +and make themselves as comfortable as possible. + +It was from this passably contented frame of mind that they were +rudely awakened. Now they were obliged to face the fact that unless +a twenty-mile plain of ice broke up within six weeks, they must bid +a long farewell to their beloved ship and return to their homes +as castaways. So with the arrival of the relief ships there fell +the first and last cloud of gloom which was ever allowed on board +the _Discovery_. And as day followed day with no improvement in +the ice conditions, the gloom deepened until anyone might easily +have imagined that an Antarctic expedition was a most dismal affair. + +On January 10 Scott wrote: 'Reached the ship this morning, and +this afternoon assembled all hands on the mess-deck, where I told +them exactly how matters stood. There was a stony silence. I have +not heard a laugh in the ship since I returned.' + +For some time a flagstaff had been erected on Tent Islet, ten miles +to the north, and a system of signals had been arranged to notify +any changes in the ice, but day after day the only signal was 'No +change in the ice conditions.' + +On the 15th to relieve the weariness of waiting for something that +did not happen, Scott arranged that their collections and instruments +should be transported to the relief ships. Whatever the future held +[Page 185] +in store he saw no reason why this should not be done, and to have +anything at all to do during this trying time was a blessing; though +he had by no means given up hope that the Discovery would be freed. + +After a long spell at Cape Royds camp, Wilson returned to the ship +on the night of the 21st with news that was all the more welcome at +such an anxious time. Strolling over the beach one day to inspect +what he thought was a prodigiously large seal he saw that it was +quite different from any of the ordinary seals, and went back to +the camp for his gun. Two of the _Morning_ officers were in camp +with him, and all three of them proceeded to stalk this strange +new beast. Their great fear was that they might only succeed in +wounding it and that it might escape into the sea; so in spite +of the temperature of the water they waded round it before they +attacked. These tactics were successful, but their quarry when +dispatched was far too heavy for them to move, or for Wilson to +examine where it lay. On the following day, however, Colbeck came +over in the _Morning_, and with the aid of boats and ropes the +carcass was landed on his decks. Then Wilson came to the conclusion +that the animal was a sea-elephant commonly found at Macquarie +Island, but never before seen within the Antarctic circle. + +No change in the ice occurred until the 18th when some large pieces +broke away, and by the 23rd Scott reckoned that the relief ships were +four or five miles nearer than they had been a fortnight before. But, +[Page 186] +if the conditions were to be as they had been two years before, +thirteen or fourteen miles of ice must go out in fifteen days, +a far more rapid rate than it had been going during the previous +fortnight. On the 28th, however, the first sign of real promise +occurred, for the whole ice-sheet began to sway very slightly under +the action of a long swell, its edge against the land rising and +falling as much as 18 inches. 'We are all very restless, constantly +dashing up the hill to the lookout station or wandering from place +to place to observe the effects of the swell. But it is long since +we enjoyed such a cheerful experience as we get on watching the +loose pieces of ice jostling one another at Hut Point.' + +Days of hope and anxiety followed, until the 14th of February arrived +and brought the best of news with it. During the day nothing unusual +happened, and it was not until Scott was at dinner that the excitement +began. Then he heard a shout on deck, and a voice sang out down +the hatchway, 'The ships are coming, sir!' + +'There was no more dinner, and in a moment we were racing for Hut +Point, where a glorious sight met our view. The ice was breaking +up right across the strait, and with a rapidity which we had not +thought possible. No sooner was one great floe borne away. Than +a dark streak cut its way into the solid sheet that remained and +carved out another, to feed the broad stream of pack which was +hurrying away to the north-west. + +'I have never witnessed a more impressive sight; +[Page 187] +the sun was low behind us, the surface of the ice-sheet in front +was intensely white, and in contrast the distant sea and its forking +leads looked almost black. The wind had fallen to a calm, and not a +sound disturbed the stillness about us. Yet, in the midst of this +peaceful silence, was an awful unseen agency rending that great +ice-sheet as though it had been none but the thinnest paper.' + +But fast as the ice was breaking, it was not fast enough for the +relief ships. Evidently there was a race between them to be the +first to pass beyond the flagstaff round which the small company +of spectators had clustered; although the little _Morning_, with +her bluff bows and weak engines, could scarcely expect to hold +her own against such a powerful competitor. By half-past ten those +on shore could see the splintering of the ice as the ships crashed +into the floes, and the shouts of the men as with wild excitement +they cheered each fresh success, could be distinctly heard. + +Scarcely half a mile of ice remained and the contest became keener +and keener. On came the _Terra Nova_, but in spite of all her mighty +efforts the persistent little _Morning_, dodging right and left +and seizing every chance opening, kept doggedly at her side, and +still seemed to have a chance of winning the race. + +Meanwhile the spectators, in their nondescript tattered garments, +stood breathlessly watching this wonderful scene. + +'For long intervals we remained almost spell-bound, and then a burst +of frenzied cheering broke out. It +[Page 188] +seemed to us almost too good to be real. By eleven o'clock all +the thick ice had vanished, and there remained only the thin area +of decayed floe which has lately made the approach to the ships +so dangerous; a few minutes later the _Terra Nova_ forged ahead +and came crashing into the open, to be followed almost immediately +by her stout little companion, and soon both ships were firmly +anchored to all that remains of the _Discovery's_ prison, the wedge +that still holds in our small bay.... + +'And so to-night the ships of our small fleet are lying almost +side by side; a rope from the _Terra Nova_ is actually secured +to the _Discovery_. Who could have thought it possible? Certainly +not we who have lived through the trying scenes of the last month.' + +The small wedge of sea-ice that still remained in the bay was cracked +in many places, and would doubtless have departed of its own accord +in a few days; but Scott, naturally impatient to get away, decided +to hasten matters by explosions. Consequently at 1 A.M. on February +16 there was an explosion which shook the whole bay, and rudely +disturbed not only the ice but also the slumbers of those who were +not members of the explosion party. + +A few hours later another explosive charge was borne out, and when +all was ready Scott pressed the firing key. 'There was a thunderous +report which shook the ship throughout, and then all was calm again. +For a brief moment one might have imagined that nothing had happened, +but then one saw that each +[Page 189] +crack was slowly widening; presently there came the gurgle of water +as it was sucked into our opening ice-bed, and in another minute +there was a creaking aft and our stern rose with a jump as the +keel was freed from the ice which had held it down. Then, as the +great mass of ice on our port hand slowly glided out to sea, our +good ship swung gently round and lay peacefully riding to her anchors +with the blue water lapping against her sides.... Thus it was that +the _Discovery_ came to her own again--the right to ride the high +seas.' + +On that day it would have been impossible to find a prouder or +happier ship's company, but with all their feelings of elation +they did not imagine that everything would run smoothly after such +a long period of disuse, and they knew also that much hard work lay +in front of them if they were to carry out the remainder of their +program. If the _Discovery_ was free before the navigable season +closed Scott had resolved to spend the remaining time in exploring +the region to the westward of Cape North, but now after two years' +imprisonment coal was lacking for such a scheme. Directly the relief +ships had arrived he had asked them for as great a quantity as +possible, but although the replies had at first been satisfactory, +a long month's fight with wind and ice had sadly reduced the amount +they could afford to give. The only thing to do was to get without +any delay what could be spared, and on the afternoon of the 16th +the _Terra Nova_ came alongside to hand over her supply. 'The +afternoon,' Scott says, 'was beautifully calm and +[Page 190] +bright, and the weather seemed to smile peacefully on the termination +of our long and successful struggle with the ice.... We little +guessed what lay before us.' + +On the 15th a large wooden cross, bearing a simply carved inscription +to the memory of poor Vince, was erected on the summit of Hut Point, +and on the following day the small company landed together and +stood bareheaded round this memorial, while Scott read some short +prayers. + +The water was oily calm and the sky threatening as they pulled +back to the ship after paying this last tribute of homage to their +shipmate, but weather of this kind had been too common to attract +attention. On that night Captain MacKay was dining in the _Discovery_ +for the first time, and a great effort had been made to show him how +good an Antarctic feast could be. In the middle of dinner, however, +word came down to Scott that the wind had sprung up, and although +he expected nothing serious he went up to see what was happening. +Then he saw they were in for a stiff blow, and reluctantly had to +inform his guests of the fact. One glance at the sky satisfied +MacKay, who was over the rail like a shot, and in a few minutes +the _Terra Nova_ was steaming for the open and lost in the drift.' + +[Illustration: THE 'TERRA NOVA' LEAVING THE ANTARCTIC. _Photo by +F. Debenham._] + +Very soon both wind and sea had risen, but although Scott did not +altogether like the look of things and determined to get up steam as +soon as possible, he did not want to hurry those in the engine-room +after such a long period of disuse. But early in the morning +[Page 191] +of the 17th the situation became really dangerous, and the _Discovery_ +began to jerk at her cables in the most alarming manner. + +'I knew,' he wrote on the night of that eventful day, 'that in +spite of our heavy anchor the holding ground was poor, and I watched +anxiously to see if the ship dragged. + +'It came at last, just as Skelton sent a promise of steam in half +an hour. The sea was again breaking heavily on the ice-foot astern +and I walked up and down wondering which was coming first, the +steam or this wave-beaten cliff. It was not a pleasant situation, +as the distance grew shorter every minute, until the spray of the +breaking waves fell on our poop, and this was soon followed by +a tremendous blow as our stern struck the ice. We rebounded and +struck again, and our head was just beginning to falloff and the +ship to get broadside on (heaven knows what would have happened +then) when steam was announced.' + +Then the ship just held her own and only just; the engines alone +would not send her to windward in the teeth of the gale. Once around +Hut Point, Scott knew that they would be safe with open sea before +them; and the end of the Point was only a quarter of a mile out, +though off the end there was a shallow patch which had to be cleared +before safety could be reached. So finding that no headway was +being made he began to edge out towards the Point, and all seemed +well until, nearly opposite to the Point itself, he saw to his +alarm that a strong current was sweeping past. + +[Page 192] +'Nothing remained but to make a dash for it, and I swung the helm +over and steered for the open. But the moment our bows entered the +fast-running stream we were swung round like a top, and the instant +after we crashed head foremost onto the shoal and stopped dead with +our masts shivering. We were in the worst possible position, dead +to windward of the bank with wind, sea, and current all tending to +set us faster ashore. + +'We took the shore thus at about 11 A.M., and the hours that followed +were truly the most dreadful I have ever spent. Each moment the +ship came down with a sickening thud which shook her from stem +to stern, and each thud seemed to show more plainly that, strong +as was her build, she could not long survive such awful blows.' + +Hour after hour passed while the ship quivered and trembled and +crashed again and again into her rocky bed. Nothing more could be +done for her until the gale abated, but seeing the impossibility +of doing anything at the time, Scott recognized that the next best +thing was to be prepared to act promptly when the weather moderated. +Then he discovered once more how absolutely he could rely on the +support and intelligence of his companions. Skelton already had +made a list of weights by the removal of which the ship could be +lightened, and when the boatswain was summoned to discuss the manner +in which the anchors could be laid out he also had his scheme cut +and dried. + +The first sign of a lull came at 7 P.M., and soon after +[Page 193] +they assembled to the dreariest dinner ever remembered in the +_Discovery_. But when they were half-way through this silent meal +Mulock, the officer of the watch, suddenly burst in and said, 'The +ship's working astern, sir.' + +In record time Scott reached the bridge, and found that both wind +and sea had dropped in the most extraordinary manner. But what +surprised him even more was that the current, which had been running +strongly to the north, had turned and was running with equal speed +to the south. Each time that the ship lifted on a wave she worked +two or three inches astern, and though she was still grinding heavily +she no longer struck the bottom with such terrific force. Scarcely, +however, had these facts been observed when Skelton rushed up to +say that the inlets were free again. + +'Every soul was on deck and in a moment they were massed together +and running from side to side in measured time. The telegraphs +were put full speed astern; soon the engines began to revolve, and +the water foamed and frothed along the side. For a minute or two +the ship seemed to hesitate, but then there came a steady grating +under the bottom, which gradually traveled forward, and ceased as +the ship, rolling heavily, slid gently into deep water.... Rarely, +if ever, can a ship have appeared in such an uncomfortable plight as +ours to find herself free and safe within the space of an hour.... +To be in ten feet of water in a ship that draws fourteen feet cannot +be a pleasant position--nor can there be a doubt +[Page 194] +that the shocks which the _Discovery_ sustained would have very +seriously damaged a less stoutly built vessel.' + +None too soon were they clear of the shoal, for in a very short +time the wind was again blowing from the south; but as, on the +18th, the wind though still blowing strong had gone round to the +southeast and brought smoother water in the Sound, it was decided +to make for the inlets of the glacier tongue to the north, and +complete the coaling operations. + +On occasions when haste was necessary there was, by mutual consent, +no distinction between officers and men. And Scott mentions 'as a +sight for the gods' the scene of biologists, vertebrate zoologists, +lieutenants, and A.B.'s with grimed faces and chafed hands working +with all their might on the coaling whips. + +The _Morning_ handed over twenty-five tons of coal, and this was all +the more a generous gift since it reduced Colbeck to the narrowest +margin, and compelled him to return directly homeward without joining +in any attempt at further exploration. 'His practical common sense +told him he could be of little use to us, and with his usual loyalty +he never hesitated to act for the best, at whatever sacrifice to +his own hopes and wishes.' + +Before they left the glacier in McMurdo Sound it was arranged that +the three ships should journey up the coast together and then separate, +the _Morning_ proceeding to the north, while the _Discovery_ and +the _Terra Nova_ turned west. The companies of both relief +[Page 195] +ships, however, expressed a strong desire to be with the _Discovery_ +when she entered her first civilized port; so Scott fixed upon +Port Ross, in the Auckland Islands, as a spot at which they might +meet before the final return to New Zealand. + +February 20 saw the _Discovery_ speeding along a stretch of coast +that had been quite unknown until she had two years previously +made her way south along it, and at that time she had been obliged +to keep a long distance out on account of the pack-ice. But now +gaps which had been missed could be filled in; and even more than +this was done, for Mulock remained on deck night and day taking +innumerable angles to peaks and headlands, while Wilson, equally +indefatigable, transferred this long panorama of mountain scenery +to his sketch-book. + +Two days later the pumps refused to act, and the whole of the +engine-room staff were on duty for twenty-four hours on end; and on +the 24th the carpenter called attention to the rudder. On inspection +Scott saw that the solid oak rudder-head was completely shattered, +and was held together by little more than its weight; as the tiller +was moved right or left the rudder followed it, but with a lag of +many degrees, so that the connection between the two was evidently +insecure. In such a condition it was obvious that they could not +hope to weather a gale without losing all control over the ship, and +that no time was to be lost in shipping their spare rudder in place +of the damaged one. So Scott determined to seek shelter in Robertson +[Page 196] +Bay, and by night the damaged rudder had been hoisted on deck and +the spare one prepared for lowering into its place. Since the +_Discovery_ had left winter quarters an almost incredible amount +of work had been done to bring her into sea trim. Difficulty after +difficulty had arisen, but the energy of the company had never +slackened, and by February 25 Scott was able to say that everything +was once more in order, though he was a little doubtful about the +steering power of their spare rudder. + +At this time it was all the more important that the ship should +give no further trouble, because according to their program they +were about to penetrate a new region, and expected to find quite +enough to do without considering internal difficulties. With high +hopes that steam power would enable them to pass beyond the point +reached by Sir James Ross in his sailing ships they turned to the +west, and at first all went well with them. Pack-ice, however, was +destined to be an insuperable obstacle to their advance, and on +the 26th they decided to turn to the north-east and try to find a +way around this formidable barrier. 'It is grievously disappointing +to find the pack so far to the east; Ross carried the open water +almost to Cape North.' And again on March 1, Scott sounds a note +of lamentation: 'There can be no doubt that since leaving Victoria +Land we have been skirting a continuous mass of pack, which must +cover the whole sea south of the Balleny Islands. That it should +have lain so far to the eastward this year is very annoying; +[Page 197] +however, if we can push on upon this course we ought to strike the +islands.' + +Early in the morning of the following day land was reported, and +by noon they were abreast of it; but what this island, and others +that were dimly to be seen to the north, could be, puzzled them +considerably, and not until some time later was the problem solved. +In 1839 Balleny discovered a group of islands in this region, and +three years later Ross saw land which he imagined was to the southward +of Balleny's discoveries, and believing it to be divided into three +distinct masses named it the Russell Islands. Consequently Scott +arrived expecting to see two groups of islands, and was naturally +perplexed when only one group was to be seen. After, however, studying +the accounts of these islands and comparing them with what he could +actually see, he recognized that they had just passed Balleny's +Sturge Island, which Balleny had seen from the north, and so could +have had no idea of its length in a north-and-south line. Later +Ross must have seen this same island, and, as Scott saw to be quite +possible, from a great distance must have thought that it was divided +into three, and hence made the mistake of naming it as a separate +group. Fortunately Mulock was able to obtain sufficient bearings +to fix accurately the position of each island. + +Now that the knotty question as to the geography of the Balleny +Islands was settled, they went on to look for the land that Wilkes +claimed to have discovered in 1840, but not a glimpse nor a vestige +of it could they +[Page 198] +see; and, on March 4, they had to conclude that Wilkes Land was +once and for all definitely disposed of. With this negative, but +nevertheless important, result, the exploring work ended, and although +a lack of coal had prevented their cherished plan of rounding Cape +North, they had at least the satisfaction of clearing up some +geographical misconceptions in a more northerly latitude. + +From the 6th to the 14th continuous gales brought conditions of +greater physical discomfort than had ever been experienced on board +the _Discovery_, for she was in very light trim and tossed about +the mountainous seas like a cork. It was, therefore, the greatest +relief to furl their sails off the entrance of Ross Harbour on +the 15th, and to steam into the calm waters of the Bay. + +Neither the _Terra Nova_ nor the _Morning_ had yet arrived, and +the days of waiting were spent in making their ship as smart as +possible before the eyes of the multitude gazed upon her. Thus, +in a few days, the _Discovery_ looked as though she had spent her +adventurous years in some peaceful harbor. + +On March 19 the _Terra Nova_ hove in sight, and was followed on +the next day by the _Morning_. Both ships had experienced the most +terrible weather, and everyone on board the little _Morning_ declared +that she had only been saved from disaster by the consummate seamanship +of Captain Colbeck. + +A few days later the small fleet again set sail, and after a most +favorable voyage was at daybreak on April 1 +[Page 199] +off the Heads of Lyttelton Harbor; and before noon they were safely +berthed alongside the jetty, from which they had sailed with such +hearty wishes more than two years before. + +'New Zealand,' Scott said, 'welcomed us as its own, and showered +on us a wealth of hospitality and kindness which assuredly we can +never forget, however difficult we may have found it to express +our thanks. In these delightful conditions, with everything that +could make for perfect rest and comfort, we abode for two full +months before we set out on our last long voyage.' + +June 8, however, found them at sea again, and a month or so later they +anchored in Port Stanley (Falkland Islands), where they replenished +their stock of coal and took the last series of magnetic observations +in connection with their Southern Survey. And from the Falkland +Islands, Scott wrote a letter which is yet another testimony of +the admiration he felt for his companions. 'The praise,' he wrote, +'for whatever success we have had is really due to the ship's company +as a whole rather than to individuals. That is not very clear, +perhaps; what I mean is that the combination of individual effort +for the common good has achieved our results, and the absence of +any spirit of self-seeking. The motto throughout has been "share +and share alike," and its most practical form lies, perhaps, in the +fact that throughout our three years there has been no distinction +between the food served to officers and men. + +[Page 200] +'Under these circumstances I naturally feel that I can claim no +greater share of achievement than those who have stood by me so +loyally, and so I regard myself merely as the lucky figure-head. + +'But it is good news to hear that the Admiralty are sympathetic, +for I feel that no effort should be spared to gain their recognition +of the splendid qualities displayed by officers and men.' + +Early on the morning of September 9 the homeland was sighted, and +for those who gazed longingly over the bulwarks and waited to welcome +and be welcomed, there was only one cloud to dim the joy of their +return. For with the happiness came also the sad thought that the +end had come to those ties, which had held together the small band +of the _Discovery_ in the closest companionship and most unswerving +loyalty. + + + + +[Page 201] +THE LAST EXPEDITION + + + +[Page 203] +PREFACE TO 'SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION' + +By Sir CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, K.C.B. + +Fourteen years ago Robert Falcon Scott was a rising naval officer, +able, accomplished, popular, highly thought of by his superiors, +and devoted to his noble profession. It was a serious responsibility +to induce him to take up the work of an explorer; yet no man living +could be found who was so well fitted to command a great Antarctic +Expedition. The undertaking was new and unprecedented. The object +was to explore the unknown Antarctic Continent by land. Captain Scott +entered upon the enterprise with enthusiasm tempered by prudence +and sound sense. All had to be learnt by a thorough study of the +history of Arctic traveling, combined with experience of different +conditions in the Antarctic Regions. Scott was the initiator and +founder of Antarctic sledge-traveling. + +His discoveries were of great importance. The survey and soundings +along the Barrier cliffs, the discovery of King Edward Land, the +discovery of Ross Island and the other volcanic islets, the examination +of the Barrier surface, the discovery of the Victoria Mountains--a +range of great height and many hundreds +[Page 204] +of miles in length, which had only before been seen from a distance +out at sea--and above all the discovery of the great ice cap on +which the South Pole is situated, by one of the most remarkable +Polar journeys on record. His small but excellent scientific staff +worked hard and with trained intelligence, their results being +recorded in twelve large quarto volumes. + +The great discoverer had no intention of losing touch with his +beloved profession though resolved to complete his Antarctic work. +The exigencies of the naval service called him to the command of +battleships and to confidential work of the Admiralty; so that +five years elapsed before he could resume his Antarctic labours. + +The object of Captain Scott's second expedition was mainly scientific, +to complete and extend his former work in all branches of science. It +was his ambition that in his ship there should be the most completely +equipped expedition for scientific purposes connected with the Polar +regions, both as regards men and material, that ever left these +shores. In this he succeeded. He had on board a fuller complement +of geologists, one of them especially trained for the study, of +physiography, biologists, physicists, and surveyors than ever before +composed the staff of a Polar expedition. Thus Captain Scott's +objects were strictly scientific, including the completion and +extension of his former discoveries. The results will be explained +in the second volume of this work. They will be found to be extensive +and important. Never before, in the +[Page 205] +Polar regions, have meteorological, magnetic and tidal observations +been taken, in one locality, during five years. It was also part +of Captain Scott's plan to reach the South Pole by a long and most +arduous journey, but here again his intention was, if possible, +to achieve scientific results on the way, especially hoping to +discover fossils which would throw light on the former history of +the great range of mountains which he had made known to science. + +The principal aim of this great man--for he rightly has his niche +among the Polar _Dii Majores_--was the advancement of knowledge. +From all aspects Scott was among the most remarkable men of our +time, and the vast number of readers of his journal will be deeply +impressed with the beauty of his character. The chief traits which +shone forth through his life were conspicuous in the hour of death. +There are few events in history to be compared, for grandeur and +pathos, with the last closing scene in that silent wilderness of +snow. The great leader, with the bodies of his dearest friends +beside him, wrote and wrote until the pencil dropped from his dying +grasp. There was no thought of himself, only the earnest desire +to give comfort and consolation to others in their sorrow. His +very last lines were written lest he who induced him to enter upon +Antarctic work should now feel regret for what he had done. + +'If I cannot write to Sir Clements, tell him I thought much of him, +and never regretted his putting me in command of the _Discovery_.' + +[Page 206] +The following appointments were held in the Royal Navy by Captain +Scott between 1905 and 1910: + + January to July, 1906 Admiralty (Assistant Director + of Naval Intelligence.) + Aug. 21, 1906, to Jan. 1, 1907 _Victorious_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Jan. 2, 1907, to Aug. 24, 1907 _Albermarle_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Aug. 25, 1907, to Jan. 24, 1908 Not actively employed afloat + between these dates. + Jan. 25, 1908, to May 29, 1908 _Essex_ (Captain). + May 30, 1908, to March 23, 1909 _Bulwark_ (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Colville, Rear-Admiral + the Nore Division, Home Fleet). + +Then Naval Assistant to Second Sea Lord of the Admiralty. Appointed +to H.M.S. _President_ for British Antarctic Expedition June 1, +1910. + +[Page 207] +On September 2, 1908, at Hampton Court Palace, Captain Scott was +married to Kathleen, daughter of the late Canon Lloyd Bruce. Peter +Markham Scott was born on September 14, 1909. + +On September 13, 1909, Captain Scott published his plans for the +British Antarctic Expedition of the following year, and his appeal +resulted in L10,000 being collected as a nucleus fund. Then the +Government made a grant of L20,000, and grants followed from the +Governments of Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. + +Nine days after the plans were published arrangements were made +to purchase the steamship _Terra Nova_, the largest and strongest +of the old Scottish whalers. The original date chosen for sailing +was August 1, 1910, but owing to the united efforts of those engaged +upon the fitting out and stowing of the ship, she was able to leave +Cardiff on June 15. Business, however, prevented Captain Scott from +leaving England until a later date, and in consequence he sailed +in the _Saxon_ to South Africa, and there awaited the arrival of +the _Terra Nova_. + + +[Page 208] +BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1910 + +SHORE PARTIES + +_Officers_ + + Name Rank, &c. + Robert Falcon Scott _Captain, C.V.O., R.N._ + Edward R. G. R. Evans _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Victor L. A. Campbell _Lieutenant, R.N. (Emergency List)_ + Henry R. Bowers _Lieutenant, R.I.M._ + Lawrence E. G. Oates _Captain 6th Inniskilling Dragoons._ + G. Murray Levick _Surgeon, R.N._ + Edward L. Atkinson _Surgeon, R.N., Parasitologist._ + +_Scientific Staff_ + + Edward Adrian Wilson _B.A., M.B. (Cantab), Chief of the + Scientific Staff, and Zoologist._ + George C. Simpson _D.Sc., Meteorologist._ + T. Griffith Taylor _B.A., B.Sc., B.E., Geologist._ + Edward W. Nelson _Biologist._ + Frank Debenham _B.A., B.Sc., Geologist._ + Charles S. Wright _B.A., Physicist._ + Raymond E. Priestley _Geologist._ + Herbert G. Ponting _F.R.G.S, Camera Artist._ + Cecil H. Meares _In Charge of Dogs._ + Bernard C. Day _Motor Engineer._ + Apsley Cherry-Garrard _B.A., Asst. Zoologist._ + Tryggve Gran _Sub-Lieutenant, Norwegian N.R., + B.A., Ski Expert._ + +[Page 209] +_Men_ + + W. Lashly _Chief Stoker, R.N._ + W. W. Archer _Chief Steward, late R.N._ + Thomas Clissold _Cook, late R.N._ + Edgar Evans _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Robert Forde _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Thomas Crean _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Thomas S. Williamson _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Patrick Keohane _Petty Officer, R.N._ + George P. Abbott _Petty Officer, R.N._ + Frank V. Browning _Petty Officer, 2nd class, R.N._ + Harry Dickason _Able Seaman, R.N._ + F. J. Hooper _Steward, late R.N._ + Anton Omelchenko _Groom._ + Demetri Gerof _Dog Driver._ + +SHIP'S PARTY + +_Officers, &c._ + + Harry L. L. Pennell _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Henry E. de P. Rennick _Lieutenant, R.N._ + Wilfred M. Bruce _Lieutenant, R.N.R._ + Francis R. H. Drake _Asst. Paymaster, R.N. (Retired), + Secretary and Meteorologist in Ship._ + Denis G. Lillie _M.A., Biologist in Ship._ + + James R. Dennistoun _In Charge of Mules in Ship._ + Alfred B. Cheetham _R.N.R., Boatswain._ + William Williams _Chief Engine-room Artificer, R.N., + 2nd Engineer._ + William A. Horton _Eng. Rm. Art. 3rd Class, R.N. 2nd Engineer._ + Francis E. C. Davies _Leading Shipwright, R.N._ + Frederick Parsons _Petty Officer, R.N._ +[Page 210] + William L. Heald _Late P.O., R.N._ + Arthur S. Bailey _Petty Officer, 2nd Class, R.N._ + Albert Balson _Leading Seaman, R.N._ + Joseph Leese _Able Seaman, R.N._ + John Hugh Mather _Petty Officer, R.N.V.R._ + Robert Oliphant _Able Seaman._ + Thomas F. McLeod _Able Seaman._ + Mortimer McCarthy _Able Seaman._ + William Knowles _Able Seaman._ + Charles Williams _Able Seaman._ + James Skelton _Able Seaman._ + William McDonald _Able Seaman._ + James Paton _Able Seaman._ + Robert Brissenden _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Edward A. McKenzie _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + William Burton _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Bernard J. Stone _Leading Stoker, R.N._ + Angus McDonald _Fireman._ + Thomas McGillon _Fireman._ + Charles Lammas _Fireman._ + W. H. Neale _Steward._ + + + + +[Page 211] +CHAPTER I + +THROUGH STORMY SEAS + + The ice was here, the ice was there, + The ice was all around: + It cracked and growled, and roared and howled, + Like noises in a swound.--COLERIDGE. + +No sooner was it known that Scott intended to lead another Antarctic +expedition than he was besieged by men anxious to go with him. The +selection of a small company from some eight thousand volunteers +was both a difficult and a delicate task, but the fact that the +applications were so numerous was at once a convincing proof of +the interest shown in the expedition, and a decisive answer to +the dismal cry that the spirit of romance and adventure no longer +exists in the British race. + +On June 15, 1910, the _Terra Nova_ left Cardiff upon her great +mission, and after a successful voyage arrived, on October 28, at +Lyttelton. There an enormous amount of work had to be done before +she could be ready to leave civilization, but as usual the kindness +received in New Zealand was 'beyond words.' + +A month of strenuous labour followed, and then, on +[Page 212] +November 26, they said farewell to Lyttelton, and after calling +at Port Chalmers set out on Tuesday, the 29th, upon the last stage +of their voyage. Two days later they encountered a stiff wind from +the N. W. and a confused sea. + +'The ship a queer and not altogether cheerful sight under the +circumstances. + +'Below one knows all space is packed as tight as human skill can +devise--and on deck! Under the forecastle fifteen ponies close side +by side, seven one side, eight the other, heads together and groom +between--swaying, swaying continually to the plunging, irregular +motion.' + +Outside the forecastle and to leeward of the fore hatch were four +more ponies, and on either side of the main hatch were two very +large packing-cases containing motor sledges, each 16 X 5 X 4. +A third sledge stood across the break of the poop in the space +hitherto occupied by the after winch, and all these cases were +so heavily lashed with heavy chain and rope lashings that they +were thought to be quite secure. The petrol for the sledges was +contained in tins and drums protected in stout wooden packing-cases, +which were ranged across the deck immediately in front of the poop +and abreast the motor sledges. + +Round and about these packing-cases, stretching from the galley +forward to the wheel aft, coal bags containing the deck cargo of +coal were stacked; and upon the coal sacks, and upon and between +the motor sledges, and upon the ice-house were the thirty-three +dogs. Perforce they had to be chained up, and although +[Page 213] +they were given as much protection as possible, their position +was far from pleasant. 'The group formed,' in Scott's opinion, +'a picture of wretched dejection: such a life is truly hard for +these poor creatures.' + +The wind freshened with great rapidity on Thursday evening, and +very soon the ship was plunging heavily and taking much water over +the lee rail. Cases of all descriptions began to break loose on +the upper deck, the principal trouble being caused by the loose +coal bags, which were lifted bodily by the seas and swung against +the lashed cases. These bags acted like battering rams, no lashings +could possibly have withstood them, and so the only remedy was to +set to work and heave coal sacks overboard and re-lash the cases. +During this difficult and dangerous task seas continually broke +over the men, and at such times they had to cling for dear life to +some fixture to prevent themselves from being washed overboard. No +sooner was some appearance of order restored than another unusually +heavy wave tore away the lashings, and the work had to be done +allover again. + +As the night wore on the sea and wind continued to rise, and the +ship to plunge more and more. 'We shortened sail to main topsail +and staysail, stopped engines and hove to, but to little purpose.' + +From Oates and Atkinson, who worked through the entire night, reports +came that it was impossible to keep the ponies on their legs. But +worse news was to follow, for in the early morning news came from +the engine-room that the pumps had choked, and that the water had +risen over the gratings. + +[Page 214] +From that moment, about 4 A.M., the engine-room became the center +of interest, but in spite of every effort the water still gained. +Lashly and Williams, up to their necks in rushing water, stuck +gamely to the work of clearing suctions, and for a time, with donkey +engine and bilge pump sucking, it looked as if the water might be +got under. But the hope was short-lived; five minutes of pumping +invariably led to the same result--a general choking of the pumps. + +The ship was very deeply-laden and was in considerable danger of +becoming waterlogged, in which condition anything might have happened. +The hand pump produced nothing more than a dribble and its suction +could not be reached, for as the water crept higher it got in contact +with the boiler and eventually became so hot that no one could work +at the suctions. A great struggle to conquer these misfortunes +followed, but Williams had at last to confess that he was beaten +and must draw fires. + +'What was to be done? Things for the moment appeared very black. +The sea seemed higher than ever; it came over lee rail and poop, +a rush of green water; the ship wallowed in it; a great piece of +the bulwark carried clean away. The bilge pump is dependent on +the main engine. To use the pump it was necessary to go ahead. +It was at such times that the heaviest seas swept in over the lee +rail; over and over again the rail, from the forerigging to the +main, was covered by a solid sheet of curling water which swept +aft and high on the poop. On one +[Page 215] +occasion I was waist deep when standing on the rail of the poop.' + +All that could be done for the time being was to organize the afterguard +to work buckets, and to keep the men steadily going on the choked +hand-pumps, which practically amounted to an attempt to bale out +the ship! For a day and a night the string of buckets was passed +up a line from the engine-room; and while this arduous work was +going on the officers and men sang chanteys, and never for a moment +lost their good spirits. + +In the meantime an effort was made to get at the suction of the +pumps; and by 10 P.M. on Friday evening a hole in the engine-room +bulkhead had been completed. Then E. R. Evans, wriggling over the +coal, found his way to the pump shaft and down it, and cleared +the suction of the coal balls (a mixture of coal and oil) which +were choking it. Soon afterwards a good stream of water came from +the pump, and it was evident that the main difficulty had been +overcome. Slowly the water began to decrease in the engine-room, +and by 4 A.M. on Saturday morning the bucket-parties were able +to stop their labours. + +The losses caused by this gale were serious enough, but they might +easily have been worse. Besides the damage to the bulwarks of the +ship, two ponies, one dog, ten tons of coal, sixty-five gallons +of petrol, and a case of biologists' spirit were lost. Another +dog was washed away with such force that his chain broke and he +disappeared, but the next wave miraculously +[Page 216] +washed him back on board. In a few hours everyone was hopeful again, +but anxiety on account of the ponies remained. With the ship pitching +heavily to a south-westerly swell, at least two of these long-suffering +animals looked sadly in need of a spell of rest, and Scott's earnest +prayer was that there might be no more gales. 'December ought to +be a fine month in the Ross Sea; it always has been, and just now +conditions point to fine weather. Well, we must be prepared for +anything, but I'm anxious, anxious about these animals of ours.' + +Meanwhile Bowers and Campbell had worked untiringly to put things +straight on deck, and with the coal removed from the upper deck +and the petrol re-stored, the ship was in much better condition to +fight the gales. 'Another day,' Scott wrote on Tuesday, December +6, 'ought to put us beyond the reach of westerly gales'; but two +days later the ship was once more plunging against a stiff breeze +and moderate sea, and his anxiety about the ponies was greater +than ever. The dogs, however, had recovered wonderfully from the +effects of the great gale, their greatest discomfort being that +they were almost constantly wet. + +During Friday, December 9, some very beautiful bergs were passed, +the heights of which varied from sixty to eighty feet. Good progress +was made during this day, but the ice streams thickened as they +advanced, and on either side of them fields of pack began to appear. +Yet, after the rough weather they had +[Page 217] +been having, the calm sea was a blessing even if the ice had arrived +before it was expected. 'One can only imagine the relief and comfort +afforded to the ponies, but the dogs are visibly cheered and the +human element is full of gaiety. The voyage seems full of promise +in spite of the imminence of delay.' + +Already Scott was being worried by the pace at which the coal was +going, and he determined if the pack became thick to put out the +fires and wait for the ice to open. Very carefully all the evidence +of former voyages had been examined so that the best meridian to go +south on might be chosen, and the conclusion arrived at was that +the 178 W. was the best. They entered the pack more or less on +this meridian, and were rewarded by meeting worse conditions than +any ship had ever experienced--worse, indeed, than Scott imagined +to be possible on any meridian which they might have chosen. But +as very little was known about the movements of the pack the +difficulties of making a choice may very easily be imagined, and, +in spite of disappointments, Scott's opinion that the 178 W. was +the best meridian did not change. 'The situation of the main bodies +of pack,' he says, 'and the closeness with which the floes are +packed depend almost entirely on the prevailing winds. One cannot +tell what winds have prevailed before one's arrival; therefore one +cannot know much about the situation or density. Within limits the +density is changing from day to day and even from hour to hour; such +changes depend on the wind, but it may not necessarily be a local +[Page 218] +wind, so that at times they seem almost mysterious. One sees the floes +pressing closely against one another at a given time, and an hour +or two afterwards a gap of a foot or more may be seen between each. +When the floes are pressed together it is difficult and sometimes +impossible to force a way through, but when there is release of +pressure the sum of many little gaps allows one to take a zigzag +path.' + +During Sunday they lay tight in the pack, and after service at +10 A.M. all hands exercised themselves on ski over the floes and +got some delightful exercise. 'I have never thought of anything +as good as this life. The novelty, interest, colour, animal life, +and good fellowship go to make up an almost ideal picnic just at +present,' one of the company wrote on that same day--an abundant +proof that if delays came they brought their compensations with +them. + +With rapid and complete changes of prospect they managed to progress--on +the Monday--with much bumping and occasional stoppages, but on +the following day they were again firmly and tightly wedged in +the pack. To most of them, however, the novelty of the experience +prevented any sense of impatience, though to Scott the strain of +waiting and wondering what he ought to do as regards the question +of coal was bound to be heavy. + +This time of waiting was by no means wasted, for Gran gave hours +of instruction in the use of ski, and Meares took out some of the +fattest dogs and exercised them with a sledge. Observations were +also constantly +[Page 219] +taken, while Wilson painted some delightful pictures and Ponting +took a number of beautiful photographs of the pack and bergs. But +as day followed day and hopes of progress were not realized, Scott, +anxious to be free, decided on Monday, December 19, to push west. +'Anything to get out of these terribly heavy floes. Great patience +is the only panacea for our ill case. It is bad luck.' + +Over and over again when the end of their troubles seemed to be +reached, they found that the thick pack was once more around them. +And what to do under the circumstances called for most difficult +decisions. If the fires were let out it meant a dead loss of two +tons of coal when the boilers were again heated. But these two +tons only covered a day under banked fires, so that for anything +longer than twenty-four hours it was a saving to put out the fires. +Thus at each stoppage Scott was called upon to decide how long it +was likely to last. + +Christmas Day came with the ice still surrounding the ship, but +although the scene was 'altogether too Christmassy,' a most merry +evening was spent. For five hours the officers sat round the table +and sang lustily, each one of them having to contribute two songs +to the entertainment. 'It is rather a surprising circumstance,' +Scott remarks, 'that such an unmusical party should be so keen +on singing.' + +Christmas, however, came and went without any immediate prospect +of release, the only bright side of this exasperating delay being +that everyone was +[Page 220] +prepared to exert himself to the utmost, quite regardless of the +results of his labours. But on Wednesday, December 28, the ponies, +despite the unremitting care and attention that Oates gave to them, +were the cause of the gravest anxiety. 'These animals are now the great +consideration, balanced as they are against the coal expenditure.' + +By this time, although the ice was still all around them, many of +the floes were quite thin, and even the heavier ice appeared to +be breakable. So, after a consultation with Wilson, Scott decided +to raise steam, and two days later the ship was once more in the +open sea. + +From the 9th to the 30th they had been in the pack, and during +this time 370 miles had been covered in a direct line. Sixty-one +tons[1] of coal had been used, an average of six miles to the ton, +and although these were not pleasant figures to contemplate, Scott +considered that under the exceptional conditions they might easily +have been worse. For the ship herself he had nothing but praise to +give. 'No other ship, not even the _Discovery_, would have come +through so well.... As a result I have grown strangely attached +to the _Terra Nova_. As she bumped the floes with mighty shocks, +crushing and grinding her way through some, twisting and turning +to avoid others, she seemed like a living thing fighting a great +fight. If only she had more economical engines she would be suitable +in all respects.' + +[Footnote 1: When the _Terra Nova_ left Lyttelton she had 460 tons +of coal on board.] + +[Page 221] +Scientifically as much as was possible had been done, but many +of the experts had of necessity been idle in regard to their own +specialties, though none of them were really idle; for those who +had no special work to do were magnificently eager to find any +kind of work that required to be done. 'Everyone strives to help +everyone else, and not a word of complaint or anger has been heard +on board. The inner life of our small community is very pleasant +to think upon, and very wonderful considering the extremely small +space in which we are confined. The attitude of the men is equally +worthy of admiration. In the forecastle as in the wardroom there is +a rush to be first when work is to be done, and the same desire to +sacrifice selfish consideration to the success of the expedition. +It is very good to be able to write in such high praise of one's +companions, and I feel that the possession of such support ought +to ensure success. Fortune would be in a hard mood indeed if it +allowed such a combination of knowledge, experience, ability, and +enthusiasm to achieve nothing.' + +Fortune's wheel, however, was not yet prepared to turn in their +favor, for after a very few hours of the open sea a southern blizzard +met them. In the morning watch of December 31, the wind and sea +increased and the outlook was very distressing, but at 6 A.M. ice +was sighted ahead. Under ordinary conditions the safe course would +have been to go about and stand to the east, but on this occasion +[Page 222] +Scott was prepared to run the risk of trouble if he could get the +ponies into smoother water. Soon they passed a stream of ice over +which the sea was breaking heavily, and the danger of being among +loose floes in such a sea was acutely realized. But presently they +came to a more compact body of floes, and running behind this they +were agreeably surprised to find themselves in comparatively smooth +water. There they lay to in a sort of ice bay, and from a dangerous +position had achieved one that was safe as long as their temporary +shelter lasted. + +As the day passed their protection, though still saving them from +the heavy swell, gradually diminished, but 1910 did not mean to +depart without giving them an Old Year's gift and surprise. 'At +10 P.M. to-night as the clouds lifted to the west a distant but +splendid view of the great mountains was obtained. All were in +sunshine; Sabine and Whewell were most conspicuous--the latter +from this view is a beautiful sharp peak, as remarkable a landmark +as Sabine itself. Mount Sabine was 110 miles away when we saw it. +I believe we could have seen it at a distance of thirty or forty +miles farther--such is the wonderful clearness of the atmosphere.' + +The New Year brought better weather with it, and such good progress +was made that by mid-day on Tuesday, January 3, the ship reached +the Barrier five miles east of Cape Crozier. During the voyage +they had often discussed the idea of making their winter station +at this Cape, and the prospect had +[Page 223] +seemed to become increasingly fascinating the more they talked of it. + +But a great disappointment awaited them, for after one of the whale +boats had been lowered and Scott, Wilson, Griffith Taylor, Priestley, +and E. R. Evans had been pulled towards the shore, they discovered +that the swell made it impossible for them to land. + +'No good!! Alas! Cape Crozier with all its attractions is denied +us.' + +On the top of a floe they could see an old Emperor penguin molting +and a young one shedding its down. This was an age and stage of +development of the Emperor chick of which they were ignorant, but +fortune decreed that this chick should be undisturbed. Of this +incident Wilson wrote in his Journal: 'A landing was out of the +question.... But I assure you it was tantalizing to me, for there, +about 6 feet above us on a small dirty piece of the old bay ice +about ten feet square, one living Emperor penguin chick was standing +disconsolately stranded, and close by stood one faithful old Emperor +parent asleep. This young Emperor was still in the down, a most +interesting fact in the bird's life history at which we had rightly +guessed, but which no one had actually observed before.... This +bird would have been a treasure to me, but we could not risk life +for it, so it had to remain where it was.' + +Sadly and reluctantly they had to give up hopes of making their +station at Cape Crozier, and this +[Page 224] +was all the harder to bear because every detail of the shore promised +well for a wintering party. There were comfortable quarters for the +hut, ice for water snow for the animals, good slopes for skiing, +proximity to the Barrier and to the rookeries of two types of penguins, +good ground for biological work, a fairly easy approach to the +Southern Road with no chance of being cut off, and so forth. 'It +is a thousand pities to have to abandon such a spot.' + +The _Discovery's_ post-office was still standing as erect as when +it had been planted, and comparisons between what was before their +eyes and old photographs showed that no change at all seemed to +have occurred anywhere--a result that in the case of the Barrier +caused very great surprise. + +In the meantime all hands were employed in making a running survey, +the program of which was: + + Bruce continually checking speed with hand log. + + Bowers taking altitudes of objects as they come abeam. + Nelson noting results. + + Pennell taking verge plate bearings on bow and quarter. + Cherry-Garrard noting results. + + Evans taking verge plate bearings abeam. + Atkinson noting results. + + Campbell taking distances abeam with range finder. + Wright noting results. + + Rennick sounding with Thomson machine. + Drake noting results. + +[Page 225] +'We plotted the Barrier edge from the point at which we met it to +the Crozier cliffs; to the eye it seems scarcely to have changed +since _Discovery_ days, and Wilson thinks it meets the cliff in +the same place.' + +Very early on Wednesday morning they rounded Cape Bird and came +in sight of Mount Discovery and the Western Mountains. 'It was +good to see them again, and perhaps after all we are better this +side of the Island. It gives one a homely feeling to see such a +familiar scene.' Scott's great wish now was to find a place for +winter quarters that would not easily be cut off from the Barrier, +and a cape, which in the _Discovery_ days had been called 'the +Skuary,' was chosen. 'It was separated from old _Discovery_ quarters +by two deep bays on either side of the Glacier Tongue, and I thought +that these bays would remain frozen until late in the season, and +that when they froze over again the ice would soon become firm.' + +There Scott, Wilson, and E. R. Evans landed, and at a glance saw, +as they expected, that the place was ideal for their wintering +station. A spot for the hut was chosen on a beach facing northwest +and well protected behind by numerous small hills; but the most +favorable circumstance of all in connection with this cape, which +was re-christened Cape Evans, was the strong chance of communication +being established at an early date with Cape Armitage.[1] Not a +moment was wasted, and while Scott was +[Page 226] +on shore Campbell took the first steps towards landing the stores. + +[Footnote 1: The extreme south point of the Island, 12 miles further, +on one of whose minor headlands, Hut Point, stood the _Discovery_ +hut.] + +Fortunately the weather was gloriously calm and fine, and the landing +began under the happiest conditions. Two of the motors were soon +hoisted out, and in spite of all the bad weather and the tons of +sea-water that had washed over them the sledges and all the accessories +appeared to be in perfect condition. Then came the turn of the +ponies, and although it was difficult to make some of them enter +the horse box, Oates rose to the occasion and got most of them in +by persuasion, while the ones which refused to be persuaded were +simply lifted in by the sailors. 'Though all are thin and some +few looked pulled down I was agreeably surprised at the evident +vitality which they still possessed--some were even skittish. I +cannot express the relief when the whole seventeen were safely +picketed on the floe.' + +Meares and the dogs were out early on the Wednesday morning, and +ran to and fro during most of the day with light loads. The chief +trouble with the dogs was due to the fatuous conduct of the penguins, +the latter showing a devouring curiosity in the proceedings and +a total disregard for their own safety, with the result that a +number of them were killed in spite of innumerable efforts to teach +the penguins to keep out of reach, they only squawked and ducked +as much as to say, 'What's it got to do with you, you silly ass? +Let us alone.' These incidents naturally demoralized the dogs and +annoyed Meares, who +[Page 227] +while trying to stop one sledge, fell into the middle of the dogs +and was carried along until they reached the penguins of their +desire. + +The motor sledges were running by the afternoon, Day managing one +and Nelson the other. 'It is early to call them a success, but +they are certainly extremely promising.' Before night the site +for the hut was leveled, and the erecting party was encamped on +shore in a large tent with a supply of food for eight days. Nearly +all the timber, &c., for the hut and a supply of food for both +ponies and dogs had also been landed. + +Despite this most strenuous day's labour, all hands were up again +at 5 A.M. on Thursday. + +'Words cannot express the splendid way in which everyone works +and gradually the work gets organized. I was a little late on the +scene this morning, and thereby witnessed a most extraordinary +scene. Some six or seven killer whales, old and young, were skirting +the fast floe edge ahead of the ship; they seemed excited and dived +rapidly, almost touching the floe. As we watched, they suddenly +appeared astern, raising their snouts out of water. I had heard +weird stories of these beasts, but had never associated serious +danger with them. Close to the water's edge lay the wire stern +rope of the ship, and our two Esquimaux dogs were tethered to this. +I did not think of connecting the movements of the whales with +this fact, and seeing them so close I shouted to Ponting, who was +standing abreast of the ship. He seized his camera and ran +[Page 228] +towards the floe edge to get a close picture of the beasts, which +had momentarily disappeared. The next moment the whole floe under +him and the dogs heaved up and split into fragments. One could hear +the "booming" noise as the whales rose under the ice and struck +it with their backs. Whale after whale rose under the ice, setting +it rocking fiercely; luckily Ponting kept his feet and was able +to fly to security; by an extraordinary chance also, the splits +had been made around and between the dogs, so that neither of them +fell into the water. Then it was clear that the whales shared our +astonishment, for one after another their huge hideous heads shot +vertically into the air through the cracks which they had made... +There cannot be a doubt that they looked up to see what had happened +to Ponting and the dogs.... + +'Of course, we have known well that killer whales continually skirt +the edge of the floes and that they would undoubtedly snap up anyone +who was unfortunate enough to fall into the water; but the facts +that they could display such deliberate cunning, that they were +able to break ice of such thickness (at least 2-1/2 feet), and +that they could act in unison, were a revelation to us. It is clear +that they are endowed with singular intelligence, and in future +we shall treat that intelligence with every respect.' + +On Thursday the motor sledges did good work, and hopes that they +might prove to be reliable began to increase. Infinite trouble +had been taken to obtain +[Page 229] +the most suitable material for Polar work, and the three motor +sledge tractors were the outcome of experiments made at Lantaret in +France and at Lillehammer and Fefor in Norway, with sledges built +by the Wolseley Motor Company from suggestions offered principally +by B. T. Hamilton, R. W. Skelton, and Scott himself. With his rooted +objection to cruelty in any shape or form, Scott had an intense, and +almost pathetic, desire that these sledges should be successful; +over and over again he expressed his hopes and fears of them. + +With ponies, motor sledges, dogs, and men parties working hard, +the transportation progressed rapidly on the next two days, the +only drawback being that the ice was beginning to get thin in the +cracks and on some of the floes. Under these circumstances the +necessity for wasting no time was evident, and so on the Sunday the +third motor was got out and placed on the ice, and Scott, leaving +Campbell to find the best crossing for the motor, started for the +shore with a single man load. + +Soon after the motor had been brought out Campbell ordered that +it should be towed on to the firm ice, because the ice near the +ship was breaking up. And then, as they were trying to rush the +machine over the weak place, Williamson suddenly went through; and +while he was being hauled out the ice under the motor was seen to +give, and slowly the machine went right through and disappeared. +The men made strenuous efforts to keep hold of the rope, but it +cut through the ice towards them with an increasing strain, +[Page 230] +and one after another they were obliged to let go. Half a minute +later nothing remained but a big hole, and one of the two best +motors was lying at the bottom of the sea. + +The ice, too, was hourly becoming more dangerous, and it was clear +that those who were on shore were practically cut off from the +ship. So in the evening Scott went to the ice-edge farther to the +north, and found a place where the ship could come and be near +ice heavy enough for sledding. Then he semaphored directions to +Pennell, and on the following morning the ship worked her way along +the ice-edge to the spot that had been chosen. + +A good solid road was formed right up to the ship, and again the +work of transportation went on with the greatest energy. In this +Bowers proved 'a perfect treasure,' there was not a single case +he did not know nor a single article on which he could not at once +place his hand, and every case as it came on shore was checked +by him. + +On Tuesday night, January 10, after six days in McMurdo Sound, +the landing was almost completed, and early in the afternoon of +Thursday a message was sent from the ship that nothing remained on +board except mutton, books, pictures, and the pianola. 'So at last +we really are a self-contained party ready for all emergencies. We +are LANDED eight days after our arrival--a very good record.' + + + + +[Page 231] +CHAPTER II + +DEPOT LAYING TO ONE TON CAMP + + And the deed of high endeavour + Was no more to the favoured few. + But brain and heart were the measure + Of what every man might do. + RENNELL RODD. + +While the landing was being carried out, the building party had +worked so rapidly that, if necessity had arisen, the hut could +have been inhabited by the 12th; at the same time another small +party had been engaged in making a cave in the ice which was to +serve as a larder, and this strenuous work continued until the +cave was large enough to hold all the mutton, and a considerable +quantity of seal and penguin. Close to this larder Simpson and +Wright were busy in excavating for the differential magnetic hut. + +In every way indeed such good progress had been made that Scott +could begin to think about the depot journey. The arrangements +of this he discussed with Bowers, to whose grasp of the situation +he gives the highest praise. 'He enters into one's idea's at once, +and evidently thoroughly understands the principles of the game.' + +Of these arrangements Wilson wrote in his journal: +[Page 232] +'He (Scott) wants me to be a driver with himself, Meares, and Teddie +Evans, and this is what I would have chosen had I had a free choice +of all. The dogs run in two teams and each team wants two men. +It means a lot of running as they are being driven now, but it +is the fastest and most interesting work of all, and we go ahead +of the whole caravan with lighter loads and at a faster rate.... +About this time next year may I be there or thereabouts! With so +many young bloods in the heyday of youth and strength beyond my +own I feel there will be a most difficult task in making choice +towards the end and a most keen competition--_and_ a universal +lack of selfishness and self-seeking, with a complete absence of +any jealous feeling in any single one of any of the comparatively +large number who at present stand a chance of being on the last piece +next summer.... I have never been thrown in with a more unselfish +lot of men--each one doing his utmost fair and square in the most +cheery manner possible.' + +Sunday, January 15, was observed as a 'day of rest,' and at 10 +A.M. the men and officers streamed over from the ship, and Scott +read Divine Service on the beach. Then he had a necessary but +unpalatable task to perform, because some of the ponies had not +fulfilled expectations, and Campbell had to be told that the two +allotted to him must be exchanged for a pair of inferior animals. At +this time the party to be led by Campbell was known as the Eastern +Party, but, owing to the impossibility of landing on King +[Page 233] +Edward's Land, they were eventually taken to the north part of +Victoria Land, and thus came to be known as the Northern Party. +Scott's reluctance to make the alteration in ponies is evident, but +in writing of it he says: 'He (Campbell) took it like the gentleman +he is, thoroughly appreciating the reason.' + +On that same afternoon Scott and Meares took a sledge and nine +dogs, some provisions, a cooker and sleeping-bags, and started +to Hut Point; but, on their arrival at the old _Discovery_ hut, a +most unpleasant surprise awaited them, for to their chagrin they +found that some of Shackleton's party, who had used the hut for +shelter, had left it in an uninhabitable state. + +'There was something too depressing in finding the old hut in such +a desolate condition.... To camp outside and feel that all the old +comfort and cheer had departed, was dreadfully heartrending. I +went to bed thoroughly depressed. It seems a fundamental expression +of civilized human sentiment that men who come to such places as this +should leave what comfort they can to welcome those who follow, and +finding that such a simple duty had been neglected by our immediate +predecessors oppressed me horribly.' + +After a bad night they went up the hills, and there Scott found +much less snow than he had ever seen. The ski run was completely +cut through in two places, the Gap and Observation Hill were almost +bare, on the side of Arrival Heights was a great bare slope, and +on the top of Crater Heights was an immense bare +[Page 234] +tableland. The paint was so fresh and the inscription so legible +on the cross put up to the memory of Vince that it looked as if +it had just been erected, and although the old flagstaff was down +it could with very little trouble have been put up again. Late in +the afternoon of Monday Scott and Meares returned to Cape Evans, +and on the following day the party took up their abode in the hut. + +'The word "hut,"' Scott wrote, 'is misleading. Our residence is +really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest +that has ever been erected in the Polar regions. The walls and +roof have double thickness of boarding and seaweed insulation on +both sides of the frames. The roof with all its coverings weighs +six tons. The outer shell is wonderfully solid therefore and the +result is extraordinary comfort and warmth inside, whilst the total +weight is comparatively small. It amply repays the time and attention +given to its planning. + +'On the south side Bowers has built a long annex, to contain spare +clothing and ready provisions, on the north there is a solid stable +to hold our fifteen ponies in the winter. At present these animals +are picketed on long lines laid on a patch of snow close by, above +them, on a patch of black sand and rock, the dogs extend in other +long lines. Behind them again is a most convenient slab of hard +ice in which we have dug two caverns. The first is a larder now +fully stocked with seals, penguins, mutton, and beef. The other +is devoted to science in the shape of differential magnetic +[Page 235] +instruments which will keep a constant photographic record of magnetic +changes. Outside these caverns is another little hut for absolute +magnetic observations, and above them on a small hill, the dominant +miniature peak of the immediate neighborhood, stand the meteorological +instruments and a flagstaff carrying the Union Jack. + +'If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill on +a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision cases +ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping the ice-foot +below, you will have some idea of our immediate vicinity. As for +our wider surroundings it would be difficult to describe their +beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape Evans is one of the +many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands closest under the +mountain, so that always towering above us we have the grand snowy +peak with its smoking summit. North and south of us are deep bays, +beyond which great glaciers come rippling over the lower slopes +to thrust high blue-walled snouts into the sea. The sea is blue +before us, dotted with shining bergs or ice floes, whilst far over +the Sound, yet so bold and magnificent as to appear near, stand +the beautiful Western Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, +their deep glacial valley and clear-cut scarps, a vision of mountain +scenery that can have few rivals. + +'Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the +most beautiful spot he has ever seen, and spends all day and most +of the night +[Page 236] +in what he calls "gathering it in" with camera and cinematograph. + +'I have told you of the surroundings of our house but nothing of +its internal arrangements. They are in keeping with the dignity +of the mansion. + +'The officers (16) have two-thirds of the interior, the men (9) +the remaining third; the dividing line is fixed by a wall of cases +containing things which suffer from being frozen. + +'In the officers' quarters there is an immense dark room, and next it +on one side a space devoted to the physicist and his instruments, and +on the other a space devoted to charts, chronometers and instruments +generally. + +'I have a tiny half cabin of my own, next this Wilson and Evans +have their beds. On the other side is a space set apart for five +beds, which are occupied by Meares, Oates, Atkinson, Garrard and +Bowers. Taylor, Debenham and Gran have another proportional space +opposite. Nelson and Day have a little cabin of their own with a +bench. Lastly Simpson and Wright occupy beds bordering the space +set apart for their instruments and work. In the center is a 12-foot +table with plenty of room for passing behind its chairs.... + +'To sum up, the arrangements are such that everyone is completely +comfortable and conveniently placed for his work--in fact we could +not be better housed. Of course a good many of us will have a small +enough chance of enjoying the comforts of our home. We shall be +away sledding late this year and off again +[Page 237] +early next season, but even for us it will be pleasant to feel that +such comfort awaits our return.' + +So in less than a fortnight after the arrival in McMurdo Sound +they had absolutely settled down, and were anxious to start upon +their depot journey as soon as the ponies had recovered thoroughly +from the effects of the voyage. These autumn journeys, however, +required much thought and preparation, mainly because the prospect +of the parties being cut off from their winter quarters necessitated +a great deal of food being taken both for men and animals. Sledding +gear and wintering boots were served out to the selected travelers, +sledges were prepared by P.O. Evans and Crean, and most of the +stores were tested and found to be most excellent in quality. 'Our +clothing is as good as good. In fact first and last, running through +the whole extent of our outfit, I can say with pride that there +is not a single arrangement which I would have had altered.... +Everything looks hopeful for the depot journey if only we can get +our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 20th, but the following day brought a serious +suspense with it; for during the afternoon came a report that the +_Terra Nova_ was ashore, and Scott, hastening to the Cape, saw at +once that she was firmly fixed and in a very uncomfortable position. + +Visions of the ship being unable to return to New Zealand arose in +his mind 'with sickening pertinacity,' and it was characteristic of +him that at the moment when there was every prospect of a complete +disarrangement of well-laid plans, he found his one +[Page 238] +consolation in determining that, whatever happened, nothing should +interfere with the southern work. + +The only possible remedy seemed to be an extensive lightening of +the ship with boats, as the tide had evidently been high when she +struck. Scott, with two or three companions, watched anxiously +from the shore while the men on board shifted cargo aft, but no +ray of hope came until the ship was seen to be turning very slowly, +and then they saw the men running from side to side and knew that +an attempt was being made to roll her off. At first the rolling +produced a more rapid turning movement, and then she seemed again +to hang though only for a short time. Meanwhile the engines had +been going astern and presently a slight movement became apparent, +but those who were watching the ship did not know that she was +getting clear until they heard the cheers on board. Then she gathered +stern way and was clear. + +'The relief was enormous. The wind dropped as she came off, and +she is now securely moored off the northern ice-edge, where I hope +the greater number of her people are finding rest. For here and now +I must record the splendid manner in which these men are working. +I find it difficult to express my admiration for the manner in +which the ship is handled and worked under these very trying +circumstances... Pennell has been over to tell me about it to-night; +I think I like him more every day.' + +On that same day Meares and Oates went to the Glacier Tongue and +satisfied themselves that the ice +[Page 239] +was good; and with the 25th fixed for the date of departure it was +not too much to hope that the ice would remain for three or four +more days. The ponies for Campbell's party were put on board on +the 22nd, but when Scott got up at 5 A.M. on the following morning +he saw, to his astonishment, that the ice was going out of the bay +in a solid mass. Then everything was rushed on at top speed, and +a wonderful day's work resulted. All the forage, food, sledges +and equipment were got off to the ship at once, the dogs followed; +in short everything to do with the depot party was hurriedly put +on board except the ponies, which were to cross the Cape and try +to get over the Southern Road on the morning of the 24th. + +The Southern Road was the one feasible line of communication between +the new station at Cape Evans and the _Discovery_ hut, for the +rugged mountains and crevassed ice-slopes of Ross Island prevented +a passage by land. The Road provided level going below the cliffs +of the ice-foot except where disturbed by the descending glacier; +and there it was necessary to cross the body of the glacier itself. +It consisted of the more enduring ice in the bays and the sea-ice +along the coast, which only stayed fast for the season. Thus it +was most important to get safely over the dangerous part of this +Road before the seasonal going-out of the sea-ice. To wait until +after the ice went out and the ship could sail to Hut Point would +have meant both uncertainty and delay. Scott knew well enough that +the Road might not hold for many more hours, +[Page 240] +and it actually broke up on the very day after the party had passed. + +Early on Tuesday, January 24, a boat from the ship fetched Scott +and the Western Party; and at the same time the ponies were led +out of the camp, Wilson and Meares going ahead of them to test the +track. No sooner was Scott on board than he was taken to inspect +Lillie's catch of sea animals. 'It was wonderful, quantities of +sponges, isopods, pentapods, large shrimps, corals, &c. &c.; but +the _piece de resistance_ was the capture of several bucketsful +of cephalodiscus of which only seven pieces had been previously +caught. Lillie is immensely pleased, feeling that it alone repays +the whole enterprise.' In the forenoon the ship skirted the Island, +and with a telescope those on board could watch the string of ponies +steadily progressing over the sea-ice past the Razor Back Islands; +and, as soon as they were seen to be well advanced, the ship steamed +on to the Glacier Tongue, and made fast in the narrow angle made +by the sea-ice with the glacier. + +Then, while Campbell investigated a broad crack in the sea ice on +the Southern Road, Scott went to meet the ponies, which, without +much difficulty, were got on to the Tongue, across the glacier, +and then were picketed on the sea-ice close to the ship. But when +Campbell returned with the news that the big crack was 30 feet +across, it was evident that they must get past it on the glacier, +and Scott asked him to peg out a road clear of cracks. + +[Page 241] +Soon afterwards Oates reported that the ponies were ready to start +again, and they were led along; Campbell's road, their loads having +already been taken on the floe. At first all went well, but when +the animals got down on the floe level and Oates led across an +old snowed-up crack, the third pony made a jump at the edge and +sank to its stomach in the middle. Gradually it sank deeper and +deeper until only its head and forelegs showed above the slush. +With some trouble ropes were attached to these, and the poor animal, +looking very weak and miserable, was eventually pulled out. + +After this experience the other five ponies were led farther round +to the west and were got safely out on the floe; a small feed was +given to them, and then they were started off with their loads. + +The dogs in the meantime were causing some excitement for, starting +on hard ice with a light load, they obviously preferred speed to +security. Happily, however, no accident happened, and Scott, writing +from Glacier Tongue on January 24, was able to say: 'All have arrived +safely, and this evening we start our sledges south. I expect we +shall have to make three relays to get all our stores on to the +Barrier some fifteen miles away. The ship is to land a geologising +party on the west side of the Sound, and then to proceed to King +Edward's Land to put the Eastern party on short.' + +The geologising party consisted of Griffith Taylor, Debenham, Wright, +and P.O. Evans, and for reasons +[Page 242] +already mentioned the Eastern party were eventually known as the +Northern party. + +On the night of the 24th Scott camped six miles from the glacier +and two miles from Hut Point, he and Wilson having driven one team +of dogs, while Meares and E. Evans drove the other. But on the +following day Scott drove his team to the ship, and when the men +had been summoned aft he thanked them for their splendid work. + +'They have behaved like bricks and a finer lot of fellows never +sailed in a ship.... It was a little sad to say farewell to all +these good fellows and Campbell and his men. I do most heartily +trust that all will be successful in their ventures, for indeed +their unselfishness and their generous high spirit deserves reward. +God bless them.' + + * * * * * + +How completely Scott's hopes were realized in the case of Campbell's +party is now well known. Nothing more miraculous than the story +of their adventures has ever been told. The party consisted of +Campbell, Levick, Priestley, Abbott, Browning, and Dickason, and +the courage shown by the leader and his companions in facing endless +difficulties and privations has met with the unstinted admiration +that it most thoroughly deserved. + + * * * * * + +For the depot laying journey Scott's party consisted of 12 men +(Wilson, Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Cherry-Garrard, E. Evans, Gran, +Meares, Forde, +[Page 243] +Keohane, Crean, and himself), 8 ponies and 26 dogs. Of the dogs +he felt at this time more than a little doubtful, but the ponies +were in his opinion bound to be a success. 'They work with such +extraordinary steadiness, stepping out briskly and cheerfully, +following in each other's tracks. The great drawback is the ease +with which they sink in soft snow: they go through in lots of places +where the men scarcely make an impression--they struggle pluckily +when they sink, but it is trying to watch them.' + +In three days he hoped that all the loads would be transported to +complete safety, and on Friday, the 27th, only one load remained +to be brought from Hut Point. The strenuous labour of this day +tired out the dogs, but the ponies worked splendidly. On the next +day, however, both Keohane's and Bowers' ponies showed signs of +breaking down, and Oates began to take a gloomy view of the situation. +In compensation for these misfortunes the dogs, as they got into +better condition, began to do excellent work. During Sunday they +ran two loads for over a mile past the stores on the Barrier to +the spot chosen for 'Safety Camp,' the big home depot. 'I don't +think that any part of the Barrier is likely to go, but it's just +as well to be prepared for everything, and our camp must deserve +its distinctive title of "Safety."' + +By this time the control of the second dog team had been definitely +handed over to Wilson, and in his journal he gives an admirable +account of his experiences. 'The seals have been giving a lot of +[Page 244] +trouble, that is just to Meares and myself with our dogs.... +Occasionally when one pictures oneself quite away from trouble +of that kind, an old seal will pop his head up at a blowhole a +few yards ahead of the team, and they are all on top of him before +one can say "knife"! Then one has to rush in with the whip--and +everyone of the team of eleven jumps over the harness of the dog +next to him, and the harnesses become a muddle that takes much +patience to unravel, not to mention care lest the whole team should +get away with the sledge and its load, and leave one behind.... +I never did get left the whole of this depot journey, but I was +often very near it, and several times had only time to seize a +strap or a part of the sledge, and be dragged along helter-skelter +over everything that came in the way, till the team got sick of +galloping and one could struggle to one's feet again. One gets +very wary and wide-awake when one has to manage a team of eleven +dogs and a sledge load by oneself, but it was a most interesting +experience, and I had a delightful leader, "Stareek" by name--Russian +for "Old Man," and he was the most wise old man.... Dog driving +like this in the orthodox manner is a very different thing from +the beastly dog driving we perpetrated in the _Discovery_ days.... +I got to love all my team and they got to know me well.... Stareek +is quite a ridiculous "old man" and quite the nicest, quietest, +cleverest old dog I have ever come across. He looks in face as +if he knew all the wickedness of all the world +[Page 245] +and all its cares, and as if he were bored to death by them.' + +When Safety Camp was reached there was no need for haste until they +started upon their journey. 'It is only when we start that we must +travel fast.' Work, however, on the Monday was more strenuous than +successful, for the ponies sank very deep and had great difficulty +in bringing up their loads. During the afternoon Scott disclosed +his plan of campaign, which was to go forward with five weeks' +food for men and animals, then to depot a fortnight's supply after +twelve or thirteen days and return to Safety Camp. The loads for +ponies under this arrangement worked out at a little over 600 lbs., +and for the dog teams at 700 lbs., both apart from sledges. Whether +the ponies could manage these loads depended on the surface, and there +was a great possibility that the dogs would have to be lightened, +but under the circumstances it was the best plan they could hope +to carry out. + +On Tuesday when everything was ready for the start the one pair +of snow-shoes was tried on 'Weary Willy' with magical effect. In +places where he had floundered woefully without the shoes he strolled +round as if he was walking on hard ground. Immediately after this +experiment Scott decided that an attempt must be made to get more +snow-shoes, and within half an hour Meares and Wilson had started, +on the chance that the ice had not yet gone out, to the station +twenty miles away. But on the next day they returned with the news +that there was no +[Page 246] +possibility of reaching Cape Evans, and an additional stroke of +bad fortune fell when Atkinson's foot, which had been troublesome +for some time, was examined and found to be so bad that he had +to be left behind with Crean as a companion. + +Writing on Wednesday, February 1, from 'Safety Camp, Great Barrier,' +Scott said: 'I told you that we should be cut off from our winter +station, and that I had to get a good weight of stores on to the +Barrier to provide for that contingency. We are safely here with +all requisite stores, though it has taken nearly a week. But we +find the surface very soft and the ponies flounder in it. I sent +a dog team back yesterday to try and get snow-shoes for ponies, +but they found the ice broken south of Cape Evans and returned +this morning. Everyone is doing splendidly and gaining the right +sort of experience for next year. Every mile we advance this year +is a help for next.' + +[Illustration: PONY CAMP ON THE BARRIER. _Photo by Capt. R. F. Scott._] + +At last the start was made on Thursday, February 2, but when, after +marching five miles, Scott asked for their one pair of snow-shoes, +he found that they had been left behind, and Gran--whose expertness +on ski was most useful--immediately volunteered to go back and get +them. While he was away the party rested, for at Scott's suggestion +they had decided to take to night marching. And so at 12.30 A.M. +they started off once more on a surface that was bad at first but +gradually improved, until just before camping time Bowers, who was +leading, suddenly plunged into soft snow. Several of the others, +following close behind +[Page 247] +him, shared the same fate, and soon three ponies were plunging +and struggling in a drift, and had to be unharnessed and led round +from patch to patch until firmer ground was reached. + +Then came another triumph for the snow-shoes, which were put on +Bowers' pony, with the result that after a few minutes he settled +down, was harnessed to his load, and brought in not only that but +also another over places into which he had previously been plunging. +Again Scott expressed his regret that such a great help to their +work had been left behind at the station, and it was all the more +trying for him to see the ponies half engulfed in the snow, and +panting and heaving from the strain, when the remedies for his +state of affairs were so near and yet so impossible to reach. + +During the next march ten miles were covered, and the ponies, on +a better surface, easily dragged their loads, but signs of bad +weather began to appear in the morning, and by 4 P.M. on Saturday +a blizzard arrived and held up the party in Corner Camp for three +days. 'No fun to be out of the tent--but there are no shirkers with +us. Oates has been out regularly to feed the ponies; Meares and +Wilson to attend to the dogs; the rest of us as occasion required.' + +The ponies looked fairly comfortable during the blizzard, but when +it ceased and another march was made on Tuesday night, the effects +of the storm were too clearly seen. All of them finished the march +listlessly, and two or three were visibly thinner. +[Page 248] +But by far the worst sufferer was Forde's 'Blucher' whose load +was reduced to 200 lbs., and finally Forde pulled this in and led +his pony. Extra food was given in the hope that they would soon +improve again; but at all costs most of them had got to be kept +alive, and Scott began to fear that very possibly the journey would +have to be curtailed. + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies seemed to be stronger. +'Surface very good and animals did splendidly,' Scott wrote on +Friday, February 10, and then gave in his diary for the day an +account of their nightly routine. 'We turn out of our sleeping-bags +about 9 P.M. Somewhere about 11.30 I shout to the Soldier[1] "How +are things?" There is a response suggesting readiness, and soon +after figures are busy amongst sledges and ponies. It is chilling +work for the fingers and not too warm for the feet. The rugs come +off the animals, the harness is put on, tents and camp equipment +are loaded on the sledges, nosebags filled for the next halt; one +by one the animals are taken off the picketing rope and yoked to +the sledge. Oates watches his animal warily, reluctant to keep +such a nervous creature standing in the traces. If one is prompt +one feels impatient and fretful whilst watching one's more tardy +fellows. Wilson and Meares hang about ready to help with odds and +ends. + +[Footnote 1: Oates.] + +'Still we wait: the picketing lines must be gathered up, a few +pony putties need adjustment, a party has been slow striking their +tent. With numbed fingers on +[Page 249] +our horse's bridle and the animal striving to turn its head from +the wind one feels resentful. At last all is ready. One says "All +right, Bowers, go ahead," and Birdie leads his big animal forward, +starting, as he continues, at a steady pace. The horses have got +cold and at the word they are off, the Soldier's and one or two +others with a rush. Finnesko give poor foothold on the slippery +sastrugi,[1] and for a minute or two drivers have some difficulty +in maintaining the pace on their feet. Movement is warming, and +in ten minutes the column has settled itself to steady marching. + +[Footnote 1: Irregularities formed by the wind on a snow-plain.] + +'The pace is still brisk, the light bad, and at intervals one or +another of us suddenly steps on a slippery patch and falls prone. +These are the only real incidents of the march--for the rest it +passes with a steady tramp and slight variation of formation. The +weaker ponies drop a bit but not far, so that they are soon up in +line again when the first halt is made. We have come to a single +halt in each half march. Last night it was too cold to stop long +and a very few minutes found us on the go again. + +'As the end of the half march approaches I get out my whistle. +Then at a shrill blast Bowers wheels slightly to the left, his tent +mates lead still farther out to get the distance for the picket +lines; Oates and I stop behind Bowers and Evans, the two other +sledges of our squad behind the two other of Bowers'. So we are +drawn up in camp formation. The picket +[Page 250] +lines are run across at right angles to the line of advance and +secured to the two sledges at each end. It a few minutes ponies +are on the lines covered, tents up again and cookers going. + +'Meanwhile the dog drivers, after a long cold wait at the old camp, +have packed the last sledge and come trotting along our tracks. +They try to time their arrival in the new camp immediately after +our own, and generally succeed well. The mid-march halt runs into +an hour to an hour and a half, and at the end we pack up and tramp +forth again. We generally make our final camp about 8 o'clock, and +within an hour and a half most of us are in our sleeping-bags.... +At the long halt we do our best for our animals by building snow +walls and improving their rugs, &c. + +A softer surface on the 11th made the work much more difficult, +and even the dogs, who had been pulling consistently well, showed +signs of exhaustion before the march was over. Early on Sunday +morning they were near the 79th parallel, and exact bearings had +to be taken, since this camp, called Bluff Camp, was expected to +play an important part in the future. By this time three of the +ponies, Blossom, James Pigg, and Blucher, were so weak that Scott +decided to send E. Evans, Forde and Keohane back with them. + +Progress on the next march was interrupted by a short blizzard, and +Scott, not by any means for the first time, was struck by Bowers' +imperviousness to +[Page 251] +cold. 'Bowers,' he wrote, 'is wonderful. Throughout the night he +has worn no head-gear but a common green felt hat kept on with a +chin-stay and affording no cover whatever for the ears. His face +and ears remain bright red. The rest of us were glad to have thick +Balaclavas and wind helmets. I have never seen anyone so unaffected +by the cold. To-night he remained outside a full hour after the +rest of us had got into the tent. He was simply pottering about +the camp doing small jobs to the sledges, &c. Cherry-Garrard is +remarkable because of his eyes. He can only see through glasses +and has to wrestle with all sorts of inconveniences in consequence. +Yet one could never guess it--for he manages somehow to do more +than his share of the work.' + +Another disappointing day followed, on which the surface was so +bad that the ponies frequently sank lower than their hocks, and the +soft patches of snow left by the blizzard lay in sandy heaps and +made great friction for the runners. Still, however, they struggled +on; but Gran with Weary Willy could not go the pace, and when they +were three-quarters of a mile behind the others the dog teams (which +always left the camp after the others) overtook them. Then the dogs +got out of hand and attacked Weary Willy, who put up a sterling +fight but was bitten rather badly before Meares and Gran could +drive off the dogs. Afterwards it was discovered that Weary Willy's +load was much heavier than that of the other ponies, and an attempt +to continue the march had quickly +[Page 252] +to be abandoned owing to his weak condition. As some compensation +for his misfortunes he was given a hot feed, a large snow wall, and +some extra sacking, and on the following day he showed appreciation +of these favors by a marked improvement. Bowers' pony, however, +refused work for the first time, and Oates was more despondent +than ever; 'But,' Scott says, 'I've come to see that this is a +characteristic of him. In spite of it he pays every attention to +the weaker horses.' + +No doubt remained on the Thursday that both Weary Willy and Bowers' +pony could stand very little more, and so it was decided to turn +back on the following day. During the last march out the temperature +fell to -21 deg. with a brisk south-west breeze, and frost-bites were +frequent. Bowers with his ears still uncovered suffered severely, +but while Scott and Cherry-Garrard nursed them back he seemed to +feel nothing but surprise and disgust at the mere fact of possessing +such unruly organs. 'It seems as though some of our party will +find spring journeys pretty trying. Oates' nose is always on the +point of being frost-bitten; Meares has a refractory toe which +gives him much trouble--this is the worse prospect for summit work. +I have been wondering how I shall stick the summit again, this cold +spell gives ideas. I think I shall be all right, but one must be +prepared for a pretty good doing.' + +The depot was built during the next day, February 17, Lat. 79 deg. 29' +S, and considerably over a ton of stuff was landed. + +[Page 253] +Stores left in depot: + + lbs. + 245 7 weeks' full provision bags for 1 unit + 12 2 days' provision bags for 1 unit + 8 8 weeks' tea + 31 6 weeks' extra butter + 176 lbs. biscuit (7 weeks' full biscuit) + 85 8-1/2 gallons oil (12 weeks' oil for 1 unit) + 850 5 sacks of oats + 424 4 bales of fodder + 250 Tank of dog biscuit + 100 2 cases of biscuit + ---- + 2181 + + 1 skein white line + 1 set breast harness + 2 12 ft. sledges + 2 pair ski, 1 pair ski sticks + 1 _Minimum Thermometer_[1] + 1 tin Rowntree cocoa + 1 tin matches + +[Footnote 1: See page 337.] + +Sorry as Scott was not to reach 80 deg., he was satisfied that they +had 'a good leg up' for next year, and could at least feed the +ponies thoroughly up to this point. In addition to a flagstaff +and black flag, One Ton Camp was marked with piled biscuit boxes +to act as reflectors, and tea-tins were tied on the top of the +sledges, which were planted upright in the snow. The depot cairn +was more than six feet above the surface, and so the party had +the satisfaction of knowing that it could scarcely fail to show +up for many miles. + + + + +[Page 254] +CHAPTER III + +PERILS + + ...Yet I argue not + Against Heaven's hand or will, nor bate a jot + Of heart or hope; but still bear up and steer + Right onward. + MILTON. + +On the return journey Scott, Wilson, Meares and Cherry-Garrard +went back at top speed with the dog teams, leaving Bowers, Oates +and Gran to follow with the ponies. For three days excellent marches +were made, the dogs pulling splendidly, and anxious as Scott was +to get back to Safety Camp and find out what had happened to the +other parties and the ponies, he was more than satisfied with the +daily records. But on Tuesday, February 21, a check came in their +rapid journey, a check, moreover, which might have been a most +serious disaster. + +The light though good when they started about 10 P.M. on Monday +night quickly became so bad that but little of the surface could +be seen, and the dogs began to show signs of fatigue. About an +hour and a half after the start they came upon mistily outlined +[Page 255] +pressure ridges and were running by the sledges when, as the teams +were trotting side by side, the middle dogs of the teams driven by +Scott and Meares began to disappear. 'We turned,' Cherry-Garrard +says, 'and saw their dogs disappearing one after another, like +dogs going down a hole after a rat.' + +In a moment the whole team were sinking; two by two they vanished +from sight, each pair struggling for foothold. Osman, the leader, +put forth all his strength and most wonderfully kept a foothold. +The sledge stopped on the brink of the crevasse, and Scott and +Meares jumped aside. + +In another moment the situation was realized. They had actually been +traveling along the bridge of a crevasse, the sledge had stopped +on it, while the dogs hung in their harness in the abyss. 'Why the +sledge and ourselves didn't follow the dogs we shall never know. +I think a fraction of a pound of added weight must have taken us +down.' Directly the sledge had been hauled clear of the bridge +and anchored, they peered into the depths of the cracks. The dogs, +suspended in all sorts of fantastic positions, were howling dismally +and almost frantic with terror. Two of them had dropped out of +their harness and, far below, could be seen indistinctly on a +snow-bridge. The rope at either end of the chain had bitten deep +into the snow at the side of the crevasse and with the weight below +could not possibly be moved. + +By this time assistance was forthcoming from Wilson and Cherry-Garrard, +the latter hurriedly +[Page 256] +bringing the Alpine rope, the exact position of which on the sledge +he most fortunately knew. The prospect, however, of rescuing the +team was not by any means bright, and for some minutes every attempt +failed. In spite of their determined efforts they could get not +an inch on the main trace of the sledge or on the leading rope, +which with a throttling pressure was binding poor Osman to the +snow. + +Then, as their thoughts became clearer, they set to work on a definite +plan of action. The sledge was unloaded, and the tent, cooker, and +sleeping-bags were carried to a safe place; then Scott, seizing +the lashing off Meares' sleeping-bag, passed the tent-poles across +the crevasse, and with Meares managed to get a few inches on the +leading line. This freed Osman, whose harness was immediately cut. +The next step was to secure the leading rope to the main trace and +haul up together. By this means one dog was rescued and unlashed, +but the rope already had cut so far back at the edge that efforts +to get more of it were useless. + +[Illustration: SNOWED-UP TENT AFTER THREE DAYS' BLIZZARD. _Photo +by Lieut. T. Gran._] + +'We could now unbend the sledge and do that for which we should +have aimed from the first, namely, run the sledge across the gap +and work from it.' So the sledge was put over the crevasse and +pegged down on both sides, Wilson holding on to the anchored trace +while the others worked at the leader end. The leading rope, however, +was so very small that Scott was afraid of its breaking, and Meares +was lowered down to secure the Alpine rope to the leading end of +[Page 257] +the trace; when this had been done the chance of rescuing the dogs +at once began to improve. + +Two by two the dogs were hauled up until eleven out of the thirteen +were again in safety. Then Scott began to wonder if the two other +dogs could not be saved, and the Alpine rope was paid down to see +if it was long enough to reach the bridge on which they were coiled. +The rope was 90 feet, and as the amount remaining showed that the +depth of the bridge was about 65 feet, Scott made a bowline and +insisted upon being lowered down. The bridge turned out to be firm, +and he quickly got hold of the dogs and saw them hauled to the +surface. But before he could be brought up terrific howls arose +above, and he had to be left while the rope-tenders hastened to +stop a fight between the dogs of the two teams. + +'We then hauled Scott up,' Cherry-Garrard says; 'it was all three +of us could do, my fingers a good deal frost-bitten in the end. +That was all the dogs, Scott has just said that at one time he +never hoped to get back with the thirteen, or even half of them. +When he was down in the crevasse he wanted to go off exploring, +but we dissuaded him.... He kept on saying, "I wonder why this is +running the way it is, you expect to find them at right angles."' + +For over two hours the work of rescue had continued, and after it +was finished the party camped and had a meal, and congratulated +themselves on a miraculous escape. Had the sledge gone down Scott +and Meares must have been badly injured, if not killed +[Page 258] +outright, but as things had turned out even the dogs showed wonderful +signs of recovery after their terrible experience. + +On the following day Safety Camp was reached, but the dogs were +as thin as rakes and so ravenously hungry that Scott expressed a +very strong opinion that they were underfed. 'One thing is certain, +the dogs will never continue to drag heavy loads with men sitting +on the sledges; we must all learn to run with the teams and the +Russian custom must be dropped.' + +At Safety Camp E. Evans, Forde and Keohane were found, but to Scott's +great sorrow two of their ponies had died on the return journey. Forde +had spent hour after hour in nursing poor Blucher, and although the +greatest care had also been given to Blossom, both of them were +left on the Southern Road. The remaining one of the three, James +Pigg, had managed not only to survive but actually to thrive, and, +severe as the loss of the two ponies was, some small consolation +could be gained from the fact that they were the oldest of the +team, and the two which Oates considered to be the least useful. + +After a few hours' sleep Scott, Wilson, Meares, Cherry-Garrard and +Evans started off to Hut Point, and on arrival were astonished to +find that, although the hut had been cleared and made habitable, no +one was there. A pencil line on the wall stated that a bag containing +a mail was inside, but no bag was to be found. But presently what +turned out to be the true +[Page 259] +solution of this curious state of affairs was guessed, namely, that +Atkinson and Crean had been on their way from the hut to Safety +Camp as the others had come from the camp to the hut, and later +on Scott saw their sledge track leading round on the sea-ice. + +Feeling terribly anxious that some disaster might have happened +to Atkinson and Crean owing to the weakness of the ice round Cape +Armitage, Scott and his party soon started back to Safety Camp, +but it was not until they were within a couple of hundred yards +of their destination that they saw three tents instead of two, +and knew that Atkinson and Crean were safe. No sooner, however, +had Scott received his letters than his feelings of relief were +succeeded by sheer astonishment. + +'Every incident of the day pales before the startling contents +of the mail bag which Atkinson gave me--a letter from Campbell +setting out his doings and the finding of _Amundsen_ established +in the Bay of Whales. + +'One thing only fixes itself definitely in my mind. The proper, as +well as the wiser, course for us is to proceed exactly as though +this had not happened. To go forward and do our best for the honour +of the country without fear or panic. + +'There is no doubt that Amundsen's plan is a very serious menace +to ours. He has a shorter distance to the Pole by 60 miles--I never +thought he could have got so many dogs [116] safely to the ice. His +[Page 260] +plan for running them seems excellent. But above and beyond all he +can start his journey early in the season--an impossible condition +with ponies.' + +The ship, to which Scott had said good-by a month before, had, after +landing the Western Geological Party at Butter Point, proceeded along +the Barrier, and on February 5 had come across Amundsen camped in +the Bay of Whales. No landing place, however, for Campbell's party +could be found. 'This,' Campbell says, 'was a great disappointment +to us all, but there was nothing for it but to return to McMurdo +Sound to communicate with the main party, and then try to effect a +landing in the vicinity of Smith's Inlet or as far to the westward +as possible on the north coast of Victoria Land, and if possible +to explore the unknown coast west of Cape North. We therefore made +the best of our way to Cape Evans, and arrived on the evening of +the 8th. Here I decided to land the two ponies, as they would be +very little use to us on the mountainous coast of Victoria Land, +and in view of the Norwegian expedition I felt the Southern Party +would require all the transport available. After landing the ponies +we steamed up to the sea-ice by Glacier Tongue, and from there, +taking Priestley and Abbott, I went with letters to Hut Point, +where the depot party would call on their way back.' + +Thus Scott came on Wednesday, February 22, to receive the news which +was bound to occupy his thoughts, however resolutely he refused +to allow it to interfere in any way with his plans. + +[Page 261] +Thursday was spent preparing sledges to meet Bowers, Oates and +Gran at Corner Camp, and on the following day Scott, Crean and +Cherry-Garrard with one sledge and tent, E. Evans, Atkinson and +Forde with second sledge and tent, and Keohane leading James Pigg, +started their march. At 3 P.M. on Saturday Scott turned out and saw +a short black line on the horizon towards White Island. Presently +he made certain that it was Bowers and his companions, but they +were traveling fast and failed to see Scott's camp; so when the +latter reached Corner Camp he did not find Bowers, but was glad to +see five pony walls and consequently to know that all the animals +were still alive. + +Having depoted six full weeks' provisions, Scott, Cherry-Garrard +and Crean started for home, leaving the others to bring James Pigg +by easier stages. The next day, however, had to be spent in the +tent owing to a howling blizzard, and not until the Tuesday did +Scott reach Safety Camp, where he found that the ponies were without +exception terribly thin, and that Weary Willy was especially in +a pitiable condition. + +As no advantage was to be gained by staying at Safety Camp, arrangements +were made immediately for a general shift to Hut Point, and about +four o'clock the two dog teams driven by Wilson and Meares got +safely away. Then the ponies were got ready to start, the plan +being for them to follow in the tracks of the dogs; the route was +over about six miles of sea-ice, which, owing to the spread of +water holes, caused Scott to feel gravely anxious. + +[Page 262] +At the very start, however, Weary Willy fell down, and his plight +was so critical that Bowers, Cherry-Garrard and Crean were sent on +with Punch, Cuts, Uncle Bill and Nobby to Hut Point, while Scott, +with Oates and Gran, decided to stay behind and attend to the sick +pony. But despite all the attempts to save him, Weary Willy died +during the Tuesday night. 'It makes a late start _necessary for +next year_,' Scott wrote in his diary on Wednesday, March 1, but +on the following day he had to add to this, 'The events of the +past 48 hours bid fair to wreck the expedition, and the only one +comfort is the miraculous avoidance of loss of life.' + +Early on the morning following Weary Willy's death, Scott, Oates +and Gran started out and pulled towards the forage depot, which was +at a point on the Barrier half a mile from the edge, in a S.S.E. +direction from Hut Point. On their approach the sky looked black +and lowering, and mirage effects of huge broken floes loomed out +ahead. At first Scott thought that this was one of the strange +optical illusions common in the Antarctic, but as he drew close +to the depot all doubt was dispelled. The sea was full of broken +pieces of Barrier edge, and at once his thoughts flew to the ponies +and dogs. + +They turned to follow the sea-edge, and suddenly discovering a +working crack, dashed over it and hastened on until they were in +line between Safety Camp and Castle Rock. Meanwhile Scott's first +thought was to warn E. Evans' party which was traveling +[Page 263] +back from Corner Camp with James Pigg. 'We set up tent, and Gran +went to the depot with a note as Oates and I disconsolately thought +out the situation. I thought to myself that if either party had +reached safety either on the Barrier or at Hut Point they would +immediately have sent a warning messenger to Safety Camp. By this +time the messenger should have been with us. Some half-hour passed, +and suddenly with a "Thank God!" I made certain that two specks +in the direction of Pram Point were human beings.' + +When, however, Scott hastened in their direction he discovered them +to be Wilson and Meares, who were astonished to see him, because +they had left Safety Camp before the breakdown of Weary Willy had +upset the original program. From them Scott heard alarming reports +that the ponies were adrift on the sea-ice. + +The startling incidents that had led to this state of affairs began +very soon after Bowers, Crean and Cherry-Garrard had left Safety Camp +with the ponies. 'I caught Bowers up at the edge of the Barrier,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote in his diary, 'the dogs were on ahead and we +saw them turn and make right round Cape Armitage. "Uncle Bill" +got done, and I took up the dog tracks which we followed over the +tide crack and well on towards Cape Armitage. + +'The sea-ice was very weak, and we came to fresh crack after fresh +crack, and at last to a big crack with water squelching through +for many feet on both +[Page 264] +sides. We all thought it impossible to proceed and turned back.... +The ponies began to get very done, and Bowers decided to get back +over the tide crack, find a snowy place, and camp. + +'This had been considered with Scott as a possibility and agreed +to. Of course according to arrangements then Scott would have been +with the ponies. + +'We camped about 11 P.M. and made walls for the ponies. Bowers +cooked with a primus of which the top is lost, and it took a long +time. He mistook curry powder for cocoa, and we all felt very bad +for a short time after trying it. Crean swallowed all his. Otherwise +we had a good meal. + +'While we were eating a sound as though ice had fallen outside +down the tent made us wonder. At 2 A.M. we turned in, Bowers went +out, and all was quiet. At 4.30 A.M. Bowers was wakened by a grinding +sound, jumped up, and found the situation as follows:-- + +'The whole sea-ice had broken up into small floes, from ten to +thirty or forty yards across. We were on a small floe, I think +about twenty yards across, two sledges were on the next floe, and +"Cuts" had disappeared down the opening. Bowers shouted to us all +and hauled the two sledges on to our floe in his socks. We packed +anyhow, I don't suppose a camp was ever struck quicker. It seemed +to me impossible to go on with the ponies and I said so, but Bowers +decided to try. + +'We decided that to go towards White Island +[Page 265] +looked best, and for five hours traveled in the following way:--we +jumped the ponies over floe to floe as the cracks joined.... We then +man-hauled the sledges after them, then according to the size of the +floe sometimes harnessed the ponies in again, sometimes man-hauled +the sledge to the next crack, waited our chance, sometimes I should +think five or ten minutes, and repeated the process.' + +At length they worked their way to heavier floes lying near the +Barrier edge, and at one time thought that it was possible to get +up; but very soon they discovered that there were gaps everywhere +off the high Barrier face. In this dilemma Crean volunteered to try +and reach Scott, and after traveling a great distance and leaping +from floe to floe, he found a thick floe from which with the help of +his ski stick he could climb the Barrier face. 'It was a desperate +venture, but luckily successful.' + +And so while Scott, Oates, Wilson, Meares and Gran were discussing +the critical situation, a man, who proved to be Crean, was seen +rapidly making for the depot from the west. + +As soon as Scott had considered the latest development of the situation +he sent Gran back to Hut Point with Wilson and Meares, and started +with Oates, Crean, and a sledge for the scene of the mishap. A +halt was made at Safety Camp to get some provisions and oil, and +then, marching carefully round, they approached the ice-edge, and to +their joy caught sight of Bowers and Cherry-Garrard. With the help +[Page 266] +of the Alpine rope both the men were dragged to the surface, and +after camp had been pitched at a safe distance from the edge all +hands started upon salvage work. The ice at this time lay close and +quiet against the Barrier edge, and some ten hours after Bowers and +Cherry-Garrard had been hauled up, the sledges and their contents +were safely on the Barrier. But then, just as the last loads were +saved, the ice began to drift again, and so, for the time, nothing +could be done for the ponies except to leave them well-fed upon +their floes. + +'None of our party had had sleep the previous night and all were +dog tired. I decided we must rest, but turned everyone out at 8.30 +yesterday morning [after three or four hours]. Before breakfast +we discovered the ponies had drifted away. We had tried to anchor +their floes with the Alpine rope, but the anchors had drawn. It +was a sad moment.' + +Presently, however, Bowers, who had taken the binoculars, announced +that he could see the ponies about a mile to the N. W. 'We packed +and went on at once. We found it easy enough to get down to the +poor animals and decided to rush them for a last chance of life. Then +there was an unfortunate mistake: I went along the Barrier edge and +discovered what I thought and what proved to be a practicable way to +land a pony, but the others meanwhile, a little overwrought, tried to +leap Punch across a gap. The poor beast fell in; eventually we had to +kill him--it was awful. I recalled all hands and pointed out my +[Page 267] +road. Bowers and Oates went out on it with a sledge and worked +their way to the remaining ponies, and started back with them on +the same track.... We saved one pony; for a time I thought we should +get both, but Bowers' poor animal slipped at a jump and plunged into +the water: we dragged him out on some brash ice-- killer whales +all about us in an intense state of excitement. The poor animal +couldn't rise, and the only merciful thing was to kill it. These +incidents were too terrible. At 5 P.M. (Thursday, March 2), we +sadly broke our temporary camp and marched back to the one I had +just pitched.... So here we are ready to start our sad journey to +Hut Point. Everything out of joint with the loss of our ponies, +but mercifully with all the party alive and well.' + +At the start on the march back the surface was so bad that only +three miles were covered in four hours, and in addition to this +physical strain Scott was also deeply anxious to know that E. Evans +and his party were safe; but while they were camping that night +on Pram Point ridges, Evans' party, all of whom were well, came +in. Then it was decided that Atkinson should go on to Hut Point +in the morning to take news to Wilson, Meares and Gran, who were +looking after the dogs, and having a wretched time in trying to +make two sleeping-bags do the work of three. + +On March 2 Wilson wrote in his journal: 'A very bitter wind blowing +and it was a cheerless job waiting for six hours to get a sleep in the +bag.... As the ice had all gone out of the strait we were cut off from +[Page 268] +any return to Cape Evans until the sea should again freeze over, +and this was not likely until the end of April. We rigged up a +small fireplace in the hut and found some wood and made a fire +for an hour or so at each meal, but as there was no coal and not +much wood we felt we must be economical with the fuel, and so also +with matches and everything else, in case Bowers should lose his +sledge loads, which had most of the supplies for the whole party +to last twelve men for two months.... There was literally nothing +in the hut that one could cover oneself with to keep warm, and we +couldn't run to keeping the fire going. It was very cold work. There +were heaps of biscuit cases here which we had left in _Discovery_ +days, and with these we built up a small inner hut to live in.' + +On Saturday Scott and some of his party reached the hut, and on +Sunday he was able to write: 'Turned in with much relief to have +all hands and the animals safely housed.' Only two ponies, James +Pigg and Nobby, remained out of the eight that had started on the +depot journey, but disastrous as this was to the expedition there was +reason to be thankful that even greater disasters had not happened. + + + + +[Page 269] +CHAPTER IV + +A HAPPY FAMILY + + By mutual confidence and mutual aid + Great deeds are done and great discoveries made. + ANON. + +With the certainty of having to stay in the _Discovery_ hut for +some time, the party set to work at once to make it as comfortable +as possible. With packing-cases a large _L_-shaped inner apartment +was made, the intervals being stopped with felt, and an empty kerosene +tin and some firebricks were made into an excellent little stove +which was connected to the old stove-pipe. + +As regards food almost an unlimited supply of biscuit was available, +and during a walk to Pram Point on Monday, March 6, Scott and Wilson +found that the sea-ice in Pram Point Bay had not gone out and was +crowded with seals, a happy find that guaranteed the party as much +meat as they wanted. 'We really have everything necessary for our +comfort and only need a little more experience to make the best of +our resources.... It is splendid to see the way in which everyone +is learning the ropes, and the resource which +[Page 270] +is being shown. Wilson as usual leads in the making of useful +suggestions and in generally providing for our wants. He is a tower +of strength in checking the ill-usage of clothes--what I have come +to regard as the greatest danger with Englishmen.' + +On Saturday night a blizzard sprang up and gradually increased in +force until it reminded Scott and Wilson of the gale which drove +the _Discovery_ ashore. The blizzard continued until noon on Tuesday, +on which day the Western Geological Party (Griffith Taylor, Wright, +Debenham and P.O. Evans) returned to the hut after a successful +trip. + +Two days later another depot party started to Corner Camp, E. Evans, +Wright, Crean and Forde in one team; Bowers, Oates, Cherry-Garrard +and Atkinson in the other. 'It was very sporting of Wright to join +in after only a day's rest. He is evidently a splendid puller.' + +During the absence of this party the comforts of the hut were constantly +being increased, but continuous bad weather was both depressing +to the men and very serious for the dogs. Every effort had been +made to make the dogs comfortable, but the changes of wind made +it impossible to give them shelter in all directions. At least +five of them were in a sorry plight, and half a dozen others were +by no means strong, but whether because they were constitutionally +harder or whether better fitted by nature to protect themselves +the other ten or a dozen animals were as fit as they could be. +As it was found to be impossible to keep the dogs comfortable in +the traces, the majority +[Page 271] +of them were allowed to run loose; for although Scott feared that +this freedom would mean that there would be some fights to the +death, he thought it preferable to the risk of losing the animals +by keeping them on the leash. The main difficulty with them was +that when the ice once got thoroughly into the coats their hind +legs became half paralyzed with cold, but by allowing them to run +loose it was hoped that they would be able to free themselves of +this serious trouble. 'Well, well, fortune is not being very kind +to us. This month will have sad memories. Still I suppose things +might be worse; the ponies are well housed and are doing exceedingly +well....' + +The depot party returned to the hut on March 23, but though the +sea by this time showed symptoms of _wanting_ to freeze, there was +no real sign that the ice would hold for many a long day. Stock +therefore was taken of their resources, and arrangements were made +for a much longer stay than had been anticipated. A week later the +ice, though not thickening rapidly, held south of Hut Point, but +the stretch from Hut Point to Turtle Back Island still refused to +freeze even in calm weather, and Scott began to think that they might +not be able to get back to Cape Evans before May. Soon afterwards, +however, the sea began to freeze over completely, and on Thursday +evening, April 6, a program, subject to the continuance of good +weather, was arranged for a shift to Cape Evans. 'It feels good,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'to have something doing in the air.' But +the weather prevented them from starting on the appointed day, +[Page 272] +and although Scott was most anxious to get back and see that all was +well at Cape Evans, the comfort achieved in the old hut was so great +that he confessed himself half-sorry to leave it. + +Describing their life at Hut Point he says, 'We gather around the +fire seated on packing-cases, with a hunk of bread and butter and +a steaming pannikin of tea, and life is well worth living. After +lunch we are out and about again; there is little to tempt a long +stay indoors, and exercise keeps us all the fitter. + +'The failing light and approach of supper drives us home again +with good appetites about 5 or 6 o'clock, and then the cooks rival +one another in preparing succulent dishes of fried seal liver.... +Exclamations of satisfaction can be heard every night--or nearly +every night; for two nights ago (April 4) Wilson, who has proved a +genius in the invention of "plats," almost ruined his reputation. +He proposed to fry the seal liver in penguin blubber, suggesting that +the latter could be freed from all rankness.... The "fry" proved +redolent of penguin, a concentrated essence of that peculiar flavour +which faintly lingers in the meat and should not be emphasized. +Three heroes got through their pannikins, but the rest of us decided +to be contented with cocoa and biscuit after tasting the first +mouthful.[1] + +[Footnote 1: Wilson, referring to this incident in his Journal, +showed no signs of contrition. 'Fun over a fry I made in my new +penguin lard. It was quite a success and tasted like very bad sardine +oil.'] + +'After supper we have an hour or so of smoking +[Page 273] +and conversation--a cheering, pleasant hour--in which reminiscences +are exchanged by a company which has very literally had world-wide +experience. There is scarce a country under the sun which one or +another of us has not traveled in, so diverse are our origins and +occupations. + +'An hour or so after supper we tail off one by one.... Everyone +can manage eight or nine hours' sleep without a break, and not a +few would have little difficulty in sleeping the clock round, which +goes to show that our exceedingly simple life is an exceedingly +healthy one, though with faces and hands blackened with smoke, +appearances might not lead an outsider to suppose it.' + +On Tuesday, April 11, a start could be made for Cape Evans, the +party consisting of Scott, Bowers, P.O. Evans and Taylor in one +tent; E. Evans, Gran, Crean, Debenham and Wright in another; Wilson +being left in charge at Hut Point, with Meares, Forde, Keohane, +Oates, Atkinson and Cherry-Garrard. + +In fine weather they marched past Castle Rock, and it soon became +evident that they must go well along the ridge before descending, +and that the difficulty would be to get down over the cliffs. Seven +and a half miles from the start they reached Hutton Rocks, a very +icy and wind-swept spot, and as the wind rose and the light became +bad at the critical moment they camped for a short time. Half an +hour later the weather cleared and a possible descent to the ice +cliffs could be seen, but between Hutton Rock +[Page 274] +and Erebus all the slope was much cracked and crevassed. A clear +track to the edge of the cliffs was chosen, but on arriving there +no low place could be found (the lowest part being 24 feet sheer +drop), and as the wind was increasing and the snow beginning to +drift off the ridge a quick decision had to be made. + +Then Scott went to the edge, and having made standing places to +work the Alpine rope, Bowers., E. Evans and Taylor were lowered. +Next the sledges went down fully packed and then the remainder +of the party, Scott being the last to go down. It was a neat and +speedy piece of work, and completed in twenty minutes without serious +frost-bites. + +The surface of ice covered with salt crystals made pulling very +heavy to Glacier Tongue, which they reached about 5.30 P.M. A stiff +incline on a hard surface followed, but as the light was failing +and cracks were innumerable, several of the party fell in with +considerable risk of damage. The north side, however, was well +snow-covered, with a good valley leading to a low ice cliff in which +a broken piece provided an easy descent. Under the circumstances +Scott decided to push on to Cape Evans, but darkness suddenly fell +upon them, and after very heavy pulling for many hours they were +so totally unable to see anything ahead, that at 10 P.M. they were +compelled to pitch their camp under little Razor Back Island. During +the night the wind began to rise, and in the morning a roaring +blizzard was blowing, and obviously the ice on which they had pitched +[Page 275] +their camp was none too safe. For hours they waited vainly for a lull, +until at 3 P.M. Scott and Bowers went round the Island, with the result +that they resolved to shift their camp to a little platform under +the weather side. This operation lasted for two very cold hours, +but splendid shelter was gained, the cliffs rising almost sheer +from the tents. 'Only now and again a whirling wind current eddied +down on the tents, which were well secured, but the noise of the +wind sweeping over the rocky ridge above our heads was deafening; +we could scarcely hear ourselves speak.' Provisions for only one +more meal were left, but sleep all the same was easier to get than +on the previous night, because they knew that they were no longer +in danger of being swept out to sea. + +The wind moderated during the night, and early in the morning the +party in a desperately cold and stiff breeze and with frozen clothes +were again under weigh. The distance, however, was only two miles, +and after some very hard pulling they arrived off the point and +found that the sea-ice continued around it. 'It was a very great +relief to see the hut on rounding it and to hear that all was well.' + +In choosing the site of the hut Scott had thought of the possibility +of northerly winds bringing a swell, but had argued, first, that no +heavy northerly swell had ever been recorded in the Sound; secondly, +that a strong northerly wind was bound to bring pack which would +damp the swell; thirdly, that the locality was well protected by +the Barne Glacier; and, lastly, +[Page 276] +that the beach itself showed no signs of having been swept by the +sea. When, however, the hut had been erected and he found that its +foundation was only eleven feet above the level of the sea-ice, +he could not rid himself entirely of misgivings. + +As events turned out the hut was safe and sound enough, but not +until Scott reached it, on April 13, did he realize how anxious +he had been. 'In a normal season no thoughts of its having been +in danger would have occurred to me, but since the loss of the +ponies and the breaking of Glacier Tongue, I could not rid myself +of the fear that misfortune was in the air and that some abnormal +swell had swept the beach.' So when he and his party turned the +small headland and saw that the hut was intact, a real fear was +mercifully removed. Very soon afterwards the travelers were seen +by two men at work near the stables, and then the nine occupants +(Simpson, Day, Nelson, Ponting, Lashly, Clissold, Hooper, Anton +and Demetri) came rapidly to meet and welcome them. In a minute +the most important events of the quiet station life were told, the +worst news being that one pony, named Hacken-schmidt, and one dog +had died. For the rest the hut arrangements had worked admirably, +and the scientific routine of observations was in full swing. + +After their primitive life at the _Discovery_ hut the interior +space of the home at Cape Evans seemed palatial, and the comfort +luxurious. 'It was very good to eat in civilized fashion, to enjoy +the first bath for three months, and have contact with clean, dry +[Page 277] +clothing. Such fleeting hours of comfort (for custom soon banished +their delight) are the treasured remembrance of every Polar traveler.' +Not for many hours or even minutes, however, was Scott in the hut +before he was taken round to see in detail the transformation that +had taken place in his absence, and in which a very proper pride +was taken by those who had created it. + +First of all a visit was paid to Simpson's Corner, where numerous +shelves laden with a profusion of self-recording instruments, electric +batteries and switchboards were to be seen, and the tickings of many +clocks, the gentle whir of a motor and occasionally the trembling note +of an electric bell could be heard. 'It took me days and even months +to realize fully the aims of our meteorologist and the scientific +accuracy with which he was achieving them.' + +From Simpson's Corner Scott was taken on his tour of inspection +into Ponting's dark room, and found that the art of photography had +never been so well housed within the Polar regions and rarely without +them. 'Such a palatial chamber for the development of negatives and +prints can only be justified by the quality of the work produced in +it, and is only justified in our case by such an artist as Ponting.' + +From the dark room he went on to the biologists' cubicle, shared, +to their mutual satisfaction, by Day and Nelson. There the prevailing +note was neatness, and to Day's mechanical skill everyone paid +tribute. The heating, lighting and ventilating arrangements +[Page 278] +of the hut had been left entirely in his charge, and had been carried +out with admirable success. The cook's corner was visited next, +and Scott was very surprised to see the mechanical ingenuity shown +by Clissold. 'Later,' he says, 'when I found that Clissold was +called in to consult on the ailments of Simpson's motor, and that +he was capable of constructing a dog sledge out of packing-cases, +I was less surprised, because I knew by this time that he had had +considerable training in mechanical work before he turned his attention +to pots and pans.' + +The tour ended with an inspection of the shelters for the animals, +and when Scott saw the stables he could not help regretting that +some of the stalls would have to remain empty, though he appreciated +fully the fact that there was ample and safe harborage for the +ten remaining ponies. With Lashly's help, Anton had completed the +furnishing of the stables in a way that was both neat and effective. + +Only five or six dogs had been left in Demetri's charge, and it +was at once evident that every care had been taken of them; not +only had shelters been made, but a small 'lean to' had also been +built to serve as a hospital for any sick animal. The impressions, +in short, that Scott received on his return to Cape Evans were +almost wholly pleasant, and in happy contrast with the fears that +had assailed him on the homeward route. + +Not for long, however, did he, Bowers and Crean stay to enjoy the +comforts of Cape Evans, as on +[Page 279] +Monday, April 17, they were off again to Hut Point with two 10-foot +sledges, a week's provisions of sledding food, and butter, oatmeal, +&c., for the hut. Scott, Lashly, Day and Demetri took the first +sledge; Bowers, Nelson, Crean and Hooper the second; and after a +rather adventurous journey, in which 'Lashly was splendid at camp +work as of old,' they reached Hut Point at 1 P.M. on the following +day, and found everyone well and in good spirits. The party left at +the hut were, however, very short of seal-meat, a cause of anxiety, +because until the sea froze over there was no possibility of getting +the ponies back to Cape Evans. But three seals were reported on +the Wednesday and promptly killed, and so Scott, satisfied that +this stock was enough for twelve days, resolved to go back as soon +as the weather would allow him. + +Leaving Meares in charge of the station with Demetri to help with +the dogs, Lashly and Keohane to look after the ponies, and Nelson, +Day and Forde to get some idea of the life and experience, the +homeward party started on Friday morning. On this journey Scott, +Wilson, Atkinson and Crean pulled one sledge, and Bowers, Oates, +Cherry-Garrard and Hooper the other. Scott's party were the leaders, +and their sledge dragged so fearfully that the men with the second +sledge had a very easy time in keeping up. Then Crean declared +that although the loads were equal there was a great difference +in the sledges. 'Bowers,' Scott says, 'politely assented when I +voiced this sentiment, but I am sure he and his party thought it the +[Page 280] +plea of tired men. However, there was nothing like proof, and he +readily assented to change sledges. The difference was really +extraordinary; we felt the new sledge a featherweight compared with +the old, and set up a great pace for the home quarters regardless +of how much we perspired.' + +All of them arrived at Cape Evans with their garments soaked through, +and as they took off their wind clothes showers of ice fell upon +the floor. The accumulation was almost beyond belief and showed +the whole trouble of sledding in cold weather. Clissold, however, +was at hand with 'just the right meal,' an enormous dish of rice +and figs, and cocoa in a bucket. The sledding season was at an +end, and Scott admitted that in spite of all the losses they had +sustained it was good to be home again, while Wilson, Oates, Atkinson +and Cherry-Garrard, who had not seen the hut since it had been +fitted out, were astonished at its comfort. + +On Sunday, April 23, two days after the return from Hut Point, +the sun made it's last appearance and the winter work was begun. +Ponies for exercise were allotted to Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Hooper, +Clissold, P.O. Evans and Crean, besides Oates and Anton, but in +making this allotment Scott was obliged to add a warning that those +who exercised the ponies would not necessarily lead them in the +spring. + +Wilson at once began busily to paint, and Atkinson was equally busy +unpacking and setting up his sterilizers and incubators. Wright +began to wrestle with the electrical instruments; Oates started to +make bigger stalls in the stables; Cherry-Garrard employed himself +[Page 281] +in building a stone house for taxidermy and with a view to getting +hints for a shelter at Cape Crozier during the winter, while Taylor +and Debenham took advantage of the last of the light to examine +the topography of the peninsula. E. Evans surveyed the Cape and +its neighborhood, and Simpson and Bowers, in addition to their +other work, spent hours over balloon experiments. In fact everyone +was overflowing with energy. + +On Friday, April 28, Scott, eager to get the party safely back +from Hut Point, hoped that the sea had at last frozen over for +good, but a gale on the following day played havoc with the ice; +and although the strait rapidly froze again, the possibility of +every gale clearing the sea was too great to be pleasant. Obviously, +however, it was useless to worry over a state of affairs that could +not be helped, and the arrangements for passing the winter steadily +progressed. + +At Scott's request Cherry-Garrard undertook the editorship of the +_South Polar Times_ and the following notice was issued: + + The first number of the _South Polar Times_ will be published + on Midwinter Day. + + All are asked to send in contributions, signed anonymously, + and to place these contributions in this box as soon as possible. + No contributions for this number will be accepted after May 31. + + A selection of these will be made for publication. It is not + intended that the paper shall be too scientific. + +[Page 282] + Contributions may take the form of prose, poetry or drawing. + Contributors whose writings will lend themselves to illustration + are asked to consult with the Editor as soon as possible. + + The Editor, + _S. P. T._ + +The editor, warned by Scott that the work was not easy and required +a lot of tact, at once placed great hopes in the assistance he +would receive from Wilson, and how abundantly these hopes were +fulfilled has been widely recognized not only by students of Polar +literature, but also by those who admire art merely for art's sake. + +On the evening of Tuesday, May 2, Wilson opened the series of winter +lectures with a paper on 'Antarctic Flying Birds,' and in turn +Simpson, Taylor, Ponting, Debenham and others lectured on their +special subjects. But still the _Discovery_ hut party did not appear, +although the strait (by May 9) had been frozen over for nearly a +week; and repeatedly Scott expressed a wish that they would return. +In the meantime there was work and to spare for everyone, and as +the days went by Scott was also given ample opportunities to get +a thorough knowledge of his companions. + +'I do not think,' he wrote, 'there can be any life quite so +demonstrative of character as that which we had on these expeditions. +One sees a remarkable reassortment of values. Under ordinary conditions +it is so easy to carry a point with a little bounce; self-assertion +is a mask which covers many a weakness.... +[Page 283] +Here the outward show is nothing, it is the inward purpose that +counts. So the "gods" dwindle and the humble supplant them. Pretence +is useless. + +'One sees Wilson busy with pencil and colour box, rapidly and steadily +adding to his portfolio of charming sketches and at intervals filling +the gaps in his zoological work of _Discovery_ times; withal ready +and willing to give advice and assistance to others at all times; +his sound judgment appreciated and therefore a constant referee. + +'Simpson, master of his craft... doing the work of two observers +at least... So the current meteorological and magnetic observations +are taken as never before on Polar expeditions.' + +'Wright, good-hearted, strong, keen, striving to saturate his mind +with the ice problems of this wonderful region...' + +And then after referring in terms of praise to the industry of E. +Evans, the versatile intellect of Taylor, and the thoroughness and +conscientiousness of Debenham, Scott goes on to praise unreservedly +the man to whom the whole expedition owed an immense debt of gratitude. + +'To Bowers' practical genius is owed much of the smooth working +of our station. He has a natural method in line with which all +arrangements fall, so that expenditure is easily and exactly adjusted +to supply, and I have the inestimable advantage of knowing the +length of time which each of our possessions will last us and the +assurance that there can be no waste. +[Page 284] +Active mind and active body were never more happily blended. It +is a restless activity admitting no idle moments and ever budding +into new forms. + +'So we see the balloon ascending under his guidance and anon he +is away over the floe tracking the silk thread which held it. Such +a task completed, he is away to exercise his pony, and later out +again with the dogs, the last typically self-suggested, because for +the moment there is no one else to care for these animals.... He +is for the open air, seemingly incapable of realizing any discomfort +from it, and yet his hours within doors spent with equal profit. +For he is intent on tracking the problems of sledding food and +clothes to their innermost bearings and is becoming an authority +on past records. This will be no small help to me and one which +others never could have given. + +'Adjacent to the physicists' corner of the hut Atkinson is quietly +pursuing the subject of parasites. Already he is in a new world. +The laying out of the fish trap was his action and the catches are +his field of labour.... His bench with its array of microscopes, +etc., is next the dark room in which Ponting spends the greater +part of his life. I would describe him as sustained by artistic +enthusiasm.... + +'Cherry-Garrard is another of the open-air, self-effacing, quiet +workers; his whole heart is in the life, with profound eagerness +to help everyone. One has caught glimpses of him in tight places; +sound all through and pretty hard also.... + +'Oates' whole heart is in the ponies. He is really +[Page 285] +devoted to their care, and I believe will produce them in the best +possible form for the sledding season. Opening out the stores, +installing a blubber stove, etc., has kept him busy, whilst his +satellite, Anton, is ever at work in the stables--an excellent +little man. + +'P.O. Evans and Crean are repairing sleeping-bags, covering felt +boots, and generally working on sledding kit. In fact there is +no one idle, and no one who has the least prospect of idleness. + +On May 8 as one of the series of lectures Scott gave an outline +of his plans for next season, and hinted that in his opinion the +problem of reaching the Pole could best be solved by relying on +the ponies and man haulage. With this opinion there was general +agreement, for as regards glacier and summit work everyone seemed +to distrust the dogs. At the end of the lecture he asked that the +problem should be thought over and freely discussed, and that any +suggestions should be brought to his notice. 'It's going to be a +tough job; that is better realized the more one dives into it.' + +At last, on May 13, Atkinson brought news that the dogs were returning, +and soon afterwards Meares and his team arrived, and reported that +the ponies were not far behind. For more than three weeks the weather +at Hut Point had been exceptionally calm and fine, and with joy +Scott saw that all of the dogs were looking remarkably well, and +that the two ponies also seemed to have improved. 'It is a great +comfort to have the men and dogs back, and a greater to +[Page 286] +contemplate all the ten ponies comfortably stabled for the winter. +Everything seems to depend on these animals.' + +With their various occupations, lectures in the evening, and games +of football--when it was not unusual for the goal-keepers to get their +toes frost-bitten--in the afternoons, the winter passed steadily on +its way; the only stroke of misfortune being that one of the dogs +died suddenly and that a post-mortem did not reveal any sufficient +cause of death. This was the third animal that had died without +apparent reason at winter-quarters, and Scott became more than +ever convinced that to place any confidence in the dog teams would +be a mistake. + +On Monday, May 22, Scott, Wilson, Bowers, Atkinson, P.O. Evans +and Clissold went off to Cape Royds with a go-cart which consisted +of a framework of steel tubing supported on four bicycle wheels-- +and sleeping-bags, a cooker and a small quantity of provisions. +The night was spent in Shackleton's hut, where a good quantity +of provisions was found; but the most useful articles that the +party discovered were five hymn-books, for hitherto the Sunday +services had not been fully choral because seven hymn-books were +all that could be mustered. + +[Illustration: "BIRDIE" BOWERS READING THE THERMOMETER ON THE RAMP, +JUNE 6TH, 1911.] + +June 6 was Scott's birthday, a fact which his small company did +not forget. At lunch an immense birthday cake appeared, the top +of which had been decorated by Clissold with various devices in +chocolate and crystallized fruit, a flag and photographs of Scott. +[Page 287] +A special dinner followed, and to this sumptuous meal they sat down +with their sledge banners hung around them. 'After this luxurious +meal everyone was very festive and amiably argumentative. As I write +there is a group in the dark room discussing political progress +with large discussions, another at one corner of the dinner table +airing its views on the origin of matter and the probability of its +ultimate discovery, and yet another debating military problems.... +Perhaps these arguments are practically unprofitable, but they +give a great deal of pleasure to the participants.... They are +boys, all of them, but such excellent good-natured ones; there +has been no sign of sharpness or anger, no jarring note, in all +these wordy contests; all end with a laugh. Nelson has offered +Taylor a pair of socks to teach him some geology! This lulls me +to sleep!' + +On Monday evening, June 12, E. Evans gave a lecture on surveying, +and Scott took the opportunity to note a few points to which he +wanted especial attention to be directed. The essential points +were: + +1. Every officer who takes part in the Southern journey ought to + have in his memory the approximate variation of the compass + at various stages of the journey and to know how to apply it + to obtain a true course from the compass.... + +2. He ought to know what the true course is to reach one depot + from another. + +3. He should be able to take an observation with the theodolite. + +[Page 288] +4. He should be able to work out a meridian altitude observation. + +5. He could advantageously add to his knowledge the ability to + work out a longitude observation or an ex-meridian altitude. + +6. He should know how to read the sledgemeter. + +7. He should note and remember the error of the watch he carries + and the rate which is ascertained for it from time to time. + +8. He should assist the surveyor by noting the coincidences of + objects, the opening out of valleys, the observation of new + peaks, &c. + +That these hints upon Polar surveying did not fall upon deaf ears +is proved by a letter Scott wrote home some four months later. In +it he says '"Cherry" has just come to me with a very anxious face +to say that I must not count on his navigating powers. For the +moment I didn't know what he was driving at, but then I remembered +that some months ago I said that it would be a good thing for all +the officers going South to have some knowledge of navigation so +that in emergency they would know how to steer a sledge home. It +appears that "Cherry" thereupon commenced a serious and arduous +course of abstruse navigational problems which he found exceedingly +tough and now despaired mastering. Of course there is not one chance +in a hundred that he will ever have to consider navigation on our +journey and in that one chance the problem must be of the simplest +nature, but it makes it much easier for me to have men who +[Page 289] +take the details of one's work so seriously and who strive so simply +and honestly to make it successful.' + +In Wilson's diary there is also this significant entry: 'Working +at latitude sights--mathematics which I hate--till bedtime. It +will be wiser to know a little navigation on the Southern sledge +journey.' + +Some time before Scott's suggestions stimulated his companions +to master subjects which they found rather difficult and irksome, +a regular daily routine had begun. About 7 A.M. Clissold began to +prepare breakfast, and half an hour later Hooper started to sweep +the floor and lay the table. Between 8 and 8.30 the men were out and +about doing odd jobs, Anton going off to feed the ponies, Demetri +to see to the dogs. Repeatedly Hooper burst upon the slumberers +with announcements of the time, and presently Wilson and Bowers +met in a state of nature beside a washing basin filled with snow +and proceeded to rub glistening limbs with this chilly substance. +A little later others with less hardiness could be seen making the +most of a meager allowance of water. A few laggards invariably +ran the nine o'clock rule very close, and a little pressure had +to be applied so that they should not delay the day's work. + +By 9.20 breakfast was finished, and in ten minutes the table was +cleared. Then for four hours the men were steadily employed on a +program of preparation for sledding. About 1.30 a cheerful half-hour +was spent over the mid-day meal, and afterwards, if the +[Page 290] +weather permitted, the ponies were exercised, and those who were +not employed in this way generally exercised themselves in some way +or other. After this the officers went steadily on with their special +work until 6.30, when dinner was served and finished within the +hour. Then came reading, writing, games, and usually the gramophone, +but three nights of the week were given up to lectures. At 11 P.M. +the acetylene lights were put out, and those who wished to stay up +had to depend on candle-light. The majority of candles, however, +were extinguished by midnight, and the night watchman alone remained +awake to keep his vigil by the light of an oil lamp. + +Extra bathing took place either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday +morning; chins were shaven, and possibly clean clothes put on. +'Such signs, with the regular service on Sunday, mark the passage +of the weeks. It is not a very active life, perhaps, but certainly +not an idle one. Few of us sleep more than eight hours of the +twenty-four.' + +On June 19, Day gave a lecture on his motor sledge and was very +hopeful of success, but Scott again expressed his doubts and fears. +'I fear he is rather more sanguine in temperament than his sledge +is reliable in action. I wish I could have more confidence in his +preparations, as he is certainly a delightful companion.' Three +days later Midwinter was celebrated with great festivities, and +after lunch the Editor handed over the first number of the _S. +P. T._ to Scott. Everyone at once gathered at the top of +[Page 291] +the table; 'It was like a lot of schoolgirls round a teacher' is +the editor's description of the scene, and Scott read aloud most +of the contents. An article called 'Valhalla,' written by Taylor, +some verses called 'The Sleeping Bag,' and Wilson's illustrations +to 'Antarctic Archives' were the popular favorites; indeed the +editor attributed the success of the paper mainly to Wilson, though +Day's delightful cover of carved venesta wood and sealskin was also +'a great help.' As all the contributions were anonymous great fun +was provided by attempts to guess the various authors, and some +of the denials made by the contributors were perhaps more modest +than strictly truthful. + +These festive proceedings, however, were almost solemn when compared +with the celebrations of the evening. In preparation for dinner the +'Union Jacks' and sledge flags were hung about the large table, +and at seven o'clock everyone sat down to a really good dinner. + +Scott spoke first, and drew attention to the nature of the celebration +as a half-way mark not only in the winter but in the plans of the +expedition. Fearing in his heart of hearts that some of the company +did not realize how rapidly the weeks were passing, and that in +consequence work which ought to have been in full swing had barely +been begun, he went on to say that it was time they knew how they +stood in every respect, and especially thanked the officer in charge +of the stores and those who looked after the +[Page 292] +animals, for knowing the exact position as regards provision and +transport. Then he said that in respect to the future chance must +play a great part, but that experience showed him that no more +fitting men could have been chosen to support him on the journey +to the South than those who were to start in that direction in +the following spring. Finally he thanked all of his companions +for having put their shoulders to the wheel and given him so much +confidence. + +Thereupon they drank to the Success of the Expedition, and afterwards +everyone was called to speak in turn. + +'Needless to say, all were entirely modest and brief; unexpectedly, +all had exceedingly kind things to say of me--in fact I was obliged to +request the omissions of compliments at an early stage. Nevertheless +it was gratifying to have a really genuine recognition of my attitude +towards the scientific workers of the expedition, and I felt very +warmly towards all these kind, good fellows for expressing it. If +good will and fellowship count towards success, very surely shall +we deserve to succeed. It was matter for comment, much applauded, +that there had not been a single disagreement between any two members +of our party from the beginning. By the end of dinner a very cheerful +spirit prevailed.' + +The table having been cleared and upended and the chairs arranged +in rows, Ponting displayed a series of slides from his own local +negatives, and then, after the healths of Campbell's party and of +[Page 293] +those on board the _Terra Nova_ had been drunk, a set of lancers was +formed. In the midst of this scene of revelry Bowers suddenly appeared, +followed by satellites bearing an enormous Christmas tree, the branches +of which bore flaming candles, gaudy crackers, and little presents +for everyone; the distribution of which caused infinite amusement. +Thus the high festival of Midwinter was celebrated in the most +convivial way, but that it was so reminiscent of a Christmas spent +in England was partly, at any rate, due to those kind people who +had anticipated the celebration by providing presents and other +tokens of their interest in the expedition. + +'Few,' Scott says, 'could take great exception to so rare an outburst +in a long run of quiet days. After all we celebrated the birth +of a season, which for weal or woe must be numbered amongst the +greatest in our lives.' + + + + +[Page 294] +CHAPTER V + +WINTER + + Come what may + Time and the hour runs through the darkest day. + SHAKESPEARE. + +During the latter part of June the Cape Crozier Party were busy +in making preparations for their departure. The object of their +journey to the Emperor penguin rookery in the cold and darkness of an +Antarctic winter was to secure eggs at such a stage as could furnish +a series of early embryos, by means of which alone the particular +points of interest in the development of the bird could be worked +out. As the Emperor is peculiar in nesting at the coldest season +of the year, this journey entailed the risk of sledge traveling in +mid-winter, and the travelers had also to traverse about a hundred +miles of the Barrier surface, and to cross a chaos of crevasses +which had previously taken a party as much as two hours to cross +by daylight. + +[Illustration: PITCHING THE DOUBLE TENT ON THE SUMMIT. (P.O. Evans; +Dr. Wilson.) _Photo by Lieut. H. R. Bowers._] + +Such was the enterprise for which Wilson, Bowers and Cherry-Garrard +were with the help of others making preparations, and apart from the +[Page 295] +extraordinarily adventurous side of this journey, it was most +interesting because the travelers were to make several experiments. +Each man was to go on a different food scale, eiderdown sleeping-bags +were to be carried inside the reindeer ones, and a new kind of +crampon and a double tent were to be tried. 'I came across a hint +as to the value of a double tent in Sverdrup's book, "New Land,"' +Scott wrote on June 20, 'and P.O. Evans has made a lining for one +of the tents, it is secured on the inner side of the poles and +provides an air space inside the tent. I think it is going to be +a great success.' + +By the 26th preparations for the party to start from Cape Evans +were completed, their heavy load when they set out on the following +morning being distributed on two 9-foot sledges, 'This winter travel +is a new and bold venture, but the right men have gone to attempt +it. All good luck go with them!' + +While the winter travelers were pursuing their strenuous way work +went steadily on at Cape Evans, with no exciting nor alarming incident +until July 4. On the morning of that day the wind blew furiously, +but it moderated a little in the afternoon when Atkinson and Gran, +without Scott's knowledge, decided to start over the floe for the +North and South Bay thermometers respectively. This happened at +5.30 P.M., and Gran had returned by 6.45, but not until later did +Scott hear that he had only gone two or three hundred yards from +the land, and that it had taken him nearly an hour to find his +way back. + +[Page 296] +Atkinson's continued absence passed unnoticed until dinner was +nearly finished, but Scott did not feel seriously alarmed until +the wind sprang up again and still the wanderer did not return. At +9.30, P.O. Evans, Crean and Keohane, who had been out looking for +him, returned without any news, and the possibility of a serious +accident had to be faced. Organized search parties were at once +dispatched, Scott and Clissold alone remaining in the hut. And as +the minutes slipped slowly by Scott's fears naturally increased, +as Atkinson had started for a point not much more than a mile off +and had been away more than five hours. From that fact only one +conclusion could be drawn, and there was but small comfort to be +got from the knowledge that every spot which was likely to be the +scene of an accident would be thoroughly searched. + +Thus 11 o'clock came, then 11.30 with its six hours of absence; +and the strain of waiting became almost unbearable. But a quarter +of an hour later Scott heard voices from the Cape, and presently, +to his extreme relief, Meares and Debenham appeared with Atkinson, +who was badly frost-bitten in the hand, and, as was to be expected +after such an adventure, very confused. + +At 2 A.M. Scott wrote in his diary, 'The search parties have returned +and all is well again, but we must have no more of these very +unnecessary escapades. Yet it is impossible not to realize that this +bit of experience has done more than all the talking I could have +[Page 297] +ever accomplished to bring home to our people the dangers of a +blizzard.' + +On investigation it was obvious that Atkinson had been in great +danger. First of all he had hit Inaccessible Island, and not until +he arrived in its lee did he discover that his hand was frost-bitten. +Having waited there for some time he groped his way to the western +end, and then wandering away in a swirl of drift to clear some +irregularities at the ice-foot, he completely lost the island when he +could only have been a few yards from it. In this predicament he clung +to the old idea of walking up wind, and it must be considered wholly +providential that on this course he next struck Tent Island. Round +this island he walked under the impression that it was Inaccessible +Island, and at last dug himself a shelter on its lee side. When +the moon appeared he judged its bearing well, and as he traveled +homeward was vastly surprised to see the real Inaccessible Island +appear on his left. 'There can be no doubt that in a blizzard a man +has not only to safeguard the circulation in his limbs, but must +struggle with a sluggishness of brain and an absence of reasoning +power which is far more likely to undo him.' + +About mid-day on Friday, July 7, the worst gale that Scott had +ever known in Antarctic regions began, and went on for a week. The +force of the wind, although exceptional, had been equaled earlier +in the year, but the extraordinary feature of this gale was the +long continuance of a very cold temperature. On +[Page 298] +Friday night the thermometer registered -39 deg., and throughout Saturday +and the greater part of Sunday it did not rise above -35 deg.. It was +Scott's turn for duty on Saturday night, and whenever he had to +go out of doors the impossibility of enduring such conditions for +any length of time was impressed forcibly upon him. The fine snow +beat in behind his wind guard, the gusts took away his breath, +and ten paces against the wind were enough to cause real danger +of a frost-bitten face. To clear the anemometer vane he had to go +to the other end of the hut and climb a ladder; and twice while +engaged in this task he had literally to lean against the wind +with head bent and face averted, and so stagger crab-like on his +course. + +By Tuesday the temperature had risen to +5 deg. or +7 deg., but the gale +still continued and the air was thick with snow. The knowledge, +however, that the dogs were comfortable was a great consolation to +Scott, and he also found both amusement and pleasure in observing +the customs of the people in charge of the stores. The policy of +every storekeeper was to have something up his sleeve for a rainy +day, and an excellent policy Scott thought it. 'Tools, metal material, +leather, straps, and dozens of items are administered with the same +spirit of jealous guardianship by Day, Lashly, Oates and Meares, +while our main storekeeper Bowers even affects to bemoan imaginary +shortages. Such parsimony is the best guarantee that we are prepared +to face any serious call.' + +For an hour on Wednesday afternoon the wind +[Page 299] +moderated, and the ponies were able to get a short walk over the +floe, but this was only a temporary lull, for the gale was soon +blowing as furiously as ever. And the following night brought not +only a continuance of the bad weather but also bad news. At mid-day +one of the best ponies, Bones, suddenly went off his feed, and in +spite of Oates' and Anton's most careful attention he soon became +critically ill. Oates gave him an opium pill and later on a second, +and sacks were heated and placed on the suffering animal, but hour +after hour passed without any improvement. As the evening wore on +Scott again and again visited the stable, only to hear the same +tale from Oates and Crean,[1] who never left their patient. 'Towards +midnight,' Scott says, 'I felt very downcast. It is so certain that +we cannot afford to lose a single pony--the margin of safety has +already been overstepped, we are reduced to face the circumstance +that we must keep all the animals alive or greatly risk failure.' + +[Footnote 1: Bones was the pony which had been allotted to Crean.] + +Shortly after midnight, however, there were signs of an improvement, +and two or three hours afterwards the pony was out of danger and +proceeded to make a rapid and complete recovery. So far, since the +return to Cape Evans, the ponies had given practically no cause for +anxiety, and in consequence Scott's hopes that all would continue +to be well with them had steadily grown; but this shock shattered +his sense of security, and although various alterations were made +in the arrangements of the stables and extra +[Page 300] +precautions were taken as regards food, he was never again without +alarms for the safety of the precious ponies. + +Another raging blizzard swept over Cape Evans on July 22 and 23, +but the spirit of good comradeship still survived in spite of the +atrocious weather and the rather monotonous life. 'There is no +longer room for doubt that we shall come to our work with a unity +of purpose and a disposition for mutual support which have never +been equaled in these paths of activity. Such a spirit should tide +us over all minor difficulties.' + +By the end of the month Scott was beginning to wonder why the Crozier +Party did not return, but on Tuesday, August 1, they came back +looking terribly weather-worn and 'after enduring for five weeks +the hardest conditions on record.' Their faces were scarred and +wrinkled, their eyes dull, and their hands whitened and creased +with the constant exposure to damp and cold. Quite obviously the +main part of their afflictions arose from sheer lack of sleep, +and after a night's rest they were very different people both in +mind and body. + +Writing on August 2, Scott says, 'Wilson is very thin, but this +morning very much his keen, wiry self--Bowers is quite himself +to-day. Cherry-Garrard is slightly puffy in the face and still +looks worn. It is evident that he has suffered most severely--but +Wilson tells me that his spirit never wavered for a moment. Bowers +has come through best, all things +[Page 301] +considered, and I believe that he is the hardest traveler that ever +undertook a Polar journey, as well as one of the most undaunted; +more by hint than direct statement I gather his value to the party, +his untiring energy and the astonishing physique which enables him +to continue to work under conditions which are absolutely paralyzing +to others. Never was such a sturdy, active, undefeatable little +man.' + +Gradually Scott gathered an account of this wonderful journey from +the three travelers who had made it. For more than a week the +thermometer fell below -60 deg., and on one night the minimum showed +-71 deg., and on the next -77 deg.. Although in this fearful cold the air +was comparatively still, occasional little puffs of wind eddied +across the snow plain with blighting effect. 'No civilized being +has ever encountered such conditions before with only a tent of +thin canvas to rely on for shelter.' Records show that Amundsen when +journeying to the N. magnetic pole met temperatures of a similar +degree, but he was with Esquimaux who built him an igloo shelter +nightly, he had also a good measure of daylight, and finally he +turned homeward and regained his ship after five days' absence, +while this party went outward and were absent for five weeks. + +Nearly a fortnight was spent in crossing the coldest region, and +then rounding C. Mackay they entered the wind-swept area. Blizzard +followed blizzard, but in a light that was little better than complete +darkness they staggered on. Sometimes they found +[Page 302] +themselves high on the slopes of Terror on the left of the track, +sometimes diving on the right amid crevasses and confused ice +disturbance. Having reached the foothills near Cape Crozier they +ascended 800 feet, packed their belongings over a moraine ridge, +and began to build a hut. Three days were spent in building the +stone walls and completing the roof with the canvas brought for +the purpose, and then at last they could attend to the main object +of their journey. + +The scant twilight at mid-day was so short that a start had to be +made in the dark, and consequently they ran the risk of missing +their way in returning without light. At their first attempt they +failed to reach the penguin rookery, but undismayed they started +again on the following day, and wound their way through frightful +ice disturbances under the high basalt cliffs. In places the rock +overhung, and at one spot they had to creep through a small channel +hollowed in the ice. At last the sea-ice was reached, but by that +time the light was so far spent that everything had to be rushed. +Instead of the 2,000 or 3,000 nesting birds that had been seen at +this rookery in _Discovery_ days, they could only count about a +hundred. As a reason for this a suggestion was made that possibly +the date was too early, and that if the birds had not permanently +deserted the rookery only the first arrivals had been seen. + +With no delay they killed and skinned three penguins to get blubber +for their stove, and with six eggs, only three of which were saved, +made a hasty dash +[Page 303] +for their camp, which by good luck they regained. + +On that same night a blizzard began, and from moment to moment +increased in fury. Very soon they found that the place where they +had, with the hope of shelter, built their hut, was unfortunately +chosen, for the wind instead of striking them directly was deflected +on to them in furious, whirling gusts. Heavy blocks of snow and +rock placed on the roof were hurled away and the canvas ballooned +up, its disappearance being merely a question of time. + +Close to the hut they had erected their tent and had left several +valuable articles inside it; the tent had been well spread and +amply secured with snow and boulders, but one terrific gust tore +it up and whirred it away. Inside the hut they waited for the roof +to vanish, and wondered, while they vainly tried to make it secure, +what they could do if it went. After fourteen hours it disappeared, +as they were trying to pin down one corner. Thereupon the smother of +snow swept over them, and all they could do was to dive immediately +for their sleeping-bags. Once Bowers put out his head and said, +'We're all right,' in as ordinary tones as he could manage, whereupon +Wilson and Cherry-Garrard replied, 'Yes, we're all right'; then +all of them were silent for a night and half a day, while the wind +howled and howled, and the snow entered every chink and crevice +of their sleeping-bags. + +'This gale,' Scott says, 'was the same (July 23) in which we registered +our maximum wind force, and +[Page 304] +it seems probable that it fell on Cape Crozier even more violently +than on us.' + +The wind fell at noon on the following day, and the wretched travelers +then crept from their icy nests, spread the floorcloth over their +heads, and lit their primus. For the first time in forty-eight +hours they tasted food, and having eaten their meal under these +extraordinary conditions they began to talk of plans to build shelters +on the homeward route. Every night, they decided, they must dig a +large pit and cover it as best they could with their floorcloth. + +Fortune, however, was now to befriend them, as about half a mile +from the hut Bowers discovered their tent practically uninjured. +But on the following day when they started homeward another blizzard +fell upon them, and kept them prisoners for two more days. + +By this time the miserable condition of their effects was beyond +description. The sleeping-bags could not be rolled up, in fact +they were so thoroughly frozen that attempts to bend them actually +broke the skins. All socks, finnesko, and mitts had long been coated +with ice, and when placed in breast-pockets or inside vests at night +they did not even show signs of thawing. Indeed it is scarcely +possible to realize the horrible discomforts of these three forlorn +travelers, as they plodded back across the Barrier in a temperature +constantly below -60 deg.. + +[Illustration: ADELIE PENGUIN ON NEST. _Photo by C. S. Wright._] + +[Illustration: EMPEROR PENGUINS ON SEA-ICE. _Photo by C. S. Wright._] + +'Wilson,' Scott wrote, 'is disappointed at seeing so little of the +penguins, but to me and to everyone +[Page 305] +who has remained here the result of this effort is the appeal it +makes to our imagination as one of the most gallant stories of Polar +history. That men should wander forth in the depth of a Polar night +to face the most dismal cold and the fiercest gales in darkness +is something new; that they should have persisted in this effort in +spite of every adversity for five full weeks is heroic. It makes a +tale for our generation which I hope may not be lost in the telling. + +'Moreover the material results are by no means despicable. We shall +know now when that extraordinary bird the Emperor penguin lays +its eggs, and under what conditions; but even if our information +remains meager concerning its embryology, our party has shown the +nature of the conditions which exist on the Great Barrier in winter. +Hitherto we have only imagined their severity; now we have proof, +and a positive light is thrown on the local climatology of our +Strait.' + +Of the indomitable spirit shown by his companions on this journey +Cherry-Garrard gives wonderful and convincing proof in his diary. +Bowers, with his capacity for sleeping under the most distressing +conditions, was 'absolutely magnificent'; and the story of how +he arranged a line by which he fastened the cap of the tent to +himself, so that if it went away a second time it should not be +unaccompanied, is only one of the many tales of his resource and +determination. + +In addition to the eggs that the party had brought back and the +knowledge of the winter conditions on +[Page 306] +the Barrier that they had gained, their journey settled several +points in connection with future sledding work. They had traveled +on a very simple food ration in different and extreme proportions, +for the only provisions they took were pemmican, butter, biscuit +and tea. After a short experience they found that Wilson, who had +arranged for the greatest quantity of fat, had too much of it, +while Cherry-Garrard, who had declared for biscuit, had more than +he could eat. Then a middle course was struck which gave a proportion +agreeable to all of them, and which at the same time suited the +total quantities of their various articles of food. The only change +that was suggested was the addition of cocoa for the evening meal, +because the travelers, thinking that tea robbed them of their slender +chance of sleep, had contented themselves with hot water. 'In this +way,' Scott decided, 'we have arrived at a simple and suitable +ration for the inland plateau.' + +Of the sleeping-bags there was little to be said, for although the +eiderdown bag might be useful for a short spring trip, it became +iced up too quickly to be much good on a long journey. Bowers never +used his eiderdown bag,[1] and in some miraculous manner he managed +more than once to turn his reindeer bag. The weights of the +sleeping-bags before and after the journey give some idea of the +ice collected. + +[Footnote 1: He insisted upon giving it to Cherry-Garrard. 'It +was,' the latter says, 'wonderfully self-sacrificing of him, more +than I can write. I felt a brute to take it, but I was getting +useless unless I got some sleep, which my big bag would not allow.'] + +[Page 307] + Starting Final + Weight Weight + Wilson, reindeer and eiderdown. 17 lbs. 40 lbs. + Bowers, reindeer only. 17 " 33 " + C.-Garrard, reindeer and eiderdown. 18 " 45 " + +The double tent was considered a great success, and the new crampons +were much praised except by Bowers, whose fondness for the older +form was not to be shaken. 'We have discovered,' Scott stated in +summing up the results of the journey, 'a hundred details of clothes, +mitts, and footwear: there seems no solution to the difficulties +which attach to these articles in extreme cold; all Wilson can +say, speaking broadly, is "The gear is excellent, excellent." One +continues to wonder as to the possibilities of fur clothing as made +by the Esquimaux, with a sneaking feeling that it may outclass our +more civilized garb. For us this can only be a matter of speculation, +as it would have been quite impossible to have obtained such articles. +With the exception of this radically different alternative, I feel +sure we are as near perfection as experience can direct. At any +rate we can now hold that our system of clothing has come through +a severer test than any other, fur included.' + +With the return of the Cape Crozier Party lectures were resumed, +and apart from one or two gales the weather was so good and the +returning light so stimulating both to man and beast, that the +spirits of the former rose apace while those of the latter became +almost riotous when exercised. On August 10, Scott +[Page 308] +and the new masters were to take charge on September 1, so that +they could exercise their respective animals and get to know them +as well as possible. The new arrangement was: + + Bowers Victor + Wilson Nobby + Atkinson Jehu + Wright Chinaman + Cherry-Garrard Michael + Evans (P.O.) Snatcher + Crean Bones + Keohane Jimmy Pigg + Oates Christopher + Scott and Oates Snippets. + +On the same day Oates gave his second excellent lecture on 'Horse +Management,' and afterwards the problem of snow-shoes was seriously +discussed. Besides the problem of the form of the shoes was also +the question of the means of attachment, and as to both points all +sorts of suggestions were made. At that time Scott's opinion was +that the pony snow-shoes they had, which were made on the grating or +racquet principle, would probably be the best, the only alternative +seeming to be to perfect the principle of the lawn mowing shoe. +'Perhaps,' he adds, 'we shall come to both kinds: the first for the +quiet animals and the last for the more excitable. I am confident +the matter is of first importance.' + +[Page 309] +Ten days later Scott had to admit that the ponies were becoming +a handful, and for the time being they would have been quite +unmanageable if they had been given any oats. As it was, Christopher, +Snippets and Victor were suffering from such high spirits that all +three of them bolted on the 21st. + +A prolonged gale arrived just as the return of the sun was due, +and for three days everyone was more or less shut up in the hut. +Although the temperature was not especially low anyone who went +outside for even the briefest moment had to dress in wind clothes, +because exposed woolen or cloth materials became so instantaneously +covered with powdery crystals, that when they were brought back +into the warmth they were soon wringing wet. When, however, there +was no drift it was quicker and easier to slip on an overcoat, and +for his own garment of this description Scott admits a sentimental +attachment. 'I must confess,' he says, 'an affection for my veteran +uniform overcoat, inspired by its persistent utility. I find that +it is twenty-three years of age and can testify to its strenuous +existence. It has been spared neither rain, wind, nor salt sea +spray, tropic heat nor Arctic cold; it has outlived many sets of +buttons, from their glittering gilded youth to green old age, and +it supports its four-stripe shoulder straps as gaily as the single +lace ring of the early days which proclaimed it the possession of +a humble sub-lieutenant. Withal it is still a very long way from +the fate of the "one-horse shay."' + +[Page 310] +Not until August 26 did the sun appear, and everyone was at once +out and about and in the most cheerful frame of mind. The shouts +and songs of men could be heard for miles, and the outlook on life +of every member of the expedition seemed suddenly to have changed. +For if there is little that is new to be said about the return +of the sun in Polar regions, it must always be a very real and +important event to those who have lived without it for so many +months, and who have almost forgotten the sensation of standing +in brilliant sunshine. + + + + +[Page 311] +CHAPTER VI + +GOOD-BYE TO CAPE EVANS + + So far as I can venture to offer an opinion on such a matter, + the purpose of our being in existence, the highest object that + human beings can set before themselves, is not the pursuit of + any such chimera as the annihilating of the unknown; but it is + simply the unwearied endeavour to remove its boundaries a little + further from our little sphere of action.--HUXLEY. + +With the return of the sun preparations for the summer campaign +continued more zealously and industriously than ever, and what +seemed like a real start was made when Meares and Demetri went +off to Hut Point on September 1 with the dog teams. For such an +early departure there was no real reason unless Meares hoped to +train the dogs better when he had got them to himself; but he chose +to start, and Scott, after setting out the work he had to do, left +him to come and go between the two huts as he pleased. + +Meanwhile with Bowers' able assistance Scott set to work at sledding +figures, and although he felt as the scheme developed that their +organization would not be found wanting, he was also a little troubled +by the immense amount of detail, and by the fact that every arrangement +had to be more than usually elastic, so that both the complete +success and the utter failure of +[Page 312] +the motors could be taken fully into account. 'I think,' he says, +'that our plan will carry us through without the motors (though in +that case nothing else must fail), and will take full advantage +of such help as the motors may give.' + +The spring traveling could not be extensive, because of necessity +the majority of the company had to stay at home and exercise the +ponies, which was not likely to be a light task when the food of +these enterprising animals was increased. E. Evans, Gran and Forde, +however, were to go and re-mark Corner Camp, and then Meares with +his dogs was to carry as much fodder there as possible, while Bowers, +Simpson, P.O. Evans and Scott were to 'stretch their legs' across +the Western Mountains. + +[Illustration: DOG PARTY STARTING FROM HUT POINT. _Photo by F. +Debenham._] + +[Illustration: DOG LINES. _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +During the whole of the week ending on September 10, Scott was +occupied with making detailed plans for the Southern journey, every +figure being checked by Bowers, 'who has been an enormous help.' +And later on, in speaking of the transport department, Scott says, +'In spite of all the care I have taken to make the details of my +plan clear by lucid explanation, I find that Bowers is the only +man on whom I can thoroughly rely to carry out the work without +mistakes.' The result of this week's work and study was that Scott +came to the conclusion that there would be no difficulty in getting +to the Glacier if the motors were successful, and that even if the +motors failed they still ought to get there with any ordinary degree +of good fortune. To work three units of four men from that point +[Page 313] +onward would, he admitted, take a large amount of provisions, but +with the proper division he thought that they ought to attain their +object. 'I have tried,' he said, 'to take every reasonable possibility +of misfortune into consideration;... I fear to be too sanguine, +yet taking everything into consideration I feel that our chances +ought to be good. The animals are in splendid form. Day by day the +ponies get fitter as their exercise increases.... But we cannot +spare any of the ten, and so there must always be anxiety of the +disablement of one or more before their work is done.' + +Apart from the great help he would obtain if the motors were successful, +Scott was very eager that they should be of some use so that all the +time, money and thought which had been given to their construction +should not be entirely wasted. But whatever the outcome of these +motors, his belief in the possibility of motor traction for Polar +work remained, though while it was in an untried and evolutionary +state he was too cautious and wise a leader to place any definite +reliance upon it. + +If, however, Scott was more than a little doubtful about the motors, +he was absolutely confident about the men who were chosen for the +Southern advance. 'All are now experienced sledge travelers, knit +together with a bond of friendship that has never been equaled under +such circumstances. Thanks to these people, and more especially +to Bowers and Petty Officer Evans, there is not a single detail +[Page 314] +of our equipment which is not arranged with the utmost care and in +accordance with the tests of experience.' + +On Saturday, September 9, E. R. Evans, Forde and Gran left for +Corner Camp, and then for a few days Scott was busy finishing up +the Southern plans, getting instruction in photography, and preparing +for his journey to the west. On the Southern trip he had determined +to make a better show of photographic work than had yet been +accomplished, and with Ponting as eager to help others as he was +to produce good work himself an invaluable instructor was at hand. + +With the main objects of having another look at the Ferrar Glacier +and of measuring the stakes put out by Wright in the previous year, +of bringing their sledge impressions up to date, and of practicing +with their cameras, Scott and his party started off to the west on +the 15th, without having decided precisely where they were going +or how long they would stay away. + +Two and a half days were spent in reaching Butter Point, and then +they proceeded up the Ferrar Glacier and reached the Cathedral +Rocks on the 19th. There they found the stakes placed by Wright +across the glacier, and spent the remainder of that day and the +whole of the next in plotting accurately their position. 'Very +cold wind down glacier increasing. In spite of this Bowers wrestled +with theodolite. He is really wonderful. I have never seen anyone +who could go on so long with bare fingers. My own fingers went +every few moments.' + +After plotting out the figures it turned out that the +[Page 315] +movement varied from 24 to 32 feet, an extremely important observation, +and the first made on the movements of the coastal glaciers. Though +a greater movement than Scott expected to find, it was small enough +to show that the idea of comparative stagnation was correct. On the +next day they came down the Glacier, and then went slowly up the +coast, dipping into New Harbor, where they climbed the moraine, took +angles and collected rock specimens. At Cape Bernacchi a quantity of +pure quartz was found, and in it veins of copper ore--an interesting +discovery, for it was the first find of minerals suggestive of the +possibility of working. + +On the next day they sighted a long, low ice wall, and at a distance +mistook it for a long glacier tongue stretching seaward from the +land. But as they approached it they saw a dark mark, and it suddenly +dawned upon them that the tongue was detached from the land. Half +recognizing familiar features they turned towards it, and as they +got close they saw that it was very like their old Erebus Glacier +Tongue. Then they sighted a flag upon it, and realized that it +was the piece broken off from the Erebus Tongue. Near the outer +end they camped, and climbing on to it soon found the depot of +fodder left by Campbell, and the line of stakes planted to guide +the ponies in the autumn. So there, firmly anchored, was the piece +broken from the Glacier Tongue in the previous March, a huge tract +about two miles long which had turned through half a circle, so +that the old western end was towards +[Page 316] +the east. 'Considering the many cracks in the ice mass it is most +astonishing that it should have remained intact throughout its +sea voyage. At one time it was suggested that the hut should be +placed on this Tongue. What an adventurous voyage the occupants +would have had! The Tongue which was 5 miles south of Cape Evans +is now 4 deg. miles W.N.W. of it.' + +[Illustration: PANORAMA AT CAPE EVANS. (Cliffs of Barne Glacier; +Open Sea; Mount Erebus.) _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +[Illustration: BERG IN SOUTH BAY. _Photo by F. Debenham._] + +From the Glacier Tongue they still pushed north, and on the 24th, +just before the fog descended upon them, they got a view along +the stretch of coast to the north. So far the journey had been +more pleasant than Scott had anticipated, but two days after they +had turned back a heavy blizzard descended upon them, and although +an attempt was made to continue marching, they were soon compelled +to camp. After being held up completely on the 27th they started +again on the following day in a very frost-biting wind. From time +to time they were obliged to halt so that their frozen features +could be brought round, Simpson suffering more than the rest of +the party; and with drift coming on again they were weather-bound +in their tent during the early part of the afternoon. At 3 P.M., +however, the drift ceased, and they started off once more in a +wind as biting as ever. Then Scott saw an ominous yellow fuzzy +appearance on the southern ridges of Erebus, and knew that another +snowstorm was approaching; but hoping that this storm would miss +them, he kept on until Inaccessible Island was suddenly blotted out. +Thereupon a rush was made for a camp site, but the blizzard swept +[Page 317] +upon them, and in the driving snow they found it utterly impossible +to set up their inner tent, and could only just manage to set up +the outer one. A few hours later the weather again cleared, and +as they were more or less snowed up, they decided to push for Cape +Evans in spite of the wind. 'We arrived in at 1.15 A.M., pretty +well done. The wind never let up for an instant; the temperature +remained about -16 deg., and the 21 statute miles which we marched +in the day must be remembered amongst the most strenuous in my +memory.... The objects of our little journey were satisfactorily +accomplished, but the greatest source of pleasure to me is to realize +that I have such men as Bowers and P.O. Evans for the Southern +journey. I do not think that harder men or better sledge travelers +ever took the trail. Bowers is a little wonder. I realize all that +he must have done for the C. Crozier Party in their far severer +experience.' + +Late as the hour was when the travelers appeared at Cape Evans, +everyone was soon up and telling Scott what had happened during +his absence. E. Evans, Gran and Forde had reached Corner Camp and +found that it showed up well, and consequently all anxiety as to +the chance of finding One Ton Camp was removed. Forde, however, +had got his hand so badly frost-bitten that he was bound to be +incapacitated for some time, and this meant that the arrangements +that had already been made for a geological party to go to the +west would in all probability have to be altered. + +[Page 318] +All of the ponies were reported to be very well, but Scott's joy +at this news vanished on October 3 when Atkinson reported that +Jehu was still too weak to pull a load. Oates also was having great +trouble with Christopher, who did not appreciate being harnessed +and generally bolted at the mere sight of a sledge. 'He is going,' +Scott, in referring to this most intractable pony, wrote, 'to be a +trial, but he is a good strong pony and should do yeoman service. +Day is increasingly hopeful about the motors. He is an ingenious +person and has been turning up new rollers out of a baulk of oak +supplied by Meares, and with Simpson's small motor as a lathe. +The motors may save the situation.' + +On the 5th Scott made a thorough inspection of Jehu and became +convinced that he was useless. Chinaman and James Pigg were also +no towers of strength. 'But the other seven are in fine form and +must bear the brunt of the work somehow. If we suffer more loss +we shall depend on the motor, and then!... well, one must face +the bad as well as the good.' + +During the following day, after Christopher had given his usual +exhibition at the start, Wilson, Oates, Cherry-Garrard and Crean +went over to Hut Point with their ponies; and late on the same +afternoon the Hut Point telephone bell suddenly rang. The line +had been laid by Meares some time before, but hitherto there had +been no communication. Now, however, Scott heard a voice and found +himself able to hold long +[Page 319] +conversations with Meares and Oates. 'Not a very wonderful fact, +perhaps, but it seems wonderful in this primitive land to be talking +to one's fellow beings 15 miles away. Oates told me that the ponies +had arrived in fine order, Christopher a little done, but carrying +the heaviest load. If we can keep the telephone going it will be +a great boon, especially to Meares later in the season.' + +After service on Sunday morning Scott, continuing his course of +photography under the excellent instruction of Ponting, went out +to the Pressure Ridge, and thoroughly enjoyed himself. Worries, +however, were in store, for later in the afternoon, by which time +Scott had returned to the hut, a telephone message from Nelson's +igloo brought the news that Clissold had fallen from a berg and hurt +his back. In three minutes Bowers had organized a sledge party, and +fortunately Atkinson was on the spot and able to join it. Scott himself +at once hurried over the land, and found Ponting very distressed +and Clissold practically insensible. + +It appeared that Clissold had been acting as Ponting's 'model,' +and that they had been climbing about the berg to get pictures. +Ponting had lent his crampons and ice-axe to Clissold, but the +latter nevertheless missed his footing after one of the 'poses,' +and after sliding over a rounded surface of ice for some twelve +feet, had dropped six feet on to a sharp angle in the wall of the +berg. Unquestionably Clissold was badly hurt, and although neither +Wilson nor Atkinson +[Page 320] +thought that anything very serious had happened, there was no doubt +that the accident would prevent him from taking the place allotted +to him in the motor sledge party. Thus there were two men on the +sick list, and after all the trouble that had been taken to get +things ready for the summer journeys Scott naturally felt that +these misfortunes were more than a little deplorable. On the other +hand, all was going well with the ponies, though Christopher's +dislike to sledges seemed rather to increase than to lessen. When +once he was in the sledge he had always behaved himself until October +13, when he gave a really great exhibition of perversity. On this +occasion a dog frightened him, and having twisted the rope from +Oates' hands he bolted for all he was worth. When, however, he +had obtained his freedom, he set about most systematically to get +rid of his load. At first he gave sudden twists and thus dislodged +two bales of hay, but when he caught sight of some other sledges +a better idea at once struck him, and he dashed straight at them +with the evident intention of getting free of his load at one fell +swoop. Two or three times he ran for Bowers and then he turned +his attention to Keohane, his plan being to charge from a short +distance with teeth bared and heels flying. By this time his antics +had brought a small group to the scene, and presently Oates, Bowers, +Nelson and Atkinson managed to clamber on to the sledge. Undaunted, +however, by this human burden, he tried to treat it as he had the +bales of hay, and he did manage to +[Page 321] +dispose of Atkinson with violence; but the others dug their heels into +the snow and succeeded at last in tiring him out. 'I am exceedingly +glad,' Scott says, 'there are not other ponies like him. These capers +promise trouble, but I think a little soft snow on the Barrier may +effectually cure them.' + +On Tuesday, October 17, the motors were to be taken on to the floe, +but the attempt was not successful, the axle casing (aluminum) +splitting soon after the trial had begun. Once again Scott expressed +his conviction that the motors would be of little assistance, though +at the same time retaining his opinion that with more experience +they might have been of the greatest service. 'The trouble is that +if they fail, no one will ever believe this.' + +The days at Cape Evans were now rapidly drawing to a close. Plans +and preparations occupied the attention of everyone, and Scott's +time was almost wholly occupied in preparing details and in writing. +'Words,' he said in a letter dated October, 1912, 'must always +fail me when I talk of Bill Wilson. I believe he really is the +finest character I ever met--the closer one gets to him the more +there is to admire. Every quality is so solid and dependable; cannot +you imagine how that counts down here? Whatever the matter, one +knows Bill will be sound, shrewdly practical, intensely loyal, +and quite unselfish. Add to this a wider knowledge of persons and +things than is at first guessable, a quiet vein of humour and really +consummate tact, and you have some idea of his values. I think +[Page 322] +he is the most popular member of the party, and that is saying much. + +'Bowers is all and more than I ever expected of him. He is a positive +treasure, absolutely trustworthy, and prodigiously energetic. He +is about the hardest man amongst us, and that is saying a good +deal--nothing seems to hurt his tough little body, and certainly +no hardship daunts his spirit. I shall have a hundred little tales +to tell you of his indefatigable zeal, his unselfishness, and his +inextinguishable good humor. He surprises always, for his intelligence +is of quite a high order and his memory for details most exceptional. +You can imagine him, as he is, an indispensable assistant to me in +every detail concerning the management and organization of our +sledding work and a delightful companion on the march. + +'One of the greatest successes is Wright. He is very hard working, +very thorough, and absolutely ready for anything. Like Bowers he +has taken to sledding like a duck to water, and although he hasn't +had such severe testing, I believe he would stand it pretty nearly +as well. Nothing ever seems to worry him, and I can't imagine he +ever complained of anything in his life. + +'The Soldier is very popular with all--a delightfully humorous +cheery old pessimist--striving with the ponies night and day and +bringing woeful accounts of their small ailments into the hut. + +'Atkinson will go far, I think; he has a positive passion for helping +others. It is extraordinary what pains he will take to do a kind +thing unobtrusively. + +[Page 323] +'Cherry-Garrard is clean grit right through; one has caught glimpses +of him in tight places. + +'Day has the sweetest temper and all sorts of other nice +characteristics. Moreover he has a very remarkable mechanical ability, +and I believe is about as good a man as could have been selected +for his job. + +'I don't think I will give such long descriptions of the others, +though most of them deserve equally high praise. Taken all round, +they are a perfectly excellent lot. + +'The men are equally fine. P.O. Evans looks after our sledges and +sledge equipment with a care of management and a fertility of resource +which is truly astonishing. On "trek" he is just as sound and hard as +ever, and has an inexhaustible store of anecdote. Crean is perfectly +happy, ready to do anything and go anywhere, the harder the work, +the better. Evans and Crean are great friends. Lashly is his old +self in every respect, hard working to the limit, quiet, abstemious +and determined. You see altogether I have a good set of people +with me, and it will go hard if we don't achieve something. + +'The study of individual characters is a pleasant pastime in such +a mixed community of thoroughly nice people... men of the most +diverse upbringing and experience are really pals with one another, +and the subjects which would be delicate ground of discussion between +acquaintances are just those which are most freely used for jest.... +I have never seen a temper lost in these discussions. So as I sit +[Page 324] +here I am very satisfied with these things. I think that it would have +been difficult to better the organization of the party--every man has +his work and is especially adapted for it; there is no gap and no +overlap. It is all that I desired, and the same might well be said of +the men selected to do the work.... + +'I don't know what to think of Amundsen's chances. If he gets to +the Pole, it must be before we do, as he is bound to travel fast +with dogs and pretty certain to start early. On this account I +decided at a very early date to act exactly as I should have done +had he not existed. Any attempt to race must have wrecked my plan, +besides which it doesn't appear the sort of thing one is out for. + +'Possibly you will have heard something before this reaches you. +Oh! and there are all sorts of possibilities. In any case you can +rely on my not doing or saying anything foolish--only I'm afraid +you must be prepared for the chance of finding our venture much +belittled. + +'After all, it is the work that counts, not the applause that follows.' + +The transport of emergency stores to Hut Point was delayed by the +weather until October 22, but on that day the most important +stores--which were for the returning depots and to provision the +_Discovery_ hut in case the _Terra Nova_ did not arrive--were taken +by Wilson, Bowers and P.O. Evans and their ponies to Glacier Tongue. +Accidents, however, were still to happen, for while Bowers was +holding the ponies so +[Page 325] +that Wilson and Evans could unload them, Victor got the hook, which +fastened the harness to the trace of another pony, into his nose. +At that moment a lot of drift swept upon them, and immediately +all three of the ponies stampeded, Snatcher making for home and +Nobby for the Western Mountains, while Victor, with Bowers still +hanging on to him, just bolted here, there and everywhere. Wilson +and P.O. Evans at once started after their ponies, and the former +by means of a biscuit as a bait managed to catch Nobby west of Tent +Island, but Snatcher arrived, with a single trace and dangling +sledge, by himself at Cape Evans. Half an hour after Wilson had +returned Bowers brought in Victor, who had a gash in his nose, and +was very much distressed. 'I don't know,' Scott says, 'how Bowers +managed to hang on to the frightened animal; I don't believe anyone +else would have done so.... Two lessons arise. First, however quiet +the animals appear they must not be left by their drivers--no chance +must be taken; secondly, the hooks on the hames of the harness +must be altered in shape. I suppose such incidents as this were +to be expected, one cannot have ponies very fresh and vigorous +and expect them to behave like lambs, but I shall be glad when we +are off and can know more definitely what resources we can count +on.' + +In addition to this mishap, a football match had been got up two +days before, in which Debenham hurt his knee. Thus the Western +Party was again delayed, the only compensation for this accident +[Page 326] +being that Forde's hand would have a better chance of recovery while +Debenham's knee was given time to improve. + +On the following day the motors seemed to be ready for the start, +but various little defects again cropped up, and not until the next +morning did they get away. At first there were frequent stops, +but on the whole satisfactory progress was made, and as even a +small measure of success would, in Scott's opinion, be enough to +show their ability to revolutionize Polar transport, and so help +to prevent the cruelty that is a necessary condition of animal +transport, he was intensely anxious about the result of this trial +trip. As this subject was one which was of the most supreme interest +to Scott, it is well to quote the opinion of an expert upon these motor +sledges. 'It has been said that Captain Scott's sledges failed, and +without further consideration the design has been totally condemned, +but this is quite unfair to the design; and it must be admitted +by everyone who has had anything to do with the sledges, and has +any sort of knowledge of mechanical principles, that it was _the +engine_ that failed, not the transmission gear at all. The engine +used was a four-cylinder air-cooled one, and most unexpectedly in +the cold climate of the Antarctic it over-heated and broke various +parts, beyond possibility of repair under the severe conditions. +The reason of the breakdown therefore applies to any and every +form of motor sledge, and should a satisfactory engine be available +for one form of sledge, it is equally +[Page 327] +available for another. It therefore shows a lack of fair judgment +to condemn the Scott sledge for a breakdown, which would have applied +equally to every form of motor transport which could have been +designed.' + +Unquestionably the motor sledges did enough to make this unique +experiment infinitely worth trying, and on Friday, October 27, Scott +declared that the machines had already vindicated themselves. Even +the seamen, who had been very doubtful about them, were profoundly +impressed, and P.O. Evans admitted that, 'if them things can go on +like that, I reckon you wouldn't want nothing else.' + +As the days passed by, it was obvious that the Western Party--which +consisted of Taylor, Debenham, Gran and Forde--would have to leave +after the Southern Party. 'It is trying that they should be wasting +the season in this way. All things considered, I shall be glad +to get away and put our fortune to the test,' Scott wrote on the +28th. And two days later he added: 'Meares and Ponting are just +off to Hut Point. Atkinson and Keohane will probably leave in an +hour or so as arranged, and if the weather holds, we shall all +get off to-morrow. So here end the entries in this diary with the +first chapter of our History. The future is in the lap of the gods; +I can think of nothing left undone to deserve success.' + + + + +[Page 328] +CHAPTER VII + +THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY BEGINS + + Free men freely work. + Whoever fears God, fears to sit at ease. + E. B. BROWNING. + +'As we are just off on our Southern journey, with a good chance of +missing the ship on our return,' Scott wrote before leaving Cape +Evans on November 1, 'I send a word of greeting. We are going away +with high hopes of success and for the moment everything smiles, but +where risks must be taken the result must be dependent on chance +to some extent. + +'I am lucky in having with me the right men for the work; we have +lived most happily together through the long winter, and now all +are fit, ready, and eager to go forward, and, apart from the result, +the work itself is extraordinarily fascinating.' + +The march to Hut Point was begun in detachments, Scott leading +Snippets and soon finding himself where he wished to be, at the +tail of the team. After all Jehu had refuted predictions by being +allowed to start, although so little confidence was still +[Page 329] +placed in him that on the previous day he had been sent at his +own pace to Hut Point. Chinaman was also 'an unknown quantity,' +but the chief trouble on the opening march was caused by the +persistently active Christopher, who kicked and bucked the whole +way. + +On this march, which reminded Scott of a regatta or a somewhat +disorganized fleet with ships of very unequal speed, a good knowledge +was obtained of the various paces of the ponies, and the plan of +advance was, after some trouble, arranged. The start was to be +made from Hut Point in three parties--the very slow ponies, the +medium paced, and the fliers. The motors with Day, E. R. Evans, +Lashly and Hooper (who had taken Clissold's place) were already +on the way, and the dogs, with Meares and Demetri, were to follow +the main detachments. + +Night marching was decided upon, and after supper good-bye was +said to Hut Point, and Atkinson, Wright and Keohane led off with +Jehu, Chinaman and Jimmy Pigg. Two hours later Scott, Wilson and +Cherry-Garrard left, their ponies marching steadily and well together +on the sea-ice. At Safety Camp they found Atkinson, who reported that +Chinaman and Jehu were already tired. Soon after Scott's party had +camped for lunch, Ponting arrived with Demetri and a small dog team, +and the cinematograph was up in time to catch the flying rearguard, +which came along in fine form with Snatcher, 'a wonderful little +beast,' leading. Christopher had given his customary exhibition when +[Page 330] +harnessed, and although the Barrier surface had sobered him a little +it was not thought advisable for him to stop, and so the party +fled through in the wake of the advance guard, and were christened +'the through train.' + +'After lunch,' Scott, writing from Camp 1 on November 3, says, 'we +packed up and marched steadily on as before. I don't like these +midnight lunches, but for man the march that follows is pleasant +when, as today, the wind falls and the sun steadily increases its +heat. The two parties in front of us camped five miles beyond Safety +Camp, and we reached their camp some half or three-quarters of an +hour later. All the ponies are tethered in good order, but most +of them are tired--Chinaman and Jehu _very tired_.... A petrol +tin is near the camp and a note stating that the motors passed +at 9 P.M. 28th, going strong--they have from four to five days' +lead and should surely keep it.' + +On the next march they started in what for some time was to be +the settled order--Atkinson's contingent at 8 P.M., Scott's at +10, Oates' an hour and a quarter later. Just after starting they +picked up cheerful notices saying that all was well with both the +motors, and Day wrote, 'Hope to meet in 80 deg. 30' Lat.' But very soon +afterwards a depot of petrol was found; and worse was to follow, +as some four miles out from Camp 1 they came across a tin bearing +the sad announcement, 'Big end Day's motor No. 2 cylinder broken.' +Half a mile beyond was the motor, its tracking sledges, &c.; and +notes from E. Evans and Day to +[Page 331] +tell the tale of the mishap. The only spare big end had been used +for Lashly's machine, and as it would have taken a long time to +strip Day's engine so that it could run on three cylinders, they +had decided to abandon it and push on with the other alone. 'So +the dream of help from the machines is at an end! The track of +the remaining motor goes steadily forward, but now, of course, I +shall expect to see it every hour of the march.' + +On the second and third marches the ponies did fairly well on a +bad surface, but as yet they had only light loads to pull; and not +until they were tested was Scott prepared to express much confidence +in them. At Camp 3 he found a troubled note from E. Evans saying +that their maximum speed was about 7 miles a day. 'They have taken +on nine bags of forage, but there are three black dots to the south +which we can only imagine are the deserted motor with its loaded +sledges. The men have gone on as a supporting party, as directed. +It is a disappointment. I had hoped better of the machines once +they got away on the Barrier Surface.' + +From this camp they started in the usual order, having arranged +that full loads should be carried if the black dots proved to be +the motors, and very soon they found their fears confirmed. Another +note from E. Evans stated a recurrence of the old trouble. The big +end of No. 1 cylinder had cracked, otherwise the machine was in +good order. 'Evidently,' Scott wrote in reference to this misfortune, +'the engines are not +[Page 332] +fitted for working in this climate, a fact that should be certainly +capable of correction. One thing is proved: the system of propulsion +is altogether satisfactory. The motor party has proceeded as a +man-hauling party as arranged.' + +As they came to Camp 4 a blizzard threatened, and snow walls were +at once built for the ponies. The last march, however, was more +than a compensation for bad weather. Jehu and Chinaman with loads +of over 450 lbs. had stepped out well and had finished as fit as +they had started, while the better ponies had made nothing of their +loads, Scott's Snippets having pulled over 700 lbs., sledge included. +'We are all much cheered by this performance. It shows a hardening +up of ponies which have been well trained; even Oates is pleased!' + +The blizzard only just gave them time to get everything done in +the camp before it arrived. The ponies, however, in their new rugs +and with sheltering walls as high as themselves could scarcely feel +the wind, and as this protection was a direct result of experience +gained in the previous year, Scott was glad to feel that some good +had been obtained from that disastrous journey. But when the snow +began to fall the ponies as usual suffered, because it was impossible +to devise any means of keeping them comfortable in thick and driving +snow. 'We men are snug and comfortable enough, but it is very evil to +lie here and know that the weather is steadily sapping the strength +of the beasts on which so +[Page 333] +much depends. It requires much philosophy to be cheerful on such +occasions.' In the midst of the drift during the forenoon of the +7th Meares and Demetri with the dogs arrived, and camped about +a quarter of a mile away. In catching the main party up so soon +Scott considered that Meares had played too much for safety, but +at the same time it was encouraging to know that the dogs would +pull the loads assigned to them, and that they could face such +terrific winds. + +The threatening weather continued until late on Tuesday night, and +the question of starting was left open for a long time, several +of the party thinking it unwise to march. At last, however, the +decision was made to go, and the advance guard got away soon after +midnight. Then, to Scott's surprise and delight, he discovered that +his fears about the ponies were needless. Both Jehu and Chinaman +took skittish little runs when their rugs were removed, and Chinaman +even betrayed a not altogether irresistible desire to buck. In +fact the only pony that gave any trouble was Christopher, and this +not from any fatigue but from excessive spirit. Most of the ponies +halted now and again to get a mouthful of snow, but Christopher +had still to be sent through with a non-stop run, for his tricks +and devices were as innumerable as ever. Oates had to cling like +grim death to his bridle until the first freshness had worn off, +and this was a long rather than a light task, as even after ten +miles he was prepared to misbehave himself if he got the smallest +chance. + +[Page 334] +A few hundred yards from Camp 5 Bowers picked up a bale of forage +and loaded it on his sledge, bringing the weight to nearly 800 lbs. +Victor, however, went on as though nothing had happened, and although +the surface was for the time wonderfully good, and it still remained +a question how the ponies would get on under harder conditions, +Scott admitted that so far the outlook was very encouraging. The +cairns built in the previous year showed up very distinctly and +were being picked up with the greatest ease, and this also was +an additional cause for satisfaction because with pony walls, camp +sites and cairns, the track on the homeward march seemed as if it +must be easy to follow. Writing at Camp 5, Scott says, 'Everyone +is as fit as can be. It was wonderfully warm as we camped this +morning at 11 o'clock; the wind has dropped completely and the +sun shines gloriously. Men and ponies revel in such weather. One +devoutly hopes for a good spell of it as we recede from the windy +Northern region. The dogs came up soon after we had camped, traveling +easily.' + +On the next march they remained faithful to their program of advancing +a little over ten geographical miles nightly. But during the last +two miles of this stage all of the ponies were together. 'It looked +like a meet of the hounds, and Jehu ran away!!' was Cherry-Garrard's +account of this scene in his diary. But in Scott's opinion it was +clearly not advantageous to march in one detachment, because the +slow advance-guard ponies were forced out of their pace by joining +[Page 335] +with the others, while the fast rearguard had their speed reduced. +This, however, was a great day for Jehu, whose attempt to bolt, +though scarcely amounting to more than a sprawling canter, was +freely acknowledged to be a creditable performance for a pony who +at the start had been thought incapable of doing a single march. + +The weather now began to change rapidly for the worse, and in +consequence the pleasure of marching as rapidly vanished. In arriving +at Camp 7 they had to struggle at first against a strong head wind, +and afterwards in a snowstorm. Wright, who was leading, found it +so impossible to see where he was going that he decided to camp +some two miles short of the usual ten, but the ponies continued +to do well and this was a compensation for the curtailed distance. + +A worse surface was in store for them when they started from Camp +7, in fact Scott and Wilson described it as one of the worst they +had ever seen. The snow that had fallen in the day remained soft, +and added to this they had entered upon an area of soft crust between +a few scattered hard sastrugi. In pits between these the snow lay +in sandy heaps, making altogether the most difficult conditions +for the ponies. Nevertheless the stronger ponies continued to pull +excellently, and even the poor old crocks succeeded in covering +9-1/2 miles. 'Such a surface makes one anxious in spite of the +rapidity with which changes take place. I expected these marches +to be a little difficult, but not near so bad as to-day's.... In +spite of the surface, the dogs ran up from the camp before last, +[Page 336] +over 20 miles, in the night. They are working splendidly.' + +The surface was still bad and the weather horrid on the following +day, but 5 miles out the advance party came straight and true upon +the last year's Bluff depot. Here Scott found a note, from which +he learned the cheering news that E. Evans and his party must be +the best part of five days ahead. On the other hand, Atkinson had +a very gloomy report to make of Chinaman, who could, he thought, +only last a few more miles. Oates, however, much more optimistic +than usual, considered that Chinaman would last for several days; +and during another horrid march to Camp 10 all the ponies did well, +Jehu especially distinguishing himself. + +'We shall be,' Scott wrote from this camp on Monday, November 13, 'in +a better position to know how we stand when we get to One Ton Camp, +now only 17 or 18 miles, but I am anxious about these beasts--very +anxious, they are not the ponies they ought to have been, and if +they pull through well, all the thanks will be due to Oates. I +trust the weather and surface conditions will improve; both are +rank bad at present.' The next stage took them within 7 or 8 miles +of One Ton Camp, and with a slightly improved surface and some +sun the spirits of the party revived. But, although the ponies +were working splendidly, it was painful work for them to struggle +on through the snow, and Christopher's antics when harnessed were +already a thing of the past--a fact which +[Page 337] +would have been totally unregretted had it not been evidence that +his strength was also beginning to diminish. + +One Ton Camp was found without any difficulty, and having pushed on +to Camp 12 it was decided to give the animals a day's rest there, +and afterwards to go forward at the rate of 13 geographical miles (15 +statute miles) a day. 'Oates thinks the ponies will get through, but +that they have lost condition quicker than he expected. Considering +his usually pessimistic attitude this must be thought a hopeful +view. Personally I am much more hopeful. I think that a good many +of the beasts are actually in better form than when they started, +and that there is no need to be alarmed about the remainder, always +excepting the weak ones which we have always regarded with doubt. +Well, we must wait and see how things go.' + +Another note from E. Evans was found at One Ton Camp, stating that +his party had taken on four boxes of biscuits, and would wait for +the main detachment at Lat. 80 deg. 30'. The minimum thermometer left +there in the previous year showed -73 deg., which was rather less than +Scott had expected. + +After the day's rest the loads were re-organized, the stronger +ponies taking on about 580 lbs., while the others had rather over +400 lbs. as their burden; and refreshed by their holiday all of +them marched into the next camp without any signs of exhaustion. +By this time frost-bites were frequent, both Oates and P.O. Evans +being victims, while Meares, when told +[Page 338] +that his nose was 'gone,' remarked that he was tired of it and that +it would thaw out by and by! + +Hopes and fears concerning the ponies naturally alternated on such +a journey, and the latter predominated when Scott wrote on November +18 from Camp 14. 'The ponies are not pulling well. The surface is, +if anything, a little worse than yesterday, but I should think +about the sort of thing we shall have to expect henceforward.... +It's touch and go whether we scrape up to the Glacier; meanwhile +we get along somehow.' + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies, in spite of rather +bad surfaces, did wonderfully well, and both Jehu and Chinaman +began to be regarded with real admiration, Jehu being re-christened +'The Barrier Wonder' and Chinaman 'The Thunderbolt.' Again Scott +began to take a hopeful view of getting through, unless the surfaces +became infinitely worse. + +While on the way to Camp 17 Scott's detachment found E. Evans and +his party in Lat. 80 deg. 32', and heard that they had been waiting +for six days, which they had spent in building a tremendous cairn. +All of them looked very fit, but they were also very hungry--an +informing fact, as it proved conclusively that a ration which was +ample for the needs of men leading ponies, was nothing like enough +for those who were doing hard pulling work. Thus the provision +that Scott had made for summit work received a full justification, +though even with the rations that were +[Page 339] +to be taken he had no doubt that hunger would attack the party. + +After some discussion it was decided to take Evans' motor party +on in advance for three days, and then that Day and Hooper should +return. + +Good, steady progress was made on the next two marches, and at +Camp 19 they were within 150 geographical miles of the Glacier. +'But it is still rather touch and go. If one or more ponies were +to go rapidly down hill we might be in queer street.' + +Then at Camp 20 came the end of the gallant Jehu. 'We did the usual +march very easily over a fairly good surface, the ponies now quite +steady and regular. Since the junction with the Motor Party the +procedure has been for the man-hauling people to go forward just +ahead of the crocks, the other party following two or three hours +later. To-day we closed less than usual, so the crocks must have +been going very well. However, the fiat had already gone forth, +and this morning (November 24) after the march poor old Jehu was +led back on the track and shot. After our doubts as to his reaching +Hut Point, it is wonderful to think that he has actually got eight +marches beyond our last year limit, and could have gone more. However, +towards the end he was pulling very little, and on the whole it is +merciful to have ended his life. Chinaman seems to improve and +will certainly last a good many days yet. I feel we ought to get +through now. Day and Hooper leave us to-night.' + +[Page 340] +Referring to Jehu in his diary Cherry-Garrard re-marked how much +Scott felt 'this kind of thing,' and how cut up Atkinson was at +the loss of his pony. + +After Day and Hooper had turned back the party was re-arranged and +started together. The man-haulers, Atkinson, E. Evans and Lashly, +went ahead with their gear on the 10-foot sledge, then came Wright +with Chinaman and Keohane with James Pigg, the rest following close +behind them. But although the two crocks had not been given their +usual start, they stuck to their work so gallantly that at the +finish they were less than a quarter of a mile behind. + +At Camp 22, in Lat. 81 deg. 35' the Middle Barrier Depot was made, +and as they did not leave until 3 A.M. they were gradually getting +back to day-marching. The next stage, however, of their journey was +struggled through under the greatest difficulties. At the start +the surface was bad, and the man-haulers in front made such heavy +weather of it that they were repeatedly overtaken. This threw the +ponies out and prolonged the march so much that six hours were +spent in reaching the lunch camp. But bad as the first part of +the march had been, the latter part was even worse. The advance +party started on ski, but had the greatest difficulty in keeping +a course; and presently snow began to fall heavily with a rise of +temperature, and the ski became hopelessly clogged. At this time +the surface was terribly hard for pulling, and the man-haulers also +found it impossible to steer. The march of 13 miles was eventually +completed, but under +[Page 341] +the most harassing circumstances and with very tired animals. + +'Our forage supply necessitates that we should plug on the 13 +(geographical) miles daily under all conditions, so that we can +only hope for better things. It is several days since we had a +glimpse of land, which makes conditions especially gloomy. A tired +animal makes a tired man, I find, and none of us are very bright +now after the day's march.' + +No improvement in the weather was in store for them on the following +day (November 28), for snowstorms swept over them, the driving snow +not only preventing them from seeing anything, but also hitting +them stingingly in their faces. Chinaman was shot on this night, +but in struggling on until he was within go miles of the Glacier +he had done more than was ever expected of him; and with only four +bags of forage left the end of all the ponies was very near at +hand. + +During the march to Camp 25, Lat. 82 deg. 21', 'the most unexpected +and trying summer blizzard yet experienced in this region' ceased, +and prospects improved in every respect. While they were marching +the land showed up hazily, and at times looked remarkably close to +them. 'Land shows up almost ahead now,' Scott wrote on the 29th, +'and our pony goal is less than 70 miles away. The ponies are tired, +but I believe all have five days' work left in them, and some a +great deal more.... It follows that the dogs can be employed, rested +and fed well on the homeward track. We could really get through now +[Page 342] +with their help and without much delay, yet every consideration makes +it desirable to save the men from heavy hauling as long as possible. +So I devoutly hope the 70 miles will come in the present order of +things.' + +Snippets and Nobby by this time walked by themselves, but both of +them kept a continually cunning eye upon their driver, and if he +stopped they at once followed his example. It was, Scott admitted, +a relief no longer to have to lead his animal, for fond of Snippets +as he was, the vagaries of the animal were annoying when on the +march. Thursday, November 30, brought most pleasant weather with it, +but the surface was so bad that all of the ponies, with the exception +of Nobby, began to show obvious signs of failure. A recurrence of +'sinking crusts' (areas which gave way with a report) was encountered, +and the ponies very often sank nearly to their knees. + +At Camp 27 Nobby was the only pony who did not show signs of extreme +exhaustion, but forage was beginning to get so scarce that even Nobby +had nearly reached the end of his life. On this night (December +1) Christopher was shot, and by no possibility could he be much +regretted, for he had given nothing but trouble at the outset, +and as soon as his spirits began to fail his strength had also +disappeared. 'He has been a great disappointment,' Cherry-Garrard +wrote, 'even James Pigg has survived him.' + +A depot, called the Southern Barrier Depot, was left at Camp 27, +so that no extra weight was added to the loads of the other ponies. +'Three more marches +[Page 343] +ought to carry us through. With the seven crocks and the dog teams +we _must_ get through, I think. The men alone ought not to have +heavy loads on the surface, which is extremely trying.' + +On the morning of the 1st Nobby had been tried in snow-shoes, and +for about four miles had traveled splendidly upon them, but then +the shoes racked and had to be taken off; nevertheless, in Scott's +opinion, there was no doubt that snow-shoes were the thing for +ponies, and that if his ponies had been able to use them from the +beginning their condition would have been very different from what +it was. + +From Camp 28, Lat. 83 deg., Scott wrote, 'Started under very bad weather +conditions. The stratus spreading over from the S.E. last night meant +mischief, and all day we marched in falling snow with a horrible +light.... The ponies were sinking deep in a wretched surface. I +suggested to Oates that he should have a roving commission to watch +the animals, but he much preferred to lead one, so I handed over +Snippets very willingly and went on ski myself.' This he found +such easy work, that he had time to take several photographs of +the ponies as they plunged through the snow. But in the afternoon +they found a better surface, and Scott, who was leading, had to +travel at a very steady pace to keep the lead. + +When this march had finished they had reached the 83rd parallel, +and were 'practically safe to get through.' But with forage becoming +scarcer and scarcer poor Bictor--to the great sorrow of Bowers, +[Page 344] +who was very fond of him--had to be shot. Six ponies remained, +and as the dogs were doing splendidly, the chances of the party +reaching the Glacier were excellent if only they could see their +way to it. Wild in his diary of Shackleton's journey remarked on +December 15 that it was the first day for a month on which he could +not record splendid weather. With Scott's party, however, a fine +day had been the exception rather than the rule, and the journey +had been one almost perpetual fight against bad weather and bad +surfaces. + +The tent parties at this date were made up of (1) Scott, Wilson, +Oates and Keohane; (2) Bowers, P.O. Evans, Cherry-Garrard and Crean; +(3) man-haulers, E. R. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. 'We +have all taken to horse meat and are so well fed that hunger isn't +thought of.' + +At 2.30 A.M. on Sunday, December 3, Scott, intending to get away +at 5, roused all hands, but their bad luck in the way of weather +once more delayed the start. At first there seemed to be just a +chance that they might be able to march, but while they were having +breakfast a full gale blew up from the south; 'the strongest wind I +have known here in summer.' In a very short time the pony wall was +blown down, the sledges were buried, and huge drifts had collected. +In heavy drift everyone turned out to make up the pony walls, but +the flanking wall was blown down three times before the job was +completed. About mid-day the weather improved and soon afterwards +the clouds broke and the land appeared; and when they got away at +[Page 345] +2 P.M., the sun was shining brightly. But this pleasant state of +affairs was only destined to last for one short hour; after that +snow again began to fall, and marching conditions became supremely +horrible. The wind increased from the S.E., changed to S. W., where +for a time it remained, and then suddenly shifted to W.N.W., and +afterwards to N.N.W., from which direction it continued to blow +with falling and drifting snow. But in spite of these rapid and +absolutely bewildering changes of conditions they managed to get +11-1/2 miles south and to Camp 29 at 7 P.M. The man-haulers, however, +camped after six miles, for they found it impossible to steer a +course. 'We (Scott and Bowers) steered with compass, the drifting +snow across our ski, and occasional glimpses of southeasterly sastrugi +under them, till the sun showed dimly for the last hour or so. The +whole weather conditions seem thoroughly disturbed, and if they +continue so when we are on the Glacier, we shall be very awkwardly +placed. It is really time the luck turned in our favor--we have had +all too little of it. Every mile seems to have been hardly won +under such conditions. The ponies did splendidly and the forage is +lasting a little better than expected... we should have no difficulty +whatever as regards transport if only the weather was kind.' On the +following day the weather was still in a bad mood, for no sooner +had they got on their gear for the start than a thick blizzard +from the S.S.E. arrived. Quickly everyone started to build fresh +walls for the ponies, an uninviting task enough in a regular white +flowing blizzard, but one which added +[Page 346] +greatly to the comfort of the animals, who looked sleepy and bored, +but not at all cold. Just as the walls were finished the man-haulers +came into camp, having been assisted in their course by the tracks +that the other parties had made. + +Fortunately the wind moderated in the forenoon and by 2 P.M. they +were off and in six hours had placed 13 more miles to their credit. +During this march the land was quite clearly in view, and several +uncharted glaciers of large dimensions were seen. The mountains +were rounded in outline, very massive, with excrescent peaks, one +or two of the peaks on the foothills standing bare and almost +perpendicular. Ahead of them was the ice-rounded, boulder-strewn +Mount Hope and the gateway to the Glacier. 'We should reach it +easily enough on to-morrow's march if we can compass 12 miles.... +We have only lost 5 or 6 miles on these two wretched days, but the +disturbed condition of the weather makes me anxious with regard +to the Glacier, where more than anywhere we shall need fine days. +One has a horrid feeling that this is a real bad season. However, +sufficient for the day is the evil thereof. We are practically +through with the first stage of our journey. Looking from the last +Camp (29) towards the S.S.E., where the farthest land can be seen, +it seemed more than probable that a very high latitude could be +reached on the Barrier, and if Amundsen journeying that way has +a stroke of luck, he may well find his summit journey reduced to +100 miles or so. In any case it is a fascinating direction for +next year's work, if only fresh transport arrives.' + +[Page 347] +On this day, December 4, the ponies marched splendidly, crossing +the deep snow in the undulations without any difficulty, and had +food been plentiful enough there was no doubt that they could have +gone on for many more miles. As it was 'gallant little Michael' +had to be sacrificed when the march was over. 'He walked away,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'and rolled on the way down, not having done +so when we got in. He died quite instantaneously. He was just like +a naughty child all the way and pulled all out; he has been a good +friend and has a good record, 83 deg. 22' S. He was a bit done to-day, +the blizzard had knocked him.' + +By night the weather looked very uninviting, and they woke to find a +raging, howling blizzard. Previously the winds that had so constantly +bothered them had lacked that very fine powdery snow which is usually +an especial feature of a blizzard, but on this occasion they got +enough and to spare of it. Anyone who went into the open for a +minute or two was covered from head to foot, and as the temperature +was high the snow stuck where it fell. The heads, tails and legs +of the ponies were covered with ice, and they had to stand deep in +snow. The sledges were almost covered, and there were huge drifts +about the tent. It was a scene on which no one wanted to look longer +than he could help, and after they had rebuilt the pony walls they +retreated sadly and soppingly into their bags. Even the small +satisfaction of being able to see from one tent to another was +denied them, and Scott, while asking what on earth such weather +could mean at this +[Page 348] +time of year, stated emphatically that no party could possibly travel +against such a wind. + +'Is there,' he asked, 'some widespread atmospheric disturbance +which will be felt everywhere in this region as a bad season, or +are we merely the victims of exceptional local conditions? If the +latter, there is food for thought in picturing our small party +struggling against adversity in one place whilst others go smilingly +forward in sunshine. How great may be the element of luck! No +foresight--no procedure--could have prepared us for this state of +affairs. Had we been ten times as experienced or certain of our +aim we should not have expected such rebuffs.' + +[Illustration: LOOKING UP THE GATEWAY FROM PONY DEPOT. (Mt. Hope.) +_Photo by R. F. Scott._] + +[Illustration: LOOKING SOUTH FROM LOWER GLACIER DEPOT. (Mt. Hope.) +_Photo by R. F. Scott._] + +The snowfall on this day (December 5) was quite the greatest that +Scott remembered, the drifts about the tents being colossal. And +to add to their misery and misfortune the temperature remained +so high that the snow melted if it fell on anything except snow, +with the result that tents, wind clothes, night boots, &c., were +all wet through; while water, dripping from the tent poles and +door, lay on the floor, soaked the sleeping-bags, and made the +situation inconceivably miserable. In the midst of this slough, +however, Keohane had the spirit to make up a rhyme, which is worth +quoting mainly, if not solely, because of the conditions under +which it was produced: + + The snow is all melting and everything's afloat, + If this goes on much longer we shall have to turn the tent + upside down and use it as a boat. + +The next day Scott described as 'miserable, +[Page 349] +utterly miserable. We have camped in the "Slough of Despond."' When +within twelve miles of the Glacier it was indeed the most cruel +fortune to be held up by such a raging tempest. The temperature +at noon had risen to 33 deg., and everything was more soakingly wet +than ever, if that was possible. The ponies, too, looked utterly +desolate, and the snow climbed higher and higher about the walls, +tents and sledges. At night signs of a break came, but hopes of +marching again were dashed on the following morning, when the storm +continued and the situation became most serious; after this day only +one small feed remained for the ponies, so that they had either +to march or to sacrifice all the animals. That, however, was not +the most serious part, for with the help of the dogs they could +without doubt have got on. But what troubled Scott most intensely +was that they had on this morning (December 7) started on their +summit rations, or, in other words, the food calculated to take +them on from the Glacier depot had been begun. + +In the meantime the storm showed no signs of abatement, and its +character was as unpleasant as ever. 'I can find no sign of an +end, and all of us agree that it is utterly impossible to move. +Resignation to this misfortune is the only attitude, but not an easy +one to adopt. It seems undeserved where plans were well laid, and so +nearly crowned with a first success.... The margin for bad weather +was ample according to all experience, and this stormy December--our +finest month--is a thing that the most cautious organizer +[Page 350] +might not have been prepared to encounter.... There cannot be good +cheer in the camp in such weather, but it is ready to break out +again. In the brief spell of hope last night one heard laughter.' + +Hour after hour passed with little or no improvement, and as every +hour of inactivity was a real menace to the success of their plans, +no one can wonder that they chafed over this most exasperating +delay. Under ordinary circumstances it would have been melancholy +enough to watch the mottled, wet, green walls of their tents and to +hear the everlasting patter of the falling snow and the ceaseless +rattle of the fluttering canvas, but when the prospect of failure +of their cherished plan was added to the acute discomforts of the +situation, it is scarcely possible to imagine how totally miserable +they must have been both in body and mind. Nevertheless in the +midst of these distressing conditions Scott managed to write, 'But +yet, after all, one can go on striving, endeavoring to find a +stimulation in the difficulties that arise.' + +Friday morning, however, did not bring any cause for hope. The +snow was still falling heavily, and they found themselves lying +in pools of water that squelched whenever they moved. Under such +circumstances it was a relief to get outside, shift the tents and dig +out the sledges. All of the tents had been reduced to the smallest +space by the gradual pressure of snow, the old sites being deep +pits with hollowed, icy, wet centers. The re-setting of them at +least made things more comfortable, and as the +[Page 351] +wind dropped about mid-day and a few hours later the sky showed +signs of breaking, hope once more revived; but soon afterwards snow +was falling again, and the position was rapidly becoming absolutely +desperate. + +To test the surface the man-haulers tried to pull a load during +the afternoon, and although it proved a tough job they managed +to do it by pulling in ski. On foot the men sank to their knees, +and an attempt to see what Nobby could do under such circumstances +was anything but encouraging. + +Writing in the evening Scott said, 'Wilson thinks the ponies finished, +but Oates thinks they will get another march in spite of the surface, +_if it comes to-morrow_. If it should not, we must kill the ponies +to-morrow and get on as best we can with the men on ski and the +dogs. But one wonders what the dogs can do on such a surface. I +much fear they also will prove inadequate. Oh! for fine weather, +if only to the Glacier.' + +By 11 P.M. the wind had gone to the north, and the sky at last began +really to break. The temperature also helped matters by falling +to +26 deg., and in consequence the water nuisance began to abate; +and at the prospect of action on the following morning cheerful +sounds were once more heard in the camp. 'The poor ponies look +wistfully for the food of which so very little remains, yet they +are not hungry, as recent savings have resulted from food left +in their nose-bags. They look wonderfully fit, all things +[Page 352] +considered. Everything looks more hopeful to-night, but nothing can +recall four lost days.' During the night Scott turned out two or +three times to find the weather slowly improving, and at 8 o'clock +on December 9 they started upon a most terrible march to Camp 31. + +The tremendous snowfall had made the surface intolerably soft, and +the half-fed animals sank deeper and deeper. None of them could +be led for more than a few minutes, but if they were allowed to +follow the poor beasts did fairly well. Soon, however, it began to +seem as if no real headway could be made, and so the man-haulers +were pressed into the service to try and improve matters. + +Bowers and Cherry-Garrard went ahead with one 10-foot sledge and +made a track--thus most painfully a mile or so was gained. Then +when it seemed as if the limit had been reached P.O. Evans saved +the situation by putting the last pair of snow-shoes upon Snatcher, +who at once began to go on without much pressure, and was followed +by the other ponies. + +No halt was made for lunch, but after three or four laborious miles +they found themselves engulfed in pressures which added to the +difficulties of their march. Still, however, they struggled on, +and by 8 P.M. they were within a mile of the slope ascending to +the gap, which Shackleton called the Gateway. This gateway was +a neck or saddle of drifted snow lying in a gap of the mountain +rampart which flanked the last curve of the Glacier, and Scott +had hoped to be through it at a much earlier date, as indeed he +[Page 353] +would have been had not the prolonged storm delayed him. + +By this time the ponies, one and all, were quite exhausted. 'They +came on painfully slowly a few hundred yards at a time.... I was +hauling ahead, a ridiculously light load, and yet finding the pulling +heavy enough. We camped, and the ponies have been shot. Poor beasts! +they have done wonderfully well considering the terrible circumstances +under which they worked.' + +On December 8 Wilson wrote in his journal, 'I have kept Nobby all +my biscuits to-night as he has to try to do a march to-morrow, +and then happily he will be shot and all of them, as their food +is quite done.' And on the following day he added: 'Nobby had all +my biscuits last night and this morning, and by the time we camped +I was just ravenously hungry.... Thank God the horses are now all +done with and we begin the heavy work ourselves.' + +This Camp 31 received the name of Shambles Camp, and although the +ponies had not, owing to the storm, reached the distance Scott had +expected, yet he, and all who had taken part in that distressing +march, were relieved to know that the sufferings of their plucky +animals had at last come to an end. + + + + +[Page 354] +CHAPTER VIII + +ON THE BEARDMORE GLACIER + + In thrilling region of thick ribbed ice + To be imprison'd in the viewless winds + And blown with restless violence round about. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +On the death of the ponies at Camp 31 the party was reorganized, +and for some days advanced in the following order: + + Sledge 1. Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans. + Sledge 2. E. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. + Sledge 3. Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Crean and Keohane; with + Meares and Demetri continuing to drive the dogs. + +When leaving this Camp Scott was very doubtful whether the loads +could be pulled over such an appalling surface, and that success +attended their efforts was due mainly to the ski. The start was +delayed by the readjustments that had to be made, but when they +got away at noon, and with a 'one, two, three together' Scott's +party began to pull their sledge, they were most agreeably surprised +to find it running fairly easily +[Page 355] +behind them. The first mile was gained in about half an hour, but +then they began to rise, and soon afterwards with the slope becoming +steeper and the surface getting worse they had to take off their +ski. After this the pulling was extraordinarily exhausting, for +they sank above their finnesko, and in some places nearly up to +their knees. + +The runners of the sledges became coated with a thin film of ice +from which it was impossible to free them, and the sledges themselves +sank in soft spots to the cross-bars. At 5 P.M. they reached the +top of the slope, and after tea started on the down grade. On this +they had to pull almost as vigorously as on the upward slope, but +they could just manage to get along on ski. + +Evans and his party, however, were unable to keep up the pace set +by the leaders, and when they camped at 9.15 Scott heard some news +that thoroughly alarmed him. 'It appears,' he wrote, 'that Atkinson +says that Wright is getting played out, and Lashly is not so fit as +he was owing to the heavy pulling since the blizzard. I have not +felt satisfied about this party. The finish of the march to-day +showed clearly that something was wrong.... True, the surface was +awful and growing worse every moment. It is a very serious business +if the men are going to crack up. As for myself, I never felt fitter +and my party can easily hold its own. P.O. Evans, of course, is +a tower of strength, but Oates and Wilson are doing splendidly +also.' + +Round the spot where Camp 32 had been pitched +[Page 356] +the snow was appallingly deep and soft. 'Every step here one sinks +to the knees, and the uneven surface is obviously insufficient to +support the sledges.' A wind, however, had sprung up, and though +under ordinary circumstances it would have been far from welcome, +on this occasion it was a blessing because it hardened the snow; +and a good surface was all the more necessary because, after half +another march, Meares and Demetri were to return with the dogs, and +in consequence 200 lbs. would have to be added to each sledge-load. + +Before starting from Camp 32 they built a depot (the Lower Glacier +depot), made it very conspicuous, and left a good deal of gear +there. Then at the very beginning of their march they got into +big pressure, and must have passed over several crevasses. After +four hours, however, they were clear of the pressure, and then +they said good-bye to Meares and Demetri, who took back a note +from Scott to say that 'Things are not so rosy as they might be, +but we keep our spirits up and say the luck must turn. This is +only to tell you that I find I can keep up with the rest as well +as of old.' + +The start after lunch was anxious work, for the question whether +they could pull their loads had to be answered. Scott's party went +away first, and, to their joy, found that they could make fairly +good headway. Every now and again the sledge sank in a soft patch +which brought them up, and then they got sideways to the sledge and +hauled it out. 'We learned,' Scott wrote on December 11, at Camp 33, +[Page 357] +'to treat such occasions with patience.... The great thing is to +keep the sledge moving, and for an hour or more there were dozens +of critical moments when it all but stopped, and not a few when +it brought up altogether. The latter were very trying and tiring. +But suddenly the surface grew more uniform and we more accustomed +to the game, for after a long stop to let the other parties come +up, I started at 6 and ran on till 7, pulling easily without a +halt at the rate of about 2 miles an hour. I was very jubilant; +all difficulties seemed to be vanishing; but unfortunately our +history was not repeated with the other parties. Bowers came up +half an hour after us. They also had done well at the last, and +I'm pretty sure they will get on all right. Keohane is the only +weak spot, and he only, I think, because temporarily blind. But +Evans' party didn't get up till 10. They started quite well, but +got into difficulties, did just the wrong thing by straining again +and again, and so, tiring themselves, went from bad to worse. Their +ski shoes, too, are out of trim.' + +During the morning of the 12th they steered for the Commonwealth +Range until they reached about the middle of the glacier and then +the course was altered for the 'Cloudmaker,' and afterwards still +further to the west. In consequence they got a much better view of +the southern side of the main glacier than Shackleton's party had +obtained, and a number of peaks not noticed previously were observed. +On the first stage of this march Scott's party was bogged time after +[Page 358] +time, and do what they could their sledge dragged like a huge lump of +lead. Evans' team had been sent off in advance and kept well ahead +until lunch-time. Then, when Scott admits being 'pretty well cooked,' +the secret of their trouble was disclosed in a thin film with some +hard knots of ice on the runners of the sledge; these impediments +having been removed they went ahead without a hitch, and in a mile +or two resumed their leading position. As they advanced it became +more and more evident that, with the whole of the lower valley +filled with snow from the storm, they would have been bogged had +they been without ski. 'On foot one sinks to the knees, and if +pulling on a sledge to half-way between knee and thigh.' + +Scott's hope was that they would get better conditions as they rose, +but on the next march the surface became worse instead of better, +the sledges simply plunging into the soft places and stopping dead. +So slow in fact was the progress they made, that on his sledge Scott +decided at lunch to try the 10-foot runners under the cross-bars, +for the sledge was sinking so deeply that the cross-pieces were +on the surface and acting as brakes. Three hours were spent in +securing the runners, and then Scott's party started and promptly +saw what difficulties the other teams were having. + +In spite of the most desperate efforts to get along, Bowers and +his men were so constantly bogged that Scott soon passed them. +But the toil was awful, because the snow with the sun shining and +a high temperature +[Page 359] +had become very wet and sticky, and again and again the sledge got +one runner on harder snow than the other, canted on its side, and +refused to move. At the top of the rise Evans' party was reduced +to relay work, and shortly afterwards Bowers was compelled to adopt +the same plan. 'We,' Scott says, 'got our whole load through till 7 +P.M., camping time, but only with repeated halts and labour which +was altogether too strenuous. The other parties certainly cannot +get a full load along on the surface, and I much doubt if we could +continue to do so, but we must try again to-morrow. I suppose we +have advanced a bare four miles to-day and the aspect of things +is very little changed. Our height is now about 1,500 feet.' + +On the following morning Evans' party got off first from Camp 35, +and after stiff hauling for an hour or so found the work much easier +than on the previous day. Bowers' contingent followed without getting +along so well, and so Scott, whose party were having no difficulty +with their load, exchanged sledges with them, and a satisfactory +morning's march was followed by still better work in the afternoon, +eleven or twelve miles being gained. 'I think the soft snow trouble +is at an end, and I could wish nothing better than a continuance of +the present surface. Towards the end of the march we were pulling +our load with the greatest ease. It is splendid to be getting along +and to find some adequate return for the work we are putting into +the business.' + +At Camp 37, on Friday, December 15, they had +[Page 360] +reached a height of about 2,500 feet, after a march on which the +surface steadily improved and the snow covering over the blue ice +became thinner and thinner. During the afternoon they found that +at last they could start their sledges by giving one good heave, +and so, for the first time, they were at liberty to stop when they +liked without the fear of horrible jerks before they could again +set the sledge going. Patches of ice and hard neve were beginning to +show through in places, and had not the day's work been interrupted +by a snowstorm at 5 P.M. their march would have been a really good +one, but, as it was, eleven more miles had to be put to their credit. +The weather looked, however, very threatening as they turned in +for the night, and Scott expressed a fervent hope that they were +not going to be afflicted by snowstorms as they approached the +worst part of the glacier. + +As was to be expected after the storm they found the surface difficult +when the march was resumed, but by sticking to their work for over +ten hours--'the limit of time to be squeezed into one day'--they +covered eleven miles, and altered greatly the aspect of the glacier. +Beginning the march as usual on ski, they had to take them off +in the afternoon because they struck such a peculiarly difficult +surface that the sledges were constantly being brought up. Then +on foot they made better progress, though no advance could be made +without the most strenuous labour. The brittle crust would hold +for a pace or two, and then let them down with a bump, while now +and again a leg went down a crack in the hard ice underneath. So +[Page 361] +far, since arriving among the disturbances, which increased rapidly +towards the end of the march, they had not encountered any very +alarming crevasses, though a large quantity of small ones could +be seen. + +At the end of the march to Camp 39, Scott was able to write, 'For +once we can say "Sufficient for the day is the good thereof." Our +luck may be on the turn--I think we deserve it. In spite of the +hard work everyone is very fit and very cheerful, feeling well fed +and eager for more toil. Eyes are much better except poor Wilson's; +he has caught a very bad attack. Remembering his trouble on our +last Southern journey, I fear he is in for a very bad time.... +I'm inclined to think that the summit trouble will be mostly due +to the chill falling on sunburned skins. Even now one feels the +cold strike directly one stops. We get fearfully thirsty and chip +up ice on the march, as well as drinking a great deal of water on +halting. Our fuel only just does it, but that is all we want, and +we have a bit in hand for the summit.... We have worn our crampons +all day (December 17) and are delighted with them. P.O. Evans, the +inventor of both crampons and ski shoes, is greatly pleased, and +certainly we owe him much.' + +On the 19th, although snow fell on and off during the whole day +and crevasses were frequent, a splendid march of 14 miles was +accomplished. The sledges ran fairly well if only the haulers could +keep their feet, but on the rippled ice which they were crossing +it was impossible to get anything like a firm foothold. Still, +however, they stuck most splendidly to their +[Page 362] +task, and on the following day even a better march was made to Camp +41. + +Starting on a good surface they soon came to a number of criss-cross +cracks, into two of which Scott fell and badly bruised his knee +and thigh. Then they reached an admirably smooth ice surface over +which they traveled at an excellent pace. A long hour was spent over +the halt for lunch, during which angles, photographs and sketches +were taken, and continuing to make progress in the second part of +the day's march they finished up with a gain of 17 miles. 'It has +not been a strain except perhaps for me with my wounds received +early in the day. The wind has kept us cool on the march, which +has in consequence been very much pleasanter.... Days like this +put heart in one.' + +On Wednesday, December 20, however, the good marches of the previous +two days were put entirely into the shade by one of nearly 23 miles, +during which they rose 800 feet. Pulling the sledges in crampons was +not at all difficult on the hard snow and on hard ice with patches +of snow. At night they camped in Lat. 84 deg. 59' 6", and then Scott had +to perform a task that he most cordially disliked. 'I have just +told off the people to return to-morrow night: Atkinson, Wright, +Cherry-Garrard and Keohane. All are disappointed--poor Wright rather +bitterly, I fear. I dreaded this necessity of choosing--nothing +could be more heartrending. I calculated our program to start from +85 deg. 10' with twelve units of food[1] and +[Page 363] +eight men. We ought to be in this position to-morrow night, less +one day's food. After all our harassing trouble one cannot but +be satisfied with such a prospect.' + +[Footnote 1: A unit of food means a week's supplies for four men.] + +The next stage of the journey, though accomplished without accident, +was too exciting to be altogether pleasant, for crevasses were +frequent and falls not at all uncommon. And at mid-day, while they +were in the worst of places, a fog rolled up and kept them in their +tents for nearly three hours. + +During this enforced delay, Scott wrote a letter which was taken +back by the returning party. + +'December 21, 1911, Lat. 85 deg. S. We are struggling on, considering +all things, against odds. The weather is a constant anxiety, otherwise +arrangements are working exactly as planned. + +'For your ear also I am exceedingly fit and can go with the best +of them. + +'It is a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right... but all will be well if we can get through +to the Pole. + +'I write this sitting in our tent waiting for the fog to clear, +an exasperating position as we are in the worst crevassed region. +Teddy Evans and Atkinson were down to the length of their harness +this morning, and we have all been half-way down. As first man I +get first chance, and it's decidedly exciting not knowing which +step will give way. Still all this is interesting enough if one +could only go on. + +'Since writing the above I made a dash for it; got out of the valley +out of the fog and away from +[Page 364] +crevasses. So here we are practically on the summit and up to date +in the provision line. We ought to get through.' + +After the fog had cleared off they soon got out of the worst crevasses, +and on to a snow slope that led past Mount Darwin. The pull up +the slope was long and stiff, but by holding on until 7.30 P.M. +they got off a good march and found a satisfactory place for their +depot. Fortunately the weather was both calm and bright, and all +the various sorting arrangements that had to be made before the +returning party left them were carried out under most favorable +conditions. 'For me,' Scott says, 'it is an immense relief to have +the indefatigable little Bowers to see to all detail arrangements of +this sort,' and on the following day he added, 'we said an affecting +farewell to the returning party, who have taken things very well, +dear good fellows as they are.' + +Then the reorganized parties (Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans; +Bowers, E. R. Evans, Crean and Lashly) started off with their heavy +loads, and any fears they had about their ability to pull them +were soon removed. + +'It was a sad job saying good-bye,' Cherry-Garrard wrote in his +diary, 'and I know some eyes were a bit dim. It was thick and snowing +when we started after making the depot, and the last we saw of them +as we swung the sledge north, was a black dot just disappearing +over the next ridge, and a big white pressure wave ahead of them.' + +[Page 365] +Then the returning party set off on their homeward march, and arrived +at Cape Evans on January 28, 1912, after being away for three months. + +Repairs to the sledgemeter delayed the advancing party for some +time during their first march under the new conditions, but they +managed to cover twelve miles, and, with the loads becoming lighter +every day, Scott hoped to march longer hours and to make the requisite +progress. Steering, however, south-west on the next morning they +soon found themselves among such bad crevasses and pressure, that +they were compelled to haul out to the north, and then to the west. +One comfort was that all the time they were rising. 'It is rather +trying having to march so far to the west, but if we keep rising +we must come to the end of the disturbance some time.' During the +second part of this march great changes of fortune awaited them. At +first they started west up a slope, and on the top another pressure +appeared on the left, but less lofty and more snow-covered than +that which had troubled them in the morning. There was temptation +to try this, but Scott resisted it and turned west up yet another +slope, on the top of which they reached a most extraordinary surface. +Narrow crevasses, that were quite invisible, ran in all directions. +All of these crevasses were covered with a thin crust of hardened +neve which had not a sign of a crack in it. One after another, +and sometimes two at a time, they all fell in; and though they +were getting fairly accustomed to unexpected falls through being +unable to mark the run of +[Page 366] +the surface appearances of cracks, or where such cracks were covered +with soft snow, they had never expected to find a hardened crust +formed over a crack, and such a surface was as puzzling as it was +dangerous and troublesome. + +For about ten minutes or so, while they were near these narrow +crevasses, they came on to snow which had a hard crust and loose +crystals below it, and each step was like breaking through a +glass-house. And then, quite suddenly, the hard surface gave place +to regular sastrugi, and their horizon leveled in every direction. +At 6 P.M., when they reached Camp 45 (height about 7,750 feet), 17 +miles stood to their credit and Scott was feeling 'very cheerful +about everything.' 'My determination,' he said, 'to keep mounting +irrespective of course is fully justified, and I shall be indeed +surprised if we have any further difficulties with crevasses or +steep slopes. To me for the first time our goal seems really in +sight.' + +On the following day (Christmas Eve) they did not find a single +crevasse, but high pressure ridges were still to be seen, and Scott +confessed that he should be glad to lose sight of such disturbances. +Christmas Day, however, brought more trouble from crevasses--'very +hard, smooth neve between high ridges at the edge of crevasses, and +therefore very difficult to get foothold to pull the sledges.' To +remedy matters they got out their ski sticks, but this did not prevent +several of them from going half-down; while Lashly, disappearing +completely, had to be pulled out by +[Page 367] +means of the Alpine rope. 'Lashly says the crevasse was 50 feet deep +and 8 feet across, in form U, showing that the word "unfathomable" +can rarely be applied. Lashly is 44 to-day and as hard as nails. +His fall has not even disturbed his equanimity.' + +When, however, they had reached the top of the crevasse ridge a +better surface was found, and their Christmas lunch--at which they +had such luxuries as chocolate and raisins--was all the more enjoyable +because 8 miles or so had already been gained. + +In the middle of the afternoon they got a fine view of the land, +but more trouble was caused by crevasses, until towards the end +of their march they got free of them and on to a slight decline +down which they progressed at a swinging pace. Then they camped +and prepared for their great Christmas meal. 'I must,' Scott says, +'write a word of our supper last night. We had four courses. The +first, pemmican, full whack, with slices of horse meat flavored +with onion and curry powder, and thickened with biscuit; then an +arrowroot, cocoa and biscuit hoosh sweetened; then a plum-pudding; +then cocoa with raisins, and finally a dessert of caramels and ginger. +After the feast it was difficult to move. Wilson and I couldn't +finish our share of plum-pudding. We have all slept splendidly and +feel thoroughly warm--such is the effect of full feeding.' + +The advance, possibly owing to the 'tightener' on Christmas night, +was a little slow on the following morning, but nevertheless 15 +miles were covered +[Page 368] +in the day and the 86th parallel was reached. Crevasses still appeared, +and though they avoided them on this march, they were not so lucky +during the next stage to Camp 49. + +In fact Wednesday, December 27, was unfortunate owing to several +reasons. To begin with, Bowers broke the only hypsometer thermometer, +and so they were left with nothing to check their two aneroids. +Then during the first part of the march they got among sastrugi +which jerked the sledges about, and so tired out the second team +that they had great difficulty in keeping up. And, finally, they +found more crevasses and disturbances during the afternoon. For an +hour the work was as painful as it could be, because they tumbled +into the crevasses and got the most painful jerks. 'Steering the +party,' Scott wrote at Camp 49, 'is no light task. One cannot allow +one's thoughts to wander as others do, and when, as this afternoon, +one gets amongst disturbances, I find it very worrying and tiring. +I do trust we shall have no more of them. We have not lost sight of +the sun since we came on the summit; we should get an extraordinary +record of sunshine. It is monotonous work this; the sledgemeter +and theodolite govern the situation.' + +During the next morning the second sledge made such 'heavy weather' +that Scott changed places with E. R. Evans. That, however, did not +improve matters much, for Scott soon found that the second team had +[Page 369] +not the same swing as his own team, so he changed Lashly for P.O. +Evans, and then they seemed to get on better. At lunch-time they +discussed the difficulties that the second party was having, and +several reasons for them were put forward. One was that the team +was stale, another that all the trouble was due to bad stepping +and want of swing, and yet another was that the first's party's +sledge pulled much more easily than the second party's. + +On the chance that this last suggestion was correct, Scott and +his original team took the second party's sledge in the afternoon, +and soon found that it was a terrible drag to get it along in soft +snow, whereas the second party found no difficulty in pulling the +sledge that had been given to them. 'So the sledge is the cause of +the trouble, and taking it out, I found that all is due to want +of care. The runners ran excellently, but the structure has been +distorted by bad strapping, bad loading, &c. The party are not +done, and I have told them plainly that they must wrestle with the +trouble and get it right for themselves.' + +Friday evening found them at Camp 51, and at a height of about +9,000 feet, But they had encountered a very bad surface, on which +the strain of pulling was terrific. The hardest work occurred on +two rises, because the loose snow had been blown over the rises +and had rested on the north-facing slopes, and these heaps were +responsible for the worst of their troubles. However, there was +one satisfactory result of the +[Page 370] +march, for now that the second party had seen to the loading of +their sledge they had ceased to lag. + +But the next stage was so exhausting that Scott's fears for the +conditions of the second party again arose. Writing from Camp 52, +on December 30, he says: 'To-morrow I'm going to march half a day, +make a depot and build the 10-foot sledges. The second party is +certainly tiring; it remains to be seen how they will manage with +the smaller sledge and lighter load. The surface is certainly much +worse than it was 50 miles back. (T. -10 deg..) We have caught up +Shackleton's dates. Everything would be cheerful if I could persuade +myself that the second party were quite fit to go forward.' + +Camp was pitched after the morning's march on December 31, and +the process of building up the 10-foot sledges was at once begun +by P.O. Evans and Crean. 'It is a very remarkable piece of work. +Certainly P.O. Evans is the most invaluable asset to our party. +To build a sledge under these conditions is a fact for special +record.' + +[Illustration: MAN HAULING CAMP, 87TH PARALLEL. _Photo by Lieut. +H. R. Bowers._] + +Half a day was lost while the sledges were made, but this they +hoped to make up for by advancing at much greater speed. A depot, +called 'Three Degree Depot,' consisting of a week's provision for +both units, was made at this camp, and on New Year's morning, with +lighter loads, Evans' party led the advance on foot, while Scott's +team followed on ski. With a stick of chocolate to celebrate the New +Year, and with only 170 miles between them and the Pole, prospects +[Page 371] +seemed to be getting brighter on New Year's night, and on the next +evening at Camp 55 Scott decided that E. R. Evans, Lashly and Crean +should go back after one more march. + +Writing from Camp 56 he says, 'They are disappointed, but take +it well. Bowers is to come into our tent, and we proceed as a +five-man unit to-morrow. We have 5-1/2 units of food--practically +over a month's allowance for five people--it ought to see us +through.... Very anxious to see how we shall manage tomorrow; +if we can march well with the full load we shall be practically +safe, I take it.' + +By the returning party Scott sent back a letter, dated January +3, in which he wrote, 'Lat. 87 deg. 32".' A last note from a hopeful +position. I think it's going to be all right. We have a fine party +going forward and arrangements are all going well.' + +On the next morning the returning men followed a little way until +Scott was certain that his team could get along, and then farewells +were said. In referring to this parting with E. Evans, Crean and +Lashly, Scott wrote, 'I was glad to find their sledge is a mere +nothing to them, and thus, no doubt, they will make a quick journey +back,' and under average conditions they should easily have fulfilled +anticipations. But a blizzard held them up for three days before +they reached the head of the glacier, and by the time they reached +the foot of it E. Evans had developed symptoms of scurvy. At One +Ton Camp he was unable to stand without the support of his ski sticks, +[Page 372] +and although, with the help of his companions, he struggled on for +53 more miles in four days, he could go no farther. Rejecting his +suggestion that he should be left alone while they pressed on for +help, Crean and Lashly pulled him on the sledge with a devotion +matching that of their captain years before, when he and Wilson had +brought Shackleton, ill and helpless, safely to the _Discovery_. + +After four days of this pulling they reached Corner Camp, and then +there was such a heavy snowfall that the sledge could not travel. +In this crisis Crean set out to tramp alone to Hut Point, 34 miles +away, while Lashly stayed to nurse E. Evans, and most certainly was +the means of keeping him alive until help came. After a remarkable +march of 18 hours Crean reached Hut Point, and as soon as possible +Atkinson and Demetri started off with both dog teams to relieve +Evans and Lashly. Some delay was caused by persistent bad weather, +but on February 22 Evans was got back to the _Discovery_ hut, where +he was unremittingly tended by Atkinson; and subsequently he was +sent by sledge to the _Terra Nova_. So ended the tale of the last +supporting party, though, as a sequel, it is good to record that +in reward for their gallant conduct both Lashly and Crean received +the Albert Medal. + + + + +[Page 373] +CHAPTER IX + +THE SOUTH POLE + + The Silence was deep with a breath like sleep + As our sledge runners slid on the snow, + And the fate-full fall of our fur-clad feet + Struck mute like a silent blow + On a questioning 'Hush?' as the settling crust + Shrank shivering over the floe. + And the sledge in its track sent a whisper back + Which was lost in a white fog-bow. + + And this was the thought that the Silence wrought, + As it scorched and froze us through, + For the secrets hidden are all forbidden + Till God means man to know. + We might be the men God meant should know + The heart of the Barrier snow, + In the heat of the sun, and the glow, + And the glare from the glistening floe, + As it scorched and froze us through and through + With the bite of the drifting snow. + +(These verses, called 'The Barrier Silence,' were written by Wilson +for the _South Polar Times_. Characteristically, he sent them in +typewritten, lest the editor should recognize his hand and judge +them on personal rather than literary grounds. Many of their readers +confess that they felt in these lines Wilson's own premonition of +the event. The version given is the final form, as it appeared +in the _South Polar Times_.) + +The ages of the five men when they continued the journey to the +Pole were: Scott 43, Wilson 39, P.O. Evans 37, Oates 32, Bowers +28. + +[Page 374] +After the departure of the last supporting party Scott was naturally +anxious to get off a good day's march, and he was not disappointed. +At first the sledge on which, thanks to P.O. Evans, everything was +most neatly stowed away, went easily. But during the afternoon +they had to do some heavy pulling on a surface covered with loose +sandy snow. Nevertheless they covered some 15 miles before they +camped, and so smoothly did everything seem to be going that Scott +began to wonder what was in store for them. 'One can scarcely believe +that obstacles will not present themselves to make our task more +difficult. Perhaps the surface will be the element to trouble us.' + +And on the following day his supposition began to prove correct, for +a light wind from the N.N.W. brought detached cloud and a constant +fall of ice crystals, and in consequence the surface was as bad as +it could be. The sastrugi seemed to increase as they advanced, +and late in the afternoon they encountered a very rough surface +with evidences of hard southerly wind. Luckily the sledge showed no +signs of capsizing, but the strain of trying to keep up a rate of +a little over a mile and a quarter an hour was very great. However, +they were cheered by the thought, when they reached Camp 58 (height +10,320 feet), that they were very close to the 88th parallel, and +a little more than 120 miles from the Pole. + +Another dreadful surface was their fate during the next march on +Saturday, January 6. The sastrugi increased in height as they advanced, +and presently +[Page 375] +they found themselves in the midst of a sea of fishhook waves, +well remembered from their Northern experience. And, to add to +their trouble, each sastrugus was covered with a beard of sharp +branching crystals. They took off their ski and pulled on foot, +but both morning and afternoon the work of getting the sledge along +was tremendous. Writing at Camp 59, Latitude 88 deg. 7', Scott said, 'We +think of leaving our ski here, mainly because of risk of breakage. +Over the sastrugi it is all up and down hill, and the covering of +ice crystals prevents the sledge from gliding even on the downgrade. +The sastrugi, I fear, have come to stay, and we must be prepared +for heavy marching, but in two days I hope to lighten loads with +a depot. We are south of Shackleton's last camp, so, I suppose, +have made the most southerly camp.' + +During the next day, January 7, they had good cause to think that +the vicissitudes of their work were bewildering. On account of the +sastrugi the ski were left at Camp 59, but they had only marched +a mile from it when the sastrugi disappeared. 'I kept debating +the ski question and at this point stopped, and after discussion +we went back and fetched the ski; it cost us 1-1/2 hours nearly. +Marching again, I found to my horror we could scarcely move the +sledge on ski; the first hour was awful owing to the wretched coating +of loose sandy snow.' Consequently this march was the shortest +they had made on the summit, and there was no doubt that if things +remained for long they were, it would be impossible to keep up the +[Page 376] +strain of such strenuous pulling. Luckily, however, loads were to +be lightened on the following day by a weight of about 100 lbs., +and there was also hope of a better surface if only the crystal +deposit would either harden up or disappear. Their food, too, was +proving ample. 'What luck to have hit on such an excellent ration. +We really are an excellently found party.' Indeed, apart from the +strain of pulling, Scott's only anxiety on Sunday, January 7, was +that Evans had a nasty cut on his hand. + +They woke the next morning to find their first summit blizzard; +but Scott was not in the least perturbed by this delay, because +he thought that the rest would give Evans' hand a better chance +of recovery, and he also felt that a day in their comfortable bags +within their double-walled tent would do none of them any harm. But, +both on account of lost time and food and the slow accumulation +of ice, he did not want more than one day's delay. + +'It is quite impossible,' he wrote during this time of waiting, +'to speak too highly of my companions. Each fulfils his office to +the party; Wilson, first as doctor, ever on the lookout to alleviate +the small pains and troubles incidental to the work; now as cook, +quick, careful and dexterous, ever thinking of some fresh expedient +to help the camp life; tough as steel on the traces, never wavering +from start to finish. + +'Evans, a giant worker with a really remarkable head-piece. It +is only now I realize how much has been due to him. Our ski shoes +and crampons have been +[Page 377] +absolutely indispensable, and if the original ideas were not his, +the details of manufacture and design and the good workmanship +are his alone. He is responsible for every sledge, every sledge +fitting, tents, sleeping-bags, harness, and when one cannot recall +a single expression of dissatisfaction with anyone of these items, +it shows what an invaluable assistant he has been. Now, besides +superintending the putting up of the tent, he thinks out and arranges +the packing of the sledge; it is extraordinary how neatly and handily +everything is stowed, and how much study has been given to preserving +the suppleness and good running qualities of the machine. On the +Barrier, before the ponies were killed, he was ever roaming round, +correcting faults of stowage. + +'Little Bowers remains a marvel--he is thoroughly enjoying himself. +I leave all the provision arrangement in his hands, and at all +times he knows exactly how we stand, or how each returning party +should fare. It has been a complicated business to redistribute +stores at various stages of reorganization, but not one single +mistake has been made. In addition to the stores, he keeps the +most thorough and conscientious meteorological record, and to this +he now adds the duty of observer and photographer. Nothing comes +amiss to him, and no work is too hard. It is a difficulty to get +him into the tent; he seems quite oblivious of the cold, and he +lies coiled in his bag writing and working out sights long after +the others are asleep. + +'Of these three it is a matter for thought and +[Page 378] +congratulation that each is specially suited for his own work, +but would not be capable of doing that of the others as well as +it is done. Each is invaluable. Oates had his invaluable period +with the ponies; now he is a foot slogger and goes hard the whole +time, does his share of camp work, and stands the hardships as +well as any of us. I would not like to be without him either. So +our five people are perhaps as happily selected as it is possible +to imagine.' + +Not until after lunch on the 9th were they able to break camp, +the light being extremely bad when they marched, but the surface +good. So that they might keep up the average length of their daily +marches Scott wanted to leave a depot, but as the blizzard tended +to drift up their tracks, he was not altogether confident that to +leave stores on such a great plain was a wise proceeding. However, +after a terribly hard march on the following morning, they decided +to leave a depot at the lunch camp, and there they built a cairn +and left one week's food with as many articles of clothing as they +could possibly spare. + +Then they went forward with eighteen days' food on a surface that +was 'beyond words,' for it was covered with sandy snow, and, when +the sun shone, even to move the sledge forward at the slowest pace +was distressingly difficult. On that night from Camp 62, Scott +wrote, 'Only 85 miles (geog.) from the Pole, but it's going to be +a stiff pull _both ways_ apparently; still we do make progress, +which is something.... It is very difficult to imagine what is +[Page 379] +happening to the weather.... The clouds don't seem to come from +anywhere, form and disperse without visible reason.... The +meteorological conditions seem to point to an area of variable light +winds, and that plot will thicken as we advance.' + +From the very beginning of the march on January 11 the pulling +was heavy, but when the sun came out the surface became as bad +as bad could be. All the time the sledge rasped and creaked, and +the work of moving it onward was agonizing. At lunch-time they +had managed to cover six miles but at fearful cost to themselves, +and although when they camped for the night they were only about +74 miles from the Pole, Scott asked himself whether they could +possibly keep up such a strain for seven more days. 'It takes it out +of us like anything. None of us ever had such hard work before.... +Our chance still holds good if we can put the work in, but it's a +terribly trying time.' + +For a few minutes during the next afternoon they experienced the +almost forgotten delight of having the sledge following easily. The +experience was very short but it was also very sweet, for Scott had +begun to fear that their powers of pulling were rapidly weakening, +and those few minutes showed him that they only wanted a good surface +to get on as merrily as of old. At night they were within 63 miles +of the Pole, and just longing for a better surface to help them +on their way. + +But whatever the condition of the surface, Bowers continued to do +his work with characteristic +[Page 380] +thoroughness and imperturbability; and after this appalling march +he insisted, in spite of Scott's protest, on taking sights after +they had camped--an all the more remarkable display of energy as +he, being the only one of the party who pulled on foot, had spent an +even more strenuous day than the others, who had been 'comparatively +restful on ski.' + +Again, on the next march, they had to pull with all their might +to cover some 11 miles. 'It is wearisome work this tugging and +straining to advance a light sledge. Still, we get along. I did +manage to get my thoughts off the work for a time to-day, which is +very restful. We should be in a poor way without our ski, though +Bowers manages to struggle through the soft snow without tiring his +short legs.' Sunday night, January 14, found them at Camp 66 and +less than 40 miles from the Pole. Steering was the great difficulty +on this march, because a light southerly wind with very low drift +often prevented Scott from seeing anything, and Bowers, in Scott's +shadow, gave directions. By this time the feet of the whole party +were beginning, mainly owing to the bad condition of their finnesko, +to suffer from the cold. 'Oates seems to be feeling the cold and +fatigue more than the rest of us, but we are all very fit. It is +a critical time, but we ought to pull through.... Oh! for a few +fine days! So close it seems and only the weather to balk us.' + +Another terrible surface awaited them on the morrow, and they were +all 'pretty well done' when +[Page 381] +they camped for lunch. There they decided to leave their last depot, +but although their reduced load was now very light, Scott feared +that the friction would not be greatly reduced. A pleasant surprise, +however, was in store for him, as after lunch the sledge ran very +lightly, and a capital march was made. 'It is wonderful,' he wrote +on that night (January 15), 'to think that two long marches would +land us at the Pole. We left our depot to-day with nine days' +provisions, so that it ought to be a certain thing now, and the only +appalling possibility the sight of the Norwegian flag forestalling +ours. Little Bowers continues his indefatigable efforts to get +good sights, and it is wonderful how he works them up in his +sleeping-bag in our congested tent. Only 27 miles from the Pole. +We _ought_ to do it now.' + +The next morning's march took them 7-1/2 miles nearer and their +noon sight showed them in Lat. 89 deg. 42' S.; and feeling that the +following day would see them at the Pole they started off after +lunch in the best of spirits. Then, after advancing for an hour +or so, Bowers' sharp eyes detected what he thought was a cairn, +but although he was uneasy about it he argued that it must be a +sastrugus. + +'Half an hour later he detected a black speck ahead. Soon we knew +that this could not be a natural snow feature. We marched on, found +that it was a black flag tied to a sledge bearer; near by the remains +of a camp; sledge tracks and ski tracks going and coming and the +clear trace of dogs' paws--many dogs. +[Page 382] +This told us the whole story. The Norwegians have forestalled us +and are first at the Pole. It is a terrible disappointment, and +I am very sorry for my loyal companions. Many thoughts come and +much discussion have we had. To-morrow we must march on to the +Pole and then hasten home with all the speed we can compass. All +the day-dreams must go; it will be a wearisome return. Certainly +also the Norwegians found an easy way up.' + +Very little sleep came to any of the party after the shock of this +discovery, and when they started at 7.30 on the next morning (January +17) head winds with a temperature of -22 deg. added to their depression +of spirit. For some way they followed the Norwegian tracks, and +in about three miles they passed two cairns. Then, as the tracks +became increasingly drifted up and were obviously leading them +too far to the west, they decided to make straight for the Pole +according to their calculations. During the march they covered +about 14 miles, and at night Scott wrote in his journal, 'The Pole. +Yes, but under very different circumstances from those expected.' + +That announcement tells its own story, and it would be impertinent +to guess at the feelings of those intrepid travelers when they +found themselves forestalled. Nevertheless they had achieved the +purpose they had set themselves, and the fact that they could not +claim the reward of priority makes not one jot of difference in +estimating the honours that belong to them. + +[Illustration: THE PARTY AT THE SOUTH POLE. (Capt. Oates; Capt. +Scott; P.O. Evans; Lieut. Bowers; Dr. Wilson.) _Photo by Lieut. +H. R. Bowers._] + +[Page 383] +'Well,' Scott continued, 'it is something to have got here, and +the wind may be our friend to-morrow.... Now for the run home and +a desperate struggle. I wonder if we can do it.' + +On the following morning after summing up all their observations, +they came to the conclusion that they were one mile beyond the +Pole and three miles to the right of it, in which direction, more +or less, Bowers could see a tent or cairn. A march of two miles +from their camp took them to the tent, in which they found a record +of five Norwegians having been there: + + 'Roald Amundsen + Olav Olavson Bjaaland + Hilmer Hanssen + Sverre H. Hassel + Oscar Wisting. + --16 _Dec_. 1911. + +'The tent is fine--a small compact affair supported by a single +bamboo. A note from Amundsen, which I keep, asks me to forward +a letter to King Haakon!' + +In the tent a medley of articles had been left: three half bags +of reindeer containing a miscellaneous assortment of mitts and +sleeping-socks, very various in description, a sextant, a Norwegian +artificial horizon and a hypsometer without boiling-point thermometers, +a sextant and hypsometer of English make. 'Left a note to say I +had visited the tent with companions. Bowers photographing and +Wilson sketching. Since lunch we have marched 6.2 miles S.S.E. +by compass (i.e. northwards). Sights at lunch gave us 1/2 to 3/4 +[Page 384] +of a mile from the Pole, so we call it the Pole Camp. (Temp. Lunch +-21 deg..) We built a cairn, put up our poor slighted Union Jack, and +photographed ourselves--mighty cold work all of it--less than 1/2 +a mile south we saw stuck up an old underrunner of a sledge. This +we commandeered as a yard for a floorcloth sail. I imagine it was +intended to mark the exact spot of the Pole as near as the Norwegians +could fix it. (Height 9,500.) A note attached talked of the tent +as being 2 miles from the Pole. Wilson keeps the note. There is +no doubt that our predecessors have made thoroughly sure of their +mark and fully carried out their program. I think the Pole is about +9,500 feet in height; this is remarkable, considering that in Lat. +88 deg. we were about 10,500. + +'We carried the Union Jack about 3/4 of a mile north with us and +left it on a piece of stick as near as we could fix it. I fancy +the Norwegians arrived at the Pole on the 15th Dec. and left on +the 17th, ahead of a date quoted by me in London as ideal, viz. +Dec. 22.... Well, we have turned our back now on the goal of our +ambition and must face our 800 miles of solid dragging--and good-bye +to most of the day-dreams!' + + + + +[Page 385] +CHAPTER X + +ON THE HOMEWARD JOURNEY + + It matters not how strait the gate, + How charged with punishments the scroll; + I am the master of my fate, + I am the Captain of my soul.--HENLEY. + +During the afternoon of Thursday, January 18, they left the Pole 7 +miles behind them, and early in the march on the following morning +picked up their outward tracks and a Norwegian cairn. These tracks +they followed until they came to the black flag that had been the +first means of telling them of the Norwegians' success. 'We have +picked this flag up, using the staff for our sail, and are now +camped about 1-1/2 miles further back on our tracks. So that is +the last of the Norwegians for the present.' + +In spite of a surface that was absolutely spoilt by crystals they +marched 18-1/2 miles on the Friday, and also easily found the cairns +that they had built; but until they reached Three Degree Depot +which was still 150 miles away, anxiety, Scott said, could not be +laid to rest. + +On the next day they reached their Southern +[Page 386] +Depot and picked up four days' food. With the wind behind them and +with full sail they went along at a splendid rate in the afternoon, +until they were pulled up by a surface on which drifting snow was +lying in heaps; and then, with the snow clinging to the ski, pulling +became terribly distressing. 'I shall be very glad when Bowers gets +his ski,' Scott wrote at R. 3,[1] 'I'm afraid he must find these +long marches very trying with short legs, but he is an undefeated +little sportsman. I think Oates is feeling the cold and fatigue more +than most of us. It is blowing pretty hard to-night, but with a +good march we have earned one good hoosh and are very comfortable +in the tent. It is everything now to keep up a good marching pace; +I trust we shall be able to do so and catch the ship. Total march, +18-1/2 miles.' + +[Footnote 1: A number preceded by R. marks the camps on the return +journey.] + +A stiff blizzard with thick snow awaited them on the Sunday morning, +but the weather cleared after mid-day, and they struggled on for +a few very weary hours. At night they had 6 days' food in hand +and 45 miles between them and their next depot, where they had +left 7 days' food to take them on the go miles to the Three Degree +Depot. 'Once there we ought to be safe, but we ought to have a day +or two in hand on arrival and may have difficulty with following +the tracks. However, if we can get a rating sight for our watches +to-morrow we should be independent of the tracks at a pinch.' + +January 22 brought an added worry in the fact +[Page 387] +that the ski boots were beginning to show signs of wear, but this +was nothing compared with the anxiety Scott began to feel about +Evans on the following day. 'There is no doubt that Evans is a +good deal run down--his fingers are badly blistered and his nose +is rather seriously congested with frequent frost-bites. He is +very much annoyed with himself, which is not a good sign. I think +Wilson, Bowers and I are as fit as possible under the circumstances. +Oates gets cold feet.... We are only about 13 miles from our "Degree +and half" Depot and should get there tomorrow. The weather seems +to be breaking up. Pray God we have something of a track to follow +to the Three Degree Depot--once we pick that up we ought to be +right.' + +Another blizzard attacked them at mid-day on the morrow, and so, +though only seven miles from their depot, they were obliged to +camp, for it was impossible to see the tracks. With the prospect +of bad weather and scant food on the tremendous summit journey +in front of them, and with Oates and Evans suffering badly from +frost-bites, Scott had to admit that the situation was going from +bad to worse. But on the next afternoon, they managed to reach the +Half Degree Depot, and left with 9-1/2 days' provision to carry +them the next 89 miles. + +During Friday, January 26, they found their old tracks completely +wiped out, but knowing that there were two cairns at four-mile +intervals they were not anxious until they picked up the first +far on their right, and afterwards Bowers caught a glimpse of the +second which was far on their +[Page 388] +left. 'There is not a sign of our tracks between these cairns, +but the last, marking our night camp of the 6th, No. 59, is in +the belt of hard sastrugi, and I was comforted to see signs of the +track reappearing as we camped. I hope to goodness we can follow +it to-morrow.' + +Throughout the early part of the next day's march, however, these +hopes were not realized. Scott and Wilson pulling in front on ski, +the others being on foot, found it very difficult to follow the +track, which constantly disappeared altogether and at the best +could only just be seen. + +On the outward journey, owing to the heavy mounds, they had been +compelled to take a very zigzag course, and in consequence the +difficulty of finding signs of it was greatly increased. But by +hook or crook they succeeded in sticking to the old track, and +during the last part of the march they discovered, to their joy +and relief, that it was much easier to follow. Through this march +they were helped on their way by a southerly breeze, and as the +air was at last dry again their tents and equipment began to lose +the icy state caused by the recent blizzards. On the other hand, +they were beginning to feel that more food, especially at lunch, +was becoming more and more necessary, and their sleeping-bags, +although they managed to sleep well enough in them, were slowly +but steadily getting wetter. + +On Sunday night, at R. 11, they were only 43 miles +[Page 389] +from their depot with six days food in hand, after doing a good +march of 16 miles. 'If this goes on and the weather holds we shall +get our depot without trouble. I shall indeed be glad to get it +on the sledge. We are getting more hungry, there is no doubt. The +lunch meal is beginning to seem inadequate. We are pretty thin, +especially Evans, but none of us are feeling worked out. I doubt +if we could drag heavy loads, but we can keep going with our light +one. We talk of food a good deal more, and shall be glad to open +out on it. + +With the wind helping greatly and with no difficulty in finding +the tracks, two splendid marches followed; but on the Tuesday their +position had its serious as well as its bright side, for Wilson +strained a tendon in his leg. 'It has,' Scott wrote, 'given pain +all day and is swollen to-night. Of course, he is full of pluck +over it, but I don't like the idea of such an accident here. To add +to the trouble Evans has dislodged two finger-nails to-night; his +hands are really bad, and to my surprise he shows signs of losing +heart over it. He hasn't been cheerful since the accident.... We +can get along with bad fingers, but it [will be] a mighty serious +thing if Wilson's leg doesn't improve.' + +Before lunch on Wednesday, January 31, they picked up the Three +Degree Depot, and were able slightly to increase their rations, +though not until they reached the pony food depot could they look +for a 'real feed.' After lunch (January 31) the surface, owing +to sandy crystals, was very bad, and with Wilson +[Page 390] +walking by the sledge to rest his leg as much as possible, pulling +was even more toilsome work than usual. During the afternoon they +picked up Bowers' ski, which he had left on December 31. 'The last +thing we have to find on the summit, thank Heaven! Now we have +only to go north and so shall welcome strong winds.' + +Pulling on throughout the next day they reached a lunch cairn, +which had been made when they were only a week out from the Upper +Glacier Depot. With eight days' food in hand Scott hoped that they +would easily reach it, for their increased food allowance was having +a good effect upon all of them, and Wilson's leg was better. On +the other hand, Evans was still a cause for considerable anxiety. + +All went very well during their march to R. 16 on February 2 until +Scott, trying to keep the track and his feet at the same time on +a very slippery surface, came 'an awful purler' on his shoulder. +'It is horribly sore to-night and another sick person added to our +tent--three out of five injured, and the most troublesome surfaces to +come. We shall be lucky if we get through without serious injury.... +The extra food is certainly helping us, but we are getting pretty +hungry.... It is time we were off the summit--Pray God another four +days will see us pretty well clear of it. Our bags are getting +very wet and we ought to have more sleep.' + +On leaving their sixteenth camp they were within 80 miles or so of +the Upper Glacier Depot under Mount Darwin, and after exasperating +delays in searching for +[Page 391] +tracks and cairns, they resolved to waste no more time, but to +push due north just as fast as they could. Evans' fingers were +still very bad, and there was little hope that he would be able +for some time to help properly with the work, and on the following +day an accident that entailed the most serious consequences happened. + +'Just before lunch,' Scott wrote at R. 18, 'unexpectedly fell into +crevasses, Evans and I together--a second fall for Evans,[1] and I +camped. After lunch saw disturbance ahead.... We went on ski over +hard shiny descending surface. Did very well, especially towards +end of march, covering in all 18.1.... The party is not improving +in condition, especially Evans, who is becoming rather dull and +incapable. Thank the Lord we have good food at each meal, but we +get hungrier in spite of it. Bowers is splendid, full of energy +and bustle all the time.' + +[Footnote 1: Wilson afterwards expressed an opinion that Evans injured +his brain by one of these falls.] + +On Monday morning a capital advance of over 10 miles was made, +but in the afternoon difficulties again arose to harass them. Huge +pressures and great street crevasses partly open barred their way, +and so they had to steer more and more to the west on a very erratic +course. Camping-time found them still in a very disturbed region, +and although they were within 25 to 30 miles of their depot there +seemed to be no way through the disturbances that continued to +block their path. On turning out to continue their march they went +straight for Mount Darwin, but almost at once +[Page 392] +found themselves among huge open chasms. To avoid these they turned +northwards between two of them, with the result that they got into +chaotic disturbance. Consequently they were compelled to retrace +their steps for a mile or so, and then striking to the west they +got among a confused sea of sastrugi, in the midst of which they +camped for lunch. A little better fortune attended them in the +afternoon, and at their twentieth camp Scott estimated that they +were anything from 10 to 15 miles off the Upper Glacier Depot. 'Food +is low and weather uncertain,' he wrote, 'so that many hours of the +day were anxious; but this evening (February 6), though we are not +so far advanced as I expected, the outlook is much more promising. +Evans is the chief anxiety now; his cuts and wounds suppurate, his +nose looks very bad, and altogether he shows considerable signs +of being played out. Things may mend for him on the Glacier, and +his wounds get some respite under warmer conditions. I am indeed +glad to think we shall so soon have done with plateau conditions. +It took us 27 days to reach the Pole and 21 days back--in all 48 +days--nearly 7 weeks in low temperature with almost incessant wind.' + +February 7, which was to see the end of their summit journey, opened +with a very tiresome march down slopes and over terraces covered +with hard sastrugi. However, they made fairly good progress during +the day, and between six and seven o'clock their depot was sighted +and soon afterwards they were camped close to it. 'Well,' Scott +wrote at R. 21, +[Page 393] +'we have come through our 7 weeks' ice camp journey and most of +us are fit, but I think another week might have had a very bad +effect on P.O. Evans, who is going steadily downhill.' + +On the next morning they started late owing to various re-arrangements +having to be made, and then steered for Mt. Darwin to get specimens. +As Wilson was still unable to use his ski, Bowers went on and got +several specimens of much the same type--a close-grained granite +rock which weathers red; and as soon as Bowers had rejoined the +party they skidded downhill fairly fast, Scott and Bowers (the +leaders) being on ski, Wilson and Oates on foot alongside the sledge, +while Evans was detached. + +By lunch-time they were well down towards Mt. Buckley, and decided +to steer for the moraine under the mountain. Having crossed some very +irregular steep slopes with big crevasses, they slid down towards +the rocks, and then they saw that the moraine was so interesting +that, after an advance of some miles had brought escape from the +wind, the decision was made to camp and spend the rest of the day +in geologising. + +'It has been extremely interesting. We found ourselves under +perpendicular cliffs of Beacon sandstone, weathering rapidly and +carrying veritable coal seams. From the last Wilson, with his sharp +eyes, has picked several plant impressions, the last a piece of coal +with beautifully traced leaves in layers, also some excellently +preserved impressions of thick stems, +[Page 394] +showing cellular structure. In one place we saw the cast of small +waves in the sand. To-night Bill has got a specimen of limestone +with archeo-cyathus--the trouble is one cannot imagine where the +stone comes from; it is evidently rare, as few specimens occur in +the moraine. There is a good deal of pure white quartz. Altogether +we have had a most interesting afternoon, and the relief of being +out of the wind and in a warmer temperature is inexpressible. I +hope and trust we shall all buck up again now that the conditions +are more favorable.... A lot could be written on the delight of +setting foot on rock after 14 weeks of snow and ice, and nearly +7 out of sight of aught else. It is like going ashore after a sea +voyage.' + +On the following morning they kept along the edge of the moraine +to the end of Mt. Buckley, and again stopping to geologise, Wilson +had a great find of vegetable impression in a piece of limestone. +The time spent in collecting these geological specimens from the +Beardmore Glacier, and the labour endured in dragging the additional +35 lbs. to their last camp, were doubtless a heavy price to pay; +but great as the cost was they were more than willing to pay it. +The fossils contained in these specimens, often so inconspicuous +that it is a wonder they were discovered by the collectors, proved +to be the most valuable obtained by the expedition, and promise to +solve completely the questions of the age and past history of this +portion of the Antarctic continent. At night, after a difficult +day among bad ice pressures, Scott almost apologizes for +[Page 395] +being too tired to write any geological notes, and as the sledgemeter +had been unshipped he could not tell the distance they had traversed. +'Very warm on march and we are all pretty tired.... Our food satisfies +now, but we must march to keep on the full ration, and we want rest, +yet we shall pull through all right, D. V. We are by no means worn +out.' + +On the night of Friday, February 10, they got some of the sleep +that was so urgently needed, and in consequence there was a great +change for the better in the appearance of everyone. Their progress, +however, was delayed during the next afternoon by driving snow, +which made steering impossible and compelled them to camp. 'We +have two full days' food left,' Scott wrote on the same evening, +'and though our position is uncertain, we are certainly within +two outward marches from the middle glacier depot. However, if the +weather doesn't clear by to-morrow, we must either march blindly +on or reduce food.' + +The conditions on Sunday morning were utterly wretched for the +surface was bad and the light horrible, but they marched on until, +with the light getting worse and worse, they suddenly found themselves +in pressure. Then, unfortunately, they decided to steer east, and +after struggling on for several hours found themselves in a regular +trap. Having for a short time in the earlier part of the day got +on to a good surface, they thought that all was going well and +did not reduce their lunch rations. But half an hour after lunch +they suddenly got into a terrible ice mess. + +[Page 396] +For three hours they plunged forward on ski, first thinking that +they were too much to the right, and then too much to the left; +meanwhile the disturbance got worse and worse, and there were moments +when Scott nearly despaired of finding a way out of the awful turmoil +in which they found themselves. At length, arguing that there must +be a way out on the left, they plunged in that direction, only +to find that the surface was more icy and crevassed. + +'We could not manage our ski and pulled on foot, falling into crevasses +every minute--most luckily no bad accident. At length we saw a +smoother slope towards the land, pushed for it, but knew it was +a woefully long way from us. The turmoil changed in character, +irregular crevassed surface giving way to huge chasms, closely +packed and most difficult to cross. It was very heavy work, but we +had grown desperate. We won through at 10 P.M., and I write after +12 hours on the march. I _think_ we are on or about the right track +now, but we are still a good number of miles from the depot, so +we reduced rations to-night. We had three pemmican meals left and +decided to make them into four. To-morrow's lunch must serve for +two if we do not make big progress. It was a test of our endurance +on the march and our fitness with small supper. We have come through +well.' + +On leaving R. 25, early on Monday morning, everything went well +in the forenoon and a good march was made over a fair surface. Two +hours before lunch they were cheered by the sight of their night +[Page 397] +camp of December 18 (the day after they had made their depot), for +this showed them that they were still on the right track. In the +afternoon, refreshed by tea, they started off confidently expecting +to reach their depot, but by a most unfortunate chance they kept too +far to the left and arrived in a maze of crevasses and fissures. +Afterwards their course became very erratic, and finally, at 9 +P.M., they landed in the worst place of all. + +'After discussion we decided to camp, and here we are, after a +very short supper and one meal only remaining in the food bag; the +depot doubtful in locality. We _must_ get there to-morrow. Meanwhile +we are cheerful with an effort.' + +On that night, at Camp R. 26, Scott says that they all slept well +in spite of grave anxieties, his own being increased by his visits +outside the tent, when he saw the sky closing over and snow beginning +to fall. At their ordinary hour for getting up the weather was so +thick that they had to remain in their sleeping-bags; but presently +the weather cleared enough for Scott dimly to see the land of the +Cloudmaker. Then they got up and after breakfasting off some tea +and one biscuit, so that they might leave their scanty remaining +meal for even greater emergencies, they started to march through +an awful turmoil of broken ice. In about an hour, however, they +hit upon an old moraine track where the surface was much smoother, +though the fog that was still hanging over everything added to +their difficulties. +[Page 398] +Presently Evans raised their hopes with a shout of depot ahead, but +it proved to be nothing but a shadow on the ice, and then Wilson +suddenly saw the actual depot flag. 'It was an immense relief, and +we were soon in possession of our 3-1/2 days' food. The relief to +all is inexpressible; needless to say, we camped and had a meal.' + +Marching on in the afternoon Scott kept more to the left, and closed +the mountain until they came to the stone moraines, where Wilson +detached himself and made a collection, while the others advanced +with the sledge. Writing that night (Tuesday, February 13) at 'Camp +R. 27, beside Cloudmaker' Scott says, 'We camped late, abreast the +lower end of the mountain, and had nearly our usual satisfying +supper. Yesterday was the worst experience of the trip and gave a +horrid feeling of insecurity. Now we are right, but we must march. +In future food must be worked so that we do not run so short if the +weather fails us. We mustn't get into a hole like this again.... +Bowers has had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, and Wilson +another almost as bad. Evans has no power to assist with camping +work.' + +A good march followed to Camp R. 28, and with nearly three days' +food they were about 30 miles away from the Lower Glacier Depot. +On the other hand, Scott was becoming most gravely concerned about +the condition of the party, and especially about Evans, who seemed +to be going from bad to worse. +[Page 399] +And on the next evening, after a heavy march he wrote, 'We don't +know our distance from the depot, but imagine about 20 miles. We +are pulling for food and not very strong evidently.... We have +reduced food, also sleep; feeling rather done. Trust 1-1/2 days +or 2 at most will see us at depot.' + +Friday's march brought them within 10 or 12 miles of their depot, +and with food enough to last them until the next night; but anxiety +about Evans was growing more and more intense. 'Evans has nearly +broken down in brain, we think. He is absolutely changed from his +normal self-reliant self. This morning and this afternoon he stopped +the march on some trivial excuse.... Memory should hold the events +of a very troublesome march with more troubles ahead. Perhaps all +will be well if we can get to our depot to-morrow fairly early, +but it is anxious work with the sick man.' + +On the following morning (Saturday, February 17) Evans looked a +little better after a good sleep, and declared, as he always did, +that he was quite well; but half an hour after he had started in +his place on the traces, he worked his ski shoes adrift and had +to leave the sledge. At the time the surface was awful, the soft +snow, which had recently fallen, clogging the ski and runners at +every step, the sledge groaning, the sky overcast, and the land +hazy. They stopped for about an hour, and then Evans came up again, +but very slowly. Half an hour later he dropped out again on the +same plea, and asked Bowers to lend +[Page 400] +him a piece of string. Scott cautioned him to come on as quickly +as he could, and he gave what seemed to be a cheerful answer. Then +the others were compelled to push on, until abreast the Monument +Rock they halted and, seeing Evans a long way behind, decided to +camp for lunch. + +At first there was no alarm, but when they looked out after lunch +and saw him still afar off they were thoroughly frightened, and all +four of them started back on ski. Scott was the first to meet the +poor man, who was on his knees with hands uncovered and frost-bitten +and a wild look in his eyes. When asked what was the matter, he +replied slowly that he didn't know, but thought that he must have +fainted. + +They managed to get him on his feet, but after two or three steps +he sank down again and showed every sign of complete collapse. +Then Scott, Wilson and Bowers hastened back for the sledge, while +Oates remained with him. + +'When we returned he was practically unconscious, and when we got +him into the tent quite comatose. He died quietly at 12.30 A.M.' + + + + +[Page 401] +CHAPTER XI + +THE LAST MARCH + + Men like a man who has shown himself a pleasant companion + through a week's walking tour. They worship the man who, + over thousands of miles, for hundreds of days, through renewed + difficulties and efforts, has brought them without friction, + arrogance or dishonour to the victory proposed, or to the higher + glory of unshaken defeat.--R. KIPLING. + +After this terrible experience the rest of the party marched on +later in the night, and arrived at their depot; there they allowed +themselves five hours' sleep and then marched to Shambles Camp, +which they reached at 3 P.M. on Sunday, February 18. Plenty of +horse meat awaited them, with the prospect of plenty to come if +they could only keep up good marches. 'New life seems to come with +greater food almost immediately, but I am anxious about the Barrier +surfaces.' + +A late start was made from Shambles Camp, because much work had +to be done in shifting sledges[1] and fitting up the new one with +a mast, &c., and in packing +[Page 402] +horse meat and personal effects. Soon after noon, however, they +got away, and found the surface every bit as bad as they expected. +Moreover Scott's fears that there would not be much change during +the next few days were most thoroughly justified. On the Monday +afternoon they had to pullover a really terrible surface that resembled +desert sand. And the same conditions awaited them on the following +day, when, after four hours' plodding in the morning, they reached +Desolation Camp. At this camp they had hoped to find more pony meat, +but disappointment awaited them. 'Total mileage for day 7,' Scott +wrote at R. 34, 'the ski tracks pretty plain and easily followed +this afternoon.... Terribly slow progress, but we hope for better +things as we clear the land.... Pray God we get better traveling as +we are not so fit as we were, and the season is advancing apace.' + +[Footnote 1: Sledges were left at the chief depots to replace damaged +ones.] + +Again, on Wednesday, February 21, the surface was terrible, and +once more Scott expressed a devout hope that as they drew away from +the land the conditions might get better; and that this improvement +should come and come soon was all the more necessary because they +were approaching a critical part of their journey, in which there +were long distances between the cairns. 'If we can tide that over +we get on the regular cairn route, and with luck should stick to +it; but everything depends on the weather. We never won a march +of 8-1/2 miles with greater difficulty, but we can't go on like +this.' + +[Page 403] +Very fresh wind from the S.E., with strong surface drift, so completely +wiped out the faint track they were trying to follow during the next +stage of their struggle homewards, that lunch-time came without a +sight of the cairn they had hoped to pass. Later in the day Bowers, +feeling sure that they were too far to the west, steered out, with +the result that another pony camp was passed by unseen. 'There is +little doubt we are in for a rotten critical time going home, and +the lateness of the season may make it really serious.... Looking +at the map to-night there is no doubt we are too far to the east. +With clear weather we ought to be able to correct the mistake, but +will the weather clear? It's a gloomy position, more especially as +one sees the same difficulty recurring even when we have corrected +this error. The wind is dying down to-night and the sky clearing in +the south, which is hopeful. Meanwhile it is satisfactory to note +that such untoward events fail to damp the spirit of the party.' + +The hopes of better weather were realized during the following +day, when they started off in sunshine and with very little wind. +Difficulties as to their course remained, but luckily Bowers took +a round of angles, and with the help of the chart they came to +the conclusion that they must be inside rather than outside the +tracks. The data, however, were so meager that none of them were +happy about taking the great responsibility of marching out. Then, +just as they had decided to lunch, Bowers' wonderfully +[Page 404] +sharp eyes detected an old double lunch cairn, and the theodolite +telescope confirmed it. Camp R. 37 found them within 2-1/2 miles +of their depot. 'We cannot see it, but, given fine weather, we +cannot miss it. We are, therefore, extraordinarily relieved.... +Things are again looking up, as we are on the regular line of cairns, +with no gaps right home, I hope.' In the forenoon of Saturday, +February 24, the depot was reached, and there they found the store +in order except for a shortage of oil. 'Shall have to be _very_ +saving with fuel.' + +[Indeed from this time onward the party were increasingly in want +of more oil than they found at the depots. Owing partly to the +severe conditions, but still more to the delays caused by their +sick comrades, they reached the full limit of time allowed for +between the depots. The cold was unexpected, and at the same time +the actual amount of oil found at the depots was less than Scott +anticipated. + +The return journey on the summit was made at good speed, for the +party accomplished in 21 days what had taken them 27 days on the +outward journey. But the last part of it, from Three Degree to +Upper Glacier Depot, took nearly eight marches as against ten, +and here can be seen the first slight slackening as P.O. Evans +and Oates began to feel the cold. From the Upper Glacier to the +Lower Glacier Depot there was little gain on the outward journey, +partly owing to the conditions but more to Evans' gradual collapse. +And from that time onward the marches +[Page 405] +of the weary but heroic travelers became shorter and shorter. + +As regards the cause of the shortage of oil, the tins at the depots +had been exposed to extreme conditions of heat and cold. The oil +in the warmth of the sun--for the tins were regularly set in an +accessible place on the top of the cairns--tended to become vapour +and to escape through the stoppers without damage to the tins. +This process was much hastened owing to the leather washers about +the stoppers having perished in the great cold. + +The tins awaiting the Southern party at the depots had, of course, +been opened, so that the supporting parties on their way back could +take their due amount. But however carefully the tins were re-stoppered, +they were still liable to the unexpected evaporation and leakage, +and hence, without the smallest doubt, arose the shortage which +was such a desperate blow to Scott and his party.] + +Apart from the storage of fuel everything was found in order at +the depot, and with ten full days' provisions from the night of the +24th they had less than 70 miles between them and the Mid-Barrier +depot. At lunch-time Scott wrote in a more hopeful tone, 'It is an +immense relief to have picked up this depot, and, for the time, +anxieties are thrust aside,' but at night, after pulling on a dreadful +surface and only gaining four miles, he added, 'It really will +be a bad business if we are to have this plodding all through. I +don't know what to think, but the rapid closing +[Page 406] +of the season is ominous.... It is a race between the season and +hard conditions and our fitness and good food.' + +Their prospects, however, became a little brighter during the following +day, when the whole march yielded 11.4 miles, 'The first double +figures of steady dragging for a long time.' But what they wanted +and what would not come was a wind to help them on their way. +Nevertheless, although the assistance they so sorely needed was +still lacking, they gained another 11-1/2 miles on their next march, +and were within 43 miles of their next depot. Writing from 'R. 40. +Temp. -21 deg.' on Monday night, February 26, Scott said, 'Wonderfully +fine weather but cold, very cold. Nothing dries and we get our +feet cold too often. We want more food yet, and especially more +fat. Fuel is woefully short. We can scarcely hope to get a better +surface at this season, but I wish we could have some help from +the wind, though it might shake us up badly if the temp. didn't +rise.' + +Tuesday brought them within 31 miles of their depot, but hunger +was attacking them fiercely, and they could talk of little else +except food and of when and where they might possibly meet the +dogs. 'It is a critical position. We may find ourselves in safety +at next depot, but there is a horrid element of doubt.' + +On the next day Scott decided to increase the rations, and at R. +42, which they reached after a march of 11-1/2 miles in a blightingly +cold wind, they had a 'splendid pony hoosh.' The temperatures, +[Page 407] +however, which varied at this time between -30 deg. and -42 deg., were +chilling them through and through, and to get their foot-gear on in +the mornings was both a painful and a long task. 'Frightfully cold +starting,' Scott wrote at lunch-time on Thursday, February 29, +'luckily Bowers and Oates in their last new finnesko; keeping my +old ones for the present.... Next camp is our depot and it is exactly +13 miles. It ought not to take more than 1-1/2 days; we pray for +another fine one. The oil will just about spin out in that event, +and we arrive a clear day's food in hand.' + +On reaching the Middle Barrier Depot, however, blow followed blow +in such quick succession that hope of pulling through began to +sink in spite of all their cheerfulness and courage. First they +found such a shortage of oil that with the most rigid economy it +could scarcely carry them on to their next depot, 71 miles away. +Then Oates disclosed the fact that his feet, evidently frost-bitten +by the recent low temperatures, were very bad indeed. And lastly +the wind, which at first they had greeted with some joy, brought +dark overcast weather. During the Friday night the temperature +fell to below -40 deg., and on the next morning an hour and a half +was spent before they could get on their foot-gear. 'Then on an +appalling surface they lost both cairns and tracks, and at lunch +Scott had to admit that they were 'in a very queer street since +there is no doubt we cannot do the extra marches and feel the cold +horribly.' + +Afterwards they managed to pick up the track +[Page 408] +again, and with a march of nearly 10 miles for the day prospects +brightened a little; but on the next morning they had to labour +upon a surface that was coated with a thin layer of woolly crystals, +which were too firmly fixed to be removed by the wind and caused +impossible friction to the runners of the sledge. 'God help us,' +Scott wrote at mid-day, 'we can't keep up this pulling, that is +certain. Amongst ourselves we are unendingly cheerful, but what +each man feels in his heart I can only guess. Putting on foot-gear +in the morning is getting slower and slower, therefore every day +more dangerous.' + +No relief whatever to the critical situation came on Monday, March +4, and there was in fact little left to hope for except a strong +drying wind, which at that time of the year was not likely to come. +At mid-day they were about 42 miles from the next depot and had a +week's food; but in spite of the utmost economy their oil could +only last three or four days, and to pull as they were doing and +be short of food at the same time was an absolute impossibility. +For the time being the temperature had risen to -20 deg., but Scott +was sure that this small improvement was only temporary and feared +that Oates, at any rate, was in no state to weather more severe cold +than they were enduring. And hanging over all the other misfortunes +was the constant fear that if they did get to the next depot they +might find the same shortage of oil. 'I don't know what I should do +if Wilson and Bowers weren't so determinedly cheerful over things.' + +[Page 409] +And it must in all truth have been as difficult as it was heroic +to be cheerful, for weary and worn as they were their food needed +such careful husbanding, that their supper on this night (March 4) +consisted of nothing but a cup of cocoa and pemmican solid with +the chill off. 'We pretend to prefer the pemmican this way,' Scott +says, and if any proof was needed of their indomitable resolution +it is contained in that short sentence. The result, however, was +telling rapidly upon all of them, and more especially upon Oates, +whose feet were in a terrible condition when they started to march +on the morning of the 5th. Lunch-time saw them within 27 miles of +their next supply of food and fuel, but by this time poor Oates +was almost done. + +'It is pathetic enough because we can do nothing for him; more +hot food might do a little, but only a little, I fear. We none +of us expected these terribly low temperatures, and of the rest +of us Wilson is feeling them most; mainly, I fear, from his +self-sacrificing devotion in doctoring Oates' feet. We cannot help +each other, each has enough to do to take care of himself. We get +cold on the march when the trudging is heavy, and the wind pierces +our worn garments. The others, all of them, are unendingly cheerful +when in the tent. We mean to see the game through with a proper +spirit, but it's tough work to be pulling harder than we ever pulled +in our lives for long hours, and to feel that the progress is so slow. +One can only say "God help us!" and plod on our weary way, cold and +[Page 410] +very miserable, though outwardly cheerful. We talk of all sorts +of subjects in the tent, not much of food now, since we decided +to take the risk of running a full ration. We simply couldn't go +hungry at this time.' + +On the morning of the 6th Oates was no longer able to pull, and +the miles gained, when they camped for lunch after desperate work, +were only three and a half, and the total distance for the day +was short of seven miles. For Oates, indeed, the crisis was near +at hand. 'He makes no complaint, but his spirits only come up in +spurts now, and he grows more silent in the tent.... If we were all +fit I should have hopes of getting through, but the poor Soldier +has become a terrible hindrance, though he does his utmost and +suffers much I fear.' And at mid-day on the 7th, Scott added, 'A +little worse I fear. One of Oates' feet _very_ bad this morning; +he is wonderfully brave. We still talk of what we will do together +at home.' + +At this time they were 16 miles from their depot, and if they found +the looked-for amount of fuel and food there, and if the surface +helped them, Scott hoped that they might get on to the Mt. Hooper +Depot, 72 miles farther, but not to One Ton Camp. 'We hope against +hope that the dogs have been to Mt. Hooper; then we might pull +through.... We are only kept going by good food. No wind this morning +till a chill northerly air came ahead. Sun bright and cairns showing +up well. I should like to keep the track to the end.' + +Another fearful struggle took them by lunch-time +[Page 411] +on the 8th to within 8-1/2 miles of their next goal, but the time +spent over foot-gear in the mornings was getting longer and longer. +'Have to wait in night footgear for nearly an hour before I start +changing, and then am generally first to be ready. Wilson's feet +giving trouble now, but this mainly because he gives so much help +to others.... The great question is, what shall we find at the +depot? If the dogs have visited it we may get along a good distance, +but if there is another short allowance of fuel, God help us indeed. +We are in a very bad way, I fear, in any case.' + +On the following day they managed to struggle on to Mount Hooper +Depot. 'Cold comfort. Shortage on our allowance all round. I don't +know that anyone is to blame. The dogs which would have been our +salvation have evidently failed.' + +[For the last six days Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had been waiting +with the dogs at One Ton Camp. Scott had dated his probable return to +Hut Point anywhere between mid-March and early April, and calculating +from the speed of the other return parties Atkinson expected him to +reach One Ton Camp between March 3 and 10. There Cherry-Garrard +met four days of blizzard, with the result that when the weather +cleared he had little more than enough dog food to take the teams +home. Under these circumstances only two possible courses were +open to him, either to push south for one more march and back with +imminent risk of missing Scott on the way, or to stay two days +at the Camp where Scott was bound to come, +[Page 412] +if he came at all. Wisely he took the latter course and stayed at +One Ton Camp until the utmost limit of time.] + +With the depot reached and no relief to the situation gained, Scott +was forced to admit that things were going 'steadily downhill,' but +for the time being Oates' condition was by far the most absorbing +trouble. 'Oates' foot worse,' he wrote on the 10th. 'He has rare +pluck and must know that he can never get through. He asked Wilson +if he had a chance this morning, and of course Bill had to say he +didn't know. In point of fact he has none. Apart from him, if he +went under now, I doubt whether we could get through. With great +care we might have a dog's chance, but no more.... Poor chap! it +is too pathetic to watch him; one cannot but try to cheer him up.' + +On this same day a blizzard met them after they had marched for +half an hour, and Scott seeing that not one of them could face +such weather, pitched camp and stayed there until the following +morning. Then they struggled on again with the sky so overcast +that they could see nothing and consequently lost the tracks. At +the most they gained little more than six miles during the day, +and this they knew was as much as they could hope to do if they +got no help from wind or surfaces. 'We have 7 days' food and should +be about 55 miles from One Ton Camp to-night, 6 X 7 = 42, leaving +us 13 miles short of our distance, even if things get no worse.' + +Oates too was, Scott felt, getting very near the end. 'What we or +he will do, God only knows. We +[Page 413] +discussed the matter after breakfast; he is a brave fine fellow +and understands the situation, but he practically asked for advice. +Nothing could be said but to urge him to march as long as he could. +One satisfactory result to the discussion: I practically ordered +Wilson to hand over the means of ending our troubles to us, so +that any of us may know how to do so. Wilson had no choice between +doing so and our ransacking the medicine case.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 11th, and the next days brought more and +more misfortunes with them. A strong northerly wind stopped them +altogether on the 13th, and although on the following morning they +started with a favorable breeze, it soon shifted and blew through +their wind-clothes and their mitts. 'Poor Wilson horribly cold, +could not get off ski for some time. Bowers and I practically made +camp, and when we got into the tent at last we were all deadly +cold.... We _must_ go on, but now the making of every camp must +be more difficult and dangerous. It must be near the end, but a +pretty merciful end.... I shudder to think what it will be like +to-morrow.' + +Up to this time, incredible as it seems, Scott had only once spared +himself the agony of writing in his journal, so nothing could be +more pathetic and significant than the fact that at last he was +unable any longer to keep a daily record of this magnificent journey. + +'Friday, March 16 or Saturday 17. Lost track of dates, but think +the last correct,' his next entry begins, but then under the most +[Page 414] +unendurable conditions he went on to pay a last and imperishable +tribute to his dead companion. + +'Tragedy all along the line. At lunch, the day before yesterday, +poor Titus Oates said he couldn't go on; he proposed we should +leave him in his sleeping-bag. That we could not do, and we induced +him to come on, on the afternoon march. In spite of its awful nature +for him he struggled on and we made a few miles. At night he was +worse and we knew the end had come. + +'Should this be found I want these facts recorded. Oates' last +thoughts were of his Mother, but immediately before he took pride +in thinking that his regiment would be pleased with the bold way +in which he met his death. We can testify to his bravery. He has +borne intense suffering for weeks without complaint, and to the +very last was able and willing to discuss outside subjects. He +did not--would not--give up hope till the very end. He was a brave +soul. This was the end. He slept through the night before last, +hoping not to wake; but he woke in the morning--yesterday. It was +blowing a blizzard. He said, "I am just going outside and may be +some time." He went out into the blizzard and we have not seen +him since. + +'I take this opportunity of saying that we have stuck to our sick +companions to the last. In case of Edgar Evans, when absolutely +out of food and he lay insensible, the safety of the remainder +seemed to demand his abandonment, but Providence mercifully removed +him at this critical moment. He died +[Page 415] +a natural death, and we did not leave him till two hours after his +death. + +'We knew that poor Oates was walking to his death, but though we +tried to dissuade him, we knew it was the act of a brave man and +an English gentleman. We all hope to meet the end with a similar +spirit, and assuredly the end is not far. + +'I can only write at lunch and then only occasionally. The cold is +intense, -40 deg. at mid-day. My companions are unendingly cheerful, +but we are all on the verge of serious frost-bites, and though we +constantly talk of fetching through I don't think anyone of us +believes it in his heart. + +'We are cold on the march now, and at all times except meals. Yesterday +we had to lay up for a blizzard and to-day we move dreadfully slowly. +We are at No. 14 pony camp, only two pony marches from One Ton Depot. +We leave here our theodolite, a camera, and Oates' sleeping-bags. +Diaries, etc., and geological specimens carried at Wilson's special +request, will be found with us or on our sledge.' + +At mid-day on the next day, March 18, they had struggled to within +21 miles of One Ton Depot, but wind and drift came on and they had +to stop their march. 'No human being could face it, and we are +worn out _nearly_. + +'My right foot has gone, nearly all the toes--two days ago I was +the proud possessor of best feet. These are the steps of my downfall. +Like an ass I mixed a spoonful of curry powder with my melted +pemmican--it +[Page 416] +gave me violent indigestion. I lay awake and in pain all night; +woke and felt done on the march; foot went and I didn't know it. A +very small measure of neglect and have a foot which is not pleasant +to contemplate. + +'Bowers takes first place in condition, but there is not much to +choose after all. The others are still confident of getting through--or +pretend to be--I don't know! We have the last _half_ fill of oil in +our primus and a very small quantity of spirit--this alone between +us and thirst.' + +On that night camp was made with the greatest difficulty, but after +a supper of cold pemmican and biscuit and half a pannikin of cocoa, +they were, contrary to their expectations, warm enough to get some +sleep. + +Then came the closing stages of this glorious struggle against +persistent misfortune. + +'_March_ 19.--Lunch. To-day we started in the usual dragging manner. +Sledge dreadfully heavy. We are 15-1/2 miles from the depot and +ought to get there in three days. What progress! We have two days' +food but barely a day's fuel. All our feet are getting bad--Wilson's +best, my right foot worst, left all right. There is no chance to +nurse one's feet till we can get hot food into us. Amputation is +the least I can hope for now, but will the trouble spread? That +is the serious question. The weather doesn't give us a chance; +the wind from N. to N. W. and -40 temp. to-day. + +[Illustration] + +[Page 417] +During the afternoon they drew 4-1/2 miles nearer to the One Ton +Depot, and there they made their last camp. Throughout Tuesday a +severe blizzard held them prisoners, and on the 21st Scott wrote: +'To-day forlorn hope, Wilson and Bowers going to depot for fuel.' + +But the blizzard continued without intermission. '22 and 23. Blizzard +bad as ever--Wilson and Bowers unable to start--to-morrow last +chance--no fuel and only one or two of food left--must be near +the end. Have decided it shall be natural--we shall march for the +depot with or without our effects and die in our tracks.' + +'_March_ 29.--Since the 21st we have had a continuous gale from +W.S.W. and S.W. We had fuel to make two cups of tea apiece, and +bare food for two days on the 20th. Every day we have been ready +to start for our depot 11 _miles_ away, but outside the door of +the tent it remains a scene of whirling drift. I do not think we +can hope for any better things now. We shall stick it out to the +end, but we are getting weaker, of course, and the end cannot be +far. + +'It seems a pity, but I do not think I can write more. + + 'R. SCOTT. + +'Last entry For God's sake look after our people.' + +[Page 418] +After Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had returned to Hut Point on March +16 without having seen any signs of the Polar party, Atkinson and +Keohane made one more desperate effort to find them. When, however, +this had been unsuccessful there was nothing more to be done until +the winter was over. + +During this long and anxious time the leadership of the party devolved +upon Atkinson, who under the most trying circumstances showed qualities +that are beyond all praise. At the earliest possible moment (October +30) a large party started south. 'On the night of the 11th and +morning of the 12th,' Atkinson says, 'after we had marched 11 miles +due south of One Ton, we found the tent. It was an object partially +snowed up and looking like a cairn. Before it were the ski sticks +and in front of them a bamboo which probably was the mast of the +sledge... + +'Inside the tent were the bodies of Captain Scott, Doctor Wilson, +and Lieutenant Bowers. They had pitched their tent well, and it +had withstood all the blizzards of an exceptionally hard winter.' + +Wilson and Bowers were found in the attitude of sleep, their +sleeping-bags closed over their heads as they would naturally close +them. + +[Illustration: 'THE LAST REST'. The grave of Capt. Scott, Dr. Wilson, +and Lieut. Bowers. _Photo by Lieut. T. Gran._] + +Scott died later. He had thrown back the flaps of his sleeping-bag +and opened his coat. The little wallet +[Page 419] +containing the three notebooks was under his shoulders and his arm +flung across Wilson. + +Among their belongings were the 35 lbs. of most important geological +specimens which had been collected on the moraines of the Beardmore +Glacier. At Wilson's request they had clung on to these to the +very end, though disaster stared them in the face. + +'When everything had been gathered up, we covered them with the +outer tent and read the Burial Service. From this time until well +into the next day we started to build a mighty cairn above them.' + +Upon the cairn a rough cross, made from two skis, was placed, and +on either side were up-ended two sledges, fixed firmly in the snow. +Between the eastern sledge and the cairn a bamboo was placed, containing +a metal cylinder, and in this the following record was left: + +'November 12, 1912, Lat. 79 degrees, 50 mins. South. This cross +and cairn are erected over the bodies of Captain Scott, C.V.O., +R.N., Doctor E. A. Wilson, M.B. B.C., Cantab., and Lieutenant H. +R. Bowers, Royal Indian Marine--a slight token to perpetuate their +successful and gallant attempt to reach the Pole. This they did +on January 17, 1912, after the Norwegian Expedition had already +done so. Inclement weather with lack of fuel was the cause of their +death. Also to commemorate their two gallant comrades, Captain L. +E. G. Oates of the Inniskilling Dragoons, who walked to his death +[Page 420] +in a blizzard to save his comrades about eighteen miles south of +this position; also of Seaman Edgar Evans, who died at the foot of +the Beardmore Glacier. + +'"The Lord gave and the Lord taketh away; blessed be the name of +the Lord."' + +[Page 421] +With the diaries in the tent were found the following letters:-- + + +_To Mrs. E. A. Wilson_ + +My DEAR MRS. WILSON, + +If this letter reaches you Bill and I will have gone out together. +We are very near it now and I should like you to know how splendid +he was at the end--everlastingly cheerful and ready to sacrifice +himself for others, never a word of blame to me for leading him +into this mess. He is not suffering, luckily, at least only minor +discomforts. + +His eyes have a comfortable blue look of hope and his mind is peaceful +with the satisfaction of his faith in regarding himself as part of +the great scheme of the Almighty. I can do no more to comfort you +than to tell you that he died as he lived, a brave, true man--the +best of comrades and staunchest of friends. + +My whole heart goes out to you in pity. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + + +_To Mrs. Bowers_ + +My DEAR MRS. BOWERS, + +I am afraid this will reach you after one of the heaviest blows +of your life. + +I write when we are very near the end of our journey, and I am +finishing it in company with two gallant, noble gentlemen. One of +these is your son. He +[Page 422] +had come be one of my closest and soundest friends, and I appreciate +his wonderful upright nature, his ability and energy. As the troubles +have thickened his dauntless spirit ever shone brighter and he has +remained cheerful, hopeful, and indomitable to the end. + +The ways of Providence are inscrutable, but there must be some reason +why such a young, vigorous and promising life is taken. + +My whole heart goes out in pity for you. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + +To the end he has talked of you and his sisters. One sees what a +happy home he must have had and perhaps it is well to look back +on nothing but happiness. + +He remains unselfish, self-reliant and splendidly hopeful to the +end, believing in God's mercy to you. + + +_To Sir J. M. Barrie_ + +My DEAR BARRIE, + +We are pegging out in a very comfortless spot. Hoping this letter +may be found and sent to you, I write a word of farewell.... More +practically I want you to help my widow and my boy--your godson. +We are showing that Englishmen can still die with a bold spirit, +fighting it out to the end. It will be known that we have accomplished +our object in reaching the Pole, and that we have done everything +[Page 423] +possible, even to sacrificing ourselves in order to save sick +companions. I think this makes an example for Englishmen of the +future, and that the country ought to help those who are left behind +to mourn us. I leave my poor girl and your godson, Wilson leaves +a widow, and Edgar Evans also a widow in humble circumstances. Do +what you can to get their claims recognized. Goodbye. I am not +at all afraid of the end, but sad to miss many a humble pleasure +which I had planned for the future on our long marches. I may not +have proved a great explorer, but we have done the greatest march +ever made and come very near to great success. Goodbye, my dear +friend. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +We are in a desperate state, feet frozen, etc. No fuel and a long +way from food, but it would do your heart good to be in our tent, +to hear our songs and the cheery conversation as to what we will +do when we get to Hut Point. + +_Later_.--We are very near the end, but have not and will not lose +our good cheer. We have four days of storm in our tent and no where's +food or fuel. We did intend to finish ourselves when things proved +like this, but we have decided to die naturally in the track. + +As a dying man, my dear friend, be good to my wife and child. Give +the boy a chance in life if the State won't do it. He ought to have +good stuff in him.... I never met a man in my life whom I admired and +[Page 424] +loved more than you, but I never could show you how much your friendship +meant to me, for you had much to give and I nothing. + + +_To the Right Hon. Sir Edgar Speyer, Bart._ + +Dated March 16, 1912. Lat. 79.5 deg.. + +My DEAR SIR EDGAR, + +I hope this may reach you. I fear we must go and that it leaves +the Expedition in a bad muddle. But we have been to the Pole and +we shall die like gentlemen. I regret only for the women we leave +behind. + +I thank you a thousand times for your help and support and your +generous kindness. If this diary is found it will show how we stuck +by dying companions and fought the thing out well to the end. I +think this will show that the spirit of pluck and the power to +endure has not passed out of our race.... + +Wilson, the best fellow that ever stepped, has sacrificed himself +again and again to the sick men of the party.... + +I write to many friends hoping the letters will reach them some +time after we are found next year. + +We very nearly came through, and it's a pity to have missed it, +but lately I have felt that we have overshot our mark. No one is +to blame and I hope no attempt will be made to suggest that we +have lacked support. + +Goodbye to you and your dear kind wife. + + Yours ever sincerely, + R. SCOTT. + + +[Page 425] +_To Vice-Admiral Sir Francis Charles Bridgeman, K.C.V.O., K.C.B._ + +My DEAR SIR FRANCIS, + +I fear we have slipped up; a close shave; I am writing a few letters +which I hope will be delivered some day. I want to thank you for +the friendship you gave me of late years, and to tell you how +extraordinarily pleasant I found it to serve under you. I want to +tell you that I was _not_ too old for this job. It was the younger +men that went under first.... After all we are setting a good example +to our countrymen, if not by getting into a tight place, by facing +it like men when we were there. We could have come through had +we neglected the sick. + +Good-bye, and good-bye to dear Lady Bridgeman. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +Excuse writing--it is -40 deg.; and has been for nigh a month. + + +_To Vice-Admiral Sir George le Clerc Egerton, K.C.B._ + +My DEAR SIR GEORGE, + +I fear we have shot our bolt--but we have been to Pole and done +the longest journey on record. + +I hope these letters may find their destination some day. + +Subsidiary reasons for our failure to return are due to the sickness +of different members of the party, but +[Page 426] +the real thing that has stopped us is the awful weather and unexpected +cold towards the end of the journey. + +This traverse of the Barrier has been quite three times as severe +as any experience we had on the summit. + +There is no accounting for it, but the result has thrown out my +calculations, and here we are little more than 100 miles from the +base and petering out. + +Good-bye. Please see my widow is looked after as far as Admiralty +is concerned. + + R. SCOTT. + +My kindest regards to Lady Egerton. I can never forget all your +kindness. + + +_To Mr. J. J. Kinsey-Christchurch._ + +March 24th, 1912. + +MY DEAR KINSEY, + +I'm afraid we are pretty well done--four days of blizzard just +as we were getting to the last dopot. My thoughts have been with +you often. You have been a brick. You will pull the Expedition +through, I'm sure. + +My thoughts are for my wife and boy. Will you do what you can for +them if the country won't. + +I want the boy to have a good chance in the world, but you know +the circumstances well enough. + +If I knew the wife and boy were in safe keeping I should have little +to regret in leaving the world, for I feel that the country need +not be ashamed of us--our +[Page 427] +journey has been the biggest on record, and nothing but the most +exceptional hard luck at the end would have caused us to fail to +return. We have been to the S. pole as we set out. God bless you +and dear Mrs. Kinsey. It is good to remember you and your kindness. + + Your friend, + R. SCOTT. + + +Letters to his Mother, his Wife, his Brother-in-law (Sir William +Ellison Macartney), Admiral Sir Lewis Beaumont, and Mr. and Mrs. +Reginald Smith were also found, from which come the following extracts: + +The Great God has called me and I feel it will add a fearful blow +to the heavy ones that have fallen on you in life. But take comfort +in that I die at peace with the world and myself--not afraid. + +Indeed it has been most singularly unfortunate, for the risks I +have taken never seemed excessive. + +...I want to tell you that we have missed getting through by a +narrow margin which was justifiably within the risk of such a +journey.... After all, we have given our lives for our country--we +have actually made the longest journey on record, and we have been +the first Englishmen at the South Pole. + +You must understand that it is too cold to write much. + +...It's a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right. + +[Page 428] +I shall not have suffered any pain, but leave the world fresh from +harness and full of good health and vigour. This is decided +already--when provisions come to an end we simply stop unless we +are within easy distance of another depot. Therefore you must not +imagine a great tragedy. We are very anxious of course, and have +been for weeks, but our splendid physical condition and our appetites +compensate for all discomfort. + +Since writing the above we got to within 11 miles of our depot, with +one hot meal and two days' cold food. We should have got through +but have been held for _four_ days by a frightful storm. I think +the best chance has gone. We have decided not to kill ourselves, +but to fight to the last for that depot, but in the fighting there +is a painless end. So don't worry. The inevitable must be faced. +You urged me to be leader of this party, and I know you felt it +would be dangerous. + +Make the boy interested in natural history if you can; it is better +than games; they encourage it at some schools. I know you will +keep him in the open air. + +Above all, he must guard and you must guard him against indolence. +Make him a strenuous man. I had to force myself into being strenuous +as you know--had always an inclination to be idle. + +There is a piece of the Union Jack I put up at the South Pole in +my private kit bag, together with Amundsen's black flag and other +trifles. Send a small +[Page 429] +piece of the Union Jack to the King and a small piece to Queen +Alexandra. + +What lots and lots I could tell you of this journey. How much better +has it been than lounging in too great comfort at home. What tales +you would have for the boy. But what a price to pay. + +Tell Sir Clements I thought much of him and never regretted his +putting me in command of the _Discovery_. + +[Page 430] +MESSAGE TO THE PUBLIC + +The causes of the disaster are not due to faulty organization, but +to misfortune in all risks which had to be undertaken. + +1. The loss of pony transport in March 1911 obliged me to start + later than I had intended, and obliged the limits of stuff + transported to be narrowed. + +2. The weather throughout the outward journey, and especially + the long gale in 83 deg. S., stopped us. + +3. The soft snow in lower reaches of glacier again reduced pace. + +We fought these untoward events with a will and conquered, but it +cut into our provision reserve. + +Every detail of our food supplies, clothing and depots made on +the interior ice-sheet and over that long stretch of 700 miles +to the Pole and back, worked out to perfection. The advance party +would have returned to the glacier in fine form and with surplus +of food, but for the astonishing failure of the man whom we had +least expected to fail. Edgar Evans was thought the strongest man +of the party. + +The Beardmore Glacier is not difficult in fine weather, but on +our return we did not get a single completely fine day; this with +a sick companion enormously increased our anxieties. + +As I have said elsewhere we got into frightfully rough ice and Edgar +Evans received a concussion of +[Page 431] +the brain--he died a natural death, but left us a shaken party with +the season unduly advanced. + +But all the facts above enumerated were as nothing to the surprise +which awaited us on the Barrier. I maintain that our arrangements +for returning were quite adequate, and that no one in the world would +have expected the temperatures and surfaces which we encountered at +this time of the year. On the summit in lat. 85 deg., 86 deg. we had -20 deg., +-30 deg.. On the Barrier in lat. 82 deg., 10,000 feet lower, we had -30 deg. in +the day, -47 deg. at night pretty regularly, with continuous head wind +during our day marches. It is clear that these circumstances come on +very suddenly, and our wreck is certainly due to this sudden advent +of severe weather, which does not seem to have any satisfactory +cause. I do not think human beings ever came through such a month +as we have come through, and we should have got through in spite +of the weather but for the sickening of a second companion, Captain +Oates, and a shortage of fuel in our depots for which I cannot +account, and finally, but for the storm which has fallen on us +within 11 miles of the depot at which we hoped to secure our final +supplies. Surely misfortune could scarcely have exceeded this last +blow. We arrived within 11 miles of our old One Ton Camp with fuel +for one last meal and food for two days. For four days we have been +unable to leave the tent--the gale howling about us. We are weak, +writing is difficult, but for my own sake I do not regret this +[Page 432] +journey, which has shewn that Englishmen can endure hardships, help +one another, and meet death with as great a fortitude as ever in the +past. We took risks, we knew we took them; things have come out +against us, and therefore we have no cause for complaint, but bow to +the will of Providence, determined still to do our best to the last. +But if we have been willing to give our lives to this enterprise, +which is for the honour of our country, I appeal to our countrymen +to see that those who depend on us are properly cared for. + +Had we lived, I should have had a tale to tell of the hardihood, +endurance, and courage of my companions which would have stirred the +heart of every Englishman. These rough notes and our dead bodies must +tell the tale, but surely, surely, a great rich country like ours +will see that those who are dependent on us are properly provided +for. + + R. SCOTT. + + +[Illustration: British Antarctic Expedition 1910-13. Track chart +of main southern journey.] + + + + +INDEX + +Abbott, George P., P.O. 209, 242, 260 +Adelie Land 35 +Admiralty, the, 8, 18, 182-3, 200, 206 +Alaska 11 +_Albemarle_, H.M.S., 206 +Albert Medal, the, 372 +Alexandra, Queen, 31, 429 +Alpine Rope, 256-7, 266, 274, 367 +_Amphion_, H.M.S., 11 +Amundsen, Roald, 259-60, 301, 324, 346, 383, 428 +Anton, Groom, 209, 276, 278, 280, 285, 289, 299 +Archer, W. W., chief steward, 209 +Armitage, Lieut. A. B., 25, 32, 43, 57, 63, 89, 97, 103, 105, 138, + 153-4, 176, 178 +Arnold, M., _quoted_, 151, 178 +Arrival Bay, 60 + Heights, 60, 234 +Athletic sports, 137-8 +Atkinson, Edward L., surgeon, R.N., parasitologist, 208, 213, 224, + 236, 243, 259, 261, 267, 270, 273, 279-80, 284, 285-6, 295 + _seq._, 308, 319, 320-1, 327, 329, 330, 336, 340, 344, 354-5, + 362-3, 372, 411, 418-19 +Auckland Islands, 195 +Australia, Government of, 207 + +Balaclave helmets, 251 +Balfour, Rt. Ron. A. J., 16 +Balleny, Capt. John, 197 + Islands, 196-7 +Balloons, ascents of, 57, 281 +Barne, Lieut. Michael, 26, 32, 43, 53, 61, _seq._, 80, 87, + 98-9, 100, 104, 106, 108, 131-2, 147, 149, 152, 155, 176 + Glacier, 275 +Barrie, Sir J. M., letter to, 422-4 +Barrier, Great Ice, 53, _seq._, 90, 176, 203, 222, 224-5, 241, + 243, 246, 260 _seq._, 294, 304, 305, 321, 377 +Bay of Whales, 259-60 +Beaumont, Admiral Sir Lewis, 427 +Beppo, pony, 7 +Berlin, 17, 20 +Bernacchi, Louis C., physicist, 27, 43, 53, 75, 85-6, 135, 147, 152, 176 +Birdie, dog, 108-9, 126 +Birthday, celebrations of, 286-7 +Biscay, Bay of, 32 +Bismarck, dog, 108 +Bjaaland, Olav Olavson, 383 +Blanco, dog, 108 +Blissett, A. H., 132 +_Blizzard, The_, 80 +Blossom, pony, 250 +Blucher, pony, 248, 250, 258 +Bluff, The, 130 + Camp, 250, 336 +Boats, mishap to, 84, 85, 139, 140 +Bones, pony, 299, 308 +Bonner, Charles, 38-9 +Borchgrevink, 43 +Boss, dog, 108 +Bowers, Lieut. H. R., 28, 208, 216, 224, 230-1, 234-236, 243, 247, + 249, 250-4, 261-7, 270, 273, 275, 278-81, 283-4, 286, 289, 293-5, + 299, 300-8, 311-14, 317, 319, 320, 322, 324-5, 334, 343-5, 352, + 354, 357-8, 359, 364, 368, 371, 373 _seq._ +Bowers, Mrs., letter to, 421-2 +Bridgeman, Admiral, Sir F. C., letter to, 425 +_Britannia, The_, 6 +British Museum, the, 19 +Brownie, dog, 100, 108-9 +Browning, E. B., _quoted_, 328 +Browning, Frank V., P.O., 209, 242 +Bruce, Canon Lloyd, 207 +Bruce, Kathleen, 207 +Bruce, Lieut. Wilfred M., 209, 224 +Buckingham Palace Road, 15 +_Bulwark_, H.M.S., 206 +Burlington House, 19 +Butter Point, 157, 260, 314 + +Campbell, Lieut. Victor L. A., 208, 216, 224, 226, 229, 232, 233, + 238, 240-1, 242, 259-60, 292, 315 +Cape Adare, 42, 43, 45, 141 + Armitage, 59, 225, 259, 263 + Bernacchi, 315 + Bird, 225 + Crozier, 52, 61, 64, 69, 70, 105, 137, 141-2, 155-6, 176, 222-3, 281 + Crozier Party, 294, 300-7, 317 + Evans, 225, 234-5, 239, 246, 260, 268, 271-3, 280, 300, 316-17, 321, + 328, 365 + Jones, 48 + Mackay, 301 + North, 146, 189, 196, 198, 260 + of Good Hope, 32-3 + Royds, 180, 185, 286 + Sibbald, 49 + Wadworth, 47 + Washington, 49, 52 +Cardiff, 207, 211 +Castle Rock, 60, 62, 64, 65, 262, 273 +Cheetham, Alfred B., boatswain, 209 +Cherry-Garrard, Apsley, assistant zoologist, 224, 236, 243, 251-2, + 254-6, 257-8, 261-6, 270-1, 273, 279-81, 284, 288, 294, 300-7, 308, + 318, 323, 329, 334, 340, 342, 344, 347, 352, 354, 362, 364, 411-12, + 418 +Chinaman, pony, 308, 318, 329-30, 332-3, 336, 338-9, 340-41 +Christiania, 89 +Christopher, pony, 308-9, 318-19, 320, 329, 333, 336, 342 +Clarke, Charles, ship's cook, 179 +Clissold, Thomas, cook, 209, 276, 278, 280, 286, 289, 296, 319, 329 +Coal, 46, 189, 194, 216, 218-19, 220 +Colbeck, Captain William, 141-2, 143, 147, 182-3, 185, 194, 198 +Coleridge, _quoted_, 211 +Colville, Rear-Admiral, 206 +Commonwealth Range, 357 +Cook, Capt. James, 31 +Corner Camp, 247, 261, 263, 270, 312, 314, 317, 372 +Coulman Islands, 46, 47, 141 +Crater Heights, 60, 234 + Hill, 60, 69, 88 +Crean, Thomas, P.O., 209, 237, 243, 259, 261, 262-5, 270, 273, + 278-80, 285, 296, 299, 308, 318, 321, 323, 344, 354, 364, 370-2 +Cross, Jacob, P.O., 48, 103, 155-6 +'Cruise of the _Beagle_,' 162 +Cuts, pony, 262, 264 + +Dailey, F. E., carpenter, 59, 153, 157 +Darwin, Charles, 162 +Day, Bernard C., motor engineer, 208, 227, 236, 276-7, 279, 290-1, + 299, 318, 321, 323, 329, 330-1, 339, 340 +Debenham, Frank, geologist, 208, 236, 242, 270, 273, 281-2, 283, + 296, 325-6, 327 +Dellbridge, James H., 2nd engineer, 138 + Islets, 178 +Demetri, dog driver, 209, 276, 278-9, 289, 311, 329, 333, 354, + 356, 372, 411, 418 +Dennistoun, James R., 209 +Depot Nunatak, 171 +Desolation Camp, _Discovery_ Expedition, 163, 172 + Last Expedition, 402 +Dickason, Harry, A.B., 209, 242 +_Discovery_, the fifth, 21 +Dog food, 109 +Dogs, 59, 71-2, 95-7, 107 _seq._, 212-13, 218, 226, 228, 239, + 241, 243 _seq._, 270, 278, 285-6, 311, 329, 333 _seq._, + 411 +Douglas, Sir Archibald, 18 +Drake, Francis R. H., assistant paymaster, 209, 224 +Dundee, 19, 20, 23 + Shipbuilding Company, 17 + +East India Docks, 20 +Edward VII, King, 31 +Egerton, Admiral Sir George, K.C.B., 15, 81, 206, 425-6 (letter to) +Enderby Quadrant, 29 +Entertainments, 85, 86, 87 +Erebus Tongue, 315 +Esquimault. B.C., 11 +Esquimaux, 301, 307 +Evans, Lieut. E. R. G. R., 208, 215, 223-5, 232, 236, 242-3, 250, + 258, 262, 311, 314, 317, 330-1, 337-40, 344, 354-5, 357-9, 361, + 363, 364, 368, 370-2 +Evans, P.O., 63, 65, 67-8, 97, 105, 153, 157, 164, 165 _seq._, + 178-9, 209, 237, 242, 270, 273, 280, 285-6, 296, 308, 311-12, + 317, 323-4, 326-7, 329, 337, 344, 352, 354-5, 364, 369 + +Falkland Islands, 199 +Feather, Thomas A., boatswain, 100-1, 157, 161, 162, 164-5 +Fefer, 229 +Ferrar, Hartley T., 27, 48, 67, 97, 103, 138, 157, 159, 163, 176 + Glacier, 152-3, 154, 158-9, 314 +Finance Committee, 17-18 +Fire, alarm of, 32 +Fisher, Admiral Sir John, 10 +Fitzclarence, dog, 108 +Football, 286, 325 +Forde, Robert, P.O., 209, 243, 248, 250, 258, 261, 270, 273, 279, + 312, 314, 317, 326-7 +_Fram_, the, 20, 21 +Franklin Island, 141 +Franz-Josef Land, 25 + +Gap, the, 60, 234 +Gateway, the, 352 +Geological specimens, 393-4, 398, 419 +Gerof, Demetri. _See_ Demetri +Glacier, the Beardmore, 312, 338-9, 341, 345, 346, 349, 352, 354 + _seq._, 392, 394, 419-20 +Glacier Depot, 349, 352 + Tongue, 225, 237, 239-41, 260, 274, 315-16, 324, 344 +Gran Tryggve, ski expert, 208, 218, 236, 243, 251, 254, 261-2, + 263, 265, 267, 273, 295-6, 312, 314, 317, 327 +Granite Harbor, 50, 51 +Grannie, dog, 108 +Gus, dog, 108, 125 + +Haakon, King, 383 +Hackenschmidt, pony, 276 +Half-Degree Depot, 387 +Hamilton, B. T., 229 +Hampton Court Palace, 207 +Handsley. Jesse, A.B., 153, 157, 164-5, 175, 178-9 +Hanson, 43 +Hanssen, Hilmer, 383 +Hare, 63, 65, 68-9 +Hassel, Sverre H., 383 +Heald, William L., A.B., 62, 103, 176, 210 +Henley, W. E., _quoted_, 385 +'Hints to Travelers', 159-60 +Hobart Town, 182 +Hockey, 149 +Hodgson, Thomas V., 25, 27, 147, 149, 154 +Hooper, F. J., steward, 209, 276, 279, 280, 289, 339-40 +Hoskins, Sir Anthony, 18 +Hut, the _Discovery_, 59, 85-86, 87, 233, 239, 269 _seq._, 372 + at Cape Evans, 227, 231, 234 _seq._, 275 _seq._ + Point, 60, 88, 186, 190-1, 233, 240, 242-3, 258, 260-3, 265, 267, + 271, 279, 285, 311, 318, 324, 327-9, 372, 411, 418 +Hutton Rocks, 273 +Huxley, _quoted_, 311 + +Icebergs, 44 Inaccessible Island, 297, 316 + +Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition, 25 Jehu, pony, 308, 318, 328-9, +330, 332-6, 338-9, 340 Jim, dog, 108-9, 125-6, 129 Joe, dog, 108 + +Kennar, Thomas, P.O., 157, 159 +Keohane, Patrick, P.O., 209, 243, 250, 258, 261, 273, 279, 296, 308, + 320, 327, 329, 340, 344, 348, 354, 357, 362, 418 +Kid, dog, 108-9, 125 +King Edward's Island, 56, 203, 233, 242 +Kinsey, J. J., letter to, 426-7 +Kipling, Rudyard, _quoted_, 401 +Koettlitz, Reginald, surgeon and botanist, 25, 27, 61, _seq._, + 78, 97, 138, 175 + +Lantaret, 229 +Lashly, William, leading stoker, 97, 105, 153, 157, 162, 164, 165 + _seq._, 178, 179, 209, 214, 276, 278-9, 299, 323, 331, 340, + 344, 354-5, 364, 366-7, 369, 371-2 +Lectures, 282, 287, 290, 307-8 +Levick, G. Murray, surgeon, R.N., 208, 242 +Lewis, dog, 108-9, 126 +Lillehammer, 229 +Lillie, Denis G., biologist, 209, 240 +London Docks, 31, 141 +Lower Glacier Depot, 356, 398, 404 +Lyttelton, 37-8, 211-12 + Heads, 37, 199 + +Macartney, Sir William Ellison, 427 +Mackay, Captain Harry, 182, 190 +Macquarie Island, 36, 37, 185 +Magnetic huts, 75 + Observatory, 23 +Magnetism, 75 +_Majestic_, H.M.S., 15, 18, 26, 27 +Markham, Sir Clements, 15, 16, 29, 30, 141, 203 _seq._ (preface), + 429 +Markham, Lady, 20 +McMurdo Sound, 51, 58, 138, 142, 194, 230, 237, 260 +Meares, Cecil H., in charge of dogs, 208, 218, 226, 232-4, 236, + 239, 240, 242-4, 246-8, 251-2, 254-8, 261, 263, 265, 267, 273, + 279, 285, 299, 311-12, 318-19, 327, 329, 333, 337, 354, 356 +Merchant Shipping Act, 28 +Meridians, 217 +Message to the public, 430-2 +Meteorological observations, 74, 75, 83, 84 + screens, 71, 74 +Michael, pony, 308, 347 +Middle Barrier Depot, 340, 405, 407 +Midwinter celebrations, 290-3 +Milton, _quoted_, 254 +Monument Rock, 400 +_Morning_, the, 43, 53, 135, 141-6, 181 _seq._, 194, 198 +Motor sledges, 212, 226-30, 290, 312-13, 318, 321, 326-7, 329-30, 332 +Mount Buckley, 393-4 + Cloudmaker, 357-98 + Darwin, 364, 390, 391, 393 + Discovery, 225 + Erebus, 131, 235, 274, 316 + Hooper Depot, 410, 411 + Hope, 346 + Longstaff, 122 + Markham, 124 + Melbourne, 49 + Monteagle, 49 + Murchison, 49 + Sabine, 222 + Terror, 302 + Whewell, 222 +Mulock, Lieut. George F. A., 27, 145, 149, 152, 176, 193, 195, 197 + +Nansen, Dr., 17, 19, 20, 89 +Naval Discipline Act, 28 +Nell, dog, 101, 108-9, 125-6, 129 +Nelson, Edward W., biologist, 208, 224, 227, 236, 276-7, 279, 287, + 319-20 +Newbolt, Henry, _quoted_, 31 +New Harbor, 153, 157, 315 +Newnes, Sir George, 43 +New Zealand, 23, 37, 38, 199, 211 +New Zealand, Government of, 207 +Nigger, dog, 101, 108-9, 125-6, 129 +Nobby, pony, 262, 268, 308, 325, 342-3, 351, 353 +Northern Party, 233, 242-3 +Norway, 17, 89 +Norwegians, the, 384-5 + +Oates, Capt. Lawrence, E.G., 208, 213, 220, 226, 236, 239-40, 241, + 243, 248-9, 252, 254, 261-2, 263, 265, 267, 270, 273, 279-80, + 284-5, 299, 308, 318-20, 321, 333, 336-7, 343-4, 351, 354-5, 364, + 373 _seq._ +Outlands, 2, 5 +Observatory Hill, 60, 134, 234 +Oil, shortage of, 404-5, 408, 411, 416 +'Old Mooney,' 6, 8, 9 +Omelchenko, Anton. _See_ Anton +One Ton Camp, 253, 317, 326-7, 371, 410-11, 412, 415, 417 +Osman, dog, 255-6 + +P. and O. Company, 25 +Pack-ice, 35 _seq._, 44, 49, 51, 196, 216-17, 218 +Parry Mountains, 54 +Peary, Lieutenant, 28 +Penguins, 36, 40, 148, 180, 226 + Emperor, 106, 137, 153, 155, 223, 294, 302, 305 + King, 36 +Pennell, Lieut. H. L. L., 209, 224, 230, 238 +Petrels, 35 + Antarctic, 40 + Giant, 40 + Southern Fulmar, 40 + White Snow, 40 + Wilson stormy, 35 +Pigg, James, pony, 250, 258, 261, 263, 268, 308, 318, 329, 340, 342 +Plumley, Frank, stoker, 62, 157 +Pole, the South, 382 _seq._ + Camp, 384 +Ponies, the, 212-15, 220, 226, 239, 241, 243 _seq._, 263-7, + 285-6, 312, 318, 332 _seq._ +Ponting, Herbert G., camera artist, 208, 219, 227-8, 236, 276-7, + 282, 284, 292, 314, 319, 327, 329 +Port Chalmers, 38, 39, 76, 212 + Ross, 195 + Stanley, 199 +Possession Islands, 141 +Pram Point, 263, 269 + Bay, 269 + Ridges, 267 +_President_, H.M.S., 206 +Pressure Ridges, 319 +Priestley, Raymond E., geologist, 208, 223, 242, 260 +Proverbs, _quoted_, 137 +Punch, pony, 262, 266 + +Quartley, Arthur L., leading stoker, 63, 65, 67-8, 105, 175 + +Razor Back Islands, 240, 274 +Rennick, Lieut. Henry E. de P., 209, 224 +Roberston Bay, 42, 195 +Rodd, Sir Rennell, _quoted_, 231 +Ross, Sir James, 31, 40, 46, 54-5, 196-7 +Ross Harbor, 198 + Island, 176, 203, 239 + Quadrant, 29 + Sea, 216 +_Rover_, H.M.S., 10 +Royal Geographical Society, 17 +Royal Society, 17 +Royds, Lieut. Charles W. R., 18, 26, 53, 61 _seq._, 74-5, 78, + 85-7, 97, 105, 132, 137, 139, 147, 149, 155, 176 +Russell Islands, 197 + +Safety Camp, 243-4, 245-6, 254, 258-9, 261-2, 263, 265, 329-30 +San Francisco, 11 +Sawing-camp, 175, 178-9 +_Saxon_, S.S., 207 +Scamp, dog, 37 +Scott, John Edward, 1 +Scott, Lady, extracts from letters to, 427, 428, 429, _et passim_ +Scott, Mrs., extract from letter to, 427 +Scott of Brownhead, 1 +Scott, Peter Markham, 207 +Scurvy, 103-4, 117, 129, 134, 144, 148, 371 +Sea leopard, 41 + elephant, 185 +Seals, 41, 48, 269, 279 + crab-eater, 41 + Ross, 41 +Shackleton, Sir Ernest H., 27, 79, 98, 107 _seq._, 143, 145, + 233, 344, 352, 357, 370, 372, 375 +Shackleton's hut, 286 +Shakespeare, _quoted_, 95, 120, 294, 354 +Shambles Camp, 353, 401 +Shelley, _quoted_, 74, 167 +Ship Committee, 17, 20, 23 +Simon's Bay, 32, 33 +Simpson. George C., Meteorologist, 208, 231, 236, 277, 281-2, 283, + 312, 316 +Skelton, Lieut. Reginald W., 18, 27, 60 _seq._, 85-6, 105, + 135, 138, 147-8, 153, 162, 164-5, 176, 191-3, 229 +Ski, 19, 60, 61, 130, 173, 246, 340, 354-5, 358, 360, 370, 375, + 386, 388, 390 +Ski-shoes, 361 +Skua gulls, 40, 148, 180 +Skuary, the, 225 +Sledge equipment, 89, 151, 312 +Sledges, 91, 92, 279, 280, 370 +Sleeping-bags, 304, 306, 307, 388 +Smith, Mr. and Mrs. Reginald, 427 +Smith's Inlet, 260 +Snatcher, dog, 108, 115 + pony, 308, 325, 329, 352 +Snippets, pony, 308-9, 328, 332, 341, 343 +Snow-shoes, for ponies, 245, 247, 308, 352 +South Africa, Government of, 207 +Southern Barrier Depot, 342 + Road, the, 239-40 +South Polar Times, _Discovery_ Expedition, 79-80 + Last Expedition, 281, 290-1, 373 +Spenser, _quoted_, 52 +Speyer, Sir Edgar, letter to, 424 +Spud, dog, 108-9, 115 +Stareek, dog, 244-5 +Stoke Damerel, 5 +Stripes, dog, 108 +Stubbington House, Fareham, 5 +Sturge Island, 197 +Sun, eclipse of, 156 +Sverdrup's 'New Land', 295 + +Taylor, T. Griffith, geologist, 208, 223, 236, 242, 270, 273-4, + 281-2, 283, 287, 291, 327 +Telephone, the, 318-19 +Tent, double, 295 +Tent, Island, 297, 325 + Islet, 184 +_Terra Nova_, Discovery Expedition, 182-3, 187 _seq._, 194, 198 + Last Expedition, 207, 211, 220, 237, 292, 324, 372 +Thermometer, minimum, 253, 337 +Thomson, Sir Courtauld, 11 +Three Degree Depot, 370, 385-6, 387, 389, 404 +Transport, 312, 345 +Turtle Back Island, 271 + +Uncle Bill, pony, 262-3 +Uniform overcoat, 309 +Union Jack, the, 235, 291, 384, 428-9 +Upper Glacier Depot, 390, 392, 404 + +Vic, dog, 108 +Victor, pony, 308-9, 325, 334, 343 +Victoria, B.C., 11 + Land, 42, 76, 138, 167, 176, 196, 203, 233, 260 + Quadrant, 29 +_Victorious_, H.M.S., 206 +Vince, A. B., 63, 66-9, 190, 234 + +Weary Willy, pony, 245, 251, 261-3 +Weddell Quadrant, 29 +Weller, William J., A.B., 48, 62, 157 +Western Geological Party (1), 242, 260, 270 + (2) 317, 325, 327 +Western Mountains, 312, 325 +Whales, killer, 227-8 +White Island, 134, 261, 264 +Wild, Frank, 62-3, 66, 67, 97, 105, 344 +Wilkes, Commodore, 197 +Wilkes Land, 198 +Williams, William, engineer, 209, 214 +Williamson, Thomas S., P.O., 157, 209, 229 +Wilson, Dr. E. A., chief, the scientific staff (Last Expedition), + zoologist, 5, 26-8, 35-6, 48-9, 53, 75-6, 80, 103, 107 + _seq._, 143-4, 147, 153, 155-6, 176, 180-1, 185, 195, 208, 219-20, + 223, 225, 231, 236, 240, 242-4, 246-8, 254-6, 258, 261, 263, 265, + 267, 269-70, 272-3, 279-80, 286, 289, 294, 300-7, 308, 318-19, + 320-2, 324-5, 329, 335, 344, 351, 353-5, 361, 364, 372 _seq._ +Wilson, Mrs., letter to, 421 +Winter Quarter Bay, 60 +Wisting, Oscar, 383 +Wolf, dog, 108-9 +Wolseley Motor Company, 229 +Wood Bay, 49, 50, 141 +Wright, Charles S., physicist, 208, 224, 231, 236, 242, 270, 280, + 283, 308, 314, 321, 329, 335, 340, 344, 354-5, 362 + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + +***** This file should be named 6721.txt or 6721.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/7/2/6721/ + +Produced by Robert J. Hall + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/6721.zip b/6721.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2857b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/6721.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bad573 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #6721 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6721) diff --git a/old/vscot10.txt b/old/vscot10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eee67fd --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vscot10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12340 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Voyages of Captain Scott, by Charles Turley + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Voyages of Captain Scott + +Author: Charles Turley + +Release Date: October, 2004 [EBook #6721] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on January 24, 2003] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + + + + +This eBook was produced by Robert J. Hall. + + + + +THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT + +BY CHARLES TURLEY + + + + +CONTENTS + + INTRODUCTION + + THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + + Chapter + I. The 'Discovery'. + II. Southward Ho! + III. In Search of Winter Quarters. + IV. The Polar Winter. + V. The Start of the Southern Journey. + VI. The Return. + VII. A Second Winter. + VIII. The Western Journey. + IX. The Return from the West. + X. Release. + + THE LAST EXPEDITION + + Chapter + Preface to 'Scott's Last Expedition'. + Biographical Note. + British Antarctic Expedition, 1910. + I. Through Stormy Seas. + II. Depôt Laying to One Ton Camp. + III. Perils. + IV. A Happy Family. + V. Winter. + VI. Good-bye to Cape Evans. + VII. The Southern Journey Begins. + VIII. On the Beardmore Glacier. + IX. The South Pole. + X. On the Homeward Journey. + XI. The Last March. + Search Party Discovers the Tent. + In Memoriam. + Farewell Letters. + Message to the Public. + Index. + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + PHOTOGRAVURE PLATE + + Portrait of Captain Robert F. Scott + From a photograph by J. Russell & Son, Southsea. + + COLORED PLATES + + From Water-Color Drawings by Dr. Edward A. Wilson. + + Sledding. + Mount Erebus. + Lunar Corona. + 'Birdie' Bowers reading the thermometer on the ramp. + + DOUBLE PAGE PLATE + + Panorama at Cape Evans. + Berg in South Bay. + + FULL PAGE PLATES + + Robert F. Scott at the age of thirteen as a naval cadet. + The 'Discovery'. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt. + Pinnacled ice at mouth of Ferrar Glacier. + Pressure ridges north side of Discovery Bluff. + The 'Terra Nova' leaving the Antarctic. + Pony Camp on the barrier. + Snowed-up tent after three days' blizzard. + Pitching the double tent on the summit. + Adélie Penguin on nest. + Emperor Penguins on sea-ice. + Dog party starting from Hut Point. + Dog lines. + Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt. + Looking south from Lower Glacier Depôt, + Man hauling camp, 87th parallel. + The party at the South Pole. + 'The Last Rest'. + + Facsimile of the last words of Captain Scott's Journal. + + Track chart of main southern journey. + + + + +INTRODUCTION + +BY SIR J. M. BARRIE, BART. + +On the night of my original meeting with Scott he was but lately +home from his first adventure into the Antarctic and my chief +recollection of the occasion is that having found the entrancing +man I was unable to leave him. In vain he escorted me through the +streets of London to my home, for when he had said good-night I +then escorted him to his, and so it went on I know not for how long +through the small hours. Our talk was largely a comparison of the +life of action (which he pooh-poohed) with the loathsome life of those +who sit at home (which I scorned); but I also remember that he +assured me he was of Scots extraction. As the subject never seems +to have been resumed between us, I afterwards wondered whether I +had drawn this from him with a promise that, if his reply was +satisfactory, I would let him go to bed. However, the family +traditions (they are nothing more) do bring him from across the +border. According to them his great-great-grandfather was the Scott +of Brownhead whose estates were sequestered after the '45. His +dwelling was razed to the ground and he fled with his wife, to +whom after some grim privations a son was born in a fisherman's +hut on September 14, 1745. This son eventually settled in Devon, +where he prospered, for it was in the beautiful house of Oatlands +that he died. He had four sons, all in the Royal Navy, of whom the +eldest had as youngest child John Edward Scott, father of the +Captain Scott who was born at Oatlands on June 6, 1868. About the +same date, or perhaps a little earlier, it was decided that the +boy should go into the Navy like so many of his for-bears. + +I have been asked to write a few pages about those early days +of Scott at Oatlands, so that the boys who read this book may +have some slight acquaintance with the boy who became Captain +Scott; and they may be relieved to learn (as it holds out some +chance for themselves) that the man who did so many heroic things +does not make his first appearance as a hero. He enters history +aged six, blue-eyed, long-haired, inexpressibly slight and in +velveteen, being held out at arm's length by a servant and dripping +horribly, like a half-drowned kitten. This is the earliest +recollection of him of a sister, who was too young to join in +a children's party on that fatal day. But Con, as he was always +called, had intimated to her that from a window she would be +able to see him taking a noble lead in the festivities in the +garden, and she looked; and that is what she saw. He had been +showing his guests how superbly he could jump the leat, and had +fallen into it. + +Leat is a Devonshire term for a running stream, and a branch +of the leat ran through the Oatlands garden while there was another +branch, more venturesome, at the bottom of the fields. These +were the waters first ploughed by Scott, and he invented many +ways of being in them accidentally, it being forbidden to enter +them of intent. Thus he taught his sisters and brother a new +version of the oldest probably of all pastimes, the game of 'Touch.' +You had to touch 'across the leat,' and, with a little good fortune, +one of you went in. Once you were wet, it did not so much matter +though you got wetter. + +An easy way of getting to the leat at the foot of the fields +was to walk there, but by the time he was eight Scott scorned +the easy ways. He invented parents who sternly forbade all approach +to this dangerous waterway; he turned them into enemies of his +country and of himself (he was now an admiral), and led parties +of gallant tars to the stream by ways hitherto unthought of. At +foot of the avenue was an oak tree which hung over the road, and +thus by dropping from this tree you got into open country. The +tree was (at this time) of an enormous size, with sufficient room +to conceal a navy, and the navy consisted mainly of the sisters +and the young brother. All had to be ready at any moment to leap +from the tree and join issue with the enemy on the leat. In the +fields there was also a mighty ocean, called by dull grown-ups +'the pond,' and here Scott's battleship lay moored. It seems for +some time to have been an English vessel, but by and by he was +impelled, as all boys are, to blow something up, and he could +think of nothing more splendid for his purpose than the battleship. +Thus did it become promptly a ship of the enemy doing serious +damage to the trade of those parts, and the valiant Con took to +walking about with lips pursed, brows frowning as he cogitated +how to remove the Terror of Devon. You may picture the sisters +and brother trotting by his side and looking anxiously, into +his set face. At last he decided to blow the accursed thing up +with gunpowder. His crew cheered, and then waited to be sent to +the local shop for a pennyworth of gunpowder. But Con made his +own gunpowder, none of the faithful were ever told how, and on +a great day the train was laid. Con applied the match and ordered +all to stand back. A deafening explosion was expected, but a mere +puff of flame was all that came; the Terror of Devon, which to +the unimaginative was only a painted plank, still rode the waters. +With many boys this would be the end of the story, but not with +Con. He again retired to the making of gunpowder, and did not +desist from his endeavors until he had blown that plank sky-high. + +His first knife is a great event in the life of a boy: it is +probably the first memory of many of them, and they are nearly +always given it on condition that they keep it shut. So it was +with Con, and a few minutes after he had sworn that he would +not open it he was begging for permission to use it on a tempting +sapling. 'Very well,' his father said grimly, 'but remember, if +you hurt yourself, don't expect any sympathy from me.' The knife +was opened, and to cut himself rather badly proved as easy as +falling into the leat. The father, however, had not noticed, and +the boy put his bleeding hand into his pocket and walked on +unconcernedly. He was really considerably damaged; and this is +a good story of a child of seven who all his life suffered extreme +nausea from the sight of blood; even in the Discovery days, to +get accustomed to 'seeing red,' he had to force himself to watch +Dr. Wilson skinning his specimens. + +When he was about eight Con passed out of the hands of a governess, +and became a school-boy, first at a day school in Stoke Damerel +and later at Stubbington House, Fareham. He rode grandly between +Oatlands and Stoke Damerel on his pony, Beppo, which bucked in +vain when he was on it, but had an ingratiating way of depositing +other riders on the road. From what one knows of him later this +is a characteristic story. One day he dismounted to look over a +gate at a view which impressed him (not very boyish this), and +when he recovered from a brown study there was no Beppo to be +seen. He walked the seven miles home, but what was characteristic +was that he called at police-stations on the way to give practical +details of his loss and a description of the pony. Few children +would have thought of this, but Scott was naturally a strange +mixture of the dreamy and the practical, and never more practical +than immediately after he had been dreamy. He forgot place and +time altogether when thus abstracted. I remember the first time +he dined with me, when a number of well-known men had come to +meet him, he arrived some two hours late. He had dressed to come +out, then fallen into one of his reveries, forgotten all about +the engagement, dined by himself and gone early to bed. Just as +he was falling asleep he remembered where he should be, arose +hastily and joined us as speedily as possible. It was equally +characteristic of him to say of the other guests that it was +pleasant to a sailor to meet so many interesting people. When +I said that to them the sailor was by far the most interesting +person in the room he shouted with mirth. It always amused Scott +to find that anyone thought him a person of importance. + +[Illustration: Robert F. Scott at the age of 13 as a naval cadet.] + +I suppose everyone takes for granted that in his childhood, as +later when he made his great marches, Scott was muscular and strongly +built. This was so far from being the case that there were many +anxious consultations over him, and the local doctor said he could +not become a sailor as he could never hope to obtain the necessary +number of inches round the chest. He was delicate and inclined +to be pigeon-breasted. Judging from the portrait of him here +printed, in his first uniform as a naval cadet, all this had +gone by the time he was thirteen, but unfortunately there are no +letters of this period extant and thus little can be said of his +years on the Britannia where 'you never felt hot in your bunk +because you could always twist, and sleep with your feet out at +port hole.' He became a cadet captain, a post none can reach who +is not thought well of by the other boys as well as by their +instructors, but none of them foresaw that he was likely to become +anybody in particular. He was still 'Old Mooney,' as his father +had dubbed him, owing to his dreamy mind; it was an effort to him +to work hard, he cast a wistful eye on 'slackers,' he was not a +good loser, he was untidy to the point of slovenliness, and he +had a fierce temper. All this I think has been proved to me up to +the hilt, and as I am very sure that the boy of fifteen or so +cannot be very different from the man he grows into it leaves +me puzzled. The Scott I knew, or thought I knew, was physically +as hard as nails and flung himself into work or play with a +vehemence I cannot remember ever to have seen equaled. I have +fished with him, played cricket and football with him, and other +games, those of his own invention being of a particularly arduous +kind, for they always had a moment when the other players were +privileged to fling a hard ball at your undefended head. 'Slackness,' +was the last quality you would think of when you saw him bearing +down on you with that ball, and it was the last he asked of you +if you were bearing down on him. He was equally strenuous of +work; indeed I have no clearer recollection of him than his way +of running from play to work or work to play, so that there should +be the least possible time between. It is the 'time between' +that is the 'slacker's' kingdom, and Scott lived less in it than +anyone I can recall. Again, I found him the best of losers, with +a shout of delight for every good stroke by an opponent: what +is called an ideal sportsman. He was very neat and correct in +his dress, quite a model for the youth who come after him, but +that we take as a matter of course; it is 'good form' in the +Navy. His temper I should have said was bullet-proof. I have +never seen him begin to lose it for a second of time, and I have +seen him in circumstances where the loss of it would have been +excusable. + +However, 'the boy makes the man,' and Scott was none of those +things I saw in him but something better. The faults of his youth +must have lived on in him as in all of us, but he got to know +they were there and he took an iron grip of them and never let +go his hold. It was this self-control more than anything else +that made the man of him of whom we have all become so proud. +I get many proofs of this in correspondence dealing with his +manhood days which are not strictly within the sphere of this +introductory note. The horror of slackness was turned into a +very passion for keeping himself 'fit.' Thus we find him at one +time taking charge of a dog, a 'Big Dane,' so that he could race +it all the way between work and home, a distance of three miles. +Even when he was getting the Discover ready and doing daily the +work of several men, he might have been seen running through +the streets of London from Savile Row or the Admiralty to his +home, not because there was no time for other method of progression, +but because he must be fit, fit, fit. No more 'Old Mooney' for +him; he kept an eye for ever on that gentleman, and became doggedly +the most practical of men. And practical in the cheeriest of +ways. In 1894 a disastrous change came over the fortunes of the +family, the father's money being lost and then Scott was practical +indeed. A letter he wrote I at this time to his mother, tenderly +taking everything and everybody on his shoulders, must be one +of the best letters ever written by a son, and I hope it may +be some day published. His mother was the great person of his +early life, more to him even than his brother or his father, +whom circumstances had deprived of the glory of following the +sailor's profession and whose ambitions were all bound up in +this son, determined that Con should do the big things he had +not done himself. For the rest of his life Con became the head +of the family, devoting his time and his means to them, not in +an it-must-be-done manner, but with joy and even gaiety. He never +seems to have shown a gayer front than when the troubles fell, +and at a farm to which they retired for a time he became famous +as a provider of concerts. Not only must there be no 'Old Mooney' +in him, but it must be driven out of everyone. His concerts, +in which he took a leading part, became celebrated in the district, +deputations called to beg for another, and once in these words, +'Wull 'ee gie we a concert over our way when the comic young +gentleman be here along?' + +Some servants having had to go at this period, Scott conceived +the idea that he must even help domestically in the house, and +took his own bedroom under his charge with results that were +satisfactory to the casual eye, though not to the eyes of his +sisters. It was about this time that he slew the demon of untidiness +so far as his own dress was concerned and doggedly became a model +for still younger officers. Not that his dress was fine. While +there were others to help he would not spend his small means +on himself, and he would arrive home in frayed garments that +he had grown out of and in very tarnished lace. But neat as a +pin. In the days when he returned from his first voyage in the +Antarctic and all England was talking of him, one of his most +novel adventures was at last to go to a first-class tailor and +be provided with a first-class suit. He was as elated by the +possession of this as a child. When going about the country +lecturing in those days he traveled third class, though he was +sometimes met at the station by mayors and corporations and red +carpets. + +The hot tempers of his youth must still have lain hidden, but +by now the control was complete. Even in the naval cadet days +of which unfortunately there is so little to tell, his old friends +who remember the tempers remember also the sunny smile that +dissipated them. When I knew him the sunny smile was there +frequently, and was indeed his greatest personal adornment, but +the tempers never reached the surface. He had become master of +his fate and captain of his soul. + +In 1886 Scott became a middy on the Boadicea, and later on various +ships, one of them the Rover, of which Admiral Fisher was at +that time commander. The Admiral has a recollection of a little +black pig having been found under his bunk one night. He cannot +swear that Scott was the leading culprit, but Scott was certainly +one of several who had to finish the night on deck as a punishment. +In 1888 Scott passed, his examinations for sub-lieutenant, with +four first-class honors and one second, and so left his boyhood +behind. I cannot refrain however from adding as a conclusion +to these notes a letter from Sir Courtauld Thomson that gives +a very attractive glimpse of him in this same year: + +'In the late winter a quarter of a century ago I had to find +my way from San Francisco to Alaska. The railway was snowed up +and the only transport available at the moment was an ill-found +tramp steamer. My fellow passengers were mostly Californians +hurrying off to a new mining camp and, with the crew, looked +a very unpleasant lot of ruffians. Three singularly unprepossessing +Frisco toughs joined me in my cabin, which was none too large +for a single person. I was then told that yet another had somehow +to be wedged in. While I was wondering if he could be a more +ill-favored or dirtier specimen of humanity than the others the +last comer suddenly appeared--the jolliest and breeziest English +naval Second Lieutenant. It was Con Scott. I had never seen him +before, but we at once became friends and remained so till the +end. He was going up to join his ship which, I think, was the +Amphion, at Esquimault, B. C. + +'As soon as we got outside the Golden Gates we ran into a full +gale which lasted all the way to Victoria, B. C. The ship was +so overcrowded that a large number of women and children were +allowed to sleep on the floor of the only saloon there was on +condition that they got up early, so that the rest of the +passengers could come in for breakfast and the other meals. + +'I need scarcely say that owing to the heavy weather hardly a +woman was able to get up, and the saloon was soon in an +indescribable condition. Practically no attempt was made to serve +meals and the few so-called stewards were themselves mostly out +of action from drink or sea-sickness. + +'Nearly all the male passengers who were able to be about spent +their time drinking and quarrelling. The deck cargo and some +of our top hamper were washed away and the cabins got their share +of the waves that were washing the deck. + +'Then it was I first knew that Con Scott was no ordinary human +being. Though at that time still only a boy he practically took +command of the passengers and was at once accepted by them as +their Boss during the rest of the trip. With a small body of +volunteers he led an attack on the saloon--dressed the mothers, +washed the children, fed the babies, swabbed down the floors +and nursed the sick, and performed every imaginable service for +all hands. On deck he settled the quarrels and established order +either by his personality, or, if necessary, by his fists. +Practically by day and night he worked for the common good, never +sparing himself, and with his infectious smile gradually made +us all feel the whole thing was jolly good fun. + +'I daresay there are still some of the passengers like myself +who, after a quarter of a century, have imprinted on their minds +the vision of this fair-haired English sailor boy with the laughing +blue eyes who at that early age knew how to sacrifice himself +for the welfare and happiness of others.' + + + + +THE VOYAGE OF THE 'DISCOVERY' + +[Illustration: The 'Discovery'. Reproduced from a drawing by +Dr. E. A. Wilson.] + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE DISCOVERY + + Do ye, by star-eyed Science led, explore + Each lonely ocean, each untrodden shore. + +In June, 1899, Robert Falcon Scott was spending his short leave +in London, and happened to meet Sir Clements Markham in the +Buckingham Palace Road. On that afternoon he heard for the first +time of a prospective Antarctic expedition, and on the following +day he called upon Sir Clements and volunteered to command it. Of +this eventful visit Sir Clements wrote: 'On June 5, 1899, there +was a remarkable coincidence. Scott was then torpedo lieutenant +of the Majestic. I was just sitting down to write to my old friend +Captain Egerton [Footnote: Now Admiral Sir George Egerton, K.C.B.] +about him, when he was announced. He came to volunteer to command +the expedition. I believed him to be the best man for so great +a trust, either in the navy or out of it. Captain Egerton's reply +and Scott's testimonials and certificates most fully confirmed +a foregone conclusion.' + +The tale, however, of the friendship between Sir Clements and +Scott began in 1887, when the former was the guest of his cousin, +the Commodore of the Training Squadron, and made the acquaintance +of every midshipman in the four ships that comprised it. During +the years that followed, it is enough to say that Scott more +than justified the hopes of those who had marked him down as +a midshipman of exceptional promise. Through those years Sir +Clements had been both friendly and observant, until by a happy +stroke of fortune the time came when he was as anxious for this +Antarctic expedition to be led by Scott as Scott was to lead +it. So when, on June 30, 1900, Scott was promoted to the rank +of Commander, and shortly afterwards was free to undertake the +work that was waiting for him, one great anxiety was removed +from the shoulders of the man who had not only proposed the +expedition, but had also resolved that nothing should prevent +it from going. + +Great difficulties and troubles had, however, to be encountered +before the Discovery could start upon her voyage. First and foremost +was the question of money, but owing to indefatigable efforts +the financial horizon grew clearer in the early months of 1899. +Later on in the same year Mr. Balfour expressed his sympathy with +the objects of the undertaking, and it was entirely due to him that +the Government eventually agreed to contribute £45,000, provided +that a similar sum could be raised by private subscriptions. + +In March, 1900, the keel of the new vessel, that the special +Ship Committee had decided to build for the expedition, was laid +in the yard of the Dundee Shipbuilding Company. A definite beginning, +at any rate, had been made; but very soon after Scott had taken +up his duties he found that unless he could obtain some control +over the various committees and subcommittees of the expedition, +the only day to fix for the sailing of the ship was Doomsday. +A visit to Norway, where he received many practical suggestions +from Dr. Nansen, was followed by a journey to Berlin, and there +he discovered that the German expedition, which was to sail from +Europe at the same time as his own, was already in an advanced +state of preparation. Considerably alarmed, he hurried back to +England and found, as he had expected, that all the arrangements, +which were in full swing in Germany, were almost at a standstill +in England. The construction of the ship was the only work that +was progressing, and even in this there were many interruptions +from the want of some one to give immediate decisions on points +of detail. + +A remedy for this state of chaos had to be discovered, and on +November 4, 1900, the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and +the Royal Geographical Society passed a resolution, which left +Scott practically with a free hand to push on the work in every +department, under a given estimate of expenditure in each. To +safeguard the interests of the two Societies the resolution provided +that this expenditure should be supervised by a Finance Committee, +and to this Committee unqualified gratitude was due. Difficulties +were still to crop up, and as there were many scientific interests +to be served, differences of opinion on points of detail naturally +arose, but as far as the Finance Committee was concerned, it +is mere justice to record that no sooner was it formed than its +members began to work ungrudgingly to promote the success of +the undertaking. + +In the meantime Scott's first task was to collect, as far as +possible, the various members of the expedition. Before he had +left the Majestic he had written, 'I cannot gather what is the +intention as regards the crew; is it hoped to be able to embody +them from the R.N.? I sincerely trust so.' In fact he had set +his heart on obtaining a naval crew, partly because he thought +that their sense of discipline would be invaluable, but also +because he doubted his ability to deal with any other class of +men. + +The Admiralty, however, was reluctant to grant a concession that +Scott considered so necessary, and this reluctance arose not +from any coldness towards the enterprise, but from questions +of principle and precedent. At first the Admiralty assistance +in this respect was limited to two officers, Scott himself and +Royds, then the limit was extended to include Skelton the engineer, +a carpenter and a boatswain, and thus at least a small naval +nucleus was obtained. But it was not until the spring of 1901 +that the Admiralty, thanks to Sir Anthony Hoskins and Sir Archibald +Douglas, gave in altogether, and as the selection of the most +fitting volunteers had not yet been made, the chosen men did +not join until the expedition was almost on the point of sailing. + +For many reasons Scott was obliged to make his own headquarters +in London, and the room that had been placed at his disposal +in Burlington House soon became a museum of curiosities. Sledges, +ski, fur clothing and boots were crowded into every corner, while +tables and shelves were littered with correspondence and samples +of tinned foods. And in the midst of this medley he worked steadily +on, sometimes elated by the hope that all was going well, sometimes +depressed by the thought that the expedition could not possibly +be ready to start at the required date. + +During these busy months of preparation he had the satisfaction +of knowing that the first lieutenant, the chief engineer and +the carpenter were in Dundee, and able to look into the numerous +small difficulties that arose in connection with the building +of the ship. Other important posts in the expedition had also +been filled up, and expeditionary work was being carried on in +many places. Some men were working on their especial subjects +in the British Museum, others were preparing themselves at the +Physical Laboratory at Kew, and others, again, were traveling +in various directions both at home and abroad. Of all these affairs +the central office was obliged to take notice, and so for its +occupants idle moments were few and very far between. Nansen +said once that the hardest work of a Polar voyage came in its +preparation, and during the years 1900-1, Scott found ample cause +to agree with him. But in spite of conflicting interests, which +at times threatened to wreck the well-being of the expedition, +work, having been properly organized, went steadily forward; +until on March 21, 1901, the new vessel was launched at Dundee +and named the 'Discovery' by Lady Markham. + +In the choice of a name it was generally agreed that the best +plan was to revive some time-honored title, and that few names +were more distinguished than 'Discovery.' She was the sixth of +that name, and inherited a long record of honorable and fortunate +service. + +The Discovery had been nothing more than a skeleton when it was +decided that she should be loaded with her freight in London; +consequently, after she had undergone her trials, she was brought +round from Dundee, and on June 3, 1901, was berthed in the East +India Docks. There, during the following weeks, all the stores +were gathered together, and there the vessel, which was destined +to be the home of the expedition for more than three years, was +laden. + +Speaking at the Geographical Congress at Berlin in 1899, Nansen +strongly recommended a vessel of the Fram type with fuller lines +for South Polar work, but the special Ship Committee, appointed +to consider the question of a vessel for this expedition, had +very sound reasons for not following his advice. Nansen's celebrated +Fram was built for the specific object of remaining safely in +the North Polar pack, in spite of the terrible pressures which +were to be expected in such a vast extent of ice. This object +was achieved in the simplest manner by inclining the sides of +the vessel until her shape resembled a saucer, and lateral pressure +merely tended to raise her above the surface. Simple as this +design was, it fulfilled so well the requirements of the situation +that its conception was without doubt a stroke of genius. What, +however, has been generally forgotten is that the safety of the +Fram was secured at the expense of her sea-worthiness and powers +of ice-penetration. + +Since the Fram was built there have been two distinct types of +Polar vessels, the one founded on the idea of passive security +in the ice, the other the old English whaler type designed to +sail the high seas and push her way through the looser ice-packs. +And a brief consideration of southern conditions will show which +of these types is more serviceable for Antarctic exploration, +because it is obvious that the exploring ship must first of all +be prepared to navigate the most stormy seas in the world, and +then be ready to force her way through the ice-floes to the +mysteries beyond. + +By the general consent of those who witnessed her performances, +the old Discovery (the fifth of her name) of 1875 was the best +ship that had ever been employed on Arctic service, and the Ship +Committee eventually decided that the new vessel should be built +on more or less the same lines. The new Discovery had the honor +to be the first vessel ever built for scientific exploration, +and the decision to adopt well-tried English lines for her was +more than justified by her excellent qualities. + +The greatest strength lay in her bows, and when ice-floes had +to be rammed the knowledge that the keel at the fore-end of the +ship gradually grew thicker, until it rose in the enormous mass +of solid wood which constituted the stem, was most comforting. +No single tree could provide the wood for such a stem, but the +several trees used were cunningly scarfed to provide the equivalent +of a solid block. In further preparation for the battle with +ice-floes, the stem itself and the bow for three or four feet +on either side were protected with numerous steel plates, so +that when the ship returned to civilization not a scratch remained +to show the hard knocks received by the bow. + +The shape of the stem was also a very important consideration. +In the outline drawing of the Discovery will be seen how largely +the stem overhangs, and this was carried to a greater extent than +in any former Polar vessel. The object with which this was fitted +was often fulfilled during the voyage. Many a time on charging +a large ice-floe the stem of the ship glided upwards until the +bows were raised two or three feet, then the weight of the ship +acting downwards would crack the floe beneath, the bow would +drop, and gradually the ship would forge ahead to tussle against +the next obstruction. Nothing but a wooden structure has the +elasticity and strength to thrust its way without injury through +the thick Polar ice. + +In Dundee the building of the Discovery aroused the keenest +interest, and the peculiar shape of her overhanging stern, an +entirely new feature in this class of vessel, gave rise to the +strongest criticism. All sorts of misfortunes were predicted, +but events proved that this overhanging rounded form of stem +was infinitely superior for ice-work to the old form of stem, +because it gave better protection to the rudder, rudder post +and screw, and was more satisfactory in heavy seas. + +Both in the building and in the subsequent work of the Discovery +the deck-house, marked on the drawing 'Magnetic Observatory,' +was an important place. For the best of reasons it was important +that the magnetic observations taken on the expedition should +be as accurate as possible, and it will be readily understood +that magnetic observations cannot be taken in a place closely +surrounded by iron. The ardor of the magnetic experts on the +Ship Committee had led them at first to ask that there should +be neither iron nor steel in the vessel, but after it had been +pointed out that this could scarcely be, a compromise was arrived +at and it was agreed that no magnetic materials should be employed +within thirty feet of the observatory. This decision caused immense +trouble and expense, but in the end it was justified, for the +magnetic observations taken on board throughout the voyage required +very little correction. And if the demands of the magnetic experts +were a little exacting, some amusement was also derived from +them. At one time those who lived within the circle were threatened +with the necessity of shaving with brass razors; and when the +ship was on her way home from New Zealand a parrot fell into +dire disgrace, not because it was too talkative, but because +it had been hanging on the mess-deck during a whole set of +observations, and the wires of its cage were made of iron. + +[Illustration: Outline drawings of 'Discovery' and 'Fram'.] + +The Discovery was, in Scott's opinion, the finest vessel ever +built for exploring purposes, and he was as enthusiastic about +his officers and men as he was about the ship herself. + +The senior of the ten officers who messed with Scott in the small +wardroom of the Discovery was Lieutenant A. B. Armitage, R.N.R. +He brought with him not only an excellent practical seamanship +training in sailing ships, but also valuable Polar experience; +for the P. and O. Company, in which he held a position, had in +1894 granted him leave of absence to join the Jackson-Harmsworth +Expedition to Franz-Josef Land. + +Reginald Koettlitz, the senior doctor, had also seen Arctic service +in the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition. As his medical duties were +expected to be light, he combined them with those of official +botanist. + +The task of Thomas V. Hodgson, biologist, was to collect by hook +or crook all the strange beasts that inhabit the Polar seas, +and no greater enthusiast for his work could have been chosen. + +Charles W. R. Royds was the first lieutenant, and had all to do +with the work of the men and the internal economy of the ship in +the way that is customary with a first lieutenant of a man-of-war. +Throughout the voyage he acted as meteorologist, and in face +of great difficulties he secured the most valuable records. + +Michael Barne, the second naval lieutenant, had served with Scott +in the Majestic. 'I had thought him,' Scott wrote after the +expedition had returned, 'as he proved to be, especially fitted +for a voyage where there were many elements of dangers and +difficulty.' + +The original idea in appointing two doctors to the Discovery was +that one of them should be available for a detached landing-party. +This idea was practically abandoned, but the expedition had reason +to be thankful that it ever existed, for the second doctor appointed +was Edward A. Wilson. In view of the glorious friendship which +arose between them, and which in the end was destined to make +history, it is of inestimable value to be able to quote what is +believed to be Scott's first written opinion of Wilson. In a letter +headed 'At sea, Sept. 27,' he said: 'I now come to the man who +will do great things some day--Wilson. He has quite the keenest +intellect on board and a marvelous capacity for work. You know +his artistic talent, but would be surprised at the speed at which +he paints, and the indefatigable manner in which he is always +at it. He has fallen at once into ship-life, helps with any job +that may be in hand... in fact is an excellent fellow all round. + +Wilson, in addition to his medical duties, was also vertebrate +zoologist and artist to the expedition. In the first capacity +he dealt scientifically with the birds and seals, and in the +second he produced a very large number of excellent pictures +and sketches of the wild scenes among which he was living. + +One of Scott's earliest acts on behalf of the expedition was to +apply for the services of Reginald W. Skelton as chief engineer. +At the time Skelton was senior engineer of the Majestic, and +his appointment to the Discovery was most fortunate in every +way. From first to last there was no serious difficulty with +the machinery or with anything connected with it. + +The geologist, Hartley T. Ferrar, only joined the expedition +a short time before the Discovery sailed, and the physicist, +Louis Bernacchi, did not join until the ship reached New Zealand. + +In addition there were two officers who did not serve throughout +the whole term. Owing to ill-health Ernest H. Shackleton was +obliged to return from the Antarctic in 1903, and his place was +taken by George F. A. Mulock, who was a sub-lieutenant in the +Navy when he joined. + +Apart from Koettlitz, who was forty, and Hodgson, who was +thirty-seven, the average age of the remaining members of the +wardroom mess was just over twenty-four years, and at that time +Scott had little doubt as to the value of youth for Polar service. +Very naturally, however, this opinion was less pronounced as +the years went by, and on August 6, 1911, he wrote during his +last expedition: 'We (Wilson and I) both conclude that it is +the younger people who have the worst time... Wilson (39) says +he never felt cold less than he does now; I suppose that between +30 and 40 is the best all-round age. Bower is a wonder of course. +He is 29. When past the forties it is encouraging to remember +that Peary was 52!' + +The fact that these officers lived in complete harmony for three +years was proof enough that they were well and wisely chosen, +and Scott was equally happy in his selection of warrant officers, +petty officers and men, who brought with them the sense of naval +discipline that is very necessary for such conditions as exist +in Polar service. The Discovery, it must be remembered, was not +in Government employment, and so had no more stringent regulations +to enforce discipline than those contained in the Merchant Shipping +Act. But everyone on board lived exactly as though the ship was +under the Naval Discipline Act; and as the men must have known +that this state of affairs was a fiction, they deserved as much +credit as the officers, if not more, for continuing rigorously +to observe it. + +Something remains to be said about the Discovery's prospective +course, and of the instructions given to Captain Scott. + +For purposes of reference Sir Clements Markham had suggested +that the Antarctic area should be divided into four quadrants, +to be named respectively the Victoria, the Ross, the Weddell, and +the Enderby, and when he also proposed that the Ross quadrant +should be the one chosen for this expedition, his proposal was +received with such unanimous approval that long before the Discovery +was built her prospective course had been finally decided. In +fact every branch of science saw a greater chance of success in +the Ross quadrant than in any other region. Concerning instructions +on such a voyage as the Discovery's it may be thought that, when +once the direction is settled, the fewer there are the better. +Provided, however, that they leave the greatest possible freedom +to the commander, they may be very useful in giving him a general +view of the situation, and in stating the order in which the +various objects are held. If scientific interests clash, it is +clearly to the commander's advantage to know in what light these +interests are regarded by those responsible for the enterprise. +Of such a nature were the instructions Scott received before +sailing for the South. + +During the time of preparation many busy men gave most valuable +assistance to the expedition; but even with all this kindly aid +it is doubtful if the Discovery would ever have started had it +not been that among these helpers was one who, from the first, +had given his whole and undivided attention to the work in hand. +After all is said and done Sir Clements Markham conceived the +idea of this Antarctic Expedition, and it was his masterful +personality which swept aside all obstacles and obstructions. + + + + +CHAPTER II + +SOUTHWARD HO! + + They saw the cables loosened, they saw the gangways cleared, + They heard the women weeping, they heard the men who cheered. + Far off-far off the tumult faded and died away. + And all alone the sea wind came singing up the Bay. + --NEWBOLT. + +On July 31, 1901, the Discovery left the London Docks, and slowly +wended her way down the Thames; and at Cowes, on August 5, she +was honored by a visit from King Edward VII and Queen Alexandra. +This visit must be ever memorable for the interest their Majesties +showed in the minutest details of equipment; but at the same time +it was natural for the members of the expedition to be obsessed +by the fear that they might start with a flourish of trumpets +and return with failure. The grim possibilities of the voyage +were also not to be forgotten--a voyage to the Antarctic, the +very map of which had remained practically unaltered from 1843-93. + +With no previous Polar experience to help him, Scott was following +on the track of great Polar explorers, notably of James Cook and +James Ross, of whom it has been well said that the one defined the +Antarctic region and the other discovered it. Can it be wondered +therefore that his great anxieties were to be off and doing, to +justify the existence of the expedition at the earliest possible +moment, and to obey the instructions which had been given him? + +Before the Discovery had crossed the Bay of Biscay it was evident +that she did not possess a turn of speed under any conditions, +and that there must be none but absolutely necessary delays on +the voyage, if she was to arrive in the Antarctic in time to +take full advantage of the southern summer of 1901-2 for the +first exploration in the ice. This proved a serious drawback, +as it had been confidently expected that there would be ample +time to make trial of various devices for sounding and dredging +in the deep sea, while still in a temperate climate. The fact +that no trials could be made on the outward voyage was severely +felt when the Antarctic was reached. + +On October 2 the Discovery arrived within 150 miles of the Cape, +and on the 5th was moored off the naval station at Simon's Bay. +The main object of staying at the Cape was to obtain comparisons +with the magnetic instruments, but Scott wrote: 'It is much to +be deplored that no permanent Magnetic Station now exists at +the Cape. The fact increased the number and difficulty of our +own observations, and it was quite impossible to spare the time +for such repetitions and verifications as, under the circumstances, +could alone have placed them beyond dispute.' Armitage and Barne, +however, worked like Trojans in taking observations, and received +so much valuable assistance 'that they were able to accomplish +a maximum amount of work in the limited time at their disposal.' +In every way, indeed, the kindliest sympathy was shown at the +Cape. + +The magnetic work was completed on October 12, and two days later +the Discovery once more put out to sea; and as time went on those +on board became more and more satisfied with her seaworthy qualities. +Towards the end of October there was a succession of heavy following +gales, but she rose like a cork to the mountainous seas that +followed in her wake, and, considering her size, she was wonderfully +free of water on the upper deck. With a heavy following sea, +however, she was, owing to her buoyancy, extremely lively, and +rolls of more than 40º were often recorded. The peculiar shape +of the stern, to which reference has been made, was now well +tested. It gave additional buoyancy to the after-end, causing +the ship to rise more quickly to the seas, but the same lifting +effect was also directed to throwing the ship off her course, +and consequently she was difficult to steer. The helmsmen gradually +became more expert, but on one occasion when Scott and some other +officers were on the bridge the ship swerved round, and was +immediately swept by a monstrous sea which made a clean breach +over her. Instinctively those on the bridge clutched the rails, +and for several moments they were completely submerged while +the spray dashed as high as the upper topsails. + +On November 12 the Discovery was in lat. 51 S., long. 131 E., +and had arrived in such an extremely interesting magnetic area +that they steered to the south to explore it. This new course +took them far out of the track of ships and towards the regions +of ice, and they had scarcely arrived in those lonely waters +when Scott was aroused from sleep by a loud knocking and a voice +shouting, 'Ship's afire, sir.' Without waiting to give any details +of this alarming news the informant fled, and when Scott appeared +hastily on the scenes he found that the deck was very dark and +obstructed by numerous half-clad people, all of whom were as +ignorant as he was. Making his way forward he discovered that +the fire had been under the forecastle, and had been easily +extinguished when the hose was brought to bear on it. In these +days steel ships and electric light tend to lessen the fear of +fire, but in a wooden vessel the possible consequences are too +serious not to make the danger very real and alarming. Henceforth +the risk of fire was constantly in Scott's thoughts, but this +was the first and last occasion on which an alarm was raised +in the Discovery. + +On November 15 the 60th parallel was passed, and during the +following morning small pieces of sea-ice, worn into fantastic +shape by the action of the waves, appeared and were greeted with +much excitement and enthusiasm. As the afternoon advanced signs +of a heavier pack were seen ahead, and soon the loose floes were +all about the ship, and she was pushing her way amongst them +and receiving her baptism of ice. + +This was Scott's first experience of pack-ice, and he has recorded +how deeply he was impressed by the novelty of his surroundings. +'The wind had died away; what light remained was reflected in +a ghostly glimmer from the white surface of the pack; now and +again a white snow petrel flitted through the gloom, the grinding +of the floes against the ship's side was mingled with the more +subdued hush of their rise and fall on the long swell, and for +the first time we felt something of the solemnity of these great +Southern solitudes.' + +The Discovery was now within 200 miles of Adélie Land, and with +steam could easily have pushed on towards it. But delays had +already been excessive, and they could not be added to if New +Zealand was to be reached betimes. Reluctantly the ship's head +was again turned towards the North, and soon passed into looser +ice. + +One great feature of the tempestuous seas of these southern oceans +is the quantity and variety of their bird life. Not only are +these roaming, tireless birds to be seen in the distance, but +in the majority of cases they are attracted by a ship and for +hours gather close about her. The greater number are of the petrel +tribe, and vary in size from the greater albatrosses, with their +huge spread of wing and unwavering flight, to the small Wilson +stormy petrel, which flits under the foaming crests of the waves. +For centuries these birds have been the friends of sailors, and +as Wilson was able to distinguish and name the various visitors +to the Discovery, the interest of the voyage was very greatly +increased. + +'At 11 A.M. on the 22nd,' Scott wrote in his official report +of the Proceedings of the expedition, 'we sighted Macquarie Island, +exactly at the time and in the direction expected, a satisfactory +fact after so long an absence from land. As the island promised +so much of interest to our naturalists I thought a delay of the +few hours necessary for landing would be amply justified.... +A landing was effected without much difficulty, and two penguin +rookeries which had been observed from the ship were explored +with much interest. One proved to be inhabited by the beautifully +marked King penguin, while the other contained a smaller +gold-crested broad-billed species.... At 8 P.M. the party returned +to the ship, and shortly after we weighed anchor and proceeded. +Including those collected in the ice, we had no fewer than 50 +birds of various sorts to be skinned, and during the next few +days several officers and men were busily engaged in this work +under the superintendence of Dr. Wilson. The opportunity was +taken of serving out the flesh of the penguins for food. I had +anticipated considerable prejudice on the part of the men to +this form of diet which it will so often be essential to enforce, +and was agreeably surprised to find that they were by no means +averse to it. Many pronounced it excellent, and all seemed to +appreciate the necessity of cultivating a taste for it. I found +no prejudice more difficult to conquer than my own.' + +Perhaps the most excited member of the party over this visit to +Macquarie Island was Scott's Aberdeen terrier 'Scamp,' who was +most comically divided between a desire to run away from the +penguins, and a feeling that in such strange company it behooved +him to be very courageous. This, however, was Scamp's first and +last experience of penguins, for it was felt that he would be +unable to live in the Antarctic, and so a comfortable home was +found for him in New Zealand. + +Late on November 29 the Discovery arrived off Lyttelton Heads, +and on the following day she was berthed alongside a jetty in +the harbor. For both the private and the public kindness which +was shown to the expedition in New Zealand, no expressions of +gratitude can be too warm. On every possible occasion, and in +every possible way, efficient and kindly assistance was given, +and this was all the more valuable because a lot of work had +to be done before the ship could sail from Lyttelton. The rigging +had to be thoroughly overhauled and refitted; the magneticians +had to undertake the comparison of their delicate instruments, +and as this was the last occasion on which it could be done special +attention was necessary; and a large quantity of stores had to +be shipped, because some of those in the Discovery had been damaged +by the leaky state of the ship. This leak had never been dangerous, +but all the same it had entailed many weary hours of pumping, +and had caused much waste of time and of provisions. Among the +many skilled workmen, whose united labor had produced the solid +structure of the Discovery's hull, had been one who had shirked +his task, and although the ship was docked and most determined +and persistent efforts were made to find the leak, it succeeded +in avoiding detection. + +As the month of December advanced the scene on the ship was a +very busy one, but at last the day for sailing from Lyttelton +arrived, though not for the final departure from civilization, +because a short visit was to be paid to Port Chalmers in the +south to complete the stock of coal. On Saturday, December 21, +the ship lay alongside the wharf ready for sea and very deeply +laden. 'One could reflect that it would have been impossible +to have got more into her, and that all we had got seemed necessary +for the voyage, for the rest we could only trust that Providence +would vouch-safe to us fine weather and an easy passage to the +south.' + +New Zealand, to the last, was bent on showing its enthusiasm +for the expedition. Two men-of-war steamed slowly out ahead of +the Discovery, while no fewer than five steamers, crowded with +passengers, and with bands playing and whistles hooting, also +accompanied her, until the open sea was reached and the Discovery +slowly steamed out between the war-ships that seemed to stand +as sentinels to the bay. And then, before the cheers of thousands +of friends were hardly out of the ears of those on board, a tragedy +happened. Among the ship's company who had crowded into the rigging +to wave their farewells was one young seaman, named Charles Bonner, +who, more venturesome than the rest, had climbed above the +crow's-nest to the top of the main-mast. There, seated on the +truck, he had remained cheering, until in a moment of madness +he raised himself into a standing position, and almost directly +afterwards he fell and was instantaneously killed. On the Monday +the ship arrived at Port Chalmers, and Bonner was buried with +naval honors. + +By noon on the following day the Discovery was clear of the harbor +bar, and was soon bowling along under steam and sail towards +the south. The last view of civilization, the last sight of fields +and flowers had come and gone on Christmas Eve, 1901, and Christmas +Day found the ship in the open expanse of the Southern Ocean, +though after such a recent parting from so many kind friends +no one felt inclined for the customary festivities. + +In good sea trim the Discovery had little to fear from the worst +gales, but at this time she was so heavily laden that had she +encountered heavy seas the consequences must have been very +unpleasant. Inevitably much of her large deck cargo must have +been lost; the masses of wood on the superstructure would have +been in great danger, while all the sheep and possibly many of +the dogs would have been drowned. Fine weather, however, continued, +and on January 3 Scott and his companions crossed the Antarctic +Circle, little thinking how long a time would elapse before they +would recross it. At length they had entered the Antarctic regions; +before them lay the scene of their work, and all the trials of +preparation, and the anxiety of delays, were forgotten in the +fact that they had reached their goal in time to make use of +the best part of the short open season in these icebound regions. + +Soon the pack was on all sides of them, but as yet so loose that +there were many large pools of open water. And then for several +days the ship had really to fight her way, and Scott gave high +praise to the way she behaved: 'The "Discovery" is a perfect +gem in the pack. Her size and weight behind such a stem seem +to give quite the best combination possible for such a purpose. +We have certainly tried her thoroughly, for the pack which we +have come through couldn't have been looked at by Ross even with +a gale of wind behind him.' + +Necessarily progress became slow, but life abounds in the pack, +and the birds that came to visit the ship were a source of perpetual +interest. The pleasantest and most constant of these visitors +was the small snow petrel, with its dainty snow-white plumage +relieved only by black beak and feet, and black, beady eye. These +little birds abound in the pack-ice, but the blue-grey southern +fulmar and the Antarctic petrel were also to be seen, and that +unwholesome scavenger, the giant petrel, frequently lumbered by; +while the skua gull, most pugnacious of bullies, occasionally +flapped past, on his way to make some less formidable bird disgorge +his hard-earned dinner. + +The squeak of the penguin was constantly heard, at first afar +and often long before the birds were seen. Curiosity drew them +to the ship, and as she forced her way onward these little visitors +would again and again leap into the water, and journey from floe +to floe in their eagerness to discover what this strange apparition +could be. Some of the sailors became very expert in imitating +their calls, and could not only attract them from a long distance, +but would visibly add to their astonishment when they approached. +These were busy days for the penguins. + +In all parts of the pack seals are plentiful and spend long hours +asleep on the floes. The commonest kind is the crab-eater or +white seal, but the Ross seal is not rare, and there and there +is found the sea-leopard, ranging wide and preying on the penguins +and even on the young of its less powerful brethren. It is curious +to observe that both seals and penguins regard themselves as +safe when out of the water. In the sea they are running risks +all the time, and in that element Nature has made them swift +to prey or to avoid being preyed upon. But once on ice or land +they have known no enemy, and cannot therefore conceive one. +The seal merely raises its head when anyone approaches, and then +with but little fear; whereas it is often difficult to drive +the penguin into the water, for he is firmly convinced that the +sea is the sole source of danger. Several seals were killed for +food, and from the first seal-meat was found palatable, if not +altogether the form of diet to recommend to an epicure. The great +drawback to the seal is that there is no fat except blubber, +and blubber has a very strong taste and most penetrating smell. +At this time blubber was an abomination to everyone both in taste +and smell, and if the smallest scrap happened to have been cooked +with the meat, dinner was a wasted meal. Later on, however, this +smell lost most of its terrors, while seal-steaks and seal-liver +and kidneys were treated almost as luxuries. + +On the morning of January 8 a strong water sky could be seen, +and soon afterwards the officer of the watch hailed from aloft +the glad tidings of an open sea to the south. Presently the ship +entered a belt where the ice lay in comparatively small pieces, +and after pushing her way through this for over a mile, she reached +the hard line where the ice abruptly ended, and to the south +nothing but a clear sky could be seen. At 10.30 P.M. on the same +evening the joy of being again in the open sea was intensified +by a shout of 'Land in sight,' and all who were not on deck quickly +gathered there to take their first look at the Antarctic Continent. +The sun, near the southern horizon, still shone in a cloudless +sky, and far away to the south-west the blue outline of the high +mountain peaks of Victoria Land could be seen. The course was +now directed for Robertson Bay, and after some difficulty, owing +to the reappearance of loose streams of pack-ice, the ship was +eventually steered into the open water within the bay. + +Robertson Bay is formed by the long peninsula of Cape Adare, +within which, standing but slightly above the level of the sea, +is a curious triangular spit, probably the morainic remains of +the vaster ice conditions of former ages. It was on this spit +that the expedition sent forth by Sir George Newnes and commanded +by Borchgrevink spent their winter in 1896, the first party to +winter on the shores of the Antarctic Continent. Here Scott decided +to land for a short time, and very soon Armitage, Bernacchi and +Barne were at work among the thousands of penguins that abounded, +while the naturalists wandered further afield in search of specimens. +In the center of Cape Adare beach the hut used by the members +of Borchgrevink's party was still found to be standing in very +good condition, though at the best of times deserted dwellings +are far from cheerful to contemplate. Bernacchi had been a member +of this small party of eight, and on the spot he recalled the past, +and told of the unhappy death of Hanson--one of his comrades. + +Later on Bernacchi and some others landed again to visit Hanson's +grave, and to see that all was well with it. They took a tin cylinder +containing the latest report of the voyage with them, and were +told to place it in some conspicuous part of the hut. In the +following year this cylinder was found by the Morning, [Footnote: +The relief ship.] and so the first information was given that +the Discovery had succeeded in reaching these southern regions. + +On January 10, when the weather was still calm and bright, the +ship again stood out to sea, and was steered close around Cape +Adare in the hope of finding a clear channel near at hand. Very +soon, however, the tidal stream began to make from the south, +and the whole aspect of the streams of heavy pack-ice rapidly +changed. Almost immediately the pack was about the ship, and +she was being rapidly borne along with it. Across the entrance +to the bay was a chain of grounded icebergs, and it was in this +direction that she was being carried. For the first time they +faced the dangers of the pack, and realized its mighty powers. +Little or nothing could be done, for the floes around them were +heavier than anything they had yet encountered. Twist and turn +as they would no appreciable advance could be made, and in front +of one colossal floe the ship was brought to a standstill for +nearly half an hour. But they still battled on; Armitage remained +aloft, working the ship with admirable patience; the engine-room, +as usual, answered nobly to the call for more steam, and the +Discovery exerted all her powers in the struggle; but, in spite +of these efforts, progress was so slow that it looked almost +certain that she would be carried down among the bergs. 'It was +one of those hours,' Scott says, 'which impress themselves for +ever on the memory. Above us the sun shone in a cloudless sky, +its rays were reflected from a myriad points of tire glistening +pack; behind us lay the lofty snow-clad mountains, the brown +sun-kissed cliffs of the Cape, and the placid glassy waters of +the bay; the air about us was almost breathlessly still; crisp, +clear and sun-lit, it seemed an atmosphere in which all Nature +should rejoice; the silence was broken only by the deep panting +of our engines and the slow, measured hush of the grinding floes; +yet, beneath all, ran this mighty, relentless tide, bearing us +on to possible destruction. It seemed desperately unreal that +danger could exist in the midst of so fair a scene, and as one +paced to and fro on the few feet of throbbing plank that constituted +our bridge, it was difficult to persuade oneself that we were +so completely impotent.' + +With the exception of Scott himself only those who were actually +on watch were on deck during this precarious time, for the hour +was early, and the majority were asleep in their bunks below, +happily oblivious of the possible dangers before them. And the +fact that they were not aroused is a proof that a fuss was rarely +made in the Discovery, if it could by any conceivable means be +avoided. + +At last, however, release came from this grave danger, and it +came so gradually that it was difficult to say when it happened. +Little by little the tidal stream slackened, the close-locked +floes fell slightly apart, and under her full head of steam the +ship began to forge ahead towards the open sea and safety. 'For +me,' Scott adds, 'the lesson had been a sharp and, I have no +doubt, a salutary one; we were here to fight the elements with +their icy weapons, and once and for all this taught me not to +undervalue the enemy.' During the forenoon the ship was within +seven or eight miles of the high bold coast-line to the south +of Cape Adare, but later she had to be turned outwards so that +the heavy stream of pack-ice drifting along the land could be +avoided. By the morning of the 11th she was well clear of the +land, but the various peaks and headlands which Sir James Ross +had named could be distinctly seen, and gave everyone plenty +to talk and think about. Progress, however, was slow, owing to +a brisk S. E. wind and the fact that only one boiler was being +used. + +Of all economies practiced on board the most important was that +of coal, but Scott was not at all sure that this decision to +use only one boiler was really economical. Certainly coal was +saved but time was also wasted, and against an adverse wind the +Discovery could only make fifty-five miles on the 11th, and on +the 12th she scarcely made any headway at all, for the wind had +increased and a heavy swell was coming up from the south. + +To gain shelter Scott decided to turn in towards the high cliffs +of Coulman Island, the land of which looked illusively near as +they approached it. So strong was this deception that the engines +were eased when the ship was still nearly two miles away from +the cliffs. Later on, in their winter quarters and during their +sledge journeys, they got to know how easy it was to be deluded as +regards distance, and what very false appearances distant objects +could assume. This matter is of interest, because it shows that +Polar explorers must be exceedingly cautious in believing the +evidence of their own eyes, and it also explains the errors +which the Discovery expedition found to have been made by former +explorers, and which they knew must have been made in all good faith. + +During the night of the 13th the ship lay under the shelter of +Coulman Island, but by the morning the wind had increased to +such a furious gale, and the squalls swept down over the cliffs +with such terrific violence, that in spite of every effort to +keep her in her station she began to lose ground. In the afternoon +the wind force was ninety miles an hour, and as they continued +to lose ground they got into a more choppy sea, which sent the +spray over them in showers, to freeze as it fell. + +Again the situation was far from pleasant; to avoid one berg +they were forced to go about, and in doing so they ran foul of +another. As they came down on it the bowsprit just swept clear +of its pinnacled sides, and they took the shock broad on their +bows. It sent the ship reeling round, but luckily on the right +tack to avoid further complications. The following night was +dismal enough; again and again small bergs appeared through the +blinding spray and drift, and only with great difficulty could the +unmanageable ship be brought to clear them. Even gales, however, +must have an end, and towards morning the wind moderated, and +once more they were able to steam up close to the island. And +there, between two tongues of ice off Cape Wadworth, they landed +on the steep rocks and erected a staff bearing a tin cylinder +with a further record of the voyage. By the time this had been +done the wind had fallen completely, and in the evening the ship +entered a long inlet between Cape Jones and the barrier-ice, and +later turned out, of this into a smaller inlet in the barrier-ice +itself. She was now in a very well-sheltered spot, and night, +as often happened in the Antarctic regions, was turned into day +so that several seals could be killed. 'It, seemed a terrible +desecration,' Scott says, 'to come to this quiet spot only to +murder its innocent inhabitants, and stain the white snow with +blood.' But there was the best of all excuses, namely necessity, +for this massacre, because there was no guarantee that seals +would be found near the spot in which the ship wintered, and +undoubtedly the wisest plan was to make sure of necessary food. + +While the seal carcasses and some ice for the boilers were being +obtained, Scott turned in to get some rest before putting out +to sea again, and on returning to the deck at 7.30 he was told +that the work was completed, but that some five hours before +Wilson, Ferrar, Cross and Weller had got adrift of a floe, and +that no one had thought of picking them up. Although the sun +had been shining brightly all night, the temperature had been down +to 18°, and afar off Scott could see four disconsolate figures +tramping about, and trying to keep themselves warm on a detached +floe not more than fifteen yards across. + +When at length the wanderers scrambled over the side it was very +evident that they had a grievance, and not until they had been +warmed by hot cocoa could they talk with ease of their experiences. +They had been obliged to keep constantly on the move, and when +they thought of smoking to relieve the monotony they found that +they had pipes and tobacco, but no matches. While, however, they +were dismally bemoaning this unfortunate state of affairs Wilson, +who did not smoke, came to the rescue and succeeded in producing +fire with a small pocket magnifying glass--a performance which +testified not only to Wilson's resource, but also to the power +of the sun in these latitudes. + +On the 17th the ship had to stand out farther and farther from +the land to clear the pack, and when on the 18th she arrived in +the entrance to Wood Bay it was also found to be heavily packed. A +way to the N. and N.W. the sharp peaks of Monteagle and Murchison, +among bewildering clusters of lesser summits, could be seen; +across the bay rose the magnificent bare cliff of Cape Sibbald, +while to the S.W. the eye lingered pleasantly upon the uniform +outline of Mount Melbourne. This fine mountain rears an almost +perfect volcanic cone to a height of 9,000 feet, and with no +competing height to take from its grandeur, it constitutes the +most magnificent landmark on the coast. Cape Washington, a bold, +sharp headland, projects from the foot of the mountain on its +eastern side, and finding such heavy pack in Wood Bay, Scott +decided to turn to the south to pass around this cape. + +From this point the voyage promised to be increasingly interesting, +since the coast to the south of Cape Washington was practically +unknown. Pack-ice was still a formidable obstacle, but on the +20th the Discovery pushed her way into an inlet where she met +ice which had been formed inside and but recently broken up. The +ice was perfectly smooth, and as it showed absolutely no sign +of pressure there was no doubting that this inlet would make a +secure wintering harbor. Already a latitude had been reached in +which it was most desirable to find safe winter quarters for the +ship. In England many people had thought that Wood Bay would be +the most southerly spot where security was likely to be found, but +Scott had seen enough of the coast-line to the south of that place +to realize the impossibility of traveling along it in sledges, +and to convince him that if any advance to the south was to be +made, a harbor in some higher latitude must be found. + +This inlet was afterwards named Granite Harbor, and so snug and +secure a spot was it to winter in that Scott expressed his +thankfulness that he did not yield to its allurements. 'Surrounded +as we should have been by steep and lofty hills, we could have +obtained only the most local records of climatic conditions, and +our meteorological observations would have been comparatively +valueless; but the greatest drawback would have been that we +should be completely cut off from traveling over the sea-ice +beyond the mouth of our harbor.... It is when one remembers how +naturally a decision to return to this place might have been +made, that one sees how easily the results of the expedition +might have been missed.' + +It was, however, consoling at the time to know that, in default of +a better place, a safe spot had been found for wintering, so with +Granite Harbor in reserve the ship again took up her battle with +the ice; and on the 21st she was in the middle of McMurdo Sound, +and creeping very slowly through the pack-ice, which appeared +from the crow's-nest to extend indefinitely ahead. They were now +within a few miles of the spot where they ultimately took up their +winter quarters, but nearly three weeks were to pass before they +returned there. 'At 8 P.M. on the 21st,' Scott says, 'we thought +we knew as much of this region as our heavy expenditure of coal +in the pack-ice would justify us in finding out, and as before us +lay the great unsolved problem of the barrier and of what lay +beyond it, we turned our course with the cry of Eastward ho!' + + + + +CHAPTER III + +IN SEARCH OF WINTER QUARTERS + + Beholde I see the haven near at hand + To which I mean my wearie course to bend; + Vere the main sheet and bear up to the land + To which afore is fairly to be ken'd. + --SPENSER, Faerie Queene. + +In their journey from Cape Washington to the south something had +already been done to justify the dispatch of the expedition. A +coast-line which hitherto had been seen only at a great distance, +and reported so indefinitely that doubts were left with regard +to its continuity, had been resolved into a concrete chain of +mountains; and the positions and forms of individual heights, +with the curious ice formations and the general line of the coast, +had been observed. In short the map of the Antarctic had already +received valuable additions, and whatever was to happen in the +future that, at any rate, was all to the good. + +At 8 P.M. on the 22nd the ship arrived off the bare land to the +westward of Cape Crozier, where it was proposed to erect a post +and leave a cylinder containing an account of their doings, so +that the chain of records might be completed. After a landing +had been made with some difficulty, a spot was chosen in the +center of the penguin rookery on a small cliff overlooking the +sea, and here the post was set up and anchored with numerous +boulders. In spite of every effort to mark the place, at a few +hundred yards it was almost impossible to distinguish it; but +although this small post on the side of a vast mountain looked +a hopeless clue, it eventually brought the Morning into McMurdo +Sound. + +While Bernacchi and Barne set up their magnetic instruments and +began the chilly task of taking observations, the others set +off in twos and threes to climb the hillside. Scott, Royds and +Wilson scrambled on until at last they reached the summit of +the highest of the adjacent volcanic cones, and were rewarded +by a first view of the Great Ice Barrier. [Footnote: The immense +sheet of ice, over 400 miles wide and of still greater length.] + +'Perhaps,' Scott says, 'of all the problems which lay before +us in the south we were most keenly interested in solving the +mysteries of this great ice-mass.... For sixty years it had been +discussed and rediscussed, and many a theory had been built on +the slender foundation of fact which alone the meager information +concerning it could afford. Now for the first time this extraordinary +ice-formation was seen from above.... It was an impressive sight +and the very vastness of what lay at our feet seemed to add to +our sense of its mystery.' + +Early on the 23rd they started to steam along the ice-face of +the barrier; and in order that nothing should be missed it was +arranged that the ship should continue to skirt close to the +ice-cliff, that the officers of the watch should repeatedly observe +and record its height, and that three times in the twenty-four +hours the ship should be stopped and a sounding taken. In this +manner a comparatively accurate survey of the northern limit +of the barrier was made. + +On steaming along the barrier it was found that although they +were far more eager to gain new information than to prove that +old information was incorrect, a very strong case soon began +to arise against the Parry Mountains, which Ross had described +as 'probably higher than we have yet seen'; and later on it was +known with absolute certainty that these mountains did not exist. +This error on the part of such a trustworthy and cautious observer, +Scott ascribes to the fact that Ross, having exaggerated the +height of the barrier, was led to suppose that anything seen +over it at a distance must be of great altitude. 'But,' he adds, +'whatever the cause, the facts show again how deceptive appearances +may be and how easily errors may arise. In fact, as I have said +before, one cannot always afford to trust the evidence of one's +own eyes.' Though the ship was steaming along this ice-wall for +several days, the passage was not in the least monotonous, because +new variations were continually showing themselves, and all of +them had to be carefully observed and recorded. This work continued +for several days until, on January 29, they arrived at a particularly +interesting place, to the southward and eastward of the extreme +position reached by Ross in 1842. From that position he had reported +a strong appearance of land to the southeast, and consequently +all eyes were directed over the icy cliffs in that direction. +But although the afternoon was bright and clear, nothing from +below or from aloft could be seen, and the only conclusion to +be made was that the report was based on yet another optical +illusion. + +But in spite of the disappointment at being unable to report +that Ross's 'appearance of land' rested on solid foundations, +there was on the afternoon of the 29th an indescribable sense +of impending change. 'We all felt that the plot was thickening, +and we could not fail to be inspirited by the fact that we had +not so far encountered the heavy pack-ice which Ross reported +in this region, and that consequently we were now sailing in +an open sea into an unknown world.' + +The course lay well to the northward of east, and the change came +at 8 P.M. when suddenly the ice-cliff turned to the east, and +becoming more and more irregular continued in that direction for +about five miles, when again it turned sharply to the north. Into +the deep bay thus formed they ran, and as the ice was approached +they saw at once that it was unlike anything yet seen. The ice-foot +descended to various heights of ten or twenty feet above the +water, and behind it the snow surface rose in long undulating +slopes to rounded ridges, the heights of which could only be +guessed. Whatever doubt remained in their minds that this was +snow-covered land, a sounding of 100 fathoms quickly removed it. + +But what a land! On the swelling mounds of snow above them there +was not one break, not a feature to give definition to the hazy +outline. No scene could have been more perfectly devised to produce +optical illusions. And then, while there was so much to observe, +a thick fog descended, and blotted out all hope of seeing what +lay beyond the ice-foot. During the afternoon of January 30 the +fog was less dense, but still no sign of bare land could be seen, +and it was not until the bell had sounded for the evening meal +that two or three little black patches, which at first were mistaken +for detached cloud, appeared. 'We gazed idly enough at them till +someone remarked that he did not believe they were clouds; then all +glasses were leveled; assertions and contradictions were numerous, +until the small black patches gradually assumed more and more +definite shape, and all agreed that at last we were looking at +real live rock, the actual substance of our newly discovered +land.... It is curious to reflect now on the steps which led us +to the discovery of King Edward's Land, and the chain of evidence +which came to us before the actual land itself was seen: at first +there had been the shallow soundings, and the sight of gently +rising snow-slopes, of which, in the nature of things, one is +obliged to retain a doubt; then the steeper broken slopes of +snow, giving a contrast to convey a surer evidence to the eye; +and, finally the indubitable land itself, but even then surrounded +with such mystery as to leave us far from complete satisfaction +with our discovery.' + +The temptation to push farther and farther to the east was almost +irresistible, but with the young ice forming rapidly around them, +Scott, on February 1, decided to return, and on their way back +along the barrier they experienced much lower temperatures than +on the outward journey. During the return journey they landed +on the barrier, and on February 4 preparations for a balloon +ascent were made. 'The honor,' Scott says, 'of being the first +aeronaut to make an ascent in the Antarctic Regions, perhaps +somewhat selfishly, I chose for myself, and I may further confess +that in so doing I was contemplating the first ascent I had made +in any region, and as I swayed about in what appeared a very +inadequate basket and gazed down on the rapidly diminishing figures +below, I felt some doubt as to whether I had been wise in my choice.' + +If, however, this ascent was not altogether enjoyed by the aeronaut, +it, at any rate, gave him considerable information about the +barrier surface towards the south; and, to his surprise, he +discovered that instead of the continuous level plain that he had +expected, it continued in a series of long undulations running +approximately east and west, or parallel to the barrier surface. +Later on, however, when the sledge-party taken out by Armitage +returned, they reported that these undulations were not gradual +as had been supposed from the balloon, but that the crest of each +wave was flattened into a long plateau, from which the descent +into the succeeding valley was comparatively sharp. On the evening +of the 4th they put out to sea again, and on the 8th they were +once more in McMurdo Sound, with high hopes that they would soon +find a sheltered nook in which the Discovery could winter safely, +and from which the sledge-parties could set forth upon the task +of exploring the vast new world around them. + +Without any delay they set out to examine their immediate +surroundings, and found a little bay which promised so well for +the winter that Scott's determination to remain in this region +was at once strengthened. The situation, however, was surrounded +with difficulties, for although the ice had broken far afield +it refused to move out of the small bay on which they had looked +with such eager eyes; consequently they were forced to cling to +the outskirts of the bay with their ice-anchors, in depths that +were too great to allow the large anchors to be dropped to the +bottom. The weather also was troublesome, for after the ship had +lain quietly during several hours a sudden squall would fling +her back on her securing ropes, and, uprooting the ice-anchors, +would ultimately send her adrift. + +In spite, however, of the difficulty of keeping the ship in position, +steady progress was made with the work on shore, and this consisted +mainly in erecting the various huts which had been brought in +pieces. The original intention had been that the Discovery should +not winter in the Antarctic, but should land a small party and turn +northward before the season closed, and for this party a large hut +had been carried south. But even when it had been decided to keep +the ship as a home, it was obvious that a shelter on shore must be +made before exploring parties could be safely sent away; since +until the ship was frozen in a heavy gale might have driven her +off her station for several days, if not altogether. In seeking +winter quarters so early in February, Scott had been firmly +convinced that the season was closing in. 'With no experience +to guide us, our opinion could only be based on the very severe +and unseasonable conditions which we had met with to the east. +But now to our astonishment we could see no sign of a speedy +freezing of the bay; the summer seemed to have taken a new lease, +and for several weeks the fast sea-ice continued to break silently +and to pass quietly away to the north in large floes.' + +In addition to the erection of the main hut, two small huts which +had been brought for the magnetic instruments had to be put together. +The parts of these were, of course, numbered, but the wood was +so badly warped that Dailey, the carpenter, had to use a lot +of persuasion before the joints would fit. + +On February 14 Scott wrote in his diary: 'We have landed all +the dogs, and their kennels are ranged over the hillside below +the huts.... It is surprising what a number of things have to be +done, and what an unconscionable time it takes to do them. The +hut-building is slow work, and much of our time has been taken +in securing the ship.... Names have been given to the various +landmarks in our vicinity. The end of our peninsula is to be +called "Cape Armitage," after our excellent navigator. The sharp +hill above it is to be "Observation Hill."... Next comes the +"Gap," through which we can cross the peninsula at a comparatively +low level. North of the "Gap" are "Crater Heights," and the higher +volcanic peak beyond is to be "Crater Hill"; it is 1,050 feet +in height. Our protecting promontory is to be "Hut Point," with +"Arrival Bay" on the north and "Winter Quarter Bay" on the south; +above "Arrival Bay" are the "Arrival Heights," which continue +with breaks for about three miles to a long snow-slope, beyond +which rises the most conspicuous landmark on our peninsula, a +high, precipitous-sided rock with a flat top, which has been +dubbed "Castle Rock"; it is 1,350 feet in height. + +'In spite of the persistent wind, away up the bay it is possible +to get some shelter, and here we take our ski exercise.... Skelton +is by far the best of the officers, though possibly some of the +men run him close.' + +On the 19th the first small reconnoitering sledge party went +out, and on their return three days later they were so excited +by their experiences that some time passed before they could +answer the questions put to them. Although the temperature had +not been severe they had nearly got into serious trouble by +continuing their march in a snowstorm, and when they did stop +to camp they were so exhausted that frost-bites were innumerable. +The tent had been difficult to get up, and all sorts of trouble +with the novel cooking apparatus had followed. 'It is strange +now,' Scott wrote three years later, 'to look back on these first +essays at sledding, and to see how terribly hampered we were by +want of experience.' + +By February 26 the main hut was practically finished, and as +a quantity of provisions and oil, with fifteen tons of coal, +had been landed, the ship could be left without anxiety, and +arrangements for the trip, which Scott hoped to lead himself, +were pushed forward. The object of this journey was to try and +reach the record at Cape Crozier over the barrier, and to leave +a fresh communication there with details of the winter quarters. +On the following day, however, Scott damaged his right knee while +skiing, and had to give up all idea of going to Cape Crozier. +'I already foresaw how much there was to be learnt if we were +to do good sledding work in the spring, and to miss such an +opportunity of gaining experience was terribly trying; however, +there was nothing to be done but to nurse my wounded limb and +to determine that never again would I be so rash as to run hard +snow-slopes on ski.' + +By March 4 the preparation of the sledge party was completed. +The party consisted of four officers, Royds, Koettlitz, Skelton +and Barne, and eight men, and was divided into two teams, each +pulling a single sledge and each assisted by four dogs. But again +the want of experience was badly felt, and in every respect the +lack of system was apparent. Though each requirement might have +been remembered, all were packed in a confused mass, and, to +use a sailor's expression, 'everything was on top and nothing +handy.' Once more Scott comments upon this lack of experience: 'On +looking back I am only astonished that we bought that experience so +cheaply, for clearly there were the elements of catastrophe as +well as of discomfort in the disorganized condition in which our +first sledge parties left the ship.' + +The days following the departure of the sledge party were +exceptionally fine, but on Tuesday, March 11, those on board +the ship woke to find the wind blowing from the east; and in +the afternoon the wind increased, and the air was filled with +thick driving snow. This Tuesday was destined to be one of the +blackest days spent by the expedition in the Antarctic, but no +suspicion that anything untoward had happened to the sledge party +arose until, at 8.30 P.M., there was a report that four men were +walking towards the ship. Then the sense of trouble was immediate, +and the first disjointed sentences of the newcomers were enough +to prove that disasters had occurred. The men, as they emerged +from their thick clothing, were seen to be Wild, Weller, Heald +and Plumley, but until Scott had called Wild, who was the most +composed of the party, aside, he could not get any idea of what +had actually happened, and even Wild was too exhausted, and +excited to give anything but a meager account. + +Scott, however, did manage to discover that a party of nine, +In charge of Barne, had been sent back, and early in the day +had reached the crest of the hills somewhere by Castle Rock. +In addition, Wild told him, to the four who had returned, the +party had consisted of Barne, Quartley, Evans, Hare and Vince. +They had thought that they were quite close to the ship, and +when the blizzard began they had left their tents and walked +towards her supposed position. Then they found themselves on +a steep slope and tried to keep close together, but it was +impossible to see anything. Suddenly Hare had disappeared, and +a few minutes after Evans went. Barne and Quartley had left them +to try to find out what had become of Evans, and neither of them +had come back, though they waited. Afterwards they had gone on, +and had suddenly found themselves at the edge of a precipice with +the sea below; Vince had shot past over the edge. Wild feared +all the others must be lost; he was sure Vince had gone. Could +he guide a search party to the scene of the accident? He thought +he could--at any rate he would like to try. + +The information was little enough but it was something on which +to act, and though the first disastrous news had not been brought +until 8.30 P.M. the relieving party had left the ship before +9 P.M. Owing to his knee Scott could not accompany the party, +and Armitage took charge of it. + +Subsequently the actual story of the original sledge party was +known, and the steps that led to the disaster could be traced. +On their outward journey they had soon come to very soft snow, +and after three days of excessive labor Royds had decided that +the only chance of making progress was to use snow-shoes; but +unfortunately there were only three pairs of ski with the party, +and Royds resolved to push on to Cape Crozier with Koettlitz +and Skelton, and to send the remainder back in charge of Barne. + +The separation took place on the 9th, and on the 11th the returning +party, having found an easier route than on their way out, were +abreast of Castle Rock. Scarcely, however, had they gained the +top of the ridge about half a mile south-west of Castle Rock, when +a blizzard came on and the tents were hastily pitched. + +'We afterwards weathered many a gale,' Scott says, 'in our staunch +little tents, whilst their canvas sides flapped thunderously hour +after hour.... But to this party the experience was new; they +expected each gust that swept down on them would bear the tents +bodily away, and meanwhile the chill air crept through their +leather boots and ill-considered clothing, and continually some +frost-bitten limb had to be nursed back to life.' + +At ordinary times hot tea or cocoa would have revived their spirits, +but now the cooking apparatus was out of order, and taking everything +into consideration it was small wonder that they resolved to make +for the ship, which they believed to be only a mile or so distant. + +'Before leaving,' Barne wrote in his report, 'I impressed on the +men, as strongly as I could, the importance of keeping together, as +it was impossible to distinguish any object at a greater distance +than ten yards on account of the drifting snow.' But after they +had struggled a very short distance, Hare, who had been at the +rear of the party, was reported to be missing, and soon afterwards +Evans 'stepped back on a patch of bare smooth ice, fell, and +shot out of sight immediately.' + +Then Barne, having cautioned his men to remain where they were, +sat down and deliberately started to slide in Evans's track. +In a moment the slope grew steeper, and he was going at such a +pace that all power to check himself had gone. In the mad rush +he had time to wonder vaguely what would come next, and then +his flight was arrested, and he stood up to find Evans within +a few feet of him. They had scarcely exchanged greetings when +the figure of Quartley came hurtling down upon them from the +gloom, for he had started on the same track, and had been swept +down in the same breathless and alarming manner. To return by +the way they had come down was impossible, and so they decided +to descend, but within four paces of the spot at which they had +been brought to rest, they found that the slope ended suddenly in +a steep precipice, beyond which nothing but clouds of snow could +be seen. For some time after this they sat huddled together, +forlornly hoping that the blinding drift would cease, but at +last they felt that whatever happened they must keep on the move, +and groping their way to the right they realized that the sea was +at their feet, and that they had been saved from it by a patch +of snow almost on the cornice of the cliff. Presently a short +break in the storm enabled them to see Castle Rock above their +heads, and slowly making their way up the incline, they sought +the shelter of a huge boulder; and there, crouched together, +they remained for several hours. + +Meanwhile the party had remained in obedience to orders at the +head of the slope, and had shouted again and again in the lulls +of the whirling storm. But after waiting for a long time they +felt that something was amiss, and that it was hopeless to remain +where they were. 'As usual on such occasions,' Scott says, 'the +leading spirit came to the fore, and the five who now remained +submitted themselves to the guidance of Wild, and followed him +in single file as he again struck out in the direction in which +they supposed the ship to lie.' In this manner they descended for +about 500 yards, until Wild suddenly saw the precipice beneath +his feet, and far below, through the wreathing snow, the sea. +He sprang back with a cry of warning, but in an instant Vince +had flashed past and disappeared. + +Then, horror-stricken and dazed, they vaguely realized that at +all costs they must ascend the slope down which they had just +come. All of them spoke afterwards of that ascent with horror, +and wondered how it had ever been made. They could only hold +themselves by the soles of their boots, and to slip to their +knees meant inevitably to slide backwards towards the certain +fate below. Literally their lives depended on each foothold. +Wild alone had a few light nails in his boots, and to his great +credit he used this advantage to give a helping hand in turn +to each of his companions. When, after desperate exertions, they +did reach the top of the slope their troubles were not finished, +for they were still ignorant of the position of the ship. Wild, +however, again took the lead, and it was largely due to him that +the party eventually saw the ship looming through the whirl of +snow. 'It is little wonder that after such an experience they +should have been, as I have mentioned, both excited and tired.' + +The hours following the departure of Armitage and his search +party on this fatal night were unforgettable. Scott, hatefully +conscious of his inability to help on account of his injured leg, +admits that he could not think of any further means to render +assistance, but he says, 'as was always my experience in the +Discovery, my companions were never wanting in resource.' Soon +the shrill screams of the siren were echoing among the hills, +and in ten minutes after the suggestion had been made, a whaler +was swinging alongside ready to search the cliffs on the chance +of finding Vince. + +But for Scott and those who had to wait inactively on board there +was nothing to do but stand and peer through the driving snow, +and fully three hours passed before there was a hail from without, +and Ferrar appeared leading three of the lost--Barne, Evans and +Quartley. An hour later the main search party returned, having +done all that men could do in such weather. A more complete search +was impossible, but it had to be admitted that the chance of +seeing Hare or Vince again was very small. Sadly it had to be +realized that two men were almost certainly lost, but there was +also no disguising the fact that a far greater tragedy might +have happened. Indeed, it seemed miraculous that any of the party +were alive to tell the tale, and had not Barne, Evans and Quartley +heard the faint shrieks of the siren, and in response to its +welcome sound made one more effort to save themselves, the sledge +party would in all probability not have found them. All three +of them were badly frost-bitten, and one of Barne's hands was +in such a serious condition that for many days it was thought +that his fingers would have to be amputated. + +The end of this story, however, is not yet told, for on March +13 Scott wrote in his diary: 'A very extraordinary thing has +happened. At 10 A.M. a figure was seen descending the hillside. +At first we thought it must be some one who had been for an early +walk; but it was very soon seen that the figure was walking weakly, +and, immediately after, the men who were working in the hut were +seen streaming out towards it. In a minute or two we recognized +the figure as that of young Hare, and in less than five he was +on board.... We soon discovered that though exhausted, weak, +and hungry, he was in full possession of his faculties and quite +free from frost-bites. He went placidly off to sleep whilst +objecting to the inadequacy of a milk diet.' + +Later on Hare, who like Vince had been wearing fur boots, explained +that he had left his companions to return to the sledges and get +some leather boots, and had imagined that the others understood +what he intended to do. Soon after he had started back he was +wandering backwards and forwards, and knew that he was walking +aimlessly to and fro. The last thing he remembered was making +for a patch of rock where he hoped to find shelter, and there +he must have lain in the snow for thirty-six hours, though he +required a lot of persuasion before he could be convinced of +this. When he awoke he found himself covered with snow, but on +raising himself he recognized Crater Hill and other landmarks, +and realized exactly where the ship lay. Then he started towards +her, but until his intense stiffness wore off he was obliged +to travel upon his hands and knees. + +But though Hare was safe, Vince was undoubtedly gone. 'Finally +and sadly we had to resign ourselves to the loss of our shipmate, +and the thought was grievous to all.... Life was a bright thing +to him, and it is something to think that death must have come +quickly in the grip of that icy sea.' + +This fatal mishap naturally caused increased anxiety about the +three men who had gone on, and anxiety was not diminished when, +on the 19th, Skelton was seen coming down, the hill alone. The +others, however, were close behind him, and all three of them +were soon safely on board. + +On the 15th Royds had been compelled to abandon the attempt to +reach the record at Cape Crozier, but he did not turn back until +it was evident that a better equipped party with more favorable +weather would easily get to it. On comparing notes with his party, +Scott recognized what a difference there might be in the weather +conditions of places within easy reach of the ship, and not only +in temperature but also in the force and direction of the wind. +It had not occurred to anyone that within such a short distance +of the ship any large difference of temperature was probable, +and as the summer was barely over, Royds, Koettlitz and Skelton +had only taken a light wolf-skin fur suit for night-wear. This, +however, had proved totally inadequate when the thermometer fell +to -42°, and on the night of the 16th uncontrollable paroxysms of +shivering had prevented them from getting any sleep. The value of +proper clothing and the wisdom of being prepared for the unexpected +rigors of such a fickle climate, were two of the lessons learnt +from the experiences of the Cape Crozier party. + +As the days of March went by Scott began really to wonder whether +the sea ever intended to freeze over satisfactorily, and at such +an advanced date there were many drawbacks in this unexpected +state of affairs. Until the ship was frozen in, the security of +their position was very doubtful; economy of coal had long since +necessitated the extinction of fires in the boilers, and if a +heavy gale drove the ship from her shelter, steam could only be +raised with difficulty and after the lapse of many hours. There +was, too, the possibility that the ship, if once driven off, +would not be able to return, and so it was obviously unsafe to +send a large party away from her, because if she went adrift +most of them would be needed. + +Another annoying circumstance was that until they had a solid sheet +of ice around them they could neither set up the meteorological +screen, nor, in short, carry out any of the routine scientific +work which was such an important object of the expedition. + +At this time Scott was eager to make one more sledding effort +before the winter set in. The ostensible reason was to layout a +depôt of provisions to the south in preparation for the spring, +but 'a more serious purpose was to give himself and those who had +not been away already a practical insight into the difficulties +of sledge traveling. But as this party would have to include +the majority of those on board, he was forced to wait until the +ship was firmly fixed, and it may be said that the Discovery +was as reluctant to freeze-in as she was difficult to get out +when once the process had been completed. + +On March 28, however, Scott was able to write in his diary: 'The +sea is at last frozen over, and if this weather lasts the ice +should become firm enough to withstand future gales. We have +completed the packing of our sledges, though I cannot say I am +pleased with their appearance; the packing is not neat enough, +and we haven't got anything like a system.' + +Three days later a party of twelve, divided into two teams, each +with a string of sledges and nine dogs, made a start. Their loads +were arranged on the theory of 200 lbs. to each man, and 100 lbs. +to each dog, but they very quickly discovered that the dogs were +not going to have anything to do with such a theory as this. The +best of them would only pull about 50 lbs., and some of the others +had practically to be pulled. + +Later on Scott learned that it was a bad plan to combine men and +dogs on a sledge, because the dogs have their own pace and manner +of pulling, and neither of these is adapted to the unequal movement +caused by the swing of marching men. And on this occasion another +reason for the inefficiency of the dogs was that they were losing +their coats, and had but little protection against the bitterly +cold wind. 'As a matter of fact, our poor dogs suffered a great +deal from their poorly clothed condition during the next week or +two, and we could do little to help them; but Nature seemed to +realize the mistake, and came quickly to the rescue: the new coats +grew surprisingly fast, and before the winter had really settled +down on us all the animals were again enveloped in their normally +thick woolly covering. + +The refusal of the dogs to work on this trip meant that the men +had to do far more than their share, and from the first they had +no chance of carrying out their intentions. Each hour, however, +was an invaluable experience, and when a return was made to the +ship Scott was left with much food for thought. 'In one way or +another each journey had been a failure; we had little or nothing +to show for our labors. The errors were patent; food, clothing, +everything was wrong, the whole system was bad. It was clear that +there would have to be a thorough reorganization before the spring, +and it was well to think that before us lay a long winter in which +this might be effected.' + +But in a sense even these failures were successful, for everyone +resolved to profit by the mistakes that had been made and the +experience that had been gained, and the successful sledge journeys +subsequently made in the spring were largely due to the failures +of the autumn. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE POLAR WINTER + + The cold ice slept below, + Above the cold sky shone, + And all around + With a chilling sound + From caves of ice and fields of snow + The breath of night like death did flow + Beneath the sinking moon. + --SHELLEY. + +The sun was due to depart before the end of April, and so no time +could be wasted if the outside work, which had been delayed by +the tardy formation of the ice-sheet, was to be completed before +the daylight vanished. + +One of the most urgent operations was to get up the meteorological +screen, which had been made under the superintendence of Royds. +The whole of this rather elaborate erection was, placed about 100 +yards astern of the ship, and consequently in a direction which, +with the prevalent south-easterly winds, would be to windward of +her. To obtain a complete record of meteorological observations +was one of the most important scientific objects of the expedition, +and it was decided that the instruments should be read and recorded +every two hours. Consequently in calm or storm some member of the +community had to be on the alert, and every other hour to make the +rounds of the various instruments. On a fine night this was no +great hardship, but in stormy weather the task was not coveted by +anyone. On such occasions it was necessary to be prepared to resist +the wind and snowdrift, and the round itself was often full of +exasperating annoyances. In fact the trials and tribulations of +the meteorological observers were numerous, and it was arranged +that throughout the winter each officer should take it in turn +to make the night observations from 10 P.M. to 6 A.M. Wilson +nobly offered always to take the 8 A.M. observation, but the +lion's share of the work fell on Royds himself, since besides +taking his share of the night work he also, throughout the first +winter and a great part of the second, took all the observations +between 10 A.M. and 10 P.M. + +The magnetic huts and all that appertained to them were Bernacchi's +special business, and many times daily he was to be seen journeying +to and fro in attendance upon his precious charge. The general +reader may well ask why so much trouble should be taken to ascertain +small differences in the earth's magnetism, and he can scarcely +be answered in a few words. Broadly speaking, however, the earth +is a magnet, and its magnetism is constantly changing. But why +it is a magnet, or indeed what magnetism may be, is unknown, and +obviously the most hopeful way of finding an explanation of a +phenomenon is to study it. For many reasons the Discovery's winter +station in the Antarctic was an especially suitable place in +which to record the phenomenon of magnetism. + +Besides establishing the routine of scientific work many preparations +had to be made for the comfort and well-being of the ship during +the winter, and long before the sun had disappeared the little +company had settled down to a regular round of daily life. + +Later in the year Scott wrote in his diary: 'The day's routine for +the officers gives four clear hours before tea and three after; +during these hours all without exception are busily employed +except for the hour or more devoted to exercise.... It would +be difficult to say who is the most diligent, but perhaps the +palm would be given to Wilson, who is always at work; every rough +sketch made since we started is reproduced in an enlarged and +detailed form, until we now possess a splendid pictorial +representation of the whole coastline of Victoria Land.... At +home many no doubt will remember the horrible depression of spirit +that has sometimes been pictured as a pendant to the long polar +night. We cannot even claim to be martyrs in this respect; with +plenty of work the days pass placidly and cheerfully.' + +Nearly seven months before Scott wrote in this cheerful spirit of +the winter, he had expressed himself warmly about those who were +to spend it with him. 'I have,' he said in a letter dispatched +from Port Chalmers on the voyage out, 'the greatest admiration +for the officers and men, and feel that their allegiance to me is +a thing assured. Our little society in the wardroom is governed +by a spirit of good fellowship and patience which is all that +the heart of man could desire; I am everlastingly glad to be +one of the company and not forced to mess apart.... The absence +of friction and the fine comradeship displayed throughout is +beyond even my best expectation.' + +This spirit of good-fellowship and give-and-take was a remarkable +feature of life during the time spent in the Discovery, and the +only man Scott had a word to say against was the cook. 'We shipped +him at the last moment in New Zealand, when our trained cook +became too big for his boots, and the exchange was greatly for +the worse; I am afraid he is a thorough knave, but what is even +worse, he is dirty--an unforgivable crime in a cook.' + +Under such circumstances it is obvious that tempers might have +been overstrained, and apart from the sins of the cook the weather +was unexpectedly troublesome. Almost without exception the North +Polar winter has been recorded as a period of quiescence, but in +the Antarctic the wind blew with monotonous persistency, and calm +days were very few and far between. Nevertheless Scott had little +reason to change his original opinion about his companions, all +of whom were prepared to put up with some unavoidable discomforts, +and to make the best of a long job. + +During the winter a very regular weekly routine was kept up, each +day having its special food and its special tasks. The week's +work ended on Friday, and Saturday was devoted to 'clean ship,' +the officers doing their share of the scrubbing. In the forenoon +the living-spaces were thoroughly cleaned, holes and corners were +searched, and while the tub and scrubber held sway the deck became +a 'snipe marsh.' At this time the holds also were cleared up, the +bilges pumped out, the upper deck was 'squared up,' and a fresh +layer of clean snow was sprinkled over that which had been soiled +by the traffic of the week. Then a free afternoon for all hands +followed, and after dinner in the wardroom the toast was the +time-honored one of 'Sweethearts and Wives.' + +On Sunday a different garment was put on, not necessarily a newer +or a cleaner one, the essential point being that it should be +different from that which had been worn during the week. By 9.30 +the decks had been cleared up, the tables and shelves tidied, and +the first lieutenant reported 'All ready for rounds.' A humble +imitation of the usual man-of-war walk-round Sunday inspection +followed, and Scott had the greatest faith in this system of +routine, not only because it had a most excellent effect on the +general discipline and cleanliness of the ship, but also because +it gave an opportunity to raise and discuss each new arrangement +that was made to increase the comfort of all on board. + +After this inspection of both ship and men, the mess-deck was +prepared for church; harmonium, reading-desk and chairs were all +placed according to routine, and the bell was tolled. Scott read +the service, Koettlitz the lessons, and Royds played the harmonium. + +Service over, all stood off for the day and looked forward to the +feast of mutton which was limited to Sunday. 'By using it thus +sparingly the handsome gift of the New Zealand farmers should +last us till the early spring. But it is little use to think of +the sad day when it will fail; for the present I must confess that +we always take an extra walk to make quite sure of our appetites +on Sunday.' + +On June 23 the festival of mid-winter was celebrated, and the +mess-deck was decorated with designs in colored papers and festooned +with chains and ropes of the same materials. Among the messes +there was a great contest to have the best decorations, and some +astonishing results were achieved with little more than brightly +colored papers, a pair of scissors and a pot of paste. On each +table stood a grotesque figure or fanciful erection of ice, which +was cunningly lighted up by candles from within and sent out +shafts of sparkling light. 'If,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'the +light-hearted scenes of to-day can end the first period of our +captivity, what room for doubt is there that we shall triumphantly +weather the whole term with the same general happiness and +contentment?' + +During the winter months the South Polar Times, edited by +Shackleton, appeared regularly, and was read with interest and +amusement by everyone. At first it had been decided that each +number should contain, besides the editorial, a summary of the +events and meteorological conditions of the past month, some +scientifically instructive articles dealing with the work and +surroundings, and others written in a lighter vein; but, as the +scheme developed, it was found that such features as caricatures +and acrostics could be added. One of the pleasantest points in +connection with the Times was that the men contributed as well +as the officers; in fact some of the best, and quite the most +amusing, articles were written by the occupants of the mess-deck. +But beyond all else the journal owed its excellence to Wilson, +who produced drawings that deserved--and ultimately obtained--a +far wider appreciation than could be given to them in the Antarctic. +So great was the desire to contribute to the first number of +the S. P. T. that the editor's box was crammed with manuscripts +by the time the date for sending in contributions had arrived. +From these there was no difficulty in making a selection, but +as there was also some danger of hurting the feelings of those +whose contributions had been rejected, a supplementary journal +named The Blizzard was produced. This publication, however, had +but a brief career, for in spite of some good caricatures and a +very humorous frontispiece by Barne, it was so inferior to the +S. P. T. that even its contributors realized that their mission +in life did not lie in the paths of literary composition. The +Blizzard, in short, served its purpose, and then ceased to exist. + +In considering the arrangements to make the ship comfortable +during the dark months, the question of artificial light was as +difficult as it was important. Paraffin had from the first been +suggested as the most suitable illuminant, its main disadvantage +being that it is not a desirable oil to carry in quantities in +a ship. 'Our luckiest find,' Scott says, 'was perhaps the right +sort of lamp in which to burn this oil. Fortunately an old Arctic +explorer, Captain Egerton, presented me with a patent lamp in which +the draught is produced by a fan worked by clockwork mechanism, +and no chimney is needed. One can imagine the great mortality +there would be in chimneys if we were obliged to employ them, so +that when, on trial, this lamp was found to give an excellent +light, others of the same sort were purchased, and we now use them +exclusively in all parts of the ship with extremely satisfactory +results.' + +There was, however, a still brighter illuminant within their +reach in the shape of acetylene, but not until it became certain +that they would have to spend a second winter in the Antarctic, +did their thoughts fly to the calcium carbide which had been +provided for the hut, and which they had not previously thought +of using. 'In this manner the darkness of our second winter was +relieved by a light of such brilliancy that all could pursue +their occupations by the single burner placed in each compartment. +I lay great stress on this, because I am confident that this is +in every way the best illuminant that can be taken for a Polar +winter, and no future expedition should fail to supply themselves +with it.' + +As has already been said, the meteorological observations had to +be read and recorded every two hours, and on July 21 Scott gave +in his diary a full and graphic account of the way he occupied +himself during his 'night on.' 'Each of us has his own way of +passing the long, silent hours. My own custom is to devote some +of it to laundry-work, and I must confess I make a very poor +fist of it. However, with a bath full of hot water, I commence +pretty regularly after the ten o'clock observation, and labor +away until my back aches. There is little difficulty with the +handkerchiefs, socks and such-like articles, but when it comes +to thick woolen vests and pajamas, I feel ready to own my +incapacity; one always seems to be soaping and rubbing at the +same place, and one is forced to wonder at the area of stuff +which it takes to cover a comparatively small body. My work is +never finished by midnight, but I generally pretend that it is, +and after taking the observations for that hour, return to wring +everything out. I am astonished to find that even this is no +light task; as one wrings out one end the water seems to fly to +the other; then I hang some heavy garment on a hook and wring +until I can wring no more; but even so, after it has been hung +for a few minutes on the wardroom clothes-line, it will begin +to drip merrily on the floor, and I have to tackle it afresh. +I shall always have a high respect for laundry-work in future, +but I do not think it can often have to cope with such thick +garments as we wear. + +'Washing over, one can devote oneself to pleasanter occupations. +The night-watchman is always allowed a box of sardines, which +are scarce enough to be a great luxury, and is provided with +tea or cocoa and a spirit-lamp. Everyone has his own ideas as +to how sardines should be prepared... and I scarcely like to +record that there is a small company of gourmets, who actually +wake one another up in order that the night-watchman may present +his fellow epicures with a small finger of buttered toast, on +which are poised two sardines "done to a turn." The awakened +sleeper devours the dainty morsel, grunts his satisfaction, and +goes placidly off into dreamland again. + +'I find that after my labors at the wash-tub and the pleasing +supper that follows, I can safely stretch myself out in a chair +without fear of being overcome by sleep, and so, with the +ever-soothing pipe and one's latest demand on the library +book-shelves, one settles down in great peace and contentment +whilst keeping an eye on the flying hours, ready to sally forth +into the outer darkness at the appointed time. + +'The pleasure or pain of that periodic journey is of course entirely +dependent on the weather. On a fine night it may be quite a pleasure, +but when, as is more common, the wind is sweeping past the ship, +the observer is often subjected to exasperating difficulties, +and to conditions when his conscience must be at variance with +his inclination. + +'Sometimes the lantern will go out at the screen, and he is forced +to return on board to light it; sometimes it will refuse to shine on +the thin threads of mercury of the thermometer until it is obvious +that his proximity has affected the reading, and he is forced to +stand off until it has again fallen to the air temperature.... +These and many other difficulties in taking observations which +may be in themselves valueless are met in the right spirit. I +think we all appreciate that they are part of a greater whole +whose value must stand or fall by attention to detail.' + +At the end of July a most unpleasant fact had to be faced in +a mishap to the boats. Early in the winter they had been hoisted +out to give more room for the awning, and had been placed in +a line about a hundred yards from the ice-foot on the sea-ice. +The earliest gale drifted them up nearly gunwale high, and thus +for the next two months they remained in sight. But then another +gale brought more snow, and was so especially generous with it +in the neighborhood of the boats, that they were afterwards found +to be buried three or four feet beneath the surface. With no +feelings of anxiety, but rather to provide occupation, Scott +ordered the snow on the top of them to be removed, and not until +the first boat had been reached was the true state of affairs +revealed. She was found lying in a mass of slushy ice with which +she was nearly filled, and though for a moment there was a wild +hope that she could be pulled up, this soon vanished; for the +air temperature promptly converted the slush into hardened ice, +and so she was stuck fast. + +Nothing more could be done at that time to recover the boats, +because as fast as the sodden ice could be dug out, more sea-water +would have come in and frozen. But to try and prevent bad going to +worse before the summer brought hope with it, parties were engaged +day after day in digging away at the snow covering, and in the +course of months many tons must have been removed. The danger was +that fresh gales bringing more snow might have sunk the boats so +far below the surface that they could never be recovered, and +after each gale the diggers were naturally despondent, as to all +appearances they had to begin all over again. The prospect, however, +of having to leave the Antarctic without a single boat in the +ship, and also the feeling that so much labor must tell in the +end, spurred on the diggers to renewed vigor, but it was not +until December that the boats were finally liberated. + +Early in August another gale with blinding drift was responsible +for an experience to Bernacchi and Skelton that once again +emphasized the bewildering effect of a blizzard. They were in the +smaller compartment of the main hut completing a set of pendulum +observations, while Royds was in the larger compartment--the +hut was used for many and various purposes--rehearsing his nigger +minstrel troupe. Either because nigger minstrelsy and scientific +work did not go hand in hand, or because their work was finished, +Bernacchi and Skelton, soon after the rehearsal began, left the +hut to return to the ship. Fully an hour and a half afterwards +Royds and his troupe, numbering more than a dozen, started back, +and found that the gale had increased and that the whirling snow +prevented them from seeing anything. Being, however, in such +numbers, they were able to join hands and sweep along until they +caught the guide-rope leading to the gangway; and then as they +traveled along it they heard feeble shouts, and again extending +their line suddenly fell upon Bernacchi and Skelton, who, having +entirely lost their bearings, had been reduced to shouting on +the chance of being heard and rescued. + +The hut was scarcely 200 yards from the ship, and the latter +was not only a comparatively big object but was surrounded by +guide-ropes and other means of direction, which if encountered +would have informed the wanderers of their position. Additionally +Bernacchi and Skelton could be trusted to take the most practical +course in any difficulty, and so it seems the more incredible +that they could actually have been lost for two hours. Both of +them were severely frostbitten about the face and legs, but bitter +as their experience was it served as yet another warning to those +who were to go sledding in the spring that no risks could be +taken in such a capricious climate. Had not Royds been rehearsing +his troupe on this occasion the results to Bernacchi and Skelton +must have been more disastrous than they were; consequently the +idea of using the large hut as a place of entertainment was +fortunate in more ways than one. + +During the first week of May a concert had been given in the +hut, but this was more or less in the nature of an experiment; +for Royds, who took infinite pains over these entertainments, had +arranged a long program with the object of bringing to light any +possible talent. The result of this was that even the uncritical +had to confess that most of the performers would have been less +out of place among the audience. So much dramatic ability, however, +was shown that Barne was entrusted with the work of producing a +play, which, after many rehearsals conducted with due secrecy, +was produced on June 25. + +This play was entitled 'The Ticket of Leave,' 'a screaming comedy +in one act,' and was produced with unqualified success. 'I for +one,' Scott says, 'have to acknowledge that I have rarely been +so gorgeously entertained.' + +Later on Royds began to organize his nigger minstrel troupe, +and when the doors of the Royal Terror Theatre opened at 7.30 +on August 6, the temperature outside them was -40°, while inside +it was well below zero. Under these conditions it is small wonder +that the audience was glad when the curtain went up. 'There is +no doubt,' Scott says in reference to this performance, 'that +sailors dearly love to make up; on this occasion they had taken +an infinity of trouble to prepare themselves.... "Bones" and +"Skins" had even gone so far as to provide themselves with movable +top-knots which could be worked at effective moments by pulling +a string below.... To-night the choruses and plantation-songs +led by Royds were really well sung, and they repay him for the +very great pains he has taken in the rehearsals.' + +So with entertainments to beguile the time, and with blizzards +to endure, and with preparations to make for sledding, the days +passed by until on August 21 the sun was once more due to return. +But on that day a few hours of calm in the morning were succeeded +by whirling snow-squalls from the south, and each lull was followed +by a wild burst of wind. Scott was glad enough to have everyone +on board in such weather, and at noon when he had hoped to be +far over the hills only vast sheets of gleaming snow could be +seen. The following day, however, was an ideal one for the first +view of the long-absent sun, and Scott went to the top of Crater +Hill to watch and welcome. 'Over all the magnificent view the +sunlight spreads with gorgeous effect after its long absence; +a soft pink envelops the western ranges, a brilliant red gold +covers the northern sky; to the north also each crystal of snow +sparkles with reflected light. The sky shows every gradation +of light and shade; little flakes of golden sunlit cloud float +against the pale blue heaven, and seem to hover in the middle +heights, whilst far above them a feathery white cirrus shades +to grey on its unlit sides.' + +But when the men were told that the sun could be seen from Hut +Point, to Scott's astonishment they displayed little or no +enthusiasm. Everyone seemed glad to think that it had been punctual +in keeping its appointment, but after all they had seen the sun +a good many times before, and in the next few months they would +in all probability see it a good many times again, and there was +no sense in getting excited about it. Some of them did set off at +a run for the point, while others, since it seemed the right thing +to do, followed at a walk, but a good number remained on board +and had their dinner. On August 25 the Feast of the Sun was duly +celebrated, and the days that followed were fuller than ever with +preparations for the spring journeys. The only sewing-machine +clattered away all day long, and the whole company plied their +needles as if they were being sweated by iron-handed taskmasters. +The long winter was at an end, and everyone, in the best of spirits, +was looking forward eagerly to the spring sledge journeys, and +making garments in which to bid defiance to the wind and the +weather. As regards the actual sledge equipment which was taken +to the south, Scott had depended on the experience of others, and +especially on that of Armitage, but owing to a variety of reasons +the difficulty of providing an efficient sledding outfit had been +immense. + +In England twenty-five years had passed since any important sledding +expedition had been accomplished, and during that time not a single +sledge, and very few portions of a sledge equipment, had been made +in the country. The popular accounts of former expeditions were +not written to supply the minute details required, and no memory +could be expected to retain these details after such a lapse of +time. In fact the art of sledge-making was lost in England, but +fortunately the genius of Nansen had transferred it to Norway. +In the autumn of 1900 Scott had visited Christiania, and there +received much advice and assistance from Nansen himself. It was +not, however, until Armitage agreed to serve as second in command +of the expedition that Scott had anyone on whom he could rely +to provide the sledding outfit. + +In making these preparations for long journeys in the south, +there was no previous experience to go upon except that which +had been gained in the north; indeed it was necessary to assume +that southern conditions would be more or less similar to those +of the north, and in so far as they proved different the sledding +outfit ran the risk of failure. Experience taught Scott that in +many respects the sledding conditions of the south were different +from those of the north, and so it is only fair to consider the +sledge journeys taken by the Discovery expedition as pioneer +efforts. These differences are both climatic and geographical. +For instance, the conditions in the south are more severe than +those in the north, both in the lowness of the temperatures and +in the distressing frequency of blizzards and strong winds. And +the geographical difference between the work of the northern +and the southern sledge-traveler is as great as the climatic, if +not greater, for the main part of northern traveling has been +and will be done on sea-ice, while the larger part of southern +traveling has been and will be done over land surfaces, or what +in this respect are their equivalents. + +[Illustration: Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt.] + +So impressed was Scott by the impossibility of dragging a sledge +over the surfaces of the Great Barrier to the South at the rate +maintained by the old English travelers on the northern sea-ice, +that he began seriously to think that the British race of explorers +must have deteriorated rapidly and completely in stamina. But later +on, in carrying out exploration to the west, he had to travel over +the sea-ice of the strait, and then he discovered that--given the +surface there was nothing wrong with the pace at which his sledge +parties could travel. Probably, however, the distances recorded by +the northern travelers will never be exceeded in the south, for +the Antarctic explorer has to meet severer climatic conditions, and +while pulling his sledge over heavier surfaces he is not likely to +meet with fewer obstacles in his path. To make marching records is +not, of course, the main purpose of sledge-travelers, but all the +same, where conditions are equal, speed and the distance traveled +are a direct test of the efficiency of sledding preparations, and +of the spirit of those who undertake this arduous service. + +The main differences between the sledges used by the Discovery +expedition and those used by other explorers were a decrease in +breadth and an increase in runner surface. Measured across from +the center of one runner to the center of the other Scott's +sledges were all, with one exception, 1 foot 5 inches. The runners +themselves were 3-3/4 inches across, so that the sledge track +from side to side measured about 1 foot 8-3/4 inches. The lengths +varied from 12 feet to 7 feet, but the 11-foot sledges proved +to be by far the most convenient--a length of 12 feet seeming +to pass just beyond the limit of handiness. + +Taking then 11 feet as about the best length for this type of +sledge, it will be seen that it differed considerably from the +old Arctic type, which was 10 feet long and 3 feet broad. The +weight of such all 11-foot sledge was anything between 40 and +47 lbs., and this was none too light when the full strength of +the structure was required. Generally speaking, the full load +that could be put upon them was about 600 lbs. The most important +part of the sledge is the runner, in which the grain must be +perfectly straight and even, or it will splinter very easily; +but it surprised Scott to find what a lot of wear a good wood +runner would stand, provided that it was only taken over snow. +'Some of our 9-foot sledges must,' he says, 'have traveled 1,000 +miles, and there was still plenty of wear left in the runners.' + +In point of numbers the Discovery's crew was far behind the old +Northern expeditions; and it was this fact that made Scott decide, +in arranging a sledge equipment where men and not dogs would +do most of the haulage, to divide his parties into the smallest +workable units. The old Northern plan had allowed for parties +of at least eight, who, having a common tent and cooking +arrangements, could not be subdivided. Scott's plan was not +necessarily to limit the number of men in his parties, but to +divide them into units of three, which should be self-contained, +so that whenever it was advisable a unit could be detached from +the main party. Under such a system it is obvious that each unit +must have its own tent, sleeping-bag, cooker, and so on; and +therein lay a disadvantage, as economy of material and weight +can be better carried out with a large unit than with a small +one. + +The weights of a party naturally divide themselves under two +headings: the permanent, which will not diminish throughout the +trip, and the consumable, including food, oil, &c. The following +is a list of the permanent weights carried on Scott's journey to +the west, and it will give some idea of the variety of articles, +exclusive of provisions. The party numbered six. + + lbs. + 2 Sledges with fittings complete 130 + Trace 5 + 2 Cookers, pannikins and spoons 30 + 2 Primus lamps, filled 10 + 2 Tents complete 60 + 2 Spades 9 + 2 Sleeping-bags with night-gear 100 + Sleeping jackets, crampons, spare finnesko 50 + [Footnote: Reindeer-fur boots.] + Medical bag 6 + 3 Ice-axes 8 + Bamboos and marks 11.5 + Instruments and camera 50 + Alpine rope 9 + Repair and tool bags, sounding-line, tape, + sledge brakes 15 + Ski boots for party 15 + Ski for party 60 + + Total 568.5 + +Roughly speaking, a man can drag from 200 to 240 lbs., but his +load was rarely above 200 lbs. This for six men gave a total +carrying capacity of 1,200 lbs. and hence about 630 lbs. could +be devoted to provisions. + +Again, speaking very roughly, this amount is about six weeks' +food for a party of six, but as such a short period is often +not long enough to satisfy sledge-travelers, they are compelled +to organize means by which their journey can be prolonged. This +can be done in two ways; they may either go out earlier in the +season and lay a depôt at a considerable distance towards their +goal, or they may arrange to receive assistance from a supporting +party, which accompanies them for a certain distance on the road +and helps their advance party to drag a heavier load than they +can accomplish alone. + +Both of these plans were adopted by Scott on the more important +journeys, and his parties were able to be absent from the ship +for long periods and to travel long distances. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +THE START OF THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY + + Hold hard the breath and bend up every spirit + To its full height... + + ...Shew us here + That you are worth your breeding, which I doubt not. + For there is none so mean or base + That have not noble lustre in your eyes. + I see you stand like greyhounds in the slips, + Straining upon the start. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +During the later months of the dark season all thoughts had been +turned to the prospects of the spring journeys, and many times +the advantages and disadvantages of dogs for sledding were discussed. +This question of the sacrifice of animal life was one on which +Scott felt strongly from the time he became an explorer to the +end of his life. Argue with himself as he might, the idea was +always repugnant to his nature. + +'To say,' he wrote after his first expedition, that dogs do not +greatly increase the radius of action is absurd; to pretend that +they can be worked to this end without pain, suffering, and death, +is equally futile. The question is whether the latter can be +justified by the gain, and I think that logically it may be; +but the introduction of such sordid necessity must and does rob +sledge-traveling of much of its glory. In my mind no journey ever +made with dogs can approach the height of that fine conception +which is realized when a party of men go forth to face hardships, +dangers, and difficulties with their own unaided efforts, and +by days and weeks of hard physical labor succeed in solving some +problem of the great unknown. Surely in this case the conquest +is more nobly and splendidly won.' + +When the spring campaign opened in 1902 the original team of +dogs had been sadly diminished. Of the nineteen that remained +for the southern journey, all but one--and he was killed at an +earlier period--left their bones on the great southern plains. +This briefly is the history of the dogs, but the circumstances +under which they met their deaths will be mentioned later on. + +[Illustration: Sledding.] + +Before Scott started on the southern journey he decided to make +a short trip to the north with the dogs and a party of six officers +and men, his main purposes being to test the various forms of +harness, and to find out whether the dogs pulled best in large +or small teams. During part of this journey, which only lasted +from September 2 to 5, the four sledges were taken independently +with four dogs harnessed to each, and it was discovered that if +the first team got away all right, the others were often keen to +play the game of 'follow my leader.' Sometimes, indeed, there was +a positive spirit of rivalry, and on one occasion two competing +teams got closer and closer to each other, with the natural result +that when they were near enough to see what was happening, they +decided that the easiest way to settle the matter was by a free +fight. So they turned inwards with one accord and met with a +mighty shock. In a moment there was a writhing mass of fur and +teeth, and an almost hopeless confusion of dog traces. But even +in this short trip some experience had been gained; for results +showed how unwise it was to divide the dogs into small parties, +and also there was no mistaking which were the strong and which +the weak dogs, and, what was of more importance, which the willing +and which the lazy ones. + +On September 10, Royds and Koettlitz started off to the south-west +with Evans, Quartley, Lashly and Wild. And of this party Scott +wrote: 'They looked very workmanlike, and one could see at a +glance the vast improvement that has been made since last year. +The sledges were uniformly packed.... One shudders now to think +of the slovenly manner in which we conducted things last autumn; +at any rate here is a first result of the care and attention +of the winter.' + +Armitage and Ferrar with four men left for the west on the following +day, but owing to the necessity of making fresh harness for the +dogs and to an exasperating blizzard, Scott was not able to start +on his southern reconnaissance journey until September 17. + +On the morning of that day he and his two companions, Barne and +Shackleton, with thirteen dogs divided into two teams, left the +ship in bright sunshine; but by 1.15 P.M., when they camped for +lunch, the wind was blowing from the east and the thermometer +was down to -43°. + +The sledges carried a fortnight's food for all concerned, together +with a quantity of stores to form a depôt, the whole giving a +load of about 90 lbs. per dog; but this journey was destined to +be only a short and bitter experience. + +The reason was that on the night of the 17th the travelers were +so exhausted that they did not heap enough snow on the skirting +of the tent, and when Scott woke up on the following morning he +found himself in the open. 'At first, as I lifted the flap of +my sleeping-bag, I could not think what had happened. I gazed +forth on a white sheet of drifting snow, with no sign of the tent +or my companions. For a moment I wondered what in the world it +could mean, but the lashing of the snow in my face very quickly +awoke me to full consciousness, and I sat up to find that in +some extraordinary way I had rolled out of the tent.' + +At the time a violent gale was raging, and through the blinding +snow Scott could only just see the tent, though it was flapping +across the foot of his bag; but when he had wriggled back to +the tent the snow was whirling as freely inside as without, and +the tent itself was straining so madly at what remained of its +securing, that something had to be done at once to prevent it +from blowing away altogether. + +So with freezing fingers they gripped the skirting and gradually +pulled it inwards, and half sitting upon it, half grasping it, +they tried to hold it against the wild blasts of the storm, while +they discussed the situation. Discussion, however, was useless. An +attempt to secure the tent properly in such weather was impossible, +while they felt that if once they loosed their grip, the tent would +hasten to leave them at once and for ever. Every now and then +they were forced to get a fresh hold, and lever themselves once +more over the skirt. And as they remained hour after hour grimly +hanging on and warning each other of frostbitten features, their +sleeping-bags became fuller and fuller of snow, until they were +lying in masses of chilly slush. Not until 6 P.M. had they by +ceaseless exertions so far become masters of the situation, that +there was no further need for the tent to be held with anything +except the weight of their sleeping-bags. Then an inspection of +hands showed a number of frostbites, but Barne, whose fingers had +not recovered from the previous year, had suffered the most. 'To +have hung on to the tent through all those hours must have been +positive agony to him, yet he never uttered a word of complaint.' + +By 10 P.M. the worst of the storm had passed, and after a few +hours' sleep and a hot meal, they soon decided that to push on +after this most miserable experience was very unwise, since by +returning to the ship they would only lose one day's march and +everything could be dried for a fresh start. + +Apart from 'Brownie,' who spent his time inside the tent, the +rest of the dogs never uttered a sound during the storm, and +were found quite happily sleeping in their nests of snow. On +the journey back the thermometer recorded -53°, and the effect +of such a temperature upon wet clothing may be imagined. 'I shall +remember the condition of my trousers for a long while; they +might have been cut out of sheet iron. It was some time before I +could walk with any sort of ease, and even when we reached the +ship I was conscious of carrying an armor plate behind me.... +It will certainly be a very long time before I go to sleep again +in a tent which is not properly secured.' + +On September 24 Scott was ready to start again, but Barne's fingers +had suffered so severely that his place was taken by the boatswain, +Feather, who had taken a keen interest in every detail of sledding. +Owing to the dogs refusing to do what was expected of them, and +to gales, slow progress was made, but the wind had dropped by the +morning of September 29, and Scott was so anxious to push on that +he took no notice of a fresh bank of cloud coming up from the +south, with more wind and drift. Taking the lead himself, he gave +orders to the two teams to follow rigidly in his wake, whatever +turns and twists he might make. Notwithstanding the bad light +he could see the bridged crevasses, where they ran across the +bare ice surface, by slight differences in shade, and though he +could not see them where they dived into the valleys, he found +that the bridges were strong enough to bear. In his desire to use +the snowy patches as far as possible, the course he took was very +irregular, and the dogs invariably tried to cut corners. In this +manner they proceeded for some time, until Scott suddenly heard +a shout, and looking back saw to his horror that Feather had +vanished. The dog team and sledges were there all right, but their +leader was lost to sight. Hurrying back he found that the trace +had disappeared down a formidable crevasse, but to his great +relief Feather was at the end of the trace, and was soon hauled +up. One strand of Feather's harness was cut clean through where +it fell across the ice-edge, and although, being a man of few +words, he was more inclined to swear at 'Nigger' for trying to +cut a corner than to marvel at his own escape, there is no doubt +that he had a very close call. + +After this accident the dog teams were joined, and reluctant +to give up they advanced again; but very soon the last of the +four sledges disappeared, and was found hanging vertically up +and down in an ugly-looking chasm. To the credit of the packing +not a single thing had come off, in spite of the jerk with which +it had fallen. It was, however, too heavy to haul up as it was, +but, after some consultation, the indefatigable Feather proposed +that he should be let down and undertake the very cold job of +unpacking it. So he was slung with one end of the Alpine rope, +while the other was used for hauling up the various packages; +and at last the load was got up, and the lightened sledge soon +followed. After this incident they thought it prudent to treat +these numerous crevasses with more respect, and on proceeding +they roped themselves together; but although no more mishaps +occurred, Scott afterwards was more inclined to attribute this +to good luck than to good judgment. 'Looking back on this day, I +cannot but think our procedure was extremely rash. I have not the +least doubt now that this region was a very dangerous one, and +the fact that we essayed to cross it in this light-hearted fashion +can only be ascribed to our ignorance. With us, I am afraid, there +were not a few occasions when one might have applied the proverb +that "Fools rush in where angels fear to tread."' + +The depôt, leaving six weeks' provision for three men and 150 lbs. +of dog-food, was made on the morning of October 1, and besides +marking it with a large black flag, Scott was also careful to +take angles with a prismatic compass to all the points he could +see. Then they started home, and the dogs knowing at once what +was meant no longer required any driving. On the homeward march +the travelers went for all they were worth, and in spite of +perpetual fog covered eighty-five statute miles in less than +three days. + +On returning to the ship Scott admits that he found it a most +delightful place. The sense of having done what he wanted to +do had something to do with this feeling of satisfaction, but +it was the actual physical comfort after days of privation that +chiefly affected him. The joy of possessing the sledding appetite +was sheer delight, and for many days after the travelers returned +from their sledding-trips, they retained a hunger which it seemed +impossible to satisfy. + +In short Scott, on the night of his return, was very pleased with +himself and the world in general, but before he went to bed all +his sense of comfort and peace had gone. For he had discovered +what Armitage, wishing to give him some hours of unmixed enjoyment, +had not meant to mention until the following morning, and this +was that there had been an outbreak of scurvy--the disease that +has played a particularly important, and often a tragic, part +in the adventures of Polar travelers, and the seriousness of +which everyone who has read the history of Polar explorations +cannot fail to realize. + +This outbreak had occurred during Armitage's journey, and when +he, after much anxiety, had got his men back to the ship, Wilson's +medical examination proved that Ferrar, Heald and Cross were all +attacked, while the remainder of the party were not above suspicion. + +Very soon, however, symptoms of the disease began to abate, but +the danger lurking around them was continually in Scott's thoughts, +and he was determined not to give the dreaded enemy another chance +to break out. + +Everything possible was done to make the ship and everything +in her sweet and clean, and after a large seal-killing party, +sent out at Wilson's suggestion, had returned, the order was +given that no tinned meat of any description should be issued. +By October 20 this grave disease had to all intents and purposes +passed away, but although evidence showed that it was caused by +tinned meats which were to all appearances of the best quality, +and by apparently fresh mutton taken in small quantities, there +was no positive proof that these were the causes of the trouble. + +This attack of scurvy came as a great surprise to everyone, for +when the long winter was over and all of them were in good health +and high spirits, they had naturally congratulated themselves on +the effectiveness of their precautions. The awakening from this +pleasant frame of mind was rude, and though the disease vanished +with astonishing rapidity, it was--quite apart from the benefit +lost to medical science--very annoying not to be able to say +definitely from what the evil had sprung. + +But although the seriousness of this outbreak was not underrated, +and every precaution was taken to prevent its recurrence, +preparations for the various journeys were pushed on with no +less vigor and enthusiasm. The game to play was that there was +nothing really to be alarmed about, and everyone played it with +the greatest success. + +Scott's journey to the south had indicated that the main party +would have to travel directly over the snow-plain at a long distance +from, and perhaps out of sight of, land; and as in all probability +no further depôts could be established, it was desirable that this +party should be supported as far as possible on their route. To +meet these requirements it was decided that Barne, with a party of +twelve men, should accompany the dog-team, until the weights were +reduced to an amount which the dogs could drag without assistance. +Then Barne was to return to the ship, and after a short rest start +again with six men, to follow the coast-line west of the Bluff. +As soon as this was in train, Armitage was to have at his disposal +all the men and material left in the ship for his attack on the +western region. + +On Friday, October 24, Royds, who had left the ship three weeks +before with Skelton, Lashly, Evans, Quartley and Wild, returned +with the good news that he had been able to communicate with the +'Record' post at Cape Crozier. If a relief ship was going to be +sent out, Scott now had the satisfaction of knowing that she had +a good prospect of being guided to the winter quarters of the +expedition. It was also a great source of satisfaction to find +that although Royds and his party had left almost immediately +after the outbreak of scurvy, they had all returned safe and +with no symptom of the disease. + +From the 13th to the 18th this party had been kept in their tents +by a most persistent blizzard, and before the blizzard ceased +they were practically buried in the heart of a snowdrift; in +fact one tent had literally to be dug out before its occupants +could be got into the open, while the sledges and everything left +outside were completely buried. As the snow gradually accumulated +round the tents it became heavier and heavier on every fold of +canvas, and reduced the interior space to such an extent that +those inside were obliged to lie with their knees bent double. +Royds, whose reports were invariably very brief and to the point, +dismissed the tale of these five days in half a page, but no +great effort of imagination is needed to grasp the horrible +discomforts everyone must have endured. And yet when this party +recounted their adventures on board the ship, the hardships were +scarcely mentioned, and all that the men seemed to remember were +the amusing incidents that had happened. + +On this journey a colony of Emperor penguins was discovered, and +among them were several which were nursing chicks. 'I will only +testify,' Scott says, 'to the joy which greeted this discovery +on board the ship. We had felt that this penguin was the truest +type of our region. All other birds fled north when the severity +of winter descended upon us: the Emperor alone was prepared to +face the extremest rigors of our climate; and we gathered no +small satisfaction from being the first to throw light on the +habits of a creature, which so far surpasses in hardihood all +others of the feathered tribe.' + +Before the end of October everything was prepared for the southern +journey; every eventuality seemed to be provided for, and as it +was expected that the dogs would travel faster than the men Barne +and his party started off on October 30, while the dog team left +a few days later. 'The supporting party started this morning, +amidst a scene of much enthusiasm; all hands had a day off, and +employed it in helping to drag the sledges for several miles... +Barne's banner floated on the first, the next bore a Union Jack, +and another carried a flag with a large device stating "No dogs +needs apply"; the reference was obvious. It was an inspiriting +sight to see nearly the whole of our small company step out on +the march with ringing cheers, and to think that all work of this +kind promised to be done as heartily.' + +And then the day that Scott had been so eagerly looking forward +to arrived, and at ten o'clock on the morning of November 2, he, +Shackleton and Wilson, amidst the wild cheers of their comrades, +started on the southern journey. 'Every soul was gathered on +the floe to bid us farewell, and many were prepared to accompany +us for the first few miles.' The dogs, as if knowing that a great +effort was expected of them, had never been in such form, and in +spite of the heavy load and the fact that at first two men had +to sit on the sledges to check them, it was as much as the rest +of the party could do to keep up. By noon the volunteers had all +tailed off, and the three travelers were alone with the dogs, and +still breathlessly trying to keep pace with them. Soon afterwards +they caught sight of a dark spot ahead and later on made this out +to be the supporting party, who, when they were overtaken on the +same evening, reported that they had been kept in their tents by +bad weather. Having relieved them of some of their loads, Scott +camped, while they pushed on to get the advantage of a night march. + +During the next few days the two parties constantly passed and +re-passed each other, since it was impossible for Scott to push +on ahead of Barne's party, and the latter's progress was very +slow, as they could get no hold with their fur boots, and they +found their ski leather boots dreadfully cold for their feet. To +add to the slowness of the journey the weather was very unfavorable, +and the greater parts of the 8th and 9th were entirely wasted by a +blizzard. On the 10th Depôt A, that had previously been laid, was +reached and Scott wrote: 'Already it seems to me that the dogs feel +the monotony of a long march over the snow more than we do; they +seem easily to get dispirited, and that it is not due to fatigue +is shown when they catch a glimpse of anything novel.... To-day, +for instance, they required some driving until they caught sight +of the depôt flag, when they gave tongue loudly and dashed off as +though they barely felt the load behind them.' + +The names of the dogs were: + + Nigger Birdie Wolf + Jim Nell Vic + Spud Blanco Bismarck + Snatcher Grannie Kid + Fitzclarence Lewis Boss + Stripes Gus Brownie + Joe + +Each of them had his peculiar characteristics, and what the Southern +party did not already know concerning their individualities, they had +ample opportunities of finding out in the course of the next few weeks. + +Nigger was the leader of the team; a place he chose naturally +for himself, and if he was put into any other position he behaved +so unpleasantly to his neighbors, and so generally upset things, +that he was quickly shifted. A more perfect sledge-dog could +scarcely be imagined. He seemed to know the meaning of every move, +and in camp would be still as a graven image until he saw the snow +being shoveled from the skirting of the tent, when he would spring +up and pace to and fro at his picket, and give a low throaty bark +of welcome if anyone approached him. A few minutes later, when +the leading man came to uproot his picket, he would watch every +movement, and a slow wagging of the tail quite obviously showed +his approval: then, as the word came to start, he would push +affectionately against the leader, as much as to say, 'Now come +along!' and brace his powerful chest to the harness. At the +evening halt after a long day he would drop straight in his tracks +and remain perfectly still, with his magnificent black head resting +on his paws. Other dogs might clamor for food, but Nigger knew +perfectly well that the tent had first to be put up. Afterwards, +however, when the dog-food was approached his deep bell-like note +could always be distinguished amid the howling chorus, and if +disturbance was to be avoided it was well to attend to him first +of all. + +Of the other dogs Lewis was noisily affectionate and hopelessly +clumsy; Jim could pull splendidly when he chose, but he was up +to all the tricks of the trade and was extraordinarily cunning at +pretending to pull; Spud was generally considered to be daft; +Birdie evidently had been treated badly in his youth and remained +distrustful and suspicious to the end; Kid was the most +indefatigable worker in the team; Wolf's character possessed no +redeeming point of any kind, while Brownie though a little too +genteel for very hard work was charming as a pet, and it may also +be said of him that he never lost an opportunity of using his +pleasant appearance and delightful ways to lighten his afflictions. +The load for this dog team after Depôt A had been passed was 1,850 +lbs., which, considering that some of the dogs were of little +use, was heavy. But it must not be forgotten that the men also +expected to pull, and that each night the weight would be reduced +by thirty or forty pounds. By the 13th the travelers were nearly +up to the 79th parallel, and therefore farther south than anyone +had yet been. 'The announcement of the fact caused great jubilation, +and I am extremely glad that there are no fewer than fifteen +of us to enjoy this privilege of having broken the record.' A +photograph of the record-breakers was taken, and then half of the +supporting party started to return, and the other half stepped +out once more on a due south line, with the dogs following. + +By the 15th, however, when the rest of the supporting party turned +back, Scott had begun to be anxious about the dogs. 'The day's +work has cast a shadow on our high aspirations, and already it is +evident that if we are to achieve much it will be only by extreme +toil, for the dogs have not pulled well to-day.... We have decided +that if things have not improved in the morning we will take on +half a load at a time; after a few days of this sort of thing the +loads will be sufficiently lightened for us to continue in the old +way again.' + +On the following day an attempt to start with the heavy loads +promptly and completely failed, and the only thing to do was to +divide the load into two portions and take half on at a time. This +meant, of course, that each mile had to be traveled three times, +but there was no alternative to this tedious form of advance. +Even, however, with the half-loads the dogs seemed to have lost +all their spirit, and at the end of the march on the 18th they +were practically 'done.' Only five geographical miles [Footnote: +7 geographical miles = a little more than 8 statute miles.] were +gained on that day, but to do it they had to cover fifteen. + +On the night of the 19th matters had gone from bad to worse, +and it had to be acknowledged that the fish diet the dogs were +eating permanently disagreed with them. Originally Scott had +intended to take ordinary dog-biscuits for the animals, but in +an unlucky moment he was persuaded by an expert in dog-driving +to take fish. The fish taken was the Norwegian stock-fish, such +as is split, dried and exported from that country in great +quantities for human food. But one important point was overlooked, +namely the probability of the fish being affected on passing +through the tropics. The lesson, Scott said, was obvious, that +in future travelers in the south should safeguard their dogs +as carefully as they do their men, for in this case it was the +dogs that called the halts; and so the party had to spend hours +in their tent which might have been devoted to marching. + +Day after day relay work continued, the only relief from the +monotony of their toil being that land was sighted on the 21st, +and as the prospects of reaching a high latitude were steadily +disappearing, it was decided to alter their course to S. S. W. and +edge towards it. Then the surface over which they were traveling +showed signs of improvement, but the travelers themselves were +beginning to suffer from blistered noses and cracked lips, and +their eyes were also troubling them. Appetites, however, were +increasing by leaps and bounds. 'The only thing to be looked +to on our long marches is the prospect of the next meal.' + +On November 24 a new routine was started which made a little +variation in the dull toil of relay work. After pushing on the +first half-load one of the three stopped with it, and got up +the tent and prepared the meal while the other two brought up +the second half-load. And then on the following day came one +of those rewards which was all the sweeter because it had been +gained by ceaseless and very monotonous toil. + +'Before starting to-day I took a meridian altitude,' Scott wrote, +'and to my delight found the latitude to be 80° 1'. All our charts +of the Antarctic region show a plain white circle beyond the +eightieth parallel... It has always been our ambition to get +inside that white space, and now we are there the space can no +longer be a blank; this compensates for a lot of trouble.' + +A blizzard followed upon this success, but the dogs were so +exhausted that a day's rest had been thought of even if the weather +had not compelled it. Wilson, to his great discomfort, was always +able to foretell these storms, for when they were coming on he +invariably suffered from rheumatism; so, however reluctant, he +could not help being a very effective barometer. + +After the storm had passed an attempt was made on the morning +of the 27th to start with the full load, but it took next to no +time to discover that the dogs had not benefited by their rest, +and there was nothing to do except to go on with the old routine +of relay work. As the days passed with no signs of improvement +in the dogs, it became more and more necessary to reach the land +in hopes of making a depôt; so the course was laid to the westward +of S. W., which brought the high black headland, for which they +were making, on their port bow. 'I imagine it to be about fifty +miles off, but hope it is not so much; nine hours' work to-day +has only given us a bare four miles.' + +Then for some days the only change in the toil of relay work +and the sickening task of driving tired dogs on and on was that +they marched by night, and rested by day. The breakfast hour was +between 4 and 5 P.M., the start at 6 P.M., and they came to camp +somewhere between three and four in the morning. Thus they rested +while the sun was at its greatest height; but although there were +certainly advantages in this, Scott could not get rid of a curious +feeling that something was amiss with such a topsy-turvy method of +procedure. + +By December 3 they were close enough to the land to make out +some of its details. On their right was a magnificent range of +mountains, which by rough calculations Scott made out to be at +least fifty miles away. By far the nearest point of land was +an isolated snow-cape, an immense, and almost dome-shaped, +snow-covered mass. At first no rock at all could be seen on it, +but as they got nearer a few patches began to appear. For one +of these patches they decided to make so that they might establish +a depôt, but at the rate at which they were traveling there was +little hope of reaching it for several days. + +By this time the appetites of the party were so ravenous that +when the pemmican bag was slung alongside a tin of paraffin, +and both smelt and tasted of oil, they did not really mind. But +what saddened them more than this taste of paraffin was the +discovery, on December 5, that their oil was going too fast. +A gallon was to have lasted twelve days, but on investigation +it was found on an average to have lasted only ten, which meant +that in the future each gallon would have to last a fortnight. +'This is a distinct blow, as we shall have to sacrifice our hot +luncheon meal and to economize greatly at both the others. We +started the new routine to-night, and for lunch ate some frozen +seal-meat and our allowance of sugar and biscuit.' + +It was perhaps fortunate that their discovery about the oil was +not delayed any longer, but nevertheless it came at a time when +the outlook was dreary and dispiriting enough without additional +discomforts. On the 6th Spud gnawed through his trace, and when +Scott went outside before breakfast, one glance at the dog's +balloon-like appearance was enough to show how he had spent his +hours of freedom. He had, in fact, eaten quite a week's allowance +of the precious seal-meat, and though rather somnolent after his +gorge, he did not seem to be suffering any particular discomfort +from the enormous increase of his waist. On the next day there was +a blizzard, duly predicted by Wilson's twinges of rheumatism, and +on the 8th Scott reluctantly records that the dogs were steadily +going downhill. 'The lightening of the load is more than +counter-balanced by the weakening of the animals, and I can see +no time in which we can hope to get the sledges along without +pulling ourselves.' + +By the 10th they were within ten or twelve miles of the coast, +but so exhausted that they felt no certainty of reaching it; and +even supposing they did get there and make a depôt, they doubted +very much if they would be in any condition to go on. One dog, +Snatcher, was already dead, and some of the others had only been +got to move with the second load by the ignominious device of +carrying food in front of them. To see the dogs suffering was +agony to those who had to drive and coax them on, and though +Scott refers often in these days to the hunger that was nipping +him, no one can read his diary without seeing how infinitely +more he was concerned over the suffering of the dogs than about +his own troubles. 'It is terrible,' he says, 'to see them.' + +At last, on December 14, they arrived, when they were almost +spent, at a place where dog-food could be left. In their march +they had only managed to do two miles after the most strenuous +exertions, for the snow became softer as they approached the +land, and the sledge-runners sank from three to four inches. +On any particularly soft patch they could do little more than +mark time, and even to advance a yard was an achievement. + +No wonder that Scott, after they had left three weeks' provisions +and a quantity of dog-food in Depôt B and had resumed their march, +sounded a note of thankfulness: 'As I write I scarcely know how +to describe the blessed relief it is to be free from our relay +work. For one-and-thirty awful days we have been at it, and whilst +I doubt if our human endurance could have stood it much more, +I am quite sure the dogs could not. It seems now like a nightmare, +which grew more terrible towards its end.' The sense of relief +was, however, not destined to last, for on December 21 the dogs +were in such a hopeless condition that they might at any moment +have completely collapsed. This was a fact that had to be faced, +and the question whether under such circumstances it was wise +to push on had to be asked and answered. The unanimous answer +was that the risk of going on should be taken, but on that same +night Wilson, in view of future plans, reported to Scott that +his medical examinations revealed that Shackleton had decidedly +angry-looking gums, and that for some time they had been slowly +but surely getting worse. It was decided not to tell Shackleton +of these symptoms of scurvy, and as the bacon they were using +seemed likely to be the cause of them, it was discarded and an +increased allowance of seal given in its place. This was a loss +in weight which was serious, for already they were reduced almost +to starvation rations of about a pound and a half a day. + +Supper was the best meal, for then they had a hoosh which ran +from between three-quarters to a whole pannikin apiece, but even +this they could not afford to make thick. While it was being +heated in the central cooker, cocoa was made in the outer, but +the lamp was turned out directly the hoosh boiled, and by that +time the chill was barely off the contents of the outer cooker. +Of course the cocoa was not properly dissolved, but they were +long past criticizing the quality of their food. All they wanted +was something to 'fill up,' but needless to say they never got +it. Half an hour after supper was over they were as hungry as ever. + +When they had started from the ship, there had been a vague idea +that they could go as they pleased with the food, but experience +showed that this would not do, and that there must be a rigid +system of shares. Consequently they used to take it in turn to +divide things into three equal portions, and as the man who made +the division felt called upon to take the smallest share, the +game of 'shut-eye' was invented to stop all arguments and +remonstrances. The shares were divided as equally as possible +by someone, then one of the other two turned his head away and +the divider pointed to a portion and said, 'Whose is this?' He +of the averted head named the owner, and thus this simple but +useful game was played. + +Wilson's examination of Shackleton on December 24 was not +encouraging, but they had reached a much harder surface and under +those conditions Scott and Wilson agreed that it was not yet +time to say 'Turn.' Besides, Christmas Day was in front of them, +and for a week they had all agreed that it would be a crime to +go to bed hungry on that night. In fact they meant it to be a +wonderful day, and everything conspired to make it so. + +The sun shone gloriously from a clear sky, and not a breath of +wind disturbed the calmness of the morning, but entrancing as +the scene was they did not stay to contemplate it, because for +once they were going to have a really substantial breakfast, +and this was an irresistible counter-attraction. + +And afterwards, when they felt more internally comfortable than +they had for weeks, the surface continued to be so much better +that the sledges could be pulled without any help from the dogs. +On that day they had the satisfaction of covering nearly eleven +miles, the longest march they had made for a long time. So when +camp was pitched they were thoroughly pleased with the day, and +ready to finish it off with a supper to be remembered. A double +'whack' of everything was poured into the cooking-pot, and in +the hoosh that followed a spoon would stand without any support, +and the cocoa was also brought to boiling-point. + +'I am writing,' Scott says, 'over my second pipe. The sun is +still circling our small tent in a cloudless sky, the air is +warm and quiet. All is pleasant without, and within we have a +sense of comfort we have not known for many a day; we shall sleep +well tonight--no dreams, no tightening of the belt. + +'We have been chattering away gaily, and not once has the +conversation turned to food. We have been wondering what Christmas +is like in England... and how our friends picture us. They will +guess that we are away on our sledge journey, and will perhaps +think of us on plains of snow; but few, I think, will imagine the +truth, that for us this has been the reddest of all red-letter days.' + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +THE RETURN + + How many weary steps + Of many weary miles you have o'ergone, + Are numbered to the travel of one mile. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +Some days passed before the pleasing effects of Christmas Day +wore off, for it had been a delightful break in an otherwise +uninterrupted spell of semi-starvation, and the memories lingered +long after hunger had again gripped the three travelers. By this +time they knew that they had cut themselves too short in the +matter of food, but the only possible alteration that could now +be made in their arrangements was to curtail their journey, and +rather than do that they were ready cheerfully to face the distress +of having an enormous appetite, and very little with which to +appease it. + +Thinking over the homeward marches after he had returned to the +ship, Scott expresses his emphatic opinion that the increasing +weariness showed that they were expending their energies at a +greater rate than they could renew them, and that the additional +weight, caused by carrying a proper allowance of food, would +have been amply repaid by the preservation of their full strength +and vigor. + +Apart, however, from the actual pangs of hunger, there was another +disadvantage from this lack of food, for try as they would it +was impossible not to think and talk incessantly of eating. Before +they went to sleep it was almost certain that one of them would +give a detailed description of what he considered an ideal feast, +while on the march they found themselves counting how many footsteps +went to the minute, and how many, therefore, had to be paced +before another meal. + +But if, during these days of hunger, thoughts of what they could +eat if only the chance was given to them kept constantly cropping +up, there were also very real compensations for both their mental +and physical weariness. Day by day, as they journeyed on, they +knew that they were penetrating farther and farther into the +unknown. Each footstep was a gain, and made the result of their +labors more assured. And as they studied the slowly revolving +sledge-meter or looked for the calculated results of their +observations, it is not surprising that above all the desires +for food was an irresistible eagerness to go on and on, and to +extend the line which they were now drawing on the white space +of the Antarctic chart. + +Day by day, too, the magnificent panorama of the Western land +was passing before their eyes. 'Rarely a march passed without +the disclosure of some new feature, something on which the eye +of man had never rested; we should have been poor souls indeed +had we not been elated at the privilege of being the first to +gaze on these splendid scenes.' + +From the point of view of further exploration their position +on December 26 was not very hopeful. On their right lay a high +undulating snow-cap and the steep irregular coast-line, to the +south lay a cape beyond which they could not hope to pass, and +to all appearances these conditions were likely to remain to +the end of their journey. But on that night they had christened +a distant and lofty peak 'Mount Longstaff,' in honor of the man +whose generosity had alone made the expedition possible, and +although they thought that this was the most southerly land to +which they would be able to give a name, they were in no mood +to turn back because the outlook was unpromising. Arguing on +the principle that it was impossible to tell what may turn up, +they all decided to push on; and their decision was wise, for +had they returned at that point one of the most important features +of the whole coast-line would have been missed. + +On the 26th and 27th Wilson had a very bad attack of snow-blindness, +which caused him the most intense agony. Some days before Scott +had remarked in his diary upon Wilson's extraordinary industry: +'When it is fine and clear, at the end of our fatiguing days +he will spend two or three hours seated in the door of the tent +sketching each detail of the splendid mountainous coast-scene +to the west. His sketches are most astonishingly accurate; I +have tested his proportions by actual angular measurements and +found them correct.... But these long hours in the glare are +very bad for the eyes; we have all suffered a good deal from +snow-blindness of late, though we generally march with goggles, +but Wilson gets the worst bouts, and I fear it is mainly due +to his sketching.' + +The attack, however, after Christmas was very much worse than +anything that had gone before, and all day long during the 27th +Wilson was pulling alongside the sledges with his eyes completely +covered. To march blindfold with an empty stomach must touch +the bottom of miserable monotony, but Wilson had not the smallest +intention of giving in. With Scott walking opposite to him and +telling him of the changes that were happening around them he +plodded steadily on, and during the afternoon of the 27th it +happened that a most glorious mountainous scene gradually revealed +itself. With some excitement Scott noticed that new mountain +ridges were appearing as high as anything they had seen to the +north, and his excitement increased when these ridges grew higher +and higher. Then, instead of a downward turn in the distant outline +came a steep upward line, and as they pressed on apace to see +what would happen next, Scott did his best to keep Wilson posted +up in the latest details. The end came in a gloriously sharp +double peak crowned with a few flecks of cirrus cloud, and all +they could think of in camp that night was this splendid twin-peaked +mountain, which even in such a lofty country looked like a giant +among pigmies. 'At last we have found something which is fitting +to bear the name of him whom we must always the most delight +to honor, and "Mount Markham" it shall be called in memory of +the father of the expedition.' + +Wilson, in spite of his recent experiences, did not mean to miss +this, and however much his eyes had to suffer the scene had to +be sketched. Fortunately a glorious evening provided a perfect +view of their surroundings, for very soon they knew that the +limit of their journey would be reached, and that they would +have but few more opportunities to increase their stock of +information. + +After a day that had brought with it both fine weather and most +interesting discoveries, they settled down in their sleeping-bags, +full of hope that the morrow would be equally kind. But instead +of the proposed advance the whole day had to be spent in the +tent while a strong southerly blizzard raged without, and when +they got up on the following morning they found themselves enveloped +in a thick fog. + +Reluctantly the decision was made that this camp must be their +last, and consequently their southerly limit had been reached. +Observations gave it as between 82.16 S. and 82.17 S., and though +this record may have compared poorly with what Scott had hoped +for when leaving the ship, it was far more favorable than he +anticipated when the dogs had begun to fail. 'Whilst,' he says, +'one cannot help a deep sense of disappointment in reflecting +on the "might have been" had our team remained in good health, +one cannot but remember that even as it is we have made a greater +advance towards a pole of the earth than has ever yet been achieved +by a sledge party.' + +With less than a fortnight's provision to take them back to Depôt +B, they turned their faces homewards on the last day of the year, +and it was significant of the terrible condition of the surviving +dogs that the turn did not cause the smallest excitement. Many +of them were already dead, killed to keep the others alive, but +those which remained seemed to guess how poor a chance they had +of getting back to the ship. Again and again Scott refers to +the suffering of the dogs on the homeward march, and how intensely +he felt for them is proved beyond all manner of doubt. 'January +3. This afternoon, shortly after starting, "Gus" fell, quite +played out, and just before our halt, to our greater grief, "Kid" +caved in. One could almost weep over this last case; he has pulled +like a Trojan throughout, and his stout little heart bore him +up till his legs failed beneath him.' Only seven of the team +now remained, and of them Jim seemed to be the strongest, but +Nigger, though weak, was still capable of surprising efforts. But +at the end of a week on the return journey, all of the remaining +dogs were asked to do nothing except walk by the sledges. + +For several hours on January 7 the men pulled steadily and covered +ten good miles. But the distance they succeeded in traveling +was as nothing compared with the relief they felt at no longer +having to drive a worn-out team. In the future no more cheering +and dragging in front would be needed, no more tangled traces +would have to be put straight, and above all there would be no +more whip. So far steady though rather slow progress had been +made, but January 8 brought an unpleasant surprise. Try as they +would the sledge could scarcely be made to move, and after three +hours of the hardest work only a mile and a quarter had been +gained. Sadly they were compelled to admit that the surface had +so completely changed that the only thing to do was to remain +in camp until it improved. But whether it would improve was an +anxious matter, for they had less than a week's provisions and +were at least fifty miles from Depôt B. + +The next day, however, saw an improvement in the surface, and +a fairly good march was done. By this time only four dogs were +left, Nigger, Jim, Birdie and Lewis, and poor Nigger was so lost +out of harness that he sometimes got close to the traces and +marched along as if he was still doing his share of the pulling. +But this more or less ordinary day was followed on the 10th by +a march in a blizzard that exhausted Scott and Wilson, and had +even a more serious effect upon Shackleton. With the wind behind +them they had gained many miles, but the march had tired them +out, because instead of the steady pulling to which they were +accustomed they had been compelled sometimes to run, and sometimes +to pull forwards, backwards, sideways, and always with their +senses keenly alert and their muscles strung up for instant action. + +On that night Scott in no very cheerful frame of mind wrote: +'We cannot now be far from our depôt, but then we do not exactly +know where we are; there is not many days' food left, and if +this thick weather continues we shall probably not be able to +find it.' And after two more days of bad surface and thick weather +he wrote again: 'There is no doubt we are approaching a very +critical time. The depôt is a very small spot on a very big ocean +of snow; with luck one might see it at a mile and a half or two +miles, and fortune may direct our course within this radius of +it; but, on the other hand, it is impossible not to contemplate +the ease with which such a small spot can be missed.... The annoying +thing is that one good clear sight of the land would solve all +our difficulties.' + +At noon on January 13 the outlook was more hopeless than ever. +Three hours' incessant labor had gained only three-quarters of +a mile, and consequently they had to halt though their food-bag +was a mere trifle to lift, and they could have finished all that +remained in it at one sitting and still have been hungry. But +later on Scott caught a glimpse of the sun in the tent, and +tumbled hastily out of his sleeping-bag in the hope of obtaining +a meridional altitude; and after getting the very best result +he could under the very difficult conditions prevailing, he casually +lowered the telescope and swept it round the horizon. Suddenly +a speck seemed to flash by, and a vehement hope as suddenly arose. +Then he brought the telescope slowly back, and there it was again, +and accompanied this time by two smaller specks on either side +of it. Without a shadow of doubt it was the depôt which meant +the means of life to them. 'I sprang up and shouted, "Boys, there's +the depôt." We are not a demonstrative party, but I think we +excused ourselves for the wild cheer that greeted this announcement.' + +In five minutes everything was packed on the sledges, but though +the work was as heavy as before the workers were in a very different +mood to tackle it. To reach those distant specks as quickly as +possible was their one desire and all minor troubles were forgotten +as they marched, for before them was the knowledge that they +were going to have the fat hoosh which would once more give them +an internal sense of comfort. In two hours they were at the depôt, +and there they found everything as they had left it. + +On that same morning they had stripped off the German silver +from the runners of one of their sledges, and now fortified by +the fat hoosh of their dreams they completed the comparison between +the two sledges, which respectively had metal and wood runners. +Having equalized the weights as much as possible they towed the +sledges round singly, and found that two of them could scarcely +move the metalled sledge as fast as one could drag the other. + +Of course they decided to strip the second sledge, and with only +about 130 miles to cover to their next depôt, a full three weeks' +provisions, and the prospect of better traveling on wood runners, +they went to bed feeling that a heavy load of anxiety had been +lifted. The chief cause of worry left was the question of health, +and the result of a thorough medical examination on the morning +of the 14th did nothing to remove this. Shackleton was found +to be very far indeed from well, but although Scott and Wilson +both showed symptoms of scurvy they still felt that, as far as +they were concerned, there was no danger of a breakdown. + +On that day they made a fairly good march, but at the end of +it Wilson had to warn Scott that Shackleton's condition was really +alarming. Commenting on this Scott wrote: 'It's a bad case, but +we must make the best of it and trust to its not getting worse; +now that human life is at stake, all other objects must be +sacrificed.... It went to my heart to give the order, but it +had to be done, and the dogs are to be killed in the morning. + +'One of the difficulties we foresee with Shackleton, with his +restless, energetic spirit, is to keep him idle in camp, so to-night +I have talked seriously to him. He is not to do any camping work, +but to allow everything to be done for him.... Every effort must +be devoted to keeping him on his legs, and we must trust to luck +to bring him through.' + +With the morning of the 15th came the last scene in the tragic +story of the dogs, and poor Nigger and Jim, the only survivors +of that team of nineteen, were taken a short distance from the +camp and killed. 'I think we could all have wept.... Through +our most troublous time we always looked forward to getting some +of our animals home. At first it was to have been nine, then +seven, then five, and at the last we thought that surely we should +be able to bring back these two.' + +During the part of the return journey which was now beginning, +they had promised themselves an easier time, but instead of that +it resolved itself into days of grim struggle to save a sick +companion. The weather also added to their troubles, because +it was so overcast that steering was extremely difficult. For +nearly ten consecutive days this gloomy weather continued to +harass them, but on the 20th it cleared as they were on their +march, and on the following day with a brisk southerly breeze +and their sail set they traveled along at a fine rate. The state +of Shackleton's health was still a source of acutest anxiety, +but each march brought safety nearer and nearer, and on the 23rd +Scott was able to write in a much more hopeful spirit. Next day +a glimpse of the Bluff to the north was seen, but this encouraging +sight was accompanied by a new form of surface which made the +pulling very wearisome. An inch or so beneath the soft snow surface +was a thin crust, almost, but not quite, sufficient to bear their +weight. The work of breaking such a surface as this would, Scott +says, have finished Shackleton in no time, but luckily he was +able to go on ski and avoid the jars. 'In spite of our present +disbelief in ski, one is bound to confess that if we get back +safely Shackleton will owe much to the pair he is now using.' + +[Illustration: Mount Erebus.] + +But in spite of bad surfaces and increasingly heavy work, Scott +and Wilson were determined to leave as little as possible to +chance, and to get their invalid along as quickly as his condition +would allow. Directly breakfast was over Shackleton started off +and got well ahead, while Scott and Wilson packed up camp; and +after lunch the same procedure was adopted. By this means he +was able to take things easily, and though eager to do his share +of the work he was wise enough to see that every precaution taken +was absolutely necessary. + +Encouragements in this stern struggle were few and far between, +but when the smoke of Erebus was seen on the 25th, it cheered +them to think that they had seen something that was actually +beyond the ship. Probably it was more than a hundred miles away, +but they had become so accustomed to seeing things at a distance +that they were not in the least astonished by this. + +January 26, too, had its consolations, for while plodding on +as usual the travelers suddenly saw a white line ahead, and soon +afterwards discovered that it was a sledge track. There was no +doubt that the track was Barne's on his way back from his survey +work to the west, but it was wonderful what that track told them. +They could see that there had been six men with two sledges, +and that all of the former had been going strong and well on +ski. From the state of the track this party had evidently passed +about four days before on the homeward route, and from the +zig-zagging of the course it was agreed that the weather must +have been thick at the time. Every imprint in the soft snow added +some small fact, and the whole made an excellent detective study. +But the main point was that they knew for certain that Barne +and his party were safe, and this after their own experiences +was a great relief. + +Another day and a half of labor brought them to the depôt, and +the land of plenty. 'Directly,' Scott wrote on the 28th, 'our tent +was up we started our search among the snow-heaps with childish +glee. One after another our treasures were brought forth: oil +enough for the most lavish expenditure, biscuit that might have +lasted us for a month, and, finally, a large brown provision-bag +which we knew would contain more than food alone. We have just +opened this provision-bag and feasted our eyes on the contents. +There are two tins of sardines, a large tin of marmalade, soup +squares, pea soup, and many other delights that already make +our mouths water. For each one of us there is some special trifle +which the forethought of our kind people has provided, mine being +an extra packet of tobacco; and last, but not least, there are +a whole heap of folded letters and notes--billets-doux indeed. +I wonder if a mail was ever more acceptable.' + +The news, too, was good; Royds, after desperate labor, had succeeded +in rescuing the boats; Blissett had discovered an Emperor penguin's +egg, and his messmates expected him to be knighted. But the meal +itself, though 'pure joy' at first, was not an unqualified success, +for after being accustomed to starvation or semi-starvation rations, +they were in no condition either to resist or to digest any unstinted +meal, and both Scott and Wilson suffered acutely. + +On the next morning they awoke to find a heavy blizzard, and +the first thought of pushing on at all hazards was abandoned +when Shackleton was found to be extremely ill. Everything now +depended upon the weather, for should the blizzard continue Scott +doubted if Shackleton would even be well enough to be carried +on the sledge. 'It is a great disappointment; last night we thought +ourselves out of the wood with all our troubles behind us, and +to-night matters seem worse than ever. Luckily Wilson and I are +pretty fit, and we have lots of food.' By great luck the weather +cleared on the morning of the 30th, and as Shackleton after a +very bad night revived a little it was felt that the only chance +was to go on. 'At last he was got away, and we watched him almost +tottering along with frequent painful halts. Re-sorting our +provisions, in half an hour we had packed our camp, set our sail, +and started with the sledges. It was not long before we caught +our invalid, who was so exhausted that we thought it wiser he +should sit on the sledges, where for the remainder of the forenoon, +with the help of our sail, we carried him.' + +In Wilson's opinion Shackleton's relapse was mainly due to the +blizzard, but fortune favored them during the last stages of the +struggle homewards, and the glorious weather had a wonderful +effect upon the sick man. By the night of February 2 they were +within ten or twelve miles of their goal, and saw a prospect of +a successful end to their troubles. During the afternoon they +had passed round the corner of White Island, and as they did +so the old familiar outline of the friendly peninsula suddenly +opened up before them. On every side were suggestions of home, +and their joy at seeing the well-known landmarks was increased +by the fact that they were as nearly 'spent as three persons +can well be.' + +Shackleton, it is true, had lately shown an improvement, but his +companions placed but little confidence in that, for they knew +how near he had been, and still was, to a total collapse. And +both Scott and Wilson knew also that their scurvy had again been +advancing rapidly, but they scarcely dared to admit either to +themselves or each other how 'done' they were. For many a day +Wilson had suffered from lameness, and each morning had vainly +tried to disguise his limp, but from his set face Scott knew +well enough how much he suffered before the first stiffness wore +off. 'As for myself, for some time I have hurried through the +task of changing my foot-gear in an attempt to forget that my +ankles are considerably swollen. One and all we want rest and +peace, and, all being well, tomorrow, thank Heaven, we shall get +them.' + +These are the final words written in Scott's sledge-diary during +this remarkable journey, for on the next morning they packed up +their camp for the last time and set their faces towards Observation +Hill. Brilliant weather still continued, and after plodding on for +some hours two specks appeared, which at first were thought to be +penguins, but presently were seen to be men hurrying towards them. +Early in the morning they had been reported by watchers on the +hills, and Skelton and Bernacchi had hastened out to meet them. + +Then the tent was put up, and while cocoa was made they listened +to a ceaseless stream of news, for not only had all the other +travelers returned safe and sound with many a tale to tell, but +the relief ship, the Morning, had also arrived and brought a +whole year's news. + +So during their last lunch and during the easy march that followed, +they, gradually heard of the events in the civilized world from +December, 1901, to December, 1902, and these kept their thoughts +busy until they rounded the cape and once more saw their beloved +ship. + +Though still held fast in her icy prison the Discovery looked +trim and neat, and to mark the especial nature of the occasion +a brave display of bunting floated gently in the breeze, while +as they approached, the side and the rigging were thronged with +their cheering comrades. + +With every want forestalled, and every trouble lifted from their +shoulders by companions vying with one another to attend to them, +no welcome could have been more delightful, and yet at the time +it appeared unreal to their dull senses. 'It seemed too good to +be true that all our anxieties had so completely ended, and that +rest for brain and limb was ours at last.' For ninety-three days +they had plodded over a vast snow-field and slept beneath the +fluttering canvas of a tent; during that time they had covered +960 statute miles; and if the great results hoped for in the +beginning had not been completely achieved, they knew at any +rate that they had striven and endured to the limit of their +powers. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +A SECOND WINTER + + As cold waters to a thirsty soul, + So is good news from a far country. + --PROVERBS. + +In a very short time Scott discovered that the sledding resources +of the ship had been used to their fullest extent during his +absence, and that parties had been going and coming and ever +adding to the collection of knowledge. + +On November 2 Royds had gone again to Cape Crozier to see how +the Emperor penguins were faring, and in the meantime such rapid +progress had been made in the preparations for the western party +that November 9, being King Edward's birthday, was proclaimed a +general holiday and given up to the eagerly anticipated athletic +sports. + +Of all the events perhaps the keenest interest was shown in the +toboggan race, for which the men entered in pairs. Each couple +had to provide their own toboggan, subject to the rule that no +sledge, or part of a sledge, and no ski should be used. The start +was high up the hillside, and as the time for it approached the +queerest lot of toboggans gradually collected. The greater number +were roughly made from old boxes and cask staves, but something +of a sensation was caused when the canny Scottish carpenter's mate +arrived with a far more pretentious article, though built from +the same material. In secret he had devoted himself to making what +was really a very passable sledge, and when he and his companion +secured themselves to this dark horse, the result of the race +was considered a foregone conclusion. But soon after the start +it was seen that this couple had labored in vain; for although +they shot ahead at first, their speed was so great that they +could not control their machine. In a moment they were rolling +head-over-heels in clouds of snow, and while the hare was thus +amusing itself a tortoise slid past and won the race. + +By the end of November everything was ready for the western journey, +and a formidable party set out on the 29th to cross McMurdo Sound +and attack the mainland. In Armitage's own party were Skelton +and ten men, while the supports consisted of Koettlitz, Ferrar, +Dellbridge and six men. Excellent pioneer work was done by Armitage +and his party during their seven weeks' journey. Without a doubt +a practicable road to the interior was discovered and traversed, +and the barrier of mountains that had seemed so formidable an +obstruction from the ship was conquered. It was equally certain +that the party could claim to be the first to set foot on the +interior of Victoria Land but they had been forced to turn back +at an extremely interesting point, and in consequence were unable +to supply very definite information with regard to the ice-cap. +They had, however, fulfilled their main object, and in doing so +had disclosed problems that caused the deepest interest to be +focussed upon the direction in which they had traveled. + +Perhaps the most promising circumstance of all was that among +the rock specimens brought back were fragments of quartz-grits. +These, with other observations, showed the strong probability +of the existence of sedimentary deposits which might be reached +and examined, and which alone could serve to reveal the geological +history of this great southern continent. At all hazards Scott +determined that the geologist of the expedition must be given +a chance to explore this most interesting region. + +The extensive preparations for the western journey had practically +stripped the ship of sledge equipment, and those who went out on +shorter journeys were obliged to make the best of the little that +remained. This did not, however, balk their energies, and by +resorting to all kinds of shifts and devices they made many useful +expeditions. + +While these efforts at exploration were being carried out the +ship was left in the charge of Royds, who employed everyone on +board in the most important task of freeing the boats. Drastic +measures had to be taken before they could be released from their +beds of ice, and with sawing and blasting going on in the unseen +depths, it was not possible that the task could be accomplished +without doing considerable damage. When at length all of them +had been brought to the surface their condition was exceedingly +dilapidated; indeed only two of them were in a condition to float; +but although it was evident that the carpenter would be busy for +many weeks before they would be seaworthy, their reappearance was +a tremendous relief. + +Long before his departure to the south, Scott had given instructions +that the Discovery should be prepared for sea by the end of +January. Consequently, after the boats had been freed, there was +still plenty of employment for everybody, since 'preparations for +sea' under such circumstances meant a most prodigious amount of +labor. Tons and tons of snow had to be dug out from the deck with +pick-axes and shoveled over the side; aloft, sails and ropes had +to be looked to, the running-gear to be re-rove, and everything +got ready for handling the ship under sail; many things that +had been displaced or landed near the shore-station had to be +brought on board and secured in position; thirty tons of ice +had to be fetched, melted, and run into the boilers; below, +steam-pipes had to be rejointed, glands re-packed, engines turned +by hand, and steam raised to see that all was in working order. + +Not doubting that the ice would soon break up and release the ship, +this work was carried on so vigorously that when the southern +travelers returned all was ready for them to put to sea again. + +But eleven days before Scott and his companions struggled back +to safety the great event of the season had happened in the arrival +of the Morning. How the funds were raised by means of which this +ship was sent is a tale in itself; briefly, however, it was due to +the untiring zeal and singleness of purpose shown by Sir Clements +Markham that the Morning, commanded by Lieutenant William Colbeck, +R.N.R., was able to leave the London Docks on July 9, 1902. + +Long before the Discovery had left New Zealand the idea of a +relief ship had been discussed, and although Scott saw great +difficulties in the way, he also felt quite confident that if +the thing was to be done Sir Clements was the man to do it. +Obviously then it was desirable to leave as much information +as possible on the track, and the relief ship was to try and +pick up clues at the places where Scott had said that he would +attempt to leave them. These places were Cape Adare, Possession +Islands, Coulman Island, Wood Bay, Franklin Island and Cape +Crozier. + +On January 8 a landing was effected at Cape Adare, and there +Colbeck heard of the Discovery's safe arrival in the south. The +Possession Islands were drawn blank, because Scott had not been +able to land there, and south of this the whole coast was so +thickly packed that the Morning could not approach either Coulman +Island or Wood Bay. + +Franklin Island was visited on January 14, but without result; +and owing to the quantities of pack ice it was not until four days +later that a landing was made at Cape Crozier. Colbeck himself +joined the landing party, and after spending several hours in +fruitless search, he was just giving up the hunt and beginning +despondently to wonder what he had better do next, when suddenly +a small post was seen on the horizon. A rush was made for it, +and in a few minutes Colbeck knew that he had only to steer into +the mysterious depths of McMurdo Sound to find the Discovery, +and practically to accomplish the work he had set out to do. + +On board the Discovery the idea had steadily grown that a relief +ship would come. For no very clear reason the men had begun to look +upon it as a certainty, and during the latter part of January it +was not uncommon for wild rumors to be spread that smoke had been +seen to the north. Such reports, therefore, were generally received +without much excitement, but when a messenger ran down the hill +on the night of the 23rd to say that there was actually a ship +in sight the enthusiasm was intense. Only the most imperturbable +of those on board could sleep much during that night, and early +on the 24th a large party set out over the floe. The Morning was +lying some ten miles north of the Discovery, but it was far easier +to see her than to reach her. At last, however, the party, after +various little adventures, stood safely on deck and received the +warmest of welcomes. + +During the last week of January the weather was in its most glorious +mood, and with some of the treacherous thin ice breaking away the +Morning was able to get a mile nearer. Parties constantly passed +to and fro between the two ships, and everyone--with unshaken +confidence that the Discovery would soon be free--gave themselves +up to the delight of fresh companionship, and the joy of good news +from the home country. To this scene of festivity and cheeriness +Scott, Wilson and Shackleton returned on February 3, and though +the last to open their letters they had the satisfaction of knowing +that the Morning had brought nothing but good news. + +By a curious coincidence Colbeck chose the night of the Southern +party's return to make his first visit to the Discovery, and +soon after Scott had come out of his delicious bath and was reveling +in the delight of clean clothes, he had the pleasure of welcoming +him on board. 'In those last weary marches over the barrier,' +Scott says, 'I had little expected that the first feast in our +home quarters would be taken with strange faces gathered round +our festive table, but so it was, and I can well remember the +look of astonishment that dawned on those faces when we gradually +displayed our power of absorbing food.' + +But however difficult the appetites of the party were to appease, +for a fortnight after they had reached the ship their condition +was very wretched. Shackleton at once went to bed, and although +he soon tried to be out and about again, the least exertion caused +a return of his breathlessness, and he still suffered from the +violent fits of coughing that had troubled him so much on the +journey. With Wilson, who at one time had shown the least signs +of scurvy, the disease had increased so rapidly at the end that +on his return he wisely decided to go to bed, where he remained +quietly for ten days. 'Wilson,' Scott wrote on February 16, 'is +a very fine fellow, his pluck and go were everything on our southern +journey; one felt he wouldn't give in till he dropped.' And this +collapse when he got back to the ship was in itself a proof of the +determination which must have upheld him during the last marches. + +Scott, though the least affected of the three, was also by no +means fit and well. Both his legs were swollen and his gums were +very uncomfortable, but in addition to these troubles he was +attacked by an overwhelming feeling of both physical and mental +weariness. 'Many days passed,' he says, 'before I could rouse +myself from this slothful humour, and it was many weeks before +I had returned to a normally vigorous condition. It was probably +this exceptionally relaxed state of health that made me so slow +to realize that the ice conditions were very different from what +they had been in the previous season.... The prospect of the +ice about us remaining fast throughout the season never once +entered my head.' His diary, however, for the month shows how he +gradually awakened to the true state of affairs, and on February +13 he decided to begin the transport of stores from the Morning +to the Discovery, so that the former ship 'should run no risk +of being detained.' And on the 18th when he paid his first visit +to the Morning and found the journey 'an awful grind,' he had +begun to wonder whether the floe was ever going to break up. + +A week later he was clearly alive to the situation. 'The Morning +must go in less than a week, and it seems now impossible that +we shall be free by that time, though I still hope the break-up +may come after she has departed.' Some time previously he had +decided that if they had to remain the ship's company should +be reduced, and on the 24th he had a talk with the men and told +them that he wished nobody to stop on board who was not willing. +On the following day a list was sent round for the names of those +who wanted to go, and the result was curiously satisfactory--for +Scott had determined that eight men should go, and not only were +there eight names on the list, but they were also precisely those +which Scott would have put there had he made the selection. +Shackleton also had to be told that he must go, as in his state +of health Scott did not think that any further hardships ought +to be risked; but in his place Scott requisitioned Mulock who +by an extraordinary chance is just the very man we wanted. We +have now an immense amount of details for charts... and Mulock +is excellent at this work and as keen as possible. It is rather +amusing, as he is the only person who is obviously longing for +the ice to stop in, though of course he doesn't say so. The other +sporting characters are still giving ten to one that it will go +out, but I am bound to confess that I am not sanguine.' + +The letter from which the last extract is taken was begun on +February 16, and before the end of the month all hope of the +Discovery being able to leave with the Morning had been abandoned. +On March 2 nearly the whole of the Discovery's company were +entertained on board the Morning, and on the following day the +relief ship slowly backed away from the ice-edge, and in a few +minutes she was turning to the north, with every rope and spar +outlined against the black northern sky. Cheer after cheer was +raised as she gathered way, and long after she had passed out +of earshot the little band stood gazing at her receding hull, +and wondering when they too would be able to take the northern +track. + +In the Morning went a letter from Scott which shows that although +in a sense disappointed by the prospect of having to remain for +another winter, both he and his companions were not by any means +dismayed. 'It is poor luck,' he wrote, 'as I was dead keen on +getting a look round C. North before making for home. However +we all take it philosophically, and are perfectly happy and +contented on board, and shall have lots to do in winter, spring +and summer. We will have a jolly good try to free the ship next +year, though I fear manual labor doesn't go far with such terribly +heavy ice as we have here; but this year we were of course +unprepared, and when we realized the situation it was too late +to begin anything like extensive operations. I can rely on every +single man that remains in the ship and I gave them all the option +of leaving... the ship's company is now practically naval-officers +and men--it is rather queer when one looks back to the original +gift of two officers.' + +Referring to the Southern journey he says, 'We cut our food and +fuel too fine.... I never knew before what it was to be hungry; +at times we were famished and had to tighten our belts nightly +before going to sleep. The others dreamt of food snatched away +at the last moment, but this didn't bother me so much.' + +But characteristically the greater part of this long letter refers +not to his own doings, but to the admirable qualities of those +who were with him. Wilson, Royds, Skelton, Hodgson, Barne and +Bernacchi are all referred to in terms of the warmest praise, +and for the manner in which Colbeck managed the relief expedition +the greatest admiration is expressed. But in some way or other +Scott discovered good points in all the officers he mentioned, +and if they were not satisfactory in every way his object seemed +to be rather to excuse than to blame them. He was, however, +unaffectedly glad to see the last of the cook, for the latter +had shown himself far more capable at talking than at cooking, +and had related so many of his wonderful adventures that one +of the sailors reckoned that the sum total of these thrilling +experiences must have extended over a period of five hundred +and ninety years--which, as the sailor said, was a fair age even +for a cook. + +By March 14 even the most optimistic of the company were compelled +to admit the certainty of a second winter, and orders were given +to prepare the ship for it. Compared with the previous year the +weather had been a great deal worse, for there had been more +wind and much lower temperatures, and under such conditions it +was hopeless to go on expecting the ice to break up. But it was +not to be wondered at that they found themselves wondering what +their imprisonment meant. Was it the present summer or the last +that was the exception? For them this was the gravest question, +since on the answer to it their chance of getting away next year, +or at all, depended. + +While, however, the situation as regards the future was not +altogether without anxiety, they sturdily determined to make the +best of the present. To ward off any chance of scurvy, it was +determined to keep rigidly to a fresh-meat routine throughout +the winter, and consequently a great number of seals and skuas +had to be killed. At first the skua had been regarded as unfit +for human food, but Skelton on a sledding trip had caught one in +a noose and promptly put it into the pot. And the result was so +satisfactory that the skua at once began to figure prominently on +the menu. They had, however, to deplore the absence of penguins +from their winter diet, because none had been seen near the ship +for a long time. + +On Wednesday, April 24, the sun departed, but Scott remarks upon +this rather dismal fact with the greatest cheerfulness: 'It would +be agreeable to know what is going to happen next year, but +otherwise we have no wants. Our routine goes like clock-work; +we eat, sleep, work and play at regular hours, and are never in +lack of employment. Hockey, I fear, must soon cease for lack of +light, but it has been a great diversion, although not unattended +with risks, for yesterday I captured a black eye from a ball +furiously driven by Royds.' + +Of the months that followed little need be said, except that +Scott's anticipations were fully realized. In fact the winter +passed by without a hitch, and their second mid-winter day found +them even more cheerful than their first. Hodgson continued to +work away with his fish-traps, tow-nets and dredging; Mulock, who +had been trained as a surveyor and had great natural abilities +for the work, was most useful, first in collecting and re-marking +all the observations, and later on in constructing temporary +charts; while Barne generally vanished after breakfast and spent +many a day at his distant sounding holes. + +Throughout the season the routine of scientific observations was +carried out in the same manner as in the previous year, while +many new details were added; and so engaged was everyone in +serviceable work that when the second long Polar night ended, +Scott was able to write: 'I do not think there is a soul on board +the Discovery who would say that it has been a hardship.... All +thoughts are turned towards the work that lies before us, and +it would be difficult to be blind to the possible extent of its +usefulness. Each day has brought it more home to us how little +we know and how much there is to be learned, and we realize fully +that this second year's work may more than double the value of +our observations. Life in these regions has lost any terror it +ever possessed for us, for we know that, come what may, we can +live, and live well, for any reasonable number of years to come.' + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +THE WESTERN JOURNEY + + Path of advance! but it leads + A long steep journey through sunk + Gorges, o'er mountains in snow. + --M. ARNOLD. + +During the second winter much time and attention had to be given +to the sledge equipment, for there was scarcely an article in it +that did not need to be thoroughly overhauled and refitted. But +in spite of all their efforts, the outfit for the coming season +was bound to be a tattered and makeshift affair. Skins of an +inferior quality had to be used for sleeping-bags; the tents were +blackened with use, threadbare in texture, and patched in many +places; the cooking apparatus was considerably the worse for wear; +the wind clothes were almost worn out, while for all the small +bags, which were required for provisions, they were obliged to +fall back on any sheets and tablecloths that could be found. This +state of things, however, was very far from daunting their spirits, +and long before the winter was over the plan of campaign for the +next season had been drawn up. + +In making the program Scott knew that extended journeys could +only be made by properly supported parties, and it was easy to +see that his small company would not be able to make more than +two supported journeys, though it might be just possible to make +a third more or less lengthy journey without support. The next +thing to decide was in what direction these parties should go, +and in this connection the greatest interest undoubtedly lay in +the west. To explore the Ferrar Glacier from a geological point +of view and find out the nature of the interior ice-cap must, +Scott determined, be attempted at all costs, and this journey +to the west he decided to lead himself. + +In the south it was evident that without dogs no party could hope +to get beyond the point already reached. But Scott's journey had +been made a long way from land, and consequently had left many +problems unsolved, chief among which were the extraordinary +straits that had appeared to run through the mountain ranges +without rising in level. It was therefore with the main object +of exploring one of them that the second supported party, under +the leadership of Barne and Mulock, was to set out. + +The credit in arranging the direction in which the unsupported +party should go belongs to Bernacchi, who was the first to ask +Scott what proof they had that the barrier surface continued on +a level to the eastward; and when Scott began to consider this +question, he discovered that there was no definite proof, and +decided that the only way to get it was to go and see. + +[Illustration: Pinnacled ice at mouth of Ferrar Glacier.] + +[Illustration: Pressure ridges north side of Discovery Bluff.] + +Besides the longer journeys, the program included a number of +shorter ones for specific purposes, and the most important of +these were the periodic visits to the Emperor penguin rookery, +as it was hoped that Wilson would be able to observe these birds +from the beginning of their breeding season. + +Finally, one important factor was to dominate all the sledding +arrangements, for although the Discovery was mainly at the mercy +of natural causes, Scott made up his mind that everything man +could do to free her from the ice should be done. As soon as +they could hope to make any impression upon the great ice-sheet +around them, the whole force of the company was to set to work +at the task of extrication, and so all sledding journeys were to +start in time to assure their return to the ship by the middle +of December. + +On September 9 Scott got away with his own party of Skelton, +Dailey, Evans, Lashly and Handsley, their object being to find +a new road to the Ferrar Glacier, and on it to place a depôt +ready for a greater effort over the ice-cap. The Ferrar Glacier +descends gradually to the inlet, which had been named New Harbor, +but Armitage had reported most adversely on this inlet as a route +for sledges, and in conducting his own party had led it across +the high foot-hills. As yet Scott had not been to this region, +but in the nature of things he could not help thinking that some +practical route must exist up the New Harbor inlet, and that if +it could be found the journey to the west would be much easier. +And the result of this little journey was really important, for +whereas Armitage, at the foot of the Ferrar Glacier, had seen +the disturbance on the south side, and had concluded that it +must extend right across, Scott's party fortunately pushed over +this disturbance and found much easier conditions beyond it. + +The fact thus discovered, and which was amply supported by further +observations, was that invariably in the Antarctic regions where +glaciers run more or less east and west, the south side will be +found to be much broken up and decayed, while the north side will +be comparatively smooth and even. The reason of this, of course, +is simple enough, for the sun achieves its highest altitude in +the north, and consequently its warmest and most direct rays fall +on the south side of a valley. Here, therefore, the greater part +of the summer melting takes place, and a wild chaos of ice +disturbance is caused. + +Scott's party, by taking a different route, laid a depôt at a +spot which Armitage had taken three weeks to reach, and was back +again at the ship in less than a fortnight. + +'We were,' Scott says, 'inclined to be exceedingly self-satisfied; +we had accomplished our object with unexpected ease, we had done +a record march, and we had endured record temperatures--at least, +we thought so, and thought also how pleasant it would be to tell +these things in front of a nice bright fire. As we approached the +ship, however, Hodgson came out to greet us, and his first question +was, "What temperatures have you had?" We replied by complacently +quoting our array of minus fifties, but he quickly cut us short by +remarking that we were not in it.' + +In fact during those few days there had been a very cold snap +throughout the region. Barne's party on the barrier, where they +had been laying a depôt, had the coldest time, and after their +thermometer had fallen lower and lower its spirit-column broke +at -67.7°. Royds and his party also had to endure -62°, but in +other respects they were in luck. For on arriving at Cape Crozier +they found that the Emperor penguins had already hatched out +their young, and Wilson was delighted to get the opportunity of +studying the chicks at such a tender age. Commenting upon this +and another journey to Cape Crozier, Wilson wrote: 'The Emperor +penguin stands nearly four feet high, and weighs upward of eighty +to ninety pounds.... I think the chickens hate their parents, +and when one watches the proceedings in a rookery it strikes +one as not surprising. In the first place there is about one +chick to ten or twelve adults, and each adult has an overpowering +desire to "sit" on something. Both males and females want to +nurse, and the result is that when a chicken finds himself alone +there is a rush on the part of a dozen unemployed to seize him. +Naturally he runs away, and dodges here and there till a six-stone +Emperor falls on him, and then begins a regular football scrimmage, +in which each tries to hustle the other off, and the end is too +often disastrous to the chick.... I think it is not an exaggeration +to say that of the 77 per cent. that die no less than half are +killed by kindness.' + +From Cape Crozier Cross resolved to try to bring two chickens +back to the ship, and by giving up his sleeping jacket to keep +them warm and tending them with the utmost care, he succeeded +in his attempt. But eventually they died from unnatural feeding, +and Wilson says: 'Had we even succeeded in bringing them to the +age when they put on their feathers, I fear that the journey +home through the tropics would have proved too much for them, +as we had no means of making a cool place for them on the ship.' + +September 21 brought with it a grievous disappointment, as on +that day the nautical almanac announced that nine-tenths of the +sun would be obscured. For this event Bernacchi had made the +most careful preparations, and everyone was placed under his +orders during the day. Telescopes and the spectroscopic camera +were trained in the right direction, magnetic instruments were +set to run at quick speed, and observers were told off to watch +everything on which the absence of sun could possibly have the +smallest effect. Everything, in short, was ready except the sun +itself which obstinately refused to come out. 'There may,' Scott +says, 'have been an eclipse of the sun on September 21, 1903, as +the almanac said, but we should none of us have liked to swear +to the fact.' + +The next three weeks or so were spent in preparations for the +long journeys, and on October 12 Scott left the ship with a party +of twelve, and four 11-foot sledges. First came his own party, +which included Skelton, Feather, Evans, Lashly and Handsley; +secondly there was a small party for the geologist, Ferrar, who +was accompanied by Kennar and Weller; and thirdly there were +the supports, consisting of Dailey, Williamson and Plumley. + +Scott guessed rightly that in many respects this was going to +be the hardest task he had yet undertaken, but he knew also that +experience would be a thing to be reckoned upon, and that it +would take a good deal to stop the determined men whom he had +chosen. At the start their loads were a little over 200 lbs. +per man, but most of the party were by this time in thoroughly +good condition, and by hard marching they covered the forty-five +miles to New Harbor and reached the snow-cape early on the 14th. + +This snow-cape in future was to be known as Butter Point, for +here on their return journey they could hope to obtain fresh +seal-meat, and in preparation for this great event a tin of butter +was carried and left at the point for each party. + +At first all went well with the travelers, and it was not until +the evening of the 17th, when they were camped amid indescribably +beautiful scenery, that the first cloud of trouble arose. Then +Dailey the carpenter reported that the German silver had split +under the runners of two sledges, and this was a most serious +blow; for although the wood runners were capable of running on +snow without protection, on hard, sharp ice, especially if the +sledge was heavily laden, they would be knocked to pieces in +a very short time. It was, therefore, absolutely necessary to +protect the runners on this journey, but unfortunately the German +silver protection had already stood a season's work, and had worn +thin without giving any outward sign. + +From start to finish of the Ferrar Glacier about ninety miles +of hard ice were to be expected, and the problem that immediately +arose was how to get the sledges over this without damage. + +By lunch-time on the 18th they had achieved a height of over +6,000 feet, and by that time the sledges were in such a parlous +state that Scott had all of them unpacked and the runners turned +up for inspection. Horrid revelations followed; one sledge remained +sound, and Scott promptly decided that there was one course and +only one to take, and that was to return to the ship as fast as +they could. Had two sledges been available the advance party +might have struggled on, but with one they could do nothing; so +they left the sound sledge with everything else except the +half-week's provisions necessary to take them back, and on the +following days they 'came as near flying as is possible with a +sledge party.' On the morning of the 19th they had eighty-seven +miles to cover, and by 8.30 P.M. on the 21st they had reached +the ship. + +During this march Scott had determined to test his own party +to the utmost, but seeing no necessity for the supports to be +dragged into this effort he told them to take their own time. +The supporting party, however, did not mean to be left behind +if they could help it, and later on the night of the 21st they +also reached the ship. In the hard struggle of the last hours +some of the members of the supporting party, though determined +not to give in, had been comically astounded by the pace which +was set, and Kennar, presumably referring to Scott, kept on +repeating, 'If he can do it, I don't see why I can't: my legs +are as long as his. + +Five days after their flying return they were off again, and +although the material for repairing sledges was very scanty, +one sound 11-foot sledge had been made and also a 7-foot one for +Ferrar's glacier work. Trouble, however, almost at once began +with the runners, and on the 29th Ferrar's sledge gave out and +caused a long delay. But in spite of being held up by wind for +two days, they reached their depôt on November 1, and thought +at first that everything was safe. On examination, however, they +discovered that a violent gale had forced open the lid of the +instrument box, and that several things were missing, among which +Scott found to his dismay was the 'Hints to Travelers.' + +'The gravity of this blow,' he wrote in his diary on November +1, 'can scarcely be exaggerated; but whilst I realized the blow +I felt that nothing would induce me to return to the ship a second +time; I thought it fair, however, to put the case to the others, +and I am, as I expected, fortified by their willing consent to +take the risks of pushing on.' + +In traveling to the west, Scott expected to be--as indeed he +was--out of sight of landmarks for some weeks. In such a case +as this the sledge-traveler is in precisely the same position +as a ship or a boat at sea: he can only obtain a knowledge of +his whereabouts by observation of the sun or stars, and with the +help of these observations he finds his latitude and longitude, +but to do this a certain amount of data is required. 'Hints to +Travelers' supplies these necessary data, and it was on this book +that Scott had been relying to help him to work out his sights +and fix accurately the position of his party. Unless he went back +to the ship to make good his loss, he was obliged to take the +risk of marching into the unknown without knowing exactly where +he was or how he was to get back. 'If,' he says, 'the loss of +our "Hints to Travelers" did not lead us into serious trouble it +caused me many a bad half-hour.' + +Having, however, decided to push on, they wasted no time about +it, and although the sledge-runners continued to need constant +attention they arrived at the base of the upper glacier reach +on the 2nd, and on the following day gained a height of 7,000 +feet. So far nothing exceptionally eventful had occurred, but +November 4 was destined to begin a time that Scott described +afterwards as 'the most miserable week I have ever spent.' In +the morning of the 4th there was bright sunshine with a cold, +increasing wind, but later on the sun disappeared and the weather +became very threatening. Still, however, they battled on and +were half-way up the bare, icy slope they were climbing, when +the air became thick with driving snow and the full force of the +gale burst upon them. Pushing on at almost a run they succeeded +in reaching the top, and hurriedly started to search for a patch +of snow on which to camp, but nothing could be found except bare, +blue ice. By this time the position was becoming serious, all of +them were frost-bitten in the face, and although the runners of +the sledges were split again so badly that they could barely pull +them over the surface, they did not dare to leave the sledges in +the thick drift. + +At last a white patch was seen and a rush was made for it, but +the snow discovered was so ancient and wind-swept that it was +almost as hard as the ice itself. Nevertheless they knew it was +this or nothing, and Scott seized a shovel for his own tent-party, +and dug for all he was worth without making the least impression. +At this moment Feather, the boatswain, luckily came to help him, +and being more expert with the shovel managed to chip out a few +small blocks. Then they tried to get up a tent, but again and +again it and the poles were blown flat, and at least an hour +passed before the tents were erected. 'Nothing,' Scott wrote, +'but experience saved us from disaster to-day, for I feel pretty +confident that we could not have stood another hour in the open.' + +Little, however, did they expect when shelter was gained that +a week would pass before they could resume their march. From +November 4-11 the gale raged unceasingly, and meanwhile not a +vision of the outer world came to them, for they were enveloped +continuously in a thick fog of driving snow. + +In Scott's tent there was one book, Darwin's 'Cruise of the Beagle,' +and first one and then another would read this aloud, until frozen +fingers prevented the pages from being turned over. Only one +piece of work were they able to perform, and this on the first +day when, thinking the storm would soon blow over, they hauled +the sledges beneath one of the tents and stripped the German +silver ready for the onward march. + +By the fifth day of their imprisonment sleep began to desert them, +and Scott, realizing that the long inactivity was telling on the +health of the party, determined that whatever the conditions might +be he would try to start on the following morning. + +This attempt, however, resulted in complete failure. In ten minutes +both of Scott's hands were 'gone,' Skelton had three toes and the +heel of one foot badly frost-bitten, and Feather lost all feeling +in both feet. 'Things are looking serious,' Scott wrote after this +unsuccessful effort to be up and doing, 'I fear the long spell of +bad weather is telling on us. The cheerfulness of the party is +slowly waning; I heard the usual song from Lashly this morning, +but it was very short-lived and dolorous.... Something must be +done to-morrow, but what it will be, to-morrow only can show.' + +Fortunately the next morning brought a lull in the storm, and +though the air was still as thick as a hedge it was possible at +last to break away from 'Desolation Camp.' Then Scott's party +separated from Ferrar's, the former making for the ice-fall and +eventually and miraculously reaching the top without accident. On +starting they could not see half-a-dozen yards ahead, and at once +went as nearly as possible into an enormous chasm; and when they +began to ascend they crossed numerous crevasses without waiting +to see if the bridges would bear. 'I really believe that we were +in a state when we none of us really cared much what happened; +our sole thought was to get away from that miserable spot.' + +But during the succeeding days fortune was with them, and by the +night of the 13th the fight was won and the summit reached. With +five weeks' provisions in hand, and the prospect of covering many +miles before a return to the glacier would be necessary, they were, +as they camped at the elevation of 8,900 feet, a very different +party from the one which had struggled out of 'Desolation Camp' +on the morning of the 11th. + +But they had scarcely gained the summit of the icecap and started +the journey to the west before troubles again began to gather +round them. The long stay in 'Desolation Camp' had covered their +sleeping-bags and night-jackets with ice, and with falling +temperatures this ice had so little chance to evaporate that +camping arrangements were acutely uncomfortable; and as each +night the thermometer fell a little lower, the chance of relief +from this state of things could scarcely be said to exist. The +wind, too, was a constant worry, for though it was not very strong, +when combined with the low temperature and rarefied air its effect +was blighting. + +'I do not think,' Scott wrote, 'that it would be possible to +conceive a more cheerless prospect than that which faced us at +this time, when on this lofty, desolate plateau we turned our backs +upon the last mountain peak that could remind us of habitable lands. +Yet before us lay the unknown. What fascination lies in that word! +Could anyone wonder that we determined to push on, be the outlook +ever so comfortless?' + +So they plodded forward with all their strength, but in spite +of every effort their progress gradually became slower. By the +17th the sledges had been divided, Scott, Feather, and Evans +leading with one, while Skelton, Handsley, and Lashly followed +with the other. But Scott found very soon that the second sledge +had great difficulty in keeping up, and that although he himself +felt thoroughly strong and well, some of his companions were +beginning to fail. As was natural with such men not one of them +would own that he was exhausted, and in consequence it was only +by paying the keenest attention that he could detect those who +from sheer incapacity were relaxing their strain on the traces. +And his position was not pleasant even when he knew, for to tell +any of these brave people that they must turn back was a most +unenviable task. Thus it came about that all six of them marched +on, though Scott was sure that better progress would have been +made had the party been divided. + +Something like a climax was reached on the 20th, when Handsley +more or less broke down. Not for a moment, however, did he mean +to give up, and when he was relieved of some part of his work he +begged Scott not again to make an example of him. In Handsley's +opinion his breakdown was a disgrace, and no arguments would +make him change it. Small wonder then that Scott wrote in his +diary: 'What children these men are, and yet what splendid children! +The boatswain has been suffering agonies from his back; he has +been pulling just behind me, and in some sympathy that comes +through the traces I have got to know all about him, yet he has +never uttered a word of complaint, and when he knows my eye is +on him he straightens up and pretends he is just as fit as ever. +What is one to do with such people?' + +What Scott did was to try for another day to go on as before, +but on November 22 he had to tell Skelton, Feather, and Handsley +that they must turn back, and though 'they could not disguise +their disappointment, they all seemed to understand that it had +to be.' + +From the date on which Scott reluctantly came to this decision, +three weeks of the hardest physical toil followed for him and +his companions, Evans and Lashly. Nevertheless Scott looked back +upon this strenuous time with unmixed satisfaction, and paid a +high tribute of praise to his companions for their part in the +successful work that was done. + +'With these two men behind me,' he says, 'our sledge seemed to be +a living thing, and the days of slow progress were numbered.... +Troubles and discomforts were many, and we could only guess at +the progress we made, but we knew that by sticking to our task +we should have our reward when our observations came to be worked +out on board the ship.' + +Regularly each night the temperature fell to -40° or below, while +during the marching hours it rarely rose much above -25°, and +with this low temperature there was a constant wind. In fact the +wind was the plague of their lives and cut them to pieces. So +cracked were their faces that laughing hurt horribly, and the +first half-hour of the morning march, before they were warmed +up to the work, was dreadful, as then all their sore places got +frost-bitten. In short the last week of their outward march was +a searching test of endurance, but they had resolved to march +on until November 30, and in spite of the miserable conditions +there was no turning back before the month had ended. + +Scott, however, was most undisguisedly glad when November 30 +had come and gone. 'We have finished our last outward march, +thank heaven! Nothing has kept us going during the past week +but the determination to carry out our original intention of +going on to the end of the month, and so here we have pitched +our last camp.' + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE RETURN FROM THE WEST + + Ceaseless frost round the vast solitude + Bound its broad zone of stillness. + --SHELLEY. + +'We are all,' Scott wrote in his diary, 'very proud of our march +out. I don't know where we are, but I know we must be a long +way to the west from my rough noon observation of the compass +variation.' But not for anything in the world did he want again +to see the interior of Victoria Land. Writing two years after +this great march he says: 'For me the long month which we spent +on the Victoria Land summit remains as some vivid but evil dream. +I have a memory of continuous strain on mind and body, lightened +only by the unfailing courage and cheerfulness of my companions.' + +From first to last the month of November had been a struggle to +penetrate into this barren, deserted, wind-swept, piercingly cold, +and fearfully monotonous region, and although on turning homewards +the travelers were relieved by having the wind at their backs, the +time of trial was by no means over. Only by utilizing all their +powers of marching could they hope to retreat in safety from their +position, and December opened with such overcast weather that +valuable time had to be spent in the tent. During the next few days, +however, good marches were made, until on December 9 everything +changed abruptly for the worse. + +On the afternoon of the 9th the surface became so abominably +bad, that by pulling desperately they could not get the sledge +along at more than a mile an hour. Oil was growing short, and in +view of the future Scott had to propose that marching hours should +be increased by one hour, that they should use half allowance of +oil, and that if they did not sight landmarks within a couple of +days their rations should be reduced. 'When I came to the cold +lunch and fried breakfast poor Evans' face fell; he evidently +doesn't much believe in the virtue of food, unless it is in the +form of a hoosh and has some chance of sticking to one's ribs.' + +Land was sighted on the 10th, 11th, and 12th, but the weather was +as overcast as ever, and Scott was still in dreadful uncertainty +of their whereabouts, because he was unable to recognize a single +point. Ten hours' pulling per day was beginning to tell upon +them, and although apart from the increasing pangs of hunger +there was no sign of sickness, Scott remarks, on the 12th, that +they were becoming 'gaunt shadows.' + +During the morning of the 13th Evans' nose, which had been more +or less frost-bitten for some weeks, had an especially bad attack. +His attitude to this unruly member was one of comic forbearance, +as though, while it scarcely belonged to him, he was more or less +responsible for it and so had to make excuses. On this occasion +when told that it had 'gone,' he remarked in a resigned tone, +'My poor old nose again; well, there, it's chronic!' By the time +it had been brought round a storm was blowing, and though they +continued to march, the drift was so thick that at any moment +they might have walked over the edge of a precipice--a fitting +prelude to what, by general consent, was admitted to be the most +adventurous day in their lives. + +Prospects, when they started to march on the next morning, were +at first a little brighter, but soon a bitterly cold wind was +blowing and high ice hummocks began to appear ahead of them. In +this predicament Scott realized that it was both rash to go +forward, as the air was becoming thick with snow-drift, and equally +rash to stop, for if they had to spend another long spell in a +blizzard camp, starvation would soon be staring them in the face. +So he asked Evans and Lashly if they were ready to take the risk +of going on, and promptly discovered that they were. Then they +marched straight for the ice disturbance, and as the surface +became smoother and the slope steeper their sledge began to +overrun them. At this point Scott put Evans and Lashly behind +to hold the sledge back, while he continued in front to guide +its course, and what happened afterwards is described most +graphically in the diary of the 15th. + +'Suddenly Lashly slipped, and in an instant he was sliding downward +on his back; directly the strain came on Evans, he too was thrown +off his feet. It all happened in a moment, and before I had time +to look the sledge and the two men hurtled past me; I braced +myself to stop them, but might as well have attempted to hold an +express train. With the first jerk I was whipped off my legs, and +we all three lay sprawling on our backs and flying downward with +an ever-increasing velocity. For some reason the first thought +that flashed into my mind was that someone would break a limb if +he attempted to stop our mad career, and I shouted something to +this effect, but might as well have saved my breath. Then there +came a sort of vague wonder as to what would happen next, and in +the midst of that I was conscious that we had ceased to slide +smoothly and were now bounding over a rougher incline, sometimes +leaving it for several yards at a time; my thought flew to broken +limbs again, for I felt we could not stand much of such bumping. + +'At length we gave a huge leap into the air, and yet we traveled +with such velocity that I had not time to think before we came +down with tremendous force on a gradual incline of rough, hard, +wind-swept snow. Its irregularities brought us to rest in a moment +or two, and I staggered to my feet in a dazed fashion, wondering +what had happened. + +'Then to my joy I saw the others also struggling to their legs, and +in another moment I could thank heaven that no limbs were broken. +But we had by no means escaped scathless; our legs now show one +black bruise from knee to thigh, and Lashly was unfortunate enough +to land once on his back, which is bruised and very painful.... +I, as the lightest, escaped the easiest, yet before the two men +crawled painfully to their feet their first question was to ask +if I had been hurt. + +'As soon as I could pull myself together I looked round, and now +to my astonishment I saw that we were well on towards the entrance +of our own glacier; ahead and on either side of us appeared +well-remembered landmarks, whilst behind, in the rough broken +ice-wall over which we had fallen, I now recognized at once the +most elevated ice cascade of our valley.... + +'I cannot but think that this sudden revelation of our position +was very wonderful. Half an hour before we had been lost; I could +not have told whether we were making for our own glacier or any +other, or whether we were ten or fifty miles from our depôt; it +was more than a month since we had seen any known landmark. Now +in this extraordinary manner the curtain had been raised... and +down the valley we could see the high cliffs of the Depôt Nunatak +where peace and plenty awaited us.' + +The sledge had not capsized until they all rolled over at the +end, but the jolting had scattered their belongings and broken +open the biscuit box, with the result that they had no provisions +left, except the few scraps they could pick up and the meager +contents of their food bag. As quickly as stiffening limbs would +allow they collected their scattered articles, repacked the sledge +and marched on towards the depôt. Before them lay a long plateau, +at the edge of which Scott knew that they would find a second +cascade, and beneath it the region of Desolation Camp and a more +gradual icy surface down to the depôt. + +Fortune favored them in descending the second cascade, and quite +unsuspicious of any further danger they joined up their harness +to their usual positions in front of the sledge. This brought +Scott in the middle and a little in advance, with Lashly on his +right and Evans on his left. Presently the sledge began to skid, +and Scott told Lashly to pull wide to steady it. Scarcely had +this order been obeyed when Scott and Evans stepped on nothing +and disappeared, while Lashly miraculously saved himself from +following and sprang back with his whole weight on the trace. +The sledge flashed by him and jumped the crevasse down which +Scott and Evans had gone, one side of the sledge being cracked +by the jerk but the other side mercifully holding. 'Personally,' +Scott says, 'I remember absolutely nothing until I found myself +dangling at the end of my trace with blue walls on either side +and a very horrid looking gulf below; large ice-crystals dislodged +by our movements continued to shower down on our heads. As a +first step I took off my goggles; I then discovered that Evans +was hanging just above me. I asked him if he was all right, and +received a reassuring reply in his calm, matter-of-fact tones.' + +Then Scott began to grope about on every side with his cramponed +feet, but not until his struggles set him swinging did his leg +suddenly strike a projection. At a glance he saw that by raising +himself he could get a foothold on this, and after a short struggle +he stood upon a thin shaft of ice, which was wedged providentially +between the walls of the chasm, and could look about him. To the +right or left, above or below, there was not the vestige of another +such support, nothing, in fact, but the smooth walls of ice. The +projection seemed to have got there by a miracle, but miracle or +not the thing to do was to help Evans, and when the latter had +slipped his harness well up beneath his arms Scott found that he +could pilot his feet to the bridge. + +'All this had occupied some time, and it was only now that I +realized what had happened above us, for there, some twelve feet +over our heads, was the outline of the broken sledge. I saw at +once what a frail support remained, and shouted to Lashly to ask +what he could do, and then I knew the value of such a level-headed +companion; for whilst he held on grimly to the sledge and us with +one hand, his other was busily employed in withdrawing our ski. +At length he succeeded in sliding two of these beneath the broken +sledge, and so making our support more secure.' + +But clever as this device was it still left them without Lashly's +active assistance, because directly he relaxed his hold the sledge +began to slip. The only possible course, therefore, was for Scott +and Evans to climb out unaided, and, after a word with Evans +Scott decided to try first; though he confessed afterwards that +he never expected to reach the top. Not for a longtime had he +swarmed a rope, and to do so in thick clothing, heavy crampons, +and with frost-bitten fingers seemed to him impossible. Of the +struggle that followed he remembered little except that he got a +rest when he could plant his foot in the belt of his own harness, +and again when his feet held on the rings of the belt. 'Then +came a mighty effort, till I reached the stirrup formed by the +rope span of the sledge, and then, mustering all the strength +that remained, I reached the sledge itself and flung myself on +to the snow beyond. Lashly said, "Thank God!" and it was perhaps +then that I realized that his position had been the worst of all.' + +But having arrived at the top he was completely out of action +for several minutes, for his hands were white to the wrists, +and not until their circulation came back could he get to work. +With two on top and only one below the position, however, was +very different, and presently Evans, badly frost-bitten, was +landed on the surface. For a minute or two they could only stand +and look at one another. Then Evans said, 'Well, I'm blowed,' +which was the first sign of surprise he had shown. + +By six o'clock on that same evening they reached their depôt, +and passed from abject discomfort to rest and peace. Bruised, +sore and tired as they were, Lashly sang merrily as he stirred +the pot, while Scott and Evans sat on the sledge, shifted their +foot-gear, spread out their clothes to dry, and talked cheerily +about the happenings of the day. + +From this time onward their camp-life was wholly, pleasant, except +to Lashly who had an attack of snow-blindness. Apart from that +they were in the best of condition for the hard marching in front +of them, and when on the night of the 20th they reached their +second depôt and could look out towards the sea, they did not +care how far round they might have to walk if only that stubborn +sheet of ice had broken away. But it was too evident that their +homeward track might be as straight as they chose, as only in +the far distance was open water to be seen, and with sorrow they +realized that there must still be many miles of ice between it +and the Discovery. + +Late on Christmas Eve they were once more on board the ship after +an absence of fifty-nine days, during which they had traveled 725 +miles. Taking the eighty-one days of absence which had constituted +the whole sledding season, Scott, Evans and Lashly had covered +l,098 miles, and, not including minor undulations, had climbed +heights which totaled to 19,000 feet. On getting back to the +Discovery Scott found only Koettlitz, Handsley and Quartley on +board, because all the rest of the company had gone to the north +to saw through the ice; and during the few days of rest that he +allowed himself before going to the sawing-camp, he was able to +read the reports of the officers who had led the other journeys, +and to see what excellent work had been done during his absence. + +Ferrar's survey and Skelton's photographic work had added materially +to the value of the western journey; the party led by Barne and +Mulock to the south had met with ill-fortune from the start, but +throughout the journey Mulock used the theodolite indefatigably, +with the results that this stretch of coast-line was more accurately +plotted than any other part of Victoria Land, and that the positions +and height of over two hundred mountain peaks were fixed. Barne +also obtained a very good indication of the movement of the Great +Barrier ice-sheet. During Royds' journey, on which the party went +on very short food allowance, Bernacchi took a most interesting +series of magnetic observations. And although to Bernacchi himself +belongs the greatest credit, some reflected glory, at any rate, fell +upon his companions, because they had to stay shivering outside the +tent while he was at work inside it. + +Wilson had not only been busy with the penguins at Cape Crozier, +but had also made a complete examination of the enormous and +interesting pressure ridges which form the junction of the Great +Barrier ice-mass with the land, and subsequently had spent much +time in studying the windless area to the south of Ross Island. +Also, with Armitage and Heald, he had made an excellent little +journey, on which Armitage obtained some very good photographs, +sufficient in themselves to prove the receding glacial conditions +of the whole continent. + +In short during Scott's absence his companions had been working +strenuously to increase the supply of information; so when the +second sledding-season ended, they could with reason congratulate +themselves that the main part of their work was done. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +RELEASE + + And Thor + Set his shoulder hard against the stern + To push the ship through... + ...and the water gurgled in + And the ship floated on the waves and rock'd. + --M. ARNOLD. + +After a few days on board Scott became restless to see what was +going on in the sawing-camp, and on the morning of the 31st he +started off with Evans, Lashly and Handsley to march the ten and +a half miles to the north. When the instructions for this attempt +to free the Discovery were drawn up, there had been, of course, +no telling how broad the ice-sheet would be when operations began, +and Scott had been obliged to assume that it would be nearly the +same as in the previous year, when the open water had extended to +the Dellbridge Islets about eleven miles from the ship. There he +directed that the camp should be made, and Armitage, on whom in +Scott's absence the command had devolved, made all preparations +in accordance with the instructions he had received. + +At the outset, however, a difficulty awaited him, as in the middle +of December the open water, instead of being up to the islets, +ended at least ten miles farther to the north. Under the +circumstances he considered it dangerous to take the camp out +to the ice-edge, and so the sawing work had been begun in the +middle of the ice-sheet instead of at its edge. + +Thirty people were in the camp when Scott arrived, and though at +first the work had been painful both to arms and backs they were +all in splendid condition and spirits. Fortunately this was a land +of plenty, penguins and seals abounded, and everyone agreed that, +apart from the labor, they were having a most enjoyable time, +though no one imagined that the work would be useful. + +In two days Scott was as convinced as anyone that the work must +be in vain, and ordered the sawing to stop. 'I have been much +struck,' he wrote, 'by the way in which everyone has cheerfully +carried on this hopeless work until the order came to halt. There +could have been no officer or man among them who did not see +from the first how utterly useless it was, and yet there has +been no faltering or complaint, simply because all have felt +that, as the sailor expresses it, "Them's the orders."' + +With twenty miles of ice between the Discovery and freedom, the +possibility of yet another winter had to be considered, so although +most of the company returned to the ship, Lashly, Evans, Handsley +and Clarke were left behind to make sure of an adequate stock of +penguins. And then Scott being unable to do any good by remaining +in the ship started off to the north with Wilson, the former +being anxious to watch the ice-edge and see what chance there +was of a break-up, while Wilson wanted to study the life of that +region. This journey was to be 'a real picnic,' with no hard +marching and plenty to eat; and, pursuing their leisurely way, +on January 4 they were within half a mile of the open water when +Wilson suddenly said, 'There they are.' Then Scott looked round, +and on the rocks of Cape Royds saw a red smudge dotted with +thousands of little black and white figures. Without doubt they +had stumbled upon a penguin rookery, but interesting as it was +to have made the discovery, it was at the same time exasperating +to think of the feast of eggs they had missed in the last two +years. During the rest of the day they watched the penguins and +the skua gulls which were nesting around them; and before supper +they took soap and towels down to a rill of thaw-water that ran +within a few yards of their tent, and washed in the warm sunlight. +'Then,' Scott says, 'we had a dish of fried penguin's liver with +seal kidneys; eaten straight out of the frying-pan, this was +simply delicious. I have come to the conclusion that life in the +Antarctic Regions can be very pleasant.' + +Still in the proper picnic spirit they dawdled over their breakfast +on the following day, and were lazily discussing plans when Scott, +looking through the open door of the tent to the clear sea beyond, +suddenly caught sight of a ship. In a moment haste and bustle +reigned supreme, and while they were searching for boots and other +things necessary for the march, Wilson said, 'Why, there's another,' +and without any doubt two vessels were framed in the doorway. It +had at once been taken for granted that the first ship was the +Morning, but what in the name of fortune was the meaning of the +other neither Scott nor Wilson could imagine. The easiest and +quickest way to find out was to go straight on board, for the +ships were making for the ice-edge some five miles to the westward, +but if they had followed this simple plan their companions on the +Discovery would have known nothing about it, and would have been +compelled to wait for their mails. So they started southward to +find the penguin hunters, and then to send them to establish +communications with the ship. For a long time no sight of the +men could be seen, but after traveling about six miles Scott and +Wilson saw the tent, though without any signs of life about it; +indeed they were within a hundred yards before in answer to their +shouts four very satisfied figures emerged, still munching the +remains of a meal. 'Of course,' Scott says, 'I thought they had +not seen the ships, but they had, only, as they explained, they +didn't see there was any cause for them to do anything in the +matter. I said, "But, good heavens, you want your mails, don't +you?" "Oh, yes, sir," they replied, "but we thought that would +be all right." In other words, they as good as said that life +was so extremely easy and pleasant that there was no possible +object in worrying over such a trifle as the arrival of a relief +expedition.' When, however, they had got their orders they were +off at once, and Scott and Wilson went back to the ships and soon +found out from Colbeck why the Terra Nova had accompanied the +Morning, and how strangely the aspect of affairs had altered. +Writing in his diary on that night Scott says, 'I can only record +that in spite of the good home news, and in spite of the pleasure +of seeing old friends again, I was happier last night than I am +to-night.' + +Briefly the reasons for the sending of the two ships instead of +one were these. Scott's report taken by the Morning had left the +strong impression that the relief ship must again be sent to the +south in 1903. The 'Morning' fund, however, was inadequate to +meet the requirements of another year, and there was not time +enough to appeal to the public and to explain the full necessities +of the case. In these circumstances there was nothing for the +Societies to do but to appeal to the Government, and eventually +the latter agreed to undertake the whole conduct of the relief +expedition, provided that the Morning, as she stood, was delivered +over to them. The Government naturally placed the management of +affairs in the hands of the Admiralty, and once having taken the +responsibility it was felt that two ships must be sent, in order +that there should be no risk of the pledge being unfulfilled. + +The Terra Nova, one of the finest of the whaling ships, was bought, +and a whaling crew, under the command of Captain Harry MacKay, was +engaged to navigate her. Towards the end of November 1903 she +layoff Hobart Town in Tasmania, and in December she was joined +by the Morning, Captain Colbeck being directed to take charge +of this joint venture until both ships could come under Scott's +command. + +Thus it happened that, much to every one's surprise, two ships +arrived off the edge of the fast ice on January 4, 1904. It was +not, however, the arrival of the Terra Nova, whose captain from +the first was anxious to help in every way, but quite another +matter that made Scott so sad--and naturally sad--at this time. + +In England the majority of those competent to judge the situation +had formed the opinion that the Discovery was stuck fast in the +ice for all time. Whether the Admiralty held this opinion or +not is of no consequence, because in any case it was their duty +to see that the expense of another relief expedition should be +avoided. Consequently there was no other course open to them +except to tell Scott to abandon the Discovery, if she could not +be freed in time to accompany the relief ships to the north. But +necessary as this order was, it placed Scott and his companions +in a very cruel position. Under the most ordinary conditions a +sailor would go through much rather than abandon his ship, but +the ties which bound Scott and his company to the Discovery were +very far beyond the ordinary; indeed they involved a depth of +sentiment not in the least surprising when their associations +with her are remembered. + +In spite of their long detention in the ice, the thought of leaving +her had never entered their heads. Some time she would be free +again, and even if they had to spend a third winter in her they +had determined to go through with it, and make themselves as +comfortable as possible. + +It was from this passably contented frame of mind that they were +rudely awakened. Now they were obliged to face the fact that +unless a twenty-mile plain of ice broke up within six weeks, +they must bid a long farewell to their beloved ship and return +to their homes as castaways. So with the arrival of the relief +ships there fell the first and last cloud of gloom which was +ever allowed on board the Discovery. And as day followed day with +no improvement in the ice conditions, the gloom deepened until +anyone might easily have imagined that an Antarctic expedition +was a most dismal affair. + +On January 10 Scott wrote: 'Reached the ship this morning, and +this afternoon assembled all hands on the mess-deck, where I +told them exactly how matters stood. There was a stony silence. +I have not heard a laugh in the ship since I returned.' + +For some time a flagstaff had been erected on Tent Islet, ten +miles to the north, and a system of signals had been arranged +to notify any changes in the ice, but day after day the only +signal was 'No change in the ice conditions.' + +On the 15th to relieve the weariness of waiting for something +that did not happen, Scott arranged that their collections and +instruments should be transported to the relief ships. Whatever +the future held in store he saw no reason why this should not +be done, and to have anything at all to do during this trying +time was a blessing; though he had by no means given up hope +that the Discovery would be freed. After a long spell at Cape +Royds camp, Wilson returned to the ship on the night of the 21st +with news that was all the more welcome at such an anxious time. +Strolling over the beach one day to inspect what he thought was +a prodigiously large seal he saw that it was quite different +from any of the ordinary seals, and went back to the camp for +his gun. Two of the Morning officers were in camp with him, and +all three of them proceeded to stalk this strange new beast. +Their great fear was that they might only succeed in wounding +it and that it might escape into the sea; so in spite of the +temperature of the water they waded round it before they attacked. +These tactics were successful, but their quarry when dispatched +was far too heavy for them to move, or for Wilson to examine +where it lay. On the following day, however, Colbeck came over +in the Morning, and with the aid of boats and ropes the carcass +was landed on his decks. Then Wilson came to the conclusion that +the animal was a sea-elephant commonly found at Macquarie Island, +but never before seen within the Antarctic circle. + +No change in the ice occurred until the 18th when some large pieces +broke away, and by the 23rd Scott reckoned that the relief ships +were four or five miles nearer than they had been a fortnight +before. But, if the conditions were to be as they had been two +years before, thirteen or fourteen miles of ice must go out in +fifteen days, a far more rapid rate than it had been going during +the previous fortnight. On the 28th, however, the first sign of +real promise occurred, for the whole ice-sheet began to sway +very slightly under the action of a long swell, its edge against +the land rising and falling as much as 18 inches. 'We are all +very restless, constantly dashing up the hill to the lookout +station or wandering from place to place to observe the effects +of the swell. But it is long since we enjoyed such a cheerful +experience as we get on watching the loose pieces of ice jostling +one another at Hut Point.' + +Days of hope and anxiety followed, until the 14th of February +arrived and brought the best of news with it. During the day +nothing unusual happened, and it was not until Scott was at dinner +that the excitement began. Then he heard a shout on deck, and +a voice sang out down the hatchway, 'The ships are coming, sir!' + +'There was no more dinner, and in a moment we were racing for Hut +Point, where a glorious sight met our view. The ice was breaking +up right across the strait, and with a rapidity which we had not +thought possible. No sooner was one great floe borne away. Than +a dark streak cut its way into the solid sheet that remained and +carved out another, to feed the broad stream of pack which was +hurrying away to the north-west. + +'I have never witnessed a more impressive sight; the sun was low +behind us, the surface of the ice-sheet in front was intensely +white, and in contrast the distant sea and its forking leads +looked almost black. The wind had fallen to a calm, and not a +sound disturbed the stillness about us. Yet, in the midst of +this peaceful silence, was an awful unseen agency rending that +great ice-sheet as though it had been none but the thinnest paper.' + +But fast as the ice was breaking, it was not fast enough for the +relief ships. Evidently there was a race between them to be the +first to pass beyond the flagstaff round which the small company +of spectators had clustered; although the little Morning, with +her bluff bows and weak engines, could scarcely expect to hold +her own against such a powerful competitor. By half-past ten +those on shore could see the splintering of the ice as the ships +crashed into the floes, and the shouts of the men as with wild +excitement they cheered each fresh success, could be distinctly +heard. + +Scarcely half a mile of ice remained and the contest became keener +and keener. On came the Terra Nova, but in spite of all her mighty +efforts the persistent little Morning, dodging right and left and +seizing every chance opening, kept doggedly at her side, and still +seemed to have a chance of winning the race. + +Meanwhile the spectators, in their nondescript tattered garments, +stood breathlessly watching this wonderful scene. + +'For long intervals we remained almost spell-bound, and then +a burst of frenzied cheering broke out. It seemed to us almost +too good to be real. By eleven o'clock all the thick ice had +vanished, and there remained only the thin area of decayed floe +which has lately made the approach to the ships so dangerous; +a few minutes later the Terra Nova forged ahead and came crashing +into the open, to be followed almost immediately by her stout +little companion, and soon both ships were firmly anchored to +all that remains of the Discovery's prison, the wedge that still +holds in our small bay.... + +'And so to-night the ships of our small fleet are lying almost +side by side; a rope from the Terra Nova is actually secured to +the Discovery. Who could have thought it possible? Certainly not +we who have lived through the trying scenes of the last month.' + +The small wedge of sea-ice that still remained in the bay was +cracked in many places, and would doubtless have departed of +its own accord in a few days; but Scott, naturally impatient to +get away, decided to hasten matters by explosions. Consequently +at 1 A.M. on February 16 there was an explosion which shook the +whole bay, and rudely disturbed not only the ice but also the +slumbers of those who were not members of the explosion party. + +A few hours later another explosive charge was borne out, and +when all was ready Scott pressed the firing key. 'There was a +thunderous report which shook the ship throughout, and then all +was calm again. For a brief moment one might have imagined that +nothing had happened, but then one saw that each crack was slowly +widening; presently there came the gurgle of water as it was +sucked into our opening ice-bed, and in another minute there +was a creaking aft and our stern rose with a jump as the keel +was freed from the ice which had held it down. Then, as the great +mass of ice on our port hand slowly glided out to sea, our good +ship swung gently round and lay peacefully riding to her anchors +with the blue water lapping against her sides.... Thus it was +that the Discovery came to her own again--the right to ride the +high seas.' + +On that day it would have been impossible to find a prouder or +happier ship's company, but with all their feelings of elation +they did not imagine that everything would run smoothly after +such a long period of disuse, and they knew also that much hard +work lay in front of them if they were to carry out the remainder +of their program. If the Discovery was free before the navigable +season closed Scott had resolved to spend the remaining time +in exploring the region to the westward of Cape North, but now +after two years' imprisonment coal was lacking for such a scheme. +Directly the relief ships had arrived he had asked them for as +great a quantity as possible, but although the replies had at +first been satisfactory, a long month's fight with wind and ice +had sadly reduced the amount they could afford to give. The only +thing to do was to get without any delay what could be spared, and +on the afternoon of the 16th the Terra Nova came alongside to hand +over her supply. 'The afternoon,' Scott says, 'was beautifully +calm and bright, and the weather seemed to smile peacefully on +the termination of our long and successful struggle with the +ice.... We little guessed what lay before us.' + +On the 15th a large wooden cross, bearing a simply carved +inscription to the memory of poor Vince, was erected on the summit +of Hut Point, and on the following day the small company landed +together and stood bareheaded round this memorial, while Scott +read some short prayers. + +The water was oily calm and the sky threatening as they pulled +back to the ship after paying this last tribute of homage to +their shipmate, but weather of this kind had been too common +to attract attention. On that night Captain MacKay was dining +in the Discovery for the first time, and a great effort had been +made to show him how good an Antarctic feast could be. In the +middle of dinner, however, word came down to Scott that the wind +had sprung up, and although he expected nothing serious he went +up to see what was happening. Then he saw they were in for a +stiff blow, and reluctantly had to inform his guests of the fact. +One glance at the sky satisfied MacKay, who was over the rail +like a shot, and in a few minutes the Terra Nova was steaming +for the open and lost in the drift. ' + +[Illustration: The 'Terra Nova' leaving the Antarctic.] + +Very soon both wind and sea had risen, but although Scott did +not altogether like the look of things and determined to get up +steam as soon as possible, he did not want to hurry those in the +engine-room after such a long period of disuse. But early in the +morning of the 17th the situation became really dangerous, and +the Discovery began to jerk at her cables in the most alarming +manner. + +'I knew,' he wrote on the night of that eventful day, 'that in +spite of our heavy anchor the holding ground was poor, and I +watched anxiously to see if the ship dragged. + +'It came at last, just as Skelton sent a promise of steam in +half an hour. The sea was again breaking heavily on the ice-foot +astern and I walked up and down wondering which was coming first, +the steam or this wave-beaten cliff. It was not a pleasant +situation, as the distance grew shorter every minute, until +the spray of the breaking waves fell on our poop, and this was +soon followed by a tremendous blow as our stern struck the ice. +We rebounded and struck again, and our head was just beginning +to falloff and the ship to get broadside on (heaven knows what +would have happened then) when steam was announced.' + +Then the ship just held her own and only just; the engines alone +would not send her to windward in the teeth of the gale. Once +around Hut Point, Scott knew that they would be safe with open +sea before them; and the end of the Point was only a quarter +of a mile out, though off the end there was a shallow patch which +had to be cleared before safety could be reached. So finding +that no headway was being made he began to edge out towards the +Point, and all seemed well until, nearly opposite to the Point +itself, he saw to his alarm that a strong current was sweeping +past. + +'Nothing remained but to make a dash for it, and I swung the helm +over and steered for the open. But the moment our bows entered the +fast-running stream we were swung round like a top, and the instant +after we crashed head foremost onto the shoal and stopped dead with +our masts shivering. We were in the worst possible position, dead +to windward of the bank with wind, sea, and current all tending to +set us faster ashore. + +'We took the shore thus at about 11 A.M., and the hours that +followed were truly the most dreadful I have ever spent. Each +moment the ship came down with a sickening thud which shook her +from stem to stern, and each thud seemed to show more plainly +that, strong as was her build, she could not long survive such +awful blows.' + +Hour after hour passed while the ship quivered and trembled and +crashed again and again into her rocky bed. Nothing more could be +done for her until the gale abated, but seeing the impossibility +of doing anything at the time, Scott recognized that the next +best thing was to be prepared to act promptly when the weather +moderated. Then he discovered once more how absolutely he could +rely on the support and intelligence of his companions. Skelton +already had made a list of weights by the removal of which the +ship could be lightened, and when the boatswain was summoned +to discuss the manner in which the anchors could be laid out he +also had his scheme cut and dried. + +The first sign of a lull came at 7 P.M., and soon after they +assembled to the dreariest dinner ever remembered in the Discovery. +But when they were half-way through this silent meal Mulock, the +officer of the watch, suddenly burst in and said, 'The ship's +working astern, sir.' + +In record time Scott reached the bridge, and found that both +wind and sea had dropped in the most extraordinary manner. But +what surprised him even more was that the current, which had +been running strongly to the north, had turned and was running +with equal speed to the south. Each time that the ship lifted +on a wave she worked two or three inches astern, and though she +was still grinding heavily she no longer struck the bottom with +such terrific force. Scarcely, however, had these facts been +observed when Skelton rushed up to say that the inlets were free +again. + +'Every soul was on deck and in a moment they were massed together +and running from side to side in measured time. The telegraphs +were put full speed astern; soon the engines began to revolve, +and the water foamed and frothed along the side. For a minute or +two the ship seemed to hesitate, but then there came a steady +grating under the bottom, which gradually traveled forward, and +ceased as the ship, rolling heavily, slid gently into deep water.... +Rarely, if ever, can a ship have appeared in such an uncomfortable +plight as ours to find herself free and safe within the space +of an hour.... To be in ten feet of water in a ship that draws +fourteen feet cannot be a pleasant position--nor can there be +a doubt that the shocks which the Discovery sustained would have +very seriously damaged a less stoutly built vessel.' + +None too soon were they clear of the shoal, for in a very short +time the wind was again blowing from the south; but as, on the +18th, the wind though still blowing strong had gone round to the +southeast and brought smoother water in the Sound, it was decided +to make for the inlets of the glacier tongue to the north, and +complete the coaling operations. + +On occasions when haste was necessary there was, by mutual consent, +no distinction between officers and men. And Scott mentions 'as +a sight for the gods' the scene of biologists, vertebrate zoologists, +lieutenants, and A.B.'s with grimed faces and chafed hands working +with all their might on the coaling whips. + +The Morning handed over twenty-five tons of coal, and this was +all the more a generous gift since it reduced Colbeck to the +narrowest margin, and compelled him to return directly homeward +without joining in any attempt at further exploration. 'His +practical common sense told him he could be of little use to +us, and with his usual loyalty he never hesitated to act for +the best, at whatever sacrifice to his own hopes and wishes.' + +Before they left the glacier in McMurdo Sound it was arranged +that the three ships should journey up the coast together and +then separate, the Morning proceeding to the north, while the +Discovery and the Terra Nova turned west. The companies of both +Relief ships, however, expressed a strong desire to be with the +Discovery when she entered her first civilized port; so Scott +fixed upon Port Ross, in the Auckland Islands, as a spot at which +they might meet before the final return to New Zealand. + +February 20 saw the Discovery speeding along a stretch of coast +that had been quite unknown until she had two years previously +made her way south along it, and at that time she had been obliged +to keep a long distance out on account of the pack-ice. But now +gaps which had been missed could be filled in; and even more than +this was done, for Mulock remained on deck night and day taking +innumerable angles to peaks and headlands, while Wilson, equally +indefatigable, transferred this long panorama of mountain scenery +to his sketch-book. + +Two days later the pumps refused to act, and the whole of the +engine-room staff were on duty for twenty-four hours on end; +and on the 24th the carpenter called attention to the rudder. On +inspection Scott saw that the solid oak rudder-head was completely +shattered, and was held together by little more than its weight; +as the tiller was moved right or left the rudder followed it, but +with a lag of many degrees, so that the connection between the two +was evidently insecure. In such a condition it was obvious that +they could not hope to weather a gale without losing all control +over the ship, and that no time was to be lost in shipping their +spare rudder in place of the damaged one. So Scott determined to +seek shelter in Robertson Bay, and by night the damaged rudder +had been hoisted on deck and the spare one prepared for lowering +into its place. Since the Discovery had left winter quarters an +almost incredible amount of work had been done to bring her into +sea trim. Difficulty after difficulty had arisen, but the energy +of the company had never slackened, and by February 25 Scott was +able to say that everything was once more in order, though he was +a little doubtful about the steering power of their spare rudder. + +At this time it was all the more important that the ship should +give no further trouble, because according to their program they +were about to penetrate a new region, and expected to find quite +enough to do without considering internal difficulties. With +high hopes that steam power would enable them to pass beyond the +point reached by Sir James Ross in his sailing ships they turned +to the west, and at first all went well with them. Pack-ice, +however, was destined to be an insuperable obstacle to their +advance, and on the 26th they decided to turn to the north-east +and try to find a way around this formidable barrier. 'It is +grievously disappointing to find the pack so far to the east; +Ross carried the open water almost to Cape North.' And again +on March 1, Scott sounds a note of lamentation: 'There can be +no doubt that since leaving Victoria Land we have been skirting +a continuous mass of pack, which must cover the whole sea south +of the Balleny Islands. That it should have lain so far to the +eastward this year is very annoying; however, if we can push on +upon this course we ought to strike the islands.' + +Early in the morning of the following day land was reported, and +by noon they were abreast of it; but what this island, and others +that were dimly to be seen to the north, could be, puzzled them +considerably, and not until some time later was the problem +solved. In 1839 Balleny discovered a group of islands in this +region, and three years later Ross saw land which he imagined +was to the southward of Balleny's discoveries, and believing it +to be divided into three distinct masses named it the Russell +Islands. Consequently Scott arrived expecting to see two groups +of islands, and was naturally perplexed when only one group was +to be seen. After, however, studying the accounts of these islands +and comparing them with what he could actually see, he recognized +that they had just passed Balleny's Sturge Island, which Balleny +had seen from the north, and so could have had no idea of its +length in a north-and-south line. Later Ross must have seen this +same island, and, as Scott saw to be quite possible, from a great +distance must have thought that it was divided into three, and +hence made the mistake of naming it as a separate group. +Fortunately Mulock was able to obtain sufficient bearings to +fix accurately the position of each island. + +Now that the knotty question as to the geography of the Balleny +Islands was settled, they went on to look for the land that Wilkes +claimed to have discovered in 1840, but not a glimpse nor a vestige +of it could they see; and, on March 4, they had to conclude that +Wilkes Land was once and for all definitely disposed of. With +this negative, but nevertheless important, result, the exploring +work ended, and although a lack of coal had prevented their +cherished plan of rounding Cape North, they had at least the +satisfaction of clearing up some geographical misconceptions +in a more northerly latitude. + +From the 6th to the 14th continuous gales brought conditions of +greater physical discomfort than had ever been experienced on +board the Discovery, for she was in very light trim and tossed +about the mountainous seas like a cork. It was, therefore, the +greatest relief to furl their sails off the entrance of Ross +Harbor on the 15th, and to steam into the calm waters of the Bay. + +Neither the Terra Nova nor the Morning had yet arrived, and the +days of waiting were spent in making their ship as smart as possible +before the eyes of the multitude gazed upon her. Thus, in a few +days, the Discovery looked as though she had spent her adventurous +years in some peaceful harbor. + +On March 19 the Terra Nova hove in sight, and was followed on +the next day by the Morning. Both ships had experienced the most +terrible weather, and everyone on board the little Morning declared +that she had only been saved from disaster by the consummate +seamanship of Captain Colbeck. + +A few days later the small fleet again set sail, and after a most +favorable voyage was at daybreak on April 1 off the Heads of +Lyttelton Harbor; and before noon they were safely berthed alongside +the jetty, from which they had sailed with such hearty wishes +more than two years before. + +'New Zealand,' Scott said, 'welcomed us as its own, and showered +on us a wealth of hospitality and kindness which assuredly we can +never forget, however difficult we may have found it to express +our thanks. In these delightful conditions, with everything that +could make for perfect rest and comfort, we abode for two full +months before we set out on our last long voyage.' + +June 8, however, found them at sea again, and a month or so later +they anchored in Port Stanley (Falkland Islands), where they +replenished their stock of coal and took the last series of magnetic +observations in connection with their Southern Survey. And from +the Falkland Islands, Scott wrote a letter which is yet another +testimony of the admiration he felt for his companions. 'The +praise,' he wrote, 'for whatever success we have had is really +due to the ship's company as a whole rather than to individuals. +That is not very clear, perhaps; what I mean is that the combination +of individual effort for the common good has achieved our results, +and the absence of any spirit of self-seeking. The motto throughout +has been "share and share alike," and its most practical form +lies, perhaps, in the fact that throughout our three years there +has been no distinction between the food served to officers and men. + +Under these circumstances I naturally feel that I can claim no +greater share of achievement than those who have stood by me so +loyally, and so I regard myself merely as the lucky figure-head. + +'But it is good news to hear that the Admiralty are sympathetic, +for I feel that no effort should be spared to gain their recognition +of the splendid qualities displayed by officers and men.' + +Early on the morning of September 9 the homeland was sighted, +and for those who gazed longingly over the bulwarks and waited to +welcome and be welcomed, there was only one cloud to dim the joy +of their return. For with the happiness came also the sad thought +that the end had come to those ties, which had held together the +small band of the Discovery in the closest companionship and most +unswerving loyalty. + + + + +THE LAST EXPEDITION + + + +PREFACE TO 'SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION' + +By SIR CLEMENTS R MARKHAM, K.C.B. + +Fourteen years ago Robert Falcon Scott was a rising naval officer, +able, accomplished, popular, highly thought of by his superiors, +and devoted to his noble profession. It was a serious responsibility +to induce him to take up the work of an explorer; yet no man +living could be found who was so well fitted to command a great +Antarctic Expedition. The undertaking was new and unprecedented. +The object was to explore the unknown Antarctic Continent by +land. Captain Scott entered upon the enterprise with enthusiasm +tempered by prudence and sound sense. All had to be learnt by a +thorough study of the history of Arctic traveling, combined with +experience of different conditions in the Antarctic Regions. Scott +was the initiator and founder of Antarctic sledge-traveling. His +discoveries were of great importance. The survey and soundings +along the Barrier cliffs, the discovery of King Edward Land, the +discovery of Ross Island and the other volcanic islets, the +examination of the Barrier surface, the discovery of the Victoria +Mountains--a range of great height and many hundreds of miles +in length, which had only before been seen from a distance out +at sea--and above all the discovery of the great ice cap on which +the South Pole is situated, by one of the most remarkable Polar +journeys on record. His small but excellent scientific staff +worked hard and with trained intelligence, their results being +recorded in twelve large quarto volumes. + +The great discoverer had no intention of losing touch with his +beloved profession though resolved to complete his Antarctic work. +The exigencies of the naval service called him to the command of +battleships and to confidential work of the Admiralty; so that +five years elapsed before he could resume his Antarctic labors. + +The object of Captain Scott's second expedition was mainly +scientific, to complete and extend his former work in all branches +of science. It was his ambition that in his ship there should be +the most completely equipped expedition for scientific purposes +connected with the Polar regions, both as regards men and material, +that ever left these shores. In this he succeeded. He had on +board a fuller complement of geologists, one of them especially +trained for the study, of physiography, biologists, physicists, +and surveyors than ever before composed the staff of a Polar +expedition. Thus Captain Scott's objects were strictly scientific, +including the completion and extension of his former discoveries. +The results will be explained in the second volume of this work. +They will be found to be extensive and important. Never before, +in the Polar regions, have meteorological, magnetic and tidal +observations been taken, in one locality, during five years. It +was also part of Captain Scott's plan to reach the South Pole by +a long and most arduous journey, but here again his intention +was, if possible, to achieve scientific results on the way, +especially hoping to discover fossils which would throw light +on the former history of the great range of mountains which he +had made known to science. + +The principal aim of this great man--for he rightly has his niche +among the Polar Dii Majores--was the advancement of knowledge. +From all aspects Scott was among the most remarkable men of our +time, and the vast number of readers of his journal will be deeply +impressed with the beauty of his character. The chief traits +which shone forth through his life were conspicuous in the hour +of death. There are few events in history to be compared, for +grandeur and pathos, with the last closing scene in that silent +wilderness of snow. The great leader, with the bodies of his +dearest friends beside him, wrote and wrote until the pencil +dropped from his dying grasp. There was no thought of himself, +only the earnest desire to give comfort and consolation to others +in their sorrow. His very last lines were written lest he who +induced him to enter upon Antarctic work should now feel regret +for what he had done. + +'If I cannot write to Sir Clements, tell him I thought much of him, +and never regretted his putting me in command of the Discovery.' + + * * * * * + +The following appointments were held in the Royal Navy by Captain +Scott between 1905 and 1910: + + January to July, 1906 Admiralty (Assistant Director + of Naval Intelligence.) + Aug. 21, 1906, to Jan. 1, 1907 Victorious (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Jan. 2, 1907, to Aug. 24, 1907 Albermarle (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Egerton, Rear-Admiral + in the Atlantic Fleet). + Aug. 25, 1907, to Jan. 24, 1908 Not actively employed afloat + between these dates. + Jan. 25, 1908, to May 29, 1908 Essex (Captain). + May 30, 1908, to March 23, 1909 Bulwark (Flag Captain to + Rear-Admiral Colville, Rear-Admiral + the Nore Division, Home Fleet). + +Then Naval Assistant to Second Sea Lord of the Admiralty. Appointed +to H.M.S. President for British Antarctic Expedition June 1, 1910. + +On September 2, 1908, at Hampton Court Palace, Captain Scott was +married to Kathleen, daughter of the late Canon Lloyd Bruce. Peter +Markham Scott was born on September 14, 1909. + +On September 13, 1909, Captain Scott published his plans for +the British Antarctic Expedition of the following year, and his +appeal resulted in £10,000 being collected as a nucleus fund. +Then the Government made a grant of £20,000, and grants followed +from the Governments of Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. + +Nine days after the plans were published arrangements were made +to purchase the steamship Terra Nova, the largest and strongest +of the old Scottish whalers. The original date chosen for sailing +was August 1, 1910, but owing to the united efforts of those engaged +upon the fitting out and stowing of the ship, she was able to leave +Cardiff on June 15. Business, however, prevented Captain Scott from +leaving England until a later date, and in consequence he sailed in +the Saxon to South Africa, and there awaited the arrival of the +Terra Nova. + + +BRITISH ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1910 + +SHORE PARTIES + +Officers + + Name Rank, &c. + Robert Falcon Scott Captain, C.V.O., R.N. + Edward R. G. R. Evans Lieutenant, R.N. + Victor L. A. Campbell Lieutenant, R.N. (Emergency List) + Henry R. Bowers Lieutenant, R.I.M. + Lawrence E. G. Oates Captain 6th Inniskilling Dragoons. + G. Murray Levick Surgeon, R.N. + Edward L. Atkinson Surgeon, R.N., Parasitologist. + +Scientific Staff + + Edward Adrian Wilson B.A., M.B. (Cantab), Chief of the + Scientific Staff, and Zoologist. + George C. Simpson D.Sc., Meteorologist. + T. Griffith Taylor B.A., B.Sc., B.E., Geologist. + Edward W. Nelson Biologist + Frank Debenham B.A., B.Sc., Geologist. + Charles S. Wright B.A., Physicist. + Raymond E. Priestley Geologist. + Herbert G. Ponting F.R.G.S, Camera Artist. + Cecil H. Meares In Charge of Dogs. + Bernard C. Day Motor Engineer. + Apsley Cherry-Garrard B.A., Asst. Zoologist. + Tryggve Gran Sub-Lieutenant, Norwegian N.R., + B.A., Ski Expert. + +Men + + W. Lashly Chief Stoker, R.N. + W. W. Archer Chief Steward, late R.N. + Thomas Clissold Cook, late R.N. + Edgar Evans Petty Officer, R.N. + Robert Forde Petty Officer, R.N. + Thomas Crean Petty Officer, R.N. + Thomas S. Williamson Petty Officer, R.N. + Patrick Keohane Petty Officer, R.N. + George P. Abbott Petty Officer, R.N. + Frank V. Browning Petty Officer, 2nd class, R.N. + Harry Dickason Able Seaman, R.N. + F. J. Hooper Steward, late R.N. + Anton Omelchenko Groom. + Demetri Gerof Dog Driver. + +SHIP'S PARTY + +Officers, &c. + + Harry L. L. Pennell Lieutenant, R.N. + Henry E. de P. Rennick Lieutenant, R.N. + Wilfred M. Bruce Lieutenant, R.N.R. + Francis R. H. Drake Asst. Paymaster, R.N. (Retired), + Secretary and Meteorologist in Ship. + Denis G. Lillie M.A., Biologist in Ship. + + James R. Dennistoun In Charge of Mules in Ship. + Alfred B. Cheetham R.N.R., Boatswain. + William Williams Chief Engine-room Artificer, R.N., + 2nd Engineer. + William A. Horton Eng. Rm. Art. 3rd Class, R.N. 2nd Engineer. + Francis E. C. Davies Leading Shipwright, R.N. + Frederick Parsons Petty Officer, R.N. + William L. Heald Late P.O., R.N. + Arthur S. Bailey Petty Officer, 2nd Class, R.N. + Albert Balson Leading Seaman, R.N. + Joseph Leese Able Seaman, R.N. + John Hugh Mather Petty Officer, R.N.V.R. + Robert Oliphant Able Seaman. + Thomas F. McLeod Able Seaman. + Mortimer McCarthy Able Seaman. + William Knowles Able Seaman. + Charles Williams Able Seaman. + James Skelton Able Seaman. + William McDonald Able Seaman. + James Paton Able Seaman. + Robert Brissenden Leading Stoker, R.N. + Edward A. McKenzie Leading Stoker, R.N. + William Burton Leading Stoker, R.N. + Bernard J. Stone Leading Stoker, R.N. + Angus McDonald Fireman. + Thomas McGillon Fireman. + Charles Lammas Fireman. + W. H. Neale Steward. + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THROUGH STORMY SEAS + + The ice was here, the ice was there, + The ice was all around: + It cracked and growled, and roared and howled, + Like noises in a swound. + --COLERIDGE. + +No sooner was it known that Scott intended to lead another Antarctic +expedition than he was besieged by men anxious to go with him. The +selection of a small company from some eight thousand volunteers +was both a difficult and a delicate task, but the fact that the +applications were so numerous was at once a convincing proof of +the interest shown in the expedition, and a decisive answer to +the dismal cry that the spirit of romance and adventure no longer +exists in the British race. + +On June 15, 1910, the Terra Nova left Cardiff upon her great +mission, and after a successful voyage arrived, on October 28, +at Lyttelton. There an enormous amount of work had to be done +before she could be ready to leave civilization, but as usual +the kindness received in New Zealand was 'beyond words.' + +A month of strenuous labor followed, and then, on November 26, they +said farewell to Lyttelton, and after calling at Port Chalmers set +out on Tuesday, the 29th, upon the last stage of their voyage. Two +days later they encountered a stiff wind from the N. W. and a +confused sea. + +'The ship a queer and not altogether cheerful sight under the +circumstances. + +'Below one knows all space is packed as tight as human skill can +devise--and on deck! Under the forecastle fifteen ponies close +side by side, seven one side, eight the other, heads together +and groom between--swaying, swaying continually to the plunging, +irregular motion.' + +Outside the forecastle and to leeward of the fore hatch were four +more ponies, and on either side of the main hatch were two very +large packing-cases containing motor sledges, each 16 X 5 X 4. +A third sledge stood across the break of the poop in the space +hitherto occupied by the after winch, and all these cases were +so heavily lashed with heavy chain and rope lashings that they +were thought to be quite secure. The petrol for the sledges was +contained in tins and drums protected in stout wooden packing-cases, +which were ranged across the deck immediately in front of the +poop and abreast the motor sledges. + +Round and about these packing-cases, stretching from the galley +forward to the wheel aft, coal bags containing the deck cargo of +coal were stacked; and upon the coal sacks, and upon and between +the motor sledges, and upon the ice-house were the thirty-three +dogs. Perforce they had to be chained up, and although they were +given as much protection as possible, their position was far +from pleasant. 'The group formed,' in Scott's opinion, 'a picture +of wretched dejection: such a life is truly hard for these poor +creatures.' + +The wind freshened with great rapidity on Thursday evening, and +very soon the ship was plunging heavily and taking much water +over the lee rail. Cases of all descriptions began to break +loose on the upper deck, the principal trouble being caused by +the loose coal bags, which were lifted bodily by the seas and +swung against the lashed cases. These bags acted like battering +rams, no lashings could possibly have withstood them, and so the +only remedy was to set to work and heave coal sacks overboard and +re-lash the cases. During this difficult and dangerous task seas +continually broke over the men, and at such times they had to +cling for dear life to some fixture to prevent themselves from +being washed overboard. No sooner was some appearance of order +restored than another unusually heavy wave tore away the lashings, +and the work had to be done allover again. + +As the night wore on the sea and wind continued to rise, and the +ship to plunge more and more. 'We shortened sail to main topsail +and staysail, stopped engines and hove to, but to little purpose.' + +From Oates and Atkinson, who worked through the entire night, +reports came that it was impossible to keep the ponies on their +legs. But worse news was to follow, for in the early morning +news came from the engine-room that the pumps had choked, and +that the water had risen over the gratings. + +From that moment, about 4 A.M., the engine-room became the center +of interest, but in spite of every effort the water still gained. +Lashly and Williams, up to their necks in rushing water, stuck +gamely to the work of clearing suctions, and for a time, with +donkey engine and bilge pump sucking, it looked as if the water +might be got under. But the hope was short-lived; five minutes +of pumping invariably led to the same result--a general choking +of the pumps. + +The ship was very deeply-laden and was in considerable danger +of becoming waterlogged, in which condition anything might have +happened. The hand pump produced nothing more than a dribble +and its suction could not be reached, for as the water crept +higher it got in contact with the boiler and eventually became +so hot that no one could work at the suctions. A great struggle +to conquer these misfortunes followed, but Williams had at last +to confess that he was beaten and must draw fires. + +'What was to be done? Things for the moment appeared very black. +The sea seemed higher than ever; it came over lee rail and poop, +a rush of green water; the ship wallowed in it; a great piece of +the bulwark carried clean away. The bilge pump is dependent on +the main engine. To use the pump it was necessary to go ahead. +It was at such times that the heaviest seas swept in over the +lee rail; over and over again the rail, from the forerigging +to the main, was covered by a solid sheet of curling water which +swept aft and high on the poop. On one occasion I was waist deep +when standing on the rail of the poop.' + +All that could be done for the time being was to organize the +afterguard to work buckets, and to keep the men steadily going on +the choked hand-pumps, which practically amounted to an attempt +to bale out the ship! For a day and a night the string of buckets +was passed up a line from the engine-room; and while this arduous +work was going on the officers and men sang chanteys, and never +for a moment lost their good spirits. + +In the meantime an effort was made to get at the suction of the +pumps; and by 10 P.M. on Friday evening a hole in the engine-room +bulkhead had been completed. Then E. R. Evans, wriggling over the +coal, found his way to the pump shaft and down it, and cleared +the suction of the coal balls (a mixture of coal and oil) which +were choking it. Soon afterwards a good stream of water came +from the pump, and it was evident that the main difficulty had +been overcome. Slowly the water began to decrease in the +engine-room, and by 4 A.M. on Saturday morning the bucket-parties +were able to stop their labors. + +The losses caused by this gale were serious enough, but they +might easily have been worse. Besides the damage to the bulwarks +of the ship, two ponies, one dog, ten tons of coal, sixty-five +gallons of petrol, and a case of biologists' spirit were lost. +Another dog was washed away with such force that his chain broke +and he disappeared, but the next wave miraculously washed him +back on board. In a few hours everyone was hopeful again, but +anxiety on account of the ponies remained. With the ship pitching +heavily to a south-westerly swell, at least two of these +long-suffering animals looked sadly in need of a spell of rest, +and Scott's earnest prayer was that there might be no more gales. +'December ought to be a fine month in the Ross Sea; it always +has been, and just now conditions point to fine weather. Well, +we must be prepared for anything, but I'm anxious, anxious about +these animals of ours.' + +Meanwhile Bowers and Campbell had worked untiringly to put things +straight on deck, and with the coal removed from the upper deck +and the petrol re-stored, the ship was in much better condition +to fight the gales. 'Another day,' Scott wrote on Tuesday, December +6, 'ought to put us beyond the reach of westerly gales'; but two +days later the ship was once more plunging against a stiff breeze +and moderate sea, and his anxiety about the ponies was greater +than ever. The dogs, however, had recovered wonderfully from the +effects of the great gale, their greatest discomfort being that +they were almost constantly wet. + +During Friday, December 9, some very beautiful bergs were passed, +the heights of which varied from sixty to eighty feet. Good progress +was made during this day, but the ice streams thickened as they +advanced, and on either side of them fields of pack began to +appear. Yet, after the rough weather they had been having, the +calm sea was a blessing even if the ice had arrived before it was +expected. 'One can only imagine the relief and comfort afforded +to the ponies, but the dogs are visibly cheered and the human +element is full of gaiety. The voyage seems full of promise in +spite of the imminence of delay.' + +Already Scott was being worried by the pace at which the coal +was going, and he determined if the pack became thick to put +out the fires and wait for the ice to open. Very carefully all +the evidence of former voyages had been examined so that the +best meridian to go south on might be chosen, and the conclusion +arrived at was that the 178 W. was the best. They entered the +pack more or less on this meridian, and were rewarded by meeting +worse conditions than any ship had ever experienced--worse, indeed, +than Scott imagined to be possible on any meridian which they +might have chosen. But as very little was known about the movements +of the pack the difficulties of making a choice may very easily be +imagined, and, in spite of disappointments, Scott's opinion that +the 178 W. was the best meridian did not change. 'The situation +of the main bodies of pack,' he says, 'and the closeness with +which the floes are packed depend almost entirely on the prevailing +winds. One cannot tell what winds have prevailed before one's +arrival; therefore one cannot know much about the situation or +density. Within limits the density is changing from day to day +and even from hour to hour; such changes depend on the wind, +but it may not necessarily be a local wind, so that at times +they seem almost mysterious. One sees the floes pressing closely +against one another at a given time, and an hour or two afterwards +a gap of a foot or more may be seen between each. When the floes +are pressed together it is difficult and sometimes impossible +to force a way through, but when there is release of pressure +the sum of many little gaps allows one to take a zigzag path.' + +During Sunday they lay tight in the pack, and after service at +10 A.M. all hands exercised themselves on ski over the floes and +got some delightful exercise. 'I have never thought of anything +as good as this life. The novelty, interest, color, animal life, +and good fellowship go to make up an almost ideal picnic just at +present,' one of the company wrote on that same day--an abundant +proof that if delays came they brought their compensations with +them. + +With rapid and complete changes of prospect they managed to +progress--on the Monday--with much bumping and occasional stoppages, +but on the following day they were again firmly and tightly wedged +in the pack. To most of them, however, the novelty of the experience +prevented any sense of impatience, though to Scott the strain of +waiting and wondering what he ought to do as regards the question +of coal was bound to be heavy. + +This time of waiting was by no means wasted, for Gran gave hours +of instruction in the use of ski, and Meares took out some of +the fattest dogs and exercised them with a sledge. Observations +were also constantly taken, while Wilson painted some delightful +pictures and Ponting took a number of beautiful photographs of +the pack and bergs. But as day followed day and hopes of progress +were not realized, Scott, anxious to be free, decided on Monday, +December 19, to push west. 'Anything to get out of these terribly +heavy floes. Great patience is the only panacea for our ill case. +It is bad luck.' + +Over and over again when the end of their troubles seemed to be +reached, they found that the thick pack was once more around +them. And what to do under the circumstances called for most +difficult decisions. If the fires were let out it meant a dead +loss of two tons of coal when the boilers were again heated. +But these two tons only covered a day under banked fires, so +that for anything longer than twenty-four hours it was a saving +to put out the fires. Thus at each stoppage Scott was called +upon to decide how long it was likely to last. + +Christmas Day came with the ice still surrounding the ship, but +although the scene was 'altogether too Christmassy,' a most merry +evening was spent. For five hours the officers sat round the +table and sang lustily, each one of them having to contribute +two songs to the entertainment. 'It is rather a surprising +circumstance,' Scott remarks, 'that such an unmusical party should +be so keen on singing.' + +Christmas, however, came and went without any immediate prospect +of release, the only bright side of this exasperating delay being +that everyone was prepared to exert himself to the utmost, quite +regardless of the results of his labors. But on Wednesday, December +28, the ponies, despite the unremitting care and attention that +Oates gave to them, were the cause of the gravest anxiety. 'These +animals are now the great consideration, balanced as they are +against the coal expenditure.' + +By this time, although the ice was still all around them, many +of the floes were quite thin, and even the heavier ice appeared +to be breakable. So, after a consultation with Wilson, Scott +decided to raise steam, and two days later the ship was once +more in the open sea. + +From the 9th to the 30th they had been in the pack, and during +this time 370 miles had been covered in a direct line. Sixty-one +tons [Footnote: When the Terra Nova left Lyttelton she had 460 +tons of coal on board.] of coal had been used, an average of six +miles to the ton, and although these were not pleasant figures +to contemplate, Scott considered that under the exceptional +conditions they might easily have been worse. For the ship herself +he had nothing but praise to give. 'No other ship, not even the +Discovery, would have come through so well.... As a result I have +grown strangely attached to the Terra Nova. As she bumped the +floes with mighty shocks, crushing and grinding her way through +some, twisting and turning to avoid others, she seemed like a +living thing fighting a great fight. If only she had more economical +engines she would be suitable in all respects.' + +Scientifically as much as was possible had been done, but many +of the experts had of necessity been idle in regard to their +own specialties, though none of them were really idle; for those +who had no special work to do were magnificently eager to find +any kind of work that required to be done. 'Everyone strives to +help everyone else, and not a word of complaint or anger has +been heard on board. The inner life of our small community is +very pleasant to think upon, and very wonderful considering the +extremely small space in which we are confined. The attitude +of the men is equally worthy of admiration. In the forecastle +as in the wardroom there is a rush to be first when work is to +be done, and the same desire to sacrifice selfish consideration +to the success of the expedition. It is very good to be able to +write in such high praise of one's companions, and I feel that +the possession of such support ought to ensure success. Fortune +would be in a hard mood indeed if it allowed such a combination +of knowledge, experience, ability, and enthusiasm to achieve +nothing.' + +Fortune's wheel, however, was not yet prepared to turn in their +favor, for after a very few hours of the open sea a southern +blizzard met them. In the morning watch of December 31, the wind +and sea increased and the outlook was very distressing, but at +6 A.M. ice was sighted ahead. Under ordinary conditions the safe +course would have been to go about and stand to the east, but +on this occasion Scott was prepared to run the risk of trouble +if he could get the ponies into smoother water. Soon they passed +a stream of ice over which the sea was breaking heavily, and +the danger of being among loose floes in such a sea was acutely +realized. But presently they came to a more compact body of floes, +and running behind this they were agreeably surprised to find +themselves in comparatively smooth water. There they lay to in +a sort of ice bay, and from a dangerous position had achieved +one that was safe as long as their temporary shelter lasted. + +As the day passed their protection, though still saving them +from the heavy swell, gradually diminished, but 1910 did not mean +to depart without giving them an Old Year's gift and surprise. 'At +10 P.M. to-night as the clouds lifted to the west a distant but +splendid view of the great mountains was obtained. All were in +sunshine; Sabine and Whewell were most conspicuous--the latter +from this view is a beautiful sharp peak, as remarkable a landmark +as Sabine itself. Mount Sabine was 110 miles away when we saw it. +I believe we could have seen it at a distance of thirty or forty +miles farther--such is the wonderful clearness of the atmosphere.' + +The New Year brought better weather with it, and such good progress +was made that by mid-day on Tuesday, January 3, the ship reached +the Barrier five miles east of Cape Crozier. During the voyage +they had often discussed the idea of making their winter station +at this Cape, and the prospect had seemed to become increasingly +fascinating the more they talked of it. + +But a great disappointment awaited them, for after one of the +whale boats had been lowered and Scott, Wilson, Griffith Taylor, +Priestley, and E. R. Evans had been pulled towards the shore, +they discovered that the swell made it impossible for them to +land. + +'No good!! Alas! Cape Crozier with all its attractions is denied +us.' + +On the top of a floe they could see an old Emperor penguin molting +and a young one shedding its down. This was an age and stage of +development of the Emperor chick of which they were ignorant, +but fortune decreed that this chick should be undisturbed. Of +this incident Wilson wrote in his Journal: 'A landing was out +of the question.... But I assure you it was tantalizing to me, +for there, about 6 feet above us on a small dirty piece of the +old bay ice about ten feet square, one living Emperor penguin +chick was standing disconsolately stranded, and close by stood +one faithful old Emperor parent asleep. This young Emperor was +still in the down, a most interesting fact in the bird's life +history at which we had rightly guessed, but which no one had +actually observed before.... This bird would have been a treasure +to me, but we could not risk life for it, so it had to remain +where it was.' + +Sadly and reluctantly they had to give up hopes of making their +station at Cape Crozier, and this was all the harder to bear +because every detail of the shore promised well for a wintering +party. There were comfortable quarters for the hut, ice for water +snow for the animals, good slopes for skiing, proximity to the +Barrier and to the rookeries of two types of penguins, good ground +for biological work, a fairly easy approach to the Southern Road +with no chance of being cut off, and so forth. 'It is a thousand +pities to have to abandon such a spot.' + +The Discovery's post-office was still standing as erect as when it +had been planted, and comparisons between what was before their +eyes and old photographs showed that no change at all seemed to +have occurred anywhere--a result that in the case of the Barrier +caused very great surprise. + +In the meantime all hands were employed in making a running survey, +the program of which was: + + Bruce continually checking speed with hand log. + + Bowers taking altitudes of objects as they come abeam. + Nelson noting results. + + Pennell taking verge plate bearings on bow and quarter. + Cherry-Garrard noting results. + + Evans taking verge plate bearings abeam. + Atkinson noting results. + + Campbell taking distances abeam with range finder. + Wright noting results. + + Rennick sounding with Thomson machine. + Drake noting results. + +We plotted the Barrier edge from the point at which we met it to +the Crozier cliffs; to the eye it seems scarcely to have changed +since Discovery days, and Wilson thinks it meets the cliff in +the same place.' + +Very early on Wednesday morning they rounded Cape Bird and came +in sight of Mount Discovery and the Western Mountains. 'It was +good to see them again, and perhaps after all we are better this +side of the Island. It gives one a homely feeling to see such +a familiar scene.' Scott's great wish now was to find a place +for winter quarters that would not easily be cut off from the +Barrier, and a cape, which in the, Discovery days had been called +'the Skuary,' was chosen. 'It was separated from old Discovery +quarters by two deep bays on either side of the Glacier Tongue, +and I thought that these bays would remain frozen until late in +the season, and that when they froze over again the ice would +soon become firm.' + +There Scott, Wilson, and E. R. Evans landed, and at a glance saw, +as they expected, that the place was ideal for their wintering +station. A spot for the hut was chosen on a beach facing northwest +and well protected behind by numerous small hills; but the most +favorable circumstance of all in connection with this cape, which +was re-christened Cape Evans, was the strong chance of communication +being established at an early date with Cape Armitage. [Footnote: +The extreme south point of the Island, 12 miles further, on one +of whose minor headlands, Hut Point, stood the Discovery hut.] + +Not a moment was wasted, and while Scott was on shore Campbell +took the first steps towards landing the stores. + +Fortunately the weather was gloriously calm and fine, and the +landing began under the happiest conditions. Two of the motors +were soon hoisted out, and in spite of all the bad weather and +the tons of sea-water that had washed over them the sledges and +all the accessories appeared to be in perfect condition. Then +came the turn of the ponies, and although it was difficult to +make some of them enter the horse box, Oates rose to the occasion +and got most of them in by persuasion, while the ones which refused +to be persuaded were simply lifted in by the sailors. 'Though all +are thin and some few looked pulled down I was agreeably surprised +at the evident vitality which they still possessed--some were even +skittish. I cannot express the relief when the whole seventeen were +safely picketed on the floe.' + +Meares and the dogs were out early on the Wednesday morning, +and ran to and fro during most of the day with light loads. The +chief trouble with the dogs was due to the fatuous conduct of +the penguins, the latter showing a devouring curiosity in the +proceedings and a total disregard for their own safety, with the +result that a number of them were killed in spite of innumerable +efforts to teach the penguins to keep out of reach, they only +squawked and ducked as much as to say, 'What's it got to do with +you, you silly ass? Let us alone.' These incidents naturally +demoralized the dogs and annoyed Meares, who while trying to stop +one sledge, fell into the middle of the dogs and was carried along +until they reached the penguins of their desire. + +The motor sledges were running by the afternoon, Day managing +one and Nelson the other. 'It is early to call them a success, +but they are certainly extremely promising.' Before night the +site for the hut was leveled, and the erecting party was encamped +on shore in a large tent with a supply of food for eight days. +Nearly all the timber, &c., for the hut and a supply of food +for both ponies and dogs had also been landed. + +Despite this most strenuous day's labor, all hands were up again +at 5 A.M. on Thursday. + +'Words cannot express the splendid way in which everyone works +and gradually the work gets organized. I was a little late on the +scene this morning, and thereby witnessed a most extraordinary +scene. Some six or seven killer whales, old and young, were skirting +the fast floe edge ahead of the ship; they seemed excited and dived +rapidly, almost touching the floe. As we watched, they suddenly +appeared astern, raising their snouts out of water. I had heard +weird stories of these beasts, but had never associated serious +danger with them. Close to the water's edge lay the wire stern +rope of the ship, and our two Esquimaux dogs were tethered to +this. I did not think of connecting the movements of the whales +with this fact, and seeing them so close I shouted to Ponting, +who was standing abreast of the ship. He seized his camera and +ran towards the floe edge to get a close picture of the beasts, +which had momentarily disappeared. The next moment the whole +floe under him and the dogs heaved up and split into fragments. +One could hear the "booming" noise as the whales rose under the +ice and struck it with their backs. Whale after whale rose under +the ice, setting it rocking fiercely; luckily Ponting kept his +feet and was able to fly to security; by an extraordinary chance +also, the splits had been made around and between the dogs, so +that neither of them fell into the water. Then it was clear that +the whales shared our astonishment, for one after another their +huge hideous heads shot vertically into the air through the cracks +which they had made... There cannot be a doubt that they looked +up to see what had happened to Ponting and the dogs.... + +'Of course, we have known well that killer whales continually +skirt the edge of the floes and that they would undoubtedly snap +up anyone who was unfortunate enough to fall into the water; but +the facts that they could display such deliberate cunning, that +they were able to break ice of such thickness (at least 2-1/2 +feet), and that they could act in unison, were a revelation to +us. It is clear that they are endowed with singular intelligence, +and in future we shall treat that intelligence with every respect.' + +On Thursday the motor sledges did good work, and hopes that they +might prove to be reliable began to increase. Infinite trouble +had been taken to obtain the most suitable material for Polar +work, and the three motor sledge tractors were the outcome of +experiments made at Lantaret in France and at Lillehammer and +Fefor in Norway, with sledges built by the Wolseley Motor Company +from suggestions offered principally by B. T. Hamilton, R. W. +Skelton, and Scott himself. With his rooted objection to cruelty +in any shape or form, Scott had an intense, and almost pathetic, +desire that these sledges should be successful; over and over +again he expressed his hopes and fears of them. + +With ponies, motor sledges, dogs, and men parties working hard, +the transportation progressed rapidly on the next two days, the +only drawback being that the ice was beginning to get thin in the +cracks and on some of the floes. Under these circumstances the +necessity for wasting no time was evident, and so on the Sunday +the third motor was got out and placed on the ice, and Scott, +leaving Campbell to find the best crossing for the motor, started +for the shore with a single man load. + +Soon after the motor had been brought out Campbell ordered that +it should be towed on to the firm ice, because the ice near the +ship was breaking up. And then, as they were trying to rush the +machine over the weak place, Williamson suddenly went through; +and while he was being hauled out the ice under the motor was +seen to give, and slowly the machine went right through and +disappeared. The men made strenuous efforts to keep hold of the +rope, but it cut through the ice towards them with an increasing +strain, and one after another they were obliged to let go. Half +a minute later nothing remained but a big hole, and one of the +two best motors was lying at the bottom of the sea. + +The ice, too, was hourly becoming more dangerous, and it was +clear that those who were on shore were practically cut off from +the ship. So in the evening Scott went to the ice-edge farther to +the north, and found a place where the ship could come and be near +ice heavy enough for sledding. Then he semaphored directions to +Pennell, and on the following morning the ship worked her way +along the ice-edge to the spot that had been chosen. + +A good solid road was formed right up to the ship, and again +the work of transportation went on with the greatest energy. In +this Bowers proved 'a perfect treasure,' there was not a single +case he did not know nor a single article on which he could not +at once place his hand, and every case as it came on shore was +checked by him. + +On Tuesday night, January 10, after six days in McMurdo Sound, +the landing was almost completed, and early in the afternoon of +Thursday a message was sent from the ship that nothing remained on +board except mutton, books, pictures, and the pianola. 'So at last +we really are a self-contained party ready for all emergencies. We +are LANDED eight days after our arrival--a very good record.' + + + + +CHAPTER II + +DEPÔT LAYING TO ONE TON CAMP + + And the deed of high endeavour + Was no more to the favoured few. + But brain and heart were the measure + Of what every man might do. + --RENNELL RODD. + +While the landing was being carried out, the building party had +worked so rapidly that, if necessity had arisen, the hut could +have been inhabited by the 12th; at the same time another small +party had been engaged in making a cave in the ice which was to +serve as a larder, and this strenuous work continued until the +cave was large enough to hold all the mutton, and a considerable +quantity of seal and penguin. Close to this larder Simpson and +Wright were busy in excavating for the differential magnetic hut. + +In every way indeed such good progress had been made that Scott +could begin to think about the depôt journey. The arrangements +of this he discussed with Bowers, to whose grasp of the situation +he gives the highest praise. 'He enters into one's idea's at once, +and evidently thoroughly understands the principles of the game.' + +Of these arrangements Wilson wrote in his journal: 'He (Scott) +wants me to be a driver with himself, Meares, and Teddie Evans, +and this is what I would have chosen had I had a free choice +of all. The dogs run in two teams and each team wants two men. +It means a lot of running as they are being driven now, but it +is the fastest and most interesting work of all, and we go ahead +of the whole caravan with lighter loads and at a faster rate.... +About this time next year may I be there or thereabouts! With so +many young bloods in the heyday of youth and strength beyond my +own I feel there will be a most difficult task in making choice +towards the end and a most keen competition--and a universal lack +of selfishness and self-seeking, with a complete absence of any +jealous feeling in any single one of any of the comparatively +large number who at present stand a chance of being on the last +piece next summer.... I have never been thrown in with a more +unselfish lot of men--each one doing his utmost fair and square +in the most cheery manner possible.' + +Sunday, January 15, was observed as a 'day of rest,' and at 10 +A.M. the men and officers streamed over from the ship, and Scott +read Divine Service on the beach. Then he had a necessary but +unpalatable task to perform, because some of the ponies had not +fulfilled expectations, and Campbell had to be told that the +two allotted to him must be exchanged for a pair of inferior +animals. At this time the party to be led by Campbell was known +as the Eastern Party, but, owing to the impossibility of landing +on King Edward's Land, they were eventually taken to the north +part of Victoria Land, and thus came to be known as the Northern +Party. Scott's reluctance to make the alteration in ponies is +evident, but in writing of it he says: 'He (Campbell) took it +like the gentleman he is, thoroughly appreciating the reason.' + +On that same afternoon Scott and Meares took a sledge and nine +dogs, some provisions, a cooker and sleeping-bags, and started +to Hut Point; but, on their arrival at the old Discovery hut, +a most unpleasant surprise awaited them, for to their chagrin +they found that some of Shackleton's party, who had used the +hut for shelter, had left it in an uninhabitable state. + +'There was something too depressing in finding the old hut in such +a desolate condition.... To camp outside and feel that all the old +comfort and cheer had departed, was dreadfully heartrending. I went +to bed thoroughly depressed. It seems a fundamental expression of +civilized human sentiment that men who come to such places as this +should leave what comfort they can to welcome those who follow, and +finding that such a simple duty had been neglected by our immediate +predecessors oppressed me horribly.' + +After a bad night they went up the hills, and there Scott found +much less snow than he had ever seen. The ski run was completely +cut through in two places, the Gap and Observation Hill were almost +bare, on the side of Arrival Heights was a great bare slope, and +on the top of Crater Heights was an immense bare tableland. The +paint was so fresh and the inscription so legible on the cross +put up to the memory of Vince that it looked as if it had just +been erected, and although the old flagstaff was down it could +with very little trouble have been put up again. Late in the +afternoon of Monday Scott and Meares returned to Cape Evans, +and on the following day the party took up their abode in the hut. + +'The word "hut,"' Scott wrote, 'is misleading. Our residence is +really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest +that has ever been erected in the Polar regions. The walls and +roof have double thickness of boarding and seaweed insulation +on both sides of the frames. The roof with all its coverings +weighs six tons. The outer shell is wonderfully solid therefore +and the result is extraordinary comfort and warmth inside, whilst +the total weight is comparatively small. It amply repays the +time and attention given to its planning. + +'On the south side Bowers has built a long annex, to contain +spare clothing and ready provisions, on the north there is a +solid stable to hold our fifteen ponies in the winter. At present +these animals are picketed on long lines laid on a patch of snow +close by, above them, on a patch of black sand and rock, the +dogs extend in other long lines. Behind them again is a most +convenient slab of hard ice in which we have dug two caverns. +The first is a larder now fully stocked with seals, penguins, +mutton, and beef. The other is devoted to science in the shape +of differential magnetic instruments which will keep a constant +photographic record of magnetic changes. Outside these caverns +is another little hut for absolute magnetic observations, and +above them on a small hill, the dominant miniature peak of the +immediate neighborhood, stand the meteorological instruments +and a flagstaff carrying the Union Jack. + +'If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill +on a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision +cases ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping +the ice-foot below, you will have some idea of our immediate +vicinity. As for our wider surroundings it would be difficult +to describe their beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape +Evans is one of the many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands +closest under the mountain, so that always towering above us we +have the grand snowy peak with its smoking summit. North and +south of us are deep bays, beyond which great glaciers come +rippling over the lower slopes to thrust high blue-walled snouts +into the sea. The sea is blue before us, dotted with shining +bergs or ice floes, whilst far over the Sound, yet so bold and +magnificent as to appear near, stand the beautiful Western +Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, their deep glacial +valley and clear-cut scarps, a vision of mountain scenery that +can have few rivals. + +'Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the +most beautiful spot he has ever seen, and spends all day and +most of the night in what he calls "gathering it in" with camera +and cinematograph. + +'I have told you of the surroundings of our house but nothing of +its internal arrangements. They are in keeping with the dignity +of the mansion. + +'The officers (16) have two-thirds of the interior, the men (9) +the remaining third; the dividing line is fixed by a wall of +cases containing things which suffer from being frozen. + +'In the officers' quarters there is an immense dark room, and +next it on one side a space devoted to the physicist and his +instruments, and on the other a space devoted to charts, +chronometers and instruments generally. + +'I have a tiny half cabin of my own, next this Wilson and Evans +have their beds. On the other side is a space set apart for five +beds, which are occupied by Meares, Oates, Atkinson, Garrard and +Bowers. Taylor, Debenham and Gran have another proportional space +opposite. Nelson and Day have a little cabin of their own with a +bench. Lastly Simpson and Wright occupy beds bordering the space +set apart for their instruments and work. In the center is a +12-foot table with plenty of room for passing behind its chairs.... + +'To sum up, the arrangements are such that everyone is completely +comfortable and conveniently placed for his work--in fact we +could not be better housed. Of course a good many of us will +have a small enough chance of enjoying the comforts of our home. +We shall be away sledding late this year and off again early +next season, but even for us it will be pleasant to feel that +such comfort awaits our return.' + +So in less than a fortnight after the arrival in McMurdo Sound +they had absolutely settled down, and were anxious to start upon +their depôt journey as soon as the ponies had recovered thoroughly +from the effects of the voyage. These autumn journeys, however, +required much thought and preparation, mainly because the prospect +of the parties being cut off from their winter quarters necessitated +a great deal of food being taken both for men and animals. Sledding +gear and wintering boots were served out to the selected travelers, +sledges were prepared by P.O. Evans and Crean, and most of the +stores were tested and found to be most excellent in quality. +'Our clothing is as good as good. In fact first and last, running +through the whole extent of our outfit, I can say with pride +that there is not a single arrangement which I would have had +altered.... Everything looks hopeful for the depôt journey if +only we can get our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 20th, but the following day brought a +serious suspense with it; for during the afternoon came a report +that the Terra Nova was ashore, and Scott, hastening to the Cape, +saw at once that she was firmly fixed and in a very uncomfortable +position. + +Visions of the ship being unable to return to New Zealand arose in +his mind 'with sickening pertinacity,' and it was characteristic of +him that at the moment when there was every prospect of a complete +disarrangement of well-laid plans, he found his one consolation in +determining that, whatever happened, nothing should interfere with +the southern work. + +The only possible remedy seemed to be an extensive lightening of +the ship with boats, as the tide had evidently been high when she +struck. Scott, with two or three companions, watched anxiously +from the shore while the men on board shifted cargo aft, but no +ray of hope came until the ship was seen to be turning very slowly, +and then they saw the men running from side to side and knew that +an attempt was being made to roll her off. At first the rolling +produced a more rapid turning movement, and then she seemed again +to hang though only for a short time. Meanwhile the engines had +been going astern and presently a slight movement became apparent, +but those who were watching the ship did not know that she was +getting clear until they heard the cheers on board. Then she +gathered stern way and was clear. + +'The relief was enormous. The wind dropped as she came off, and +she is now securely moored off the northern ice-edge, where I +hope the greater number of her people are finding rest. For here +and now I must record the splendid manner in which these men +are working. I find it difficult to express my admiration for +the manner in which the ship is handled and worked under these +very trying circumstances... Pennell has been over to tell me +about it to-night; I think I like him more every day.' + +On that same day Meares and Oates went to the Glacier Tongue +and satisfied themselves that the ice was good; and with the +25th fixed for the date of departure it was not too much to hope +that the ice would remain for three or four more days. The ponies +for Campbell's party were put on board on the 22nd, but when +Scott got up at 5 A.M. on the following morning he saw, to his +astonishment, that the ice was going out of the bay in a solid +mass. Then everything was rushed on at top speed, and a wonderful +day's work resulted. All the forage, food, sledges and equipment +were got off to the ship at once, the dogs followed; in short +everything to do with the depôt party was hurriedly put on board +except the ponies, which were to cross the Cape and try to get +over the Southern Road on the morning of the 24th. + +The Southern Road was the one feasible line of communication +between the new station at Cape Evans and the Discovery hut, +for the rugged mountains and crevassed ice-slopes of Ross Island +prevented a passage by land. The Road provided level going below +the cliffs of the ice-foot except where disturbed by the descending +glacier; and there it was necessary to cross the body of the +glacier itself. It consisted of the more enduring ice in the bays +and the sea-ice along the coast, which only stayed fast for the +season. Thus it was most important to get safely over the dangerous +part of this Road before the seasonal going-out of the sea-ice. To +wait until after the ice went out and the ship could sail to Hut +Point would have meant both uncertainty and delay. Scott knew well +enough that the Road might not hold for many more hours, and it +actually broke up on the very day after the party had passed. + +Early on Tuesday, January 24, a boat from the ship fetched Scott +and the Western Party; and at the same time the ponies were led +out of the camp, Wilson and Meares going ahead of them to test +the track. No sooner was Scott on board than he was taken to +inspect Lillie's catch of sea animals. 'It was wonderful, quantities +of sponges, isopods, pentapods, large shrimps, corals, &c. &c.; +but the pièce de résistance was the capture of several bucketsful +of cephalodiscus of which only seven pieces had been previously +caught. Lillie is immensely pleased, feeling that it alone repays +the whole enterprise.' In the forenoon the ship skirted the Island, +and with a telescope those on board could watch the string of +ponies steadily progressing over the sea-ice past the Razor Back +Islands; and, as soon as they were seen to be well advanced, the +ship steamed on to the Glacier Tongue, and made fast in the narrow +angle made by the sea-ice with the glacier. + +Then, while Campbell investigated a broad crack in the sea ice on +the Southern Road, Scott went to meet the ponies, which, without +much difficulty, were got on to the Tongue, across the glacier, +and then were picketed on the sea-ice close to the ship. But +when Campbell returned with the news that the big crack was 30 +feet across, it was evident that they must get past it on the +glacier, and Scott asked him to peg out a road clear of cracks. + +Soon afterwards Oates reported that the ponies were ready to +start again, and they were led along; Campbell's road, their +loads having already been taken on the floe. At first all went +well, but when the animals got down on the floe level and Oates +led across an old snowed-up crack, the third pony made a jump at +the edge and sank to its stomach in the middle. Gradually it +sank deeper and deeper until only its head and forelegs showed +above the slush. With some trouble ropes were attached to these, +and the poor animal, looking very weak and miserable, was eventually +pulled out. + +After this experience the other five ponies were led farther +round to the west and were got safely out on the floe; a small +feed was given to them, and then they were started off with their +loads. + +The dogs in the meantime were causing some excitement for, starting +on hard ice with a light load, they obviously preferred speed +to security. Happily, however, no accident happened, and Scott, +writing from Glacier Tongue on January 24, was able to say: 'All +have arrived safely, and this evening we start our sledges south. +I expect we shall have to make three relays to get all our stores +on to the Barrier some fifteen miles away. The ship is to land +a geologising party on the west side of the Sound, and then to +proceed to King Edward's Land to put the Eastern party on short.' + +The geologising party consisted of Griffith Taylor, Debenham, +Wright, and P.O. Evans, and for reasons already mentioned the +Eastern party were eventually known as the Northern party. + +On the night of the 24th Scott camped six miles from the glacier +and two miles from Hut Point, he and Wilson having driven one +team of dogs, while Meares and E. Evans drove the other. But on +the following day Scott drove his team to the ship, and when the +men had been summoned aft he thanked them for their splendid work. + +'They have behaved like bricks and a finer lot of fellows never +sailed in a ship.... It was a little sad to say farewell to all +these good fellows and Campbell and his men. I do most heartily +trust that all will be successful in their ventures, for indeed +their unselfishness and their generous high spirit deserves reward. +God bless them.' + + * * * * * + +How completely Scott's hopes were realized in the case of Campbell's +party is now well known. Nothing more miraculous than the story of +their adventures has ever been told. The party consisted of Campbell, +Levick, Priestley, Abbott, Browning, and Dickason, and the courage +shown by the leader and his companions in facing endless difficulties +and privations has met with the unstinted admiration that it most +thoroughly deserved. + + * * * * * + +For the depôt laying journey Scott's party consisted of 12 men +(Wilson, Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Cherry-Garrard, E. Evans, Gran, +Meares, Forde, Keohane, Crean, and himself), 8 ponies and 26 dogs. +Of the dogs he felt at this time more than a little doubtful, +but the ponies were in his opinion bound to be a success. 'They +work with such extraordinary steadiness, stepping out briskly and +cheerfully, following in each other's tracks. The great drawback +is the ease with which they sink in soft snow: they go through +in lots of places where the men scarcely make an impression--they +struggle pluckily when they sink, but it is trying to watch them.' + +In three days he hoped that all the loads would be transported to +complete safety, and on Friday, the 27th, only one load remained +to be brought from Hut Point. The strenuous labor of this day +tired out the dogs, but the ponies worked splendidly. On the +next day, however, both Keohane's and Bowers' ponies showed signs +of breaking down, and Oates began to take a gloomy view of the +situation. In compensation for these misfortunes the dogs, as they +got into better condition, began to do excellent work. During +Sunday they ran two loads for over a mile past the stores on the +Barrier to the spot chosen for 'Safety Camp,' the big home depôt. +'I don't think that any part of the Barrier is likely to go, but +it's just as well to be prepared for everything, and our camp +must deserve its distinctive title of "Safety."' + +By this time the control of the second dog team had been definitely +handed over to Wilson, and in his journal he gives an admirable +account of his experiences. 'The seals have been giving a lot of +trouble, that is just to Meares and myself with our dogs.... +Occasionally when one pictures oneself quite away from trouble +of that kind, an old seal will pop his head up at a blowhole +a few yards ahead of the team, and they are all on top of him +before one can say "knife"! Then one has to rush in with the +whip--and everyone of the team of eleven jumps over the harness +of the dog next to him, and the harnesses become a muddle that +takes much patience to unravel, not to mention care lest the +whole team should get away with the sledge and its load, and +leave one behind.... I never did get left the whole of this depôt +journey, but I was often very near it, and several times had +only time to seize a strap or a part of the sledge, and be dragged +along helter-skelter over everything that came in the way, till +the team got sick of galloping and one could struggle to one's +feet again. One gets very wary and wide-awake when one has to +manage a team of eleven dogs and a sledge load by oneself, but +it was a most interesting experience, and I had a delightful +leader, "Stareek" by name--Russian for "Old Man," and he was +the most wise old man.... Dog driving like this in the orthodox +manner is a very different thing from the beastly dog driving +we perpetrated in the Discovery days.... I got to love all my team +and they got to know me well.... Stareek is quite a ridiculous +"old man" and quite the nicest, quietest, cleverest old dog I +have ever come across. He looks in face as if he knew all the +wickedness of all the world and all its cares, and as if he were +bored to death by them.' + +When Safety Camp was reached there was no need for haste until +they started upon their journey. 'It is only when we start that we +must travel fast.' Work, however, on the Monday was more strenuous +than successful, for the ponies sank very deep and had great +difficulty in bringing up their loads. During the afternoon Scott +disclosed his plan of campaign, which was to go forward with +five weeks' food for men and animals, then to depôt a fortnight's +supply after twelve or thirteen days and return to Safety Camp. +The loads for ponies under this arrangement worked out at a little +over 600 lbs., and for the dog teams at 700 lbs., both apart from +sledges. Whether the ponies could manage these loads depended on +the surface, and there was a great possibility that the dogs would +have to be lightened, but under the circumstances it was the best +plan they could hope to carry out. + +On Tuesday when everything was ready for the start the one pair +of snow-shoes was tried on 'Weary Willy' with magical effect. +In places where he had floundered woefully without the shoes he +strolled round as if he was walking on hard ground. Immediately +after this experiment Scott decided that an attempt must be made +to get more snow-shoes, and within half an hour Meares and Wilson +had started, on the chance that the ice had not yet gone out, to +the station twenty miles away. But on the next day they returned +with the news that there was no possibility of reaching Cape +Evans, and an additional stroke of bad fortune fell when Atkinson's +foot, which had been troublesome for some time, was examined and +found to be so bad that he had to be left behind with Crean as a +companion. + +Writing on Wednesday, February 1, from 'Safety Camp, Great Barrier,' +Scott said: 'I told you that we should be cut off from our winter +station, and that I had to get a good weight of stores on to the +Barrier to provide for that contingency. We are safely here with +all requisite stores, though it has taken nearly a week. But we +find the surface very soft and the ponies flounder in it. I sent +a dog team back yesterday to try and get snow-shoes for ponies, +but they found the ice broken south of Cape Evans and returned +this morning. Everyone is doing splendidly and gaining the right +sort of experience for next year. Every mile we advance this year +is a help for next.' + +[Illustration: Pony Camp on the barrier.] + +At last the start was made on Thursday, February 2, but when, after +marching five miles, Scott asked for their one pair of snow-shoes, +he found that they had been left behind, and Gran--whose expertness +on ski was most useful--immediately volunteered to go back and get +them. While he was away the party rested, for at Scott's suggestion +they had decided to take to night marching. And so at 12.30 A.M. +they started off once more on a surface that was bad at first but +gradually improved, until just before camping time Bowers, who was +leading, suddenly plunged into soft snow. Several of the others, +following close behind him, shared the same fate, and soon three +ponies were plunging and struggling in a drift, and had to be +unharnessed and led round from patch to patch until firmer ground +was reached. + +Then came another triumph for the snow-shoes, which were put +on Bowers' pony, with the result that after a few minutes he +settled down, was harnessed to his load, and brought in not only +that but also another over places into which he had previously +been plunging. Again Scott expressed his regret that such a great +help to their work had been left behind at the station, and it +was all the more trying for him to see the ponies half engulfed +in the snow, and panting and heaving from the strain, when the +remedies for his state of affairs were so near and yet so impossible +to reach. + +During the next march ten miles were covered, and the ponies, +on a better surface, easily dragged their loads, but signs of +bad weather began to appear in the morning, and by 4 P.M. on +Saturday a blizzard arrived and held up the party in Corner Camp +for three days. 'No fun to be out of the tent--but there are +no shirkers with us. Oates has been out regularly to feed the +ponies; Meares and Wilson to attend to the dogs; the rest of us +as occasion required.' + +The ponies looked fairly comfortable during the blizzard, but +when it ceased and another march was made on Tuesday night, the +effects of the storm were too clearly seen. All of them finished +the march listlessly, and two or three were visibly thinner. + +But by far the worst sufferer was Forde's 'Blucher' whose load +was reduced to 200 lbs., and finally Forde pulled this in and +led his pony. Extra food was given in the hope that they would +soon improve again; but at all costs most of them had got to +be kept alive, and Scott began to fear that very possibly the +journey would have to be curtailed. + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies seemed to be +stronger. 'Surface very good and animals did splendidly,' Scott +wrote on Friday, February 10, and then gave in his diary for +the day an account of their nightly routine. 'We turn out of +our sleeping-bags about 9 P.M. Somewhere about 11.30 I shout +to the Soldier [Footnote: Oates.] "How are things?" There is a +response suggesting readiness, and soon after figures are busy +amongst sledges and ponies. It is chilling work for the fingers +and not too warm for the feet. The rugs come off the animals, +the harness is put on, tents and camp equipment are loaded on +the sledges, nosebags filled for the next halt; one by one the +animals are taken off the picketing rope and yoked to the sledge. +Oates watches his animal warily, reluctant to keep such a nervous +creature standing in the traces. If one is prompt one feels +impatient and fretful whilst watching one's more tardy fellows. +Wilson and Meares hang about ready to help with odds and ends. + +'Still we wait: the picketing lines must be gathered up, a few +pony putties need adjustment, a party has been slow striking +their tent. With numbed fingers on our horse's bridle and the +animal striving to turn its head from the wind one feels resentful. +At last all is ready. One says "All right, Bowers, go ahead," and +Birdie leads his big animal forward, starting, as he continues, at +a steady pace. The horses have got cold and at the word they are +off, the Soldier's and one or two others with a rush. Finnesko give +poor foothold on the slippery sastrugi, [Footnote: Irregularities +formed by the wind on a snow-plain.] and for a minute or two +drivers have some difficulty in maintaining the pace on their +feet. Movement is warming, and in ten minutes the column has +settled itself to steady marching. + +'The pace is still brisk, the light bad, and at intervals one or +another of us suddenly steps on a slippery patch and falls prone. +These are the only real incidents of the march--for the rest it +passes with a steady tramp and slight variation of formation. The +weaker ponies drop a bit but not far, so that they are soon up in +line again when the first halt is made. We have come to a single +halt in each half march. Last night it was too cold to stop long +and a very few minutes found us on the go again. + +'As the end of the half march approaches I get out my whistle. +Then at a shrill blast Bowers wheels slightly to the left, his +tent mates lead still farther out to get the distance for the +picket lines; Oates and I stop behind Bowers and Evans, the two +other sledges of our squad behind the two other of Bowers'. So we +are drawn up in camp formation. The picket lines are run across +at right angles to the line of advance and secured to the two +sledges at each end. It a few minutes ponies are on the lines +covered, tents up again and cookers going. + +'Meanwhile the dog drivers, after a long cold wait at the old camp, +have packed the last sledge and come trotting along our tracks. +They try to time their arrival in the new camp immediately after +our own, and generally succeed well. The mid-march halt runs into +an hour to an hour and a half, and at the end we pack up and tramp +forth again. We generally make our final camp about 8 o'clock, and +within an hour and a half most of us are in our sleeping-bags.... +At the long halt we do our best for our animals by building snow +walls and improving their rugs, &c. + +A softer surface on the 11th made the work much more difficult, +and even the dogs, who had been pulling consistently well, showed +signs of exhaustion before the march was over. Early on Sunday +morning they were near the 79th parallel, and exact bearings had +to be taken, since this camp, called Bluff Camp, was expected to +play an important part in the future. By this time three of the +ponies, Blossom, James Pigg, and Blucher, were so weak that Scott +decided to send E. Evans, Forde and Keohane back with them. + +Progress on the next march was interrupted by a short blizzard, +and Scott, not by any means for the first time, was struck by +Bowers' imperviousness to cold. 'Bowers,' he wrote, 'is wonderful. +Throughout the night he has worn no head-gear but a common green +felt hat kept on with a chin-stay and affording no cover whatever +for the ears. His face and ears remain bright red. The rest of +us were glad to have thick Balaclavas and wind helmets. I have +never seen anyone so unaffected by the cold. To-night he remained +outside a full hour after the rest of us had got into the tent. +He was simply pottering about the camp doing small jobs to the +sledges, &c. Cherry-Garrard is remarkable because of his eyes. He +can only see through glasses and has to wrestle with all sorts of +inconveniences in consequence. Yet one could never guess it--for +he manages somehow to do more than his share of the work.' + +Another disappointing day followed, on which the surface was so +bad that the ponies frequently sank lower than their hocks, and +the soft patches of snow left by the blizzard lay in sandy heaps +and made great friction for the runners. Still, however, they +struggled on; but Gran with Weary Willy could not go the pace, +and when they were three-quarters of a mile behind the others +the dog teams (which always left the camp after the others) +overtook them. Then the dogs got out of hand and attacked Weary +Willy, who put up a sterling fight but was bitten rather badly +before Meares and Gran could drive off the dogs. Afterwards it +was discovered that Weary Willy's load was much heavier than +that of the other ponies, and an attempt to continue the march +had quickly to be abandoned owing to his weak condition. As some +compensation for his misfortunes he was given a hot feed, a large +snow wall, and some extra sacking, and on the following day he +showed appreciation of these favors by a marked improvement. +Bowers' pony, however, refused work for the first time, and Oates +was more despondent than ever; 'But,' Scott says, 'I've come to +see that this is a characteristic of him. In spite of it he pays +every attention to the weaker horses.' + +No doubt remained on the Thursday that both Weary Willy and Bowers' +pony could stand very little more, and so it was decided to turn +back on the following day. During the last march out the temperature +fell to -21° with a brisk south-west breeze, and frost-bites were +frequent. Bowers with his ears still uncovered suffered severely, +but while Scott and Cherry-Garrard nursed them back he seemed to +feel nothing but surprise and disgust at the mere fact of possessing +such unruly organs. 'It seems as though some of our party will find +spring journeys pretty trying. Oates' nose is always on the point +of being frost-bitten; Meares has a refractory toe which gives him +much trouble--this is the worse prospect for summit work. I have +been wondering how I shall stick the summit again, this cold spell +gives ideas. I think I shall be all right, but one must be prepared +for a pretty good doing.' + +The depôt was built during the next day, February 17, Lat. 79° +29' S, and considerably over a ton of stuff was landed. + +Stores left in depôt: + + lbs. + 245 7 weeks' full provision bags for 1 unit + 12 2 days' provision bags for 1 unit + 8 8 weeks' tea + 31 6 weeks' extra butter + 176 lbs. biscuit (7 weeks' full biscuit) + 85 8-1/2 gallons oil (12 weeks' oil for 1 unit) + 850 5 sacks of oats + 424 4 bales of fodder + 250 Tank of dog biscuit + 100 2 cases of biscuit + ---- + 2181 + + 1 skein white line + 1 set breast harness + 2 12 ft. sledges + 2 pair ski, 1 pair ski sticks + 1 Minimum Thermometer + 1 tin Rowntree cocoa + 1 tin matches + +Sorry as Scott was not to reach 80°, he was satisfied that they +had 'a good leg up' for next year, and could at least feed the +ponies thoroughly up to this point. In addition to a flagstaff +and black flag, One Ton Camp was marked with piled biscuit boxes +to act as reflectors, and tea-tins were tied on the top of the +sledges, which were planted upright in the snow. The depôt cairn +was more than six feet above the surface, and so the party had +the satisfaction of knowing that it could scarcely fail to show +up for many miles. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +PERILS + + ...Yet I argue not + Against Heaven's hand or will, nor bate a jot + Of heart or hope; but still bear up and steer + Right onward. + --MILTON. + +On the return journey Scott, Wilson, Meares and Cherry-Garrard +went back at top speed with the dog teams, leaving Bowers, Oates +and Gran to follow with the ponies. For three days excellent +marches were made, the dogs pulling splendidly, and anxious as +Scott was to get back to Safety Camp and find out what had happened +to the other parties and the ponies, he was more than satisfied +with the daily records. But on Tuesday, February 21, a check came +in their rapid journey, a check, moreover, which might have been a +most serious disaster. + +The light though good when they started about 10 P.M. on Monday +night quickly became so bad that but little of the surface could +be seen, and the dogs began to show signs of fatigue. About an +hour and a half after the start they came upon mistily outlined +pressure ridges and were running by the sledges when, as the +teams were trotting side by side, the middle dogs of the teams +driven by Scott and Meares began to disappear. 'We turned,' +Cherry-Garrard says, 'and saw their dogs disappearing one after +another, like dogs going down a hole after a rat.' + +In a moment the whole team were sinking; two by two they vanished +from sight, each pair struggling for foothold. Osman, the leader, +put forth all his strength and most wonderfully kept a foothold. +The sledge stopped on the brink of the crevasse, and Scott and +Meares jumped aside. + +In another moment the situation was realized. They had actually +been traveling along the bridge of a crevasse, the sledge had +stopped on it, while the dogs hung in their harness in the abyss. +'Why the sledge and ourselves didn't follow the dogs we shall +never know. I think a fraction of a pound of added weight must +have taken us down.' Directly the sledge had been hauled clear +of the bridge and anchored, they peered into the depths of the +cracks. The dogs, suspended in all sorts of fantastic positions, +were howling dismally and almost frantic with terror. Two of them +had dropped out of their harness and, far below, could be seen +indistinctly on a snow-bridge. The rope at either end of the +chain had bitten deep into the snow at the side of the crevasse +and with the weight below could not possibly be moved. + +By this time assistance was forthcoming from Wilson and +Cherry-Garrard, the latter hurriedly bringing the Alpine rope, +the exact position of which on the sledge he most fortunately +knew. The prospect, however, of rescuing the team was not by +any means bright, and for some minutes every attempt failed. In +spite of their determined efforts they could get not an inch +on the main trace of the sledge or on the leading rope, which +with a throttling pressure was binding poor Osman to the snow. + +Then, as their thoughts became clearer, they set to work on a +definite plan of action. The sledge was unloaded, and the tent, +cooker, and sleeping-bags were carried to a safe place; then +Scott, seizing the lashing off Meares' sleeping-bag, passed the +tent-poles across the crevasse, and with Meares managed to get +a few inches on the leading line. This freed Osman, whose harness +was immediately cut. The next step was to secure the leading +rope to the main trace and haul up together. By this means one +dog was rescued and unlashed, but the rope already had cut so +far back at the edge that efforts to get more of it were useless. + +[Illustration: Snowed-up tent after three days' blizzard.] + +'We could now unbend the sledge and do that for which we should +have aimed from the first, namely, run the sledge across the gap +and work from it.' So the sledge was put over the crevasse and +pegged down on both sides, Wilson holding on to the anchored +trace while the others worked at the leader end. The leading +rope, however, was so very small that Scott was afraid of its +breaking, and Meares was lowered down to secure the Alpine rope +to the leading end of the trace; when this had been done the +chance of rescuing the dogs at once began to improve. + +Two by two the dogs were hauled up until eleven out of the thirteen +were again in safety. Then Scott began to wonder if the two other +dogs could not be saved, and the Alpine rope was paid down to see +if it was long enough to reach the bridge on which they were coiled. +The rope was 90 feet, and as the amount remaining showed that the +depth of the bridge was about 65 feet, Scott made a bowline and +insisted upon being lowered down. The bridge turned out to be firm, +and he quickly got hold of the dogs and saw them hauled to the +surface. But before he could be brought up terrific howls arose +above, and he had to be left while the rope-tenders hastened to +stop a fight between the dogs of the two teams. + +'We then hauled Scott up,' Cherry-Garrard says; 'it was all three +of us could do, my fingers a good deal frost-bitten in the end. +That was all the dogs, Scott has just said that at one time he +never hoped to get back with the thirteen, or even half of them. +When he was down in the crevasse he wanted to go off exploring, +but we dissuaded him.... He kept on saying, "I wonder why this +is running the way it is, you expect to find them at right angles."' + +For over two hours the work of rescue had continued, and after it +was finished the party camped and had a meal, and congratulated +themselves on a miraculous escape. Had the sledge gone down Scott +and Meares must have been badly injured, if not killed outright, +but as things had turned out even the dogs showed wonderful signs +of recovery after their terrible experience. + +On the following day Safety Camp was reached, but the dogs were +as thin as rakes and so ravenously hungry that Scott expressed +a very strong opinion that they were underfed. 'One thing is +certain, the dogs will never continue to drag heavy loads with +men sitting on the sledges; we must all learn to run with the +teams and the Russian custom must be dropped.' + +At Safety Camp E. Evans, Forde and Keohane were found, but to +Scott's great sorrow two of their ponies had died on the return +journey. Forde had spent hour after hour in nursing poor Blucher, +and although the greatest care had also been given to Blossom, +both of them were left on the Southern Road. The remaining one +of the three, James Pigg, had managed not only to survive but +actually to thrive, and, severe as the loss of the two ponies was, +some small consolation could be gained from the fact that they +were the oldest of the team, and the two which Oates considered +to be the least useful. + +After a few hours' sleep Scott, Wilson, Meares, Cherry-Garrard +and Evans started off to Hut Point, and on arrival were astonished +to find that, although the hut had been cleared and made habitable, +no one was there. A pencil line on the wall stated that a bag +containing a mail was inside, but no bag was to be found. But +presently what turned out to be the true solution of this curious +state of affairs was guessed, namely, that Atkinson and Crean +had been on their way from the hut to Safety Camp as the others +had come from the camp to the hut, and later on Scott saw their +sledge track leading round on the sea-ice. + +Feeling terribly anxious that some disaster might have happened +to Atkinson and Crean owing to the weakness of the ice round +Cape Armitage, Scott and his party soon started back to Safety +Camp, but it was not until they were within a couple of hundred +yards of their destination that they saw three tents instead +of two, and knew that Atkinson and Crean were safe. No sooner, +however, had Scott received his letters than his feelings of +relief were succeeded by sheer astonishment. + +'Every incident of the day pales before the startling contents +of the mail bag which Atkinson gave me--a letter from Campbell +setting out his doings and the finding of Amundsen established +in the Bay of Whales. + +'One thing only fixes itself definitely in my mind. The proper, +as well as the wiser, course for us is to proceed exactly as +though this had not happened. To go forward and do our best for +the honor of the country without fear or panic. + +'There is no doubt that Amundsen's plan is a very serious menace +to ours. He has a shorter distance to the Pole by 60 miles--I +never thought he could have got so many dogs [116] safely to +the ice. His plan for running them seems excellent. But above +and beyond all he can start his journey early in the season--an +impossible condition with ponies.' + +The ship, to which Scott had said good-by a month before, had, +after landing the Western Geological Party at Butter Point, +proceeded along the Barrier, and on February 5 had come across +Amundsen camped in the Bay of Whales. No landing place, however, +for Campbell's party could be found. 'This,' Campbell says, 'was +a great disappointment to us all, but there was nothing for it +but to return to McMurdo Sound to communicate with the main party, +and then try to effect a landing in the vicinity of Smith's Inlet +or as far to the westward as possible on the north coast of +Victoria Land, and if possible to explore the unknown coast west +of Cape North. We therefore made the best of our way to Cape +Evans, and arrived on the evening of the 8th. Here I decided +to land the two ponies, as they would be very little use to us +on the mountainous coast of Victoria Land, and in view of the +Norwegian expedition I felt the Southern Party would require +all the transport available. After landing the ponies we steamed +up to the sea-ice by Glacier Tongue, and from there, taking +Priestley and Abbott, I went with letters to Hut Point, where +the depôt party would call on their way back.' + +Thus Scott came on Wednesday, February 22, to receive the news +which was bound to occupy his thoughts, however resolutely he +refused to allow it to interfere in any way with his plans. + +Thursday was spent preparing sledges to meet Bowers, Oates and +Gran at Corner Camp, and on the following day Scott, Crean and +Cherry-Garrard with one sledge and tent, E. Evans, Atkinson and +Forde with second sledge and tent, and Keohane leading James +Pigg, started their march. At 3 P.M. on Saturday Scott turned out +and saw a short black line on the horizon towards White Island. +Presently he made certain that it was Bowers and his companions, +but they were traveling fast and failed to see Scott's camp; +so when the latter reached Corner Camp he did not find Bowers, +but was glad to see five pony walls and consequently to know +that all the animals were still alive. + +Having depôted six full weeks' provisions, Scott, Cherry-Garrard +and Crean started for home, leaving the others to bring James +Pigg by easier stages. The next day, however, had to be spent in +the tent owing to a howling blizzard, and not until the Tuesday +did Scott reach Safety Camp, where he found that the ponies were +without exception terribly thin, and that Weary Willy was especially +in a pitiable condition. + +As no advantage was to be gained by staying at Safety Camp, +arrangements were made immediately for a general shift to Hut +Point, and about four o'clock the two dog teams driven by Wilson +and Meares got safely away. Then the ponies were got ready to +start, the plan being for them to follow in the tracks of the +dogs; the route was over about six miles of sea-ice, which, owing +to the spread of water holes, caused Scott to feel gravely anxious. + +At the very start, however, Weary Willy fell down, and his plight +was so critical that Bowers, Cherry-Garrard and Crean were sent on +with Punch, Cuts, Uncle Bill and Nobby to Hut Point, while Scott, +with Oates and Gran, decided to stay behind and attend to the +sick pony. But despite all the attempts to save him, Weary Willy +died during the Tuesday night. 'It makes a late start necessary +for next year,' Scott wrote in his diary on Wednesday, March 1, +but on the following day he had to add to this, 'The events of +the past 48 hours bid fair to wreck the expedition, and the only +one comfort is the miraculous avoidance of loss of life.' + +Early on the morning following Weary Willy's death, Scott, Oates +and Gran started out and pulled towards the forage depôt, which +was at a point on the Barrier half a mile from the edge, in a +S.S.E. direction from Hut Point. On their approach the sky looked +black and lowering, and mirage effects of huge broken floes loomed +out ahead. At first Scott thought that this was one of the strange +optical illusions common in the Antarctic, but as he drew close +to the depôt all doubt was dispelled. The sea was full of broken +pieces of Barrier edge, and at once his thoughts flew to the +ponies and dogs. + +They turned to follow the sea-edge, and suddenly discovering a +working crack, dashed over it and hastened on until they were in +line between Safety Camp and Castle Rock. Meanwhile Scott's first +thought was to warn E. Evans' party which was traveling back from +Corner Camp with James Pigg. 'We set up tent, and Gran went to +the depôt with a note as Oates and I disconsolately thought out +the situation. I thought to myself that if either party had +reached safety either on the Barrier or at Hut Point they would +immediately have sent a warning messenger to Safety Camp. By +this time the messenger should have been with us. Some half-hour +passed, and suddenly with a "Thank God!" I made certain that +two specks in the direction of Pram Point were human beings.' + +When, however, Scott hastened in their direction he discovered +them to be Wilson and Meares, who were astonished to see him, +because they had left Safety Camp before the breakdown of Weary +Willy had upset the original program. From them Scott heard alarming +reports that the ponies were adrift on the sea-ice. + +The startling incidents that had led to this state of affairs +began very soon after Bowers, Crean and Cherry-Garrard had left +Safety Camp with the ponies. 'I caught Bowers up at the edge +of the Barrier,' Cherry-Garrard wrote in his diary, 'the dogs +were on ahead and we saw them turn and make right round Cape +Armitage. "Uncle Bill" got done, and I took up the dog tracks +which we followed over the tide crack and well on towards Cape +Armitage. + +'The sea-ice was very weak, and we came to fresh crack after +fresh crack, and at last to a big crack with water squelching +through for many feet on both sides. We all thought it impossible +to proceed and turned back.... The ponies began to get very done, +and Bowers decided to get back over the tide crack, find a snowy +place, and camp. + +'This had been considered with Scott as a possibility and agreed +to. Of course according to arrangements then Scott would have +been with the ponies. + +'We camped about 11 P.M. and made walls for the ponies. Bowers +cooked with a primus of which the top is lost, and it took a +long time. He mistook curry powder for cocoa, and we all felt +very bad for a short time after trying it. Crean swallowed all +his. Otherwise we had a good meal. + +'While we were eating a sound as though ice had fallen outside +down the tent made us wonder. At 2 A.M. we turned in, Bowers +went out, and all was quiet. At 4.30 A.M. Bowers was wakened +by a grinding sound, jumped up, and found the situation as +follows:-- + +'The whole sea-ice had broken up into small floes, from ten to +thirty or forty yards across. We were on a small floe, I think +about twenty yards across, two sledges were on the next floe, +and "Cuts" had disappeared down the opening. Bowers shouted to +us all and hauled the two sledges on to our floe in his socks. +We packed anyhow, I don't suppose a camp was ever struck quicker. +It seemed to me impossible to go on with the ponies and I said +so, but Bowers decided to try. + +'We decided that to go towards White Island looked best, and for +five hours traveled in the following way:--we jumped the ponies +over floe to floe as the cracks joined.... We then man-hauled +the sledges after them, then according to the size of the floe +sometimes harnessed the ponies in again, sometimes man-hauled +the sledge to the next crack, waited our chance, sometimes I +should think five or ten minutes, and repeated the process.' + +At length they worked their way to heavier floes lying near the +Barrier edge, and at one time thought that it was possible to get +up; but very soon they discovered that there were gaps everywhere +off the high Barrier face. In this dilemma Crean volunteered to +try and reach Scott, and after traveling a great distance and +leaping from floe to floe, he found a thick floe from which with +the help of his ski stick he could climb the Barrier face. 'It +was a desperate venture, but luckily successful.' + +And so while Scott, Oates, Wilson, Meares and Gran were discussing +the critical situation, a man, who proved to be Crean, was seen +rapidly making for the depôt from the west. + +As soon as Scott had considered the latest development of the +situation he sent Gran back to Hut Point with Wilson and Meares, +and started with Oates, Crean, and a sledge for the scene of +the mishap. A halt was made at Safety Camp to get some provisions +and oil, and then, marching carefully round, they approached +the ice-edge, and to their joy caught sight of Bowers and +Cherry-Garrard. With the help of the Alpine rope both the men +were dragged to the surface, and after camp had been pitched +at a safe distance from the edge all hands started upon salvage +work. The ice at this time lay close and quiet against the Barrier +edge, and some ten hours after Bowers and Cherry-Garrard had been +hauled up, the sledges and their contents were safely on the +Barrier. But then, just as the last loads were saved, the ice +began to drift again, and so, for the time, nothing could be +done for the ponies except to leave them well-fed upon their floes. + +'None of our party had had sleep the previous night and all were +dog tired. I decided we must rest, but turned everyone out at 8.30 +yesterday morning [after three or four hours]. Before breakfast we +discovered the ponies had drifted away. We had tried to anchor their +floes with the Alpine rope, but the anchors had drawn. It was a sad +moment.' + +Presently, however, Bowers, who had taken the binoculars, announced +that he could see the ponies about a mile to the N. W. 'We packed +and went on at once. We found it easy enough to get down to the +poor animals and decided to rush them for a last chance of life. +Then there was an unfortunate mistake: I went along the Barrier edge +and discovered what I thought and what proved to be a practicable +way to land a pony, but the others meanwhile, a little overwrought, +tried to leap Punch across a gap. The poor beast fell in; eventually +we had to kill him--it was awful. I recalled all hands and pointed +out my road. Bowers and Oates went out on it with a sledge and +worked their way to the remaining ponies, and started back with +them on the same track.... We saved one pony; for a time I thought +we should get both, but Bowers' poor animal slipped at a jump +and plunged into the water: we dragged him out on some brash ice-- +killer whales all about us in an intense state of excitement. +The poor animal couldn't rise, and the only merciful thing was to +kill it. These incidents were too terrible. At 5 P.M. (Thursday, +March 2), we sadly broke our temporary camp and marched back to +the one I had just pitched.... So here we are ready to start our +sad journey to Hut Point. Everything out of joint with the loss +of our ponies, but mercifully with all the party alive and well.' + +At the start on the march back the surface was so bad that only +three miles were covered in four hours, and in addition to this +physical strain Scott was also deeply anxious to know that E. +Evans and his party were safe; but while they were camping that +night on Pram Point ridges, Evans' party, all of whom were well, +came in. Then it was decided that Atkinson should go on to Hut +Point in the morning to take news to Wilson, Meares and Gran, +who were looking after the dogs, and having a wretched time in +trying to make two sleeping-bags do the work of three. + +On March 2 Wilson wrote in his journal: 'A very bitter wind blowing +and it was a cheerless job waiting for six hours to get a sleep in +the bag.... As the ice had all gone out of the strait we were cut +off from any return to Cape Evans until the sea should again freeze +over, and this was not likely until the end of April. We rigged up +a small fireplace in the hut and found some wood and made a fire +for an hour or so at each meal, but as there was no coal and not +much wood we felt we must be economical with the fuel, and so also +with matches and everything else, in case Bowers should lose his +sledge loads, which had most of the supplies for the whole party +to last twelve men for two months.... There was literally nothing +in the hut that one could cover oneself with to keep warm, and we +couldn't run to keeping the fire going. It was very cold work. +There were heaps of biscuit cases here which we had left in +Discovery days, and with these we built up a small inner hut to +live in.' + +On Saturday Scott and some of his party reached the hut, and on +Sunday he was able to write: 'Turned in with much relief to have +all hands and the animals safely housed.' Only two ponies, James +Pigg and Nobby, remained out of the eight that had started on +the depôt journey, but disastrous as this was to the expedition +there was reason to be thankful that even greater disasters had +not happened. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +A HAPPY FAMILY + + By mutual confidence and mutual aid + Great deeds are done and great discoveries made. + --ANON. + +With the certainty of having to stay in the Discovery hut for +some time, the party set to work at once to make it as comfortable +as possible. With packing-cases a large L-shaped inner apartment +was made, the intervals being stopped with felt, and an empty +kerosene tin and some firebricks were made into an excellent +little stove which was connected to the old stove-pipe. + +As regards food almost an unlimited supply of biscuit was available, +and during a walk to Pram Point on Monday, March 6, Scott and +Wilson found that the sea-ice in Pram Point Bay had not gone out +and was crowded with seals, a happy find that guaranteed the party +as much meat as they wanted. 'We really have everything necessary +for our comfort and only need a little more experience to make the +best of our resources.... It is splendid to see the way in which +everyone is learning the ropes, and the resource which is being +shown. Wilson as usual leads in the making of useful suggestions +and in generally providing for our wants. He is a tower of strength +in checking the ill-usage of clothes--what I have come to regard as +the greatest danger with Englishmen.' + +On Saturday night a blizzard sprang up and gradually increased +in force until it reminded Scott and Wilson of the gale which +drove the Discovery ashore. The blizzard continued until noon +on Tuesday, on which day the Western Geological Party (Griffith +Taylor, Wright, Debenham and P.O. Evans) returned to the hut +after a successful trip. + +Two days later another depôt party started to Corner Camp, E. Evans, +Wright, Crean and Forde in one team; Bowers, Oates, Cherry-Garrard +and Atkinson in the other. 'It was very sporting of Wright to join +in after only a day's rest. He is evidently a splendid puller.' + +During the absence of this party the comforts of the hut were +constantly being increased, but continuous bad weather was both +depressing to the men and very serious for the dogs. Every effort +had been made to make the dogs comfortable, but the changes of +wind made it impossible to give them shelter in all directions. +At least five of them were in a sorry plight, and half a dozen +others were by no means strong, but whether because they were +constitutionally harder or whether better fitted by nature to +protect themselves the other ten or a dozen animals were as fit +as they could be. As it was found to be impossible to keep the +dogs comfortable in the traces, the majority of them were allowed +to run loose; for although Scott feared that this freedom would +mean that there would be some fights to the death, he thought it +preferable to the risk of losing the animals by keeping them on +the leash. The main difficulty with them was that when the ice once +got thoroughly into the coats their hind legs became half paralyzed +with cold, but by allowing them to run loose it was hoped that +they would be able to free themselves of this serious trouble. +'Well, well, fortune is not being very kind to us. This month +will have sad memories. Still I suppose things might be worse; +the ponies are well housed and are doing exceedingly well....' + +The depôt party returned to the hut on March 23, but though the +sea by this time showed symptoms of wanting to freeze, there +was no real sign that the ice would hold for many a long day. +Stock therefore was taken of their resources, and arrangements +were made for a much longer stay than had been anticipated. A +week later the ice, though not thickening rapidly, held south of +Hut Point, but the stretch from Hut Point to Turtle Back Island +still refused to freeze even in calm weather, and Scott began +to think that they might not be able to get back to Cape Evans +before May. Soon afterwards, however, the sea began to freeze +over completely, and on Thursday evening, April 6, a program, +subject to the continuance of good weather, was arranged for a +shift to Cape Evans. 'It feels good,' Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'to +have something doing in the air.' But the weather prevented them +from starting on the appointed day, and although Scott was most +anxious to get back and see that all was well at Cape Evans, the +comfort achieved in the old hut was so great that he confessed +himself half-sorry to leave it. + +Describing their life at Hut Point he says, 'We gather around +the fire seated on packing-cases, with a hunk of bread and butter +and a steaming pannikin of tea, and life is well worth living. +After lunch we are out and about again; there is little to tempt +a long stay indoors, and exercise keeps us all the fitter. + +'The failing light and approach of supper drives us home again +with good appetites about 5 or 6 o'clock, and then the cooks rival +one another in preparing succulent dishes of fried seal liver.... +Exclamations of satisfaction can be heard every night--or nearly +every night; for two nights ago (April 4) Wilson, who has proved +a genius in the invention of "plats," almost ruined his reputation. +He proposed to fry the seal liver in penguin blubber, suggesting +that the latter could be freed from all rankness.... The "fry" +proved redolent of penguin, a concentrated essence of that +peculiar flavor which faintly lingers in the meat and should not +be emphasized. Three heroes got through their pannikins, but the +rest of us decided to be contented with cocoa and biscuit after +tasting the first mouthful. [Footnote: Wilson, referring to this +incident in his Journal, showed no signs of contrition. 'Fun over +a fry I made in my new penguin lard. It was quite a success and +tasted like very bad sardine oil.'] + +'After supper we have an hour or so of smoking and conversation--a +cheering, pleasant hour--in which reminiscences are exchanged by a +company which has very literally had world-wide experience. There +is scarce a country under the sun which one or another of us has +not traveled in, so diverse are our origins and occupations. + +'An hour or so after supper we tail off one by one.... Everyone can +manage eight or nine hours' sleep without a break, and not a few +would have little difficulty in sleeping the clock round, which +goes to show that our exceedingly simple life is an exceedingly +healthy one, though with faces and hands blackened with smoke, +appearances might not lead an outsider to suppose it.' + +On Tuesday, April 11, a start could be made for Cape Evans, the +party consisting of Scott, Bowers, P.O. Evans and Taylor in one +tent; E. Evans, Gran, Crean, Debenham and Wright in another; +Wilson being left in charge at Hut Point, with Meares, Forde, +Keohane, Oates, Atkinson and Cherry-Garrard. + +In fine weather they marched past Castle Rock, and it soon became +evident that they must go well along the ridge before descending, +and that the difficulty would be to get down over the cliffs. +Seven and a half miles from the start they reached Hutton Rocks, +a very icy and wind-swept spot, and as the wind rose and the light +became bad at the critical moment they camped for a short time. +Half an hour later the weather cleared and a possible descent to +the ice cliffs could be seen, but between Hutton Rock and Erebus +all the slope was much cracked and crevassed. A clear track to +the edge of the cliffs was chosen, but on arriving there no low +place could be found (the lowest part being 24 feet sheer drop), +and as the wind was increasing and the snow beginning to drift +off the ridge a quick decision had to be made. + +Then Scott went to the edge, and having made standing places to +work the Alpine rope, Bowers., E. Evans and Taylor were lowered. +Next the sledges went down fully packed and then the remainder +of the party, Scott being the last to go down. It was a neat and +speedy piece of work, and completed in twenty minutes without +serious frost-bites. + +The surface of ice covered with salt crystals made pulling very +heavy to Glacier Tongue, which they reached about 5.30 P.M. A +stiff incline on a hard surface followed, but as the light was +failing and cracks were innumerable, several of the party fell +in with considerable risk of damage. The north side, however, +was well snow-covered, with a good valley leading to a low ice +cliff in which a broken piece provided an easy descent. Under +the circumstances Scott decided to push on to Cape Evans, but +darkness suddenly fell upon them, and after very heavy pulling +for many hours they were so totally unable to see anything ahead, +that at 10 P.M. they were compelled to pitch their camp under +little Razor Back Island. During the night the wind began to +rise, and in the morning a roaring blizzard was blowing, and +obviously the ice on which they had pitched their camp was none +too safe. For hours they waited vainly for a lull, until at 3 +P.M. Scott and Bowers went round the Island, with the result +that they resolved to shift their camp to a little platform under +the weather side. This operation lasted for two very cold hours, +but splendid shelter was gained, the cliffs rising almost sheer +from the tents. 'Only now and again a whirling wind current eddied +down on the tents, which were well secured, but the noise of the +wind sweeping over the rocky ridge above our heads was deafening; +we could scarcely hear ourselves speak.' Provisions for only +one more meal were left, but sleep all the same was easier to +get than on the previous night, because they knew that they were +no longer in danger of being swept out to sea. + +The wind moderated during the night, and early in the morning +the party in a desperately cold and stiff breeze and with frozen +clothes were again under weigh. The distance, however, was only +two miles, and after some very hard pulling they arrived off +the point and found that the sea-ice continued around it. 'It +was a very great relief to see the hut on rounding it and to +hear that all was well.' + +In choosing the site of the hut Scott had thought of the possibility +of northerly winds bringing a swell, but had argued, first, that +no heavy northerly swell had ever been recorded in the Sound; +secondly, that a strong northerly wind was bound to bring pack +which would damp the swell; thirdly, that the locality was well +protected by the Barne Glacier; and, lastly, that the beach itself +showed no signs of having been swept by the sea. When, however, +the hut had been erected and he found that its foundation was +only eleven feet above the level of the sea-ice, he could not +rid himself entirely of misgivings. + +As events turned out the hut was safe and sound enough, but not +until Scott reached it, on April 13, did he realize how anxious +he had been. 'In a normal season no thoughts of its having been +in danger would have occurred to me, but since the loss of the +ponies and the breaking of Glacier Tongue, I could not rid myself +of the fear that misfortune was in the air and that some abnormal +swell had swept the beach.' So when he and his party turned the +small headland and saw that the hut was intact, a real fear was +mercifully removed. Very soon afterwards the travelers were seen +by two men at work near the stables, and then the nine occupants +(Simpson, Day, Nelson, Ponting, Lashly, Clissold, Hooper, Anton +and Demetri) came rapidly to meet and welcome them. In a minute +the most important events of the quiet station life were told, +the worst news being that one pony, named Hacken-schmidt, and +one dog had died. For the rest the hut arrangements had worked +admirably, and the scientific routine of observations was in full +swing. + +After their primitive life at the Discovery hut the interior +space of the home at Cape Evans seemed palatial, and the comfort +luxurious. 'It was very good to eat in civilized fashion, to +enjoy the first bath for three months, and have contact with +clean, dry clothing. Such fleeting hours of comfort (for custom +soon banished their delight) are the treasured remembrance of +every Polar traveler.' Not for many hours or even minutes, however, +was Scott in the hut before he was taken round to see in detail +the transformation that had taken place in his absence, and in +which a very proper pride was taken by those who had created it. + +First of all a visit was paid to Simpson's Corner, where numerous +shelves laden with a profusion of self-recording instruments, +electric batteries and switchboards were to be seen, and the +tickings of many clocks, the gentle whir of a motor and occasionally +the trembling note of an electric bell could be heard. 'It took me +days and even months to realize fully the aims of our meteorologist +and the scientific accuracy with which he was achieving them.' + +From Simpson's Corner Scott was taken on his tour of inspection +into Ponting's dark room, and found that the art of photography +had never been so well housed within the Polar regions and rarely +without them. 'Such a palatial chamber for the development of +negatives and prints can only be justified by the quality of the +work produced in it, and is only justified in our case by such +an artist as Ponting.' + +From the dark room he went on to the biologists' cubicle, shared, to +their mutual satisfaction, by Day and Nelson. There the prevailing +note was neatness, and to Day's mechanical skill everyone paid +tribute. The heating, lighting and ventilating arrangements of the +hut had been left entirely in his charge, and had been carried out +with admirable success. The cook's corner was visited next, and +Scott was very surprised to see the mechanical ingenuity shown by +Clissold. 'Later,' he says, 'when I found that Clissold was called +in to consult on the ailments of Simpson's motor, and that he was +capable of constructing a dog sledge out of packing-cases, I was +less surprised, because I knew by this time that he had had +considerable training in mechanical work before he turned his +attention to pots and pans.' + +The tour ended with an inspection of the shelters for the animals, +and when Scott saw the stables he could not help regretting that +some of the stalls would have to remain empty, though he appreciated +fully the fact that there was ample and safe harborage for the ten +remaining ponies. With Lashly's help, Anton had completed the +furnishing of the stables in a way that was both neat and effective. + +Only five or six dogs had been left in Demetri's charge, and it +was at once evident that every care had been taken of them; not +only had shelters been made, but a small 'lean to' had also been +built to serve as a hospital for any sick animal. The impressions, +in short, that Scott received on his return to Cape Evans were +almost wholly pleasant, and in happy contrast with the fears that +had assailed him on the homeward route. + +Not for long, however, did he, Bowers and Crean stay to enjoy the +comforts of Cape Evans, as on Monday, April 17, they were off +again to Hut Point with two 10-foot sledges, a week's provisions +of sledding food, and butter, oatmeal, &c., for the hut. Scott, +Lashly, Day and Demetri took the first sledge; Bowers, Nelson, +Crean and Hooper the second; and after a rather adventurous journey, +in which 'Lashly was splendid at camp work as of old,' they reached +Hut Point at 1 P.M. on the following day, and found everyone well +and in good spirits. The party left at the hut were, however, very +short of seal-meat, a cause of anxiety, because until the sea froze +over there was no possibility of getting the ponies back to Cape +Evans. But three seals were reported on the Wednesday and promptly +killed, and so Scott, satisfied that this stock was enough for +twelve days, resolved to go back as soon as the weather would allow +him. + +Leaving Meares in charge of the station with Demetri to help with +the dogs, Lashly and Keohane to look after the ponies, and Nelson, +Day and Forde to get some idea of the life and experience, the +homeward party started on Friday morning. On this journey Scott, +Wilson, Atkinson and Crean pulled one sledge, and Bowers, Oates, +Cherry-Garrard and Hooper the other. Scott's party were the +leaders, and their sledge dragged so fearfully that the men with +the second sledge had a very easy time in keeping up. Then Crean +declared that although the loads were equal there was a great +difference in the sledges. 'Bowers,' Scott says, 'politely assented +when I voiced this sentiment, but I am sure he and his party +thought it the plea of tired men. However, there was nothing like +proof, and he readily assented to change sledges. The difference +was really extraordinary; we felt the new sledge a featherweight +compared with the old, and set up a great pace for the home quarters +regardless of how much we perspired.' + +All of them arrived at Cape Evans with their garments soaked +through, and as they took off their wind clothes showers of ice +fell upon the floor. The accumulation was almost beyond belief +and showed the whole trouble of sledding in cold weather. Clissold, +however, was at hand with 'just the right meal,' an enormous dish +of rice and figs, and cocoa in a bucket. The sledding season was +at an end, and Scott admitted that in spite of all the losses +they had sustained it was good to be home again, while Wilson, +Oates, Atkinson and Cherry-Garrard, who had not seen the hut +since it had been fitted out, were astonished at its comfort. + +On Sunday, April 23, two days after the return from Hut Point, +the sun made it's last appearance and the winter work was begun. +Ponies for exercise were allotted to Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, +Hooper, Clissold, P.O. Evans and Crean, besides Oates and Anton, +but in making this allotment Scott was obliged to add a warning +that those who exercised the ponies would not necessarily lead +them in the spring. + +Wilson at once began busily to paint, and Atkinson was equally +busy unpacking and setting up his sterilizers and incubators. +Wright began to wrestle with the electrical instruments; Oates +started to make bigger stalls in the stables; Cherry-Garrard +employed himself in building a stone house for taxidermy and +with a view to getting hints for a shelter at Cape Crozier during +the winter, while Taylor and Debenham took advantage of the last +of the light to examine the topography of the peninsula. E. Evans +surveyed the Cape and its neighborhood, and Simpson and Bowers, in +addition to their other work, spent hours over balloon experiments. +In fact everyone was overflowing with energy. + +On Friday, April 28, Scott, eager to get the party safely back +from Hut Point, hoped that the sea had at last frozen over for +good, but a gale on the following day played havoc with the ice; +and although the strait rapidly froze again, the possibility of +every gale clearing the sea was too great to be pleasant. Obviously, +however, it was useless to worry over a state of affairs that +could not be helped, and the arrangements for passing the winter +steadily progressed. + +At Scott's request Cherry-Garrard undertook the editorship of +the South Polar Times and the following notice was issued: + + The first number of the South Polar Times will be published + on Midwinter Day. + + All are asked to send in contributions, signed anonymously, + and to place these contributions in this box as soon as possible. + No contributions for this number will be accepted after May 31. + + A selection of these will be made for publication. It is not + intended that the paper shall be too scientific. + + Contributions may take the form of prose, poetry or drawing. + Contributors whose writings will lend themselves to illustration + are asked to consult with the Editor as soon as possible. + + The Editor, + S. P. T. + +The editor, warned by Scott that the work was not easy and required +a lot of tact, at once placed great hopes in the assistance he +would receive from Wilson, and how abundantly these hopes were +fulfilled has been widely recognized not only by students of Polar +literature, but also by those who admire art merely for art's sake. + +On the evening of Tuesday, May 2, Wilson opened the series of +winter lectures with a paper on 'Antarctic Flying Birds,' and +in turn Simpson, Taylor, Ponting, Debenham and others lectured +on their special subjects. But still the Discovery hut party did +not appear, although the strait (by May 9) had been frozen over +for nearly a week; and repeatedly Scott expressed a wish that +they would return. In the meantime there was work and to spare +for everyone, and as the days went by Scott was also given ample +opportunities to get a thorough knowledge of his companions. + +'I do not think,' he wrote, 'there can be any life quite so +demonstrative of character as that which we had on these +expeditions. One sees a remarkable reassortment of values. Under +ordinary conditions it is so easy to carry a point with a little +bounce; self-assertion is a mask which covers many a weakness.... +Here the outward show is nothing, it is the inward purpose that +counts. So the "gods" dwindle and the humble supplant them. +Pretence is useless. + +'One sees Wilson busy with pencil and color box, rapidly and +steadily adding to his portfolio of charming sketches and at +intervals filling the gaps in his zoological work of Discovery +times; withal ready and willing to give advice and assistance +to others at all times; his sound judgment appreciated and +therefore a constant referee. + +'Simpson, master of his craft... doing the work of two observers +at least... So the current meteorological and magnetic observations +are taken as never before on Polar expeditions.' + +'Wright, good-hearted, strong, keen, striving to saturate his +mind with the ice problems of this wonderful region...' + +And then after referring in terms of praise to the industry of E. +Evans, the versatile intellect of Taylor, and the thoroughness and +conscientiousness of Debenham, Scott goes on to praise unreservedly +the man to whom the whole expedition owed an immense debt of +gratitude. + +'To Bowers' practical genius is owed much of the smooth working +of our station. He has a natural method in line with which all +arrangements fall, so that expenditure is easily and exactly +adjusted to supply, and I have the inestimable advantage of knowing +the length of time which each of our possessions will last us and +the assurance that there can be no waste. Active mind and active +body were never more happily blended. It is a restless activity +admitting no idle moments and ever budding into new forms. + +'So we see the balloon ascending under his guidance and anon he is +away over the floe tracking the silk thread which held it. Such +a task completed, he is away to exercise his pony, and later out +again with the dogs, the last typically self-suggested, because +for the moment there is no one else to care for these animals.... +He is for the open air, seemingly incapable of realizing any +discomfort from it, and yet his hours within doors spent with +equal profit. For he is intent on tracking the problems of sledding +food and clothes to their innermost bearings and is becoming an +authority on past records. This will be no small help to me and +one which others never could have given. + +'Adjacent to the physicists' corner of the hut Atkinson is quietly +pursuing the subject of parasites. Already he is in a new world. +The laying out of the fish trap was his action and the catches are +his field of labor.... His bench with its array of microscopes, +etc., is next the dark room in which Ponting spends the greater +part of his life. I would describe him as sustained by artistic +enthusiasm.... + +'Cherry-Garrard is another of the open-air, self-effacing, quiet +workers; his whole heart is in the life, with profound eagerness +to help everyone. One has caught glimpses of him in tight places; +sound all through and pretty hard also.... + +'Oates' whole heart is in the ponies. He is really devoted to +their care, and I believe will produce them in the best possible +form for the sledding season. Opening out the stores, installing +a blubber stove, etc., has kept him busy, whilst his satellite, +Anton, is ever at work in the stables--an excellent little man. + +'P.O. Evans and Crean are repairing sleeping-bags, covering felt +boots, and generally working on sledding kit. In fact there is +no one idle, and no one who has the least prospect of idleness. + +On May 8 as one of the series of lectures Scott gave an outline +of his plans for next season, and hinted that in his opinion the +problem of reaching the Pole could best be solved by relying on +the ponies and man haulage. With this opinion there was general +agreement, for as regards glacier and summit work everyone seemed +to distrust the dogs. At the end of the lecture he asked that the +problem should be thought over and freely discussed, and that any +suggestions should be brought to his notice. 'It's going to be +a tough job; that is better realized the more one dives into it.' + +At last, on May 13, Atkinson brought news that the dogs were +returning, and soon afterwards Meares and his team arrived, and +reported that the ponies were not far behind. For more than three +weeks the weather at Hut Point had been exceptionally calm and +fine, and with joy Scott saw that all of the dogs were looking +remarkably well, and that the two ponies also seemed to have +improved. 'It is a great comfort to have the men and dogs back, +and a greater to contemplate all the ten ponies comfortably stabled +for the winter. Everything seems to depend on these animals.' + +With their various occupations, lectures in the evening, and +games of football--when it was not unusual for the goal-keepers +to get their toes frost-bitten--in the afternoons, the winter +passed steadily on its way; the only stroke of misfortune being +that one of the dogs died suddenly and that a post-mortem did +not reveal any sufficient cause of death. This was the third +animal that had died without apparent reason at winter-quarters, +and Scott became more than ever convinced that to place any +confidence in the dog teams would be a mistake. + +On Monday, May 22, Scott, Wilson, Bowers, Atkinson, P.O. Evans +and Clissold went off to Cape Royds with a go-cart which consisted +of a framework of steel tubing supported on four bicycle wheels-- +and sleeping-bags, a cooker and a small quantity of provisions. +The night was spent in Shackleton's hut, where a good quantity of +provisions was found; but the most useful articles that the party +discovered were five hymn-books, for hitherto the Sunday services +had not been fully choral because seven hymn-books were all that +could be mustered. + +[Illustration: "Birdie" Bowers reading the thermometer on the +ramp, June 6th, 1911.] + +June 6 was Scott's birthday, a fact which his small company did +not forget. At lunch an immense birthday cake appeared, the top +of which had been decorated by Clissold with various devices in +chocolate and crystallized fruit, a flag and photographs of Scott. +A special dinner followed, and to this sumptuous meal they sat +down with their sledge banners hung around them. 'After this +luxurious meal everyone was very festive and amiably argumentative. +As I write there is a group in the dark room discussing political +progress with large discussions, another at one corner of the +dinner table airing its views on the origin of matter and the +probability of its ultimate discovery, and yet another debating +military problems.... Perhaps these arguments are practically +unprofitable, but they give a great deal of pleasure to the +participants.... They are boys, all of them, but such excellent +good-natured ones; there has been no sign of sharpness or anger, +no jarring note, in all these wordy contests; all end with a +laugh. Nelson has offered Taylor a pair of socks to teach him +some geology! This lulls me to sleep!' + +On Monday evening, June 12, E. Evans gave a lecture on surveying, +and Scott took the opportunity to note a few points to which he +wanted especial attention to be directed. The essential points +were: + +1. Every officer who takes part in the Southern journey ought to + have in his memory the approximate variation of the compass + at various stages of the journey and to know how to apply it + to obtain a true course from the compass.... + +2. He ought to know what the true course is to reach one depôt + from another. + +3. He should be able to take an observation with the theodolite. + +4. He should be able to work out a meridian altitude observation. + +5. He could advantageously add to his knowledge the ability to + work out a longitude observation or an ex-meridian altitude. + +6. He should know how to read the sledgemeter. + +7. He should note and remember the error of the watch he carries + and the rate which is ascertained for it from time to time. + +8. He should assist the surveyor by noting the coincidences of + objects, the opening out of valleys, the observation of new + peaks, &c. + +That these hints upon Polar surveying did not fall upon deaf ears +is proved by a letter Scott wrote home some four months later. +In it he says '"Cherry" has just come to me with a very anxious +face to say that I must not count on his navigating powers. For +the moment I didn't know what he was driving at, but then I +remembered that some months ago I said that it would be a good +thing for all the officers going South to have some knowledge of +navigation so that in emergency they would know how to steer a +sledge home. It appears that "Cherry" thereupon commenced a serious +and arduous course of abstruse navigational problems which he found +exceedingly tough and now despaired mastering. Of course there is +not one chance in a hundred that he will ever have to consider +navigation on our journey and in that one chance the problem must +be of the simplest nature, but it makes it much easier for me to +have men who take the details of one's work so seriously and who +strive so simply and honestly to make it successful.' + +In Wilson's diary there is also this significant entry: 'Working at +latitude sights--mathematics which I hate--till bedtime. It will be +wiser to know a little navigation on the Southern sledge journey.' + +Some time before Scott's suggestions stimulated his companions +to master subjects which they found rather difficult and irksome, +a regular daily routine had begun. About 7 A.M. Clissold began +to prepare breakfast, and half an hour later Hooper started to +sweep the floor and lay the table. Between 8 and 8.30 the men +were out and about doing odd jobs, Anton going off to feed the +ponies, Demetri to see to the dogs. Repeatedly Hooper burst upon +the slumberers with announcements of the time, and presently +Wilson and Bowers met in a state of nature beside a washing basin +filled with snow and proceeded to rub glistening limbs with this +chilly substance. A little later others with less hardiness could +be seen making the most of a meager allowance of water. A few +laggards invariably ran the nine o'clock rule very close, and +a little pressure had to be applied so that they should not delay +the day's work. + +By 9.20 breakfast was finished, and in ten minutes the table +was cleared. Then for four hours the men were steadily employed +on a program of preparation for sledding. About 1.30 a cheerful +half-hour was spent over the mid-day meal, and afterwards, if +the weather permitted, the ponies were exercised, and those who +were not employed in this way generally exercised themselves +in some way or other. After this the officers went steadily on +with their special work until 6.30, when dinner was served and +finished within the hour. Then came reading, writing, games, and +usually the gramophone, but three nights of the week were given +up to lectures. At 11 P.M. the acetylene lights were put out, +and those who wished to stay up had to depend on candle-light. +The majority of candles, however, were extinguished by midnight, +and the night watchman alone remained awake to keep his vigil +by the light of an oil lamp. + +Extra bathing took place either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday +morning; chins were shaven, and possibly clean clothes put on. +'Such signs, with the regular service on Sunday, mark the passage +of the weeks. It is not a very active life, perhaps, but certainly +not an idle one. Few of us sleep more than eight hours of the +twenty-four.' + +On June 19, Day gave a lecture on his motor sledge and was very +hopeful of success, but Scott again expressed his doubts and +fears. 'I fear he is rather more sanguine in temperament than +his sledge is reliable in action. I wish I could have more +confidence in his preparations, as he is certainly a delightful +companion.' Three days later Midwinter was celebrated with great +festivities, and after lunch the Editor handed over the first +number of the S. P. T. to Scott. Everyone at once gathered at +the top of the table; 'It was like a lot of schoolgirls round a +teacher' is the editor's description of the scene, and Scott read +aloud most of the contents. An article called 'Valhalla,' written +by Taylor, some verses called 'The Sleeping Bag,' and Wilson's +illustrations to 'Antarctic Archives' were the popular favorites; +indeed the editor attributed the success of the paper mainly to +Wilson, though Day's delightful cover of carved venesta wood and +sealskin was also 'a great help.' As all the contributions were +anonymous great fun was provided by attempts to guess the various +authors, and some of the denials made by the contributors were +perhaps more modest than strictly truthful. + +These festive proceedings, however, were almost solemn when compared +with the celebrations of the evening. In preparation for dinner the +'Union Jacks' and sledge flags were hung about the large table, and +at seven o'clock everyone sat down to a really good dinner. + +Scott spoke first, and drew attention to the nature of the +celebration as a half-way mark not only in the winter but in +the plans of the expedition. Fearing in his heart of hearts that +some of the company did not realize how rapidly the weeks were +passing, and that in consequence work which ought to have been in +full swing had barely been begun, he went on to say that it was +time they knew how they stood in every respect, and especially +thanked the officer in charge of the stores and those who looked +after the animals, for knowing the exact position as regards +provision and transport. Then he said that in respect to the +future chance must play a great part, but that experience showed +him that no more fitting men could have been chosen to support +him on the journey to the South than those who were to start in +that direction in the following spring. Finally he thanked all +of his companions for having put their shoulders to the wheel +and given him so much confidence. + +Thereupon they drank to the Success of the Expedition, and +afterwards everyone was called to speak in turn. + +'Needless to say, all were entirely modest and brief; unexpectedly, +all had exceedingly kind things to say of me--in fact I was obliged +to request the omissions of compliments at an early stage. +Nevertheless it was gratifying to have a really genuine recognition +of my attitude towards the scientific workers of the expedition, +and I felt very warmly towards all these kind, good fellows for +expressing it. If good will and fellowship count towards success, +very surely shall we deserve to succeed. It was matter for comment, +much applauded, that there had not been a single disagreement +between any two members of our party from the beginning. By the +end of dinner a very cheerful spirit prevailed.' + +The table having been cleared and upended and the chairs arranged +in rows, Ponting displayed a series of slides from his own local +negatives, and then, after the healths of Campbell's party and +of those on board the Terra Nova had been drunk, a set of lancers +was formed. In the midst of this scene of revelry Bowers suddenly +appeared, followed by satellites bearing an enormous Christmas +tree, the branches of which bore flaming candles, gaudy crackers, +and little presents for everyone; the distribution of which caused +infinite amusement. Thus the high festival of Midwinter was +celebrated in the most convivial way, but that it was so reminiscent +of a Christmas spent in England was partly, at any rate, due to +those kind people who had anticipated the celebration by providing +presents and other tokens of their interest in the expedition. + +'Few,' Scott says, 'could take great exception to so rare an +outburst in a long run of quiet days. After all we celebrated +the birth of a season, which for weal or woe must be numbered +amongst the greatest in our lives.' + + + + +CHAPTER V + +WINTER + + Come what may + Time and the hour runs through the darkest day. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +During the latter part of June the Cape Crozier Party were busy +in making preparations for their departure. The object of their +journey to the Emperor penguin rookery in the cold and darkness +of an Antarctic winter was to secure eggs at such a stage as +could furnish a series of early embryos, by means of which alone +the particular points of interest in the development of the bird +could be worked out. As the Emperor is peculiar in nesting at +the coldest season of the year, this journey entailed the risk +of sledge traveling in mid-winter, and the travelers had also to +traverse about a hundred miles of the Barrier surface, and to +cross a chaos of crevasses which had previously taken a party as +much as two hours to cross by daylight. + +[Illustration: Pitching the double tent on the summit. +(P.O. Evans; Dr. Wilson.)] + +Such was the enterprise for which Wilson, Bowers and Cherry-Garrard +were with the help of others making preparations, and apart +from the extraordinarily adventurous side of this journey, it +was most interesting because the travelers were to make several +experiments. Each man was to go on a different food scale, +eiderdown sleeping-bags were to be carried inside the reindeer +ones, and a new kind of crampon and a double tent were to be +tried. 'I came across a hint as to the value of a double tent +in Sverdrup's book, "New Land,"' Scott wrote on June 20, 'and +P.O. Evans has made a lining for one of the tents, it is secured +on the inner side of the poles and provides an air space inside +the tent. I think it is going to be a great success.' + +By the 26th preparations for the party to start from Cape Evans +were completed, their heavy load when they set out on the following +morning being distributed on two 9-foot sledges, 'This winter +travel is a new and bold venture, but the right men have gone +to attempt it. All good luck go with them!' + +While the winter travelers were pursuing their strenuous way work +went steadily on at Cape Evans, with no exciting nor alarming +incident until July 4. On the morning of that day the wind blew +furiously, but it moderated a little in the afternoon when Atkinson +and Gran, without Scott's knowledge, decided to start over the +floe for the North and South Bay thermometers respectively. This +happened at 5.30 P.M., and Gran had returned by 6.45, but not +until later did Scott hear that he had only gone two or three +hundred yards from the land, and that it had taken him nearly +an hour to find his way back. + +Atkinson's continued absence passed unnoticed until dinner was +nearly finished, but Scott did not feel seriously alarmed until +the wind sprang up again and still the wanderer did not return. At +9.30, P.O. Evans, Crean and Keohane, who had been out looking for +him, returned without any news, and the possibility of a serious +accident had to be faced. Organized search parties were at once +dispatched, Scott and Clissold alone remaining in the hut. And as +the minutes slipped slowly by Scott's fears naturally increased, +as Atkinson had started for a point not much more than a mile off +and had been away more than five hours. From that fact only one +conclusion could be drawn, and there was but small comfort to be +got from the knowledge that every spot which was likely to be the +scene of an accident would be thoroughly searched. + +Thus 11 o'clock came, then 11.30 with its six hours of absence; +and the strain of waiting became almost unbearable. But a quarter +of an hour later Scott heard voices from the Cape, and presently, +to his extreme relief, Meares and Debenham appeared with Atkinson, +who was badly frost-bitten in the hand, and, as was to be expected +after such an adventure, very confused. + +At 2 A.M. Scott wrote in his diary, 'The search parties have +returned and all is well again, but we must have no more of these +very unnecessary escapades. Yet it is impossible not to realize +that this bit of experience has done more than all the talking +I could have ever accomplished to bring home to our people the +dangers of a blizzard.' + +On investigation it was obvious that Atkinson had been in great +danger. First of all he had hit Inaccessible Island, and not +until he arrived in its lee did he discover that his hand was +frost-bitten. Having waited there for some time he groped his +way to the western end, and then wandering away in a swirl of +drift to clear some irregularities at the ice-foot, he completely +lost the island when he could only have been a few yards from it. +In this predicament he clung to the old idea of walking up wind, +and it must be considered wholly providential that on this course +he next struck Tent Island. Round this island he walked under the +impression that it was Inaccessible Island, and at last dug +himself a shelter on its lee side. When the moon appeared he +judged its bearing well, and as he traveled homeward was vastly +surprised to see the real Inaccessible Island appear on his left. +'There can be no doubt that in a blizzard a man has not only +to safeguard the circulation in his limbs, but must struggle +with a sluggishness of brain and an absence of reasoning power +which is far more likely to undo him.' + +About mid-day on Friday, July 7, the worst gale that Scott had +ever known in Antarctic regions began, and went on for a week. +The force of the wind, although exceptional, had been equaled +earlier in the year, but the extraordinary feature of this gale +was the long continuance of a very cold temperature. On Friday +night the thermometer registered -39°, and throughout Saturday +and the greater part of Sunday it did not rise above -35°. It +was Scott's turn for duty on Saturday night, and whenever he had +to go out of doors the impossibility of enduring such conditions +for any length of time was impressed forcibly upon him. The fine +snow beat in behind his wind guard, the gusts took away his breath, +and ten paces against the wind were enough to cause real danger +of a frost-bitten face. To clear the anemometer vane he had to go +to the other end of the hut and climb a ladder; and twice while +engaged in this task he had literally to lean against the wind +with head bent and face averted, and so stagger crab-like on his +course. + +By Tuesday the temperature had risen to +5° or +7°, but the gale +still continued and the air was thick with snow. The knowledge, +however, that the dogs were comfortable was a great consolation to +Scott, and he also found both amusement and pleasure in observing +the customs of the people in charge of the stores. The policy +of every storekeeper was to have something up his sleeve for a +rainy day, and an excellent policy Scott thought it. 'Tools, metal +material, leather, straps, and dozens of items are administered +with the same spirit of jealous guardianship by Day, Lashly, +Oates and Meares, while our main storekeeper Bowers even affects +to bemoan imaginary shortages. Such parsimony is the best guarantee +that we are prepared to face any serious call.' + +For an hour on Wednesday afternoon the wind moderated, and the +ponies were able to get a short walk over the floe, but this was +only a temporary lull, for the gale was soon blowing as furiously +as ever. And the following night brought not only a continuance +of the bad weather but also bad news. At mid-day one of the best +ponies, Bones, suddenly went off his feed, and in spite of Oates' +and Anton's most careful attention he soon became critically ill. +Oates gave him an opium pill and later on a second, and sacks +were heated and placed on the suffering animal, but hour after +hour passed without any improvement. As the evening wore on +Scott again and again visited the stable, only to hear the same +tale from Oates and Crean, [Footnote: Bones was the pony which +had been allotted to Crean.] who never left their patient. +'Towards midnight,' Scott says, 'I felt very downcast. It is so +certain that we cannot afford to lose a single pony--the margin of +safety has already been overstepped, we are reduced to face the +circumstance that we must keep all the animals alive or greatly +risk failure.' + +Shortly after midnight, however, there were signs of an improvement, +and two or three hours afterwards the pony was out of danger and +proceeded to make a rapid and complete recovery. So far, since the +return to Cape Evans, the ponies had given practically no cause for +anxiety, and in consequence Scott's hopes that all would continue +to be well with them had steadily grown; but this shock shattered +his sense of security, and although various alterations were made +in the arrangements of the stables and extra precautions were taken +as regards food, he was never again without alarms for the safety +of the precious ponies. + +Another raging blizzard swept over Cape Evans on July 22 and 23, +but the spirit of good comradeship still survived in spite of the +atrocious weather and the rather monotonous life. 'There is no +longer room for doubt that we shall come to our work with a unity +of purpose and a disposition for mutual support which have never +been equaled in these paths of activity. Such a spirit should tide +us over all minor difficulties.' + +By the end of the month Scott was beginning to wonder why the +Crozier Party did not return, but on Tuesday, August 1, they +came back looking terribly weather-worn and 'after enduring for +five weeks the hardest conditions on record.' Their faces were +scarred and wrinkled, their eyes dull, and their hands whitened +and creased with the constant exposure to damp and cold. Quite +obviously the main part of their afflictions arose from sheer +lack of sleep, and after a night's rest they were very different +people both in mind and body. + +Writing on August 2, Scott says, 'Wilson is very thin, but this +morning very much his keen, wiry self--Bowers is quite himself +to-day. Cherry-Garrard is slightly puffy in the face and still +looks worn. It is evident that he has suffered most severely--but +Wilson tells me that his spirit never wavered for a moment. Bowers +has come through best, all things considered, and I believe that +he is the hardest traveler that ever undertook a Polar journey, +as well as one of the most undaunted; more by hint than direct +statement I gather his value to the party, his untiring energy +and the astonishing physique which enables him to continue to +work under conditions which are absolutely paralyzing to others. +Never was such a sturdy, active, undefeatable little man.' + +Gradually Scott gathered an account of this wonderful journey +from the three travelers who had made it. For more than a week +the thermometer fell below -60°, and on one night the minimum +showed -71°, and on the next -77°. Although in this fearful cold +the air was comparatively still, occasional little puffs of wind +eddied across the snow plain with blighting effect. 'No civilized +being has ever encountered such conditions before with only a +tent of thin canvas to rely on for shelter.' Records show that +Amundsen when journeying to the N. magnetic pole met temperatures +of a similar degree, but he was with Esquimaux who built him +an igloo shelter nightly, he had also a good measure of daylight, +and finally he turned homeward and regained his ship after five +days' absence, while this party went outward and were absent for +five weeks. + +Nearly a fortnight was spent in crossing the coldest region, +and then rounding C. Mackay they entered the wind-swept area. +Blizzard followed blizzard, but in a light that was little better +than complete darkness they staggered on. Sometimes they found +themselves high on the slopes of Terror on the left of the track, +sometimes diving on the right amid crevasses and confused ice +disturbance. Having reached the foothills near Cape Crozier they +ascended 800 feet, packed their belongings over a moraine ridge, +and began to build a hut. Three days were spent in building the +stone walls and completing the roof with the canvas brought for +the purpose, and then at last they could attend to the main object +of their journey. + +The scant twilight at mid-day was so short that a start had to be +made in the dark, and consequently they ran the risk of missing +their way in returning without light. At their first attempt they +failed to reach the penguin rookery, but undismayed they started +again on the following day, and wound their way through frightful +ice disturbances under the high basalt cliffs. In places the rock +overhung, and at one spot they had to creep through a small channel +hollowed in the ice. At last the sea-ice was reached, but by that +time the light was so far spent that everything had to be rushed. +Instead of the 2,000 or 3,000 nesting birds that had been seen +at this rookery in Discovery days, they could only count about a +hundred. As a reason for this a suggestion was made that possibly +the date was too early, and that if the birds had not permanently +deserted the rookery only the first arrivals had been seen. + +With no delay they killed and skinned three penguins to get blubber +for their stove, and with six eggs, only three of which were saved, +made a hasty dash for their camp, which by good luck they regained. + +On that same night a blizzard began, and from moment to moment +increased in fury. Very soon they found that the place where they +had, with the hope of shelter, built their hut, was unfortunately +chosen, for the wind instead of striking them directly was deflected +on to them in furious, whirling gusts. Heavy blocks of snow and +rock placed on the roof were hurled away and the canvas ballooned +up, its disappearance being merely a question of time. + +Close to the hut they had erected their tent and had left several +valuable articles inside it; the tent had been well spread and +amply secured with snow and boulders, but one terrific gust tore +it up and whirred it away. Inside the hut they waited for the +roof to vanish, and wondered, while they vainly tried to make it +secure, what they could do if it went. After fourteen hours it +disappeared, as they were trying to pin down one corner. Thereupon +the smother of snow swept over them, and all they could do was +to dive immediately for their sleeping-bags. Once Bowers put +out his head and said, 'We're all right,' in as ordinary tones +as he could manage, whereupon Wilson and Cherry-Garrard replied, +'Yes, we're all right'; then all of them were silent for a night +and half a day, while the wind howled and howled, and the snow +entered every chink and crevice of their sleeping-bags. + +'This gale,' Scott says, 'was the same (July 23) in which we +registered our maximum wind force, and it seems probable that +it fell on Cape Crozier even more violently than on us.' + +The wind fell at noon on the following day, and the wretched +travelers then crept from their icy nests, spread the floorcloth +over their heads, and lit their primus. For the first time in +forty-eight hours they tasted food, and having eaten their meal +under these extraordinary conditions they began to talk of plans +to build shelters on the homeward route. Every night, they decided, +they must dig a large pit and cover it as best they could with +their floorcloth. + +Fortune, however, was now to befriend them, as about half a mile +from the hut Bowers discovered their tent practically uninjured. But +on the following day when they started homeward another blizzard +fell upon them, and kept them prisoners for two more days. + +By this time the miserable condition of their effects was beyond +description. The sleeping-bags could not be rolled up, in fact +they were so thoroughly frozen that attempts to bend them actually +broke the skins. All socks, finnesko, and mitts had long been +coated with ice, and when placed in breast-pockets or inside +vests at night they did not even show signs of thawing. Indeed +it is scarcely possible to realize the horrible discomforts of +these three forlorn travelers, as they plodded back across the +Barrier in a temperature constantly below -60°. + +[Illustration: Adélie penguin on nest.] + +[Illustration: Emperor penguins on sea-ice.] + +'Wilson,' Scott wrote, 'is disappointed at seeing so little of +the penguins, but to me and to everyone who has remained here the +result of this effort is the appeal it makes to our imagination +as one of the most gallant stories of Polar history. That men +should wander forth in the depth of a Polar night to face the +most dismal cold and the fiercest gales in darkness is something +new; that they should have persisted in this effort in spite of +every adversity for five full weeks is heroic. It makes a tale +for our generation which I hope may not be lost in the telling. + +'Moreover the material results are by no means despicable. We shall +know now when that extraordinary bird the Emperor penguin lays +its eggs, and under what conditions; but even if our information +remains meager concerning its embryology, our party has shown +the nature of the conditions which exist on the Great Barrier in +winter. Hitherto we have only imagined their severity; now we have +proof, and a positive light is thrown on the local climatology +of our Strait.' + +Of the indomitable spirit shown by his companions on this journey +Cherry-Garrard gives wonderful and convincing proof in his diary. +Bowers, with his capacity for sleeping under the most distressing +conditions, was 'absolutely magnificent'; and the story of how +he arranged a line by which he fastened the cap of the tent to +himself, so that if it went away a second time it should not be +unaccompanied, is only one of the many tales of his resource and +determination. + +In addition to the eggs that the party had brought back and the +knowledge of the winter conditions on the Barrier that they had +gained, their journey settled several points in connection with +future sledding work. They had traveled on a very simple food +ration in different and extreme proportions, for the only provisions +they took were pemmican, butter, biscuit and tea. After a short +experience they found that Wilson, who had arranged for the greatest +quantity of fat, had too much of it, while Cherry-Garrard, who had +declared for biscuit, had more than he could eat. Then a middle +course was struck which gave a proportion agreeable to all of them, +and which at the same time suited the total quantities of their +various articles of food. The only change that was suggested was +the addition of cocoa for the evening meal, because the travelers, +thinking that tea robbed them of their slender chance of sleep, +had contented themselves with hot water. 'In this way,' Scott +decided, 'we have arrived at a simple and suitable ration for the +inland plateau.' + +Of the sleeping-bags there was little to be said, for although the +eiderdown bag might be useful for a short spring trip, it became +iced up too quickly to be much good on a long journey. Bowers +never used his eiderdown bag, [Footnote: He insisted upon giving +it to Cherry-Garrard. 'It was,' the latter says, 'wonderfully +self-sacrificing of him, more than I can write. I felt a brute +to take it, but I was getting useless unless I got some sleep, +which my big bag would not allow.'] and in some miraculous manner +he managed more than once to turn his reindeer bag. The weights +of the sleeping-bags before and after the journey give some idea +of the ice collected. + + Starting Final + Weight Weight + Wilson, reindeer and eiderdown. 17 lbs. 40 lbs. + Bowers, reindeer only. 17 " 33 " + C.-Garrard, reindeer and eiderdown. 18 " 45 " + +The double tent was considered a great success, and the new crampons +were much praised except by Bowers, whose fondness for the older +form was not to be shaken. 'We have discovered,' Scott stated +in summing up the results of the journey, 'a hundred details of +clothes, mitts, and footwear: there seems no solution to the +difficulties which attach to these articles in extreme cold; all +Wilson can say, speaking broadly, is "The gear is excellent, +excellent." One continues to wonder as to the possibilities of +fur clothing as made by the Esquimaux, with a sneaking feeling +that it may outclass our more civilized garb. For us this can +only be a matter of speculation, as it would have been quite +impossible to have obtained such articles. With the exception +of this radically different alternative, I feel sure we are as +near perfection as experience can direct. At any rate we can +now hold that our system of clothing has come through a severer +test than any other, fur included.' + +With the return of the Cape Crozier Party lectures were resumed, +and apart from one or two gales the weather was so good and the +returning light so stimulating both to man and beast, that the +spirits of the former rose apace while those of the latter became +almost riotous when exercised. On August 10, Scott and the new +masters were to take charge on September 1, so that they could +exercise their respective animals and get to know them as well +as possible. The new arrangement was: + + Bowers Victor + Wilson Nobby + Atkinson Jehu + Wright Chinaman + Cherry-Garrard Michael + Evans (P.O.) Snatcher + Crean Bones + Keohane Jimmy Pigg + Oates Christopher + Scott and Oates Snippets. + +On the same day Oates gave his second excellent lecture on 'Horse +Management,' and afterwards the problem of snow-shoes was seriously +discussed. Besides the problem of the form of the shoes was also +the question of the means of attachment, and as to both points +all sorts of suggestions were made. At that time Scott's opinion +was that the pony snow-shoes they had, which were made on the +grating or racquet principle, would probably be the best, the +only alternative seeming to be to perfect the principle of the +lawn mowing shoe. 'Perhaps,' he adds, 'we shall come to both +kinds: the first for the quiet animals and the last for the more +excitable. I am confident the matter is of first importance.' + +Ten days later Scott had to admit that the ponies were becoming +a handful, and for the time being they would have been quite +unmanageable if they had been given any oats. As it was, +Christopher, Snippets and Victor were suffering from such high +spirits that all three of them bolted on the 21st. + +A prolonged gale arrived just as the return of the sun was due, +and for three days everyone was more or less shut up in the hut. +Although the temperature was not especially low anyone who went +outside for even the briefest moment had to dress in wind clothes, +because exposed woolen or cloth materials became so instantaneously +covered with powdery crystals, that when they were brought back +into the warmth they were soon wringing wet. When, however, there +was no drift it was quicker and easier to slip on an overcoat, and +for his own garment of this description Scott admits a sentimental +attachment. 'I must confess,' he says, 'an affection for my veteran +uniform overcoat, inspired by its persistent utility. I find that +it is twenty-three years of age and can testify to its strenuous +existence. It has been spared neither rain, wind, nor salt sea +spray, tropic heat nor Arctic cold; it has outlived many sets of +buttons, from their glittering gilded youth to green old age, and +it supports its four-stripe shoulder straps as gaily as the single +lace ring of the early days which proclaimed it the possession of +a humble sub-lieutenant. Withal it is still a very long way from +the fate of the "one-horse shay."' + +Not until August 26 did the sun appear, and everyone was at once +out and about and in the most cheerful frame of mind. The shouts +and songs of men could be heard for miles, and the outlook on +life of every member of the expedition seemed suddenly to have +changed. For if there is little that is new to be said about the +return of the sun in Polar regions, it must always be a very real +and important event to those who have lived without it for so many +months, and who have almost forgotten the sensation of standing in +brilliant sunshine. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +GOOD-BYE TO CAPE EVANS + + So far as I can venture to offer an opinion on such a matter, + the purpose of our being in existence, the highest object that + human beings can set before themselves, is not the pursuit of + any such chimera as the annihilating of the unknown; but it is + simply the unwearied endeavor to remove its boundaries a little + further from our little sphere of action. + --HUXLEY. + +With the return of the sun preparations for the summer campaign +continued more zealously and industriously than ever, and what +seemed like a real start was made when Meares and Demetri went +off to Hut Point on September 1 with the dog teams. For such an +early departure there was no real reason unless Meares hoped to +train the dogs better when he had got them to himself; but he +chose to start, and Scott, after setting out the work he had to +do, left him to come and go between the two huts as he pleased. + +Meanwhile with Bowers' able assistance Scott set to work at sledding +figures, and although he felt as the scheme developed that their +organization would not be found wanting, he was also a little +troubled by the immense amount of detail, and by the fact that +every arrangement had to be more than usually elastic, so that +both the complete success and the utter failure of the motors +could be taken fully into account. 'I think,' he says, 'that our +plan will carry us through without the motors (though in that +case nothing else must fail), and will take full advantage of +such help as the motors may give.' + +The spring traveling could not be extensive, because of necessity +the majority of the company had to stay at home and exercise the +ponies, which was not likely to be a light task when the food of +these enterprising animals was increased. E. Evans, Gran and Forde, +however, were to go and re-mark Corner Camp, and then Meares with +his dogs was to carry as much fodder there as possible, while +Bowers, Simpson, P.O. Evans and Scott were to 'stretch their legs' +across the Western Mountains. + +[Illustration: Dog party starting from Hut Point.] + +[Illustration: Dog lines.] + +During the whole of the week ending on September 10, Scott was +occupied with making detailed plans for the Southern journey, +every figure being checked by Bowers, 'who has been an enormous +help.' And later on, in speaking of the transport department, +Scott says, 'In spite of all the care I have taken to make the +details of my plan clear by lucid explanation, I find that Bowers +is the only man on whom I can thoroughly rely to carry out the +work without mistakes.' The result of this week's work and study +was that Scott came to the conclusion that there would be no +difficulty in getting to the Glacier if the motors were successful, +and that even if the motors failed they still ought to get there +with any ordinary degree of good fortune. To work three units of +four men from that point onward would, he admitted, take a large +amount of provisions, but with the proper division he thought that +they ought to attain their object. 'I have tried,' he said, 'to take +every reasonable possibility of misfortune into consideration;... +I fear to be too sanguine, yet taking everything into consideration +I feel that our chances ought to be good. The animals are in +splendid form. Day by day the ponies get fitter as their exercise +increases.... But we cannot spare any of the ten, and so there must +always be anxiety of the disablement of one or more before their +work is done.' + +Apart from the great help he would obtain if the motors were +successful, Scott was very eager that they should be of some +use so that all the time, money and thought which had been given +to their construction should not be entirely wasted. But whatever +the outcome of these motors, his belief in the possibility of +motor traction for Polar work remained, though while it was in +an untried and evolutionary state he was too cautious and wise +a leader to place any definite reliance upon it. + +If, however, Scott was more than a little doubtful about the motors, +he was absolutely confident about the men who were chosen for the +Southern advance. 'All are now experienced sledge travelers, knit +together with a bond of friendship that has never been equaled +under such circumstances. Thanks to these people, and more +especially to Bowers and Petty Officer Evans, there is not a +single detail of our equipment which is not arranged with the +utmost care and in accordance with the tests of experience.' + +On Saturday, September 9, E. R. Evans, Forde and Gran left for +Corner Camp, and then for a few days Scott was busy finishing +up the Southern plans, getting instruction in photography, and +preparing for his journey to the west. On the Southern trip he had +determined to make a better show of photographic work than had yet +been accomplished, and with Ponting as eager to help others as he +was to produce good work himself an invaluable instructor was at +hand. + +With the main objects of having another look at the Ferrar Glacier +and of measuring the stakes put out by Wright in the previous +year, of bringing their sledge impressions up to date, and of +practicing with their cameras, Scott and his party started off +to the west on the 15th, without having decided precisely where +they were going or how long they would stay away. + +Two and a half days were spent in reaching Butter Point, and then +they proceeded up the Ferrar Glacier and reached the Cathedral +Rocks on the 19th. There they found the stakes placed by Wright +across the glacier, and spent the remainder of that day and the +whole of the next in plotting accurately their position. 'Very +cold wind down glacier increasing. In spite of this Bowers wrestled +with theodolite. He is really wonderful. I have never seen anyone +who could go on so long with bare fingers. My own fingers went +every few moments.' + +After plotting out the figures it turned out that the movement +varied from 24 to 32 feet, an extremely important observation, +and the first made on the movements of the coastal glaciers. +Though a greater movement than Scott expected to find, it was +small enough to show that the idea of comparative stagnation was +correct. On the next day they came down the Glacier, and then went +slowly up the coast, dipping into New Harbor, where they climbed +the moraine, took angles and collected rock specimens. At Cape +Bernacchi a quantity of pure quartz was found, and in it veins of +copper ore--an interesting discovery, for it was the first find +of minerals suggestive of the possibility of working. + +On the next day they sighted a long, low ice wall, and at a distance +mistook it for a long glacier tongue stretching seaward from the +land. But as they approached it they saw a dark mark, and it +suddenly dawned upon them that the tongue was detached from the +land. Half recognizing familiar features they turned towards it, +and as they got close they saw that it was very like their old +Erebus Glacier Tongue. Then they sighted a flag upon it, and +realized that it was the piece broken off from the Erebus Tongue. +Near the outer end they camped, and climbing on to it soon found +the depôt of fodder left by Campbell, and the line of stakes +planted to guide the ponies in the autumn. So there, firmly +anchored, was the piece broken from the Glacier Tongue in the +previous March, a huge tract about two miles long which had +turned through half a circle, so that the old western end was +towards the east. 'Considering the many cracks in the ice mass +it is most astonishing that it should have remained intact +throughout its sea voyage. At one time it was suggested that the +hut should be placed on this Tongue. What an adventurous voyage +the occupants would have had! The Tongue which was 5 miles south +of Cape Evans is now 4° miles W.N.W. of it.' + +[Illustration: Panorama at Cape Evans. (Cliffs of Barne Glacier; +Open Sea; Mount Erebus.)] + +[Illustration: Berg in South Bay.] + +From the Glacier Tongue they still pushed north, and on the 24th, +just before the fog descended upon them, they got a view along +the stretch of coast to the north. So far the journey had been +more pleasant than Scott had anticipated, but two days after they +had turned back a heavy blizzard descended upon them, and although +an attempt was made to continue marching, they were soon compelled +to camp. After being held up completely on the 27th they started +again on the following day in a very frost-biting wind. From time +to time they were obliged to halt so that their frozen features +could be brought round, Simpson suffering more than the rest of +the party; and with drift coming on again they were weather-bound +in their tent during the early part of the afternoon. At 3 P.M., +however, the drift ceased, and they started off once more in a +wind as biting as ever. Then Scott saw an ominous yellow fuzzy +appearance on the southern ridges of Erebus, and knew that another +snowstorm was approaching; but hoping that this storm would miss +them, he kept on until Inaccessible Island was suddenly blotted +out. Thereupon a rush was made for a camp site, but the blizzard +swept upon them, and in the driving snow they found it utterly +impossible to set up their inner tent, and could only just manage +to set up the outer one. A few hours later the weather again +cleared, and as they were more or less snowed up, they decided +to push for Cape Evans in spite of the wind. 'We arrived in at +1.15 A.M., pretty well done. The wind never let up for an instant; +the temperature remained about -16°, and the 21 statute miles +which we marched in the day must be remembered amongst the most +strenuous in my memory.... The objects of our little journey +were satisfactorily accomplished, but the greatest source of +pleasure to me is to realize that I have such men as Bowers and +P.O. Evans for the Southern journey. I do not think that harder +men or better sledge travelers ever took the trail. Bowers is +a little wonder. I realize all that he must have done for the +C. Crozier Party in their far severer experience.' + +Late as the hour was when the travelers appeared at Cape Evans, +everyone was soon up and telling Scott what had happened during +his absence. E. Evans, Gran and Forde had reached Corner Camp and +found that it showed up well, and consequently all anxiety as to +the chance of finding One Ton Camp was removed. Forde, however, +had got his hand so badly frost-bitten that he was bound to be +incapacitated for some time, and this meant that the arrangements +that had already been made for a geological party to go to the +west would in all probability have to be altered. + +All of the ponies were reported to be very well, but Scott's joy +at this news vanished on October 3 when Atkinson reported that +Jehu was still too weak to pull a load. Oates also was having +great trouble with Christopher, who did not appreciate being +harnessed and generally bolted at the mere sight of a sledge. +'He is going,' Scott, in referring to this most intractable pony, +wrote, 'to be a trial, but he is a good strong pony and should +do yeoman service. Day is increasingly hopeful about the motors. +He is an ingenious person and has been turning up new rollers out +of a baulk of oak supplied by Meares, and with Simpson's small +motor as a lathe. The motors may save the situation.' + +On the 5th Scott made a thorough inspection of Jehu and became +convinced that he was useless. Chinaman and James Pigg were also +no towers of strength. 'But the other seven are in fine form and +must bear the brunt of the work somehow. If we suffer more loss +we shall depend on the motor, and then!... well, one must face +the bad as well as the good.' + +During the following day, after Christopher had given his usual +exhibition at the start, Wilson, Oates, Cherry-Garrard and Crean +went over to Hut Point with their ponies; and late on the same +afternoon the Hut Point telephone bell suddenly rang. The line +had been laid by Meares some time before, but hitherto there +had been no communication. Now, however, Scott heard a voice and +found himself able to hold long conversations with Meares and +Oates. 'Not a very wonderful fact, perhaps, but it seems wonderful +in this primitive land to be talking to one's fellow beings 15 +miles away. Oates told me that the ponies had arrived in fine +order, Christopher a little done, but carrying the heaviest load. +If we can keep the telephone going it will be a great boon, +especially to Meares later in the season.' + +After service on Sunday morning Scott, continuing his course of +photography under the excellent instruction of Ponting, went out +to the Pressure Ridge, and thoroughly enjoyed himself. Worries, +however, were in store, for later in the afternoon, by which +time Scott had returned to the hut, a telephone message from +Nelson's igloo brought the news that Clissold had fallen from a +berg and hurt his back. In three minutes Bowers had organized a +sledge party, and fortunately Atkinson was on the spot and able +to join it. Scott himself at once hurried over the land, and +found Ponting very distressed and Clissold practically insensible. + +It appeared that Clissold had been acting as Ponting's 'model,' +and that they had been climbing about the berg to get pictures. +Ponting had lent his crampons and ice-axe to Clissold, but the +latter nevertheless missed his footing after one of the 'poses,' +and after sliding over a rounded surface of ice for some twelve +feet, had dropped six feet on to a sharp angle in the wall of +the berg. Unquestionably Clissold was badly hurt, and although +neither Wilson nor Atkinson thought that anything very serious +had happened, there was no doubt that the accident would prevent +him from taking the place allotted to him in the motor sledge +party. Thus there were two men on the sick list, and after all +the trouble that had been taken to get things ready for the summer +journeys Scott naturally felt that these misfortunes were more +than a little deplorable. On the other hand, all was going well +with the ponies, though Christopher's dislike to sledges seemed +rather to increase than to lessen. When once he was in the sledge +he had always behaved himself until October 13, when he gave a +really great exhibition of perversity. On this occasion a dog +frightened him, and having twisted the rope from Oates' hands +he bolted for all he was worth. When, however, he had obtained +his freedom, he set about most systematically to get rid of his +load. At first he gave sudden twists and thus dislodged two bales +of hay, but when he caught sight of some other sledges a better +idea at once struck him, and he dashed straight at them with +the evident intention of getting free of his load at one fell +swoop. Two or three times he ran for Bowers and then he turned +his attention to Keohane, his plan being to charge from a short +distance with teeth bared and heels flying. By this time his +antics had brought a small group to the scene, and presently +Oates, Bowers, Nelson and Atkinson managed to clamber on to the +sledge. Undaunted, however, by this human burden, he tried to +treat it as he had the bales of hay, and he did manage to dispose +of Atkinson with violence; but the others dug their heels into the +snow and succeeded at last in tiring him out. 'I am exceedingly +glad,' Scott says, 'there are not other ponies like him. These +capers promise trouble, but I think a little soft snow on the +Barrier may effectually cure them.' + +On Tuesday, October 17, the motors were to be taken on to the floe, +but the attempt was not successful, the axle casing (aluminum) +splitting soon after the trial had begun. Once again Scott expressed +his conviction that the motors would be of little assistance, +though at the same time retaining his opinion that with more +experience they might have been of the greatest service. 'The +trouble is that if they fail, no one will ever believe this.' + +The days at Cape Evans were now rapidly drawing to a close. Plans +and preparations occupied the attention of everyone, and Scott's +time was almost wholly occupied in preparing details and in writing. +'Words,' he said in a letter dated October, 1912, 'must always +fail me when I talk of Bill Wilson. I believe he really is the +finest character I ever met--the closer one gets to him the more +there is to admire. Every quality is so solid and dependable; +cannot you imagine how that counts down here? Whatever the matter, +one knows Bill will be sound, shrewdly practical, intensely loyal, +and quite unselfish. Add to this a wider knowledge of persons and +things than is at first guessable, a quiet vein of humor and really +consummate tact, and you have some idea of his values. I think he +is the most popular member of the party, and that is saying much. + +'Bowers is all and more than I ever expected of him. He is a +positive treasure, absolutely trustworthy, and prodigiously +energetic. He is about the hardest man amongst us, and that is +saying a good deal--nothing seems to hurt his tough little body, +and certainly no hardship daunts his spirit. I shall have a +hundred little tales to tell you of his indefatigable zeal, his +unselfishness, and his inextinguishable good humor. He surprises +always, for his intelligence is of quite a high order and his +memory for details most exceptional. You can imagine him, as he is, +an indispensable assistant to me in every detail concerning the +management and organization of our sledding work and a delightful +companion on the march. + +'One of the greatest successes is Wright. He is very hard working, +very thorough, and absolutely ready for anything. Like Bowers he +has taken to sledding like a duck to water, and although he hasn't +had such severe testing, I believe he would stand it pretty nearly +as well. Nothing ever seems to worry him, and I can't imagine he +ever complained of anything in his life. + +'The Soldier is very popular with all--a delightfully humorous +cheery old pessimist--striving with the ponies night and day and +bringing woeful accounts of their small ailments into the hut. + +'Atkinson will go far, I think; he has a positive passion for +helping others. It is extraordinary what pains he will take to +do a kind thing unobtrusively. + +'Cherry-Garrard is clean grit right through; one has caught glimpses +of him in tight places. + +'Day has the sweetest temper and all sorts of other nice +characteristics. Moreover he has a very remarkable mechanical +ability, and I believe is about as good a man as could have been +selected for his job. + +'I don't think I will give such long descriptions of the others, +though most of them deserve equally high praise. Taken all round, +they are a perfectly excellent lot. + +'The men are equally fine. P.O. Evans looks after our sledges +and sledge equipment with a care of management and a fertility +of resource which is truly astonishing. On "trek" he is just as +sound and hard as ever, and has an inexhaustible store of anecdote. +Crean is perfectly happy, ready to do anything and go anywhere, +the harder the work, the better. Evans and Crean are great friends. +Lashly is his old self in every respect, hard working to the limit, +quiet, abstemious and determined. You see altogether I have a good +set of people with me, and it will go hard if we don't achieve +something. + +'The study of individual characters is a pleasant pastime in such +a mixed community of thoroughly nice people... men of the most +diverse upbringing and experience are really pals with one another, +and the subjects which would be delicate ground of discussion +between acquaintances are just those which are most freely used +for jest.... I have never seen a temper lost in these discussions. +So as I sit here I am very satisfied with these things. I think +that it would have been difficult to better the organization of +the party--every man has his work and is especially adapted for +it; there is no gap and no overlap. It is all that I desired, and +the same might well be said of the men selected to do the work.... + +'I don't know what to think of Amundsen's chances. If he gets +to the Pole, it must be before we do, as he is bound to travel +fast with dogs and pretty certain to start early. On this account +I decided at a very early date to act exactly as I should have +done had he not existed. Any attempt to race must have wrecked +my plan, besides which it doesn't appear the sort of thing one +is out for. + +'Possibly you will have heard something before this reaches you. +Oh! and there are all sorts of possibilities. In any case you +can rely on my not doing or saying anything foolish--only I'm +afraid you must be prepared for the chance of finding our venture +much belittled. + +'After all, it is the work that counts, not the applause that +follows.' + +The transport of emergency stores to Hut Point was delayed by +the weather until October 22, but on that day the most important +stores--which were for the returning depôts and to provision +the Discovery hut in case the Terra Nova did not arrive--were +taken by Wilson, Bowers and P.O. Evans and their ponies to Glacier +Tongue. Accidents, however, were still to happen, for while Bowers +was holding the ponies so that Wilson and Evans could unload them, +Victor got the hook, which fastened the harness to the trace of +another pony, into his nose. At that moment a lot of drift swept +upon them, and immediately all three of the ponies stampeded, +Snatcher making for home and Nobby for the Western Mountains, +while Victor, with Bowers still hanging on to him, just bolted +here, there and everywhere. Wilson and P.O. Evans at once started +after their ponies, and the former by means of a biscuit as a bait +managed to catch Nobby west of Tent Island, but Snatcher arrived, +with a single trace and dangling sledge, by himself at Cape Evans. +Half an hour after Wilson had returned Bowers brought in Victor, +who had a gash in his nose, and was very much distressed. 'I +don't know,' Scott says, 'how Bowers managed to hang on to the +frightened animal; I don't believe anyone else would have done +so.... Two lessons arise. First, however quiet the animals appear +they must not be left by their drivers--no chance must be taken; +secondly, the hooks on the hames of the harness must be altered +in shape. I suppose such incidents as this were to be expected, +one cannot have ponies very fresh and vigorous and expect them +to behave like lambs, but I shall be glad when we are off and +can know more definitely what resources we can count on.' + +In addition to this mishap, a football match had been got up two +days before, in which Debenham hurt his knee. Thus the Western +Party was again delayed, the only compensation for this accident +being that Forde's hand would have a better chance of recovery +while Debenham's knee was given time to improve. + +On the following day the motors seemed to be ready for the start, +but various little defects again cropped up, and not until the +next morning did they get away. At first there were frequent +stops, but on the whole satisfactory progress was made, and as +even a small measure of success would, in Scott's opinion, be +enough to show their ability to revolutionize Polar transport, +and so help to prevent the cruelty that is a necessary condition +of animal transport, he was intensely anxious about the result +of this trial trip. As this subject was one which was of the most +supreme interest to Scott, it is well to quote the opinion of an +expert upon these motor sledges. 'It has been said that Captain +Scott's sledges failed, and without further consideration the +design has been totally condemned, but this is quite unfair to the +design; and it must be admitted by everyone who has had anything +to do with the sledges, and has any sort of knowledge of mechanical +principles, that it was the engine that failed, not the transmission +gear at all. The engine used was a four-cylinder air-cooled one, +and most unexpectedly in the cold climate of the Antarctic it +over-heated and broke various parts, beyond possibility of repair +under the severe conditions. The reason of the breakdown therefore +applies to any and every form of motor sledge, and should a +satisfactory engine be available for one form of sledge, it is +equally available for another. It therefore shows a lack of fair +judgment to condemn the Scott sledge for a breakdown, which would +have applied equally to every form of motor transport which could +have been designed.' + +Unquestionably the motor sledges did enough to make this unique +experiment infinitely worth trying, and on Friday, October 27, Scott +declared that the machines had already vindicated themselves. Even +the seamen, who had been very doubtful about them, were profoundly +impressed, and P.O. Evans admitted that, 'if them things can go on +like that, I reckon you wouldn't want nothing else.' + +As the days passed by, it was obvious that the Western Party--which +consisted of Taylor, Debenham, Gran and Forde--would have to leave +after the Southern Party. 'It is trying that they should be wasting +the season in this way. All things considered, I shall be glad to +get away and put our fortune to the test,' Scott wrote on the 28th. +And two days later he added: 'Meares and Ponting are just off to Hut +Point. Atkinson and Keohane will probably leave in an hour or so as +arranged, and if the weather holds, we shall all get off to-morrow. +So here end the entries in this diary with the first chapter of our +History. The future is in the lap of the gods; I can think of +nothing left undone to deserve success.' + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +THE SOUTHERN JOURNEY BEGINS + + Free men freely work. + Whoever fears God, fears to sit at ease. + --E. B. BROWNING. + +'As we are just off on our Southern journey, with a good chance of +missing the ship on our return,' Scott wrote before leaving Cape +Evans on November 1, 'I send a word of greeting. We are going +away with high hopes of success and for the moment everything +smiles, but where risks must be taken the result must be dependent +on chance to some extent. + +'I am lucky in having with me the right men for the work; we have +lived most happily together through the long winter, and now all +are fit, ready, and eager to go forward, and, apart from the result, +the work itself is extraordinarily fascinating.' + +The march to Hut Point was begun in detachments, Scott leading +Snippets and soon finding himself where he wished to be, at the +tail of the team. After all Jehu had refuted predictions by being +allowed to start, although so little confidence was still placed +in him that on the previous day he had been sent at his own pace +to Hut Point. Chinaman was also 'an unknown quantity,' but the +chief trouble on the opening march was caused by the persistently +active Christopher, who kicked and bucked the whole way. + +On this march, which reminded Scott of a regatta or a somewhat +disorganized fleet with ships of very unequal speed, a good +knowledge was obtained of the various paces of the ponies, and +the plan of advance was, after some trouble, arranged. The start +was to be made from Hut Point in three parties--the very slow +ponies, the medium paced, and the fliers. The motors with Day, +E. R. Evans, Lashly and Hooper (who had taken Clissold's place) +were already on the way, and the dogs, with Meares and Demetri, +were to follow the main detachments. + +Night marching was decided upon, and after supper good-bye was +said to Hut Point, and Atkinson, Wright and Keohane led off with +Jehu, Chinaman and Jimmy Pigg. Two hours later Scott, Wilson and +Cherry-Garrard left, their ponies marching steadily and well +together on the sea-ice. At Safety Camp they found Atkinson, who +reported that Chinaman and Jehu were already tired. Soon after +Scott's party had camped for lunch, Ponting arrived with Demetri +and a small dog team, and the cinematograph was up in time to +catch the flying rearguard, which came along in fine form with +Snatcher, 'a wonderful little beast,' leading. Christopher had +given his customary exhibition when harnessed, and although the +Barrier surface had sobered him a little it was not thought +advisable for him to stop, and so the party fled through in the +wake of the advance guard, and were christened 'the through +train.' + +'After lunch,' Scott, writing from Camp 1 on November 3, says, +'we packed up and marched steadily on as before. I don't like +these midnight lunches, but for man the march that follows is +pleasant when, as today, the wind falls and the sun steadily +increases its heat. The two parties in front of us camped five +miles beyond Safety Camp, and we reached their camp some half +or three-quarters of an hour later. All the ponies are tethered +in good order, but most of them are tired--Chinaman and Jehu very +tired.... A petrol tin is near the camp and a note stating that +the motors passed at 9 P.M. 28th, going strong--they have from +four to five days' lead and should surely keep it.' + +On the next march they started in what for some time was to be +the settled order--Atkinson's contingent at 8 P.M., Scott's at +10, Oates' an hour and a quarter later. Just after starting they +picked up cheerful notices saying that all was well with both +the motors, and Day wrote, 'Hope to meet in 80° 30' Lat.' But +very soon afterwards a depôt of petrol was found; and worse was +to follow, as some four miles out from Camp 1 they came across +a tin bearing the sad announcement, 'Big end Day's motor No. 2 +cylinder broken.' Half a mile beyond was the motor, its tracking +sledges, &c.; and notes from E. Evans and Day to tell the tale +of the mishap. The only spare big end had been used for Lashly's +machine, and as it would have taken a long time to strip Day's +engine so that it could run on three cylinders, they had decided +to abandon it and push on with the other alone. 'So the dream of +help from the machines is at an end! The track of the remaining +motor goes steadily forward, but now, of course, I shall expect +to see it every hour of the march.' + +On the second and third marches the ponies did fairly well on a +bad surface, but as yet they had only light loads to pull; and +not until they were tested was Scott prepared to express much +confidence in them. At Camp 3 he found a troubled note from E. +Evans saying that their maximum speed was about 7 miles a day. +'They have taken on nine bags of forage, but there are three black +dots to the south which we can only imagine are the deserted motor +with its loaded sledges. The men have gone on as a supporting +party, as directed. It is a disappointment. I had hoped better +of the machines once they got away on the Barrier Surface.' + +From this camp they started in the usual order, having arranged +that full loads should be carried if the black dots proved to +be the motors, and very soon they found their fears confirmed. +Another note from E. Evans stated a recurrence of the old trouble. +The big end of No. 1 cylinder had cracked, otherwise the machine +was in good order. 'Evidently,' Scott wrote in reference to this +misfortune, 'the engines are not fitted for working in this climate, +a fact that should be certainly capable of correction. One thing +is proved: the system of propulsion is altogether satisfactory. +The motor party has proceeded as a man-hauling party as arranged.' + +As they came to Camp 4 a blizzard threatened, and snow walls +were at once built for the ponies. The last march, however, was +more than a compensation for bad weather. Jehu and Chinaman with +loads of over 450 lbs. had stepped out well and had finished as +fit as they had started, while the better ponies had made nothing +of their loads, Scott's Snippets having pulled over 700 lbs., +sledge included. 'We are all much cheered by this performance. +It shows a hardening up of ponies which have been well trained; +even Oates is pleased!' + +The blizzard only just gave them time to get everything done +in the camp before it arrived. The ponies, however, in their +new rugs and with sheltering walls as high as themselves could +scarcely feel the wind, and as this protection was a direct +result of experience gained in the previous year, Scott was glad +to feel that some good had been obtained from that disastrous +journey. But when the snow began to fall the ponies as usual +suffered, because it was impossible to devise any means of keeping +them comfortable in thick and driving snow. 'We men are snug and +comfortable enough, but it is very evil to lie here and know that +the weather is steadily sapping the strength of the beasts on +which so much depends. It requires much philosophy to be cheerful +on such occasions.' In the midst of the drift during the forenoon +of the 7th Meares and Demetri with the dogs arrived, and camped +about a quarter of a mile away. In catching the main party up so +soon Scott considered that Meares had played too much for safety, +but at the same time it was encouraging to know that the dogs +would pull the loads assigned to them, and that they could face +such terrific winds. + +The threatening weather continued until late on Tuesday night, and +the question of starting was left open for a long time, several +of the party thinking it unwise to march. At last, however, the +decision was made to go, and the advance guard got away soon after +midnight. Then, to Scott's surprise and delight, he discovered that +his fears about the ponies were needless. Both Jehu and Chinaman +took skittish little runs when their rugs were removed, and Chinaman +even betrayed a not altogether irresistible desire to buck. In +fact the only pony that gave any trouble was Christopher, and +this not from any fatigue but from excessive spirit. Most of +the ponies halted now and again to get a mouthful of snow, but +Christopher had still to be sent through with a non-stop run, for +his tricks and devices were as innumerable as ever. Oates had to +cling like grim death to his bridle until the first freshness had +worn off, and this was a long rather than a light task, as even +after ten miles he was prepared to misbehave himself if he got +the smallest chance. + +A few hundred yards from Camp 5 Bowers picked up a bale of forage +and loaded it on his sledge, bringing the weight to nearly 800 lbs. +Victor, however, went on as though nothing had happened, and +although the surface was for the time wonderfully good, and it +still remained a question how the ponies would get on under harder +conditions, Scott admitted that so far the outlook was very +encouraging. The cairns built in the previous year showed up very +distinctly and were being picked up with the greatest ease, and +this also was an additional cause for satisfaction because with +pony walls, camp sites and cairns, the track on the homeward march +seemed as if it must be easy to follow. Writing at Camp 5, Scott +says, 'Everyone is as fit as can be. It was wonderfully warm as we +camped this morning at 11 o'clock; the wind has dropped completely +and the sun shines gloriously. Men and ponies revel in such weather. +One devoutly hopes for a good spell of it as we recede from the +windy Northern region. The dogs came up soon after we had camped, +traveling easily.' + +On the next march they remained faithful to their program of +advancing a little over ten geographical miles nightly. But during +the last two miles of this stage all of the ponies were together. +'It looked like a meet of the hounds, and Jehu ran away!!' was +Cherry-Garrard's account of this scene in his diary. But in Scott's +opinion it was clearly not advantageous to march in one detachment, +because the slow advance-guard ponies were forced out of their pace +by joining with the others, while the fast rearguard had their +speed reduced. This, however, was a great day for Jehu, whose +attempt to bolt, though scarcely amounting to more than a sprawling +canter, was freely acknowledged to be a creditable performance for +a pony who at the start had been thought incapable of doing a +single march. + +The weather now began to change rapidly for the worse, and in +consequence the pleasure of marching as rapidly vanished. In +arriving at Camp 7 they had to struggle at first against a strong +head wind, and afterwards in a snowstorm. Wright, who was leading, +found it so impossible to see where he was going that he decided +to camp some two miles short of the usual ten, but the ponies +continued to do well and this was a compensation for the curtailed +distance. + +A worse surface was in store for them when they started from +Camp 7, in fact Scott and Wilson described it as one of the worst +they had ever seen. The snow that had fallen in the day remained +soft, and added to this they had entered upon an area of soft +crust between a few scattered hard sastrugi. In pits between +these the snow lay in sandy heaps, making altogether the most +difficult conditions for the ponies. Nevertheless the stronger +ponies continued to pull excellently, and even the poor old +crocks succeeded in covering 9-1/2 miles. 'Such a surface makes +one anxious in spite of the rapidity with which changes take +place. I expected these marches to be a little difficult, but +not near so bad as to-day's.... In spite of the surface, the +dogs ran up from the camp before last, over 20 miles, in the +night. They are working splendidly.' + +The surface was still bad and the weather horrid on the following +day, but 5 miles out the advance party came straight and true upon +the last year's Bluff depôt. Here Scott found a note, from which +he learned the cheering news that E. Evans and his party must be +the best part of five days ahead. On the other hand, Atkinson had +a very gloomy report to make of Chinaman, who could, he thought, +only last a few more miles. Oates, however, much more optimistic +than usual, considered that Chinaman would last for several days; +and during another horrid march to Camp 10 all the ponies did well, +Jehu especially distinguishing himself. + +'We shall be,' Scott wrote from this camp on Monday, November 13, +'in a better position to know how we stand when we get to One +Ton Camp, now only 17 or 18 miles, but I am anxious about these +beasts--very anxious, they are not the ponies they ought to have +been, and if they pull through well, all the thanks will be due +to Oates. I trust the weather and surface conditions will improve; +both are rank bad at present.' The next stage took them within +7 or 8 miles of One Ton Camp, and with a slightly improved surface +and some sun the spirits of the party revived. But, although +the ponies were working splendidly, it was painful work for them +to struggle on through the snow, and Christopher's antics when +harnessed were already a thing of the past--a fact which would +have been totally unregretted had it not been evidence that his +strength was also beginning to diminish. + +One Ton Camp was found without any difficulty, and having pushed +on to Camp 12 it was decided to give the animals a day's rest +there, and afterwards to go forward at the rate of 13 geographical +miles (15 statute miles) a day. 'Oates thinks the ponies will +get through, but that they have lost condition quicker than he +expected. Considering his usually pessimistic attitude this must +be thought a hopeful view. Personally I am much more hopeful. I +think that a good many of the beasts are actually in better form +than when they started, and that there is no need to be alarmed +about the remainder, always excepting the weak ones which we +have always regarded with doubt. Well, we must wait and see how +things go.' + +Another note from E. Evans was found at One Ton Camp, stating +that his party had taken on four boxes of biscuits, and would wait +for the main detachment at Lat. 80° 30'. The minimum thermometer +left there in the previous year showed -73°, which was rather +less than Scott had expected. + +After the day's rest the loads were re-organized, the stronger +ponies taking on about 580 lbs., while the others had rather over +400 lbs. as their burden; and refreshed by their holiday all of +them marched into the next camp without any signs of exhaustion. +By this time frost-bites were frequent, both Oates and P.O. Evans +being victims, while Meares, when told that his nose was 'gone,' +remarked that he was tired of it and that it would thaw out by +and by! + +Hopes and fears concerning the ponies naturally alternated on +such a journey, and the latter predominated when Scott wrote on +November 18 from Camp 14. 'The ponies are not pulling well. The +surface is, if anything, a little worse than yesterday, but I +should think about the sort of thing we shall have to expect +henceforward.... It's touch and go whether we scrape up to the +Glacier; meanwhile we get along somehow.' + +During the next two marches, however, the ponies, in spite of +rather bad surfaces, did wonderfully well, and both Jehu and +Chinaman began to be regarded with real admiration, Jehu being +re-christened 'The Barrier Wonder' and Chinaman 'The Thunderbolt.' +Again Scott began to take a hopeful view of getting through, +unless the surfaces became infinitely worse. + +While on the way to Camp 17 Scott's detachment found E. Evans and +his party in Lat. 80° 32', and heard that they had been waiting +for six days, which they had spent in building a tremendous cairn. +All of them looked very fit, but they were also very hungry--an +informing fact, as it proved conclusively that a ration which was +ample for the needs of men leading ponies, was nothing like enough +for those who were doing hard pulling work. Thus the provision +that Scott had made for summit work received a full justification, +though even with the rations that were to be taken he had no doubt +that hunger would attack the party. + +After some discussion it was decided to take Evans' motor party +on in advance for three days, and then that Day and Hooper should +return. + +Good, steady progress was made on the next two marches, and at +Camp 19 they were within 150 geographical miles of the Glacier. +'But it is still rather touch and go. If one or more ponies were +to go rapidly down hill we might be in queer street.' + +Then at Camp 20 came the end of the gallant Jehu. 'We did the +usual march very easily over a fairly good surface, the ponies +now quite steady and regular. Since the junction with the Motor +Party the procedure has been for the man-hauling people to go +forward just ahead of the crocks, the other party following two +or three hours later. To-day we closed less than usual, so the +crocks must have been going very well. However, the fiat had +already gone forth, and this morning (November 24) after the +march poor old Jehu was led back on the track and shot. After our +doubts as to his reaching Hut Point, it is wonderful to think +that he has actually got eight marches beyond our last year limit, +and could have gone more. However, towards the end he was pulling +very little, and on the whole it is merciful to have ended his +life. Chinaman seems to improve and will certainly last a good +many days yet. I feel we ought to get through now. Day and Hooper +leave us to-night.' + +Referring to Jehu in his diary Cherry-Garrard re-marked how much +Scott felt 'this kind of thing,' and how cut up Atkinson was +at the loss of his pony. + +After Day and Hooper had turned back the party was re-arranged +and started together. The man-haulers, Atkinson, E. Evans and +Lashly, went ahead with their gear on the 10-foot sledge, then +came Wright with Chinaman and Keohane with James Pigg, the rest +following close behind them. But although the two crocks had +not been given their usual start, they stuck to their work so +gallantly that at the finish they were less than a quarter of +a mile behind. + +At Camp 22, in Lat. 81° 35' the Middle Barrier Depôt was made, and +as they did not leave until 3 A.M. they were gradually getting +back to day-marching. The next stage, however, of their journey +was struggled through under the greatest difficulties. At the +start the surface was bad, and the man-haulers in front made such +heavy weather of it that they were repeatedly overtaken. This +threw the ponies out and prolonged the march so much that six +hours were spent in reaching the lunch camp. But bad as the first +part of the march had been, the latter part was even worse. The +advance party started on ski, but had the greatest difficulty in +keeping a course; and presently snow began to fall heavily with +a rise of temperature, and the ski became hopelessly clogged. At +this time the surface was terribly hard for pulling, and the +man-haulers also found it impossible to steer. The march of 13 +miles was eventually completed, but under the most harassing +circumstances and with very tired animals. + +'Our forage supply necessitates that we should plug on the 13 +(geographical) miles daily under all conditions, so that we can +only hope for better things. It is several days since we had a +glimpse of land, which makes conditions especially gloomy. A +tired animal makes a tired man, I find, and none of us are very +bright now after the day's march.' + +No improvement in the weather was in store for them on the +following day (November 28), for snowstorms swept over them, +the driving snow not only preventing them from seeing anything, +but also hitting them stingingly in their faces. Chinaman was +shot on this night, but in struggling on until he was within go +miles of the Glacier he had done more than was ever expected of +him; and with only four bags of forage left the end of all the +ponies was very near at hand. + +During the march to Camp 25, Lat. 82° 21', 'the most unexpected +and trying summer blizzard yet experienced in this region' ceased, +and prospects improved in every respect. While they were marching +the land showed up hazily, and at times looked remarkably close +to them. 'Land shows up almost ahead now,' Scott wrote on the +29th, 'and our pony goal is less than 70 miles away. The ponies +are tired, but I believe all have five days' work left in them, +and some a great deal more.... It follows that the dogs can be +employed, rested and fed well on the homeward track. We could +really get through now with their help and without much delay, +yet every consideration makes it desirable to save the men from +heavy hauling as long as possible. So I devoutly hope the 70 +miles will come in the present order of things.' + +Snippets and Nobby by this time walked by themselves, but both +of them kept a continually cunning eye upon their driver, and +if he stopped they at once followed his example. It was, Scott +admitted, a relief no longer to have to lead his animal, for fond +of Snippets as he was, the vagaries of the animal were annoying +when on the march. Thursday, November 30, brought most pleasant +weather with it, but the surface was so bad that all of the ponies, +with the exception of Nobby, began to show obvious signs of failure. +A recurrence of 'sinking crusts' (areas which gave way with a +report) was encountered, and the ponies very often sank nearly +to their knees. + +At Camp 27 Nobby was the only pony who did not show signs of +extreme exhaustion, but forage was beginning to get so scarce +that even Nobby had nearly reached the end of his life. On this +night (December 1) Christopher was shot, and by no possibility +could he be much regretted, for he had given nothing but trouble at +the outset, and as soon as his spirits began to fail his strength +had also disappeared. 'He has been a great disappointment,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'even James Pigg has survived him.' + +A depôt, called the Southern Barrier Depôt, was left at Camp 27, +so that no extra weight was added to the loads of the other ponies. +'Three more marches ought to carry us through. With the seven +crocks and the dog teams we must get through, I think. The men +alone ought not to have heavy loads on the surface, which is +extremely trying.' + +On the morning of the 1st Nobby had been tried in snow-shoes, +and for about four miles had traveled splendidly upon them, but +then the shoes racked and had to be taken off; nevertheless, +in Scott's opinion, there was no doubt that snow-shoes were the +thing for ponies, and that if his ponies had been able to use +them from the beginning their condition would have been very +different from what it was. + +From Camp 28, Lat. 83°, Scott wrote, 'Started under very bad +weather conditions. The stratus spreading over from the S.E. +last night meant mischief, and all day we marched in falling +snow with a horrible light.... The ponies were sinking deep in +a wretched surface. I suggested to Oates that he should have a +roving commission to watch the animals, but he much preferred +to lead one, so I handed over Snippets very willingly and went +on ski myself.' This he found such easy work, that he had time +to take several photographs of the ponies as they plunged through +the snow. But in the afternoon they found a better surface, and +Scott, who was leading, had to travel at a very steady pace to +keep the lead. + +When this march had finished they had reached the 83rd parallel, +and were 'practically safe to get through.' But with forage +becoming scarcer and scarcer poor Bictor--to the great sorrow +of Bowers, who was very fond of him--had to be shot. Six ponies +remained, and as the dogs were doing splendidly, the chances of +the party reaching the Glacier were excellent if only they could +see their way to it. Wild in his diary of Shackleton's journey +remarked on December 15 that it was the first day for a month on +which he could not record splendid weather. With Scott's party, +however, a fine day had been the exception rather than the rule, +and the journey had been one almost perpetual fight against bad +weather and bad surfaces. + +The tent parties at this date were made up of (1) Scott, Wilson, +Oates and Keohane; (2) Bowers, P.O. Evans, Cherry-Garrard and +Crean; (3) man-haulers, E. R. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. +'We have all taken to horse meat and are so well fed that hunger +isn't thought of.' + +At 2.30 A.M. on Sunday, December 3, Scott, intending to get away +at 5, roused all hands, but their bad luck in the way of weather +once more delayed the start. At first there seemed to be just +a chance that they might be able to march, but while they were +having breakfast a full gale blew up from the south; 'the strongest +wind I have known here in summer.' In a very short time the pony +wall was blown down, the sledges were buried, and huge drifts +had collected. In heavy drift everyone turned out to make up the +pony walls, but the flanking wall was blown down three times +before the job was completed. About mid-day the weather improved +and soon afterwards the clouds broke and the land appeared; and +when they got away at 2 P.M., the sun was shining brightly. But +this pleasant state of affairs was only destined to last for one +short hour; after that snow again began to fall, and marching +conditions became supremely horrible. The wind increased from +the S.E., changed to S. W., where for a time it remained, and +then suddenly shifted to W.N.W., and afterwards to N.N.W., from +which direction it continued to blow with falling and drifting +snow. But in spite of these rapid and absolutely bewildering +changes of conditions they managed to get 11-1/2 miles south +and to Camp 29 at 7 P.M. The man-haulers, however, camped after +six miles, for they found it impossible to steer a course. 'We +(Scott and Bowers) steered with compass, the drifting snow across +our ski, and occasional glimpses of southeasterly sastrugi under +them, till the sun showed dimly for the last hour or so. The +whole weather conditions seem thoroughly disturbed, and if they +continue so when we are on the Glacier, we shall be very awkwardly +placed. It is really time the luck turned in our favor--we have +had all too little of it. Every mile seems to have been hardly +won under such conditions. The ponies did splendidly and the +forage is lasting a little better than expected... we should +have no difficulty whatever as regards transport if only the +weather was kind.' On the following day the weather was still in +a bad mood, for no sooner had they got on their gear for the start +than a thick blizzard from the S.S.E. arrived. Quickly everyone +started to build fresh walls for the ponies, an uninviting task +enough in a regular white flowing blizzard, but one which added +greatly to the comfort of the animals, who looked sleepy and +bored, but not at all cold. Just as the walls were finished the +man-haulers came into camp, having been assisted in their course +by the tracks that the other parties had made. + +Fortunately the wind moderated in the forenoon and by 2 P.M. +they were off and in six hours had placed 13 more miles to their +credit. During this march the land was quite clearly in view, +and several uncharted glaciers of large dimensions were seen. The +mountains were rounded in outline, very massive, with excrescent +peaks, one or two of the peaks on the foothills standing bare +and almost perpendicular. Ahead of them was the ice-rounded, +boulder-strewn Mount Hope and the gateway to the Glacier. 'We +should reach it easily enough on to-morrow's march if we can +compass 12 miles.... We have only lost 5 or 6 miles on these two +wretched days, but the disturbed condition of the weather makes +me anxious with regard to the Glacier, where more than anywhere +we shall need fine days. One has a horrid feeling that this is +a real bad season. However, sufficient for the day is the evil +thereof. We are practically through with the first stage of our +journey. Looking from the last Camp (29) towards the S.S.E., +where the farthest land can be seen, it seemed more than probable +that a very high latitude could be reached on the Barrier, and +if Amundsen journeying that way has a stroke of luck, he may +well find his summit journey reduced to 100 miles or so. In any +case it is a fascinating direction for next year's work, if only +fresh transport arrives.' + +On this day, December 4, the ponies marched splendidly, crossing +the deep snow in the undulations without any difficulty, and had +food been plentiful enough there was no doubt that they could have +gone on for many more miles. As it was 'gallant little Michael' +had to be sacrificed when the march was over. 'He walked away,' +Cherry-Garrard wrote, 'and rolled on the way down, not having +done so when we got in. He died quite instantaneously. He was +just like a naughty child all the way and pulled all out; he +has been a good friend and has a good record, 83° 22' S. He was +a bit done to-day, the blizzard had knocked him.' + +By night the weather looked very uninviting, and they woke to +find a raging, howling blizzard. Previously the winds that had +so constantly bothered them had lacked that very fine powdery +snow which is usually an especial feature of a blizzard, but on +this occasion they got enough and to spare of it. Anyone who +went into the open for a minute or two was covered from head +to foot, and as the temperature was high the snow stuck where +it fell. The heads, tails and legs of the ponies were covered +with ice, and they had to stand deep in snow. The sledges were +almost covered, and there were huge drifts about the tent. It +was a scene on which no one wanted to look longer than he could +help, and after they had rebuilt the pony walls they retreated +sadly and soppingly into their bags. Even the small satisfaction +of being able to see from one tent to another was denied them, +and Scott, while asking what on earth such weather could mean +at this time of year, stated emphatically that no party could +possibly travel against such a wind. + +'Is there,' he asked, 'some widespread atmospheric disturbance +which will be felt everywhere in this region as a bad season, +or are we merely the victims of exceptional local conditions? +If the latter, there is food for thought in picturing our small +party struggling against adversity in one place whilst others go +smilingly forward in sunshine. How great may be the element of +luck! No foresight--no procedure--could have prepared us for +this state of affairs. Had we been ten times as experienced or +certain of our aim we should not have expected such rebuffs.' + +[Illustration: Looking up the gateway from Pony Depôt. (Mt. Hope.)] + +[Illustration: Looking south from Lower Glacier Depôt. (Mt. Hope.)] + +The snowfall on this day (December 5) was quite the greatest +that Scott remembered, the drifts about the tents being colossal. +And to add to their misery and misfortune the temperature remained +so high that the snow melted if it fell on anything except snow, +with the result that tents, wind clothes, night boots, &c., were +all wet through; while water, dripping from the tent poles and +door, lay on the floor, soaked the sleeping-bags, and made the +situation inconceivably miserable. In the midst of this slough, +however, Keohane had the spirit to make up a rhyme, which is worth +quoting mainly, if not solely, because of the conditions under +which it was produced: + + The snow is all melting and everything's afloat, + If this goes on much longer we shall have to turn the tent + upside down and use it as a boat. + +The next day Scott described as 'miserable, utterly miserable. +We have camped in the "Slough of Despond."' When within twelve +miles of the Glacier it was indeed the most cruel fortune to be +held up by such a raging tempest. The temperature at noon had +risen to 33°, and everything was more soakingly wet than ever, +if that was possible. The ponies, too, looked utterly desolate, +and the snow climbed higher and higher about the walls, tents and +sledges. At night signs of a break came, but hopes of marching again +were dashed on the following morning, when the storm continued and +the situation became most serious; after this day only one small +feed remained for the ponies, so that they had either to march +or to sacrifice all the animals. That, however, was not the most +serious part, for with the help of the dogs they could without +doubt have got on. But what troubled Scott most intensely was +that they had on this morning (December 7) started on their summit +rations, or, in other words, the food calculated to take them on +from the Glacier depôt had been begun. + +In the meantime the storm showed no signs of abatement, and its +character was as unpleasant as ever. 'I can find no sign of an +end, and all of us agree that it is utterly impossible to move. +Resignation to this misfortune is the only attitude, but not an +easy one to adopt. It seems undeserved where plans were well laid, +and so nearly crowned with a first success.... The margin for +bad weather was ample according to all experience, and this stormy +December--our finest month--is a thing that the most cautious +organizer might not have been prepared to encounter.... There +cannot be good cheer in the camp in such weather, but it is ready +to break out again. In the brief spell of hope last night one +heard laughter.' + +Hour after hour passed with little or no improvement, and as +every hour of inactivity was a real menace to the success of +their plans, no one can wonder that they chafed over this most +exasperating delay. Under ordinary circumstances it would have +been melancholy enough to watch the mottled, wet, green walls +of their tents and to hear the everlasting patter of the falling +snow and the ceaseless rattle of the fluttering canvas, but when +the prospect of failure of their cherished plan was added to +the acute discomforts of the situation, it is scarcely possible +to imagine how totally miserable they must have been both in +body and mind. Nevertheless in the midst of these distressing +conditions Scott managed to write, 'But yet, after all, one can +go on striving, endeavoring to find a stimulation in the +difficulties that arise.' + +Friday morning, however, did not bring any cause for hope. The +snow was still falling heavily, and they found themselves lying +in pools of water that squelched whenever they moved. Under such +circumstances it was a relief to get outside, shift the tents +and dig out the sledges. All of the tents had been reduced to +the smallest space by the gradual pressure of snow, the old sites +being deep pits with hollowed, icy, wet centers. The re-setting +of them at least made things more comfortable, and as the wind +dropped about mid-day and a few hours later the sky showed signs +of breaking, hope once more revived; but soon afterwards snow was +falling again. and the position was rapidly becoming absolutely +desperate. + +To test the surface the man-haulers tried to pull a load during +the afternoon, and although it proved a tough job they managed +to do it by pulling in ski. On foot the men sank to their knees, +and an attempt to see what Nobby could do under such circumstances +was anything but encouraging. + +Writing in the evening Scott said, 'Wilson thinks the ponies +finished, but Oates thinks they will get another march in spite +of the surface, if it comes to-morrow. If it should not, we must +kill the ponies to-morrow and get on as best we can with the men +on ski and the dogs. But one wonders what the dogs can do on +such a surface. I much fear they also will prove inadequate. Oh! +for fine weather, if only to the Glacier.' + +By 11 P.M. the wind had gone to the north, and the sky at last +began really to break. The temperature also helped matters by +falling to +26°, and in consequence the water nuisance began to +abate; and at the prospect of action on the following morning +cheerful sounds were once more heard in the camp. 'The poor ponies +look wistfully for the food of which so very little remains, +yet they are not hungry, as recent savings have resulted from +food left in their nose-bags. They look wonderfully fit, all +things considered. Everything looks more hopeful to-night, but +nothing can recall four lost days.' During the night Scott turned +out two or three times to find the weather slowly improving, and +at 8 o'clock on December 9 they started upon a most terrible +march to Camp 31. + +The tremendous snowfall had made the surface intolerably soft, and +the half-fed animals sank deeper and deeper. None of them could be +led for more than a few minutes, but if they were allowed to follow +the poor beasts did fairly well. Soon, however, it began to seem +as if no real headway could be made, and so the man-haulers were +pressed into the service to try and improve matters. + +Bowers and Cherry-Garrard went ahead with one 10-foot sledge +and made a track--thus most painfully a mile or so was gained. +Then when it seemed as if the limit had been reached P.O. Evans +saved the situation by putting the last pair of snow-shoes upon +Snatcher, who at once began to go on without much pressure, and +was followed by the other ponies. + +No halt was made for lunch, but after three or four laborious +miles they found themselves engulfed in pressures which added +to the difficulties of their march. Still, however, they struggled +on, and by 8 P.M. they were within a mile of the slope ascending +to the gap, which Shackleton called the Gateway. This gateway was +a neck or saddle of drifted snow lying in a gap of the mountain +rampart which flanked the last curve of the Glacier, and Scott +had hoped to be through it at a much earlier date, as indeed he +would have been had not the prolonged storm delayed him. + +By this time the ponies, one and all, were quite exhausted. 'They +came on painfully slowly a few hundred yards at a time.... I was +hauling ahead, a ridiculously light load, and yet finding the +pulling heavy enough. We camped, and the ponies have been shot. +Poor beasts! they have done wonderfully well considering the +terrible circumstances under which they worked.' + +On December 8 Wilson wrote in his journal, 'I have kept Nobby all +my biscuits to-night as he has to try to do a march to-morrow, +and then happily he will be shot and all of them, as their food +is quite done.' And on the following day he added: 'Nobby had +all my biscuits last night and this morning, and by the time we +camped I was just ravenously hungry.... Thank God the horses +are now all done with and we begin the heavy work ourselves.' + +This Camp 31 received the name of Shambles Camp, and although +the ponies had not, owing to the storm, reached the distance +Scott had expected, yet he, and all who had taken part in that +distressing march, were relieved to know that the sufferings +of their plucky animals had at last come to an end. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +ON THE BEARDMORE GLACIER + + In thrilling region of thick ribbed ice + To be imprison'd in the viewless winds + And blown with restless violence round about. + --SHAKESPEARE. + +On the death of the ponies at Camp 31 the party was reorganized, +and for some days advanced in the following order: + + Sledge 1. Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans. + Sledge 2. E. Evans, Atkinson, Wright and Lashly. + Sledge 3. Bowers, Cherry-Garrard, Crean and Keohane; with + Meares and Demetri continuing to drive the dogs. + +When leaving this Camp Scott was very doubtful whether the loads +could be pulled over such an appalling surface, and that success +attended their efforts was due mainly to the ski. The start was +delayed by the readjustments that had to be made, but when they +got away at noon, and with a 'one, two, three together' Scott's +party began to pull their sledge, they were most agreeably surprised +to find it running fairly easily behind them. The first mile was +gained in about half an hour, but then they began to rise, and +soon afterwards with the slope becoming steeper and the surface +getting worse they had to take off their ski. After this the +pulling was extraordinarily exhausting, for they sank above their +finnesko, and in some places nearly up to their knees. + +The runners of the sledges became coated with a thin film of +ice from which it was impossible to free them, and the sledges +themselves sank in soft spots to the cross-bars. At 5 P.M. they +reached the top of the slope, and after tea started on the down +grade. On this they had to pull almost as vigorously as on the +upward slope, but they could just manage to get along on ski. + +Evans and his party, however, were unable to keep up the pace +set by the leaders, and when they camped at 9.15 Scott heard +some news that thoroughly alarmed him. 'It appears,' he wrote, +'that Atkinson says that Wright is getting played out, and Lashly +is not so fit as he was owing to the heavy pulling since the +blizzard. I have not felt satisfied about this party. The finish +of the march to-day showed clearly that something was wrong.... +True, the surface was awful and growing worse every moment. It +is a very serious business if the men are going to crack up. As +for myself, I never felt fitter and my party can easily hold its +own. P.O. Evans, of course, is a tower of strength, but Oates +and Wilson are doing splendidly also.' + +Round the spot where Camp 32 had been pitched the snow was +appallingly deep and soft. 'Every step here one sinks to the +knees, and the uneven surface is obviously insufficient to support +the sledges.' A wind, however, had sprung up, and though under +ordinary circumstances it would have been far from welcome, on +this occasion it was a blessing because it hardened the snow; +and a good surface was all the more necessary because, after half +another march, Meares and Demetri were to return with the dogs, +and in consequence 200 lbs. would have to be added to each +sledge-load. + +Before starting from Camp 32 they built a depôt (the Lower Glacier +depôt), made it very conspicuous, and left a good deal of gear +there. Then at the very beginning of their march they got into +big pressure, and must have passed over several crevasses. After +four hours, however, they were clear of the pressure, and then +they said good-bye to Meares and Demetri, who took back a note +from Scott to say that 'Things are not so rosy as they might be, +but we keep our spirits up and say the luck must turn. This is +only to tell you that I find I can keep up with the rest as well +as of old.' + +The start after lunch was anxious work, for the question whether +they could pull their loads had to be answered. Scott's party +went away first, and, to their joy, found that they could make +fairly good headway. Every now and again the sledge sank in a soft +patch which brought them up, and then they got sideways to the +sledge and hauled it out. 'We learned,' Scott wrote on December +11, at Camp 33, 'to treat such occasions with patience.... The +great thing is to keep the sledge moving, and for an hour or more +there were dozens of critical moments when it all but stopped, +and not a few when it brought up altogether. The latter were very +trying and tiring. But suddenly the surface grew more uniform and +we more accustomed to the game, for after a long stop to let the +other parties come up, I started at 6 and ran on till 7, pulling +easily without a halt at the rate of about 2 miles an hour. I +was very jubilant; all difficulties seemed to be vanishing; but +unfortunately our history was not repeated with the other parties. +Bowers came up half an hour after us. They also had done well at +the last, and I'm pretty sure they will get on all right. Keohane +is the only weak spot, and he only, I think, because temporarily +blind. But Evans' party didn't get up till 10. They started quite +well, but got into difficulties, did just the wrong thing by +straining again and again, and so, tiring themselves, went from +bad to worse. Their ski shoes, too, are out of trim.' + +During the morning of the 12th they steered for the Commonwealth +Range until they reached about the middle of the glacier and +then the course was altered for the 'Cloudmaker,' and afterwards +still further to the west. In consequence they got a much better +view of the southern side of the main glacier than Shackleton's +party had obtained, and a number of peaks not noticed previously +were observed. On the first stage of this march Scott's party +was bogged time after time, and do what they could their sledge +dragged like a huge lump of lead. Evans' team had been sent off +in advance and kept well ahead until lunch-time. Then, when Scott +admits being 'pretty well cooked,' the secret of their trouble +was disclosed in a thin film with some hard knots of ice on the +runners of the sledge; these impediments having been removed they +went ahead without a hitch, and in a mile or two resumed their +leading position. As they advanced it became more and more evident +that, with the whole of the lower valley filled with snow from +the storm, they would have been bogged had they been without ski. +'On foot one sinks to the knees, and if pulling on a sledge to +half-way between knee and thigh.' + +Scott's hope was that they would get better conditions as they +rose, but on the next march the surface became worse instead +of better, the sledges simply plunging into the soft places +and stopping dead. So slow in fact was the progress they made, +that on his sledge Scott decided at lunch to try the 10-foot +runners under the cross-bars, for the sledge was sinking so deeply +that the cross-pieces were on the surface and acting as brakes. +Three hours were spent in securing the runners, and then Scott's +party started and promptly saw what difficulties the other teams +were having. + +In spite of the most desperate efforts to get along, Bowers and +his men were so constantly bogged that Scott soon passed them. +But the toil was awful, because the snow with the sun shining +and a high temperature had become very wet and sticky, and again +and again the sledge got one runner on harder snow than the other, +canted on its side, and refused to move. At the top of the rise +Evans' party was reduced to relay work, and shortly afterwards +Bowers was compelled to adopt the same plan. 'We,' Scott says, +'got our whole load through till 7 P.M., camping time, but only +with repeated halts and labor which was altogether too strenuous. +The other parties certainly cannot get a full load along on the +surface, and I much doubt if we could continue to do so, but we +must try again to-morrow. I suppose we have advanced a bare four +miles to-day and the aspect of things is very little changed. Our +height is now about 1,500 feet.' + +On the following morning Evans' party got off first from Camp 35, +and after stiff hauling for an hour or so found the work much +easier than on the previous day. Bowers' contingent followed +without getting along so well, and so Scott, whose party were +having no difficulty with their load, exchanged sledges with +them, and a satisfactory morning's march was followed by still +better work in the afternoon, eleven or twelve miles being gained. +'I think the soft snow trouble is at an end, and I could wish +nothing better than a continuance of the present surface. Towards +the end of the march we were pulling our load with the greatest +ease. It is splendid to be getting along and to find some adequate +return for the work we are putting into the business.' + +At Camp 37, on Friday, December 15, they had reached a height of +about 2,500 feet, after a march on which the surface steadily +improved and the snow covering over the blue ice became thinner +and thinner. During the afternoon they found that at last they +could start their sledges by giving one good heave, and so, for +the first time, they were at liberty to stop when they liked +without the fear of horrible jerks before they could again set +the sledge going. Patches of ice and hard névé were beginning to +show through in places, and had not the day's work been interrupted +by a snowstorm at 5 P.M. their march would have been a really +good one, but, as it was, eleven more miles had to be put to +their credit. The weather looked, however, very threatening as +they turned in for the night, and Scott expressed a fervent hope +that they were not going to be afflicted by snowstorms as they +approached the worst part of the glacier. + +As was to be expected after the storm they found the surface +difficult when the march was resumed, but by sticking to their +work for over ten hours--'the limit of time to be squeezed into +one day'--they covered eleven miles, and altered greatly the aspect +of the glacier. Beginning the march as usual on ski, they had +to take them off in the afternoon because they struck such a +peculiarly difficult surface that the sledges were constantly +being brought up. Then on foot they made better progress, though +no advance could be made without the most strenuous labor. The +brittle crust would hold for a pace or two, and then let them +down with a bump, while now and again a leg went down a crack +in the hard ice underneath. So far, since arriving among the +disturbances, which increased rapidly towards the end of the +march, they had not encountered any very alarming crevasses, +though a large quantity of small ones could be seen. + +At the end of the march to Camp 39, Scott was able to write, 'For +once we can say "Sufficient for the day is the good thereof." +Our luck may be on the turn--I think we deserve it. In spite of +the hard work everyone is very fit and very cheerful, feeling +well fed and eager for more toil. Eyes are much better except +poor Wilson's; he has caught a very bad attack. Remembering his +trouble on our last Southern journey, I fear he is in for a very +bad time.... I'm inclined to think that the summit trouble will +be mostly due to the chill falling on sunburned skins. Even now +one feels the cold strike directly one stops. We get fearfully +thirsty and chip up ice on the march, as well as drinking a great +deal of water on halting. Our fuel only just does it, but that +is all we want, and we have a bit in hand for the summit.... We +have worn our crampons all day (December 17) and are delighted +with them. P.O. Evans, the inventor of both crampons and ski +shoes, is greatly pleased, and certainly we owe him much.' + +On the 19th, although snow fell on and off during the whole day +and crevasses were frequent, a splendid march of 14 miles was +accomplished. The sledges ran fairly well if only the haulers +could keep their feet, but on the rippled ice which they were +crossing it was impossible to get anything like a firm foothold. +Still, however, they stuck most splendidly to their task, and +on the following day even a better march was made to Camp 41. + +Starting on a good surface they soon came to a number of criss-cross +cracks, into two of which Scott fell and badly bruised his knee +and thigh. Then they reached an admirably smooth ice surface +over which they traveled at an excellent pace. A long hour was +spent over the halt for lunch, during which angles, photographs +and sketches were taken, and continuing to make progress in the +second part of the day's march they finished up with a gain of +17 miles. 'It has not been a strain except perhaps for me with +my wounds received early in the day. The wind has kept us cool on +the march, which has in consequence been very much pleasanter.... +Days like this put heart in one.' + +On Wednesday, December 20, however, the good marches of the +previous two days were put entirely into the shade by one of +nearly 23 miles, during which they rose 800 feet. Pulling the +sledges in crampons was not at all difficult on the hard snow +and on hard ice with patches of snow. At night they camped in +Lat. 84° 59' 6", and then Scott had to perform a task that he +most cordially disliked. 'I have just told off the people to +return to-morrow night: Atkinson, Wright, Cherry-Garrard and +Keohane. All are disappointed--poor Wright rather bitterly, I +fear. I dreaded this necessity of choosing--nothing could be +more heartrending. I calculated our program to start from 85° +10' with twelve units of food [Footnote: A unit of food means a +week's supplies for four men.] and eight men. We ought to be +in this position to-morrow night, less one day's food. After +all our harassing trouble one cannot but be satisfied with such +a prospect.' + +The next stage of the journey, though accomplished without accident, +was too exciting to be altogether pleasant, for crevasses were +frequent and falls not at all uncommon. And at mid-day, while they +were in the worst of places, a fog rolled up and kept them in their +tents for nearly three hours. + +During this enforced delay, Scott wrote a letter which was taken +back by the returning party. + +'December 21, 1911, Lat. 85° S. We are struggling on, considering +all things, against odds. The weather is a constant anxiety, +otherwise arrangements are working exactly as planned. + +'For your ear also I am exceedingly fit and can go with the best +of them. + +'It is a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right... but all will be well if we can get through +to the Pole. + +'I write this sitting in our tent waiting for the fog to clear, +an exasperating position as we are in the worst crevassed region. +Teddy Evans and Atkinson were down to the length of their harness +this morning, and we have all been half-way down. As first man +I get first chance, and it's decidedly exciting not knowing which +step will give way. Still all this is interesting enough if one +could only go on. + +'Since writing the above I made a dash for it; got out of the +valley out of the fog and away from crevasses. So here we are +practically on the summit and up to date in the provision line. +We ought to get through.' + +After the fog had cleared off they soon got out of the worst +crevasses, and on to a snow slope that led past Mount Darwin. The +pull up the slope was long and stiff, but by holding on until +7.30 P.M. they got off a good march and found a satisfactory +place for their depôt. Fortunately the weather was both calm +and bright, and all the various sorting arrangements that had +to be made before the returning party left them were carried out +under most favorable conditions. 'For me,' Scott says, 'it is an +immense relief to have the indefatigable little Bowers to see +to all detail arrangements of this sort,' and on the following +day he added, 'we said an affecting farewell to the returning +party, who have taken things very well, dear good fellows as +they are.' + +Then the reorganized parties (Scott, Wilson, Oates and P.O. Evans; +Bowers, E. R. Evans, Crean and Lashly) started off with their +heavy loads, and any fears they had about their ability to pull +them were soon removed. + +'It was a sad job saying good-bye,' Cherry-Garrard wrote in his +diary, 'and I know some eyes were a bit dim. It was thick and +snowing when we started after making the depôt, and the last we +saw of them as we swung the sledge north, was a black dot just +disappearing over the next ridge, and a big white pressure wave +ahead of them.' + +Then the returning party set off on their homeward march, and +arrived at Cape Evans on January 28, 1912, after being away for +three months. + +Repairs to the sledgemeter delayed the advancing party for some +time during their first march under the new conditions, but they +managed to cover twelve miles, and, with the loads becoming lighter +every day, Scott hoped to march longer hours and to make the +requisite progress. Steering, however, south-west on the next +morning they soon found themselves among such bad crevasses and +pressure, that they were compelled to haul out to the north, and +then to the west. One comfort was that all the time they were +rising. 'It is rather trying having to march so far to the west, +but if we keep rising we must come to the end of the disturbance +some time.' During the second part of this march great changes +of fortune awaited them. At first they started west up a slope, +and on the top another pressure appeared on the left, but less +lofty and more snow-covered than that which had troubled them in +the morning. There was temptation to try this, but Scott resisted +it and turned west up yet another slope, on the top of which they +reached a most extraordinary surface. Narrow crevasses, that were +quite invisible, ran in all directions. All of these crevasses +were covered with a thin crust of hardened névé which had not a +sign of a crack in it. One after another, and sometimes two at +a time, they all fell in; and though they were getting fairly +accustomed to unexpected falls through being unable to mark the +run of the surface appearances of cracks, or where such cracks +were covered with soft snow, they had never expected to find a +hardened crust formed over a crack, and such a surface was as +puzzling as it was dangerous and troublesome. + +For about ten minutes or so, while they were near these narrow +crevasses, they came on to snow which had a hard crust and loose +crystals below it, and each step was like breaking through a +glass-house. And then, quite suddenly, the hard surface gave +place to regular sastrugi, and their horizon leveled in every +direction. At 6 P.M., when they reached Camp 45 (height about +7,750 feet), 17 miles stood to their credit and Scott was feeling +'very cheerful about everything.' 'My determination,' he said, +'to keep mounting irrespective of course is fully justified, and +I shall be indeed surprised if we have any further difficulties +with crevasses or steep slopes. To me for the first time our goal +seems really in sight.' + +On the following day (Christmas Eve) they did not find a single +crevasse, but high pressure ridges were still to be seen, and +Scott confessed that he should be glad to lose sight of such +disturbances. Christmas Day, however, brought more trouble from +crevasses--'very hard, smooth névé between high ridges at the +edge of crevasses, and therefore very difficult to get foothold to +pull the sledges.' To remedy matters they got out their ski sticks, +but this did not prevent several of them from going half-down; +while Lashly, disappearing completely, had to be pulled out by +means of the Alpine rope. 'Lashly says the crevasse was 50 feet +deep and 8 feet across, in form U, showing that the word +"unfathomable" can rarely be applied. Lashly is 44 to-day and +as hard as nails. His fall has not even disturbed his equanimity.' + +When, however, they had reached the top of the crevasse ridge +a better surface was found, and their Christmas lunch--at which +they had such luxuries as chocolate and raisins--was all the +more enjoyable because 8 miles or so had already been gained. + +In the middle of the afternoon they got a fine view of the land, +but more trouble was caused by crevasses, until towards the end +of their march they got free of them and on to a slight decline +down which they progressed at a swinging pace. Then they camped +and prepared for their great Christmas meal. 'I must,' Scott says, +'write a word of our supper last night. We had four courses. The +first, pemmican, full whack, with slices of horse meat flavored +with onion and curry powder, and thickened with biscuit; then an +arrowroot, cocoa and biscuit hoosh sweetened; then a plum-pudding; +then cocoa with raisins, and finally a dessert of caramels and +ginger. After the feast it was difficult to move. Wilson and I +couldn't finish our share of plum-pudding. We have all slept +splendidly and feel thoroughly warm--such is the effect of full +feeding.' + +The advance, possibly owing to the 'tightener' on Christmas night, +was a little slow on the following morning, but nevertheless 15 +miles were covered in the day and the 86th parallel was reached. +Crevasses still appeared, and though they avoided them on this +march, they were not so lucky during the next stage to Camp 49. + +In fact Wednesday, December 27, was unfortunate owing to several +reasons. To begin with, Bowers broke the only hypsometer thermometer, +and so they were left with nothing to check their two aneroids. +Then during the first part of the march they got among sastrugi +which jerked the sledges about, and so tired out the second team +that they had great difficulty in keeping up. And, finally, they +found more crevasses and disturbances during the afternoon. For an +hour the work was as painful as it could be, because they tumbled +into the crevasses and got the most painful jerks. 'Steering the +party,' Scott wrote at Camp 49, 'is no light task. One cannot +allow one's thoughts to wander as others do, and when, as this +afternoon, one gets amongst disturbances, I find it very worrying +and tiring. I do trust we shall have no more of them. We have +not lost sight of the sun since we came on the summit; we should +get an extraordinary record of sunshine. It is monotonous work +this; the sledgemeter and theodolite govern the situation.' + +During the next morning the second sledge made such 'heavy weather' +that Scott changed places with E. R. Evans. That, however, did not +improve matters much, for Scott soon found that the second team +had not the same swing as his own team, so he changed Lashly for +P.O. Evans, and then they seemed to get on better. At lunch-time +they discussed the difficulties that the second party was having, +and several reasons for them were put forward. One was that the +team was stale, another that all the trouble was due to bad +stepping and want of swing, and yet another was that the first's +party's sledge pulled much more easily than the second party's. + +On the chance that this last suggestion was correct, Scott and +his original team took the second party's sledge in the afternoon, +and soon found that it was a terrible drag to get it along in +soft snow, whereas the second party found no difficulty in pulling +the sledge that had been given to them. 'So the sledge is the +cause of the trouble, and taking it out, I found that all is due +to want of care. The runners ran excellently, but the structure +has been distorted by bad strapping, bad loading, &c. The party +are not done, and I have told them plainly that they must wrestle +with the trouble and get it right for themselves.' + +Friday evening found them at Camp 51, and at a height of about +9,000 feet, But they had encountered a very bad surface, on which +the strain of pulling was terrific. The hardest work occurred on +two rises, because the loose snow had been blown over the rises +and had rested on the north-facing slopes, and these heaps were +responsible for the worst of their troubles. However, there was +one satisfactory result of the march, for now that the second party +had seen to the loading of their sledge they had ceased to lag. + +But the next stage was so exhausting that Scott's fears for the +conditions of the second party again arose. Writing from Camp 52, +on December 30, he says: 'To-morrow I'm going to march half a +day, make a depôt and build the 10-foot sledges. The second party +is certainly tiring; it remains to be seen how they will manage +with the smaller sledge and lighter load. The surface is certainly +much worse than it was 50 miles back. (T. -10°.) We have caught +up Shackleton's dates. Everything would be cheerful if I could +persuade myself that the second party were quite fit to go forward.' + +Camp was pitched after the morning's march on December 31, and +the process of building up the 10-foot sledges was at once begun +by P.O. Evans and Crean. 'It is a very remarkable piece of work. +Certainly P.O. Evans is the most invaluable asset to our party. To +build a sledge under these conditions is a fact for special record.' + +[Illustration: Man Hauling Camp, 87th parallel.] + +Half a day was lost while the sledges were made, but this they +hoped to make up for by advancing at much greater speed. A depôt, +called 'Three Degree Depôt,' consisting of a week's provision for +both units, was made at this camp, and on New Year's morning, with +lighter loads, Evans' party led the advance on foot, while Scott's +team followed on ski. With a stick of chocolate to celebrate the +New Year, and with only 170 miles between them and the Pole, +prospects seemed to be getting brighter on New Year's night, and +on the next evening at Camp 55 Scott decided that E. R. Evans, +Lashly and Crean should go back after one more march. + +Writing from Camp 56 he says, 'They are disappointed, but take +it well. Bowers is to come into our tent, and we proceed as a +five-man unit to-morrow. We have 5-1/2 units of food--practically +over a month's allowance for five people--it ought to see us +through.... Very anxious to see how we shall manage tomorrow; +if we can march well with the full load we shall be practically +safe, I take it.' + +By the returning party Scott sent back a letter, dated January +3, in which he wrote, 'Lat. 87° 32".' A last note from a hopeful +position. I think it's going to be all right. We have a fine +party going forward and arrangements are all going well.' + +On the next morning the returning men followed a little way +until Scott was certain that his team could get along, and then +farewells were said. In referring to this parting with E. Evans, +Crean and Lashly, Scott wrote, 'I was glad to find their sledge +is a mere nothing to them, and thus, no doubt, they will make a +quick journey back,' and under average conditions they should +easily have fulfilled anticipations. But a blizzard held them +up for three days before they reached the head of the glacier, +and by the time they reached the foot of it E. Evans had developed +symptoms of scurvy. At One Ton Camp he was unable to stand without +the support of his ski sticks, and although, with the help of his +companions, he struggled on for 53 more miles in four days, he +could go no farther. Rejecting his suggestion that he should be +left alone while they pressed on for help, Crean and Lashly pulled +him on the sledge with a devotion matching that of their captain +years before, when he and Wilson had brought Shackleton, ill and +helpless, safely to the Discovery. + +After four days of this pulling they reached Corner Camp, and +then there was such a heavy snowfall that the sledge could not +travel. In this crisis Crean set out to tramp alone to Hut Point, +34 miles away, while Lashly stayed to nurse E. Evans, and most +certainly was the means of keeping him alive until help came. +After a remarkable march of 18 hours Crean reached Hut Point, and +as soon as possible Atkinson and Demetri started off with both +dog teams to relieve Evans and Lashly. Some delay was caused by +persistent bad weather, but on February 22 Evans was got back to +the Discovery hut, where he was unremittingly tended by Atkinson; +and subsequently he was sent by sledge to the Terra Nova. So +ended the tale of the last supporting party, though, as a sequel, +it is good to record that in reward for their gallant conduct +both Lashly and Crean received the Albert Medal. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE SOUTH POLE + + The Silence was deep with a breath like sleep + As our sledge runners slid on the snow, + And the fate-full fall of our fur-clad feet + Struck mute like a silent blow + On a questioning 'Hush?' as the settling crust + Shrank shivering over the floe. + And the sledge in its track sent a whisper back + Which was lost in a white fog-bow. + + And this was the thought that the Silence wrought, + As it scorched and froze us through, + For the secrets hidden are all forbidden + Till God means man to know. + We might be the men God meant should know + The heart of the Barrier snow, + In the heat of the sun, and the glow, + And the glare from the glistening floe, + As it scorched and froze us through and through + With the bite of the drifting snow. + +(These verses, called 'The Barrier Silence,' were written by +Wilson for the South Polar Times. Characteristically, he sent +them in typewritten, lest the editor should recognize his hand +and judge them on personal rather than literary grounds. Many +of their readers confess that they felt in these lines Wilson's +own premonition of the event. The version given is the final +form, as it appeared in the South Polar Times.) + +The ages of the five men when they continued the journey to the +Pole were: Scott 43, Wilson 39, P.O. Evans 37, Oates 32, Bowers 28. + +After the departure of the last supporting party Scott was naturally +anxious to get off a good day's march, and he was not disappointed. +At first the sledge on which, thanks to P.O. Evans, everything +was most neatly stowed away, went easily. But during the afternoon +they had to do some heavy pulling on a surface covered with loose +sandy snow. Nevertheless they covered some 15 miles before they +camped, and so smoothly did everything seem to be going that Scott +began to wonder what was in store for them. 'One can scarcely +believe that obstacles will not present themselves to make our +task more difficult. Perhaps the surface will be the element to +trouble us.' + +And on the following day his supposition began to prove correct, +for a light wind from the N.N.W. brought detached cloud and a +constant fall of ice crystals, and in consequence the surface +was as bad as it could be. The sastrugi seemed to increase as +they advanced, and late in the afternoon they encountered a very +rough surface with evidences of hard southerly wind. Luckily +the sledge showed no signs of capsizing, but the strain of trying +to keep up a rate of a little over a mile and a quarter an hour +was very great. However, they were cheered by the thought, when +they reached Camp 58 (height 10,320 feet), that they were very +close to the 88th parallel, and a little more than 120 miles from +the Pole. + +Another dreadful surface was their fate during the next march +on Saturday, January 6. The sastrugi increased in height as they +advanced, and presently they found themselves in the midst of +a sea of fishhook waves, well remembered from their Northern +experience. And, to add to their trouble, each sastrugus was +covered with a beard of sharp branching crystals. They took off +their ski and pulled on foot, but both morning and afternoon the +work of getting the sledge along was tremendous. Writing at Camp +59, Latitude 88° 7', Scott said, 'We think of leaving our ski +here, mainly because of risk of breakage. Over the sastrugi it is +all up and down hill, and the covering of ice crystals prevents +the sledge from gliding even on the downgrade. The sastrugi, +I fear, have come to stay, and we must be prepared for heavy +marching, but in two days I hope to lighten loads with a depôt. +We are south of Shackleton's last camp, so, I suppose, have made +the most southerly camp.' + +During the next day, January 7, they had good cause to think that +the vicissitudes of their work were bewildering. On account of the +sastrugi the ski were left at Camp 59, but they had only marched +a mile from it when the sastrugi disappeared. 'I kept debating +the ski question and at this point stopped, and after discussion +we went back and fetched the ski; it cost us 1-1/2 hours nearly. +Marching again, I found to my horror we could scarcely move the +sledge on ski; the first hour was awful owing to the wretched +coating of loose sandy snow.' Consequently this march was the +shortest they had made on the summit, and there was no doubt that +if things remained for long they were, it would be impossible to +keep up the strain of such strenuous pulling. Luckily, however, +loads were to be lightened on the following day by a weight of +about 100 lbs., and there was also hope of a better surface if +only the crystal deposit would either harden up or disappear. +Their food, too, was proving ample. 'What luck to have hit on +such an excellent ration. We really are an excellently found +party.' Indeed, apart from the strain of pulling, Scott's only +anxiety on Sunday, January 7, was that Evans had a nasty cut +on his hand. + +They woke the next morning to find their first summit blizzard; +but Scott was not in the least perturbed by this delay, because +he thought that the rest would give Evans' hand a better chance +of recovery, and he also felt that a day in their comfortable +bags within their double-walled tent would do none of them any +harm. But, both on account of lost time and food and the slow +accumulation of ice, he did not want more than one day's delay. + +'It is quite impossible,' he wrote during this time of waiting, +'to speak too highly of my companions. Each fulfils his office +to the party; Wilson, first as doctor, ever on the lookout to +alleviate the small pains and troubles incidental to the work; +now as cook, quick, careful and dexterous, ever thinking of some +fresh expedient to help the camp life; tough as steel on the +traces, never wavering from start to finish. + +'Evans, a giant worker with a really remarkable head-piece. It is +only now I realize how much has been due to him. Our ski shoes and +crampons have been absolutely indispensable, and if the original +ideas were not his, the details of manufacture and design and +the good workmanship are his alone. He is responsible for every +sledge, every sledge fitting, tents, sleeping-bags, harness, and +when one cannot recall a single expression of dissatisfaction +with anyone of these items, it shows what an invaluable assistant +he has been. Now, besides superintending the putting up of the +tent, he thinks out and arranges the packing of the sledge; it +is extraordinary how neatly and handily everything is stowed, +and how much study has been given to preserving the suppleness +and good running qualities of the machine. On the Barrier, before +the ponies were killed, he was ever roaming round, correcting +faults of stowage. + +'Little Bowers remains a marvel--he is thoroughly enjoying himself. +I leave all the provision arrangement in his hands, and at all +times he knows exactly how we stand, or how each returning party +should fare. It has been a complicated business to redistribute +stores at various stages of reorganization, but not one single +mistake has been made. In addition to the stores, he keeps the +most thorough and conscientious meteorological record, and to +this he now adds the duty of observer and photographer. Nothing +comes amiss to him, and no work is too hard. It is a difficulty +to get him into the tent; he seems quite oblivious of the cold, +and he lies coiled in his bag writing and working out sights long +after the others are asleep. + +'Of these three it is a matter for thought and congratulation +that each is specially suited for his own work, but would not +be capable of doing that of the others as well as it is done. +Each is invaluable. Oates had his invaluable period with the +ponies; now he is a foot slogger and goes hard the whole time, +does his share of camp work, and stands the hardships as well +as any of us. I would not like to be without him either. So our +five people are perhaps as happily selected as it is possible +to imagine.' + +Not until after lunch on the 9th were they able to break camp, +the light being extremely bad when they marched, but the surface +good. So that they might keep up the average length of their +daily marches Scott wanted to leave a depôt, but as the blizzard +tended to drift up their tracks, he was not altogether confident +that to leave stores on such a great plain was a wise proceeding. +However, after a terribly hard march on the following morning, +they decided to leave a depôt at the lunch camp, and there they +built a cairn and left one week's food with as many articles of +clothing as they could possibly spare. + +Then they went forward with eighteen days' food on a surface +that was 'beyond words,' for it was covered with sandy snow, +and, when the sun shone, even to move the sledge forward at the +slowest pace was distressingly difficult. On that night from +Camp 62, Scott wrote, 'Only 85 miles (geog.) from the Pole, but +it's going to be a stiff pull both ways apparently; still we +do make progress, which is something.... It is very difficult +to imagine what is happening to the weather.... The clouds don't +seem to come from anywhere, form and disperse without visible +reason.... The meteorological conditions seem to point to an +area of variable light winds, and that plot will thicken as we +advance.' + +From the very beginning of the march on January 11 the pulling +was heavy, but when the sun came out the surface became as bad +as bad could be. All the time the sledge rasped and creaked, and +the work of moving it onward was agonizing. At lunch-time they +had managed to cover six miles but at fearful cost to themselves, +and although when they camped for the night they were only about +74 miles from the Pole, Scott asked himself whether they could +possibly keep up such a strain for seven more days. 'It takes +it out of us like anything. None of us ever had such hard work +before.... Our chance still holds good if we can put the work +in, but it's a terribly trying time.' + +For a few minutes during the next afternoon they experienced the +almost forgotten delight of having the sledge following easily. +The experience was very short but it was also very sweet, for +Scott had begun to fear that their powers of pulling were rapidly +weakening, and those few minutes showed him that they only wanted +a good surface to get on as merrily as of old. At night they were +within 63 miles of the Pole, and just longing for a better surface +to help them on their way. + +But whatever the condition of the surface, Bowers continued to do +his work with characteristic thoroughness and imperturbability; +and after this appalling march he insisted, in spite of Scott's +protest, on taking sights after they had camped--an all the more +remarkable display of energy as he, being the only one of the +party who pulled on foot, had spent an even more strenuous day +than the others, who had been 'comparatively restful on ski.' + +Again, on the next march, they had to pull with all their might +to cover some 11 miles. 'It is wearisome work this tugging and +straining to advance a light sledge. Still, we get along. I did +manage to get my thoughts off the work for a time to-day, which +is very restful. We should be in a poor way without our ski, +though Bowers manages to struggle through the soft snow without +tiring his short legs.' Sunday night, January 14, found them at +Camp 66 and less than 40 miles from the Pole. Steering was the +great difficulty on this march, because a light southerly wind +with very low drift often prevented Scott from seeing anything, +and Bowers, in Scott's shadow, gave directions. By this time +the feet of the whole party were beginning, mainly owing to the +bad condition of their finnesko, to suffer from the cold. 'Oates +seems to be feeling the cold and fatigue more than the rest of +us, but we are all very fit. It is a critical time, but we ought +to pull through.... Oh! for a few fine days! So close it seems +and only the weather to balk us.' + +Another terrible surface awaited them on the morrow, and they +were all 'pretty well done' when they camped for lunch. There they +decided to leave their last depôt, but although their reduced load +was now very light, Scott feared that the friction would not be +greatly reduced. A pleasant surprise, however, was in store for +him, as after lunch the sledge ran very lightly, and a capital +march was made. 'It is wonderful,' he wrote on that night (January +15), 'to think that two long marches would land us at the Pole. We +left our depôt to-day with nine days' provisions, so that it ought +to be a certain thing now, and the only appalling possibility +the sight of the Norwegian flag forestalling ours. Little Bowers +continues his indefatigable efforts to get good sights, and it +is wonderful how he works them up in his sleeping-bag in our +congested tent. Only 27 miles from the Pole. We ought to do it +now.' + +The next morning's march took them 7-1/2 miles nearer and their +noon sight showed them in Lat. 89° 42' S.; and feeling that the +following day would see them at the Pole they started off after +lunch in the best of spirits. Then, after advancing for an hour +or so, Bowers' sharp eyes detected what he thought was a cairn, +but although he was uneasy about it he argued that it must be a +sastrugus. + +'Half an hour later he detected a black speck ahead. Soon we +knew that this could not be a natural snow feature. We marched +on, found that it was a black flag tied to a sledge bearer; near +by the remains of a camp; sledge tracks and ski tracks going and +coming and the clear trace of dogs' paws--many dogs. This told +us the whole story. The Norwegians have forestalled us and are +first at the Pole. It is a terrible disappointment, and I am +very sorry for my loyal companions. Many thoughts come and much +discussion have we had. To-morrow we must march on to the Pole +and then hasten home with all the speed we can compass. All the +day-dreams must go; it will be a wearisome return. Certainly +also the Norwegians found an easy way up.' + +Very little sleep came to any of the party after the shock of +this discovery, and when they started at 7.30 on the next morning +(January 17) head winds with a temperature of -22° added to their +depression of spirit. For some way they followed the Norwegian +tracks, and in about three miles they passed two cairns. Then, +as the tracks became increasingly drifted up and were obviously +leading them too far to the west, they decided to make straight +for the Pole according to their calculations. During the march +they covered about 14 miles, and at night Scott wrote in his +journal, 'The Pole. Yes, but under very different circumstances +from those expected.' + +That announcement tells its own story, and it would be impertinent +to guess at the feelings of those intrepid travelers when they +found themselves forestalled. Nevertheless they had achieved the +purpose they had set themselves, and the fact that they could not +claim the reward of priority makes not one jot of difference in +estimating the honors that belong to them. + +[Illustration: The party at the South Pole. (Capt. Oates; Capt. +Scott; P.O. Evans; Lieut. Bowers; Dr. Wilson.)] + +'Well,' Scott continued, 'it is something to have got here, and +the wind may be our friend to-morrow.... Now for the run home +and a desperate struggle. I wonder if we can do it.' + +On the following morning after summing up all their observations, +they came to the conclusion that they were one mile beyond the +Pole and three miles to the right of it, in which direction, +more or less, Bowers could see a tent or cairn. A march of two +miles from their camp took them to the tent, in which they found +a record of five Norwegians having been there: + + 'Roald Amundsen + Olav Olavson Bjaaland + Hilmer Hanssen + Sverre H. Hassel + Oscar Wisting. + --16 Dec. 1911. + +'The tent is fine--a small compact affair supported by a single +bamboo. A note from Amundsen, which I keep, asks me to forward +a letter to King Haakon!' + +In the tent a medley of articles had been left: three half bags +of reindeer containing a miscellaneous assortment of mitts and +sleeping-socks, very various in description, a sextant, a Norwegian +artificial horizon and a hypsometer without boiling-point +thermometers, a sextant and hypsometer of English make. 'Left +a note to say I had visited the tent with companions. Bowers +photographing and Wilson sketching. Since lunch we have marched +6.2 miles S.S.E. by compass (i.e. northwards). Sights at lunch +gave us 1/2 to 3/4 of a mile from the Pole, so we call it the +Pole Camp. (Temp. Lunch -21°.) We built a cairn, put up our poor +slighted Union Jack, and photographed ourselves--mighty cold +work all of it--less than 1/2 a mile south we saw stuck up an +old underrunner of a sledge. This we commandeered as a yard for +a floorcloth sail. I imagine it was intended to mark the exact +spot of the Pole as near as the Norwegians could fix it. (Height +9,500.) A note attached talked of the tent as being 2 miles +from the Pole. Wilson keeps the note. There is no doubt that +our predecessors have made thoroughly sure of their mark and +fully carried out their program. I think the Pole is about 9,500 +feet in height; this is remarkable, considering that in Lat. 88° +we were about 10,500. + +'We carried the Union Jack about 3/4 of a mile north with us and +left it on a piece of stick as near as we could fix it. I fancy +the Norwegians arrived at the Pole on the 15th Dec. and left on +the 17th, ahead of a date quoted by me in London as ideal, viz. +Dec. 22.... Well, we have turned our back now on the goal of our +ambition and must face our 800 miles of solid dragging--and +good-bye to most of the day-dreams!' + + + + +CHAPTER X + +ON THE HOMEWARD JOURNEY + + It matters not how strait the gate, + How charged with punishments the scroll; + I am the master of my fate, + I am the Captain of my soul. + --HENLEY. + +During the afternoon of Thursday, January 18, they left the Pole +7 miles behind them, and early in the march on the following +morning picked up their outward tracks and a Norwegian cairn. +These tracks they followed until they came to the black flag +that had been the first means of telling them of the Norwegians' +success. 'We have picked this flag up, using the staff for our +sail, and are now camped about 1-1/2 miles further back on our +tracks. So that is the last of the Norwegians for the present.' + +In spite of a surface that was absolutely spoilt by crystals +they marched 18-1/2 miles on the Friday, and also easily found +the cairns that they had built; but until they reached Three +Degree Depôt which was still 150 miles away, anxiety, Scott +said, could not be laid to rest. + +On the next day they reached their Southern Depôt and picked +up four days' food. With the wind behind them and with full sail +they went along at a splendid rate in the afternoon, until they +were pulled up by a surface on which drifting snow was lying +in heaps; and then, with the snow clinging to the ski, pulling +became terribly distressing. 'I shall be very glad when Bowers +gets his ski,' Scott wrote at R. 3, [Footnote: A number preceded +by R. marks the camps on the return journey.] 'I'm afraid he +must find these long marches very trying with short legs, but +he is an undefeated little sportsman. I think Oates is feeling +the cold and fatigue more than most of us. It is blowing pretty +hard to-night, but with a good march we have earned one good +hoosh and are very comfortable in the tent. It is everything +now to keep up a good marching pace; I trust we shall be able +to do so and catch the ship. Total march, 18-1/2 miles.' + +A stiff blizzard with thick snow awaited them on the Sunday morning, +but the weather cleared after mid-day, and they struggled on for +a few very weary hours. At night they had 6 days' food in hand +and 45 miles between them and their next depôt, where they had +left 7 days' food to take them on the go miles to the Three Degree +Depôt. 'Once there we ought to be safe, but we ought to have a day +or two in hand on arrival and may have difficulty with following +the tracks. However, if we can get a rating sight for our watches +to-morrow we should be independent of the tracks at a pinch.' + +January 22 brought an added worry in the fact that the ski boots +were beginning to show signs of wear, but this was nothing compared +with the anxiety Scott began to feel about Evans on the following +day. 'There is no doubt that Evans is a good deal run down--his +fingers are badly blistered and his nose is rather seriously +congested with frequent frost-bites. He is very much annoyed with +himself, which is not a good sign. I think Wilson, Bowers and I +are as fit as possible under the circumstances. Oates gets cold +feet.... We are only about 13 miles from our "Degree and half" +Depôt and should get there tomorrow. The weather seems to be +breaking up. Pray God we have something of a track to follow to +the Three Degree Depôt--once we pick that up we ought to be right.' + +Another blizzard attacked them at mid-day on the morrow, and so, +though only seven miles from their depôt, they were obliged to +camp, for it was impossible to see the tracks. With the prospect +of bad weather and scant food on the tremendous summit journey +in front of them, and with Oates and Evans suffering badly from +frost-bites, Scott had to admit that the situation was going from +bad to worse. But on the next afternoon, they managed to reach +the Half Degree Depôt, and left with 9-1/2 days' provision to +carry them the next 89 miles. + +During Friday, January 26, they found their old tracks completely +wiped out, but knowing that there were two cairns at four-mile +intervals they were not anxious until they picked up the first +far on their right, and afterwards Bowers caught a glimpse of +the second which was far on their left. 'There is not a sign of +our tracks between these cairns, but the last, marking our night +camp of the 6th, No. 59, is in the belt of hard sastrugi, and I +was comforted to see signs of the track reappearing as we camped. +I hope to goodness we can follow it to-morrow.' + +Throughout the early part of the next day's march, however, these +hopes were not realized. Scott and Wilson pulling in front on +ski, the others being on foot, found it very difficult to follow +the track, which constantly disappeared altogether and at the +best could only just be seen. + +On the outward journey, owing to the heavy mounds, they had been +compelled to take a very zigzag course, and in consequence the +difficulty of finding signs of it was greatly increased. But by +hook or crook they succeeded in sticking to the old track, and +during the last part of the march they discovered, to their joy +and relief, that it was much easier to follow. Through this march +they were helped on their way by a southerly breeze, and as the +air was at last dry again their tents and equipment began to lose +the icy state caused by the recent blizzards. On the other hand, +they were beginning to feel that more food, especially at lunch, +was becoming more and more necessary, and their sleeping-bags, +although they managed to sleep well enough in them, were slowly +but steadily getting wetter. + +On Sunday night, at R. 11, they were only 43 miles from their +depôt with six days food in hand, after doing a good march of +16 miles. 'If this goes on and the weather holds we shall get +our depôt without trouble. I shall indeed be glad to get it on +the sledge. We are getting more hungry, there is no doubt. The +lunch meal is beginning to seem inadequate. We are pretty thin, +especially Evans, but none of us are feeling worked out. I doubt +if we could drag heavy loads, but we can keep going with our +light one. We talk of food a good deal more, and shall be glad +to open out on it. + +With the wind helping greatly and with no difficulty in finding +the tracks, two splendid marches followed; but on the Tuesday +their position had its serious as well as its bright side, for +Wilson strained a tendon in his leg. 'It has,' Scott wrote, 'given +pain all day and is swollen to-night. Of course, he is full of +pluck over it, but I don't like the idea of such an accident +here. To add to the trouble Evans has dislodged two finger-nails +to-night; his hands are really bad, and to my surprise he shows +signs of losing heart over it. He hasn't been cheerful since the +accident.... We can get along with bad fingers, but it [will be] +a mighty serious thing if Wilson's leg doesn't improve.' + +Before lunch on Wednesday, January 31, they picked up the Three +Degree Depôt, and were able slightly to increase their rations, +though not until they reached the pony food depôt could they +look for a 'real feed.' After lunch (January 31) the surface, +owing to sandy crystals, was very bad, and with Wilson walking +by the sledge to rest his leg as much as possible, pulling was +even more toilsome work than usual. During the afternoon they +picked up Bowers' ski, which he had left on December 31. 'The +last thing we have to find on the summit, thank Heaven! Now we +have only to go north and so shall welcome strong winds.' + +Pulling on throughout the next day they reached a lunch cairn, +which had been made when they were only a week out from the Upper +Glacier Depôt. With eight days' food in hand Scott hoped that they +would easily reach it, for their increased food allowance was +having a good effect upon all of them, and Wilson's leg was better. +On the other hand, Evans was still a cause for considerable anxiety. + +All went very well during their march to R. 16 on February 2 +until Scott, trying to keep the track and his feet at the same +time on a very slippery surface, came 'an awful purler' on his +shoulder. 'It is horribly sore to-night and another sick person +added to our tent--three out of five injured, and the most +troublesome surfaces to come. We shall be lucky if we get through +without serious injury.... The extra food is certainly helping +us, but we are getting pretty hungry.... It is time we were off +the summit--Pray God another four days will see us pretty well +clear of it. Our bags are getting very wet and we ought to have +more sleep.' + +On leaving their sixteenth camp they were within 80 miles or so of +the Upper Glacier Depôt under Mount Darwin, and after exasperating +delays in searching for tracks and cairns, they resolved to waste +no more time, but to push due north just as fast as they could. +Evans' fingers were still very bad, and there was little hope that +he would be able for some time to help properly with the work, and +on the following day an accident that entailed the most serious +consequences happened. + +'Just before lunch,' Scott wrote at R. 18, 'unexpectedly fell +into crevasses, Evans and I together--a second fall for Evans, +[Footnote: Wilson afterwards expressed an opinion that Evans +injured his brain by one of these falls.] and I camped. After +lunch saw disturbance ahead.... We went on ski over hard shiny +descending surface. Did very well, especially towards end of +march, covering in all 18.1.... The party is not improving in +condition, especially Evans, who is becoming rather dull and +incapable. Thank the Lord we have good food at each meal, but we +get hungrier in spite of it. Bowers is splendid, full of energy +and bustle all the time.' + +On Monday morning a capital advance of over 10 miles was made, +but in the afternoon difficulties again arose to harass them. +Huge pressures and great street crevasses partly open barred +their way, and so they had to steer more and more to the west on +a very erratic course. Camping-time found them still in a very +disturbed region, and although they were within 25 to 30 miles of +their depôt there seemed to be no way through the disturbances +that continued to block their path. On turning out to continue +their march they went straight for Mount Darwin, but almost at +once found themselves among huge open chasms. To avoid these +they turned northwards between two of them, with the result that +they got into chaotic disturbance. Consequently they were compelled +to retrace their steps for a mile or so, and then striking to the +west they got among a confused sea of sastrugi, in the midst of +which they camped for lunch. A little better fortune attended +them in the afternoon, and at their twentieth camp Scott estimated +that they were anything from 10 to 15 miles off the Upper Glacier +Depôt. 'Food is low and weather uncertain,' he wrote, 'so that +many hours of the day were anxious; but this evening (February +6), though we are not so far advanced as I expected, the outlook +is much more promising. Evans is the chief anxiety now; his cuts +and wounds suppurate, his nose looks very bad, and altogether he +shows considerable signs of being played out. Things may mend +for him on the Glacier, and his wounds get some respite under +warmer conditions. I am indeed glad to think we shall so soon +have done with plateau conditions. It took us 27 days to reach +the Pole and 21 days back--in all 48 days--nearly 7 weeks in +low temperature with almost incessant wind.' + +February 7, which was to see the end of their summit journey, +opened with a very tiresome march down slopes and over terraces +covered with hard sastrugi. However, they made fairly good progress +during the day, and between six and seven o'clock their depôt was +sighted and soon afterwards they were camped close to it. 'Well,' +Scott wrote at R. 21, 'we have come through our 7 weeks' ice camp +journey and most of us are fit, but I think another week might +have had a very bad effect on P.O. Evans, who is going steadily +downhill.' + +On the next morning they started late owing to various +re-arrangements having to be made, and then steered for Mt. Darwin +to get specimens. As Wilson was still unable to use his ski, +Bowers went on and got several specimens of much the same type--a +close-grained granite rock which weathers red; and as soon as +Bowers had rejoined the party they skidded downhill fairly fast, +Scott and Bowers (the leaders) being on ski, Wilson and Oates on +foot alongside the sledge, while Evans was detached. + +By lunch-time they were well down towards Mt. Buckley, and decided +to steer for the moraine under the mountain. Having crossed some +very irregular steep slopes with big crevasses, they slid down +towards the rocks, and then they saw that the moraine was so +interesting that, after an advance of some miles had brought +escape from the wind, the decision was made to camp and spend +the rest of the day in geologising. + +It has been extremely interesting. We found ourselves under +perpendicular cliffs of Beacon sandstone, weathering rapidly +and carrying veritable coal seams. From the last Wilson, with +his sharp eyes, has picked several plant impressions, the last +a piece of coal with beautifully traced leaves in layers, also +some excellently preserved impressions of thick stems, showing +cellular structure. In one place we saw the cast of small waves +in the sand. To-night Bill has got a specimen of limestone with +archeo-cyathus--the trouble is one cannot imagine where the stone +comes from; it is evidently rare, as few specimens occur in the +moraine. There is a good deal of pure white quartz. Altogether +we have had a most interesting afternoon, and the relief of being +out of the wind and in a warmer temperature is inexpressible. I +hope and trust we shall all buck up again now that the conditions +are more favorable.... A lot could be written on the delight of +setting foot on rock after 14 weeks of snow and ice, and nearly +7 out of sight of aught else. It is like going ashore after a +sea voyage.' + +On the following morning they kept along the edge of the moraine +to the end of Mt. Buckley, and again stopping to geologise, Wilson +had a great find of vegetable impression in a piece of limestone. +The time spent in collecting these geological specimens from the +Beardmore Glacier, and the labor endured in dragging the additional +35 lbs. to their last camp, were doubtless a heavy price to pay; +but great as the cost was they were more than willing to pay it. +The fossils contained in these specimens, often so inconspicuous +that it is a wonder they were discovered by the collectors, proved +to be the most valuable obtained by the expedition, and promise to +solve completely the questions of the age and past history of this +portion of the Antarctic continent. At night, after a difficult +day among bad ice pressures, Scott almost apologizes for being too +tired to write any geological notes, and as the sledgemeter had +been unshipped he could not tell the distance they had traversed. +'Very warm on march and we are all pretty tired.... Our food +satisfies now, but we must march to keep on the full ration, and +we want rest, yet we shall pull through all right, D. V. We are +by no means worn out.' + +On the night of Friday, February 10, they got some of the sleep +that was so urgently needed, and in consequence there was a great +change for the better in the appearance of everyone. Their progress, +however, was delayed during the next afternoon by driving snow, +which made steering impossible and compelled them to camp. 'We +have two full days' food left,' Scott wrote on the same evening, +'and though our position is uncertain, we are certainly within +two outward marches from the middle glacier depôt. However, if +the weather doesn't clear by to-morrow, we must either march +blindly on or reduce food.' + +The conditions on Sunday morning were utterly wretched for the +surface was bad and the light horrible, but they marched on until, +with the light getting worse and worse, they suddenly found +themselves in pressure. Then, unfortunately, they decided to +steer east, and after struggling on for several hours found +themselves in a regular trap. Having for a short time in the +earlier part of the day got on to a good surface, they thought +that all was going well and did not reduce their lunch rations. +But half an hour after lunch they suddenly got into a terrible +ice mess. + +For three hours they plunged forward on ski, first thinking that +they were too much to the right, and then too much to the left; +meanwhile the disturbance got worse and worse, and there were +moments when Scott nearly despaired of finding a way out of the +awful turmoil in which they found themselves. At length, arguing +that there must be a way out on the left, they plunged in that +direction, only to find that the surface was more icy and +crevassed. + +'We could not manage our ski and pulled on foot, falling into +crevasses every minute--most luckily no bad accident. At length +we saw a smoother slope towards the land, pushed for it, but +knew it was a woefully long way from us. The turmoil changed in +character, irregular crevassed surface giving way to huge chasms, +closely packed and most difficult to cross. It was very heavy +work, but we had grown desperate. We won through at 10 P.M., and +I write after 12 hours on the march. I think we are on or about +the right track now, but we are still a good number of miles from +the depôt, so we reduced rations to-night. We had three pemmican +meals left and decided to make them into four. To-morrow's lunch +must serve for two if we do not make big progress. It was a test +of our endurance on the march and our fitness with small supper. +We have come through well.' + +On leaving R. 25, early on Monday morning, everything went well +in the forenoon and a good march was made over a fair surface. Two +hours before lunch they were cheered by the sight of their night +camp of December 18 (the day after they had made their depôt), +for this showed them that they were still on the right track. +In the afternoon, refreshed by tea, they started off confidently +expecting to reach their depôt, but by a most unfortunate chance +they kept too far to the left and arrived in a maze of crevasses +and fissures. Afterwards their course became very erratic, and +finally, at 9 P.M., they landed in the worst place of all. + +'After discussion we decided to camp, and here we are, after a +very short supper and one meal only remaining in the food bag; +the depôt doubtful in locality. We must get there to-morrow. +Meanwhile we are cheerful with an effort.' + +On that night, at Camp R. 26, Scott says that they all slept +well in spite of grave anxieties, his own being increased by +his visits outside the tent, when he saw the sky closing over +and snow beginning to fall. At their ordinary hour for getting +up the weather was so thick that they had to remain in their +sleeping-bags; but presently the weather cleared enough for Scott +dimly to see the land of the Cloudmaker. Then they got up and after +breakfasting off some tea and one biscuit, so that they might +leave their scanty remaining meal for even greater emergencies, +they started to march through an awful turmoil of broken ice. In +about an hour, however, they hit upon an old moraine track where +the surface was much smoother, though the fog that was still +hanging over everything added to their difficulties. Presently +Evans raised their hopes with a shout of depôt ahead, but it +proved to be nothing but a shadow on the ice, and then Wilson +suddenly saw the actual depôt flag. 'It was an immense relief, +and we were soon in possession of our 3-1/2 days' food. The relief +to all is inexpressible; needless to say, we camped and had a +meal.' + +Marching on in the afternoon Scott kept more to the left, and +closed the mountain until they came to the stone moraines, where +Wilson detached himself and made a collection, while the others +advanced with the sledge. Writing that night (Tuesday, February +13) at 'Camp R. 27, beside Cloudmaker' Scott says, 'We camped +late, abreast the lower end of the mountain, and had nearly our +usual satisfying supper. Yesterday was the worst experience of +the trip and gave a horrid feeling of insecurity. Now we are +right, but we must march. In future food must be worked so that +we do not run so short if the weather fails us. We mustn't get +into a hole like this again.... Bowers has had a very bad attack +of snow-blindness, and Wilson another almost as bad. Evans has +no power to assist with camping work.' + +A good march followed to Camp R. 28, and with nearly three days' +food they were about 30 miles away from the Lower Glacier Depôt. +On the other hand, Scott was becoming most gravely concerned +about the condition of the party, and especially about Evans, +who seemed to be going from bad to worse. And on the next evening, +after a heavy march he wrote, 'We don't know our distance from +the depôt, but imagine about 20 miles. We are pulling for food +and not very strong evidently.... We have reduced food, also sleep; +feeling rather done. Trust 1-1/2 days or 2 at most will see us +at depôt.' + +Friday's march brought them within 10 or 12 miles of their depôt, +and with food enough to last them until the next night; but anxiety +about Evans was growing more and more intense. 'Evans has nearly +broken down in brain, we think. He is absolutely changed from +his normal self-reliant self. This morning and this afternoon he +stopped the march on some trivial excuse.... Memory should hold +the events of a very troublesome march with more troubles ahead. +Perhaps all will be well if we can get to our depôt to-morrow +fairly early, but it is anxious work with the sick man.' + +On the following morning (Saturday, February 17) Evans looked a +little better after a good sleep, and declared, as he always did, +that he was quite well; but half an hour after he had started in +his place on the traces, he worked his ski shoes adrift and had +to leave the sledge. At the time the surface was awful, the soft +snow, which had recently fallen, clogging the ski and runners +at every step, the sledge groaning, the sky overcast, and the +land hazy. They stopped for about an hour, and then Evans came up +again, but very slowly. Half an hour later he dropped out again +on the same plea, and asked Bowers to lend him a piece of string. +Scott cautioned him to come on as quickly as he could, and he +gave what seemed to be a cheerful answer. Then the others were +compelled to push on, until abreast the Monument Rock they halted +and, seeing Evans a long way behind, decided to camp for lunch. + +At first there was no alarm, but when they looked out after lunch +and saw him still afar off they were thoroughly frightened, and +all four of them started back on ski. Scott was the first to +meet the poor man, who was on his knees with hands uncovered and +frost-bitten and a wild look in his eyes. When asked what was +the matter, he replied slowly that he didn't know, but thought +that he must have fainted. + +They managed to get him on his feet, but after two or three steps +he sank down again and showed every sign of complete collapse. +Then Scott, Wilson and Bowers hastened back for the sledge, while +Oates remained with him. + +'When we returned he was practically unconscious, and when we +got him into the tent quite comatose. He died quietly at 12.30 A.M.' + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE LAST MARCH + + Men like a man who has shown himself a pleasant companion + through a week's walking tour. They worship the man who, + over thousands of miles, for hundreds of days, through renewed + difficulties and efforts, has brought them without friction, + arrogance or dishonor to the victory proposed, or to the higher + glory of unshaken defeat. + --R. KIPLING. + +After this terrible experience the rest of the party marched on +later in the night, and arrived at their depôt; there they allowed +themselves five hours' sleep and then marched to Shambles Camp, +which they reached at 3 P.M. on Sunday, February 18. Plenty of +horse meat awaited them, with the prospect of plenty to come if +they could only keep up good marches. 'New life seems to come with +greater food almost immediately, but I am anxious about the Barrier +surfaces.' + +A late start was made from Shambles Camp, because much work had +to be done in shifting sledges [Footnote: Sledges were left at +the chief depôts to replace damaged ones.] and fitting up the +new one with a mast, &c., and in packing horse meat and personal +effects. Soon after noon, however, they got away, and found the +surface every bit as bad as they expected. Moreover Scott's fears +that there would not be much change during the next few days +were most thoroughly justified. On the Monday afternoon they +had to pullover a really terrible surface that resembled desert +sand. And the same conditions awaited them on the following day, +when, after four hours' plodding in the morning, they reached +Desolation Camp. At this camp they had hoped to find more pony +meat, but disappointment awaited them. 'Total mileage for day 7,' +Scott wrote at R. 34, 'the ski tracks pretty plain and easily +followed this afternoon.... Terribly slow progress, but we hope +for better things as we clear the land.... Pray God we get better +traveling as we are not so fit as we were, and the season is +advancing apace.' + +Again, on Wednesday, February 21, the surface was terrible, and +once more Scott expressed a devout hope that as they drew away +from the land the conditions might get better; and that this +improvement should come and come soon was all the more necessary +because they were approaching a critical part of their journey, +in which there were long distances between the cairns. 'If we +can tide that over we get on the regular cairn route, and with +luck should stick to it; but everything depends on the weather. +We never won a march of 8-1/2 miles with greater difficulty, but +we can't go on like this.' + +Very fresh wind from the S.E., with strong surface drift, so +completely wiped out the faint track they were trying to follow +during the next stage of their struggle homewards, that lunch-time +came without a sight of the cairn they had hoped to pass. Later +in the day Bowers, feeling sure that they were too far to the +west, steered out, with the result that another pony camp was +passed by unseen. 'There is little doubt we are in for a rotten +critical time going home, and the lateness of the season may +make it really serious.... Looking at the map to-night there is +no doubt we are too far to the east. With clear weather we ought +to be able to correct the mistake, but will the weather clear? +It's a gloomy position, more especially as one sees the same +difficulty recurring even when we have corrected this error. The +wind is dying down to-night and the sky clearing in the south, +which is hopeful. Meanwhile it is satisfactory to note that such +untoward events fail to damp the spirit of the party.' + +The hopes of better weather were realized during the following +day, when they started off in sunshine and with very little wind. +Difficulties as to their course remained, but luckily Bowers +took a round of angles, and with the help of the chart they came +to the conclusion that they must be inside rather than outside +the tracks. The data, however, were so meager that none of them +were happy about taking the great responsibility of marching out. +Then, just as they had decided to lunch, Bowers' wonderfully +sharp eyes detected an old double lunch cairn, and the theodolite +telescope confirmed it. Camp R. 37 found them within 2-1/2 miles +of their depôt. 'We cannot see it, but, given fine weather, we +cannot miss it. We are, therefore, extraordinarily relieved.... +Things are again looking up, as we are on the regular line of +cairns, with no gaps right home, I hope.' In the forenoon of +Saturday, February 24, the depôt was reached, and there they +found the store in order except for a shortage of oil. 'Shall +have to be very saving with fuel.' + +[Indeed from this time onward the party were increasingly in +want of more oil than they found at the depôts. Owing partly to +the severe conditions, but still more to the delays caused by +their sick comrades, they reached the full limit of time allowed +for between the depôts. The cold was unexpected, and at the same +time the actual amount of oil found at the depôts was less than +Scott anticipated. + +The return journey on the summit was made at good speed, for +the party accomplished in 21 days what had taken them 27 days +on the outward journey. But the last part of it, from Three Degree +to Upper Glacier Depôt, took nearly eight marches as against ten, +and here can be seen the first slight slackening as P.O. Evans +and Oates began to feel the cold. From the Upper Glacier to the +Lower Glacier Depôt there was little gain on the outward journey, +partly owing to the conditions but more to Evans' gradual +collapse. And from that time onward the marches of the weary but +heroic travelers became shorter and shorter. + +As regards the cause of the shortage of oil, the tins at the +depôts had been exposed to extreme conditions of heat and cold. +The oil in the warmth of the sun--for the tins were regularly +set in an accessible place on the top of the cairns--tended to +become vapor and to escape through the stoppers without damage +to the tins. This process was much hastened owing to the leather +washers about the stoppers having perished in the great cold. + +The tins awaiting the Southern party at the depôts had, of course, +been opened, so that the supporting parties on their way back +could take their due amount. But however carefully the tins were +re-stoppered, they were still liable to the unexpected evaporation +and leakage, and hence, without the smallest doubt, arose the +shortage which was such a desperate blow to Scott and his party.] + +Apart from the storage of fuel everything was found in order at +the depôt, and with ten full days' provisions from the night +of the 24th they had less than 70 miles between them and the +Mid-Barrier depôt. At lunch-time Scott wrote in a more hopeful +tone, 'It is an immense relief to have picked up this depôt, +and, for the time, anxieties are thrust aside,' but at night, +after pulling on a dreadful surface and only gaining four miles, +he added, 'It really will be a bad business if we are to have +this plodding all through. I don't know what to think, but the +rapid closing of the season is ominous.... It is a race between +the season and hard conditions and our fitness and good food.' + +Their prospects, however, became a little brighter during the +following day, when the whole march yielded 11.4 miles, 'The +first double figures of steady dragging for a long time.' But +what they wanted and what would not come was a wind to help them +on their way. Nevertheless, although the assistance they so sorely +needed was still lacking, they gained another 11-1/2 miles on +their next march, and were within 43 miles of their next depôt. +Writing from 'R. 40. Temp. -21°' on Monday night, February 26, +Scott said, 'Wonderfully fine weather but cold, very cold. Nothing +dries and we get our feet cold too often. We want more food yet, +and especially more fat. Fuel is woefully short. We can scarcely +hope to get a better surface at this season, but I wish we could +have some help from the wind, though it might shake us up badly +if the temp. didn't rise.' + +Tuesday brought them within 31 miles of their depôt, but hunger +was attacking them fiercely, and they could talk of little else +except food and of when and where they might possibly meet the +dogs. 'It is a critical position. We may find ourselves in safety +at next depôt, but there is a horrid element of doubt.' + +On the next day Scott decided to increase the rations, and at +R. 42, which they reached after a march of 11-1/2 miles in a +blightingly cold wind, they had a 'splendid pony hoosh.' The +temperatures, however, which varied at this time between -30° +and -42°, were chilling them through and through, and to get +their foot-gear on in the mornings was both a painful and a long +task. 'Frightfully cold starting,' Scott wrote at lunch-time +on Thursday, February 29, 'luckily Bowers and Oates in their +last new finnesko; keeping my old ones for the present.... Next +camp is our depôt and it is exactly 13 miles. It ought not to +take more than 1-1/2 days; we pray for another fine one. The +oil will just about spin out in that event, and we arrive a clear +day's food in hand.' + +On reaching the Middle Barrier Depôt, however, blow followed +blow in such quick succession that hope of pulling through began +to sink in spite of all their cheerfulness and courage. First +they found such a shortage of oil that with the most rigid economy +it could scarcely carry them on to their next depôt, 71 miles +away. Then Oates disclosed the fact that his feet, evidently +frost-bitten by the recent low temperatures, were very bad indeed. +And lastly the wind, which at first they had greeted with some +joy, brought dark overcast weather. During the Friday night the +temperature fell to below -40°, and on the next morning an hour +and a half was spent before they could get on their foot-gear. +'Then on an appalling surface they lost both cairns and tracks, +and at lunch Scott had to admit that they were 'in a very queer +street since there is no doubt we cannot do the extra marches +and feel the cold horribly.' + +Afterwards they managed to pick up the track again, and with +a march of nearly 10 miles for the day prospects brightened a +little; but on the next morning they had to labor upon a surface +that was coated with a thin layer of woolly crystals, which were +too firmly fixed to be removed by the wind and caused impossible +friction to the runners of the sledge. 'God help us,' Scott wrote +at mid-day, 'we can't keep up this pulling, that is certain. +Amongst ourselves we are unendingly cheerful, but what each man +feels in his heart I can only guess. Putting on foot-gear in the +morning is getting slower and slower, therefore every day more +dangerous.' + +No relief whatever to the critical situation came on Monday, +March 4, and there was in fact little left to hope for except +a strong drying wind, which at that time of the year was not +likely to come. At mid-day they were about 42 miles from the +next depôt and had a week's food; but in spite of the utmost +economy their oil could only last three or four days, and to +pull as they were doing and be short of food at the same time +was an absolute impossibility. For the time being the temperature +had risen to -20°, but Scott was sure that this small improvement +was only temporary and feared that Oates, at any rate, was in +no state to weather more severe cold than they were enduring. +And hanging over all the other misfortunes was the constant fear +that if they did get to the next depôt they might find the same +shortage of oil. 'I don't know what I should do if Wilson and +Bowers weren't so determinedly cheerful over things.' + +And it must in all truth have been as difficult as it was heroic +to be cheerful, for weary and worn as they were their food needed +such careful husbanding, that their supper on this night (March +4) consisted of nothing but a cup of cocoa and pemmican solid +with the chill off. 'We pretend to prefer the pemmican this way,' +Scott says, and if any proof was needed of their indomitable +resolution it is contained in that short sentence. The result, +however, was telling rapidly upon all of them, and more especially +upon Oates, whose feet were in a terrible condition when they +started to march on the morning of the 5th. Lunch-time saw them +within 27 miles of their next supply of food and fuel, but by +this time poor Oates was almost done. + +'It is pathetic enough because we can do nothing for him; more +hot food might do a little, but only a little, I fear. We none +of us expected these terribly low temperatures, and of the rest +of us Wilson is feeling. them most; mainly, I fear, from his +self-sacrificing devotion in doctoring Oates' feet. We cannot +help each other, each has enough to do to take care of himself. +We get cold on the march when the trudging is heavy, and the +wind pierces our worn garments. The others, all of them, are +unendingly cheerful when in the tent. We mean to see the game +through with a proper spirit, but it's tough work to be pulling +harder than we ever pulled in our lives for long hours, and to +feel that the progress is so slow. One can only say "God help +us!" and plod on our weary way, cold and very miserable, though +outwardly cheerful. We talk of all sorts of subjects in the tent, +not much of food now, since we decided to take the risk of running +a full ration. We simply couldn't go hungry at this time.' + +On the morning of the 6th Oates was no longer able to pull, and +the miles gained, when they camped for lunch after desperate +work, were only three and a half, and the total distance for +the day was short of seven miles. For Oates, indeed, the crisis +was near at hand. 'He makes no complaint, but his spirits only +come up in spurts now, and he grows more silent in the tent.... +If we were all fit I should have hopes of getting through, but +the poor Soldier has become a terrible hindrance, though he does +his utmost and suffers much I fear.' And at mid-day on the 7th, +Scott added, 'A little worse I fear. One of Oates' feet very +bad this morning; he is wonderfully brave. We still talk of what +we will do together at home.' + +At this time they were 16 miles from their depôt, and if they +found the looked-for amount of fuel and food there, and if the +surface helped them, Scott hoped that they might get on to the +Mt. Hooper Depôt, 72 miles farther, but not to One Ton Camp. +'We hope against hope that the dogs have been to Mt. Hooper; +then we might pull through.... We are only kept going by good +food. No wind this morning till a chill northerly air came ahead. +Sun bright and cairns showing up well. I should like to keep +the track to the end.' + +Another fearful struggle took them by lunch-time on the 8th to +within 8-1/2 miles of their next goal, but the time spent over +foot-gear in the mornings was getting longer and longer. 'Have to +wait in night footgear for nearly an hour before I start changing, +and then am generally first to be ready. Wilson's feet giving +trouble now, but this mainly because he gives so much help to +others.... The great question is, what shall we find at the depôt? +If the dogs have visited it we may get along a good distance, but +if there is another short allowance of fuel, God help us indeed. +We are in a very bad way, I fear, in any case.' + +On the following day they managed to struggle on to Mount Hooper +Depôt. 'Cold comfort. Shortage on our allowance all round. I don't +know that anyone is to blame. The dogs which would have been our +salvation have evidently failed.' + +[For the last six days Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had been waiting +with the dogs at One Ton Camp. Scott had dated his probable return +to Hut Point anywhere between mid-March and early April, and +calculating from the speed of the other return parties Atkinson +expected him to reach One Ton Camp between March 3 and 10. There +Cherry-Garrard met four days of blizzard, with the result that +when the weather cleared he had little more than enough dog food +to take the teams home. Under these circumstances only two possible +courses were open to him, either to push south for one more march +and back with imminent risk of missing Scott on the way, or to +stay two days at the Camp where Scott was bound to come, if he +came at all. Wisely he took the latter course and stayed at One +Ton Camp until the utmost limit of time.] + +With the depôt reached and no relief to the situation gained, +Scott was forced to admit that things were going 'steadily +downhill,' but for the time being Oates' condition was by far the +most absorbing trouble. 'Oates' foot worse,' he wrote on the 10th. +'He has rare pluck and must know that he can never get through. +He asked Wilson if he had a chance this morning, and of course Bill +had to say he didn't know. In point of fact he has none. Apart +from him, if he went under now, I doubt whether we could get +through. With great care we might have a dog's chance, but no +more.... Poor chap! it is too pathetic to watch him; one cannot +but try to cheer him up.' + +On this same day a blizzard met them after they had marched for +half an hour, and Scott seeing that not one of them could face +such weather, pitched camp and stayed there until the following +morning. Then they struggled on again with the sky so overcast +that they could see nothing and consequently lost the tracks. +At the most they gained little more than six miles during the +day, and this they knew was as much as they could hope to do if +they got no help from wind or surfaces. 'We have 7 days' food and +should be about 55 miles from One Ton Camp to-night, 6 X 7 = 42, +leaving us 13 miles short of our distance, even if things get +no worse.' + +Oates too was, Scott felt, getting very near the end. 'What we or +he will do, God only knows. We discussed the matter after breakfast; +he is a brave fine fellow and understands the situation, but he +practically asked for advice. Nothing could be said but to urge +him to march as long as he could. One satisfactory result to the +discussion: I practically ordered Wilson to hand over the means +of ending our troubles to us, so that any of us may know how to +do so. Wilson had no choice between doing so and our ransacking +the medicine case.' + +Thus Scott wrote on the 11th, and the next days brought more and +more misfortunes with them. A strong northerly wind stopped them +altogether on the 13th, and although on the following morning they +started with a favorable breeze, it soon shifted and blew through +their wind-clothes and their mitts. 'Poor Wilson horribly cold, +could not get off ski for some time. Bowers and I practically made +camp, and when we got into the tent at last we were all deadly +cold.... We must go on, but now the making of every camp must +be more difficult and dangerous. It must be near the end, but a +pretty merciful end.... I shudder to think what it will be like +to-morrow.' + +Up to this time, incredible as it seems, Scott had only once +spared himself the agony of writing in his journal, so nothing +could be more pathetic and significant than the fact that at +last he was unable any longer to keep a daily record of this +magnificent journey. + +'Friday, March 16 or Saturday 17. Lost track of dates, but think +the last correct,' his next entry begins, but then under the most +unendurable conditions he went on to pay a last and imperishable +tribute to his dead companion. + +'Tragedy all along the line. At lunch, the day before yesterday, +poor Titus Oates said he couldn't go on; he proposed we should +leave him in his sleeping-bag. That we could not do, and we induced +him to come on, on the afternoon march. In spite of its awful +nature for him he struggled on and we made a few miles. At night +he was worse and we knew the end had come. + +'Should this be found I want these facts recorded. Oates' last +thoughts were of his Mother, but immediately before he took pride +in thinking that his regiment would be pleased with the bold +way in which he met his death. We can testify to his bravery. +He has borne intense suffering for weeks without complaint, and +to the very last was able and willing to discuss outside subjects. +He did not--would not--give up hope till the very end. He was a +brave soul. This was the end. He slept through the night before +last, hoping not to wake; but he woke in the morning--yesterday. +It was blowing a blizzard. He said, "I am just going outside and +may be some time." He went out into the blizzard and we have not +seen him since. + +'I take this opportunity of saying that we have stuck to our sick +companions to the last. In case of Edgar Evans, when absolutely +out of food and he lay insensible, the safety of the remainder +seemed to demand his abandonment, but Providence mercifully +removed him at this critical moment. He died a natural death, +and we did not leave him till two hours after his death. + +'We knew that poor Oates was walking to his death, but though +we tried to dissuade him, we knew it was the act of a brave man +and an English gentleman. We all hope to meet the end with a +similar spirit, and assuredly the end is not far. + +'I can only write at lunch and then only occasionally. The cold +is intense, -40° at mid-day. My companions are unendingly cheerful, +but we are all on the verge of serious frost-bites, and though we +constantly talk of fetching through I don't think anyone of us +believes it in his heart. + +'We are cold on the march now, and at all times except meals. +Yesterday we had to lay up for a blizzard and to-day we move +dreadfully slowly. We are at No. 14 pony camp, only two pony +marches from One Ton Depôt. We leave here our theodolite, a camera, +and Oates' sleeping-bags. Diaries, etc., and geological specimens +carried at Wilson's special request, will be found with us or +on our sledge.' + +At mid-day on the next day, March 18, they had struggled to within +21 miles of One Ton Depôt, but wind and drift came on and they had +to stop their march. 'No human being could face it, and we are worn +out nearly. + +'My right foot has gone, nearly all the toes--two days ago I +was the proud possessor of best feet. These are the steps of my +downfall. Like an ass I mixed a spoonful of curry powder with +my melted pemmican--it gave me violent indigestion. I lay awake +and in pain all night; woke and felt done on the march; foot +went and I didn't know it. A very small measure of neglect and +have a foot which is not pleasant to contemplate. + +'Bowers takes first place in condition, but there is not much +to choose after all. The others are still confident of getting +through--or pretend to be--I don't know! We have the last half +fill of oil in our primus and a very small quantity of spirit--this +alone between us and thirst.' + +On that night camp was made with the greatest difficulty, but +after a supper of cold pemmican and biscuit and half a pannikin +of cocoa, they were, contrary to their expectations, warm enough +to get some sleep. + +Then came the closing stages of this glorious struggle against +persistent misfortune. + +'March 19.--Lunch. To-day we started in the usual dragging manner. +Sledge dreadfully heavy. We are 15-1/2 miles from the depôt and +ought to get there in three days. What progress! We have two days' +food but barely a day's fuel. All our feet are getting bad--Wilson's +best, my right foot worst, left all right. There is no chance to +nurse one's feet till we can get hot food into us. Amputation is +the least I can hope for now, but will the trouble spread? That +is the serious question. The weather doesn't give us a chance; the +wind from N. to N. W. and -40 temp. to-day. + +[Illustration: Final entry of R. Scott's diary.] + +During the afternoon they drew 4-1/2 miles nearer to the One Ton +Depôt, and there they made their last camp. Throughout Tuesday +a severe blizzard held them prisoners, and on the 21st Scott +wrote: 'To-day forlorn hope, Wilson and Bowers going to depôt +for fuel.' + +But the blizzard continued without intermission. '22 and 23. +Blizzard bad as ever--Wilson and Bowers unable to start--to-morrow +last chance--no fuel and only one or two of food left--must be +near the end. Have decided it shall be natural--we shall march +for the depôt with or without our effects and die in our tracks.' + +'March 29.--Since the 21st we have had a continuous gale from +W.S.W. and S.W. We had fuel to make two cups of tea apiece, and +bare food for two days on the 20th. Every day we have been ready +to start for our depôt 11 miles away, but outside the door of +the tent it remains a scene of whirling drift. I do not think +we can hope for any better things now. We shall stick it out to +the end, but we are getting weaker, of course, and the end cannot +be far. + +'It seems a pity, but I do not think I can write more. + + 'R. SCOTT. + +'Last entry +For God's sake look after our people.' + + * * * * * + +After Cherry-Garrard and Demetri had returned to Hut Point on +March 16 without having seen any signs of the Polar party, Atkinson +and Keohane made one more desperate effort to find them. When, +however, this had been unsuccessful there was nothing more to +be done until the winter was over. + +During this long and anxious time the leadership of the party +devolved upon Atkinson, who under the most trying circumstances +showed qualities that are beyond all praise. At the earliest +possible moment (October 30) a large party started south. 'On +the night of the 11th and morning of the 12th,' Atkinson says, +'after we had marched 11 miles due south of One Ton, we found +the tent. It was an object partially snowed up and looking like +a cairn. Before it were the ski sticks and in front of them a +bamboo which probably was the mast of the sledge... + +'Inside the tent were the bodies of Captain Scott, Doctor Wilson, +and Lieutenant Bowers. They had pitched their tent well, and it +had withstood all the blizzards of an exceptionally hard winter.' + +Wilson and Bowers were found in the attitude of sleep, their +sleeping-bags closed over their heads as they would naturally +close them. + +[Illustration: 'The Last Rest'. The grave of Capt. Scott, Dr. +Wilson, and Lieut. Bowers.] + +Scott died later. He had thrown back the flaps of his sleeping-bag +and opened his coat. The little wallet containing the three +notebooks was under his shoulders and his arm flung across Wilson. + +Among their belongings were the 35 lbs. of most important geological +specimens which had been collected on the moraines of the Beardmore +Glacier. At Wilson's request they had clung on to these to the very +end, though disaster stared them in the face. + +'When everything had been gathered up, we covered them with the +outer tent and read the Burial Service. From this time until well +into the next day we started to build a mighty cairn above them.' + +Upon the cairn a rough cross, made from two skis, was placed, +and on either side were up-ended two sledges, fixed firmly in +the snow. Between the eastern sledge and the cairn a bamboo was +placed, containing a metal cylinder, and in this the following +record was left: + +'November 12, 1912, Lat. 79 degrees, 50 mins. South. This cross +and cairn are erected over the bodies of Captain Scott, C.V.O., +R.N., Doctor E. A. Wilson, M.B. B.C., Cantab., and Lieutenant +H. R. Bowers, Royal Indian Marine--a slight token to perpetuate +their successful and gallant attempt to reach the Pole. This +they did on January 17, 1912, after the Norwegian Expedition +had already done so. Inclement weather with lack of fuel was +the cause of their death. Also to commemorate their two gallant +comrades, Captain L. E. G. Oates of the Inniskilling Dragoons, +who walked to his death in a blizzard to save his comrades about +eighteen miles south of this position; also of Seaman Edgar Evans, +who died at the foot of the Beardmore Glacier. + +'"The Lord gave and the Lord taketh away; +blessed be the name of the Lord."' + + * * * * * + +With the diaries in the tent were found the following letters:-- + + +To Mrs. E. A. Wilson + +My DEAR MRS. WILSON, + +If this letter reaches you Bill and I will have gone out together. +We are very near it now and I should like you to know how splendid +he was at the end--everlastingly cheerful and ready to sacrifice +himself for others, never a word of blame to me for leading him +into this mess. He is not suffering, luckily, at least only minor +discomforts. + +His eyes have a comfortable blue look of hope and his mind is +peaceful with the satisfaction of his faith in regarding himself +as part of the great scheme of the Almighty. I can do no more to +comfort you than to tell you that he died as he lived, a brave, +true man--the best of comrades and staunchest of friends. My whole +heart goes out to you in pity. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + + +To Mrs. Bowers + +My DEAR MRS. BOWERS, + +I am afraid this will reach you after one of the heaviest blows +of your life. + +I write when we are very near the end of our journey, and I am +finishing it in company with two gallant, noble gentlemen. One of +these is your son. He had come be one of my closest and soundest +friends, and I appreciate his wonderful upright nature, his ability +and energy. As the troubles have thickened his dauntless spirit +ever shone brighter and he has remained cheerful, hopeful, and +indomitable to the end. + +The ways of Providence are inscrutable, but there must be some +reason why such a young, vigorous and promising life is taken. + +My whole heart goes out in pity for you. + + Yours, + R. SCOTT. + +To the end he has talked of you and his sisters. One sees what +a happy home he must have had and perhaps it is well to look +back on nothing but happiness. + +He remains unselfish, self-reliant and splendidly hopeful to the +end, believing in God's mercy to you. + + +To Sir J. M. Barrie + +My DEAR BARRIE, + +We are pegging out in a very comfortless spot. Hoping this letter +may be found and sent to you, I write a word of farewell.... +More practically I want you to help my widow and my boy--your +godson. We are showing that Englishmen can still die with a bold +spirit, fighting it out to the end. It will be known that we have +accomplished our object in reaching the Pole, and that we have +done everything possible, even to sacrificing ourselves in order to +save sick companions. I think this makes an example for Englishmen +of the future, and that the country ought to help those who are +left behind to mourn us. I leave my poor girl and your godson, +Wilson leaves a widow, and Edgar Evans also a widow in humble +circumstances. Do what you can to get their claims recognized. +Goodbye. I am not at all afraid of the end, but sad to miss many +a humble pleasure which I had planned for the future on our long +marches. I may not have proved a great explorer, but we have done +the greatest march ever made and come very near to great success. +Goodbye, my dear friend. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +We are in a desperate state, feet frozen, etc. No fuel and a long +way from food, but it would do your heart good to be in our tent, +to hear our songs and the cheery conversation as to what we will +do when we get to Hut Point. + +Later.--We are very near the end, but have not and will not lose +our good cheer. We have four days of storm in our tent and no +where's food or fuel. We did intend to finish ourselves when +things proved like this, but we have decided to die naturally +in the track. + +As a dying man, my dear friend, be good to my wife and child. +Give the boy a chance in life if the State won't do it. He ought +to have good stuff in him.... I never met a man in my life whom +I admired and loved more than you, but I never could show you +how much your friendship meant to me, for you had much to give +and I nothing. + + +To the Right Hon. Sir Edgar Speyer, Bart. + +Dated March 16, 1912. Lat. 79.5°. + +My DEAR SIR EDGAR, + +I hope this may reach you. I fear we must go and that it leaves +the Expedition in a bad muddle. But we have been to the Pole and +we shall die like gentlemen. I regret only for the women we leave +behind. + +I thank you a thousand times for your help and support and your +generous kindness. If this diary is found it will show how we +stuck by dying companions and fought the thing out well to the +end. I think this will show that the spirit of pluck and the power +to endure has not passed out of our race.... + +Wilson, the best fellow that ever stepped, has sacrificed himself +again and again to the sick men of the party.... + +I write to many friends hoping the letters will reach them some +time after we are found next year. + +We very nearly came through, and it's a pity to have missed it, +but lately I have felt that we have overshot our mark. No one is +to blame and I hope no attempt will be made to suggest that we +have lacked support. + +Goodbye to you and your dear kind wife. + + Yours ever sincerely, + R. SCOTT. + + +To Vice-Admiral Sir Francis Charles Bridgeman, K.C.V.O., K.C.B. + +My DEAR SIR FRANCIS, + +I fear we have slipped up; a close shave; I am writing a few +letters which I hope will be delivered some day. I want to thank +you for the friendship you gave me of late years, and to tell you +how extraordinarily pleasant I found it to serve under you. I +want to tell you that I was not too old for this job. It was the +younger men that went under first.... After all we are setting a +good example to our countrymen, if not by getting into a tight +place, by facing it like men when we were there. We could have +come through had we neglected the sick. + +Good-bye, and good-bye to dear Lady Bridgeman. + + Yours ever, + R. SCOTT. + +Excuse writing--it is -40°; and has been for nigh a month. + + +To Vice-Admiral Sir George le Clerc Egerton, K.C.B. + +My DEAR SIR GEORGE, + +I fear we have shot our bolt--but we have been to Pole and done +the longest journey on record. + +I hope these letters may find their destination some day. + +Subsidiary reasons for our failure to return are due to the sickness +of different members of the party, but the real thing that has +stopped us is the awful weather and unexpected cold towards the +end of the journey. + +This traverse of the Barrier has been quite three times as severe +as any experience we had on the summit. + +There is no accounting for it, but the result has thrown out my +calculations, and here we are little more than 100 miles from the +base and petering out. + +Good-bye. Please see my widow is looked after as far as Admiralty +is concerned. + + R. SCOTT. + +My kindest regards to Lady Egerton. I can never forget all your +kindness. + + +To Mr. J. J. Kinsey-Christchurch. + +March 24th, 1912. + +My DEAR KINSEY, + +I'm afraid we are pretty well done--four days of blizzard just +as we were getting to the last dopôt. My thoughts have been with +you often. You have been a brick. You will pull the Expedition +through, I'm sure. + +My thoughts are for my wife and boy. Will you do what you can +for them if the country won't. + +I want the boy to have a good chance in the world, but you know +the circumstances well enough. + +If I knew the wife and boy were in safe keeping I should have +little to regret in leaving the world, for I feel that the country +need not be ashamed of us--our journey has been the biggest on +record, and nothing but the most exceptional hard luck at the +end would have caused us to fail to return. We have been to the +S. pole as we set out. God bless you and dear Mrs. Kinsey. It is +good to remember you and your kindness. + + Your friend, + R. SCOTT. + + +Letters to his Mother, his Wife, his Brother-in-law (Sir William +Ellison Macartney), Admiral Sir Lewis Beaumont, and Mr. and Mrs. +Reginald Smith were also found, from which come the following +extracts: + +The Great God has called me and I feel it will add a fearful blow +to the heavy ones that have fallen on you in life. But take comfort +in that I die at peace with the world and myself--not afraid. + +Indeed it has been most singularly unfortunate, for the risks +I have taken never seemed excessive. + +...I want to tell you that we have missed getting through by a +narrow margin which was justifiably within the risk of such a +journey.... After all, we have given our lives for our country--we +have actually made the longest journey on record, and we have been +the first Englishmen at the South Pole. + +You must understand that it is too cold to write much. + +...It's a pity the luck doesn't come our way, because every detail +of equipment is right. + +I shall not have suffered any pain, but leave the world fresh +from harness and full of good health and vigor. This is decided +already--when provisions come to an end we simply stop unless +we are within easy distance of another depôt. Therefore you must +not imagine a great tragedy. We are very anxious of course, and +have been for weeks, but our splendid physical condition and our +appetites compensate for all discomfort. + +Since writing the above we got to within 11 miles of our depôt, +with one hot meal and two days' cold food. We should have got +through but have been held for four days by a frightful storm. +I think the best chance has gone. We have decided not to kill +ourselves, but to fight to the last for that depôt, but in the +fighting there is a painless end. So don't worry. The inevitable +must be faced. You urged me to be leader of this party, and I +know you felt it would be dangerous. + +Make the boy interested in natural history if you can; it is +better than games; they encourage it at some schools. I know +you will keep him in the open air. + +Above all, he must guard and you must guard him against indolence. +Make him a strenuous man. I had to force myself into being strenuous +as you know--had always an inclination to be idle. + +There is a piece of the Union Jack I put up at the South Pole +in my private kit bag, together with Amundsen's black flag and +other trifles. Send a small piece of the Union Jack to the King +and a small piece to Queen Alexandra. + +What lots and lots I could tell you of this journey. How much +better has it been than lounging in too great comfort at home. +What tales you would have for the boy. But what a price to pay. + +Tell Sir Clements I thought much of him and never regretted his +putting me in command of the Discovery. + + + + +MESSAGE TO THE PUBLIC + +The causes of the disaster are not due to faulty organization, +but to misfortune in all risks which had to be undertaken. + +1. The loss of pony transport in March 1911 obliged me to start + later than I had intended, and obliged the limits of stuff + transported to be narrowed. + +2. The weather throughout the outward journey, and especially + the long gale in 83° S., stopped us. + +3. The soft snow in lower reaches of glacier again reduced pace. + +We fought these untoward events with a will and conquered, but +it cut into our provision reserve. + +Every detail of our food supplies, clothing and depôts made on +the interior ice-sheet and over that long stretch of 700 miles +to the Pole and back, worked out to perfection. The advance party +would have returned to the glacier in fine form and with surplus +of food, but for the astonishing failure of the man whom we had +least expected to fail. Edgar Evans was thought the strongest man +of the party. + +The Beardmore Glacier is not difficult in fine weather, but on +our return we did not get a single completely fine day; this +with a sick companion enormously increased our anxieties. + +As I have said elsewhere we got into frightfully rough ice and +Edgar Evans received a concussion of the brain--he died a natural +death, but left us a shaken party with the season unduly advanced. + +But all the facts above enumerated were as nothing to the surprise +which awaited us on the Barrier. I maintain that our arrangements +for returning were quite adequate, and that no one in the world +would have expected the temperatures and surfaces which we +encountered at this time of the year. On the summit in lat. 85°, +86° we had -20°, -30°. On the Barrier in lat. 82°, 10,000 feet +lower, we had -30° in the day, -47° at night pretty regularly, +with continuous head wind during our day marches. It is clear +that these circumstances come on very suddenly, and our wreck +is certainly due to this sudden advent of severe weather, which +does not seem to have any satisfactory cause. I do not think +human beings ever came through such a month as we have come through, +and we should have got through in spite of the weather but for +the sickening of a second companion, Captain Oates, and a shortage +of fuel in our depôts for which I cannot account, and finally, +but for the storm which has fallen on us within 11 miles of the +depôt at which we hoped to secure our final supplies. Surely +misfortune could scarcely have exceeded this last blow. We arrived +within 11 miles of our old One Ton Camp with fuel for one last +meal and food for two days. For four days we have been unable +to leave the tent--the gale howling about us. We are weak, writing +is difficult, but for my own sake I do not regret this journey, +which has shown that Englishmen can endure hardships, help one +another, and meet death with as great a fortitude as ever in the +past. We took risks, we knew we took them; things have come out +against us, and therefore we have no cause for complaint, but +bow to the will of Providence, determined still to do our best +to the last. But if we have been willing to give our lives to +this enterprise, which is for the honor of our country, I appeal +to our countrymen to see that those who depend on us are properly +cared for. + +Had we lived, I should have had a tale to tell of the hardihood, +endurance, and courage of my companions which would have stirred +the heart of every Englishman. These rough notes and our dead +bodies must tell the tale, but surely, surely, a great rich country +like ours will see that those who are dependent on us are properly +provided for. + + R. SCOTT. + + +[Illustration: British Antarctic Expedition 1910-13. Track chart +of main southern journey.] + + + + +INDEX + +Abbott, George P., P.O. +Adélie Land +Admiralty, the +Alaska +Albemarle, H.M.S. +Albert Medal, the +Alexandra, Queen +Alpine Rope +Amphion, H.M.S. +Amundsen, Roald +Anton, Groom +Archer, W. W., chief steward +Armitage, Lieut. A. B. +Arnold, M., quoted +Arrival Bay + Heights +Athletic sports +Atkinson, Edward L., surgeon, R.N., parasitologist +Auckland Islands +Australia, Government of + +Balaclave helmets +Balfour, Rt. Ron. A. J. +Balleny, Capt. John; + Islands +Balloons, ascents of +Barne, Lieut. Michael + Glacier +Barrie, Sir J. M., letter to +Barrier, Great Ice +Bay of Whales +Beaumont, Admiral Sir Lewis +Beppo, pony +Berlin +Bernacchi, Louis C., physicist +Birdie, dog +Birthday, celebrations of +Biscay, Bay of +Bismarck, dog +Bjaaland, Olav Olavson +Blanco, dog +Blissett, A. H. +Blizzard, The +Blossom, pony +Blucher, pony +Bluff, The + Camp +Boats, mishap to +Bones, pony +Bonner, Charles +Borchgrevink +Boss, dog +Bowers, Lieut. H. R. +Bowers, Mrs., letter to +Bridgeman, Admiral, Sir F. C., letter to +Britannia, The +British Museum, the +Brownie, dog +Browning, E. B., quoted +Browning, Frank V., P.O. +Bruce, Canon Lloyd +Bruce, Kathleen +Bruce, Lieut. Wilfred M. +Buckingham Palace Road +Bulwark, H.M.S. +Burlington House +Butter Point + +Campbell, Lieut. Victor L. A. +Cape Adare + Armitage + Bernacchi + Bird + Crozier + Crozier Party + Evans + Jones + Mackay + North + of Good Hope + Royds + Sibbald + Wadworth + Washington +Cardiff +Castle Rock +Cheetham, Alfred B., boatswain +Cherry-Garrard, Apsley, assistant zoologist +Chinaman, pony +Christiania +Christopher, pony +Clarke, Charles, ship's cook +Clissold, Thomas, cook +Coal +Colbeck, Captain William +Coleridge, quoted +Colville, Rear-Admiral +Commonwealth Range +Cook, Capt. James +Corner Camp +Coulman Islands +Crater Heights + Hill +Crean, Thomas, P.O. +Cross, Jacob, P.O. +'Cruise of the Beagle,' +Cuts, pony + +Dailey, F. E., carpenter +Darwin, Charles +Day, Bernard C., motor engineer +Debenham, Frank, geologist +Dellbridge, James H., 2nd engineer + Islets +Demetri, dog driver +Dennistoun, James R. +Depôt Nunatak +Desolation Camp, Discovery Expedition + Last Expedition +Dickason, Harry, A.B. +Discovery, the fifth +Dog food +Dogs +Douglas, Sir Archibald +Drake, Francis R. H., assistant paymaster +Dundee + Shipbuilding Company + +East India Docks +Edward VII, King +Egerton, Admiral Sir George, K.C.B.; (letter to) +Enderby Quadrant +Entertainments +Erebus Tongue +Esquimault. B.C. +Esquimaux +Evans, Lieut. E. R. G. R. +Evans, P.O. + +Falkland Islands +Feather, Thomas A., boatswain +Fefer +Ferrar, Hartley T. + Glacier +Finance Committee +Fire, alarm of +Fisher, Admiral Sir John +Fitzclarence, dog +Football +Forde, Robert, P.O. +Fram, the +Franklin Island +Franz-Josef Land + +Gap, the +Gateway, the +Geological specimens +Gerof, Demetri. See Demetri +Glacier, the Beardmore +Glacier Depôt + Tongue +Gran Tryggve, ski expert +Granite Harbor +Grannie, dog +Gus, dog + +Haakon, King +Hackenschmidt, pony +Half-Degree Depôt +Hamilton, B. T. +Hampton Court Palace +Handsley. Jesse, A.B. +Hanson +Hanssen, Hilmer +Hare +Hassel, Sverre H. +Heald, William L., A.B. +Henley, W. E., quoted +'Hints to Travelers' +Hobart Town +Hockey +Hodgson, Thomas V. +Hooper, F. J., steward +Hoskins, Sir Anthony +Hut, the Discovery + at Cape Evans + Point +Hutton Rocks +Huxley, quoted + +Icebergs +Inaccessible Island + +Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition +Jehu, pony +Jim, dog +Joe, dog + +Kennar, Thomas, P.O. +Keohane, Patrick, P.O. +Kid, dog +King Edward's Island +Kinsey, J. J., letter to +Kipling, Rudyard, quoted +Koettlitz, Reginald, surgeon and botanist + +Lantaret +Lashly, William, leading stoker +Lectures +Levick, G. Murray, surgeon; R.N. +Lewis, dog +Lillehammer +Lillie, Denis G., biologist +London Docks +Lower Glacier Depôt +Lyttelton + Heads + +Macartney, Sir William Ellison +Mackay, Captain Harry +Macquarie Island +Magnetic huts + Observatory +Magnetism, +Majestic, H.M.S. +Markham, Sir Clements; (preface) +Markham, Lady +McMurdo Sound +Meares, Cecil H., in charge of dogs +Merchant Shipping Act +Meridians +Message to the public +Meteorological observations + screens +Michael, pony +Middle Barrier Depôt +Midwinter celebrations +Milton, quoted +Monument Rock +Morning, the +Motor sledges +Mount Buckley + Cloudmaker + Darwin + Discovery + Erebus + Hooper Depôt + Hope + Longstaff + Markham + Melbourne + Monteagle + Murchison + Sabine + Terror + Whewell +Mulock, Lieut. George F. A. + +Nansen, Dr. +Naval Discipline Act +Nell, dog +Nelson, Edward W., biologist +Newbolt, Henry, quoted +New Harbor +Newnes, Sir George +New Zealand +New Zealand, Government of +Nigger, dog +Nobby, pony +Northern Party +Norway +Norwegians, the + +Oates, Capt. Lawrence, E.G. +Outlands +Observatory Hill +Oil, shortage of +'Old Mooney,' +Omelchenko, Anton. See Anton +One Ton Camp +Osman, dog + +P. and O. Company +Pack-ice +Parry Mountains +Peary, Lieutenant +Penguins + Emperor + King +Pennell, Lieut. H. L. L. +Petrels + Antarctic + Giant + Southern Fulmar + White Snow + Wilson stormy +Pigg, James, pony +Plumley, Frank, stoker +Pole, the South + Camp +Ponies, the +Ponting, Herbert G., camera artist +Port Chalmers + Ross + Stanley +Possession Islands +Pram Point + Bay + Ridges +President, H.M.S. +Pressure Ridges +Priestley, Raymond E., geologist +Proverbs, quoted +Punch, pony + +Quartley, Arthur L., leading stoker + +Razor Back Islands +Rennick, Lieut. Henry E. de P. +Roberston Bay +Rodd, Sir Rennell, quoted +Ross, Sir James +Ross Harbor + Island + Quadrant + Sea +Rover, H.M.S. +Royal Geographical Society +Royal Society +Royds, Lieut. Charles W. R. +Russell Islands + +Safety Camp +San Francisco +Sawing-camp +Saxon, S.S. +Scamp, dog +Scott, John Edward +Scott, Lady, extracts from letters to; et passim +Scott, Mrs., extract from letter to +Scott of Brownhead +Scott, Peter Markham +Scurvy +Sea leopard + elephant +Seals + crab-eater + Ross +Shackleton, Sir Ernest H. +Shackleton's hut +Shakespeare, quoted +Shambles Camp +Shelley, quoted +Ship Committee +Simon's Bay +Simpson. George C., Meteorologist +Skelton, Lieut. Reginald W. +Ski +Ski-shoes +Skua gulls +Skuary, the +Sledge equipment +Sledges +Sleeping-bags +Smith, Mr. and Mrs. Reginald +Smith's Inlet +Snatcher, dog + pony +Snippets, pony +Snow-shoes, for ponies +South Africa, Government of +Southern Barrier Depôt + Road, the +South Polar Times, Discovery Expedition + Last Expedition +Spenser, quoted +Speyer, Sir Edgar, letter to, +Spud, dog +Stareek, dog +Stoke Damerel +Stripes, dog +Stubbington House, Fareham +Sturge Island +Sun, eclipse of +Sverdrup's 'New Land' + +Taylor, T. Griffith, geologist +Telephone, the +Tent, double +Tent, Island + Islet +Terra Nova, Discovery Expedition + Last Expedition +Thermometer, minimum +Thomson, Sir Courtauld +Three Degree Depôt +Transport +Turtle Back Island + +Uncle Bill, pony +Uniform overcoat +Union Jack, the +Upper Glacier Depôt + +Vic, dog +Victor, pony +Victoria, B.C. + Land + Quadrant +Victorious, H.M.S. +Vince, A. B. + +Weary Willy, pony +Weddell Quadrant +Weller, William J., A.B. +Western Geological Party (1); (2) +Western Mountains +Whales, killer +White Island +Wild, Frank +Wilkes, Commodore +Wilkes Land + +Williams, William, engineer +Williamson, Thomas S., P.O. +Wilson, Dr. E. A., chief, the scientific staff (Last Expedition), + zoologist +Wilson, Mrs., letter to +Winter Quarter Bay +Wisting, Oscar +Wolf, dog +Wolseley Motor Company +Wood Bay +Wright, Charles S., physicist + + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE VOYAGES OF CAPTAIN SCOTT *** + +This file should be named vscot10.txt or vscot10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, vscot11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, vscot10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/vscot10.zip b/old/vscot10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecf1c89 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/vscot10.zip |
